Supplement to Science, July 7, 1922. 


NEW SERIES. VOLUME LV. 


JANUARY-JUNE, 1922 


269595, 


NEW YORK 
THE SCIENCE PRESS 
1922 


THOMAS J. GRIFFITHS & SONS 
11 Liberty Street, 
UTICA, N. Y. 


CONTENTS AND INDEX. 
NEW SERIES. VOL. LV—JANUARY TO JUNE, 1922 


NAMES OF CONTRIBUTORS ARE PRINTED IN SMALL CAPITALS 


Agriculture, Research in, A. F. Woops, 64; L. 8. 
Frierson, 317; Soc. of England, 366; Doc- 
torates in, W. H. CHANDLER, 619. 

Agronomy Soc., Amer., P. E. Brown, 270 

Aleohol, Grain, L. E. Grirrin, 262; Butyl, G. W. 
Martin, 429. 

ALEXANDER, J., Value of Tilth, 156. 

Alkali and Cellulosic Materials, H. Hisperr, 428. 

AuLarpD, A. A., Photoperiodism, 582. 

AuLEE, W. C., Amer. Soc. Zoologists, 159. 

ALLEN, E. W., Science in Agriculture, 6 

ALLEN, W. E., Writing Popular Science, 454 

Ameboid Bodies, L. O. KUNKEL, 73 

American Association for the Advancement of 
Science: Significance of Calcium for Higher 
Green Plants, R. H. Trun, 1; Method of Sci- 
ence in Agriculture, E. W. ALLEN, 6; Observa- 
tion versus Experimentation, J. STEBBINS, 29; 
Toronto Meeting, B. E. Livineston, 34, 61, 68; 
Evolutionary Faith and Modern Doubts, W. 
Bateson, 55; Trend of Earth History, BE. 
BLACKWELDER, 83; Report of Treasurer and 
Secretary, 103; Past and Future of Medical 
Sciences in U. S., J. Ertanerr, 135; Interna- 
tional Auxiliary Language, 8S. W. STRATTON, 
166; Mechanical Analogy in Theory of Equa- 
tions, D. R. Curtiss, 189; Atomic Nuclei, J. ©. 
McLennan, 219; Organization of Knowledge, 
F,. L. Horrman, 247; Pacific Coast Division, 
297; Section L, History of Science, F. EH. 
Brascu, 405; Grants for Research, J. STEBBINS, 
409; Section A—Mathematics and Associated 
Societies, W. H. Rorver, 519; Section B— 
Physics, S. R. Wituiams, 520; Section K— 
Social and Economic Sciences, EH. L. HorrMan, 
521; Section N—Medical Sciences, A. J. GoLp- 
FARB, 521; Tucson Meeting, Southwestern Divi- 
sion, 542; Section F—Zoological Sciences, H. W. 
Ranp, 572; Section G—Botanical Sciences, 
R. W. Wvyuir, 573; Section I—Psychology, 
F. N. Freeman, 574; Section O—Agriculture, 
P. HE. Brown, 575; Southwestern Division, 45; 
Resolutions, 62; Associateship in, 93; Member- 
ship, 121; Grants for Research, J. STEBBINS, 
256; Salt Lake City Meeting, B. E. Livinasron, 
450, 633; Section N, 472; Meeting of Execu- 
tive Committee, B. E. Livineston, 680; Secre- 
tary’s Report, 682; Section M—Medical Sci- 
ences, P. GILLESPIE, 683 

ANDREWS, R. C., Amer. Mus. of Nat. History, 584 

Angiosperms, E. C. Jurrrey, A. E. Loneury, 
C. W. T. PenLaAND, 517 

Animal Experimentation, E. WIGGLESWoRTH, J. C. 
PuHILLies, T. Barsour, 48 

Apples, Stem End Rot, C. C. Barnum, 707 

Archeology, Mexican, 365 

Argentine Rural Society, F. LAMSON-ScriBNER, 119 


Astronomical, Amer. Soc., J. Sreppins, 298; Int. 
Union at Rome, 695 

Atmospheric Pollution, A. McAnig, 596 

Atomic, Nuclei, J. C. McLennan, 291; Structure, 
M. L. Hueeins, 459 


Bacteriologists, Amer. Soc., Culture Collection, 423 

Bacteriology, Kesearch Fellowship in, 423 

Baird, Spencer F., Memorial, H. M. Smiru, 634 ~ 

Barsour, T., Animal Experimentation, 48 

Barker, L. F., Endocrine Glands, 685 

Barley, K. S. Hox, 378 

Barnum, C. C., Stem End Rot of Apples, 707 

Barus, C., Physics, 19; Acoustic Topography, 321 

Bascom, K. F., Free-martin, 624 

Baskerville, Charles, W. A. Hamor, 693 

Bareson, W., Evolution, 55, 373 

Bean, Bacterial Wilt of, F. Hrpcrs, 433 

Brcrine, L. B., University of Graz, 595 

BrEeEsBE, R., Gels, 75 

BELLING, JOHN, Haploid Mutant in Jimson Weed, 
646 

Berwepict, H. M., Vein-Islets of Leaves, 399 

Benzene, M. L. Huaains, 679 

Brineuam, EH. C., Metric Standardization, 232, 664 

Biological, Stains, 43; H. J. Conn, 284; Societies, 

Federation of, A. F. SHULL, 245 

Biology, Amer. Soe. for Exp., C. W. GREENE, 335, 
379 

Biotie Areas and Heologic Habitats, L. R. Dic, 

Birds, Banding of, C. L. WuirtLe, 233; Count of, 
531; Decerebration in, F. W. WrymouteH, 538; 
Sound Location in, J. Mariuarrp, 208 

BLACKWELDER, E., Earth History, 83, 114 

Buaxrr, 8S. F., Weeds, 455 

BLAKESLEE, A. F., Globe Mutant of Datura, 597; 
Haploid Mutant, 646 

Bombay School of Tropical Medicine, 669 

Bonazzi, A., Pasteur Centenary, 50 

Boropin, D. N., Russian Bureau of Applied Bot- 
any, 129 

Bowie, WILLIAM, Geodetic Operations in U. S., 645 

Branner, John Casper, D. 8. Jorpan, 340, 530 

Brascu, F. E., See. L, History of Science, 405 

Brivaz, N., Norman Bridge Laboratory, 327 | 

British, Universities, Relief Work, 44; Associa- 
tion, 68; Research on Cement, 148; Columbia 
Expedition, 173 

Brooxs, C. F., Amer. Meteorological Soc., 636 

Brown, P. E., Amer. Soc. Agronomy, 270; Sec. 
O—Agri., 575 

BucuHouz, J. T., Globe Mutant of Datura, 597 

Bugs and Antenne, E. P. FELT, 528 

Burcess, P. S., Hydrogen-Ion Concentration of 
Soil, 647 

Buscu, H. P., Metric System, 400 

Business and Engineering Training, 234 

Butter, Digestibility of, A. D. Hotmss, 659 


iv SCIENCE 


Cairns, W. D., Math. Assoc. of America, 599 

Cagori1, F., Heinrich Suter, 447 

Calcium for Higher Green Plants, R. H. True, 1 

Calcutta School of Tropical Medicine, 447 

Cauman, W. T., Ray Society, 156 

- CAMPBELL, WM., Henry Marion Howe, 631 

Carbon Monoxide Poisoning, 66 

Cartailhac, Emile, N. C. NELson, 68 

Carr-SaunpErs, A. M., Inheritance in Swine, 19 

CasTLe, W. E., Vienna White Rabbit, 269, 429; 
Y-chromosome Type, 703 

Catastrophism, New, A. M. Minurr, 701 

Cat-tail as Feed, L. E. FRruDENTHAL, 456 

CatTeLt, McK., Peripheral Circulation, 434 

Cell Theory, J. H. Grrovup, 421 

Ceramic Society, American, 588 

CuHampLain, A. B., Long-lived Woodborer, 49 

CHANDLER, W. H., Doctorates in Agriculture, 619 

CuHasn, M. A., Iridescent Clouds, 263 

Chemical, Soc., Amer., C. L. Parsons, 28, 77, 132, 
185, 212, 307, 348; Int. Conference at Utrecht, 
369; Engineering Lectures, 235; Exposition, 532 

Chemicals, ‘‘Key,’’ 73 

Chemistry, The New, 157 

Ciliary Action, Effect of Acid on, J. M. D. Otu- 
sTED and J. W. MacArruur, 625 

Circulation, Peripheral, McK. Carret, 434 

Cuark, G. L., Geometry and Inorg. Chemistry, 401 

CuaRK, H. L., Mortensen on Development and 
Larval Forms of Echinoderms, 431 

CLARKE, J. M., Presentation to Professor Emer- 
son, 92 

CLtemens, W. A., Hydra in Lake Hrie, 445 

Clinical Medicine, S. R. Miuumr, 577 

Clouds, Iridescent, M. A. CHasn, 262 

Coal, World Production of, 341 

CocKERELL, T. D. A., Wheeler on Social Beetles; 
Farquharson on Bionomies, 350 

Coir, L. J., Genetics Section Meeting, 326 

Cour, W. H., Drosophila, 678 

Colloid Chemistry at Univ. of Wisconsin, 393 

Collyer, Robert Hanham, H. F. Osporn, 72 

Concilium Bibliographicum, V. Kentoce, 11 

Conn, H. J., American Biological Stains, 284 

Constants, Annual Tables, 469 

Coserave, J. O’H., Popular Science, 594 

Cowley, Abraham, R. J. H. DrLoacu, 127 

Crampron, H. E., Influenza in Pacific Islands, 90 

Crayfish Trap, E. C. O’RoKE, 677 

Crop Protection Institute, 14 

aang W. J., Publication of Scientific Papers, 
3 

Crump, S. E., Mosquito Attachment, 446 

Cultivation and Soil Moisture, H. A. Noyes, 610 

Curtiss, D. R., Equations, 189 

cytology of Vegetable Crystals, E. C. JErrrey, 


Danizts, F. B., Solar Energy, 618 

Davis, B. M., Species, Pure and Impure, 107 
Davis, Charles Henry, 2d, 200 

Davis, W. M., Deflecti-n of Streams, 478 
Daylight Illumination, C. L. MersncEr, 20 
DeLoacu, R. J. H., Abraham Cowley, 127 

Pies L. R., Biotic Areas and Ecologic Habitats, 
Diseases, Animal, 507 

Dorsey, N. E., Writing Popular Science, 374, 593 
Dougherty, Cardinal, on Vivisection, 150 


ConTENTS AND 
INDEX. 


Drosophila, and Ultraviolet, F. E. Lurz and F. K. 
RicutMyeER, 519; Photie Stimulus and Rate of 
Locomotion, W. H. CoE, 678 

DurrenpDack, O. S., Hydrogen in Tungsten Fur- 
nace, 210 

Duty on English Books, G. D. Harris, 240 


Earth, History, E. BLAcKWELDER, 83, 114; Rota- 
tion and River-Bank Movements, E. HAYES, 567 

Keological Investigations, C. HARTMAN, 292 

Eddy, Henry Turner, J. J. F., 12 

Egg Secretion, O. GLASER, 486 

EISENHART, L. P., Hinstein Equations, 570 

Electrified Microsections, 8S. W. Grismr, 212 

Electron, Mass of the, at Slow Velocity, L. T. 
Jones and H. O. Hours, 647 

Elements, Disintegration of, 422 

Emerson, Professor, Presentation to, 
CLARKE, 92 

Emission Bands of Erbium Oxide, E. L. NicHous 
and H. L. Howes, 53 

Engineering, Council, Amer., 95; 
change Professors in, 257 

Entomological Society, Louisiana, T. HE. Hotto- 
WAY, 436 

Equations, D. R. Curtiss, 189 

Eruancer, J., Med. Sciences in U. S., 135 

Eskimos, Copper, Harotp Noicr, 611 

Evolution: Evolutionary Faith and Modern 
Doubts, W. Batrson, 55, 373; William Bateson 
on Darwinism, H. F. Osporn, 194; William 
Jennings Bryan on, 242, 264, 292; in Kentucky, 
149; A. N. Miuurr, 178, 316; Teaching of, 318; 
EK. M. Kinpiz, 374; W. E. Rirrer, 398; in 
Texas, S. A. R., 515; W. W. KreEn, 608, 669 

Ewine, H. E., Nearctie Proturans, 706 

EycLesHyMER, A. C., Medical Education, 437 

Eyer, J. R., Tipburn, 180 


J. M. 


French Ex- 


Farnuam, M. E., Haploid Mutant, 646 

Fasten, N., Fish Parasitism, 583 

Feit, E. P., Bugs and Antenne, 528 

Fenton, F. A., Tipburn, 53 

Fertilization, Selective, D. F. Jonrs, 348 

FESSENDEN, R. A., Star Diameters, 180 

Field Museum Expeditions, 94 

Fiji Islands, Expedition to, 471 

Fisner, W. K., Clark’s Monograph of Existing 
Crinoids, 376 

Fisheries, Alaska, 470, 561; Cal. State Lab., 507; 
U. S. Commissioner of, 637 

Fish Parasitism, N. Fasten, 583 

FLetcHer, W., Aims and Boundaries of Physi- 
ology, 551 

Flora of Porto Rico, 470 

Footprints in Kansas, H. T. Martin, 99 

Fossil Vertebrates at Stuttgart, W. D. Marrurw, 
156 

Foxhall Jaw, H. F. Osporn, 128 

France, Exchange Professor with, 534 

Frazer, John, 534 

FREEMAN, F. N., Section I—Physiology, 574 

Free-martin and Interstitial Cells, F. R. Linum, 
K. F. Bascom, 624 

Frierson, L. 8., Tilth in Agriculture, 317 

Fruit Trees, H. B. Turkey, 241, 423 

Fuller’s Seale, H. R. Rosen, 76 


GaRNER, W. W. Photoperiodism, 582 
GarRIson, F. H., Sudhoff’s Paracelsus, 155 


New Sezrts, 
Votume LV 


GrisEr, S. W., Electrified Microsections, 212 

Gels, Forms of Gas and Liquid Cavities on, 

_ A. W. C Menzies and R. Brerse, 75 

Geneties, C. B. Hurcuison, 416 

Geodetic and Geophys. Union, Rome Meeting, 614 

Geographical Soc., Amer., 449; Royal Soc., 671 

Geography, H. P. LirtLe, 362 

Geologic Diffusion, G. O. Suir, 596 

Geologists, Assoc. of, in Pekin, 392 

Geology, W. Vermont, C. E. Gorpon, 208 

Geometry and Inorganie Chemistry, G. L. CLARK, 
401 

Geophysical Union, Amer., 311 

GeRouLD, J. H., Cell Theory, 421 

GILLESPIE, P., Sec. M at Toronto Meeting, 683 

Glands, Endocrine, L. F. Barker, 685 

GuaseER, O., Egg Secretion and Ethyl Butyrate, 486 

Glass Flowers, 286 

Globe Mutant, J. T. BucnHouz, A. F. BLAKESLEE, 
597 

Gotprars, A. J., Sec. N—Med. Sciences, 521 

GoopsPpEED, A. W., Amer. Philosophical Soe., 649 

Gorgas Memorial Institute, 149, 171 

Gorpon, C. E., Geology of Western Vermont, 208; 

_ Origin of Soil Colloids, 676 

Graphs, W. H. Rorver and E. R. Heprick, 401 

Gravitational Absorption, P. R. Hry1, 349 

Graz, University of, L. B. Brcxine, 595 

GREENE, C. W., Amer. Soc. for Exp. Biology, 379 

GrirFiIn, L. E., Grain Alcohol, 262 

GupGER, E. W., Giant Ray, 338 

Guat, M. F., Nat. Research Council Fellowships, 
36 : 


Haae, J. R., Hydrogen Electrode, 460 

Hau, G. E., Constitution of Matter and Nature 
of Radiation, 332 

Halifax, University of, 587 

Hausry, F. A., Metric System, 400 

Hamor, W. A., Charles Baskerville, 693 

HANNS G. D., Cal. Acad. of Sci., 305; Fur Seals, 

Harpy, ARTHUR C., Kaieteur Falls, 643 

Harris, G. D., Duty on English Books, 240 

Hartman, ©., Ecological Investigations, 292 

Hayes, E., River-Bank Movements, 567 

Hayrorp, J. F., Geodetic Operations in U. S., 645 

Health, Public, Washington Conference on, 287 

Heckscher Research Foundation, 41 

Hences, F., Bacterial Wilt of Bean, 433 

Heprick, E. R., Graphic Analytic Method, 401 

HeErinG, C., Paracelsus Library, 514 

ac? G. W., Fernald’s Applied Entomology, 

Hesperopithecus, H. F. Osporn, 463 

HeEYL, P. R., Gravitational Absorption, 349 

Hispert, H., Alkali and Cellulosic Materials, 428 

HILDEBRAND, J. H., Training Scientists, 355 

History of Science, P. B. McDonaup, 73, 122 

Hor, K. 8., Barley, 378 

HorrMan, F. L., Organization of Knowledge, 247, 
279; See. K—Social and Economie Sciences, 521 

Hotioway, T. E., Louisiana Entomol Soe., 436 

Houtmegs, A. D., Digestibility of Butter, 659 

Hours; H. O., Mass of Electron at Slow Velocity, 

Hooker, H. D., Jr., Horticulture, 384 

Howarp, L. O., Carpenter on Insect Transforma- 
tion, 50 

Howe, Henry Marion, WM. CAMPBELL, 631 


SCIENCE. v 


Howes, H. L., Emission Bands of Erbium Oxide, 
53 

HrpuicKa, A., Scientific Work in Russia, 618 

Hueerns, M. L., Atomic Structure, 459; Benzene, 
679 

Human Yolk Sac, F. T. Lewis, 478 

Hunter, W. D., J. D. Mitchell, 469 

Hurcuison, C. B., Genetics, 416 

Hypr, R. R., Immune Hemolytic Sera, 541 

Hydra in Lake Erie, W. A. Curmrns, 445 

Hydrogen, Electrode, J. R. Haag, 460; in Tung- 
sten Furnace, O. F. Durrrnpack, 210 

Hygiene, Institute of, in London, 310 


Tce and Humphry Davy, A. T. Jones, 514 

Individualism in Medical Hducation, 
EYCLESHYMER, 437 

Influenza in Pacific Islands, H. E. Crampron, 90 

Inheritance in Swine, A. M. Carr-SaunprErs, 19 

International Congress of History of Medicine, 635 

Todides, J. F. McCurnpon, 358 


INS 1G 


JEFFREY, E. C., Angiosperms, 517; Cytology of 
Vegetable Crystals, 566 

Jenkins, A. E., New Sclerotina on Mulberry, 353 

JENNINGS, O. E., Streams of Long Island, 291 

Johns Hopkins University, 257 

Jonus, A. T., Ice and Humphry Davy, 514 

Jonrs, D. F., Selective Fertilization, 348 

Jones, L. T., Sealing Tungsten into Pyrex, 352; 
Mass of Electron at Slow Velocity, 647 

JorDAN, D. S., John Casper Branner, 340 


Karmprrert, W., Writing Popular Science, 621 

Kann, M., Vocabulary of Metabolism, 704 

Kaieteur Falls, A. C. Harpy, 643 

Kern, W. W., Evolution, 603 

KeLuoce, V., Concilium Bibliographicum, 11; 
University Professors in Poland, 430, 704; Am. 
Com. to Aid Russian Scientists, 667 

Keuty, J. P., Coloration in Phlox, 245 

Keys in Systematic Work, E. B. WILLIAMSON, 703 

Kilobar, Kilocal, Kilograd, A. McApin, 207 

Krinpir, E. M., Evolution, 374 

Kniep, C. T., Mercury Vapor Pumps, 183 

Knowledge, Organization of, F. L. Horrman, 279 

Kraatz, W. C., Museum Pests, 644 

KUNKEL, L. O., Ameboid Bodies, 73 

Kunz, G. F., Lacroix on Déodat Dolomieu, 209 


Laboratory Determinations, H. G. TURNER, 53 

Lactrodectus Mactans, J. R. Watson, 539 

LAMSON-ScRIBNER, F., Arg. Rural Soc., 119 

Language, International, S. W. Srrarron, 166, 
457 ; 

LarsELL, O., Biological Researches of Gustaf 
Retzius, 515 

Larsen, J. A., Soil Shifting and Deposits, 457 

League of Nations, Health Organization of, 540 

Leaves, Vein-Islets of, H. M. Brnepict, 399 

Lewis, F. T., Human Yolk Sac, 478; Spiral Trend 
of Intestinal Muscle Fibers, 704 

Library, Paracelsus, C. Hmrine, 514 

Liesegang Ring Formation, H. A. McGuiean, 99 

Light, Lectures on at Univ. of Wisconsin, 312 

Linus, F. R., and K. Ff. Bascom, Free-martin and 
Interstitial Cells, 624 

Linpsey, J. B., Sodium Hydrate and Grain Hulls, 
131 

Liruium, R. W. G. Wyckorr, 130 


vi SCIENCE 


Lirriz, H. P., Geography, 362 

Lrvrneston, B. E., Water Cultures, 483; Salt Lake 
City Meeting, 450, 633; Meeting of Exec. Com. 
of A. A. A. S., 680 

Lozs, L., Stereoptropism, 22 

Lonetey, A. E., Angiosperms, 517 

Lorentz, H. A., Research in N. Bridge Labora- 
tory, 334 

Lowell, Percival, J. R., 50 

Luminescence, E. L. NicHous, 157 


McAptg, A., Kilobar, Kilocal, Kilograd, 207; At- 
mospherie Pollution, 596 

MacArruur, J. W., Acid on Ciliary Action, 625 

McCuienpon, J. F., Are Iodides Food? 358 

McCuune, OC. E., Sharp’s Introduction to Cytol- 
ogy, 482 : 

McDonatp, P. B., History of Science, 73; Writing 
of Popular Science, 621 

McGuiean, H. A., Liesegang Ring Formation, 99 

McLennan, J. C., Atomic Nuclei, 291 

Mani, E. G., Science of Athletics, 523 

Matruuaird, J., Sound Location in Birds, 208 

Mammalogists, Society of., 626 

Mann, A., Water-Immersion Objectives, 539 

Martin, G. W., Butyl Alcohol, 429 

Martin, H. T., Footprints in Kansas, 99 

Mathematical, Amer., Soc., R. G. D. RicHarDson, 
354, 600, 472; Association of America, W. D. 
CairNS, 599; Projects, H. EH. SuavueutT, 146; 
Publications, 508 

Mathematies, Reorganization of, 172 

Marruew, W. D., Fossil Vertebrates at Stuttgart, 
156 

Mavor, J. W., Production of Non-Disjunction by 
X-Rays, 295 

Medical Association, American, 613 

Medicine, Third Int. Congress of History of, 590 

Meisincrr, ©. L., Sky Brightness, 20; Tempera- 
tures in United States, 292; Streamflow, 622 

Mendel Centennial, G. H. SHutn, 392 

Menzies, A. W. C., Gels, Forms of Gas and 
Liquid Cavities in, 75 

Mercury Vapor Pumps, C. T. Knipp, 183 

MerriLu, G. P., Meteorites, 675 

Metabolism, Vocabulary of, M. Kaun, 704 

Mercatr, M. M., Penard on Flagellates, 74 

Meteorites, G. P. Mrrrin, 675 

Meteorological Soc., Amer., C. F. Brooks, 636 

Meteorology and Climatology, O. L. Murtstnerr, 
20, 292, 622 

Metric Standardization, E. C. BineHam, 232, 664; 
H. Ricuarps, 515; F. A. Hausry and H. P. 
Buscu, 400 

Microscopic Sections, G. H. NerpHam, 72 

Minter, A. M., Kentucky and Evolution, 178, 316; 
New Catastrophism, 701 

Mittrr, 8. R., Clinical Medicine, 577 

Miniian, R. A., Acceptance of Norman Bridge 
Laboratory, 330 

Mitchell, J. D., W. D. Hunrer, 469 

Mircuetn, 8. A., Pickering Memorial, 467 

Montelius, Osear, N. C. Nenson, 68 

Mosquito Attractant, S. E. Crump, 446 

Mount Everest Expedition, 342 

Mulberry, New Sclerotina on, E. A. Srecnrr and 
A. BE. JENKIns, 350 


Muscle Fibers, Spiral Trend of Intestinal, F. T. 
Lewis, 704 


ConTENTS AND 
Inpex 


Museum, of Natural History, Amer., 311; Gifts to, 
695; R. C. ANDREWS, 584; Pests, W. C. Kraarz, 
644 

Mutant, Haploid in Jimson Weed, A. F. BLAKE- 
SLEE, J. Benuina, M. E. Farnam and A. D. 
BERGNER, 646 

Mycology, Review of, 561 


National, Academy of Sciences, Bache Fund, 173; 
E. E. Stosson, 465, 486; Grants for Research, 
563; Research Council, Fellowships of, 561; 
M. F. Guyer, 636; Chairmen, 637 

Naturalists, Amer. Soc., A. F. SHunt, 105; Assoe. 
in Pekin, 392 

Nectarina in Texas, F. C. PELLETT, 644 

NrErEDHAM, G. H., Protection of Microscopic Sec- 
tions, 72 

Neuromotor Apparatus of Paramecium, C. W. 
Rees, 184 

Nicr, L. B., Oklahoma Academy of Science, 461 

Nicuots, BH. L., Emission Bands of Erbium 
Oxide, 53; Luminiscence, 157 

Nicuots, G. E., Deam’s Trees of Indiana, 20 

Notcr, Harotp, Copper Eskimos, 611 

Norman Bridge laboratory, Dedication, N. 
Briper, R. A. Minuixan, G. HE. Haur, H. A. 
LORENTZ, 327 

Noyes, H. A., Cultivation and Soil Moisture, 610 


Observation vs. Experimentation, J. STEBBIns, 29 

Oumstep, J. M. D., Ciliary Action, 625 

Origin of Species, D. S. JorDANn, 642 

O’Roxrze, E. C., Crayfish Trap, 677 

Ossorn, H. F., Robert Hanham Collyer, 72; Lost 
Foxhall Jaw, 128; William Bateson on Dar- 
winism, 194; Hesperopithecus, 463 


PaumMeEr, F., Jr., Rotertia, 317 

Paramecium, C. W. REEs, 184 

Parsons, C. L., Amer. Chem. Soc., 23, 77, 132, 185, 
212, 307, 348 

Pasteur Centenary, A. Bonazzi, 50 

Praru, R., Stefansson’s The Friendly Arctic, 320 

Prarson, R. A., Agricultural Research, 229 

PELLETT, F. C., Nectarina in Texas, 644 

PENLAND, C. W. T., Angiosperms, 517 

Pension and Insurance Plan at Princeton Uni- 
versity, 694 

Prererson, P. P., Soil Deposition, 102 

PHALEN, W. C., Potash Salts, 479 

Philippines, Public Health-Work, 15 

Pures, J. C., Animal Experimentation, 48 5 

Philosophical Soc., Amer., A. W. GooDSPEED, 649 

Phlox, Full Coloration in, J. P. Kruuy, 245 

Photoperiodism, W. W. Garner, H. A. ALLARD, 
582 

Physical Soe., Amer., 424 

Physics, Advances in, C. Barus, 19; British Insti- 
tute of, 612 

Physiology, W. FLetcHER, 551 

Pickering Memorial, 8S. A. MircHELL, 467 

Pigments, Yellow, G. B. Riga, 101 

Plants, Devonian, G. R. WIeLAnD, 427 

Poland, University Professors in, V. KELLOGG, 
430, 704 

Porto Rico, Flora of, 470 

Potash Salts, W. C. PHauen, 479 

Prehistoric Studies in France, 122 

Proturans, Nearctic, H. E. Ewine, 706 

Psychological Corporation, 169, 448 


NEw SERIEs, 
Votume LV 


Psychology as a Career, C. H. SuasHore, 381 

Publication Economy, 181 

Public Health and Medical Practice, W. G. 
THOMPSON, 18 


Rabbit, Vienna White, W. E. CasTLn, 269, 429 

Radio Service of Univ. of Wisconsin, 613 

Ramsay Memorial, 236 

Ranpb, H. W., Sec. F—Zool. Sciences, 572 

Ray, ‘Society, W. T. Cauman, 156; Giant, E. W. 
GUDGER, 338 

RECORD, S. J., Woods, 266 

Ress, C. W., Paramecium, 184 

Relativity and Star Diameters, R. A. FESSENDEN, 
180 

Research, Funds of U. S., J. A. Upprn, 51; in 
Agriculture, A. BF. Woops, 64; R. A. Prarson, 
229; 202; British Industrial Fatigue Board, 
368: National Council, Medical Fellowships of, 
369; Earning Power of, 376; On Ice Age, 391; 
Factor of Safety in, ALF. SHULL, 497; Fellow. 
ships in Mining, 533; Grants for, 409; By Na- 
tional Academy of Sciences, 563; Institutes, 
F. GC. Woop, 657; Maintenance of Scientific, 
C. 8. SHERRINGTON, 629 

Resster, O. L., Tipburn, 53 

Rhodesian Skull, 129 

Ricuarps, H., Metric Campaign, 515 

RicHarpson, R. G. D., Amer. Math. Soce., 354, 600 

Riec, G. B., Yellow Pigments, 101 

Ritrrr, W. H., Evolution, 398 

Rockefeller Foundation Gift, 234, 588 

Rorver, W. H., Graphic Analytic Method, 401; 
Grants for Research, 519 

Rogers, William Barton, Science Hall, 121 

Rosen, H. R., Fuller’s Seale, 76 

Roteria, F. PALMER, JR., 317 

Royal, Photo. Soe., 257; Acad. of Belgium, 670 

Russian Bureau of Applied Botany, D. N. Boro- 
DIN, 129 


Sands, Molding, 367 

ScuucHert, C., Clarke on James Hall of Albany, 
243 

Science, in Agriculture, EH. W. ALLEN, 6; in U. S., 
J. ERLANGER, 135; in Philippines, J. C. Witt, 
197; California Academy of, G. D. Hanna, 305; 
Oklahoma Academy of, L. B. Nicr, 461; Illinois 
State, 589; or Athletics, E. G. Manin, 523; 
Writing Popular, N. E. Dorsry, 374, 593; 
W. E. ALLEN, 454; E. E. Snosson, 241, 480; 
J. O’H. Coserave, 593; W. Karmprrert, P. B. 
McDonatp, 621; Social and Economie, F. L. 
HorrMan, 521 

Scientific, Notes and News, 15, 45, 69, 96, 124, 
150, 173, 2038, 237, 259, 288, 312, 344, 370, 394, 
424, 451, 473, 510, 5384, 563, 590, 614, 637, 672, 
697; Exhibit of Amer. Med. Ass., 613; Instru- 
ments, 200; British Journals of, 201; Papers, 
Publication of, W. J. Crozier, 388; 562; Peri- 
odicals, 67, 171; Side, 430; Societies, English, 
258; Work in Russia, A. HrpuidKa, 618 

Scientists, Training, J. H. Hmprpranp, 355; Am. 
Com. to Aid Russian, V. KEeLLoae, 667 

Scott, John, Medal Fund, 344 

Seals, Fur, G. D. Hanna, 505 

SEASHORE, OC. E., Psychology as a Career, 381 

Sera, Standards, 44; Immune Hemolytic, R. R. 
Hype, 541 


SCIENCE vii 


Sheffield Scientific School, Dean of, 671 

Sheldon Memorial, 235 

SHERRINGTON, C., Maintenance of Scientific Re- 
search, 629 

SHULL, A. F., Amer. Soc. Naturalists, 105; Fed- 
eration of Biological Societies, 245; Factor of 
Safety in Research, 497 

SHuub, G. H., Mendel Centenary, 392 

SrecLer, E. A., New Selerotina on Mulberry, 350 

Sky Brightness, C. L. Mrisrneer, 20 

SutaucutT, H. E., Mathematical Projects, 146 

Stosson, E. E., Writing Popular Science, 241, 
480; National Academy of Sciences, 465 

Smitu, A. W., 121 

SmirH, G. O., Geologie Diffusion, 596 

SmitH, HueH M., Spencer F. Baird Memorial, 634 

Sodium Hydrate and Grain Hulls, J. B. Linpsry, 
131 

Soil, Deposition in Palouse Area of Wash. and 
Idaho, P. P. Prrerson,. 102; J. A. Larsen, 
457; Hydrogen-Ion Concentration of, P. 8S. Bur- 
GESS, 647; Colloids, N. 4. Gordon, 676 

Solar Energy, F. B. DaniEts, 618 

Species, Pure and Impure, B. M. Davis, 107 

Spiders, Poisonous, F. R. WrLsH, 49 

Standardization of Industries, 285, 310 

STEBBINS, J., Observation vs. Experimentation, 
29; Amer. Astronomical Soc., 298; Grants for 
Research, 256, 409 

Stereotropism, L. Lors, 22 

Strarron, 8. W., Int. Auxiliary Language, 166; 
Charles W. Waidner, 389 

Streams, Deflection of, by Earth Rotation, W. M. 
Davis, 478; of Long Island, O. E. Jrnnrngs, 
291; Flow Experiment, C. L. MEISINGER, 622 

Sudhoff’s Paracelsus, F. H. Garrison, 155 

Suter, Heinrich, F. Cagort, 447 


Temperatures in U. S., C. L. Mrisinerr, 292 

Thermel, W. P. WuirTE, 617 

Thompson, Caroline Burling, T. E. 8., 40 

THompson, W. G., Public Health, 18 

Tilth, Value of, J. ALEXANDER, 156 

Tipburn, F. A. Fenton and O. L. Ressurr, 53; 
J. R. Eyer, 180 

TITCHENER, E. B., Wilhelm Wundt, 129 

Topography, Acoustic, C. Barus, 321 

TRELEASE, 8. F., Water Cultures, 483 

Tropical Research Station, H. F. O., 254 

True, R. H., Calcium for Higher Green Plants, 1 

Tungsten, Sealing into Pyrex, L. T. JonEs, 352; 
Decomposition ‘of, G. L. Wenpt, 567 

Tuning Fork, C. K. Wrap, 73 

Turkey, H. B., Fruit Trees, 241 

Turner, H. G., Laboratory Determinations, 53 


Upven, J. A., Research Funds of U. S., 51 

Universities, Doctorates Conferred by, C. Huu 
and C. J. West, 271 

University, and Educational Notes, 18, 48, 71, 99, 
127, 154, 177, 206, 240, 262, 291, 316, 347, 372, 
397, 427, 454, 477, 513, 537, 565, 593, 617, 642, 
675, 701;Kentucky, Sigma Xi at, 671; MeGill, 
Sigma Xi at, 449; Michigan, 448; Stanford, 
423; Wisconsin, 312; Radio Service of, 613; 
Colloid Chemistry at, 393; Yale, 13, 696; For- 
estry Building, 287; School of Forestry, 203, 
and Dr. Chittenden, 393; Dr. White’s Gift to 
Morgantown and Univ. of Va., 93. 


vill 


Vienna, C.-E. A. WINSLOW, 363 
Vivisection, Cardinal Dougherty on, 150 


Waidner, Charles W., 8S. W. STRATTON, 389 

Wundt, Wilhelm, E. B. TircHENnER, 129 

Water, Cultures, S. F. TRELEASE and B. E. Livine- 
ston, 483; Immersion Objectives, A. MANN, 539 

Washington Univ. School of Medicine, Student 
Grades at, M. F. WEyMANN, 690 

Warson, J. R., Lactrodectus Mactans, 539 

Weap, C. K., Tuning Fork, 73 

Weeds, 8. F. Buakn, 455 

WetsH, F. R., Poisonous Spiders, 49 

Wenpt, G. L., Decomposition of Tungsten, 567 

Weymann, M. F., Student Grades at Washington 
Univ. School of Medicine, 690 

WeyMoutH, F. W., Decerebration in Birds, 538 

Wuerry, EH. T., Soil Acidity and Plant Distribu- 
tion, 568 

Waiter, W. P., Thermel, 617 

Wuittie, 0. L., Banding of Birds, 233 


SCIENCE 


ConTENTS AND 
TnpEx 


WIELAND, G. R., Devonian Plants, 427 

WiGcGLeswortH, H., Animal Experimentation, 48 

Wiuuiams, S. R., Section B—Physics, 520 

WiLuiaMson, E. B., Keys in Systematic Work, 703 

WINstow, C.-E. A., Vienna, 363 

Wirt, J. C., Science in Philippines, 197 

Woop, F. C., Research Institutes and Their 
Value, 657 

Woodborer, Long-lived, A. B. CHAMPLAIN, 49 

Woops, A. F., Research in Agriculture, “! 

Woods, S. J. Recorp, 266 

Wyrcxorr, R. W. G., Transmuting Lithium, 130 

Wruis, R. W., Sec. G—Bot. Sciences, 573 


X-Rays, Production of Non-Disjunction by, J. W. 
Mavor, 295 


Y-chromosome Type, W. E. Caster, 703 


Zoologists, Amer. Soc., W. C. ALLEE, 159; L. J. 
CouE, 326; All- Russian Congress, 392 


od i ; Ene ee 29 SINGLE COPIES, 15 CTS. 
VOL, LV Ne Fripay, January 6, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


VOL. LV, NO. 1410 


SAUNDERS’ BOOKS 


° THREE PRINTINGS 
Bandler’s The Endocrines iy MHIREE MONTHS 


This work is a complete record of today’s endocrine knowledge. It gives first the theory, then 
the effects of under-and over-functioning of the various ductless glands, the symptoms pro- 
duced, the diagnosis, and demonstrates the treatment with detailed case histories. 

Octavo of 486 pages. By S. Wyttiis Banorer, M. D., Professor of Diseases of Women, 


New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hospital. Cloth, $7.00 net 
5 ° REPRINTED IN 
Burton-Opitz’s Physiology SIX MONTHS 


This new work is arranged logically; it is brief and simple in style; there are many illustra- 
tions; strong emphasis is given the physical aspects; and there are many brief clinical 
references. 

Octavo of 1158 pages, with 538 illustrations, many in colors. By Russett Burton-Opitz, M.D., 
Associate Professor of Physiology, Columbia University, New York City. Cloth, $8.00 net 


Burton-Opitz’s Laboratory Physiology 


This is, in a sense, a companion volume to the author’s “Text-Book of Physiology,” an- 

nounced above. Laboratory experiments are detailed clearly. 

Octavo of 238 pages, illustrated. By Russert Burton-Opitz, M.D., Columbia University. 
Cloth, $4.00 net 


THIRD 
Drew’s Invertebrate Zoology EDITION 


Professor Drew’s book gives you a working knowledge of comparative anatomy and an ap- 
preciation of the adaptation of animals to their environments. 
12mo of 2399 pages. By Girman A. Drew, Pu.D., Assistant Director of the Marine Biological 


Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass. Cloth, $2.25 net 
rf ; s SEVENTH 
Mallory and Wright’s Pathologic Technic EDITION 


This work gives the technic of bacteriologic methods, bacteriology of various diseases, his- 
tologic methods, the special methods used in clinical bacteriology and pathology, and the 
preparation of bacterial vaccines. 

Octavo of 555 pages, with 180 illustrations. By Frank Burr Mattory, M.D., Pathologist to 
the Boston City Hospital, and James Homer Wricut, Pathologist to the Massachusetts 
General Hospital. Cloth, $4.75 net 


W. B. SAUNDERS COMPANY, West Washington Sq., Phila. 


Bandlerjs) dtheimendocringessces aso eee ees eee Cloth, $7.00 net 
Burton-Opitz’ iolog) Se 8.00 net 
Please send me* ) Burton-Opitz’s Laboratory Physiology a 4.00 net > and charze to my account 


Drew’s Invertebrate Zoology ss 2.25 net 
Mallory & Wright’s Pathologic Technic __._-.-________ ** 4.75 net 


ii SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


BACTERIOLOGY 
KENDALL—Bacteriology, General, Pathological and Intestinal 


New (2d) Edition 


NE of the achievements of the Great War is a noteworthy advance in the Science 
@ of Bacteriology. This is manifested not only in marked improvements in 
methods of investigation and in modifications of preéxisting views in the im- 
portant fields of Infection and Prevention of many diseases, but also in a complete 
revision of some of the more important groups of bacteria. Prominent among these 
is the great class of anaérobic bacilli. During the war period, furthermore, much addi- 
tional information has accumulated pertinent to diseases which have hitherto been 
elusive. These developments have necessitated the rewriting of entire sections of this 
book, and extensive changes and additions to nearly every chapter. Indeed, including 
the anaéGrobes and the work on spiral organisms, this new edition contains as much 
as any volume in existence of the worth-while war and post-war work. 

The text retains that characteristic which contributed so largely to the success 
of its first edition, namely, dynamic interpretation of the subject. The author empha- 
sizes throughout what bacteria do rather than what they are—how they get into the 
tissues—what they feed on—what they excrete—how they multiply—how they escape 
from the body—the chemistry of bacterial activity. 

New methods of handling bacteria, methods which are improvements over earlier 
ones, details of laboratory equipment, the minutie of technic and the use and value 
of apparatus are carefully considered. Much space is given to the discussion of the 
applications of bacteriology in Etiology and Preventive Medicine, as well as Serology 
and the Vaccine treatment of disease. 


By Arruur I. Kenpatt, Px.D., Dr.P.H., Professor of Bacteriology, Northwestern Univer- 
sity Medical School, Chicago. Octavo, 680 pages, with 99 engravings and 8 plates. 
Cloth, $6.00 net: 


PRINCIPLES OF eget’ PATHOGENIC MICRO-ORGANISMS 
ew (1ot) Edition New (7th) Edition 
By A. C. Agzorrt, M.D., Oe GS of Bacter- By Witit1Am H. Park, M.D., and Anna W, 
iology and Director at he Seaweol OF Hy- WitiraMs, M.D., Assistant Director of Bu- 
giene and Public Health, University of reau of Laboratories, Department of 
Pennsylvania. 12mo, 686 pages, with 121 Health; assisted by CHARLES KRUMWIEDE, 
illustrations, 28 in colors. Cloth, $4.00 net. Jr., M.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriol- 


ogy and Hygiene, University and Bellevue 
LABORATORY METHODS OF U. S. ARMY Hospital Medical College, New York. Oc- 


By Tue Division or INFECTIOUS DISEASES tavo, 786 pages with 214 engravings and 9 
AND LABORATORIES OF THE SURGEON-GEN- plates. Cloth, $6.50 net. 
ERAL’S OFFICE. I2mo. 354 pages, illustrated. FUNDAMENTALS OF BACTERIOLOGY 
Second Edition. Price, $2.00 net. New (2d) Edition 


By Cuartes B. Morrey, B.A., M.D., Pro- 


THE EVOLUTION OF DISEASE fessor of Bacteriology and Head of the 


With a Discussion of the Immune Reac- Department, Ohio State University. 12mo, 
tions Occurring in Infectious and Non- 320 pages, with 171 engravings and 5 plates. 
infectious Diseases. A Theory of Immu- Cloth, $3.25 net. 


nity, Anaphylaxis and Antianaphylaxis. 
By J. Danysz, Chef de Service, Institut Pas- Bites Mee By Means of 


teur, Paris. Translated by Francis M. Rea ne 2 , 

r : BENE ai sy CHaArLes E. Simon, B.A., M.D., Profes- 
earn M.D., pas ee dica! sor of Clinical Pathology, University of 
SIEANONONS < NETO, MON) WEISS» OURS ESO) HG Maryland. Ninth Edition. Octavo, 854 


MANUAL OF CLINICAL LABCRATORY pages, with 207 engravings and 28 plates. 


METHODS Cloth, $7.00 net. 
By Ciype L. Cummer, M.D., Assistant Pro- LABORATORY SYLLABUS 
fessor of Clinical Pathology, Western Re- OF CLINICAL PATHOLOGY 
serve University, Cleveland. Octavo, about By Cuarres E. Stmon, M.D. Small Octavo, 
470 pages and 136 illustrations. Jn Press. 86 pages. Cloth, $2.00 inet. 
Le) ————————————— 


706-810 Sansom St, | WA & FEBIGER PHILADELPHIA 


Send me books listed on margin below 


CIENC 


Fripay, JANUARY 6, 1922 


The American Association for the Ad- 
vancement of Science: 
The Significance of Calcium for Higher 
Green Plants: Dr. Rooney H. True 1 
The Method of Science in Agriculture: 


DRS ES GW ey PANT WINE e ree tea ee os EOS 6 
The Concilium Bibliographicum: Dr. 

WERNON KELLOGG 22.2222. 2cececcctecetectteecceoee iE 

Henry Turner Eddy: J. J. Buu. 12 


Scientific Events: 
The Sterling Hall of Medicine of Yale 
University; The Crop Protection Insti- 
tute; Public-Health Work in the Philip- 


PLUTO E SS Cg CO a ea er 13 
Scientific Notes and News......--.---.-------------+ 15 
University and Educational Notes..........-... 18 
Discussion and Correspondence: 

Public Health and Medical Practice: 

Dr. W. Giuman TuHompson. Note on 

Inheritance in Swine: A. M. Carr- 

SAUNDERS. On Summaries of Recent 

Advances in Physics: PROFESSOR CARL 

BARU Si) esc ete aed oe a ue 18 
Scientific Books: 

Deam on The Trees of Indiana: PRo- 

FESSOR GEORGE IX. NICHOLS......-...-----..------- 20 


Notes on Meteorology and Climatology: 
Sky Brightness and Daylight [llumina- 
tion: Dr. C. Le Roy MBIsInGER............ 20 

Special Articles: 

On Stereotropism as a Cause of Cell 
Degeneration and Death and on Means 


to Prolong the Life of the Cell: Dr. 

Leo Lors 22 
The American Chemical Society: Dr. 

CHARLES USM RARSONS = eee 23 


MSS. intended for publication and books, etc., intended for 
review should be sent to J. McKeen Cattell, Garrison-on-Hud- 


son, N. Y. 


THE SIGNIFICANCE OF CALCIUM 
FOR HIGHER GREEN PLANTS} 


In view of the time limit reasonably set for 
this paper, I shall not attempt to review the 
very extensive literature that in one way or 
another deals with the relation of calcium to 
the plant world, but shall content myself with 
pointing out certain of the land marks that 
occur at certain intervals along this oft-traveled 
road. And, at the beginning, I may as well 
give Jost’s summing up of the situation as he 
saw it in 1906, when he says, “We are bound 
to admit that its function has not yet been 
discovered.” 

To Salm-Horstmar*® seems to belong the 
credit of proving in 1856 that calcium is neces- 
sary for phanerogams and is distinctly not 
replaceable by magnesium. 

Almost -simultaneously in 1869 Adolph 
Mayer 4 and Raulin® showed that this rule was 
not of general application since certain non- 
chlorophyllose types were found to thrive 
without it. 

Mayer grew yeast normally in media from 
which calcium was lacking and Raulin did the 
same with Aspergillus. It remained for 
Molisch® in 1895 to demonstrate that not all 
green plants require calcium by cultivating 


1Address of the Vice-President and Chairman 
of Section G, Botanical Sciences, American Asso- 
ciation for the Advancement of Science, Toronto, 
December, 1921. 

2Jost, Ludwig, ‘‘ Lectures on Plant Physiology,’’ 
Gibson’s transl. Oxford, 1907: 85. 

3Salm-Horstmar, ‘‘Versuche und _ Resultate 
liber die Nahrung der Pflanzen, Braunschweig.’’ 
1856. 

4Mayer, Adolph, ‘‘ Untersuchungen jber Alko- 
holgahrung.’’ 1869: 44. 

5Raulin, Ann. d. Sci. Nat., V, Ser. I, 11: 224, 
1869. 

_6 Molisch, Stizb. d. 
733. 1895. 


Wien. Akad., Abt. I, 104: 


2 SCIENCE 


certain alge in media from which this element 
was absent. 

In the meantime the distilled water problem 
had arisen to vex all physiologists and in their 
attempt to deal with it the zoologists had 
thrown some light on the calcium problem as 
well. Perhaps fundamental to all was the work 
of the English physiologist, Sydney Ringer, who, 
as a by-product of a long series of experiments, 
developed the generally-used normal saline solu- 
tion known by his name. While working on the 
characteristic effects produced by various salts 
in prolonging the life of organisms in water 
cultures, he noted the favorable action of eal- 
cium salts.. He observed that in distilled 
water calcium and other salts were extracted 
from fish placed in it, and records that epi- 
thelial and mucous cells seemed to become de- 
tached from the gills. In later experiments 
earried out on Tubifex, a freshwater worm, he 
noted that a far more striking change took 
place. After a time spent in water from which 
calcium salts were excluded, the worms dis- 
integrated. When to distilled water a calcium 
salt was added the worms not only lived but 
behaved very much as they did in river water.® 

His explanation of the fundamental causes 
here operating was couched in rather general 
language, but one gathers that he conceived 
them to be of a physico-chemical nature, and 
the seat of operation was thought to be in the 
cells of the animals. There is much in Ringer’s 
work to repay the student of general physi- 
ology. 

The fundamental features observed by him 
were confirmed by Herbst in 1900°, when he 
showed that in certain sea-urchin larve grown 
in sea water from which Ca was lacking, the 
epithelial tissues dissolved into their component 
cells. When these dissociated, but still living, 
elements were returned to calecium-containing 
sea water, they adhered again to each other at 
their points of contact., Herbst assumed that a 
Verbindungsmembran exists between the cells 


TRinger, Sydney, Journ. of Physiol. 4: IV. 1883. 
8SRinger, Sydney, and Sainsbury, H., Journ. of 
Physiol., 16:4. 1894. 


9 Herbst, C., Arch. Entwicklungsmech 9: 424. 
1900. 


[Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


when Ca is present, that this membrane is dis- 
solved when Ca is lacking in the external me- 
dium, thus releasing the cells of the complex. 
When Ca is restored, this membrane is recen- 
stituted and again cements the cells at their 
points of contact. 

It is interesting to note in connection with 
these observations of Herbst those of Kniid- 
son,'° who found that in Pfeffer’s solution the 
root cap cells of corn and Canada field peas 
are sometimes sloughed and remain in the 
medium isolated but living for as long a period 
as seventy days or more. While it does not 
appear that a Ca shortage existed in these 
root cap eells, the possibility of such a shortage 
would be well worth investigating. 

In 1905 and 1906, while engaged in a study 
of the physiological properties of distilled 
water, the author, with the kindly aid of his 
colleague, Dr. Lyman G. Briggs, applied the 
method of electrical conductivity to the inves- 
tigation of ion changes in solutions in which 
seedlings were growing. It was observed that 
the conducting capacity of distilled water in 
which seedlings were grown increased, due, it 
was believed, chiefly to the leaching of ions 
trom the cells of the seedlings. It was noted 
furthermore that this leaching was checked 
when a small quantity of a Ca salt was added 
to the distilled water.11 

The use of the conductivity method was 
extended by H. H. Bartlett and the author 2 to 
a study of ion changes taking place in distilled 
water and in solutions of calcium nitrate and 
magnesium nitrate planted with pea seedlings. 
Owing to the fact that the method as applied 
to this type of work had not then been eare- 
fully studied, more attention was given here 
to the method. The conclusion was reached 
that equilibrium concentrations of Ca and NO, 
ions in one case and of Mg and NO, 
ions in the other instance existed for peas 
below which the roots would leach ions into 


10 Kniidson, L., Am. Journ. Bot., 6: 309. 

11 True, Rodney H., Am. Journ. Bot., 1: 
273. 1914. 

12True, Rodney H., and Bartlett, Harley Harris, 


Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agri. 
Bull., 231: 1-36. 1912. 


1919. 
255- 


January 6, 1922] 


either solution, or into solutions containing 
both salts mixed in various proportions and 
above which the roots would absorb ions. It 
was shown that Ca differed essentially from 
Mg ions in being harmless in concentrations 
that proved fatal in the case of magnesium. 

The conductivity method was next applied 
to the problem of absorption by phanero- 
gamic seedlings from solutions of the ordinary 
nutrient salts; these being studied singly in 
various concentrations'® and mixed in a variety 
of proportions and concentrations.‘14 I will 
not try to deal here with the results gained 
beyond presenting a brief summary of such 
points as bear on the question now in hand. 
As a result of the study of several sorts of 
seedlings grown in solutions of single salts it 
may be said that in solutions of potassium and 
sodium salts no concentration was observed in 
which the seedlings were able to carry on sus- 
tained absorption, in the end yielding markedly 
more ions to the medium than they were able 
at any time to appropriate. 

In solutions of Ca and Mg salts there was a 
well defined equilibrium concentration below 
which the roots were not able to absorb and 
in these sub-minimal solutions ions leached 
out into the medium. In solutions stronger 
than this equilibrium concentration, absorption 
took place in greater or less measure. It 
appeared that Ca was more favorable gen- 
erally than Mg. At no concentration tried, 
the strongest being about 900 % 10—° gram 
norm. per liter, was there any evidence of 
injury. Where the concentration of Mg was 
raised in order to ascertain the maximum 
quantity of absorption, characteristic injury 
appeared and death more or less promptly 
thereafter. A similar injury appeared tardily 
in weaker solutions on longer duration. 

In mixtures again, absorption or leach de- 
pended on the presence of Ca or Mg ions. 
Again Ca in high proportion never brought 
injury. Mg injury appeared less often than 

13True, Rodney H., and Bartlett, Harley Harris, 
Am. Journ. Bot., 2: 255-278. 1915. 

14True, Rodney H., and Bartlett, Harley Harris, 
Am. Journ. Bot., 2: 311-323. 1915. 

15True, Rodney H., and Bartlett, Harley Harris, 
Am. Journ. Bot., 3: 47-57. 1916. 


SCIENCE 3 


in simple solutions. There was little evidence 
that any such thing as a very definite Ca-Mg 
ratio exists. In mixtures containing Ca and 
other nutrient ions, especially when all or a 
large proportion of the required ions were 
present, the total quantity of ions absorbed far 
exceeded the quantity of Ca ions present. This 
indicated that in such mixtures Ca ions in 
some way secured conditions that bring about 
the absorption of ions, that, offered in unmixed 
solutions, would be unabsorbed, or would cause 
an active leach of other ions from the plant 
cells. 

Thus we may fairly say that the presence 
of Ca ions in some way makes those absorbable 
that would otherwise be unabsorbable and en- 
ables the plant to retain ions that it would 
otherwise be unable to retain. The Ca ions 
may be truly said to make the others physi- 
ologically available to the plant. Stating this 
in terms of the soil, we may say that when the 
required minimum of Ca ions is not present 
in the soil solution other nutrient ions present 
are largely out of reach and such a deficient 
soil solution may finally leach mobilized nutri- 
ents from seedlings. If the required minimum 
of Ca ions is not present, other nutrient ions 
may be present in abundance but be physi- 
ologically unavailable because of the inability 
of the plant to appropriate them. 

Having thus far established the relation 
between Ca ions and the ability of the roots 
of the seedlings studied to retain ions gained 
by the mobilization of their reserves and to 
absorb others from the nutrient medium out- 
side them, let us turn to a somewhat more 
detailed study of this phase of calcium action. 

Analytical data have long since indicated a 
close chemical relation between the calcium- 
content of higher plants and the cell wall. 
The calcium content is relatively low in young 
meristematic tissue and increases greatly in 
those parts characterized by mature cell walls. 

A more critical study of cell walls by Fremy, 
Mangin, Bertrand and others has shown that 
these are by no means homogeneous structures, 
either chemically or structurally speaking, but 
consist characteristically of an outermost layer 
lying on the boundary line between adjoining 
cells and other layers lying between it and the 


4 SCIENCE 


plasma membranes. This outermost boundary 
layer consists of a calcium salt of a weak 
organic acid known since work of Mangin as 
pectic acid. .Not only is this structure Ca 
pectate, but in cases other layers of similar 
chemical character occur in the thickening 
materials laid down in the more interior parts 
of the wall. This Ca pectate has been shown 
to be a stiff adhesive colloid that is formed 
when pectie acid meets Ca ions. According to 
authors from Fremy to Bertrand this acid 
appears when the neutral mother substance 
pectin is acted on by the enzyme pectase. 
Now in view of the observations of Mangin, 
Bertrand, and others, and latterly those of 
Sampson !© there seems to be considerable free- 
dom in the shifting of cell wal! materials into 
and out of the pectic acid condition, and when 
Ca ions are present, with the consequent ap- 
pearance of calcium pectate layers. These 
chemical shifts are frequently explicable only 
by relaying them back to internal irritable 
causes. They appear then in cases to be self- 
regulated chemical responses to stimuli, per- 
haps due in the first instance to external con- 
ditions, but in their immediate application, to 
internal causes. Thus Sampson finds in the 
abscission tissue of coleus leaves following the 
shock due to inflicted injury a change of more 
or less of the cellulose of cell wall tissues to 
pectic acid with a disappearance of calcium 
ions from the cells of the abscission layers 
and from their walls. Sampson favors the 
view that the change of cellulose into pectic 
acid arising from the irritation that sets in 
motion the train of abscission phenomena is 
responsible for the disappearance of Ca. 
Pectic acid being present greatly in excess of 
the quantity of Ca ions present can not be 
converted by these ions into the firm colloid, 
calcium pectate, but creates a thin, mechan- 
ically weak colloidal medium which mutually 
interdiffuses with the Ca ions and in _pro- 
portion as the pectic acid exceeds the Ca 
dilutes and removes it from its original seat. 
In this connection it should be noted as a 
general observation that the conversion of 
cellulose into pectose is a usual feature in 


16Sampson, Homer C., Bot Gaz., 66: 32-53. 1918. 


[Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


aging cell walls (Sampson: 48). The shift 
from pectose to pectic acid follows easily. 

The change in firmness of fruits and vege- 
tables seen to follow the action of parasitic or 
of saprophytie fungi seems to be a related 
phenomenon. Here some form of Wiesner’s 
theory of the generation of organic acids 
which take possession of the Ca tied up in 
health in the Ca pectate layers seems likely 
to apply. With the removal of the Ca by acids 
formed directly or indirectly by fungi, the 
pectate layers become pectic acid or something 
closely akin. Since these substances lack 
mechanical strength, a slump of the tissues 
follows. i 

It was my good fortune to be able during 
the winter of 1919-20 to associate Dr. Sophia 
H. Eckerson of the University of Chicago 
with our work on this caleium problem, then 
being carried on in the U. 8. Department of 
Agriculture and with her permission I beg 
to refer here to some of her findings. She | 
grew seedlings of wheat, maize and white 
lupine in series of solutions closely paralleling 
others that were receiving attention, or had 
received attention in conductivity experiments. 
Dr. Eckerson applied the methods of micro- 
chemistry to the study of seedlings grown in 
potassium solutions in which Bartlett and the 
author had found a leaching of ions from the 
seedlings unto the solution. Sbe observed 
(1) that ions readily entered the cells of the 
roots, (2) that within twenty-four hours Ca 
ions began to diffuse out of the calcium pec- 
tate middle lamella, (3) K pectate was formed 
instead of the Ca salt and this substance being 
relatively soluble in water soon dissolved, 
(4) at this stage, sugars, amino-acids, and 
salts, chiefly Mg, diffused rapidly out of the 
roots. Thus we find Dr. Eckerson’s micro- 
chemical evidence giving us the stages of an 
event already found to exist by means of our 
grosser conductivity work. It was established 
beyond doubt that not only was the cell wall 
modified and in part dissolved by the replace- 
ment of Ca ions by K ions in the solution, but it 
was shown that the damage goes far more deep- 
ly into the cell. Analyses of the leach into dis- 
tilled water by lupine roots has already demon- 
strated to us that no less than two thirds of 


JANUARY 6, 1922] 


the materials yielded were organic and perhaps 
in large part non-electrolytes. Dr. Eckerson 
finds that the leach into K solutions are largely 
organic and non-electrolytic. These solutions 
must have come in considerable part from the 
cell contents. The permeability of the cell 
walls had been greatly modified, also the 
osmotic properties of the plasma membranes. 

These modifications were seen in the passing 
of materials from within outward. Dr. Heker- 
son tested the permeability in the opposite 
direction. Corn seedlings after five days in a 
KNO, solution were placed in a 1 per cent 
solution of copper sulphate. In one hour the 
Cu ions had penetrated all of the root tissue. 
Similar seedlings after five days in a 
Ca(NO,), solution showed the penetration of 
Cu ions only after twenty-four hours in a 
similar copper solution. This seems to make it 
clear that permeability for ingoing ions is also 
greatly increased by the changes that we have 
‘described. 

Experimental work on Mg solutions showed 
that Mg pectate replaced Ca pectate in solu- 
tions of Mg salts. It is known that while Mg 
pectate is not soluble like K pectate and is 
less permeable it is slightly more permeable 
than the firmer Ca pectate- 

Dr. Hekerson found in addition to this that 
the fatal result repeatedly seen in our other 
work to come after a longer or shorter time to 
seedlings grown in Mg solutions of more than 
minimal concentration did not occur until the 
Ca of the middle lamella had been wholly 
replaced by Mg. When this had come to pass 
the cells died. We could perhaps imagine 
that sufficient uncaptured Mg ions were then 
free to penetrate the deeper structures of the 
cell'to bring about the fatal upset. 

The conclusion seems well founded that the 
integrity of the calcium pectate forming the 
middle lamella was maintained when a suffi- 
cient quantity of Ca ions was present in the 
culture solution and with it the normal reten- 
tion of its contents by the cell. When accord- 
ing to the laws of mass action this quantity 
of Ca ions fell below the equilibrium concen- 
tration, other kations present replaced the Ca 
in the colloid compound forming the middle 
dJamella. As a result of a long series of experi- 


SCIENCE 5 


ments in various culture solutions, it may be 
said that no kation other than Ca has been 
found that can replace it in this relation with- 
out an injurious or fatal change seen in per- 
meability relations, or without the appearance 
sooner or later of other toxic response. Mg 
comes most nearly to replacing Ca, but fails, 
partly because of the greater permeability of 
its pectate, chiefly because of the ultimately 
toxie action of the Mg ions when they reach 
the deeper lying structures.. 

In view of what has been said, what are we 
justified in thinking concerning the phe- 
nomena that lie deeper than cell walls, what 
about the living content of the cell? I think 
we are justified in regarding the cell wall and 
the plasmal membranes that secrete it, and in 
closest contact with which it lies, as standing 
in the closest relation. Cell walls, except in 
specialized locations, are seldom decisive in 
determining what ions pass through them. 
They influence, as we have seen, up to a cer- 
tain quantity the ions that pass into them, 
through the chemical changes which take place 
in the walls themselves and thus far may be 
regarded as having a certain quasi-deter- 
mining influence. Beyond that, after chemical 
demands in the walls have been satisfied, more, 
deeply lying equilibria are concerned. As an 
ion-containing structure, the cell wall main- 
tains ion-equilibria subject to the laws of 
equilibria in colloids, with the living mem- 
branes with which it stands in most intimate 
chemical and biological contact. When ion 
equilibria in the wall are disturbed, this dis- 
turbance is transmitted to the equilibria of 
the protoplast that lays it down, modifies it 
and remains in closest relation to it. Hence 
it is not surprising that a drastic change in the 
very chemical composition of parts of the wall 
itself if continued should work through and 
perhaps profoundly affect the equilibria of the 
protoplasm. 

This elose relation of protoplasm and cell 
wall has already been seen in the eases of wall 
change initiated from within in response to 
irritation. When cells are melted apart by 
self-regulatory processes it seems hardly neces- 
sary to argue the intimate relation of wall 
change to protoplasm change. In response to 


6 SCIENCE 


the formative laws governing the organism a 
dozen or more layers of cells surrounding the 
embryo of the wheat or maize are completely 
absorbed and in the end the innermost remain- 
ing walls of the ovary are literally cemented 
to the outer unabsorbed layer of the inner 
integument.!’ Here is emphatic control of cell 
walls by the life inhabiting them, control ex- 
erted chiefly through the ageney of the Ca-ion- 
equilibria of the tissues concerned. Finally 
this control in the wheat as in Herbst’s sea 
urchin embryos is shown by the fusing together 
of outer surfaces of cell walls. Here we seem 
to have clean cut instances to show how in the 
. formative processes the living material is able 
to command the structure it forms about itself. 
The outer walls of cells originally located far 
from each other are brought together by the 
solution of intervening structures. The sub- 
stances necessary for the formation of the 
cementing layer seem to be extruded from the 
protoplasm through the wall to the outside 
surfaces where they unite to form the coagulum 
seen. Perhaps the Ca ions and the pectase 
thrust through from the interior of the cell 
meet at its frontier the pectin which under 
enzyme action yields pectic acid in the pres- 
ence of the Ca ions. The product of such an 
occurrence would be seen in the cementing layer 
formed on the outside of each of the now 
neighboring cells. 

In conclusion, I should like to refer briefly 
to some of the more practical results that 
seem to flow from the considerations that have 
been here set forth. 

It appears that a certain quantity of Ca ions 
must be present in the medium for the main- 
tenance of the chemical and functional integ- 
rity of the cell wall, as well as the chemical 
and functional integrity of the deeper lying 
living parts of the cells of absorbing roots of 
higher green plants. When this is so main- 
tained, absorption takes place in the manner 
we are accustomed to call normal. When this 
necessary minimal supply of Ca ions in the 
medium is lacking, be it in soil solution, water 
culture, or sand culture, the function of 
absorption is upset and a more or less marked 


17 True, R. H., Bot Gaz., 18: 212-226. 


1983. 


[Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


leaching of ions from the plant follows. In 
the absence of this necessary minimum of Ca 
ions, the soil solution or culture solution may 
be rich in all other required ions, but these 
are useless to the plant. They are unabsorb- 
able. This brings us face to face with a con- 
dition of affairs in plant nutrition that has 
not been recognized and therefore has not been 
characterized. We may fairly say that Ca 
ions make physiologically available other 
equally indispensable nutrient ions. The prac- 
tical consequences that follow from this way 
of looking at the fertilizer problem have not 
thus far been realized. We learn why from 
earliest times civilizations have grown up on 
soils rich in limestone débris. We learn why 
agriculture has readily succeeded in some 
regions, not in others. We understand why, 
by the~use of lime, lands have been rendered 
capable of supporting largely increased popu- 
lations. We are now able to correlate these 
broad facts with those of cell physiology and 
to suggest perhaps not the calcium function 
sought by Jost, but one way perhaps of many 
in which higher green plants find caleium 
necessary. 
Ropney H. TRve. 
BoTaNnicaAL LABORATORY, 
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. 


THE METHOD OF SCIENCE IN AGRI- 
CULTURE? 


To be practical has been the great goal of 
agricultural investigation from the beginning. 
It was entered upon with a practical purpose, 
and in a large degree practical results early 
came to the expectation of the farming people. 
Here was a type of science which was not 
working in the clouds for its own sake, but 
down in the dirt where the problems of farm- 
ing lay. 

It is fortunate that this has been so—that 
this close sympathy and this urge to meet the 
needs of the art have been felt so keenly. It 
has given life as well as purpose to our branch 
of science, and the wide extent to which its 

1 Address of the Vice-president and Chairman 


of Section O—Agriculture, American Association 
for the Advancement of Science, Toronto, 1921. 


JANUARY 6, 1922] 


findings have been embraced and woven into the 
warp and woof of intelligent practice has been 
a constant source of stimulation. It makes 
even more imperative the call for steady prog- 
ress, not only in getting practical results for 
immediate use, but in securing deeper insight 
and larger intelligence about the common things 
of agriculture. 

The problems of agricultural science have be- 
come increasingly difficult. As the simpler 
things lying near the surface are gradually 
solved the underlying problems are seen to be 
more complex and difficult, taxing knowledge, 
skill, and imagination to increasing extent. Al- 
most have they come to call for that rare per- 
spicacity of the colored preacher who claimed 
to be able “to explain the unexplainable, to 
make known the unknowable, and to unscrew 
the inscrutable.” 

At all events, there is no more exacting field 
of experimental inquiry at the present time, 
and success in it is largely a matter of methods. 
It calls for a clear conception of the nature 
of problems and means for deriving the needed 
data for their solution. Steady advancement 
in some of the oldest and most common lines 
of agricultural inquiry rests more largely on 
the development of methods than on additional 
experiments or the accumulation of data on 
the conventional basis. It is the largest prob- 
lem in agricultural investigation at the pres- 
ent time, and it is so important that in a large 
degree it determines the progress of science. 

Fundamentally the method of science is the 
same, of course, in agriculture as in the sim- 
ple sciences. It makes no difference whether 
the subject is cornmeal or a chemical com- 
pound, the response of the growing plant or 
the law of falling bodies, the experimental 
method and requirements for the same grade 
of inquiry are the same. But in practice differ- 
ent types of effort are represented which vary 
with respect to their aim and the extent to 
which they require application of the scientific 
method. The difference is perhaps chiefly a 
quantitative one, of degree rather than kind, 
in conception of the end of inquiry rather 
than in general essentials which must be met. 


SCIENCE 7 


In the simpler form of agricultural work, 
consisting of observations, tests and trials, the 
object may be a quite superficial one—the at- 
tempt merely to get a bit of information but 
one step removed from ordinary experience, 
such as the profit from use of a fertilizer, the 
larger crop from spraying, or the advantage 
of fall plowing. The information may be quite 
sufficient for the practical purposes of the time 
and place, but it can not be said to be very 
scientific, even if made with every care, for 
the work involves no study of exact relation- 
ships or tracing of the effect of conditions. In 
other cases observations, tests and trials may 
have a deeper purpose and form a step in in- 
vestigation. Similarly, experiments may be 
purely comparative, as showing the relative 
value of different fertilizers, or feeding stuffs 
or methods of tillage, without touching any 
basie fact; or they may be the means of secur- 
ing scientific facts in a piece of fundamental 
research. 

In the early stages of agricultural experi- 
mentation, before the problems had been or- 
ganized to show their nature and content, the 
work was naturally elementary, based largely 
on observations, comparative trials, and simple 
experiments which did not attempt to determine 
the underlying conditions or establish definite 
relationships. These types of work have given 
results which although largely empirical have 
been extremely useful. They have supplied a 
great fund of information on which to develop 
practical systems and to base further experi- 
mental inquiry. Although sufficient for one 
stage, they may be a poor means of progress 
in another. Hence they need to be replaced 
by more rigorous methods and by investigation 
which goes to the heart of the problems. 

It has been a somewhat prevalent mistake 
to assume that a complex agricultural problem 
could be solved in its practical aspects without 
a study of the principles and factors underlying 
it. This has led to the attempt to secure quick 
results by short cuts, and has bred overcon- 
fidence in the competence of simple comparative 
experiments. Reliance upon such time-honored 
procedure in certain classes of work has re- 


8 SCIENCE 


sulted in the effort to refine them without go- 
ing outside of them or bringing to their sup- 
port more abstract types of inquiry which the 
changing status of the problems made neces- 
sary. 

This is not to overlook or to minimize in 
the least the increasing extent to which agri- 
cultural research has advanced into new fields 
or stages of inquiry, has developed improved 
methods and means of progress, and has been 
rewarded with results comparable with those 
in any line of investigation. Such effort has 
well illustrated the truth that in this branch 
of research as in other walks of life “we build 
the ladder by which we rise’’; and it argues for 
a type of experimental work which is critical 
of its methods and conclusions, seeking means 
for strengthening them and avoiding error or 
uncertainty. But certain types of work have 
not been marked by such growth of vision and 
method, with the result that they have become 
doubtful means of scientific progress at the 
present time. They continue to perpetuate 
their possible errors or inherent limitations 
after these have been disclosed. They are not 
fulfilling the expectations originally placed 
upon them; and while they have been useful 
up to a certain point, they are accumulating 
data after they have ceased to shed new light. 

The aim of science is simplicity, the dissolu- 
tion of complexities, and development of sim- 
ple facts and statements easily comprehended. 
Its method begins with a simplifying process, 
the analysis of problems to get at their real 
nature and content, the resolution of complex 
questions into parts which are sufficiently sim- 
ple and self-contained to be capable of study. 
Often this can be only partially done at the 
outset, but as the investigation proceeds and 
the real nature of the problem is disclosed, the 
segregating process becomes easier. 

In agricultural investigation this is difficult 
because of the many factors embraced, and in 
the more common types of work with plants and 
animals it has been followed to only a limited 
extent. More often the problem has been an 
involved and complex one from the start, em- 


bracing a wide range of phenomena, and in- 


[VoL. LV. No. 1410. 


stead of being simplified and reduced to smaller 
definite units as the work progressed, it has 
gathered bulk as it went, like a snow ball, until 
it has become such a complicated aggregation 
as to be well-nigh unworkable. Toc large for 
any intimate study, the mechanies and routine 
of it have oceupied the full time, and it has 
often degenerated into the broad accumulation 
of data. 

In constructive research data are secured 
for use, not for themselves. They are designed 
for a definite purpose—to solve a concrete prob- 
lem, to prove or disprove a conception or an 
idea, to disclose scientifie facts. The undirected 
collection of facts, whether they be observa- 
tions, results of experiments, or what not, leads 
to complexity, to an aggregation of data which 
must first be classified before being used in 
molding a scientifie explanation or a principle, 
or developing even practical information. Un- 
less there is a clear objective and an idea to 
guide in the acquiring of data, it may be a 
waste of time, an aimless, hopeless, dead effort. 
Its results may be chaotic, impossible of de- 
veloping a leading principle or an illuminating 
fact. 

There is still a quite prevalent idea that the 
ends of research may be satisfied by the aceu- 
mulation of data. It is a common expression 
in connection with the status of long-continued 
experiments that data are being accumulated. 
This is especially apt to be the case where 
such complex conditions and factors are in- 
volved that the results from year to year are 
confusing, and it is assumed that these uncon- 
trolled variables may be eliminated by long 
repetition. In such eases there is apt to be 
lack of a eritical attitude toward both the 
method and the data themselves, and hence the 
test of adequacy or competence is not applied. 
Data add to the accumulated fund of informa- 
tion when they are accurate, systematic and 
orderly, and so eapable of enabling deductions 
or fitting into other supplies which may he 
so used. Unless they respond to such a test 
it may well be questioned whether their aceumu- 
lation is profitable at this stage, when there 
is already such a large background. 


January 6, 1922] 


Simplification and definiteness of purpose 
give direction to the making of records and 
the gathering of data. All experimental in- 
quiry turns upon securing proof which is both 
accurate and adequate to the purpose. The 
method of science is the process of securing 
accuracy and precision in purposeful observa- 
tion, and the interpretation of the product. 
As has been said, it is “only a perfected apphi- 
cation of our human resources of observation 
and reflection.” 

The method is not a fixed thing but is con- 
tinually changing as progress makes possible. 
Science strives constantly after new ways of 
acquiring and proving facts which would other- 
wise not be known or but imperfectly so, and 
at the same time eliminating the personal 
factor. Apparatus and appliances are de- 
signed primarily to make possible the taking 
of observations which would otherwise not be 
feasible, or with equal accuracy. They there- 
fore enlarge the field of observation and in- 
crease precision. 

This applies of course to facilities and 
methods for agricultural inquiry such as field 
plats and cylinders, feeding appliances, special 
apparatus and other means for securing experi- 
mental data; and there is the same need of 
critical examination of these from time to time 
that there is of other facilities, to determine 
whether they are supplying proof which is 
accurate and sufficient, or to assess correctly 
what can and what can not be shown by such 
methods. 

The question is forcing itself upon the minds 
of many as to the adequacy of certain types of 
field experiments, as ordinarily conducted, to 
answer fundamental questions in plant nutri- 
tion and soil management. Large reliance has 
been placed on such experiments in the past, 
and data have been accumulated from them 
over long periods. The oldest series of fer- 
tilizer and rotation plats in this country runs 
baek over forty years; several others have been 


under way from twenty-five to thirty-five 
years. One station has some two thousand 
plats. 

These experiments have brought highly 


important practical results, and have marked 


SCIENCE 9 


a definite step in agricultural inquiry. They 
have furnished a rich background of material 
and suggestion for more definitely directed 
studies. The question is whether they have 
reached their maximum and how far they are 
to be depended upon in making further ad- 
vances. 

It is now realized that many of these experi- 
ments contain inherent difficulties dating back 
to their beginning, which introduce a strong 
element of doubt in interpreting results. For 
one thing, most of the published reports fail 
to deseribe the soil except in the most general 
way, and lack information as to the condition 
and previous treatment of the field, indications 
of irregularity, ete. Again, the number of 
check plats is usually too small, and the same 
is true of the amount of replication of treat- 
ment. This may account for the different 
interpretations made by different persons from 
the same series of experiments. In few eases 
has the necessary number of checks and dupli- 
cates been worked out mathematically for such 
experiments, and where there is considerable 
variation in different parts of a field, averages 
may furnish a doubtful basis for measuring the 
effect of treatments. 

The number of questions “put to the soil 
and the plant” in a given plat experiment has 
usually been far too large. For example, the 
customary rotation-fertilizer experiment has 
often covered practically the whole range of 
soil fertility and plant nutrition. This wide 
range has limited the amount of replication 
practicable, and it has failed to reflect the 
discrimination in gathering data and_ the 
simplification of the problem dictated by the 
method of science. 

Such experiments have relied quite largely 
on what the field results themselves were inter- 
preted to show, primarily the crop returns. 
True, most of the later experiments have em- 
bodied plans for chemical, bacteriological, and 
other laboratory studies, but only to a limited 
extent have these been developed with the 
progress of the work so as to shed new light. 
The chemical studies have often become of a 
routine nature—analyses of the crops and of 
the soils at stated intervals, and the bacteri- 
ological studies by the technique developed 


10 SCIENCE 


have largely failed to meet expectations in 
establishing correlations between soil treatment 
and bacterial flora. Such bacteriological ob- 
servations have now almost ceased in connec- 
tion with long continued field experiments. 

Reduced to such a simple collection of experi- 
mental data, the conduct of these extensive field 
experiments has often become largely a matter 
of routine. The niceties of plat work are 
observed, but the element of actual inquiry is 
deferred until many years have supplied their 
data. When that time is reached the publica- 
tion is more often a summary of field and 
and laboratory records than a critical analysis 
of the data and their actual meaning. At best 
the product is quite apt to consist of empirical 
observations rather than definite contributions 
to fundamental principles. We have not yet 
learned how to interpret, except superficially, 
the answer which the soil and the plant give as 
to just what has happened or what the ap- 
parent effects are due to. We have not yet 
learned how to examine a plot of soil so as to 
determine the changes occurring from time to 
time or brought about by a long continued 
system of treatment, or how to connect these 
changes with the response of the crop in a 
given season or period. Indeed, relatively 
little study is now given in such experiments 
to the soil itself, and only to a limited extent 
are underlying questions suggested by such 
experiments being given intensive study. 

In a word, the indications are that in the 
majority of cases the use is not being made of 
such long-time field experiments that ought to 
be made at this stage. They are rarely being 
simplified as time goes on, with a narrowing 
down to specific problems for intensive 
research, and they are not being increasingly 
supplemented by definitely directed laboratory 
study. They ought themselves to be progres- 
sive both in method and outlook. They ought 
to be used as the source of problems and mate- 
rial with which to make further and more pro- 
found inquiries. 

We can hardly fail to recognize the changed 
status at the present time, both as to practical 
requirements and the stage which has been 
reached in research and its problems. What is 
especially needed at this stage is the study of 
factors and their relationships rather than 


[Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


gross comparisons of one complex of conditions 
with other complexes. This will eall for the 
kind of team work which has been applied to 
the Rothamsted experiments,—the association 
of the chemist and the bacteriologist with the 
agronomist and soil expert, and the guidance 
of the statistician in both planning and inter- 
pretation. 

In many of the feeding experiments, also, 
the unchecked sources of possible error are too 
great for safety. The small number of animals 
in the lots gives large chances for the influence 
of individual variation. The conditions and 
frequency of weighing may also give mislead- 
ing indications. Some of the results of such 
experiments can be measured quite accurately, 
while others ean only be described. Some are 
not strictly experimental because they embody 
so many factors not under experimental control 
and whose probable variation can not be esti- 
mated. This is true, as Dr. H. H. Mitchell 
has recently shown, of the cost or financial 
returns in feeding. Such results lack per- 
manent value, and are likely to be given a 
prominence and an application which they are 
not entitled to. 

Experiments of this practical type have been 
useful in the past and there will be need for 
them in future. It is important that they 
occupy their proper place; but in the scheme 
for investigation they should not take the place 
of nutrition studies based on more permanent 
factors than prices and food combinations, or 
reliance rest too largely on them at this stage. 

Many important advancements have been 
made in animal nutrition which will find appli- 
cation in feeding practice and in showing the 
reason back of it. These disclose more clearly 
the functions to be discharged by food, the 
inherent qualities which account for the ob- 
served value or special properties of feeds, and 
the means of measuring the response of the 
animal with a high degree of accuracy. Such 
fundamental! investigations ought assuredly to 
be encouraged, not to the exclusion of but along 
with the type of feeding experiments which 
seek a more immediately practical end. 

There is still need to cultivate intelligent 
public appreciation of research conducted in 
accordance with the spirit and the method of 


JANUARY 6, 1922] 


science. It has been far easier to get funds for 
types of work which promise early contribu- 
tions to practice than those which dig deep and 
lay solid foundations to make the whole super- 
structure sure. The dependence of the former 
upon the latter needs to be recognized. 

The magnificent work of Armsby and _ his 
associates has been the admiration of the scien- 
tifie world, but in spite of its ultimate practical 
value, and especially in furthering investiga- 
tion, it had not within itself the elements of 
publicity, and was only vaguely understood. 
It never had an assured permanent income, 
and in that sense was obliged to live from hand 
to mouth. The loss this entailed is realized 
too late; and now the future of the work he 
so admirably started is under discussion. It 
would be a calamity if it were allowed to fall 
to the ground. 

The large amount of attention now being 
given to fundamental and searching inquiry 
on the soil, the conditions of plant growth, and 
related subjects, should not fail of mention in 
this connection, for it illustrates the develop- 
ment of insight into these problems. At no 
period has there been anything comparable to 
it. The results which are following from these 
iitensive studies amply justify the expectations 
of them as constructive means of progress. 

With all the facts clearly in mind, it is very 
important to take an account of stock in the 
more conventional lines of experiment; to 
study seriously the long list of the better 
experiments in order to determine what they 
have actually shown, what they are com- 
petent to show, and the lessons they teach 
in methods. By all means, let us garner in all 
the teachings of these field and other common 
types of experiment; let us profit by both the 
good and the bad experience, but let not the 
negative results be overlooked in searching for 
the more positive ones. Such experiments rep- 
resent large annual expenditures, and they 
occupy the time of a large body of workers. 
They express a confidence on which men are 
staking their efforts and their prospects. It is 
important to know the place which such experi- 
ments should occupy in future study and the 
manner in which they need to be supplemented. 


SCIENCE 11 


This may be one of the fundamental lessons 
to be drawn from them, and may indicate that 
their most useful field is in supplementing 
laboratory studies, rather than the reverse as 
at present. 

In a public supported enterprise like agri- 
cultural investigation there must necessarily 
be a happy combination of effort representing 
different grades of intensity. Some problems 
or stages of them call more urgently for the 
full measure of the method of science than 
others, and it will be for the investigator to 
govern himself accordingly. But he can not 
fail to exercise a critical attitude toward all 
his work and his methods, or to exemplify in 
them the element of real progress. 

E. W. ALLEN 


U. S. DrpartMENT 
or AGRICULTURE 


THE CONCILIUM BIBLIOGRAPHICUM 


In the issue of Science of December 2, I 
called attention to the critical situation in which 
I found the Concilium Bibliographicum this 
summer, when I made a special trip to Zurich 
to investigate this situation for the National 
Research Council and the Rockefeller Founda- 
tion. 

On the occasion of this visit I proposed, 
after conferences with Mrs. Field (widow of 
the late Dr. H. H. Field), her business ad- 
visers, the chief of the technical staff of the 
Concilium, and official representatives of the 
Swiss Natural Science Association, which be- 
comes under Dr. Field’s will the legatee, under 
certain conditions, of Dr. Field’s financial in- 
terests in the Concilium, a plan for an imme- 
diate temporary reorganization of the Con- 
cilium to last until January 1, 1922, and a 
further plan for a provisional permanent re- 
organization to go into effect as from that date. 

The plan for temporary reorganization was 
put into effect immediately with Professor J. 
Strohl, of the Zoological Institute of the Uni- 
versity of Zurich, as acting director, without 
salary. The proposed provisional permanent 
reorganization—by “provisional permanent” I 
mean a well considered and fully supported 
organization to run on until international mat- 


12 SCIENCE 


ters may indicate a desirable change—required, 
for putting into effect, the approval and defi- 
nite action of the Field estate, the Swiss Nat- 
ural Science Association, the National Re- 
search Council, and the Rockefeller Founda- 
tion. I obtained the formal agreement of the 
Field estate and Swiss Association before 
leaving Zurich and now the Research Council 
and the Rockefeller Foundation have signi- 
fied formal approval and taken the necessary 
definite action. 

This arrangement, which would require too 
much space to set out in detail here, provides 
for the control of the Coneilium, until some 
later arrangement for control by a satisfae- 
tory international board can be made, by a 
special Commission set up by the Swiss Nat- 
ural Science Association on which there shall 
be an official representative of the National 
Research Council whose acquiescence must be 
obtained for any major activity or expenditure 
of funds proposed by the commission. In 
addition, the National Research Council sets 
up a special committee on Concilium matters 
to advise and instruct the Council representa- 
tive on the Swiss Commission. This commit- 
tee of the Research Council is composed of 
Drs. R. M. Yerkes and L. R. Jones, and my- 
self as chairman. I am also appointed as the 
Council’s representative on the Swiss Commis- 
sion. 

To clear up the current obligations of the 
Coneilium and help maintain it during the next 
five years the Rockefeller Foundation has ap- 
priated and pledged to the National Research 
Council the following sums: Appropriated: 
to meet outstanding obligations, $15,000, and 
for maintenance during 1922, $20,000; pledged: 
for maintenance during 1923, $20,000; during 
1924, $15,000; 1925, $10,000; 1926, $5,000, 
after which the Foundation assumes no fur- 
ther financial obligation for the Concilium. This 
means that the Concilium must arrive at a self- 
sustaining condition by January 1, 1927, or 
have found by then other philanthropic as- 
sistance. 

It is proposed that a staff composed of a 
director, a competent secretary-bookkeeper, 


[Von. LV. No. 1410. 


three trained technical assistants, three un- 
trained assistants, and the needed stenograph- 
ers and messengers, be arranged for at once. 
To maintain this staff and provide the neces- 
sary office expenses (postage, telegraph, tele- 
phone, fuel, lighting, ete.) the Concilium has 
not only the Rockefeller Foundation subven- 
tion but an annual subsidy of 5,000 franes 
(Swiss) a year from the Swiss Government 
and one of 1,000 franes (Swiss) from the 
Canton of Zurich. It has also whatever income 
ean be derived from sale of its bibliographic 
cards and books. It has a building of its own, 
well suited and fairly well equipped for its 
work. 

Thus the Concilium has, thanks to the gen- 
erous action of the Rockefeller Foundation, a 
new lease of life and Dr. Field’s noble and 
self-sacrificing work and his plans for imereas- 
ing the Concilium’s usefulness are not to go 
unregarded. Plans for extending the biblio- 
graphic work to other fields not now covered 
by it, and for a possible development of an 
abstracting system in addition to the present 
subject, title and author references, are under 
consideration. In this connection the manag- 
ing board of the Concilium will need and will 
welcome all the advice that can be given it. 

There should be, also, a greatly inereased 
list of subscribers to the cards and books issued 
by the Concilium. The National Research 
Council will undertake a campaign to add to 
the list of American subscribers, and the Di- 
rector (in Zurich) will institute a similar cam- 
paign in Europe. So I shall have occasion to 
ask the editor of Science for space in the near 
future for still another note about the Con- 
cilium. 

VERNON KELLOGG 
THE NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL 


HENRY TURNER EDDY 


Tue death of Henry Turner Eddy occurred 
at his home in Minneapolis on December 11, 
1921, due to an acute attack of pneumonia, 
after only a few days’ illness. 

Dr. Eddy was born at Stoughton, Mass., on 
June 9, 1844. He was the son of Henry Eddy, 


JANUARY 6, 1922] 


Yale ’32, Congregational minister, and Sarah 
Hayward (Torrey) Eddy, a graduate and 
teacher of mathematics at Mt. Holyoke Sem- 
inary. 

Dr. Eddy graduated from Yale A.B. 67, 
Ph.B. ’68, A.M. ’70, Hon. Se.D. 1912; Cornell, 
C.E. °70, Ph.D. ’72; and Centre College (Ky.) 
LL.D. He also studied at the University of 
Berlin and at the Sorbonne, Paris. He was 
instructor in Latin and mathematies at the 
University of Tennessee, 1868-9; assistant pro- 
fessor of mathematics and civil engineering, 
Cornell, 1869-73; adjutor professor mathe- 
matics, Princeton, 1873-4; professor of mathe- 
matics and astronomy and civil engineering, 
1874-90, and dean of the academic faculty, 
1874-7, at the University of Cincinnati, and 
was its president-elect in 1890. The following 
year he went to Rose Polytechnic Institute, 
Terre Haute, Indiana, as its president and 
remained there until 1894, when he resigned 
and went to the University of Minnesota as 
professor of engineering and mechanics, in the 
College of Engineering. In 1906 he 
elected dean of the Graduate School, which 
position he held until his retirement from 
university work in 1912 as professor and dean 
emeritus. 

After his retirement from teaching at 68 
years of age, Dr. Eddy formed an association 
with Mr. C. A. P. Turner, consulting engineer, 
of Minneapolis, and spent several happy years 
in mathematical researches concerning the 
properties and stresses in reinforced concrete 
floor slabs, the results of which he published in 
collaboration with Mr. Turner. Dr. Eddy was 
one of the first to take up the subject of 
graphical statics and in 1878 he published his 
well-known “Researches in Graphical Staties” ; 
this was followed in 1879 by a treatise on 
“Thermodynamics”; previously to this he had 
published a mathematical text on “Analytical 
Geometry.” 

Dr. Eddy was a member of numerous scien- 
tific societies of varied interest, including the 
American Association for the Advancement of 
Science, of which he was one of the vice- 
presidents in 1884; the American Philosophical 
Society, the American Mathematical Society, 
the American Physical Society, and the Soci- 


Was 


SCIENCE 13 


ety for the Promotion of Engineering Educa- 
tion, of which he was an honored past presi- 
dent. He was a man of versatile attainments, 
as shown by his many valuable contributions 
to the various societies to which he belonged. 

Dr. Eddy was a man of quiet, scholarly 
tastes, genial in his intercourse and always an 
inspiration to his associates. He was married 
in 1870 to Sebella Elizabeth Taylor, of New 
Haven, Conn., who died on September 5, 1921, 
only three months prior to the death of her 
husband. The surviving children are: Horace 
T. Eddy, Omaha; Mrs. Charles F. Keyes, 
Minneapolis; Mrs. Clive Hastings, Atchison, 
Kan.; Mrs. Charles H. Patek, Minneapolis, 
and Mrs. J. B. Frear, Buffalo, N. Y. 

The faculty of the Graduate School of the 
University of Minnesota has placed on its 
records the following tribute: 

Henry Turner Eddy, Ph.D., LL.D., died on 
December 11, 1921, at the age of 77 years. In 
his death the faculty of the University has lost 
one of its most eminent and honored members. 

As professor of mathematics and mechanics 
from 1894 to 1905, as the first dean of the Gradu- 
ate School from 1906 to 1912, and as professor 
emeritus since 1912, Dr. Eddy was a distinguished 
associate whom the faculty was proud to own as 
a colleague. His ability as a mathematician won 
him an international reputation and his high 
general scholarship and Christian character en- 
deared him to all with whom he came in contact. 
He was an educator of the highest type, an 
inspiration to his students and intimate associates, 
and a wise, sympathetic counsellor in the faculty 
conferences. 

This faculty would express its heartfelt sym- 
pathy with the family, in the faith that God has 
given the departed a rich reward; and the assur- 
ance that it cherishes the memory of a noble life 
that has left a precious and imperishable 


heritage. Ay aie 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 


THE STERLING HALL OF MEDICINE OF 
YALE UNIVERSITY 

Tur Yale Corporation and the Sterling 

Trustees will appropriate from the Sterling 

funds the amount of $1,320,000 for the erec- 

tion of a new and modern building to be known 

as the Sterling Hall of Medicine. With this 


14 SCIENCE 


purpose in view the university has recently 
acquired most of the city block bounded by 
Cedar, Broad, Palmer and Rose streets where 
the dispensary now stands, opposite the New 
Haven Hospital. 

The Sterling Hall of Medicine will have a 
central entrance and building at the corner of 
Broad and Cedar streets containing a library 
of approximately 12,000 volumes, an amphi- 
theater with a seating capacity of about 250, 
the administrative offices of the dean and 
registrar, a room for faculty use, students’ 
common room, and on the third and fourth 
floors single rooms and suites for unmarried 
instructors in the pre-clinical subjects. Ex- 
tending along Broad street a wing will provide 
space and laboratories on the first and second 
floors for the department of physical physi- 
ology, with like provision on the third and 
fourth floors for the department of pharma- 
cology and toxicology. A similar wing facing 
the Brady Laboratory and the administration 
building of the New Haven Hospital on Cedar 
street will provide on the first and second 
floors space for the department of chemical 
physiology, the two upper floors being given 
over to laboratory space for anatomy. Beyond 
the central structure will be an animal house 
where various types of domestic animals will be 
kept for experimentation and _ observation, 
these being available for all departments of 
the university located in the vicinity of the hos- 
pital. The power house, designed on the unit 
basis with stack and bunkers of sufficient 
capacity for future requirements of the hos- 
pital and the school, will be situated at the 
corner opposite to the central building. 

Day & Klauder, of Philadelphia, are the 
architects of the Sterling Hall of Medicine. 
One of the features of this building will be the 
provision for future expansion as the needs 
of the School of Medicine require and _ its 
finances permit. This means the ultimate 
completion of the quadrangle. 

One of the features of the expansion of the 
Yale School of Medicine has been its closer 
affiliation with the New Haven Hospital and 
the Dispensary. In addition the finances of 
the hospital have been placed on a stronger 
footing and the physical rehabilitation has been 
begun. 


[ Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


Placing the faculty of the Medical School on 
a university basis of full time organization in 
the clinical service has been an important step 
in the consolidation of the work of the Med- 
ical School and the New Haven Hospital. With 
the beginning of the fall term of the present 
year all four of the clinical departments of 
the School of Medicine have been placed on 
such a basis. 


THE CROP PROTECTION INSTITUTE 

THE first annual meeting of the Crop Protec- 
tion Institute will be held at Rochester, N. Y., 
in connection with the New York Horticultural 
Society’s meeting. A dinner will be provided 
on January 12 at the Rochester Chamber of 
Commeree. 

Among those taking part on the program 
will be Professor W. C. O’Kane of the New 
Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station, 
and chairman of the board of governors of the 
Crop Protection Institute, who will speak on 
the ideals of the institute; Dr. L. R. Jones, 
chairman of the Division of Biology and Agri- 
culture of the National Research Council, 
whose theme will be the ‘Relation of Environ- 
ment to Disease and Disease Resistance of 
Plants”; Dr. R. W. Thatcher, director of the 
New York Agricultural Experiment Station, 
who will speak informally on the “Need for 
Investigations in the Chemistry of Insecticides 
and Fungicides.” From the standpoint of 
industry, Mr. G. R. Cushman, of the General 


Chemical Company, will speak briefly. Pro- 
fessor P. J. Parrott, of the New York 
Agricultural Experiment Station, will also 


probably speak on ‘Paradichlorobenzene.” 
The Crop Protection Institute, which has a 
membership of about three hundred and fifty 
prominent entomologists, plant  patholo- 
gists, agricultural chemists and manufacturers 
of insecticides and fungicides and others inter- 
ested in the protection of all kinds of crops, 
was organized only a year ago, under the 
auspices of the National Research Council of 
Washington, D. C. The purpose of the insti- 
tute is not to duplicate the work of individuals 
or other organizations, but to bring about 
closer cooperation of effort, to strengthen the 
weak places and develop needed investigations 
that are not being pursued by other agencies. 


JANUARY 6, 1922] 


Those interested, though not members, are 
invited to attend. 


PUBLIC HEALTH WORK IN THE PHILIP- 
PINES 


The Rockefeller Foundation announces that 
the International Health Board has accepted 
an invitation to cooperate in carrying out the 
general scheme of reorganization of the public 
health activities of the Philippine Islands, 
which was recently made publie by the presi- 
dent of the Senate, Manuel Queson. 

The participation of the board will consist 
in lending the services of certain members of 
its staff for a limited period and providing 
specialists as consultants and assists to Philip- 
pine government officials in various lines of 
public-health work. The broad program which 
the government has adopted for improving 
health conditions includes the ultimate con- 
solidation of all health functions in a single 
department of health to correspond with the 
ministry of health in other countries. 

Among the persons whose services will be 
furnished by the Rockefeller Foundation is an 
assistant to the dean of the College of Medi- 
cine and Surgery of the University of the 
Philippines, who will assist in developing the 
medical school and will give particular atten- 
tion to the problem of providing post-graduate 
instruction in public health, so that the health 
workers so urgently needed in the Philippine 
Islands may be trained locally. 

Fellowships for advanced study in the 
United States will be offered by the board to 
exceptionally promising and _ well-qualified 
young Filipinos, to fit them for the more 
important administrative and technical posi- 
tions in the public-health service and for posi- 
tions as instructors in the College of Medicine 
and Surgery and as teachers of nursing. 
Existing facilities for the training of nurses 
are said to be inadequate to meet the demand 
for hospital and private service. The nursing 
situation will therefore be studied and special 
attention given to training women in public- 
health nursing. 

An assistant will be provided for the 
director of the Bureau of Science, who will be 
expected to advise in the further development 
of that bureau. The Biological Laboratory, 


SCIENCE 15 


which is one department of the Bureau of 
Science, is to be expanded in order to serve 
as the central public-health laboratory of the 
Philippines, with local laboratories in the 
provinces. 

Dr. Victor G. Heiser, director for the East 
of the International Health Board, and for- 
merly director of health for the Philippine 
Islands, who is now in New York, will go to 
Manila in February to assist in carrying out 
the program. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Tue meeting of the American Association 
for the Advancement of Science and of the 
associated scientific societies held at Toronto 
from December 27 to 31 was notable both for 
the scientifie programs and for the admirable 
arrangements made for the entertainment of 
members. The total registration was over 
1,800, which is about twice the number antici- 
pated. Large audiences were present at the 
general sessions at which Dr. L. O. Howard 
gave the address of the retiring president and 
Professor William Bateson spoke. The Uni- 
versity of Toronto conferred its honorary doc- 
torate of science on Professor Bateson, Dr. 
Howard and Professor E. H. Moore, the presi- 
dent of the association. We hope to publish 
the permanent seeretary’s report of the meet- 
ing in the next issue of Science. Officers were 
elected as follows: 

President 
J. Playfair MeMurrich, professor of anatomy 
in the University of Toronto. 

Vice-presidents and Chairmen of the Sections 
Section A (Mathematics): G. A. Miller, Uni- 

versity of Illinois. 
Seetion B (Physies) : 

Harvard University. 
Section C (Chemistry) : 

sity of Toronto. 
Section E (Geology and Geography) : 

P. Berkey, Columbia University. 
Section F (Zoological Sciences) : 

Metealf, Oberlin College. 
Section G (Botany): Francis E. Lloyd, McGill 

University. 

Seetion I (Psychology): 
leyan University. 

Section K (Social and Economie 
Henry 8. Graves, Washington, D. C. 


Frederick A. Saunders, 
W. Lash Miller, Univer- 
Charles 


Maynard M. 


Raymond Dodge, Wes- 


Sciences): 


16 SCIENCE 


Section L (Historical and Philological Sciences) : 
William A. Locy, Northwestern University. 

Section M (Engineering): George F. Sivain, 
Harvard University. 

Section N (Medical Sciences) : 
body, Harvard Medical School. 

Section O (Agriculture): R. W. Thatcher, Uni- 
versity of Minnesota. 


Francis W. Pea- 


Proressor W. M. WHEELER, of the Bussey 
Institution, Harvard University, was elected 
president of the American Society of Nat- 
uralists at its meeting held last week at 
Toronto. 


Proressor Henry B. Warp, of the Univer- 
sity of Illinois, who for twenty-seven years has 
been secretary of the Society of Sigma Xi, 
and has been in large measure responsible for 
its development during this period, was elected 
president at the meeting held at Toronto dur- 
ing Christmas week. Professor Edward 
Ellery, professor of chemistry and dean of the 
faculty at Union College, was elected to suc- 
ceed Professor Ward as secretary. 


Av the meeting of the Geological Society of 
America and the affiliated societies held last 
week at Amherst, a silver loving cup was pre- 
sented to Professor B. Kk. Emerson, who be- 
came head of the department of geology at 
Amherst College in 1870. The presentation 
was made by Dr. John M. Clarke, whose ad- 
dress we hope to print. 


Dr. W. W. Keen, of Philadelphia, has been 
elected a foreign associate of the French 
Academy of Medicine. 


Dr. C. Lioyp Morean, D.Se., F.R.S., late 
principal and emeritus professor of the Uni- 
versity of Bristol, was presented on December 
2 with his portrait, a gift from friends, col- 
leagues and students, both past and present. 
The portrait was painted by Mx. Anning-Bell. 


Dr. J. G. Avami, lately professor of path- 
ology in McGill University Medical School and 
now vice-chancellor of Liverpool University, 
has. been admitted to the freedom of the City 
of London. 


Mr. Aurrep D. Frinn, secretary of the 
United Engineering Society and Engineering 
Foundation and chairman of the Division of 


[Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


Engineering, National Research Council, gave 
an address on “Engineering, research and 
vicarious tests” at the meeting of the American 
Philosophical Society on January 6. 


Dr. Auten IX. Krause, associate professor 
of medicine, Johns Hopkins University, will 
deliver the fifth Harvey Society Lecture at the 
New York Academy of Medicine on Saturday 
evening, January 21. His subject will be “Ex 
perimental Studies on Tubereulous Infection.” 


Dr. CHartes Movursu, professor of chem- 
istry at the Collége de France, who is now in 
this country as technical adviser to the French 
Mission for Disarmament, delivered an ad- 
dress on “Natural gases, with special reference 
to the rare gases” at Columbia University on 
December 20. 


An International Society of Medical Hy- 
drology was founded at a meeting of the Royal 
Society of Medicine on December 9, with a 
prehminary membership of 71 medical men 
from 13 countries. Dr. Fortescue Fox was 
elected president. 


Tur third congress of the International So- 
ciety of the History of Medicine will be held 
in London from July 17 to 22 under the presi- 
deney of Sir Norman Moore. 


Dr. Apotr Lorenz, the Vienna orthopedic 
surgeon, has been granted a license to practice 
medicine in the State of New York. The Board 
of Regents of the University of the State of 
New York at a recent meeting voted unani- 
mously to indorse the copy of a license issued 
to Dr. Lorenz in October, 1902, by the Illinois 
State Board of Health. 


On Tuesday afternoons, beginning on Jan- 
uary 17, the following lectures will be given 
before the Royal Institution: Two lectures by 
Dr. F. H. A. Marshall on “Physiology as ap- 
plied to agriculture’; three by Professor H. H. 
Turner on “Variable stars”; five by Sir Arthur 
Keith on “Anthropological problems of the 
British Empire,” and two by Dr. J. W. Evans 
on “Earth movements.” 


We learn from The Observatory that the 
Royal Astronomical Observatory, 
Florence, Italy, will henceforth 


Arcetri, 
devote its 


JANUARY 6, 1922] 


activities to astrophysics, and it will therefore 
in future be ealled the Royal Astrophysical 
Observatory. Professor Antonio Abetti re- 
tired from the acting directorship last June on 
account of age, and has been succeeded by his 
son, Professor Giorgio Abetti. 


Anpert W. Situ, formerly dean of Sibley 
College and recently acting-president of Cor- 
nell University, is now consulting engineer 
with the firm of Henry R. Kent & Co. of New 
York and Boston. 


Morsz B. Prineur, chief engineer for the 
Eastman Kodak Company, has been appointed 
city manager of Smyrna, Fla. 


Dr. Kart Lanpsterner, formerly of Vienna 
and now of The Hague, has been appointed on 
the scientific staff of the Rockefeller Institute 
for Medical Research, New York. 


Dr. Howarp 8. Resp, professor of plant 
physiology at the Graduate School of Tropical 
Agriculture and Citrus Experiment Station, 
University of California, is spending part of 
his sabbatical year in Mexico, Central America 
and the West Indies. He will return about 
Mareh 1. 


Dr. W. J. Humpureys, professor of mete- 
orological physics, United States Weather 
Bureau, lectured on ‘“‘Fogs and Clouds” before 
the Franklin Institute, Philadelphia, on Jan- 
uary 5. 

Proressor Grorce C. Wurippue’s book on 
“Vital Statisties,’ published in 1919, has been 
translated into Japanese and is published in 
Tokyo. 


Tue American Astronomical Society will 
hold its next meeting at Yerkes Observatory, 
Williams Bay, Wis., the week following next 
Labor Day. The next winter meeting will be 
held at Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, N. Y., 
and the summer meeting of 1923 probably at 
the Mount Wilson Observatory, near Pasa- 
dena, Cal. 


Tue Washington Academy of Sciences has 
compiled a tentative list of one hundred popu- 
lar books in seience. The list, which was edited 
by Dr. R. B. Sosman, corresponding secretary, 
was compiled at the request of Dr. George F. 


SCIENCE 17 


Bowerman, librarian of the Publie Library of 
the District of Columbia. The standard set up 
for the books is that they must be both read- 
able and scientifically accurate. The subjects 
covered are anthropology and _ physiology, 
heredity, botany, animals, birds and_ insects, 
geology, meteorology, minerals, astronomy, 
chemistry, physics, mathematies and history of 
science. 


The faculty of Mercer University on Decem- 
ber 14, 1921, passed the following resolutions: 

Resolved, That the Faculty of Mercer Univer- 
sity favor the plan of placing the scientific 
bureaus of the United States government under 
the jurisdiction of a board of governors, with 
the view of unifying all governmental science and 
developing it to the highest possible efficiency, 
by affording scientific workers permanent tenure 
of office, greater freedom in investigation, non- 
interference through politics, and adequate 
salaries. 

Resolved, That a majority, at least, of the said 
board of governors be appointed by the American 
Association for the Advancement of Science, in 
order that the most able executives in the various 
fields of science may be appointed to such an 
important governing board, and that its per- 
sonnel be free from political influences. 


We learn from the Journal of the American 
Medical Association that Senator Wadsworth, 
of New York, has presented a bill in congress 
providing for an appropriation of $143,032 to 
meet the increased cost of land needed adjoin- 
ing the Walter Reed General Hospital in 
Washington. On this real estate it is proposed 
to erect buildings for the medical museum and 
library and the Army medical school. At the 
request of Surgeon General Ireland, Congress 
appropriated two years ago the sum _ of 
$350,000 for the purchase of this land, but 
since the negotiations for the taking over of 
the property have been under way it has been 
discovered that it could not be bought at this 
figure. A request for more money from Con- 
gress, therefore, was necessary. Immediate 
purchase is urged both by Senator Wads- 
worth, chairman of the Senate committee on 
military affairs, and Surgeon General Ireland, 
because it is believed that the land will 
increase in price in the future and the govern- 
ment should act now as a matter of economy. 


18 SCIENCE 


The Army medical school is to be the first 
building erected at a cost of $500,000. 


THE returns of the British registrar-general 
for the quarter ending September, 1921, have 
been issued. They show that in England and 
Wales there were 214,850 births, which were 
15,017 fewer than in the third quarter of 1920. 
The rate was 22.5 a year for each thousand of 
population. The deaths numbered 99,134, and 
were 9,937 fewer than in the preceding quarter, 
but 5,444 more than in the third quarter of 
1920. The rate was 10.4 per thousand. The 
infant mortality was 83 per thousand births, 
being 15 below the average of the ten preceding 
third quarters. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


Aw endowment of $110,000 for the depart- 
ment of art as applied to medicine has been 
given to the Johns Hopkins Medical School. 
The gift, by an anonymous donor, was trans- 
mitted to the trustees through Dr. Thomas S. 
Cullen. This department has been established 
since 1911, with Max Brodel at its head, the 
same anonymous donor having provided funds 
for its maintenance. 


Work has begun at Pomona College, Clare- 
mont, California, on a new chemistry building 
to cost nearly $250,000. The building will be 
of reinforced concrete with tile roof and mas- 
sive tower to conform with the accepted archi- 
tecture of the college campus. It will provide 
facilities in undergraduate and research work 
for 600 students. 


DartmoutTH COLLEGE has received a bequest 
of $5,000 from the late Judge Ira A. Abbott 
for the increase of the salaries of professors. 


Atv a meeting held on December 9, the board 
of regents of the University of Michigan voted 
to merge the homeopathic medical school with 
the medical school of the university. The ex- 
pense for the maintenance of the homeopathic 
school was $47,000 last year and there were 
seven graduates. 


Dr. Georce J. Hever, associate professor of 
surgery at the Johns Hopkins Medical School, 
has accepted the professorship of surgery in 


[Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


the Medical College of the University of Cin- 
cinnati. By accepting the post, he will auto- 
matically become chief of the surgical service 
of the Cincinnati General Hospital. 


Proressor Henry JorDANn has recently been 
made head of the department of electrical 
engineering at Colorado Agricultural College 
at Fort Collins. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
PUBLIC HEALTH AND MEDICAL PRACTICE 


THE article “Education in Relation to Public 
Health and Medical Practice, by Professor 
S. J. Holmes, which appears in the issue of 
Science of November 25, 1921, is a highly 
interesting presentation of a subject which will 
merit discussion. Its author, however, falls 
into the common error of those eriticizing an- 
other profession than their own, of somewhat 
overstating the case and taking a too pessimis- 
tie view of a situation which is constantly being 
bettered, as, for instance, when he states that 
“a large part of the time of well-trained med- 
ical men is simply wasted in a kind of desul- 
tory practice from which their patients secure 
no permanent benefit,’ and that “humanity 
comes very far short of getting out of the 
medical profession the aid which it is capable 
of furnishing.” As a matter of fact, there 
are 106,000,000 persons in this country the 
vast majority of whom are perfectly well cared 
for medically. The death rate in our larger 
cities is constantly fallmg and there are 
increasing numbers of organizations devoted 
exclusively to the study and promulgation of 
public sanitation which are maintained by 
physicians who furnish gratuitous time and 
energy without stint. The laboratory tests 
which the author enumerates are, for the most 
part, now taught to every third year medical 
student and the more elaborate tests of this 
order are not required by more than four or 
five per cent. of all patients. 

The author further comments upon the 
ignorance of sanitation among our immigrants 
(which, of course, is deplorable) and writes 
that the “uninstructed foreigner” “fails to get 
competent aid when he is ill.” 


JANUARY 6, 1922] 


New York City has admittedly the largest 
and most varied immigrant population of the 
country. It has, however, many competent 
foreign born physicians who care for their 
own kind, besides many hospitals devoted to 
the care of special foreign groups, like the 
Italian, French and Lenox Hill (formerly the 
German Hospitals, besides several others de- 
voted to Yiddish patients. The Health Board 
of the city is most active and efficient, together 
with many other agencies, both public and 
private, in raising the health standards among 
the foreign born, and special health lectures 
are given in different languages in the public 
schools. The infant mortality of the entire 
city has never been so low as in the past few 
years and is a source of amazement to distin- 
guished foreign members of the medical pro- 
fession who come here. The comments of the 
author upon the fraudulent medical cults with 
which the country abounds are well made and 
nowhere to be better ilustrated than in his own 
quack-beridden state of California, but it is 
unfair to shift any of the burden of this upon 
an assumed negligence of the medical profes- 
sion, which wages constant warfare against it 
in its county, state, and national associations, 
only to be defeated time and again by lay 
legislators. There are too many other opera- 
tive factors, notably the sensational press, the 
general restlessness of the times, and indeed the 
multiplicity of experimental medical tests them- 
selves, which lead patients to compare experi- 
ences with one another and seek all manner of 
examinations whether they need them or not, 
in order to get their money’s worth out of what 
the author characterizes as “our commercialized 
system of private practice’—which remark 
leads one to wonder whether he knows the 
average income of the legitimate medical prac- 
titioner. 

W. Gipman THOMPSON 
142 E. 62ND Sr., 
New York City 


NOTE ON INHERITANCE IN SWINE 
Tue Berkshire pig is distinguished by the 
following characters: (1) erect ears, (2) uni- 
form black coat with the exception of “six 
white points” which oceur on the head, on each 


SCIENCE 19 


foot and on the tail, (3) a short “dished” nose, 
and (4) a somewhat short and broad body. 
The Large Black pig is distinguished by (1) 
“flop” ears, (2) uniform black coat without 
any white, (3) nose not “dished” and of 
moderate length, and (4) a long body, some- 
what narrower than that of the Berkshire. On 
a farm near Oxford, pure-bred Large Black 
boars have for some years been crossed with 
pure-bred Berkshire sows. About a dozen lit- 
ters have come under the observation of the 
author of this note and the F! generation has 
invariably shown (1) erect ears, (2) uniform 
black coat without any white, and (3 & 4) in- 
termediate features as regards nose and shape 
of body. Latterly, the reciprocal cross has 
been made (Berkshire boar and Large Black 
sow) and the ‘F! generation shows (1) erect 
ears and (3 & 4) intermediate characters. But 
as regards (2) there has appeared a gradation 
from pure black to spotted pigs in which the 
whole coat is fairly evenly divided into black 
and white patches. At present the numbers are 
small, but it would appear that the gradation 
is not uniform between the pure black and the 
spotted condition. There appear to be three 
classes—pure black, black with the six Berk- 
shire points and spotted. Further it is notice- 
able that the true spotted pigs have hitherto 
all been boars, though pure black boars have 
also appeared. 

It may be suggested that erect ear is a 
simple dominant. The coat color and other 
features clearly require considerable analysis. 
It may he that sex linkage is in some way 
concerned in coloration. 

A. M. Carr-SaunpErs 
DEPARTMENT OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY, 
OXFORD 


ON SUMMARIES OF RECENT ADVANCES 
IN PHYSICS 


Tue National Research Council has recently 
issued two valuable pamphlets on the Quantum 
theory (The Quantum Theory, E. P. Adams, 
1920, No. 5; Atomie Structure, David L. Web- 
ster, Leigh Page, 1921, No. 14). Similar con- 
tributions on other live topies have come, from 
time to time, from the Bureau of Standards. 
I wish to express my personal appreciation of 


20 SCIENCE 


this admirable work and hope that more is in 
store for us. 

We, who are about to be shelved, used to 
live in this country, peacefully under the con- 
stitution and we were quite happy in our sim- 
plicity. One day a man by the name of Hin- 
stein came along and mixed that constitution 
up. We were told that it had long been an anti- 
quated document anyway. ‘There were diffi- 
culties, but eventually we managed to fit in; 
for they had left us, at least, with the doctrine 
of energy. Now, I read that the classical law 
of the conservation of energy must also go, 
that at best it is only statistical like the second 
law of thermodynamics. Truly these young 
bloods are Balkanizing the whole of physics 
and our ancient constitution has gone the way 
of the mark. 


Cart Barus 
Brown UNIVERSITY 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


Trees of Indiana. By Cuarues C. Dram, 
State Forester of Indiana. First revised 
edition. 317 pages; 137 plates. Publica- 
tion 13 of the Department of Conservation, 
State of Indiana. April, 1921. 


Tue forerunner of the present work, under 
the same title and by the same author, was 
issued in 1911. So great was the demand for 
that book that the edition of 10,000 copies 
lasted only three years, while a second edition, 
printed in 1919, was exhausted within five days 
of publication. The present “first revised edi- 
tion” is fundamentally a new work, with new 
illustrations and completely rewritten text. 

During the past decade numerous “tree 
books” have been issued by various state or- 
ganizations, but it is doubtful if any of these 
contain more original matter than the present 
work. Certainly none of them contain more 
local color. The botanical descriptions are 
based on Indiana material, and the illustra- 
tions are photographed from Indiana speci- 
mens, while the distributional peculiarities in 
Indiana of the various species are treated in 
gratifying detail. It is in this latter particular, 
perhaps more than any other, that the book 
will prove of service to the general botanical 


[Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


public. In the course of his studies of the 
flora of Indiana, the author, within the last 
ten years, has traveled more than 27,000 miles, 
by auto, and has visited every county and tra- 
versed practically every township in the state. 
As a result he is able to present, at first hand, 
a wealth of detail in regard to local tree dis- 
tribution, not to mention various other observa- 
tions which bespeak intimate familiarity with 
the tree flora of the state. The attention given 
to the ecological relations of the different spe- 
cies is especially worthy of note, and this 
feature alone will recommend the work to a 
wide cirele of readers. 

Grorce E. NIcHOLS 


NOTES ON METEOROLOGY AND 
CLIMATOLOGY 
SKY BRIGHTNESS AND DAYLIGHT ILLUMI- 


NATION 

What is the relation between sky brightness 
and the electric light load carried by the central 
lighting plant? How much sky-light will be cut 
off by a row of buildings on the opposite side 
of the street These questions and many others 
may be solved by studies of the brightness of 
the sky and daylight illumination such as have 
been carried out by Dr. H. H. Kimball, of the 
Weather Bureau at Washington. The prac- 
tical utility of such investigations is attested 
by the interest shown by illuminating engi- 
neers, architects and electrical engineers. A 
paper, recently appearing in the Monthly 
Weather Review,! summarizes with considera- 
ble detail a report submitted to the [luminat- 
ing Engineering Society, of whose committee 
on sky brightness Dr. Kimball is chairman. 

The observational program which has been 
followed in making the measurements has been 
to make photometric readings with a Sharp- 
Millar photometer at elevations of 2°, 15°, 50°, 
45°, 60°, 75° and 90° above the horizon on ver- 
tical circles at azimuth intervals of 45° begin- 
ning with the sun’s vertical and proceeding 
half-way around the horizon. Only half the 
sky is measured because it is assumed that the 


1 Kimball, H. H., and Hand, I. R.: Sky bright- 
ness and daylight illumination 
Sept., 1921, pp. 481-488. 


measurements. 


JANUARY 6, 1922] 


brightness distribution is symmetrical about a 
vertical semicirele passing through the sun. 
Such measurements were made on days that 
were (1) perfectly clear, (2) overcast with 
thin clouds or dense haze, (3) completely 
overeast with clouds or dense fog, so that 
neither sun nor blue sky could be seen, (4) 
overeast with clouds from which rain or snow 
was falling, and (5) partly overcast, in an 
irregular manner. 

On clear days it was found that the sky 
brightness at Washington has somewhat the 
following distribution: The brightest part of 
the sky is, of course, that close about the sun. 
The darkest part is that in the solar vertical 
about 90° distant from the sun. In general, 
the sky inereases in brightness toward the 
horizon, although there is a “dark valley” ex- 
tending from the dark point in the solar ver- 
tical to a point about midway between the 
sun and the horizon. This distribution agrees 
closely with that observed by Dorno at Davos, 
Switzerland, except that the Swiss sky is 
brighter than that at Washington. This differ- 
ence in brightness is probably the result of 
secondary reflection of light from the Alpine 
snows. In comparison with observations made 
at Chicago University and on the roof of the 
Federal Building in “Loop” district of Chi- 
eago, it was found that the distribution there 
is much the same, except that the horizon 
opposite the sun is darker at Chicago than at 
Washington. This is attributed to smoke, 
from which the Washington atmosphere is par- 
ticularly free. 

The brightest type of sky measured at 
Washington is that completely overcast with 
thin clouds or dense haze. With clouds from 
which rain is falling, the distribution is about 
the same as with thin clouds, but its intensity 
is only half as great. 

Measurements of the illumination on _ hori- 
zontal and vertical surfaces were made at 
Washington and at the two Chicago stations 
mentioned above. It was found with respect 
to the variations with change of solar altitude 
that the illumination on horizontal surfaces 
inereased markedly with inerease of solar alti- 
tude; but in the case of illumination on vertical 
surfaces the difference between a surface facing 


SCIENCE 21 


the sun and one oppositely directed grows less 
with increase of solar altitude. Moreover, 
The daylight illumination on a vertical surface 
facing opposite the sun, and with an unobstructed 
exposure to the sky, in the Loop district of Chi- 
cago under summer conditions as regards smoke, 
averages only about two thirds as intense as 
illumination on a similarly exposed surface at 
Washington under similar sky conditions with 
respect to clouds, except when the sun is more 
than 40° above the horizon and the sky is clear. 


The equation, 


Tan @ = h/wx/1/7 + tana), 

is given for computing the shading effect of 
buildings on the opposite side of the street. 
@ is the angular height of a building as seen 
from the center of a window across the street, 
the width of the street being w. The horizontal 
angle between a normal to the window and a 
line joining a point p on the building opposite 
is #, and h is the height of the obstructing 
building above the point p. The author gives 
a table showing the relation between x and @ 
for various values of h/w. Attention is 
directed to the fact that the horizon is the most 
effective illuminating agent for vertical sur- 
faces, hence buildings and other objects on the 
horizon are the most serious obstacles in the 
question of illuminating rooms through ver- 
tically placed windows, especially with a clear 
sky. 

Two interesting examples of the relation 
between electric light load and sky brightness 
are given. At Washington, on July 15 and 
29, 1921, there occurred thunderstorms about 
2:30 p.m. and noon, respectively. On the 
former occasion, the daylight intensity fell 
rather quickly to about one foot-candle and the 
sudden increase in eleetrie light load caused by 
the nearly simultaneous turning on of thou- 
sands of electric lights was sufficient to put 
the power plant out of commission. The sta- 
tistician for the company states that 

During the day in the business section a sudden 
increase in current consumption occurs when the 
day light illumination intensity falls below 1,500 
foot-candles. The lower the intensity, the higher 
the current consumption, but fluctuations in 
intensity above 1,800 foot-candles have only a 
negligible effect. 


22 SCIENCE 


It appears that some arrangement whereby 
power companies supplying large cities could 
have recourse to observations of daylight 
illumination, especially during the thunder- 
storm season, would be of decided benefit to 
them, for the falling off of this illumination 
would afford an index as to the proper time to 
prepare to supply additional current. 

This sketch is sufficient to indicate the char- 
acter of the important work being done by 
Dr. Kimball and to suggest some of the indus- 
trial benefits to be derived from the study of 
daylight under various types of cloudy and 
smoky sky. 

C. Le Roy Meisincer 
WasHINGTON, D. C. 


ON STEREOTROPISM AS A CAUSE OF CELL 
DEGENERATION AND DEATH, AND ON 
MEANS TO PROLONG THE LIFE 
OF CELLS 

In former investigations we have shown ! 2 
that amoeboeytes of Limulus have the tendency 
to move and to spread out in contact with 
solid bodies. We thus found another instance 
of a reaction which is common to many kinds 
of cells and which we observed and analyzed 
in 1897 and subsequent years and which we 
désignated as stereotropism of tissue cells 3. 

We further found that the blood cells of 
Limulus, as a result of this stereotropie re- 
sponse and the concomitant spreading out of 
their protoplasm along the surface of the 
solid body, underwent degenerative changes; 
they lost their granules, became hyaline and 
gradually motionless and then died. There was 
some indication that this spreading out of the 
cells was accompanied by a taking up of fluid 
from the surrounding medium and that this led 
to processes of solution which initiated the re- 
trogressive changes. !. 2» 4 

In order to prolong the life of these cells it 
was therefore necessary to retard this exaggera- 


1 Leo Loeb, Journal Medical Research, 1902, 
IT 145. Virehow’s Archiv. 1903, Vol. 173, 35. 

2 Leo Loeb, Folia Haematologica 1907, IV 313. 
Pfliiger’s Archiv. 1910 Vol. 131, 465. 

3 Leo Loeb, Archiv. f. Entwickelungsmech. 1898 
VI 297. Anatomical Record 1912, VI 109. 


[Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


ted stereotropic response which led to a spread- 
ing out of the cell in contact with the solid 
body. We found previously that this can be 
done not only by keeping the cells at a lower 
temperature, which retards other activities as 
well as the stereotropic reactions and is there- 
fore not specific, but in a specific manner by 
enabling the cells to rest on a surface previous- 
ly covered with a thin film of paraffine or va- 
seline. 4 Jn contact with such a surface the 
spreading out of the cells is considerably re- 
tarded and the life of the cells and the dura- 
tion of their amoeboid movement is prolonged. 
In carrying out these experiments, we make 
use of the experimental cell fibrin (amoebocyte) 
tissue, a small piece of which we place on the 
prepared surface and surround with the de- 
sired kind of fluid. 

Last summer at the Woods Hole Marine Bio- 
logical Laboratory we continued these experi- 
ments with the cooperation of Mr. K. C. 
Blanchard ® and found an additional method of 
preventing the extension of the cells and thus to 
prolong their life and activities. This can be 
accomplished by making the medium into which 
the cells enter from the piece of tissue very 
slightly acid, an observation which agrees with 
our previous finding according to which the 
cells perish in a neutral solution of isotonic 
sodium chloride, but are preserved in such solu- 
tions after addition of a very small amount of 
either acid of alkali.? 

In our recent experiments we found that in 
such slightly acid media the cells leave the 
tissue in dense masses and continue to move 
for a considerable period of time; they are 
preserved, their spreading out is much retard- 
ed and their motor activity in consequence 
much prolonged. In alkali the cells are like- 
wise preserved for some time, but they begin 
to spread out and become dissolved much earlier 
than in acid. 

It is possible to grade the effect of acid upon 
the cells. If the acid used is too strong and 


4 Leo Loeb, Washington 
1920 VIII 3. 
Vol. 56 140. 


5 These experiments will be more fully described 
by the writer and Mr. K, C. Blanchard elsewhere. 


University Studies 
American Journ. Physiol. 1921, 


JANUARY 6, 1922] 


consequently the consistency of the cell too 
great, their motility is diminished. If it is used 
in too weak a concentration, the spreading out 
and solution processes are not sufficiently de- 
layed. In an intermediate concentration of the 
acid, the consistency is such that the migration 
of the cells out of the piece is readily possible 
and at the same time the cells are preserved 
and the stereotropic reaction is retarded. But 
ultimately the cells begin to spread out and now 
retrogressive changes set in even in these favor- 
able media. However, it may be possible to 
keep the cells active for six days or longer 
even at room temperature, at which under or- 
dinary conditions the cells spread out and be- 
come hyaline on the first or second day. 

In this case we recognize thus as the prin- 
cipal cause of cell death an extreme degree of 
reactivity of the cells in contact with solid sur- 
faces. There is good reason for assuming that 
this reaction leads to an increased permeability 
of the surface of the cell which reaches a de- 
gree which is injurious and is thus respon- 
sible for the subsequent degenerative processes. 

Conditions which prevent this extreme stereo- 
tropic reaction tend therefore to prolong the 
life of the cells. Acid acts in this way ap- 
parently by increasing the consistency of the 
cells, at least of its outer layer. 

As we have shown elsewhere‘ there exists a 
striking analogy between the behavior of the 
amoebocytes and ordinary tissue cells. Through 
agglutination the amoebocytes produce sheets of 
a tissue-like material. After an incision in such 
a tissue cells migrate from the cut edge into 
the defect, in a way similar to tissue cells ad- 
joining a wound. In both eases two factors 
determine the direction of migration: (a) The 
stereotropic reaction, (b) a tendency towards 
centrifugal movement. 


During the process of movement the amoebo- 
eytes spread out and thus produce structures 
totally unlike the original amoebocytes, but 
closely resembling various tissues. <A similar 
change from agglutinated round cells to cells 
spreading out in contact with a solid or viscous 
substratum underlies the embryonic tissue for- 
mation. Under the influence of mechanical 
factors a system of fibrillation can be produced 
in this experimental amoebocyte tissue which 


SCIENCE 23 


indicates the direction in which the mechanical 
factors act. In an analogous way we know 
that certain mechanical effects determine the 
fibrillation in certain higher tissues. In both 
cases the tissue formation leads to the produc- 
tion of an elastic tension under which the tis- 
sues are held, which latter retract after an in- 
cision had been made. The processes of tissue 
formation had led to the production of poten- 
tial energy stored in the tissues. 

The transformations which we observe in the 
amoeboeytes in the case of tissue formation are, 
as far as our evidence shows at present, due 
mainly to two factors: (a) changes in con- 
sistency primarily in the outer layer of the 
cells; this depends in all probability upon a 
taking up of fluid from the surrounding me- 
dium and a different distribution of fuid within 
the cell, and (b) an increased permeability of 
the outer layer of the cell. These changes may 
lead to degenerative processes in the cell. 

In some respects the differentiation and 
specialization of tissue cells in higher organisms 
has likewise the aspect of retrogressive changes; 
it may diminish the power of resistance of 
these differentiating cells. This suggests very 
strongly that changes of a similar character, al- 
though perhaps quantitatively weaker, may take 
place in the higher tissue cells during the pro- 
cess of tissue formation. 

Leo Lors 
DEPARTMENT OF COMPARATIVE PATHOLOGY, 
WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY 


THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL 
SOCIETY 


5 (Continued) 
DIVISION OF CHEMISTRY OF MEDICINAL PRODUCTS 
CuHarLes E. Caspart, chairman. 
Epe@ar B. Carter, secretary. 


Arsphenamine and neoarsphenamine: GEORGE 
W. Raiziss, JosePpH GAvROoN AND M. FAa.kov. 
Arsphenamine and neoarsphenamine are indispen- 
sable in the treatment of spirochaetic infections. 
The elimination of the alarming symptoms or 
‘¢reactions’’? attendant upon the use of these 
drugs is a problem of increasing importance. 
These have been attributed to chemical impurities 
which the authors have tried to identify. Inci- 
dentally, samples, of unusually high chemothera- 
peutic indices have been obtained. Methyl alco- 


24 SCIENCE 


hol and crystallization have been found in two of 
the American made products. Experiments show 
that this does not exert any untoward effect upon 
the drug. A study of the colloidal properties 
and the relationship to toxicity has also been 
undertaken in order to explain the above ‘‘reac- 
tions. ’’ 

Hydrogen peroxide, its manufacture and preser- 
vation: Paun PorrscHKre. The quality of the 
chemicals needed and the equipment required for 


manufacturing the product and a detailed account — 


of the various stages of the process are given. 
Briefly, the process consists in hydrating barium 
peroxide with distilled water and adding this mix- 
ture to a dilute solution of phosphoric acid which 
forms barium phosphate and hydrogen peroxide. 
Sulphurie acid is then added which regenerates 
the phosphoric acid converting the barium phos- 
phate into barium sulphate and phosphoric acid. 
In this way the phosphoric acid is used over and 
over again. The insoluble barium sulphate and 
phosphate is then removed by filtration and the 
filtered hydrogen peroxide purified and adjusted 
to the proper strength. Experiments with quinine 
sulphate show that this substance has many ad- 
vantages over acetanilid as a preservative, particu- 
larly in that only 1/10th the amount is required 
and it does not cause any foreign odor or discol- 
oration. A mixture of benzoic acid and salicylic 
acid is also effective. Storage in glass bottles 
of suitable quality, and exclusion of light, are far 
more effective in restraining decomposition than 
any of the preservatives studied. 

Developments in mercurial antiseptics: Epwin 
C. WHITE AND JUSTINA H. HI. 

The preparation of certain arsenic-free rea- 
gents: G. D. Brau AnD K. E. Sparks. 

The preparation of pure fatty acids: G. D. 
Brau AnD J. B. Brown. 

The preparation of cholesterol esters of fatty 
acids: G. D. Brat anp J. B. Brown. ¢ 

The determination of aldehydes in 
oils: Francis D. Dope. 
fite solutions in the 


essential 
The use of  bisul- 
technical determination 
of aldehydes is sometimes inconvenient, ow- 
ing to the relative insolubility of the bisul- 
fite compounds. The writer has found the 
solution of lithium bisulfite quite useful in such 
eases, the lithium compounds being in general 
more soluble than the sodium or potassium de- 
rivatives. A serious error arises, however, when 
unsaturated alcohols such as geraniol, linallol, or 
terpineol are present. The latter react slowly 
with bisulfite, yielding soluble 


sulfonie com- 


[Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


pounds and the aldehyde determination becomes 
quite inaccurate. Details are also given of ex- 
perimental work with some other aldehyde 
reagents. 


Crystalline  ethyldihydrocupreine  (optochin) 
base: MitcHAEL HEIDELBERGER AND WALTER A. 
Jacoss. Hitherto only crystalline salts of ethyldi- 
hydrocupreine (optochin) have been reported. 
Having found that dihydroquinine could be ad- 
vantageously recrystallized from toluene, we dis- 
solved ethyldihydrocupreine in this solvent and 
allowed the solution to evaporate spontaneously, 
erystals forming after several days. On seeding a 
concentrated solution and letting stand the base 
separated as irregular leaflets containing toluene 
of crystallization, a portion of which was retained 
on air-drying, but could be removed by heating 
in vacuo. The base so obtained has approximate- 
ly the properties of the purest commercial sam- 
ples of the substance. 

Crystalline ethyldihydrocupreine (optochin) 
base: MicHarnL HEIDELBERGER AND WALTER A. 
JACOBS. 

The purification of tuberculin and the prepara- 
tion of ophthalmic tuberculin dises: M. Dorset 
AND J. A. EMERY. 


Food as a medicine: Harvey A. WILEY. 

The need for an improved formula for infusion 
of digitalis, U. S. P.: A. RicHarp Buiss, JR. 
In response to the complaints of clinicians con- 
cerning the unreliability, lack of uniformity, ete., 
of the Infusion of Digitalis of the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia, a pharmacodynamic study of twenty 
samples of the Infusion was made. Fifteen of the 
samples were collected at random from retail 
drug stores, and five of the samples were pre- 
pared in the laboratory according to the unoffi- 
cial method advocated by Hatcher and Eggleston. 
The method of pharmacodynamic assay employed 
was that known as the Hatcher and Brody Cat 
Method, a total of seventy-four estimations 
being made by this method. Ten of the drug 
store samples, prepared by the method of the U. 
S. P. IX, showed an average activity of but 38.1 
per cent. of the theoretical activity; five of the 
drug store samples, prepared by diluting the 
fluid extract, showed an average activity of but 
62.6 per cent. of the theoretical activity; and 
the five samples, prepared according to the 
method of Hatcher and Eggleston, showed an 
average activity of 95 per cent. of the theoretic 
activity. The dropping of the infusion as pre- 
pared by the present U. 8. P. method, or the sub- 
stitution of an improved formula, such as that 


JANUARY 6, 1922] 


of Hatcher and Eggleston, is recommended by 
the author. 

The toxicity of Benzyl alcohol and its homo- 
logues: OtutlverR Kamm. The acute toxicities to- 
wards paramecia of homologues of benzyl aleo- 
hol agree well with the values predicted on the 
basis of experimental results obtained with ali- 
phatie alcohols. Given the experimental value 
for one straight-chain aliphatic alcohol, the toxici- 
ties of the remaining members may be calculated 
by means of the ‘‘rule of thirds.’’? The common 
branched-chain members also fit into the prediction 
scheme, two methyl groups in the form of side- 
chains being equivalent to one additional carbon 
atom in a straight-chain. To predict toxicities 
in the benzy! series it is simply necessary to apply 
in addition the previous presented ‘‘ molecular 
volume relationship.’’ Illustrative examples are 
presented. 

Pharmacological examination of isopropyl alco- 
hol: Davin I. Macut. Acute toxicity of isopro- 
pyl alcohol on intravenous injection in cats is 
greater than that of isopropyl aleohol; but is 
somewhat less than that of the normal propyl 
alcohol. The toxicity by mouth gives figures 
which run parallel to those for intravenous in- 
jection. Administration of small doses of isopro- 
pyl aleohol (2 ce per kilo) through stomach tube 
to dogs produced no marked permanent dele- 
terious effects even when continued repeatedly 
over a number of days. Rats exposed to the 
fumes of isopropyl aleohol for a series of days 
showed no signs of poisoning. A large number 
of experiments performed for the purpose of as- 
certaining whether isopropyl aleohol would pro- 
duce toxie symptoms after repeated applications 
to the skin yielded negative results. Jn com- 
mon with other alcohols of the fatty acid series 
both normal and isopropyl alcohols are toxic for 
the isolated heart and excised muscle tissues. 
The effect on circulation is not much depressant 
in the intact animal when the drug is admin- 
istered in smaller doses. Death after lethal doses 
is due in most cases to paralysis of the respiratory 
center but smaller doses produce no dangerous 
depression of the respiration. 


SECTION OF SUGAR CHEMISTRY 
C. A. Browne, chairman. 
FREDERICK Batss, secretary. 
Modified sulfate methods for ash in sugar and 
molasses: HE, H. ADKINS AND J. R. WitTHRow. 
Some studies on decolorizing chars: O.°E. 
Coates. A study was made of the possibility of 
making a decolorizing char for use in the cane 


SCIENCE 25 


industry from cane bagasse. The material was 
charred boiled with caustic soda and washed with 
hydrochloric acid and heated to 850 degrees. An 
excellent carbon was obtained by this method. 
Certain observations are given concerning meth- 
ods for color comparisons with various types of 
tintometers and colorimeters. 

The comparison of various carbons wpon the 
American market: Cur. E. G. Porst anp JOHN 
M. Krno. The decolorizing value of various car- 
bons on the market was determined. By the use 
of steam activation and leaching and other 
means, carbons were produced from lignite, saw- 
dust, spent boneblack and other materials. These 
were equal, and in some cases superior, as re- 
gards their decolorizing value, to those on the 
market. A method of grading the carbon was 
suggested. 

Absorption isotherms of some decolorizing car- 
bons: F. W. Zrrpan anp 8. Byauu. Isotherms 
have been determined for the decolorization by 
six different decolorizing carbons of molasses so- 
lutions of varying concentration, and it has been 
found that, while for one carbon and one con- 
centration the logarithmic curves closely approxi- 
mate straight lines, there is a marked difference 
in the constants of the adsorption formula for 
one carbon at varying initial concentrations of 
molasses solution, and for the same initial con- 
centration, using different carbons. 

Mechanical clarification of cane sugar liquors: 
A. 8. Ensrensast. Cane sugar liquors are clari- 
fied and filtered without the use of chemical de- 
fecants by means of the specially prepared filter- 
ing medium, Filter-Cel. Details are given for 
operating with plantation white sugar, plantation 
white sugar by lime sulphur process, cane and 
sorghum syrups, raw sugar and standard granu- 
lated white sugar in cane sugar refineries. 


Decolorizing carbons: H. H. Permrs anp F. P. 
Puutps. Twenty different carbons have been 
used, under identical conditions, for the decolor- 
ization of one quality raw sugar, and some of 
them on the affined sugar and the raw wash re- 
sulting from the affination process. The effect 
is shown on the basis of spectrophotometric 
analysis which establishes new standards for a 
correct judgment, far more rigorous than at 
present accepted by technical colorimetric meth- 
ods. The names of the carbons are withheld at 
this time. Not only does the quality of some 
carbons vary, but new equipment had to be or- 
dered for a systematic and complete inquiry into 
the nature of the coloring bodies. 


26 SCIENCE 


Comparison of the various corn product 
starches: Cur. E. G. Porst anp M. MosKowi!tz. 
The Bingham-Green Plastometer is adapted to 
the examination of various corn starch pastes, 
alkali, acid and thin boiling (Herschel and Berg- 
quist, Journal of Ind. & Eng. Chem., Vol 13, 703). 
A short review of the derivation of the formulas 
required is given. Type curves and tabulated 
data on the various starches investigated are in- 
eluded. The effect of the temperature of cook- 
ing on the properties of the pastes is noted and 
the need of more accurate formulas suggested. 

An inquiry into fundamentals of sugar col- 
orimetry: H. H. Prrers anp F. P. PHELPS. 
The spectrophotometric investigation of impure 
sugar products is continued, and the asbestos 
method of colorimetric clarification and filtration, 
which was reported in a previous paper, is further 
critically examined. Beer’s Law is valid for 
concentrated impure sugar liquors (50 Brix), but 
dilution with water changes the degree of disper- 
sion and colorimetric value of the colloidal non- 
sugars, invalidating Beer’s Law. A new meth- 
od, using concentrated granulated syrup of 
known spectral transmissivity for the dilution of 
heavily colored, concentrated syrups in place of 
water is presented. 

The testing of quartz control plates: F. P. 
PHELPS. Quartz control plates are used in pre- 
cise sugar work to eliminate all errors due to 
variations in the polariscope itself. All quartz 
plates sent to the Bureau of Standards are sub- 
jected to the following tests: (1) Examination 
of the mounting. (2) Homogeneity of the 
quartz. (3) Planeness of the faces. (4) Paral- 
lelism of the faces. (5) ‘‘Axis Error.’’ (6) 
The precise measurement of the rotation from 
which the sugar value is calculated. A tenta- 
tive set of specifications for quartz control plates 
has been drawn up as an aid in the production 
of plates of uniformly good quality. It is very 
important that all quartz control plates be stand- 
ardized at some central agency such as the Bu- 
reau of Standards. The maker’s value, which 
is stamped upon the mounting, can not be relied 
upon, in fact, plates have been tested at this 
bureau whose true sugar value differed from 
the maker’s value by approximate 0.°2 of a sugar 
degree. 

The origin and development of the cane sugar 
industry in America: OC. A. Browne. The his- 
tory of plantation cane sugar manufacture in 
America is briefly sketched with help of lantern 
slides and old engravings from 1493 down to the 


[Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


present day. The evolution of the mill, evapo- 
rator and other machinery is traced with de- 
scriptions of such curiosities as Stuart’s steam 
mill and Bessemer’s crusher. The methods of 
white sugar manufacture in Cuba by means of 
bone black between 1850 and 1860 are described. 
In conclusion the origin and development of the 
modern central system are discussed with particu- 
lar reference to the future growth of the industry. 

Enzyme method for determination of raffinose 
in beet sugar-house products: H. 8. PaInr AND 
F. W. Rrynoups. The method of Hudson and 
Harding, which depends on the hydrolysis of 
raffinose by invertase with formation of melibiose 
and fructose, and subsequent hydrolysis of meli- 
biose by means of the enzyme melibiase, was 
adapted for the examination of beet molasses and 
other sugar-house products. The molasses solu- 
tion is clarified with basic lead acetate and a 
small amount of norit, and, after suitable ad- 
justment of the acidity, top yeast extract, con- 
taining the enzyme invertase, and bottom yeast 
extract, containing the enzymes invertase and 
melibiase, are added to equal portions of the 
clarified molasses. The difference in the polariza- 
tions is a measure of the amount of raffinose 
present. The success of the method depends upon 
the use of highly purified and concentrated 
enzyme preparations. 

Réle of fermentation in the deterioration of 
cane sugar products: C. A. Browns, C. A. GAM- 
BLE, G. H. Harpin anp M. H. Winery. The aver- 
age quality of the raw cane sugar manufactured 
in the tropics has shown but little improvement 
during the past five years. Only about 35 per 
cent. of the Cuban factories make good-keeping 
sugar of low moisture content. Sugars during 
deterioration become more hygroscopic, owing to 
the invert sugar that is formed, and the addi- 
tional moisture absorbed from the atmosphere 
accelerates the activity of the destructive micro- 
organisms. The chief requirements for making a 
good-keeping sugar are: (1) Cleanliness in the 
factory to prevent infection; (2) A moisture 
content sufficiently low to retard the growth of 
yeasts, moulds and bacteria; (3) Bagging the 
sugar after it has cooled to prevent sweating; 
(4) Storage in clean, dry warehouses in piles 
that are not high enough to burst the bags. The 
deterioration of soft refined sugars is less rapid 
than that of raw cane sugars of the same polar- 
ization. Sugar cane molasses also undergoes 
deterioration during storage with destruction of 
both sucrose and invert sugar. 


JANUARY 6, 1922] 


The manufacture of chenically pure dextrose: 
C. E. G. Porst anp N. V. 8S. Mumrorp. The de- 
velopment of a method of manufacturing chem- 
ically pure dextrose using crystallization from 
water only is described. The first method used 
necessitated an aleohol wash and a crystallization 
from alcohol. This method had to be abandoned 
owing to excessive cost and another method de- 
veloped. This method used ‘‘Cerelose’’ as a raw 
material and ‘‘Eponite’’ as a decolorizing agent. 
This method had to be abandoned to allow an 
inerease in capacity. Boneblack is now used for 
decolorizing and the raw material is ‘‘ Refined 
Cerelose’’?’ made by the Porst and Newkirk 
method. Difficulties encountered and methods of 
overcoming them are described. 

The purification and concentration of enzyme 
solutions for the rapid analysis of sugars by 
enzymotic hydrolysis: EF. W. RryNoups. Prep- 
arations of the enzymes invertase and melibiase 
were purified by dialysis followed by treatment 
with a very small proportion of acetic acid, which 
caused flocculation of impurities. Substances 
which stabilize the impurities flocculated by acetic 
acid are apparently removed by dialysis. This 
treatment is fully as efficient as clarification with 
neutral lead acetate and does not cause loss of 
enzymic activity. The filtrate may then be con- 
centrated to practically any desired extent by 
ultra-filtration, using collodion filters of special 
composition. Highly active and brilliantly clear 
solutions of invertase and melibiase of great sta- 
bility were thus obtained. This method of puri- 
fication and concentration permits the use of these 
enzymes as analytical reagents, for rapid analysis 
of sucrose and raffinose. The construction of a 
suitable ultra-filter from materials generally 
available is described. 

The estimation of raffinose and sucrose in beet 
products: R. FP. Jackson. A modification of 
the enzyme method permits an accurate determina- 
tion of true raffinose without the difficulty of 
measuring small changes in polarization in the 
presence of large amounts of invert sugar. After 
sterilization of the molasses, the greater part of 
the invert sugar is removed by fermentation with 
bakers’ yeast. The solution containing the meli- 
biose is filtered, evaporated and divided into two 
aliquots, which are diluted one tenth, one with 
water, the other with the invertase-melibiase solu- 
tion extracted from brewers’ yeast. After hy- 
drolysis, both are analyzed for reducing sugar. 
The difference between them is a measure of 
raffinose. The method is not standardized against 


SCIENCE 27 


pure raffinose. By the above method analyses 
were made of samples of Colorado beet molasses. 
True raffinose was found to be sometimes less 
and sometimes greater than that indicated by 
Clerget. From the true raffinose and true sucrose, 
the direct polarization of the sugars was com- 
puted. The difference between the calculated and 
observed direct polarizations give the rotation of 
the non-sugars. In every case these proved to be 
negatively rotating. 

A simple diffusion battery for laboratory and 
lecture room experiments: M. J. Prorrirt. Each 
cell of the battery consists of a friction top tin 
can to the inner walls of which near the bottom 
is soldered a circular woven wire screen molded 
to a concave shape. A suitably bent copper tube 
is soldered with a perforation in the side of the 
can below the screen, and it extends on the outside 
above the top of the can, to connect with the juice 
line. It may be provided with a steam jacket for 
a colorisator. Two short copper tubes are soldered 
into perforations in the lid of the can, one for an 
air-vent and the other for connecting to the 
water-line. The juice, water and cross-over lines 
consist of glass T-tubes with rubber connections 
and pinch-ecocks. A 14-cell battery without 
colorisators requires 14 friction top cans, enough 
wire sereen to make the screens, depending upon 
the size of the cans used, about 60 pinch-cocks, 
60 glass T-tubes, 20 feet of copper tubing, some 
solder, and 50 feet of thin-walled rubber tubing. 
At current prices, it will cost about $30 and 
require one day’s time to set up. It serves for 
experiments on water extractions and for familiar- 
izing students with the actual operation of the 
diffusion process as carried out in the manufac- 
ture of beet sugar. 

Precipitation of gum from beet molasses: H. 8. 
PAINE AND C. F. Watton, Jr. In order to permit 
a study of the properties of the gums present in 
beet molasses, and the effect of such gums on the 
analytical control and certain phases of the fac- 
tory process, the following method of preparation 
was evolved. It is considered more rapid than 
the dialysis method previously described. Each 
kilogram of molasses is diluted with 10 liters of 
water, and to this solution are added 1.4 liters of 
ammoniacal lead acetate and 0.4 liter of strong 
ammonium hydroxide. After filtration of the 
precipitate, it is suspended in water and decom- 
posed with 1:4 H,SO, in carefully regulated 
amount. The filtrate is neutralized with solid 
barium hydroxide in the cold, concentrated in 
vacuo and dialyzed against running tap water. 


28 SCIENCE 


This solution is clarified with neutral lead acetate, 
and after removing excess lead with H,S the 
dialysis is completed against distilled water. The 
specific rotation of the gum obtained, on the 
basis of total solids in the purified solution, was 
— 38.98. 

Chemical properties of the gum from cane 
affected by Cobb’s gumming disease and its 
influence in the sugar-house: C. F. WAuton, JR., 
AND O. S. KEENER. Observations were made in 
Porto Rico of the effect of a gum similar to that 
from Cobb’s gumming disease on factory opera- 
tions. A somewhat concentrated solution of the 
gum purified by filtration and dialysis was found 
to polarize —0.°6 V. in a 2-decimeter tube. 
After hydrolysis with 1 per cent. hydrochloric 
acid this rotation changed to + 0.01 V. The 
solution after hydrolysis reduced Fehling’s solu- 
tion strongly but gave no test for pentose. Total 
solids by the Westphal balance corresponded 
closely to the amount found present by drying. 
Although the substance was found to be optically 
active, it was completely precipitated by basic 
lead acetate as in the usual method of analysis. 
On the basis of these and other experiments, it is 
believed that the presence of this gum in cane 
juice does. not interfere with the laboratory 
analyses. 

The dietetic value of sugar: W. D. Horwne. 
The extremely high food value of sugar is not 
adequately realized. As a producer of heat and 
energy in the body it is cheaper than almost any 
other food. With its high calorific efficiency, 
quick digestibility and present low price, it 
should logically be used in much larger quantities 
in old world countries where food and money are 
scarce. Europe averaged 37 pounds per capita 
per annum before the war. The United States 
now averages 86, and New Zealand in 1911 aver- 
aged 130. The United States could increase her 
consumption 20 to 30 per cent. advantageously 
and Europe much more. 

Organic and inorganic composition of corn: 
C. E. G. Porst anp Miss J. F. Mourne. 

Some new processes in the sorghum syrup 
industry: J. J. WiLLAMAN. The sorghum syrup 
industry is being given a new impetus by certain 
developments in its process of manufacture in a 
Minnesota factory. The principal ones are: (1) 
A cleaning machine, which does away with hand 
labor entirely in the harvesting and cleaning of 
the cane. (2) Instead of the wasteful settling 
process of clarification, the whole juice, after 
defecation with heat and fime, is filtered, infu- 


.as early in 1843. 


[Vou. LV. No. 1410. 


sorial earth being an ideal filtering medium. 
(3) Treatment of the filtered juice with acti- 
vated chareoal produces a light colored, mildly 
flavored product. (4) Evaporation in a vacuum. 
(5) The seed heads are dried and constitute a 
valuable by-product. (6) The leaves and 
bagasse are continuously fed into the fire-boxes, 
and constitute 85 per cent. of the fuel. (7) The 
cleaner has reduced the labor hour cost per 
gallon of syrup from 1.3 hours to 0.7 hour. (8) 
The cheapening of the processes, the improvement 
of chemical control, and the breeding of pedi- 
greed and improved cane, have inaugurated a new 
era in sorghum syrup manufacture. 

Note on the first uses of the polariscope in the 
United States for sugar testing: C. A. BRowNeE. 
A search of available records indicates that one 
of Biot’s early polariscopes was used in the sugar 
refinery of J. S. Lovering & Co. in Philadelphia 
Two Ventzke polariscopes 
were imported about the same time, one by the 
chemical firm of Booth & Boye of Philadelphia, 
and one by Professor R. S. McCulloh, of Jefferson 
College, for his research upon sugar and hydrom- 
eters for the U. S. government. Information is 
lacking as to the date of the importation of the 
first Soleil saccharimeter. An old Soleil instru- 
ment used by Valcour Aime of Louisiana and 
now in the Louisiana State Museum is probably 
of about the date 1850. 

Preparation of fructose from invert sugar: 
T. Swann HarDING. Fructose was prepared by 
fractional crystallization from invert sugar ob- 
tained by the hydrolysis of sucrose by invertase. 
It was found necessary to recover by the first 
crystallization 36 to 3744 per cent. of the weight 
of sucrose taken as glucose. The yield of 
fructose subsequently crystallized amounted to 
23.5 to 28 per cent. of the weight of sucrose 


taken. The sirups were mixed with glacial acetic 
acid before setting aside to crystallize. The 
fructose was recrystallized from alcohol. The 


effect is discussed of various factors, such as 
acidity and temperature, on the crystallization of 
fructose. 

Analyses of mixtures of reducing sugars and 


sucrose with Quisumbing’s Felling solution 
method. A. W. THomas. Analyses of known 
sugar mixtures containing sucrose give more 


nearly correct results when using the new Fehling 
reduction method than has been possible by any 
of the older reduction methods. g 
CHARLES L. PARSONS, 
Secretary 


PROF. O. P. HAY 
St NAP aC NA 


wees DE MAES Ee iM 
=) WASHINGTON erie 


CIENCE 


New SERIES ‘ J , 99 
Vou. LV, No. 1411 Fripay, January 13, 1922 


SrncLe Copiss, 15 Crs. 
ANNUAL SuBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


BLAKISTON BOOKS 


Some Important Volumes for Science Library 


CHAMBERLAIN. Organic Chemistry 


Cloth, $4.00. By JosepH ScuDDER CHAMBERLAIN, Ph. D., Professor of 
Organic Chemistry, Massachusetts Agricultural College. 


“Up to date products such as the various types of artificial silk and the newer 
high explosives are well treated.”—School Science and Mathematics. 


COPAUX. Introduction te General Chemistry 
30 Illus. Cloth, $2.00. By Proressor H. Copaux (Paris), Translated 
by Proressor Henry LerrMANnN, Philadelphia. 


“Clear and concise exposition of the principles of modern chemistry as recog- 
. O °° I a 3 2) 
nized today by the leaders of science.”—American Journal of Science. 
2 


ROUGIER. Philosophy And The New Physics 
Cloth, $1.75. By Proressor L. Roucrer (Paris), Translated by Pro- 
FEssor M. Mastus, Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 


“A splendid little book which every physicist in high school or college should 
own.”’—School Science and Mathematics. 


BAILEY. Food Products 
2d Edition, 92 Illus. Cloth, $2.50. By Prorrssor E. H. S. Batrey, 
University of Kansas. 


“Widely scattered data on foodstuffs is brought together in this systematic 
treatise of practical character.”—American Physician. 


JENSEN. Dairy Bacteriology 

2d Edition, 70 Illus. Cloth, $3.00. By Orta-JENSEN, Professor Poly- 
technic College, Copenhagen. 

Professor Orla-Jensen has spared himself no pains in correcting and adding to 


the text in order to bring it thoroughly up-to-date. The scientific character of the 
work as 2 whole renders it of international interest. 


HACKH. Chemical Reactions And Their Equations 
Cloth, $1.75. By Inco W. D. Hacxu, Professor College of Physicians 
and Surgeons, San Francisco. 
“One of the most convenient and helpful books we have come across.”—Chemi- 


P. BLAKISTON'S SON & CO. - Philadelphia 


il SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


The Boreal Flora 
of the 


‘Sierra Nevada of California 


By FRANK JASON SMILEY 


423 pages, 7 plates. Paper, $5.00. Carriage 
extra, weight 234 Ibs. 


This book constitutes a working flora 
of the high Sierra Nevada of California. 
It has been the intent of the author to 
present a list of all the plants of the 
high Sierra with keys for their determi- 
nation. He has also included descrip- 
tions of the geology, topography, and 
climate of the range. 


University of California Press 
Berkeley, California 


INDEX MEDICUS 


This publication is now issued in quarterly num- 
bers and consists of the titles of books, pamphlets, 
theses, contributions to codperative works and 
original articles in journals, transactions of medi- 
cal and scientific societies, arranged under sub- 
ject-headings in strictly alphabetical order, so that 
each quarterly number indexes itself as to sub- 
jects. The titles in certain languages, as Rus- 
sian, Polish, Swedish, Danish, Finnish, Hungarian, 
Bohemian, Roumanian, Dutch, Modern Greek, 
and Japanese, are translated into English. A gen- 
eral table of contents accompanies each number, 
and a few months after the completion of each 
volume an “Annual Index of Authors” will be 
issued. The alphabetical arrangement of subjects 
in each quarterly number is elaborately subdivided, 
the classification closely resembling that of the In- 
dex Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon- 
General’s Office, U. S. Army. 


Each number of the Index Medicus presents the 
literature of the quarter specified on its cover, time 
being allowed for the arrival of foreign journals 
and for assembling, classifying, and printing the 
material presented. A volume comprises the issue 
of the journal for a calendar year. 


Although the first series is out of print, all of the volumes of 
the second series are available—Vols. I-VI (1903-1908) at the 
original rate of $5.00 a volume, and Vols. VII-XVIII (1909-1920) 
at the rate of $8.00 a volume. A special ‘‘War Supplement’’ 
1914-1917, 265 pp., $1.00. 

The subscription price, beginning with the Third Series in 1921, 
payable in advance, is $8 a volume to all countries. All com- 
munications should be addressed: 


CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON 
Washington, D. C. 


A New Book—WILEY BOOKS—New Editions 


FOR CHEMISTS 


Published January 2nd 


A SYSTEMATIC QUALITATIVE CHEMI- 
CAL ANALYSIS—A Theoretical and 
Practical Study of Analytical Reactions 
of the More Common Ions of Inorganic 
Substances. 


By Gro. W. Sears, Ph.D., Associate Pro- 
fessor of Chemistry in the University of 
Nevada. 


Gives an entirely new and systematic meth- 
od of analysis for acids; and trains the 
student in the methods of analytical chem- 
istry and in the principles underlying chemi- 
cal reactions from the standpoint of the law 
of mass action. With only a few necessary 
exceptions, quantitative methods are used. 
II9 pages. 6 by 9. 4 figures. Cloth, $1.75. 


Sixth English Edition, Revised 
TEXT-BOOK OF INORGANIC CHEM- 

ISTRY 
By A. F. Hotreman, Ph.D., LL.D,, F.R.A. 

Amst., in Cooperation with HeErmon 

CHARLES COOPER. 

Due attention is paid in this new edition, 
to discoveries which remained unpublished 
during the war. 

528 pages. 6 by 9. 80 figures, folding 
chart, and a table of Atomic Weights, of 
1920. Cloth, $3.50. 


Fifth English Edition 

QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS 
From the German text of the late FREDERICK 

P. TREADWELL. Translated and Revised 

by WittiAM T. Hatt, S.B. 

The entire text has been reset, thoroughly 
revised and brought up to date. 

507 pages. 6 by 9. Illustrated. Cloth, 
$4.50. 


COPIES SENT ON FREE EXAMINATION, ON REQUEST 


JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc. 


432 FOURTH AVENUE 


NEW YORK 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices an 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
1] Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 


Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Application made for transfer of entry to Utica, N. Y., as 
second-class matter, 


Vou. LV JaNuARy 138, 1922 No. 1411 


The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 
Observation versus Experimentation: PRo- 


FESSOR JOEL STEBBINS......-:----------ceeeceeceeesees 29 
General Features of the Toronto Meeting: 

Proressor Burton E. LivineasTon...........- 34 

Caroline Burling Thompson..........2..--...---0--+---- 40 


Scientific Events: 


The Heckscher Research Foundation; The 
Standardization of Biological Stains; 
International Sera Standards; Relief Work 
of British Universities; The Southwestern 
Division of the American Association for 


the Advancement of Science.........--.---.----------- 41 
Scientific Notes and News......---..------------------- 45 
University and Educational Notes.................... 48 


Discussion and Correspondence: 


Committee for the Protection of Animal 
Ezperimentation: Drs. EDWARD WIGGLES- 
worTtH, J. C. PHILLIPS and T. BARsBour. 
Poisonous Spiders: F. R. WeusH. A Long- 
lived Woodborer: A. B. CHAMPLAIN. Per- 
ewal Lowell: J. R. The Pasteur Cen- 
tenary: AUGUSTO BONAZZI..........0.000 000.2... 48 
Scientific Books: 


Carpenter on Insect Transformation: Dr. 


To: Os VELO WARD ss-02y erect nee UU ale 50 
Research Funds of the United States: Dr. 
ed ee ASa IU) DDN sets vasse ates Acheter: Svea ONION 51 


Special Articles: 
Emission Bands of Erbiwm Oxide: Pro- 
ressok E. L. NicHots and Dr. H. L. 
Howes. Laboratory Determinations of Dip 
and Strike: Proressor H. G. Turner. 
Artificial Production of Tipburn: FP. A. 
Fenton and O. L. RESSUBR.....0000002.00ce--- 53 


OBSERVATION VERSUS EXPERI- 
MENTATION! 


In gatherings of scientific men such as this 
one, it is customary to have a number of non- 
technical addresses, which often take the form 
of general surveys of certain fields of science, 
with summaries of what is known in various 
directions, and with indications of problems 
which await solution. The topic which I have 
chosen, however, would indicate that for the 
moment it seems to me worth while to stop 
and discuss somewhat the methods of science 
rather than the results. No doubt all of us 
look upon both observation and experimentation 
as necessary evils, the means to arrive at ends 
or results which are much more important and 
attractive in themselves than are the processes 
of obtaining them. 

Before a company of astronomers the con- 
test between observation and experimentation 
might be anticipated to mean a discussion of 
the relative merits of the old and new astron- 
omy, the astronomy of position, or of precision 
as its devotees often call it, and the newer field 
of astrophysics. Or the contest might be be- 
tween the whole field of astronomy on the one 
side and the domain of physics and other ex- 
perimental sciences on the other, for we astron- 
omers have the reputation of being précise 
and painstaking observers, while the experi- 
menters have, to our minds at least, the habit 
of spending most of their energies in getting 
ready to be precise, and then when they are 
prepared to take what we would call observa- 
tions, their aim is achieved and they pass on 
to something else. But my purpose is rather 
to consider somewhat the struggle which often 
goes on in the mind of the investigator him- 
self, whether he shall after a certain amount of 


1Address of the retiring vice-president and 
chairman of Section D—Astronomy, American 
Association for the Advancement of 
Toronto, December, 1921. 


Science, 


30 SCIENCE 


preparation begin observing, or whether he 
shall consider that his conditions are not yet 
favorable for exact work. Likewise the ques- 
tion may come up in any long series of ob- 
servations: When is it better to stop and try 
to improve things rather than to go on in a 
routine? A similar choice may come to an 
individual even in deciding his preference for 
one science or another, and in the fundamental 
sense this same choice runs through much of 
our lives, the attraction of the old versus the 
new. 

While we may take up certain considerations 
from the limited point of view of astronomers, 
there are undoubtedly applications of these 
same ideas in many fields of science. Of 
course we are all interested in improvements, 
and no one of us would care to admit that he 
has not the patience and concentration to keep 
at a task until he has mastered it and can do 
it well. There are, however, differences in indi- 
viduals, and as time goes on these are accen- 
tuated, and each worker naturally tends to 
gravitate into the field where he works best 
and feels at home. The skillful observer is 
usually an orderly person who keeps his sur- 
roundings and apparatus neat and tidy. His 
instinct is to maintain constant conditions, 
and if his instrument or apparatus is working 
perfectly, to let everything remains undisturbed. 
There is good reason for this, since experience 
often shows that variation of conditions intro- 
duces unsuspected errors. The experimenter, 
on the other hand, seems to take delight in 
being surrounded by the débris of his work. 
Order and system are not part of his creed. 
He has no hesitancy in dissecting any fine new 
instrument if some of its pieces will fit in with 
what he wants, probably much to the consterna- 
tion of his colleague who is responsible for the 
equipment. Whenever the observer sees or does 
anything, he writes down a note, but writing is 
the last thing of which the experimenter 
thinks. The observer takes apparatus as it 
‘comes to him, the experimenter improves ap- 
paratus or devises something new. The ob- 
server keeps all or almost all his work, the 
experimenter has no scruples in throwing away 
anything which he thinks he can improve upon. 

I remember visiting a laboratory in company 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


with a prominent astronomer, where we were 
shown some spectrum photographs. The 
physicist in charge showed us a negative which 
he had just taken, and then threw it aside. My 
companion promptly asked if there could not 
be something of value on that plate, if it 
should not be kept. The experimenter an- 
swered that he had dozens equally poor, and 
that he could reproduce it at will. To the 
observer even a poor photograph may repre- 
sent an opportunity which will never return. 

It is much easier to teach large classes of 
students to observe, after a fashion, than to 
experiment. In a laboratory section, the stu- 
dent will consider favorably a system which 
enables him to come in and sit down at his 
table, and without delay to begin and simply 
take readings. We hear a great deal about 
teaching the scientific method, but it would be 
quite impracticable to inflict upon elementary 
students the real methods of science, the trials 
and waste of time which any one must undergo 
before he can determine what he needs, and 
then find and assemble his apparatus. 

There is one direction in which an observer 
sometimes feels that he has the advantage over 
the experimenter, and that is in this matter of 
waste of time. An hour’s work for the ob- 
server brings an hour’s results, whereas the 
experimenter often puts in a great deal of 
effort with apparently no return. A safe pro- 
gram of observation brings in sure returns; 
but is not any one mistaken in assuming that 
he can avoid waste of effort? It is the fate of 
most scientific work to be superseded, and the 
most accurate observations are likely to be 
quite out of date even in the lifetime of an 
individual. Bradley’s star places have been 
and are still of great importance as a basis for 
proper motions of stars, but the time will come 
when the so-called modern observations will be 
of the same order of antiquity as those of a 
century and a half ago, and Bradley’s observa- 
tions will gradually lose their importance. On 
the other hand, there are many results from 
positions and proper motions of stars deter- 
mined from current measures which are obvi- 
ously of permanent value. Such a case is 
Boss’s cluster in Taurus, a group of stars now 
widely dispersed, but which as time goes on 


January 13, 1922] 


will gradually condense and become more and 
more conspicuous as an illustration of what 
ean be predicted from precise data. 

Photographic parallax determinations seem 
to be relegating all previous results to the 
diseard, but parallax observers might as well 
hurry and get these results while they are still 
valuable, as the spectroscopic method though 
at present dependent upon the trigonometric 
results for a basis need not always remain so, 
and the mere possibility of interferometer 
measures of parallaxes should be enough to 
dampen one’s enthusiasm for undertaking too 
large a program of safe and sane trigono- 
metric determinations. 

One of the striking differences between ob- 
servers and experimenters is their use of the 
method of least squares. I have heard a young 
physicist state that he had been advised against 
taking a course in least squares, because he 
would never have occasion to use that subject 
in physies. The answer is that both he and 
his adviser have probably used the method a 
great deal, without being aware of it. Experi- 
menters as a rule do not repeat measures 
enough to get many residuals—one astronomer 
has said that he wants at least fifty observa- 
tions to determine a reliable probable error— 
but the method of least squares is by no means 
as limited in its usefulness as might be 
imagined. It is striking in how many fields 
of exact science the discussion of measurements 
takes the directions of a graphical exhibition of 
the results. The experimenter gets some 
measures which he puts on a graph exhibiting, 
say, the dependence of one variable upon an- 
other. Through a series of plotted points he 
proceeds to draw a curve; but how does he 
draw this curve Just what does he try to do 
when he makes a smooth line pass through a 
series of points Even for the simplest case of 
a straight line if you ask a student what he 
does, he may say that he tries to draw the line 
as “near as possible to all of the points,’ what- 
ever they may mean, or he may try: to have as 
many points on one side as on the other side 
of the line. It is very doubtful if by intuition 
he will draw that line which makes the sum of 
the squares of the residuals a minimum, and it 
is difficult to see how he is to fit any curve to 


SCIENCE 31 


observations without using some of the prin- 
ciples of the method of least squares. 

In passing it might be noted that some 
authors still persist in publishing curves with- 
out representing the observed points on which 
these curves are based. Such a suppression of 
evidence should not be countenanced. especially 
as the graph of the original observations gives 
any one else such a convenience test of the relia- 
bility of the curves. 

An application of the method of least 
squares which is of the utmost importance to 
the experimenter is in the law of propagation 
of error. The well known relation 


eG 


where & is the probable error of X, a function 
of several measured quantities, X,, X,, ...., 
is not only useful for determining the probable 
error of a result, but is even more important 
in planning a program of observation or of 
experimentation. Where several quantities 
enter into a determination there is no object in 
spending time or effort in the wrong place, and 
one wonders at the tremendous amount of mis- 
directed effort which is constantly being 
wasted because of investigators measuring and 
being careful about the wrong thing, when an 
elementary acquaintance with this formula 
would show them which of the various sources 
of error was contributing most to the inaceu- 
racy of the result. Another advantage of the 
method of least squares is that it enables a 
number of unknown quantities to be disentan- 
gled from a mass of data where it has been 
impossible for the experimenter to differen- 
tiate with respect to one variable at a time. In 
astronomical practice this is too elementary 
even to mention, but it is amazing how 
physicists and others can get along without 
knowing how to proceed when the conditions 
are such that they can make only indirect 
observations on several quantities. It is, of 
course, the safest practice to measure directly 
the quantity sought, and to vary but one thing 
at a time when that is possible, but an experi- 
menter may find advantage in knowing how to 
derive several unknowns simultaneously. 
However, with all of the advantages of the 
method of least squares, it is not so seldom 


32 SCIENCE 


that its devotees may go too far with it. How 
often it occurs that the accuracy of a series of 
measures as indicated by the probable error is 
illusory In almost every field of exact meas- 
urement we have the presence of both acci- 
dental and systematic errors, and he is an 
optimist indeed who deals with only the former. 
It is here that the experimenter is at an ad- 
vantage, as he naturally is constantly seeking 
to eliminate undesirable factors, and by con- 
stantly changing conditions may vary or elim- 
inate what may be called the systematic errors. 

It has been said that a worker in exact sci- 
ence usually goes through three stages of atti- 
tude toward his work. He starts out by con- 
sidering every small or unexpected discrepancy 
as due to a physical reality; after being de- 
ceived a sufficient number of times, he has a 
reaction, and nothing is proved until it is really 
proved; he then gradually grows back into a 
state where he is neither too exultant at the 
first prospect of a discovery, nor too pessi- 
mistie over the insufficiency of the evidence for 
a result which he hopes to establish. We may 
quote from Langley, who in the discussion of 
small irregularities of his bolometer records of 
the solar spectrum said, “When we approach 
the limits of vision or audition, or of percep- 
tion by any other of the human senses, no 
matter how these may be fortified by instru- 
mental aid, we finally perceive, and always 
must perceive a condition, a condition still 
beyond, where certitude becomes incertitude, 
although we may not be able to designate pre- 
cisely where one ceases and the other begins. 
This is always the case, it would seem, on the 
boundaries of our knowledge in every depart- 
ment, and it is so here.” 

In the estimate of the precision of a given 
result there is not yet adherence to the logical 
use of the probable error as a measure of 
precision or accordance; astronomers long ago 
adopted this usage, but others seem to get along 
without it. Only recently I heard in a public 
address the statement that a certain measure 
could be made “with an error of one part in a 
thousand.” Just what was meant by this 
would be difficult to determine, especially as 
the speaker afterwards said that the “range 
did not exceed one part in a thousand.” These 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


loose statements did not come from a beginner 
but from a master in the art of exact measure- 
ment. Still another example is found in a 
recent number of a standard journal: “The 
maximum error is .1 per cent.” This is pre- 
sumably some sort of estimate of the possible 
systematic error of the result, but one would 
think that physicists would come to some 
common ground in describing their errors, so 
that they could understand each other. One 
suspects that here we have simply an illustra- 
tion of the difference between the observer and 
the experimenter; the former stays with his 
measures long enough to have a real basis for 
computing a probable error, the latter has a 
few measures, and even if he used the formula 
for the probable error he would be doubtful 
of its value. Experimenters boast when they 
have achieved “astronomical precision” in the 
number of significant figures in their results, 
but they might equally well cultivate some 
astronomical accuracy of statement when it 
comes to describing the reliability or accord- 
ance of their results. 

The term “astrenomical” precision brings to 
mind the prediction of some years ago that 
most new discoveries in physics would be in 
the sixth place of decimals. Whatever else 
may be said concerning the advances in that 
science, it will not be maintained that so many 
significant figures have been necessary to estab- 
lish the important results. Intelligent lay 
opinion might be somewhat shocked to learn 
by what methods astronomers are measuring 
or estimating distances of stars. A mere guess 
at the mass of a stellar system may give its 
distance with far greater accuracy than could 
possibly be secured by the method of exact 
measurement. The new things in science con- 
tinue to be not in the last place but often in 
the first place of decimals. We should be quite 
happy to have one significant figure correct in 
a measure of the size of the visible universe. 

There is one particular field in astronomy 
where the technique of observing as at present 
practiced is a constant reminder to the ob- 
server that either he or some one else had 
better do some experimenting, and that is in 
astronomical photography. Many an observer 
during the tedious hours of long exposure 


JANUARY 13, 1922] 


must have felt that some of his time might 
better be devoted to increasing the sensitivity 
of the photographic plate, rather than to be 
continuing the drudgery of keeping a telescope 
accurately on a star for hours at a time. How- 
ever, the astronomer knows well that the plate 
makers themselves are fully alive to the desira- 
bility of faster plates, which would have such 
an enormous commercial value that the astro- 
nomical applications would seem trivial in 
comparison. Nevertheless, one can not but 
speculate on the field which would be opened 
to small telescopes if the photographic plate 
were increased say tenfold in sensitivity, not 
to mention the power which would then come 
to large instruments. 

There is little need of discussing the relative 
advantages of large and small telescopes, one 
might as well discuss the possibilities of abun- 
dant and meager resources; but there is at least 
the consolation to a possessor of a small instru- 
ment that he does not need to use it all the time 
simply to justify the capital expenditure in his 
equipment. He is therefore much freer to try 
out new ideas, and even to waste a great deal of 
time, without the immediate necessity of pro- 
ducing results in proportion to his facilities. 
The large and well equipped institutions have 
by no means a monopoly on revolutionary 
improvements or discoveries. 

The choice of an individual between joining 
a large or a small institution may or may not 
be the same as the choice between observation 
and experimentation. In some large places he 
may become simply a cog in the machine, and 
easily sink into a narrow routine. On the 
other hand, the resources of a large place may 
make it possible for him to try out various 
schemes which would be quite impossible if he 
were off by himself. On the whole, one must 
balance the advantages of each type of institu- 
tion, but he is a fortunate individual if he has 
free choice in which direction he will work. 
There is one resource, however, which is neces- 
sary to all scientifie investigation, and this -is 
the item of time. You may deprive the inves- 
tigator of much of his physical equipment and 
resources, and with plenty of free time he can 
go on, almost with bare hands as it were; but 
take away the opportunity to make continued 


SCIENCE 33 


effort, and he will cease to produce. As an 
illustration of what may be done with almost 
no equipment we may cite the case of the late 
Simon Newcomb, who while visiting at a 
summer resort made a determination of the 
fundamental quantity, the total light of all 
the stars. His apparatus comprised only sey- 
eral spectacle lenses, but he succeeded in ob- 
taining a result, and any possessor of a large 
telescope would be satisfied if he could with 
all his means oceasionally produce something 
as valuable as that work of Professor New- 
comb. 

But after all, both the experimenter and 
observer need to discuss their work, and this 
entails a certain amount of computation. As 
a rule the observer becomes more adept in the 
art of computation simply because he has more 
of it to do, but either observer or experimenter 
will probably look upon long computations 
simply as necessary evils. It has been said of 
a certain astronomer that his dream of heaven 
is a sky full of comets and a room full of com- 
puters to work out their orbits for him. This 
reminds us that most important of all is the- 
orization; all of the routine of scientifie work, 
experimentation, observation, and computation 
are simply a means to an end. The real joy 
consists in sitting at one’s desk and making 
discoveries which come out of previous work, 
either from one’s own or from that of others. 
Perhaps the ideal case is where a single indi- 
vidual is able to partake in all phases of inves- 
tigation, from the preliminary securing of data 
up to the final discussion of the theoretical 
bearing of the results. In the old days this 
was more easy to do than now, for as science 
becomes more and more complex it is increas- 
ingly difficult for one person to master the 
technique of all the processes involved in a 
single problem, and with the growth of co- 
operative research it is possible for several 
workers to join hands and accomplish what 
would be far beyond the powers of any one of 
them. But in any cooperative scheme it should 
be borne in mind that what is wanted is real 
cooperation on a democratic basis, and not a 
direction of individuals by a so-called master 
mind. Efficient as an autocratic system may 
be, in science as in other fields it ultimately 


34 SCIENCE 


fails in the question of morale, for when young 
scientific workers see that however attractive 
may be the places of the men at the top, the 
ehances for any individual are that he will be- 
come only a part of an efficient machine, then 
a man of ambition will choose some machine 
where the material rewards are greater than 
im science. 

One great disadvantage in the arrangement 
of separating the observer and the computer is 
that a realization of attainable accuracy is 
likely to be lost. It sometimes seems that the 
farther the computer is removed in time and 
place from the original observations, the 
greater is the accuracy which these observations 
take on. A good illustration is in some modern 
computations of results based upon old 
observations of variable stars. The method 
of Argelander, of simply looking first at 
one star and then at another, and esti- 
mating the difference of brightness, is still 
of the utmost value, but errors as great as 
ten or twenty per cent, in the ratio of the 
light of two stars are not uncommon. We 
can make the accuracy seem greater by express- 
ing the estimate in stellar magnitude, when the 
errors are only one or two tenths of a magni- 
tude, but the fact remains that the discordances 
are a large fraction of the quantities sought. 
Some computers taking results of such estimates 
have managed to derive elements of variable 
stars where some of the derived quantities are 
expressed to five significant figures, although 
the original data were often wrong in the 
second figure. This fictitious accuracy seems 
to eome from a state of mind where the more 
you compute the more figures you get, and the 
investigator needs the restraining influence of 
experience in securing observational data. Of 
course, the computer, if he goes about it in the 
right way, can really show the observer just 
how aceurate the measures are, but in his 
anxiety to establish some fine theory the com- 
puter sometimes loses his own sense of pro- 
portion. 

And so it goes; the observer does not know 
how to observe unless he realizes the value of 
experiment; the experimenter loses a great deal 
if he has not acquired the technique of ob- 
servation; neither the experimenter nor the 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


observer can work to the best advantage unless 
he has the proper theoretical background; and 
the pure theorist may be saved from various 
grotesque mistakes if he becomes acquainted 
with some of the methods and difficulties of 
securing the facts of physical science. 

We may, therefore, best dwell not on the 
differences among experimenters, observers, 
and theorists, but rather on their strength when 
united and working together. No matter how 
well rounded an individual may become, his 
capabilities may be easily surpassed by a group 
of cooperating workers. If it be objected that 
new ideas will not originate in a committee, the 
answer is that any one of us has plenty of ideas, 
many of them fundamental and important, but 
what we lack is the ability and power to put 
our ideas into execution. It is here that te 
my mind lies the great advantage of the policy 
of the National Research Council in bringing 
together in committee workers from all over 
the country so that they can form plans of 
joint attack on various problems. In our uni- 
versities and other institutions there is great 
opportunity for cooperative effort between col- 
leagues, but even in the same institution or 
department the interests may be so divergent 
that a worker may find little help of just the 
kind that he needs, whereas in some other parts. 
of the country may be one or more competitors. 
who, if they can be got together to talk things 
over, will turn out to be only hearty col- 
laborators. 

Astronomy is called the oldest of the sei- 
ences; our friends in other fields say that it has 
been in the lead in America, and especially 
that astronomers were the first to organize co- 
operation in research. Let us not fail to con- 
tinue to deserve this good name, and to set the 
example in so far as we can of free trade and 
mutual good will in the solving of our prob- 
lems. 


JOEL STEBBINS 
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS OBSERVATORY 


GENERAL FEATURES OF THE 
TORONTO MEETING 
Tue second Toronto meeting of the Amer- 
ican Association for the Advancement of Sci- 
ence and of the associated scientific societies, 


JANUARY 13, 1922] 


which was held during the last week of the 
year just ended, was the seventy-fourth meet- 
ing of the association. It was suecessful in 
every way and must go on record as the most 
satisfactory meeting thus far held, aside from 
the greater, four-yearly meetings. Some of 
these greater meetings—as the last Chicago 
meeting, for example—have surpassed it in the 
number of those in attendance, and in the 
number of societies meeting with the associa- 
tion, but it is safe to say that the second 
Toronto meeting was at least equal to any pre- 
vious meeting in other respects. Fourteen see- 
tions of the association were represented, and 
twenty-six associated societies. The general 
program,! of 95 pages, showed the programs of 
all sections and societies. About nine hundred 
addresses and contributed papers were pre- 
sented, representing nearly all branches of 
seience. If these were printed together they 
would make four large volumes. 

The total number of those in attendance was 


1,832, geographically distributed as shown 
below : 
SUMMARY: 
United States, including Hawaii and the 
Phaliopimeyplis ams weseeeteent cen seseecececceceeeecscsacas 867 
(OBIE KEL EY, ar ee ce ee oer 953 
England, Belgium and Japan...........--..-.----.----- 12 
CANOE ee ae oa ee cr 1,832 
By REGIONS: 
(Ohh e OBE MMe aT Co a ee rere 686 
Ontario outside of. Toronto...........-..----....----+--+- 186 
(BYES EG) ce re le ere 34 
New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and Prince 
HE ivyreuT; CLs] ann Cl serene sn eee meeentee an vounace conte senaceoe 15 
TGA NAO AST a ase en eee 199 
Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire and 
Rhode Island 34 
Massachusetts 48 
Connecticut 19 
Pennsylvania 68 


1 Fifteen hundred copies of the general pro- 
gram were printed, but this number proved to be 
inadequate, and many of those who registered 
late in the meeting did not receive copies. A few 
copies are now available in the permanent secre- 
tary’s Washington office, and these may be had 
by members on request, as long as the supply 
lasts. 


SCIENCE 35 


UNIS WHrUICT'S Give menos seen seecen ben Wel deans ane enee eee aeticce star 28 
Districtmoty Colum blake tees eee ate ene 57 
West Virginia, Virginia, Delaware and 
Maryland) 2a sae 39 
ORTON ESN ANE Lee ee Ste ER ea eee 59 
SVU Yaa go enh Se ES ee Oe LN 48 
Indiana, Kentucky and Tennessee...................- 34 
SWHSCONSIM: (i irse 22S Ne ee 30 
Illinois Bra ats Ue 
Minnesota, Iowa and Missouri...................-.----- 54 
North Dakota, South Dakota, Nebraska and 
TERT Sey Ne EPO Te CUT pa le a 19 
Saskatchewan and Manitoba.....-....-.....-..:--- 22 
Montana, Wyoming and Colorado...................- 13 
British Columbia and Alberta...........0200.2202.-.- 10 
Washington, Oregon, California, Idaho, 
Nevada and Utah 11 


North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, 
Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana 
andr Amicam Sais eis Cee eee osu ee eae 16 

Arizona, New Mexico, Texas and Oklahoma 1 

England 

Belgium 

Hawaii 


Japan 


On the afternoon of Monday, December 26, 
the day before the official opening, the secre- 
taries of the sections met with the general 
secretary and the permanent secretary to dis- 
cuss some of the general problems of the asso- 
ciation. They dined together and continued 
their conference in the evening. On Tuesday 
afternoon Dr. F. R. Moulton, professor of 
astronomy in the University of Chicago, 
showed some very fine motion pictures on sci- 
entific subjects, illustrating the use of motion 
pictures in education. The films were fur- 
nished by the Society for Visual Education of 
Chicago. 

This meeting of the association and the 
associated societies was held in Toronto on 
invitation of the University of Toronto and of 
the Royal Canadian Institute. The sessions 
were held in the buildings of the university, 
whieh are excellently adapted for such pur- 
poses, while the majority of those in attend- 
ance were very conveniently housed in the 
university dormitories. Meals were served in 
the university dining halls. These arrange- 
ments proved to be unusually convenient and 
satisfactory for all, and especially for those 


36 SCIENCE 


who roomed at the university. For these there 
was comparatively little need for going back 
and forth between the university grounds and 
the down-town section of the city. The hos- 
pitality of the University of Toronto and of 
the Toronto friends of science was greatly 
appreciated. 

The meeting was formally opened on the 
evening of Tuesday, December 27, in Convoca- 
tion Hall, the University of Toronto, under 
the able presidency of Dr. E. H. Moore, pro- 
fessor of mathematics in the University of 
Chicago, who was introduced by the retiring 
president, Dr. L. O. Howard, chief of the 
Bureau of Entomology of the U. S. Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, who was permanent sec- 
retary of the association for many years. Sir 
Robert Falconer, president of the university, 
delivered an admirable address of welcome, 
calling attention especially to the close and 
friendly relations that have so long obtained 
between Canada and the United States. This 
was followed by the address of the retiring 
president. Among many other interesting 
things, Dr. Howard called attention to the fact 
that the average age of the presidents of the 
British and of the American Association since 
1895 is about the same—61l years and 11 
months for the British and 61 years and 5 
months for the American. The second part of 
Dr. Howard’s address dealt with the topic. 
The War against the Insects. He considered 
the unceasing warfare that must be waged by 
mankind against the almost countless and 
omnipresent forms of insect life which threaten 
the very existence of the human race. Dr. 
Howard’s address has been printed in full in 
Scrence, for December 30, 1921. The opening 
sessions were followed by a reception in the 
room behind Convocation Hall, where members 
and their friends had opportunity to meet one 
another and to examine the exhibits of scien- 
tific apparatus and products brought together 
under the auspices of the association for this 
meeting. 

On Wednesday afternoon many members of 
the association and their friends visited the 
Royal Ontario Museum, on special invitation, 
and enjoyed the opportunity of seeing the 
exceptionally fine collections of the museum. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


The Wednesday evening session, in Convo- 
cation Hall, was of a twofold character. Pro- 
fessor William Bateson, director of the John 
Innes Horticultural Institution, Merton Park, 
Surrey, England, who was present at Toronto 
by joint invitation of the American Associa- 
tion and the American Society of Zoologists, 
delivered a stimulating address on “Hyolu- 
tionary Faith and Modern Doubts.” He 
clearly emphasized the point that students of 
evolution harbor no doubts as to the fact of 
evolution, but the exact mode of evolution 
remains still an unsolved problem. Professor 
Bateson’s address will be printed in Science. 

At the close of this address the session was 
transformed into a convocation of the Univer- 
sity of Toronto, Sir Robert Faleoner presid- 
ing, at which the degree of Doctor of Science 
honoris causa was conferred on Professor 
Bateson, Retiring President Howard and Presi- 
dent Moore. A reception followed the con- 
vocation. 

Sir Adam Beck, chairman of the Hydro- 
Electric Commission of Ontario, addressed a 
general session, on Thursday afternoon, under 
the auspices of Section M (Engineering). His 
subject was “Hydro-Electrie Developments in 
Ontario.” After pointing out how these de- 
velopments have been due to the men of pure 
science, as well as to those of applied science— 
the electric and the hydraulic engineers—Sir 
Adam traced briefly the history of the hydro- 
electric enterprises of Ontario, showing how 
the commission is able to deliver electric power 
from Niagara Falls in Windsor (254 miles 
away) at a price only about one third as great 
as that of steam-generated electricity in De- 
troit, across the river. Electricity for the 
common home is supplied at minimum cost. Sir 
Adam showed a series of moving pictures, 
illustrating the various hydro-electric projects 
in Ontario. 

The Thursday evening conversazione in Hart 


- House was one of the greatest social functions 


ever held in Toronto and was unique in the 
history of the association. For three hours 
the two thousand guests of the university and 
the Royal Canadian Institute enjoyed the 
entertainment facilities of the magnificent stu- 
dents’ social center in Queen’s Park. The 


JANUARY 13, 1922] 


theater beneath the quadrangle of the big 
building was filled three times during the 
evening; Mr. J. Campbell McInnis rendered 
three very fine song programs, Irish, Scotch 
and English. The string quartette in the 
music room was a center of attraction. The 
band of the 48th Highlanders played near the 
Great Hall, and the pipers promenaded the 
corridors. An exhibition in the sketch room 
attracted those interested in art and architec- 
ture. Many athletic features were enjoyed, 
including water polo in the natatorium, indoor 
base-ball, basket ball, squash in the squash 
courts, boxing, wrestling and fencing. Supper 
was served in the Great Hall, in the dining 
hall of the Faculty Union and in the Graduate 
Commons. The conversazione will be long 
remembered by all who were present; it not 
only furnished entertainment and a_ very 
pleasant social evening, but it also provided 
opportunity to renew friendships and to form 
new ones and to exchange views regarding the 
work and plans of those in attendance. 

To give visitors a sample of Canadian winter 
sports, “A Half Hour with the Toronto Skat- 
ing Club” was provided on Friday afternoon, 
in the Arena, with artificial ice. An exhibition 
of artistic figure-skating was followed by a 
hockey match between the Varsity Interme- 
diates and the St. Helen’s Intermediates. 

A most interesting showing of scientific 
apparatus and products was open throughout 
the meeting, in the room behind Convocation 
Hall. The arrangements for this exhibition 
were in charge of the Subcommittee on Ex- 
hibits, of which Professor E. F. Burton was 
chairman, and the work of the subcommittee 
was greatly appreciated. A British firm ex- 
hibited various articles of fused siliea (‘“vitre- 
osil’”’), exceedingly resistant to acids and alkalis 
and capable of withstanding very high tem- 
peratures and rapid temperature changes. Dr. 
MacKenzie’s ink polygraph, which makes 
simultaneous tracings of the beats of the pulse, 
heart and jugular vein, was among the instru- 
ments shown. There was an interesting exhibit 
of the action of Stoechel’s tube. A collection 
of bocks showing the extension courses given 
by the University of Toronto, and another on 
the question of an international auxiliary lan- 


SCIENCE 37 


guage were interesting parts of the exhibition. 

A collection of Canadian paintings was on 
exhibition during the meeting, under the 
auspices of the Royal Canadian Academy, in 
the Art Gallery of Toronto. A collection of 
fine water-color paintings of mountain and 
glacier subjects, the work of Professor A. P. 
Coleman, formed a part of the exhibition in 
the Convoeation Hall building; also an extra- 
ordinary collection of artistic photographs, 
exhibited by the Toronto Camera Club. 

A women’s reception room was maintained 
throughout the meeting, in the library building, 
and tea was served here every afternoon. 

The Toronto meeting was especially interna- 
tional in character. It emphasized the point 
that the American Association is an interna- 
tional organization. Although the majority of 
its members are residents of the United States, 
it was clearly visualized at Toronto how much 
the future of the association depends upon 
Canadians. The meeting was an occasion for 
a pronounced increase in the Canadian mem- 
bership, and it is hoped that the time will soon 
come when Canadian scientists will all regard 
the association as theirs. A wonderfully fine 
spirit of international: good-fellowship and 
understanding prevailed throughout the second 
Toronto meeting and hovered benignly over 
the multitudinous and varied sessions. 

The weather throughout the meeting was 
fine indeed—cold enough to be stimulating and 
with almost unclouded sky. The use of arti- 
ficial ice for winter sports in Toronto fur- 
nished an agreeable surprise to those who had 
anticipated arctic cold. 

Many well-attended dinners were held dur- 
ing the meeting, by the various groups of 
scientists. A list of these follows: (1) For 
mathematicians, physicists and astronomers; 
(2) for geologists and engineers; (3) for 
zoologists; (4) for entomologists; (5) for nat- 
uralists; (6) for ecologists; (7) for botanists; 
(8) for phytopathologists; (9) for psycholo- 
gists; (10) for agriculturists; (11) for for- 
esters; (12) the annual metric dinner; (13) 
the Sigma Xi dinner; (14) the Gamma Alpha 
dinner; (15) the Phi Kappa Phi dinner. Be- 
sides these, there was the biological smoker. 
An important feature of the meeting was the 


38 SCIENCE 


Women’s Dinner, held in the Great Hall of 
Hart House on Friday evening. Those attend- 
ing dinners held in the university buildings on 
Friday evening enjoyed several entertaining 
surprise features introduced by the Local 
Committee, including selections by the bag- 
pipers and the choristers, and several other 
musical numbers. At most of the dinners 
toasts were proposed and responded to, with 
many inspiring after-dinner speeches. 

The programs of the sections and of the 
societies associated with them were generally 
extensive, and all were interesting and im- 
portant. The vice-presidential and presiden- 
tial addresses will be noted in a later issue cof 
ScreNcE, as will also the various symposia of 
these programs. Special mention should be 
made here of the program of Section M (Engi- 
neering) (which presented no program at the 
recent Chicago meeting), and of the sympo- 
sium on “An International Auxiliary Lan- 
guage,” which was arranged for Toronto under 
the auspices of Section K (Social and Heo- 
nomic Sciences). 

The Engineering program was unusually 
excellent in many ways. Arrangements for 
this were due to the very efficient work of Mr. 
J. B. Tyrrell, of Toronto, vice-president of 
Section M. The Society for the Promotion of 
Engineering Education met with the section. 
The engineering program began on Tuesday 
forenoon, with an address on the “Natural 
Resources of Canada’ by the Honorable Sir 
Clifford Sifton, K.C.M.G., ete., formerly min- 
ister of the interior, and head of the Conserva- 
tion Commission of the Dominion of Canada. 
The program continued through Thursday aft- 
ernoon, with two sessions each day, many of 
the papers being illustrated by motion pic- 
tures. It was concluded by Sir Adam Beck’s 
address on ‘“Hydro-Electrie Developments in 
Ontario,” given at the Thursday afternoon 
general session of the association as a whole, 
the engineering section furnishing this im- 


portant feature of the general sessions. The 
two engineering sessions on Friday were 


under the auspices of the Society for the 
Promotion of Engineering Education. A very 
enjoyable dinner of engineers and geologists 
was held in the Music Room of Hart House 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


on Friday evening, at which a number of 
inspiring speakers were heard. The president 
of the university and the general secretary and 
the permanent secretary of the association 
were among the guests. 

The social and economic sciences (Section 
K) had no separate program at the Toronto 
meeting, but a new symposium topie of very 
broad interest was introduced under the 
auspices of this section. Through the enthusi- 
astie and efficient work of Dr. F. G. Cottrell, of 
the U. S. National Research Council, this sym- 
posium was arranged, on “An International 
Auxiliary Language.” It was held at a joint 
session on Friday afternoon, of Sections K and 
Q (Education). The symposium was preceded 
by the delivery of the address of the retiring 
vice-president of Section K, Dr. Frederick L. 
Hoffman, of the Prudential Life Insurance 
Company of America, on “The Organization 
of Knowledge.” Dr. Hoffman emphasized the 
imperative need for better methods in the 
classification of knowledge, so that what science 
has already accomplished may become much 
more easily available. He presented an im- 
proved scheme of classification that promises 
to be very valuable in this important and 
fundamental field of scientific endeavor. Re- 
lated to Section K was the program of the 
American Metrie Association, which held two 
sessions on Thursday and a dinner on Thurs- 
day evening, with papers and addresses favor- 
ing the more general use of the metric system 
of weights and measures. 

A program of great general and cultural 
interest was presented by the Committee on 
the History of Science, in a session held on 
Thursday forenoon. Among others, Dr. J. 
Playfair MeMurrich—afterwards elected presi- 
dent of the association for 1922—gave a paper 
on the artistic-anatomical work of Leonardo da 
Vinci. 

Chemical science (Section C) was unusually 
well represented at the Toronto meeting. See- 
tion C took part in four joint sessions with 
other sections and associated societies, inelud- 
ing the Canadian Institute of Chemistry and 
the Toronto Section of the Society of Chemical 
Industry. A symposium on the Quantum 
Theory and a joint session with the Physio- 


JANUARY 13, 1922] 


logical Section of the Botanical Society of 
America were of special importance. 

Section N (Medical Sciences) presented a 
symposium on “The Health and Development 
of the Child.” The successful efforts of Dr. 
A. J. Goldfarb, of the College of the City of 
New York, secretary of Section N for the 
Toronto meeting, in arranging this program 
‘were greatly appreciated. 

The extraordinary success of the meeting 
was due mainly to the tireless and varied activi- 
ties of the members of the Local Committee 
for the second Toronto meeting, who foresaw 
all needed arrangements and added many 
pleasant and convenient extras. Most of the 
general arrangements were practically com- 
plete at the time of the general and permanent 
secretaries’ preliminary visit to Toronto 
(November 21-23), and the three following 
weeks were occupied in working out the mani- 
fold details. The permanent secretary wishes 
to emphasize the efficient and cordial spirit of 
cooperation and help with which the memhers 
of the Local Committee responded to all 
requests and inquiries from Washington during 
the somewhat hectic weeks just before the 
meeting. 

The Local Committee consisted of the fol- 
lowing members: J. C. Fields, Chairman; 
F. A. Mouré, Hon.-Treasurer; H. L. Seymour, 
Secretary; the Honorable Henry Cockshutt, 
Lieutenant-Governor of Ontario; J. W. Bain; 
EK. W. Banting; S. G. Bennett; E: A. Bott; 
G. S. Brett; E. F. Burton; J. R. Cockburn; 
the Honorable Manning Doherty; D. A. Dun- 
lap; Sir Robert Falconer, President of the 
University of Toronto; Lady Falconer; Sir 
Joseph Flavelle; A. E. Gooderham; the Hon- 
orable R. H. Grant; A. Hunter; A. G. Hunts- 
man} VEeniVE EM Jones; Au sD heRanci did) 
MacKenzie; J. C. McLennan; J. P. MeMur- 
rich; W. L. Miller; C. H. Mitchell; J. M. D. 
Olmsted; Sir Edmund Osler; I. R. Pounder; 
Sir Clifford Sifton; Sir Edmund Walker; 
C. H. C. Wright. The Local Subcommittees, 
with their respective chairmen, were as fol- 
lows: Hospitality, Sir Robert Falconer; En- 
tertaimment and Dinners, I. R. Pounder; 
Ladies, Lady Falconer; The Hart House Con- 
versazione, S$. G. Bennett; Dormitories, 


SCIENCE 39 


J. M. D. Olmsted; Hotels, G. S. Brett; Trans- 
portation and Reception, C. H. C. Wright: 
Meeting Places, HE. A. Bott; Exhibits, E. F. 
Burton; Signs and Messenger Service, EH. W. 
Banting; General Program and Other Print- 
ing, J. P. MeMurrich; Publicity, A. G. Hunts- 
man; Membership, H. V. F. Jones; Registra- 
tion Room, J. R. Cockburn. 

Dr. Fields and Mr. Seymour are to be 
thanked for their indefatigable attention to all 
details, which made the meeting so exceptional. 
Especially was the very artistic official badge 
praised. It is a metal button with a narrow 
raised margin and the design in relief. The 
design consists of the figure of a beaver with 
a wreath of maple leaves, and the words 
“Toronto, A. A. A. §., 1921.” This badge 
will serve as a worthy commemoration of one 
of the most satisfactory meetings of the asso- 
ciation. 

All those present keenly appreciated the 
kindness, efficiency and facility with which Sir 
Robert Falconer and Lady Falconer repve- 
sented the University of Toronto, and they 
received the thanks of all for their personal 
hospitality as well as for that of the university. 
Visitors could not avoid noticing how much 
the university staff had put themselves out 
(frequently in the literal as well as in the fig- 
urative sense) so that the rooms might be 
available for the scientific sessions, and so 
forth. It is no inconsiderable inconvenience 
to a university staff to have their rooms occu- 
pied by others during practically the whole of 
the holiday vacation, and the hearty thanks of 
the association are due to the members of the 
University of Toronto. 

As chairman of the subcommittee on Ex- 
hibits, Professor E. F. Burton did a great 
service to the association and to the cause of 
science; so satisfactory was the Toronto exhi- 
bition that it is hoped an exhibition of scien- 
tific apparatus may become a regular part of 
the annual meetings. 

The very onerous and pressing work of 
caring for the publication of the general pro- 
gram was done by Dr. J. P. MeMurrich, who 
handled this very difficult and confusing com- 
plex of details with great skill. It should be 
noted that the entire program—a book of 95 


40 SCIENCE 


pages—had to be printed in a single week 
from the time the first batches of manuscript 
were received by Dr. MeMurrich. Indeed, 
most of the program manuscripts did not 
reach him till December 20 and 21, and the 
book was completed by noon on December 24. 
The University of Toronto Press gave very 
efficient and really wonderful service in this 
connection. 

The registration room, in charge of the 
executive assistant, Mr. Sam Woodley, was 
conveniently and centrally located, in the 
library building of the university. An able 
corps of assistants was provided, and the work 
of the registration office went forward with 
exceptional smoothness. The same form of 
visible directory as was used at the last annual 
meeting was employed at Toronto, and this 
again proved to be a valuable feature of the 
meeting. By this plan, a continuously cor- 
rected list of those in attendance, with their 
home addresses and those for the meeting, is 
kept convenient for public consultation in the 
registration room. The assistant secretary, Dr. 
Sam F. Trelease, assisted the permanent secre- 
tary in many ways, aside from his work as 
secretary of the council. He gave valuable 
service in the editing of the manuscripts for 
the general program before they were sent to 
Toronto be printed. He has also helped very 
much in the preparation of the present paper 
and the other reports of the meeting that are to 
be published in ScrEnce. 

Publicity was unusually well handled at the 
Toronto meeting. As was announced in the 
preliminary announcement and also in ScIENCE 
before the meeting, the recently organized 
Science Service cooperated with the association 
in arousing public interest in the meeting, 
through the daily press. Dr. EH. E. Slosson, 
editor of Science Service, and Mr. Watson 
Davis were present throughout the meeting, 
on behalf of the Science Service. Many of 
the papers occurring on the programs at 
Toronto were given attention in the weekly 
“Science News Bulletin” sent to newspapers 
by the Science Service for the week of the 
meeting, and many dailies received each day 
from the service a 500-word telegraphic report 
on the meeting. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


Besides the valuable publicity work of the 
Science Service, which is under the control of 
the American Association, the U. S. National 
Academy and the U. S. National Research 
Council, and which operates for the sole pur- 
pose of disseminating scientific knowledge 


.through the newspapers, just as valuable and 


efficient publicity work was accomplished by 
the Local Subcommittee on Publicity, of which 
Professor A. G. Huntsman was chairman. At 
Professor Huntsman’s suggestion, a new fea- 
ture was introduced this year by the per- 
manent secretary’s office. As the manuscripts 
for the general program came in during the 
week preceding Christmas day, the names of 
all speakers were copied off, after which the 
manuscripts were edited and forwarded to 
Toronto for printing. To each name occurring 
on each day’s list was addressed a letter asking 
for an abstract of the paper to be given at 
Toronto by that individual, and enclosing a 
blank form for this abstract, to be returned to 
Professor Huntsman. This work had to be 
done with great rapidity, but large numbers 
of abstracts were received and these furnished 
material for the work of the Subcommittee on 
Publicity. It seems desirable to develop this 
feature of special personal requests for ab- 
stracts and to retain it for future annual 
meetings of the association. Professor Hunts- 
man and his colleagues used the abstracts as 
they came in, so as to have representative and 
suitable material ready for the newspapers 
during the meeting, and they thus secured for 
the association unusually excellent and excep- 
tionally satisfactory treatment by the daily 
press of Toronto and other cities. 

A report of the proceedings of the Council 
at Toronto will appear in a later issue of 
SCIENCE. 

Burton EH. Livingston, 
Permanent Secretary. 


CAROLINE BURLING THOMPSON 
1869-1921 


Dr. CaRoLINE BuRLING THompson, professor 
of zoology at Wellesley College, died on Decem- 
ber 5, 1921. Professor Thompson was noted 
not only for the excellence and thoroughness 
of her original methods of teaching, but also 


JANUARY 13, 1922] 


.for her original research work in biology. She 

was an inspiration to her students and also 
found means of helping them in many prac- 
tical ways, unknown to any but herself. 

Miss Thompson did original research work 
in biology in connection with the marine lab- 
oratories both at Naples, Italy, and Woods 
Hole, Mass. Her most noted work was on the 
biology of termites—the most destructive of 
the social insects. She has been a collaborator 
of the Branch of Forest Entomology, Bureau 
of Entomology, U. 8S. Department of Agricul- 
ture, since March, 1917. 

1916 saw Miss Thompson’s first paper on 
termites. It was an original piece of research 
on the brain and frontal gland of a common 
termite of eastern United States. She dis- 
covered that there was very little differentia- 
tion between the brains of the different castes 
of this termite and none between the sexes, the 
most marked difference being in the optic 
apparatus. Miss Thompson suggests that the 
frontal gland may have arisen phylogenetically 
from the ancestral median ocellus now lacking. 
This work was of considerable importance, 
since the frontal gland is of great taxonomic 
value. 

In 1917, a paper on the origin of the castes 
of a common termite revolutionized the atti- 
tude taken by students of termites. Hitherto 
the attitude had been almost entirely anthropo- 
centric; Dr. Thompson disproved that the 
“complementary” or ‘substitute’ queens or 
reproductive forms of termites could be manu- 
factured through feeding by workers. She 
definitely proved that the origin of all castes 
is due to intrinsie causes. Thus, by careful 
scientifie study, much of the mystery of the 
“complex” social system of the termites— 
which has led to admiration by man of these 
insects—has been proved a myth. Facts now 
supplant the older fantastic theories, so dear 
to writers of the eighteenth and nineteenth 
centuries. 

Another paper in 1919 discussed the phyl- 
ogeny of the termite castes and outlined breed- 
ing experiments which were in progress at the 
time of her death. It was hoped to work out 
a genetic formula for termites. 

These papers were followed by several others 


SCIENCE: 41 


on the development of the castes and repro- 
duetive forms of species of many genera of 
termites. 

Work on the development of the castes of 
the honey bee had been planned and material 
fixed ready to section. It is to be regretted 
that ill health and other duties interfered. Miss 
Thompson was undertaking this work as she 
ever did with an open mind—realizing that very 
careful work had been done on the honey bee 
and that no. generalizations could be made in 
advance. The social insects often radically 
differ in habits. What might be an anthropo- 
centrism in ease of the termites, might be a 
fact in the biology of the honey bee! 

With two other co-workers, Miss Thompson 
was working on a more or less popular book 
on termites and her share was to be the internal 
anatomy of termites as well as phylogeny and 
genetic work. 

A kindly, helpful spirit, of keen mind, but 
modest—Miss Thompson will be long remem- 
bered by her students and co-workers in 
science. A striking point in Dr. Thompson’s 
personality, in fact its key note and which sig- 
nalized her as an investigator and as a teacher, 
is that with all her splendid training and her 
admirable technique she was not biased by the 
current fashions of the school in which she 
was trained, but struck out into new fields. 
Her own research work will endure forever! 


THiS: 
WASHINGTON, D. C. : 


DrcemMBeEr 10, 1921. 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
THE HECKSCHER RESEARCH FOUNDATION 


Tue following grants have been made during 
the year 1921 by the Heckscher Research 
Foundation for the support of investigation 
at Cornell University: 

1. To Professor J. Q. Adams a sum sufficient 
to secure his release from the duties of teaching 
for the first term of the year 1921-1922, to enable 
him to complete his book on ‘‘The Life of 
Shakespeare. ’’ 

2. $2,000 to Professor C. C. Bidwell to enable 
him to carry on cryogenic measurements, and to 
study the relation between electrical conductivity 
and temperature for so-called ‘‘variable’’ con- 
ductors. 


42 SCIENCE 


3. $700 to Professor J. C. Bradley to cover the 
cost of preparing illustrations and otherwise com- 
pleting a manuscript embodying the results of 
investigations of the wing venation of Hymen- 
optera. 

4. $1,200 to Professor A. W. Browne to aid 
him in investigations of certain problems in the 
field of the oxidation of hydrazine, especially in 
non-aqueous solutions (grant increased to $1,800). 

5. $350 to Professor L. M. Dennis for carrying 
on investigations on the ‘‘Separation of the 
Isotopes of Lead by Chemical Processes. ’’ 

5. $2,000 to Professor L. M. Dennis in aid of 
investigation of the preparation and properties 
of germanium and its compounds. 

7. $500 to Professor F. L. Fairbanks for the 
purpose of developing and completing a traction 
dynamometer. 

8. $250 to Professor 8. H. Gage and Professor 
P. A. Fish for colored plates needed in comple- 
ting the manuscript of an investigation concerning 
the digestion and assimulation of fat in the 
human and animal body. 

9. $200 to Professor V. Karapetoti for an 
assistant and materials in carrying on investiga- 
tions on mechanical aids in the design of electrical 
machinery and lines. 

10. $1,125 to Professor W. R. Orndorff and 
Professor R. C. Gibbs to enable them to carry on 
more rapidly their investigations of the absorp- 
tion spectra of certain organic compounds. 

11. $1,800 to Professor F. K. Richtmyer for 
investigations in the laws of the absorption of 
X-rays. 

12. To Professor E. W. Schoder a sum suffi- 
cient to secure his release from the duties of 
teaching for the first term of the year 1921-1922, 
in order that he may prepare for publication 
results. of investigations in hydraulics, made by 
himself and the late Professor Turner. 

13. $100 to Professor Sutherland Simpson to 
enable him to continue his investigations into the 
functions of the thyroid and parathyroid glands. 

14. $500 to Professor A. H. Wright for inves- 
tigation of the life history of North American 
frogs, toads and tree toads. Grant later increased 
by $350. 

15. $1,200 to Professor V. Snyder to secure 
his release from the duties of teaching during the 
second term of 1921-1922, in order to permit him 
to continue during that term his studies of alge- 
braice correspondences. 

16. $1,400 to Professors W. R. Orndorff and 
R. C. Gibbs for the purchase of apparatus to be 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


used in connection with investigations of absorp- 
tion spectra of certain organic compounds. ‘ 

17. $500 to Professor C. C. Bidwell for the 
purchase of metals to carry on eryogenic meas- 
urements. 

18. $1,000 to Professor F. K. Richtmyer for 
apparatus to be used in research on the absorp- 
tion of X-rays by various media. 

19. $1,800 to Professor Wallace Notestein for 
editing historical documents on the parliamentary 
history of England. 

20. $500 to Mr. H. 8S. Vandiver for investiga- 
tions on the subject of algebraic numbers. 

21. $500 to Professor J. G. Needham and Dr. 
P. W. Claassen for preparing a monograph on 
the Plecoptera of North America. 

22. $750 to Professor B. F. Kingsbury for use 
in studies of the early developmental pattern. 

23. $500 to Professor H. Hermannsson for use 
in the study of Icelandic books of the seventeenth 
century. 

24. $850 to Professor H. M. Fitzpatrick for aid 
in the study of a large group of fungi known as 
the Pyrenomycetes. 

25. $150 to Professor A. A. Allen to assist in 
experiments in the artificial propagation of the 
ruffed grouse and the canvasback duck. 

26. $600 to Professor W. C. Ballard for use in 
an investigation into high power electron tubes. 

28. $900 to Mr. H. S. Vandiver for use in con- 
tinuing his investigations on algebraic numbers. 

Supplement to No. 17. $500 to Professor C. C. 
Bidwell to continue his work on the chemical 
purification of metals. 

29. $500 to Professor R. M. Ogden for use in 
completing a monograph on the psychology of 
audition. 

30. $800 to Professor E. M. Chamot to cover 
the cost of publication of the ‘‘Results of Micro- 
scopic Investigations of Small Arms Primers.’’ 

31. $500 to Professor A. H. Wright for the 
publication of ‘‘A Biological Reconnaissance of 
Okefinokee Swamp.’’ 

32. $1,000 to Professor F. C. Prescott for the 
publication of a book entitled ‘‘The Poetic 
Mind.’’ 

33. $2,500 to Professor Clark S. Northrup for 
the publication of a book entitled ‘‘A Register of 
Bibliographies of the English Language and Lit- 
eratures.’’ 

34. $500 to Professor R. H. Keniston and Pro- 
fessor G. H. Hamilton for the publication of a 
critical and linguistic study of an old Spanish 
poem, ‘‘E] Libro de los Tres Reyes de Oriente.’” 


JANUARY 13, 1922] 


35. $300 to Professor G. G. Bogert for re- 
search into the law or conditional sales. 

36. $2,000 to Professor V. Karapetoff for 
investigations on mechanical aids in the design 
of electrical machinery and lines, and a study of 
fields of force or flow, electric, magnetic and 
hydraulic. 

Supplement to No. 19. $150 to Professor 
Wallace Notestein to continue his work of editing 
historical documents. 

37. $1,500 to Professors Bancroft, Chamot and 
Merritt for the study of structural colors in 
feathers. 

Supplement to No. 25. $150 to Professor A. A. 
Allen to enable him to continue his experiments 
in the artificial propagation of the ruffed grouse 
and the canvasback duck. 

38. $450 to Professors Orndorff and Gibbs for 
a study of the absorption spectra of orthocresol- 
sulphonphthalein and other related compounds. 

39. $3,000 to Professor J. S. Shearer for the 
study of the selective absorption of X-rays, and 
of new methods of exciting X-ray tubes. 

Supplement to No. 3. $450 to Professor J. C. 
Bradley to enable him to complete his illustra- 
tions of the wing venation of Hymenoptera. 

Supplement to No. 11. An additional sum of 
$450 to Professor F. K. Richtmyer for further 
investigations in the laws of the absorption of 
X-rays. 

40. $3,000 to Professor H. Diederichs for study 
of the infiltration of air into buildings through 
walls and windows, the development of a satis- 
factory heat treatment of ‘‘Kinite’’ alloy steel, 
and of the combustion process in a Diesel engine. 

41. $700 to Professor C. R. Crosby for draw- 
ings of the genitalia of a group of spiders, the 
linyphiide, to be used in devising a natural sys- 
tem of classification of the species and to deter- 
mine the limits of the general and their affinities. 

42. $300 to Professor W. F. Willeox for statis- 
tical investigations. 

43. $300 to Professor W. L. Westermann for 
editing Greek papyri owned by Cornell University. 


THE STANDARDIZATION OF BIOLOGICAL 
STAINS 

Tue need of standardizing stains for bio- 
logical uses has become increasingly evident 
during the last four or five years. During this 
period German stains have been either difficult 
to obtain or entirely unavailable; and the 
American products, although often excellent, 
have varied so much one from another as to 


SCIENCE 43 


uncertain results. The manufacturers 
have been willing to meet the demand of bio- 
logists, but the latter have generally been un- 
certain just what they wanted. The efforts of 
the Society of American Bacteriologists to 
clarify the situation have already been men- 
tioned in this publication!. More recently 
other societies have offered to assist in the 
work, many of the men concerned expressing 
a wish not to try to duplicate the Grubler 
stains, but to secure domestic stains better than 
their foreign predecessors. 

The interest thus awakened led to a confer- 
ence held on November 5, 1921, at the Chem- 
ists Club, New York City, to discuss the stand- 
ardization of biological stains and the steps 
to be taken to develop a reliable American sup- 
ply. The conference was under the auspices 
of the National Research Council, Dr. L. R. 
Jones, chairman of the Division of Biology 
and Agriculture, presiding. Those present 
were: L. R. Jones, H. E. Howe, and C. E. 
MeClung, of the Research Council (Dr. 
McClung also representing the American So- 
ciety of Zoologists); E. D. Ball and J. A. Am- 
bler, of the Department of Agriculture; W. F. 
Keohan, of the Chemical Foundation, R. 
A. Harper and T. E. Hazen, representing the 
Botanical Society of America; H. J. Conn, 
representing the Society of American Bacterio- 
logists; and R. T. Will of the Will Corpora- 
tion. 

H. J. Conn spoke for the Bacteriological 
Society, stating the interests of this society 
in the matter and showing what had been 
accomplished during the past year by coopera- 
tive work among the members of the society. 
He stated that stains must be standardized hy 
three different methods: by chemical analysis, 
by testing for bacterial staining, and by test- 
ing for histological purposes. So far as bac- 
terial staining is concerned, he considered his 
society to be already in a position to select 
satisfactory samples of basie fuchsin and 
methylene blue, and believed that the work 
now in progress on gentian violet would soon 
lead to a similar result in regard to that stain. 


give 


1H. J. Conn. The Production of Biological 


Stains in America. Scr. N. S., 53, 289-290. 


44 SCIENCE 


The chemical and the histological work still 
. remained to be done. 

J. A. Ambler, of the Color Laboratory of 
the Department of Agriculture, with the ap- 
proval of Dr. Ball, offered the resources of 
this laboratory to help in the work and under- 
take to make chemical analyses of samples 
that had already been tested by the Society of 
American Baeteriologists. 

Drs. McClung, Harper and Hazen stated 
that some of the samples which were very 
satisfactory to bacteriologists did not give good 
results in cytological or histological staining, 
and agreed that considerable work was neces- 
sary to standardize the stains for this purpose. 
They offered to take steps to secure the active 
interest of their respective societies in this. 
It was pointed out that the zoologists had al- 
ready appointed Dr. S. I. Kornhauser to as- 
sist in the work and that Dr. Vietor C. Vaughan 
as chairman of the Division of Medicine had 
given assurance of the interest and support of 
that profession. Drs. Harper and McClung 
were appointed to act as a temporary com- 
mittee with Dr. H. J. Conn on the organization 
of further plans including the nomination of 
a standing committee to the National Research 
Council. Such a committee has since been 
authorized to function under the Division of 
Biology and Agriculture, with the Division of 
Medicine cooperating, the membership of which 
is: H. J. Conn, Geneva, N. Y. (Chairman) ; 
S. I. Kornhauser, Denison University; L. W. 
Sharp, Cornell University; Frederick G. Novy, 
University of Michigan; F. B. Mallory, Boston 
City Hospital. The Chemical Foundation of 
New York City has agreed to support the 
undertaking, and has already deposited with 
the treasurer of the National Research Council 
$500. 


INTERNATIONALIZING SERA STANDARDS 

Cooprration of the foremost laboratories of 
the world, including the United States, for the 
unification of international standards of anti- 
toxic sera has been begun on a large scale by 
the League of Nations Health Committee. Two 
preparatory conferences have been held; the 
work has been divided amongst the various 
national laboratories, and the individual studies 
have been begun. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


The United States has agreed to cooperate 
through the United States Public Health Ser- 
vice at Washington, and through the presence 
at the conference of Dr. Rupert Blue, assistant 
surgeon general, stationed at Paris. German 
scientific men, as well as Japanese, and repre- 
sentatives of all the greater European medical 
services will take part. 

Up to the present there has been much con- 
fusion in the various national standards of 
measuring the strength of anti-toxic sera for 
diseases such as dysentery, tetanus, diphtheria, 
syphilis, ete. This has had two serious effects. 
Men of science have been handicapped in 
studying methods of treatment of various vital 
diseases abroad, because of the different stand- 
ards of measuring the strength of the anti- 
toxie sera employed; secondly, as international 
trade in sera is increasing, it represents not 
only an inconvenience, but a positive danger 
to have their strengths listed at varying stand- 
ards. 

In order to obviate these difficulties, the 
Health Committee of the League of Nations 
began a series of studies last October, which 
resulted in an international conference at Lon- 
don in December, to prepare plans for the 
first joint experimental inquiry of the sort 
ever attempted. A program was adopted 
whereby the study of the effects of the various 
standards was divided according to diseases 
amongst the various laboratories represented. 
To the Hygienic Laboratory at Washington 
it was proposed to allocate the study of te- 
tanus and diphtheria. As soon as these stud- 
ies have been completed, they will be coordi- 
nated through the State Serum Institute at 
Copenhagen. 

Other bodies which will cooperate in the 
work are the Medical Research Council of 
Great Britain, The Pasteur Institute of France, 
the State Institute of Italy, State Institute 
of Warsaw, Hygienic Institute of Basle, 
Pasteur Institute of Brussels, Kitasato Insti- 
tute of Japan, as well as Austrian and Ger- 
man organizations. 


RELIEF WORK OF BRITISH UNIVERSITIES 


Maurice pe Bunsen, chairman of the uni- 
versities’ committee, writes in Nature concern- 


JANUARY 13, 1922] 


ing the activities of the Imperial War Relief 
Fund, Universities’ Committee. This commit- 
tee, which was created at an inter-university 
conference which met at University College, 
London, on July 7, 1920, at the invitation of 
Lord Robert Cecil, and under the auspices of 
the Imperial War Relief Fund, has set before 
it the aim of presenting to the British universt- 
ties the appeal of the universities in the war- 
stricken areas of Europe. Mr. de Bunsen 
writes : 

During the first year of the existence of the 
Universities’ Committee 32,0007. was raised in 
cooperation with every university in Great Britain 
and Ireland. The committee at the opening of 
this university year carefully considered the prob- 
lem of the Central European universities at the 
present time, and decided that it would be abso- 
lutely necessary for us to maintain the relief 
work promoted by the committee in cooperation 
with universities all over the world throughout 
the coming year. 

I may say briefly that the financial panic 
which has swept through Austria in particular 
during the last month has threatened the very 
existence of many distinguished men in universi- 
ties of that country. 

The Universities’ Committee has also taken on 
the further responsibility of endeavoring to raise 
funds for the relief of men of learning and 
students in Russia. In careful consultation with 
Dr. Nansen, the committee is establishing those 
links in Russia which shall ensure a wise distribu- 
tion of the funds subscribed. Dr. Nansen has 
issued a personal appeal to the universities of 
the world to help to save from extinction the 
rapidly diminishing numbers of men in Russia 
who have been able to go through the ordeal of 
suffering to which many of them have been sub- 
jected during the past few years. 

In a letter to graduate members of the Brit- 
ish universities on behalf of the men of learn- 
ing of Austria an urgent appeal has been made 
over the following signatures of distinguished 
representatives of learning: William Bragg, 
Bryce, A. §. Eddington, Richard Gregory, 
Haldane of Cloan, Frederic G. Kenyon, Walter 
Lock, Donald Macalister, Charles J. Martin, 
Henry A. Miers, Gilbert Murray, E. Ruther- 
ford, M. E. Sadler, Arthur Schuster, Napier 
Shaw, A. E. Shipley, George Adam Smith, 
Ernest H. Starling, J. J. Thomson. 


SCIENCE 45 


THE SOUTHWESTERN DIVISION OF THE 
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE 
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 
THE second annual meeting will be held in 
Tucson, Arizona, from January 26 to 28. The 
University of Arizona has kindly offered the 
use of its buildings during this period. There 
will be four sections with chairmen as fol- 
lows: Biological, Dr. Charles T. Vorhies, pro- 
fessor of biology of the University of Arizona; 
Physical science, Dr. V. M. Slipher, director 
of the Lowell Observatory of Flagstaff, Ari- 
zona; Social science, Dr. Edgar L. Hewett, 
director of the Archelogical museums at Sante 
Fe, N. M.; and the section on Education and 

Psychology, chairman to be selected. 

The presidential address of Dr. A. Hi. Dou- 
glass will be delivered on the evening of the 
26th., to be followed by a reception. On the 
evening of the 27th. the program will be under 
the auspices of the Arizona Archelogical So- 
ciety. There will be illustrated lectures on the 
recent archelogical researches made in the 
Southwest. On the evening of the 28th. there 
will be a characteristic dance by the Yaqui 
Indians from Sonora. 

There will be exhibits of southwestern ani- 
mals, insects, plants and minerals. The new 
Stewart Observatory will be demonstrated 
under the direction of Dr. Douglass. The ob- 
servatory is complete except for the 36-inch 
reflecting lens, the first casting of which failed 
owing to an electrical storm. 

Euuiotr C. Prentiss, 
Chairman of the Executive Committee. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


At the meetings held at Amherst, Dr. W. D. 
Mathews, of the American Museum of Natu- 
ral History, was elected president of the Ameri- 
can Paleontological Society, Dr. Waldemar 
Lindgren’ of the Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology president of the Society of Eeo- 
nomic Geologists and Professor T. L. Walker 
of the University of Toronto president of the 
Mineralogical Society. 


At the recent meeting of the American 
Psychological Association at Princeton, Pro- 
fessor Knight Dunlap, of the Johns Hopkins 


46 SCIENCE 


University, was elected president. Two new 
members of the council were elected: Professor 
Warner Brown, of the University of California, 
and Dr. F. L. Wells, of the Psychopathic Hos- 
pital, Boston. 


Dr. W. C. Farabes, curator of the Museum 
of the University of Pennsylvania, was elect- 
ed president of the American Anthropological 
Association at the Brooklyn meeting. 


Tur Perkin medal of the American Section 
of the Society of Chemical Industry, was pre- 
sented on January 13, to William M. Burton, 
chemist of the Standard Oil Company of 
Indiana. Presentation addresses were made by 
Sumner R. Church, R. F. Ruttan, Charles H. 
Herty, Russell Wiles and Charles F. Chand- 
ler, to which Mr. Burton replied. 


Dr. E. P. Hyp, director of the Nela Re- 
search Laboratories, was made president of 
the International Commission on Illumination 
which met lately in Paris. 


Dr. A. W. Rocers has been elected president 
of the South African Association for the Ad- 
vanecement of Science to preside at the next 
annual meeting to be held in July at Lourenco 
Marques. 


We learn from Nature that Professor Ho- 
race Lamb, Sir Ernest Rutherford, Sir Arthur 
Schuster and Professor G. Elliot Smith have 
been elected honorary members of the Man- 
chester Literary and Philosophical Society. 


Tue honorary degree of doctor of science 
has been conferred by the University of Cal- 
cutta on Sir W. J. Pope, professor of chem- 
istry, Cambridge University, and on Professor 
C. V. Raman, professor of physics, University 
of Caleutta. 


Amone the prizes recently awarded by the 
Paris Academy of Sciences was one to HK. Rou- 
baud for his works on malaria in France and 
the disappearance of malaria in temperate 
climates. 


Tur British Medical Journal reports that 
the eminent histological anatomist Professor 
Johan August Hammar, of Upsala, celebrated 
his sixtieth birthday on August 21, and re- 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


ceived on this occasion from his fellows, friends 
and pupils a Festskrift containing thirty-eight 
scientific papers written in Swedish, German, 
and English, covering over a thousand pages. 


THE position of naturalist of the Albatross 
in the Bureau of Fisheries, which for some 
time has been vacant for lack of an available 
candidate of suitable qualifications, has been 
filled by the appointment of Paul S. Galtsoff, 
who was formerly chief zoologist of the Rus- 
sian Academy of Sciences and assistant direc- 
tor of the marine biological station at Sebas- 
topol. 


Harte BH. RicHaRDson, instructor in ana- 
lytical chemistry and physies for the past four 
years at the Massachusetts Institute of Tech- 
nology, has been appointed research physicist 
at the Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, 
INGA 


J. BE. Wavters, F. W. Schroeder and Frank 
Porter, chemists at the helium plant of the 
Bureau of Mines at Petrolia, Texas, have been 
transferred to the new cryogenic laboratory of 
the Bureau in Washington, D. C. 


Dr. Ratpo W. G. Wycxorr, of the Geo- 
physical Laboratory, Carnegie Institution of 
Washington, is on a year’s leave of absence, 
which he will spend at the California Institute 
of Technology at Pasadena, California. 


Tuer third Asiatic Expedition of the Ameri- 
can Museum, under the leadership of Mr. Roy 
Chapman Andrews, is beginning its work in 
China, with the cooperation of Dr. Yen, mini- 
ster of foreign affairs, and other members of 
the cabinet in Pekin. Dr. V. K. Ting, direc- 
tor of the National Geological Survey of China, 
and Dr. J. G. Anderson, mining adviser to the 
Chinese Government and curator of the Mu- 
seum of the Geological Survey of China, have 
also given assistance. 

Dr. Samurt J. Mrxter, of Boston, delivered 
the Hodgen Lecture, under the auspices of the 


St. Louis Surgical Society and the Medical 
Fund Society on January 4. 


Winuram A. Durein has been given leave 
of absence from the Commonwealth Edison 
Company, Chicago, to direct the new activities 


JANUARY 13, 1922] 


of the Department of Commerce toward the 
elimination of waste in industry by simplify- 
ing and standardizing commercial practices. 
The new organization will form a subdivision 
of the Bureau of Standards. 


Tur Huxley lecture at the University of 
Birmingham was delivered on November 25 
by Professor C. Lloyd Morgan on “A philo- 
sophy of evolution.” 


Cuarites Darwtn’s birthplace, according to 
the London Times, has been sold. The pur- 
chase ineludes the Darwin Walk above the 
Severn River. It is said that its future use 
is to be for the Oftice of Works to house a 
body of clerks. 


Dr. Husrerr Work, president of the Ameri- 
can Medical Association, has appointed as the 
Commitee on the Gorgas Memorial, Drs. George 
BH. de Schweinitz, Philadelphia; Charles W. 
Richardson, Washington, D. C., and Fred B. 
Lund, Boston. This appointment was made in 
compliance with the request received by the 
Board of Trustees from the Gorgas Memorial 
institute of Tropical and Preventive Medicine 
of Panama for the cooperation of the Ameri- 
can Medical Association. 


Dr. Howarp B. Cross of the Rockefeller 
Institute for Medical Research died at Vera 
Cruz on December 27 from yellow fever con- 
tracted at Tuxtepee. Dr. Cross was a mem- 
ber of the staff of the International Health 
Board of the Rockefeller Foundation. He was 
a graduate of the University of Oklahoma and 
received the doctorate of philosophy from the 
Johns Hopkins University in 1921. 


Tue death is announced at the age of 57 
years of Max Verworn, professor of physi- 
ology at the University of Bonn. 


Dr. G. P. Jorpan, port health officer of 
Hong-Kong and professor of tropical medi- 
cine in the Hong-Kong University, died in 
London on December 4 at the age of 64 years. 


THE spring meeting of the American Electro- 
chemical Society is to be held in Baltimore 
from April 27 to 29. There will be three ses- 
sions, dealing respectively with electric fur- 


SCIENCE AT 


nace cast iron, the electrochemical industries 
and electromotive chemistry. Inspection trips 
will be made through industrial plants near 
Baltimore. 


Tue Association of German Men of Science 
and Physicians will hold its centennial meet- 
ing in Leipzig from September 17 to 23. 


At the recent meeting of the American 
Psychological Association in Princeton, N. J., 
provision was made for the accrediting as con- 
sulting psychologists of qualified persons be- 
longing to the American Psychological Asso- 
ciation. The committee asks that members of 
the Section for Clinical Psychology of this 
association desiring such action on their behalf 
await the receipt of a circular letter of instruc- 
tions as to their procedure. Other members of 
the association are asked to await a further 
announcement of the committee which will be 
forwarded to Science and to the Psychological 
Bulletin. 


THE annual report shows that the work of 
the United States Geological Survey for last 
vear ineluded detailed geologic surveys of 
4,600 square reconnaissance geologic 
surveys of 21,500 square miles, exploratory 
geologic surveys of 18,000 square miles, co- 
operative geologic work with 17 state organ- 
izations, studies of ore deposits in 10 states, 
oil and gas surveys in 10 states, geologic sur- 
veys in Alaska of 1,500 square miles, and the 
continuation of studies of mineral deposits in 
Alaska. It ineluded also topographic surveys 
in the United States of 12,311 square miles 
and topographic reconnaissance surveys in the 
Alaska Range of 390 square miles, running 
of 4,796 miles of levels, establishing 1,123 
bench marks and making 576 linear miles of 
river surveys. The Geological Survey con- 
tinued measurements of stream flow throughout 
the United States and in Alaska and Hawaii, 
cooperating in part with other federal organ- 
izations and with 31 states and Hawaii; also 
continued investigation of waterpower  re- 
sourees of Southeastern Alaska. It also made 
field examinations in 11 states under the 
enlarged homestead and stock-raising home- 
stead laws, increased designations of stock- 
raising lands by 31,000,000 aeres, and reported 


miles, 


48 SCIENCE 


on 7,000 applications for oil and gas prospect- 
ing permits, on 249 applications for coal pros- 
pecting permits, on 78 applications for coal 
leases and 7,500 applications under the min- 
eral-leasing laws. It also conducted an engi- 
neering investigation and prepared an ex- 
haustive report on a proposed “superpower 
system’’—a comprehensive system for the gen- 
eration and distribution of electricity for the 
operation of railroads and manufacturing 
industries in the region between Boston and 
Washington. Special publications of the year 
were “Guides to desert watering places in 
Arizona and California,” and a large relief 
map of the United States. Other published 
reports numbered 132, containing more than 
10,000 pages, and 60 new topographic maps 
were engraved and printed. The Survey dis- 
tributed 631,000 books and 740,000 maps, of 
which latter 550,000 were sold. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


A movemENT has been started to raise a 
fund of $2,000,000 to establish a medical school 
as a memorial to Major General William C. 
Gorgas. The present plan is that the fund 
be contributed by the nation and that the 
school be situated in Tuscaloosa, Ala., where 
General Gorgas lived as a boy. Dr. Seale Har- 
ris, of Birmingham, Ala., is chairman of the 
national committee. 


Fire of unknown origin has almost com- 
pletely destroyed the chemical building of the 
Colorado State Agricultural College at Fort 
Collins, Colo. The loss on buildings and equip- 
ment is estimated at $70,000. 


Tue board of curators of the University of 
Missouri has elected Dr. John Carleton Jones, 
president of the university to sueceed Dr. A. 
Ross Hill who resigned several months ago to 
become connected with the American Red 
Cross. Dr. Jones has been vice president of 
the university since 1918 and dean of the col- 
lege of arts and sciences. 


Joun H. Morrert has been appointed asso- 
ciate professor of metallurgy in the Univer- 
sity of Minnesota. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


R. S. Lows, of the nitrate division, Ordnance 
Department, U. S. A., has been appointed 
dean of the department of chemical engineer- 
ing, University of Cincinnati. 


REVEREND Dr. CHARLES WESLEY Fin, 
president of Cornell College at Mount Ver- 
non, Iowa, has been elected chancellor of Syra- 
cuse University in succession to Dr. James 
Roseoe Day. 


Dr. Water F. Tirrman, formerly of the 
Bureau of Mines and later engaged in con- 
sulting practice at Pittsburgh, Pa., has been 
appointed head of the department of com- 
mercial engineering, Carnegie Institution of 
Technology. 


Dr. Harotp Diruu has been appointed head 
of the health service of the University of 
Minnesota, Minneapolis, to sueceed Dr. John 
Sundwall. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
: ENCE 
COMMITTEE FOR THE PROTECTION OF 
ANIMAL EXPERIMENTATION 

Some weeks ago it suddenly became apparent 
that the activities of the various antivivisec- 
tion societies had finally reached a strength 
where they were able to menace effectively the 
health of the community. On a referendum 
vote in California they threatened all animal 
experimentation last year, and it was only with 
some difficulty that the measure was defeated. 
The Interstate Convention of Antivivisection 
Societies was held in Boston last month and 
at that time a committee was organized to 
undertake a campaign of sane, humane educa- 
tion to combat the propaganda of those who 
seek to prevent the making of vaccines and 
antitoxins, the testing of all such drugs as 
ergot and a general interference with medical 
methods of proved efficacy for the diagnosis, 
the prevention and cure of disease. 

A committee of the Boston Society of 
Natural History was first appointed of which 
T. Barbour was chairman, to arrange for Mr. 
Ernest Harold Baynes to deliver two lectures, 
one upon a “Nature Study’ subject, the other 


JANUARY 13, 1922] 


entitled “The Truth about Vivisection.” Mr. 
Baynes delivered the last lecture December 17 
to a large and enthusiastic audience in Hunt- 
ington Hall, Boston. It was an amplification 
of the article which he prepared for the Wo- 
man’s Home Companion, July, 1921, and 
which at once aroused a howl of consternation 
from all of the antivivisection groups in the 
country. So much interest was aroused in the 
general question that the lecture committee of 
the Boston Society of Natural History re- 
organized itself into the Committee for the 
Protection of Animal Experimentation. An 
appeal for funds, signed by President Charles 
W. Eliot, Professor Richard P. Strong, M. D., 
Ernest Harold Baynes, Dr. John C. Phillips, 
Dr. Edward Wigglesworth, Dr. Townsend W. 
Thorndike and Dr. Thomas Barbour, brought a 
most encouraging response. The committee has 
published several statements, designed to in- 
struct the community as to just what the re- 
sults may be if the antivivisectionists succeed. 

Cardinal O’Connell was one of the first to 
endorse the movement in a most inspiring let- 
ter which was followed by letters of endorse- 
ment from persons in all stations of life and 
representing many different interests, parti- 
cularly Life Insurance Companies, Agricul- 
tural Interests and Charitable Organizations 
of many sorts. 

The newspapers gave the work of the com- 
mittee generous publicity and its efforts as a 
whole have become so successful that there is 
now a widely expressed desire that the work 
of the committee be carried forward by some 
permanent organization. The committee has 
studied carefully the organization and work of 
the Research Defense Society in England and 
it is probable that some organization of this 
sort will be founded. 

To be really effective the Society should be 
national in its scope and have an able, active 
field secretary and should aim to protect the 
public from the mischievous activities, not only 
of the antivivisectionists, but the antivaccina- 
tionists, the medical freedomists, so-called, and 
all others who aim to lower the standards of 
medical education or jeopardize the public 
health in other ways. 

A correspondence is invited with those in- 


SCIENCE 49 


( 


terested and our literature is available for free 
distribution. 
Hpwarp WiGcGLeswortH, Px. D. 
J. C. Putts, M. D. 
T. Barpour, Pu. D. 
FOR THE COMMITTEE 


POISONOUS SPIDERS 


One of the best reviews of our knowledge of 
the poisonous properties of spiders is con- 
tained in Dr. Henry C. MeCook’s beautifully 
illustrated volumes, “American spiders and 
their spinning work.” In Volume 1, page 274, 
he concludes that most of the cases of serious 
poison in the United States are caused by the 
bite of the widely distributed Lineweaver, 
Lactrodectus mactans, and Saltigrade, 
Phidippus morsitans. He cites an instance of 
serious sickness resulting from the bite on a 
man’s back of Lactrodectus. He also thinks it 
very probable that the large Mygales, com- 
monly called tarantulas, on account of their 
large fangs and exceptionally large supply of 
poison, can inflict very serious bites. 

He cites instances of spiders killing fish and 
birds, in one instance the victims being two 
sunfish about two inches long, which were 
promptly killed by the poison of a spider I 
Saw at work. From my description Dr. 
McCook thought this was a Dolomedes. 

In his third volume Dr. McCook quotes Pro- 
fessor Bentkau of Bonn, who suffered very 
serious pain and general swelling from being 
twice bitten by a Chiraianthium nutrix on the 
fingers. 

Dr. McCook thinks it most likely that even 
the bites of the first two mentioned species are 
in most instances of small consequence and that 
the bites of the great majority of spiders are 
of little more consequence than those of mos- 
quitoes and not nearly as serious as the stings 
of bees, hornets, ete. 

In instances that have come under my direct 
observation of spiders biting human beings the 
results have been comparable with mosquito 


bites. F. R. Weis 


the 


A LONG-LIVED WOODBORER 
In Science, Friday, August 5, 1921, H. E. 
Jaques, Iowa Wesleyan College, Mt. Pleasant, 
Iowa, contributed a note, “A Long-lived Wood- 


50 SCIENCE 


borer.” It was intimated that eburia quadri- 
geminata (Say) spent forty years growing 
from egg to mature larva, in the top piece 
of an old birch bookcase. A number of such 
stories are current, but I am of the opinion 
that the simple solution of the whole matter 
is as follows: Eburia quadrigeminata breeds in 
the heartwood of dead, dry, seasoned logs and 
wood,—Hicoria, Quercus, Robinia, Betula, 
Fagus, Fraxinus, Castanea, Ulmus and perhaps 
others. The eggs are placed in the cracks and 
erevices of dry, weathered or seasoned sears, 
“cat faces,’ and similar placed. An impreg- 
nated female in some manner got into the house, 
and in crawling over the piece of furniture 
took advantage of a crack in the varnish or 
wood, and inserted an egg. 

I can not believe that any Cerambyeid larva 
could exist for forty years in a piece of fur- 
niture. In fact, the normal duration of the 
larval stage of insects of this family is from 
one to five years. 

I think the same explanation will cover the 
other case mentioned in this article. The adults 
of this species often hide beneath bark, and 
might have crawled between the bricks and 
doorsill. 

A. B. CHAMPLAIN 
PENNSYLVANIA BUREAU 
or Puanr INDUSTRY, 
HARRISBURG, Pa. 


PERCIVAL LOWELL 

Tur absorbing interest that Dr. Percival 
Lowell was able to throw about the astrono- 
mical ‘investigations of his later years has ob- 
secured to an extent the fact that he was a man 
of many parts. There are comparatively few 
who are familiar with his keen observations of 
the nearer Orient, crystallized into published 
essays, and fewer still have known of his in- 
terest in botany, geology and general natural 
history, in one or more departments of which 
he has made contributions to science. 

A comprehensive view of him is presented 
in Miss Louise Leonard’s recent volume, 
“Percival Lowell—An Afterglow” (Boston: 
The Gorham Press), a book which through the 
medium of selections from his own writings 


shows him in his variety of studies. No seri- 


[Von. LV, No. 1411 


ous undertaking has yet been made towards a 
biography of Lowell—the time since he passed 
on is perhaps yet too short, but in this volume 
one has a valuable reminder of him. Extracts 
from his letters are deftly framed in a Fore- 
word, a prelude and an afterpiece, the last a 
poem that he loved. There is no appraisal of 
Dr. Lowell’s scientific achievements, but every- 
where is reflected his spirit of investigation, 
cheerfulness and wish to help his fellow man. 


J. RK. 


THE PASTEUR CENTENARY 

Tue year 1922 marks the lapse of a century 
from the year of Louis Pasteur’s birth and a 
“Centenary” volume of Pasteur’s collected 
scientific writings would be a fitting homage to 
the memory of such a man. 

In view of the conditions in Hurope, is it 
not possible for investigators here to sponsor 
such an undertaking, in the Hnglish language, 
and contribute to it by means of translations 
of the original French articles and memoirs? 

Augusto Bonazzi 
Onto AGRICULTURAL 
EXPERIMENT STATION, 
WOOSTER, OHIO 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


Insect Transformation. By Goren H. Car- 
penTeR, D. Se., Professor of Zoology, Royal 
College of Science, Dublin, London. Methuen 
& Co. Ltd. 1921, pp. 282, figs. 124. 
ProrEessor CARPENTER for many years has 

been doing admirable work in Ireland. Well 

trained in biology, and a broad zoologist, he has 
interested himself in many aspects of scientific 
work. His publications on crop and animal 
pests have been of great service to the Irish 
farmers and stock growers; he has been much 
interested in the admirable zoological garden 
in Dublin, where they breed lions in confine- 
ment more successfully than in any other place 
in the world, and has been active in the Royal 

Trish Academy, of which he is secretary. 

His book on “Insect Transformation,” just 
published, is a mature book, written by a broad 
man, and differs in many interesting and im- 
portant ways from any book yet published. 


JANUARY 13, 1922] 


It bears on every page evidence of competent 
knowledge, very broad reading and deep re- 
flection. 

There are only seven chapters in the book 
of nearly three hundred pages. The first one 
is devoted to “Form, Growth and Change,” 
beginning with an examination of the struc- 
ture, both external and internal, of the adult 
insect. His second chapter is entitled “The 
Open Type of Wing Growth,” using this term 
to characterize those insects which have in- 
complete metamorphosis. The next chapter is 
devoted to “The Hidden Type of Wing 
Growth,” in which he makes a careful and full 
exposition of the structure in different stages 
of those insects which have complete meta- 
morphosis and therefore in which the wing 
growth is hidden in the larval form. An- 
other chapter treats of “Some Wingless In- 
sects.” Then comes a fascinating and very 
full chapter, covering nearly sixty pages, on 
“Growing Insects and Their Surroundings,” a 
condensed insect ecology of great value and 
admirably done. 

The last chapter is devoted to “The Prob- 
lems of Transformation,’ in which he con- 
trasts the transformations of insects and the 
ehanges which other animals undergo in the 
course of their development, considering the 
primitive type of insect larva, the two types 
of wing growth, and the history of the in- 
sect orders as revealed by the rocks. 

In the earlier chapters it will be seen that 
the author gives an account of the growth and 
transformation of the insects of the different 
orders, showing especially the astounding varia- 
tions among the early stages, particularly the 
larvae. The excellent and extensive ecological 
chapter “On the Surroundings of Growing In- 
sects” follows most naturally; while in the 
final chapter, with equal happiness of arrange- 
ment, he really considers the meaning of the 
facts described in the earlier pages. 

Prepared in this way and by a thoroughly 


eompetent man, this attractive, well printed, — 


and very well illustrated book will find its 
readers not only among the entomologists but 
among those interested in biology in a broad 
way. 

L. O. Howarp 


SCIENCE ol 


RESEARCH FUNDS IN THE UNITED 
STATES 

In the Bulletin of the National Research 
Couneil for March, 1921, Callie Hull has com- 
piled information on the funds available in 
the United States in 1920 for scientific re- 
search. This is the first compilation of its 
kind, and readers of Sctmnce will be interested 
in seeing a brief summary of the contents of 
this paper. The following review of these 
statistics can not be considered absolutely ac- 
curate. In some eases it is difficult to judge of 
the application of some arbitrary rules that 
had to be adopted in order to make the tables 
brief. I am satisfied, however, that the tables 
are essentially reliable, and that if absolutely 
correct figures could be obtained in every case, 
no great variation from the figures here given 
would result. 

Annual incomes from funds for scientific 
research in the United States, which have been 
set aside by private individuals or corpora- 
tions, range in amounts from less than $25.00 
to more than $10,000,000. It is interesting to 
note the distribution over our land of the in- 
stitutions that dispense these funds. Most of 
them are on the Atlantic coast, from Conneeti- 
cut to South Carolina. The principal centers 
are Boston, New York and Washington. There 
is a broad belt of smaller centers extending 
from the Atlantic westward through the north- 
ern states to beyond the Mississippi. On the 
Pacific coast we find a center in and around 
San Francisco. Very few research funds have 
been established in the states lying on the high 
plains and plateaus of the west, where culture 
is recent, or in the southern states, where there 
is as yet relatively little centralization of wealth. 

Funds of this kind have been established 
only in 26 states. Of these, New York ranks 
first and North Dakota last. In the amount 
of established funds the rank of these states 
is as follows: (1) New York, (2) Massachu- 
setts, (3) Illinois, (4) California, (5) Mary- 
land, (6) Pennsylvania, (7) Minnesota, (8) 
New Jersey, (9) Iowa, (10) Connecticut, (11) 
Ohio, (12) Kansas, (13) Utah, (14) Wiseon- 
sin, (15) Indiana, (16) Michigan, (17) Mis- 
souri, (18) Alabama, (19) Washington, (20) 
Texas, (21) Rhode Island, (22) Idaho, (23) 


52 SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


Number 

of funds 
Yielding income annually of more than $1,000,000_.............-------ceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeee 3 
Yielding income annually of $1,000,000—$100,001 -__. 7 
Yielding income annually of $100,000—$10,001 _. 67 
Yielding income annually of  $10,000—$1,001 .... 150 


Yielding income annually of 
Yielding income annually of 


$1; OOO =i Oi eres SURI PR Un Te Ue ete 298 
SLOO NOT SESS eee aes tans 


565 


* Many of the smaller funds in the last two items are research scholarships in various universities. 


Virginia, (24) North Carolina, (25) Arizona, 
(26) North Dakota. The District of Columbia 
ranks next to New York. 

There are in all some 565 funds available for 
research in our country, and these may be clas- 
sified according to size, as in the above table: 

The donations made for such funds have 
greatly increased during the last twenty years, 
as will be seen from the following table: 


No. of new funds 
established in each 


Period covered Annual yield 


period 
Up to 1800 3 $ 1,000 
1800 to 1850 3 $ 50,000 
1851 to 1870 4 $ 5,000 
1871 to 1880 5 $ 60,000 
1881 to 1890 17 $ 40,000 
1891 to 1900 44 $ 166,000 
1901 to 1910 65 $ 1,275,000 
1911 to 1921 175 $17,000,000* 


*The Rockefeller Foundation, which is included 
in this last amount, yields nearly five times the 
amount of all other funds so far established. 


It is interesting to note that out of the great 
number of people of large means in our 
nation, no less than five hundred, in round 
numbers, have been sufficiently interested in the 
advancement of scientific research to make 
donations for its maintenance; and that of these 
five hundred individuals, it is a mere score of 
men that has furnished by far the larger part 
of the money available for such purposes. 
Among these we note Smithson, Rockefeller 
and Carnegie, two of whom are known as 
among the wealthiest men in our nation. 

Though it appears that most donators have 
provided that the gifts they have made should 
be used in some particular branch of research, 
nevertheless by far the largest bequests have 


been given to research in general; that is, the 
selection of the particular work to be done has 
been left to those in trust of the funds. The 
following table will emphasize these points: 


Number 

Branch of research specified of funds Annual 

by donor established yield 
General research work 125 $17,000,000 
Medicine $ 4,000,000 
Biology and natural history... $ 352,000 
Physies $ 241,000 
PANS {iT OWN OTM ygiiteesensees sce sneee eeronanestec eee 22 $ 173,000 
(Ge ONO Bayar ce ccercee cee cece ccensteneecece 15 $ 137,000 
Archeology and anthropology... 24 $ 117,000 
Botaniy,) | ice st ise ee $ 100,000 
Chemistry .. $ 78,000 
Engineering .. $ 55,000 
ZOOLOGY  ...-------------- : $ 49,000 
Industrial researeh..............-.---.-.-- 34° $ 49,000 
Psyicholo gry) mecissccssncveeseeestrercrateceere 8 $ 29,000 
Mathematics essere eenerenns 3 $ 2,600 


It will be noted that medical research heads 
the list, with 135 established funds and an an- 
nual income of $4,000,000. This is doubtless 
because medical knowledge is generally recog- 
nized as of the greatest practical importance 
to the welfare of mankind. Mathematics brings 
up the rear. It would probably appear to most 
of us to be the subject farthest removed from 
practical interests. Biology, which ranks sec- 
ond, has much to do with the procuring of 
food; and Psychology, which ranks next to the 
last, is not yet generally recognized as a sub- 
ject of practical application. 

Copies of the paper here reviewed can no 
doubt be secured from The National Research 
Council, 1701 Massachusetts Ave., Washington, 


Dw J. A. UppEw 
UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS 


JANUARY 13, 1922) 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
EMISSION BANDS OF ERBIUM OXIDE: A 
CONFIRMATION 

In a paper by the late Professor W. G. Mal- 
lory 1, published in 1919, a photometric study 
of the spectrum of glowing erbium oxide was 
deseribed. When the oxide was heated to 1,000 
degrees Centigrade three regions, in which the 
principal emission bands of this interesting 
spectrum are situated, were found to be 
brighter than the corresponding wavye-lengths 
in the spectrum of an ideal black body at the 
same temperature; the red region slightly 
brighter and the green and blue several times 
brighter. 

This result has been questioned, although 
not so far as we are aware in print, on the 
ground that no radiator can exceed the emis- 
sion of a black body of the same temperature. 


In other words it is held, as a matter of thermo- 
dynamics, that the brightest regions in the spec- 
trum of a selective radiator may reach, but 
never reach beyond, the envelope which en- 
eloses the area representing the distribution of 
radiation from a black body of the same tem- 
perature. The explanation offered in Mallory’s 
paper suggests luminescence of the incandes- 


1 Mallory: Physical Review (2) XIV p. 54. 


SCIENCE 53 


cent oxide superimposed upon the ordinary 
radiation due to temperature. 

In the course of studies now in progress, in 
which an altogether different method is used 2, 
we find many instances of luminescence super- 
imposed upon the ordinary temperature radia- 
tion of incandescent oxides and producing in- 
tensities greatly in excess of those of the same 
regions in the spectrum of the black body. 
Moreover in the case of erbium oxide we find 
these excesses in the same regions and at the 
precise temperature designated by Mallory. 

The accompanying figure is from our data 
for the three regions in question and covers 
temperatures slightly below 1000°. Intensi- 
ties are in terms of the brightness of the cor- 
responding radiation from a black body of the 
same temperature as the oxide and are thus 
directly comparable with Mallory’s results. 

While the sample of erbium oxide used by 
us did not happen to be quite as actively lumi- 
nescent as in Mallory’s experiment the effect 
is there and is of the same order. His observa- 
tions are corroborated in every essential re- 


spect. E. L. NicHots 


H. L. Howss 
PHYSICAL LABORATORY OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY 
OctoBER, 1921 


LABORATORY DETERMINATIONS OF DIP 
AND STRIKE 


The writer has observed that many geology 
students are unable to make correct determina- 
tions of dip and strike. This weakness seems 
to be due to the difficulties of presenting the 
subject in the field, to lack of sufficient labora- 
tory training before entering the field, and 
especially to lack of suitable apparatus. In 
the field, the determination of dip and strike 
appeals to the student as a very minor and 
uninteresting detail in comparison with the 
other geological features to which his attention 
is ealled. Furthermore, the rock surfaces are 
usually so irregular that the instructor can not 
make a very close check of the student’s read- 
ings. In the laboratory, the tilted drawing 
boards, table tops, or rock slabs commonly 
used are not very efficient because they often 
possess straight edges indicating the line of 
strike and are usually so insecurely fastened 

2 To be described in a forthcoming paper. 


54 SCIENCE 


that checking the readings, again, becomes 
almost impossible. In an attempt to overcome 
some of these difficulties the writer constructed 
the following apparatus which has proved so 
useful and convenient that it is offered as a 
suggestion to teachers of geology. 

This apparatus consists of two circular 
pieces of wood about eight inches in diameter, 
connected by a spindle two inches in diameter 
and eight inches in length. It is fastened to 


the edge of a table by means of wooden clamps. 
Ordinary iron clamps are not used because 
they cause a deflection of the compass needle 
amounting to two or three degrees. The 
absence of straight edges in the outline of the 
upper disk necessitates finding the line of 
strike by locating a position of the clinometer 
in which no inclination is registered and then 
drawing a line along the edge of the compass 
box upon a piece of paper fastened to the top 
board by thumb tacks. The strike line can be 
changed to all points of the compass by clamp- 
ing the apparatus in different positions. The 
dip is constant for each model but, since several 
models are necessary for an average class, this 
is taken care of by making each model with a 
different dip. Models could easily be made with 
the dip adjustable but such modifications would 
mean more expense and more trouble in check- 
ing students’ readings. Furthermore, it is the 
direction of dip and not the amount which 
seems to offer difficulties to the student. It has 
been found that ten models with dips ranging 
from three degrees to eighty-eighty degrees 
answer the purpose. 

The models are securely clamped in various 
positions in the laboratory and their dip and 
strike determined by the student and checked 
by the instructor. The models are then turned 
on their bases, clamped, read, and checked 
again. The students are then required to make 
corrections for magnetic declinations, assum- 
ing that the models are situated in their own 


[Vou. LV, No. 1411 


region. The readings are again corrected on 
the assumption t’ + they were taken in Alaska 
or Ohio or any o er place that the instructor 
suggests. After the student has gained the 
ability to make accurate determinations on a 
series of such models, assuming different 
geographic locations for the purpose of cor- 
recting for magnetic declinations, he is fairly 
well equipped to use the compass and clino- 
meter in the field. 


H. G. Turner 
LEHIGH UNIVERSITY 


ARTIFICIAL PRODUCTION OF TIPBURN 

EXPERIMENTS conducted at the lowa Experi- 
ment Station have proved that Empoasca mah, 
the potato leafhopper, is the factor in the pro- 
duction of tipburn or hopperburn of potato. 
Emulsions were made by crushing a large num- 
ber of adults of both sexes in water. Small 
amounts of this material were injected into the 
leaves of the potato plants and in several days 
an injury was produced similar to, if not iden- 
tical with tipburn. Difficulty was experienced 
in getting large amounts of the emulsion into 
the leaf tissue, but enough was injected to 
produce burning. When this emulsion was 
placed on the leaf and then the tissue pricked 
with a fine needle, negative results were noted. 
Emulsions made from crushed nymphs failed to 
produce injury in more than a few cases, and 
in these it was not pronounced. 

That these insects contain some toxic sub- 
stance was further demonstrated by placing the 
residue left over from the insects after the 
emulsion had been poured off on leaf petioles 
and then pricking this in by means of a fine 
scalpel. In every case, a lesion was produced, 
the tissue at these points first turning yellow 
and then brown. Later the cells collapsed 
leaving a rather large scar. 

Although Bordeaux mixture is toxic to the 
nymphs, yet it acts comparatively slowly so 
that by keeping a leaf sprayed with this com- 
pound colonized with live nymphs tipburn was 
produced. This would appear to show that 
Bordeaux mixture does not prevent tipburn 
by its acticn on the leaf but rather by its 
action on the insect. 


F. A. Fenton anp I. L. REessuer 
Iowa State COLLEGE 


New Skgres 
Vou. LV, No. 1412 


SINGLE Copigs, 15 Crs. 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


Fripay, JANUARY 20, 1922 


Immersion Objectives 
for Dark-Field Microscopy 


work leading up to this conclusion. 


These new Bausch & Lomb objectives are of oil immersion type, 
1.9 mm equivalent focus, 0.80 N. A. They are most useful, in 
biology or in medicine, io the worker who wishes to realize the 
peculiar advantages offered in dark-field illumination. Furthermore, 
they serve well for ordinary bright-field work, and results compare 
most favorably with the usual high-apertured objectives of this 
power, as ordinarily used with the Abbe condenser not in immersion 
contact with the slide. 


Delivery of these objectives can be made immediately. They 
are listed as follows: 


Cat. Ne. Price 
1642—Achromatic Objective, 1.9 mm, 0.80 N. A,____ seo ee! $40.00 
1044—Fluorite Objective, 1.8 mm, 0.80 N. A... __ 55.00 


Special Microscope Lamps for Dark-Field Micrescopy are described 
in @ pamphlet which will be sent on request. 


Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. 


409 St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. 
New York Washington Chicago San Francisco London 


Leading American Makers of Photographic L 
Lenses and Instruments, Photomicrographi 


Microscopes, Projection Apparatus (Baiopticons), Ophthalmic 
Pparatus, Range Finders, and Gun Sights for Army and Navy, 


Searchlight Reflectors, Stereo-Prism Binoculars, Magnifiers and other high-grade Optical Products. 


il SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


No. 2748-G 


A New 
Dodge Design 


.eostat 


A New Type and New Ranges of the Dodge Rheostat, Designed by Homer L. Dodge, 
University of Oklahoma. 


In order to avoid the difficulties incurred with the ordinary sliding-contact form of rheostat, this 
type of rheostat has been designed so that by the operation of a switch, the load may be connected in 
a series or in a multiple connection with the rheostat or a portion of it. This makes it possible to 
secure very small currents with a shunt or potentiometer connection. It also makes it possible to se- 
cure large currents with a series connection. This insures a universal application for sliding-contact 
form of rheostat. By properly making the connections for this rheostat with a switch mounted on 
the base makes possible a connection which may be changed from series to multiple by simply throwing 
a switch. This avoids the necessity of the student making a change in connections and the possibility 
of having them wrong. 


This new form of rheostat is constructed on standard and proven lines with many special points 
of superiority. It is practically all metal—only the base and the rubber at the top of the slider are 
non-metallic. 


_ The Rheostat is complete with binding post and switch as shown, so that, by operating the 
switch the load may be changed from a series connection to a multiple or a potentiometer connection. 


These special features of the Dodge Design Rheostats make them much more useful than the 
ordinary design, and they may be used for experimental work of many different kinds. 


Non-corrosive resistance wire with practically zero temperature co-efficient is used for winding 
this rheostat and this wire is wound on an enameled steel tube. 


Handsome in finish, sturdily built, and furnished in the ranges listed below. 


20 TOWNS 


Approximate Resistance, Ohms 3000 500 175 90 
Bi di GS 8 


Current Carrying Capacity, Amperes 0.5 Deere 2 


“yy DN 
OK 
fs 
(eo) 


A SIGN OF QUALITY WIEST “Ch A MARK OF SERVICE 


W. M. WELCH SCIENTIFIC COMPANY 


Manufacturers, Importers and Exporters of 
Scientific Apparatus and School Supplies 


1516 Orleans Sireet CHICAGO, ILL., U. 5. A. 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 


Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Application made for transfer of entry to Utica, N. Y., as 
second-class matter. 


JANUARY 20, 1922 


Vou. LV No. 1412 


The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 
Evolutionary Faith and Modern Doubts: 
PROFESSOR WILLIAM BATESON...........------- 55 
The Main Features of the Proceedings of 
the Council at the Toronto Mecting: 
Proressor Burton EH. LiIvINGSTON........-. 
Resolutions Adopted by the Couneil.............. 2 
Research in the Field of Agriculture: PREst- 
DENIDEPAUIUE) Sm VWViOODS ee eset ece tek uane sieeen ee razon 64 
Scientific Events: 
Investigation of Carbon Monoxide Poison- 
ing; World List of Scientific Periodicals ; 
Emile Cartailhac and Oscar Montelius ; 
Officers of the British Association; Officers 
of the American Association...............----------- 66 
Scientific Notes and N ews........----..:.--2----20------- 69 
University and Educational Notes..........-.-.-.---- 71 
Discussion and Correspondence: 
Search for the Record of Robert Hanham 
Collyer: Dr. HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN. 
The Protection of Microscopic Sections: 
Dr. Grorcr H. NeepHAM. The History of 
Science: Puiwip B. McDonaLp. Ameboid 
Bodies Associated with Hippeastrum Mo- 
saic: L. O. KUNKEL. The Tuning Fork: 
CEARLIES ) Ke Wim AD enter ee Se ee 
Quotations: 
Wy PESO Df ilies TLE MUCUS eee es tet wee saan ene eevee nt 
Scientific Books: 
Penard on flagellates: 
MerEtcaLr 
Special Articles: 
The Forms of Gas and Liquid Cavities in 
Gels, and their Interpretation by Surface 
Compression: Dr. ALAN W. C. MrEnzizs 
and RaupH Brerse. Unlike Interpretations 
of Fuller’s Scale in Determining Degree of 
Acidity: Dr. H.R. Rosen. 75 
The American Chemical Society Dr. 
CHAR TES Sil HEVARS ON|S als a a eterna ten eeu 77 


~1 
bo 


I] 
[Jt) 


Dr. Maynarp M. 


74 


EVOLUTIONARY FAITH AND MOD- 
ERN DOUBTS! 


I visit Canada for the first time in delight- 
ful circumstances. After a period of danger- 
ous isolation, intercourse between the centres 
of scientific development is once more begin- 
ning, and I am grateful to the American Asso- 
ciation for this splendid opportunity of re- 
newing friendship with my western colleagues 
in genetics, and of coming into even a tem- 
porary partnership in the great enterprise 
which they have carried through with such 
extraordinary success. 

In all that relates to the theme which I am 
about to consider we have been passing 
through a period of amazing activity and fruit- 
ful research. Coming here after a week in 
close communion with the wonders of Columbia 
University, I may seem behind the times in 
asking you to devote an hour to the old topic 
of evolution. But though that subject is no 
longer in the forefront of debate, I believe it 
is never very far from the threshold of our 
minds, and it was with pleasure that I found 
it appearing in conspicuous places in several 
parts of the program of this meeting. 

Standing before the American Association, 
it is not unfit that I should begin with a per- 
sonal reminiscence. In 1883 I first came to 
the United States to study the development of 
Balanoglossus at the Johns Hopkins summer 
laboratory, then at Hampton, Va. This crea- 
ture had lately been found there in an easily 
accessible place. With a magnanimity, that on 
looking back I realize was superb, Professor 
W. K. Brooks had given me permission to in- 
vestigate it, thereby handing over to a young 
stranger one of the prizes which in this age 


1 Delivered before the American Association for 
the Advancement of Science on Wednesday even- 
ing, December 28, ih the Convocation Hall of the 
University of Toronto. 


56 SCIENCE 


of more highly developed patriotism, most 
teachers would keep for themselves and their 
own students. At that time one morphological 
laboratory was in purpose and aim very much 
like another. Morphology was studied be- 
cause it was the material believed to be most 
favorable for the elucidation of the problems 
of evolution, and we all thought that in em- 
bryology the quintessence of morphological 
truth was most palpably presented. Therefore 
every aspiring zoologist was an embryologist, 
and the one topic of professional conversation 
was evolution. It had been so in our Cam- 
bridge school, and it was so at Hampton. 

I wonder if there is now a single place where 
the academic problems of morphology which 
we discussed with such avidity can now arouse 
a moment’s concern. There were of course 
men who saw a little further, notably Brooks 
himself. He was at that time writing a book 
on heredity, and, to me at least, the notion on 
which he used to expatiate, that there was a 
special physiology of heredity capable of in- 
dependent study, came as a new idea. But no 
organized attack on that problem was begun, 
nor had any one an inkling of how to set about 
it. So we went on talking about evolution. 
That is barely 40 years ago; to-day we feel 
silence to be the safer course. 

Systematists still discuss the limits of spe- 
cific distinction in a spirit, which I fear is 
often rather scholastic than progressive, but 
in the other centers of biological research a 
score of concrete and immediate problems have 
replaced evolution. 

Discussions of evolution came to an end 
primarily because it was obvious that no pro- 
gress was being made. Morphology having 
been explored in its minutest corners, we 
turned elsewhere. Variation and heredity, the 
two components of the evolutionary path, were 
next tried. The geneticist is the successor of 
the morphologist. We became geneticists in 
the conviction that there at least must evolu- 
We got on fast. 
So soon as a critical study of variation was 
undertaken, evidence came in as to the way 
in which varieties do actually arise in descent. 
The unacceptable doctrine of the secular 


tionary wisdom be found. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


transformation of masses by the accumulation 
of impalpable changes became not only unlike- 
ly but gratuitous. An examination in the 
field of the interrelations of pairs of well 
characterized but closely allied “species” next 
proved, almost wherever such an inquiry could 
be instituted, that neither could both have been 
gradually evolved by natural selection from a 
common intermediate progenitor, nor either 
from the other by such a process. Scarcely 
ever where such pairs co-exist in nature, or 
occupy conterminous areas do we find an in- 
termediate normal population as the theory de- 
mands. The ignorance of common facts bear- 
ing on this part of the inquiry which pre- 
vailed among evolutionists, was, as one looks 
back, astonishing and inexplicable. It had 
been decreed that when varieties of a species 
co-exist in nature, they must be connected 
by all intergradations, and it was an article 
of faith of almost equal validity that the inter- 
mediate form must be statistically the majority, 
and the extremes comparatively rare. The 
plant breeder might declare that he had vari- 
eties of Primula or some other plant, lately 
constituted, uniform in every varietal char- 
acter breeding strictly true in those respects, 
or the entomologist might state that a poly- 
morphic species of a beetle or of a moth fell 
obviously into definite types, but the evolu- 
tionary philosopher knew better. To him such 
statements merely showed that the reporter 
was a bad observer, and not improbably a 
destroyer of inconvenient material. Systema- 
tists had sound information but no one con- 
sulted them on such matters or cared to hear 
what they might have to say. The evolution- 
ist of the eighties was perfectly certain that 
species were a figment of the systematist’s 
mind, not worthy of enlightened attention. 
Then came the Mendalian clue. We saw 
the varieties arising. Segregation maintained 
their identity. The discontinuity of variation 
was recognized in abundance. Plenty of the 
Mendelian combinations would in nature pass 
the scrutiny of even an exacting systematist 
and be given “specific rank.” In the light of 
such facts the origin of species was no doubt 
a similar phenomenon. All was clear ahead. 


JANUARY 20, 1922] 


But soon, though knowledge advanced at a 
great rate, and though whole ranges of phe- 
nomena which had seemed capricious and dis- 
orderly fell rapidly into a co-ordinated sys- 
tem, less and less was heard about evolution 
in genetical circles, and now the topic is 
dropped. When students of other sciences ask 
us what is now currently believed about the 
origin of species we have no clear answer to 
give.’ Faith has given place to agnosticism 
for reasons which on such an occasion as this 
we may profitably consider. 

Where precisely has the difficulty arisen? 
Though the reasons for our reticence are many 
and present themselves in various forms, they 
are in essence one; that as we have come to 
know more of living things and their prop- 
erties, we have become more and more im- 
pressed with the inapplicability of the evi- 
dence to these questions of origin. There is 
no apparatus which can be brought to bear 
on them which promises any immediate solu- 
tion. 

In the period I am thinking of it was in 
the characteristics and behavior of animals 
and plants in their more familiar phases, 
namely, the Zygotic phases that attention cen- 
tered. Genetical research has revealed the 
world of gametes from which the zygotes—the 
products of fertilization are constructed. 
What has been there witnessed is of such ex- 
traordinary novelty and so entirely unexpected 
that in presence of the new discoveries we 
would fain desist from speculation for a while. 
We see long courses of analysis to be traveled 
through and for some time to come that will 
be a sufficient occupation. The evolutionary 
systems of the eighteenth and nineteenth cen- 
turies were attempts to elucidate the order 
seen prevailing in this world of zygotes and 
to explain it in simpler terms of cause and 
effect: we now perceive that that order rests 
on and is determined by another equally signi- 
ficant and equally in need of “explanation.” 
But if we for the present drop evolutionary 
speculation it is in no spirit of despair. What 
has been learned about the gametes and their 
natural history constitutes progress upon 
which we shall never have to go back. The 


SCIENCE 57 


analysis has gone deeper than the most sangu- 
ine could have hoped. 

We have turned still another bend in the 
track and behind the gametes we see the 
chromosomes. For the doubts—which I trust 
may be pardoned in one who had never seen 
the marvels of cytology, save as through a 
glass darkly—can not as regards the main 
thesis of the Drosophila workers, be any long- 
er maintained. The arguments of Morgan and 
his colleagues, and especially the demonstra- 
tions of Bridges, must allay all scepticism as 
to the direct association of particular chromo- 
somes with particular features of the zygote. 
The transferable characters borne by the 
gametes have been successfully referred to the 
visible details of nuclear configuration. 

The traces of order in variation and heredity 
which so lately seemed paradoxical curiosities 
have led step by step to this beautiful dis- 
covery. I come at this Christmas Season to 
lay my respectful homage before the stars that 
have arisen in the west. What wonder if we 
hold our breath? When we knew nothing of 
all this the words came freely. How easy it 
all used to look! What glorious assumptions 
went without rebuke. Regardless of the ob- 
vious consideration that “modification by 
descent’? must be a chemical process, and that 
of the principles governing that chemistry 
science had neither hint, nor surmise, nor even 
an empirical observation of its working, pro- 
fessed men of science offered very confidently 
positive opinions on these nebulous topics 
which would now scarcely pass muster in a 
newspaper or a sermon. It is a wholesome 
sign of return to sense that these debates have 
been suspended. 

Biological science has returned to its right- 
ful place, investigation of the structure and 
properties of the concrete and visible world. 
We cannot see how the differentiation into 
species came about. Variation of many kinds, 
often considerable, we daily witness, but no 
origin of species. Distinguishing what is 
known from what may be believed we have 
absolute certainty that new forms of life, new 
orders and new species have arisen on the 
earth. That is proved by the paleontological 


58 SCIENCE 


record. In a spirit of paradox even this has 
been questioned. It has been asked how do 
you know for instance that there were no 
mammals in palzozoic times? May there not 
have been mammals somewhere on the earth 
though no vestige of them has come down to 
us? We may feel confident there were no 
mammals then, but are we sure? In very an- 
cient rocks most of the great orders of ani- 
mals are represented. The absence of the 
others might by no great stress of imagina- 
tion be ascribed to accidental circumstances. 

Happily however there is one example ot 
which we can be sure. There were no Angio- 
sperms—that is to say “higher plants” with 
protected seeds—in the carboniferous epoch. 
Of that age we have abundant remains of a 
world wide and rich flora. The Angiosperms 
are cosmopolitan. By their means of dispersal 
they must immediately have become so. Their 
remains are very readily preserved. If they 
had been in existence on the earth in carboni- 
ferous times they must have been present with 
the carboniferous plants, and must have been 
preserved with them. Hence we may be sure 
that they did appear on the earth since those 
times. We are not certain, using certain in 
the strict sense, that the Angiosperms are the 
lineal descendants of the carboniferous plants, 
but it is very much easier to believe that they 
are than that they are not. 

Where is the difficulty? If the Angiosperms 
came from the carboniferous flora why may we 
not believe the old comfortable theory in the 
old way? Well so we may if by belief we mean 
faith, the substance, the foundation of 
things hoped for, the evidence of things not 
In dim outline evolution is evident 
enough. From the facts it is a conclusion 
which inevitably follows. But that particular 
and essential bit of the theory of evolution 
which is concerned with the origin and nature 
of species remains utterly mysterious. We no 
longer feel as we used to do, that the process 
of variation, now contemporaneously occur- 
ring, is the beginning of a work which needs 
merely the element of time for its completion; 
for even time can not complete that which has 
not yet begun. The conclusion in which we 


seen. 


[Vou. Liv, No. 1412 


were brought up, that species are a product of 
a summation of variations ignored the chief 
attribute of species first pointed out by John 
Ray that the product of their crosses is fre- 
quently sterile in greater or less degree. Hux- 
ley, very early in the debate pointed out this 
grave defect in the evidence, but before breed- 
ing researches had been made on a large scale 
no one felt the objection to be serious. Hx- 
tended work might be trusted to supply the 
deficiency. It has not done so, and the signi- 
ficance of the negative evidence can no longer 
be denied. 


When Darwin discussed the problem of in- 
ter-specific sterility in the “Origin of Species” 
this aspect of the matter seems to have es- 
caped him. He is at great pains to prove that 
inter-specific crosses are not always sterile, 
and he shows that crosses between forms which 
pass for distinct species may produce hybrids 
which range from complete fertility to com- 
plete sterility. The fertile hybrids he claims 
in support of his argument. If species arose 
from a common origin, clearly they should 
not always give sterile hybrids. So Darwin 
is concerned to prove that such hybrids are 
by no means always sterile, which to us is a 
commonplace of everyday experience. If 
species have a common origin, where did 
they pick up the ingredients which produce 
this sexual incompatibility? Almost  cer- 
tainly it is a variation in which something 
has been added. We have come to see that 
variations can very commonly—I do not say 
always—be distinguished as positive and nega- 
tive. The validity of this distinction has been 
doubted, especially by the Drosophila workers. 
Nevertheless in application to a very large 
range of characters, I am satisfied that the 
distinction holds, and that in analysis it is a 
useful aid. Now we have no difficulty in find- 
ing evidence of variation by loss. Hxamples 
abound, but variation by addition are rarities, 
even if there are any which must be so ac- 
counted. The variations to which inter- 
specifie sterility is due are obviously varia- 
tions in which something is apparently added 
to the stock of ingredients. It is one of the - 
common experiences of the breeder that when 


January 20, 1922] 


a hybrid is partially sterile, and from it any 
fertile offspring can be obtained, the sterility, 
once lost, disappears. This has been the his- 
tory of many, perhaps most of ow cultivated 
plants of hybrid origin. 

The production of an indubitably sterile hy- 
brid from completely fertile parents which 
have arisen under critical observation from a 
single common origin is the event for which 
we wait. Until this event is witnessed, our 
knowledge of evolution is incomplete in a 
vital respect. From time to time a record of 
such an observation is published, but none has 
yet survived criticism. Meanwhile, though our 
faith in evolution stands unshaken, we have no 
acceptable account of the origin of “species.” 

Curiously enough, it is at the same point 
that the validity of the claim of natural se- 
lection as the main directing force was most 
questionable. The survival of the fittest was 
a plausible account of evolution in broad out- 
line, but failed in application to specific dif- 
ference. The Darwinian philosophy convinced 
us that every species must “make good’ in 
nature if it is to survive, but no one could 
tell how the differences—often very sharply 
fixed—which we recognize as specific, do in 
fact enable the species to make good. The 
claims of natural selection as the chief factor 
in the determination of species have conse- 
quently been discredited. 

IT pass to another part of the problem, where 
again, though extraordinary progress in 
knowledge has been made, a new and formid- 
able difficulty has been encountered. Of varia- 
tions we know a ereat deal more than we did. 
Almost all that we have seen are variations in 
which we recognize that elements have been 
lost. In addressing the British Association in 
1914 I dwelt on evidence of this class. The 
developments of the last seven years, which 
are memorable as having provided in regard 
to one animal, the fly Drosophila, the most 
comprehensive mass of genetic observation yet 
collected, serve rather to emphasize than to 
weaken the considerations which I then re- 
ferred. Even in Drosophila, where hundreds 
of genetically distinet factors have been iden- 
tified, very few new dominants, that is to say 


SCIENCE 59 


positive additions, have been seen, and J am 
assured that none of them are of a class which 
could be expected to be viable under natural 
conditions. I understand even that none are 
certainly viable in the homozygous state. 

If we try to trace back the origin of our 
domesticated and plants, we can 
searcely ever point to a single wild species as 
the probable progenitor. Almost every natu- 
valist who has dealt with these questions in 
recent years has had recourse to theories of 
multiple origin, because our modern races have 
positive characteristics which we cannot find 
existing species, and which combina- 
tion of the existing species seem unable to, 
provide. To produce our domesticated races 
it seems that ingredients must have been added. 
To invoke the hypothetical existence of lost 
species provides a poor escape from this diffi- 
culty, and we are left with the conviction that 
some part of the chain of reasoning is miss- 
ing. The weight of this objection will be most 
felt by those who have most experience in prac- 
tical breeding. I can not, for instance, imagine 
a round seed being found on a wrinkled vari- 
ety of pea except by crossing. Such seeds, 
which look round, sometimes appear, but this 
is a superficial appearance, and either these 
seeds are seen to have the starch of wrinkled 
seeds or can be proved to be the produce of 
stray pollen. Nor can I imagine a fern- 
leaved Primula producing a palm-leaf, or a 
star-shaped flower producing the old type of 
sinensis flower. And so on through long 
series of forms which we have watched for 
twenty years. 

Analysis has revealed hosts of transferable 
characters. Their combinations suffice to sup- 
ply in abundance series of types which might 
pass for new species, and certainly would be 
so classed if they were met with in nature. 
Yet critically tested, we find that they are not 
distinct species and we have no reason to sup- 
pose that any accumulations of characters of 
the same order would culminate in the pro- 
duction of distinct species. Specific difference 
therefore must be regarded as probably attach- 
ing to the base upon which these transferables 
are implanted, of which we know absolutely 


animals 


in any 


60 SCIENCE 


nothing at all. Nothing that we have witnessed 
in the contemporary world can’ colorably be 
interpreted as providing the sort of evidence 
required. 

Twenty years ago, de Vries made what 
looked like a promising attempt to supply 
this so far as Oenothera was concerned. In 
the light of modern experiments, especially 
those of Renner, the interest attaching to the 
polymorphism of Oenothera has greatly de- 
veloped, but in application to that phenomenon 
the theory of mutation falls. We see novel 
forms appearing, but they are no new species 
of Oenothera, nor are the parents which pro- 
duce them pure or homozygous forms. Ren- 
ner’s identification of the several complexes 
allocated to the male and female sides of the 
several types is a wonderful and significant 
piece of analysis introducing us to new geneti- 
cal conceptions. The Oenotheras illustrate in 
the most striking fashion how crude and in- 
adequate are the suppositions which we enter- 
tained before the world of gametes was re- 
vealed. The appearance of the plant tells us 
little or nothing of these things. In Mendelism, 
we learnt to appreciate the implication of the 
fact that the organism is a double structure, 
containing ingredients derived from the mother 
and from the father respectively. We have 
now to admit the further conception that be- 
tween the male and female sides of the same 
plant these ingredients may be quite different- 
ly apportioned, and that the genetical com- 
position of each may be so distinct that the 
systematist might without extravagance recog- 
nize them as distinet specifically. If then our 
plant may by appropriate treatment be made 
to give off two distinet forms, why is not that 
phenomenon a true instance of Darwin’s origin 
of species? In Darwin’s time it must have 
been acclaimed as exactly supplying all and 
more than he ever hoped to see. We know 
that that is not the true interpretation. For 
that which comes out is no new creation. 

Only those who are keeping up with these 
new developments can fully appreciate their 
vast significance or anticipate the next step. 
That is the province of the geneticist. Never- 
theless, I am convinced that biology would 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


greatly gain by some cooperation among work- 
ers in ‘the several branches. I had expected 
that genetics would provide at once common 
ground for the systematist and the laboratory 
worker. This hope has been disappointed. 
Each still keeps apart. Systematic literature 
grows precisely as if the genetical discoveries 
had never been made and the geneticists more 
and more withdraw each into his special “claim” 
—a most lamentable result. Both are to blame. 
If we cannot persuade the systematists to come 
to us, at least we can go to them. They too 
have built up a vast edifice of knowledge which 
they are willing to share with us, and which 
we greatly need. They too have never lost 
that longing for the truth about evolution 
which to men of my date is the salt of bio- 
logy, the impulse which made us biologists. 
It is from them that the raw materials for our 
researches are to be drawn, which alone can 
give catholicity and breadth to our studies. 
We and the systematists have to devise a com- 
mon language. 

Both we and the systematists have every- 
thing to gain by a closer alliance. Of course 
we must specialize, but I suggest to educa- 
tionists that in biology at least specialization 
begins too early. In England certainly harm 
is done by a system of examinations discourag- 
ing to that taste for field natural history and 
collecting, spontaneous in so many young 
people. How it may be on this side, I can 
not say, but with us attainments of that kind 
are seldom rewarded, and are too often 
despised as trivial in comparison with the 
stereotyped biology which can be learnt from 
text-books. Nevertheless, given the aptitude, 
a very wide acquaintance with nature and the 
diversity of living things may be acquired be- 
fore the age at which more intensive study 
must be begun, the best preparation for re- 
search in any of the branches of biology. 

The separation between the laboratory men 
and the systematists already imperils the work, 
I might almost say the sanity, of both. The 
systematists will feel the ground fall from be- 
neath their feet, when they learn and realize 
what genetics has accomplished, and we, close 
students of specially chosen examples, may 


JaNnuARY 20, 1922 


find our eyes dazzled and blinded when we 
look up from our work-tables to contemplate 
the brilliant vision of the natural world in its 
boundless complexity. 

I have put before you very frankly the con- 
siderations which have made us agnostic as te 
the actual mode and processes of evolution. 
When such confessions are made the enemies 
of science see their chance. If we cannot de- 
clare here and now how. species arose, they 
will obligingly offer us the solutions with which 
obseurantism is satisfied. Let us then pro- 
claim in precise and unmistakable language 
that our faith in evolution is unshaken. Every 
available line of argument converges on this 
inevitable conclusion. The obscurantist has 
nothing to suggest which is worth a moment’s 
attention. The difficulties which weigh upon 
the professional biologist need not trouble the 
layman. Our doubts are not as to the reality 
or truth of evolution, but as to the origin of 
species, a technical, almost domestic, problem. 
Any day that mystery may be solved. The 
discoveries of the last twenty-five years enable 
us for the first time to discuss these questions 
intelligently and on a basis of fact. That 
synthesis will follow on an analysis, we do not 
and cannot doubt. 

Wiuu1am Bateson 


THe JOHN INNES HorricuLTURAL INSTITUTION, 
Merton, Lonpon, 8S. W. 19, ENGLAND 


THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR 
THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 


THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE PROCEED- 
INGS OF THE COUNCIL AT THE 
TORONTO MEETING 
THe Treasurer’s report for 1921 was ac- 
cepted and will be published in Sctencr. It 
shows that the total endowment fuads of the 

Association now amount to $121,414.77. 

The Permanent Secretary’s financial report 
for the fiscal year 1920-21 was accepted and 
will also be published in Science. The total 
income of the permanent secretary’s office for 
the fiscal year was $56,463.20. 

The council appropriated the sum of $4,000 
from the treasurer’s appropriable funds, to be 


SCIENCE 61 


allotted as grants for research, according to 
the recommendations of the Committee on 
Grants; and it also appropriated $500 from 
the same funds, to be refunded by the treas- 
urer to the permanent secretary, on account 
of a $500 grant made from the permanent 
secretary’s funds early in 1921. 

The council voted (A) that the treasurer 
should, now and in the future, invest in se- 
curities only additions to the permanent funds, 
and that he should invest these additions as 
soon as practicable after their receipt by him; 
(B) that the treasurer should hold available 
for appropriation by the council all income 
from capital funds; and (C) that the balance 
of the income now available for grants for re- 
search after deducting the disbursements for 
this purpose ($4,500) authorized above, should 
be held by the treasurer as an emergency re- 
search fund available for appropriation by the 
council as grants for research. (By previous 
action of the council the treasurer pays an- 
nually to the permanent secretary a sum 
amounting to $3 for each life or sustaining 
member still living, on account of the journal). 

The budgets for 1922 of the permanent secre- 
tary, the general secretary, and the treasurer 
were approved. 

The action of the executive committee was 
approved, in the following elections to mem- 
bership in the Finance Committee: A. S. Fris- 
sell, New York, N. Y.; Milton E. Ailes, Wash- 
ington, D. C. The Treasurer, R. 8. Wood- 
ward, is chairman of the Finance Committee. 

The action of the executive committee was 
approved in the election of the following mem- 
bers to emeritus life-membership on account 
of the Jane M. Smith Fund: Professor B. K. 
Emerson (M 70, F 77), Amherst, Mass.; Pro- 
fessor Eugene A. Smith (M 71, F 77), Uni- 
versity, Ala. 

Forty-eight members were elected to fellow- 
ship in the association, on nominations duly 
approved by the section secretaries. 

The council expressed by a rising vote its 
appreciation of the fact that Past President 
T. C. Mendenhall, who presided at the first 
Toronto meeting of the Association, in 1889, 
had found it possible to be present at the sec- 


62 SCIENCE 


ond Toronto meeting and to take part in the 
deliberations of the council. 

It was voted that the fourth Boston meet- 
ing of the Association (for the fiscal year 1922- 
23) shall occur from December 26 to 30, 1922, 
inclusive. 

Tt was voted that the annual meeting for 
1923-24 shall occur at Cincinnati, and that 
the annual meeting for 1924-25 shall occur at 
Washington. 

The council asked the general secretary to 
take up with the Pacific Division the question 
of a joint meeting of that division and the 
association in the summer of 1922, and this 
question was referred to the executive com- 
mittee with power. 

The report of the secretary of the Committee 
on Grants, showing a complete history of the 
work of this committee, was accepted and 
ordered to be printed in Science. This re- 
port will be published later. 

On recommendation of the secretary of the 
Commitee on Grants the council voted that the 
records of the Committee on Grants shall here- 
after be kept in the permanent secretary’s 
office. 

Seven resolutions bearing on the general 
welfare were adopted, and these are published 
in the present issue of SCIENCE. 

The council elected the president and the 
vice-presidents for the sections, for 1922. 
These elections have already been reported in 
Science (Vol. 55, p. 15-16, Jan. 6, 1922.). 

The council elected three council members 
and two members of the Executive Committee; 
and the president appointed, on recommenda- 
tion of the council, three members of the Com- 
mitee on Grants. The names of these officers 
are published in SCIENCE. 

On vote of the council, the president was to 
appoint a committee to consider the general 
question of convocation week (the week in 
which New Year’s Day falls) as the time for 
the annual meetings of the Association, this 
committee to consist of: J. McKeen Cattell, 
Chairman; EK. H. Moore; and three others. 

On vote by the council, the president ap- 
pointed the following committee to consider 
the subject of reciprocity between the United 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


States and Canada, as this concerns scientific 
work: EH. L. Nichols, chairman; F. D. Adams; 
T. C. Chamberlin; J. C. Fields; J. C. Mer- 
riam. 

The report of the Committee on An Inter- 
national Auxiliary Language was accepted, and 
the resolutions at the end of this report were 
adopted by the council. These are published 
in this issue of ScrENcE. 

The general secretary was directed to trans- 
mit a vote of thanks to the institutions that 
have acted as hosts for the Toronto meeting. 

The council passed a vote of thanks to Presi- 
dent E. H. Moore, in appreciation of his tact- 
ful and efficient service as chairman of the 
council during the Toronto sessions. 

The executive committee of the council voted 
that no specially printed program for any sec- 
tion (aside from those included in the general 
program) ean be paid for from the Permanent 
Seeretary’s funds without special authoriza- 
tion beforehand. 

The executive committee approved the plan 
of having the assistant secretary go to the 
meeting place before the meeting, in time to 
care for the publication of the general pro- 
gram, ete. 

The executive committee voted that the chair- 
man of the Committee on the History of 
Science shall act as vice-president for Section 
L for 1922, and that the secretary of that 
committee shall act as secretary of Section L 
for 1922. It was also voted that the Com- 
mittee on the History of Science shall act as 
the Section Committee for Section L for 1922. 


Burton EH. Livineston, 
Permanent Secretary. 


RESOLUTIONS ADOPTED BY THE COUNCIL 


Seven resolutions bearing on the general 
welfare of American peoples were adopted by 
the Council of the American Association for 
the Advancement of Science at the Second 
Toronto Meeting, December 27-31, 1921. These 
resolutions follow: 

A resolution on the desirability of the duty- 
free importation of scientific materials and 
apparatus by educational and research institu- 
tions in the United States, adopted by the Ex. 


JANUARY 20, 1922] 


ecutive Committee of the Council of the Amer- 
ican Association for the Advancement of 
Science at the regular spring meeting of the 
committee, April 24, 1921, and approved and 
officially adopted by the Council at the Toronto 
meeting, December 29, 1921. 

[The text of this resolution was published in 
Science for May 27, 1921.] 

A Resolution Bearing on the U. 8S. Forest 
Service and the U. 8S. National Forests. 

WHEREAS, The transfer of the U. 8S. Forest 
Service and National Forests from the Depart- 
ment of Agriculture to the Department of the 
Interior has been proposed in connection with the 
reorganization of the U. S. government depart- 
ments, and is embodied in certain bills before 
Congress (82740, and $2382, S2203) ; 

WueEREAS, This proposed transfer ignores the 
connection between forestry and agriculture, and 
the essential dependence of the Forest Service 
upon the various activities of the Department of 
Agriculture, such as the work on soils, and on the 
control of plant diseases and insect pests, as well 
as plant and animal investigations, and so forth; 

WuHerEss, The scientific and administrative 
functions of the Forest Service are so interde- 
pendent that a splitting up of the Forest Service 
would seriously impair its efficiency ; 

Wuernas, A large proportion of the forest land 
of the U. S. is on farms, and would require the 
attention of the Department of Agriculture in 
any case, and thus the proposed transfer would 
give rise to a duplication in the government de- 
partments such that the main purpose of the 
transfer would be defeated ; 

WHEREAS, The rapidly diminishing timber 
resources of the country make strong leadership 
in forestry, such as that provided by the Forest 
Service, a matter of vital public concern; 

WHEREAS, The National Forests were placed 
under the Department of Agriculture by Presi- 
dent Roosevelt to insure their development along 
sound lines, and have since been managed by the 
Forest Service with an exceptionally high degree 
of efficiency in the best interests of the local 
communities and of the country as a whole; and 

WHEREAS, The proposed transfer would be a 
distinet backward step in a matter affecting the 
general welfare; 

THEREFORE, BE Ir RESOLVED, That the Amer- 
ican Association for the Advancement of Science 
strongly disapproves and vigorously opposes any 
aetion by which the Forest Service or the National 
Forests of the United States or of Alaska, in 


SCIENCE 63 


whole or in part, would be removed from the 
jurisdiction of the United States Department of 
Agriculture. 

A Kkesolution bearing on the Introduction of 
Non-native Plants and Animals into the National 
Parks of the United States. 

WHEREAS, One of the primary duties of the 
National Park Service is to pass on to future 
generations for scientific study and education, 
natural areas on which the native flora and 
fauna may be found undisturbed by outside 
agencies; and 

WHEREAS, The planting of non-native trees, 
shrubs or other plants, the stocking of waters 
with non-native fish, or the liberating of game 
animals not native to the region, impairs or 
destroys the natural conditions and native wilder- 
ness of the parks; 

Br Ir Resotvep, That the American Associa- 
tion for the Advancement of Science strongly 
opposes the introduction of non-native plants and 
animals into the national parks and all other 
unessential interference with natural conditions, 
and urges the National Park Service to prohibit 
all such introductions and interference. 

A Resolution bearing on Scientific Journals 
published by the Government of the United 
States. 

WHEREAS, Scientific research and its applica- 
tions to the public welfare are essential to the 
nation, as is recognized by our government in its 
support of scientific work; and 

WHEREAS, The publication of scientific work is 
a necessary part of the work itself to make it of 
use to agriculture, manufactures and the life of 
the nation, as has long been recognized by the 
government in the publication of scientific jour- 
nals, bulletins and reports; 

THEREFORE BE Ir RESOLVED, That the American 
Association for the Advancement of Science, 
whose members include more than 10,000 of those 
most actively concerned with scientific work, 
urgently request that the Congress of the United 


States take steps to assure the resumption of the 


publication of journals devoted to research, such 
as The Journal of Agricultural Research, The 
Experiment Station Record and The Monthly 
Weather Review. 


A Resolution on the Question of an Interna- 
tional Auxiliary Language. 

WHEREAS, All the sciences are alike interested 
in unifying the fundamental tools of thought, 
and have been notably successful in so doing, 
with respect to our system of numbers, the Arabic 


64 SCIENCE 


numerals, the metric system, the measurement of 
latitude and longitude, angular divisions, mathe- 
matical symbols, chemical formule, time and the 
calendar, notation in music, and other technical 
usages; and : 

WHEREAS, There appears to be a generally ex- 
pressed need for a suitable international auxiliary 
language for the prompt and world-wide diffusion 
of scientific data, and for intercommunicating 
between nations differing in languages; ) 


THEREFORE, Br Ir RESOLVED, That the Amer- 
ican Association for the Advancement of Science: 

(a) Recognizes the need and timeliness of 
fundamental research on the scientific principles 
which must underlie the formation, standardiza- 
tion, and introduction of an international auxiliary 
language, and recommends to its members and 
affiliated societies that they give serious consid- 
eration to the general aspects of this problem, as 
well as direct technical study and help in their 
own special fields wherever possible; 

(b) Looks with approval upon the attempt now 
being made by the National Research Council 
and the American Council of Learned Societies 
to focus upon this subject the effort of those 
scholars in this country best fitted for the task, 
and to transmit the results to the appropriate 
international bodies ; 

(c) Indorses the heretofore relatively neglected 
problem of an international auxiliary language 
as one deserving of support and encouragement; 

(d) Continues its Committee on International 
Auxiliary Language, charging it with the further- 
ance of the objects above enumerated and report- 
ing progress made to the association at its next 
meeting. 

A Resolution bearing on the Introduction of 
the Metric System in the United States. 

WHEREAS, The metric system of weights and 
measures has been favorably endorsed by many 
societies and organizations affiliated with the 
A. A. A. S.; : 

WHEREAS, The A. A. A. 8S. has by resolution of 
its governing Council already affirmed its belief 
in the desirability of adopting the metric system 
by the United States; and 

WuereEas, Legislative bills aiming to bring 
about the adoption of the metric system have 
been introduced in Congress; 

THEREFORE, BE It RESOLVED, That the A. A. 
A. 8. urges on Congress the passage of legislation 
which will go farther than the present legislation 
(which permits the use of the metric system) 
and will require the use of the metric system in 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


such branches of trade and commerce as are sub- 
ject to general direction and regulation by the 
government of the United States. 

A Resolution bearing on the Appointment of 
the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries. 

WHEREAS, The United States Commissioner of 
Fisheries has presented his resignation; and 

WHEREAS, The position is one demanding, for 
the proper discharge of its duties, technical 
knowledge of the scieutifie work of the fisheries 
and their utilization for the benefit of the nation, 
as well as administrative skill and experience; 

THEREFORE, Br It RESOLVED, That the Council 
of the American Association for the Advancement 
of Science desires to emphasize, in connection 
with the selection of a new commissioner, the 
prime importance of securing a man who pos- 
sesses both the special experience and scientific 
knowledge of the field, combined with the neces- 
sary administrative ability for discharging the 
duties of the position; and 

Bre Iv FurtHer ReEsoLveD, That copies of this ° 
resolution be sent to the President of the United 
States and to the Secretary of Commerce. 


RESEARCH IN THE FIELD OF AGRI- 
CULTURE 


THE one big agricultural lesson which the 
War has driven home is a realization of the 
definite relation between the world’s increas- 
ing population and the amount of food ma- 
terial of all kinds which it is possible to make 
the civilized and war-free portions of the world 
produce. Never before have we realized so 
clearly as now that the population of the 
world is crowding closely upon its present 
limits of food production and that some coun- 
tries in fact for a long time have fallen far 
short of their needs in their own production 
of food. In spite of all the recent develop- 
ment in aerial navigation, wireless communica- 
tion, manufacturing, and extension of trans- 
portation facilities and of trade, agricultural 
productivity, just as much as ever, remains the 
foundation of our well being. And the signi- 
ficance of all this is that agriculture must be 
made increasingly intelligent and must lay 
hold of all that science can offer to meet the 
ever increasing demand not only for food 
but for better foods. 

There is a broadening opportunity, then, 


JANUARY 20, 1922] 


for investigation of agricultural problems and 
for applying our best knowledge of the prin- 
ciples of chemistry, engineering, biology, so- 
ciology, and economies to the production, dis- 
tribution, and consumption of food and of 
the raw materials of manufacture. The man 
who by reason of his intelligence can take 
advantage of our knowledge not only to make 
two ears of corn grow where only one grew 
before, but to make those two ears higher in 
their nutritive value or to convert a higher 
percentage of their food value into ultimate 
human energy through the mechanism of a 
steer, a pig, or a grist mill and bakery, will 
make his mark and will render a service to 
humanity in which he ean take solid satisfac- 
tion. ‘There are scores of careers open in con- 
nection with the many, many unsolved or 
partially solved agricultural problems for 
young men and young women who have the 
brains and educational equipment to tackle 
them. Research in agriculture not only adds 
to the sum of human knowledge; it adds to the 
amount we may have to eat, to the comfort 
of the clothes on our backs, to the cheapness 
of all these necessities, and to the amount of 
money we may all have for the enjoyment of 
the other things of life. 

Our knowledge of the physics and chemi- 
stry and biology of the soil, for instance, needs 
re-study in the light of the modern develop- 
ment of these sciences and the perfection of 
instruments and methods in these fields of re- 
search. These newer methods must be applied 
to the study of fertilizers and their action, and 
to plant and animal nutrition. The fat solu- 
ble A’s and the water soluble B’s must yield 
their secrets. The problems of disease resist- 
ance and immunity must be reinvestigated by 
the newer methods now available. We must 

- perfect instruments and methods for the study 
of the ultra-microscopic organisms and dis- 
ease producing agencies as the physicists have 
done in the study of the atom and electron. 
We do not yet know the causative agent of the 
mosaic diseases which are becoming more des- 
tructive to many of our important crops each 
year. Peach yellows is almost as great a mys- 
tery as it was in the beginning. We do not 
know the causative agent of hog cholera and 


SCIENCE 65 


a number of other destructive diseases of live 
stock. The newer chemistry and physics ap- 
plied to the study of plant and animal physi- 
ology are opening a new chapter in those 
fields. Many obscure problems in storing and 
transportation of perishable fruits and vege- 
tables are yielding to these newer methods of 
study. 


Plant and animal diseases reduce our food 
producing efficiency fully 20 per cent. per 
annum on the average. Our understanding 
of them and the methods of controlling them is 
still very imperfect. The whole field needs 
reworking by men trained in the newer meth- 
ods and in the light of our modern knowledge. 
The idea of the fixity of species and their 
special creation has only recently been laid 
to rest. We are just entering the field of 
genetics and plant and animal breeding. What 
has been accomplished so far has depended 
upon chance variation and selection. We are 
only just beginning to unravel the laws gov- 
erning variation and heredity. What powers 
the greater and more exact knowledge may 
give us we can only dimly conjecture now. 
The new physics, chemistry, and biology are 
yet in their infancy. They are our keys to 
greater knowledge. Our modernly trained 
scientist who is to devote himself to the build- 
ing up of the new agricultural science must 
have these keys at his command. He must 
prepare himself with the same thoroughness 
that the modern chemist or physicist prepares 
for his work. He will need also to learn the 
art and necessity of cooperation. One mind 
cannot compass the whole field. The advance 
of the future will be made largely by closely 
cooperating groups of chemists, physicists, 
biologists, pathologists, ete. The colleges and 
universities must study and promote every 
phase of this great problem. They must find 
the leaders and the promising students and 
provide them with all they need for their 
work. The field is an attractive one for those 
who desire to render great service and who 
love the joy of discovering truth. The scien- 
tists, the inventors, the teachers, the poets, 
and the writers devote their energies to these 
fields for the love of the work and the joy 
that acknowledged accomplishment brings. It 


66 SCIENCE 


is something that money cannot buy. The 
financial reward is seldom thought of. Never- 
theless it is coming to be an important ac- 
companiment. 

The universities and colleges are being 
heavily drawn upon by commerce and indus- 
try for trained thinkers and investigators. 
Great private foundations must go to the uni- 
versities for trained men. Governmental 
agencies, state and national, can not find enough 
trained students to meet their needs. The ex- 
periment stations and the national Department 
of Agriculture are constantly in need of more 
and better trained personnel. While salaries 
offered by government and state agencies are 
usually not as large as those paid in the in- 
dustrial world there are other compensations. 
There is a strong and increasing demand for 
men trained in the various branches of agri- 
cultural science. Work of this kind in foreign 
fields is very attractive to many. The state 
universities and agricultural colleges are awake 
to the new needs. They are organizing their 
research with the cooperation and backing of 
the national and state governments, with a view 
to encouraging the promising investigator and 
student and to maintaining the vivifying at- 
mosphere that the research spirit and accom- 
plishment gives to the university. Thorough 
preparation not too specialized in the first 
two or three years is essential to future suc- 
cess. The basic sciences, mathematics, physics, 
chemistry, and biology, together with a know- 
ledge of modern languages must be stressed 
with the specialized work in the selected field. 

In the graduate schools the development in 
the next few years will doubtless be along the 
line of developing special research facilities 
in particular fields. It should be possible to 
find there the men, the books, the laboratories, 
and the equipment necessary for the most 
effective investigation in the particular fields 
stressed. This would bring about a greater 
interchange of students which would be good 
for the university as well as the student. There 
never has been a time when the need for agri- 
cultural research of the first order was as 
necessary as it is today. The growing recog- 
nition of this need and appreciation for the 
service that may be rendered promises well 
for the future. The call for prepared and de- 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


voted workers should be heeded by the best 
young men and women of our colleges. 


A. F. Woops 
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 


INVESTIGATION OF CARBON MONOXIDE 
POISONING 

Ty order to make accurate observations for 
determining and treating carbon monoxide 
poisoning among those employed in mines, 
metallurgical plants, and tunnels, a number of 
investigations are being conducted at the Pitts- 
burgh Experiment Station of the United States 
Bureau of Mines. 

Methods of collecting and preserving blood 
from persons affected or overcome by carbon 
monoxide have been investigated and developed. 
Blood samples were collected in various parts 
of the United States, forwarded to Pittsburgh, 
and there examined. A preliminary report 
has been submitted. 

The following methods of analysis of blood 
in the presence of carbon monoxide have been 
studied by Bureau of Mines investigators: 
Haldane’s picrocarmin method, tannic acid 
method, spectrophotometric method, and the 
Van Slyke gasometrie method. The Haldane 
picrocarmin method proved to be the least 
desirable, being very inaccurate with low con- 
centrations; the tannic acid method was ac- 
curate but tedious; the spectrophotometric 
method was accurate and rapid, but required 
expensive apparatus; the Van Slyke method 
was the most dependable, but it required a 
comparatively large sample, 2 to 4 ¢. ¢., for 
each determination. A report on these meth- 
ods of analysis has been submitted. 

A study of the feasibility of using in first- 
aid work a mixture of carbon dioxide and 
oxygen, first recomm ided by Dr. Yandell 
Henderson, for resuscitation of persons over- 
come by carbon monoxide was conducted on 
both dogs and men. Results indicated that 
in its present state of development the method 
is not. feasible for use by first-aid men. 

In the conduct of the above investigations a 
superior method for the selection of analysts 
for color work in chemistry was developed, 


JANUARY 20, 1922 


which it is believed can be applied to advantage 
in any laboratory requiring careful colorimetric 
determinations. Also the solubility of carbon 
monoxide in serum and plasma was determined, 
the amount of carbon monoxide dissolved in 
the serum proving to have little effect upon the 
accuracy of colorimetric determinations. The 
figures for the solubility of carbon monoxide 
in serum have also a purely scientific value in 
the calculation of carbon dioxide in serum and 
the determination of the hydrogen in concen- 
tration. 

In addition to these studies on carbon mon- 
oxide Dr. Yandell Henderson and Dr. W. Hag- 
gard, as consulting physiologists to the Bureau 
of Mines, in work done at the Laboratory of 
Applied Physiology at New Haven, Conn., on 
the problem of the elimination of carbon mon- 
oxide from the blood after a dangerous degree 
of asphyxia, have determined that ventilation 
ot the lungs could be increased from 300 to 
400 per cent. by adding 6 to 10 per cent. of 
carbon dioxide to pure oxygen. These investi- 
gators have also shown that the effects of car- 
bon monoxide upon the heart are not specific, 
but are secondary to general asphyxia and a 
terminal failure of respiration. Material is 
now available for a report showing that symp- 
toms and eifects sometimes assigned to chronic 
carbon monoxide poisoning are in reality due 
to the effects of benzol and related substances 
in illuminating gas. This conclusion has a di- 
rect bearing on the use of mixtures of gasoline 
and coal distillate in underground locomotives. 


WORLD LIST OF SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS}! 

THE Conjoint Board of Scientific Societies 
proposes, if sufficient support is obtained, to 
arrange for the issue of a world list of peri- 
odical publications which contain the results of 
original scientific research, and has entrusted 
preliminary arrangements to a committee, of 
which the following are members: Sir Sidney 
F. Harmer (chairman), Mr. F. W. Clifford, 
Sir Richard Gregory, Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, 
Mr. A. W. Pollard, and Professor W. W. 
Watts, secretary. 

The list will be an octavo volume contain- 
ing, in alphabetical order, the titles and places 


1 From Nature. 


SCIENCE 67 


of publication of all such periodicals in exist- 
ence on January 1, 1900, and of all issued 
after that date. 

Libraries in London, Oxford, Cambridge, 
Edinburgh, Dublin and Aberystwyth which take 
in these periodicals will be indicated in the 
list, and, wherever possible, at least one li- 
brary in the United Kingdom will be indicated 
for each title. 

The copies will be printed on one side only 
to facilitate alterations and additions. 

The objects of the proposed volume are: 
(1) To supply as nearly as possible a com- 
plete list of current scientific periodicals; (2) 
to indicate, where possible, at least one library 
where each periodical is taken; (3) to form a 
basis for cooperation between libraries, so that 
both the number of duplicates and the list of 
periodicals not taken in may be reduced; and 
(4) to enable each library to use the list for 
its own purposes, by placing a mark against 
the title of each periodical it possesses, by eut- 
ting up for a card index, ete. 

The trustees of the British Museum, recog- 
nizing the importance of this work to scien- 
tific research and bibliography, have consent- 
ed to allow the compilation to be undertaken 
by the stati of the Museum. They are unable, 
however, to defray the cost of printing and 
publication. 

Although the value of a list of this kind to 
libraries and scientifie societies would be very 
great, it is scarcely possible that the produc- 
tion of so costly a work would be entertained 
by a publishing firm as an ordinary commercial 
enterprise. If, however, a sufficient number 
of libraries and institutions agree in advance 
to purchase one or more copies, when issued, 
the compilation of the list will be put in hand 
at once. Already a large bulk of material has 
been collected in the British Museum by vari- 
ous societies and by the Conjoint Board. 

I shall be glad to receive by January 31, if 
possible, the names and addresses of institu- 
tions or individuals who will support this pro- 
posal by undertaking to subscribe for one or 
more copies of the list. The price per copy 


will be 21. 2s. net. 
W. W. Warts 
Consomnt BoarD or ScIENTIFIC SOCIETIES, 
Buruineton House, Lonpon, W. 1 


68 SCIENCE 


EMILE CARTAILHAC AND OSCAR 
MONTELIUS 

Proressor Emine CarvtarLHac, of the Uni- 
versity of Toulouse, died suddenly on Novem- 
ber 25 last, at the age of seventy-six. Pro- 
fessor Cartailhac, besides being a teacher, was 
a@ museum curator, and of late years served 
also as official guide to the local caverns of 
archeological interest, but he nevertheless 
found time for extensive field research and 
publication. As dean of the French prehis- 
torians, he was instrumental not only in giv- 
ing tremendous impetus to scientific archeo- 
logy but also in training several of the younger 
men that still remain to carry on the work. 

Oscar Monreuius, former antiquary to the 
Realm of Sweden, succumbed to pneumonia 
in Stockholm, on November 4, at the age of 
seventy-eight. His death marks the close of a 
most distinguished career, for although pri- 
marily in charge of the Swedish archzological 
collections in the National Museum at Stock- 
holm and thoroughly in love with his task, 
Professor Montelius concerned himself quite as 
much with the prehistory of the rest of Europe, 
as well as of the adjacent portions of Asia 
and Africa. In many respects his work was 
complementary to that of the late Gustav 
Retzius and his writings are characterized by 
the same breadth and profundity. Montelius 
did more than any one else toward placing the 
chronology of the Neolithic and Metal ages on 
a sound basis. His death, coming so nearly at 
the same time as that of Professor Emile Car- 
tailhac of France, is a distinct loss to all stu- 
dents of prehistoric archeology. 


N. C. NELSon 


OFFICERS OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION 

Tue following, as we learn from Nature, 
have been appointed presidents and recorders 
(to whom all communications should be sent) 
of the different secfions of the British Asso- 
ciation for the meeting to be held at Hull on 
September 6-13 next under the presidency of 
Professor C. §S. Sherrington: Section A 
(Mathematics and Physics): President, Profes- 
sor G. H. Hardy; Recorder, Professor A. O. 
Rankine, Imperial College of Science and 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


Technology, S. W. 7. Section B (Chemistry) : 
President, Principal J. C. Irvine; Recorder, 
Professor C.-H. Desch, University of Sheffield. 
Section C (Geology): President, Professor P. 
F. Kendall; Recorder, Dr. A. R. Dwerryhouse, 
University College, Reading. Section D 
(Zoology): President, Dr. E. J. Allen; Re- 
corder, Mr. R. D. Laurie, University College, 
Aberystwyth. Section E (Geography): Presi- 
dent, Dr. Marion I. Newbigin; Recorder, Dr. 
R. N. Rudmose Brown, University of Shef- 
field. Section F (Economics): President, Pro- 
fessor F. Y. Edgeworth; Recorder, Professor 
H. M. Hallsworth, Armstrong College, New- 
castle-upon-Tyne. Section G (Engineering) : 
President, Professor T. Hudson Beare; Re- 
corder, Professor G. W. O. Howe, Elmswood, 
Malden, Surrey. Section H (Anthropology) : 
President, Mr. H. J. E. Peake; Recorder, Mr. 
E. N. Fallaize, Vinchelez, Chase Court Gar- 
dens, Enfield, Middlesex. Section I (Physio- 
logy): President, Professor E. P. Catheart; 
Recorder, Dr. C. Lovatt Evans, National In- 
stitute for Medical Research, Mount Vernon, 
N. W. 3. Section J (Psychology): President, 
Dr. W. H. R. Rivers; Recorder, Dr. C. Burt, 
30 Princess Road, Regent’s Park, N. W. 1. 
Section K (Botany): President, Professor H. 
H. Dixon; Recorder, Mr. F. T. Brooks, 31 
Tenison Avenue, Cambridge. Section L (Hdu- 
cation): President, Sir Richard Gregory; Re- 
corder, Mr. D. Berridge, 1 College Grounds, 
Malvern. Section M (Agriculture): Presi- 
dent, The Right Hon. Lord Bledisloe; Record- 
er, Mr. C. G. T. Morison, School of Rural 
Economy, Oxford. 


OFFICERS OF THE AMERICAN 
ASSOCIATION 

Av the Toronto meeting of the council of the 
American Association for the Advancement of 
Science there were elected, besides the officers 
whose names were published in Science for 
January 6, the following: 

Chairman of Section D: Otto Klotz, director 
of the Dominion Observatory, Ottawa. — 

Secretary of ‘Section. K: Frederick L. Hoff- 
man (to retire at the end of 1924), Prudential 


Life Insurance Company of America, Newark, 
e 
N.S. 


JANUARY 20, 1922] 


Secretary of Section N for 1922: A. J. Gold- 
farb, College of the City of New York, New 
York, N. Y. : 

Members of the Council: J. McKeen Cattell 
(to retire at the end of 1924), Garrison-on- 
Hudson, N. Y.; F. G. Cottrell (to retire at the 
end of 1924), National Research Council, Wash- 
ington, D. C.; Henry C. Cowles (to retire at the 
end of 1925), the University of Chicago, and 
John C. Merriam (to retire at the end of 1925), 
the Carnegie Institution of Washington. 

Members of the Executive Committee: Simon 
Flexner and W. J. Humphreys were elected to 
succeed themselves, as members of the executive 
committee (to retire at the end of 1925). 

The following were appointed to membership in 
the Committee on Grants, to succeed Henry Crew, 
Joel Stebbins and G. H. Parker, who retired at 
the end of 1921: E.G. Conklin (to retire at the 
end of 1925), Princeton University, E. L. Nichols 
(to retire at the end of 1925), Cornell Univer- 
sity), and F. R. Moulton (to retire at the end of 
1922), the University of Chicago. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Dr. Epaar F.:Smirx, provost emeritus of 
the University.of Pennsylvania, has been elect- 
ed an honorary member of the Chemical, Metal- 
lurgical and Mining Society of South Africa. 


CHarLES W. Goopate has been awarded the 
gold medal of the Mining and Metallurgical 
Society of America for distinguished service 
in increasing the safety of men in mining and 
metallurgical operations. 


Dr. F. G. Corrrett, of the National Re- 
search Council, has been elected an honorary 
member of the French Society of Chemical 
Industry. 


Tue American Society of Agricultural En- 
gineers has elected A. J. R. Curtiss, of Chi- 
cago, president for the coming year. 


AccorDING to the Journal of the Washington 
Academy of Sciences, the following Washing- 
ton scientific men have been appointed mem- 
bers of the technical staff of the American 
delegation to the Conference on the Limita- 
tion of Armament: Dr. L. W. Austin, radio 
specialist of the Navy Department; Dr. J. H. 
Dellinger, chief of radio investigations at the 


SCIENCE 69 


Bureau of Standards; Gen. Amos E. Fries, 
chief of the Chemical Warfare Service of the 
Army; Gen. George O. Squier, chief of the 
Signal Corps of the Army; and Dr. 8. W. 
Stratton, director of the Bureau of Standards. 


Ar the recent meeting of the American Asso- 
ciation-of Anatomists in New Haven, the fol- 
lowing officers were elected: President, Clar- 
ence M. Jackson, University of Minnesota; 
Vice-President, Harold D. Senior, New York 
University; Secretary-Treasurer, Lewis H. 
Weed, Johns Hopkins University; Members 
of the Executive Committee: Davenport Hook- 
er, University of Pittsburgh, and Benjamin F. 
Kingsbury, Cornell University. 


CELEBRATIONS were held at Liége on Decem- 
ber 4, in honor of the completion of fifty years 
of scientific work of Professor Leon Frédérieq. 
A bas-relief portrait of himself in bronze was 
presented to him, and this will be placed later 
in the Institute of Physiology at Liége. Rep- 
resentatives of the Universities of Lausanne 
and of Strasbourg conferred honorary de- 
grees upon Professor Frédérieq. 


A DvutcH pharmacist, Dr. H. Baljet, of 
Arnheim, has been awarded the Davy prize 
by the University of Geneva for an essay on 
the dosage of digitalis. 


Tue docent of neurology at the Karolinska 
Mediko-Kirurgiska Institut at Stockholm, Dr. 
N. Antoni, has been awarded the Lennmalm 
prize for 1921 by the Swedish Medical Asso- 
ciation. 


S. J. Speak has been elected president of 
the Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, 
London. 


Dr. Ropert N. Nyz, formerly research as- 
sistant to Dr. F. B. Mallory, has accepted the 
position of assistant director of the division 
of biologie laboratories of the Massachusetts 
State Department of Public Health. 


Dr. Wituiam A. PERLZWEIG has resigned the 
position of biochemist in the New York branch 
of the Hygienic Laboratory and has accepted 
an appointment as chemist to the Medical 
Clinic of the Johns Hopkins University. 


70 SCIENCE 


A MEDICAL scholarship for women is to be 
established in the University of California in 
memory of Dr. Sarah Sluey of the class of 
1876. Dr. Sluey was the first woman who 
graduated in medicine from the university. 


T. M. Jasper, assistant professor of mech- 
anics at the University of Wisconsin, has been 
placed in charge of tests in the joint investiga- 
tion of the fatigue of metals, being carried 
on at the Engineering Experiment Station of 
the University of Illinois, in conjunction with 
the National Research Council and the En- 
gineering Moundation. 

Mr. Puitip L. Ginx, formerly connected 
with the American Agricultural Chemical 
Company, in their agricultural service bureau, 
and for eleven years prior to that position 
chemist of the Porto Rico Agricultural Ex- 
periment Station, is at present in charge of 
the division of soil chemical investigations of 
the Bureau of Soils, U. S. Department of Agri- 
culture, Washington, D. C. 


Av the annual general meeting of the Har- 
veian Society, held in London on January 12, 
Dr. G. de Bee Turtle delivered the presidential 
address on “Some Points on Spasm in the 
Alimentary Tract.” 


AurreD H. Brooks, of the United States 
Geological Survey, retiring president of the 
Washington Academy of Sciences, delivered 
an address on “The Scientist in the Federal 
Service” at the annual meeting held at the 
Carnegie Institution on January 10. 


Warren T. Cuarks, professor of agricultu- 
ral extension of the University of California, 
has been invited as a guest of the Pacific Mail 
Steamship Company to study the control of 
ants on shipboard. He sailed on December 
12 on the Columbia which makes Mexican and 
Central American ports passing through the 
Canal and proceeding by way of Havana to 
Baltimore. 


Tue American Society for Testing Materials 
and the United States Forest Service have 
been designated by the American Engineering 
Standards Committee as joint sponsors for the 
development of uniform standard methods of 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


testing wood. This action was taken as the 
result of a canvass made of the principal na- 
tional bodies concerned with the proposed 
project, from which it was apparent that there 
is a real demand for the work, and that the 
joint sponsorship here indicated would be ae- 
ceptable to the industry. 


A CONFERENCE under the auspices of the 
National Research Council in Washington was 
held on December 23 to consider the problem 
of the university and college student of supe- 
rior attainment. The conference was attended 
by Frank Aydelotte, president of Swarthmore 
College; S. P. Capen, director of the American 
Council on Edueation; J. Crosby Chapman, 
associate professor of educational psychology, 
Yale University; John J. Coss, assistant pro- 
fessor of philosophy, Columbia University; 
Louis T. More, professor of physies, University 
of Cincinnati; A. A. Potter, dean of the 
schools of engineering, Purdue University; 
J. J. Tigert, United States commissioner of 
education; Ernest H. Wilkins, professor of 
romance languages, University of Chicago; 
C. E. Seashore, professor of psychology, Uni- 
versity of Iowa, and chairman of the Division 
of Anthropology and Psychology, National 
Research Council, and A. L. Barrows, assist- 


ant secretary of the National Research 
Council. Dr. Vernon Kellogg, permanent 
secretary of the council and chairman of 


the Division of Educational Relations, pre- 
sided. General discussions, specially intro- 
duced by various members of the conference, 
were had of such subjects as honors courses, 
fellowships, special privileges, sectioning of 
classes, analyzed ratings, ete. Various sugges- 
tions were made of work which might be done 
to stimulate interest in and active attention to 
the problem by university and college faculties, 
and a resolution was passed urging the Na- 
tional Research Council to continue and 
extend work along the line already undertaken 
by it. : 

Tue London Times announees that the coun- 
cil of the Royal Horticultural Society has 
become responsible for continuing the publica- 
tion of Curtis’s Botanical Magazine. During 
the war the number of subscribers fell and, 


JANUARY 20, 1922] 


when Messrs. Lovell Reeve & Co., who had 
bought the magazine from the Curtis family in 
1845, found themselves unable to continue the 
publication, they offered the copyright to Kew 
for £250. Although the botanical authorities 
would gladly have carried on the publication, 
the government refused to sanction the pur- 
chase, and at one time there was considerable 
anxiety lest the copyright should be sold and 
cross the Atlantic. At a dinner of some lead- 
ing horticulturists on the first night of the 
Chelsea Show the feeling was so strong that 
the magazine must remain in England that 
the requisite sum was guaranteed at once and 
the copyright was purchased on the following 
day. The next step was to propose to allow 
the magazine to appear as an official publica- 
tion from Kew; but the Treasury refused to 
sanction the conditions imposed by the new 
owners. The latter then approached the 
council of the Royal Horticultural Society, 
with the result that it is hoped to resume pub- 
lication in 1922, and an early announcement 
will be made as soon as the negotiations and 
arrangements are complete. 


Tue Elgin Observatory of the Elgin Na- 
tional Watch Company, at Elgin, Illinois, on 
Armistice Day, November 11, 1921, obtained its 
first chronographie record of the French scien- 
tific radio time signals from the LaFayette 
Station, Bordeaux, France, at a distance of 
4,400 miles. The recording apparatus devised 
by Frank D. Urie is entirely automatic, the 
incoming radial signals controlling the move- 
ment of the chronographic pen. The receiving 
aerial is a small one consisting of a single wire 
180 feet long and 30 feet high. 


We learn from the Journal of the American 
Medical Association that a bill has been intro- 
duced in the Senate and House of Representa- 
tives to “reorganize and promote the efficiency 
of the United States Public Health Service.” 
It is known as the Watson-Dyer bill. The bill 
provides for 550 officers of the reserve corps 
of the Public Health Service, including 50 
dental surgeons and 50 scientists other than 
medical officers, who may be transferred to and 
commissioned in the regular corps of commis- 
sioned officers of the Public Health Service 


SCIENCE 71 


by the President, in the grades of assistant 
surgeon, passed assistant surgeon, surgeon, 
senior surgeon, and assistant surgeon-general. 
Officers in the last grade will be known as 
medical directors. No officer will be commis- 
sioned or promoted until after passing an 
examination before a board of regular com- 
missioned officers of the Public Health Service. 
The bill further provides that no reserve 
officer shall be commissioned in the regular 
corps of the Public Health Service who has 
not had three years’ satisfactory service in the 
army, navy or Public Health Service, a part of 
which service must have been between April 6, 
1917, and November 11, 1918. There are only 
200 regular commissioned officers in the Public 
Health Service at present. They are largely 
engaged in administration, scientific research, 
industrial and child hygiene, neuropsychiatry, 
domestic and foreign quarantine, immigration, 
prevention of venereal diseases, public health 
education, and other matters pertaining to 
public health. There are about one thousand 
commissioned officers of the reserve of the 
Public Health Service on active duty, caring 
for ex-service men. ‘These officers are indis- 
pensable, yet they have no fixed tenure of 
appointment. The Watson-Dyer bill transfers 
at least half of them to the regular service 
without any additional expense. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


Mr. George F. Baker, chairman of the 
board of directors of the First National Bank, 
has given $700,000 to Columbia University for 
the purchase of an athletic field on Dyckman 
Street. The property, which comprises 
twenty-six acres, will be developed at a cost of 
about $3,000,000. 


THe University of North Carolina has 
received the sum of $26,000 for the establish- 
ment of the Graham Kenan fellowship in 
philosophy. The gift was made by Mrs. 
Graham Kenan in memory of her late husband. 


Proressor Wm. R. Work, of the Carnegie 
Institute of Technology, has been placed in 
charge of the department of electrical engineer- 


72 SCIENCE 


ing, to succeed Professor Alexander J. Wurtz, 
who has been made research professor in the 
new research division of the institute. 


Dr. J. A. Gunton has been appointed head 
of the chemistry department in Transylvania 
College, Lexington, Ky. Dr. Gunton recently 
received his doctorate of philosophy from the 
University of Illinois. 


Dr. Cuirrorp §. Leonarp, for the past year 
fellow in chemistry to Sweden on the Amer- 
ican-Scandinavian Foundation, has completed 
his research at the Karoline and Nobel Insti- 
tutes of Stockholm and has been appointed 
research instructor of pharmacology at the 
University of Wisconsin. 


Dr. R. H. Apers PuimumeEr has been ap- 
pointed by the Senate of London University 
to the university chair of chemistry, tenable at 
St. Thomas’s Hospital Medical School, begin- 
ning with the new year. At present he is head 
of the biochemical department of the Rowett 
Research Institute at the University of Aber- 
deen. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 


SEARCH FOR THE RECORD OF ROBERT 
HANHAM COLLYER, M. D. 


Dr. CoLLyYER was registered as practicing 
medicine in London as late as the year 1878. 
After this it is believed he returned to Ameri- 
ea. Long previous to this, namely, in 1867, 
he had announced in the Anthropological Re- 
view a very important discovery,—a _ pre- 
historic jaw-bone of great geologic age. Of 
this Mr. J. Reid Moir of Ipswich, England, 
writes : 

I am of the opinion that if the Foxhall jaw- 
bone could be reexamined now, it would be pos- 
sible to say with considerable certainty as to 
whether it was derived from the Crag, or not. But, 
unfortunately, the specimen cannot now.be found, 
and advertisements placed by me in various news- 
papers and other journals have failed to bring it 
to light. Owing to the kindness of the acting 
registrar to the General Council of Medical Edu- 
cation and Registration of the United Kingdom, 
I have been informed that Dr. Robert Hanham 
Collyer was registered in England on the 28rd of 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


June, 1868, with the qualification M.D., Medical 
College, Pittsfield, Massachusetts, 1839. His 
application for registration is dated the 23rd of 
October, 1867, when he gave his address as 40, 
Carlton Hill, St. John’s Wood. At the time of 
his registration he was at 1, Norman Terrace, 
Stockwell, which he subsequently changed to 199, 
Brompton Road, 8. W., which was his registered 
address in 1878, in which year his name lapsed 
from the Medical Register in consequence of this 
address having been found to be inaccurate by 
means of an inquiry under Section 14 of the 
Medical Act. According to the American Medical 
Directory, the college from which, apparently, he 
obtained his degree is described as the Berkshire 
Medical College, Pittsfield, Massachusetts, an 
institution which is classed with those which are 
extinct—or merged with other colleges. There is 
reason to believe that Collyer returned eventually 
to America, taking the Foxhall jaw-bone with 
him. It would seem unlikely—in view of the 
importance he attached to the specimen—that no 
instructions would be left by him for the preserva- 
tion of the specimen after his death, and I hope 
that the publicity now given to this matter may 
result in the Foxhall jaw-bone being once more 
brought to light. 

There are several clues to aid our search. 
First the records and graduates of the Pitts- 
field Medical College. Some member of Dr. 
Collyer’s class may have left descendants. Or, 
some member of his family may recall him. 
Or, the Philadelphia Academy of Natural 
Sciences may find letters from Dr. Collyer to 
Dr. Samuel G. Morton, the distinguished an- 
thropologist of that institution. 

HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN 
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF 
NatTuRAL HISTORY, 
New York Ciry 


THE PROTECTION OF MICROSCOPIC SEC- 
TIONS 

REFERRING to Professor Long’s suggested 
method for protecting microscopic sections 
from mechanical injury in Scimnce of Octo- 
ber 7th., may I suggest the following, which 
will remedy the difficulty without resorting to 
the use of a thin film of parlodion. 

Instead of using the natural Canada balsam 
for mounting (which does remain fluid for 
years), use balsam prepared by heating the 


JANUARY 20, 1922] 


natural product on a water bath until it is 
hard, but not brittle, when cool. Then dissolve 
in a menstruum such as chloroform or xylol. 
After balsam is applied to the slide allow to 
stand over-night and then finish by placing 
cover glass over the sections, using gentle heat 
to render the balsam fluid. This mounting 
medium will then be found to be hard enough 
to withstand any pressure applied.on the cover 
glass by careless students. 

It is advisable to prepare this balsam one- 
self, unless it can be procured from a reliable 
firm which uses the above method of prepara- 
tion. 

Grorce H. NEEDHAM 
COLLEGE OF PHARMACY, 

UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON, 

SEATTLE, WASH. 


THE HISTORY OF SCIENCE 


RELATIVE to your recent articles on the his- 
tory of science and its present position in 
American colleges, you might be interested to 
know that efforts are being made to adapt 
the history of science as a cultural course for 
engineering students. I taught such a course 
in the college of engineering of the University 
of Colorado, and now am teaching it in the 
college of engineering of New York Univer- 
sity. 

Puinie B. McDonatp 
DECEMBER 27, 1921. 


AMEBOID BODIES ASSOCIATED WITH 
HIPPEASTRUM MOSAIC 

In a recent publication ! the writer described 
and pictured certain bodies in the cells of corn 
plants suffering from mosaic disease. Since 
the bodies are confined to diseased portions of 
the plant, it was suggested that they might 
be of etiological significance. 

Those who are working on the mosaic disease 
problem will be interested to know that similar 
bodies have now been found in the light green 
portions of mosaic leaves of Hippedstrum 
equéstre Herb. This’ plant belongs in the 
Amaryllidaceae and is not closely related to 
corn. Its leaves which are thick and soft are 
well suited for cytological studies. The mosaic 


1 Bul. Exp. Sta. H. S. P. A. 3:44-58 (1921) 


SCIENCE 73 


pattern shown by Hippedstrum is quite dif- 
ferent from that of corn. The intracellular 
bodies associated with this disease will be de- 
seribed in detail in a future paper. 
L. O. KUNKEL 
EXPERIMENT STATION OF THE HaAwallAN SuGAR 
PLANTERS’ ASSOCIATION, 
Honouuu, T. H. 


THE TUNING FORK 

In Scrence for November 11, I cited briefly 
some inadequate references to the actions of a 
tuning fork to justify the preservation of mat- 
ter that was very old; there was no reason to 
name the writers for these references were 
minor parts of their papers. But in ScIENCE 
for December 16, one of the writers, Mr. 
Young, comes to the front, as if I had made 
a personal attack on him, and defends his 
former expressions, but qualifies them, still 
leaving the subject in a very confused state. 
He quotes his former dynamically unsound 
“statement that the fork has only a single 
note at the base” and. now adds the indefinite 
remark, “This of course is only an approxi- 
mation”; it is noteworthy that he does not 
attempt to state what he thinks is the truth. 

In his final paragraph he attributes to Pro- 
fessor Watson an “alternative explanation” 
which is only a corollary of Chladnis’ old ac- 
cepted theory; but probably the professor of 
physies would not use over his own signature 
such an inexact expression as the “center of 
mass tends to rise” or “lower,” or leave it 
doubtful whether “center of mass” always re- 
lates to the same point. 

Cuarues K. Wrap 


QUOTATIONS 
“KEY’ CHEMICALS 


Lorp Crewe and Lord Haldane argued last 
week for the release of scientific apparatus 
and chemicals from the restrictions imposed 
by the safeguarding of industries act and the 
reparation act. Scientific research and the 
teaching of scientific students, they alleged, 
were seriously impeded because of the delay 
and difficulty in importing certain chemicals 
and apparatus from Germany. The stronger 


74 SCIENCE 


the evidence for their case, the more certainly 
does it lead away from the action they pressed 
on the government. Although protection may 
be dubious as a general principle, there are 
certain industries of little intrinsic economic 
importance, and yet vital to the national safety, 
because of the dependence of larger industries 
upon them. Are there any avocations more 
certainly “keys” to national prosperity than 
scientific research and the training of scien- 
tifie workers? In these matters we must 
depend neither on Germany nor on any foreign 
country. If dependence exist at present, the 
administration of the acts should be tightened, 
not relaxed, until we become self-supporting. 
But the case is probably over-stated. Before 
the war scientific workers here and in the 
United States had got in the habit of using 
such chemicals as bacteriological stains and 
such forms of optical glass as microscopic 
lenses from one or two German makers, not 
because these were better than all others, but 
because they were standardized and all work- 
ers using them could easily compare their 
results. Convenience, not necessity, had led 
to a German monopoly. American bacteriolo- 
gists are endeavoring to meet the state of 
affairs by agreeing on a reliable standard 
brand of each kind of stain and discouraging 
the use of variants. Similar action might be 
taken in this country not only with regard to 
stains, but to many other kinds of chemicals 
and of apparatus used in research. But we 
note with concern as further witness of the 
aloofness of the state from science, that the 
interpellations on this scientific question were 
addressed to the minister of transport, who 
undertook, apparently to the satisfaction of 
every one, to refer it to the president of the 
Board of Education. Is there not a Royal 
Society, at one time the natural adviser of the 
government on scientific matters?—The Lon- 
don Times. 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 

Studies on some Flagellates. 

Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1921, Part 1, 

Oct. 12. Idem, Etudes sur les Infusoires 
deau douce; Geneva, “1922” [1921]. 


E. Prnarp. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


The inadequacy of- our knowledge of local 
protozoan faunas is emphasized by two recent 
papers by the veteran Swiss protozoologist, 
Penard, in which he describes, chiefly from two 
limited regions in the environs of Geneva, 7 
new Flagellates and 148 new species of Ciliates, 
including 8 new genera. Central Europe has 
been more intensively studied faunistically than 
any other portion of the world, yet six years 
observation by one student has brought to light 
155 new forms in groups which are the especial 
delight of the microscopist and which have 
been by no means neglected by the proto- 
zoologist. Faunistic data furnish material 
essential to the study of many far-reaching 
problems in ecology, in distribution, in geology, 
and especially in paleogeography. Yet it is 
evident, from such papers as Penard’s, that our 
faunistie data for all regions are only frag- 
mentary. 

Many of Penard’s papers, like those of 
Leidy, show an intimate and friendly compan- 
ionship with these microscopic forms, being 
full of data as to behavior, structure and func- 
tion being described together, conveying to the 
reader a vivid impression of the lives of these 
organisms and showing an interest on the part 
of the observer which is contagious. May it 
not be that laboratory zoology is to-day dis- 
proportionately emphasized in comparison with 
out of door studies? A broad knowledge of 
field natural history, combining taxonomic, 
faunistic and ecological studies and studies of 
behavior under natural environmental condi- 
tions, is essential to any adequate attack upon 
many problems, among which are some of the 
most interesting in the whole field of zoology. 
This is a type of work to which it is easy to 
introduce young students and it is one to 
which a fair proportion of them could well 
afford to devote their lives, for evidently our 
knowledge in this field is most inadequate. 
The field, while easy to enter, calls for the 
finest qualities of skill, accuracy, persistence 
and judgment. It commands a natural interest 
and it gives data of wide bearing. 


Maynarp M. Mercatr 
THE ORCHARD LABORATORY 
OBERLIN, OHIO 


JANUARY 20, 1922 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
THE FORMS OF GAS AND LIQUID CAVITIES 
IN GELS, AND THEIR INTERPRETATION 
BY SURFACE COMPRESSION 


Ir has been observed by both chemists end 
biologists that gas bubbles arising in gels ex- 
hibit lenticular forms. The most complete in- 
vestigation of the phenomenon has been made 
by Hatschek who, after making measurement 
on many bubbles, endeavored by a statistical 
study of their orientations to explain the ob- 
served facts, including the divergence from 
sphericity, by postulating definitely oriented 
directions of cleavage within the gel, corres- 
ponding presumably to a honeycomb micro- 
structure of its water-poor phase. Neither 
Hatschek himself nor later workers have been 
convinced that this explanation was the true 
one. Working with gelatine, but more especi- 
ally with silica gels, the writers have produced, 
from air-saturated media, controllable air- 
bubbles both by rise of temperature and by 
reduction of air pressure, and have observed 
additional facts that lead to an altogether 
different, albeit simple and complete, inter- 
pretation of everything observed. 

Concomitantly as the gas content of a bubble 
is caused progressively to diminish, the space 
formerly occupied by the gas becomes filled 
by infiltration with liquid from the liquid 
phase of the gel, giving rise finally to liquid- 
filled, phantomlike, cavities, whose very exist- 
ence has heretofore escaped observation. The 
forms of these cavities thus arising spontan- 
eously in an isotropic medium on alteration of 
a single external condition are exceedingly 
symmetrical and beautiful. As demonstrated 
by photomicrographs, they exhibit two main 
types: 

(1) If derived from gas cavities of oblate 
spheroidal form, the liquid-filled phantoms are 
of forms that may be likened to bivalve mol- 
luses whose shells are either (a) segments of 
spheres, or bowl-shaped; or (b) of inflected 
curvature, like a circular basin with a flaring 
edge; or (c) like the last, but with a central 
apical spike like that of a helmet. Each one 
of these forms is immediately explicable if it 
be considered that, while forming, the original 
airbubble thrust aside the elastic water-poor 


SCIENCE 75 


phase of the gel, which was thus obliged to 
collect in an elastic layer or membrane under 
compression round the periphery of the bubble. 
The bubble cavity is thus contained and en- 
veloped by a membrane which may appro- 
priately be considered in surface compression, 
as contrasted with the customary surface ten- 
sion, because adjacent portions of this en- 
veloping membrane tend to move apart from 
instead of toward each other, in a direction 
tangential to the surface of curvature. The 
sphere is the stable form that must be en- 
veloped by a membrane in surface tension, 
but is no longer stable if its bounding mem- 
brane is in surface compression; and this in- 
stability is, therefore, in such a ease, relieved 
first by an exhibition of oblateness and later 
by an out-thrusting of the membrane in the 
region of smallest radius of curvature, giving 
vise to the forms observed in a manner en- 
tirely predicable by purely geometrical rea- 
soning. 

(2) If derived from gas cavities of pro- 
late spheroidal form, the liquid cavities are 
of forms somewhat like that of those walnuts, 
occasionally met with, that have three instead 
of two lunes or boat-like portions composing 
their shells. This spontaneously formed solid, 
trilunar, figure has one axis of triad symmetry 
perpendicular to one plane of symmetry, and 
is usually of sharpened angle both along its 
three edge-ribs and especially at the ends of 
its chief axis, by reason of the outward thrust 
of its enclosing membrane, precisely as would 
be predicted by the reasoning noted above. 
An example of this form is shown in Fig. 2; 


Fig. 1 
rig. 2 

while Fig. 1 shows the form referred to under 
(b) above. These figures are from photo- 
micrographs of cavities not more than one 
millimeter in diameter; and each cavity con- 
tains, besides liquid, a small spherical bubble 
of air, which appears dark. 


16 SCIENCE 


It is believed that the forms here described 
and interpreted are unique in inorganic na- 


pure: Auan W. C. Menzies 


RatpH BEEBE 
Princeton, N. J. 


UNLIKE INTERPRETATIONS OF FULLER’S 
SCALE IN DETERMINING DEGREE 
OF ACIDITY 

In following directions for making up bac- 
teriological culture media the writer has been 
impressed by the marked differences in acidity 
as recommended by different bacteriologists. 
For example, “The Standard Methods of Water 
Analysis,” adopted by the American Public 
Health Association, 1917, and commonly used 
by bacteriologists, recommends the use of cul- 
ture media of a +1.0 acidty.* Smith (4, 
p-. 69), however, apparently recommends a 
+15.0 agar and a + 10.0 gelatin, and these 
figures are frequently used by plant patholo- 
gists in designating the acidity of culture 
media. 

The question which naturally arises is, do 
bacterial pathogens of plants require in general 
a much higher degree of acidity than bacteria 
of milk, sewage, water, animal pathogens, etc., 
or is it possible to explain this difference by 
assuming unlike interpretations of Fuller’s 
scale. The writer with the hope of clarifying 
the situation has compared the descriptions of 
Fuller’s method as given by Smith, whose texts 
are universally used by plant pathologists, 
with the description usually presented by bac- 
teriologists, particularly animal pathologists, 
and also with the description originally pre- 
sented by Fuller. He finds that Fuller’s scale 
is interpreted differently. 

Smith’s (1. ¢.) deseription follows: “The 
plus and minus on Fuller’s scale denotes, 
respectively, acid and alkaline media. The 
+10, for example, means that exactly 10 cubic 
centimeters of normal alkali must be added to 
a liter (writer’s italics) of the culture medium 
to render it exactly neutral to phenolphthalein, 
and, correspondingly — 10 means that the fluid 

1 Since Fuller’s scheme has several decided dis- 
advantages it is being supplanted by more accu- 
rate methods. (See Report of the Committee on 
the Descriptive Chart for 1919. Jour. Bact., 
5: 127-143. 1920). 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


is alkaline to phenolphthalein and that 10 ce. 
of normal acid would need to be added to 
bring 1 liter back to the neutral point.” He 
follows this interpretation of Fuller’s scale, as 
amount per liter, in his very recent work 
(5, p. 106): “Our standard agar is +15 and 
our standard gelatin + 10 on Fuller’s scale, or 
1.5 per cent. and 1 per cent. respectively, if 
reckoned on 100 ¢. ¢. portions. It is best to 
keep to Fuller’s scale since we make up media 
in liters, not in 100 «. e. portions.” 

The following description of Fuller’s scale, 
taken from Park and Williams’ (3, p. 102), is 
typical of the interpretations placed upon this 
seale by various texts on animal pathogens: 
“Calculation—Five ec. c. of medium require 2.4 
ce. e. of N/20 NaOH, therefore 100 c. c. 
(writer’s italics)—would require 2.4 ¢« ce. of 
N/1 NaOH—-; in other words, the medium is 
2.4 per cent. acid to phenolphthalein or + 2.4 
if expressed according to Fuller’s method or 
scale.” It will be noted that in this interpreta- 
tion Fuller’s scale is used as degree of acidity 
in 100 c. c. of medium in contrast to those 
interpretations in which the scale denotes de- 
eree of acidity in 1,000 c. c. of medium. 

Fuller’s (1, p. 388) own description reads 
as follows: ‘For accuracy and convenience, 
the expression of acidity or alkalinity of cul- 
ture media in numbers of cubic centimeters of a 
normal solution per liter (writer’s italics) is by 
far the best, and I recommend its universal 
adoption as a standard method.” Concerning 
degree of acidity with reference to optimum 
growth, he says (p. 391): “Speaking in gen- 
eral terms the available data appear to war- 
rant the placement of the optimum degree of 
reaction within narrower limits, between 10 
and 20 of our scale,” and (p. 394) he adds, 
“As it is very urgent that some fixed point be 
adopted I venture to suggest that for quantita- 
tive water analysis ....18 on our scale be 
taken as a standard. This means, of course, 
that such a solution would require 18 cubic 
centimeters per liter of normal alkali to render 
it neutral to phenolphthalein.” This usage, as 
amount per liter, has been generally adopted by 
plant pathologists, while the animal patholo- 
gists, in general, use the scale as denoting 
amount per 100 ¢. ¢. 

It should be pointed out that Fuller does not 


JANUARY 20, 1922] 


use the plus (+) sign to denote degree of 
acidity although he does use the minus (—) 
sign for alkalinity. In a table which shows 
the relationship of different degrees of reaction 
to the number of bacteria developed (p. 393) 
he presents under “reaction” the following 
figures: 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 5, 0, —5, 
—10, —15, —20, —25, adding, “Numbers 
refer to cubie centimeters per liter of normal 
acid or alkali necessary to change it to phe- 
nolphthalein neutral point. Minus (—) means 
an alkaline solution.” The plus (+) sign was 
apparently not used by Fuller, the figure itself 
without any sign standing for acidity. While 
the writer has not definitely ascertained when 
and by whom the plus (+) sign was first used, 
it is probable that it was first brought into 
general use by the Report of the Committee of 
Bacteriologists of the American Public Health 
Association (2) in 1898. This committee, of 
which Fuller was a member, made the follow- 
ing recommendation (2, p. 75): ‘Manner of 
expressing the degree of reaction of culture 
media: Since at the time the reaction is first 
determined culture media are more often acid 
than alkaline, it is proposed that acid media 
be designated by the plus sign and alkaline 
media by the minus sign, and that the degree 
of acidity or alkalinity be noted in parts per 
hundred” (writer’s italics). “The bulk of 
available evidence from both Europe and 
America points to a reaction of + 1.5 as the 
optimum degree of reaction for bacterial de- 
velopment in inoculated culture media” (p. 76). 

It is quite evident that animal pathologists 
and bacteriologists in general have substituted 
for the methods proposed by Fuller those pro- 
posed by the Committee of the American Pub- 
lie Health Association of 1898, although they 
usually cite or designate Fuller’s seale, while 
plant pathologists use Fuller’s original recom- 
mendations with the exception of adding the 
plus (+) sign to indicate acidity. 

Since + 10.0, + 15.0 in 1,000 ¢. ¢ of the 
medium correspond to + 1.0, + 1.5 respectively 
in 100 e. ¢. of the medium it is evident that the 
degree of acidity recommended for plant path- 
ogens corresponds to the acidity recommended 
for bacteria in general, and it is necessary to 
know the author’s interpretation of Fuller’s 


SCIENCE 77 


scale when considering the degree of acidity 
described or recommended. 
; H. R. Rosen 
AGRICULTURAL EIXPERIMENT STATION 
UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS 


(1) Futter, Groner W. On the proper reaction 
of nutrient media for bacterial cultivation. 
Jour. Amer. Pub. Health Asso., 20: 381-399. 
1895. 

(2) Report of a Committee of Bacteriologists to 
the Committee of the American Public Health 
Association on the Pollution of Water Supplies. 
Jour. Amer. Pub. Health Asso., 23: 56-100. 
1898. 

(3) Park, W. H., and Winuiams, A. W. Patho- 
genic microérganisms. Lee & Febiger, pub- 
lishers, Philadelphia, 1920. 

(4) Smrru, Erwin F. Bacteria in relation to 
plant diseases. Vol. 1. Published by the Car- 
negie Institution of Washington. 1905. 

(5) Smiro, Erwin F. An introduction to bac- 
terial diseases of plants. W. B. Saunders 
Company, publishers, Philadelphia, 1920. 


THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL 
SOCIETY 


(Continued) 


Division OF RUBBER CHEMISTRY 
W. W. Evans, chairman 
Arnold H. Smith, secretary. 

Report of committees, executive, physical test- 
ing, abstract, chemical analysis and accelerator. 

Mineral rubber: C. O. NortH. The purpose 
of this paper is to bring out the desirable and 
undesirable properties of M. R. in order that M. R. 
makers will appreciate more fully how their 
product is employed. Changes in stress strain 
relations, hysteresis losses, permanent set, energy 
of resilience and abrasion with increase in M. R. 
ratio to rubber are shown. M. R. is essentially 
a plastic material. When a stock containing it is 
stretched, the M. R. flows with the rubber. On 
release the M. R. flows back with the rubber. 
The principal evidence of its presence is a slow- 
ing up or logging of the return. 

The Tetra-hyroxyphenyl derivative of rubber 
and its tetra-methyl ether. Harry L. FISHER AND 
Harotp Gray. The tetra-phenoxy derivative of 
rubber described by Weber (ber. 33, 791) is 
shown to be the tetra-hydroxyphenyl derivative 
not only by the method of formation, and by its 
solubility in aqueous NaOH, but especially by the 


78 SCIENCE 


fact that it can very readily be methylated to the 
corresponding tetra-methoxypheny! derivative. The 
reaction for preparing the hydroxyphenyl com- 
pound from rubber tetrabromide and phenol is 
like a Friedel-Crafts’ reaction, being speeded up 
by the use of anhydrous aluminum chloride, zine 
chloride, ete. Other halogen derivatives of 
rubber such as the dihydrochloride also react with 
phenol. 

Microscopy of rubber fillers. Trrne C. DINER. 
The principal rubber fillers, namely, barytes, 
whiting, zine oxide, lithopone, litharge, red lead, 
antimony sulphide, iron oxide and gas black, are 
included in a large chart showing the character- 
istics which differentiate these microscopically. 
Among the properties shown are size, color, shape, 
erystal structure, impurities and optical proper- 
ties. A basis of a positive method of identifica- 
tion of the fillers is indicated, based upon 17 
different measurable physical properties. It is 
hoped that this method will in time supercede 
the present lengthy and cumbersome qualitative 
and quantitative analysis. Besides being shorter 
it is more exact since it gives the exact state in 
which the filler is present rather than merely the 
amount of each element with a good guess as to 
their association, for example, whether the sub- 
stance be present pure or impure, hydrated or 
anhydrous, ete. 

The use of the microscope and photomicro- 
graphs in the study of inorganic materials used 
in rubber. Brnton Dates AND W. W. EVANS. 

Recent developments in the art of rubber micro- 
sectioning. Hrnry Grern. A method for 
making microsections of rubber has been devel- 
oped which is free from the various inconveniences 
associated with the method heretofore employed 
of freezing the sample with CO, and liquid air. 
The elasticity is destroyed and sufficient rigidity 
acquired by treating the sample with dilute SC, 
solution. Sections are obtained 4% mm x 4 mm 
in area, which under a magnification of 1,500 
diameters appears, in round numbers, to be a 
strip 3 ft. wide and 20 ft. long. This is sufficient 
to show all the characteristics of the sample. The 
sections can be made exceedingly thin, beautifully 
transparent and of uniform thickness. 

Piperidine-piperidyl-dithiocarbamate as a rub- 
ber accelerator in the presence of zinc owide: 
G. 8. Wuirsy anp A. H. Smirn. One part of 
piperidine-piperidyl-dithiocarbamate in a 90 rub- 
ber 10S, 10 zine oxide mix cuts the time of vulecan- 
ization at 141 degrees C from three hours to 
less than one minute. At 131 degrees C it cuts 
the time of vulcanization from seven hours to 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


one minute. It is fully vulcanized in three to 
four minutes at 115 degrees. When only two 
parts of S are used the time of vulcanization is 
one minute at 141 degrees, or two minutes at 131 
degrees, or ten minutes at 115 degrees. Stress- 
strain data are given. 

An improved oven for accelerated aging of 
rubber. C. W. SANDERSON. 

General discussion. Accelerated aging tests. 
Led by W. W. Evans, review of article, Ten years 
experience with accelerated aging tests, by W. C. 
Geer and W. W. Evans. 

An apparatus and method for abrasion tests 
on rubber compounds: J. C. SpRouL anp W. W. 
Evans. 

The determination of true free sulfur 
true coefficient of vulcanization in vulcanized 
rubber: W. J. Krenuy. The application of the 
method devised for pure gum stocks (J. Ind. 
Eng., Ch. 12: 875, 1920) to compounded stocks. 
Free sulfur determined by the ‘satured alcohol’’ 
method. For combined sulfur the sample is 
extracted with ale. KOH and ether HCl, the 
latter removing any sulfide as H|S and dissolving 
accelerators which form water on ether soluble 
hydrochlorides. In this way considerable sulfur 
is removed in addition to that extracted by 
acetone and which had previously been considered 
as combined with the rubber. In some cases an 
additional extraction with water is necessary, but 
the details of this remain to be worked out. 

Corrected stress-strain curves for rubber: J. W. 
SHIELDS. An improved method is explained for 
drawing stress-strain curves for rubber which 
takes into account the decrease in cross section 
of the specimen. Such curves do not have the 
S shape which is characteristic of uncorrected 
curves. The corrected curves show the modulus 
of rubber to be least at the smallest elongation 
and to increase gradually as the specimen is 
stretched. The method for determining the true 
modulus of unstressed rubber is illustrated. The 
equation for this curve is developed and the 
values of the equation constants given for several 
stocks. 

The determination of the particle size of pig- 
ments. W. W. Voet. By a turbidimetric method 
it is possible to determine the capacity of a pig- 
ment to extinguish direct light rays. This 
capacity, called obscuring power, is a direct 
function of the average particle size of the pig- 
ment. The values of O. P. are shown to be 
consistent with particle size as determined micro- 
scopically and furthermore to be in close accord 
with the practical compounding value ofthe pig- 


and 


JANUARY 20, 1922] 


ment. Hence, by the determination of the O. P. 
of an unknown pigment it is possible to predict 
what its practical compounding value will be in 
relation to known pigments. 

The solubility of sulfur in rubber: C. S. 
VENABLE AND C. D. Green. Values have been 
obtained for the solubility of sulfur in rubber 
at 55°, 75°, 95° ©. The procedure used was 
essentially to pack thin rubber strips in sulfur, 
maintain at the desired temperature until equi- 
librium was reached, and then analyze for com- 
bined and free sulfur. Various precautions were 
adopted to insure that equilibrium was reached. 
It was found that the solubility of sulfur in 
rubber increases slowly with the vulcanization 
coefficient, this increase being more rapid as the 
temperature increases. It was found that when 
this coefficient was greater than 7 per cent. com- 
bined sulfur, it was impossible to obtain solu- 
bility values by the method used due to the fact 
that the rubber becomes almost impermeable to 
free sulfur. This impermeability probably has 
more to do with the non-blooming of hard rubber 
stocks than the increased solubility of free 
sulfur. By extrapolating the curves obtained, it 
can be calculated that a stock having 4 per cent. 
combined sulfur at 140° C will be saturated with 
about 15 per cent. free sulfur. 


Reactions of accelerators during vulcanization. 
IV. Mechanism of the action of zine compounds: 
C. W. Brprorp anp L. B. SEBRELL. Zine sulphy- 
drate vuleanizes rubber in the presence of sulfur 
at ordinary temperatures. Zine persulfides are 
stable compounds and vuleanize rubber in heat 
cures far more rapidly than ordinary sulfur. 
Zine salts of organic accelerators form polysul- 
fides without decomposition into zine sulfide and 
disulfides. Disulfides are changed to mercaptans 
by hydrogen sulfide and in the presence of zine 
oxide they form zine salts. (An answer to Bruni, 
India Rubber J., 62 [1921] 63.) 


The action of volatile organic solvents and 
vulcanizing agents on organic compounding mate- 
rials and resinous gums: FREDERICK DANNERTH. 
The purpose of this investigation has been to 
obtain fundamental data for the industries which 
use plastic masses. The amount of matter soluble 
in certain liquids at stated temperatures has been 
studied. We have also noted: The amount of a 
given solvent which will mix with any other 
given solvent at a given temperature; the swelling 
action of certain solvents on stated organic mate- 
tials; the action of certain vulcanizing agents 
on pitches and oils as well as their action on 


SCIENCE 79 


chicle, balata, guttapercha and jelutong. The 
influence of the product has been studied, first 
using only organic compounding material and 
secondly using only the resinous gums. 
The preparation and testing of crude rubber: 
O. DE VRIES. 
SECTION Or CELLULOSE CHEMISTRY 
Harold Hibbert, chairman. 
G. J. Hsselen, Jr., secretary. 


Acetolysis of spruce pulp. Preliminary com- 
munication: WauTeR RUSSELL AND Louis KE. 
Wise. <Acetolysis of spruce sulfite pulp, when 
carried out as in the case of acetolysis of cotton, 
yields appreciable amounts of cellobiose octa- 
acetate. The yield of cellobiose appears to de- 
pend on the normal (Alpha) cellulose content of 
the pulp, rather than on the so-called ‘‘total 
cellulose.’’? The cellobiose reaction furnishes an- 
other link in the chain of evidence that the 
normal cellulose of spruce wood is chemically 
similar, if not identical with that of cotton. 

Studies on cellulose chemistry. III. The con- 
stitution of cellulose: Haro~p Hissert. The 
recent work of Karrer and of Freudenberg on 
octacetyleellobiose confirms the view advanced 
previously by the writer that the ratio of this 
product to dextrose pentacetate obtained from 
the decomposition of cellulose acetate is much 
higher than corresponds to the pentaglucosidyl- 
glucose formula for cellulose put forward by 
Hess. The results cast considerable doubt on the 
correctness of his formula, but, on the other 
hand, are in no way in disagreement with that 
advocated by the writer. Further evidence in 
support of these is to be found in the recent 
paper of Denham on the methylation of cellulose. 

IV. The action of HBr on carbohydrates and 
polysaccharides: HaroLtp Hispert AND HAROLD 
S. Hruu. Cellobiose gives a yield of 27 per cent. 
of bromomethylfurfuraldehyde while lactose 
gives less than 7.0. These two derivatives are 
structurally identical and there is thus the possi- 
bility of utilizing this reaction for the deter- 
mination of configuration. The mechanism of the 
reaction is being carefully studied in view of its 
bearing on the constitution of cellulose. 

The condensation of citral, with certain ketones 
and the synthesis of some new ionones: HARoLp 
Hipprrt AND Laura G. Cannon. The best 
method for purifying citral is the one developed 
by Tiemann. Of the condensing agents hitherto 
employed, sodium ethylate is the most satisfac- 
tory, but metallic sodium is equally efficient. 
Better yields of a purer product have been ob- 


80 SCIENCE 


tained. The bisulfite method of purification is 
capable of general application in the purification 
of pseudo-ionones, giving yields of about 85 per 
cent. and chemically pure products. New ionones 
have been synthesised from methyl propyl ketone 
and acetophenone. 


The réle of celluloses in plant life: BR. W. 
THATCHER. OCelluloses are classified according to 
their chemical composition into three groups: 
the hemi-celluloses or pseudo-celluloses; the 
normal celluloses; and the compound celluloses. 
Hemi-celluloses are amorphous polysaccharides 
which are probably reserve carbohydrates depos- 
ited in the structural, or cell-wall, materials rather 
than in storage organs. Normal celluloses are 
amorphous forms of polysaccharides having an 
empirical formula similar to that of starch; but 
exhibiting a characteristic fibrous structure 
instead of the granular structure characteristic 
of starches. They are true cell-wall, structural 
material; they can be hydrolyzed by certain bac- 
teria but probably have no nutritive function in 
higher plants. Compound celluloses are either 
colloidal complexes or definite chemical com- 
pounds of true cellulose with some encrusting 
material which serves to stiffen and harden the 
celullar structure and convert it into ‘‘wood.’’ 
They are among the most inert plant compounds 
and probably have no role other than that of 
adding strength and stiffness to the stems or 
other tissues of plants. 

The determination of the ‘‘bromine figure’’ or 
‘“chlorine factor’’ of pulp and the utilization of 
these quantities in bleaching: ALFRED TINGLE. 
The extent to which bromine solutions, approxi- 
mately decinormal, act on cellulose and on un- 
bleached sulphite spruce pulp, has been investi- 
gated. Accurate measurements could only be 
made when the material was brought into solu- 
tion before treatment with bromine. Under the 
experimental conditions used, it was found that 
bromine did not act on cellulose to any appreciable 
extent in an hour, but that it acted on unbleached 
sulphite pulp in stages, one of which was com- 
pleted in 30 minutes. From measurements of this 
action a quantity was found, constant for each 
sample of pulp, which bears a definite and simple 
relation to the chlorine-consumption in bleaching 
the pulp. 


The alleged absorption of aluminum from solu- 
tions of aluminum sulphate by cellulose: ALFRED 
TincLE. Both neutral and basic solutions of 
aluminum sulphate were brought in contact under 
various conditions with cellulose in the form of 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 


(a) acid-washed filter paper, (b) bleached sul- 
phite spruce pulp. By the methods employed, no 
change in the aluminum content of the solutions 
could be detected, except when a pulp was used 
which contained calcium compounds and gave a 
strongly alkaline reaction to water, with which it 
was extracted. The deduction is made that 
absorption does not occur to any appreciable 
extent, and that the phenomena which have been 
accounted for by this cause are due to other 
causes. 

The distillation of methoxyl groups in wood 
distillation products: lL. F. HAWLEY AND SUBRA- 
MANYA Aryar. It has been reported that the 
treatment of wood with sodium carbonate pre- 
vious to distillation increases the yield of methyl- 
alcohol. The source of this increase has now 
been determined. Maple wood containing 6.09 
per cent. methoxyl when distilled gave products 
with percentages of methoxyl as shown in column 
1 of the table. On distilling the wood after treat- 
ment with 1 per cent. sodium carbonate the 
methoxyl distribution is as shown in column 2 of 
the table and the increase of methyl alcohol is 
seen to come partly from the dissolved tar and 
partly from the charcoal. The proportion of 
total methoxyl in the original wood recovered in 
the distillation product remains about the same. 


PERCENTAGE OF METHOXYL BASED ON THE WEIGHT 
OF THE WOOD DISTILLED 


Original Wood treated 

wood. with Na,Co, 
Charcoallps sae 0.285 0.044 
Settled tar... eos AU apLy/ 0.588 
Dissolved tar.. .-- 0.303 0.173 
Pyroligneous acid. aw deGily/ 1.953 
Gas h@nethane)) 2 ee 1.306 1.468 
To tails) ices ee ee 4.028 4.226 

Acetic ether as a solvent for nitro cellulose and 

cellulose acetate: HH. F. Witxir. In discussing 


acetic ether as a solvent for nitro cellulose and 
cellulose acetate a review is made of the subject 
of cellulose esters solvents in general. The pro- 
duction of high grade anhydrous ethyl acetates 
or acetic ether as the pure product is designated 
and results obtained in experimenting with it as 
a solvent of cellulose esters point to the strong 
possibility of it taking the place of amyl acetate. 
It can be procured in large quantities and the 
ultimate supply is unlimited. Data is given to 
support the following claims: It is neutral in 
reaction and remains so on long exposure to air, 
light or moisture, and is non-hydroscopic. Acetic 
ether is a powerful solvent of nitro-cellulose and 
a good solvent for cellulose acetate. It works 


JANUARY 20, 1922 


well in combination with the other well known 
solvents and non-solvents, and is a pure sub- 
stance which evaporates without residue and at a 
uniform rate, giving rise thereby to homogeneous 
films. By a very important property it possesses 
of forming various constant boiling mixtures 
(especially one with water) more volatile than 
itself it combines with the advantages of its low 
boiling point the ability to act as the high boiling 
solvents in overcoming the evil effects of water 
absorption. 

Requirements of a brief, critical monograph on 
the chemistry of cellulose: Louris E. Wisr. The 
article outlines the type of material and data 
that should be incorporated into a monograph on 
cellulose. Many of the older terms that still 
appear in the cellulose literature should be deleted 
or redefined. Proper weight should be given to 
carefully selected fundamental data and to the 
work of critical investigators. All hypotheses 
dealing with the constitution of cellulose or its 
derivatives should be subjected to close scrutiny, 
and those based on good experimental data 
should receive emphasis. Recent work on the 
colloidal properties of cellulose should be included. 
The monograph besides being critical should be 
suggestively written so as to stimulate research. 
A brief volume with a good bibliography appears 
to be more desirable than a series of monographs. 

SECTION OF PETROLEUM CHEMISTRY 
T. G. Delbridge, chairman. 
W. A. Gruse, secretary. 


An unusual type of casinghead gasoline: C. E. 
Coatrs AND B. Y. Tims. The Terrebonne gas 
field, which is situated about twenty miles below 
Houma, Louisiana, gives gas and a pressure of 
about 1,200 pounds per square inch. This gas is 
piped to Houma and supplies the town and 
vicinity with fuel. The pipes are provided with 
drips which fill up rather frequently and are 
pumped out. As the condensate did not seem to 
be like ordinary gasoline either in odor or boiling 
point a sample was investigated with the follow- 
ing results: Boiling began at 195° C. The frac- 
tions first obtained were refractionated and even- 
tually obtained with fairly constant boiling 
points. The lowest fraction had a formula 

yotll,,- The higher fraction seemed to belong 
to the same series. The condensate contained 
no members of the parafine series at all, but 
probably is made up of dicyclopentyl and its 
homologues. 

Some observations on the polymerization of 
amylene: THos. Mipaury, JR., anD G. W. Hank. 


SCIENCE 81 


The action of dilute and concentrated sulfuric 
acid and of heat on the polymerization of amylene 
has been studied in some detail, and a chart of 
polymerisation reactions is presented. It is sug- 
gested that di- and tri-amylene have ecyclie struc- 
tures. The subject is of interest in connection 
with the gumming of cracked gasolines, 

The iodine and bromine values of petroleum 
products: E. M. JoHansen. A number of 
petroleum products were examined, the results 
being recorded in numerous tables. It was shown 
that the total iodine or bromine values do not 
correspond to the relative unsaturation of petro- 
leum products, as only a part of the absorbed 
halogen is combined by addition. As the Hanus 
solution does not permit the separate determina- 
tion of this part, solutions of bromine or bromine 
and iodine in earbon tetrachloride were used, by 
aid of which the desired addition values were 
obtained. The influence of varying experimental 
conditions upon the reactions were studied. It 
appears that the absorption of bromine is less 
affected by the variations than that of iodine. A 
bibliography of the literature on the subject was 
compiled. 

Specific heats and heats of vaporization of 
motor fuels: Roprrrt E, Winson anp D. P. Bar- 
NaRD, 4TH. The authors present the results of a 
series of observations on the total sensible heats 
of completely vaporized motor fuels. These, 
combined with critically compiled data from the 
literature on heats of vaporization of motor fuels, 
make it possible to draw accurate total heat 
curves over the whole range of temperatures up to 
500° C. and derive fairly accurate values for the 
specific heats of the hydrocarbon vapors. Com- 
binations of this with vapor pressure data make 
it possible to determine just how hot the air or 
the fuel must be preheated in order to completely 
vaporize the motor fuel in a carburetor. 

Further observations on the value of the R. EB. 
test: C. H. OsMonp AND T. G. DeLBripge. Data 
are given showing that the R. E. test distin- 
guishes between some oils which give the same 
results by other emulsification tests. Criticisms 
of the method as published in the A. S. T. M. 
Proceedings for 1920 have led to minor changes 
in the method and particularly in the interpreta- 
tion of the readings. Further precautions are 
given, also explanations of some of the pro- 
cedure. Modification of the test for application 
to oils of very low viscosity is also given. 

The inversion of phases in oil-water emulsions: 
Leon W. Parsons. A broad survey has been 


82 SCIENCE 


made of the literature regarding emulsions and a 
brief discussion is given of the main factors 
influencing the properties and general behavior 
of mineral oil-water emulsions. An experimental 
investigation of these emulsions, with special 
reference to such as are likely to occur in prae- 
tice, and to methods of breaking them, has been 
made. The phenomenon of ‘‘inversion of phases’’ 
has been studied and data regarding the influence 
of the following factors on the nature and sta- 
bility of various emulsions has been obtained: 
(a) Nature of oil used; (b) Nature of emulsify- 
ing agent; (c) Type of emulsion obtained; (d) 
Inversion point and its relation to stability of 
emulsions; (e) Industrial applications of above 
results to technical emulsions. 

Emulsions with finely divided solids: T. R. 
Briggs. The chief function of an emulsifying 
agent is the formation of a viscous film at the 
dinerie interface. Lowering of the surface ten- 
sion is not essential and presumably plays no part 
when finely divided solids serve as emulsifying 
agents. Oil in water and water in oil emulsions 
may be produced with finely divided solids; in the 
first type the solid must be wetted more strongly 
by water than by oil, but in the second type it 
must be wetted more strongly by oil. Certain 
factors influencing the relative wetting are con- 
sidered. It is also shown that solids tending to 
form the first type of emulsion exert an ‘‘antag- 
onistic’’ effect on solids tending to form the 
second type of emulsion, the effect being entirely 
analogous to Clowe’s antagonistic action between 
soaps of sodium and calcium. 


Emulsifying agents in oil field emulsions: J. L. 
Suerrick. The presence of some third com- 
ponent, usually a colloid, to serve as an emulsify- 
ing agent is recognized by most workers as a 
necessary condition for stable emulsion forma- 
tion. Experimental results indicate that earthy 
matter, carrying adsorbed asphalt, asphaltenes, 
etc., and present in the oil as a hydrophobe col- 
loid, functions as the emulsifying agent in oil 
field emulsions. This conclusion is in line with 
Richardson’s work on Trinidad asphalt (J. Phys. 
Chem., 19, 245-6. 1915). Addition of certain 
organic solvents decreases the adsorption of 
asphalt on the earthy material and renders these 
emulsions unstable. As the adsorbed asphalt is 
removed the earthy matter ceases to be a hydro- 
phobe colloid such as is necessary for the sta- 
bilization of a water-in-oil emulsion. 

A short discussion on the formation of crude 
oil and water emulsions: A. W. McCoy. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1412 
Common Characteristics of crude petroleum 
emulsions: E. E. Ayres, Jr. This paper deals 
with crude petroleum emulsions as they occur 
industrially. It is pointed out that these emul- 
sions are comparatively uniform in properties. 
The subsidence produced by gravity and by cen- 
trifugal force is discussed and the two methods 
compared for crude petroleum emulsions. The 
coalescence produced by contact under the influ- 
ence of gravity and high centrifugal force is in 
the same degree. Three methods for producing 
coalescence are discussed—heat, filtration and 
colloid reactions. Heat is often incorrectly 
applied. Properly used, heat will greatly assist 
resolution. The filtration method described is 
based on the principle of contact between water 
globules and a medium more readily wetted by 
water than by oil. The method of ‘‘colloid re- 
actions’’ is based on the opposition of hydrophile 
to the hydrophobe colloid. One may be neutral- 
ized by the other so as to yield a zero stability. 
The formation of reagents to accomplish such 
reactions is discussed. 

Recovering petroleum from emulsions by chem- 
ical treatment: RaupH R. MarrHewS AND 
Puitie A. Crossy. Satisfactory results are 
shown which were obtained by treating tank bot- 
toms (emulsified petroleum) with a chemical 
known as Tret-O-Lite, which consists principally 
of sodium oleate. An aqueous solution when 
thoroughly mixed with the emulsion at 100-120° FP. 
causes it to separate and results in the recovery 
of pipe line oil. A later development in the work 
has resulted in a liquid compound produced by 
sulphonating olcio acid and then making alkaline 
with caustic soda. This seems more effective, and 
methods and results of commercial applications 
to crude oil emulsions are shown. Experimental 
work is now going on relative to producing and 
using an oil soluble compound which will be more 
effective than the above and more easily handled. 

Oil field practice in handling crude oil emul- 
sions: Sipnry Born. The latest developments 
in handling crude oil emulsions are described in 
some detail. Five different methods are dis- 
cussed: The steaming plant, chemical treatment, 
the Cottrell process, the centrifugal method and 
the topping plant. The types of plants and 
process most suitable for different fields and con- 
ditions will be of interest to the practical opera- 
tor. A new method developed by the writer is 
described for handling large amounts of B. 8. 


CHARLES L. PARSONS, 
Secretary 


New SERIzS 
Vout. LV, No. 1413 


9 99 SINGLE Copies, 15 Cts. 
Fripay, January 27, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


Ss 


The Abbe, with heating arrangement; 
for quickly determining with white light 
the refractive and dispersive powers of 
liquids, also of solids having one polished 
surface. Readings are direct, no ealcula- 
tions being necessary. 


This instrument is used particularly for 
the accurate testing of oils, also, with 
special seale, for the testing of sugars. The 
Bausch & Lomb, the Zeiss, and the Spencer 
makes all are carried in stock for immediate 


shipment. 


The Butyro refractometer is primarily 
intended for the examination of butter, but 
is also adapted for the refractometric ex- 
amination of fats and oils, also for deter- 


Abbe Refractometer No. 5844 mining the percentage of water in concen- 


trated glycerine solutions. A special thermometer is used in the testing of lard. 


The Immersion refractometer is used for the examination of liquids of 


low refractive index, as milk, serum, aqueous, alcoholic and ethereal solutions. 


Write for additional information, giving full details of 
your requirements. 


Es FOUN OF B Eyer 


nt STS 
NEW YORK CITY PITTSBURGH BRANCH 
3rd Ave., 18th—1Sth St. TSP 4048 Jenkins Arcade 


Washington, D. C. Display Room, Suite 601, Evening Star Building, 
Pennsylvania Avenue and 11th Street. 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


The Boreal Flora 
of the 


Sierra Nevada of California 


By FRANK JASON SMILEY 


423 pages, 7 plates. Paper, $5.00. Carriage 
extra, weight 234 Ibs. 


This book constitutes a working flora 
of the high Sierra Nevada of California. 
It has been the intent of the author to 
present a list of all the plants of the 
high Sierra with keys for their determi- 
nation. He has also included descrip- 
tions of the geology, topography, and 
climate of the range. 


University of California Press 
Berkeley, California 


BLAKISTON BOOKS 


CHAMBERLAIN. Organic Chemistry 
Cloth, $4.00. By JosrpH ScuppER CHAM- 
BERLAIN, Ph. D., Prof. Organic Chemistry, 
Mass. Agricultural College. 
COPAUX. Introduction to General 
Chemistry 
30 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.00. By Pror. 
H. Copaux (Paris), Translation by Pror, 
Henry LEFFMANN, (Philadelphia). 
ROUGIER. Philosophy And The New 
Physics 
Cloth, $1.75. By Pror. L. Rouater (Paris) 
Translation by Pror. M. Masius, Worces- 
ter Polytechnic Institute. 
BAILEY. Food Products 
Their Source, Chemistry, and Use 
2d Edition, 92 Illus. Cloth, $2.50. By 
Pror. E. H. S. Battey, University of Kan- 
sas, Lawrence. 
JENSEN. Dairy Bacteriology 
2d Edition, 70 Illustrations. Cloth, $3.00. 
By Orta-JENSEN, Prof. Polytechnic Col- 
lege, Copenhagen. 
HACKH. Chemical Reactions And Their 
Equations 
Cloth, $1.75. By Inco W. D. Hacxu, 
Prof. College of Physicians and Surgeons, 
San Francisco. 


P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. 
PHILADELPHIA, PA. 


Publications of the Cambridge University Press, England 


TWENTY-FIVE YEARS IN EAST AFRICA 
By JoHn Roscoe 


An account of life and travel in East 
Africa in the early days of European settle- 
ment, with some facts of anthropological 
and social interest relating to Central 
Africa. Illustrated, $8.00 


A MANUAL OF SEISMOLOGY 
By CuHarves Davison 


An outline of our present knowledge of 
Seismology, including the most recent ad- 
vances in the subject, largely the work of 


mathematicians and physicists. 
Illustrated, $7.00 


THE LANDS OF SILENCE: A HISTORY 
OF ARCTIC AND ANTARCTIC EX- 
PLORATION 

By Sir CLemMents R. MarKHAM 
Edited by Dr. Guillemard, the book 

“takes place” in the words of the Times, “as 

the standard work of reference on the sub- 

ject.” Illustrated, $18.00 


TRAVELS OF A CONSULAR OFFICER 

IN NORTH-WEST CHINA 

By Ertc TEICHMAN 

The record of a series of journeys 
through the little known provinces of 
Northwestern China with interesting dis- 
coveries of a scientific, industrial and politi- 
cal nature. Illustrated, $10.00 


OPTICAL THEORIES 

(Second Edition) 

By D. N. Matrix 

The development of optical theories from 
the earliest times to the present day under 
the four headings: early theories, elastic 
solid theory, electro-magnetic theory, and 
electron theory. $3.00 
THE RESOURCES OF THE SEA 

(Second Edition) 

By Witttam CarmicHaEL McIntosH 

The results of scientific experiments to 
test the effects of trawling and the closure 
of certain areas off the Scottish coast. 

Illustrated, $14.00 


For Sale By 
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY, American Agents 


64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York 
Prairie Avenue and 25th Street, Chicago 
Huntington Chambers, Copley Sq., Boston 


609 Mission Street, San Francisco 
330 South Harwood Street, Dallas 
Hurt Building, Atlanta 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 
Application made for transfer of entry to Utica, N. Y., as 
second-class matter. 


JANUARY 27, 1922 


Vou. LV No. 1413 


The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 

The Trend of Earth History: Dr. Exior 

BLACKWELDER 


On the Differential Effects of the Influenza 
Epidemic among Native Peoples of the 
Pacific Islands: Proressor Henry HE. 
CRAMPTON 


Presentation to Professor Emerson: JOHN 
M. CLARKE ... : 

Scientific Events: 
Dr. White’s Gift to Morgantown and the 
University of Virginia; Expeditions of the 
Field Musewm of Natural History; The 
American Engineering Council; Associate- 
ship in the American Association for the 
Advancement of ‘Science......2.2....-..2-s.cecce-00- 93 


Scientific Notes and News... 


University and Educational Notes.........--.--.--- 99 


Discussion and Correspondence: 
Discovery of Gigantic Footprints in the 
Coal Measures of Kansas: H. T. Martin. 
Liesegang Ring Formation: Dr. Huen A. 
MiG Ga GAIN fea oe Se Ee 99 


Special Articles: 
The Identity of Certain Yellow Pigments 
in Plants and Animals: PROFESSOR GEORGE 
B. Rice. Rate and Mode of Soil Deposi- 
tion in the Palouse Area of Washington 
and Idaho: PRorressor P. P. PETERSON...... 101 


The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 

Report of the Treasurer; Financial Report 

of the Permanent Secretary 


The American Society of Naturalists: Pro- 
FESSOR A. FRANKLIN SHULL............-.--.-2------ 105 


THE TREND OF EARTH HISTORY? 


SomE years ago a witty member of the min- 
ing engineering profession read a paper be- 
fore the Canadian Institute of Mining Engi- 
neers, picturing geologists, and particularly 
historical geologists, as a group of romancers— 
the lineal descendants and heirs of the old pro- 
fessional story-tellers of the middle ages. He 
accounted for the general popularity of the 
subject of geology by the fact that every one 
loves a story-teller, while but few people are 
interested in questions of cold fact. 

Nearly all opinions, correct or otherwise, 
are based upon a modicum of fact; and so, for 
this impression of historical geologists as 
dreamers and story-tellers, there is a certain 
foundation in reality. It will scarcely do, how- 
ever, to accept so distorted a picture as even 
an approximation to the truth. 

Are the data with which the student of 
Earth history works so obscure, so fragmen- 
tary and so equivocal that his conclusions are 
not entitled to confidence? In part, Yes; but 
in large measure, No. They are in fact much 
like the data of human history, and partieu- 
larly of archeology. That they are not exact 
quantitative evidence is true, and this tends to 
make them seem untrustworthy in the eyes of 
the student of the more exact sciences. Never- 
theless, the data are real, and safe conclusions 
may be drawn from them if care and due eau- 
tion are applied to the operation. Further- 
more, the solving of one problem often leads 
to the solution of another which had previously 
resisted all attempts at interpretation. In 
spite of the obvious incompleteness of the geo- 
logic record, we nevertheless have a large 
number of clearly ascertained facts about the 
physical and biologie history of the earth, and 


1 Address of the Vice-President and Chairman 
of Section E—Geology and Geography, American 
Association for the Advancement of Science, 
Toronto, December 28, 1921. 


84 SCIENCE 


even some hints about its birth and antece- 
dents. 

The biologic phase of the subject over- 
shadowed the physical in the minds of the his- 
torical geologists of the nineteenth century so 
largely that we now know more about the char- 
acter and sequence of organic forms than about 
other phases of the Harth’s history. Courses 
in historical geology have generally been 
taught by paleontologists, and the history of 
animals and plants fills most of the pages de- 
voted to historical geology in textbooks and 
manuals. In the last few decades, however, 
more and more attention has been given to the 
nature and sequence of the climates, physio- 
graphic changes, volcanic outbursts and other 
physical events; and our knowledge of this 
phase is now growing so rapidly that it bids 
fair to overhaul and pass the earlier wave of 
biological study. To appreciate the truth of 
this statement, it is only necessary to scan 
the list of papers that have been published-in 
recent years on such subject as unconformities, 
epochs, paleogeog- 
raphy, physiographic history, glacial epochs, 
and the lke. 

The study of the physical history of the 
Earth assumes new aspects from decade to 
decade, as a question here and there is an- 
swered and other problems arise out of the 
interaction of newer ideas. One of the com- 
monest questions which geologists are asked is 
—‘‘How old is the earth?” and “How many 
years have elapsed” since this or that event in 
its history took place? The question has been 
attacked from many angles, and although exact 
calculations are not yet and perhaps never will 
be possible, we may have increasing confidence 
in the general character of the returns. 

Counting the growth-rings in the big trees 
of California shows that some of those giant 
growths are more than 4,000 years old, and 
yet no marked change has taken place in the 
surface of the land on which they stand since 
they sprouted from the soil. 

Baron De Geer, after a most painstaking 
study of the laminated glacial clays of north- 
western Europe, seems to have compiled a 
definite record of seasonal changes of deposi- 
tion covering some six or seven thousand 


sedimentation, orogenic 


[Vou. LV, No. 1413 


years, during which certain post-glacial lakes 
were being filled with deposits of silt. 

Less accurate estimates of geologic time 
have been based on recessions of Niagara 
Falls and other cataracts. These problems are 
usually complex and the factors not all well 
known. Hence, estimates of the number of 
years since the ice sheet left Niagara vary all 
the way from 7,000 to 50,000 years. Never- 
theless, this gives a general order of magni- 
tude which is of value. The mean of the two 
extremes is probably not very far from the 
truth. 

The most complete part of our geologic rec- 
ord is the composite pile of strata of the sedi- 
mentary rocks. Many attempts have been 
made to translate the thickness of these beds 
into terms of years, but our knowledge of the 
rate at which sediments accumulate under va- 
rious conditions is still far too inaccurate. We 
know rates in certain isolated instances, but 
they vary within wide limits, and we do not 
yet understand the factors that govern the 
variations. There is good reason to believe, 
however, that the rate of deposition generally 
has been overestimated, and hence the periods 
of time have been made too short. 

Within the last fifty years, the various esti- 
mates which have been made of the time rep- 
resented by the Paleozoic, Mesozoic and Ceno- 
zoic eras have varied between three million 
years for the lowest and six thousand million 
years for the highest. The average of twenty 
such estimates is about 250 million years, but 
most of the individual figures are about 100 
million or less. 

On the whole, from decade to decade there 
has been a disposition to lengthen the esti- 
mates, as the testimony of the stratigraphic 
column became better understood. In 1893, 
Walcott allowed 45 to 70 million years for 
the three eras. In 1899 Geikie estimated 100 
million years. In 1913, Holmes calculated an 
average of about 300 million years for the 
same group of periods, and, in 1916, Barrell 
suggested 360 to 540 million years as the best 
estimate based on the sedimentary deposits. 
This tendency to recognize more clearly the 
immense duration of the various geologic pe- 
riods has been due largely to a growing un- 


JANUARY 27, 1922] 


derstanding of the many diatems, or interrup- 
tions in the stratigraphic column, as well as 
variation in the rate at which different types 
of sediments have been laid down. 

Soon after the discovery of the fact that 
yadium undergoes an exceedingly slow decom- 
position leaving helium and lead as products, 
it was found that the minerals of the oldest 
rocks contained more helium and lead than 
those of younger rocks. The following are a 
few examples selected from the calculations by 
Strutt expressed in terms of the time from 
certain periods down to the present: 

Hilege In OC On Ceeeeeeseeecaenee tne ee en 6 million years 

2. Upper Carboniferous.......- 146 million years 

3. Early pre-Cambrian.......... 710 million years 

Holmes recognized that much of the gas 
emitted might have escaped during the subse- 
quent existence of the minerals. Using the less 
migratory element, lead, as a basis of caleula- 
tion, he reached the figures 1,000-1,600 mil- 
lions years for the age of certain minerals 
from the Archean rocks. It is particularly 
significant, that the testimony of different min- 
erals from the same intrusion, considering the 
errors expectable in analytic work, generally 
agrees rather closely; and there is almost as 
eood a correspondence between the lead ratios 
of minerals of the same general age but from 
widely separated localities. According to Bar- 
rell’s interpretation, the rare-earth minerals of 
the Llano uplift in central Texas contain 
uranium-lead indicating an age of about 1,125 
million years. ‘They are roughly of middle 
pre-Cambrian Age. Unless there are con- 
cealed sources of error in the careful work of 
our best radiologists, we seem justified in ac- 
cepting their estimates as fairly satisfactory 
approximations—very much the best we have 
ever had—which indicate that the Mesozoic 
rocks are tens of millions, the Paleozoie rocks 
hundreds of millions, and the most ancient 
pre-Cambrian rocks more than 1,500 millions 
of years old. 

Reviewing these attempts to express the his- 
tory of the earth in terms of years, we find 
that from the time of Archbishop Ussher and 
his estimate of 5,700 years for the total. his- 
tory of the earth up to his day, or even Lord 
Kelvin who allowed 20 to 40 million years for 


SCIENCE 85 


the entire evolution of the planet, the ten- 
dency has been to greatly increase our esti- 
mates of the length of time involved in even 
the later part of the Earth’s history; for we 
must not forget that the time from the ear- 
liest Archean period to the present is probably 
very short, as compared with the time that has 
elapsed in the formation of the earth as a 
planet and is to elapse before its final refrig- 
evation—if such is ever to occur. The contem- 
plation of such vast lapses of time makes the 
brief span of human history seem absurdly 
short. It is difficult to realize, when studying 
“history,” commonly so-called, that we are 
reading only the latest chapter of the last vol- 
ume of a great series of tomes numerous 
enough to fill a large library. 

The physical events that crowded this tre- 
mendous space of years are being made known 
as geologic field studies progress. Among 
them are the orogenic disturbances, or diastro- 
phie revolutions, when long winding wrinkles 
were bulged upon the Earth’s surface, only to 
waste away under the slow attack of the 
weather. While they are in this process of de- 
cay, we call them mountain systems. At such 
times, the shallow epicontinental seas are gen- 
erally withdrawn into the ocean basins, the 
average height of the continental masses above 
sea-level is increased, and the work of erosion 
accelerated. 

That part of North America now occupied 
by the Rocky Mountain System was, from be- 
fore the Cambrian down to the Cretaceous pe- 
riod, for the most part a region of plains or 
low hills, undergoing either general erosion or 
decomposition. Much of the time it was sea- 
bottom. Then followed a period of profound 
disturbance. The stratified rocks were wrinkled 
into folds, and their foundation of ancient 
crystalline rocks compressed and mashed be- 
neath them. Great slices were sheared over 
the subjacent mass for many miles. Molten 
lava welled up into the disturbed formations 
and even burst forth on the surface scattering 
cinders and volcanic dust far and wide. Rem- 
nants of the lava flows and stocks still mark 
the sites of voleanic cones which have since 
been demolished. This disturbance subsided, 
but was repeated soon afterward at the close 


86 SCIENCE 


of the Paleocene Period. The deformation 
was again renewed in the Miocene period and 
in a milder form still more recently. From 
the bulged and wrinkled tract thus prepared, 
the Rocky Mountains, as we know them to- 
day, have’ been carved by the combined agencies 
of erosion. 

By contrast, on the eastern slope of North 
America, periods of relative stability in the 
erust alternated with these compressive dis- 
turbances, from a remote pre-Cambrian time 
down to about the close of the Paleozoic era. 
Since then the region has been comparatively 
quiet, and its history is chiefly the story of the 
erosion of the surface, modified from time to 
time by slight and gentle uplifts and subsi- 
dences of broad areas. 

These are examples of a great geologic prin- 
ciple. All regions of the globe have had sim- 
ilar periods of disturbance alternating with 
those of quiet, but as to time and intensity they 
have differeé among themselves. In the earlier 
days of geology these crumpling disturbances 
were usually ascribed to the cooling and con- 
sequent shrinkage of the globe. Other 
hypotheses are now in the field, and the con- 
test is still in full swing. Whatever their 
cause, we do not find much evidence of a gen- 
eral decrease in the activity of such internal 
earth forces. On the contrary, the middle 
Tertiary revolution was one of the most wide- 
spread and intense of which we have any rec- 
ord. There have been many fluctuations but 
no general trend. ‘ 

Voleanie action lkewise varies in intensity, 
and transfers its activity from one region to 
another from period to period; generally ac- 
companying but locally ignoring the diastro- 
phic disturbances. Yet, on the whole, the vol- 
canie activity of the last two geologic periods 
is equal in intensity and widespread distribu- 
to anything known to us in earlier 
periods. 

The demolishing of the hills and mountains 
by streams, winds, glaciers, and the other ero- 
sive agencies proceeds most actively during the 
periods of crumpling. At such times broad, 
flat-bottomed valleys are planed off only on 
the outeropts of the softest rocks. The wear- 
ing away of the harder masses proceeds at a 


tion 


[Vou. LV, No. 1413 


much slower pace. Before such plains can be 
extended over the more resistent outcrops, 
the heaving and sagging of the uneasy earth 
interrupt the process and rejuvenate the ero- 
sion cycle. : ‘ 
Eventually the internal unrest subsides; the 
body movements virtually cease for a long pe- 
riod until renewed in the oncoming of the next 
orogeny. In this period of relative quiet, the 
erosive agencies are able to reduce to compara- 
tive flatness not only the outcrops of the soft, 
but also the harder rocks, until peneplains of 
broad extent have been produced. Only the 
hardest masses and those farthest removed 
from the main drainage channels continue to 
stand out as mountains. The early Cambrian 
and the Jurassic periods saw peneplains ex- 
tended over most parts of North America of 
which there is sufficient record. Meanwhile, 
the adjacent seas were gradually being filled 
with the detritus swept from the land, and 
were in consequence 
continental platforms in the form of shallow 


ereeping out upon the 


seas. 

To-day we evidently are living in the midst, 
or perhaps near the close, of one of the les- 
ser periods of internal disturbance. For this 
reason our broad plains of erosion, such as the 
Mississippi Basin, Central Russia and north- 
west Siberia are limited for the most part to 
the outcrops of soft rocks. Nevertheless, we 
appear to have, even to-day, in central Can- 
ada and eastern Siberia ancient peneplains, on 
hard rocks, which have been so little dusturbed 
and dissected that they still retain in large 
measure their distinctive character. 

For a hundred years or more paleontologists 
have been gathering and assembling informa- 
tion regarding the kinds of animals and plants 
represented by the fossils in the rocks. From 
them we learn the distribution of these plant. 
and animal societies both in space and time. 
When enough information has been gathered 
regarding the distribution of the marine sedi- 
ments and faunas of a particular age, we are 
in a position to map, at least roughly, the sea 
and land areas of the time. Such maps have 
been made within the last few years in con- 
siderable variety and for more than one of the 
continents. They are admittedly crude approx- 


JANUARY 27, 1922] 


imations to the truth; yet they show certain 
general facts that are fairly well substantiated. 
The more detailed studies of this kind have 
made us realize that throughout the recorded 
part of geologic history there have been alter- 
nate expansions and contractions of the oceans, 
with reciprocal changes in the land areas. 
Schuchert has estimated that about the middle 
of the Ordovician time the sea covered two 
thirds or more of what we now call North 
America, as well as large parts of other con- 
tinents. It was one of the distinctively oceanic 
epochs. On the other hand, the epochs that 
began and terminated the Paleozoic era were 
times of diastrophie activity marked by such 
extreme contractions of the ocean-covered areas 
that we can find on our present lands only 
small traces of the marine strata of those ages. 
The rest of them are doubtless buried beneath 
the present oceans. 

These oscillations of the shore-line seem to 
be wholiy irregular and pulsating. We can 
discern no definite tendency toward either a 
progressive contraction or a progressive expan- 
sion of the ocean. If there be such a tendency, 
it must be so gradual that even many geologic 
periods are not sufficient to reveal its nature to 
us. Only on theoretical grounds may we sus- 
pect that the oceans are constantly growing a 
little larger, for they are receiving from time 
to time water derived from the steam of vol- 
canie eruptions; and there is reason to think 
that much of this water is a real contribution 
from the interior of the earth and that it has 
never before been a part of the hydrosphere. 

We have come to understand that the hills, 
mountains, valleys and other topographic de- 
tails of the land are almost entirely the result 
of what James Geikie has aptly called “land 
sculpture.” Streams of water, the wind, gla- 
ciers, the waves of the sea and still other 
agencies combine their efforts to produce a 
composite result, which in some regions may 
be more the work of one agency and in others 
largely the work of another. 

On the average these various processes of 
erosion seem to work with exceeding slowness. 
The pyramids of Egypt, now nearly six thou- 


sand years old, have suffered only trivial wear , 


from the continual sandblast action of the 
desert winds through all those centuries. From 


SCIENCE 87 


estimates of the amount of material carried out 
by the streams to thé ocean in solution and in 
suspension each year, we may calculate that 
the continents are being worn away at a rate 
which, if evenly distributed, would be sufficient 
to lower the land surface one foot in about 
every 10,000 years; but we are well aware that 
this erosion is much more rapid in a few spe- 
cially favored localities than elsewhere and 
hence that over most of the land the rate of 
denudation is correspondingly slower. 

On the other hand, we have clear evidence 
that these processes have brought down nearly 
to base-level large areas of land surface in a 
mere fraction of one of our geologic periods. 
The Paleozoic rocks of southern Oklahoma, 
compressed, folded and strongly elevated late 
in the Pennsylvanian or Carboniferous period, 
were beveled off to such an extent before the 
Permian period that the rocks of that age now 
rest upon the truncated edges of the older beds, 
although but a fraction of the Pennsylvanian 
period intervenes between the two events. In 
the Rocky Mountains of Colorado and 
Wyoming an interval of active erosion, follow- 
ing the first uplift of the Rocky Mountain 
system, stripped off the many thousands of 
feet of sedimentary formations to such an 
extent that the old pre-Cambrian crystalline 
terranes were exposed to erosion before the 
oldest Tertiary strata were deposited. This 
lapse of time, although amounting, no doubt, 
to hundreds of thousands of years, was so 
short that it now appears to us only the quick 
transition between two of our commonly ree- 
ognized geologic periods. Few things show 
more clearly how coarse are the divisions on 
the great time-scale of earth history. 

Our knowledge of the climates of even the 
better known periods of geologic history has 
lagged behind that of the physiographic and 
biologic changes. For a long time inferences 
were drawn almost entirely from the nature 
of the fossils. Coral reefs were understood to 
mean tropical or sub-tropical climates. The 
bones of reindeer in France and of musk-oxen 
in Kentucky indicated a colder climate than 
that enjoyed by the same regions to-day. On 
the other hand, the leaves of palms and bread- 
fruit trees, preserved in lignite beds on the 
coast of Greenland, suggested a much milder 


88 SCIENCE 


climate there, in one of the early Tertiary 
epochs. Unfortunately, many formations con- 
tain no fossils or only such as have no clear 
significance. 

More recently the nature of the sedimentary 
rocks themselves has been recognized to be 
indicative of climate. It was pointed out long 
ago that ancient glacial beds in India showed 
a period of cold climate in a region which is 
now warm. Beds of rock salt in the Permian 
strata of Germany were correctly interpreted 
to mean arid conditions. But it is only re- 
cently that the climatic relations of the less 
extreme, through much more common, types of 
sediments have come to be understood in a 
general way. In the not distant future we 
may expect to read the climatic significance not 
only of all terrestial deposits but to some 
extent even of the marine formations, although 
the latter are much less affected by changes of 
climate. 

An individual rock formation is itself a more 
or less legible record of the local climatic con- 
ditions at the time and place of its origin. 
Such local climates must have been related in 
considerable measure to temporary features of 
the land topography. Thus, some of the de- 
posits which indicate aridity were probably 
laid down on the lee sides of high mountain 
ranges. Others were due to the prevailing 
distribution of oceans and currents. It has 
long been recognized that the broad expansion 
of seas in the Ordovician and Silurian periods 
must have favored an untrammelled circula- 
tion of currents capable of equalizing tempera- 
tures between the tropical and polar regions 
far more effectively than is possible to-day. 

In spite of such local influences on climate, 
we may, by considering the climatic implica- 
tions of all the formations of a particular 
epoch, gain a general impression of the aver- 
age climate of the globe for that time, and 
these average climates may be compared among 
themselves and with that of the present. 
Although only a good beginning of this work 
has been made thus far, it should be but a few 
years till we shall understand ancient climates 
at least as well as we already know ancient 
land configuration. 

All that we have learned thus far about the 
earth’s climatic history goes to show that, ever 


[Vou. LY, No. 1413 


since the earliest periods of which we have a 
sufficient record, there have been frequent 
oscillations between colder and warmer and 
between moister and drier climates, but always 
within narrow limits. At no time does the 
climate appear to have been inimical to life 
over all or even half of the globe. To-day 
over a considerable part of the land surface 
it is so dry, as in central Arabia, that scarcely 
any plants or animals ean exist. On the 
Antarctic continent—once inhabited by a 
varied assemblage of plants and doubtless ani- 
mals—life has been practically exterminated 
by the outward growth of the great ice-sheet. 
We have no evidence in geologic history that 
conditions have ever been especially more 
severe; and yet in the records of almost every 
geologic period back to the Archean we find 
some places which have been glacial and others 
which have been arid. 

Temperatures between 0° and 80° Centigrade, 
at least during the growing season, are required 
by nearly all living creatures, and for the vast 
majority of them the range is less than 40°. 
The polar districts are to-day below the mini- 
mum, and much larger areas have been as 
cold in certain past epochs; but we have no 
evidence that the maximum has ever been ex- 
ceeded. This is a very narrow range, and yet 
the fluctuations of terrestrial climates seem to 
have been confined within it ever since the 
Archean period, if not earlier. The writers 
of the older text-books of geology, placing 
perhaps too much confidence in the nebular 
hypothesis of Buffon and La Place, supposed 
that the temperature of the earth had con- 
stantly decreased from the white heat of an 
astral period down through an era of molten 
rock, and a later one of vaporous oceans, to 
conditions as we find them to-day. The accu- 
mulating testimony of the sedimentary strata 
does not appear to support this supposition. 
This record, extending back perhaps some hun- 
dreds of millions of years, seems to reveal to 
us a history marked by slight oscillations of 
climate, but in a broad way singularly uniform 
and without evidence of a progressive increase 
or decrease of either general humidity or tem- 
perature. 

‘In view of opinions which were generally 
current a generation ago that geologic history 


JANUARY 27, 1922] 


revealed a slow but stately progression from 
smaller to larger continents, from more active 
mountain-building and voleanie action to 
quieter conditions, and of warmer, moister 
climates to colder and drier climates, these 
results of more recent studies are particularly 
instructive. The earth’s physical history, dur- 
ing the past fifteen or more geologic periods, 
seems actually to be represented by neither a 
perceptibly ascending nor a descending curve, 
but by a slightly wavy line which is either 
essentially horizontal or more probably is 
rising or descending so very slowly that all of 
the recognized periods of the earth’s history 
combined are too short to show the trend. 

When we turn to the history of living things 
on the earth, however, we have unrolled before 
us a definite progression which we are accus- 
tomed to regard as an upward trend. 

Logically, geologists should not inelude the 
history of organisms as a part of their science. 
Such matters should concern the zoologist and 
botanist. From the outset, however, geologists 
have been much interested in the study of 
fossils and the biologists have seldom protested 
against this adoption. The study of fossil 
organisms has indeed absorbed nearly all the 
attention of many men generally regarded as 
geologists. 

No question related to the earth’s history 
arouses greater interest than that of the origin 
of life. Yet of the beginnings of life we have 
absolutely no trace in the geologic record. Our 
notions regarding that remarkable event are 
necessarily derived from speculations based 
on the known laws of chemistry and physics, 
and on the theories of evolution. 

Land plants of such familiar types as the 
ferns and club-mosses we have traced by their 
fossil remains back to the Devonian or even to 
the Silurian period. Ages before that, at least 
as far back as the early part of the Algonkian 
period, the sedimentary deposits were of such 
a nature as to strongly indicate that the land 
was in part covered by an effective mantle of 
vegetation. This may have been supplied by 
the mosses and lichens, such as now form that 
thick and characteristic blanket of the ground 
in the sub-aretie regions—the “tundra.” They 
would effectively cover the ground, but only 


SCIENCE 89 


under the most favorable circumstances could 
they be preserved as fossils. Aquatic alge 
have been satisfactorily identified in consider- 
able variety in rocks that were laid down early 
in the Proterozoic era; and there are indirect 
evidences and perhaps the actual fossil re- 
mains of bacteria quite as early. On purely 
theoretical grounds this has long been ex- 
pected. 

Animals of comparatively advanced classes, 
such as the arthropods, were highly diversified 
as far back as the lower Cambrian epoch and 
have been reported from even older rocks. 
Simpler animals, such as the radiolarians, 
have been detected in the pre-Cambrian rocks 
of France. We may, therefore, reasonably 
expect to find fossil animals in even the oldest 
sedimentary rocks, if they are not so altered 
by metamorphism as to have lost their original 
structures. 

Under the best of circumstances, however, 
we can hardly hope to find traces of animals 
more primitive than those represented among 
groups already known in fossil and living form. 

No branch of geologic history has been so 
assiduously studied as the evolution of the 
animals. Thanks to this activity, ranging 
over more than a century, we now have a 
large fund of information from which to gen- 
eralize. It has long been recognized that new 
genera, orders and classes have made their 
appearance one after another, risen to prom- 
inence, flourished for a while, and then de- 
clined either to extinction or to a lowly status 
where some of them have lingered on in ob- 
security through many succeeding periods. The 
ammonites, which once inhabited every sea on 
the globe in great variety, disappeared utterly 
at the close of the Mesozoic era, and to-day 
we have nothing more closely related to them 
than their cousin, the Nautilus. The great 
class of reptiles, which dominated the land in 
the Mesozoie era, and whose sway was then 
apparently unchallenged by any other living 
thing, has largely disappeared and such types 
as have survived to the present day have been 
relegated to the jungles and waste places of 
the earth, where they must depend for the 
most part on concealment or upon fleetness to 
escape from their more powerful enemies. 


90 SCIENCE 


Many explanations of these declines and ex- 
tinctions have been offered—a few absurd, 
others plausible. Doubtless several causes 
were involved in the result. But whatever the 
cause may have been, it is evidently a law of 
nature that the career of each type and of each 
group must take the form of a rising and 
falling curve. 

We now clearly understand that in the 
course of this rise and fall of species, genera, 
and larger groups, there has been a slow but 
steady increase in complexity of structure and 
in function, in both animal and plant bodies. 
The worm has been succeeded by the more 
highly constituted mollusk, which has in turn 
been supplanted by the arthropod, the fish, 
and finally the mammal. 

Hach animal type seems to embody an ex- 
periment to test the worth of one or more 
important new devices which are the distinctive 
contribution of that type to the progress of 
animal development. 

The trilobites in the sea and the insects on 
land introduced the wholly coordinated nervous 
system and the power of rapid well-directed 
motion, with better seeing powers and even 
the possibility of flight in the air. These 
improvements represented a great advance 
over the corals, which wait helplessly for their 
food to drift into their mouths, or even over 
such worms, starfishes and mollusks as slowly 
grope through mud or sand or erawl with 
proverbial snail’s pace over the surface. In a 
broad sense, the arthropods may be said to 
have introduced into the world the rapacious 
habit—the active pursuit of food. 

Another advance was represented by the 
first vertebrates and particularly by the fishes, 
which have attained nearest to perfection of 
all water-inhabiting animals either previous or 
subsequent. They invented the spindle form 
and the stern propeller, both of which have 
been imitated necéssarily by every successful 
swimming thing from the shark, the ichthyosaur 
and the porpoise to the modern submarine 
torpedo. The fishes also introduced the photo- 
graphic or image-recording eye, which is far 
superior to the light-sensitive spots of certain 
echinoderms or even the remarkable compound 
eyes of the insects. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1413 


The reptiles in their turn devised the solid 
bony skeleton without which active life upon 
the dry land had previously been limited to 
small animals such as the insects. They intro- 
duced the encased egg, capable of being incu- 
bated in air instead of water. This placed 
the class one step ahead of the amphibians, 
which must always remain near water. The 
reptiles invented also a type of cover which 
was able to withstand the evaporation of the 
body liquids, without loss of that flexibility 
which was essential for rapid motion. They 
were not, however, so successful in coping 
with that other element of climate—tempera- 
ture. The chill of winter reduced their bodily 
processes to inaction and obliged them to 
hibernate except in the warmer months in the 
year. For that reason they must always have 
been, as they are now, largely confined to the 
warmer parts of the globe. 

The probable descendants of the reptiles— 
the mammals—somehow contrived that won- 
derful invention, warm blood, and with it the 
necessary heat-conserving cover of hair. These 
enabled the mammals to range over nearly all 
parts of the globe regardless of climatic and 
seasonal changes and to maintain their bodily 
activities constantly at the most favorable tem- 
perature by oxidizing carbohydrates as bodily 
fuel. It would be hard to overestimate the 
importance of this innovation. 

(To be concluded) 


Evior BLAcKWELDER 
HARVARD UNIVERSITY 


ON THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS 
OF THE INFLUENZA EPIDEMIC 
AMONG NATIVE PEOPLES OF 
THE PACIFIC ISLANDS 

Sryce the influenza pandemic of 1917-1918, 
the writer has had occasion to make two jour- 
neys to insular areas of the Pacific Ocean, for 
the prosecution of special field-studies. In 
two specific instances, incidental observations 
were made on the differential effects of the im- 
ported disease upon the human inhabitants of 
certain islands; it is the object of the present 
brief communication to record the essential 
facts. 


I. The first area is that of the Society 


JANUARY 27, 1922] 


Islands, of which Tahiti is the largest and 
best-known member. The fundamental point is 
that the pure-blooded natives of this group 
of islands suffered a mortality which was re- 
ported to vary from fifteen to twenty-five per 
cent. in different circumscribed communities, 
while the half-caste population lost a distinct- 
ly smaller percentage; the white inhabitants 
lost very few of their numbers, thus manifest- 
ing a high natural resistance. 

The disease was brought to Tahiti in Novem- 
ber 1918 by a vessel from San Francisco, some 
of whose passengers had developed the malady 
after embarking. The vessel was released from 
quarantine, despite the protests of the medical 
officials, and within twenty-four hours the con- 
tagion had begun its rapid spread throughout 
Papeete, the main town of Tahiti. So far as 
the writer could ascertain -by enquiries in the 
summer of 1919, the incidence of the epidemic 
was about the same for all of the three classes 
of the community, distinguished above. Very 
few failed to contract the disease. Many na- 
tives fled from Papeete to the remote districts 
of Tahiti and to the other islands, so that all 
parts of the group were affected. 

It was impossible to secure exact quantita- 
tive data as to the numbers of deaths among 
the three divisions of the population, for the 
figures have not been compiled by the authori- 
ties; but the qualitative result stated above be- 
came clearer with each additional conversa- 
tion with medical men and traders, and with 
numerous native chiefs and commoners. In 
every case, the questions were framed so as 
to elicit a statement without disclosing the 
point at issue; those who are familiar with na- 
tive peoples will realize that this is a neces- 
sary precaution when seeking information. 
Without a single exception the statements 
agreed as to the essential facts. 

Thus the natural resistance of the foreigners 
proved to be high, even under the adverse 
climatic conditions of the tropies, while the 
alien parentage of the half-castes gave to them 
a greater chance of survival as compared with 
the unmixed natives, among whose kind a prior 
process of selection had not occurred as among 
the nations of Europe and America. 


SCIENCE 91 


2.. The second instance is that of two dif- 
ferent native peoples that exhibited an astound- 
ing difference in mortality when attacked by 
the same disease. In the summer of 1920 the 
writer visited the Mariana or Ladrone Islands, 
where most of the available time was devoted 
to field-work in Guam; an opportunity was 
seized, however, to spend a few days on the 
island of Saipan, which lies about 120 miles 
to the northward of Guam. The principal 
settlement of this island is the town of Gara- 
pan, where the population comprises about 
1,500 Chamorros, or Mariana Islanders, and 
an approximately equal number of natives of 
the Caroline Islands. The two peoples occupy 
distinet divisions of Garapan on either side 
of a dividing road, and they remain essen- 
tially separate in culture, dress, language and 
matrimonial relations. \ 

At this place the writer found a gifted 
Spanish Chamorro named Seftor Gregorio Sab- 
lan, who was the teacher-missionary as well 
as the official interpreter. He described the 
coming of the influenza epidemic by means of 
a vessel from Japan about a year before, and 
he gave very definite accounts of its ravages. 
As everywhere else, practically all of the in- 
habitants contracted the disease. The percent- 
age of deaths among the Chamorros of Saipan 
was in excess of twelve per cent., while among 
the Caroline Islanders, equal in total number, 
the deaths were stated to have been only six, 
or about four-tenths of one per cent. 

Clearly, then, the latter people displayed a 
degree of resistance to the pandemic that is 
astonishingly high in comparison with that of 
all of the other islanders which the writer per- 
sonally observed. The circumstances in Gara- 
pan are such as to bring out this fact most 
sharply, because the two contrasted groups of 
natives lived in the same community under 
practically identical conditions of housing and 
regimen. Only in the matter of dress was 
there an obvious difference. The Chamorros 
clothe the body completely, after the manner 
of the Filipinos, while among the Carolinians 
the men are naked save for a small loin cloth, 
and the women wear a fiber mat, or length of 
cloth, around the body from the waist to the 


92 SCIENCE 


knees. It is at least conceivable that the dif- 
ferences in such respects might affect the tem- 
perature reactions of the body during fever, 
more advantageously in the case of those with 
less clothing. But if this is the explanation 
in the particular instance under consideration, 
it does not seem to hold in others; the Me- 
lanesians to whom the disease was brought 
suffered as greatly as the Chamorros and Ta- 
hitians, according to reports, although they 
cover the body at least as little as do the Caro- 
line Islanders. Whatever the explanation of 
the Saipan observations, the fact remains that 
the two contrasted peoples differed greatly in 
their mortality; in the absence of any distin- 
guishable external factors, their difference is 
most reasonably to be attributed to constitu- 
tional peculiarities. 
Henry EH. CRAMPTON 
BARNARD COLLEGE, 
CoLuMBIA UNIVERSITY, 
DECEMBER 24, 1921. 


PRESENTATION TO PROFESSOR 
EMERSON 


Tus society has come at last to the fountain- 
head of American geology—Amherst College. 
Nearly a century ago, while Amos Haton was 
inspiring students at the Rensselaer School by 
his novel modes of teaching, and Silliman the 
greater, at Yale, was illuminating the facts 
and fancies of this science by his brilliant and 
fascinating deliveries, Edward Hitchcock was 
actually creating a geological survey of this 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts and initiating 
classes of students into the astonishing revela- 
tions and practical applications of a new 
science. It was a difficult field he found here 
in this Connecticut Valley and its complicated 
uplands; many different categories of geo- 
logical facts crowded upon him, but he inter- 
preted them with clarity and with such degree 
of distinction that he was, in due course, se- 


1 Address of presentation to Professor Ben- 
jamin Kendall Emerson, LL.D., of Amherst Col- 
lege, at the annual meeting of the Geological 
Society of America, at Amherst, December 29, 
1921. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1413 


lected by Governor Marey of New York as the 
first state geologist for that well organized 
survey; an appointment which he accepted, 
entered upon but soon abandoned because that 


field was too far away from Amherst College 


—indeed, reason in plenty! 


Let us remind ourselves that Edward Hitch- 
cock was a distinguished divine, professor of 
natural theology and geology and president of 
this college, in the most uplifting days of the 
last century. This minister of the gospel was 
boldly entering upon paths lined with harvest 
fields of truth which to his contemporaries were 
fields of poison weeds. With equanimity he 
faced the bigotry of common ignorance and the 
theological odium; but his students heard and 
followed him gladly into those days of delight- 
ful and romantic adventure over this country- 
side, when every hill and knoll, each stream 
and gully, each glacial boulder and picturesque 
retreat was baptized by the geologist-president 
and his classes, with ceremonies of address and 
poem and song: Mounts Castor and Pollux, 
Mount Pleasant and Mount Pleasanter, Met- 
tawampe and Aquilo, the Crescent, the Occi- 
dent, the glacial stones Rock Rimmon, Rock 
Oreb, Rock Etam, and so on through a long 
list of natural monuments; names which should 
never be permitted to disappear from the map 
of Massachusetts, for they are storied monu- 
ments not only of her science and her scenery 
but of one of her great sons. 

If I pay thus brief tribute to the eminent 
Hitchcock, it is only to intimate the influence 
which helped to mould this other great teacher 
of our science to whom we are come tonight 
with our hearts in our hands. Professor Emer- 
son has grasped the very horns of the altar 
of this science, and as we consider wherein has 
lain his glowing success as a teacher, let us 
remember the atmosphere he breathed here in 
his student days. It was an atmosphere 
sweetened by the fragrance of a science just 
bursting into flower, tinged with joyous and 
natural emotions, but never robbed of its 
spirit of devotion. Teachers are the personifi- 
cations of immortality. The men whom Emer- 
son trained, and who have arisen one by one 
to their own niches in the science, sent out in 


JANUARY 27, 1922] 


their turn the influence that here inflated their 
hopes; and their own students, now turned 
teachers too, have sent the echos of the Emer- 
sonian days flying—an endless course, like the 
pursuit of the truth. The footprints in the 
Connecticut River sandstones were to Long- 
fellow the theme of the Psalm of Life; to 
Hitchcock they were more than footprints on 
the sands of time; he saw in the varying depth 
of these impressions, made heavier on one side 
than on another as the creature changed its 
course or turned a corner, the play of a differ- 
ent muscle and the nerve message from the 
brain which compelled the muscular motion. 
There he found, registered in the immortal 
rocks the very purpose and impulse of life. 
And thus too, the great teacher. While about 
these tables, there are some who owe Profes- 
sor Emerson a direct allegiance, probably 
there are none who have not been reached by 
the ever widening rings of his influence or been 
guided by his imprints on the science. We are 
here tonight to heap upon him our pledges 
and congratulations, to establish thus a mile- 
post to mark here the passage of the years. 
Every rock in the fields of Old Hampshire 
County claps its hands and the mountains of 
the Commonwealth break forth into singing, 
for they are his by a peculiar right and by an 
emphasis of interest. To him who has sound- 
ed their depths and touched their heights, 
whose eyes have looked in upon the record 
written in their hearts, whose inspired hammer 
has loosened their tongues that their tales may 
be a part of human knowledge and _ their 
seerets turned to the advantage of the state 
—it is to him we make our pledge of admira- 
tion and regard. When Edward Hitchcock 
retired from the presidency of Amherst Col- 
lege, the trustees not knowing, perhaps, how 
else to express their substantial regard, pre- 
sented him with silver plate. So too we, in 
best of heart and with keener sense of our act, 
ask you to believe this gift which comes from 
all of us, is but the miniature symbol of the 
measure of our regard. 


JoHN M. CLARKE 


SCIENCE 93 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 


DR. WHITE’S GIFT TO MORGANTOWN AND 
THE UNIVERSITY OF WEST VIRGINIA 


Dr. I. C. Wuits, since 1897 state geologist 
of West Virginia, distinguished for his con- 
tributions to the geology of coal and petroleum, 
and Mrs. White have given to the University 
of West Virginia and the city of Morgantown 
1,911 acres of Sewickley coal, situated on 
Helen’s Run, in Marion County. Officers of 
the geological survey estimate that the tonnage 
of the acreage will approximate 15,000,000 and 
on a conservative royalty basis should yield at 
least $4,000,000 over a period of years, 
$2,000,000 to the city and $2,000,000 to the 
university. 

Dr. F. B. Trotter, president of the university, 
and City Manager Sutherland have issued the 
following statement : 

The funds arising from the sale or lease be- 
longing to the West Virginia University are to 
be used as follows: 

The income from the proceeds of said coal is 
to be used in assisting the State of West Virginia 
to equip and maintain a geological department of 
the State University at Morgantown, West Vir- 
ginia, after the state shall have constructed an 
adequate fire-proof building, including museum 
space for minerals, fossils, working laboratories, 
lecture rooms, etc., the only restriction upon the 
expenditure of the income being that it shall be 
devoted solely to the use and benefit of the 
geological department of the State University 
in the city of Morgantown, W. Va. 

The income from the moiety belonging to the 
city of Morgantown is to be used in equal pro- 
portions under the following two heads, viz.: 

First: For assisting the city of Morgantown 
in the purchase, improvement and maintenance 
of a public park in or near said city, for the 
pleasure and enjoyment of all its people. 

Second: For assisting the city of Morgan- 
town in securing, equipping and maintaining a 
public hospital of ample size and facilities in 
which the citizens of Morgantown, West Virginia, 
and especially all those of limited financial 
resources, can secure proper medical and surgical 
attention at a minimum cost, and in case of the 
very poor, free of all cost for such medical, sur- 
gical and hospital care as is necessary for their 
restoration to health. 


94. SCIENCE 


Dr. White’s letter to the officers of the uni- 
versity reads: 

It gives Mrs. White and myself much pleasure 
to be able to transfer to the state university as a 
Christmas gift, an undivided one-half interest in 
1,911 acres of Sewickley coal located near Fair- 
mont, Marion County, W. Va., for the benefit of 
the geological department of the university. 
Whatever of success has come to me in science 
and business has been due in large degree to the 
training I received at the university, my alma 
mater, and it gives me much happiness to be one 
of the first of her sons to recognize this obliga- 
tion in a substantial manner. 

The tract conveyed is, with the exception of a 
ten-acre tract, all in one solid block, and the 
Helen’s Run branch of the Western Maryland 
Railway passes directly across the southwestern 
end of the same at a point from which the coal 
under the entire tract can be removed, with 
natural drainage to a shaft sunk along that rail- 
way. This Sewickley coal will have an average 
thickness of six feet, and hence with a liberal 
allowance for mining waste, the entire tract 
should yield, in round numbers, about 15,000,000 
net tons of coal, or 7,500,000 for the university’s 
portion. With the rapid exhaustion of the coal 
from the Fairmont region, it is reasonable to 
expect that within a period of a very few years 
a lease at not less than 25 cents per ton royalty 
can readily be obtained on this property, with 
agreements for increase as the years go by, so 
that on a graded’ royalty this tract should finally 
yield a net return to the university of approxi- 
mately $2,000,000. It is doubly pleasing to make 
this gift to the university during the presidency 
of Dr. Trotter, under whose able administration 
such wonderful growth and advancement have 
been attained. 

Trusting that this donation to the university 
is only the forerunner of others to come from its 
prosperous graduates, and with best wishes, I 
remain, 


EXPEDITIONS OF THE FIELD MUSEUM OF 
NATURAL HISTORY 

Sours America will be the field of four 
out of six scientific research expeditions to be 
sent out by the Field Museum of Natural His- 
tory during the next five years. Two of these 
expeditions will gather geological specimens in 
the area from Brazil to Patagonia and two, 
one zoological and one botanical, will study 
the animal and plant life of Peru. 


[Von. LV, No. 1413 


An archeological expedition will visit the 
Isthmus of Panama and the State of Columbia, 
South America, and at the same time an eth- 
nology expedition will go to the Malay Penin- 
sula. All expeditions will be gone by summer 
and will remain in the field for periods from 
two to five years. 

The department of geology plans to extend 
its expedition over a period of five years. The 
first of these will be headed by Dr. Oliver C. 
Farrington, curator of the department, and 
will proceed to the gem producing localities of 
Brazil. One of the objects of this expedition 
is to secure a full series of minerals associated 
with the diamond. Two later expeditions under 
Dr. Farrington’s direction will visit the im- 
portant gold and iron mining districts of Brazil 
and the silver and copper producing districts 
of Peru and Bolivia. The latter expedition 
will also take specimens from the important 
nitrate and vanadium deposits of Chile. 

Specimens of pre-historic vertebrate life will 
be searched for by the second of the geological 
expeditions which will visit the Santa Cruz 
beds of Patagonia, certain areas of the Pam- 
pean formation of northern Argentine and 
some of the cave deposits of Brazil. It is 
hoped to secure specimens of the great ground 
sloths, the Pampas horse and other types of 
vertebrate life of South America. The ex- 
pedition will be under the direction of Mr. E. 
8. Riggs, of the department of historical geo- 
logy. 

The zoological and botanical expeditions will 
work together in the interior of the Sierras of 
Central Peru and in the region of the sources 
of the Amazon. The work will take these ex- 
peditions from sea level to the highest alti- 
tudes where life is found. At times they will 
penetrate into virtually tropical islands, large ° 
areas of land entirely surrounded by snow 
capped peaks which have developed species of 
animal and plant life that are found in no other 
place. Dr. Wilfred Osgood, curator of zoology 
of the museum will head the expedition which 
expects to bring back many new specimens of 
animal life. The botanical expedition will be 
under the direction of Mr. J. Francis Mac- 
Bride, assistant botanist of the museum. The 
region the expedition will ‘cover is almost 


JANUARY 27, 1922] 


unknown as far as its plant life is concerned 
and valuable data will be secured by the ex- 
pedition. 

The archeological expedition under the di- 
rection of Dr. J. A. Mason, will endeavor to 
solve some of the interrelations of the ancient 
civilizations of the Americas. It will also at- 
tempt to establish proof of a connecting link 
between the ancient Maya and the Inca of 
Peru. The exploration of Colombia is expected 
to yield many interesting stone statuettes, clay 
images and gold ornaments of the ancient civi- 
lization that inhabited that country. The De- 
partment of Archeology also plans to pene- 
trate the Colorado desert next summer and to 
work among the Eastern Apache and Navaho 
Indians. 

The expedition headed by Dr. Fay-Cooper 
Cole will leave in June for the Malay Penin- 
sula to study the origin and migration of the 
Malay and Negrite races. He will attempt to 
penetrate into the interior of Borneo by fol- 
lowing up one of the rivers that empty into the 
Java Sea. The expedition will be in the field 
for an estimated period of two years and for 
the most part will be in contact with pygmies 
and the least advanced types of primitive Ma- 
lays. 

Dr. B. Laufer, curator of the department of 
anthropology, is planning a trip to China to 
study the aboriginal tribes of the island of 
Hai-nan. He will also make an archeological 
survey of the Province of Fu-kien and Man- 
churia in order to enlarge the Chinese collec- 
tions of the museum. 


THE AMERICAN ENGINEERING COUNCIL 


Tue American Engineering Council of the 
Federated American Engineering Societies 
held its first annual meeting at the Cosmos 
Club, Washington, on January 5 and 6, Dean 
Mortimer E. Cooley of the University of Mich- 
igan, president of the council, presiding. Offi- 
cers were chosen, the work of the past year 
reviewed and discussed, . action taken on 
important matters of public and_ technical 
service, new financial arrangements put into 
effect, committees named, new policies sanc- 
tioned and old ones reshaped, and a definite 
program outlined for the next twelve months. 


SCIENCE 95 


A leading event of the meeting was a dinner 
in honor of Mr. Herbert Hoover, who, address- 
ing the members of the council and their 
guests at the University Club, praised the work 
of the committee on elimination of waste in 
industry as a great and lasting public service, 
pointed the way for new engineering effort in 
the public interest, and expressed renewed 
devotion to the ideals of the council. Resolu- 
tions of apprecition of the service of the new 
Secretary of Commerce were presented to Mr. 
Hoover. 

On January 1, 1921, the membership of the 
society was composed of six national and four- 
teen state and local societies, a total of twenty. 
On December 31, 1921, there were eight na- 
tional and twenty state and loeal societies, a 
gain of eight member societies representing 
1,414 member engineers. 

The balloting for officers resulted in the re- 
election as vice-presidents of Dexter 8. Kim- 
ball, dean of the College of Engineering, 
Cornell University, and J. Parke Channing of 
New York. W. W. Varney of New York was 
again chosen treasurer. L. W. Wallace was 
re-elected executive secretary. 

The executive board of the council for 1922 
is made up as follows: H. E. Howe, Wash- 
ington, American Institute of Chemical Engi- 
neers; Professor C. F. Scott of Yale, L. B. 
Stillwell and Calvert Townley of New York, 
J. H. Finney of Washington, Wilham 
McClellan of Philadelphia, and L. F. More- 


, house of New York, representing the American 


Institute of Electric Engineers; J. Parke 
Channing and A. S. Dwight of New York, 
Charles H. McDowall of Chicago and Philip 
N. Moore of St. Louis, the American Institute 
of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers; L. P. 
Alford of New York, E. 8. Carman of Cleve- 
land, Dean D. S. Kimball of Cornell, Professor 
A. M. Greene of Troy, Dean P. F. Walker of 
Kansas, W. S. Lee of New York, Dean M. E. 
Cooley of Michigan, American Society of 
Mechanical Engineers; Professor J. W. Roe 
of New York, Society of Industrial Engineers; 
Morris L. Cooke, Philadelphia, Taylor Society ; 
W. E. Rolfe, Associated Engineering Societies 
of St. Louis; W. W. Varney, Baltimore Engi- 
neers’ Club. 

Regional 


directors chosen for 1922 are: 


96 SCIENCE 


District No. 1, W. B. Powell, St. Louis; Dis- 
trict No. 2, Gardner 8. Williams, Ann Arbor, 
Mich.; District No. 4, W. J. Fisher, York, Pa.; 
District No. 5, Paul Wright, Birmingham, Ala.; 
District No. 6, Lloyd B. Smith, Topeka, 
Kansas; District No. 7, O. H. Koch, Dallas, 
Texas. 


ASSOCIATESHIP IN THE AMERICAN ASSO- 
CIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT 
OF SCIENCE 

In the By-Laws and Rules of Procedure of 
the American Association, Article II, Section 
2, is the statement that “Associates, on pay- 
ment of five dollars, may be admitted to the 
privileges of a meeting, except voting.” The 
associateship was planned for those who desire 
to attend a meeting of the association and to 
contribute toward the expenses of the meet- 
ing but who do not wish to join the organiza- 
tion permanently. Since the adoption of the 
new constitution, with the new by-laws and 
rules of procedure, there have been but two 
meetings, the Chicago meeting of the year 
1920-21 and the recent meeting held at Toronto. 
No associates were registered for the Chicago 
meeting, but 247 were registered at the last 
meeting. These were mostly residents of 
Toronto. 

The permanent secretary wishes to call the 
attention of all members and friends of the 
association to this, the first entry of associates 
upon the roll of the association. According 


to the prescribed rule, associates have all the. 


privileges of the meeting for which they are 
registered, except voting. These privileges 
are considered to include the right to present 
papers at that meeting, but associates do not 
receive the journal ScimNcE, which is sent to 
members. The funds secured by the payment 
of associateship fees will be used partly to 
defray a portion of the expenses of the meet- 
ing and partly for sending circulars and in- 
vitations to prospective members during the 
following year. Members will not fail to ap- 
preciate the fine spirit shown by associates in 
making this contribution to the funds avail- 
able for current expenses. This first roll of 
associates was secured through the very admir- 
able work of the local subeommittee on mem- 


[Vou. LV, No. 1413 


bership, Mr. H. V. F. Jones, chairman, and the 
thanks of the association are especially due to 
Mr. Jones and the other members. It is 
planned that future publications of the mem- 
bership list will inelude lists of the associates 
registered for each meeting. 


Burton HE. Livrneston, 
Permanent Secretary. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 

At the Amherst meeting of the Geological 
Society of America, Professor Charles Schu- 
chert, of Yale University, was elected presi- 
dent. As vice-presidents were elected: Dr. 
Henry 8. Washington, Geophysical Labora- 
tory of the Carnegie Institution of Washing- 
ton; Dr. Robert T. Hill, Los Angeles, Cali- 
fornia; Dr. W. D. Matthew, of the American 
Museum of Natural History, New York City; 
Professor T. L. Walker, of the University of 
Toronto, and Dr. Edmund Otis Hovey, of the 
American Museum of Natural History. 


THE American Society of Zoologists, meeting 
at Toronto, elected as president Professor Har- 
ris Hawthorne Wilder, of Smith College. Pro- 
fessor Bennet M. Allen, of the University of 
Kansas, was elected vice-president. 


At the New Haven meeting of the American 
Association of Anatomists, Professor Clarence 
M. Jackson, of the University of Minnesota, 
was elected president, and Professor Harold 
D. Senior, of New York University, was 
elected vice-president. 


JOHN Riputey FREEMAN, of Providence, R. I., 
was elected president of the American Society 
of Civil Engineers at the first session of its 
sixty-ninth annual meeting held in New York 
on January 18. Honorary memberships were 
conferred upon Charles Prosper Eugene 
Schneider of Paris, Luigi Luiggi of Rome, 
Samuel Rea, president of the Pennsylvania 
Railroad, Howard Swasey and Howard A. 
Carson. 


Dr. Hivevo NoGucHi, member of the Rocke- 
feller Institute for Medical Research, was 
elected to honorary membership in the Society 
of Dermatology and Venereology of Moscow 
at its thirtieth annual meeting on October 16. 


JANUARY 27, 1922] 


Cuarutes W. Gooparz, of Butte, Montana, 
was awarded the gold medal of the Mining 
and Metallurgical Society of America at its 
annual meeting on January 10, for conspicuous 
services in safety and welfare work. 


THE Crompton Medal, given annually by the 
Institution of Automobile Engineers for the 
best paper read during the session, has been 
awarded to Mr. H. L. Heatheote for his paper 
on “Ball Bearings.” 


Dr. Aueust Pactni, of Washington, D. C., 
was awarded the prize of $1,000 for research 
work in roentgen-ray experimentation by the 
American Roentgen Ray Society at its recent 
meeting in Washington. 


Sir Gnorce T. Beripy, Sir John Cadman and 
Professor J. S. Haldane have been appointed 
to represent science on the advisory committee 
for coal and the coal industry set up under 
the British Mining Act of 1920. 


Dr. EH. N. Mites THomas has resigned the 
keepership of the Department of Botany of the 
National Museum of Wales. 


Dr. S. K. Loy, chief chemist of the Standard 
Oil Company’s refinery at Casper, Wyoming, 
has been appointed consulting chemist of the 
Bureau of Mines in connection with the oil 
shale work. 5 


Dr. Emtntus Cuark Dupimy has been given 
leave of absence from the Northwestern Uni- 
versity Medical School to accept an invitation 
from Yale University to give a course in clini- 
cal surgical gynecology at the Hunan-Yale 
College of Medicine, Changsha, China. Dr. 
Dudley expects to return to Chicago about 
July 1. 


K. F. Burowarp has been granted a year’s 
leave of absence by the U. S. Geological Sur- 
vey to undertake private work in oil geology 
in South America. 


Presipent ArtHuR A. HamerscuuaG, of the 
Carnegie Institute of Technology, sailed for 
Kiurope on January 17 for three months vaca- 
tion. During his absence Dr. Thomas S. Ba- 
ker, the secretary of the institution, will be 
the acting pxesident. 


SCIENCE 97 


Dr. A. S. HircHcock, systematic agrosto- 
logist of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
has returned from a trip to the Orient where 
he went to study the grasses, especially the 
bamboos. He visited the Philippines, Japan, 
central and south China, including the island 
of Hainan, and Indo-China. 


Proressor W. H. Hosss, head of the de- 
partment of geology at the University of 
Michigan, who has been conducting in the Pa- 
cific area a study of mountain growth and of 
the formation of coral reefs and islands, has 
now reached Europe. As exchange professor 
with Professor H. A. Brouwer, he will begin 
his lectures at the University of Delft the first 
week in February. Dr. Brouwer sailed for 
America on January 18 and before going to 
Ann Arbor expects to give an address before 
the Washington Academy of Sciences. 


At the meeting of the Federal Board of 
Surveys and Maps, held on January 10, at 
Washington, D. C., the following officers were 
elected: Chairman: William Bowie,. chief, 
Division of Geodesy, U. S. Coast and Geodetis 
Survey, and chairman of the American Geo- 
physical Union; Vice-chairman: A. D. Widder, 
Cadastral Engineer, U. 8. General Land Office; 
Secretary: C. H. Birdseye, Chief Topographic 
Engineer, U. S. Geological Survey; Members 
of the Executive Committee: Colonel G. S. 
Norvell, Military Intelligence Office, U. S. 
Army, and Commander W. D. Puleston, Hydro- 
graphic Office, U. S. Navy. 


Av a recent meeting of the executive com- 
mittee of the American Astronomical Union, 
Dr. Ludwik Silberstein, of the Research Labora- 
tory of the Eastman Kodak Company, was ap- 
pointed chairman of a Committee on Relativity. 
Other members of this committee are Dr. Ed- 
ward Kasner, Columbia University, Dr. A. A. 
Michelson, University of Chicago and Dr. D. C. 
Miller of the Case School of Applied Science. 
A meeting of the American Section of the 
International Astronomical Union will be 
called some time in the early spring before the 
delegates sail for Rome, where the National 
Conference opens on April 20. At this sec- 
tional meeting it is hoped to have a report 


98 SCIENCE 


from each of the committees as a basis for in- 
struction to the American delegates. 


Berore the Philosophical Society of Wash- 
ington on January 14, an address was given 
by the retiring president, R. L. Faris, on 
“Some problems of the sea.” 


Dr. Evaar F. Surrs, president of the Ameri- 
can Chemical Society, addressed the Rochester 
section of the society, December 19, on “A 
Glance at Early Organic Chemistry.” 


RatpH H. McKexr, professor of Chemical 
Engineering at Columbia University, spoke be- 
fore the Franklin Institute, January 12, on 
“Gasoline from Oil Shale.” 


Mr. JosepH Barcrort, F. R. S., fellow of 
King’s College, Cambridge, will deliver the sixth 
Harvey Society lecture at the New York Aca- 
demy of Medicine on February 11, at 8:30. 
His subject will be ‘The raison d’étre of the 
red corpuscle.” 


Dr. Campseti P. Howarp, professor of 
medicine at the University of Iowa, gave a 
Mayo Foundation Lecture on December 30, 
his subject being “Personal Reminiscences of 
Sir William Osler.” 

THE Journal of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation reports that Professor Gaffky, who for 
many years was the director of the Berlin In- 
stitute for Infectious Diseases, has been 
honored with a monument erected over his 
grave in Hanover, his native city, by his pupils 
and friends. 


As has already been reported in SCIENCE, 
plans are under way in France for the celebra- 
tion of Pasteur’s centenary in 1923. The ecele- 
bration will chiefly consist in an international 
exhibition of hygiene and bacteriology which 
will be held from May 1 to October 31, 1923, at 
Strasbourg where Pasteur began his epoch- 
making researches. A monument to Pasteur 
will be unveiled at the same time. The celebra- 
tions are in charge of the University and City 
of Strasbourg, the Pasteur Institute of Paris 
and the Pasteur family. 


Dr. WiuuiAM F REAR, since 1887 agricultural 


[Vou. LV, No. 1413 


chemist at the Pennsylvania Agricultural Ex- 
periment Station, died suddenly of heart 
trouble at his home in State College, Pa., at 
the age of sixty-two years. 


Dr. JosepH MacDonaup, Jr., founder and 
managing editor of the American Journal of 
Surgery, died suddenly of apoplexy on Janu- 
ary 7, at his home in Hast Orange, N. J., at 
the age of fifty-two years. 


Many libraries doubtless contain duplicates 
of astronomical periodicals and books that are 
needed in other institutions. For the purpose 
of facilitating their purchase, exchange or gift, 
the National Research Council contemplates 
the compilation of a list of all duplicates that 
can be spared. This list will be mimeographed 
and widely distributed. Those who have dupli- 
cates to dispose of are asked to send a list of 
them to the National Research Council, Divi- 
sion of Physical Sciences, 1701 Massachusetts 
Avenue, Washington, D. C. It is desirable, 
but not essential, that it be indicated which of 
these will be sold, which exchanged, and which 
donated. A copy of the complete list will be 
sent on request. 


TuHerE has recently been issued “A list of 
seismologic stations of the world” as Vol. 2, 
No. 15, of the Bulletin of the National Re- 
search Council (U. S. A.). It was compiled 
under the auspices of the Section of Seismo- 
logy of the American Geophysical Union with 
the cooperation and assistance of the Research 
Information Service of the National Research 
Council. This list is incomplete, owing to con- 
ditions prevailing generally after the world 
war. It is desired to correct and complete the 
information in the files of the Research In- 
formation Service in preparation for a revised 
edition of the publication. To that end, a 
further, revised questionnaire is being distribu- 
ted with the printed list. Extra copies of the 
questionnaire are available and will be freely 
sent to all who have additional information to 
contribute. It is requested that every one who 
notes errors or omissions in the “List’’ as 
issued bring these to the attention of the Sec- 
tion of Seismology of the American Geophysi- 


JANUARY 27, 1922] 


cal Union, addressing communications in care 
of the Research Information Service, National 
Research Council, 1701 Massachusetts Avenue, 
N. W., Washington, D. C., U. S. A. It is 
hoped, further, that complete as well as accu- 
rate information may be supplied concerning 
all stations not now fully described. 


THe Geneties Division of the California 
Agricultural Experiment Station is investiga- 
ting the genus Crepis for the purpose of find- 
ing favorable material for genetic research. 
As many as possible of the species in this 
genus will be grown and tested. Incidentally 
material will be accumulated for a monograph 
on the genus. About 35 species from foreign 
countries are now being grown at Berkeley, 
but none that are native to North America. 
The object of this appeal is to interest Ameri- 
can collectors in the work so as to secure vi-~ 
able seeds of American species during the 
present year. Seeds may be sent to Division 
of Genetics, University of California, Berkeley, 
California. 


Dr. C. E. Rusy is making a collection of 
verse of all varieties, whose subject matter re- 
lates to the sciences, with the ultimate purpose 
of publishing an anthology of such poetry. 
Readers of Scimnce are invited to send any 
verses of this character, which may be avail- 
able to them, or to send suggestions as to pos- 
sible sources of such verse to Dr. Ruby, 7 St. 
Paul Street, Cambridge, Mass. In sending 
such contributions, it is desirable that the 
author’s name, and other needful details, in- 
eluding the permission to publish the poem 
(if it is possible for the contributor to include 
this permission) accompany each poem. 


Fire during the night of January 9 in the 
laboratories of the department of anatomy, 
Loyola University School of Medicine, 706 S. 
Lincoln Street, Chicago, destroyed the collec- 
tion of reprints and files of journals of Pro- 
fessor R. M. Strong. He writes that he would 
be grateful to authors who have sent him re- 
prints in the past for any replacements which 
it may be convenient for them to make. The 
research material, unpublished drawings and 
loan collections of the department were essen- 
tially untouched. 


SCIENCE 99 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


THE Corporation of Yale University has re- 
ceived an anonymous pledge of $100,000 for 
the establishment of the William H. Carmalt 
professorship fund in the School of Medicine. 
The president was authorized to designate an- 
nually a professor of the medical school as 
the William H. Carmalt professor. 


Dr. ALLEN Fiske VosHELL, former resident 
orthopedist at the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 
has assumed charge of the department of ortho- 
pedie surgery at the University of Virginia 
Medical School and Hospital. 

THE General Education Board has offered 
$250,000 toward the one million dollars of the 
Radeliffe Endowment Fund provided that the 
rest of the million is raised by July 1. 


Dr. JoHN HEISLER is now carrying on the 
work of anatomy in the School of Medicine of 
the University of Pennsylvania, a position 
formerly filled by Dr. Piersol. Dr. G. P. 
McHoueh has been appointed a full-time in- 
structor in physiology. 

Dr. Austin Baiuey, who has recently been 
employed as superintendent of the apparatus 
division of the Corning Glass Works, has re- 
signed his position to accept an assistant pro- 
fessorship in the department of physies at the 
University of Kansas. 


Mr. Husert H. Newewt, of the Research 
Laboratory of the Westinghouse Electric and 
Manufacturing Company, has resigned to 
accept a position at the Worcester Polytechnie 
Institute. 


KH. A. Auncur has been appointed associate 
professor in the department of thermo-dyna- 
mies at the University of Toronto. 

Proressor J. W. NicHoson has been elected 


to a war memorial fellowship in physics and 
mathematics at Balliol College, Oxford. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 


DISCOVERY OF GIGANTIC FOOTPRINTS IN 
THE COAL MEASURES OF KANSAS 


IcHNoLoey still holds an important place in 


100 


the literature of paleontology, and it is a 
pleasure for the writer to add a new item to 
the information already given by Mudge and 
Marsh, many years ago, concerning vertebrate 
footprints of the Coal Measures of Kansas. 

The literature has been summarized and a 
deseription of a large slab of limestone from 
Osage County, Kansas, bearing footprints has 
been given by Moodie in his monographie work 
on the Coal Measures Amphibia of North 
America. No new information concerning 
vertebrate footprints in the Coal Measures of 
Kansas has been published since that work 
appeared in 1916. The new discovery is thus 
all the more interesting, and especially so since 
a huge type of Coal Measures vertebrate, 
otherwise unknown, is indicated by these 
tracks. Moodie has likewise described, in the 
above-mentioned work and elsewhere, skeletal 
remains of a large labyrinthodont (?) but of 
a size insufficient to have made the tracks de- 
seribed herewith. 

The present discovery relates to a series of 
eight footprints discovered by the sons of Dr. 
George Coghill and turned over to the writer 
for excavation and description. They were 
discovered in a heavy sandstone, a formation 
extending generally over eastern Kansas, ly- 
ing just above the Weston Shales, exposed in 
‘a high cliff near the Dightman bridge over 
the Wakarusa Creek, some five miles southeast 
of Lawrence, Kansas. The series of tracks 
extended for a distance of twenty-five feet in 
a direct line, but several tracks of the series 
are .evidently missing as they average about 
two feet six inches apart, and wider spaces 
occur in two places. 

The tracks vary slightly in size, due doubt- 
less to the plasticity of the matrix when the 
imprints were made. They have an average 
of six inches in breadth, by from six to seven 
inches in length, and both the front and the 
hind feet appear to be represented, as two of 
the imprints distinctly show the presence of 
four toes, while three of them show five toes. 

One impression seems to indicate that the 
hind foot was placed over the impression of 
the front foot. These footprints, if properly 
interpreted, indicate the largest Coal Measures 
vertebrate so far known. A more detailed ac- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1413 


count, with photographs, will appear in a later 
paper on the subject. 


H. T. Martin 
PALEONTOLOGICAL MUSEUM, 
UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS 


LIESEGANG RING FORMATION 


RECENTLY, I advanced a theory to explain 
Liesegang’s rings. ! Unaccepted theories were 
not discussed. 2 Bradford 3 objects to my the- 
ory, and to the omission of literature. 

That I am unaware of some work on band- 
ed precipitates is possibly correct. However, 
I disagree with the chemical analysis* on 
which his adsorption theory is built. I agree 
with him that bands of lead chromate can be 
obtained in gelatine, also with silver nitrate 
in the gelatine and bichromate in aqueous so- 
lution. Further, I think that banding is the 
normal formation of precipitates, and may 
occur in any solution. The function of the 
gel is to fix—relatively—one of the ions, and 
render banding visible. Ordinarily the reac- 
tion between the ions is so violent and the field 
of the reaction so stormy that bands are des- 
troyed. In my theory, relatively fixed was 
used, except in one place, and the discussion 
shows that an absolutely fixed state was not in- 
tended. In fact an absolutely fixed state of 
one ion, or a relatively fixed state of both ions 
—as in superimposed gelatine layers of AgNO, 
and K,Cr,0,—tends to prevent banding. Brad- 
ford states that the ionic attraction of silver 
and chromate is insufficient to explain banding 
in gelatine and not in agar. However, silver 
chromate bands form in agar quite readily, and 
revision of the theory is unnecessary to explain 
banding in this gel. I agree with him that 
bands of lead chromate can be obtained in gela- 
tine with proper concentrations of lead acetate 
and potassium bichromate. Direct reversal of 
the solutions, however, without change of con- 
centrations is not a reliable method. 

Band formation is beautifully illustrated im 
the growth rings of trees. Rings in gels are 
formed similarly. 


1 Science, July 22, 1921. 

2 Bancroft, ‘‘ Applied Colloid Chemistry,’’ 1921, 
p. 259. 

3 ScreNcE, Nov. 11, 1921, p. 463. 

+ Biochemical Journal, 1916, X, p. 173. 


JANUARY 27, 1922] 


To quote briefly without essential change 
from my previous paper: 

In a gelatine solution containing bichromate, 
when silver nitrate is added, concentric rings 
are formed because the ion in the gelatine is 
relatively fixed. The silver ion wanders out 
and forms a ring by precipitation. A region 
on the chromate side of the ring is freed from 
the chromate ion, and a corresponding region 
on the silver side is freed from the silver ion. 
Growth stops until the silver again wanders 
out through the precipitate, and comes within 
range of the chromate ion when the process is 
repeated. The essentials of this interrupted 
growth theory are given in the previous ar- 
ticle. Holmes’ > theory closely resembles mine. 
Bradford’s assumes unnecessary facts to ex- 
plain the phenomenon. Later, I expect to give 
a more detailed account of this common phe- 
nomenon. 


Hueu A. McGuican 
UNIVERSITY oF ILLINOIS, 
CoLLEGE or MEDICINE, 
CHICAGO 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
THE IDENTITY OF CERTAIN YELLOW PIG- 
MENTS IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS 

Lirrie attention seems to be paid, from the 
physiological standpoint, to the fact that the 
yellow pigments in certain animal organs have 
been shown to be chemically identical with the 
yellow pigments common in plants. 

Some cases of the identity of lipochromes 
(yellow pigments of animals) with carotinoids 
(carotin, xanthophyll, lyeopersicin, and fucox- 
anthin of plants) have been known for several 
years,! and the list has recently been greatly 
extended. The lipochromes of the following 
animal tissues are now known to be either 
chemically identical or isomeric with caro- 
tinoids—the ear lobes, beaks, shanks, body fat 
and blood serum of fowls, and the yolks of 
their eggs;2 and the fat of the body, blood 


London, 72: 
1911-12. 
1915. 


1Proe. Roy. Soe. 165. 1908. 
Z. Physiol. Chem., 74: 214. 


2 Jour. Biol. Chem., 23: 261-279. 


5 Holmes. Journal American Chemical Society, 
1918, XL, p. 1187. 


SCIENCE 


101 


serum, corpus luteum and milk of the cow.3 
It seems probable that the same is true of the 
nerve cells of some animals and of the blood 
plasma and body fat of the human body. 
These pigments aré not synthesized by the ani- 
mals, but are merely taken up from their food. 

It is well known that carotin (C,,H,,) is a 
highly unsaturated hydrocarbon. It has been 
shown® that part of the unsaturated linkage 
of its molecule is of a type that can be easily 
satisfied by direct addition of oxygen. Xantho- 
phyll is carotin dioxide (C,,H,,0,). Lycoper- 
sicin has the same empirical formula as caro- 
tin. Fucoxanthin (C,,H,,O,) contains more 
oxygen than the others. The first two of these 
pigments are widely distributed in plants. Not 
only do they always accompany chlorophyll, 
but they are also found in flowers, fruits, seeds, 
and subterranean organs, and also in fungi.® 

The physiological significance of the earo- 
tinoids has, of course, not been wholly neglected. 
It is commonly pointed out? that the tendency 
of carotin to unite with oxygen may be sig- 
in connection with photosynthesis, 
which is a reduction process. Steenbock® has 
suggested that the fat-soluble vitamine is iden- 
tical with some of the carotinoids, while Pal- 
mer? has cited cases that seem to cast doubt 
on this view. Years ago Schunck!? suggested 
the question as to whether xanthophyll, being 
present in connection with both chlorophyll and 
haemoglobin, may not be of physiological im- 
portance in both eases. 

Emphasis is commonly laid on the chemical 
similarity between the chlorophyll molecule and 
the hemoglobin molecule, though similarity of 
function between the chlorophyll of plants and 
the haemoglobin of animals does not seem to 
have been definitely shown. An examination 
of half a dozen recent and standard works deal- 


nificant 


3 Ibid., 17: 191-263. 1914. 
4 Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., 74: 32-33. 1920. 
5 Thatcher. The Chemistry of Plant Life. 1921. 
6 7Palladin’s Plant Physiol. Livingston. p. 19. 
8Sci. N. §., 50: 352-353. 1919. 
" 9Sei. N. S., 50: 501-502, 1919, and Jour. Biol. 
Chem., 46: 559-577, 1921. 


10 Proc. Roy. Soc., London, 72: 176. 1903. 


102 


ing with the chemical phases of plant and ani- 
mal physiology indicates general interest in 
the similarities between chlorophyll and haemo- 
globin. It would seem that the identity of 
lipochromes and carotinoids is worthy of equal 
attention. 

The investigation of what the carotinoids of 
plants and lipochromes of animals have in com- 
mon physiologically would seem to be a hope- 
ful line of work. The fact that they may 
readily take up oxygen seems to furnish a 
starting point for thought and work, which 
will be important, whether the results prove 
positive or negative. 

Gero. B. Rice 
UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON 


RATE AND MODE OF SOIL DEPOSITION IN 
THE PALOUSE AREA OF WASHING- 
TON AND IDAHO 
Durine the last eight years the writer has 
had the opportunity to observe the formation 
of soils on the Columbia Plateau by the wind. 
The soils are often a hundred feet deep or 
more, and are virtually great dunes of silt 
brought sometimes for great distances. The 
area where these dunes lie is locally called the 
“Palouse,” well known for its deep and very 

fertile soils. 

Dust storms are frequent, and, curiously, the 
dust deposited is generally not raised near the 
place of deposition. It comes from an area 
of widely different characteristics. This ac- 
cords strictly with Richtofen’s theory of loess. 
The loess is formed when the wind moves par- 
ticles of silt from an arid or semiarid area and 
deposits them in a more humid one. Once de- 
posited upon the moister land, the silt particles 
are not raised again but become a permanent 
acquisition to the more humid area. Two fac- 
tors cause the permanency of the deposit, first 
the moisture in the soil causes coherence in the 
deposited mass, and secondly the heavier vege- 
tation forms an entangling mesh. Shaler noted 
the same conditions prevailing in the formation 
of loess on the upper course of the Missouri 
River in Montana. 

In the Palouse great dust clouds flying high 
in the air often nearly obscure the sun at a 
time when the soils for many miles around are 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1413 


too damp to be blown. A rain or snow fall 
then clears the atmosphere, carrying the dust 
particles to earth, and they do not rise again. 
At the present time drifting seldom takes place 
but in the past it must have done so. Other- 
wise the dune shaped hills extending at right 
angles to the direction of the prevailing winds 
can not be explained. Thus the deep soils 
over the lava plains between the Columbia 
Valley and the Bitter Root Mountains have 
been formed at the expense of the drier eastern 
slope of the Cascade Mountains and the 
Columbia Valley. 

To measure accurately the amount of soil 
brought into an area annually is well nigh 
impossible. Only under particular conditions 
is it possible to measure that brought in by a 
single storm. To do so it is necessary that the 
soils upon which the deposit takes place be not 
moved by the wind bringing in the dust. Once 
deposited, the material must not be lifted again 
by the same wind, and that brought to earth 
must be kept separate from older deposits. 

A particularly favorable situation for mak- 
ing measurement was presented over the east- 
ern part of the Palouse on January 29, 1917, 
and at that time a series of collections was 
begun at Moscow, Idaho, by the writer. From 
that date to March 23 four dust falls took 
place, upon all of which measurements were 
possible. On the afternoon of January 28 a 
fall of pure white snow took place. The fol- 
lowing morning it was covered with a coat of 
chocolate brown dust of variable thickness. At 
the time practically the whole area was covered 
with snow. The dust therefore must have been 
carried nearly a hundred miles and probably 
was carried twice that distance. 

Measurement of the amount of material de- 
posited was made by collecting the dust covered 
snow from five different areas of average con- 
tour, each of four square feet in area. The 
snow was melted, the water evaporated and 
the dust weighed. From the result the deposit 
upon an acre was calculated as’ 140 pounds. 
Similar dust falls oceurring on March 21, 22, 23 
brought, respectively, 196 pounds, 184 pounds 
and 585 pounds per acre as measured in the 
same way. ‘The total for the four dust falls 
is 1,105 pounds in 55 days or approximately 


' JANUARY 27, 1922] 


7,500 pounds per aere per year. This deduction 
of course assumes that the dust falls oceur with 
equal frequency throughout the year. Recog- 
nizing that such an assumption is not warrant- 
ed, we have made careful observation for the 
last three years to estimate whether the caleu- 
lated amount might be below or above the 
actual. And though accurate measurements 
have been impossible we are convinced that at 
least the amount given is deposited in this way 
each year. The annual accumulation, how- 
ever, does not differ widely from this figure. 
Many times repeated determinations of the 
weight of an acre foot of this soil show it to be 
very close to 2,450,000 pounds per acre. At 
the rate of accumulation just given it would 
require 326 years for the deposition of one 
foot, or approximately four inches is deposited 
in one century. This is four times as much as 
estimated by Free. If no erosion took place 
during deposition, according to this estimate, 
25,000 years were necessary for the deposition 
of the seventy-five feet of soil that covers the 
lava beds on this plateau. ; 

Considerable further work has been done by 
the writer along this line but does not bear 
directly upon the mode and rate of formation 
of this soil. The work is now to be discon- 
tinued unless some one else will take it up. 
A fine problem is presented in historical 
geology or physiography, and it is hoped that 
some person remaining in the vicinity of these 
interesting deposits will find time to take up a 
study of them. A measurement of the depth 
of the soil and more accurate measurements of 
the rate of deposition are problems that will 
lead to extremely interesting deductions regard- 
ing the age of the various lava outflows. 

P. P. PeTERSON 

Ipano Fauus, Ipano 


THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR 
THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 


REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR 1921 


In conformity with Article 15 of the Constitu- 
tion and by direction of the Council, the treasurer 
has the honor to submit the following report for 
the period December 23, 1920, to December 19, 
1921, both inclusive. 


SCIENCE 103 


The total of cash receipts during the year is 
$7,064.65. Disbursements made in accordance 
with directions of the Council amounted to 
$7,959.93. These include $2,172.36 for purchase 
of $2,500 of the United States Second Liberty 
Loan bonds for the association and held as an 
investment. 

The total amount of funds of the association 
consisting of cash, cost value of securities pur- 
chased, and appraised value of securities received 
from the Colburn estate is $121,414.77. 

A detailed statement is appended. 

Rosert 8. Woopwarp, 
Treasurer. 
WASHINGTON, D. C., 
DECEMBER 19, 1921 


BaLancr SHEET—DECEMBER 19, 1921 


ASSETS 

Investments : 
Securities (Exhibit ‘‘A?’’) 
(Gash@anylb ans eer e eres 


LIABILITIES 
Funds: 
Life and Sustaining Membership: 
AS SRAtEG MOO) eer eee $21,900 
16 at $100 1,600 


G) Sustaining 222222... 


6,000 


$ 29,500.00 


Denney IME fShoabk doy bays ee 5,000.00 
W. Hudson Stephens Fund. =) Sood 
Colburn) Hunde 77,755.74 
Accumulated Investments.. fa BA Too 
Unappropriated Interest.....................- 5,085.90 


$127,000.67 
CasH STATEMENT 
RECEIPTS 
1920 

Dec. 23—Balance from last report........ $ 
Interest from securities.......... $5,834.24 
Interest from bank balance... 30.41 

Revertment of grant made to 
ARUNSKOY 1 (Cay Ke) eee 100.00 
11 life commutations, 1921... 1,100.00 


6,481.18 


7,064.65 


$ 13,545.83 
DISBURSEMENTS 
Investments: 
$2,500 U. S. Second Liberty Loan: 


Wumchases El Cees ees sweccseens $2,170.80 
Interest purchased = 38.07 
Wommmissiomiyp ees eee 1.56 
$ 2,210.43 
Grants: 
Gerald L. Wendt...................- 200.00 
Graham Edgar......... 200.00 
Sebastian Albrecht. 200.00 
Caroline E. Furnes: . 200.00 
Bram yay lO bssssseseeeeces 300.00 


104 


Seismological 

America 
P. W. Whiting.. 
N. A. Cobb........ 
Geo. B. Rigg. 
T. R. Garth... 
E. G. Boring. 
A. L. Kroeber........ 
Frank A. Hartman 
W. #H. Garrey--........ 
Carl J. Wiggers. 
W. F. G. Swann... 
H. M. Randall..... 
Walter G. Cady... 
Paul F. Gaehr.. 


Society 


of 


200.00 
200.00 
450.00 
300.00 
150.00 
150.00 
200.00 
150.00 
200.00 
150.00 
150.00 
250.00 
200.00 
100.00 
100.00 
150.00 
150.00 
150.00 


Subscriptions to ScIENCE on account of 
life members: 343 members at $3-..... 
2 life memberships from Jane M. Smith 


Fund 
Rental of safe deposit box 
Foreign exchange 


Cash in banks: 


Fifth Avenue Bank, N. Y...$4,345.57 
U.S. Trust Company, N. Y. 1,240.33 


(Exhibit ‘¢A?’) 
SCHEDULE OF SECURITIES 
SECURITIES PURCHASED 
Purchase Value 


Par Value 
$ 10,000 Chicago & North- 
western Railway 


Co. general mort- 


gage 4 per cent. 


bonds, due 1987..$ 9,425.00 


10,000 Atchison, Topeka & 
Santa Fe Rail- 
way Co. general 
mortgage 4 per 
cent. bonds, due 
TGS 3 eee eres 

10,000 Great Northern 
Railway Co. first 
and refunding 
mortgage 4.25 
per cent. bonds, 
dueml96lessa 

10,000 Pennsylvania Rail- 
road Co. consoli- 
dated mortgage 
45 per e¢cenit. 
bonds, due 1960.. 

10,000 Chicago, Burling- 
ton & Quincy 
Railroad Co. gen- 
eral mortgage 4 
per cent. bonds, 
due 1958 

10,000 Union Pacifie Rail- 
road Co. first lien 


9,287.50 


10,050.00 


10,487.50 


9,350.00 


SCIENCE 
10,000 
10,000 
100 
10,500 
4,500.00 2,000 
1,029.00 2,000 
200.00 6,500 
20.00 
50 
7,959.93 
20,000 
5,585.90 
7,000 


8,000 


42,000 


$178,100 


Vou. LV, No. 1413 


and refunding 
mortgage 4 per 
cent. bonds, due 
2008 (esse 
Northern Pacific 
Railway Co. prior 
lien railway and 
land grant 4 per 
cent. bonds, due 
LO OTe Sie ees 
New York Central 
& Hudson River 
Railroad Co. 3.5 
per cent. bonds, 
due 1997 
U.S. First Liberty 
Loan bonds.......... 
U. S. Second Lib- 
erty Loan bonds.. 
U. 8. Third Liberty 
Loan bonds.......... 
U. 8S. Fourth Lib- 
erty Loan bonds.. 
U. S. Vietory Lib- 
erty Loan bonds.. 


9,012.50 


9,187.50 


10,172.36 
2,000.00 


BonpDs FROM COLBURN HSTATE 
Appraised Value 


Acker, Merrall & 
Condit Co. deben- 
ture 6 per cent. 
bonds 

Buffalo City 
Co. first mort- 
gage 5 per cent. 
bondsi 

Park & Tilford Co. 
sinking fund de- 
benture 6 per 
cent. bonds/-==5 

Pittsburgh, Shaw- 
mut & Northern 
Railroad first 
mortgage 4 per 
cent. bonds, due 
ADtJoy iS) al@) sprees 


OAL x $13,600.00 


1,540.00 


6,400.00 


4,200.00 


$121,414.77 


25,740.00 


All of the above named securities except those 
from the Colburn Estate are registered in the 


name of 


the association. 


I certify that I have audited the accounts of 


the Treasurer of the American 


Association for 


the Advancement of Science for the period De- 
cember 23, 1920, to December 19, 1921; that the 
securities representing the investments of the 
association have been exhibited and verified; and 
that the income therefrom has been duly aec- 
counted for. 


The 


accounts 


Dated, 


financial 


statements 


thereof. 


December 19, 1921. 


accompanying the 
Treasurer’s report are in accord with the books 
of the association and correctly summarize the 


HERBERT 


A. GILL, 
Auditor. 


January 27, 1922] 
FINANCIAL REPORT OF THE PERMANENT 
SECRETARY FOR THE FISCAL 
YEAR 1921 
(October 1, 1920, to September 30, 1921) 


Dr. 
To balances from last account: 
Checking account ................- $ 4,344.04 
Savings account .. - 4,227.34 
Gib taygi Cals lier nemeeautnc sence ence ser 13.21 
$ 8,584.59 


To receipts from members: 


Annual dues previous to 

OD Opa sales relies rales sees cana 5.00 
Annual dues 1920 - 1,563.01 
Annual dues 1921... 48,190.44 
Annual dues 1922 (paid in 

EXGRENINO®))) eee i ee 348.00 
Admission fees - 630.00 
Life and sustaining mem- 

IDOLS Psi esesste tee eee 2,100.00 


52,836.45 
To other receipts: 

Sales of publications............ $ 1,955.91 
Mise. receipts, including 
subseriptions for journals 
for life members from 
Treasurer, postage, ex- 
change, overpayments, ete. 
Unexpended balance of 
funds secured by Local 
Committee of Chicago 
meeting 
Interest on bank account... 


1,385.69 


157.40 
127.75 


3,626.75 


$65,047.79 


By publications: 
Publishers CIUN GB) e.ctecsersceesesenessese toes $31,353.15 
By Division and Academy Expenses: 
Division $ 1,140.00 
Academies 355.00 


mane: 1,495.00 
By Expenses Washington Office: 


Salary, Permanent Secretary.$ 2,500.00 
Salary, Assistant Secretary 750.00 
Salary, Executive Assistant 2,490.00 
Usual clerical help............... 1,612.98 
Special clerical help on 

membership list.................. 1,313.27 
Travel expenses ... 1,475.61 
Office supplies... 217.66 
Stationery and p g. 3,021.74 
Telephone and telegraph. 124.29 
IPOS LAD Cheah rue en sere 1,026.21 
Benjamin collection of por- 

traits and autographs of 

association presidents........ 300.00 
Refunds on account of over- 

JOIN POE OS) eee ere 154.98 
Life and sustaining mem- 

bership fees... 2,350.00 
1spiol One 16.15 
Exchange on checks 21.91 
Miscellamecoust ssc cress: 1,274.49 


OTA 20) 


SCIENCE 


105 


By Expenses, Chicago Meeting: 
General program................---. $ 1,002.50 


Preliminary announcement.. 955.36 
Refund for expenses in- 
curred by Section Secre- 
taries 277.48 
Miscellaneous, 22.00.22 anes. 82.53 
j 2,317.87 
By Expenses, Grants Committee.............. 29.47 


Special Grant appropriation...................--- 


By new balances: 
American National Bank: 
Checking account 
Savings account 43 
Rettygncas hie mere ccc rectors 


10,203.01 


$65,047.79 

I certify that I have audited the accounts of 

the Permanent Secretary of the American Asso- 

ciation for the Advancement of Science for the 

fiscal year 1921; that they were found correct, 

and that proper vouchers covering disbursements 
were exhibited. 

Hersert A. GILL, 


Washington, D. C., Auditor. 


November 26, 1921. 


THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF 
NATURALISTS 


THe thirty-ninth annual of the 
American Society of Naturalists was held in 
the Medical Building of the University of 
Toronto on December 29, 1921. 

At the business meeting the treasurer’s 
report was presented, audited, and approved. 

The terms of the representatives of the 
society in the Division of Biology and Agricul- 
ture of the National Research Council were, by 
vote, extended six months, so as to end on 
June 30, which is the end of the fiscal year of 
the council. Dr. Sewall Wright was elected a 
representative of the society in the division, 
for a term of five years, to succeed Professor 
H. S. Jennings. The other representatives 
are Professor Leon J. Cole (four years), 
Professor Bradley M. Davis (three years), 
Professor Ross G. Harrison (two years), and 
Professor George H. Shull (one year). 

A communication was received from a con- 
ference of officers of various biological socie- 
ties, called by the National Research Council 
to consider the feasibility of a federation of 
biological societies, requesting that the Ameri- 
ean Society of Naturalists appoint its president 


meeting 


106 


and secretary as delegates to an inter-society 
council which is to be charged with formulat- 
ing plans for such federation. By vote the 
president and secretary were authorized to 
represent the society in such a council. 
Professor V. E. Shelford, by authority of 
the Ecological Society of America, requested 
the American Society of Naturalists to assume 
part of the burden of a survey of primeval 


areas in the Americas. This request was 
referred to the executive committee with 
power. 


The committee on genetical nomenclature, of 
which Dr. C. C. Little is chairman, and which 
made recommendations at the Chicago meeting, 
in 1920, was continued. 

Upon recommendation of the executive com- 
mittee Professor EK. B. Wilson was elected to 
honorary membership in the society. The 
following persons were elected to member- 
ship: Professor E. C. Case, University of 
Michigan; Dr. O. F. Cook, Bureau of 
Plant Industry; Professor Vera Danchakoff, 
Columbia University; Dr. H. D. Goodale, 
Massachusetts Agricultural College; Professor 
Robert F. Griggs, Ohio State University; 


Professor Joseph Grinnell, University of 
California; Professor C. H. Kauffman, 
University of Michigan; Professor F. L. 


Landacre, Ohio State University; Professor 
I. F. Lewis, University of Virginia; Professor 
A. D. MacGillivray, University of Illinois; 
Professor George J. Peirce, Leland Stanford 
Junior University; Dr. Wm.,E. Safford, U. S. 
Department of Agriculture; and Professor 
E. C. Stakman, Minnesota Agricultural Expe- 
riment Station. 


The committee on nominations presented the 
name of Professor W. M. Wheeler for presi- 
dent, and that of Dr. A. H. Sturtevant for 
vice-president. These nominees were declared 
elected. The other officers for 1922 are as 
follows: Treasurer, Dr. J. Arthur Harris; 
Secretary, Professor A. Franklin Shull; addi- 
tional members of the executive committee, 
Professor Bradley M. Davis, Dr. Jacques Loeb, 
Professor E. M. East, and Professor Henry E. 
Crampton. 


The following program of papers was pre- 
sented : 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1413 


Thursday morning: 

Are the effects of prolonged rotation in rats 
heritable? (Moving pictures). C. R. GRIFFITH, 
University of Illinois. (Introduced by J. A. 
Detlefsen. ) 

Dominance in the albino series of allelomorphs 
of guinea pigs. SEWALL WricHT, Department of 
Agriculture. 


On interspecific sterility in Drosophila. (Read 
by title). A. H. Srurrevant. 
The gamete lethals of Gnothera. Grorce H. 


SHULL, Princeton University. 

Chromosome assortment in triploid Daturas. 
JOHN BELLING and A. F. BLAKESLEE, Carnegie 
Institution. 

Chromosome relationships and genetic behavior 
of Drosophila willistoni. CHARLES W. Metz, 
Carnegie Institution. 

Further data on 
Heman L. Ibsen, 
College. 

The effect of temperature on dominance. 
CHARLES ZELENY, University of Illinois. 

Two new mutations in the house-mouse, allelo- 
morphic to color, and their genetic behavior. 
J. A. DETLEFSEN and §. L. CLEMENTE, University 
of Illinois. 

Homologous genes in pigeons and doves. 
J. CoLe, University of Wisconsin. 
Thursday afternoon: Symposium on the origin of 

variations. 

Variation in 
JENNINGS. 

Variation in Datura due to changes in chromo- 
some number. A, EF. BLUAKESLEE. 

Variation due to changes in individual genes. 
H. J. MULurr. 

The origin of variations in sexual and sex- 
limited characters. C. B. Brings. 

The nature of bud variations as indicated by 
their mode of inheritance. R. A. EMERSON. 

Serological reactions as a probable cause of 
variations. M. F. Guyer. 

The annual dinner was held Thursday eve- 
ning at the King Edward Hotel, with one hun- 
dred and twenty-five in attendance. The 
president, Professor Bradley M. Davis, gave 
the annual address on the topic “Species, pure 
and impure.” After this address, Professor 
William Bateson spoke in personal and rem- 
iniscent vein, to the great delight of his 
audience. 


size inheritance in rats. 
Kansas State Agricultural 


LEON 


uniparental inheritance. H. 8S. 


A. FRANKLIN SHULL, 
Secretary. 


NeEw SERIES 


a7 2! ‘ 99 SINGLE Copigs, 15 Crs. 
Way TONERS LEIA Fripay, Fesruary 3, 192 y 


ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


° SECON 

Head’s Modern Dentistry EDITION 
Dr. Head’s book gives the principles upon which successful work must be based—the technic 
in full, and the results of original experiments, with formule, instruments, and methods. It 
brings’ out clearly the various factors which influence the diagnosis, and carefully details 


the processes of treatment. 
By JoserH Heap, M. D., D. D. S., Dentist to the Jefferson Hospital, Philadelphia. Octavo of 382 pages, with 315 illus- 
trations. Cloth, $6.00 net. 


Head’s Every-day Mouth Hygiene 


This book tells how to prevent and help correct any pyorrheal condition. It shows the proper 
kind of a tooth-brush to use and how to use it. It gives definite information that will pre- 


vent pyorrhea and receding gums. 
By JoserpH Heap, M. D., D. D. 3. Cloth, $1.00 net. 


A ° ° SECON 
Sisson’s Anatomy of Domestic Animals EDITION 
The entire book is based on Dr. Sisson’s personal work and is strikingly accurate. There are 
725 illustrations, very many of them full-page cuts, and, nearly roo in colors. In practically 
every case the parts are marked directly on the illustrations, or fully detailed in legends. 


By Septimus Sisson, S. B., V. S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in Ohio State University. Octavo of 930 pages, with 
725 illustrations, many in colors. Cloth, $12.00 net, 


Smith’s Bacterial Diseases of Planis 
This book is the result cf thirty-five years of reading and diligent laboratory and field in- 


vestigation. It is largely the prcduct of a single laboratory, eight of the organisms here 


selected for special study having been named by the author. 
By Erwin F. Smirn, in charge of ‘Laboratory of Plant Pathology, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Ovctavo 
of 688 pages, illustrated. , Cloth, $10.00 net. 


Wheizel’s History of Phytopathology 


Professor Whetzel divides his subject into five Eras, and these in turn into Periods. He 

gives a general survey of each Era and each Period, crystallizes the evolutionary movement 

of each, gives interesting biographic sketches of the predominant figures, frequently including 

portraits. 

12mo of 130 pages. By Hersert Rice Wuetzet, Professor of Plant Pathology at Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. 
Cloth, $2.00 net. 


Heineman on Milk 


This work discusses milk from the viewpoint of the sanitarian, producer, and physician. 
There are chapters on the physiology of lactation, chemical, physical, and bacteriologic ex- 


aminations, contamination, fermented milks, pasteurization, certified milk, economic aspect 
of production and distribution, ete. 
By Paut G. Heineman, M. D., Wisconsin. Octavo of 681 pages, illustrated. Cloth, $7.00 net. 


W. B. SAUNDERS COMPANY, West cH eion Sq., Phila. 


Please send me the books checked (V) and charge to my account :— 


Head’s Modern. Dentistry. 
He cad's s 


$6.00 net. Smith’s Bacterial Diseases of Plants_-_---_..-$19.00 net. 


Mouth 1.00 net. 


Hygie ene. 


Whetzel’s History of Phytopathology ~$2.00 net. 
HeimemanisteMil ky sos ces eee $7.00 ne 


TNA ene are etree ee ADDRESS 


ii 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Send for 
copies 
of these 
new books 


on approval 


NEW 
McGRAW-HILL BOOKS 


ADAMS—FARM MANAGEMENT 


By R. L. Apams, Professor of Farm Management, University of Cali- 
fornia, McGraw-Hill Agricultural and Biological Publications. 670 
PYEVGD, O BO, Co) HMGEFERORS 46 005 oes nce n090000 0p ocangbobOaGbA050000 $4.00 


WARREN—A MANUAL OF DETERMINATIVE MINERALOGY 


By CHartes H. Warren, Ph.D., Professor of Mineralogy, Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology. 163 pages, pocket size, flexible..............- $2.00 


FRIES AND WEST—CHEMICAL WARFARE 


By Amos A. Fries, Brigadier-General, C. W. S., U. S. A.; Chief Chemi- 
cal Warfare Service, and CLARENCE J. WEsT, Major, C. W. S., Reserve 
Corps, U. S. A. 445 pages, 6 x 9, 121 illustrations.................04% $3.50 


HAGER—OIL FIELD PRACTICE 


By Dorsey! Hacer, Petroleum Geologist and Engineer. 310 pages,. pocket 
Sizes flexiblen OS allustrations acento eee ener $3. 


LELAND—PRACTICAL LEAST SQUARES 


By Ora M. Leranp, Dean of the College of Engineering and Architecture 
and the School of Chemistry, University of Minnesota. 237 pages, 6 x9, 
OUCH ATE aHaocG SACU GH SRA BOADE TOUS UB HOnE auomnoboKtoos.6C $3.00 


WASTE IN INDUSTRY 


By the Committee On Elimination of Waste in Industry of the Federated 
American Engineering Societies, with a Foreword by HErpert Hoover. 
AO2 Pag eS 'G GO Ke ee yercia ae Made kev aoe i sheeslaver al cic taratalee st etavlere sie $4.00 


ROBINSON—ELEMENTS OF FRACTIONAL DISTILLATION 


By Crark SHovE Rosinson, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineer- 
ing, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, formerly Chemical Engineer 
with the E. B. Badger and Sons Company. International Chemical 
Series. 204) pages: Stziac. AL allustrationscacccicceciice sellers $2 80 


MARSHALL—GRAPHICAL METHODS 


By WitttAm C. MarsHALL, Consulting Engineer; formerly Professor of 
Machine Design, Sheffield Scientific School (Yale). 253 pages, 6 x 9, 
220 Alles trattOii sca ceils ies eee sees ORE NO ee a eee $3 


NILSON—RADIO QUESTIONS AND‘ ANSWERS 


By ArtHur R. Nirson, Director of East Side Y. M. C. A. Radio School, 
News Viorks \o2ipagesmipocker sizes ash seen anaes er eee ae eee $1.00 


McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc. 


Penn Terminal Building 
370 SEVENTH AVENUE NEW YORK 


CIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Vou. LV Frpruary 3, 1922 No. 1414 


Species, Pure and Impure: PRroressor Brap- 


TUT TG (IN OYo) ao} DYN aS pee I ee 107 
The Trend of Earth History: Proressor 
IDO) IEW NOMe ADIT ae 114 


The Agricultural Museum of the Argentine 
Rural Society: Dr. F. LAMSon-Scripner.... 119 


Scientific Events: 
The William Barton Rogers Science Hall 
of the College of William and Mary; Re- 
tirement of Professor Albert W. Smith; 
The American School of Prehistoric Studies 
in France; The History of Science at the 
St. Lowis Meeting of the American Histor- 
ical Association; Report on Membership of 
the American Association for the Advance- 
TVET EN Offiie S.CLENCE sass oetaaceeeesenie via eeu eae 121 
Scientific Notes and News......-..-....c..-c00eee-- 
University and Educational Notes 
Discussion and Correspondence: 
Abraham Cowley and the Agricultural Col- 
lege: Dr. R. J. H. DeLoacu. The Lost 
Forhall Jaw: Dr. Henry Fairrietp Os- 
BORN. The Russian Bureau of Applied 
Botany: D. N. Boropin. Memorial to 
Wilhelm Wundt: Proressor E. B. Trrce- 


NCR uteses ces ee ce eee eae e ace re ee LO ea Se CEE 127 
TVe mR NOGEStan SiG Ulisse ee sneer ae ae 129 
Special Articles: 
A Preliminary Attempt to Transmute 
Lithium: Dr. RALPH W. G. WycKorr. The 
Effect of Sodium Hydrate on the Digesti- 
bility of Grain Hulls: J. B. Liypsrvy.......... 130 


The American Chemical Society: Dr. CG. L. 
PARSONS 


SPECIES, PURE AND IMPURE! 


THERE has come about in recent years a 
profound modification of our conception of a 
species in that the botanist, at any rate, is 
compelled to recognize the fact that Nature 
presents large numbers of successful kinds of 
plants that reproduce their types either wholly 
or in high percentages, but which clearly have 
germinal constitutions of a hybrid character. 
These forms may legitimately be described and 
classified as species and they are frequently 
virile lines of evolution making up groups of 
individuals that readily maintain themselves in 
suitable habitats. As assemblages of like 
individuals, hybrid as to their germ plasm, they 
present subjects of study that were not dif- 
ferentiated by the earlier naturalists from the 
populations of species as they viewed them. 

The test of a species, in addition to the 
characters that distinguish it, has always been 
the evidence that it breeds true to its peculiari- 
ties or so nearly true that variations from the 
type may be passed over in the descriptive 
writings of the systematist as exceptions of 
little importance to the mind seeking for order 
and rebellious of mental disturbance in his 
efforts to express this order in accounts of 
faunas and floras over the earth. There are, 
then, chiefly as the result of genetical studies 
of the near present, two conceptions of species. 

There is the pure species breeding true 
because its germ-plasm in the diploid condi- 
tion carries two similar sets of factors, each 
set contributed by one of the parents and each 
set having the same genetic make up except 
for those factors responsible for sex and for 
sex-linked characters. The pure species was 
in the main the concept of Darwin and the 
older naturalists, and it was assumed to be 
representative of species. As viewed by the 
cytologist, confident that chromosomes carry 

1 Address of the president of the American 


Society of Naturalists, thirty-ninth annual meet- 
ing, Toronto, December 29, 1921. 


108 


the factors or genes responsible for inher- 
itance, the pure species owes its characteristics 
to the fact that parents contribute chromo- 
somes of identical factorial constitution and 
therefore give to the zygote pairs of homo- 
logous chromosomes with the exception that 
genes which differentiate sex can only be 
present in single sets. Expressed in the 
terminology of the geneticist the pure species 
is homozygous for all genes responsible for 
the species’ characters other than those of sex, 
and for sex characters the germ-plasm is 
heterozygous in either the male or female indi- 
vidual at least where animal forms are under 
consideration. The problems of sex deter- 
mination from the diploid sporophyte genera- 
tions of plants are not yet fully solved. Aside 
from the possibilities of factorial mutations 
and of mutations due to irregularities of 
chromosome distribution a pure species must 


develop gametes identical for all genes 
other than those of sex, or linked with 
sex, because the homologous chromosomes 


during the reductions divisions separate from 
one another. Some authors would strictly mit 
the term species and accept that definition of 
Lotsy (1914), “A species is the total of all 
individuals of the same hereditary composi- 
tion, forming but one kind of reproductive 
cell.” I cannot agree with this opinion since 
the definition calls for what is almost an 
abstraction in higher animals and plants, the 
absolutely pure race. 

In contrast to the pure species as defined 
above is the impure species, the germ-plasm 
of which in the diploid condition carries dif- 
ferent sets of genes affecting characters other 
than those associated with sex. With respect 
to these genes the germ-plasm is heterozygous 
and through the reduction division there must 
take place a segregation of genes with the 
result that the impure species cannot produce 
a uniform set of gametes, that is, gametes 
identical in their germinal constitution. If the 
diploid germ-plasm is heterozygous for one 
pair of chromosomes other than the sex 
chromosomes there would be developed through 
the separation of the different chromosomes of 
such a pair two elasses of gametes of each sex 
provided that reduction proceeds in a normal 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


manner. If heterozygous for two pairs of 
chromosomes there would be developed under 
normal conditions of meiosis four classes of 
gametes of each sex, and the theoretical possi- 
bilities when larger numbers of heterozygous 
chromosome pairs are present may be caleu- 
lated by the well known genetical formula (27) 


when mn = the number of heterozygous 
chromosome pairs. 
The impure species is therefore clearly 


hybrid in its genetical constitution but there 
is this peculiarity in its breeding behavior 
that it frequently shows little or no evidence 
of a segregation of contrasting genes. There 
is in such eases no obvious splitting off of 
classes through its progeny, but, on the con- 
trary, the impure species breeds true or nearly 
true to its type. The true breeding of an 
impure species must be due to the fact that 
only favored types of gametes are able to 
produce in conjugation vigorous zygotes 
capable of successful development. Further- 
more, such favored gametes must carry be- 
tween them those genes which in combination 
will reproduce the impure heterozygous 
germinal constitution of the parent stock. 

It is well understood from various plant 
material that the failure of a hybrid to pro- 
duce a diverse progeny may be due to irregu- 
larities at a number of different points in the 
life history. The death, the sterility, or the 
failure of maturation of classes of gametes 
will eliminate the possibilities of development 
of whole groups of segregates. Even when 
viable classes of gametes are formed some may 
leave no progeny because in conjugation they 
fail to produce zygotes able to develop a sue- 
ceeding generation. In plants the length of 
style, or the nature of its tissues, or of its 
stigma secretions may operate to check or to 


* limit pollen tube growth or the speed of such 


growth for some classes of pollen grains and 
at this point in the life history prevent the 
functioning of pollen tubes carrying particu- 
lar types of gametes. Pollen and ovule abor- 
tion in greater or less degrees is a very com- 
mon phenomenon and is responsible at times 
for the elimination of entire classes of 
gametes. High degrees of seed sterility and 
the weak germination of seeds express the 


Frsruary 3, 1922] 


failure of certain types of zygotes to develop 
a succeeding generation. Explanations for all 
of these conditions may be offered by postu- 
lating lethal factors, as suggested by the work 
on Drosophila, but it is well to understand 
for plants how various are the ways in which 
lethal factors may block the course of develop- 
ment and how numerous are the points at 
which they may operate. 

The significance of the impure species and 
the importance of its place in certain natural 
groups is not yet appreciated. Curiously the 
plant most conspicuously brought to the front 
as one giving rise to new species by mutation 
has become one of the forms most thoroughly 
studied as an example of an impure species. 
I refer of course to the plant Mnothera 
Lamarckiana. Presented by De Vries as the 
best illustration of his view that pure species 
at times pass through periods when they 
actively produce by large saltations new spe- 
cies, the status of @nothera Lamarckiana from 
the first became a subject for sceptical exam- 
ination on the part of a body of naturalists 
who hesitated to accept De Vries’ conclusions, 
and sought for other hypotheses to account for 
its remarkable behavior. Bateson was the first 
to suggest that the fifty per cent. or more of 
pollen sterility in Lamarckiana indicated a 
hybrid constitution. Jeffries pushed this argu- 
ment with force through comparisons of pollen 
sterility in Lamarckiana with similar condi- 
tions in various known hybrids. Workers 
with Cinothera now generally recognize for 
most of their material the presence of very 
high degrees of sterility both gametie, as indi- 
cated by bad pollen and abortive ovules, and 
zygotic, as shown by large proportions of 
seeds incapable of germination. Renner has 
recently taken the subject of pollen analysis 
to a new level by showing that genetic classes 
of pollen may be distinguished in Lamarckiana 
and in some other cenotheras by differences in 
the form of the starch grains within the pollen 
cell and pollen tube. Cytological studies of 
Gates, Lutz, Stomps, Hance, van Overeem and 
others have shown that certain of the variants 
thrown by Lamarckiana differ from the parent 
type in having higher chromosome numbers 
due to non-disjunction. This non-disjunction 


SCIENCE 


109 


seems correlated with a loose association of 
chromosomes in Lamarckiana and other ceno- 
theras that favors irregularities of chromo- 
some distribution at meiosis such as may be 
expected in hybrid material. Much breeding 
evidence, chiefly from the work of De Vries, 
has made it clear that Lamarckiana and other 
cnotheras develop two or more classes of 
fertile pollen grains which give in various 
crosses sets of hybrids in pairs, in threes and 
in fours, good evidence of hybrid behavior. 
I have shown that with care in the selection of 
parent stock it is an easy matter to synthesize 
a large-flowered vigorous hybrid with so many 
points of resemblance to Lamarckiana that it 
would be difficult to separate in descriptive 
botany the hybrid from the assemblage of 
biotypes that pass under the name Lamarckiana 
which, as Heribert-Nilsson has so well brought 
out, represents a collective species. Further- 
more, this hybrid, an impure synthetic species, 
which I have ealled neo-Lamarckiana, has 
thrown in each of six generations from selfed 
seed similar sets of marked variants, and, as 
pollen parent in appropriate crosses, gives 
twin hybrids thus paralleling in essentials the 
characteristic performance of Lamarckiana. It 
is of interest that among the variants from 
neo-Lamarckiana there appear occasional 
triploid and quadriploid forms comparable to 
semi-gigas and gigas. There is no reason to 
expect that neo-Lamarckiana will ever be 
other than an impure species no matter how 
close may be the inbreeding and selection to 
type. It breeds true through only a small 
proportion of its progeny and we can see 
nothing that might change this habit so long 
as the line lives. Finally, against the assump- 
tion that Gnothera Lamarckiana is a pure 
species is the fact that the plant is unknown 
as a wild species and there is strong prob- 
ability that it arose as a hybrid in England 
about the middle of the last century. 

These are some of the reasons why genet- 
ieists rather generally have come to the con- 
clusion that Cnothera Lamarckiana is repre- 
sentative of an impure species which repro- 
duces its heterozygous constitution because the 
viable zygotes produced are for the most part 
only those resulting from the union of two 


110 


different types of gametes, which in combina- 
tion reproduce the heterozygous Lamarckiana 
complex. Renner in 1914 presented this point 
of view, after studies on seed sterility in sev- 
eral species of CGinothera, and the conception 
of impure Cnothera species was rather fully 
discussed in my paper “The test of a pure 
species of Ginothera” published in 1915. Thus 
certain workers with (Cinothera were fully 
aware of the possible significance of gametic 
and zygotie mortality in relation to problems 
of @nothera genetics some years before 
Morgan and Muller in 1918 discussed the 
findings of balanced lethals in Drosophila. 
Renner deserves particular mention as an 
investigator quick to bring the facts of gametic 
and zygotic sterility into relation with the 
peculiarities of Cinothera breeding. As the 
result of his studies and those of other investi- 
gators we have reason to feel confident that 
most of the wnotheras that have been the sub- 
ject of experimental study are impure species, 
that is to say, heterozygous in their genetical 
constitution. 

I am, nevertheless, confident that pure spe- 
cies of Ginothera do exist but it will require 
much patience in observation, in cytological 
analysis, and in experimental crossing to 
establish them. The most promising form in 
my experience is a line of Hnothera francis- 
cana, which has almost perfect pollen and 
produces seed about ninety per cent. viable. 
This line I have selfed for eight generations 
without finding a single departure from the 
type. The last generation, grown during the 
past summer, was a culture starting with 1,425 
seedlings from seeds experimentally forced to 
complete germination, a germination per- 
centage of 87.3 per cent. In this large culture 
1,373 plants survived the vicissitudes of the 
season, a loss of only 52 plants mostly as 
seedlings. This culture was large enough to 
bring out variants if present in the propor- 
tions thrown by Lamarckiana, which for some 
variants is as high as one per cent., but the 
culture gave no exception to the type. Also, 
crosses have been made with biennis, muricata 
and grandiflora and, when franciscana was the 
pollen parent, the results have been uniform 
indicating that the pollen 


I’, generations, 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


grains of franciscana are all alike in genetical 
constitution. Finally, a cytological study of 
pollen formation now in progress by my 
former student R. E. Cleland shows a regular 
pairing of chromosomes during meiosis in 
contrast to the loose association of chromo- 
somes characteristic of the same stage in 
Lamarckiana and such other cnotheras as have 
been studied with the exception of a race of 
grandiflora. Thus the evidence of high fer- 
tility, uniform progeny when selfed, uniform 
F, generations when used as the pollen parent, 
and regularity of chromosome pairing during 
meiosis all point to the genetic purity of this 
race of @nothera franciscana. I present this 
line as the purest Cinothera material known 
and safer than the race of grandiflora that I 
selected twelve years ago and which satisfied 
fairly well the tests of a pure species except 
that it threw occasional weak dwarfs. This 
isolation of an apparently pure species of 
Cinothera is a matter of satisfaction and of 
some importance for the future of genetical 
studies in this group of plants since in the past 
we have had no standard material of unques- 
tioned purity with which forms could be 
mated in tests of cross breeding. My appar- 
ently pure race of Cnothera franciscana is 
vigorous, easily grown in cool latitudes, and 
has a long flowering season, qualities impor- 
tant for experimental work, and I confidently 
offer it to students of CUnothera as a plant 
worthy of their attention. 

The interpretation of the breeding behavior 
of Gnothera Lamarckiana on the hypothesis 
of its impure germinal constitution has 
received important and most substantial support 
from the investigations of Muller on material 
of Drosophila which led to his theory of bal- 
anced lethals. The condition of balanced 
lethals results when two different lethals are 
present, the first in one chromosome and the 
second in the other chromosome of a pair. 
Thus each lethal is present in a single dose 
and the genetical constitution is therefore 
heterozygous for each lethal but the two lethals 
are in different chromosomes of a synaptic 
pair. Since the lethals operate when in double 
doses close breeding in such a race will result 
in a succession of generations repeating the 


Fesruary 3, 1922 


heterozygous genetic formula because the 
homozygous associations of either lethal block 
further development. Such a factorial situa- 
tion would maintain a state of constant hetero- 
zygosis, the fixed hybridism of an impure spe- 
cies. The genetical impurity will be passed 
from generation to generation and in this 
respect the hybrid will breed true until the 
relative positions of the lethals are changed 
by a crossover, or the genetical constitution in 
these respects is altered by a mutation. A 
crossover frees at once recessive characters 
which were suppressed by lethals in homo- 
zygous condition and the sudden appearance 
of such recessives will simulate mutations 
although in reality they are manifestations of 
a process of segregation. 

The theory of balanced lethals offers such a 
satisfactory interpretation of the behavior of 
certain Drosophila material, behavior similar 
in nature to that of @nothera Lamarckiana, 
that Muller was quick to suggest the applica- 
tion of his results to Ginothera problems. It 
should be noted that De Vries as early as 1911 
offered a hypothesis essentially similar to the 
theory of balanced lethals to account for the 
peculiarities of the double reciprocal crosses 
between (£nothera biennis and (C£énothera 
muricata, forms which, on strong evidence 
from the studies of Renner, we now believe to 
be impure species. Investigations of my own, 
published in 1917, on these hybrids and on 
others support the conclusions that lethals are 
common in (Hnothera material, but I believe 
that conditions are more complex than indi- 
eated by the conclusions of De Vries and 
Renner. De Vries in recent papers has also 
made free use of lethals in offering hypotheses 
to cover certain results of his breeding studies 
with Cnothera. 

Although it is not my purpose to discuss the 
mutation theory of De Vries it does seem 
important to examine critically the position of 
this theory as it is affected by the evidence for 
the existence of impure species that are held 
to a behavior of pure breeding or almost pure 
breeding by lethals which suppress the appear- 
ance of segregates. Lethals are not rare in 
Drosophila and Ginothera material. There is 
reason to suspect that they are common mani- 


SCIENCE 


111 


festations of irregularities in the mechanism 
of the organism of so serious a nature that they 
interfere with vital processes at some point 
in the life history, finally bringing the machine 
to a standstill with death as a result. The 
workers with Drosophila seem inclined to be- 
lieve that much of the phenomena simulating 
mutation in their material is in reality the 
appearance of characters set free by the 
breaking of lethal adjustments which held the 
characters latent. Well known workers have 
arrived at similar conclusions for C#nothera 
material and are not content to accept as evi- 
dence of mutations the behavior of Lamarcki- 
ana and some other forms when they throw 
their marked variants. 

An entirely new conception of mutation 
phenomena has grown up with meaning very 
different from that of the past. M#nothera 
material selected by De Vries on the assump- 
tion that it illustrated mutation in a pure spe- 
cies proves to be highly impure and in genet- 
ical constitution exceedingly complex. Prog- 
ress in the study of mutations must follow the 
usual course in genetical research and rest 
upon intensive studies of particular characters, 
analyzed and traced through experimental eul- 
tures and tests of cross breeding, with the 
assistance of cytology at critical points in the 
life history, and with constant attention to 
phenomena of infertility and sterility. From 
the later writings of De Vries it would seem 
that the master recognizes the newer trend. 
Logically mutations appear to be more likely 
from hybrid stock than from pure lines since 
heterogeneity of germinal constitution obvi- 
ously invites chemical and physical modifica- 
tions that might lead to the origin of new 
genes or to such changes in old genes as would 
result in different expressions of former char- 
acteristics. Of particular import is the expec- 
tation that lethals most frequently owe their 
presence to heterozygous conditions since the 
mixing of diverse germ-plasms seems likely to 
lead to the breaking down of delicate and 
vital adjustments in proportions relative to 
the degrees of protoplasmic confusion, and 
this means chemical and physical disturbance. 
The intensive study of specific mutations with 
its effort at analysis to the last degree is a 


112 


very different matter from that care-free atti- 
tude of former years which permitted any 
marked variation not easily interpreted to pass 
as a mutation. Mutation has become inti- 
mately a part of that most fundamental and 
illusive problem of biology, the origin of varia- 
tion, and mutations apart from the study of 
their causation are of secondary interest. 
(nothera material and lines of Drosophila 
were not the first representatives of impure 
species to be isolated by the geneticist. The 
blue Andalusian fowl which cannot be fixed, 
yellow mice that never have the double dose for 
yellow, Vilmorin’s dwarf wheat which throws 
talls but fails to produce homozygous dwarfs, 
single stocks never homozygous for singleness, 
these and other cases are well known and 
proven examples of impure species hetero- 
zygous in their germinal constitution. Certain 
of them, as the blue Andalusian fowl, throw 
two homozygous types, in this case the black 
and white “wasters.” Others produce one 
viable homozygous type. Some impure species 
rarely and perhaps never throw homozygous 
segregates. All agree in this respect that the 
heterozygote, which breeds true to its propor- 
tion of the progeny, can not be fixed by 
selective inbreeding although as an impure 
species it reproduces itself with exactness. 
We have briefly reviewed conclusions from 
the intensive study under experimental condi- 
tions of lines which genetical investigations 
have established as representatives of impure 
species. Some of the material is obviously of 
the sort that would not hold its own under 
conditions of open competition in Nature, but 
much of it has been derived from forms not 
far removed from wild species. There is a 
broader aspect of the subject of the hybrid 
deserving of examination, namely, the study of 
the possibilities of the impure species as a 
definite component of faunas and floras. 
First of all it is important to bear in mind 
that if we accept the eurrent theory which 
places the determination of sex as a function 
of the reduction or segregation divisions, all 
unisexual animals are heterozygous for sex 
factors and for such genes as are responsible 
for sex-linked characters. For higher animals 
this means that either the male or female 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


carries in single dose a chromosome which is 
not paired with an equivalent chromosome. 
For higher plants we should expect the diploid 
sporophyte generation to be heterozygous for 
sex determining chromosomes, a condition for 
which as yet we have cytological evidence from 
only one type, the liverwort Spherocarpos 
studied by Allen and his students, although 
there is experimental evidence for this condi- 
tion in other liverworts, in some unisexual 
mosses, and in certain seed plants, e. g., 
Melandrium. The behavior of sex-linked char- 
acters may then be believed to follow an 
orderly system in inheritance except as such 
linkage is broken or as point mutations appear 
in sex chromosomes. 

But accompanying the sex chromosomes are 
those groups of chromosomes, the autosomes, 
responsible for characters not of sex or sex- 
linked. The wnisexual state precludes the 
possibility of that closest form of inbreeding 
possible through hermaphroditism and leaves 
the way open to outbreeding subject only to 
physiological limitations and to conditions 
whereby lethals prevent reproduction. That 
Nature has made extensive use of this encour- 
agement of outbreeding in various degrees 
cannot be doubted, and this is best illustrated 
in man, the most mixed and varied of all ani- 
mals in the assortment of genes carried by the 
individual. It is impossible to believe that any 
human is homozygous for the complex of 
factors responsible for his individuality. 

Even when, as in most higher plants, the 
diploid sporophyte generation is bisexual, 
there have arisen in many lines of evolution 
conditions that make for very high degrees of 
genetic impurity. There was a time in the 
history of botany when workers, following the 
lead of Darwin, devoted themselves to the study 
of devices to secure cross-pollination and many 
and remarkable are the arrangements described 
to encourage outbreeding. Volumes have been 
written on this subject and the facts in general 
are freely admitted. In wind-pollinated forms 
there is even greater opportunity for promis- 
cuous pollination unless the shedding of pollen 
takes place at such a time that stigmas are 
dusted and the ovules self fertilized before out- 
side pollen has had an opportunity to reach 


FEBRUARY 3, 1922] 


the pistil. Perhaps the best examples of wind 
pollinated types very freely open to outside 
pollination are the numerous races and forms 
that make up the collective species Zea Mays. 
The studies of East and Jones, Emerson, Shull, 
G. N. Collins and others, extending over many 
years, show conclusively that corn is usually a 
hybrid composite with so many characters rep- 
resented hy genes in single doses that purifica- 
tion of material by selective inbreeding is a 
matter of much time and patience. There 
could hardly be a greater contrast in genetical 
behavior than that between lines of wheat 
which, because they rarely outeross, breed very 
true, and races of corn that can only be kept 
reasonably true by constant watchfulness, 
practiced selection, and a never-ending elim- 
ination of products departing from the types. 

Self-sterility and the production of weakened 
generations following inbreeding, as factors 
leading to the establishment of impure species, 
have not as yet received recognition propor- 
tionate to their importance. Genetical studies 
seem likely to show that there are large groups 
of bisexual plants the individuals of which are 
either infertile when selfed or produce 
progenies in successive generations distinctly 
inferior in vigor to the wild types. In such 
material the species represented in Nature 
must be very largely, if not wholly, made up 
of individuals cross-bred and genetically im- 
pure. It is significant that these conditions 
should have been found in that most successful 
assemblage, the Composite, frequently cited as 
the climax group of plant evolution. The 
recent studies of Stout on chicory have shown 
the extensive presence of self-sterility, and 
that the wild populations must consist chiefly 
of outbred and probably heterozygous indi- 
viduals. Investigations of J. L. Collins on 
Crepis indicate that species of this genus are 
impure since progeny from selfed lines show 
marked deterioration from the wild stock as 
segregation proceeds and forms approaching 
purity of germinal constitution are isolated. 
Crepis seems likely to prove an assemblage of 
impure species similar to that assemblage of 
impure races called Zea Mays, and will prob- 
ably show the same parallelism of behavior in 
reduced vigor and the production of abnormal 


SCIENCE 


113 


types as inbred lines are separated from the 
wild population. The interpretation for 
Crepis is likely to be that of Hast and Jones 
for maize, namely, that inbreeding gives dele- 
terious results through the segregation of 
types with fewer genes for characters associ- 
ated with physiological vigor of expression. 
These studies are tending towards conclusions 
well established for many cultivated fruits, as 
apples, pears, plums, cherries, ete., where self- 
sterility among the varieties proves to be the 
rule and cross-pollination is necessary for 
sexual reproduction through impure lines. It 
is hardly possible that chicories and species of 
Crepis are outstanding exceptions to condi- 
tions in the Composite and we may safely 
predict that studies in this immense assem- 
blage will reveal wide-spread the presence of 
impure species. Self-sterile lines among the 
grasses have also been reported, e. g., Lolium 
perrene. 

There is another type of impure species not 
represented in the animal kingdom but common 
in certain groups of plants and therefore of 
particular interest to the botanist. This is the 
hybrid which perpetuates itself by vegetative 
means and thus establishes populations in the 
wild when its characters are favorable to sur- 
vival under the serutiny of natural selection. 
The well known principle of hybrid vigor, or 
heterosis, may in itself be expected to give to 
such hybrids marked advantage. These impure 
species hold true to their characters through 
asexual reproduction although by their seed 
they may produce a large variety of segre- 
gates. This principle of the maintainance of a 
hybrid by vegetative reproduction is applied in 
agriculture when selected lines of potatoes are 
propagated from slices of the tubers and 
strawberries from plants developed by the 
runners, and in fruit culture by the grafting 
of choice hybrid varieties. 

There have been two notable systematic 
studies in America on groups of wild species 
in which hybrids are found well established as 
impure species. Brainerd’s investigations on 
the violets and blackberries show the possibili- 
ties of critical studies on the status of species, 
making use of the experimental garden and 


basing results on genetical analyses. Favored 


114 


hybrid blackberries, spreading readily by pros- 
trate branches that root at the tip, may easily 
establish themselves in extensive growths. In a 
recent classification of the blackberries of 
New England Brainerd and Peiterson isolate 
23 hybrid species of the 12 primary species 
that are recognized, and they give an addi- 
tional list of 32 suspected hybrids. Violets do 
not spread so prolifically as brambles but 
there are a number of hybrids known which 
maintain themselves in Nature by vegetative 
growths. Other groups of plants readily 
propagating from stems are likely to show 
similar proportions of impure species as they 
are more thoroughly studied. 

With the data before us on the widespread 
occurrence in Nature of impure species we 
wonder what will be the reaction of systematic 
botany. It will be impossible for the manuals 
to inelude the many hundreds of lines which 
the geneticist may isolate as impure species 
although they may be definite units of floras. 
There will be little satisfaction in attempts to 
identify in the field races which can only be 
established by experimental studies of the 
garden. Are these impure species to be 
grouped for convenience as collective species 
regardless of their true positions and relation- 
ships? Truly the paths of the systematist and 
ecologist have not been made easier by the 
progress of genetics. 

BrapiEY Moore Davis 
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, 


THE TREND OF EARTH HISTORY! 


Il 


Through the millions of years represented 
by the Tertiary period the mammals differen- 
tiated slowly along the conventional lines 
which had been previously marked out in large 
measure by the reptiles. Some became adapted 
to life on the dry plains, others in the forested 
river flats, others in the high mountains, the 
tree-tops and the tropical jungles. A few of 
them learned to fly more or less successfully, 
some burrowed under ground and still others 
became aquatic. In a general way they did 
what the various kinds of reptiles had done 
before them in the Mesozoic era, but, on the 
whole, they seem to have done it better. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


Finally, about the end of the Tertiary period 
or later, the next great advance was made by 
the genus Homo—an offshoot of one of the 
most insignificant groups of mammals. In 
consequence of this achievement, the entire 
group has been dignified with the name of 
Primates. From this offshoot so many sur- 
prising things have developed that it is hard 
to say which one was fundamental. Undoubt- 
edly, one of the first new habits of the human 
genus was the use of tools. We may reason- 
ably suppose that only one of the less spe- 
cialized types of mammals, a creature pos- 
sessing flexible fingers and hence the power io 
grasp a stone or a club in the hand, could 
acquire such ability. Possibly it was this 
initial power that gave the first impetus to the 
higher progress of the pre-human stock. Be 
that as it may, the progress of the human race 
seems to have depended largely on the ability to 
invent and use other things, such as fur-cover- 
ed skins for clothing, the spear and bow-and-ar- 
row for the chase, the fish hook, the needle, the 
potter’s wheel and so on through the long list of 
human contrivances. As Bergson has remarked, 
each human tool and machine serves as a new 
and additional bodily organ and so multiples 
our functional activities to a wonderful degree. 
The development. of higher intelligence went 
on side by side with this multiplication of 
inventions, doubtless, on the one hand, being 
stimulated by it and, on the other, making 
possible its continuation. 

Looking back over the great contributions 
which the various animal groups have devised 
and elaborated in the vast stretches of geologic 
time, and omitting only that of the human 
race—which is too new to be impartially 
judged—it will be observed that, although each 
of these innovations has brought temporary 
success and domination to its holders, it has 
never heen able to insure the permanency of 
the exalted position so attained. Experimenta- 
tion seems to be nature’s endless pastime. Her 
appetite for it is insatiable; and, no matter 
how interesting the results of the trials already 
made, there are always more to come. As John 
Burroughs once said, “Nature hits the mark, 
because she shoots in all directions.” 

In that part of the history of man which is 
sufficiently well known, we perceive a series of 


FEsRuARY 3, 1922] 


subsidiary waves of rise, culmination and 
decline. Each race or nation seems to have 
its day in turn. The causes of such temporary 
rises are complex, but in each instance it 
appears that some new plan or system or way 
of doing things is tried out and its value, 
whether great or small, determined. Part of 
the new plan may prove to be good; it may be 
retained and adopted by succeeding dominant 
races. Other parts of the system prove faulty 
and eventually cause the downfall of the race. 
The injurious features are not likely to be 
copied by those that follow. 

Without implying that the factors selected 
are the only ones, or even the most important 
ones, I may draw illustrations from the well- 
known histories of nations. The great expan- 
sion of wealth and domination among the 
ancient nations around the Mediterranean Sea 
was due to many and complex causes. Its 
industrial basis of energy was largely animal 
power—the labor of beasts of burden and of 
men. Hxpanding civilization created a demand 
for more and more power. To meet this 
demand slavery was increased to a point prob- 
ably never equalled before or since. To-day 
we rely chiefly on fuel power and hence have 
been able to dispense with slavery, but in the 
days of Rome no other available source of 
energy was known. Metals were mined and 
smelted by slaves, ships were propelled by 
slaves, food crops were raised by slaves, and 
even the revenues of government were supplied 
in large measure by unwilling tribute from 
conquered tribes. For the master people this 
scheme produced wealth and power and enabled 
them to maintain control for centuries. It 
contained within itself, however, a fatal seed 
of weakness in the opposing self interests and 
disloyalty of the slaves. Given a good oppor- 
tunity, both the oppressed tribe and the en- 
slaved man were ready to overthrow their op- 
pressors and make an end of them. 

In the Chinese civilization, which has long 
dominated eastern Asia, one of the central 
influences seems to me to be ancestor worship. 
Other religions have been tolerated and partly 
adopted by the Chinese from time to time, but 
for the most part they have been merely 
grafted upon the ancient stem, forming non- 


SCIENCE 


115 


essential modifications. The requirements of 
ancestor worship had many advantages. It is 
not hard to trace to this ancient and firmly 
held code much of the industry of the Chinese, 
their solid, steady qualities, strong family ties, 
admiration for personal achievement and cul- 
ture, and their respect for authority. Yet 
ancestor worship has not proven an unmixed 
blessing. It has tied men each to his own 
locality. It has made for over-population with 
the attendant evils of poverty, ignorance and 
even starvation. Above all, it has turned the 
faces of the Chinese people towards the past 
and inspired them with little interest in the 
future. One may well regard this as one of 
the most potent factors in making China the 
backward nation she has been these many cen- 
turies. 

The modern peoples of the Atlantic region— 
our so-called western nations—are now con- 
tributing to the museum of human experiments 
that system of living which may be called 
“Industrialism,’ whereby through machinery 
and extreme specialization of labor each mem- 
ber of society is multiplied in activity, wealth 
is produced and distributed at an unprece- 
dented rate, new inventions follow each other 
with bewildering rapidity, and material 
“progress” is the watchword. Although this 
curve has probably not yet reached its cul- 
mination, its more serious defects have already 
revealed themselves. Life in the cities is be- 
coming more and more artificial and unnatural. 
Physical degeneration of the most civilized 
nations is making headway. If carried out to 
its logical destiny, industrialism as a scheme 
of life will doubtless fail like its predecessors. 
There are plentful signs that this failure 1s 
not far off unless we develop and effectively 
apply wisdom enough to modify present dan- 
gerous tendencies before it is too late, and 
thus save the best of the system for still further 
advancement. 

It would be strange if, from all we know 
concerning the past history of the earth and 
its inhabitants, we could not discern some 
general scheme or underlying principle which 
would help us to fit more successfully into our 
environment, and perhaps even to make a 
shrewd guess about the future—not of our- 


116 


selves as individuals, but of our remote 
descendants and the earth on which they are 
to live. It is obvious that a geologist is on 
safer ground if he confines his thoughts to 
the domain of geology; and there are some 
who may adopt the attitude that it is not 
fitting for him to digress from the pursuit of 
his strictly geological facts and theories. With 
that opinion I frankly disagree. It seems to 
me that there are times when the geologist 
should consider the relation of his own science 
not only to other sciences but to the affairs of 
his country and the world at large. I shall 
therefore venture to comment upon certain 
aspects of those relations which seem to me 
worth considering on such an oceasion as this. 

The old anthropocentrie attitude of mind, 
which characterized even the more progressive 
nations up to very recent times and is still 
prevalent among humans in general, exag- 
gerated the importance of man. All things 
were regarded as being intended for his use, 
benefit or punishment. The rain was sent to 
mature his crops; the forests covered the land 
in order that he might have wood; the fishes 
of the sea had been thoughtfully provided for 
his subsistence; and coal had been formed in 
the rocks to give him warmth and power. 
Within the last few decades this attitude has 
been supplanted to some extent by the evolu- 
tionary view, which had been incubated long 
before the time of Darwin, but was by his 
cogent marshalling of facts given great im- 
petus in the world of philosophy. Even to-day 
this point of view is generally modified by a 
prejudice, which is understandably subtle in 
its appeal and extremely difficult to cast out. 
Many were disposed to accept the theory of 
evolution as applying to the ordinary plants 
and animals, but with reservations when it 
came to the genus Homo. Man was supposed 
somehow to be an exception, more or less ex- 
empt from those laws which had governed all 
organisms for hundreds of millions of years 
up to the time of his advent. It would be 
interesting to know how widely this view pre- 
vails to-day even among that minority of 
human kind who are considered well educated 
and philosophically minded. It is tacitly 
assumed in certain widely used text-books of 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


geology, which were current within a score of 
years. 

Unquestionably we do differ from all other 
animals in that some of us have learned to do 
things in a high degree which other animals 
do only in very low degree or not at all. The 
faculty of invention, which can be traced as a 
mere rudiment in some of the other mammals, 
we have developed in wonderful measure. 
Communication of thought by sound and 
gesture—a power possessed by many other 
mammals as well as birds—we have improved 
until we are able to communicate ideas accu- 
rately and in the finest shades of meaning by 
our vocal language. Many other animals 
remember their experiences and profit by such 
recollections, but it is the human species 
that has vastly increased the store of such 
remembered ideas and uses them as material 
for thought. Above all, man is the reasoning 
animal, fabricating new ideas out of present 
observations and the records of the memory. 
This is doubtless the greatest innovation pre- 
sented to the world by the human species. Can 
we impartially estimate its value? 

It has often been assumed that these won- 
derful powers of the mind are fast giving to 
the human race control over its environment to 
such an extent that henceforward many of the 
laws of evolution which have hitherto governed 
the careers of animals and plants will be abro- 
gated or greatly modified, so far as concerns 
man. It has been supposed, in short, that we 
do or will effectively dominate other organisms 
and can readily adapt ourselves to those en- 
vironmental factors, such as climate, which 
we cannot directly control. 

In some measure this is true. We have 
lately become so accustomed to triumphing 
over the lower animals and circumventing the 
once impassable barriers of the oceans, the 
upper air, and the frozen polar regions, that 
it may be opportune to raise the question 
whether either domination or adaptation are 
destined to go as far as is commonly believed, 
and to what extent they are to last—for the 
geologist cannot regard anything as permanent. 
It is a truism among us that the only per- 
manent thing in the universe is change. 

In most parts of the world we have by this 


FEBRUARY 3, 1922] 


time conquered wild beasts to such a degree 
that in the more civilized temperate zone coun- 
tries we give no thought to them, although in 
some parts of India they are still a constant 
menace to the ordinary man. But at the other 
end of the biologie series are the much more 
numerous and more dangerous micro-organ- 
isms which assail us on every side. When all 
the cireumstances are favorable we can now 
control insects, protozoans and bacteria, which 
are the carriers or causes of many of our most 
dreaded diseases. But it is a hard struggle to 
dominate such scourges as plague, typhus, 
cholera and yellow fever. They never sleep, 
and if, like Russia to-day, a nation finds itself 
temporarily unable to maintain the needed 
precautions, its boasted control soon vanishes. 
We have learned to overcome the isolation 
of space on land and sea, to move about more 
rapidly than any other animal, to fly higher 
than any bird has ever gone, and to maintain 
summer heat in the coldest winters; but in 
order to do so and by virtue of this expansion 
of our activities, we are rapidly depleting the 
earth’s storehouse of materials. We are assured 
by those who have most carefully studied the 
subject that the liquid energy of petroleum 
will not serve us adequately beyond this gen- 
eration; copper for our wonderful electrical 
systems should last somewhat longer; and coal 
some centuries or even thousands of years. But 
what is ten thousand years in the life of a 
race? Other sources of energy are known and 
we may yet learn to use them profitably; but it 
is well to remember that the continuance of our 
type of civilization on anything like its present 
seale is absolutely contingent upon the suc- 
cess of such attempts. It is not merely a hope 
but a necessity, that should convince even the 
dullest mind of the need of incessant and ex- 
tensive research with such objects in view. 
We have organized manufacturing, trade 
and commerce to such an extent that millions 
of people may now be supported in towns 
and cities, and the average population per 
square mile multiplied far beyond what was 
possible only a few centuries ago. Through 
the application of science we have almost 
banished many diseases and have greatly re- 
duced the usual death rate; and now we are 


SCIENCE 


117 


hopefully attempting to do away with war. 
Yet these achievements can hardly be said to 
have rid us of our problems, for a crop of 
new ones has sprung up—the problems of the 
feeble-minded, the degenerate, the insane—to 
mention only a few of the most obvious. For 
the old diseases, many of which have been part- 
ly conquered, we have a great complementary 
imecrease in cancer, pneumonia and various 
functional and nervous ailments, which are 
aggravated by the crowding, the stress, inten- 
sity and sedentary nature of modern indus- 
tria! life. 

No doubt most of us believe that the alge- 
braic sum of these gains and losses is a real 
advance toward a better state of things. Per- 
haps to question the lasting quality of this 
advance may not be so presumptuous as we 
usually have supposed. 

The entire history, not only of the human 
race, but of its predecessors from the earliest 
known times, has been marked by constantly 
increasing complexity of bodily structure, 
function and activity. This increase has not 
been steady, but pulsating. Evidently we are 
to-day witnessing an acceleration of the nor- 
mal increase in the complexity of human re- 
lations and action. As our modern civiliza- 
tion becomes more and more specialized and 
diversified, our relations to our environment 
become more and more complex and our ad- 
justments more delicate. One thousand years 
ago, who cared whether economic depression 
prevailed in countries across the sea; yet in 
our present highly specialized condition such 
matters have risen to paramount importance. 
In the complexity of modern life wide-spread 
hardship and loss are caused by the temporary 
shutting down of a great electric system or by 
the closing of the coal mines; while a general 
railroad strike quickly brings on a paralysis 
of activity that can not be endured for more 
than a brief time without actual disaster. Yet 
one hundred years ago not one of these prob- 
lems existed. They would have been difficult 
even to imagine. 


The impetus of development seems always 
to carry the process of specialization onward 
without hesitation until a stage is finally 


118 


reached where it is impossible to go farther. 
Eventually it would seem that our western 
civilization should reach a point when its con- 
tinued dominance would depend upon the ef- 
fective working of all parts of a machine, 
grown far more extraordinarily complex even 
than we know it to-day. It is under just such 
conditions that slight changes of environment 
—using that term in its broadest sense—may 
most readily bring about the stoppage of the 
entire mechanism. In the hand-operated 
printing press used by Benjamin Franklin 
less than two centuries ago there was almost 
nothing to get out of order. Compare it with 
the highly complicated modern printing press 
which might cease to function if a single small 
serew or gear should fall out of place. 

Furthermore, there seems to be a general 
tendency for development to go too far—to 
exceed the average capacity of the race at that 
stage of its evolution. Human history itself is 
full of illustrations of this principle. Many 
an ancient king of unusual executive and _or- 
ganizing ability has easily maintained a great 
empire during his own life-time. After his 
death, his responsibilities passed on to men of 
lesser ability, and the empire soon crumbled 
into as many petty states as before. The 
Greek Empire of Alexander and the Mongol 
Empire of Kublai are familiar examples. 
The greatest empire of ancient times, that of 
the Romans, was expanded beyond the dimen- 
sions which apparently were suited to that 
stage of human progress. Without the ready 
communication afforded by the modern tele- 
graph and the efficient transport service of 
the railroad and the steamship, the highly de- 
veloped administrative and military system of 
the Romans was strained beyond the limit of 
safety. It functioned for a time while con- 
ditions were favorable, but it was unable to 
survive much hostile pressure. No doubt the 
solution of many of Rome’s problems is em- 
bodied in the modern British Empire. Thanks 
to the progress of civilization in the last few 
hundred years, the British have been able to 
maintain control over a far wider expanse of 
territory than any ancient empire. 

To-day we see something of the same ten- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


deney at work in our huge industrial organiza- 
tions, generally built up during the lifetime of 
one man and in large measure as a result of 
his exceptional ability. That more of these do 
not fail after the death of their organizers is 
due probably to our better system of demo- 
cratic selection of successors trained under the 
master himself, whereby the ablest men are 
apt to be chosen. Nevertheless, it often hap- 
pens that no one of sufficiently large caliber 
is available, and hence the enterprise suffers 
to a greater or less degree and in some cases 
drifts into disaster. There is some reason to 
think that our industrial, political and com- 
mercial undertakings are even now reaching a 
point where they are growing so vast, so dif- 
ficult to handle, and requiring so high an order 
of ability at various points that they are be- 
coming ineffective largely because a sufficient 
number of men of first-rate ability can not 
always be supplied. It is entirely conceivable 
that as this process becomes even more pro- 
nounced, the whole structure will in time col- 
lapse of its own weight on account of this 
factor. 

Even if our own particular civilization does 
in time collapse and pass into the stream of 
history, like the careers of Greece and Rome, 
there is no apparent reason why other eiviliza- 
tions should not be slowly developed in its 
stead. It is probably safe to infer that such 
later civilizations will be founded on somewhat 
different principles, enabling these successors 
of ours to avoid some of the most serious dif- 
ficulties with which we are now struggling. 
Perhaps they will achieve better success in 
those moral and social affairs, which are too 
often overlooked in our modern order. But 
there is no reason to suppose, however, that 
they will not make other mistakes just as dis- 
astrous, or in general that they will be exempt 
from the inexorable natural law which has. 
brought about the ultimate decline of every pre- 
vious civilization, each in its turn. 

Eventually, after all the latent possibilities 
for advancement possessed by the human 
species have been exhausted, the race may con- 
ceivably sink back to the general level of the 
lower savages, which are but little above the 


FEBRUARY 3, 1922] 


other mammals. In that state it could per- 
haps maintain itself for a long period of 
time, even though relegated to the less favor- 
able parts of the world. 

Without transcending the path already laid 
out in previous geologic periods, we may logi- 
cally imagine also, that in due course of time 
—probably to be measured in millions of years, 
an entirely new and more highly organized 
animal may spring from some ancestral stock 
now relatively obscure, and rise, at first slow- 
ly and then more rapidly, to even greater 
heights of achievement than anything which 
lies within the capacity of the human species. 

We have briefly examined the sequence of 
physical events in the earth’s history and have 
found but secant indication of a definite trend 
toward an objective point. In the history of 
man and other organisms we seem to see, om 
the other hand, an evolution from the lower 
to the higher—from the simpler to the more 
complex. To that extent there has been quite 
evidently a general upward curve. It seems 
probable, however, that the quantity of organ- 
i¢ life has remained more or less the same 
since very early times. There has been the 
age-long tendency for each species to multi- 
ply until its possible habitat was fully stocked 
with individuals. As periods came and went 
new types appeared and extended their realms, 
like wave-cireles on the still surface of a pond, 
but compensating extinctions of older types 
left room for them. One may picture even the 
organic world as a stream, unchanging in 
volume, though ever changing’ in composition; 
and its end is to us still as invisible as its be- 
ginning. 

Euiot BLACK WELDER 
Harvarp UNIVERSITY 


THE AGRICULTURAL MUSEUM OF 
THE ARGENTINE RURAL 
SOCIETY 


Muserums devoted strictly to agriculture are 
rare. The only one in the Western Hemis- 


1 Museo Agricola de la Sociedad Rural Argen- 
tina ‘‘ Fundacion Organizacion Muestrarios,’’ Ing. 
Agr., Carlos D. Girola 1910-Director Honorario- 
1921. Publicacion Museo Agricola S. R. A. No. 
25. 


SCIENCE 


119 


phere, founded and organized as such, is lo- 
cated in the metropolis of the Argentine Re- 
public. An illustrated pamphlet of fifty pages 
describing the museum and briefly outlining 
its collections has been published!. It is in a 
series of publications issued by the museum, 
and forms the basis of this communication. 

Argentina is preeminently an agricultural 
country. More than half its cultivated area, 
64,225,000 acres, is devoted to the growth of 
wheat, Indian corn, oats and flax (for seed). 
Its vineyards occupy 345,800 acres while 
24,700,000 acres are in alfalfa. Cattle and 
other domestic animals number about 92,300,000 
and in 1918 Argentina exported 1,479,618,000 
pounds of meat. 

The collections made to illustrate the agri- 
cultural resources of the country at the centen- 
nial exposition, held in Buenos Aires in 1910, 
were so extensive and valuable that a perma- 
nent museum was established in which to 
preserve them. The suecess which has 
attended the foundation and organization of 
the museum is due chiefly to the foresight 
and untiring energy of Sr. Carlos D. 
Girola, agricultural engineer, who has been 
its honorary director from its origin. He has 
built up, without guide or precedent, an in- 
stitution of the greatest value in promoting the 
agricultural interests of his country. The 
museum now contains more than 30,000 speci- 
mens, covering the entire field of agriculture 
and is one of the most comprehensive of its 
type in the world. 


The collections are classified in seven groups 
or divisions as follows: 

1. Natural Products, such as woods, native 
medicinal and forage plants, minerals, soils, 
mineral waters, ete. 

2. Agricultural Products, including everything 
produced on the farm such as wheat and other 
cereals, vegetables, narcotic and aromatic plants, 
fiber plants, etc. In this group the museum con- 
tains 6,000 specimens. 

3. Products of Animal Origin, wool, hides, 
leather, ete. 

4. Products of Agricultural Industry, flour, 
sugar, tannin, dried and canned fruits and vege- 
tables, ete. : 

5. Products of Animal Industry, milk, but- 
ter, cheese, bees and bee products, poultry and 


120 


poultry products, silk culture, game, fish, diseases 
of animals, ete. 

6. Agricultural Machinery, tools and appli- 
ances used in agriculture. 

7. Rural Engineering, under which are placed 
all subjects relating to farm buildings, construc- 
tion of granaries, ete. 

In the organization of the museum provision 
is made for the holding of agricultural con- 
gresses or meetings for the purpose of discus- 
sing subjects relating to agriculture, and for the 
issuing of publications and making exchanges. 
Up to the present time the publications include 
twenty-five titles, most of which have been pre- 
pared by Sr. Girola. Among the subjects 
treated are: “Studies of Cotton,’ “Observations 
on samples of wheat from the Territory of 
Pampa,” “The Cultivation of Wheat in Argen- 
tina,” “Spineless Cactus,” “Cultivation of Flax 
in Argentina,” “Cultivation of Indian Corn in 
Argentina,” “Notes on Argentine Fruit Cul- 
ture,” etc. For the most part these papers are 
based on the collections of the museum. 

The supervision of this museum is under the 
directors of the Argentine Rural Society. The 
museum staff consists of the honorary director, 
curator, assistant curator and two caretakers. 

The museum building is located on the 
grounds of the Rural Society, in a ver'y at- 
tractive section of Buenos Aires, overlooking 
Plaza Italia. It is 300 feet long by 90 feet 
wide and originally cost $100,000.00. The in- 
terior which is well lighted, consists of a main 
floor surrounded by a broad baleony. 

The annual attendance at the museum, which 
is open to the public two days each week, ex- 
ceeds 100,000 not including the 30,000 students 
which visit it from the schools of Buenos Aires. 
These figures demonstrate the interest which 
the museum has aroused and the need for such 
an institution. 

The illustrations in the pamphlet before us 
include the museum building, its floor plan and 
twenty full page views of the interior, showing 
many of the exhibits and the manner in which 
they are installed. The collections have far 
outgrown their present accommodations, and 
plans have been prepared for additional build- 
ing to take care of the agricultural machinery 
and other new material. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


Besides the agricultural museum at Buenos 
Aires there are the Danish Agricultural Mu- 
seum at Lyngby, near Copenhagen, established 
in 1888; the Agricultural Museum at Petrograd, 
about which little is known at the present time; 
the large and well-equipped museum at Berlin, 
and the attractively located and wonderfully 
interesting museum at Budapest. The buildings 
of this museum at Budapest, constructed at a 
cost of $480,000.00, are so designed as to il- 
lustrate the Renaissance and medieval periods 
of architecture of Hungary. Their interiors 
are superbly finished, and the collections, which 
may be said to include the agricultural features 
of museums of art, history and anthropology, 
natural history and commerce, are appropriate- 
ly and beautifully installed in the many well- 
lighted rooms into which the Renaissance and 
Gothie buildings are divided. 

The museum at Buenos Aires should not be 
compared with those institutions which have 
been built and liberally supported by the state. 
Great riches are not indispensable. An agri- 
cultural museum properly located for meeting 
its purposes would, by well directed effort and 
with the friendly cooperation of those engaged 
in agricultural industries, quickly secure collec- 
tions. With such collaboration an equipment 
may be acquired that will equal or possibly 
excel in practical importance that which money 
could buy. 

Like Argentina in South America, Hungary 
in Europe is essentially an agricultural coun- 
try, and it is interesting to note that in the one 
case the material and exhibits that formed the 
basis of its collections were assembled for an 
exposition commemorating the hundredth anni- 
versary of the country’s existence as a nation— 
in the other instance the collections commem- 
orated its thousandth anniversary, the National 
Millennial Exposition held at Budapest in 1904. 
Our hundredth anniversary, commemorated by 
the exposition held at Philadelphia in 1876, has 
passed. Argentina has outstripped us in its 
agricultural development by the establishment 
of a permanent agricultural museum. Without 
any reflection upon the progress and present 
status of agriculture in Hungary, which is most 
commendable, let us hasten to follow the ex- 
ample of our sister Republic in South America 


FEBRUARY 3, 1922] 


and not wait for our milennial anniversary be- 
fore establishing a great American Museum of 


Agriculture. 
% F. Lamson-ScrIBNER 


WASHINGTON, D. C. 
OcToBER 21, 1921 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
THE WILLIAM BARTON ROGERS SCIENCE 
HALL OF THE COLLEGE OF WILLIAM 
AND MARY 

An advisory committee of prominent men, 
most of whom are trustees or alumni of the 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, has 
been formed in the interests of a movement to 
provide for the erection at the College of 
William and Mary, in Virginia, of the William 
Barton Rogers Memorial Science Hall, in honor 
of the William and Mary graduate who found- 
ed the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

The members of the committee are T. Cole- 
man DuPont, Wilmington, Del., Charles W. 
Eliot, Cambridge, Mass.; Samuel Morse 
Felton, Chicago, Ill.; Francis Russell Hart, 
Boston, Mass.; Charles Hayden, New York, 
N. Y.; Otto H. Kahn, New York, N. Y.; Hugh 
MacRae, Wilmington, N. C.; Eliakim Hastings 
Moore, Chicago, Ill.; James P. Munroe, Bos- 
ton, Mass.; Henry Smith Pritchett, New York, 
N. Y.; Charles Augustus Stone, New York, 
N. Y.; Gerard Swope, New York, N. Y.; Elihu 
Thomson, Swampscott, Mass.; Charles Doo- 
little Walcott, Washington, D. C.; Edwin 
Sibley Webster, Boston, Mass. 

The College of William and Mary is the 
second oldest college in the United States, 
yielding only to Harvard University in this 
respect. President Harding, on a visit to the 
college on October 19 last, in company with 
Secretaries Hughes, Hoover, Mellon and 
Weeks, of his cabinet, was greatly impressed 
with the traditions and present progress of the 
venerable institution. He referred to the 
college as ‘the Spartan of American universi- 
ties,” having in mind, no doubt, the successful 
effort of William and Mary to endure after its 
burning in the Civil War, in 1862, shortly 
after Dr. Rogers had established in Boston the 
great technical school. 

William Barton Rogers was one of four 
brothers, who were educated at William and 


SCIENCE 


121 


Mary, each in later life achieving great dis- 
tinetion in a chosen field of science. He, him- 
self, as a geologist, was noted in Virginia long 
before he went to Boston. He was the intro- 
ducer of the laboratory method of teaching 
science in this country, according to Dr. 
Charles W. Eliot, who was one of his original 
faculty at the Institute of Technology. The 
three other brothers were Henry D. Rogers, 
who became regius professor of natural history 
in the University of Glasgow, Scotland; James 
Blythe Rogers, professor of chemistry in the 
University of Pennsylvania; and Robert 
Empie Rogers, professor of toxicology in the 
Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia. 

The sum of $200,000 has been set as the 
amount needed for building the Science Hall, 
which is designed to commemorate the bond of 
friendship between the South’s oldest college 
and the North’s foremost institution of tech- 
nology. Contributions may be sent to H. B. 
Thomas, alumni director, 331 Madison Avenue, 
New York City. 


RETIREMENT OF PROFESSOR ALBERT W. 
SMITH OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY 


Tuer following minute has been adopted by 
the University Faculty of Cornell University 
on the occasion of the retirement of Professor 
Albert W. Smith: 

In the retirement from his academic functions 
of Albert William Smith, dean of Sibley College 
and acting president of the university, this 
faculty suffers a heavy loss. Few have been so 
universally, so deeply, so deservedly loved. An 
alumnus of Cornell in the first decade of her 
career, he was from early in his undergraduate 
days a leader both in study and in manly sports, 
and one whom his fellows delighted to honor. 
Returning to Cornell in 1886 for graduate study, 
he was not again suffered to depart from academic 
life. From 1887 to 1891 he taught engineering 
at Cornell, in 1891-1892 at the University of 
Wisconsin, from 1892 to 1904 was head of the 
work in mechanical engineering at Stanford. 
Since 1904, when he was called back to Cornell 
to succeed Dr. Thurston in the headship of Sibley 
College, he has remained with his alma mater, 
adding to his directorship the chair of power 
engineering; and in 1920, at the retirement of 
Dr. Schurman, he became acting president of the 
university. 

With what loyalty and efficiency he has dis- 


122 


charged these functions is known to us all. As 
an engineer he has stood high in his profession, 
and, in conformity with a principle which he has 
urged on his colleagues, he has never allowed 
himself to fall out of touch with its practical 
side. As a teacher and a writer on technical 
subjects he has had the power to make intelligible 
and clear the abstrusest of problems, and outside 
the class room he has not lost touch with his 
pupils. As an administrator even his colleagues 
know his promptitude, his patience, his consider- 
ateness, his remarkable sympathy with the stu- 
dents. 

But behind and above all these activities has 
been to us ever the loftiness of his character and 
the exceptional breadth of his culture. He has 
been not more engineer than poet; and his love of 
literature, his sensitiveness to art, his fine ethical 
enthusiasm, his rare modesty and courtesy, have 
set their mark on all his work, on all his views. 
In his teaching there has been nothing of the 
pedagogue, in his administration nothing of the 
martinet. We shall remember him, as do his stu- 
dents, primarily as man, as friend; and, while 
we lose him with regret, we rejoice with him in 
the new freedom to which he brings such rich 
resources. 


THE AMERICAN SCHOOL OF PREHISTORIC 
STUDIES IN FRANCE 

Tuts school enters on its second year of 
activity in July, 1922, under the joint auspices 
of the Archeological Institute of America and 
the American Anthropological Association. It 
makes its appeal for students on the same 
footing as the American schools at Athens, 
Rome, Jerusalem and Santa Fé. 

Both men and women are admitted either 
for the period of one year or for a shorter one. 
The work is divided into three parts: excava- 
tions in a Paleolithic site given the school by 
Dr. Henri-Martin, of Paris, to last about three 
months; excursions in fall and spring to the 
most famous caves, rock-shelters and neolithic 
sites of France. These include the Dordogne, 
the Pyrenees and the megaliths of Brittany. 
The last six months or so of work in Paris 
inelude lectures freely offered by the Ecole 
@W Anthropologie, museum excursions under the 
lead of the director of the school and library 
research. 

For those who enter for the whole year, two 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


scholarships are offered for competition, one 
of five thousand and one of two thousand 
franes; the former will suffice to keep a student 
through the year in France, if he can pay his 
way thither and back. There may be estab- 
lished a small loan fund, and there are occa- 
sional opportunities of earning money abroad 
while continuing work, but this method is not 
advised. At the end of the year a certificate is 
awarded, and a thesis should be written and 
presented by the student. 

The excavations have this advantage that the 
students get into the ground themselves and 
do their own picking, for it is this rather than 
digging. Their duty is to learn what they are 
looking for and to understand it when found. 

Flint implements, bones of the reindeer, horse, 
bison and mammoth occur, and many of them 
bear marks of contemporary work with flint 
implements; this is rather a “specialty” of the 


‘site of La Quina, where the American site is 


situated. 

It is hoped that many will take advantage 
of this offer, and apply for entry to the school. 
All such applications as well as those for the 
scholarships should be sent as soon as pos- 
sible to 


CHARLES PEABODY 
CHAIRMAN OF THE GOVERNING BoarD, 
Prasopy MusruM or HARVARD UNIVERSITY, 
CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS 


THE HISTORY OF SCIENCE AT THE ST. 
LOUIS MEETING OF THE AMERICAN 
HISTORICAL ASSOCIATION 

For the third consecutive year the subject of 
the history of science received the attention 
of the members of the American Historical 
Association at their recent annual meeting at 
St. Louis. The session especially devoted to 
the subject took the form of a luncheon con- 
ference at which Professor Lynn Thorndike of 
Western Reserve University presided. Inter- 
esting informal addresses were given by Pro- 
fessor James H. Breasted, director of the 
Haskell Oriental Museum of the University of 
Chicago, on the state of research concerning 
the science of ancient Egypt; by Professor 
Charles H. Haskins, of Harvard University, on 
the opportunities for research in the history of 


FEBRUARY 3, 1922] 


science in European libraries; and by Professor 
Archer B. Hulbert, of Colorado College, on 
American history and the natural sciences. 
Further discussion followed, and it was pro- 
posed that the association establish a committee 
to facilitate the photographing of material in 
European manuscripts for the use of investi- 
gators in this country. The question was also 
raised of the relations between the American 
Association for the Advancement of Science 
and the Historical Association. The fact that 
this year the two bodies are to meet, respec- 
tively, at Boston and New Haven should pro- 
vide the opportunity for a joint session or 
sessions on the history of science and perhaps 
for future common action or cooperation. 

Papers of interest to students of the history 
of science also were read at other sessions at 
St. Louis. At the conference in Medieval His- 
tory Professor Louis J. Paetow, of the Uni- 
versity of California, treated of “The Twelfth 
and Thirteenth Centuries in the History of 
Culture,” and Professor Lynn Thorndike, of 
“Guido Bonatti, an Astrologer of the Thir- 
teenth Century mentioned by Dante,” while at 
the conference on the History of Civilization 
Professor Breasted gave an account of the 
new Edwin Smith Medical Papyrus. 


REPORT ON MEMBERSHIP OF THE AMERI- 
CAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE AD- 
VANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 

Tue following tabulations present the status 
of membership in the association at the ends 
of the fiscal years 1920 and 1921, and on Janu- 
ary 14, 1922. The tabulation for 1920 is 
incomplete on account of incomplete records, 
the present system of records not having been 
installed till the spring of 1920. 


At end of fiseal At end of fiseal 
year 1920 year 1921 
(Sept. 30, 1920) (Sept. 30, 1921) 
Active life and sustain- 


ing members.............--- 353 349 
Annual members in good 

Standing yy eres 9,649 9,811 
Total of members in 

good standing ............ 10,002 10,160 
Members in arrears for 

OULG pry CA Tereteetteceesreace eset 993 682 
Members in arrears for 

CWO VCaTSs seme ees 447 705 
Total of members on roll 11,442 11,547 


SCIENCE 


123 


Loss in membership during the fiscal year: 
Dropped at beginning of fiscal year 


(more than two years in arrears?) ........ 447 
By death........ 44 
By atesigonation:.:.2o eee 326 
MO bal MOSS acon sen caceeensesenseeceen eeameeeuncnaee 817 
Total gain in membership (new members): 
Sustaining membetS...0.....222..c--.:-.sce-eseeetore al 
Life members........... 2 11 
Amn ualmemMbers) sn steresser ses eee 910 
Total gain.............. 922 
Net gain in membership 105 
Loss from October 1, 1921, to January 
14, 1922: 
Dropped October 1, 1921...........22. 705 
By death 46 
IB yiDOSTON A GLOW secant een tare ele a eer 220 
Mo tally lossys.asi2sscrscctssesecetsecn yes ween oe 971 
Gain from October 1, 1921, to January 
14, 1922: 
Reins tabemenitsyiecscsttsecnctscercecse ee eereeeneece 16 
ila 
870 
Totaliygainw sees eee 897 
Net loss from October 1, 1921, to Jan- 
LATE gl: eel 2 2 Seteenea rae re res 2a NS EN 74 
Total of members on roll January 14, 
G22) SOA ples y:74)) sate eee 11,473 
Total of members in good standing Jan- 
LAT yea LO 2) 2 ee eae ea ate oat 8,381 
Associates for the second Toronto meet- 
ing (not included above)..........2.....-.-.- 247 


It is to be noted that there were 158 more 
members in good standing on September 30, 
1921, than there were on the preceding Sep- 
tember 30, and that the total enrollment was 
greater on the latter date by 105. The total 
enrollment suffered a sudden decrease (of 705) 
on October 1, 1921, by the dropping of the 
names of all whose period of arrearage be- 
came over two years on that date, and this 
loss has since been increased, by deaths and 
resignations, to 971. To offset this, 881 new 
members were enrolled up to January 14, and 
16 members were reinstated. 

It is gratifying to note that the annual dues 
have been paid much more promptly this year 
than ever before. Of the 11,473 individuals 
whose names were on the roll January 14, 
8,381 had paid their dues for the current year 
and were therefore in good standing. 


Burton E. Livineston, 
Permanent Secretary. 


1As provided in By-Laws, Article X. 


124 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


THE Rockefeller Institute for Medical Re- 
search on January 20 celebrated the twentieth 
anniversary of its foundation with a reception 
at which brief speeches were made by Mr. 
John D. Rockefeller, Jr., of the Board of Trus- 
tees, and Dr. William H. Welch, of the Board 
of Scientific Directors. 


Dr. Henry C. Cowius, of the University of 
Chicago, was elected president of the Botanical 
Society of America at the Toronto meeting. 


Dr. HueH M. Surrx, who has been United 
States commissioner of fisheries since 1913, 
has tendered his resignation. Mr. Herbert 
Hoover, secretary of commerce, has written to 
Dr. Smith: “I believe your service for thirty- 
six years, rising from the bottom to the top, 
in one of our great scientific bureaus, is unique 
in the history of the government. The whole 
country is under an obligation to you for so 
long and faithful a service.” 


British New Year honors include knight- 
hood conferred on Professor C. S. Sherring- 
ton, president of the Royal Society and of the 
British Association and on Professor W. A. 
Herdman, recently president of the British 
Association. 


EmMmanvet De Marcerts, Strasbourg, direc- 
tor of the Geological Survey of Alsace, has 
been elected correspondent of the Geological 
Society of America. 


Mme. Corin, having been proposed for mem- 
bership in the French Academy of Medicine, 
the academy, which has hitherto included no 
woman, has voted that she is eligible, and it is 
expected that she will be elected at the next 
meeting. 


Dr. N. Antoni, of Stockholm, has been 
awarded the Lennalm prize for 1921 by the 
Swedish Association. He is the author of a 
number of works on clinical neurology. 


Tue Paris Academy of Sciences has awarded 
to M. Georges Claude the Le Conte prize, 
amounting to 50,000 francs, for his discoveries 
in the field of industrial chemistry. M. Claude, 
in a letter expressing his gratitude, announces 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


that he has decided to divide the amount of the 
prize between the Société de secours des amis 
de la science and the research laboratories of 
the College de France. 


Dr. AuBERT Hasgsaut, of the Zoological Di- 
vision of the Bureau of Animal Industry, has 
been awarded the Steel Memorial Medal for 
1921 by the Council of the Royal College of 
Veterinary Surgeons. Dr. Hassall has been in 
the Bureau of Animal Industry for the last 
thirty-five years, and in the course of that 
time, in addition to publishing numerous papers 
on parasitology, has built up a complete index 
catalogue of medical and veterinary zoology. 


Dr. A. G. IRELAND, associate professor of 
hygiene and public health at the University of 
Kentucky, has been appointed state super- 
visor of physical education and health by the 
Connecticut State Board of Education. 


Dr. Frank P. Exprep, for twenty years di- 
rector of the scientific division of Eli Lilly and 
Company, of Indianapolis, has resigned to en- 
gage in consulting work. 


WarrREN R. SHOLES, of the School of Mines, 
University of Utah, has received an appoint- 
ment as mineral examiner in the Utah fiela 
division of the United States Land Office. 


Dr. Ropert N. Nyz, former research assist- 
ant to Dr. Frank B. Mallory, has been made 
assistant director of the division of biologic 
laboratories of the Massachusetts State Depart- 
ment of Public Health. 


Mr. 8S. Kruse, associate electrical engineer 
at the Bureau of Standards, who has been en- 
gaged in radio development work at the bureau, 
has been granted a year’s leave of absence and 
has accepted a position with the Hammond 
Radio Research Corporation, Gloucester, Mas- 
sachusetts. 


Proressor RaupH S. Hosmer, of Cornell 
University, who has been studying forest con- 
ditions in Europe, is returning to the Univer- 
sity. 

Frep P. Baker, for the past year and a half 
assistant director of the Boston station of the 
school of chemical engineering practice of the 


FEsruary 3, 1922] 


Massachusetts Institute of Technology, has re- 
signed to accept a position with the Proctor 
and Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio. 


Dr. RayMonp W. Woopwakp has resigned 
as physicist and chief of the section of mech- 
anical' metallurgy of the Bureau of Standards, 
to become chief metallurgist for the Whitney 
Manufacturing Company of Hartford, Con- 
necticut. 


Durinc December, Dr. George Joannovich, 
professor of pathological anatomy, and Dr. 
Radenko Stankovich, professor of internal 
medicine of the medical school of the Univer- 
sity of Belgrade, paid a visit to London as 
guests of the Rockefeller Foundation. They 
had previously made an extensive tour in 
Canada and the United States, studying meth- 
ods of medical education and public health 
administration. 


THE course of three Stewart lectures was 
given in November before the University of 
Melbourne on “The Modern Psychology,” by 
Dr. R. J. A. Berry, professor of anatomy in 
the university. 


Caprain Roaup AMUNDSEN visited the De- 
partment of Terrestrial Magnetism of the Car- 
negie Institution of Washington on January 16, 
in order to complete arrangements with regard 
to cooperative work in terrestrial magnetism 
and atmospheric electricity between the De- 
partment and his forthcoming expedition to 
the Arctic regions. During the Northeast Pas- 
sage, 1918-1921, the Amundsen Expedition 
made a series of highly valuable magnetic ob- 
servations at somewhat over 50 different points. 
Captain Amundsen’s chief scientific assistant, 
Dr. H. U. Sverdrup, has been associated with 
the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism since 
last October in order to complete the reduction 
and publication of the magnetic observations 
thus far obtained by the expedition. He will 
rejoin the Maud, Captain Amundsen’s vessel, 
early in March at Seattle. It is expected that 
Captain Amundsen will resume his Arctic ex- 
pedition about June 1. During his brief stay 
in Washington, Captain Amundsen also paid 
a visit to the non-magnetic ship Carnegie. In 
the evening he met at the Cosmos Club a num- 


SCIENCE 


125 


ber of the scientific men of Washington with 
whom he discussed the plans of his Arctic ex- 
pedition, the chief object of which is to obtain 
scientific data relating to geography, oceano- 
graphy, meteorology, gravity, terrestrial mag- 
netism and atmospheric electricity. 


Tue annual meeting of the British Associa- 
tion will be held in the university buildings at 
Glasgow on July 21-28 next. The first three 
days of the meeting will be taken up by the 
annual representative meeting, and in the even- 
ing of July 25 the president, Sir William Mac- 
ewen, will deliver his address. Presidents of 
sections are: Medicine, Professor T. K. Munro 
(Glasgow); Surgery, Professor Alexis Thom- 
son (Hdinburgh) ; Pathology, Professor Robert 
Muir (Glasgow); Ophthalmology, Mr. A. S. 
Percival (Neweastle-on-Tyne); Neurology and 
Psychological Medicine, Dr. George M. Robert- 
son (Hdinburgh); Obstetrics and Gynecology, 
Professor Ewen J. Maclean (Cardiff) ; Micro- 
biology (including Bacteriology), Dr. R. M. 
Buchanan (Glasgow); Diseases of Children, 
Sir Herbert F'. Waterhouse (London); Public 
Health, Dr. A. K. Chalmers (Glasgow); 
Physiology, Professor J. A. McWilliam (Aber- 
deen) ; Dermatology, Dr. Leslie Roberts (Liver- 
pool). 

At the last ordinary scientific meeting of 
the Chemical Society, London, held on January 
19, Professor Arthur Smithells gave an account 
of Dr. Langmuir’s theory of atomic structure, 
and exhibited models. Sir Ernest Rutherford’s 
lecture on “Artificial Disintegration of Ele- 
ments” will be given on February 9. 


Dr. Lupwik SILBerstein of the Research 
Laboratory, Eastman Kodak Company, lectured 
before the Franklin Institute on Thursday 
evening, January 26, on “An optical experi- 
ment in connection with the rotation of the 
earth.” 


Durine the week of January 9, Dr. H. H. 
Love, of: the Department of Plant Breeding of 
Cornell University, delivered a series of lec- 
tures before the faculty of the School of Agri- 
culture of the Pennsylvania State College on 
the importance of biometrical methods in in- 
terpreting experimental results. 


126 


Proressor Epcar James Swirt, head of the 
department of psychology and education in 
Washington University, gave an address on 
“The psychology of testimony and rumor’ at 
the Naval War College, Newport, R. I., on 
January 26. 


Tur annual meeting of the Society of Heat- 
ing and Ventilating Engineers was held at the 
Hotel Pennsylvania from January 24 to 26. 
Among the papers presented were: “The Con- 
trol of Blower Motors”, by Henry H. Issertel, 
and “The Underfeed Stoker,” by Frank A. 
De Boos. 


Tur Mathematies Club of the University of 
Southern California, which the late Professor 
Paul Arnold helped to found, proposes to es- 
tablish as a memorial to him the Paul Arnold 
Library of Mathematics. 


A commirrrr has been formed with Mrs. 
Mary K. Bryan, of the Bureau of Plant In- 
dustry, as chairman, to establish a memorial to 
Miss Eunice R. Oberly, librarian of the bureau 
from 1808 until her death on November 5. 
It is planned that the money given by her 
friends shall be used to establish a prize to be 
awarded for the work in which Miss Oberly 
was interested. 


Sir German Sims WoopHeap, professor of 
pathology in the University of Cambridge, died 
on December 29, at the age of sixty-six years. 


Dr. ReGInaALD Farrar, of Harrow, England, 
died on December 29, of typhus fever at Mos- 
cow, whither he had gone to assist Dr. Nan- 
sen in organizing arrangements for famine re- 
lief in Russia, under the auspices of the League 
of Nations and the League of Red Cross So- 
cieties. 


Dr. Guorce Stewarpson Brapy, F. R. &., 
who died at Sheffield on December 25, in his 
ninetieth year, was engaged in the practice of 
medicine and in 1875 became professor of nat- 
ural history at Armstrong College, Newcastle, 
retiring as professor emeritus in 1906. He had 
done much useful work on the material gath- 
ered by the Challenger Expedition, having 
published reports on the ostracoda and cope- 
poda. He also wrote a monograph of the free 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


and semi-parasitie copepoda of the British 
Islands, and collaborated in a monograph of 
the ostracoda of the North Atlantic and North- 
western Hurope. 


THe annual joint meeting of the American 
Geographical Society and the Association of 
American Geographers will be held in New 
York City on April 28 and 29. The program 
will be published about April 1. All interested 
are invited to attend the sessions to be held at 
the building of the American Geographical So- 
ciety. 

THE Royal Institute of Public Health will 
hold a congress in Plymouth from May 31 to 
June 5. In addition to conferences on various 
matters there will be four sections: (1) state 
medicine and municipal hygiene; (2) naval, 
military and air; (3) bacteriology and bio- 
chemistry; (4) women and public health. The 
Harben lectures will be given during the meet- 
ing by Dr. T. Madsen, director of the State 
Serum Institute, Copenhagen. 


Tue thirteenth annual meeting of the Paleon- 
tological Society was held at Amherst, Mass., 
from December 28 to 30, as the guest of Am- 
herst College, in affiliation with the Geological 
Society of America. The special meetings of 
the society were held in the Geology-Biology 
building, while the members were comfortably 
lodged in the fraternity houses on the campus. 
Seven new members were elected at the meet- 
ing, making the membership at the end of 1921 
total 214. The officers elected for 1922 were 
as follows: President, W. D. Matthew, New 
York City; First Vice-President, EH. 8. Riggs, 
Chicago, Illinois; Second Vice-President, H. W. 
Berry, Baltimore, Maryland; Third Vice- 
President, B. L. Clark, Berkeley, California; 
Secretary, R. S. Bassler, Washington, D. C.; 
Treasurer, Richard 8. Lull, New Haven, Con- 
necticut; Hditor, Walter Granger, New York 


Tur Russian Academic Group held its first 
annual meeting on January 12. The group 
consists of scientific men and women from Rus- 
sia living in the United States. They have 
organized with the purpose (1) of studying 
the social, economic and industrial problems 
involved in the further development of Rus- 


FEBRUARY 3, 1922] 


sia; (2) of effecting a closer contact between 
scientific and educational institutions of Ameri- 
ca and Russia, and (3) especially of helping 

the reconstruction of the academic life of the 
Russian universities and bringing relief to their 
members. 


A werrer has been received from the At- 
torney-General of the United States by the 
University of Chicago in appreciation of Pro- 
fessor Henry C. Cowles, of the department of 
botany, for his ecological investigations along 
the Red River for use in connection with a suit 
between the states of Oklahoma and Texas in 
the Supreme Court of the United States. ‘“Dr. 
Cowles’ investigations and testimony,” the let- 
ter states, “have been of great value to the 
government, and, I am informed, to the cause 
of science in that they bring to the aid of en- 
gineering and physiographic investigations the 
comparatively new science of ecology, where- 
by the approximate time of the occurrence of 
changes in rivers, their flood plains and banks, 
is now definitely determined.” 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


Ty addition to previous gifts to the building 
fund totalling $800,000, Mr. Samuel Mather, of 
Cleveland, has announced to the trustees of 
Western Reserve University that he will pro- 
vide funds for the erection of the new building 
of the School of Medicine. The estimated cost 
of the school building is $1,910,000, of the 
animal house $93,500, of the power house 
$473,000, and of connecting tunnels $53,700, 
totalling $2,529,700. Plans and specifications 
are complete and construction will begin in the 
near future. The medical school building is 
the first of a group, to be followed by the con- 
‘struction of the Children’s Hospital, the Ma- 
ternity Hospital and the Lakeside Hospital, 
all of which are affiliated with the School of 
Medicine. The entire group will be situated 
on the university campus. 


A BEQUEST of $150,000 to Wesleyan Uni- 
versity is contained in the will of Mrs. Dexter 
Smith of Springfield, Mass. The money will 
be available either towards erection of a new 


SCIENCE 


127 


library building or for the general endowment 
fund at discretion of the trustees. 


EH. I. pu Pont p—E Nemours anp Company 
have authorized the continuance of the du Pont 
chemical fellowships of the total value of 
$15,000 in twenty colleges and universities 
throughout the United States for the academic 
year of 1922-3. The fellowships are for post- 
graduate work. 


Moruanp Kine, who went to Lafayette Col- 
lege last year from Union College as associate 
professor of electrical engineering, has been 
made professor and head of the electrical engi- 
neering department. 


A. L. Pirman has been appointed assistant 
director of the Bangor Station of the Massa- 
chusetts Institute of Technology’s school of 
chemical engineering practice. 


H. R. THEauton, lately with Stone & Web- 
ster in Boston, has been appointed assistant 
professor of engineering at Dalhousie Univer- 
sity, Halifax, Canada. 


Dr. R. H. Apers Piimuer has been ap- 
pointed by the senate of London University 
to the university chair of chemistry, tenable at 
St. Thomas’s Hospital Medical School, begin- 
ning with the new year. At present he is head 
of the biochemical department of the Rowett 
Research Institute at the University of Aber- 
deen. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 


ABRAHAM COWLEY AND THE AGRICUL- 
TURAL COLLEGE 

I HAvE recently come upon a very interesting 
piece of history relating to agricultural educa- 
tion, while re-reading the essays of Abraham 
Cowley. The paper on agriculture in volume 
II of the 1707-1712 edition of his works con- 
tains one of the first recorded recommendations 
that I can find regarding the organization of 
agricultural colleges. In that essay he has 
the following to say: 

Did ever a father provide a tutor for his son 
to instruct him betimes in the nature and im- 
provements of that land which he intended to 
leave him? ...I1 could wish (but can not in 


128 


these times much hope to see it) that one college 
in each University were erected, and appropriated 
to this study, as well as there are to Medicine, 
and the Civil Law. There would be no need of 
making a body of scholars and fellows, with cer- 
tain endowments as in other colleges. It would 
suffice, if after the manner of Halls in Oxford, 
there were only four professors constituted (for 
it would be too much work for only one Master, 
or principal as they call him there) to teach these 
four parts of it. First Aration, and all things 
relating to it. Second, Pasturage. Thirdly, 
Gardens, Orchards, Vineyards, and Woods. 
Fourthly, All parts of Rural Cconomy, which 
would contain the government of Bees, Swine, 
Poultry, Decoys, Ponds, ete., and all that which 
Varro calls Villaticas Pastiones, together with 
the sports of the field and the Domestical Con- 
servation and uses of all that is brought in by 
Industry abroad. The business of these Profes- 
ers should be... to instruct their pupils in 
‘the whole method and course of this study, which 
aight be run through perhaps with diligence in a 
year or two. 

The above essay was written about the year 
1659 to 1665, and it is very interesting to note 
that till more than a century after, in 1796, 
was a Department of Rural Economy organ- 
ized at Oxford, and Professor John Sibforth 
elected to be the first head of the department. 
We do not find references to agricultural col- 
leges again, however, till the beginning of the 
nineteenth century. It will therefore be ob- 
served that Cowley was distinctly in advance 
of his times. Bacon had suggested schools for 
experimental research, but did not suggest the 
idea of an agricultural college. We do unques- 
tionably notice Bacon’s influence on Cowley in 
many respects, and especially in his “Proposi- 
tion for the Advancement of Experimental 
Philosophy.” In the organization of the 
Royal Society in 1662, Cowley evidently saw a 
partial realization of his philosophy as out- 
lined in the “Proposition,” and he became one 
of the original members of the society. 

Heretofore we have known Cowley the poet 
and Cowley the essayist, but he has not before 
been known as Cowley the scientist, and 
Cowley the educator. A modern eritie has 
said of him that he had “delicacy of feeling 
and unfeigned enthusiasm for the nobler and 
purer joys of life, for great literature, friend- 
ship, science, and nature.” In this fair esti- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


mate by Dr. Gough, we have Cowley the 
scientist, as well as the poet and essayist. 

In reviewing the early agricultural literature, 
I find references to a “Colledge of HExperi- 
ments,” by Gabriel Plattes in 1639, and “An 
Essay for Advancement of Husbandry Learn- 
ing: or Proposition for the erecting Colledge 
of Husbandry, ete.” by Samuel Hartlib in 
1651. In this last the writer had no such clear 
conception of the proposition as Cowley had. 
Adolphus Speed in his essay “Adam out of 
Eden,” 1659, suggests “Diverse excellent Hx- 
periments Touching the Advancement of Hus- 
bandry.” 

If the readers of Scimnce have more de- 
tailed information on this matter I should 
like them to offer it to the public through 
these columns. <A study of these books on 
English husbandry has renewed my interest in 
Cato, Varro and Columella on Ancient Hus- 
bandry, and I, for one, would like to see these 
valuable treatises on agriculture brought out 
in such a series as the Loeb Classical Library. 

R. J. H. DeLoacn 
THE ARMOUR CORPORATIONS, 
CHICAGO 


THE LOST FOXHALL JAW; ROBERT 
HANHAM COLLYER 

Since the note concerning Dr. Collyer print- 
ed in the issue of Sctmnce for January 20 was 
written, the records of the Berkshire Medical 
College have been searched and they indicate 
that Dr. Collyer was not of American birth, as 
supposed by Mr. J. Reid Moir and the writer, 
but of English birth, inasmuch as the registra- 
tion entry is: “To the President and Profes- 
sors of the Berkshire Medical College. This 
Thesis [on the Progression of Animal Life] is 
respectfully dedicated by R. H. Collyer, A.B.— 
of the Isle of Jersey, British Channel, Pitts- 
field, Massachusetts, November Ist, 1839.” 
This registration renders it unlikely that 
further records of Dr. Collyer himself will be 
found in the United States. Mr. Moir is now 
searching the British university records, also 
the records of the Isle of Jersey. In the forth- 
coming number of Natural History (Novem- 
ber-December) appears a full account of Dr. 
Collyer’s discovery. 


Henry FarrFieLp Ossorn 
JANUARY 16, 1922 


Frpruary 38, 1922] 


THE RUSSIAN BUREAU OF APPLIED 
BOTANY 


To THE Evrror or Science: It might be of 
interest to the American scientific workers, en- 
gaged along agricultural and botanical lines, 
to know that Professor N. I. Vavilov, director 
of the Bureau of Applied Botany of Petro- 
grad, Russia, who recently visited this country, 
has established a permanent New York office, 
which represents the Bureau of Applied 
Botany of the Agricultural Scientific Com- 
mittee, and of which the undersigned is now 
in charge. 

The object of this office is to secure seeds 
and other material needed for the work of the 
Russian Bureau of Applied Botany. We hope 
to widen and permanently maintain the cordial 
contact recently established with American 
institutions and individuals in corresponding 
lines of research work, as well as with the vari- 
ous seed concerns. The office has already been 
in existence for three months, and during this 
short period was in a position to forward 
nearly 5,000 packages of seeds to Russia for 
the experimental stations; also, several boxes 
of agricultural and scientific literature received 
from various American institutions. 

Professor N. I. Vavilov expects to return to 
Petrograd in February, 1922, after a brief visit 
to England, Sweden and Germany. Since mail 
is now being accepted for Russia, all letters to 
Professor Vavilov may be addressed directly to 
him at the Bureau of Applied Botany, 
Morskaja, 44, Petrograd, Russia. Books and 
pareels should be addressed to Mr. D. N. 
Borodin, 110 West 40th Street (Room 1603), 
New York City. 

D. N. Boropin, 
Agricultural Explorer. 
New York City 


MEMORIAL TO WILHELM WUNDT 


Proressor Preirer, the sculptor, tells me 
that the sum of Mk. 25,000 is still needed for 
the execution in marble of his monumental 
bust of Wundt. . Family and friends all 
approve the bust, which was shown last June 
- in the Aula of the University of Leipzig, and 
hope that it may be transferred from plaster 
to the more durable material and placed per- 


SCIENCE 129 


manently in the Psychological Laboratory. 
Subscriptions (a thousand marks may now be 
sent for about six dollars) will be received by 
Professor Felix Krueger, Psychologisches 
Institut der Universitat (Johanneum), Leipzig, 
Germany. 
KE. B. TrrcHeNER 

CORNELL UUIVERSITY, 

JANUARY 24, 1922 


THE RHODESIAN SKULL! 


Of greatest interest was the discussion of 
the recently unearthed Rhodesian skull at a 
recent meeting of the Anatomical Society of 
Great Britain. I do not know whether the 
American papers or scientific journals have 
published an account of it up to this time or 
not. You have probably had some informa- 
tion, but I thought you might hke to have 
some first-hand, whether it be additional, or 
merely a repetition of what you have read. 

The skull, along with some other human 
bones and many bones of animals, and some 
very crude instruments in flint and quartz, was 
found by the miners of the Broken Hill Mining 
Company in a cave which they unearthed some 
60 feet below the surface in one of the mines 
in southern Rhodesia. It finally found its way 
into the British Museum here, and of course its 
investigation became the happy privilege of 
Dr. Smith-Woodward, who gave the deserip- 
tion and showed the skull and other fragments 
of bone found with it, to the Anatomical 
Society. 

The skull is in some features the most primi- 
tive one that has ever been found; at the same 
time it has many points of resemblance to (or 
even identity with) that of modern man. 

Fortunately, the face is perfectly preserved. 
The supra-orbital region is astonishingly 
gorilla-like, in its enormous size and its un- 
usually great extension laterally; the cranium 
is almost flat on top, extending backward from 
the huge supra-orbital ridges, rising only a 
little above the level of their upper borders. 
It is very broad in the back, however, so that 
its total capacity is surprisingly large. At 


1 Extract from a letter written from England 
to an American scientific man. 


130 


least one prominent authority thinks that this 
man had quite as much gray matter as the 
average modern man. 

Another striking thing to be seen at the back 
of the skull is the evidence (in the size of the 
ridges and the contrasting deep impressions), 
of the tremendous and powerful mass of neck 
muscles the creature must have had. This is 
one of the points upon which is based the 
opinion that the skull is the most primitive 
yet found. 

But to get back to the face! Dr. Smith- 
Woodward pointed out the fact that the suture 
of the nasal with the frontal bone is in a 
straight line rather than at a definite angle as 
in the apes; he also called attention to the 
small tubercle of bone in the mid-line of the 
nasal fossa which he says is distinctly a human 
trait. The zygomatic process is small. All of 
the bone of the face below the orbit is rela- 
tively undeveloped, but the length from the 
floor of the orbit to the alveolar border of the 
maxilla is phenomenal, as is also the length 
from the floor of the nasal cavity to the alve- 
olar border of the maxilla. The palate is 
beautifully arched, and the teeth form a per- 
fect horseshoe at its border. The wisdom tooth 
is reduced in size—another point in common 
with modern man and never found before in a 
fossil skull. 

; Unfortunately, the mandible was not found; 
the closest approach that could be found in the 
British Museum to the type this man had, was 
the Heidelberg jaw, but it is a bit too short 
and too narrow, though the ramus is too broad. 

Another thing that has shocked the anthro- 
pologists is the unmistakable evidence of dental 
earies, and even of abscesses at the roots of the 
teeth. Now I guess we will have to lift the 
blame for caries off the shoulders of modern 
civilization. Won’t we? 

In contrast to the Neanderthal man who is 
supposed to have walked in a crouching posi- 
tion (because of the rather curved femur and 
other bits of evidence), this man is believed 
to have maintained the upright position, be- 
cause the femur is relatively straight and when 
fitted to the tibia (which was also found) pre- 
sents a perfectly good, straight leg. 

But it would be altogether foolish for me to 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


attempt any speculation on what I’ve seen! 
Of course, the scientific world here is much 
excited and many of its members are in danger 
of letting their imagination run away with 
them, but Dr. Eliot Smith at least is quoted as 
leaning to the belief that further study will 
reveal the fact that “the missing link” in the 
ancestry of man is represented in this indi- 
vidual—referring, of course to European man. 
The Neanderthal man would then represent a 
branch off of the main ancestral tree. 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 


A PRELIMINARY ATTEMPT TO TRANSMUTE 
LITHIUM 


Ir an electron could be introduced into the 
nucleus of a lithium atom, a nucleus would be 
obtained which would possess the same result- 
ant charge as a helium nucleus; if two elec- 
trons were introduced the nucleus that resulted 
would have the same charge as a hydrogen 
nucleus. Both of these products are gases the 
spectroscopic tests for which are of exceeding 
delicacy. It consequently does not appear en- 
tirely futile to subject lithium to bombardment 
by a stream of electrons travéling with a high 
velocity in the hope of causing some of them 
to penetrate the lithium nucleus. Experiments 
to this end were undertaken by the writer 
three years ago in the laboratory of Inorganic 
Chemistry of the Department of Chemistry, 
Cornell University. At that time it was hoped 
to be able to pursue the subject further with 
more powerful apparatus; that possibility now 
seems far distant so that it may not be amiss 
to record briefly the results of the preliminary 
experiments then made. 

The experiment consisted essentially of bom- 
barding either metallic lithium or some salt 
of lithium with as powerful as possible a 
stream of electrons, absorbing all of the gases 
present after the bombardment except hydro- 
gen and helium, compressing this unabsorbed 
residue into a capillary Pliicker tube and ex- 
amining it spectroscopically. Such a_ pro- 
cedure introduced many serious experimental - 
difficulties. In the first place if metallic 
lithium was used, it is so readily volatile that 


FEBRUARY 3, 1922] 


it could not be subjected to more than mo- 
mentary bombardments. If, on the other hand, 
a salt of lithium was employed, it evolved gas 
rather copiously so that these experiments like- 
wise had to be intermittent. At the time these 
experiments were made the writer did not have 
at his disposal either an alkaline earth oxide 
electrode nor a tungsten spiral to serve as 
source of electrons. As a consequence the 
pressure of gas in the bombardment tube had 
to be maintained within rather narrow limits. 
The procedure finally adopted as most satis- 
factory under the existing conditions consisted 
in introducing the requisite amount of oxygen 
gas into the thoroughly evacuated tube con- 
taining the lithium, which was present as oxide, 
and subsequently absorbing the oxygen in 
heated copper. Small quantities of other gases 
found to be present were absorbed by suit- 
able reagents. The voltage then available, 
which was obtained from a very large spark 
coil, probably did not exceed 150,000 volts. 
With a bombardment chamber so designed that 
metallic lithium could be cooled by liquid air, 
or other refrigerant, while being subjected to 
a less concentrated beam of electrons from a 
tungsten filament electrode, it is probable that 
the bombardment could proceed indefinitely. 


As a result of these bombardments a small 
unabsorbed residue showing strongly the spec- 
trum of hydrogen always remained. Because 
of the excessive difficulty of removing last 
traces of water vapor from the surface of 
glass, there is no good reason for supposing 
that the hydrogen came from another source 
than water liberated and decomposed as a re- 
sult of the bombardment. On the other hand 
it must be remarked that in view of the well 
known masking effect which hydrogen pos- 


SCIENCE 


131 


sesses over the development of the spectrum 
of helium, small quantities of helium that 
might have been present would not have been 
detected. Means were not at hand for en- 
tirely separating this hydrogen from any 
helium and searching for the latter by itself. 

The purpose of this discussion is to suggest 
that with improved and more powerful appara- 
tus there would be considerable hope of pur- 
suing them to some sort of a definite con- 
clusion. 

For much advice in its design and for blow- 
ing many of the more difficult parts of the 
glassware of this apparatus, the writer was 
under great obligation to Dr. Harold S. Booth. 


RauteH W. G. WYCKOFF 
CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE 
or TECHNOLOGY 
PASADENA, CAL. 


THE EFFECT OF SODIUM HYDRATE UPON 
THE DIGESTIBILITY OF GRAIN HULLS 
NuMEROUS experiments have been made dur- 

ing the last few years, particularly by German 

investigators, in attempts by various treat- 
ments to render more digestible the straws of 
the different cereals, legumes and crucifere. 

Among the methods employed for this purpose 

may be mentioned (a) the heating of finely 

ground straws under atmospheric pressure, 

(b) the treating of the fine straw with 314 

and 7 per cent. of sodium hydrate under 5 

atmospheres, (c) cooking the straw in open 

kettles or cement ovens with 8 per cent. sodium 
hydrate for 12 hours, and (d) the treating of 
ground straw with cold sodium hydrate of 
various strengths for different lengths of time. 

The action of sodium hydrate as well as of 

calcium hydrate has proved effective, and the 


DIGESTION COEFFICIENTS 
AVERAGE Two SHEEP 


DRY CRUDE EXTRACT 
MATTER ASH PROTEIN FIBER MATTER FAT 
Oat hulls untreated.............. 36 00.00 0.00 53 34 0.00 
Oat hulls treated-.............-... 81 65 0.00 91 79 0.00 
Rice hulls untreated*......... 5 10 0.00 12 5 0.00 
Rice hulls treated.............. 29 g 0.00 28 38 0.00 


*One sheep only. 


132 


digestibility of some of the materials treated 
has been increased fifty or more per cent. 


At the Massachusetts Experiment Station 
studies of the effect of quite dilute sodium 
hydrate upon the digestibility of oat and rice 
hulls have been completed and gives a prelim- 
inary statement of the results. 

It is evident that the action of the soda did 
improve the digestibility of the oat hulls to a 
marked degree and of the rice hulls to a lim- 
ited extent. A thorough study is being made 
of the chemical composition of oat, barley, rice 
and cottonseed hulls, and of flax shives, and of 
the action of different strengths of sodium 
hydrate and of other chemicals in improving 
their digestibility. 

J. B. Linpsey 
MASSACHUSETTS AGRICULTURAL 
EXPERIMENT STATION, 


THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL 


SOCIETY 
(Continued) 


DIVISION OF FERTILIZER CHEMISTRY 
F. B. Carpenter, chairman 
H. C. Moore, secretary 


The briquetting of mineral phosphates a prom- 
ising method of conservation: WILLIAM H. WaG- 
GAMAN and H. W. Easterwoop. In connection 
with research work on the volatilization of phos- 
phoric acid in a fuel fed furnace, preliminary 
work has shown that briquetting is a factor of 
prime importance. Samples from old phosphate 
deposits were found to be sufficiently high grade 
and contained enough natural binder (clay) to 
lend themselves to briquetting purposes. Also 
much phosphate rock from waste heaps could be 
used. It is only necessary to reduce the material 
for briquetting purposes to a point where it will 
pass a ten-mesh sieve and incorporate the neces- 
sary water into the mixture to give it the required 
plasticity. Where the composition of the material 
is such that sand must be added it was found 
that the necessary water could be added to the 
sand and coke and then this moistened mixture 
incorporated with the phosphate material. Coal 
presents a very promising possibility as a reducing 
agent in such briquettes since the volatile matter 
contained therein does not cause the briquettes to 
split open or disintegrate when heated. 


Cyanamid in some fertilizer mixtures: W. 8. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1414 


Lanpis. A study of the behavior of Cyanamid 
in some fertilizer mixtures and in several standard 
brands of mixed fertilizer. The rapid conversion 
of cyanamid into urea and other salts was noted, 
but no dicyandiamid was found in any of the 
mixtures studied. Reactions with ammoniated 
base of both cyanamid and dicyandiamid were 
studied and unidentified complexes found to occur 
in such mixtures. Cyanamid when added in the 
proportions recommended for formulating this 
material did not change to dicyandiamid, and 
dicyandiamid intentionally added as such dis- 
appeared on mixing in such goods. 

Comments on the formation of dicyandiamid in 
fertilizers: J. E. BRECKENRIDGE. 

The value of the alkaline permanganate meth- 
od: Cuas. 8. Carucart. 

Remarks on the permanganate methods for the 
determining of availability of organic nitrogen: 
J. E. BRECKENRIDGE. j 

Ten years experience with the neutral perman- 
ganate method in South Carolina: R. N. Brack- 
ETT. 

The composition of cotton seed: THos. C. Law. 

Cultivation and nitrogen fertilization: H. A. 
Noves, J. H. Marrsoutr and H. T. Kine. A 
study of the comparative effects of different de- 
grees of cultivation shows that with proper culti- 
vation the average soil contains enough organic 
matter to stimulate bacterial activities and allow 
nitrates to accumulate during the growing season. 
Virgin soil rich in available organic matter gives 
nitrates in great excess of those needed by the 
growing plants. In early spring soils are de- 
pleted of nitrates and an early application of 
available nitrogen fertilizer is desirable and 
beneficial to stimulate plant growth until such a 
time as the soil has warmed up and responded to 
cultivation in increased bacterial activities. In 
no case studied have the authors been able to find 
the need for a second application of nitrogen fer- 
tilizer later in the season unless the soil did not 
receive proper cultivation. Nitrate production 
and accumulation resulting from and associated 
with thorough cultivation have a money value 
more than equal to the cost of the second applica- 
tion of nitrogen fertilizer. 

The effect of fertilizers of various compositions 
on the reaction of soils: J. J. SKINNER. The 
hydrogen ion concentration and lime requirements 
of soil fertilized with mixtures of various com- 
positions are reported. In a fertilizer experiment 
with grass on the Hagerstown loam soil, acid 
phosphate, sodium nitrate, and potassium chloride 
was used singly, in combinations of two and in 


FEBRUARY 3, 1922 


combinations of three. The fertilizer constituents 
in the mixtures varied in ten per cent. stages, 
and is based on the triangle system. The soil 
has been fertilized annually for eleven years, 
using fifty pounds per acre of the constituents, 
P.O_, NH, and K,O. The plots receiving mix- 
tures of acid phosphate and potassium chloride 
have become acid, having a lower p_ value and a 
higher lime requirement than mixtures of acid 
phosphate, potassium chloride and sodium nitrate. 
The higher the Pi value and the smaller the 
lime requirement of the soils. Where the high 
nitrogen fertilizers were used, the subsoil has a 
lower p_ value than where high phosphorus acid 
mixtures were and the subsoil is more acid than 
the surface soil. 

The present tendency of fertilizer experimenta- 
tion: OSWALD SCHREINER. 

Greensand as a source of fertilizer potash: R. 
Norris SHREVE. A process is described whereby 
the enormous resources of potash now latent in 
the greensand beds of New Jersey are made 
available for fertilizer use. The process involves 
treating greensand with milk of lime at about 
470° Fahr. for one hour. Caustic potash is the 
initial product but it is easily changed into other 
potash compounds. Potassium nitrate is shown 
to be the best form in which to produce the 
greensand potash for the fertilizer industry. 
Attention is called to the combination of two fer- 
tilizer essentials, namely, nitrogen and potash, in 
the one chemical with the consequent saving in 
transportation charges. 

The development of accuracy in fertilizer anal- 
ysis and some pitfalls in methods: P. McG. 
Snury. Greater accuracy may be attained in the 
determination of oxide of iron and alumina by 
precipitation of aluminum phosphate either alone 
or in conjunction with ferric phosphate by having 
acetic acid present in the precipitating medium. 
A higher degree of accuracy is also reached by 
determining the metals separately. It is shown 
that by obtaining the weight of the combined 
phosphates and simply dividing by 2, results may 
be appreciably high. There has been a great 
development in the accuracy of nitrogen deter- 
minations in organic materials such as cottonseed 
meal, peanut meal, ete., within the last few years, 
as shown by the results obtained by the American 
Oil Chemists’ Society. However, more accurate 
determinations are needed for nitrogen where 
nitrates are present. 

The determination of free acid in ammonium 
sulfate: C. G. ATWATER. 


SCIENCE: 


135 


On the preparation of hydrochlorplatinic acid 
by means of hydrogen peroxide: Pau Rupnicx. 
A solution of hydrochlorplatinic acid of the con- 
centration required for the official Lindo-Gladding 
method of the A. O. A. C. for determining potash 
is readily prepared by converting the waste plati- 
num from all sources into platinum black by any 
convenient means, dissolving the wet, well washed 
black by means of 30 per cent. hydrogen per- 
oxide (free from organic preservatives) and 
hydrochloric acid gas, converting into potassium 
chlorplatinate and using only the pure potassium 
chlorplatinate so obtained as the starting point 
for the final solution. The chlorplatinate is dried 
and weighed, reduced with the purest obtainable 
sodium formate in alkaline solution, the resulting 
black washed by decantation only and without 
drying or igniting is suspended in 30 per cent. 
hydrogen peroxide and brought into solution by 
introduction of hydrochloric acid gas. Pyrex 
glass serves quite well for concentration of 
peroxide and for solution of the platinum black. 

Various details in the determination of ammonia 
in cotton seed meal as summarized from eighty- 
six replies to a questionnaire sent to members of 
American Oil Chemists’ Society: H. C. Moore. 

Wool scouring wastes for fertilizer purposes: 
I. P. Verrcu. More than 60,000 tons of fertilizer 
material combining the equivalent of 96,000 tons 
of kainit and 3,600 tons of tankage are now annu- 
ally wasted in scouring wool. The U. 8. Depart- 
ment of Agriculture has been making a careful 
study of the recovery and utilization of wool 
scouring wastes. A large number of samples of 
all grades of unscoured wool, of which this 
country uses more than 600,000,000 pounds annu- 
ally, have been examined and it has been found 
that potash (K,O) varies from 2 per cent. to 6 
per cent. and averages approximately 4 per cent. 
for all grades; nitrogen varies from 3 per cent. 
to 0.9 per cent. and averages one half per cent., 
while grease varies from 3 per cent. to 30 per 
cent. and averages 15 per cent. for all grades. 
Both the potash and nitrogen are water soluble 
and therefore readily available to growing plants. 
Commercial base goods from concentrated wool 
scouring wastes and other wastes are rich in 
nitrogen. The ‘‘base goods’’ contained 6 per 
cent. of water soluble potash (K,O) and 6 per 
cent. of nitrogen, was in excellent mechanical 
condition both for manufacturing and for appli- 
cation to the soil. The concentrated wool waste 
offers no difficulty in mixing with other fertilizer 
materials giving to the finished fertilizer a good 


134 


dark color and a strong odor, both of which are 
desirable properties for a fertilizer. The author 
is confident that this heretofore unused large 
store of fertilizer material can be made available 
to the fertilizer manufacturers and to the farmer 
and the damage and expense occasioned by the 
present practice of draining these wastes into the 
waters of the country can be greatly diminished. 

The recovery of potash as a by-product in the 
blast furnace industry: WM. H. Ross and ALBERT 
R. Merz. The weighted average of the potash in 
the ores, coke and limestone used in the blast 
furnace industry amounts to approximately 0.2 
per cent. for each material, which is less than 
one third as great as that found for the raw mix 
used in the cement industry. In the case of the 
ores, the potash ranges from 0.05 per cent. for 
Mesaba ores to over 2 per cent. for certain for- 
eign ores. As the consumption of high potash ores 
is relatively small as compared with low potash 
ores, the weighted average of the potash in the 
ores consumed is less than the mean average 
found for different ore samples. On the basis 
of the weighted average the total potash in the 
ore, coke and limestone used in blast furnaces 
amounts, respectively, to 7.6, 1.8 and 4.5 lbs. per 
ton of pig iron, or to a total of 13.9 Ibs. The 
potash in the slag amounts to 8.5 Ibs., which 
leaves a balance for the potash volatilized of 5.4 
Ibs. per ton of pig iron. This amounts to a total 
for all plants of about 100,000 tons of potash as 
compared with 87,000 tons for the cement indus- 
try. 

A historical review of the research showing the 
fertilizer value of sulphur: L. S. BUSHNELL. The 
writer proves the error of the last two of the 
following statements of Conn in ‘‘ Agricultural 
Bacteriology’’: ‘‘In less is 
known about the transformations of sulphur than 
of those of nitrogen. The reason for this is that 
sulphur is almost never deficient in soils, and the 
subject has never been considered of sufficient 
practical importance to justify extensive investi- 
gation.’’ Results of research work conducted by 
various state experiment stations are cited where 
increase in yields from 50 to 1,000 per cent. were 
obtained when sulphur was used with alfalfa and 
other leguminous plants. It is shown that there 
is a decided loss of sulphur in soils cultivated for 
a number of years when compared with the cor- 
responding virgin soils, and that the value of 
ammonium sulphate and acid phosphate as fertili- 
zers is sometimes due to the sulphur and not to 
nitrogen or phosphorus. Attention is called to 


general, much 


_ SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1414 


the faulty interpretation by others of Wolff’s 
analyses of the ash of plants. Since large quan- 
tities of sulphur are lost by volatilization, the 
sulphur found in the ash is sometimes as little as 
one half per cent of the amount the plant con- 
tains. 

Studies of the availability of organic nitrogen- 
ous compounds: C. S. Ropinson. Various types 
of organic nitrogenous compounds containing 
definite atomic groupings were treated with alka- 
line permanganate solution according to the offi- 
cial method. The same thing was done with 
proteins and some organic base goods which were 
also analyzed by Van Slyke’s method. Informa- 
tion was thus obtained as to specific groups 
ammonified by the permanganate method. 

The preparation and composition of neutral 
ammoniun citrate solutions: C. S. Ropinson. 
The work was divided into three parts as follows: 
(1) The preparation of solutions having definite 
compositions or reactions; (2) The relation be- 
tween composition and reaction; (3) The relation 
between the reaction of the solution and its 
solvent action on calcium phosphate. It is shown 
that it is difficult to prepare a strictly neutral 
solution of ammoniun citrate with the usual indi- 
cators as ordinarily used. Physical chemical 
methods give accurate results but are not suitable 
for routine use. Analytical methods can be used 
to prepare any solution whose composition is fixed. 
The so-called colorimetric method using phenol 
red as the indicator is convenient and accurate. 
With citrate solutions ranging in reaction from 
pH 6.6 to 7.8 the magnitude of the variations in 
analytical results is usually small. 

The potash situation: H. A. Huston. The 
potash situation was discussed from the stand- 
point of the relative quantities of soluble potash 
salts estimated by geologists to exist in the 
United States, France and Germany and develop- 
ment of these resources in the different countries. 
The geologists estimate that for each ton of 
soluble potash salts in the United States there are 
10 tons in France and 6,000 tons in Germany. 
The estimated productive capacity of the existing 
potash properties in terms of actual potash is 
80,000 tons for the United States, 250,000 tons 
for France and 3,850,000 tons for Germany. 
France has 13 completed shafts and 3 mills; Ger- 
many has 204 completed shafts and 17 mills. The 
ore suitable for producing sulfate of potash is not 
found in France. 

CHARLES L. PARSONS, 
Secretary 


SS 


New SEnRIES 
Vou. LV, “No. 1415 


Fripay, Frsruary 10, 1922 Sinus Commas) Ue) (On 


PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 


By JouHn W. Harsuperacer, Ph. D., Professor of Botany, University 
of Pennsylvania. 
Nature (London) : 

“A knowledge of the useful and poisonous plants on a farm is an essential part 
of the equipment of the agriculturist, but hitherto the requisite information has been 
to a large extent scattered and difficult of access. In this volume, the account of stock- 
killing and poisonous American plants is thorough and comprehensive, a specially 
useful feature being the inclusion of methods of treatment. . . . The laboratory exer- 
cises which follow each chapter are very practical and well thought out, and render 
the book serviceable to the private worker as well as to the class student. The same 
object is attained by the inclusion of a glossary with the detailed index. Prof. Harsh- 
berger is to be congratulated on the production of a much-needed working manual.” 


121 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.00. 
MYCOLOGY AND PLANT PATHOLOGY 


By JoHn W. HarsHpercer, Ph. D., Professor of Botany, University 
of Pennsylvania. 
The American Botanist: 

“If there is anything about fungi that Dr. Harshberger did not put into his book, 
the reviewer has failed to discover it. Nearly 800 pages are devoted to setting forth 
the subject in a very thorough and painstaking manner. . . . Throughout the book 
each chapter is followed by a very extensive list of references to the literature. The 
chapters themselves have a wealth of detail about individual species that is im- 
pressive.” 


271 Illustrations. Cloth, $4.00. 


BOTANY OF CROP PLANTS 


By WiuFrrep W. Rossing, Professor of Botany, Colorado Agricultural 
College. 
The Botanical Cazetie: 

“The body of the book presents in compact and pleasing form the botanical fea- 
tures of our crop plants, arranged in the familiar taxonomic sequence from grasses 
to composites. . . . It is doubtful if there is any other place where one may find so 
quickly and satisfactorily botanical information about our common crops.” 


263 Illustrations, Glossary. Cloth, $2.25. 


P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. 


Publishers 1012 Walnut Street Philadelphia 


ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 ; 


ii SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


The Boreal Flora 
of the 


Sierra Nevada of California 


By FRANK JASON SMILEY 


423 pages, 7 plates. Paper, $5.00. Carriage 
extra, weight 234 Ibs. 


This book constitutes a working flora 
of the high Sierra Nevada of California. 
It has been the intent of the author to 
present a list of all the plants of the 
high Sierra with keys for their determi- 
nation. He has also included descrip- 
tions of the geology, topography, and 
climate of the range. 


University of California Press 
Berkeley, California 


PUBLICATIONS OF 
CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON 
85. Hasse, ApeLraipeE R. Index of Economic 
Material in the Documents of the States of 


the United States. Quarto. 
(Pennsylvania) (1790-1904), Part I, A to E, pp 1-810_---____ $9.00 
Part II, F to Railroads, pp. 811-1479___-_____---_______-_- $12.50 
Part III, Rainfall to Lig eee Oe ee ee In press 
275. Contributions to Embryology, No. 56. Vol. 
XII. Quarto. 
Matt, F. P., and A. W. Meyer.—Studies on Abortuses: A Survey 


of the Pathologic Ova in the Carnegie Embryological Collection. 
364 pp., 24 plates, 6 figs._--_----____ eet HIT 
299. BURNETT, E. C. Letters of Members of the 
Continental Congress. Octavo. 
Vol. I: August 29, 1774, to July 4, 1776. LXVI-+-572 pages_-$5.00 
Vol. II., w-- 3+ + = 2 - = $5 == 228 ona = === == === == In ‘Press 
308. Cannon, W. A. Plant Habits and Habitats 
in the Arid Portions of South Australia. 
Octavo, VIII+-139 pages, 32 pls., 31, figs.--____----__-__----_- $2.75 


313. Harti, Harvey M., and Frances L. Lone. 

Rubber-content of North American Plants. 
QOctavos65ijpages, 3 splatessess seen en eee $1.00 
314. Lorrrietp, J. V. G. The Behavior of Sto- 


mata. 

Octavos#l04upp:, m1 6: pla o4m Ress ee eee ene eer $1.50 
315. Crements, F. E. Aeration and Air-content: 
The Role of Oxygen in Root Activity. 
(Octavovnd 83) pag ese eee ae $2.00 
The publications of the Institution now number over 400 vol- 
umes, the subjects including Anatomy, Archeology, Astronomy, 
Botany, Chemistry, Climatology, Economics and Sociology, Em- 
bryology, Genetics, Engineering, Folk-Lore, Geology, History, In- 
ternational Law, Literature, Mathematics, Medicine, Nutrition, 
Paleontology, Philology, Physics, Stereochemistry, Terrestrial Mag- 
netism, Zoology. Classified and descriptive lists will be sent post- 

paid on application. 
All communications should be addressed to: 


CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 


Books for Public Health Officials 
PUBLIC HEALTH SURVEYS 


What They Are, How to Make Them, How to Use Them 


By Murray P. Horwood, Ph.D., Instructor in Biology and Public Health, Massachusetts 


Institute of Technology. 
troduction by George C. Whipple. 


With a Foreword by the late William T. Sedgwick, and an In- 


A dependable guide to all those who contemplate making public health surveys, giving 
the problems and “difficulties which rise during the progress of such work, with practical sug- 


gestions for their solution. 
403 pages. 4% by 7. 


MORTALITY LAWS AND STATISTICS 


By Robert Henderson, Actuary of the 
Equitable Life Assurance Society of the 
United States. 

Sets forth the essential facts and theoreti- 
cal relations in reference to the duration of 
human life 

III pages. Cloth, 
$1.50. 


95 figures. 


6 by 9. 3 diagrams. 


Flexibly bound. $4.50 postpaid, 


VITAL STATISTICS 


By George Chandler Whipple, Profes- 
sor of Sanitary Engineering, Harvard Uni- 
versity. 

A guide to the study of this subject, 
written for students who are preparing 
themselves to be public health officials. 

517 pages. 442 by 6%. 63 figures. Flexi- 
ble, $4.00 


JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc. 


432 Fourth Avenue 


NEW YORK 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Frpruary 10, 1922 


Vou. LV, No. 1415 


The American Association for the Advance- 
of Science: 
The Past and the Future of the Medical 


Sciences in the United States: PRroressor 


TOSERH HRUANGER seen) ew 35 
Subsidy Funds for Mathematical Projects: 
PRoressor H. HE. SLAUGHT......2.2.. 22. eee 146 


Scientific Events: 


British Research on Cement; The Gorgas 
Memorial Institute; The Teaching of Evo- 
lution in the Kentucky Schools; Cardinal 
Dougherty on Vivisection. 


Scientific Notes and News.............--.-...-- Lanne) 150 
University and Educational Notes..................- 154 


Discussion and Correspondence: 
Professor Sudhoff’s Paracelsus: Dr. F. H. 


GarRison. The Value of Tilth: Dr. 

JEROME ALEXANDER. Casts of Iossil Ver- 

tebrates at Stuttgart: Dr. W. D. Mar- 

THEW. The Ray Society: Dr. W. T. 

(CIATANZASNT Yh tee EES eet I EE 155 
Quotations: 

The New Chemistry-.....---- 220 --.---tsee ees LOT 


Special Articles: 


A Convenient Method of Determining the 
Brightness of Luminescence: PROFESSOR 
EB TG ee NTO MOUS crete veectens saris crm tie eate Ine 157 


The American Society of Zoologists: Dr. 


THE PAST AND THE FUTURE OF 
THE MEDICAL SCIENCES IN 
THE UNITED STATES! 


Art the 1919 meeting of the American Asso- 
ciation for the Advancement of Science, held 
in St.. Louis, the association adopted a new 
constitution which included among other mod- 
ifications a change in the name of this section 
from “Physiology and Experimental Medi- 
cine” to “Medical Sciences.” In the same 
year, the National Research Council of the 
United States in effecting its “permanent 
organization” on a peace time basis changed 
the name of its “Medical Division” to “Divi- 
sion of the Medical Sciences.” Thus in a 
single year the term “Medicine” disappears as 
the substantive from the titles of what may 
fairly be regarded as the two most important 
organizations on the continent whose main 
function it is to further the interests of sci- 
ence in general and to stimulate research, to 
yield up its primary position to one secondary 
in importance to the term science. There 
ean be no doubt but that these changed desig- 
nations are indicative of a changed attitude 
in the United States toward medicine as a 
science, and it therefore seemed fitting that the 
first chairman of the section thus newly desig- 
nated upon retiring from office should essay 
an analysis of the factors that seem to him to 
be responsible for the change, in an effort to 
ascertain the significance of the implied trend. 
An additional reason for selecting this general 
topie for discussion is the rather unusual and 
intimate insight into the conditions at present 
prevailing in the departments of the medical 
sciences in the United States which the speaker 
was enabled to gain through his connection 
with a study of the supply of assistants in pre- 


1 Address of the vice-president and chairman 
of Section N—Medical Sciences, American Asgso- 
ciation for the Advancement of Science, Toronto, 
December, 1921. 


136 


clinical departments, carried out under the 
auspices of the National Research Council. 

The statements from the laboratories of the 
country collected for the purposes of that 
investigation have been analyzed elsewhere 
with a view to securing from them the informa- 
tion relating to the question then in hand. 
But they contain in addition a wealth of mate- 
rial bearing on the broader topics of the 
present status and future prospects of the 
medical sciences in this country which this 
paper proposes to discuss. From this mate- 
rial the speaker has drawn freely in developing 
certain of the phases of his subject; owing to 
the circumstances of its collection, though, it 
has not been possible always to indicate to 
whom eredit is due. And finally, it should 
be added that the views to which expression 
is given in this address may apply best, possi- 
bly only, to the branch of science in which 
the speaker himself works, namely physiology, 
and with which he consequently has a certain 
degree of familiarity. He is inclined to be- 
lieve, though, that they will apply to the other 
medical sciences also; to some rather closely, 
to others perhaps somewhat more remotely. 

In order to gain a vantage point from 
which to survey the field of medical science as 
it has been cultivated in the United States and 
from which to ascertain the direction in which 
it is moving, it becomes necessary first to trace 
in a cursory way the development of the sub- 
ject from its beginning down to the establish- 
ment of its modern trend. Contributions to 
science have been made ever since man 
acquired the ability to hand on his experiences 
with nature; but in the case of medical science, 
at least, such advances as were made down to 
the fourteenth century were upon the whole 
unimportant, and for the most part casual. It 
should be borne in mind, though, that what- 
ever of value was then gained formed the basis 
upon which subsequent advances were built. 
Every now and then these occurred in rapid 
sequence through the efforts often of single 
individuals or of groups of individuals stimu- 
lated by an innate desire to ascertain the rela- 
tion between cause and effect, and endowed 
with the genius to see those relations. 

With the revival of learning in Italy sys- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


tematic studies by the scientific method here 
and there began to be made of the more ob- 
vious of the natural phenomena. The struc- 
ture of the human body mainly, but occasion- 
ally its functions also, both normal and ab- 
normal, collectively then known under the 
name of anatomy, and the structure of the 
universe were amongst the first of the prob- 
lems to be attacked with any degree of suc- 
cess. At this time, and indeed in one and the 
same year, there appeared the “De revolution- 
ibus orbus c@lestrum” of Copernicus and the 
“De corporis humani fabrica libri septem” of 
Vesalius, the epoch making works in their 
respective fields; medical science and physical 
science employing in effect the same methods 
are here seen advancing together as they have 
ever since, because of their related habits of 
thought and their mutual helpfulness. Prog- 
ress in the experimental phases of medical 
science, however, was slow. The faint glimmer 
of light in this direction that became discerni- 
ble during the Renaissance, in the succeeding 
four centuries every now and then broke forth 
momentarily into a brighter flash when some 
keener intellect such as Harvey, Malpighi, 
Mayow, Boyle, Haller, Hales, Spallanzani, 
Hewson, Lavoisier, Wolff, Hunter, Young, 
Morgagni and others, gentlemen of leisure, 
clergymen, lawyers, physicians, rarely scien- 
tists by vocation, compelled by an inborn spirit 
of inquiry and working for the most part in 
private laboratories, made brilliant contribu- 
tions to the slowly and sporadically growing 
accumulation of medical science. 

Partly in consequence of the rapidly widen- 
ing confines of knowledge, but especially as a 
result of the recognition of underlying differ- 
ences in technical methods, a tendency to 
separate the functional from the structural 
phases began to develop, the former leading 
to physiology, the latter retaining the designa- 
tion, anatomy. At about the same time, a dis- 
tinction began to be more clearly drawn be- 
tween the normal and the abnormal, both in 
structure and in function, and a tendency to 
appreciate more fully the value of organic 
chemistry in the study of biological phenomena 
became obvious; although biological chemistry 
came to be recognized as a distinct science at a 


FEBRUARY 10, 1922] 


somewhat later period. It would seem, how- 
ever, that there is no simple formula that is 
sufficiently general to account fully for the 
sequence in which the independence of the 
several medical sciences became established. 
Toward the close of the first quarter of the 
last century, this sporadic and _ localized 
growth of medical science became more con- 


sistent and eventually general, though still. 


somewhat uneven, throughout the whole of 
western civilization. The initiative in this new 
growth is attributed mainly to the influence of 
two men, viz., Johannes Miiller, professor of 
anatomy and physiology at Bonn and Berlin 
from 1830 to 1858, and Francois Magendie, 
professor at the Collége de France from 1836 
to 1855; and it was fostered by a recognition 
of the fact that medicine is nothing more nor 
less than a part of science. I do not believe, 
however, that I am mistaken when I maintain 
that in previous epochs of the history of sei- 
ence there have been individuals, even groups 
of individuals, who have employed the experi- 
mental method, and quite as successfully, to 
advance medicine, and who have regarded 
medicine in exactly the same light. It would 
seem, therefore, that some new and fructify- 
ing influence must at this time have been 
brought to bear upon such efforts as were 
being made toward progress. Why, we might 
ask in this connection, did the new growth 
develop more vigorously in Germany than in 
France? Certainly not because the Germany 
of that time occupied an advaneed position in 
science or in medicine; for, as a matter of 
fact, medically, Germany then stood at the 
foot of the world. Nor was it due to any 
superiority of Miiller over Magendie as an 
exponent of the experimental method in medi- 
cine; for it is now generally conceded, except- 
ing, perhaps, in Germany, that the latter made 
“the experimental method the corner stone of 
normal and _ pathological physiology and 
pharmacology” (Welch) and that “his method 
of work and his points of view are the ones 
that were subsequently adopted in physiology” 
(Howell). Furthermore, the progress of sci- 
ence up to this period proves that it was not 
any superior qualities of the Teutonic mind 
that determined Germany’s part in the new 


SCIENCE 


137 


growth of science. Rather it would seem that 
the development was more rapid, more con- 
tinuous and more even there than elsewhere, 
unquestionably because it was an organized 
development. The state early recognized the 
advantages to be gained by leading the world 
in science, and, by establishing and support- 
ing, generously for those times, laboratories 
of the medical sciences in the universities, 
which it owned and controlled, by offering to 
their medical schools the free use of their 
state owned hospitals for teaching and investi- 
gation, and by exercising a liberal and laissez 
faire policy in their dealings with men of 
science, the conditions were supplied which 
not alone were conducive to scientific investi- 
gation but also attracted into university 
careers those best able to contribute by inves- 
tigation to the advance of medicine. 

The world’s history affords numerous exam- 
ples of a comparable influence of far-seeing 
monarchical aid upon the advance of science. 
The first gleam of organized science in the 
world (Wells) shone from the Lyceum at 
Athens where a liberal endowment by Alex- 
ander the Great put Aristotle in a position to 
make a comprehensive collection of material 
to serve as a basis of his natural history. 
Again, the professors and fellows of the 
Museum at Alexandria were appointed and 
paid by the Ptolemys (Wells) and when their 
patronage ceased its scientific energies became 
extinct. And into Russia anatomy, then prac- 
tically the comprehensive medical science, was 
forced by the arbitrary will of Peter the Great 
when he founded a medico-surgical school at 
Petrograd and left plans for the establishment 
of the Academy of Science where anatomy has 
since been cultivated, under very satisfactory 
conditions, by some of the greatest of its stu- 
dents (Bardeen). 

Surrounded by the very best of working 
conditions, with an almost virgin field to work 
in, Germany needed only the time necessary 
to imbue its student body with the spirit and 
the possibilities in order to gain the ascendeney 
in medical science. Workshops for different 
sets of problems, physiological, biochemical, 
pathological, pharmacological, hygienic, with 
professional workers in charge, gradually re- 


138 


placed the private laboratories that were usu- 
ally conducted merely to satisfy an avocation. 
The pupils of Miiller and their contemporaries, 
in charge of these laboratories, soon attracted 
to them the attention of the world, and med- 
ieal students flocked to work in them as they 
once had to Italy during the revival there. 

Though the spread of modern scientific 
medicine for the most part can thus be traced 
either directly or indirectly from Germany, 
sight should not be lost of the fact that in all 
of the more enlightened countries of the world 
the spark of independent genius has ever con- 
tinued to add by its own methods to the realm 
of knowledge. There never has been a more 
brilliant worker in physiology than Claude 
- Bernard, the pupil and successor of Magendie; 
and ‘the story of the rapid sequence of Pas- 
teur’s brilliant discoveries in science ever of 
erucial importance and establishing a new 
principle, has ..... no parallel in biology, 
or, for that matter, any other science” 
(Pearce). Furthermore, though the start was 
made in Germany, in some localities the 
transplanted method has led to a growth that 
has been quite as splendid as in the land of its 
original cultivation. This is true, for example, 
of the development of physiology in England 
(Hopkins). 

In the United States, with which the rest of 
this paper deals, a beginning was made in 
medical science before the dawn of the classical 
period of the modern development in Ger- 
many, and the start was quite auspicious. 
Just before the American Revolution medical 
schools began to be founded in connection 
with universities; with the College of Phila- 
delphia in 1765; with King’s College in 1768; 
‘and somewhat later with Harvard, 1783; Dart- 
mouth, 1798, Yale, 1810, and Transylvania, 
1817. The model of these schools was the 
medical department of the University of 
Edinburgh, which in turn represented a devel- 
opment of the idea of the great Italian univer- 
sities, handed down through the Dutch univer- 
sity of Leyden (Welch). 

These schools were founded by men who 
had received their training mainly in the pro- 
prietary schools of London and in the Univer- 
sity of Edinburgh. Of the medical sciences 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


descriptive anatomy alone was cultivated. 
Apparently the contact which many of the 
teachers in these schools had had with that 
master of experimentation, John Hunter, and 
with Charles Bell failed to transmit the spark; 
for they contributed nothing to the develop- 
ment of experimental medicine. The reason 
for this seems to have been that whatever of 


‘the scientific spirit these pioneer university 


schools may have had was soon crushed out 
through competition with the great crop of 
private schools of anatomy and of proprietary 
schools of medicine that grew up about them. 
In the absence of any guiding spirit prac- 
tieally all schools became commercial enter- 
prises, conducted rather for the professional 
reputation and pecuniary benefit of their 
faculties than with a view to training good 
physicians or to advancing the science of 
medicine. There were, to be sure, exceptions to 
this rule. Some proprietary schools were 
founded by high minded men and were main- 
tained for the purpose of supplying well 
trained physicians to a rapidly expanding 
country which was neither rich enough nor 
settled enough to support university schools 
properly so called. An outstanding example 
was the so-called Medical Fund Society, the 
holding corporation of the St. Louis Medical 
College, now the Washington University 
School of Medicine, through whose devotion 
and self sacrifice the St. Louis Medical Col- 
lege eventually came to be supplied with a 
permanent endowment, and was enabled to 
become one of the first medical schools west 
of the Atlantic seaboard to establish a scien- 
tifie laboratory (under W. T. Porter in 1886). 
But even the more ethical of these schools, 
dependent, as they were, almost entirely upon 
fees from students, failed to supply the ele- 
ments that are necessary to lead any but a 
self sacrificing genius to interest himself in 
and devote himself to medical science. 

In consequence of these conditions, follow- 
ing the American Revolution and for a period 
of almost 100 years medical science in the 
United States rather receded than advanced. 
Excepting certain individual and for the most 
part casual contributions, such, for example, 
as those by Beaumont, made in the back woods 


Fersruary 10, 1922] 


and despite every kind of obstacle, and those 
by S. Weir Mitchell, both entirely American 
trained, nothing was accomplished toward the 
development of the science. It should be 
added, though, that both Beaumont and 
Mitchell were influenced to some extent by the 
progress in Europe. Interesting proof of this 
is found in the marginal annotations in Beau- 
mont’s private copy of Magendie’s “Summary 
of Physiology,’ now a part of the Beaumont 
collection in the library of the Washington 
University School of Medicine. 

Tt is clear, then, that the more enlightened 
of the American profession were not un- 
familiar with European progress in medical 
science. Many of them indeed had _ been 
abroad, attracted mainly to the France of the 
early nineteenth century by her prowess in 
clinical medicine. But, with the exception of 
Spain and possibly one or two of the smaller 
European states, the United States has been 
the slowest of the enlightened nations of the 
world to participate in the scientific produec- 
tivity of the modern era. For this tardiness a 
number of factors seem to have been responsi- 
ble. One of them, the main one, viz., the low 
estate of medical education of the time, has 
been mentioned. It is possible that preoceu- 
pation with the affairs of a rapidly expanding 
country, which gave little opportunity for 
leisure, and the distractions centering around 
the attempts to settle the institution of slavery, 
culminating in the Civil War just about at the 
time the peak of the progress in Europe was 
being reached, also were factors. The influ- 
ence of the Civil War in retarding progress is 
indicated by the history of the first laboratory 
for experimental medical research to be estab- 
lished on this side of the water. Henry P. 
Bowditch had just been graduated from Har- 
vard College when the Civil War broke out. 
Upon resigning from the army at the close 
of the war he took up the study of medicine, 
graduating in 1868, and then went abroad, 
where he worked in the laboratory of Claude 
Bernard, but especially in that of Carl 
Ludwig. Immediately upon his return to this 
country in 1871 he created the physiological 
laboratory at Harvard. In the same year, it 
might be added, Harvard instituted laboratory 


SCIENCE 


139 


instruction, though not research, in histology 
and pathology. 

Five years elapsed before any further 
progress in this direction was made. Then, in 
1876, through the wise use of an opportunity 
to make a wholly new start, there was estab- 
lished the first institution in the country, the 
Johns Hopkins University, to raise productive 
scholarship in all of its departments to the 
plane it occupied in European universities. 
Newell Martin, Michael Foster’s assistant at 
Cambridge, primarily a physiologist, was 
called from England to fill the chair in biology. 
From this laboratory and from the laboratory 
established at Harvard a considerable number 
of physiologists and experimental biologists 
have since gone forth, and through the 
incentive of these two institutions physiological 
laboratories were established in quick succes- 
sion in the more progressive of the medical 
schools of the country. 

Without running through the gamut of the 
laboratories of the medical sciences that were 
then established, it may be stated merely that 
in the period extending from the introduction 
of the scientific spirit into the study of medi. 
cine at Harvard in 1871 down to the beginning 
of the present century the more advanced of 
the medical schools and especially those con- 
nected with universities voluntarily filled their 
chairs with men who were drawn into the work 
by the spirit of research and who looked for- 
ward hopefully to the future of their profes- 
sion in their country. To this natural develop- 
ment of the medical sciences there has more 
recently been added a forced and rapid 
growth, the result of propaganda for the eleva- 
tion of standards conducted by the Council of 
Medical Education of the American Medical 
Association, by the Association of American 
Medical Colleges, and by the General Educa- 
tion Board through their reports on the status 
of medical education made by Flexner, and 
through the elevation by State Boards of 
Medical Examiners of the requirements for ad- 
mission to practice. Along with this develop- 
ment of science departments, there has 
occurred a great increase of interest in what 
has come to be called the science of clinical 
medicine, which Meltzer, its first exponent in 


140 


the United States, has defined as the “science 
of the natural history of diseases, their physi- 
ology and the pharmacology.” Contributions 
to this phase of medicine until quite recently 
had been made almost solely by clinicians in 
such time as they could snatch from teaching 
and practice. Through the organization of 
clinical departments, in some schools, upon 
the same basis as the preclinical departments 
there is now an opportunity open to men so 
inclined to devote themselves wholly to the 
advancement of the science of clinical medi- 
cine. Other recent developments have con- 
sisted in the establishment of research labora- 
tories in connection with a few of the better 
hospitals and in the foundation of medical 
research institutions both in connection with 
and independent of universities. 

This tremendous growth in the number of 
full time laboratories of medical science has 
necessitated a corresponding increase in the 
number of men devoting themselves to the 
subject. I am sure that something of interest 
would come of a careful study of the rate with 
which this increase has occurred; but the 
information necessary to accomplish it satis- 
factorily is not at hand, and even if it were, 
far more time would be required to make it 
than I have had at my disposal. But I do 
happen to have some data bearing on the rate 
of increase in the membership of the American 
Physiological Society. Starting in 1887 with 
a charter membership of 28, the membership 
in 1896 amounted to only 68, but by 1921 had 
increased to 292. If to this be added the 
membership of the societies that have grown 
out of the Physiological Society, namely the 
societies for biochemistry, formed in 1906, for 
pharmacology in 1908, and for experimental 
pathology in 1913, the total membership ex- 
eluding duplicates now amounts to 469. These 
figures give some idea of the rapidity of the 
development during the present century. In 
order to gain some idea of the number of men 
now devoting themselves to the science of medi- 
cine, I have had an estimate made of the medical 
scientists exclusive of those following “medi- 
cine” and “surgery” listed in American Men 
of Science; conservatively the total is in the 
vicinity of 1,200. And in order to gain some 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


notion of the number of these connected with 
medical schools supporting full time labora- 
tory departments it has been assumed, again 
conservatively, that in each of the 68 Class A 
schools there are 10 full time men devoting 
themselves to medical science, or a total of 680. 

The first journal to be published in America 
to serve primarily as an outlet for research 
in the medical sciences was the Journal of 
Morphology, which began its career in 1887; 
and the first journal devoted to experimental 
medical science, the Journal of Hxperimental 
Medicine, appeared in 1896. Then to care for 
the increase in the volume of research con- 
ducted by the greatly augmented personnel 
came in fairly rapid succession special jour- 
nals devoted to physiology, 1898, to anatomy, 
1900, to biochemistry, 1905, to pharmacology, 
1907, ete., ete., so that now there are some 17 
titles devoted practically exclusively to the 
medical sciences. In the same period there 
has also been an increase in the number of 
journals devoted to clinical science. Owing, 
however, to the difficulty of distinguishing 
between those maintaining a high scientific 
standard and those less particular in the 
quality of the papers accepted for publication, 
it is difficult to estimate accurately the devel- 
opment in this direction. 

The increase in journal titles does not ex- 
actly parallel the increase in the volume of 
published: work; for there has been in some 
cases an increase in the number of volumes 
issued per year and often also an increase in 
the size of the volume. Furthermore, prior to 
the publication of American science journals 
a certain number of scientific papers which 
would have found a place in them appeared 
in the clinical journals, a certain number also 
were sent to foreign periodicals for publica- 
tion. However this may be, a rough estimate 
of the volume of work now published may be 
formed merely by counting the number of 
volumes issued by the American journal, exclu- 
sive of the clinical journals, during the year 
1920. This totalled 35. 

Viewed in the abstract, the tremendous 
increase in the number of work shops of the 
medical sciences, in the band of workers and 
in the volume of their published work that has 


Frpruary 10, 1922 


occurred in the United States during the 
course of the fifty years that have elapsed 
since cognizance was first taken on this side of 
the water of the existence of a science of 
medicine, might be regarded by some as suffi- 
cient grounds for a feeling of complacency 
on our part. But after all, such matters are 
largely relative; accomplishment in these 
directions can be gauged only by comparison 
with what has been and is being done else- 
where. Before assuming a self-satisfied atti- 
tude it would be well to make a few inquiries: 
“Are we doing as much work in medical 
science as the number of men engaged ought 
to accomplish?” “Does the United States 
occupy in the realm of medical science the 
position it now holds in the political and com- 
mercial world?” “Are we doing as much 
as a country should which stands first in point 
of wealth and first amongst the western na- 
tions, with the exception of disorganized 
Russia, in point of population?” But above 
all, “How does the quality of the work we are 
doing measure up with that which is being 
done elsewhere?” In a material way the 
United States is one of the first countries in 
the world; what is her position in the realm 
of medical science? 

Satisfactory answers to these questions can 
be obtained only by providing some standard 
for comparison. Without making any apolo- 
gies, and for reasons which will become clear 
as we proceed, we propose to compare our 
accomplishment with that of Germany. It has 
been stated that there are in the United States 
at the present time at least twelve hundred 
men devoting themselves to preclinical science. 
Comparable data relative to Germany are not 
available. We do know, however, that in 1921 
in her 22 medical schools there was a total of 
312 full time men in the departments of the 
preclinical sciences, to which for our purposes 
might be added the number of full time pre- 
clinical instructors in the three medical schools 
of German Austria, bringing the total to 387 
(compiled from Minerva). It was stated above 
that 35 volumes of medical research are now 
published annually in the United States in 17 
journals. This is the product of the labor of 
approximately 1,200 men, some. 680 of whom 


SCIENCE 


141 


are connected with medical schools. Germany 
publishes 44 journals of similar scope and 
comparable as regards standards with the 17 
of the United States, the total of volumes 
amounting to 72. There is no convenient way 
of ascertaining the number of professional 
men of science contributing to the German 
journals for the reason that they eater not 
alone to Germany and to Austria but also, to 
a certain extent, to some of the other Euro- 
pean states that have no media for their own 
papers. It seems rather unlikely, though, in 
view of the ratio of the number of university 
instructors in Germany to the number of uni- 
versity instructors in the United States as 
computed above, that the number of profes- 
sional contributors to German periodicals 
exceeds the number of professional scientists 
in the United States. 

But even if it were true that the volume of 
scientific work in the United States has 
increased to the point of equaling that pro- 
duced by Germans, it is not the amount of 
productive scholarship that counts, but its 
quality. It is just here that judgment be- 
comes difficult. Individual opinion on a ques- 
tion of comparative merit is worth but little. 
Of somewhat greater value is the judgment of 
world courts, but even these are not infallible 
judges. Bearing this in mind, let us review 
the findings of foreign academies and of the 
Nobel Prize Commission. In 1909 Pickering 
found that of the 87 scientific men who were 
members of at least two foreign academies 
only 6 were American as compared with 17 
from Prussia, 13 from England and 12 from 
France. To be sure this exhibit is of the fruit 
of a generation ago; it is possible, further- 
more, that this disproportion no longer obtains. 
Indeed, news reports would seem to indicate 
that during the past two or three years a con- 
siderable number of Americans have been the 
recipients of foreign honors. While to a cer- 
tain degree this new movement may be the 
result of a tardy recognition of scientific 
achievement, there is no doubt but that diplo- 
macy also enters as a factor. So even if 
present figures should be found to be less dis- 
proportionate, it might be safer to accept the 
decision of the earlier ratio than that which a 


142 


new statistical study might reveal. These dif- 
ficulties do not apply, not at least in the same 
degree, in the case of the awards by the Nobel 
Prize Commission. There have been in all 18 
awards of the prize for eminence in medical 
science. Four times it has gone to Germany 
and once it has come to America. And it may 
not be entirely irrelevant to our theme to add 
that the recipient in America is foreign born 
and foreign trained. 

Accepting this verdict of the world on 
the quality of medical research in the United 
States it behooves us to search for the 
causes of our shortcomings in the hope 
that a way to improvement may be found. 
The first thought the situation raises is that 
our failure to measure up favorably in produc- 
tive scholarship with the best that has been ac- 
complished elsewhere possibly is to be ascribed 
to the recentness of our entrance into the field. 
This is scarcely possible. 
the time of but one generation to acquire her 
pace. We are now well along in the second 
generation, almost indeed, at the beginning of 
the third, and while, as has been said, we have 
developed more workshops and more posts 
than now exist in Germany, not alone have we 
mot caught up with her, but she seems still 
to be gaining on us, though perhaps at a di- 
minishing rate. By way of illustration we 
need to refer only to the 19 new journals of 
medical sciences which she has launched in the 
last 20 years, in comparison with our 15. 

No, the difference in our relative positions 
continues to exist not because of the tardi- 
ness of the manifestation of our interest in 
medical science, but for several reasons of 
which the first consists in our failure as yet 
to provide sufficiently or sufficiently generally, 
the ideal academic relations both material and 
personal which the German government could 
and did supply from the very beginning, and 
which, as has been pointed out, made possible 
her phenomenal start. To further embarrass 
the healthy development of medical science 
in the United States new conditions have de- 
veloped which I would not presume to men- 
tion were it not for the importance attributed 
to them in so many of the statements sub- 


Germany required 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


mitted to the committee on pre-clinical assist- 
ants. Due to the rapid, in part forced, spread 
of the medical sciences through the profes- 
sional schools of the country, for which but 
few could make adequate provision; due fur- 
ther, to a depreciation in the purchasing power 
of money, more rapid than the advancing seale 
of emoluments, which were rather meager even 
at the beginning, aggravated by a concomitant 
elevation of the general scale of living per- 
mitted by industrial prosperity; and due to 
the establishment of university clinical depart- 
ments upon endowments permitting a more 
adequate support than is possible in any pre- 
clinical department; due to all of these and to 
other factors to be mentioned later, it is becom- 
ing increasingly difficult for preclinical de- 
partments to secure recruits of any kind, let 
alone recruits who have given evidence, or 
even promise, of being able to make note- 
worthy contributions to the advancement of 
science. In some quarters the view is held 
that these conditions are merely temporary 
and consequent upon the war. As a matter 
of fact, however, they were beginning to make 
themselves felt years before, and not alone in 
this country but in Germany even. In 1911 
Barker writes, “when the financial rewards of 
most of the lines in medicine are distinctly al- 
luring, only a vein of eccentricity or idealism 
can induce a young man of ability to enter 
a career which assures a comfortable living 
for but a few fortunate leaders”; while Abra- 
ham Flexner in 1912 states that “assistants are 
scarcer (in Germany) than formerly when the 
deprivations attendant on a scientific career 
were less deterrent than they now appear to 
be.” The investigation carried out by the Na- 
tional Research Council in 1920 demonstrated 
unmistakably that the scientists themselves: 
now regard the situation just as did the clini- 
cian and the educator ten years ago. I have 
been told that after reading the report of the 
National Research Council a certain financier, 
presumably a university trustee, concluded 
from the statements of departmental heads 
quoted therein that university men had lost 
their idealism. Be this as it may, it is futile 
to deny that scientific men are any less, or 


Frpruary 10, 1922] 


ever have been any less, under the influence 
of the incentives which spur on human beings 
in general to give of the best that is in them. 
These incentives are the opportunity for 
achievement—achievement of worldly goods, 
achievement of position or achievement of 
fame. Under any circumstances there must 
be provided for men entering scientific careers 
an opportunity to gain by their own efforts 
the prerogatives and comforts which now can 
be acquired in other walks of life by any one 
of similar attainments who meets with a fair 
degree of success. Position in the scientific 
world can be attained only through scientific 
accomplishment and, innate ability aside, its 
attainment depends in large degree upon the 
provision of certain conditions, amongst which 
may be mentioned freedom of action, oppor- 
tunities for research and often a certain, though 
not excessive, contact with students. It may 
not be superfluous to state that medical scien- 
tists have been known to decline at great finan- 
cial sacrifice proffers from institutions of ex- 
cellent repute but which were not in a posi- 
tion to supply the last only of the conditions 
just outlined. It can not be denied, however, 
that the financial incentive seems to be gain- 
ing in importance. And the reason seems to 
be that in times like the present, when funda- 
mental discoveries are rather infrequently made 
and scientifie achievement therefore is relatively 
slow, the hope of gaining distinction as an in- 
vestigator alone is not sufficiently strong to 
induce assistants to put up with “the depriva- 
tions attendant on a scientific career.’ It is 
as true now as when Cannon stated it in 1911, 
that “the satisfactions of a life devoted to in- 
vestigation like the satisfactions of other 
careers, arise from a profitable use of one’s 
_ powers.” 

The recent movement to increase the sup- 
port of clinical departments which in some 
places includes putting them on a full uni- 
versity basis, has had the effect of adding still 
further to the difficulty of the preclinical de- 
partments in securing assistants. In the 
physiological, the chemical and the biological 
divisions of the clinics men who desire them 
are given opportunities to devote themselves 


SCIENCE 


143° 


to any branch of medical science and at salaries 
usually in excess of those paid preclinical in- 
vestigators in the same stage of advancement. 
These posts do not, as do the preclinical posts, 
preclude contact with clinical medicine; it 
therefore happens that incumbents in the form- 
er may at one and the same time, fit them- 
selves for university careers or to step out into 
practice. It is obvious under these cireumstane- 
es that such departments rather than the pre- 
clinical departments will have first choice of 
any such men as may wish to devote themselves 
to experimental medicine. The so-called full 
time movement unquestionably is a step in the 
right direction. But unless the disparity in 
compensation be removed, and unless, in gen- 
eral, appointments to the science posts in the 
clinical departments be conditioned, as they 
logically should, upon an apprenticeship in 
the preclinical department of the subject which 
later is to have the candidate’s attention in 
the clinic, the fundamental departments will 
be ruined and will drag down clinical science 
with them. 

This brings us to the last of the difficulties 
we desire to discuss which stand in the way 
of a healthy development of medical science 
in the United States. It is obvious that in so 
far as departments are inadequately provided 
for and that in so far as able men cannot be 
induced to take up preclinical science as a 
career, these conditions in turn will stand in 
the way of securing strong men. “If a depart- 
ment has a professor, an assistant professor 
and several instructors who are well trained, 
active investigators, they by contact with the 
students are able to interest them in investi- 
gation and thus increase their chances of be- 
coming permanently attached to investigation 
as a pursuit. Just because we have an in- 
adequate or ill qualified personnel we continue 
to have such a personnel.” 

It seems clear then that the United States 
is not accomplishing all that it should toward 
the advancement of medical science; that in 
part this is due to the absence of that com- 
plete fusion of hospital with the research lab- 
oratory, that permits the free transfer of prob- 
lems from laboratory to hospital and from 


144 


hospital to laboratory, but in larger part to 
a failure to provide in sufficient measure those 
conditions that serve to attract able thinkers 
and men of action to the work. One can not 
in this connection avoid asking as to whether 
or not the American mind really possesses 
the qualities that make for scientific acumen. 
There can be no question but that it does. If 
proof of this is needed it is furnished by the 
development of astronomy in the United States. 
Astronomy is a science that appeals strongly 
to the popular mind and on that account early 
won the support of American philanthropies. 
That this confidence was not misplaced is in- 
dicated by Pickering’s figures which show that 
of the six American men of science who, as 
has been said, are members of two or more 
foreign scientific academies, three, or one-half 
the number, are astronomers. If Americans 
can become prominent in astronomy, why not 
in medical science also? 

In explanation of the present difficulties it 
has been suggested that we are not provid- 
ing a suitable course of training for those who 
otherwise are adapted to a career in medical 
science. This is entirely aside from the sub- 
ject discussed above of the quality of present 
day teachers. The training calculated to give 
the best preparation for the pursuit of medi- 
eal science is so different for the several 
sciences that within the limits of this paper 
it will be possible to discuss the subject in 
general terms only. In preparation for any of 
the sciences, with the possible exception of 
pathology, the training may be either medi- 
eal or philosophical. 
universities, either of these preparations may 
be and has been pursued, with the result that 
there are today in the chairs of our more 
prominent laboratories of physiology, for ex- 
ample, almost as many doctors of philosophy 
as doctors of medicine. There is nothing ob- 
vious in the careers of the two groups thus 
differently trained that leads to the conclusion 
that one set has had any decided advantage 
over the other. To be sure, those entering the 
field of preclinical science through the medi- 
eal gateway, are less apt to have received in- 
struction in physical chemistry or in advanced 


SCIENCE 


In most of our better 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


mathematics and physics, subjects which are 
helpful in all types of experimental work, 
especially in physiology. But at the risk of 
making a trite remark, it may be said that 
training does not end upon the receipt of a 
degree. All of us in the course of our careers 
have seen young men of talent rise to the 
occasion and acquire the mathematics or the 
physics, or what not, that happened to be neces- 
sary to provide them with the power to solve 
the problems of their choosing. It seems ob- 
vious, therefore, that it is more the quality 
of the brain than any particular training that 
makes for success in investigation. 

In connection with the establishment of re- 
search laboratories for physiology, chemistry, 
biology, etc., manned by full time investigators, 
in direct connection with the clinics, the ques- 
tion of the advisability of a division of labor 
has arisen. At one extreme it has been main- 
tained (Cole) that these clinical laboratories 
must be complete in every detail, and abso- 
lutely independent of the departments of the 
“contributing sciences”—“anatomy, physiology 
and pharmacology” though if necessary “to 
give advice specialists in the vari- 
ous branches of science can always be em- 
ployed (italics mine) to give ad- 
vice”; while at the other extreme are those 
(Henderson) who feel that these clinical 
laboratories should be in direct charge of the 
fundamental departments after which they are 
named. It would seem, however, that the best 
policy to pursue is not to adopt any particular 
system, but merely to provide equal opportu- 
nities for the two groups of workers, one in- 
terested primarily in the fundaments, the other 
in their clinical applications. Neither group 
should nor would be debarred from poaching 
on the other’s domains; there is no devotee to 
pure science who knowingly would fail to at 
least point out any practical application of 
the results of his investigations; neither should 
a clinical scientist be frowned upon if per- 
chance his research should lead him into the 
realm of general principles. But in general, 
and in the interests of a helpful division of 
labor, a full time surgeon, for instance, would 
be expected to devote himself to surgery, per- 


Frsruary 10, 1922] 


fecting himself first in the technique of dia- 
gnosis and treatment of surgical conditions and 
then, in his laboratory, concerning himself 
with the development of methods of surgical 
diagnosis and treatment. In other words, the 
surgeon ordinarily devotes himself to surgery, 
just as the physiologist ordinarily devotes him- 
self to physiology. When border line work 
is undertaken there should be provided an op- 
portunity for cooperation between departments 
either by means of direct help or through ad- 
vice. 

In the development of our theme it has been 
furthest from our intention to give the im- 
pression that the effort made in the United 
States to contribute to medical science has been 
futile; as a matter of fact, we are now ac- 
complishing as much as a great many other 
countries. But it is clear that we are not do- 
ing as much as we should and our purpose has 
been to ascertain the causes of our backward- 
ness in the hope of pointing the way to their 
removal. In Germany, it has been seen, the 
ascendancy was gained through wise action 
of a paternal form of government in supply- 
ing the conditions that are most conducive to 
securing men. In a democracy, such as the 
United States, the same end can be gained only 
by the much slower process of education. Not 
alone is it necessary to obtain the interest of 
men capable of supplying brains for the de- 
velopment of medical science, it is equally 
necessary to educate the enlightened public up 
to the point of understanding that just as in 
the case of astronomy, or of physics, or of 
chemistry, it is only by the diligent employment 
of the scientific method that progress is pos- 
sible; that by that method alone will an un- 
derstanding ever be gained of the manner in 
which the human body functions in health and 
disease. The adoption of the designation 
“Medical Science” for this division of the 
American Association and for what formerly 
was the “Medical Division” of the National 
Research Council is taken to indicate that the 
value of science in medicine is coming to be 
appreciated by scientific men and presages 
a recognition of its worth by the enlightened 
public at, let us hope, not too remote a date. 


SCIENCE 


145 


When that has come about, and not until then, 
will medical science in the United States come 
into its own. 

But is the goal still worth fighting for? Is 
it possible, to quote Herter, that the “golden 
nuggets that are near the surface of things 
have been for the most part discovered?” In 
a general sense this figure unquestionably 
represents conditions as they now are. It is 
incomplete, however, in that it applies only 
to the working of claims already staked out, 
and fails to allow for the possibility that 
venturesome spirits from time to time may 
succeed in opening up new territories in which 
surface mining may again bring forth rich 
yields. And it fails to allow for the possi- 
bility of an improvement in machinery which 
may make deep mining as profitable as placer 
mining. Great as is the headway that has been 
made, it does not require a very intimate ac- 
quaintance with medicine to realize that such 
unopened domains still exist. But whatever 
the future may have in store for us we must, 
I think, in the interests of progress, if for 
no other reason, maintain that a way will be 
found by which to explore them. One has 
only to recall in this connection the remarkable 
development of the sciences of bacteriology and 
immunology that has occurred in a little over 
one generation; or, to go outside of medicine, 
to consider the revelations in radio activity in 
our own time and the remarkable influence 
they have had upon our fundamental concep- 
tions of matter and force, conceptions which 
have as yet scarcely made themselves felt in 
medicine, in order to realize that there still 
must be plenty of opportunity for revelations 
in medical science if only it could be re- 
cruited with master minds capable of reading 
the signs which still elude us. If the United 
States is to supply her share of the progress 
that is to come a way will have to be found 
of bringing into the field of medical science 
the talents which, in the opinion of those best 
able to judge, are most likely to see the light. 


JOSEPH ERLANGER. 
WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY 
Scoot or MEDICINE, 
St. Louis, Mo. 


146 


SUBSIDY FUNDS FOR MATHE- 
MATICAL PROJECTS! 


HERETOFORE little attention has been given 
to the question of subsidy funds for mathe- 
matical projects, quite unlike the case with 
some of the more spectacular sciences. The 
presumption is prevalent among non-mathe- 
maticians that mathematies is an organized 
and crystallized body of necessary conclusions 
drawn some decades or centuries ago from 
certain intuitional concepts of number and 
form, and that no special provision for equip- 
ment or funds is necessary for carrying on 
mathematical work. 

On the contrary, it is the purpose of this 
paper to show that mathematics, as a live and 
active subject, is in need of funds for its pro- 
mulgation as much as any other science. For 
example, the following needs may be men- 
tioned: 

(1) A revolving book fund for the publica- 
tion of mathematical treatises. It has not been 
possible, on account of economic conditions, 
for an author to secure the publication of a 
mathematical treatise by one of the commercial 
publishing houses for several years past and, 
apparently, will not be possible for some time 
to come. It is well known that such treatises 
of worthy character are awaiting publication, 
but that not even second or subsequent vol- 
umes will be accepted by publishing houses 
which have already printed the preceding vol- 
umes. The only remedy for this most unfor- 
tunate situation is a subsidy fund which may 
be drawn upon to guarantee the cost of pub- 
lication, such guaranty to be returned, in 
whole or in part, to the fund whenever the 
sales may so warrant. A lump sum of $25,000 
could be wisely used at once for this purpose 
and should be handled through the American 
Mathematical Society. 

(2) A mathematical dictionary in English. 
There is no mathematical dictionary in any 
language that is even approximately up to 
date. Students and workers of all kinds in 


1A paper presented to the joint meeting of 
the American Mathematical Society and the 
Mathematical Association of America at Toronto, 
Ontario, December 29, 1921. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


mathematics, and in fields in any way related to 
mathematics, should have the benefit of the 
best dictionary in the English language that 
ean be made. The Mathematical Association 
of America has already considered this matter 
in great detail, even to the careful estimating 
of the scope and size of such a publication 
and of the cost of its preparation. A lump 
sum of $100,000, or of $20,000 per year for 
five years, will be needed for the preparation 
of the manuscript. Such a work would be 
monumental in character and would insure 
great honor to any donor. 

(3) Publication of a historical journal in 
English. As is well known, the only mathe- 
matical journal in the historical field, the 
Bibliotheca Mathematica, has been entirely 
suspended on account of economic conditions. 
Its venerable editor, Mr. G. Enestrom, has 
appealed to friends in this country to assist in 
continuing this journal as an American pub- 
heation. The American Mathematical Monthly 
has recently made a serious effort to secure 
funds for combining the Bibliotheca with the 
Monthly, but so far without success. A fund 
of $2,000 per year, or an endowment of 
$40,000 would be needed in order to appro- 
priately perpetuate the long and honorable 
record of this journal, and to do this would not 
only render assistance in a most worthy cause, 
but would bring honor to America and to any 
donor who should make it possible. 

(4) Enlargement of our mathematical re- 
search journals. It is a distressing fact that 
all of our mathematical research journals are 
in erying need of more space for the publica- 
tion of scores of articles already accepted. The 
American Journal of Mathematics, the Annals 
of Mathematics, and the Transactions of the 
American Mathematical Society should all be 
brought up to at least five hundred pages per 
volume and the latter could well be extended to 
six hundred pages. But this could not be done 
at present, and probably not for a long time to 
come, without a subsidy fund of at least $2,500 
a year or an endowment of $50,000. In addi- 
tion to this space, the Transactions would need 
a whole extra volume, at a cost of about $4,000, 
in order to catch up with available worthy 
contributions. 


FEBRUARY 10, 1922] 


(5) Expansion of the American Mathemat- 
ical Monthly. It has long been the hope of 
those in charge of the American Mathematical 
Monthly that it might become possible to pub- 
lish two extra numbers (in July and August 
of each year) to be devoted entirely to expos- 
itory and historical articles of an elementary 
character suited to the needs of students and 
teachers of mathematics in the normal schools 
and colleges throughout the country. This 
need is great and the service thus rendered 
would be of inestimable value. The regular 
volume of the Monthly should also be ex- 
panded by eighty pages in order to handle 
matter pressing for publication. For these 
purposes an annual subsidy of $2,000 would 
be needed, or an endowment of $40,000. 

(6) Publication’ of mathematical mono- 
graphs. A subsidy fund has recently been 
donated to the Mathematical Association of 
America by Mrs. Mary Hegeler Carus, as 
trustee of the Edward C. Hegeler Trust Fund, 
for the purpose of publishing a series of math- 
ematical monographs which shall provide in 
convenient and readable form, and at low cost, 
expository presentations of all the great sub- 
jects in pure and applied mathematics. This 
gift is in the form of an annual subsidy of 
$1,200 for five years with the promise of capi- 
talizing this income in perpetuity if the project 
proves successful. Such an endowment would 
need to be $24,000 on a five per cent. basis. 

(7) A mathematical abstract journal. A 
journal in the English language of abstracts 
of mathematical publications has long been 
needed and became very urgent during and 
subsequent to the world war, when foreign 
abstract journals were suspended or were 
hopelessly in arrears. Such a journal of the 
high character and efficiency contemplated by 
the committee of the National Research Coun- 
cil and the American Mathematical Society 
could only be produced and maintained with 
a liberal subsidy—at least $15,000 annually or 
with an endowment of $300,000. 

(8) A bibliography of bibliographies in 
mathematics. The National Research Council 
has proposed as one aid to efficiency in scien- 
tific work to publish a bibliography of bibli- 
ographies in each of the various sciences, 
which shall combine in one volume all the 


SCIENCE 


147 


bibliographies obtainable in a given science 
whether published hitherto or not. The council 
will bear the cost of publication and clerical 
expense, but the work involved in preparation 
of the manuseript will be extensive and should 
be covered by a lump sum of $5,000. 

(9) Prizes and research fellowships. Some- 
thing seems to be wrong when a poem or a 
short story may bring its author adequate 
financial reward, while the author of a mathe- 
matical article of the highest merit, on which 
he may have spent weeks or months, not only 
receives no financial return but actually has to 
pay cash for a few reprints. The only means 
apparently available to offset this injustice is 
through prizes and fellowships of liberal 
value. One bequest of $10,000 and one or two 
small funds for prizes (none of which are 
operative as yet) constitute the sum total of 
effort to date in this country. An annual fund 
of $25,000 or an endowment of $500,000 would 
be only a fair estimate of the need in this line 
and such an annual expenditure could be used 
to the utmost advantage with the greatest 
degree of justice to the workers in the field of 
mathematies. Fortunately farsighted 
and loyal individuals are thinking of these 
things and are contemplating liberal provi- 
sions in wills toward this end. One such will 
is already definitely known to be made. 

(10) Honorary stipends for executive offi- 
cers. Time was in most scientific societies 
when one or two permanent executive officers 
worked like slaves for the upbuilding of these 
organizations, with no financial return and 
sometimes even without adequate clerical assist- 
ance. Those days of pioneering should be gone 
forever. In some societies, the membership is 
large enough, or includes those with large 
incomes outside the teaching profession, so 
that the annual dues may be made adequate 
to cover salaries to their executive officers; but 
those societies whose members are almost en- 
tirely teachers in the universities and small 
colleges cannot raise their dues beyond certain 
maximum amounts without shutting out large 
numbers to whom the organizations are of the 
utmost value. The only other alternatives seem 
to be either to continue the old pioneer methods 
or else to secure adequate subsidy funds with 
which to give these hard worked permanent 


some 


148 


officers respectable honorary stipends. In the 
American Mathematical Society and the Math- 
ematical Association of America there are four 
such officers to whom honorary stipends of at 
least $1,000 each should be given annually. 
For this purpose an endowment of $80,000 is 
needed. In this case again farsighted and 
loyal individuals are contemplating bequests, 
and one or two such wills with liberal pro- 
visions are known to be already made. Also a 
special gift toward this end has just been 
promised to the association for the coming 
year. 

It will be found that the totals of the above 
ten items, as estimated, are as follows: For 
lump sums $134,000; and for annual subsidies 
$51,700, or, if capitalized at five per cent., an 
endowment of $1,034,000. As stated under 
(6) the provision for mathematical mono- 
graphs is already made, and under (9) and 
(10) beginnings have been made by bequests 
provided for in wills or by special cash gifts. 
Also in connection with (2) it should be said 
that the proposition is under favorable con- 
sideration by a prospective donor. A donation 
of this magnitude would, indeed, be a monu- 
ment worthy of great honor to the donor, and 
would render a service of untold value to the 
cause of education. The same may be said in 
varying degrees of all the items enumerated. 
It is believed that when information concerning 
these needs becomes sufficiently widespread 
there will be liberal responses in supplying 
the funds.? 


1As this article goes to the printer a donor 
offers to provide the items of $4,000 mentioned 
in (4). Also a report in Science for January 13 
of grants made by the Heckscher Research Foun- 
dation contains three items amounting to $2,600 
for mathematics. Possibly this latter amount is 
the one quoted in the same issue of SCIENCE (page 
52) where grants for research in twelve sciences 
range from $352,000 for biology down to $2,600 
for mathematics. The compiler seems not sur- 
prised that ‘‘mathematics brings up the rear,’’ 
since he says that ‘‘it would probably appear to 
most of us to be the subject farthest removed 
from practical interests.’? His surprise will 
doubtless be great when he contemplates a pro- 
posal for a million dollar endowment fund for 
mathematics. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


In this connection, attention may be called 
to the fact that an important and urgent need 
of mathematics has already been recognized 
and met by the General Education Board of 
the Rockefeller Foundation in financing the 
work of the National Committee on Mathe- 
matical Requirements, a committee working 
under the auspices of the Mathematical Asso- 
ciation of America. This work has extended 
over a period of three years and the funds 
supplied will total over $65,000 when the 
exhaustive report of the committee is pub- 
lished in a volume of five or six hundred pages. 


H. E. Suavest 
CHICAGO, JANUARY 2, 1922 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
BRITISH RESEARCH ON CEMENT 

In order to discover some means of increas- 
ing and cheapening the supply of Portland 
cement, experiments are being made by a panel 
of experts associated with the British Hngi- 
neering Standards Association. The object of 
the research is to ascertain whether cement 
made from blast-furnace slag can not be made 
according to a recognized specification which 
would enable it to be used for work in which 
Portland cement, manufactured according to 
the British standard specification, has hither- 
to been employed. 

Mr. H. O. Weller, of the Department of 
Scientific and Industrial Research, who is a 
member of. the panel, explains in the London 
Times that the British standard specification 
for Portland cement is recognized all over the 
world, and has done more than anything else 
to make Portland cement recognized as a safe 
material to use. But it is beginning to be 
recognized that the specification is rather too 
narrow, and that there is need for a standard 
specification for iron Portland cement—i. e., 
cement to which a small portion of blast-fur- 
nace slag has been added after clinkering. 
Cement of this character was first tested in 
Germany in 1902, and by decree of the Prus- 
sian Ministry of Public Works, in 1909, was 
sanctioned for use in the erection of German 
public buildings. This cement has come into 
England in fairly large quantities in recent 


Fresruary 10, 1922] 


years. By all the recognized physical and 
chemical tests this cement passes the British 
standard specification, but in respect of manu- 
facture it would be barred because slag has 
been added to it after clinkering. In Scotland 
a form of this cement has been made for the 
past 11 years called Coltness Portland cement. 

In addition to increasing sources of supply, 
the Department of Scientific and Industrial 
Research is making inquiries into the question 
of the more economical working of processes 
which have become traditional, with a view to 
spreading the knowledge thus gained. There 
is an inquiry at present going on into the 
economical use of fuel in the burning of bricks. 
The greatest experts in the country at present 
find themselves at a loss to state exactly the 
total quantities of coal needed to burn bricks, 
and the practice varies most illogically in dif- 
ferent brickfields. 

Another inquiry is being conducted into the 
question of the gas-firing of kilns. This meth- 
od of firing is in use in the potteries for firing 
clay goods, and it has been used in Scotland 
for the past 40 years for burning fire-bricks. 
But the object of the present inquiry is to 
ascertain whether it can be used for firing or- 
dinary bricks. An expert investigator is being 
sent over England, Belgium, Germany, and 
the United States of America to collect the 
latest data. 


THE GORGAS MEMORIAL INSTITUTE 


As has been noted in Sctmncz, Dr. Richard 
P. Strong, head of the Harvard School of 
Tropical Medicine, has been appointed scien- 
tifie director of the Gorgas Memorial Institute 
which will be established at Panama for the 
study of tropical diseases. Dr. Strong will con- 
tinue his connection with the Harvard School. 

The Harvard Alumni Bulletin states that the 
Gorgas Memorial will constitute a tropical 
station for the Harvard School of Tropical 
Medicine and for other medical schools. The 
work in the laboratories at Panama will be 
separated into four divisions: 1, bacteriology 
and pathology; 2, protozoology and helmin- 
thology; 3, entomology; 4, biological chemistry 
and pharmacology. 


SCIENCE 


149 


There will be intimate association and co- 
operation between the Gorgas Memorial Insti- 
tute and the Santo Tomas and Ancon Hospi- 
tals and the Palo Saco Leper Asylum, and the 
patients in these institutions will be available 
for observation and study. Venomous animals, 
poisonous plants, tropical climatology, and the 
biological effects of sunlight, will also receive 
attention in the work of the institute. 

Provision will be made for advanced instruc- 
tion in tropical medicine and hygiene of a lim- 
ited number of properly-qualified graduates of 
recognized medical schools. A limited number 
of advanced students will also be admitted for 
special investigation upon tropical diseases and 
their prevention. 

Properly-qualified volunteer workers will 
also be received and the privileges of the insti- 
tute will be extended and a special effort made 
to attract experienced investigators from scien- 
tifie institutions in different parts of the world, 
to earry on researches which can particularly 
favorably be conducted in a tropical country. 
It is especially hoped that members of scien- 
tific faculties will avail themselves of this 
opportunity during their sabbatical years or. 
other periods of university leave. 

The larger part of the research work of the 
institute will be carried out in the laboratories 
in Panama, but it is also contemplated that 
from time to time field expeditions will be sent 
to other portions of the tropics for the solu- 
tion of special problems in connection with the 
diseases of men or animals. 


THE TEACHING OF EVOLUTION IN THE 
KENTUCKY SCHOOLS 

A pitt has been introduced into the Ken- 
tucky legislature forbidding the use of text- 
books in the public schools in which the doc- 
trine of evolution is taught. The movement 
is said to have been forwarded by lectures in 
the state by Mr. William Jennings Bryan. A 
number of telegrams have been addressed to 
Dr. Frank L. MeVey, president of the Uni- 
versity of Kentucky, among which are the 
following: 

Cannot believe that any American legislature 
can be induced to prohibit the teaching in public 
schools of evolution or of any other scientific 


150 


hypothesis of proven value.—Charles W. Eliot, 
president emeritus of Harvard University. 

Should regard bill such as you suggest certain 
to make Kentucky the laughing stock of the 
world. To prohibit the scientific teaching of the 
faets of evolution would involve adopting intel- 
lectual attitude of the twelfth century. It is a 
proposition which could not be seriously enter- 
tained by any really intelligent person.—James 
R. Angell, president of Yale University. 

I take it for granted that the introducer of the 
bill is in close communion with the rulers of 
Soviet Russia, since he is faithfully reproducing 
one of their fundamental policies. Truly we are 
getting on.—Nicholas Murray Butler, president 
of Columbia University. 

In the name of two hundred and fifty colleges 
and universities located in forty-two states we 
pray Kentucky will not commit intellectual 
suicide by prohibiting the teaching of evolution 
or the use of books favoring evolution.’ ’—Robert 
L. Kelly, executive secretary, Association of 
American Colleges, New York. } 

Any attempt to impose legislative restrictions 
on the teachers of science is contrary to all the 
principles on which the American Republic has 
been founded.—Charles S. MacFarland, general 
secretary Federal Council of the Churches of 
Christ in America, New York. 


CARDINAL DOUGHERTY ON VIVISECTION 

CarpinaL DovuaHerty, of Philadelphia, 
under date of December 30, 1921, addressed 
the following letter to the Society for the Pro- 
tection of Scientific Research : 

Having been asked to give an expression of 
opinion on the subject of vivisection, I deem it 
needless to say that, with you and all others 
opposed to cruelty of whatever kind, I deplore 
any abuse of vivisection that may cause unneces- 
sary pain to lower animals. 

But as actually conducted for the advancement 
of medical research, vivisection seems to me not 
only unobjectionable, but even praiseworthy. 
Scientifically carried out, it is, as you know 
better than I, almost entirely confined to the 
inoculation of mice, rats, guinea pigs and rabbits, 
and is much less frequently practiced on eats, 
dogs, horses and other higher species of brute 
animals. Since the invention of anesthetics, and 
with the use of antiseptic methods, it has become 
practically painless. Animals used for experi- 
mental purposes are well fed and sheltered, and 
in many respects are better off than those in a 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


state of nature or in subjection to work. They 
escape the rapacity of fiercer and larger animals, 
the ill-usage of sport, the drudgery of toil, expo- 
sure to the heat and cold of the seasons, and the 
cruelties of keepers, drivers and exploiters. 
According to the law of nature, the lower 


species of creatures exist for the higher. The 
clod of earth supports the plant. The vegetable 
kingdom supplies the wants of the animal. The 


brute animal and all other inferior things are for 
the good of man, who was made directly for the 
glory of God. Man, then, may use all inferior 
things for his own benefit. 

We exterminate vermin and insects, roaches, 
mice, rats and serpents, for the sake of health, 
cleanliness and comfort. The children in our 
schools are taught to combat the plague of flies 
as carriers of noxious microbes. We kill animals, 
fowls and fish for our food. Fishermen bait fish 
with live worms. 

If, then, to preserve or restore health, to pro- 
long life, and even to seek pleasure, it is per- 
missible to inflict pain and death upon inferior 
forms of animal life, why may not the scientific 
man, for the common good, experiment on lower 
animals, especially when he takes every precau- 
tion against unwarranted infliction of pain by the 
use of anesthetics and by antiseptic methods? 

Animals, themselves, owe to vivisection a great 
debt. Epizootic diseases, like anthrax, swine- 
fever, chicken cholera, silk-worm disease, cattle 
tuberculosis, which, in the past, caused untold 
‘suffering to animals, and every year killed them 
by millions, have been brought under control by 
the experiments of vivisection. 

But man is the chief beneficiary. For it has 
been mainly owing to these experiments that 
great discoveries have taken place regarding the 
nervous system, bone growth, the blood, digestion, 
infections, serums, antitoxins and vaccinations; 
and without vivisection little or no progress 
would have been made in physiology, pathology, 
bacteriology and therapeutics. 

To forbid vivisection would be to hamper 
science, do a mischief to the human race and 
foster misplaced sympathy. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


A SUMMER meeting of the American Asso- 
ciation for the Advancement of Science will, 
by recent vote of the executive committee of 
the council, be held at Salt Lake City from 
June 22 to 24, in conjunction with the annual 


Frpruary 10, 1922] 


meeting of the Pacific Division of the associa- 
tion. Arrangements for the meeting are in 
charge of Mr. W. W. Sargeant, secretary of 
the Pacifie Division. All members of the asso- 
ciation and of the associated societies are in- 
vited to be present, and all associated societies 
are invited to hold sessions. Sections of the 
association are also invited to hold sessions, 
but no attempt will be made to have all sec- 
tions represented on the program of the meet- 
ing. Information regarding this summer meet- 
ing will be published in Scimnce from time 
to time as the preparations mature. 


Tur Norman Bridge Laboratory of Physies 
of the California Institute of Technology was 
dedicated on January 28. In the afternoon, 
Dr. Robert A. Millikan, director of the labora- 
tory, was introduced by Dr. A. A. Noyes, and 
gave an address on “Recent research work on 
the extension of the ultra violet spectrum and 
the insight it affords into the nature of mat- 
ter.” In the evening, the laboratory was 
presented by the donor and accepted by Dr. 
Millikan on behalf of the institute. There were 
brief addresses by Mr. Henry M.. Robinson, 
vice-president of the board of directors; George 
E. Hale, director of the Mount Wilson Obser- 
yatory, and Dr. H. A. Lorentz, professor of 
mathematical physics at the University of 
Leiden. Then followed a reception in honor 
of Dr. and Mrs. Millikan and Dr. and Mrs. 
Bridge. 


Sir Davip Pratn is about to retire, under 
the age rule, from the directorship of the Royal 
Botanic Gardens, Kew, which he has held since 
1905. He will be succeeded by Dr. A. W. Hill, 
who has been assistant director since 1907. Dr. 
Hill, before his appointment to Kew, was 
lecturer in botany in the University of Cam- 
bridge, of which he is a graduate. 


Tuer gold medal of the Royal Astronomical 
Society has been awarded to Dr. J. H. Jeans 
for his contributions to theories of cosmogony. 

At a recent meeting of the Paris Academy 
of Medicine the election of new officers for 
1922 resulted as follows: Professor Béhal, the 
vice-president for 1921, succeeded, in accord- 
ance with the provisions of the constitution, 


SCIENCE 


151 


to the presidency. Dr. Chauffard, professor 
of clinical medicine in the University of Paris, 
was elected vice-president (president for 1923). 
Dr. Souques was reelected annual secretary. 


Dr. Henry CHANDLER COWLES, professor 
of plant ecology at the University of Chicago, 
has been elected president of the Chicago 
Academy of Sciences. 


Tue American Phytopathological Society, 
meeting at Toronto December 27 to 31, elected 
as president Dr. E. C. Stakman, of the Uni- 
versity of Minnesota; as vice-president, Dr. 
N. J. Giddings, of the University of West Vir- 
ginia; and as secretary-treasurer, Dr. G. R. 
Lyman, of the U. 8. Department of, Agricul- 
ture, Washington, D. C. Dr. H. B. Hum- 
phrey, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
was elected councillor for one year, and Dr. 
I. E. Melhus, of the Iowa Agricultural Col- 
lege, for two years. 


CHARLES W. Prices, who has retired as editor 
of the Electrical Review after nearly forty 
years of service, was the guest of honor at a 
luncheon given by a number of his friends in 
the electrical industry on January 18, at the 
Lotos Club in New York. 


Dr. FREDERICK L. Horrman, of the Pruden- 
tial Insurance Company, has been elected a 
member of the Royal Institute of Public 
Health. 


Proressor Winrpert RorH, head of the De- 
partment of Forestry of the University of 
Michigan, was appointed chairman of the Per- 
manent Timber Supply Committee at the Na- 
tional Agricultural Conference held in Wash- 
ington, D. C., from January 24 to 27. 


AccorDING to the Journal of the American 
Medical Association, it is reported that Dr. 
Hubert Work, president of the American Medi- 
cal Association and now first assistant post- 
master general, may be named postmaster 
general to sueceed Will H. Hays, who is to 
resign to become the head of the motion pic- 
ture industry of the country. 


Dr. E. W. Duan, long connected with the 
Bureau of Mines as petroleum technologist, 
has resigned to accept the position of assistant 


152 


to Roger Chew, inspection department, Stan- 
dard Oil Company of New Jersey. He will 
be succeeded in his position at the Pittsburgh 
Station by N. A. C. Smith of the Washington, 
D. C., laboratory. F. W. Lane, organic chemist 
at Pittsburgh, will succeed Mr. Smith. 


Dr. H. W. Dye has resigned as assistant 
professor of plant pathology, Cornell Uni- 
versity, to become chief pathologist of the re- 
search department, Dosch Chemical Company, 
Louisville, Ky., manufacturers of insecticide 
materials and appliances. Dr. G. E. Sanders 
also joins the research department of this com- 
pany, having resigned as chief of insecticide 
investigations of the Canadian Department of 
Agriculture. 


Dr. H. H. Morris, formerly in the chemical 
department of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and 
Company, is now director of the research de- 
partment of the Bond Manufacturing Corpora- 
tion, Wilmington, Del. 


Lours E. Saunpers has been appointed di- 
rector of the research department of Norton 
Company, Worcester, Mass. 


Sten Dr Geer, acting professor and chair- 
man of the Geografiska Institutet, University 
of Stockholm, is to give two courses at the 
University of Chicago during the coming Sum- 
mer Quarter. One course will deal with the 
geography of the Scandinavian countries, while 
the other involves a survey from the stand- 
point of political and economic geography of 
the “New Europe.” 


Emits F. Gautier, professor of geography 
in the University of Algiers, has arrived in 
Cambridge to take up his work as French ex- 
change professor at Harvard University for 
the second half of the current year. Professor 
Gautier will give a half course on the geog- 
raphy of Northern Africa and the Near East, 
which will be open both to graduate students 
and undergraduates and a research course pri- 
marily for graduates. 


Dr. CuRisten Lunpscaarp, formerly of the 
faculty of the University of Copenhagen, has 
arrived in the United States to become asso- 
ciated with the Rockefeller Institute for the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


next two years. He will conduct research 
work in diseases of the heart and on pneu- 
monia. 


CHARLES HE. Simon, of the department of 
medical zoology, School of Hygiene and Pub- 
lie Health, Johns Hopkins University, has been 
appointed a delegate from this school to the 
Second International Congress of Comparative 
Pathology, to be held at Rome on September 
20. 


THREE members of the staff of the Rocke- 
feller Institute, Dr. Paulo Provenga, Dr. Fred- 
erick Russell and Dr. Richard M. Pearce, sailed 
February 2, for Sao Paulo, Brazil, where they 
will consult Dr. Carlos Chagas of the Brazilian 
Department of Health upon the care and treat- 
ment of tropical diseases. 


Dr. CHARLES P. Berkeny, professor of geol- 
ogy at Columbia University, has been given 
leave of absence to accompany an expedition 
for research work in Mongolia, which is being 
financed by the American Museum of Natural 
History and by the magazine, Asia. 


Dr. Ropert $8. Puart, of the department of 
geography at the University of Chicago, is now 
in Porto Rico in connection with a study of 
the economic geography of Middle America. 
The other places to be visited include several 
of the islands of the West Indies and parts 
of Mexico, Central America, and the Carri- 
bean coast of South America. Dr. Platt is 
accompanied by Harold S. Kemp, a student 
in the geography department and for a time 
secretary to the Geographic Society of Chicago. 


A MESSAGE has been received at Ottawa 
through Canadian customs officials under date 
of November 18 last, from a manager of a 
Hudson Bay post, stating that Donald B. 
MacMillan was spending the winter at Nau- 
watta, eighty miles north of Cape Dorset. 


Tue Middleton Goldsmith lecture of the 
New York Pathological Society was delivered 
at the New York Academy of Medicine on 
February 3, by Professor Thomas Hunt Mor- 
gan, of Columbia University, the subject being 
“Some Possible Bearings of Genetics on Patho- 
logy.” 


FEBRUARY 10, 1922] 


Tue Joseph Leidy memorial lecture in science 
at the University of Pennsylvania was given 
by Dr. William Bateson, director of the John 
Innes Horticultural Institute, Merton Park, 
London, on January 24. Dr. Bateson’s subject 
was “The segregation of genetic types.” 


Dr. Francis G. Benepict, director of the 
Nutrition Laboratory of the Carnegie Institu- 
tion of Washington, lectured at Pennsylvania 
State College under the auspices of the Insti- 
tute of Animal Nutrition and the Department 
of Agricultural Chemistry on the | subject 
“Calories for children,’ on January 26. 


Dr. CHARLES WARDELL StILES, professor of 
medical zoology at the Hygienic Laboratory, 
Washington, D. C., has completed a series of 
lectures on nomenclature in medical zoology 
at the School of Hygiene and Public Health of 
the Johns Hopkins University, under the 
auspices of the department of medical zoology. 


On February 3 Professor C. J. Keyser made 
an address before the Philadelphia Section of 
the Association of Teachers of Mathematics of 
the Middle States and Maryland on “The 
mathematical obligations of philosophy and 
education.” On January 14 he spoke before 
the New York Schoolmasters’ Club on “A new 
conception of the nature of man and its bear- 
ings on education.” 


Av a meeting of the Royal Institution held 
on January 20, Sir James Dewar delivered a 
lecture on “Soap films and molecular forces.” 


Proressor J. A. FLeminG will deliver a lec- 
ture on February 21 before the Institution of 
Electrical Engineers on “Michael Faraday and 
the foundations of electrical engineering.” 


Dr. C. E. KennetH Mess, director of re- 
search and development, Eastman Kodak 
Company, gave several lectures in Montreal and 
Toronto during the last week in February. On 
February 20 at Montreal he spoke before the 
Canadian Club on “The road to wealth.” The 
same evening he lectured before the Montreal 
Section of the Society of Chemical Industry 
on “Chemistry and the motion picture.” At 
Toronto he gave the following lectures Feb- 
ruary 21, “Photography through the micro- 


SCIENCE 


153 


scope,” before the Camera Club; February 22, 
“Chemistry and the motion picture,” before 
the Toronto Section of the Society of Chemical 
Industry; February 23, “The getting of wis- 
dom,” before the Empire Club, and “A hun- 
dred years hence,” before the Canada First 
League. 


AccorDING to Nature the officers of the 
Ramsay Memorial Fund announce that the 
dean and chapter of Westminster have con- 
sented that a tablet containing a medallion 
portrait of Sir William Ramsay should be 
placed in Westminster Abbey in the place im- 
mediately below that occupied by the Hooker 
tablet. The tablet is being executed by Mr. 
Charles Hartwell, A.R.A. It is anticipated 
that the unveiling will take place in October 
next. At the request of the Ramsay Memo- 
rial Committee a commemorative medal of the 
late Sir William Ramsay has been executed 
by the French sculptor, M. Louis Bottée. The 
medals will be struck in London when it is 
known approximately how many copies will 
be required. 


Dr. CHartes BASKERVILLE, director of the 
chemical laboratories of the College of the 
City of New York, died of pneumonia at his 
home on Jaunary 28, at the age of fifty-two. 


Mr. Wiuuiam T. Carrigan, one of the senior 
assistants in the Nautical Almanac Office, U. 8. 
Naval Observatory, died at Washington, 
D. C., on January 20, 1922. Mr. Carrigan 
entered the Nautical Almanac Office in March, 
1901. 


Sir Ernest Henry SHACKLETON, the British 
explorer, died from heart disease on January 5 
on board the steamship Quest. Captain L. 
Hussey will accompany the body to England. 
Professor Gruvel and the other members of the 
party will continue the expedition. 


Farurr Guisepre Lats, vice-director of the 
Vatican Observatory, has died at the age of 
seventy-six years. 

Tue death is announced in Nature of two 
distinguished English engineers—Dr. Edward 
Hopkinson, who like his brother, John Hop- 
kinson, was a leader in electrical engineering, 


154 


and Sir William Matthews, past president of 
the British Institution of Civil Engineers. 


THE death is reported of Senator Ciamician, 
professor of chemistry at Bologna. 


CoRRECTING a recent note in Screncs, the 
schedule of meetings of the American Astro- 
nomical Society is as follows: September, 
1922, Yerkes Observatory; December, 1922, 
Cambridge and Boston; September, 1923, Mt. 
Wilson Observatory; December, 1923, Vassar 
College. 


Nine British and American scientists, mem- 
bers of the expedition to the Andes Mountains 
to make a study of the physiological changes 
which enable people to live permanently at 
high altitudes, returned on February 1. The 
expedition was under the leadership of Joseph 
Bareroft of Cambridge University. Its mem- 
bership included Dr. Alfred C. Redfield, as- 
sistant professor of physiology at the Harvard 
Medical School; Dr. C. A. L. Binger of the 
Rockefeller Institute, New York; Dr. George 
Harrop of the Presbyterian Hospital, New 
York; Dr. A. V. Bock of the Massachusetts 
General Hospital; Dr. Henry S. Forbes, of 
Harvard University; Dr. J. G. Meakins, of 
Edinburgh University, and Dr. J. H. Doggart 
of King’s College, Cambridge. | Professor 
Barcroft is now giving in Boston a course of 
Lowell lectures on the work of the expedition. 


At the convention of the New York City 
Federation of Women’s Clubs, held in New 
York City on February 3, a resolution was 
introduced by Mrs. Belle de Rivera endorsing 
a bill now before the legislature prohibiting 
the use of dogs for vivisection. There were 
about two thousand members in attendance 
and, according to the daily press, the motion 
was “overwhelmingly defeated.” 


Tue late George R. White, president of the 
Potter Drug and Chemical Corporation, has 
bequeathed to the city of Boston a fund of 
more than $5,000,000, the income of which is 
to be used for creating works of public utility 
and beauty. Two of the three objects speci- 
fied by Mr. White are a zoological garden and 
an aquarium. Other bequests in Mr. White’s 
will are $100,000 each to the Children’s Hospi- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 141& 


tal, the Museum of Fine Arts and the Massa- 
chusetts General Hospital. The Massachusetts 
Hospital also is given a similar sum for the 
special purpose of treatment of diseases of the 
skin. Previous to his death Mr. White had 
given $1,000,000 for a new building and en- 
dowment for the Massachusetts College of 
Pharmacy. 


It is announced from Montreal that instead 
of converting the $100,000 prize he has offered 
for a cancer cure into a fund for cancer 
research work, as he had been urged, Lord 
Atholstan has given a second $100,000 for 
research. 


Tue fortieth course of popular medical lec- 
tures will be given under the auspices of the 
Stanford Medical School on alternate Friday 
evenings, as follows: January 13, The Basis 
of Modern Medicine: Dr. William Ophiils. 
January 27, The Attitude of the Public Toward 
the Blind: Miss Katherine Foley. February 
10, The Treatement of Deformities Following 
Infantile Paralysis: Dr. Arthur L. Fisher. 
February 24, The Control of Botulism: Dr. E. 
C. Dickson. March 10, The Truth About Vivi- 
section: Mz. Ernest H. Baynes. March 24, 
Present Day Methods of X-Ray Diagnosis: 
Dr. W. Edward Chamberlain. 


THE city of Paris has authorized the ex- 
penditure of 2,500,000 francs ($183,750 at 
present rate of exchange) for the purchase 
of radium to be used in the public hospitals 
for the cure of cancer. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


APPROPRIATIONS of $18,210,353 for colleges 
and universities, $12,029,513 for medical 
schools, and $646,000 for negro education were 
made during the last fiscal year by the General 
Education Board, founded by John D. Rocke- 
feller, according to the report for 1920-21. 
The total appropriations of the board from 
its foundation in 1902 to June 30, 1921, have 
amounted to $89,017,872. Of the gift of 
$50,000,000 made by Mr. Rockefeller in 1919 
for teachers’ salaries, appropriations were 


FEBRUARY 10, 1922] 


made up to July 1, 1921, which amounted to 
$26,732,000, which was distributed among 191 
different institutions. The annual report fur- 
ther reveals that Mr. Rockefeller has released 
the board from any obligation to hold any of 
his gifts in perpetuity. 


Tue will of the late A. Barton Hepburn, of 
New York City, gives $250,000 to the A. Bar- 
ton Hepburn Hospital at Ogdensburg, N. Y.; 
$200,000 to Middlebury College in Middlebury, 
Vt., of which Mr. Hepburn was a graduate; 
$150,000 to Columbia University, of which he 
was a trustee, and $100,000 to St. Lawrence 
University at Canton, N. Y., where he had 
lived. The will had also given $100,000 each to 
Wellesley College, of which his daughters were 
graduates, and to Williams College, of which 
his son was a graduate, but these gifts were 
canceled by a codicil because he made gifts to 
those institutions two years ago, anticipating 
the intention of his will. Each gift to educa- 
tional institutions is specifically made for the 
purpose of founding chairs in economics or 
history. 


Mr. Wiui14m Cooper Proctor has endowed 
three visiting fellowships at Princeton Uni- 
versity with an annual stipend of $2,000. The 
fellows are to be appointed, respectively, on 
nomination of the University of Oxford, the 
University of Cambridge and the Paris Higher 
Normal School. 


Dr. M. C. Merritt, head of the department 
of horticulture at the Utah Agricultural Col- 
lege and horticulturist at the Agricultural Ex- 
periment Station, has accepted an appointment 
as dean of the College of Applied Arts and as 
head of the department of horticulture of the 
Brigham Young University. This appointment 
is to take effect July 1. 


H. M. Jewnnison, assistant professor of 
botany and bacteriology at the Montana State 
College, has been granted leave of absence 
and will spend the remainder of the college 
year in the graduate laboratories of the Mis- 
souri Botanical Garden and Washington Uni- 
versity, St. Louis. 


AutrreD P. LorHRoe is on leave of ab- 
sense from the chair of organic chemistry at 


SCIENCE 


155 


the Medical School, Queen’s University, Kings- 
ton, Ontario, where he has taught for the past 
twelve years, to act as associate professor of 
chemistry at Oberlin College. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 

PROFESSOR SUDHOFF’S PARACELSUS 

THE announcement of the forthcoming pub- 
lication of the complete works of Paracelsus, 
under the editorship of Professor Karl 
Sudhoff, of Leipzig, will be a matter of con- 
siderable interest to chemists and physicians 
as well as to philosophers. This edition will 
include the unprinted MS. material as well as 
what is already known in the printed texts. 
Paracelsus was a most prolifie writer, but many 
of his more important works, familiar to 
bibhophiles by their characteristic title-pages 
in red and black, are now so rare as to be 
practically inaccessible, particularly such pam- 
phlets as those on miners’ diseases (1567) and 
mineral baths (1576). 

Paracelsus, one of the pioneers in an- 
alytical chemistry, the founder of chemo- 
therapy, and one of the great medical reform- 
ers of the sixteenth century, was even a 
doughtier figure than Vesalius, who began 
bravely but ended as a courtier, or Paré, whose 
popularity saved him from persecution. As 
compared with these men, Paracelsus occupies 
about the same position in medicine as did 
Luther or Knox in relation to Erasmus or 
Maitland of Lethington. He was more impul- 
sive and impetuous and pushed his denuncia- 
tion of scholastic medicine to the extreme limit 
of coarseness. His training was, however, 
better than is commonly supposed. As Sud- 
hoff has shown, he graduated at Ferrara in 
1515, having studied under the celebrated 
Leonicenus. Although Browning’s poem ideal- 
izes him, he is commonly represented as a 
charlatan and a mountebank. This false view 
is, in the main, due to the character of his 
writings, which are a curious jumble of exag- 
gerated swagger and of passages showing keen 
insight into the real nature of things, e. g., 
that gout and ealculus are diathetie diseases, 
or that goitre and myxcedema are hereditary 


156 


and interrelated. His literary style is turgid, 
verbose, obscure, but this is a necessary and 
sufficient reason for a modern edition, with the 
proper apparatus criticus of interpretative 
notes. 

Of the extraordinary fitness of the editor for 
his task, it is almost unnecessary to speak. A 
brilliant Goethe scholar and Goetheforscher in 
his youth, Sudhoff is known to physicians as 
the Paracelsus scholar par excellence. His 
whole life of investigation at the Institute of 
Medical History at Leipzig, his vast researclies 
in medieval medicine, have been nothing else 
than preliminary to this work, which (at the 
age of 68) he regards as his swan-song. 

Professor Sudhoff’s plan is to issue the 
work in fifteen volumes, containing all the MS. 
material, and to be sold by subscription at a 
flat rate per volume. Librarians and scientific 
men may obtain further details by writing to 
Professor Karl Sudhoff, Institut fiir Geschichte 
der Medizin (38 Talstrasse), Leipzig, Ger- 
many. 

F. H. Garrison 


THE VALUE OF TILTH IN AGRICULTURE 

Tuer remarks of Mr. L. 8. Frierson relative 
to the above question (Sctencz, September 2, 
1921, p. 193) have just come to my attention. 
Bechhold’s work, which I quoted (Sctmncr, 
July 22, 1921, p. 74), indicates that evapora- 
tion draws salts toward the surface; but rain 
rather than light cultivation is the main factor 
returning them toward the roots, although of 
course cultivation helps. 

An essential in cultivation is the breaking of 
the surface erust or skin, and Mr. Frierson says 
that, contrary to my hypothesis, this comminu- 
tion of the upper surrface of the soil “more or 
less perfectly stops evaporation, and thus con- 
serves the store of soil water.” 

This claim of Mr. Frierson is quite contrary 
to all engineering and practical experience. 
The way to dry wet clothes is not to roll them 
up, but to spread them out and expose a large 
surface to the air. The breaking of a erust 
or skin, with increased exposure of fresh sur- 
faces causes, or tends to cause, increased evap- 
oration. Indeed Bechhold says that the cool- 
ing effect of taleum and similar dusting 
powders is consequent upon the fact that they 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


give the skin more free surface for evapora- 
tion. 

Unless direct experimental evidence to the 
contrary is produced, I must maintain my 
view that cultivation, by increasing surface 
evaporation, tends to bring upward subsurface 
water and salts, and thus aid plants in dry 


weather. 
JEROME ALEXANDER 


New York, JANUARY 7, 1922 


CASTS OF FOSSIL VERTEBRATES AT 
STUTTGART 

To tHE Eprror or Scrence: The director 
of the Stuttgart Museum (Wiirttemburgische 
Naturalien Kabinett) in Germany has offered 
for sale a series of casts ot fossil vertebrates 
from originals in that museum. Most of these 
are of great teaching and exhibition value, and 
owing to exchange and economic conditions in 
Germany, the prices are extremely low. The 
American Museum has purchased the series 
and received the shipment in excellent condi- 
tion. The quality of the casts varies, some are 
excellent, others only fair, but I desire to eall 
attention of those who are interested to the 
opportunity both to secure some very useful 
casts at small expense and to aid in continuing 
the work of one of the leading paleontological 
museums of Germany. For information write 
to Dr. Martin Schmidt, director of the Stutt- 


gart museum. WaEDIONureee 


THE RAY SOCIETY 

To THE Epitor or Science: May I be per- 
mitted to express the thanks of the Council 
of the Ray Society to Professor G. H. Parker 
for his timely letter published in Science ‘of 
November 25, 1921? I should like also to take 
this opportunity of apologizing to our Amer- 
ican subseribers for the continued delay in the 
issue of our publications, a delay which is due 
entirely to the difficulty of executing the elab- 
orate colored plates for Prof. W. C. MeIntosh’s 
“British Marine Annelids.” The first part of 
the fourth (and final) volume of this work 
will form the issue to subscribers for 1920 and 
will, it is hoped, be ready within the next few 
months. The second part, completing the 
work, is already in hand and will form the 
issue for 1921. Subscriptions for each of these 


Frpruary 10, 1922] 


years can still be received up to the date of 


publication. Wie! Cararany: 


Secretary of the Ray Society 
1, Mount Park CRESCENT, 
Eauine, Lonpon, W. 5, 


QUOTATIONS 


THE NEW CHEMISTRY 

THE service, at once scientific and humani- 
tarian, of Dr. Charles Baskerville, who died 
last week, is illustrative of what the science of 
chemistry is undertaking for the alleviation of 
human suffering. Dr. Baskerville’s special re- 
searches had to do with the causes and preven- 
tion of occupational diseases and with the 
purifying of ether as an anesthetic. These are, 
however, but suggestive of the innumerable re- 
searches in which his brother chemists of every 
land in this new age of their science are seek- 
ing not only to heighten industrial produc- 
tivity, but to promote and conserve the health 
and strength of human bodies. 

During the war, when it became necessary to 
use poison gas to fight poison gas, the ablest 
American research chemists were called to the 
country’s defense. The recent action of the 
Washington conference gives hope that chok- 
ing and wasting vapors will not again sweep 
over fields or stain the skies, and that such 
another service as these chemists were called 
upon to give will never again be asked of a 
benign science that will now have freedom to 
devote its entire attention to benefiting men, 
women and children. 

That this is more than a vague, visionary 
hope is intimated by the recent report of a 
committee of the American Chemical Society, 
under the chairmanship of Dr. Charles H. 
Herty. It is a clarion summoning of the 
chemists to come to the battle against disease. 
In the war the development of means of de- 
fense was not left to haphazard discoveries by 
isolated chemists. The best-trained workers in 
systematie research were brought together and 
were kept in daily—almost hourly—confer- 
ence, where they were joined by pharmacolo- 
gists and experimental pathologists, until the 
problems upon which the fate of nations de- 
pended were solved. But while war claimed 
its sacrifice in millions of lives, “disease each 


SCIENCE 


157 


year claims its tens of millions.” The new 
problems give this science a more urgent, 
poignant eall. And the committee, contem- 
plating the ravage of disease, puts this ques- 
tion: “Can we not bring to these problems the 
same methods so successfully employed in the 
solution of the means of making war?” 

Several centuries ago the chemist and the 
physician cooperated. Then they separated, 
the chemist turning toward industrial produe- 
tion. Now it is being realized that, though the 
baecteriologists and pathologists have aeccom- 
plished wonders, they have ‘definitely reached 
a point where they must turn to the chemists 
for the solution of many of their most im- 
portant problems.” Not only are the chemists’ 
medicaments needed for the cure or alleviation 
of certain specific diseases, but their advice is 
needed as to the acceleration or retardation of 
chemical reactions that take place in the body. 
The myriad battles with avoidable or prevent- 
able disease there go daily on. The lesson of 
the war intimates what victories may be ex- 
pected in these battles from the cooperation, 
under ideal conditions of time and research, 
on the part of those whose science touches these 
very issues of life. 

Dr. Baskerville, not only by his own re- 
searches, but also and especially by develop- 
ing and equipping what was perhaps the best 
series of chemical laboratories in the United 
States and by organizing a department which 
has given tuition to hundreds of young men 
for service in this science, made his lasting 
contribution, though his studies and researches 
and teaching here are over. It will be remem- 
bered, however, that but a few weeks before 
his death, after years of intimate study of the 
atom, he said that “there is something that 
cannot be explained on a purely materialistic 
hypothesis.” So the quest goes on.—The New 
York Times. ; 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
A CONVENIENT METHOD OF DETERMINING 
THE BRIGHTNESS OF LUMINESCENCE 
Havine recently had occasion to measure 
the brightness of various fluorescent substances 
I tried ont for this purpose an _ optical 
pyrometer. 


158 


The instrument was of the type based upon 
the well known “thermo-gauge” devised by the 
late HE. F. Morse for controlling the tempera- 
ture to which metals are heated in tempering. 
It consists of a telescope of short focus, low 
power and relatively large aperture, having a 
tungsten lamp in the focal plane. The fila- 
ment of this lamp is superimposed upon the 
image of the surface the brightness of which 
is to be measured. With a sereen in the eye 
piece so selected as to give a fair color match 
with a minimum of absorption it is easy to 
adjust the current through the lamp until the 
filament merges in the surface with which it 
is to be compared. The lamp may be com- 
pared for temperature as in ordinary optical 
pyrometry or directly for brightness, using an 
illuminated matte surface subject to known 
fluxes of light. 

While this scheme becomes rigorous only in 
the comparison of non-selective radiation, the 
departures are not troublesome. Nearly all 
fluorescence colors, on account of the broad- 
banded character of their spectra, may be 
regarded as modified whites. They are in 
general of diluted rather than of saturated 
hue. Again, in dealing with very low intensi- 
ties, as in the study of luminescence, slight 
color differences become quite inappreciable. 
All that is demanded of the color sereen is to 
give a ruddy, greenish or bluish tone respec- 
tively so as to avoid strong contrasts. 

Fortunately, as in all photometric processes 
involving the distinguishing of a pattern, the 
sensibility of the determination does not fall off 
serlously with the diminution of the field of 
view until it becomes difficult to distinguish 
outlines. 

With this apparatus the breaking down 
oceurs at very low intensities. Any surface 
against which the unlghted filament ean be 
seen as a black line can be measured as to 
brightness with surprising consistency. In 
searching for a white surface devoid of 
luminescence, for example, it was easy to 
detect traces of fluorescence in a variety of 
substances usually deemed inactive. Thus 
Becquerel,! more than sixty years ago, noted 
that viewed in his phosphoroscope nearly 


1 Beequerel: La Lumiére, Vol. 1, p. 256. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


everything non-metallic glowed. The only 
point here is that by this simple method these 
traces are found to be measurable. 

Because of its availability at very low inten- 
sities this instrument is likewise adapted to the 
determination of persistent phosphorescenee. 
One has only to find a suitable screen, focus 
the pyrometer on the phosphorescent body, 
note the cessation of excitation on a chrono- 
graph and record thereafter the times at which 
the phosphorescence matches the filament 
which is set successively to a diminishing series 
of predetermined brightnesses. 

The accompanying table gives estimates of 
the brightness of a number of fluorescent 
materials determined in this way. The excita- 
tion was approximately the same for all, ex- 
cepting in the case of luciferin. For a sample 
of this interesting substance, made from 
marine light-giving organisms, I am indebted 
to Professor E. N. Harvey. The luciferin was 
activated by wetting the powdered material 
and stirring vigorously to hasten oxidation. In 
all other cases an iron spark was used at a 
distance of about ten centimeters. The spark 
was obtained by means of the convenient step 
up transformer designed by Mr. W. C. 
Andrews for that purpose. 


THE BRIGHTNESS OF FLUORESCENT 
SUBSTANCES 


BRIGHTNESS IN 


SUBSTANCES MILLILAMBERTS 


Dyestuffs in dilute solution: 
Rhodamin 6 G............-..-.--.----- 


Rhodamin B..... - 5.2 
Fluorscein ....... 4.2 to 5.2 
Tetrachoreosin .. 4.2 
TMSIS(O RET TEN) (e 3.0 
Luciferin (prepared by Pro- 
fessor Harvey)........-.----:--0:---- 14.5 to 16.0 
Uranyl salts (solid) : 
Potassium uranyl sulphate... 35.2 
Ammonium uranyl sulphate.. 23.0 
Rubidium uranyl chloride...... 8.11 
Potassium uranyl nitrate...... 7.53 
Uranyl nitrate................. 6.61 
Cesium uranyl nitrat, es 5.71 
Uranyl] acetate a 5.39 
Potassium uranyl fluoride...... 4.69 
Cxsium uranyl acetate... 4.56 
Lead uranyl acetate...............- 3.75 
Miscellaneous solids: 
Synthetic willemites................ 12.5 to 14.0 
Natural willemite (Franklin 
Furnace) .... es 5.31 
Sidot Blendes 3.08 to 10.9 


FEsruary 10, 1922] 


Calcium sulphide (Balmain) 1.26 
Canary, yolassyss eee eee Uhl 
Calcite (red) from Langban 0.132 
Cadmium phosphate (red)... 0.0182 


Since to most of us the milllambert conveys 
no very definite meaning in terms of a familiar 
visual sensation, I may add that according to 
the measurements of Coblentz a tungsten fila- 
ment at 2000° C., which js not far from the 
temperature of our ordinary incandescent 
lamps of the vacuum type, has a brightness of 
630,000 millilamberts. 

Since our various fluorescent substances vary 
in color it should be further stated that the 
brightness in each ease is such that the. inten- 
sity of the maximum region in the fluorescent 
band equals the brightness of the correspond- 
ing region in the spectrum of a neutral matte 
surface of the specified number of milli- 
lamberts. 

In general, according to these measurements 
our known luminescent materials are of the 
order of a few millionths in brightness com- 
pared with an illuminant such as the ordinary 
electric lamp. 

EK. L. NicHous 
PuHysicaL LABORATORY 
or CORNELL UNIVERSITY, 
DECEMBER, 1921 


THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF 
ZOOLOGISTS 


Tue American Society of Zoologists held its 
nineteenth annual meeting at the University of 
Toronto in conjunction with Section F of the 
American Association and in association with 
other biological societies on December 28, 29 and 
-30, 1921. President C. A. Kofold and Vice- 
president A. L. Treadwell presided at the various 
sessions. ‘ 

William Bateson, director of the John Innes 
Horticultural Institution, Merton Park, Surrey, 
England, was elected honorary fellow of the 
society. 

The following were elected to membership: 

Edward F. Adolph, University of Pittsburgh; 
Charles P. Alexander, University of Illinois; 
William R. Allen, University of Akron; Horace 
B. Baker, University of Pennsylvania; Frank N. 
Blanchard, University of Michigan; Joseph H. 
Bodine, University of Pennsylvania; Robert H. 


SCIENCE 


159 


Bowen, Columbia University; Alfred E. Cameron, 
University of Saskatchewan; William H. Cole, 
Lake Forest College; Mary E. Collett, University 
of Buffalo; Rheinart P. Cowles, Johns Hopkins 
University; Alden B. Dawson, Loyola University 
Medical School; Hoyt S. Hopkins, Baylor Medical 
College; Carl L. Hubbs, University of Michigan; 
George W. Hunter, Knox College; Donald E. 
Lanecefield, University of Oregon; James W. 
MacArthur, University of Toronto; Robert S. 
McEwen, Oberlin College; Peter W. Okelberg, 
University of Michigan; Charles L. Parmenter, 
University of Pennsylvania; Mary EH. Pinney, 
Lake Erie College; Franklin P. Reagan, Uni- 
versity of California; Robert C. Rhodes, Emory 
University; Franz Schrader, Bryn Mawr College; 
Gotthold Steiner, University of Berne; Horace W. 
Stunkard, New York University; Tage Ellinger, 
University of Illinois; Lewis H. Weed, Johns 
Hopkins University; Alvalyn E. Woodward, Am- 
herst College; Benjamin P. Young, Cornell Uni- 
versity; Hachiro Yuasa, University of Illinois. 

After the election the membership roll of the 
society contained 357 names of members in good 
standing. 

The report of the treasurer showed a probable 
balance for January 1, 1922, of $808.20, a loss 
for the year of $81.71, although there are fewer 
members in arrears than at any time in the last 
four years. The attention of the society was 
called to the fact that the present plan of oper- 
ating on a basis of fifty cents per member per 
year must in time deplete the accumulated sur- 
plus of the society. 

The constitution and by-laws were amended to 


permit the separation of the office of secretary- 


treasurer. 

The nominating committee, composed of M. F. 
Guyer, S. J. Holmes and J. H. Gerould, reported 
the following nominations: 

President—H. H. Wilder. 

Vice-President—B. M. Allen. 

Secretary—W. C. Allee. 

Treasurer—D. H. Tennent. 

Member of the Executive Committee—C. A. 
Kofoid. 

Member of the National Research 
H. 8. Jennings. 

Three associate editors of the Journal of 
Morphology—l. Li. Woodruff, G. A. Drew and 
H. V. Neal. 

Membership in Council of the American Asso- 
ciation for the Advancement of Science—Charles 
Zeleny and H. E. Crampton. 


Council— 


160 


No other nominations were presented and these 
men were duly elected. 

The executive committee announced the ap- 
pointment of Aaron L. Treadwell and A. A. 
Schaeffer as members of the advisory board for 
the ensuing four years. The other members of 
this board are: To serve one year, M. M. Met- 
calf and Gary N. Calkins; to serve two years, 
William E. Castle and F. R. Lillie; to serve three 
years, C. A. Kofoid and D. H. Tennent. 

S. I. Kornhauser, who has been representing 
the society in cooperation with a committee from 
the American Bacteriological Society, in an 
attempt to standardize American dyes for 
biological purposes, requested members to forward 
any information at their disposal concerning the 
comparative merits of American and imported 
dyes. He has on hand a considerable amount of 
information regarding American dyes which is 
available for any one interested. 

The society approved the resolutions adopted 
by an intersociety conference called at Toronto by 
the Division of Biology and Agriculture of the 
National Research Council as a result of a request 
from representatives of the Botanical Society of 
America, the American Society of Naturalists 
and the American Society of Zoologists. 

These resolutions call for the appointing of the 
presidents and secretaries of the societies con- 
cerned as an intersociety council to whom shall be 
referred matters of common interest and who 
shall study plans for and report a possible con- 
stitution of a proposed federation of American 
biological societies. 

As a result of many conferences among those 
interested the following action was taken creating 
a Section on Genetics in the society: 

Moved, That authorization be given for the 
formation of a Genetics Section of the American 
Society of Zoologists to cooperate with a similar 
section established in the Botanical Society of 
America. 

It shall be understood that any member of the 
American Society of Zoologists may become a 
member of the Genetics Section by indication of 
his desire to that effect. 

Any member of the society submitting a paper 
on genetics has the right to have it included in 
the program of the Genetics Section. 

The Genetics Section may designate one of its 
members as 2 consulting member of the executive 
committee of the American Society of Zoologists. 


The Section was duly organized. 
After considerable discussion, the parasitol- 


ogists assembled at Toronto decided not to or- 
ganize a section at present, but appointed Charles 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1415 


A. Kofold their representative, with B. M. Ran- 
som alternate, to attend the proposed conference 
on the organization of a biological federation and 
to urgently request the conference to arrange that 
there could be membership in the proposed Section 
of Parasitology of men not eligible at present for 
membership in the American Society of Zoologists. 
A communication was received from the Heo- 
logical Society of America asking for financial 
aid in classifying the degree of modification from 
primeval conditions of the animal life in the 
different national, state and local preserved areas. 
Twenty-five dollars was voted for this purpose. 


GENERAL RESOLUTIONS 


The following resolution adopted and 
ordered sent to the appropriate officials: 


was 


The American Society of Zoologists, under- 
standing that there is a temporary suspension of 
certain scientific publications of the U. S. govern- 
ment, including the Journal of Agricultural Re- 
search, the Haperiment Station Record and the 
Monthly Weather Reports, desires to put on 
record its very high appreciation of these journals 
and of their great national and international 
importance in the field of natural science ani 
would respectfully urge their resumption at as 
early a date as possible. 

The following resolution was adopted: 


Resolved, That the secretary express to the 
president of the University of Toronto and the 
local committee on arrangements the high appre- 
ciation of the American Society of Zoologists for 
the splendid facilities afforded this meeting and 
for the cordial hospitality shown the members 
attending. 

The sessions for the prsentation and discussion 
of papers were better attended than usual in 
spite of the fact that the society frequently met 
in sections on account of the length of the pro- 
gram. The symposium on ‘‘Orthogenesis,’’ the 
dinner, and the biological smoker, arranged by the 
zoologists, were particularly well attended. In 
point of numbers attending, the smoker was one 
of the outstanding features of the meeting. 

The presence of Professor William Bateson gave 
a cosmopolitan flavor to the internation»] meeting. 
The invitation to Professor Bateson wi 3 initiated 
by the American Society of Zoologists, and his 
presence was due to the cooperation of the Society 
with the American Association. 

A full list of titles and abstracts of the papers 
presented together with a more complete account 
of the business transacted will appear in the 
January number of The Anatomical Record. 


W. C. ALLEE, 
Secretary. 


NEw SERIES 


Sa ORaER aU Fripay, Fesruary 17, 1922 STs (Goes hy Cas 
. LY, No. 


HE mind is far more efficient 

in photographing pictures than 
in recording spoken or printed in- 
formation. To simplify instruc- 
tion and make lasting impressions, 
illustrate your talks with pictures, 
enlarged on a screen by the 


BAUSCH & LOMB 
BALOPTICON 


The Perfect Stereopticon 


The Balopticon projects any kind of pictures, whether 
on slides, post cards or in books—also specimens and other 
opaque subjects. For strength, efficiency and ease of opera- 
tion insist on a Balopticon. With gas-filled Mazda lamp it 
almost runs itself. 


Write for detailed information and suggestions for using. 


BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL CoO. 


552 St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. 


New York Washington Chicago San Francisco London 


guay Leading American Makers of Photographic Lenses, Microscopes, Projection Apparatus 
Ry (Balopticons), Ophthalmic Lenses and Instruments, Photomicrographic Apparatus, 

i Range Finders and Gun Sights for Army and Navy, Searchlight Reflectors, 

Stereo-Prism Binoculars, Magnifiers and other high-grade Optical Products 


er 


ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Laboratory problems require instruments of precision and the 
greater their capacity for accuracy, the more dependable the results 
of an investigation. 


A Good Catalog 


makes buying easy 


The second half of the school year is upon us. If there is new 
equipment needed for new classes or new courses, get the catalog 
you need :— 


A—Agiiculture Apparatus and Supplies. 
B—Biology Apparatus and Supplies. 


G—Physics and Chemistry Apparatus and 
Supplies. 
Ask for copy, giving your Official Position 


A_SIGN OF QUALITY WIBIUCIH| A maRK OF SERVICE 


W. M. WELCH SCIENTIFIC COMPANY 


Manufacturers, Importers and Exporters of 


Scientific Apparatus and School Supplies 
1516 Orleans Street 


CHICAGO, ILL., U. S. A. 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
Il Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 


New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Vou. LV FrEsruary 17, 1922 No. 1416 


The Spectroscopy of the Extreme Ultra- 
violet: PROFESSOR THEODORE LYMAN.......... 161 


American Association for the Advancement 
of Science: 


Report of the Committee on an Interna- 
tional Auszxiliary Language: Dr. 8S. W. 
SS TURIA TED O Niece otros aru tae cn eee Neue Oeaao ne OAD 166 


5 alate) 


The Psychological Corporation... 


Scientific Events: 
List of Scientific Periodicals; The Gorgas 
Memorial Institute; The Reorganization of 
Mathematics in Secondary Education; The 
British Columbia Expedition of the Uni- 
versity of California; Bache Fund of the 
National Academy of Sciences.. 171 

Scientific Notes) and) News-..c-2s.--.-2c2..cccseccesae-nne 173 


University and Educational Notes..................- iy ftl 


Discussion and Correspondence: 


Kentucky and the Theory of Evolution: 
Prorrssor ARTHUR M. MiuuER. Relativity 


and Star Diameters: Dr. ReGinaLp A. 

FESSENDEN. The Etiology of Tipburn: 

IDR JOHN ER: UE WER meee etn eae ea 178 
Quotations: 

Hconomy in Publication .......-2.---.celeecee cs 181 


Scientific Books: 


Fernald’s Applied Entomology: Prorers- 
SORMGLENN MWe) LEERRIC Ks ue Balen O Ree nnnoe 182 


Special Articles: 
High Speed High Vacua Mercury Vapor 
Pumps: Proressor Cuas. T. Knipp. ' The 


Neuromotor Apparatus of Paramecium: 
1D) Bok CHAR TES Wienke Sis men cue enue nell 183 


The American Chemical Society: Dr. CHARLES 
L. Parsons 


THE SPECTROSCOPY OF THE EX- 
TREME ULTRA-VIOLET! 


In the year 1914 I published a monograph 
under the title of “The Spectroscopy of the 
Extreme Ultra-Violet”; to-day I wish to trace 
the progress of the subject to the present time. 
The part of the spectrum with which we are 
concerned has for its less refrangible limit 
wave-length 2,000 A.U.; it now extends to a 
region separated from X-rays by less than 
200 units. 

It is more than thirty years ago since Victor 
Schumann led the way into this undiscovered 
country, and gave his name to the region he 
explored. His methods and his results are 
familiar to all spectroscopists, but it may be 
well to remind you of the nature of the diffi- 
culties which he conquered. The extension of 
the spectrum in the ultra-violet is opposed by 
three factors, the opacity of the materials 
usually employed in the making of prisms and 
lenses, the opacity of gelatine, and the opacity 
of the air. By the use of fluorite, by the inven- 
tion of a special photographic emulsion and by 
placing his spectrograph in vacuum, Schumann 
demonstrated that the spectrum could be 
extended by nearly eight hundred units. 

The result, though easily described, was only 
reached after years of patient toil, for experi- 
mentation in this region was, and still is, beset 
with great difficulties. Every contribution 
which Schumann made to the subject is marked 
by the greatest exactness and finish; his field 
was limited, but within that field not only his 
technique but also his reasoning remain a 
model to this day. 

The first and most characteristic product of 
his labors was a series of exquisite spectro- 
grams of hydrogen; but owing to the lack of 
a dispersion curve for fluorite, it was out of 
the question to attach wavelengths to the lines 


1 Address of the president of the American 
Physical Society, Toronto, December, 1921. 


162 


which constituted these spectra. It was obvious 
that if a concave diffraction grating could be 
substituted for the prisms and lenses wave- 
length measurements could be made and at 
the same time the limitations set by the opacity 
of fluorite could be avoided. 

I attacked the problem a good many years 
ago and most of the results have been long 
since in print. The spectrum of hydrogen was 
extended to the neighborhood of 900 units and 
its wavelengths were measured to within an 
error 0.2 of a unit, the accuracy being checked 
by Wolff through an ingenious application of 
certain series relations devised by Paschen. In 
a fruitless search for substances more trans- 
parent than fluorite the opacity of a large 
number of solids was next tested. The absorp- 
tion of the commoner gases was measured and 
it was demonstrated that oxygen partly 
resumed its transparency with decreasing 
wavelength, a result which has been recently 
confirmed as we shall presently see. A con- 
siderable time was spent in the study of the 
emission of various substances and in _ the 
measurement of their spectra; partly because 
they occurred as impurities in the hydrogen 
discharge and partly because of the interest 
which attached to certain series relations con- 
necting the radiations of some of them. 

Toward the end of the period covered by 
these researches W. T. Bovie? of the Harvard 
Medical School became interested in the abiotic 
effects of Schumann rays, and carried out sev- 
eral investigations in that field. At nearly the 
same time F. H. Palmer*® conducted a study of 
the volume ionisation produced by ultra-violet 
light; his experiments afford what I believe is 
the most direct proof of the effect yet obtained 
by any one. Later P. KE. Sabine* carried out a 
preliminary investigation of the photo-electric 
effect in the region of very short wavelengths; 
and I. C. Gardner® made a quantitative study 
of the reflective power of metals and demon- 
strated the superiority of platinum and silicon 
over speculum in the extreme ultra-violet. 


2 Botanical Gazette, 59, No. 2, 1915; 60, No. 2, 
1915; 61, No. 1, 1916, ete., ete. 

3 Phy. Rev., 32, p. 1, 1911. 

4 Phy. Rev., N. 8. 9, p. 210, 1917. 

5 Astrophysical J., 45, p. 30, 1917. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


Having completed a reconnaissance of the 
region discovered by Schumann it was natural 
that attention should turn to its extension 
toward the ultra-violet. By the use of helium 
gas and by the employment of a strong dis- 
ruptive discharge I succeeded in pushing the 
spectral limit to the neighborhood of 500 AU 
in 1917.6 In the process of this research vari- 
ous gas spectra including those of argon and 
nitrogen came under observation; moreover, 
the existence of the series in hydrogen pre- 
dicted by Ritz and obeying the law 


Va —wNG (go ~) was confirmed. 


During the period whose activities have so 
far been described interest in the Schumann 
region had been confined to a very few, and 
the work had been carried on in but a limited 
number of places. We now enter on an epoch 
extending to the present time, where the study 
of this field bids fair to be much more general. 
In view of this awakening interest it may be 
well to pause long enough to say something of 
the technique which is involved in the study 
of the spectral region under discussion. 

The spectroscopy of the extreme ultra-violet 
combines all the difficulties inherent in the 
nice adjustment of delicate optical apparatus 
with those which accompany the production 
and maintenance of high vacua in metallic 
containers of large volume. The first are only 
to be overcome by skill and patience; the 
second have been greatly alleviated during 
recent years by the improvement in mechan- 
ical vacuum pumps and by the use of charcoal 
and liquid air. In the design of the vacuum 
spectroscope, whether it be intended for prism 
or grating, simplicity is the chief requisite. 
This I was at some pains to point out years 
ago. A good example is afforded by the 
highly successful apparatus of Millikan where 
grating, plate holder and source are all con- 
tained in one cylindrical brass tube closed at 
the ends by simple plates made air tight with 
rubber gaskets. The improvements which 
McLennan has introduced have also been 
directed away from the pernicious ingenuities 
of the instrument makers. 


6 Astrophy. J., 43, p. 89, 1916. 
Science, 45, p. 187, 1917. 


Fepruary 17, 1922] 


Time does not permit the discussion of 
details of design but it is useful to note that 
McLennan has emphasized the advantage of 
horizontal surfaces for those joints which must 
be often made and broken; I venture to add 
that I still find the gasket formed of a string 
of soft wax useful in such joints even when 
the highest vacuum is required. Moreover, I 
have found that a carefully eut screw of say 
¥% mm. pitch working in a nut about 6 em. 
long will serve to communicate motion to elec- 
trodes within the apparatus without introducing 
a leak provided the screw and nut are sealed 
together with wax after each adjustment. 

There is one fault in vacuum spectroscope 
design so common that it merits particular 
attention. It is concerned with the question 
of angular aperture in those cases where a 
lens cannot be employed. For example, if the 
slit is placed on the cirele whose diameter is 
the grating’s radius of curvature, and to which 
the plate should conform, it is mechanically 
difficult to place the source of light sufficiently 
near the slit to fill the grating. Millikan has 
overcome the trouble, as we have just seen, by 
placing the source of light within the body of 
the spectroscope, but this process presents 
some inconveniences when vacuum tube spectra 
are to be examined. 

The grating affords the only means at our 
disposal for analyzing light of the very short- 
est wave lengths spectroscopically, but its use 
is accompanied by several disadvantages, not 
the least of which arises from the fact that an 
amount of tarnish which would be quite harm- 
less in the ordinary part of the spectrum 
proves fatal in the region under discussion. 
To the. favored few who have a ruling engine 
at their command the difficulty is overcome by 
the simple expedient of ruling a new grating! 
The majority are not so fortunate, they 
may therefore be interested in the results of 
some experiments of my own. Guided by the 
work of Gardner, I have tried covering a tar- 
nished grating with a thin cathode deposit of 
either platinum or silicon. The results seem 
favorable and I have good hopes that the 
method affords a means of rejuvenating diffrac- 
tion gratings especially if silicon be employed. 

We may now return to a consideration of 


SCIENCE 163 


the results of the last half dozen years. In 
1914, Saunders,? working at Tiibingen, fol- 
lowed the spectra of calcium and zine in a 
vapor lamp to the neighborhood of 1000 A.U. 
He also confirmed my observations on the 
hydrogen lines of the Ritz series. 

About the same period L. and E. Bloch‘ 
began their investigations; their work, inter- 
rupted by the war, has recently been resumed. 
Their vacuum spectrometer contains a train of 
fluorite and includes the novel feature of a 
constant deviation prism. They have measured 
the spark spectra of sixteen elements, to the 
neighborhood of 1400 A.U. Their tables con- 
tain not only their own results but also those 
of other investigators in the same field. The 
determinations of wavelength rest on my values 
for certain lines in aluminium, hydrogen, mer- 
cury and nitrogen. It may be noted paren- 
thetically that wherever possible a direct com- 
parison with the spectrum of hydrogen should 
be used in measurements between 2000 and 
1000 A.U. 

McLennan,? in collaboration with his stu- 
dents, has measured both the are and spark 
spectra of a considerable number of substances. 
He has employed both prism and grating 
instruments and with the latter he has pushed 
his results to the neighborhood of 500 A.U. 
His researches have emphasized the importance 
of the suppression of water vapor in the spec- 
troscope; to this end he has added ample 
drying tubes to his apparatus. It is partieu- 
larly interesting to note that he has succeeded 
in obtaining radiations down to the neighbor- 
hood of 1020 A.U. through an atmosphere of 
helium over two meters long at a pressure of 
29 em., thus confirming the transparency of 
the gas in the Schumann region. 

His most recent work revives the dis- 
cussion as to the existence of the series 
in helium corresponding to the formula 


IT have presented’? some 


evidence for the existence of the two first mem- 


7 Astrophy. Jour., 40, p. 377, 1914. 

8 Jour. d. Phy. et le Radium, 2, p. 229, 1921. 

9 Proc. Roy. Soe., 95, p. 258, 95, p. 316, 1919; 
98, pp. 95-123, 1920. 

10 Science, 50 p. 481, 1919. 


164 


bers, but I must confess that I am not alto- 
gether satisfied with its validity. As to the 
members of higher order adequate proof of 
their existence seems to be quite lacking. The 
crux of the whole matter lies in the fact that to 
produce radiations of sufficiently short wave 
length a violent disruptive discharge must be 
employed which introduces impurities torn 
from the discharge tube and its electrodes. No 
matter how carefully the gas is treated the 
lines due to these impurities furnish a con- 
stant source of confusion which must never be 
overlooked. In spite of the fascinating possi- 
bilities conjured up by the work of Rutherford 
on atomic disintegration, I am of the opinion 
that but three lines can be ascribed to the 
spectrum of helium in the Schumann region 
with any certainty. Of these two lie near 1640 
and 1215 A.U. and are by no means above sus- 
picion. The origin of the third at 585 dis- 
covered by Fricke! and the speaker last year 
is much more to be relied upon. This last 
radiation possesses the added importance of 
showing a direct numerical relation with the 
radiation potential of helium. 

I have said that interest in our subject is 
spreading. As evidence I present some very 
recent results obtained on the Pacific Coast by 
J. T. Hopfield. He has devised a method of 
studying the emission spectra of gases which 
are opaque in the Schumann region without 
the use of a window, the transparent gas which 
fills the body of the spectroscope and the sub- 
stance under examination being kept separate 
by gas currents suitably directed. One of his 
most striking results relates to the spectrum 
of oxygen; he not only finds a number of lines 
throughout the Schumann region which he 
attributes to this element, but he has also dis- 
covered that radiations between wavelengths 
1336 and 990 may be photographed even 
through a column of oxygen a meter long and 
at a pressure of about 0.4 mm. This result 
confirms and extends my observations on the 
absorption band of this gas. Finally, he 
appears to have discovered an improved 
process for the manufacture of Schumann 
plates. 


11 Phil. Mag., 41, May, 1921. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


By far the most important contribution to 
the subject has been made by Millikan.1? Ably 
seconded by his students, Sawyer and Bowen, 
he has not only succeeded in extending the 
spectrum to the neighborhood of 150 A.U. but 
also by the study of the radiations in this 
region he has established a connection between 
light diffracted by a grating and those shorter 
wavelengths known as X-rays. Rightly con- 
jecturing that the production of vibrations of 
the highest frequency depends as much on the 
intensity of the electric field at the source as 
upon the substance of the radiator, he has 
employed a minute high potential spark in 
the best obtainable vacuum. With this arrange- 
ment he has investigated the spectra of a 
number of substances including carbon, zine, 
iron, sodium, magnesium and aluminium and 
has measured many of their lines. 

It is a curious fact that many substances 
produce spectra of striking similarity in the 
extreme ultra-violet when stimulated by the 
high potential spark or even when exposed to 
a disruptive discharge in a vacuum tube. The 
lines of the spectrum obtained from helium, 
for example, are nearly all common to the 
spectra of carbon and of lithium, while 
aluminium, magnesium and iron, ete., have 
identical spectra between 1000 and 250 A.U. 
The presence of a common impurity furnishes 
the most conservative explanation for this strik- 
ing phenomenon, though those inclined to spec- 
ulation may turn a longing eye toward atomic 
disintegration. Miullikan® has shown that oxy- 
gen is probably the impurity in question. 

Fabry'* has recently emphasized the fact 
that this region of roughly 150 A.U. between 
the limit as set by Millikan’s experiments and 
X-rays capable of analysis by a erystal is one 
of the most interesting in the whole spectrum. 
He points out that here the absorption of 
many substances should pass through a maxi- 
mum and then decrease; here metals begin to 
manifest their high reflective power and here 
the phenomena of refraction will appear, 


12 Astrophy. Jour., 52, 47, 1920; 52, 286, 1920; 
58, 150, 1921. 

13 Proe. Nat. Acad., 7, p. 289, 1921. 

14 Journal Franklin Institute, p. 227, 1921. 


Fesruary 17, 1922 


though probably masked by absorption. The 
exploration of this region by methods not 
strictly spectroscopic lies beyond the scope of 
this paper but the subject is so fascinating 
that I cannot resist a brief digression. 

The production and study of very soft 
X-rays has occupied the attention of many 
investigators here, in England and on the con- 
tinent. One of the researches typical of the 
early development of the subject was that of 
Sir J. J. Thomson!’ in 1914; one of the more 
recent is that of Halweck.t® As the method 
of this second investigator seems to trace a 
rather direct path across the frontier of the 
extreme ultra-violet it merits our attention. 

Halweck generated his soft X-rays in a 
Coolidge tube of special form separated from 
an ionisation chamber destined to measure 
the absorption cofficients of the radiations by 
an extremely thin window of celluloid. He 
observes that the absorption coefficient of gases 
increases with wavelength between 40 A.U. and 
100 A.U. following an exponential law similar 
to that observed by Owen for ordinary X-rays. 
For celluloid the coefficient at first follows the 
same law, then increases less and less rapidly, 
passes through a maximum near 320 A.U. and 
diminishes toward the ultra-violet. This work 
is of particular interest since it traces a 
physical property of a solid, its absorption, 
through the “no man’s land” in question. All 
estimates of wave length are obtained from the 
potential difference in the tube and the use of 
the relation Ve =hv. 

Holweck finds that a film of celluloid a 
quarter of a micron thick transmits about 
twenty per cent. near 1000 A.U., while but 
three per cent. will pass at the maximum of 
absorption, this result is of some practical 
importance to the spectroscopist. Miss Laird‘ 
has also made a preliminary investigation on 
the transmission of thin membranes. 

The study of radiation and ionisation poten- 
tials affords another means of bridging the 
gap between optical spectra and X-rays. 
Begun by Franck and Hertz, and continued by 
many investigators here and abroad with 


15 Phil. Mag., 28, p. 620, 1914. 
16 Comptis Rendu, 171, p. 849; 172, p. 439. 
17 Physical Rev., 15, 543, 1920. 


SCIENCE 


165 


results of such fundamental importance, work 
in this field has led Mohler and Foote'® to the 
discovery of characteristic soft X-rays pro- 
duced by ares in vapor. They interpret their 
results to mean that the critical potentials 
which they have measured correspond to the 
first L absorption lines of X-ray spectra of 
the substances in question: for if the square 
roots of the frequencies, computed from these 
potentials, be plotted on a Moseley diagram, 
the points will be very nearly on a continua- 
tion of the straight line typical of the L X-ray 
spectra of the heavier elements. The longest 
wavelength they have measured in the L series 
is for sodium, 353 A.U., magnesium yielding 
268, and phosphorus 98. A eritical potential 
for potassium is interpreted as an WM series 
limit with a wavelength of 536 A.U. 

When we return to purely spectroscopic 
investigation we find that the most striking 
results have been recently obtained by Miulli- 
kan.t? In an address before the National 
Academy, in April, he reports the discovery 
of certain lines of aluminium, magnesium and 
sodium at 144.3, 232.2, and 372.2 A.U., 
respectively, which he identifies as the La lines 
of the X-ray spectra of these elements. The 
square roots of the corresponding frequencies 
lie very nearly on the straight line connecting 
La frequencies and atomic number on the 
Moseley diagram. The wavelength of the La 
line for sodium is in qualitative agreement 
with the value found by Foote and Mohler; 
for aluminium and magnesium, however, the 
ease is not so clear. As Duane has pointed 
out the difficulty arises in this way: it 1s a 
fundamental property of X-ray spectra that 
the La line lies on the long wavelength side of 
the ZL absorption; now the Z absorption for 
aluminium and for magnesium can be accu- 
rately calculated; they lie at 173 and 257 
respectively, but the La lines for these sub- 
stances chosen by Millikan are at 144.3 and 
232.2. Thus the values are on the wrong side 
of the position of absorption. 

The spectra of aluminium, magnesium and 
sodium occupy but a very limited region in 


18 Jour. Wash. Acad., 11, p. 273, 1921. 
See also Kurth, Phy. Rev., 17, 528, 1921. 
19 Proc. Nat. Acad., 7, 289, 1921. 


166 


the extreme ultra-violet and there is a consid- 
erable blank before their lines reappear in the 
Schumann territory. It is of interest to 
inquire if these spectra present that similarity 
of structure which is a fundamental character- 
istie of X-ray spectra of the heavier elements. 

The nature of modern atomic models might 
lead one to expect certain rather abrupt 
changes with decreasing atomic number in the 
appearance of spectra of elements lighter than 
Neon. These changes Millikan has observed. 
He attempts to bring these spectra under the 
X-ray classification by arbitrarily designating 
certain lines as the La radiation of the cor- 
responding substances. The wisdom of this 
course seems to me somewhat doubtful, for 
though there is probably no discontinuity 
between the mechanism which produces optical 
spectra and that to which the X-rays owe their 
origin, yet the structure of spectra of the 
lighter elements seems to resemble the arrange- 
ment of X-rays so little that the same nomen- 
clature cannot be employed in both cases with 
profit. ven where the radiating mechanism 
is simple as in hydrogen, there is small advan- 
tage in calling the Ritz series a K series or in 
designating the Balmer series as an L series. 
However, this objection is only a matter of 
taste; certainly it in no way detracts from the 
importance to be attached to Millikan’s dis- 
covery, for by purely spectroscopic methods 
he has made a most important advance on the 
road connecting the region of X-rays with the 
rest of the spectrum. 

Thus we see that the extreme ultra-violet 
has grown from an obscure corner of spec- 
troscopy to a region of real importance, and 
that its study has developed from a scientifie 
tour de force into investigations intimately 
connected with the most fundamental matters. 

And now, before I close, let us look back 
over these thirty years to the man who began 
it all; Victor Schumann, slow, exact, infinitely 
patient, without any brilliant generalizations 
in his head but absolutely sound in his conclu- 
sions. Perhaps even the atom builder may 
pause a moment to contemplate him, and may 
profit by the process. 


THEODORE LyMAN 
HARVARD UNIVERSITY 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE 
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 


REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE! ON AN IN- 
TERNATIONAL AUXILIARY LANGUAGE 
ACCEPTED BY THE COUNCIL AT 
TORONTO, DECEMBER 29, 1921 


THE present report makes no attempt to 
discuss what might be the detailed require- 
ments of an international auxiliary language, 
nor even to consider alternative solutions 
already suggested. The committee has inter- 
preted its immediate function as in no sense 
that of a judge to pass on such matters or even 
to assemble them for critical review at present, 
but it aims simply to present herein as concise 
and constructive a view as possible of the 
present state of public interest in the problem 
and to recommend what should be the attitude 
and activities of the association with respect to 
serious studies in this whole field, leaving it 
entirely to the results of such studies, if under- 
taken, to speak for themselves. 

The subject of international language is an 
old one and a great deal of effort has already 
been expended upon it, but chiefly by indi- 
viduals or by organizations formed purely for 
this purpose. It is only in the last few years 
that there has been any general movement on 
the part of governmental, scientific or academic 
bodies to take the subject seriously and follow 
it systematically. 

The present organized movement in this 
direction may conveniently be considered as 
dating from the adoption by the International 
Research Council in July, 1919, at Brussels, 
of the following resolutions: 

(a) That the International Research Council 
appoint a committee to investigate and report to 
it the present status and possible outlook of the 


1 Authorized by the Council at St. Louis, De- 
cember, 1919, and appointed April, 1921: S. W. 
Stratton (chairman), director, United States 
Bureau of Standards; Carl L. Alsberg, director, 
Food Research Institute, Stanford University; 
Vv. A. C. Henmon, professor of education and 
director of School of Education, University of 
Wisconsin; John C. Merriam, president, Carnegie 
Institution of Washington; C. E. Seashore, pro- 
fessor of psychology and dean of the Graduate 
College, University of Iowa. 


Fepruary 17, 1922] 


general problem of an international auxiliary 
language. 

(b) That the committee be authorized to co- 
operate in its studies with other organizations 
engaged in the same work, provided that nothing 
in these resolutions shall be interpreted as giving 
the committee any authority to commit the council 
to adhesion to or approval of any particular 
project. 

The activities of the committee appointed 
under these resolutions have thus far been 
devoted chiefly to awakening interest and 
securing cooperation through the national 
scientific, academic, educational, technical and 
commercial organizations of the individual 
countries, it being felt that a broad and intelli- 
gent interest in the subject within these 
national academies, societies and associations is 
a necessary prerequisite to any effective inter- 
national action toward practical results. 

Since the creation of the above-named com- 
mittee a number of other important public 
bodies have taken definite action looking in 
the same general direction. Thus, on Septem- 
ber 13, 1921, the following resolution was pre- 
sented in the Assembly of the League of Na- 
tions by delegates representing twelve states :* 

The League of Nations, well aware of the lan- 
guage difficulties that prevent a direct intercourse 
between the peoples, and of the urgent need of 
finding some practical means to remove this 
obstacle and help the good understanding of 
nations; 

Follows with interest the experiments of official 
teaching of the international language Esperanto 
in the public schools of some members of the 
League ; 

Hopes to see that teaching made more general 
in the whole world, so that the children of all 
countries may know at least two languages, their 
mother tongue, and an easy means of interna- 
tional communication ; 

Asks the Secretary General to prepare for the 
next Assembly a report on the results reached in 
this respect. 


2Lord Robert Cecil (South Africa), Jonnesco 
(Rumania), Emir Zoka-Ed-Dovleh (Persia), La 
Fontaine (Belgium), Benes (Czecho-Slovakia), 
Restrepo (Colombia), Tsai Fou Tang (China), 
Eneckell (Finland), Fan Noli (Albania), Adatei 
(Japan), Escalante (Venezuela), Maharajah 
Knengarje (India), Askenazi (Poland). 


SCIENCE 


167 


The special committee* dealing with the 
inclusion on the agenda, of motions submitted 
to the Assembly reported to that body on 
September 15, 1921, with regard to this mo- 
tion, as follows: 

The above-mentioned delegates have proposed 
the introduction of Esperanto, as an auxiliary 
international language, into public schools, in 
order to facilitate direct intercourse between all 
nations throughout the world. 

The committee are of opinion that this ques- 
tion, in which an ever increasing number of great 
states are interested, should be attentively studied 
before it can be dealt with by the Assembly. The 
question was referred to a committee last year 
and a short report was submitted, recommending 
that the Secretariat of the League should inves- 
tigate the experiments already made and _ ascer- 
tain the actual results attained. 

The committee proposes that the question should 
be placed on the agenda of the next Assembly 
and that the Secretariat of the League should in 
the meantime prepare a complete report, accom- 
panied by the necessary documentation, on the 
lines indicated in the draft resolution. 

In accordance with the wishes of the signito- 
ries, the Report of Committee No. 2 (document 
253, of December 17, 1920) and the Report of 
the Under-Secretary-General upon his mission to 
the Congress at Prague will be transmitted to 
the members of the League in due course. 

This report by the Under-Secretary-General 
(Dr. I. Nitobe) referred to above, consists of 
three sections, viz.: (I) An Account of the 
Thirteenth International Congress of Hsperan- 
tists at Prague, July-August, 1921; (II) Ob- 
servations on the Esperanto Movement; (III) 
The Language Question and the League of 
Nations. Nearly the complete text of the last 
section was printed and distributed to delegates 
during the last Assembly, as document <A 72, 
1921, XII, 14 Sept., 1919, copy of which is 
hereto attached as Appedix A.* The whole 
report will undoubtedly be available later. 

The first national scientific body to take up 


8 Lord Robert Cecil (South Africa), chairman; 
Restrepo (Colombia); Schanzer (Italy); Tang 
Tsai Fou (China); de la Torriente (Cuba); 
Trygger (Sweden); Viviani (France). 

4Copies of these appendices may be secured 
through the National Research Council, 1701 
Massachusetts Avenue, N. W., Washington, D. C. 


168 


the question seriously was the British Associa- 
tion for the Advancement of Science, which, in 
response to the call of the International 
Research Council, appointed, through its sec- 
tion on Educational Science at its Bournemouth 
meeting, September, 1919, a committee “to 
Enquire into the Practicability of an Interna- 
tional Auxiliary Language.” At the Kdin- 
burgh meeting, September, 1921, this com- 
mittee presented a comprehensive report of its 
studies to date, covering chiefly comparisons of 
Latin, as typifying classical languages; 
English, as typifying modern languages; and 
Esperanto and Ido, as typifying the artificial 
group. The committee briefly summarizes its 
conclusions as follows: 

(1) Latin is too difficult to serve as an inter- 
national auxiliary language; 

(2) The acceptance of any modern national 


language would confer undue advantages and - 


excite jealousy ; 

(3) Therefore an invented language is best. 
Esperanto and Ido are suitable but the committee 
is not prepared to decide between them. 

The committee was continued and is under- 
stood to be making a more detailed study of 
artificial languages. The 1921 report of the 
committee is hereto appended as Appendix B.* 

During the past year both the French and 
the Italian Associations for the Advancement 
of Science haye likewise appointed committees 
on the international language question, but as 
yet these committees have made no reports. 

Experiments in the teaching of Esperanto 
abroad, as a regular subject in the public 
school curriculum, are rapidly multiplying and 
being taken more seriously. This last year, for 
example, it was introduced as an optional sub- 
ject in all the public schools of Milan, Italy, in 
the eighth year, being actually taken by some 
2,000 students, while it has been made a com- 
pulsory subject for the present school year in 
all of the public schools of Geneva, Switzer- 
land, for the seventh year of the course, repre- 
senting some four hundred students. A brief 
published account of similar experiments in 
the north of England is herewith included as 
Appendix C.* Chambers of commerce and 
labor organizations are also showing a steadily 
growing interest in the matter, as more fully 
outlined in Dr. Nitobe’s report (Appendix A.) 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


In the United States, the following academic 
bodies have already appointed committees on 
the subject: American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, American Council on 
Education, American Classical League, Amer- 
ican Philological Association, National Re- 
search Council. The American Council of 
Learned Societies has authorized the appoint- 
ment of delegates to confer with the last- 
named committee in an attempt to work out a 
plan of cooperation between the two councils. 
This seems of paramount significance because 
of the position which these two councils occupy 
as the American representatives, respectively, 
of the International Research Council and the 
International Union of Academies, which latter 
two organizations constitute the recognized 
international authorities in natural science, on 
the one hand, and in humanistic studies, on the 
other. 

It is interesting in this connection to note 
that the initiative in the present question seems 
to have come from the natural scientists, chiefly 
out of their interest as prospective users of 
such a language, although they have indicated 
throughout that they clearly recognized the 
technical side of the question to lie squarely 
in the proper field of the linguist, to whom 
they turn for help, much as the engineer and 
manufacturer have in the past turned to the 
worker in pure science, insisting that he help 
them in their practical needs with his expert 
knowledge from the theoretical side, even 
though their so-called applied science might 
not attract him as an aim in itself. 

It seems to your committee that, to attain 
useful practical results in this subject, two 
things are essential: 

First, a searching fundamental study of the 
principles involved and experimental data avail- 
able; 

Second, authoritative international agreement, 
both as to linguistic details and as to the prae- 
tical measures to be taken. 

In certain general aspeets of the first require- 
ment, members of the American Association 
may be of direct assistance, as, for instance, 
the physicist, in the recording and analysis of 
the sounds in speech, and the psychologist, in 
the measurement of mental phenomena. Also, 
in each special field of science and technology, 


Frsrvuary 17, 1922] 


* the working out of technical vocabularies will 
call for close cooperation of all concerned. 
But we must naturally look to the linguist and 
the philologist for the greater part of the gen- 
eral framework of fact and interpretation. 
However, it is just in such new frontiers of 
knowledge that thorough and intimate coopera- 
tion by all groups is most apt to be fruitful. 

With regard to the second requirement, the 
American Association may make its influence 
most potently felt through vigorous moral 
support of the project in general, and espe- 
cially of the leadership of the work by the two 
national councils above mentioned, as_ the 
logical path for expression of natural academic 
thought in the international field. 

In order to give expression to the position 
of the association on this general problem your 
committee recommends the adoption of the 
following resolutions : 

Wuereas, All the sciences are alike interested 
in unifying the fundamental tools of thought, 
and have been notably successful in so doing, 
with respect to our system of numbers, the Arabic 
numerals, the metric system, the measurement of 
latitude and longitude, angular divisions, mathe- 
matical symbols, chemical formule, time and the 
calendar, notation in music, and other technical 
usages; and 

WHEREAS, There appears to be a generally ex- 
pressed need for a suitable international auxiliary 
language for the prompt and world-wide diffusion 
of scientific data, and for intercommunicating 
between nations differing in languages; 

THEREFORE, Be Ir ResoLveD, That the Amer- 
ican Association for the Advancement of Science: 

(a) Recognizes the need and timeliness of 
fundamental research on the scientific principles 
which must underlie the formation, standardiza- 
tion, and introduction of an international auxiliary 
language, and recommends to its members and 
affiliated societies that they give serious consid- 
eration to the general aspects of this problem, as 
well as direct technical study and help in their 
own special fields wherever possible; 

(0) Looks with approval upon the attempt now 
being made by the National Research Council 
and the American Council of Learned Societies 
to focus upon this subject the effort of those 
scholars in this country best fitted for the task, 
and to transmit the results to the appropriate 
international bodies; 


SCIENCE 


169 


(c) Indorses the heretofore relatively neglected 
problem of an international auxiliary language 
as one deserving of support and encouragement ; 

(d) Continues its Committee on International 
Auxiliary Language, charging it with the further- 
ance of the objects above enumerated and report- 
ing progress made to the association at its next 
meeting. 

S. W. Stratton, 
Chairman 


THE PSYCHOLOGICAL 
CORPORATION! 


Tue Psychological Corporation has been 
incorporated under the laws of the State of 
New York. The second article of the charter 
reads : 

The objects and powers of this corporation 
shall be the advancement of psychology and the 
promotion of the useful applications of psychol- 
ogy. It shall have power to enter into contracts 
for the execution of psychological work, to render 
expert services involving the application of psy- 
chology to educational, business, administrative 
and other problems, and to do all other things, 
not inconsistent with the law under which this 
corporation is organized, to advance psychology 
and to promote its useful applications. 


So far as is known, this is the first ecorpora- 
tion organized under the provisions of the 
business corporation laws of any state whose 
objects are the advancement of science and 
whose earnings must be devoted to scientific 
research. There are, of course, membership 
and charitable corporations not for profit and 
exempt from taxation, but the Psychological 
Corporation proposes to earn by its services 
the money that it will use for psychological 
organization and research. 

Further provisions of the charter provide 
that no dividend in excess of $6 per share shall 
be paid during any calendar year and em- 
power the American Psychological Association 
to take over any or all of the stock on pay- 
ment of $100 per share. The stock is held in 
the first instance by psychologists active in 
the work of the corporation. It may be noted 


1 Statement prepared by the president of the 
Psychological Corporation. 


170 


that the general form of organization would 
be desirable for any public service corporation. 

The directors of the Psychological Corpora- 
tion are: 

James R. Angell, Yale University. 

W. V. Bingham, Carnegie Institute of Tech- 
nology. 

J. MeKeen Cattell, The Psychological Cor- 
poration. 

Raymond Dodge, Wesleyan University. 

S. I. Franz, Government Hospital for the 
Insane. 

G. Stanley Hall, Clark University. 

H. L. Hollingworth, Barnard College, Columbia 
University. 

Charles H. Judd, University of Chicago. 

William McDougall, Harvard University. 

W. B. Pillsbury, University of Michigan. 

Walter Dill Scott, Northwestern University. 

C. E. Seashore, University of Iowa. 

Lewis M. Terman, Stanford University. 

Edward IL. Thorndike, Teachers College, Co- 
lumbia University. 

E. B. Titchener, Cornell University. 

Howard C. Warren, Princeton University. 

Margaret Floy Washburn, Vassar College. 

John B. Watson, The J. Walter Thompson 
Company. 

R. 8. Woodworth, Columbia University. 

R. M. Yerkes, National Research Council. 

The Psychological Corporation proposes to 
maintain adequate standards in applied psy- 
chology, to assure opportunities and proper 
payment to those competent to do the work, 
and to use the profits for psychological 
research. 

Psychology, owing to its recent progress and 
war service, is attracting wide public atten- 
tion. This publicity is being used for all sorts 
of schemes, some of which may seriously injure 
psychology, not only in its applications but 
also in its academic standing. It is desirable 
that the general public shall have some means 
of learning what psychology can and what it 
can not do, and who can and who ean not do it. 
An organized group of psychologists, whose 
standing is recognized, can exert a useful 
influence at the present time. 

There is much psychological work of eco- 
nomic value that might at present be under- 
taken to advantage and there are those com- 
petent to do the work, but no satisfactory 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


method exists for bringing them together. It 
is desirable to extend the work and especially 
to obtain a larger number of able workers and 
to provide more adequately for those who take 
up psychology, whether as an independent 
profession or in universities and other institu- 
tions. 

The support of research work in any science 
has always been a difficult problem. In the 
past such work has been carried forward mostly 
by those earning their living by teaching. The 
industrial laboratories are now helping to 
improve the situation in chemistry, physics 
and the medical sciences; men are being 
engaged at relatively large salaries to do 
research work, often without direct reference 
to its useful applications. If research in psy- 
chology can be supported as a by-product of 
economic service, its progress will be accel- 
erated in a geometrical ratio. 

Perhaps the greatest opportunity is the 
investigation of problems directly or indirectly 
of economic value to individuals or groups, of 
which the work in industrial chemistry of the 
Mellon Institute of Pittsburgh is an example. 
Some seventy fellows, mostly younger men, 
paid an average salary of about $3,000, are 
engaged in research on problems of use to 
manufacturing chemists. The Psychological 
Corporation proposes to use the existing lab- 
oratories, where the special work can be done 
to the best advantage and thus to assist the 
universities and their psychologists. 

The problem of selection for general intelli- 
gence and for special aptitudes or training is 
one in which psychology ean be of great service 
at the present time. If standard tests are 
developed to be used everywhere, both among 
employees in groups and with individuals 
seeking employment or advancement, the cor- 
poration can give useful employment to many 
psychologists and probably earn sufficient 
income to carry on its work, and by research 
improve and standardize the tests. 

The central offices of the Psychological Cor- 
poration are in the Grand Central Terminal, 
New York City. Branches have been estab- 
lished, or are in course of establishment, in 
Washington, Boston, Pittsburgh, Chicago, San 
Francisco and other centers. The real work 


FEBRUARY 17, 1922] 


of the corporation will, however, be done by 
psychologists in existing laboratories. 
At the first meeting of the directors the fol- 
lowing officers were elected: 
President: J. McKeen Cattell. 
First vice-president: Walter Dill Scott. 
Second vice-president: Lewis M. Terman. 
Chairman of the board: Edward L. Thorndike. 
Secretary and Treasurer: Dean R. Brimhall. 


- SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
LIST OF SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS! 

THE Conjoint Board of Scientific Societies 
(Burlington House, London, W. 1) proposes to 
provide a world list of periodical publications 
which contain the results of original scientific 
research. It is hoped that it will be possible 
to give in a single octavo volume the titles, 
in alphabetical order, and the places of publi- 
eation of all such periodicals in existence on 
January 1, 1900, and of all issued after that 
date. The libraries in London, Oxford, Cam- 
bridge, Edinburgh, Dublin, and Aberystwyth, 
which take in such periodicals, would be in- 
dicated, and, wherever possible, at least one 
library in the United Kingdom would be men- 
tioned for each periodical. The scheme aims at 
supplying a complete list of current scientific 
periodicals; and, if means are found to carry 
it out, may form a basis of cooperation be- 
tween libraries, so that both the number of 
duplicates and the list of periodicals not re- 
ceived may be reduced. The trustees of the 
British Museum have consented to allow the 
compilation of the list to be undertaken by 
the staff of the Museum, and already a large 
bulk of material has been collected in the 
museum by various societies and by the con- 
joint board. The Museum, however, can not 
undertake to defray the cost of printing and 
publication, but it is hoped that a sufficient 
number of libraries and institutions will agree 
in advance to purchase one or more copies at 
the price of 2 guineas each. The preliminary 
announcement which has been issued does not 
attempt to define a scientific periodical, but 
we apprehend that it is intended to exclude 


1From the British Medical Journal. 


SCIENCE 


171 


technical publications. It is not clear whether 
periodicals devoted to medicine would be in- 
cluded, and we understand that the point has 
not yet been decided. All departments of medi- 
cine, hygiene, and pathology, however, suffer 
more or less from the difficulty described, but 
it is felt to a very special degree by workers 
in these subjects in their application to the 
tropies; in particular the literature on helmin- 
thology, and indeed on parasitology generally, 
is very scattered, and papers which turn out 
to be of importance may be published in out-of- 
the-way periodicals, in the transactions of local 
societies, or in periodicals primarily devoted 
to some other science, as for instance entomo- 
logy. Some time ago Professor R. T. Leiper, 
Director of the Department of Helminthology 
at the London School of Tropical Medicine, 
suggested that a list, showing the libraries in 
London and Liverpool at which periodicals 
publishing papers on tropical medicine could 
be consulted, would be of great use to workers, 
who at present may waste much time in mak- 
ing visits to libraries which do not contain 
the periodical they want or the particular num- 
ber they wish to consult. The matter was 
brought to the notice of the Science Committee 
of the British Medical Association, which recog- 
nized the importance of the suggestion and in 
consequence a small sum of money was voted 
to cover preliminary expenses. A number of 
libraries have now been examined under Dr. 
Leiper’s direction and a considerable amount of 
material collected, which it is hoped may short- 
ly be made available. The manuscript list has 
been brought up to date and can now, we be- 
lieve, be consulted at the School of Tropical 
Medicine. 


THE GORGAS MEMORIAL INSTITUTE 
Tue American Public Health Association at 
its fiftieth annual meeting, held in New York 
City November 14-18, 1921, adopted the fol- 
lowing resolution authorizing the president of 
the association to appoint a committee of five 
to cooperate with the organizers and directors 

of the proposed Gorgas Memorial Institute: 
WuHereEas, The late William Crawford Gorgas, 
surgeon general of the United States Army, freed 


172 


Havana and the Panama Canal Zone of yellow 
fever and malaria, thereby saving thousands of 
lives and making possible the construction of the 
Panama Canal; and 

WuHerkEAs, The work of the late General Wil- 
liam Crawford Gorgas was an epoch in the field 
of medical science and a milestone in the work 
of public health throughout the world, in effect 
proving conclusively that health, even in the 
tropics, is a purchasable commodity under scien- 
tifie guidance and administration; and 

WHEREAS, It is the desire of the American 
people to join with the peoples and governments 
of Central and South America in paying tribute 
to the memory of General Gorgas, and the pro- 
posed Gorgas Memorial Institute, which will be 
erected in the City of Panama, represents the 
most fitting way to perpetuate the work of Gen- 
eral Gorgas and to render the greatest good to 
humanity, with its possibilities for the saving of 
tens of thousands of human lives and the making 
available of hundreds of thousands of square 
miles of land for inhabitation and cultivation by 
white people; and 

WHEREAS, The Republic of Panama, in expres- 
sion of its gratitude to the late General Gorgas, 
has already donated the site, the building and all 
necessary equipment for the proposed Gorgas 
Memorial Institute representing approximately 
$500,000; there is yet required an endowment 
fund of from three to six millions of dollars to 
maintain and to carry on this great work; 

THEREFORE, BE It RESOLVED, That the Amer- 
ican Public Health Association assembled in its 
semi-centennial convention in the City of New 
York, November 17, 1921, go on record as heartily 
endorsing the proposed Gorgas Memorial Insti- 
tute and that the president of the association be 
requested to appoint a committee of five to co- 
operate with the officers and directors of the 
proposed Gorgas Memorial Institute. 


The following members of the committee 
have been appointed: 

W. H. Welch, M.D., chairman, Baltimore, Md.; 
A. T. MeCormack, M.D., Louisville, Ky.; Victor 
C. Vaughan, M.D., Ann Arbor, Mich.; Professor 
E. O. Jordan, Chicago, Ill.; M. P. Ravenel, M.D., 
Columbia, Mo. 


THE REORGANIZATION OF MATHEMATICS 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 

THE complete report of the National Com- 

mittee on Mathematical Requirements is in the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


press and will, it is hoped, be ready for dis- 
tribution in April. It is published under the 
title “The Reorganization of Mathematics in 
Secondary Education” and will constitute a 
volume of about 500 pages. The table of con- 
tents given below indicates its general char- 
acter. 

Through the generosity of the General Edu- 
cation Board the National Committee is in a 
position to distribute large numbers of this 
report free of charge. It is hoped that the 
funds available will be sufficient to place a 
copy of this report in every regularly main- 
tained high school library and also to furnish 
every individual with a copy free of charge 
who is sufficiently interested to ask for it. 
Requests from individuals for this report are 
now being received. They should be sent to 
J- W. Young, chairman, Hanover, New Hamp- 
shire. Individuals interested in securing a copy 
of this report are urged to send in their re- 
quests as early as possible. If the number of 
requests received exceeds the number the com- 
mittee is able to distribute, the earlier requests 
will receive the preference. 

The table of contents of the report is as 
follows: 

Part I 
General Principles and Recommendations. 

Chapter I. A brief outline of the report. 

Chapter II. Aims of mathematical instruc- 
tion—general principles. : 

Chapter III. Mathematics for years seven, 
eight and nine. 

Chapter IV. Mathematics for years ten, eleven 
and twelve. 

_ Chapter V. College entrance requirements. 

Chapter VI. Lists of propositions in plane and 
solid geometry. 

Chapter VII. The function concept in sec- 
ondary school mathematics. 

Chapter VIII. Terms and symbols in elemen- 
tary mathematics. 


Part II 


Investigations Conducted for the Committee 

Chapter IX. The present status of disciplinary 
values in education. By Vevia Blair. 

Chapter X. The theory of correlation applied 
to school grades. By A. R. Crathorne. 

Chapter XI. Mathematical curricula in for- 
eign countries. By J. C. Brown. 


FEBRUARY 17, 1922] 


Chapter XII. Experimental courses in mathe- 
matics. By Raleigh Schorling. 

Chapter XIII. Standardized tests in mathe- 
matics for secondary schools. By C. B. Upton. 

Chapter XIV. The training of teachers of 
mathematics. By R. C. Archibald. 

Chapter XV. Certain questionnaire investiga- 
tions. 

Chapter XVI. Bibliography on the teaching of 
mathematics. By D. E. Smith and J. A. Foberg. 


THE BRITISH COLUMBIA EXPEDITION OF 
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 

AN expedition sent out by the University of 
California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology re- 
turned from northern British Columbia in the 
latter part of October. The party consisted 
of Harry 8. Swarth, curator of birds; one as- 
sistant, William D. Strong, and local packers. 
Five months were spent in exploration of the 
valley of the upper Skeena River and in col- 
lecting series of the birds and mammals of the 
region. Over one thousand specimens were 
secured. 

The summer’s work was in continuance of a 
general plan, under way through a period of 


years, which has necessitated zoological ex-. 


ploration in various parts of British Columbia 
and Southeastern Alaska. This work was 
inaugurated and has been continually support- 
ed by Miss Annie M. Alexander, her interest 
leading her to participate personally in several 
of the expeditions. It has resulted in the 
acquisition by the museum of large collections 
of vertebrate materials and a store of detailed 
information, much of it new, regarding the 
animal life of the northwest coast region. 

In the localities in which the last two seasons’ 
field work was spent (the valley of the Stikine 
River in 1919, the Skeena River in 1921), the 
distribution of animal species is of particular 
interest. The section represented serves as a 
meeting ground between the faunas of eastern 
North America, the Pacifie Coast humid strip, 
and the Yukon region to the northward. It 
thus affords exceptional opportunities for the 
study of the geographic behavior of the species 
involved. Hence, in the field work pursued, 
stress was laid upon the distribution of species, 
and collections were made showing the con- 
trasts existing between mountain top and 
valley, and between coast and interior. 


4 


SCIENCE 


173 


BACHE FUND OF THE NATIONAL 
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 

Dr. Heser D. Curtis has been elected a 
member of the board of directors of the Bache 
Fund of the National Academy of Sciences in 
place of Dr. E. B. Frost, resigned. The board 
is at present constituted as follows: Professor 
A. G. Webster, Clark University, Worcester, 
Massachusetts; Dr. Heber D. Curtis, Allegheny 
Observatory, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; and 
Professor Ross G. Harrison, Yale University, 
New Haven, Connecticut. 

Applications for grants will be considered 
semi-annually and should be filed with the 
board not later than April 1 or October 1 of 
each year. 

The following grants have been recently 
made: 

H. Nort, Gouda, Holland, $200. For counting 
the stars on the Franklin-Adams Charts. 

H. S. Jennings, Johns Hopkins University, $300. 
For a study of the cytology of the rhizopods with 
relation to the genetics and development of these 
organisms. 

H. M. Evans, University of California, $500. 
For the investigation of the estrous cycle in the 
rabbit and eat. 

Carl Hartman, University of Texas, $500. For 
the study of the estrous cycle of the opossum. 

William Bowie, U. 8S. Coast and Geodetic Sur- 
vey, $250. For the work of the Ukiah Latitude 
Station. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Frienps of Professor Chandler presented in 
1910 to Columbia University a sum of money 
which constitutes the Charles Frederick Chand- 
ler Foundation. The income from this fund 
is used to provide a lecture by an eminent 
chemist and to provide a medal to be presented 
to the lecturer in further recognition of his 
achievements in science. Previous lecturers on 
this foundation have been L. H. Baekeland, 
W. F. Hillebrand, W. R. Whitney, and F. Gow- 
land Hopkins. The lecturer this year will be 
Edgar Fahs Smith, president of the American 
Chemical Society, formerly professor of chem- 
istry and provost of the University of Penn- 
sylvania. Dr. Smith’s subject will be “Samuel 
Latham Mitehill—A Father in American Chem- 
istry.” Mitchill was the first professor of 


174 


chemistry at Columbia College and the first 
senator from the State of New York. The 
lecture will be in Havemeyer Hall, Columbia 
University, on March 2, 1922, at 8:15 P. M. 


Proressor THEODORE Lyman has succeeded 
the late Professor Charles W. Cross as chair- 
man of the Rumford Committee of the Ameri- 
ean Academy of Arts and Sciences. Applica- 
tions for grants from the funds at the disposal 
of the committee should be made to Professor 
Theodore Lyman, Jefferson Physical Labora- 
tory, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 


Dr. Wituiam T. Councinman, since 1892 
professor of pathology in the Harvard Medical 
School, and Dr. Harold C. Ernst, since 1895 
professor of bacteriology, will retire from 
active service at the close of the academic year. 


THe Ambassador of the United States to_ 


France has presented Professor Bergonie with 
the medal and diploma of the Franklin In- 
stitute in recognition of his services to science 
and more particularly for his apparatus em- 
ploying electricity in the search for and ex- 
traction of fragments of projectiles. 


THe American Association of Keonomic En- 
tomologists, at the Toronto meeting, elected 
Professor James G. Sanders, director of the 
Pennsylvania Bureau of Plant Industry, Har- 
risburg, to be president for 1922. 


Av the New Haven meeting of the Ameri- 
ean Society of Biological Chemists, the officers 
elected for 1922 were: President, Donald D. 
Van Slyke; Vice-president, Philip A. Shaffer; 
Secretary, Victor C. Myers; Treasurer, Walter 
R. Bloor; Councilors, Stanley R. Benedict, 
Harold C. Bradley, Albert P. Mathews; Nomi- 
nating Committee, C. L. Alsberg, G. H. A. 
Clowes, P. B. Hawk, P. A. Levene, H. B. 
Lewis, E. V. McCollum, L. B. Mendel, J. R. 
Murlin, R. T. Woodyatt. The president and 
secretary of the Biochemical Society are this 
year the chairman and executive secretary of 
the Federation of American Societies for Ex- 
perimental Biology, which will hold its 1922 
meeting in Toronto. 


In addition to the election, already noted 
here, of Professor Henry C. Cowles, of the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


University of Chicago, as president of the Bo- 
tanical Society of America, other officers were 
elected, as follows: Vice-president, Margaret C. 
Ferguson, Wellesley College; Treasurer, I. W. 
Bailey, Bussey Institution; Secretary, I. F. 
Lewis, University of Virginia. 

Mur. Mariz Curte on February 7 was 
elected a member of the Paris Academy of 
Medicine. It is the first time a woman had 
been elected a member of one of the French 
academies. The committee had presented six 
names as candidates to succeed the late Edmund 
Perrier. The five men nominated withdrew 
their names when they found out Mme. Curie’s 
name was on the list, and she obtained 64 votes 
against 15 blanks. 


Av the annual meeting of the Royal Meteoro- 
logical Society on January 18 the Symons gold 
medal, which is awarded biennially for dis- 
tinguished work in connection with meteoro- 
logical science, was presented to Colonel H. G. 
Lyons. 


Eric A. Lor, of the power and mining en- 
gineering department of the General Electric 


‘Company, has been decorated with the Royal 


Order of Vasa by the King of Sweden, in 
recognition of services to the Swedish Govern- 
ment. 

Proressor C. F. Curtis Ritry, of the de- 
partment of zoology of the University of Mani- 
toba, who is carrying on investigations on the 
ecology and behavior of Gerride, has been 
elected a member of the Zoological Society of 
Tokyo, Japan. 


Tue Société Francaise de Physique, at its 
last meeting in Paris, elected to its member- 
ship Professor L. L. Campbell, head of the 
Physics department of Simmons College, Bos- 
ton. 


Tue board of directors of the American 
Electrochemical Society has appointed Dr. 
Colin G. Fink, 101 Park Avenue, New York 
City, secretary of the society to fill the un- 
expired term of the late Professor Joseph W. 
Richards. 


Outver H. Gisu, for the past four years 
research engineer with the Westinghouse Elec- 


FeEsruary 17, 1922] 


trical and Manufacturing Company, resigned 
on January 1, to become associate physicist in 
the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism of 
the Carnegie Institution of Washington. 


Louis J. TrosteL, who for the past two years 
has been stationed at the Pittsburgh Station of 
the Bureau of Mines, engaged on problems re- 
lating to industrial gases and dusts, has ac- 
cepted a position with the Bureau of Chem- 
istry as assistant chemical engineer. He is en- 
gaged on chemical problems relating to ex- 
plosions from starch and other carbonaceous 
dusts. 


Dr. J. H. WHiTs has been appointed by the 
Rockefeller Foundation director of the Mexi- 
can commission against yellow fever, to re- 
place Dr. T. C. Lyster, who has resigned. 


Dr. Fuorence L. McKay, recently assistant 
director of child hygiene, Children’s Bureau, 
U.S. Department of Labor, has been appointed 
director of the division of child hygiene of the 
New York State Department of Health. 


Dr. Harotp S. Davis has resigned from his 
industrial fellowship at the Mellon Institute 
of Industrial Research at the University of 
Pittsburgh to accept a position on the research 
staff of the Arthur D. Little Company. 


A SERIES of five lectures will be given in the 
University and Bellevue Hospital Medical Col- 
lege under its Herter Foundation on “Inter- 
facial Forces and Phenomena in Physiology” 
by Dr. W. M. Bayliss, professor of general 
physiology, University College, London, begin- 
ning on Monday, the twenty-seventh of Febru- 
ary, 1922, at 4 p. m. and continuing daily at 
the same hour at the Carnegie Laboratory, 338 
Hast 26th Street. Dr. Bayliss will deliver the 
seventh Harvey Society lecture at the New 
York Academy of Medicine on Saturday even- 
ing, March 4, 1922. His subject will be “Vaso- 
motor reactions and wound shock.” 


Dr. Epwin O. Jorpan, professor of bacterio- 
logy in the University of Chicago, lectured at 
the School of Hygiene and Public Health of 
the Johns Hopkins University, on “Interepi- 
demic Influenza,” on January 30. His lecture 


SCIENCE 


175 


is one of the series of the DeLamar lectures 
on hygiene. 


Tue schedule for the spring publie lectures, 
to be held at the Brooklyn Botanie Garden 
at 4 p. m., is as follows: 

April 7. The Cultivation of Woodland Flow- 
ers: Mr. Norman Taylor, curator of plants, 
Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 

April 14. English Gardens: 
Loines, president of the Women’s 
Brooklyn Botanic Garden. 

April 21. American Forests and the Necessity 
for Regrowth: Professor J. W. Toumey, Yale 
School of Forestry, New Haven, Conn. 

April 28. The Civic Value of Botanic Gardens: 
Dr. C. Stuart Gager, director, Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden. 


Miss Hilda 
Auxiliary, 


“RESEARCH in Chemistry as related to Medi- 
cine” was the subject of an address delivered 
on February 10 by Dr. Russell H. Chittenden 
of the Sheffield Scientific School, Yale Univer- 
sity, before a joint meeting of the New York 
sections of the American Chemical Society and 
the American Electrochemical Society, the 
American sections of the Société de Chimie 
Industrielle and the Society of Chemical In- 
dustry. The address was followed by a dis- 
cussion by C. H. Herty, H. T. Bogert and 
F. P. Garvan. 

Dr. Witutiam McPHERSON, chairman of the 
department of chemistry at Ohio State Univer- 
sity, spoke before the Chicago section of the 
American Chemical Society, January 20, on 
his experiences in visiting Italian universities. 

A LECTURE on “Dyeing: Ancient and Mod- 
ern’ will be given by Professor A. G. Perkin 
at afternoon meetings of the Royal Institution 
on February 16 and 23. 

Morten P. Porstp, director of the Danish 
Arctic station, Disco Island, Greenland, recent- 
ly delivered lectures at the University of Cam- 
bridge on the “Flora of Greenland” and the 
“Hxcavations in the old Eskimo culture layers.” 


Proressor H. E. ArMsTRONG has consented 
to deliver the first Messel Memorial Lecture at 
the annual meeting in Glasgow of the Society 
of Chemical Industry. The medal to be pre- 
sented to Professor Armstrong will, if practi- 


176 


cable, be made from the platinum dish be- 
queathed to the society by Dr. Messel. 


A sratur of Emil Fischer was recently un- 
veiled on the Luisenplatz, Berlin, opposite the 
statue of Robert Koch. A bronze bust of the 
chemist, who died in 1919, was also presented 
recently to the Chemical Institute by Dr. H. 
Fischer. 


Dr. PEARCE Battery, of New York City, 
known for his contributions to neurology and 
psychiatry, died from pneumonia on February 
11 at the age of fifty-six years. 


Sir Wiuutam CHRISTIE, astronomer royal 
from 1881 to 1910, died on January 22, in the 
seventy-sixth year of his age. 


H. J. Correrinun, for many years professor 
of applied mathematics in the Royal Naval 
College, Greenwich, died on January 8, at the 
age of eighty-six years. 

Ir is stated in Nature that at the recent 
meeting of the Hull Museums Committee the 
curator reported that when in London recently 
he heard that the specimens in the museum at 
the Royal Albert Institute, Windsor, were in 
rooms which were required for other purposes, 
and that there was an opportunity of obtain- 
ing the collections. He consequently visited 
Windsor, with the result that the whole of the 
specimens are now in Hull, and among them 
are many valuable additions to the antiquities 
and geological and natural history series 
already there. Particular mention may be 
made of some pre-historic Bronze Age and 
Stone Age weapons, a large collection of 
Roman lamps and pottery, Greek vases, and a 
miscellaneous series of medieval antiquities. 
Qtherwise the objects are such as were to be 
found in museums of this character in the 
early part of the last century. A handbook to 
the collections, written by Mr. J. Lundy, was 
published many years ago. 


It is announced that the first five commercial 
research fellowships instituted by the executive 
council of the British Empire Exhibition for 
competition among the chambers of commerce 
in the United Kingdom have now been award- 
ed. The successful competitors are the cham- 
bers of commerce of London, Glasgow, Nor- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


wich, Warrington and Oldham, which will each 
nominate a fellow. The value of each fellow- 
ship is not less than £500, and will include a 
first-class return ticket to the dominion or 
crown colony to which the selected candidate 
will proceed. The subjects of research will be: 
the best means of promoting inter-imperial 
trade in a selected staple industry and the 
methods whereby the British Empire Hxhibi- 
tion can further the interests of this trade. 
The fellow will further investigate the poten- 
tial resources in raw materials in the dominion 
or colony visited and the best means for ex- 
ploiting them in the mutual interest of the 
dominion and England, and also report on the 
measures to be taken to insure that these un- 
developed resources shall be adequately rep- 
resented at the British Empire Exhibition and 
brought to the attention of interested financial 
and industrial groups. 


A course of six public lectures on the “Cur- 
rent work of the Biometric and Eugenics La- 
boratories” will be given in the department of 
applied statistics and eugenics, University Col- 
lege, London, February 15, 22, March 1, 8, 15 
and 22, 1922. The order of the lectures is as 
follows: “Sidelights on the evolution of man: 
from the knee-joint,” by Professor Karl Pear- 
son; “On the inheritance of intelligence,” by 
Miss Ethel M. Elderton; “Scheme of anthro- 
pometric measurements in the biometric labora- 
tory,’ by Dr. Perey Stocks; “The relation of 
caries in the teeth of school children to health 
and home conditions,’ by Mr. E. C. Rhodes; 
“On the inheritance of certain types of blind- 
ness,” by Dr. Julia Bell; “On occupational 
mortality,’ by Dr. M. Greenwood. 


WE learn from the Fisheries’ Service Bulle- 
tin that at the second meeting of the Interna- 
tional Committee on Marine Fishery Investi- 
gations held recently at Boston, the members 
present were William A. Found and Dr. A. G. 
Huntsman, representing Canada, and Drs. 
H. F. Moore and H. B. Bigelow, representing 
the United States. D. James Davies, the 
member for Newfoundland, and Dr. R. E. 
Coker, one of the members for the United 
States, were unable to attend. Mr. Davies 
sent a cablegram indicating that Newfound- 


FEBRUARY 17, 1922] 


land expected to be in position by next sum- 
mer to cooperate in collecting the desired sta- 
tistical information. Pursuant to the resolu- 
tion adopted at the first meeting looking to 
uniformity in reporting statistics of the off- 
shore fisheries on the Atlantic coast, the com- 
mittee adopted a form to be used, beginning 
with the first of the year 1922, for the record- 
ing of data obtained. Another resolution pro- 
vided for the undertaking at an early date of 
investigations of the life histories of the cod 
and the haddock. Subcommittees were ap- 
pointed for consideration of questions of tag- 
ging fish and studying ocean currents by the 
use of drift bottles. The third Friday in May, 
1922, was appointed for the next meeting of 
the committee, which will be held in Montreal. 


In connection with the establishment of 
funds for scientific research in Norway, grants 
have now been made for the following pur- 
poses: (1) 8,000 kroner for experiments to 
be made in connection with the use of acetylene 
gas as motor fuel; (2) 24,000 kroner for the 
purpose of investigation of vitamines with 
special reference to cod-liver oil; (3) 6,000 
kroner to examine the possibility of employing 
calcium carbide as a basis for further manu- 
facture in Norway. 


THE London Times reports that Dr. Morten- 
sen and Mr. Hjalmar Jensen, Danish biologists 
distinguished, respectively, in zoology and 
botany, are leading a small expedition to the 
Kei Islands, west of New Guinea, where, fol- 
lowing the advice of Dutch zoologists, they 
expect to find a suitable site and to draw up 
plans for the establishment of a permanent 
station. The plan was proposed some years 
ago at a Scandinavian research conference in 
Copenhagen. The Kei Islands lie on a small 
area of shallow water above the 100 fathom 
line, but the ocean floor shelves steeply down to 
the abyssal depths of the Banda Sea. This 
natural conformation is favorable to scientific 
work, for some of the fishes, corals and plants, 
usually to be obtained only by very deep 
dredging, are believed to ascend to within easy 
range. The larger island, Great Kei, is of 
tertiary formation, with mountains and forests; 
its bird and insect life will repay intensive 


SCIENCE 


177 


study. Little Kei and some of the smaller 
islands were raised above the sea by volcanic 
eruption less than a centnry ago, and there 
is plenty of clean bottom. The islands lie on 
the Pacific side of Wallace’s line, one of the 
primitive land and ocean frontiers of the 


_ globe. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


By the will of Mrs. Dexter Smith, of Spring- 
field, Mass., Wesleyan University receives 
$150,000. 


One hundred thousand dollars has been re- 
ceived by the University of California from 
the estate of E. P. Kraft, to be held in trust 
for the purpose of creating at the university 
scholarships to be known as the “Edward Frank 
Kraft Scholarships.” Under the terms of the 
trust, the scholarships are to be apportioned 
among the various colleges except agriculture, 
for which scholarships have previously been 
provided out of the estate of George H. Kraft. 


Tue Committee of the University of Cam- 
bridge for Geodesy and Geodynamics has re- 
ported in favor of the erection and equipment 
of a two-roomed observation building near the 
observatory as a first step towards the institu- 
tion that the committee ultimately aims at to 
meet the requirements of international geodesy. 


Cuarutes Russ RicHarps, dean of the Col- 
lege of Engineering and director of the Ex- 
perimental Engineering Department of the 
University of Illinois, was elected president of 
Lehigh University on February 7. Mr. Rich- 
ards succeeds Dr. Henry S. Drinker, now 
president emeritus. 


Tue following appointments are noted in 
The Journal of Industrial and Engineering 
Chemistry: Mr. James H. Ransom has changed 
his position as research chemist with the Michi- 
gan Smelting & Refining Co., Detroit, Mich., 
to head of the department of chemistry in 
James Millikin University, Decatur, Tl. Mr. 
W. H. Rodebush has been appointed associate 
professor in charge of the division of physical 
chemistry, University of Illinois, Urbana, Il. 


178 


Mr. Rodebush was formerly national research 
fellow at the University of California. Dr. 
Lansing S. Wells, until recently research 
chemist with The Barrett Company, Frank- 
ford, Philadelphia, Pa., has accepted an ap- 
pointment as assistant professor of organic and 
physical chemistry, Montana State College, 
Bozeman, Mont. Mr. Raymond L. Stehle re- 
cently resigned as assistant professor of 
physiological chemistry in the School of Medi- 
cine of the University of Pennsylvania to be- 
come associated with the faculty of medicine 
of McGill University, Montreal, as assistant 
professor of pharmacology. 


D. W. BuakESLEE has been granted leave of 
absence for the school year from his position 
of electrical engineer with the Jones & Laugh- 
lin Steel Co., at Pittsburgh, and is teaching in 
the Electrical Department of Yale University. 


Mr. J. GrirritH has been appointed head of 
the department of agricultural chemistry at the 
University College of North Wales, Bangor. 


Dr. Atrrep C. Happon, of Christ’s Col- 
lege, University of Cambridge, has been ap- 
pointed acting curator of the Museum of Arch- 
eology and Ethnology. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
KENTUCKY AND THE THEORY OF 
EVOLUTION 

Your inquiry concerning proposed legisla- 
tion against the teaching of evolution in the 
state university and public schools of the state 
has been received. In reply I will state that 
two such bills have been introduced in the 
house, and one was introduced in the senate. 
The senate bill was reported unfavorably by 
the senate committee to which it was referred. 
The same committee also reported unfavorably 
a milder substitute forbidding the teaching of 
anything in these public institutions “inimical 
to religion,” but the senate by a vote of 23 to 
12 turned down this latter recommendation of 
the committee and placed the substitute on the 
calendar. 

The house bill which has passed the com- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


mittee and been placed on the calendar is much 
more drastic than either of the bills introduced 
in the senate. It provides for a fine of “not 
less than fifty nor more than five thousand 
dollars, or confinement in the county jail not 
less than ten days nor more than twelve 
months” for any “teacher, principal, superin- 
tendent, president or other person connected 
directly or indirectly with such schools or 
institutions, who shall knowingly teach or per- 
mit to be taught Darwinism, Atheism, Agnosti- 
cism, or the Theory of Evolution in so far as 
it pertains to the origin of man.” 

This proposed legislation is the culmination 
of an active propaganda against evolution 
which has been carried on in the state for over 
a year by a number of the ministers of several 
of the Protestant denominations. The leader 
of these is Dr. J. W- Porter, pastor of one of 
the Baptist churches in Lexington, and judging 
from the expressions in the Baptist press, he 
has the backing of a large element in his de- 
nomination. He it was who received a letter 
of encouragement from William Jennings 
Bryan which he promulgated from the pulpit. 
From this letter we quote the following: 

The movement will sweep the country and we 
will drive Darwinism from our schools. The 
enemy is already fighting. The agnostics who are 
undermining the faith of our students will be 
glad enough to teach anything the people want 
taught when the people speak with emphasis. 

On Friday, January 20, Bryan was brought 
to Kentucky, where he made a number of ad- 
dresses against evolution. The one at Frank- 
fort was before a joint session of both houses 
of the legislature. In this he advocated legis- 
lation against the teaching of Darwinism and 
kindred “isms.” At the close of his address 
in Lexington a resolution was presented by 
Rev. W. L. Brock, another Baptist minister of 
Lexington, and ruled from the platform to 
have been passed, in which the general assem- 
bly was petitioned to prohibit “the teaching in 
the state schools of evolution, destructive criti- 
cism and every form of atheism and infidelity 
whatsoever.” 

In their spoken and written attacks on evo- 
lution these advocates of suppressive measures 
quote largely from two publications issued by 


PEBRUARY 17, 1922] 


the Bible Institute Colportage Association, Chi- 
cago, Illinois. One of these is a booklet of 144 
pages by Alex. Patterson entitled “The Other 
Side of Evolution” and the other is a pam- 
phlet of 24 pages by W. A. Griffith Thomas 
entitled “What About Evolution?” In these 
publications the attempt is made to refute evo- 
lution mainly by the citation of authority. 
With respect to well known advocates of evo- 
lution, such as Tyndall, Haeckel, Huxley, 
Spencer, and even Darwin himself, commenda- 
bly cautious statements, particularly with ref- 
erence to the causes of evolution, are twisted 
and construed into “fatal admissions” affecting 
their belief in the fact of evolution. 

For expressions of positive opposition to the 
theory, recourse is had mainly to men of sci- 
ence long since dead, such as Murchison, 
Sedgweik, Agassiz, Dawson, Etheridge, Vir- 
chow and Dana. 

Much reliance is placed upon the views of 
the late George Frederick Wright, who wrote 
a preface to the booklet in 1903. The latter, 
however, is cautious in his endorsement and not 
willing to say “that all the points in this little 
volume are well taken.” 

It is from the book by Patterson that Mr. 
Bryan gets his leg-from-wart, eye-from- 
freckle, joke which he is so fond of retailing 
from the Chautauqua platform. 

Within the last few days Dr. Porter has 
issued a pamphlet of 94 pages, entitled “Evo- 
lution a Menace,” in which after giving con- 
siderable prominence by liberal quotation from 
standard text-books to the fact that all modern 
authority is against him in the position he 
takes on evolution, he then attempts to refute 
it mainly by an appeal to authority as old, or 
older, than that cited by Mr. Patterson. 

His citation from Whewell’s “Inductive Sci- 
ences,” written about 1854, is a case in point. 
Here he attempts to discredit all geology by a 
quotation which refers only to a lack of 
progress in “physical geology” comparable to 
the progress made in “physical astronomy’ up 
to the time the work was written. 

Dr. Porter’s main reliance for material from 
more modern authority with which to over- 
throw evolution is upon Howorth’s “Mammoth 
and the Flood,’ and upon the geological jug- 


SCIENCE 


179 
glings of a certain “Professor 
Price.” 

The bill placed on the calendar of the house 
reads: 


McCready 


KENTUCKY GENERAL ASSEMBLY 
1922 
House Bill 191—Introduced January 23 
By Representative George W. Ellis, Barren 
County. 

An act to prohibit the teaching in public schools 
and other public institutions of learning, Dar- 
Winism, atheism, agnosticism or evolution as it 
pertains to the origin of man. 

Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the 

Commonwealth of Kentucky: 


Section 1. That it shall be unlawful for a 
teacher, principal, superintendent, president or 
anyone else who is connected in any way with 
the public schools, high schools, training schools, 
normal schools, colleges, universities or any other 
institutions of learning in this commonwealth, 
where public money of this commonwealth is used 
in whole or in part for the purpose of maintain- 
ing, educating or training the children or young 
men or young women of this commonwealth; for 
such teacher, principal, superintendent, president 
or other person connected directly or indirectly 
with such schools or institutions of learning to 
teach or knowingly permit the same to be taught; 
Darwinism, Atheism, Agnosticism, or the Theory 
of Evolution in so far as it pertains to the origin 
of man; and anyone so offending shall on convic- 
tion be fined not less than fifty nor more than five 
thousand dollars or confined in the county jail not 
less than ten days nor more than twelve months 
or both fined and imprisoned in the discretion of 
a jury. 

Section 2. If any school, college, university, 
normal school, training school or any other insti- 
tution of learning which has been chartered by 
the Commonwealth of Kentucky and which is 
sustained in whole or in part by the public funds 
of said commonwealth shall knowingly or wil- 
fully teach or permit to be taught, Darwinism, 
Atheism, Agnosticism, or the Theory of Evolu- 
tion insofar as it pertains to the origin of man, 
shall forfeit its charter and on conviction shall 
be fined in any sum not to exceed five thousand 
dollars. In all proceedings of forfeiture or 
revocation of charter, the holder thereof shall be 
given thirty days notice in which to prepare for 
a hearing to be attended by its representative or 
counsel. 


180 


The commonwealth or the accused may take 
such oral or written proof for or against the 
accused as it may deem it the best to present 


these facts. 
This act to be in full force and effect from and 


after its passage and approval as provided by 
law. 
ArrHur M. Mitier 
UNIVERSITY oF KENTUCKY, 
FEBRUARY 8, 1922 


RELATIVITY AND STAR DIAMETERS 


To rue Eprror or Science: That Michelson’s 
wonderful measurements on star diameters 
have a fundamental bearing on Hinstein’s 
theory and are capable of affording a more 
decisive proof of it than even the eclipse ex- 
periments does not seem to be yet appreciated. 
In my former note of March 25th, 1921, I ex- 
pressed the hope that some one more competent 
than myself would discuss the subject; but 
nothing has so far appeared but a short note 
by Dr. Burns, and as he appears to be under 
some misconception of the theory, © will, with 
the Editor’s permission, go into it a little more 
in detail. 

Dr. Burns refers to an acceleration in the 
direction of propagation. But this field has 
nothing to do with the measurement of the 
diameter. What we do, virtually, is to divide 
the star disc F into halves by the diameter, 
shown as a dotted line, and take the centers 
of gravity of the two semi-circles as two sources. 
Obviously a considerable amount of the light 
will come from the edge, as at KH, and all of 
it, except that coming from the diametric line, 
will be pulled sideways towards 
the diameter. 

By Einstein’s theory light 
from a source § to an observer 
O will be curved in the manner 
shown, since all world lines are 
warped in the neighborhood of 
matter. Dr. Burns’s statement 
that there is no warping of the 
light from the star dise means 
that light originating from a 
prominence E on the star would 
not be warped, while light tray- 
eling past it, originating from 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


an outside source S would; which necessitates 
an ether between F and O; which is contrary 
to the theory of relativity. 

The really important point, which I had 
hoped to bring out in the discussion, is that 
a purely gravitational bending, shewn ‘by the 
dotted line C, is not a mere warping, but a 
permanent change of path to a sort of hyper- 
bola. If the light bending were a purely gravi- 
tational effect, all stars should shew measure- 
able diameters, if above certain dimensions. 
But they do not appear to do so. As the only 
two alternatives seem to be gravitational bend- 
ing or Hinstein’s theory, this seems to be a 
definite proof of the theory. 

But we need a quantitative discussion, at, as 
I have said, the hands of men better qualified 
than myself. Mere guess work is not enough. 
It is true that the angular effect of the world 
line warping changes with distance, being 
twice the gravitational effect, but the 
amount of warping by the sun is approxi- 
mately 114 seconds, while the total angle sub- 
tended by Betelgeuse is only 1|30 of this, and 
Betelgeuse is somewhere around ten million 
times the size of the sun. A quantitative cal- 
culation is necessary, not only for Betelgeuse 
but also for those stars which shew no meas- 
urable disc, to explain the absence of a meas- 
urable gravitational bending, if LEinstein’s 
theory is not true. 

Recinatp A. FESSENDEN 


PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE ETIOLOGY 
OF POTATO TIP-BURN 

Durine the past two years investigations 
have been carried on at the Experiment Station 
of Pennsylvania State College to determine the 
etiology and specificity of the potato tip burn 
caused by the feeding of the potato leaf hopper, 
Empoasca mali Le B. 

These experiments were in the form of a 
series of inoculations with aqueous and alco- 
holie extracts of E. mali Le B, and other potato 
feeding insects. The inoculated plants were 
exposed to sunlight of varied intensity by the 
use of glass and mesh cages to determine the 
role of sunlight in the development of the 
disease. 


FEBRUARY 17, 1922] 


The results obtained from these experiments 
support the following conclusions : 

1. Tip burn of the potato plant may be pro- 
duced by the extract made from macerated 
nymph or adult, # mali Le B. and is transmis- 
sible by direct inoculation. This points to the 
existence of a “specific,” either normal or extra- 
neous, transmitted by the leaf hopper as the 
cause of the disease. 

2. The active principle of this substance is 
most virulent in the nymphal stage of the leaf 
hopper. 

3. This “specific” is present in diseased leaf 
tissue after infection by the leaf hopper and 
may be transmitted to healthy plants by re- 
inoculation. 

4. This substance is specific and the disease 
ean not be simulated by inoculation with ex- 
tracts from or by the feeding of insects other 
than EH. mali, or by mechanical injury. 

5. Sunlight is an important factor in the 
progress of the tip burn after its inception, but 
the absence of sunlight does not prevent the 
disease. 

A more detailed account of the experiments 
supporting these conclusions will be published 


in the near future. 
JOHN R. EYER 


PENNSYLVANIA STATE COLLEGE, 
SraTeE COLLEGE, PENNSYLVANIA, 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1921 


QUOTATIONS 
ECONOMY IN PUBLICATION 

THERE is no doubt that all our learned So- 
cieties are going through times of financial 
stress, owing to the war. Some of them are 
able to meet the difficulties by an increase of 
subscription, but others fear that this would 
diminish their membership, and thus compen- 
sate any estimated gain. Meanwhile, the in- 
ereased cost of printing admits of no doubts 
at all, and Government help in mitigation is 
apparently not to be had—nor is it likely that 
private benefactions will come to the rescue. 
It seems eminently undesirable that scientific 
publication should be permanently diminished 
in amount, and minor economies in printing are 
apt to take up valuable time, which might be 


SCIENCE 


(P 181 


spent more profitably. We may hope that the 
cost of printing will not remain at the present 
high level, so that the future may bring less 
stress; but, meantime, we have to consider what 
is to be done now. With some hesitation I 
beg to put forward a suggestion for considera- 
tion in the special case of the Royal Astrono- 
mical Society, which is undoubtedly at the pres- 
ent moment in sore straits. The suggestion is 
that we should have an Heconomical Year as 
regards printing. For twelve months begin- 
ning either in January next (or, if that notice 
is too short, with the Annual Meeting in Feb- 
ruary next) let all the Fellows do their best 
to minimize the printing. There would be a 
vital difference between adopting this policy 
for one year and adopting it permanently, 
which, as already remarked, is strongly to be 
deprecated. 

If the policy is publicly declared, the Society 
would probably find relief in many directions. 
during the year; thus it could, without mis-~ 
understanding, discourage, or actually decline, 
papers which could be printed elsewhere, especi- 
ally those coming from abroad. Usually these 
are more than welcome, but there would be no 
harm in asking our distinguished fellows and 
associates in other lands to publish elsewhere 
for one year. Of our own fellows many would 
welcome the opportunity to use one year rather 
for consolidating work already done than for 
pushing on new work. An exception should be 
made in the case of the younger astronomers, 
whose early fire should not be checked. 

Again, I submit that, while the Annual Re- 
port of the Council is a document too valuable 
to lose permanently, there might be no serious 
disadvantage in cutting it down to very small 
proportions for one year—the thread could be 
readily picked up again in the following year. 
Here, again, some exceptions should obviously 
be made, especially the notices of Fellows de- 
ceased, a record which can not be intermitted. 
But observatory reports and most of the notes 
might be dropped. 

The question arises how the meetings of the 
Society shall be adequately filled if the supply 
of papers is cut down? And this, of course, 
is a question which must be satisfactorily 


182 


answered if the suggested policy is to be suc- 
cessful. I venture to think that the answer 
is not difficult: astronomy has been progress- 
ing so rapidly of late years that there are many 
matters, great and small, at which we have 
only had the time to glance without subjecting 
them to satisfactory discussion. Important 
ideas have been laid before the Society and 
clearly explained, which were so new that the 
audience was scarcely ready with comments. 
As one illustration, let me take Mr. Jeans’ 
suggestion that the stellar universe was former- 
ly much more compact, and has since been 
expanding and scattering. This is an idea 
which alters profoundly views hitherto adopt- 
ed and hitherto scarcely questioned. At the 
time of its suggestion the audience was almost 
silent, for the simple reason that it was too 
big a thought to take in at once; but since 
then time has elapsed and, moreover, Mr. Jeans 
has published a book. It would be strange 
if an interesting meeting could not be furnished 
by the discussion of this new idea. 

There are other matters, not on this grand 
scale, which were passed over quickly, simply 
because one paper trod on the heels of another, 
but to which a return could now be made all 
the more profitably because they have appeared 
in print. 

In further support of this policy I may quote 
the experience of the Geophysical Society, 
which has, for a few years past, been holding 
meetings in the rooms of the Royal Astrono- 
mical Society on the lines above indicated. 
The papers presented have, in general, not been 
original investigations, but rather accounts of 
work already published, and the amount of 
printing has been small. 

Doubtless if this policy of an economical 
year—or, let us call it, without prejudice, a 
special year—were adopted, other ideas would 
be forthcoming to furnish the meetings: for 
instance, we have very rarely had anything of 
the nature of a conversazione; though the few 
experiences of this kind have all been most 
enjoyable. Again, we may remember that there 
will be a meeting of the Astronomical Union 
in April next. The April meeting of the 
R. A. S. might very appropriately be devoted 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


to a preliminary discussion of the topics which 
will engage the attention of the Union; or the 
May meeting might be devoted to hearing from 
the returned delegates their experiences in 
Rome. We may hope, further, that this meet- 
ing of the Union will bring to Europe welcome 
guests from overseas, who will doubtless be 
able to interest the Society, as we have already 
had ample experience on former occasions. 

In November or December we may hope for 
news from our eclipse expedition. Finally, if 
the cutting down of the Annual Report should 
leave a blank in the February (1922) meeting, 
perhaps the Fellows might like to fill it by a 
full discussion of the present suggestion, which 
is put forward very crudely in the hope that it 
may be fully and freely discussed—From an 
Oxford Note-Book in The Observatory. 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


Applied Entomology. An introductory text- 
book of insects in their relations to man. 
By H. T. Fernatp. First edition. New 
York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1921. 


THE author recognizes a two-fold demand 
of the agricultural colleges in this country 
for a text-book of entomology which will give: 
(1) to those students who desire to specialize 
in entomology a thorough foundational train- 
ing in the science; and (2) to those students 
who intend to engage in practical farming and 
fruit-growing a general knowledge of the 
kinds, life histories, habits, and control of in- 
sects that are of economic importance. He 
has succeeded in meeting these requirements 
to a surprising degree in a book of 386 pages. 
The author first discusses the position of in- 
sects in the animal kingdom, their structure, 
transformations, the losses caused by them, 
and the nature and kinds of insecticides in 
modern use in the control of these persistent 
pests. Necessarily the discussion of these 
topics is a brief one being included in less 
than sixty pages. It seems to us unfortunate 
that the author did not give in this part of 
the book a general, though brief, discussion 
of the nature and importance of the biological 
control of insects and of the vital and ex- 


FEBRUARY 17, 1922] 


tensive relations insects bear to many human 
and plant diseases. The activities of insects 
as parasites and as earriers of disease or- 
ganisms are, however, noted here and there 
throughout the text in appropriate connection 
with the species concerned. 

The remaining pages of the book are de- 
voted to a discussion of the characteristics of 
the different orders of insects with an account 
of the life histories, habits, and control of a 
well-selected list of common, representative, 
and mostly economic species of each order. 
The author uses commendable and conservative 
judgment in recognizing and discussing but 
twenty-four orders with a brief mention of an 
additional one, the Zoraptera. An economic 
entomologist often wishes the author had been 
a little more specific regarding control 

measures. For example, paradichlorobenzene 
is briefly mentioned as having “given fatr suc- 
cess recently” in the control of the peach-tree 
borer. This seems hardly an adequate state- 
ment in view of the widely successful use of 
this substance by the Federal Bureau of En- 
tomology and by the New Jersey Experiment 
Station. 

The book is fully illustrated with numerous 
original photographs and many familiar illus- 
trations. It is certainly preferable to use good 
familiar figures in a text-book rather than poor 
original ones but great pains should be taken 
to reproduce the old figures with distinctness 
and fidelity. For example, figures 130, 131, 
135, and 242 have lost much of their original 
clearness and detail. Moreover one is apt to be 
momentarily a bit shocked to find an illustra- 
tion in a dignified text-book with the legend 
“Samples of Anoplura greatly enlarged” with- 
out any attempt to give the reader an inkling 
of the species figured. These, however, are 
small matters. 

The book has few typographical errors and 
closes with an excellent index of twelve pages. 
Altogether the author has written a well bal- 
anced, well arranged text of applied entomology 
for the beginning student and many teachers 
will find it very useful with their classes. 


GLENN W. Herrick 
CoRNELL UNIVERSITY 


SCIENCE 


183 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 


HIGH SPEED HIGH VACUA MERCURY 
VAPOR PUMPS 


THE has on several occasions? 
described two types of high speed mereury 
vapor pumps capable of producing exceedingly 
high vacua in reasonably short intervals of 
time and yet not demanding of the fore pumps 
pressures less than .01 to .005 mm. of mereury. 
These mercury vapor pumps were made of 
pyrex glass and are still in use. 

Since then slight modifications have been 
introduced which considerably reduce the time 
required in glass blowing though not altering 
the speed of either pump or the vacua obtain- 
able. The two types in modified form are 
shown in Figures 1 and 2, and are each drawn 
approximately one sixth full size. In Figure 


writer 


To Bulb 
lobe Exhausted 


Oller 


Water Jacket 


Jo Supporting 
Pum 


Inlet 


“Opening 


Oetall of 
Velve 


Dotted Arrows Ingicate 
Fath of Air 

Solid Arrows Indicate 
Path of (IES CUTY. 


high Spee? 

High vacuum 
Vrercury vapor Pump 

Umbrella Type 


Figure 1 


1 we have the umbrella type in which the bulb 
to be exhausted is attached to B, and the sup- 
porting pump to E. The hot mercury vapor 
reaches the umbrella P through the large diam- 
eter thin-walled central delivery tube O. The 
throat at V is large and annular (no central 
dead space) and hence the issuing mereury 
vapor comes into immediate contact with the 
outer water cooled walls. This construction 


1 Phys. Rev., II, 9, 311; 12, 492. 


184 


augurs for speed. The water packet is an 
integral part of the pump. The condensed 
mercury vapor is returned directly to the boiter 
through a pin-hole valve shown in the figure. 


70 Supporting, To Bulb 
Pump tobe Exhausted: 


Malet. 


See Delai/ Opening 


Detar! of 
Volve. 


High Speed 
High Vacuul? 


Mercury Vapor Pump 
Vertical Nozzle Typ? 


Dorted Arrows Indicate 
Path of Air 

Sola Arrows Indicate 
Path of Mercury. 


SS 


FIGURE 2 


In the second type, Figure 2, the umbrella 
is omitted, the delivery tube O is short and 
ends in a central vertical nozzle, and hence the 
bulb to be exhausted and the fore pump are 
interchanged. The throat at V through which 
the hot mercury vapor issues is large but not 
annular. The water jacket and mercury return 
are the same as in the umbrella type. 

Some idea of the speed of either pump may 
be obtained from the following data taken 
recently: With a Cenco-Hyvae oil pump, as a 
fore pump, a discharge tube of 2.8 liters 
volume was exhausted from the point at which 
the mercury vapor pump began to take hold 
(approximately 1 em. dark space) to where 
the tube began to darken (the X-ray stage) in 
30 seconds. If a mercury vapor trap is inter- 
posed between the pump and B the time in 
the above may be reduced to 15 seconds or 
even less! 

Comparing the two types it was found that 
the umbrella type seems, in general, to be the 
more speedy, possibly for two reasons: first, 
the water jacket reduces the amount of mer- 
cury vapor that finds its way into the bulb B 
(this of course may be entirely eliminated by 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


the mereury vapor trap mentioned above), and 
second, the issuing mereury vapor stream is 
annular. On the other hand the vertical nozzle 
type is somewhat easier to construct. An ad- 
vantage of the former, especially for lecture 
table demonstrations, is that the bulb B to be 
exhausted is supported centrally over the 
pump. These pumps are made of Pyrex glass. 
Cuas. T. Knipp 
LABORATORY OF PHYSICS, 
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, 
DrcrMBER, 1921 


THE NEUROMOTOR APPARATUS OF 
PARAMECIUM 

This study which commenced with micro- 
injection experiments on Paramecium has led 
to the discovery of a complex neuromotor sys- 
tem in the animal. This discovery is important 
because Paramecium is a generalized ciliate and 
yet has attained a degree of structural com- 
plexity and functional diversity in respect to 
one organ system comparable at least with 
that of the lower Metazoa. It is thus again 
exemplified that the unicellular state is plainly 
not an essential condition for evolutionary 
specialization and functional efficiency, except 
as it places limits on the size of the organism 
and the developmental processes arising there- 
from. 

The neuromotor apparatus consists of a 
neuromotor center situated near the anterior 
end of the cytostome and at the posterior end 
of the oral groove; a set of cytopharyngeal 
fibers which run from the neuromotor center to 
the membranelles of the cytostome and cyto- 
pharynx; an oral whorl of peripheral fibers 
which diverge from the neuromotor center and 
run to the cilia and trichoeysts of the oral side 
of the body; an aboral whorl of peripheral 
fibers which diverge from the same center to 
the cilia and trichoeysts of the aboral side. 
The cilia of the organism arise from grooves 
in the pellicle which run in nearly parallel 
lines from the anterior to the posterior end of 
the body. Those on the oral side are slightly 
oblique, meeting in a series of V’s in a line, 
the oral suture, which runs obliquely through 
the eytostome from the anterior to the pos- 
terior end of the body. The trichocysts are 
arranged with reference to the neuromotor 


Frsruary 17, 1922 


system in whorls. They reach the surface of 
ridges which appear as papille because they 
are cut across at regular intervals by the 
longitudinal ciliary grooves. 

The morphology of this neuromotor appara- 
tus shows that it is well adapted to coordinate 
the movements of the animal because the 
organelles of feeding, locomotion, and defense 
are all connected by a system of conductile 
fibers to a presumably coordinating center. 
Furthermore the fibers must be either support- 
ing, contractile, or conductile. Their exceeding 
fineness indicates the unlikelihood of a sup- 
porting function. Their position with respect 
to the neuromotor center makes it unlikely that 
they are contractile because those, the main 
direction of which is longitudinal, would have 
to operate antagonistically to those whose 
direction is transverse. The only alternative is 
that the fibers are conductile. 

Three experimental methods, that of stain- 
ing by micro-injection, the determination of 
the axial gradient in solutions of narcotics 
(Child, 1915), and micro-dissection (Taylor, 
1920) were used to secure additional evidence 
pointing towards a neuromotor funetion of 
the fibers. 

Experiments with the first method 
negative. An axial gradient was easily demon- 
strated, indicating the presence of conductile 
elements. A high rate of metabolism in the 
region of the neuromotor center could not be 
demonstrated, however, because Paramecium 
did not disintegrate as do annelid worms and 
planarians in the solutions used. 

Cutting the cytopharyngeal fibers resulted 
in the loss of coordinated movement of the 
cytopharyngeal membranelles. Extensive 
destruction of tissue in the region of the neuro- 
motor center resulted in the loss of coordinated 
movement of locomotor organelles. Equal 
destruction of tissue elsewhere in the body did 
not destroy coordinated movement. 

Thus, while experimental evidence is less 
conelusive than the morphological it supple- 
ments the latter in demonstrating that the 
fibers of Paramecium have a conductile fune- 
tion. 


were 


CHARLES W. REES 
ZOOLOGICAL LABORATORY 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


SCIENCE 


185 


THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL 


SOCIETY 
(Continued) 


SECTION OF LEATHER CHEMISTRY 
John Arthur Wilson, chairman 
G. D. MeLaughlin, secretary 


Color measurement of vegetable tan liquors: 
Henry RIcHARDSON PROCTER. 

The color value of a tan liquor as a function of 
the hydrogen-ion concentration: JOHN ARTHUR 
WIitson and Erwin J. Kern. The color value of 
a tan liquor depends upon its hydrogen-ion con- 
centration when used. A change in pH value 
produces a change in color of both liquor and 
leather. Tan liquors change in color like indica- 
tors with change in pH value, but over a range 
of from 3 to 12. This change in color is com- 
pletely reversible, if the liquors are not long ex- 
posed to air. Liquors exposed to air continue to 
darken in color, the more so the higher the pH 
value, but this change is not reversed by lowering 
the pH value. Liquors exposed to air at pH 
values of about 9 give bulky precipitates when 
their pH values are brought to 3 and such liquors 
tend to poison the hydrogen electrode. 

Chemical and physical behavior of gelatin solu- 
tions: JACQUES LOEB. 

The equilibria between tetrachrome collagen 
and liquors of different chrome content: ARTHUR 
W. THomAS and Marcarer W. KELLY. 

The adsorption of the constituents of chrome 
liquor by hide substance during nine months con- 
tact and the equilibria between tetrachrome colla- 
gen and various concentrations of liquor: ARTHUR 
W. Tuomas and Marcarer W. KeEbiy. Previ- 
ously a tetrachrome collagen was considered the 
most complex chrome collagen compound obtain- 
able. In this research an octachrome collagen 
was prepared. Further it was established through 
study of the change in composition of tetrachrome 
collagen in contact with liquors of different con- 
centrations over a period of nine months that the 
reactions taking place in chrome tanning are 
chemical in nature. This paper is one of a series 
of contributions from this laboratory establish- 
ing the chemical nature of the combination of 
chromium with hide to form chrome leather. 

Influence of sodiwm chloride, sodium sulfate 
and sucrose on the combination of chromic ion 
with hide substance: ArtTHUR W. THOMAS and 
Sruarr B. Foster. Until four years ago it was 
considered that the only important features 
involved in the use of chrome liquors in chrome 
tanning was the percentage of chromium and 


186 


sulfuric acid and their ratio one to another. The 
researches by Wilson and Kern, of Milwaukee, 
and by this laboratory have demonstrated that 
many simple substances hitherto considered with- 
out any influence may have a profound effect on 
the process of chrome tanning. In this research 
effects of the substances mentioned in the title 
have been carefully studied and a chemical theory 
has been propounded which involves the forma- 
tion of addition compounds. The recognition of 
the existence of such compounds will be required 
for proper control of chrome tanning. 

Differentiation between physical mixtures and 
chemical compounds: JEROME ALEXANDER. 

Effect of acidity wpon the rate of diffusion of 
tan liquor into gelatin jelly: JoHN ARTHUR 
Witson and Erwin J. Kern. As ordinarily used 
in tanning, gambier and quebracho extracts show 
marked differences in the rate of tanning and of 
penetration into the hide. It is shown that the 
rate of penetration is a function of the hydrogen- 
ion concentration as well as of the nontannin con- 
tent. A sample of gambier penetrated the jelly 
only at pH values above 3.0, but a sample of 
quebracho only at pH values above 4.7. Above 
9.0 the quebracho penetrated more rapidly than 
the gambier. The shape of the interface between 
a tan liquor and gelatin jelly was also found to 
be a function of the hydrogen-ion concentration. 

Theory and use of electrometric titrations: 
HAROLD FALEs. 

The chemical constituents of skin: F. L. Sry- 
mMour-JonES. Animal skin consists of proteins, 
fats and mineral salts, but for the tanner only 
the former are of much importance. Proteins 
occur in nature in the colloid state, a state of 
matter hitherto somewhat obscure in that it ap- 
peared impossible to apply normal chemical laws 
thereto. Professor Procter, of Leeds, and his 
collaborators, in particular Mr. J. A. Wilson, for 
many years studied the swelling of gelatin in 
acids and finally succeeded in showing that it 
followed a definite course which could be repre- 
sented by mathematical expression. Dr. Loeb, of 
the Rockefeller Institute, has carried this further 
in studying the effects of different acids, alkalies 
and salts on gelatin and other proteins, and has 
shown that, taking into consideration the hydro- 
gen-ion concentration (hitherto neglected), pro- 
teins really follow ordinary chemical laws. Of 
the proteins of hide, the most important is col- 
lagen, which is undoubtedly closely allied to 


gelatin. Elastin is most stable, but for light 
leathers is generally removed in the bating 
process. It is highly elastic under very small 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1416 


stresses. For keratins the tanner has little use, 
and their removal is one of his objects. The 
interfibrillary cementing substance is usually re- 
moved in liming; it is probably a mucoid, but its 
exact nature is still doubtful. A thorough knowl- 
edge of the chemical constituents of skin is essen- 
tial if progress is to be made in the science of 
tanning. So far progress has been slow in this 
direction, but each advance materially aids in 
increasing knowledge and possibilities of further 
advance. 

The warble fly problem: ALFRED SEYMOUR- 
Jones. The warble fly is one of nature’s pests, 
ruining hides by its numerous perforations. The 
fly lays its eggs on the hairs on the legs of cattle; 
from here the maggot hatches and bores into the 
animal’s body. In order to prevent or cure this 
plague, the English, Scottish and Irish agricul- 
tural authorities set up a scientific committee to 
deal with the question. Squeezing the warble 
bots out of the backs of a herd of isolated cattle 
during five years proved successful, but this 
would searcely be feasible on a large scale. Next 
a mixture of bird lime material and birch tar oil 
was painted on the hind quarters of some cattle, 
but, though this might have prevented the flies 
from laying their eggs, the cattle’s tails stuck to 
the tacky material and they stampeded. A great 
variety of mixtures, to be applied to the cattle’s 
backs when the maggots are nearly ready to 
emerge, have been tried. Some give 80 to 96 per 
cent. kills, but the work is as yet incomplete. 
However, applied to all cattle in an area for two 
or three years, there is reason to hope that the fly 
might be exterminated. 

Properties and action of enzymes in relation to 
leather manufacture: J. T. Woop. Enzymes do 
not merely accelerate a change already in prog- 
ress, but actually cause it. An explanation is 
given of Armstrong’s view of the two-fold action 
of enzymes. The action of hydrolytic enzymes 
is caused by the increase of hydrogen-ion or 
hydroxide-ion concentration at the surfaces of 
their particles. The action of enzymes in the 
various processes of leather manufacture was 
discussed. In the ‘‘soaks’’ enzymes are secreted 
by a variety of species of bacteria, as is also the 
case in the ‘‘limes,’’ but the possibility of the 
presence of tissue enzymes in these two processes 
should not be overlooked. The enzymes of the 
dung bate are then enumerated and a short 
account of the introduction of commercial enzymes 
is given. The action of tryptic enzymes on the 
elastin of the grain and Wilson’s experiments are 
briefly discussed together with the author’s views 


Frsruary 17, 1922] 


of the interpretation to be put upon the results. 
In the ‘‘drenching process’’ the presence of an 
amylolytic enzyme is essential. Starches are 
transformed into dextrin and glucoses, which are 
subsequently fermented into organic acids. 

A critical study of bating: JoHN ARTHUR 
Witson and Guivpo Daus. A critical study of 
bating limed skins in the tannery has been made 
which tends to elevate a heretofore mysterious 
process to a scientific plane. The primary fune- 
tion of bating is to remove elastin fibers from the 
skin prior to tanning. This is done by means of 
pancreatin after liming, unhairing and washing 
the skins. When a dilute solution of pancreatin 
was employed, complete digestion of the elastin 
was effected only when the pH value of the solu- 
tion lay between 7.5 and 8.5, but when a more 
concentrated solution was used, the active range 
was extended to 5.5 to 8.5. An explanation of 
this is given on the assumption that an addition 
compound between the enzyme and collagen is 
formed in increasing amounts as the pH value is 
reduced from 8. The rate of removal of elastin 
from calfskin is shown as a function of the con- 
centration of enzyme and of the time of digestion. 
Ammonium chloride shows an activating effect in 
concentrations up to 0.5 gram per liter and a 
marked inhibitory effect in higher concentrations. 
The failure of commercial bates to remove elastin 
from calfskin was attributed to the presence of 
woody fibers. A comparison of bated and un- 
bated leathers was made. The work was illus- 
trated by five photomicrographs and four sets of 
curves. 


The microscope as applied to leather manufac- 
ture: Fini ENNA. 

The isoelectric point of collagen: ARTHUR W. 
Tuomas and Margaret W. KEtuy. Recent expe- 
mental work in biological chemistry has demon- 
strated that proteins are amphoteric electrolytes 
in aqueous solution. The point of transition in 
their amphoteric properties is known as the iso- 
electric point, a knowledge of which is essential 
in interpretation of their chemical and colloid 
chemical conduct. Hides and skins consist of 
proteins, the protein collagen predominating. It is 
obvious that the amphoteric nature of hide protein 
plays an important réle in tanning the hide. The 
object of this research was to determine the iso- 
electric point of hide protein and thus contribute 
to the chemical control of leather manufacture. 
The experiments enumerated in the paper show 
the isoelectric point to be at a hydrogen-ion con- 
centration of 10—5 moles per liter. At acidites 
higher than this, the hide is electropositive and 


SCIENCE 


187 


at lower acidities, or greater alkalinities it is 
electronegative. 

Physiological and histological observations on 
the flayed skin entering into the art of leather 
manufacture: ALFRED SryMouR-JONES. Before 
proceeding with the animal skin, the tanner first 
removes all the hair and outer skin (epidermis) 
from the outside and all adhering fleshy matter 
from the inside of the skin. This leaves the true 
skin to be converted into leather. This true skin 
consists of four distinct layers. The topmost 
layer is the grain membrane, which varies con- 
siderably in feel and texture with different 
animals. It forms a connecting link between the 
epidermis and the true skin. Just below it lies a 
thin layer, the cutis minor, vitally important in 
the manufacture of good leather. Below again is 
the fatty layer, largely consisting of groups of 
fat cells, resembling in appearance bunches of 
grapes. The last layer is the cutis major, which 
forms the major part of the whole skin. It is 
composed of white collagen fibers, intertwining in 
every direction to form a firm and inextensible 
coat for the body. In the grain membrane and 
cutis minor the white fibers are supported by 
yellow elastic fibers. When, as in bating, the 
elastic fibers are removed, these two layers be- 
come soft and extensible, and the skin ‘‘falls.’’ 
This is the result desired in the preparation of 
glove leathers, kid, and the like. But it is only 
necessary to bate these two upper layers. Since 
there is no elastin in the two basal layers, bating 
these latter only causes loss of valuable skin sub- 
stance without any corresponding benefit. 


The chemistry of lime liquors used in the tan- 
nery: W. R. ATKIN. The author has extended the 
theories of Procter and Wilson and of Loeb to 
the alkaline swelling of hide in lime liquors. The 
real reason why such sharpening agents as sodium 
sulfide and sodium carbonate produce greater 
swelling than lime alone is that the osmotic 
pressure which causes swelling is greater for 
sodium collagenate than for calcium collagenaie 
at the same pH value. The smooth grain of skins 
unhaired in limes containing arsenic sulfide is due 
to the fact that calcium collagenate only is 
formed. A rapid method for controlling lime 
liquors is deseribed. Alkaline swelling is shown 
to be exactly analogous to acid swelling, which 
has been more extensively investigated. Certain 
tanning processes are shown to act in a way par- 
allel to pickling. 

The determination of tannin: JoHN ARTHUR 
WILson and Erwin J. Kern. The authors have 
succeeded in improving the procedure of their 


188 


new method of tannin analysis. The revised 
procedure gives the same results as the original, 
but saves a great deal of time and labor and 
increases the accuracy for unskilled analysts. To 
make a determination by the revised procedure, 
it ig necessary merely to shake a fixed amount of 
hide powder with a solution containing a known 
amount of the soluble matter of the tanning 
material until all tannin is removed from solu- 
tion, washing the tanned powder in a special 
device which prevents the loss of anything but 
matter in solution, drying the washed powder 
and weighing it. The increase in weight of the 
dry hide powder is a measure of the tannin con- 
tent. All criticism raised against the new method 
thus far has been refuted. 

Wattle bark tannin: R. O. PHILLIPS. 

Measurement of the iron contamination of 
chestnut extract: T. G. GREAVES. 

Anthrax prophylaxis in the leather industry: 
Aurrep SpyMour-Jones. Anthrax is caused by 
a micro-organism which exists in two forms. It is 
imported by materials such as hair, bristles, wool 
and dried hides and skins, mainly from far east- 
ern countries. The organism in its active form is 
easy to kill, but the spore is highly resistant. For 
wool, hair and the like, the British government has 
erected an experimental plant at Liverpool, using 
heat and formalin, which promises good results. 
Such treatment obviously cannot be applied to 
hides. Experiment has shown that with hides the 
only practicable method to deal with the spore is 
by soaking in weak acid solution. Here common 
disinfectants, such as formalin and the ecarbolic 
series, cannot be used, owing to their tanning 
action. Using mercuric chloride at 1/5000 in 
one per cent. formic acid, followed by a brine 
bath to pickle the hides, has proved very success- 
ful, and the cost should not exceed six cents a 
hide. Anthrax can be prevented from entering a 
country, as New Zealand has shown. Since 1909 
there has not been a single case in the country, 
clearly demonstrating the efficacy of sterilizing 
material at the exporting port. 

A trip through the tannery on the inside of a 
calfskin: JoHN ARTHUR WiLson. This lecture is 
illustrated by microscopic projections thrown on 
the screen at 2,000 diameters. Cross sections of 
calfskin at various stages of the tanning process 
are shown. In fleshing, the adipose tissue is cut 
away just under the flesh layer of elastin fibers. 
During liming, the substance of the Malpighian 
layer of the epidermis is slowly digested, thus 
effectively separating the corneous layer of the 
epidermis and the hairs from the dermis. In 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1416 


bating, the elastin fibers are digested by pan- 
creatic enzymes. After bating only the grain 
membrane, collagen fibers, erector pili muscles 
and a few blood vessels are left. The tannin 
combines chemically with the collagen fibers. 
The fat liquoring process distributed oil uni- 
formly over the surfaces of the fibers. Color- 
ing and the application of finishing materials 
complete the processes of addition. Chrome 
tanning gives a very markedly different leather 
from the vegetable process. 

On the hydrophobie colloid content of vegetable 
tanning extracts with attempts to correlate 
astringency with the potential difference of the 
particles against the aqueous phase: ARTHUR W. 
THoMaAS and Stuart B. Foster. The reasons for 
the different degrees of astringeney of various 
vegetable tanning extracts have been long a 
matter for speculation. The problem has been 
attacked from a colloid chemical point of view 
with the result that astringency has been indicated 
to be a function of the electrical charge of the 
tannin particles. The higher the charge the 
greater is the astringency. The electrical charges 
for several extracts are submitted and methods of 
varying these charges and incidentally the astrin- 
gencies of extracts are suggested. As a result of 
such discoveries blind use of certain vegetable 
extracts is no longer necessary, since the prop- 
erties peculiar to one kind can be obtained with 
an entirely different extract by simple treatment 
according to the principles of colloid chemistry. 

The time and concentration factors in the com- 
bination of tannin with hide substance. I. Gam- 
bier. II. Quebracho: ARTHUR W. THOMAS and 
Marcaret W. KreLury. This paper is the first of 
a series of studies of the action of vegetable tan- 
ning extracts in the formation of leather. It 
brings out clearly the difference in behavior of 
an astringent tanning agent and of a mild one. 
Gambier shows slow regular increase in the 
amount of tans fixed by hide as the concentration 
of the extract and the time of reaction is 
increased. Contrasted to this behavior, que- 
bracho shows a rapid and larger amount of tan 
fixed than gambier does, accompanied with a 
sharp maximum followed by an abrupt drop in 
the fixation. The results of this investigation 
combined with other researches from this labora- 
tory are pointing to a scientific explanation of 
the astringency of vegetable tanning materials 
which will afford more intelligent control of them 
in the tannery. 

CHARLES L. Parsons, 
Secretary. 


New SrErizs 


9 SIneLeE Coprzs, 15 Crs. 
Vou. LV, No. 1417 Fripay, Fepruary 24, 1922 y 


ANNUAL SusBscrierton, $6.00 


THE most convenient 
apparatus for quickly de- 
termining the hardness of 
metal castings, tools, dies 
and similar apparatus. 
Tests can be made in ten 
seconds and even less in 
certain classes of work. 


The operation is on the 
principle of impressing a 
1/16” diameter steel ball 
into the sample piece and 
noting on the dial the 
depth of the impression 
produced. No microscope 
nor separate depth gauge 
is necessary. 


The instrument is portable, accurate, rugged and can be operated by 
anyone without preliminary training. 


3839/2 Sc. Rockwell Hardness Tester $345.00 


Write for special bulletin which gives full details, stating at the same 
time your requirements. 


oe 3 ay.| 8 5 a 
NEW YORK CITY j PITTSBURGH BRANCH 
3rd Ave., 18th—19th St. “x 4048 Jenkins Arcade 
Washingten, D. C. Display Rook: Suite 601, Evening Star Building, 
Pennsylvania Avenue and 11th Street. 


li SCIENCE—ADVERTISHMENTS 


The Boreal Flora 
of the 


Sierra Nevada of California 


By FRANK JASON SMILEY 


423 pages, 7 plates. Paper, $5.00. Carriage 
extra, weight 234 Ibs. 


This book constitutes a working flora 
of the high Sierra Nevada of California. 
It has been the intent of the author to 
present a list of all the plants of the 
high Sierra with keys for their determi- 
nation. He has also included descrip- 
tions of the geology, topography, and 
climate of the range. 


University of California Press 
Berkeley, California 


THE DYNAMICAL THEORY OF GASES 
(Third Edition) 
By J. H. Jeans 
New revised edition of this valuable work 
giving especial prominence to the Quantum 
Theory and Radiation. $10.00 


PHYSICS: THE ELEMENTS 
By NorMANn Rosert CAMPBELL 
A book on the fundamentals of physics; 
the nature, meaning and basis of scientific 
propositions which characterize physics as 
a science. $12.50 


THE MECHANICAL PRODUCTION 
OF COLD (Second Edition) 
By J. A. Ewine Ill. $8.00 


64-68 Fifth Avenue, NEW YORK 
Prairie Avenue and 25th Street, CHICAGO 


The Cambridge University Press, England 


ANNOUNCES THE FOLLOWING SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS 


Huntington Chambers, Copley Sq., BOSTON 


SCIENCE LIBRARY 


LEE. Microtemist’s Vade Mecum 
8th Revised Edition. Including New 
Methods of Eminent European Col- 
laborators. Cloth, $6.50. 

ROUGIER. Philosophy And 

The New Physics 
The Einstein Theory and Theory of 
Quanta. Thoroughly comprehensible. 


Cloth, $1.75. 
HACKH. Chemical Reactions And 
Their Equatiens 
Practical, easy methods for balancing 
all equations. Cloth, $1.75. 


SMITH. Priestley In America 
The activities of the “discoverer of 
oxygen while in America.” Cloth, $1.50. 
SCHAEFFER. The Nose, Paranasal_ 
Sinuses, Nasolacrimal Passageways, 
Olfactory Organ In Man 
A genetic, developmental and anatomico 
physiological consideration. 204 illustra- 
tions. Cloth, $10.00. 
MORRIS. Textbook of Human Anatomy 
New Edition. 1182 illustrations. Cloth, 
$10.00. 


P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. 
Publishers Philadelphia 


THE THEORY OF FUNCTIONS OF A 
REAL VARIABLE AND THE THEORY 
OF FOURIER’S SERIES. Vol. I. 

(Second Edition, revised and enlarged) _ 

By E. W. Hosson 

This new edition brings up to date the 
development of the Theory of Functions of 
a real variable with particular reference to 
the Lebesgue Integral. $15.00 


ELEMENTS OF THE MATHEMATICAL 
THEORY OF ELECTRICITY AND 
MAGNETISM (Fifth Edition) 
By Sir J. J. THomson 
A study of electro-magnetic phenomena 
using the very simplest mathematical ex- 


GaNae ane AR planations. $8.00 
Ee GRAV ATATIOND THE THEORY OF ELECTRICITY 
An outline of the General Relativity BEG 1EL Daa Tl. $ 

Theory (Second Impression). BRASS es a EES pO oe 
By A. S. Eppincton $5.00 APPLIED MECHANICS 

THE ABSOLUTE RELATIONS OF By E. S. ANDREWS $2.50 
TIME AND SPACE HIGHER MECHANICS 

By Atrrep A. Rogs $2.00 By H. Lams $8.50 

For Sale By 


THE MACMILLAN COMPANY, American Agents 


609 Mission Street, SAN FRANCISCO 
330 South Harwood Street, DALLAS 
Hurt Building, ATLANTA 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Vou. LV 


ae 


Frpruary 24, 1922 No. 1417 


The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 


A Mechanical Analogy in the Theory of 


Equations: Proressor D. R. CuRTISS............ 189 
William Bateson on Darwinism: Dr. HENRY 

ARVATR TET D es OSBOR Nyseseseces sacs eee ccoes sensanetencesesnes 194 
Science in the Philippines: Dr. J. C. Wirt.... 197 
Charles Henry Davis 21d.........---c--cc--cc+-ceseeseseeee 200 


Scientific Events: 
British Scientific Instruments; An English 
Journal of Scientific Instruments; Journal 
of the Optical Society of America and 
Review of Scientific Instruments; Gift of 
Proceeds of Research for Research; Pro- 
fessor J. W. Towmey and the Yale School 
CONp > TO RAS IAG] creeper eet a re eres 200 
Scientific Notes and N e€ws.....---.1...-c.ce-cc1eeencnees 203 
University and Educational Notes............-...--- 206 
Discussion and Correspondence: 


Kilobar, Kilocal, Kilograd: PRoressor 
ALEXANDER MoApir. The Geology of 
Western Vermont: Dr. C. E. Gorpon. 
Acute Sense of Sound Location in Birds: 
JOSEPH MAIDLLAIRD...............2--ccccccssecsessncessecesore 207 


Scientific Books: 


Lacroiz on Déodat Dolomieu: Dr. GEORGE 
BE VARN EG UIN eae eaes ASE Se Pe ISN a 209 


Special Articles: 
Dissociation of Hydrogen in a Tungsten 
Furnace and Low Voltage Arcs in the Mon- 
atomic Gas: Dr. O. S. DurFrEnBack. A 
Simple Method of Dealing with Electrified 
Microsections: Dr. S. W. GBISER.......0.002002-. 210 


The American Chemical Society: Dr. CHARLES 
SEAR SONGS een Ge eae ie 212 


A MECHANICAL ANALOGY IN THE 
THEORY OF EQUATIONS! 


To the mathematician the solution of a prob- 
lem is the more interesting if it utilizes meth- 
ods and principles from fields that at first 
glance seem foreign to the one in which the 
problem lies. The question of whether a linear 
differential equation has algebraic solutions is 
sufficiently important to attract attention of 
itself, but its answer by reference to the prop- 
erties of regular polyhedrons has become a 
mathematical classic. Such analogies are not, 
however, to be regarded as mere tours de force 
whose purpose is only to astonish, or to 
appeal to a certain esthetic sense; the instance 
just mentioned shows that the new point of 
view may disclose wide vistas hitherto undis- 
cerned. If there is a choice of terms in which 
the analogy may be stated, the formulation 
which is most conerete and most striking may 
also be the most illuminating. 

Such considerations as these, doubtless, have 
led to the deseription of what are essentially 
vector methods with complex variables in 
terms of mechanicai systems. I propose here 
to diseuss the progress that has been made by 
the aid of such an interpretation in studying 
the distribution in the complex plane of the 
roots of algebraic equations in one variable. 

On the algebraic side the chief purpose of 
the investigations to be considered has been to 
obtain what may be called theorems of separa- 
tion, i. e., theorems which state whether roots ~ 
of an equation do or do not lie in specified 
regions of the complex plane. Such theorems 
may also state how many roots lie in the speci- 
fied regions, or may give limits, inferior or 
superior, for the number of roots thus situ- 
ated. These regions may be defined in terms 


1 Address of the vice-president and chairman 
of Section A—Mathematics, American Associa- 
tion for the Advancement of Science, Toronto, 
1921. 


190 


of the roots of other polynomials; we are then 
concerned with relative distributions of the 
roots of two or more polynomials. 

Theorems of separation for real roots of 
real equations are numerous, and are among 
the most familiar results in elementary mathe- 
matics. I need only mention Descartes’ rule, 
which gives a superior limit for the number of 
roots on the positive real axis, or Sturm’s 
method for obtaining the exact number in any 
real interval. Rolle’s theorem, in the form 
which states that between each consecutive pair 
of real roots of a real polynomial f(x) there 
lies an odd number of real roots of the derived 
function f’(x), is perhaps the most important 
proposition concerning relative distributions of 
real roots of two real polynomials. 

No such progress has been made with sim- 
ilar propositions for complex roots, although 
the widening of the field of observation from 
the real axis to the complex plane vastly 
increases the range of possibilities. To be 
sure, we have extensions of Sturm’s theorem, 
and other methods, both algebraic and tran- 
scendental, which give eriteria for the exact 
number of roots within a region, but in prac- 
tice these prove so cumbersome as to be of 
little use. The great desideratum is a body of 
results whose simplicity and range of appli- 
cations would make them comparable with 
Rolle’s theorem, or the Budan-Fourier theorem 
in the real case. As Jensen has remarked, the 
solution of important problems regarding the 
zeroes of transcendental functions may be de- 
pendent upon progress in this direction. 

The significance of Rolle’s theorem naturally 
led to attempts to extend it to the complex 
plane almost as soon as the now familiar geo- 
metrie representation of complex numbers had 
been adopted. A line of attack is clearly indi- 
cated by the identity of the logarithmic deriva- 
tive 

Ud 

fe) ie 
f(z) Xaien 

where f(a) is a polynomial of degree n, whose 
roots are @,, @,.-,@, and f’(z) is the first 
derivative of f(x). Gauss was probably the 
first to give this a mechanical interpretation 
which depends on the representation of a com- 
plex number z—a as a free vector whose 


1 
He ane : 


Z—a 
n 


XL— da, 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


length, |z— al, and direction are those of the 
directed line segment from the point which 
corresponds to a, or, more briefly, from the 
point a, to the point x. The conjugate of the 
reciprocal of z—a, which may be denoted by 


the symbol Ke i 


, corresponds to a vector 


having the same direction as the vector —a 
but with a length equal to the reciprocal of 
x—al. This is precisely the vector which 
represents the force at « due to a particle of 
unit mass at a which repels with a force whose 
magnitude is equal to its mass divided by the 
distance. If, then, we take the conjugate of 
both sides of the identity of the logarithmic 
derivative, we have the theorem of Gauss: 
The roots of £/(x) which are not also roots of 
£(x) are the points of equilibrium in the field 
of force due to particles of unit mass at the 
roots of £(x), each of which exerts a repulsion 
equal to its mass divided by the distance. 
From this result it is but a step, though one 
not taken for many years, to the polygon 
theorem of Lucas, now sufficiently well known 
to have a place in Osgood’s “Lehrbuch der 
Funktionentheorie,” but discovered and redis- 
covered, proved and reproved in most of the 
languages of Hurope—and all the proofs are 
substantially the same! This ignorance of the 
work of others characterizes even some of the 
most important contributions in this field. 
Lucas, for example, seems to have considered 
himself the discoverer of the theorem of Gauss, 
which really antedates his work by many years. 
The polygon theorem, in its usual form, is a 
theorem of relative distribution which states 
that the roots of the derived function f’(x) lie 
within or on the perimeter of the smallest 
convex polygon (or line segment) which 
ineludes within itself or on its boundary all 
the roots of f(x). This statement implies that 
there is but one such polygon (or line seg- 
ment), which reduces to a point if f(z) has all 
its roots coincident. In case the polygon of 
Lucas does not reduce to a line or a point, the 
only roots of f’(x) on its perimeter are mul- 
tiple roots of f(z). An equivalent form giving 
a separation theorem for the roots of f(z) 
states that every straight line through a root 
of f’(a) either passes through all the roots of 


FEBRUARY 24, 1922] 


f(z) or else separates them, 7. e., has roots on 
each side of it. This form is immediately sug- 
gested by the corresponding mechanical sys- 
tem; it is evident that a point of equilibrium 
must either be collinear with all the repelling 
particles, or else the latter must be seen under 
an angle of more than 180° from the former. 

This result is only one of many concerning 
the relative distribution of roots of f(a) and 
f’(a) that may be inferred from the conditions 
of equilibrium of our mechanical system; we 
have deduced it by taking account only of the 
directions of the repelling forces. By con- 
sidering their magnitudes as well J. Nagy 
(Jahresbericht der Deutschen Mathematiker 
Vereinigung, Vol. 27 (1918), page 44) has 
obtained a number of interesting theorems of 
which the following is one of the most striking: 
If ais a root’of the polynomial f(x) of degree 
n, and B is a root of f’(x), every circle through 
the points B and y = B + (n—1)(B—a) 
contains at least one root of f(x). The proofs 
given do not, however, make explicit use of 
the mechanical analogy. In a paper read 
before the International Congress of Mathe- 
maticians at Strasbourg J. L. Walsh has util- 
ized Gauss’s theorem in discussing the case 
where the roots of f(x) lie in two circles. 

If the repelling particles exert a force 
inversely proportional to the square of the 
distance we obtain theorems of relative dis- 
tribution of roots in which f’(x) is replaced 
by f(a)f"(z) — [f’(2)]*; from a root of the 
latter function the roots of f(x) must be seen 
under an angle of at least 90°, and the polygon 
of Lucas is replaced by one bounded by ares 
of circles. Other extensions of this sort sug- 
gest themselves, but nothing, so far as I am 
aware, has been published along this line. 

An immediate corollary of the polygon the- 
orem states that all the roots of all the derived 
funetions lie within the polygon of Lucas. It 
is well known that the centroid of the roots of 
f(a) coincides with that of the roots of its 
derivative of any order. An often discovered 
theorem places the roots of f’(x) at the foci 
of a curve determined by the roots of f(a). 

In 1912 Jensen, in a very suggestive memoir 
on the theory of equations (Acta Mathematica, 
Vol. 36), stated without proof a theorem for 


SCIENCE 


191 


equations all of whose coefficients are real 
which may be regarded as an improvement on 
the polygon theorem. If f(z) is a real poly- 
nomial its complex roots form conjugate pairs. 
The resultant force of repulsion due to parti- 
cles at such a pair of points is directed away 
from the real axis at a point not on this axis 
and which lies outside the cirele whose diam- 
eter is the line segment joining the pair; we 
designate this circle the Jensen circle of the 
pair. At a point within the Jensen circle and 
not on the real axis the resultant force due to 
the pair is directed toward the real axis, while 
on the real axis and on the circumference of 
the circle it is parallel to the real axis. Thus 
at a point which is neither on the axis of reals 
nor within or on the circumference of any of 
the Jensen circles corresponding to the com- 
plex roots, the resultant force of repulsion due 
to the whole system of particles at the roots 
of f(x) cannot vanish, for the force due to 
each particle on the real axis is directed away 
from that axis, and the same is true of the 
forces due to pairs of particles at the complex 
roots. We thus have Jensen’s theorem: The 
voots of f£'(x) which are not real must lie 
within or on the Jensen circles of £{(x). To 
be more precise, a root of f’(a) cannot lie on 
a Jensen cirele unless it is real, or unless it is 
a multiple root of f(z), or unless it is also 
within or on another Jensen circle. 

Since the addition of a constant force par- 
allel to the real axis does not change the above 
argument, Jensen’s theorem remains valid 
when we substitute for f’(<) the function 
af(z) + f’(2) where @ is any real number. 
Another extension indicated by Jensen con- 
cerns the regions within which roots of the 
successive derived equations lie, these regions 
being defined in terms of the roots of f(z). 
Thus the complex roots of f’’(x) are in the 
Jensen circles of f’(z), whose centers are on 
the axis of reals and whose vertical diameters 
are within the Jensen circles of f(x). The 
solution of a simple problem in envelopes 
shows that all the complex roots of f’’(x) lie 
within or on ellipses each of which has a pair 
of complex roots of f(z) at the ends of its 
minor axis and has a major axis whose length 
is \/2 times that of its minor axis. For the 


192 


rth derived equation the result is the same 
except that the ratio of lengths of axes is \/r. 
Jensen states that this is also true of the func- 
tion g(D) . f(x), where g(D) is a linear differ- 
ential operator of order r with constant coeffi- 
cients whose factors are all real, and that f(z) 
may be an integral transcendental function of 
genus zero or one. 

In a recent paper (Annals of Mathematics, 
Vol. 22 (1920) p. 128), J. L. Walsh notes 
some results for non-real polynomials which 
follow from considerations that led to Jensen’s 
theorem. He also gives an answer to the ques- 
tion which at once suggests itself as to how 
many roots of f’(x) lie within a Jensen circle 
when f(z) is real by a method of interest in 
itself, doubtless suggested by Bécher’s treat- 
ment of a similar problem which we shall note 
later. By allowing all the roots of f(a) out- 
side a Jensen circle to move out to infinity, 
noting what roots of f’(z) may enter or leave 
the circle, and counting those within the circle 
at the end of the process, Walsh concludes that 
if @ Jensen circle has on or within it k roots 
of £(x) and is not interior to nor has a point 
in common with any exterior Jensen circle, 
then it has on or within it not more than k+1 
nor less than k—1 roots of f’(x). Ina paper 
not yet published I have obtained a result a 
little more precise than this in which, for the 
-sake of simpler statement, I will suppose 
neither f(a) nor f’(#) has multiple roots. By 
the term “root of even index” I designate a 
real root of f’(a) between which and the next 
real root of f(x) to the right or left there lies 
an odd number of real roots of f’(x); if f(z) 
has no real roots this term denotes every other 
real root of f’(), starting with the least. All 
the real roots of even index of f’(x) can be 
shown to lie in or on Jensen circles, and every 
such circle that has no point in or on it within 
or on any other Jensen circle has within it 
either just one real root of even index of 
f’(x), or just one pair of complex roots of 
f'(z). The region covered by a system of 
Jensen circles each of which overlaps or 
touches some other of the system has within it 
the total number of real roots of even index 
and of pairs of complex roots of the derived 
equation which the cireles would have if they 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


were separated, but there may be circles of the 
system containing no such points. General 
criteria to determine whether even an isolated 
Jensen circle contains a pair of complex roots 
or a real root of even index of f’(a) are lack- 
ing, though Walsh discusses special cases, in 
some of which we may use a circle smaller 
than Jensen’s. 

Relative distributions of the roots of a real 
polynomial f(z) and of its derivative in vari- 
ous special cases have been discussed by H. B. 
Mitchell (Transactions of the American Math- 
ematical Society, Vol. 19 (1918), p. 43). The 
identity of the logarithmic derivative is used, 
but the mechanical analogy and Jensen’s the- 
orem are not cited. 

So far we have been concerned only with 
theorems of relative distribution for the roots 
of a polynomial and of its derivative. In a 
most suggestive paper by Bocher (‘A Problem 
in Statics and its Relation to Certain Alge- 
braic Invariants,” Proceedings of the American 
Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. 40 (1904), 
p. 469) our mechanical system is generalized 
by assigning to particles at points e,, @,,. . e, 
masses m,, M,, .. m_ respectively, with the 
same law of repulsion as before. Negative 
values for the masses are admitted, the repul- 
sion becoming an attraction in the case of the 
corresponding particles. The field of force is 
then given in both magnitude and direction by 
re Cae 1 ae 

£—e, OG, L—e, 

The cases of greatest interest are those in 
which the sum of the masses is zero. By pro- 
jecting such a system stereographically upon 
a sphere (the same result could be established 
by inversion on a circle about «), Bécher 
proves that a point cannot be a position of 
equilibrium if it is possible to draw a circle 
through it upon which not all the particles le 
and which completely separates the attractive 
particles which do not lie on it from the repul- 
sive particles which do not lie on it. 

A remarkable property of these systems 
whose total mass is zero is now developed by 
introducing homogeneous variables 


Di ae aaa teneer tl 
Saat 
Zo é. 


Fepruary 24, 1922] 


If the above expression for the field of force is 
reduced to a common denominator within the 
parenthesis, the numerator is the product of 
x2 and a covariant p of weight 1 of the n 
linear forms e”x,—e’x,. The points of equi- 
librium are roots of the covariant ¢, and 
¢ vanishes at no other points unless two of the 
particles coincide. If the points e, are defined 
as the roots of a system of binary forms ff, 
the masses of all the particles corresponding to 
each f being equal, ¢ is an integral rational 
covariant of the forms f,, and we are thus led 
to theorems of relative distribution for the 
roots of a system of forms and those of a 
covariant of the system. In particular, if the 
system consists of but two forms, the covariant 
¢ is their Jacobian; in all cases @ can be ex- 
pressed as a polynomial in the ground-forms 
and Jacobians of pairs of the ground-forms. 

The conditions of equilibrium of the cor- 
responding mechanical system can now be 
interpreted as theorems of separation for the 
roots of the forms. Thus if f, and f, are two 
binary forms whose roots are all in circles 
C, and C, respectively, and these circles do not 
touch or overlap, then all the roots of the 
Jacobian of f, and f, are in C, and C,. The 
actual number of roots in each circle is ob- 
tained by allowing the roots of f, to coalesce 
at a point a, and shrinking C, to this point; 
during this process C, is always to inelude all 
the roots of f,. At the end of this process the 
Jacobian has p,—1 roots at a,, where p, is 
the degree of f,. We conclude that the Jaco- 
bian originally had this number of roots in C,, 
and a correspondingly determined number in 
C,. The circles C, and C, may be replaced by 
cirele-are polygons. 


The polygon theorem of Lucas corresponds 
to the special case where one of the ground- 
forms reduces to Xp. 

A ease of especial interest is that where one 
of the two ground-forms is linear; we have 
just noted a particular instance. The Jacobian 
of y,x,—y,x, and f(#,,2,) is the first polar 
of (y,,y,) with respect to f. In a series of 
papers dating from 1874, to be found in his 
collected works, Laguerre had developed sep- 
aration theorems for a binary form and its 


SCIENCE 


193 


polars, without the use of our mechanical 
analogy. Bécher seems to have been unac- 
quainted with these results, which, however, 
are directly obtainable from his own. If the 
circle C, of the preceding paragraph is re- 
placed by the point (y,,y,), we have La- 
guerre’s theorem which states that if this point 
is outside a circle C, that contains all the roots 
of f(#,,2,), then all the roots of the polar 
wf, + y2f;, lie within C,. Laguerre gives 
i by 


this a more striking form by supposing 
(#,,”,) taken arbitrarily and determining the 
“derived point” (y,,y,) as the point which 
makes the polar vanish. Hvery circle through 
a point and its derived point either has all 
the roots of £(x,, x,) on it, or else there is at 
least one root within and at least one root 
without the circle. In non-homogeneous vari- 
ables the derived point y of a point a with 
respect to f(a) is 


where n is the degree of f(a). The first ap- 
proximation to a root of f(a) being a, the next 
approximation by Newton’s’ method is 
2) 

f’ (x) 
light upon Newton’s method in the complex 
plane; it replaces x by a point within a circle 
on which «x lies, and which surely contains a 
root of f(z). 

A point coincides with its derived point 
when and only when the point is a root of f(a). 
Let a be such a simple root, and let £ be its 
derived point with respect to F(a), where 
f(z) = (a—a)F (a), and the degree of f(x) 
is at least two. Since F(a) = f’(a), and 
F’(a) = Yef" (a), we have 
goa yo f(a) 

F'(a) f" (a) 
Each cirele through a and £ either has all the 
roots of f(a) upon it or else at least one is 
within it and at least one is without. There 
is thus at least one root whose distance from 


Thus we have a most interesting 


= a4—2(n—1) 


a# is not greater than 2(2—1) plea, 
f(a) 


Laguerre and others have made interesting 
applications of these results to polynomials 


194 


all of whose roots are real, and to polynomial 
solutions of linear differential equations. 
Before leaving this phase of our subject we 
may note, with Laguerre, that similar the- 
orems hold for each of the successive polars of 
a binary form with respect to a point. An 
interesting field hardly touched as yet is that 
of separation theorems for the successive polars 
of a form with respect to a sequence of points 
defined as the roots of another form. By 
taking the two forms in a special case where 
they are apolar Grace has proved (Proceedings 
of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, Vol. 
11 (1901), p. 35) a result equivalent to this: 
If the distance apart of two roots «,, %, of a 
polynomial f(a) of degree n is 2a, there is at 
least one root of £’(x) on or in the circle 


aoe 7 : 
whose radius is a cot —, and whose center is 
n 


1%4(a,-+a,). In this paper lack of references 
indicates ignorance of Laguerre’s work. The 
same result was proved later by Heawood 
(Quarterly Journal of Mathematics, Vol. 38 
(1907), p. 84) by allowing all the other roots 
of f(x) to vary suitably. Here, again, there 
is no reference to any other work in this field. 

To return to more recent work on the van- 
ishing of the Jacobian of two forms f, and f,, 
we note two very interesting papers by Walsh 
in the Transactions of the American Mathe- 
matical Society, in which are discussed cases 
where the roots of the ground-forms are in 
three circles, instead of two. An added inter- 
est is shown to attach to the Jacobian because 
the numerator of the derivative of a rational 
function 


ua) fy(ts2,) 
v(@) fa (%yy #2) 
is x* multiplied by the Jacobian of f, and f,. 


Separation theorems for the Jacobian are then 
interpretable in terms of this derivative. The 
results of these papers are, of course, only a 
first step to the consideration of still more 
general separation theorems. The field is the 
more interesting in that its investigation 
involves a combination of mechanical, alge- 
braical, and geometrical considerations. 


I must close with only a mention of certain 
extensions of the problem we have so far con- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


sidered. Thus Bécher, generalizing a method 
due to Stieltjes, considers the positions of 
equilibrium of a system of free particles of 
equal mass in a field of force due not only to 
a number of fixed repelling particles, but also 
to their own mutual repulsions according to 
the same law. If the total mass of fixed and 
moving particles is 1, the positions of equi- 
librium of the free particles are determined 
by the vanishing of covariants, of which some 
examples are given by Bécher. These results, 
as well as some obtained by adding a force 
function K[f(a)], are useful in the study of 
polynomial solutions of differential equations. 
We must regret that Bécher was never able to 
fulfill the hope twice expressed in this paper 
that he might be able to return in detail to 
these problems which he had merely sketched. 
Their investigation requires considerable skill, 
but, if successful, would add a new and im- 
portant chapter to algebra, with a striking 
application of invariant theory. 


D. R. Curtiss 
NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY 


WILLIAM BATESON ON DARWINISM 


Asipe from the fine impression created by 
the admirable series of papers and addresses 
in biology, zoology and genetics in Toronto at 
the Naturalists’ meeting, a very regrettable 
impression was made by a number of passages 
in the addresses of Professor William Bateson, 
the distinguished representative of Cambridge 
University and British biology. On the morn- 
ing following his principal address the Toronto 
Globe (December 29, 1921) published, in large 
letters: “Bateson Holds That Former Beliefs 
Must Be Abandoned. Theory of Darwin Still 
Remains Unproved and Missing Link Between 
Monkey and Man Has Not Yet Been Discoy- 
ered by Science. Claims Science Has Out- 
grown Theory of Origin of Species.” In inter- 
mediate type it announced: “Distinguished 
Biologist from Britain Delivers Outstanding 
Address on Failure of Science to Support 
Theory That Man Arrived on Karth Through 
Process of Natural Selection and Evolution of 
Species. Have Traced Man Far Back but 
Still He Remains Man,’ and, in smaller type: 

The missing link is still missing, and the Dar- 


FrBruary 24, 1922] © 


winian theory of the origin of species is not 
proved. This was the verdict of one of the fore- 
most British scientists, Professor William Bate- 
son, director of the John Innes Horticultural 
Institute, Surrey, England, in the course of an 
epoch-making address on ‘‘Evolutionary Faith 
and Modern Doubts’’ at the general session of 
the American Association for the Advancement 
of Science, held in Convocation Hall last evening. 
While declaring that his faith in evolution was 
unshaken, he frankly admitted that he was 
‘agnostic as to the actual mode and process of 
evolution.’’ Believing in evolution in ‘‘dim out- 
line,’’? he pronounced the cause of origin of 
species as utterly mysterious. 


The speaker then reiterated views expressed 
in previous addresses. Again quoting the 
Globe: 

Referring to the variations occurring in the 
different species, Dr. Bateson stated that there 
was no evidence of any one species acquiring new 
faculties, but that there were plenty of examples 
of species losing faculties. Species lose things, 
but do not add to their possessions. ‘‘ Biological 
science has returned to its rightful place,’’ said 
Dr. Bateson, ‘‘namely, the investigation of the 
structure and properties of the conerete of our 
visible world. We cannot see how the differen- 
tiation into species came about. Variation, of 
many kinds, often considerable, we daily wit- 
ness, but no origin of species. Distinguishing 
what is known from what may be believed, we 
have absolute certainty that new forms of life, 
new orders and new species have arisen in the 
earth, but even this has been questioned. It has 
been asked, for instance, ‘How do you know that 
there were [no] mammals in paleozoic times? May 
there not have been mammals somewhere on 
earth though no vestige of them has come down 
to us?’ We may feel confident there were no 
mammals then, but are we sure? In very ancient 
rocks most of the great orders of animals are 
represented. The absence of the others might by 
no great stress of the imagination be ascribed to 
accidental circumstances. ’’ 


Tt is not surprising that the next day the 
Globe published a signed letter, under the cap- 
tion, “The Collapse of Darwinism,” of which 
the following is an abstract: 

To an audience rarely paralleled in Canada for 
scientific eminence and influence, the famous 
Professor Bateson, with amazing frankness, re- 
moved one by one the props that have been con- 


SCIENCE 


195 


sidered the very pillars of Darwinism. A scientist 
of international repute, one of the leading, if not 
the leading evolutionist, of the day, he exposed 
the weakness of many of the leading planks in 
the ‘‘Origin of Species,’? and ruthlessly tore 
down one by one the once fondly believed links 
in the great chain of Darwinian evolution. 

These citations cannot be dismissed as mere 
newspaper talk of no import. They are called 
forth by the fact that many of the statements 
in Bateson’s address as cited below are inaccu- 
rate and misleading, especially those relating 
to the origin of species, natural selection, and 
infertility between species. 

It is not true that we do not know how 
species originate. The mode of the origin of 
species has long been known—in fact, it was 
very clearly stated by the German paleon- 
tologist Waagen in the year 1869, a statement 
which has been absolutely confirmed beyond a 
possibility of doubt in the fifty years of sub- 
sequent research. It is also true that we know 
the modes of origin of the human species; our 
knowledge of human evolution has reached a 
point not only where a number of links in the 
chain are thoroughly known but the characters 
of the missing links can be very clearly predi- 
cated. The cause of the origin of species is 
another matter and has been sought in all 
branches of biology and biological research 
without an adequate solution having been 
found. Charles Darwin’s theory of selection 
forms a partial solution of causation and, so 
far from being discarded, now rests upon much 
stronger evidence than it did when Darwin 
enunciated it. 

The broad impression conveyed to my mind 
by the brilliant series of papers in the division 
of Genetics at Toronto is that geneties is 
essentially a branch of morphology. It is a 
running comparison between the morphology 
of the germ cell and the morphology of the 
adult. It is in this field, to which Professor 
Bateson has lent such distinction, that he fails 
to find either the mode or the cause of the 
origin of species. 

Referring again to the ethical question of 
the dissemination of scientific truth, I am 
reminded of the precaution pressed upon me by 
Huxley from his own experience. He once 


196 


told me that before delivering any of his pop- 
ular addresses he very carefully wrote out 
every word he intended to say, lest in the heat 
of enthusiasm at the moment he might say 
something which would give a wrong impres- 
sion of the truth. We men of science are far 
too eareless in the application of this Huxleyan 
advice, especially in our popular addresses, 
which are eagerly read by the public. We 
must state the truth so clearly that it cannot 
be misunderstood and when we give voice to 
our own opinions we should clearly indicate 
them as our opinions and not as facts. Bate- 
son’s attitude towards Darwinism has been 
patronizing ever since he began his evolution- 
ary studies. When he refers epigrammatically 
in a previous address to reading his Darwin 
as he would read his Lueretius he is indirectly 
stating an untruth which is caleulated to do 
untold harm. In his Toronto address he does 
not clearly distinguish between his own per- 
sonal opinions based on his own field of ob- 
servation and the great range of firmly estab- 
lished fact that is now within reach of every 
student of evolution who surveys the world of 
life under natural conditions. 

Since writing the above there has come to 
hand a copy of Professor Bateson’s address', 
from which the following excerpts may be 
made: 

Discussions of evolution came to an end pri- 
marily because it was obvious that no progress 
was being made. Morphology having been ex- 
plored in its minutest corners, we turned else- 
where. ... We became geneticists in the convic- 
tion that there at least must evolutionary wis- 
dom be found. . . . The unacceptable doctrine of 
the secular transformation of masses by the 
accumulation of impalpable changes became not 
only unlikely but gratuitous. ... Less and less 
was heard about evolution in genetical circles, 
and now the topic is dropped. When students 
of other sciences ask us what is now currently 
believed about the origin of species we have no 
clear answer to give. Faith has given place to 
agnosticism. .. . 

. .. But if we for the present drop evolution- 
ary speculation it is in no spirit of despair. . . 

Biological science has returned to its rightful 


1 Bateson, William: Evolutionary Faith and 
Modern Doubts. Screncz, January 20, 1922. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


place, investigation of the structure and proper- 
ties of the concrete and visible world. We can 
not see how the differentiation into species came 
about. Variation of many kinds, often consider- 
able, we daily witness, but no origin of species. . . 

... But that particular and essential bit of 
the theory of evolution which is concerned with 
the origin and nature of species remains utterly 
mysterious. We no longer feel as we used to do, . 
that the process of variation, now contemporane- 
ously occurring, is the beginning of a work which 
needs merely the element of time for its comple- 
tion; for even time can not complete that which 
has not yet begun... . 

. .. Meanwhile, though our faith in evolution 
stands unshaken, we have no acceptable account 
of the origin of ‘‘species.’’ .. . 

. . . The survival of the fittest was a plausible 
account of evolution in broad outline, but failed 
in application to specifie difference. . .. The 
claims of natural selection as the chief factor in 
the determination of species have consequently 
been discredited... . 

. .. Even in Drosophila, where hundreds of 
genetically distinct factors have been identified, 
very few new dominants, that is to say positive 
additions, have been seen, and I am assured that 
none of them are of a class which could be ex- 
pected to be viable under natural conditions. 
I understand even that none are certainly viable 
in the homozygous state... . 

Analysis has revealed hosts of transferable 
characters. ... Yet critically tested, we find 
that they are not distinct species and we have uo 
Treason to suppose that any accumulations of 
characters of the same order would culminate in 
the production of distinct species... . 


Twenty yars ago, de Vries made what looked 
like a promising attempt to supply this so far as 
Gnothera was concerned. .. . but in application 
to that phenomenon the theory of mutation falls. 
We see novel forms appearing, but they are no 
new species of Cinothera, nor are the parents 
which produce them pure or homozygous forms. . . 
If then our plant may by appropriate treatment 
be made to give off two distinct forms, why is not 
that phenomenon a true instance of Darwin's 
origin of species? In Darwin’s time it must 
have been acclaimed as exactly supplying all and 
more than he ever hoped to see. We know that 
that is not the true interpretation. For that 
which comes out is no new ereation. .. . 

. . . If we cannot persuade the systematists to 
come to us, at least we can go to them. They 


Frsruary 24, 1922] 


too have built up a vast edifice of knowledge 
which they are willing to share with us, and 
which we greatly need. They too have never lost 
that longing for the truth about evolution which 
to men of my date is the salt of biology, the 
impulse ‘which made us biologists. . . . 

The separation between the laboratory men and 
the systematists already imperils the work, I 
might almost say the sanity, of both... . 

IT have put before you very frankly the con- 
siderations which have made us agnostic as to 
the actual mode and processes of evolution. When 
such confessions are made the enemies of science 
see their chance. ... Our doubts are not as to 
the reality or truth of evolution, but as to the 
origin of species, a technical, almost domestic, 
problem. Any day that mystery may be 
solved. ... That synthesis will follow on an 
analysis, we do not and cannot doubt. 

These passages seem to me to do great credit 
to Professor Bateson in so far as they contain 
a frank expression of his opinion that up to 
the present time neither the causes nor the 
mode of origin of species have been revealed 
by the older study of Variation, the newer 
study of Mutation, or the still more modern 
study of Geneties. If this opinion is generally 
accepted as a fact or demonstrated truth, the 
way is open to search the causes of evolution 
along other lines of inquiry. 

Henry Farrrizitp OsBoRN 
CoLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, 
DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY, 
JANUARY 21, 1922 


SCIENCE IN THE PHILIPPINES 


EVER since returning from the Philippines 
in 1919, after a four-year stay, I have had in 
mind the writing of a brief account of con- 
ditions as I found them, especially those con- 
ditions which are of interest to the research 
man, who has wondered how the general 
status of his profession, and working condi- 
tions in the tropics compare with conditions 
in a large city in the northern part of the 
United States. My own experience in the 
trepics is limited to Manila and vicinity, but 
from my reading and from conversation with 
others I am of the opinion that conditions in 
the Philippines, Cuba, Panama, India, Java 


SCIENCE 


197 


and other places in the tropics are somewhat 
similar, independent of the longitude. I have 
purposely delayed setting down my ideas, be- 
cause I wished to wait until I could have a fair 
perspective in comparing experiences in the 
Philippines with experiences in the United 
States both before and after my stay there. 

There are so many advantages and so many 
disadvantages to be taken into account that it is 
difficult to say which loeation is the more satis- 
factory for scientific work, and of course, the 
delights and new interests, and the broadening 
of one’s horizon that come about from travel in 
the Orient are not to be overlooked. I shall 
mention only a few points to be considered 
without making any attempt to give them in 
the order of their importance. 

Climatie conditions are unfavorable in so far 
as their effect on physical and mental efficiency 
is concerned. The high temperature and high 
relative humidity have a tendency to cut down 
productiveness. To accomplish a given result 
requires much more energy and determination 
than in a temperate climate. With the ther- 
mometer around 95 to 100 degrees Fahrenheit 
and the relative humidity between 90 and 100 
per cent., the average individual is not so keen 
about performing his daily activities, especially 
those which require mental effort. 

The general slowing up suffered by the aver- 
age individual coming to the tropics from a 
temperate climate is so well understood by old 
Spanish residents of the Philippines that they 
divide all foreigners into three classes. There 
are the Ricien Nacidos, those who have been in 
the islands not to exceed two or three years, or 
literally, the “recently born.” The middle class 
consists of those who have been there for five 
to ten years, and are beginning to become modi- 
fied by the environment. The last class is called 
the Platinos, or “bananos.” This class is sup- 
posed to have eaten so many bananas that they 
have become sleepy and torpid, have lost much 
of the industry of a temperate climate and have 
settled down and become a part of the general 
scheme of life in the tropies. 

The separation from scientific societies and 
the opportunity to discuss problems and com- 
pare notes with others of the same profession 


198 


must be admitted is a serous disadvantage. 
The range of acquaintanceship with persons 
engaged in his own class of work is limited and 
while there are a few science organizations 
these are small in comparison with those that 
can be enjoyed in an American city. The re- 
sult is that, although one often spends more 
time in reading books and journal articles than 
if he were here, he finds on his return that a 
number of things of importance have transpired 
in the science world of which he either did not 
hear, or which failed to make much of an im- 
pression on him. 

Work is often retarded by failing to sup- 
plies promptly. It so happened that during 
my stay in the Philippines this condition pre- 
vailed all over the world, but it was worse there 
and is more or less chronic. If supplies are 
ordered from the United States, they cannot be 
expected in less than three months. To receive 
them in such a short time means that the stock 
was on hand at the supply house when the order 
was received and that there was no delay in 
filling the order. The time may be shortened, 
of course, by sending a cablegram, but unless 
definite arrangements are made and a special 
code established, this procedure is not prac- 
ticable in general. With the cable rate from 
Manila to New York more than a dollar a word 
it may be seen that cable messages are justi- 
fiable only in rather unusual circumstances. If 
the order, when it arrives in Chicago or New 
York, is not filled with care and dispatch, an- 
other month or two may elapse. Usually it is 
not safe to count on delivery of goods in less 
than six months. it frequently happens that 
the manufacturer or dealer in America does not 
realize how long a time is required for an ex- 
change of correspondence and will write re- 
questing some further information, which 
means a delay of another three months, and 
so on. 

On one oceasion I ordered a pyrometer from 
a well known manufacturer in the United 
States. The order was sent by mail, but 
marked rush, and we hoped to receive the in- 
strument within three or four months. At the 
end of that time, a letter was received, asking 
whether the wall type or table type of galvano- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


meter was preferred. This was answered at 
once, stating that the table type was preferable. 
Several months later another letter came, this 
time asking whether we desired the scale to be 
graduated in Fahrenheit or Centigrade. By 
this time our work had been held up so long 
and we were so disgusted by the long delay that 
we at once cabled him to send the Centigrade 
scale. Practically a year from the date of the 
original order, the instrument arrived. Pos- 
sibly a little profanity was justifiable when on 
unpacking the pyrometer, it was found that he 
had sent the Fahrenheit scale. Of course, this 
is an extreme case, but serves to illustrate the 
serious disadvantage of being separated by 
10,000 miles from a supply house where a large 
stock of chemicals and apparatus may be ob- 
tained immediately. In Manila, as a rule, such 
materials are handled by drug stores and the 
limited stocks which they carry are available 
only to tide over until regular orders can be 
placed. Usually the chemicals in stock are pri- 
marily for pharmaceutical purposes, and not 
many chemically pure reagents are to be had. 

Such compounds as ferrous salts seem to be- 
come oxidized much more rapidly than here; 
although I have seen no actual data to that 
effect. Also a number of compounds which do 
not take up moisture rapidly in a dry climate, 
do so there. On one occasion I bought an ounce 
or two of sodium thiosulphate for some photo- 
graphic work. After completing the work, I 
left the remainder of the chemical in its original 
container which happened to be a paper bag 
and placed it in a drawer of the library table. 
On pulling out the drawer a few days later I 
was surprised to find considerable water which 
had wet a number of articles in the drawer. On 
looking for the source I found that the chemical 
was saturated with water and that it was neces- 
sary to keep it in a tight container. Chemicals 
for use in the tropics should be ordered in small 
containers so that if a portion is removed and 
the remainder is allowed to stand for a time, 
the loss will not be great. Although the cost of 
chemicals in quarter-pound bottles is slightly 
higher than in pound bottles, the saving and 
satisfaction more than repay the extra cost. 

The deterioration of instruments and appara- 


Persruary 24, 1922] 


tus is especially troublesome. Almost any 
metal except gold or platinum will corrode 
rapidly if given half a chance. A number of 
experiences soon bring this to the attention of 
a new arrival in the islands. Wire paper fas- 
teners must be made of brass if it is desired to 
keep pamphlets and magazines in good condi- 
tion. After a short time, ordinary iron wire 
fasteners corrode to such an extent that the 
paper in contact with them is discolored from 
iron rust. Ordinary iron wire paper clips rust 
so rapidly that after a year or two they cannot 
be removed without being bent out of shape. 
The frames of cameras made of metal covered 
with leather go to pieces in some cases. The 
alloy becomes oxidized and pushes off the 
leather cover. Of course, it is an easy matter 
to remove the covering of oxide and replace the 
leather, but in a short time, more moisture has 
been absorbed and corrosion has taken place a 
second time. 

These are trivial things compared with what 
happens to delicate physical apparatus of all 
kinds. It seems almost impossible to protect 
instruments from atmospherie moisture to such 
an extent that corrosion does not begin, and if 
this continues long enough the piece of appara- 
tus is worthless. In many cases the corrosion 
does not justify replacement, but does demand 
restandardization. In order to get satisfactory 
results with pyrometers, galvanometers and the 
like it is necessary to restandardize them fre- 
quently, and this requires considerable time. 
Too long a time would be required to return the 
apparatus to the manufacturers for repairs and 
restandardization. Even glass lenses of micros- 
copes, telescopes, cameras and the like are not 
immune. If they are not used for a time, they 
become spotted, and often have to be repolished. 

Reliable skilled assistants are difficult to ob- 
tain. The demand for them is somewhat lim- 
ited and every position is filled. However, 
there does not seem to be a position vacant nor 
a man out of employment. Most of the posi- 
tions are filled by Europeans or Americans, 
though there is an ever increasing body of 
Filipinos trained in science. The difficulty is 
that there is very little flexibility to the system. 
If one man returns to the States or leaves his 


SCIENCE 


199 


regulary position for any reason, it is almost 
impossible to replace him without a long delay 
of correspondence back and forth to the United 
States and during this time, it often happens 
that valuable pieces of research are held up and 
interest is lost in them, because no one can be 
found to carry on the work. 

Thus far I have mentioned only the tribula- 
tions of scientists in the tropics and I wish to 
protest against any charge of exaggeration. 
The account is not overdrawn and all of the 
items mentioned have come under my personal 
observation, and I believe anyone who has had 
experience in the tropics will verify them. 
However, there is another side, as I have pre- 
viously mentioned. In this connection, the first 
thing which I shall discuss is the great interest 
and fascination of the various research prob- 
lems which one encounters in the Philippines. 
The field is comparatively new and if one has 
some idea or plan for research, the chances are 
that on investigation, he will not find that it 
has been trampled over, but that he has practi- 
cally a carte blanche. Although extensive re- 
search has been carried on at the Bureau of 
Science and elsewhere for the past decade or 
two, nevertheless the vast number of problems 
waiting to be solved have scarcely been touched. 

While skilled assistants are few and difficult 
to obtain, unskilled help is plentiful. Filipinos 
are adapted physically to careful manipulation 
and some of them are very satisfactory indeed. 
The salary for such a position is much lower 
than here and a number of helpers are often 
available—which greatly expedites the work. 
The climatic conditions make the average 
American irritable and perhaps unusually hard 
to please, and while he is in the islands he is 
likely to believe that his unskilled assistants 
possess little merit and are difficult to direct, 
but when he looks back at his experiences, he is 
likely to change his mind materially and wish 
he could have half a dozen muchachos in his 
laboratory in the States. 

Generally the laboratory is in a building of 
only one or two stories. This is very satis- 
factory because there is much less danger from 
fires and accidents. The uniform temperature 
greatly adds to the flexibility of the laboratory. 


200 


If the train of apparatus to be set up is too 
long for the room available, some of it may be 
put outside the laboratory. There is no ques- 
tion of cold and heat to be taken into account 
and during most of the year all that is needed 
is protection from the sun. There is always the 
advantage of good light and air and freedom 
from soot and dirt. Laboratory work is prac- 
tically out-of-door work. There is no heating 
system, and no frozen pipes to be dreaded. 


J. C. Wirt 
CuHicaGo, SEPTEMBER 10, 1921 


CHARLES HENRY DAVIS 2ND 


CHarLtes Henry Davis 2np, Rear Admiral, 
retired, U. S. Navy, who was twice Superin- 
tendent of the Naval Observatory, died at 
Washington, D. C., December 27, 1921. 

He was born in Cambridge, Mass., August 
28, 1845, the son of Charles Henry Davis and 
Harriette Blake Mills. 

Admiral Davis graduated from the Naval 
Academy in 1864. From 1875 till 1885 he was 
engaged principally in astronomical work, at 
first in the Naval Observatory at Washington, 
in the Department of Chronometers, and then 
in expeditions for the determination of longi- 
tudes by means of the submarine cables. Also, 
the latitudes of many stations were determined 
by Taleott’s Method. 

In No. 6, Navy Scientific Papers, published 
by the Bureau of Navigation, are given the in- 
vestigations by Davis of Chronometer Rates 
as affected by Temperature and other Causes. 
The results of the longitude expeditions are 
presented in three publications of the Navy 
Hydrographie Office: with Lieutenant-Com- 
mander Francis M. Green and Lieutenant J. A. 
Norris “Telegraphic Determination of Longi- 
tudes, embracing the Meridians of Lisbon, Ma- 
deira, Porto Grande, Para, Pernambuco, Bahia, 
Rio de Janeiro, Montevideo, and Buenos Aires, 
with the latitudes of the Several Stations’; 
also with Lieutenant-Commander Green, and 
Lieutenant Norris, “Telegraphic Determination 
of Longitudes in Japan, China, and the Hast 
Indies, embracing the meridians of Yokohama, 
Nagasaki, Vladivostok, Shanghai, Amoy, 
Hong-Kong, Manila, Cape St. James, Singa- 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1417 


pore, Batavia, and Madras, with the latitude 
of the several Stations”; with Lieutenants Nor- 
nis and Laird, “Telegraphic Determination of 
Longitudes in Mexico and Central America 
and on the West Coast of South America, em- 
bracing the meridians of Vera Cruz, Guatemala, 
La Libertad, Paita, Lima, Anca, Valparaiso, 
and the Argentine National Observatory at 
Cordoba, with the Latitudes of the Several Sea- 
Coast Stations.’ 

Davis as a Captain was Superintendent of 
the Naval Observatory from July, 1897, to 
April, 1898, leaving the Observatory to com- 
mand the Dixie in the Spanish War. He re- 
turned to the Observatory in November, 1898, 
and remained on duty there as Superintendent 
until November, 1902. As Superintendent, 
Captain Davis took an active and successful 
part in the completion of the equipment of the 
New Naval Observatory and in formulating 
plans for the work to be carried on. 

In 1904 Davis was made a Rear Admiral, and 
in 1904 and 1905 he was the U. S. representa- 
tive on the international commission of in- 
quiry on the North Sea incident which sat in 
Paris. 

After service at sea as Squadron Commander, 
Admiral Davis was retired August 28, 1907. 
He continued to be interested in astronomy 
after his retirement, by reason of his achieyve- 
ments in science and because of his long service 
at the Naval Observatory. 

His father, also a Rear Admiral, had twice 
been Superintendent of the Observatory and 
had established the Nautical Almanae Office. 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
BRITISH SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS! 

Tue exhibition of British scientific instru- 
ments held under the auspices of the Physical 
Society and the Optical Society at the Imperial 
College of Science and Technology, of which a 
description was given in our columns last week, 
is a timely reminder of the importance of 
scientific instruments in the national economy. 
Modern civilization is based, and must be in- 
creasingly dependent, on the extension of 


1 From Nature. 


FrBruary 24, 1922] 


scientific knowledge and its applications to in- 
dustry; and in these developments scientific 
instruments are an essential and predominant 
factor. 

Of the part played by scientific instruments 
in the advancement of scientific knowledge 
there is no need to speak. The laboratories of 
the universities and kindred institutions where 
scientific research is prosecuted would be dis- 
abled were they without scientific instruments 
of the highest trustworthiness and precision. 
The variety and extent of the industrial pur- 
poses served by scientific instruments are so 
great that there is probably no important in- 
dustry in the country which is not dependent 
on scientific instruments of one kind or an- 
other for the performance of its productive 
functions. Moreover, the field of application 
of scientific instruments is constantly widen- 
ing; the uses of the microscope in the textile 
and steel industries, of the polarimeter in the 
sugar and essential oil industries, of the pyro- 
meter in the metallurgical industry, and of 
X-rays in the iron and steel industries, are but 
a few of the many examples that could be cited 
to illustrate the invasion of scientific instru- 
ments into fields of industry in which they were 
at one time unknown. That the industries 
gain in sureness and accuracy and in a deep- 
er and wider knowledge of the fundamental 
scientific principles involved is obyious. And 
the process continues and must continue. To- 
morrow new instruments will be devised and 
new uses found for old instruments. 

Moreover, as was stated in the leading ar- 
ticle published in Naturn of February 10, 
1921, the scientific instrument industry, spring- 
ing directly from the loins of science, and pro- 
gressing as scientific knowledge widens, is one 
of the most highly skilled industries we have. 
Its expansion means a definite increase in the 
numbers of academic and technical scientific 
workers and of the most highly skilled artisans; 
and the national wealth, in any comprehensive 
conception of the term, must be enlarged by 
the increase of the numbers of such educated 
and skilled classes. 

For these and other reasons a flourishing 
and efficient scientific instrument industry is 


SCIENCE 201 


vital to the nation, whether in peace or war. 
And, although it is obvious that the users of 
scientific instruments, whether in the indus- 
trial or academic domain, must not be pre- 
judiced or hampered by being unable to ob- 
tain the best instruments, from whatever source, 
it would be a disaster of the first magnitude 
if British scientific instruments should not be 
produced equal to the best that the world has 
to offer. 


AN ENGLISH JOURNAL OF SCIENTIFIC 
INSTRUMENTS! 

NatuRE may be continuous and the divisions 
of time and space no more than artificial ar- 
ticulations devised to suit the human intellect. 
Nevertheless, physical science is based on 
measurement, and proceeds only by the use of 
selected units of time, space, quantity, and 
so forth. Every new branch of science leads 
to the ereation of a new set of units, and 
according to the latest theory it would appear 
that energy itself is most conveniently regarded 
as divided into “quanta”’—measurable and 
related units. Many of the most illuminating 
advances in theory and actual discoveries of 
fact have come about by more refined methods 
of weighing and measuring. By these, argon, 
radium, and many new elements have been 
isolated and identified; by these the structure 
of the atom and the new alchemy which trans- 
mutes one element into another have been re- 
vealed. In every laboratory a new research 
implies the devising of new apparatus or the 
detection of deficiencies in existing apparatus. 
The literature in which such advances in techni- 
cal methods are published is scattered all over 
the civilized world. It is written in many 
languages and at present there is no adequate 
system of indexing or recording it. Doubtless 
the patent offices contain sufficient descriptions 
of improvements with actual or possible com- 
mercial value; but even this field is so vast 
that applicants have to employ special agents 
before they can guess if their claims are novel. 
But for a large proportion of the methods de- 
vised in the prosecution of research patents are 
neither sought nor desired. Sir Richard Glaze- 


1 From the London Times. 


202 


brook, when director of the National Physical 
Laboratory, recognized the waste of time and 
the duplication of effort arising from this con- 
fusion. He had his opinion confirmed by many 
men of science, Government Departments, trade 
associations, and private firms. His successor, 
Sir Joseph Petavel, and the Advisory Council 
of Scientific and Industrial Research have taken 
up the question where he left it, and now hope 
to found a journal to deal with the methods 
of measurement and instruments. A prelimi- 
nary number is being prepared under the di- 
rection of the Institute of Physics, the Re- 
search Department, and the National Physical 
Laboratory. It is hoped that the distribution 
of this, the cost of which is to be borne by the 
Department of Scientific Research, will secure 
sufficient support to place the venture on a 
permanent basis. There can be no doubt that 
the establishment of the proposed journal 
would be of value to the progress of all 
branches of scientific work. 


JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF 
AMERICA AND REVIEW OF SCIENTIFIC 
INSTRUMENTS 

Durine the past few years there has been an 
increasing appreciation of the need in America 
of a journal devoted to scientifie instruments of 
all kinds. This need is due to a number of 
The ever increasing volume of scien- 
tific material which is being offered for publica- 
tion is so crowding many of our journals that 
space does not permit an adequate description 
of apparatus used. Further, many instruments 
and instrumental methods, developed for a 
single experiment, can be applied to a variety 
of measurements. If described only in econ- 
nection with the work for which they were 
developed, the description is relatively inaccess- 
ible since it is subsidiary to the main scientific 
discussion of the article. 

In many sciences there is no medium for the 
publication of articles describing apparatus 
primarily for pedagogical purposes in lecture 
demonstrations and laboratory. Such short 
articles or notes should serve a very useful 
purpose since every real teacher is always on 
the lookout for means of improving his teach- 
ing. Further, newly developed apparatus and 


causes. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


methods of one science are very frequently ap- 
plicable to work in another science. A medium 
of publication readily accessible to all would 
save much time and energy. 

The first steps toward the development of an 
instrument journal were taken by the National 
Research Council and the Association of Scien- 
tific Apparatus Makers of the United States 
of America in jointly taking under advisement 
the establishment of a new journal for the pur- 
pose. After extensive consideration it seemed 
unwise to start an independent journal. Final- 
ly representatives of the Optical Society of 
America, which was publishing a bi-monthly 
journal under the title Journal of the Optical 
Society of America, were invited to a confer- 
ence which ultimately resulted in an arrange- 
ment whereby the Optical Society, cooperating 
with the National Research Council and the 
Apparatus Makers Association, is to add to its 
journal a section on scientific instruments. The 
enlarged journal is to be published under the 
title Journal of the Optical Society of America 
and Review of Scientific Instruments, and will 
be issued monthly, beginning with May, 1922. 
It will be under the direction of an editorial 
board composed of Dr. P. D. Foote, Bureau of 
Standards, editor-in-chief; Professor F. K. 
Richtmyer, Cornell University, assistant editor- 
in-chief and business manager; and a repre- 
sentative board of associate editors. 

In addition to articles on theoretical, ex- 
perimental and applied optics in the section 
on optics of the new journal, there will be 
published in the instrument section original 
articles on scientific instruments of all kinds 
(z. e., electrical, mechanical, ete., as well as 
optical) for research and instruction in chem- 
istry, physics, biology and other sciences. The 
editors announce that they will be glad to re- 
ceive manuscripts for publication, and sugges- 
tions as to desirable subject matter to include 
in the journal. 


GIFT OF THE PROCEEDS OF RESEARCH 
FOR RESEARCH 

On January 26, 1922, a contract was signed 

between The Babies’ Dispensary and Hospital 

and the W. O. F. Laboratories Company, 

Cleveland, Ohio, in connection with the manu- 


PEBRUARY 24, 1922] 


facture of S. M. A.—an artificial food adapted 
to mother’s milk and developed by Dr. H. J. 
Gerstenberger, medical director of The Babies’ 
Dispensary and Hospital and professor of 
Pediatrics of Western Reserve University Medi- 
cal School, who has transferred all of his 
rights to The Babies’ Dispensary and Hos- 
pital. 

S. M. A. is said to represent an improve- 
ment over the older attempts at making an arti- 
ficial food for infants more like human milk 
in that it contains a fat that in its saponifica- 
tion, iodine, and Reichert-Meiss! numbers is 
like the fat of woman’s milk, and in that it 
further possesses decided anti-spasmophilic 
and anti-rachitic powers. The latter are at least 
partly due to the use of eodliver oil in the mak- 
ing of the S. M. A. fat. 

S. M. A. was fed to dispensary and hospital 
infants under careful supervision from 1915 
to 1920. During January, 1920, it was made 
available to the medical profession of Cleve- 
land with excellent results, as can be realized 
from the increase in sales per month, being 
1,000 quarts at the beginning and 20,000 quarts 
during December, 1921. During November, 
1920, S. M. A. was put up in powder form, 
and a year later was made available to the 
medical profession throughout the country. 

As a result of this contract the Babies’ Dis- 
pensary will receive a minimum of $10,000 per 
year. To meet the request of Dr. H. J. Gersten- 
berger, the contract contains a clause limiting 
the use of the funds to research purposes. 

Tnasmuch as The Babies Dispensary and Hos- 
pital will be the future department of pedia- 
tries of Western Reserve University Medical 
School, it is hoped that this accomplishment 
will aid in the prompt development of the 
pediatric unit of the new medical group of 
Western Reserve University. 


PROFESSOR J. W. TOUMEY AND THE YALE 
SCHOOL OF FORESTRY 
APPRECIATION of the part played by Dean 
J. W. Toumey, of the Yale School of Forestry, 
in securing Mr. Henry S. Graves as his sueces- 
sor, and satisfaction in the former’s decision 
to continue in the service of the university as 


SCIENCE 


203 


Morris K. Jesup professor of silviculture, is 
expressed in a vote passed by the Yale Cor- 
poration. It was due to Professor Toumey’s 
initiative and wish that efforts were made to 
induce Mr. Graves to return to the university as 
head of the School of Forestry. The vote of 
the corporation follows: 

Voted, in accepting, at the request of Professor 
James W. Toumey, his resignation as dean of the 
School of Forestry, to record the satisfaction of 
the president and fellows that he is to remain in 
Yale’s service as Morris K. Jesup professor of 
silviculture, and to spread upon the minutes of 
the corporation an expression of its gratitude to 
him for his successful administration as acting 
director and then as dean. During this, and due 
to his untiring interest and enthusiasm, this 
youngest of Yale’s schools has gained largely in 
endowment, extended its educational scope, and 
added both to its equipment in New Haven and 
to its facilities for instruction in the field through 
the acquisition of the school forests in Connecti- 
cut and in New Hampshire. The corporation 
recognizes with pride and gratitude that no other 
school of Yale University has enjoyed a more 
remarkable and better planned development than 
has the School of Forestry under Dean Toumey’s 
administration, the close of which is fittingly 
marked by the successful consummation of two 
projects nearest his heart. One of these is the 
aequisition by the School of Forestry of a build- 
ing adequate for its needs; the other is the return 
to Yale University as head of the school of 
Henry 8. Graves, B.A. 1892. The fact that the 
movement to bring the latter back as dean 
originated with Professor Toumey is but one 
example from many which might be cited of his 
desire to see the school take advantage of every 
opportunity before it and of his constant, loyal 
and unselfish devotion to its welfare. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


THe annual meeting of the National Aca- 
demy of Sciences will be held at the United 
States National Museum, Washington, on 
April 24, 25 and 26. 


Dr. George HK. Hate has resigned as presi- 
dent of the Pacific Division of the American 
Association for the Advancement of Science to 
attend the meeting of the International Re- 
search Council in Brussels. Dr. Barton Warren 


204 


Evermann, director of the Museum of the Cali- 
fornia Academy of Sciences, has been elected 
president to succeed Dr. Hale, and will give the 
address at the meeting to be held in Salt Lake 
City from June 22 to 24. It will be re- 
membered that the American Association for 
the Advancement of Science will hold a sum- 
mer meeting at Salt Lake City in conjunction 
with the Pacifie Division. 


We learn from Nature that a portrait of 
Sir Patrick Manson was unveiled by Sir James 
Michell at the London School of Tropical 
Medicine on January 20. The portrait was 
subseribed for by a large number of past and 
present students and other friends at home and 
abroad. 


THE board of managers of the Hospital of 
the University of Pennsylvania will extend the 
age limit for professors to enable Dr. John B. 
Deaver to continue as head of the surgical de- 
partment of the University Medical School. 
Dr. Deaver will be 67 years old on July 25, 
and the board of managers was unanimous in 
the desire to retain him. 


Dr. SmitH Ey JELLIFFE has been elected 
president of the New York Psychiatrie Society. 


BraDLEy StoucHtTon, formerly secretary of 
the American Institute of Mining and Metal- 
lurgical Engineers, was elected president of the 
Yale Engineering Association at the annual 
meeting on February 2, 1922. 

Dr. Harotp PENpDER, director of the depart- 
ment of electrical engineering at the Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania, was recently appointed 


chairman of the standards committee of the 


American Institute of Electrical Engineers. 


Mr. Joun G. SULLIVAN was elected presi- 
dent of the Engineering Institute of Canada 
for 1922 at the annual meeting held in Mon- 
treal from January 24 to 25. 

We learn from Nature that shortly after the 
retirement of Professor P. F. Frankland from 
the Mason chair of physics in the University 
of Birmingham a fund was opened with the 
object of providing some permanent memorial 
of his work in the university. The money 
subscribed was devoted in the first place to a 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


portrait of Professor Frankland (painted by 
Mr. Bernard Munns), which now hangs in the 
great hall of the University at Edgbaston. 
The balance of the fund has been applied to 
the institution of a Frankland medal, which, 
together with a prize of books, is to be pre- 
sented annually to the best student in practical 
chemistry. 


THe council of the Geological Society has 
this year made the following awards: Wollaston 
Medal, Alfred Harker; Murchison Medal, John 
William Evans; Lyell Medal, Charles Davison; 
Wollaston Fund, Leonard Johnston Wills; 
Murchison Fund, Herbert Bolton; Lyell Fund, 
Arthur Macconochie and David Tait. 


Tue Prince Albert of Monaco and Professor 
G. O. Sars, of Christiania, were elected foreign 
members of the Zoological Society of London 
at its monthly meeting on December 21. 


In the recent reorganization of the Russian 
Soviet cabinet, three new portfolios were 
created, one of them for public health, in which 
Dr. Semashko has been placed in charge. 


Dr. Lester A. Prarr, who has been in charge 
of the research laboratory of the Merrimac 
Chemical Company, Boston, for the past six 
years, has been made director of research in 
the same institution. 


Epwarp A. DIETERLE, assistant chief chemist 
of the Koppers Company, Pittsburgh, Pa., has 
been made chief chemist of the Chicago By- 
Product Coke Company, Chicago. 


Dr. Cart §. OaKMan, of the Digestive Fer- 
ments Company, Detroit, has accepted the 
general managership of the Wilson Labora- 
tories, Chicago. 


Proressor Jacop R. Scuramm, of the de- 
partment of botany of Cornell University, has 
been granted a leave of absence for work in 
Washington on Botanical Abstracts. 


PROFESSOR STEPHEN §. VISHER has resumed 
his teaching of geography at Indiana Univer- 
sity after spending nearly six months in a 
field study of the tropical cyclones of the Paci- 
fic. The investigation was financed by the 
Bishop Museum of Honolulu and by Yale and 


Pusrvuary 24, 1922] 


Indiana Universities. Dr. Visher studied in 
the Hawaiian, Fijian and Philippine Islands 
and in Australia, coastal China and Japan. 


Dr. Howarp S. Resp, professor of plant 
physiology in the University of California, is 
spending the winter in the West Indies and 
Central America, in travel and in observation 
of the citrus industry. 


J. S. Neeru, managing editor of Chemical 
and Metallurgical Engineering, sailed for 
Europe on February 11, for a six months trip 
through Germany, France, Belgium and other 
European countries. The purpose of the trip 
is to study industrial and economic conditions 
and observe the latest advances in engineer- 
ing and technology. 


Leave of absence has been granted a party 
of naturalists from the State University of 
Towa to spend the summer of 1922 in the Fiji 
Islands and New Zealand. The party will con- 
sist of Professor C. C. Nutting, zoologist, who 
will act as leader; Professor R. B. Wylie, 
botanist; Professor A. O. Thomas, geologist; 
Assistant Professor Dayton Stoner, entomolo- 
gist and ornithologist; Mrs. Dayton Stoner, 
assistant entomologist, and Mr. Waldo S. 
Glock, assistant geologist. 


Dr. J. Gorpon THompson, lecturer on pro- 
tozoology at the London School of Tropical 
Medicine, has, at the invitation of the British 
South African Country, gone to Rhodesia to 
investigate protozoological diseases. Dr. Thom- 
son sailed on January 5 and expects to be ab- 
sent six months. He will give special atten- 
tion to the etiology of blackwater fever. 


Proressor H. §. Lanerep, of Harvard Uni- 
versity, delivered an address on “Instinct and 
War” at an open meeting of the William 
James Club of Wesleyan University on Decem- 
ber 4. Professor H. G. Boring, of Clark Uni- 
versity, addressed the club on February 10, on 
“The Changing Status of Introspection.” 


Dr. Hawiry O. Taytor gave a course of 
twelve lectures on auditorium acoustics at 
Franklin Union, Boston, beginning on January 
3. The lectures were addressed particularly 
to architects and builders and treated the sub- 


SCIENCE 205 


ject in a way to enable architects to satis- 
factorily adjust the acoustics of the rooms 
which they design. 

On February 9, Professor J. Howard 
Mathews, chairman of the department of chem- 
istry of the University of Wisconsin, addressed 
the Purdue Section of the American Chemical 
Society on the subject “Some of the Research 
Methods and Research Problems of Photo- 
chemistry.” 


Dr. J. C. Buioopgoop, of Baltimore, Asso- 
ciate Professor of Clinical Surgery at the Johns 
Hopkins Medical School, gave a Mayo Founda- 
tion Lecture, January 14; he discussed “The 
present day trend of surgery and pathology 
and the outlook for the future.” 


Dr. Rocer I. Lex, professor of hygiene, Har- 
vard University, lectured before the School of 
Hygiene and Public Health, Johns Hopkins” 
University, on “The physical examination of 
large groups of individuals,” at its regular 
weekly lecture, February 6. 


Dr. J. A. Deruersen, of the University of 
Illinois, delivered a lecture before the Royal 
Canadian Institute at Toronto on January 21, 
on “Recent experiments bearing upon the in- 
heritance of acquired characters.” 


Proressor H. A. Brouwer, of Delft, Hol- 
land, who is exchange professor in the Univer- 
sity of Michigan for the spring semester, will 
deliver a course of lectures on the “Geology of 
the Dutch East Indies.” He will also deliver 
a series of more popular lectures upon “The 
people and geology of the Hast Indies.” 


THe annual meeting of the Eugenics Re- 
search Association will be held at Cold Spring 
Harbor, Long Island, Saturday, June 10, 1922. 
The title of Dr. Lewellys F. Barker’s presiden- 
tial address is “Heredity and the Hndocrine 
Glands.” 


Proressor Lerrier, of Stockholm, is en- 
deavoring to organize an International Con- 
gress of Mathematicians, to be held at Stock- 
holm in the coming summer. 


Tue Royal Society of Archeology of Brus- 
sels has formed a section of the history of 


206 


medicine, the first meeting of which was held 
on December 9. Dr. Mélis was appointed presi- 
dent, and Dr. Muls of Brussels, secretary. 


Dr. Huta B. Everitt, professor of gyne- 
cology at the Woman’s Medical College, Phila- 
delphia, was killed on January 24 when her 
automobile collided with a motor truck. 


THE Yale Alumni News writes: “The late 
Professor Joseph Paxson Iddings, of the United 
States Geological Survey, a graduate of the 
Sheffield Scientific School in the Class of 1877, 
and who had a distinguished career as a teach- 
er and research worker in the field of petrology, 
was always greatly interested in the work of 
petrology at Yale, and especially in the work 
of his friend, the late Professor Pirsson. Dr. 
Iddings gave, some years ago, the Silliman 
Lectures at Yale University, and he was for 
many years connected with the University of 
Chicago as professor of petrology. Through a 
gift from his~-sister, Mrs. Estelle Iddings, 
Cleveland, the entire portion of Dr. Iddings’ 
estate, amounting to over $25,000, has been 
presented to the Board of Trustees of the 
Sheffield Scientific School, the income of this 
fund to be used for the promotion of research 
work in petrology. During the life of one per- 
son a portion of the income of this fund will 
not be available, but there will be established 
for the next university year a scholarship of 
$500 open to a properly qualified student in the 
graduate school of the university competent to 
carry on research work in petrology. This 
scholarship is to be known as the Joseph Pax- 
son Iddings Scholarship in Petrology. The 
award of this scholarship is, by the terms of 
the gift, in the hands of a committee composed 
of the director of the Sheffield Scientific School 
and the professor of geology, who is a member 
of the Governing Board of the Sheffield Scien- 
tifie School.” 


ATTENTION is called in Nature to the fact 
that on January 2 occurred the centenary of 
the birth of Rudolf Julius Emmanuel Clausius, 
the distinguished mathematical physicist and 
the predecessor of Hertz in the chair of natural 
philosophy at Bonn. ‘The son of a pastor 
and schoolmaster, Clausius was born at Koslin, 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1417 


in Pomerania, and after attending the gym- 
nasium at Stettin, spent four years at Berlin, 
where he studied under Dirichlet, Steiner, Dove, 
and Magnus. Before going to Bonn he held 
appointments at the Royal Artillery School, 
Berlin, Ziirich Polytechnic, and Wiirzburg Uni- 
versity. Recognized as one of the founders of 
the science of thermo-dynamies, it was in his 
memoir to the Berlin Academy of Sciences in 
1850 that he re-stated Carnot’s principle in its 
correct form. To him is also due the concep- 
tion of entropy. His chief work, “Die Mechan- 
ische Warmetheorie,” appeared in 1867. The 
kinetie theory of gases and the theory of elec- 
trolysis also owed much to his labors. He was 
called to Bonn in 1869, served as Rector of 
the University during 1884-85, and died there 
on August 24, 1888. 


Tue House of Representatives has passed the 
Lampert bill to increase the salaries of the chief 
or principal examiners of the Patent Office 
from $2,700 to $3,900 per year and those of 
the assistant examiners by amounts ranging 
from $150 to $900 per year. The bill pro- 
vides an increase of force to the extent of one 
law examiner, 26 assistant examiners, and 22 
clerks. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 

THe will of Amos F. Eno, disposing of 
$13,000,000 or more, is declared invalid by a 
surrogates’ court jury on the ground that Mr. 
Eno was of unsound mind when he executed it. 
It is the second time the will has been declared 
invalid in surrogate’s court, the appellate divi- 
sion having ordered a retrial. The will was 
executed in June, 1915, two months before Mr. 
Eno’s death. His estate has increased since 
then, so that the distribution under the doeu- 
ment now would have been approximately: 
Columbia University, between $5,000,000 and 
$6,000,090; other institutions, $3,000,000, and 
relatives, $4,600,000. Besides the residuary 
bequest to Columbia University Mr. Eno be- 
queathed to New York University, the Amer- 
ican Museum of Natural History, the Metro- 
politan Museum of Art and other institutions, 
$250,000 each. The largest cash beneficiary 


FEBRUARY 24, 1922 


was the General Society of Mechanies and 
Tradesmen, to which the _ testator left 
$1,800,000. 


Tue will of Cora M. Perkins gives her re- 
siduary estate to Columbia University, in 
addition to a direct bequest of $30,000 for 
chemical research. 


A Reuter dispatch from Brussels states that 
Louvain University has received a legacy of 
$100,000 toward erecting a special building for 
cancer research. 


Dr. M. C. Merritt, professor of horticulture 
at the Utah Agricultural College, has been ap- 
pointed professor of horticulture and dean of 
the new College of Applied Arts at the Brig- 
ham Young University, Provo, Utah. 


T. L. Patterson, Ph.D., formerly of the 
physiological department of the State Univer- 
sity of Iowa College of Medicine, has been 
appointed professor and director of the depart- 
ment of physiology at the Detroit College of 
Medicine and Surgery. 


Dr. Atice SuLiivan has sufficiently recov- 
ered from her accident of last summer in the 
Colorado floods to assume her position as 
instructor in psychology at the University of 
Tlinois. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE. } 
KILOBAR, KILOCAL, KILOGRAD 


In a letter just received from The Meteoro- 
logical Office, Professor Whipple very kindly 
informs me of the result of a question put to 
the Secretary of the Chemical Society regard- 
ing the attitude of British chemists regarding 
the bar. 

While the opinion expressed is to be regarded 
as unofficial, Professor Philip says: 

“Your letter in reference to the definition of 
the ‘bar’ was considered by our Publication 
Committee. The general opinion is that very 
few English chemists use the ‘bar’ as a unit of 
pressure on either basis. There was a feeling, 
however, that in view of the use of the ‘bar’ 
in Langmuir’s papers and other communica- 
tions emanating from the same quarter (see 


SCIENCE 


207 


e. g. Dushman in the General Electric Review, 
1920-1) English chemists would be more likely 
to use the ‘bar’ in that sense than in the sense 
employed by meteorologists.” 

It will be recalled that meteorologists in 1913, 
quite unaware of the fact that the bar had been 
accurately defined by Professor T. W. Richards 
in 1903, and thinking they were coining a 
new word, adopted the bar as the unit of pres- 
sure but gave it the value of a megabar. My 
friendly correspondent, a meteorologist of 
prominence, adds: “This looks as if the con- 
fusion is likely to spread. We shall have a 
permanent ambiguity like those in the words 
billion and calorie.” ‘ 

To this, I have answered: There need be no 
contusion if meteorologists will simply write 
kilobar, where they now use millibar. 

The practical unit of pressure is 1000 bars, 
the bar being the pressure expressed in terms 
of force which will give an acceleration of 1 
centimeter per second per second to one gram 
of matter. 

It is the natural basic unit, strietly C. G. 8. 
and was in legitimate use by chemists and 
physicists 10 years previous to its appropria- 
tion by meteorologists. 

With regard to the calorie, it will no longer 
be necessary to specify the calorie as the gram 
calorie or therm. The word calorie by itself 
will mean the amount of heat that will raise 
the temperature of a gram of pure water from 
1000 to 1003.66 Kelvin-kilograds. The larger 
unit, much used by engineers, being the amount 
of heat required to raise the temperature of 
one kilogram of water, can be called the kilo- 
cal. 

The scale of temperature which has been 
used without difficulty at Blue Hill Observatory 
for the last five years, makes the thermal co- 
efficient of the expansion of a gas (air) at con- 
stant pressure .001 instead of .00366. 

This is very easily accomplished by making 
zero on the scale, the absolute zero (—273.12° 
Ac) and making the freezing point of pure 
water at megabar pressure, 1000. There are 
numerous advantages in the use of the seale. 
When used in connection with kilobar pres- 
sure, values of temperature and pressure are 


208 


decimalized; and equations in thermodynamics 
require about half the old style multiplication 
and division. 

It may be noted that, unlike the Fahrenheit 
and Centigrade which depend upon the boil- 
ing point of water, a variable quantity, depend- 
ing upon pressure, and hence not the same 
from one day to another, or even from one 
place to another, the Kelvin-kilograd uses only 
the freezing point. The effect of change of 
pressure on the freezing point is so small com- 
pared with the boiling point that the correc- 
tion is practically negligible. 

ALEXANDER McADIE 
BLUE HILL OBSERVATORY, 
JANUARY 30, 1922 


THE GEOLOGY OF WESTERN VERMONT 

In a paper entitled “Studies in the Geology 
of Western Vermont,” published in the Twelfth 
Biennial Report of the Vermont State Geolo- 
gist, pp. 114 to 279, the writer has deseribed 
field relations among the lower and middle 
Ordovician strata along the eastern shore of 
Lake Champlain in the townships of Benson, 
Orwell and Shoreham which seem best ex- 
plained as great dislocations in the forms of 
reverse faults and one or more low-angle thrusts 
by which certain massive dolomite and lme- 
stone strata of lower Ordovician age have been 
broken and moved westward for indeterminate 
distances over shales and interbedded black 
slates and limestones belonging to the same 
geological system, but undoubtedly younger in 
age. 

Similar phenomena were described also for 
the lake region near Burlington, where, how- 
ever, thrust phenomena had long been better 
known. In the northern areas, so far as 
studies had then been carried by the writer, the 
presence of lower Ordovician limestones on 
middle Ordovician slates seemed largely con- 
fined to the islands of the lake, while on the 
mainland of Vermont certain siliceous dolo- 
mites and quartzites belonging to the Cambrian 
system and to the lower Cambrian terrane were 
found reposing on black slates with interbedded 
limestone bands not very different from those 
found beneath the lower Ordovician limestones 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


on the islands and on the mainland farther 
south in Orwell and Benson. 

In addition to the description of the more or 
less clearly defined deformations just referred 
to the writer offered field evidence in support 
of the view that similar dislocations may prob- 
ably define the fundamental deformational feat- 
ures of the rocks within parts of the Taconic 
Range, and along the “Vermont Valley” and 
the western margin of the Green Mountain 
plateau contiguous thereto, although within the 
latter-mentioned areas the thrust relations have 
been much disguised by normal faulting. 

In the summer of 1921 the writer continued 
his studies in western Vermont among the 
islands of Lake Champlain and along the main- 
land in Phillipsburg, Quebec, and in the Ver- 
mont towns of Highgate, Swanton, Sheldon, 
St. Albans, Georgia, Fairfield, Fairfax, Milton 
and Colchester. Although there are present in 
these areas certain differences in respect to de- 
formation and erosion, with which in some 
degree apparently are to be correlated the 
former extent and present boundaries of the 
lake in its northern portions, and also ceviain 
geographical variations, chiefly in the rocks 
composing the lower Cambrian beds in north- 
ern Vermont, the major thrust relations are 
clearly defined. Many interesting structuzal 
details were noted. 

It is purposed, at the first opportunity, to 
continue these later studies thus begun and to 
publish a second paper on the geology of west- 
ern Vermont, dealing chiefly with deforma- 
tional features among: the islands of Lake 
Champlain and along the Vermont shore region 
of the lake as far south as Shoreham.? 

C. E. Gorpon 
AMHERST, MAass., 
NovEMBER 1, 1921. 


ACUTE SENSE OF SOUND LOCATION 
IN BIRDS 
In a recent issue of Screncn,? Dr. A. G. 
Pohlman, of the St. Louis University School of 
Medicine, briefly discusses some matters per- 
taining to the ability of birds to locate the 


1 Published with the consent of the Vermont 
State Geologist. 


FEBRUARY 24, 1922] 


source of sounds, under the heading, “Have 
Birds an Acute Sense of Sound Location?” He 
closes by saying that he would appreciate any 
direct observational data touching upon this 
subject. The following is an affirmative an- 
swer to his question: 

On the morning of September 9, 1921. when 
in camp near Kneeland post office, Humboldt 
County, California, while I was seated among 
some rather tall bushes, watching for sparrows, 
a Sharp-shinned Hawk (Accipiter velox) flew 
on to a lower limb, some thirty or forty feet 
above the ground, of a dead fir tree about 
seventy yards away, alighting with its back to- 
ward me. While the bird was visible to me 
through the small openings among the branches 
of the bushes I must have been absolutely 
hidden from its view. 

Just to see what the result would be I 
squeaked in imitation of a wounded bird when, 
to my great astonishment, the hawk wheeled as 
if on a pivot with remarkable rapidity and 
darted in a bee line over the tops of the bushes 
straight in my direction. When it reached the 
spot directly over my head, and not six feet 
above me, it evidently was aware that it had 
reached the center of the sound field for, not 
seeing anything there to account for the sound, 
it shot abruptly up into the air and lit on a 
limb of another dead fir so close to me that I 
shot it with my 32 caliber auxiliary barrel 
with a small charge of No. 12 shot. 

The most curious part of this incident is that 
the hawk did not stop to listen and analyze 
or locate the sound, as might a jay for instance, 
but with the first squeak it turned quick as a 
flash, and darted with arrowlike speed for the 
spot from which the sound emanated; that is to 
say on the exact line (more correctly, vertical 
plane) between its perch and the spot, as the 
height of the bushes prevented it from aiming 
its flight quite low enough. It seemed to me 
that if my head had been high enough to be 
above the bushes it would have struck me. 

This was the most remarkable exhibition of 
instantaneous precision in locating sound, not 
only as concerns direction but also as to rapid- 

1Sctmncz, New Series, Vol. LIII, No. 1375, 
May 6, 1921, p. 439. 


SCIENCE 


209 


ity of impulse, that it has been my good for- 
tune to witness. 
JOSEPH MAILLIARD 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 
San Francisco, CALIFORNIA 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


Déodat Dolomieu, membre de VInstitut Na- 
tional (1750-1801); sa correspondance, sa 
vie aventureuse, sa captivité, ses cuvres. 
ALFRED Lacrorx. Ouvrage publié par 
VAcadémie des Sciences avee le concours de 
VInstitut (Fondations Debrousse et Gas) 
Paris, Librarie Académique, Perrin et Cie, 
1921, 2 vols, Ixxx, 255, and 
8vo. 


322 pp., 
With line portrait frontispiece. 


port., 


Tue latest work of Professor Alfred Lacroix 
is a very important contribution to the history 
of the scientific men of France in the eighteenth 
century, perhaps all the more so that the name 
of Dolomieu is not well known in foreign lands. 

The book has grown out of the researches 
made by Professor Lacroix in preparing the 
biographical sketch of Dolomieu which he read 
before the Académie des Sciences on December 
2, 1918, and which has already been reviewed in 
Science. He found a number of Dolomieu’s 
letters in the library of the Muséum d’Histoire 
Naturelle, and traced out many others in for- 
eign libraries and in private hands. The author 
remarks that the chief value of those letters he 
has selected for publication is that they include 
a series, covering a period of some twenty years, 
written by Dolomieu to a small number of par- 
ticular friends, so that they enable the reader 
to follow his life day by day in its more inti- 
mate details. The earliest in date of these 
letters were addressed by Dolomieu to his pat- 
ron, Duke Alexander de la Rochefoucauld, 
member of the Académie des Sciences and 
colonel of the regiment “De la Sarre,” who was 
destined to be assassinated in 1792, almost in 
Dolomieu’s arms. 

An interesting group of 47 letters are those 
written to the Sicilian naturalist Giseni; these 
treat at length of the important investigations 
of Dolomieu in the domain of voleanic forma- 
tions. Other groups of letters are those sent to 


210 


the Chevalier Philippe de Fay, the truest of 
Dolomieu’s friends, to Picot de la Peyrouse, 
botanist and geologist of Toulouse, to the great 
geologist Saussure, to the Genevan physician 
Pictet, to Pierre Picot, professor of theology in 
Geneva, and to Frederic Munter, professor of 
theology in Copenhagen. 

The following extract from a letter to this 
last named correspondent, is a characteristic 
example. Dolomieu, after passing safely 
through the throes of the French Revolution, 
was appointed, in 1796, lecturer in geology and 
the distribution of minerals at the newly- 
organized Heole des Mines. A year later, Jan. 
15, 1797, he writes to his friend Munter:? 

“The sciences, which were for me formerly a 
relaxation, have become a profession which fur- 
nishes me the means of livelihood, and none the 
less I cultivate them with pleasure. I am chiefly 
occupied with mineralogy and geology, and I 
give lessons in these branches at the Heole des 
Mines during the winter. During the summer 
I travel to inspect the mining operations. I 
have assumed charge of the mineralogical ar- 
ticles of the Dictionnaire Encyclopédique, and I 
write articles which are published in various 
journals. Thus I employ my time in a manner 
agreeable to myself and I advance without much 
disquietude toward that. fatal term against 
which all human hopes make shipwreck. We 
have become so accustomed to the idea of death, 
that we now see our last hour approaching with 
complete indifference.” 

The biographical sketch already noted is re- 
printed by Professor Lacroix at the beginning 
of the first volume of the present work (pp. i— 
Ixxx). To this succeeds the unique record writ- 
ten by Dolomieu in 1799, in his prison at Mes- 
sina, where he was incarcerated because of his 
supposed guilt, as a Knight of Malta, in aiding 
Bonaparte to seize the island. It was inscribed 
on the margins of the leaves of a book he had 
succeeded in obtaining, and which is now a pre- 
cious possession of the Muséum d’Histoire 
Naturelle (pp. 1-44). The quality of this rec- 
ord may be exemplified by the following brief 
extract : 

“My passion for the phenomena of Nature 


1 Vol. II, p. 138. 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1417 


was so strong that every vear, when spring 
renewed the life of the vegetable kingdom and 
gave new force to all organized beings, the 
environs of Paris seemed too restricted for me, 
its atmosphere heavy and offensive 

Therefore each year I hastened to the Gaon 
ains, and sought on their summits those pro- 
found emotions which the contemplation of 
very great objects always procures us 

Now, confined within a space of twelve feet 
long, and ten feet in height and width, I can 
only contemplate my own wretchedness and 
reflect upon the vicissitudes of fortune and 
my strange destiny.” 

Fortunately the Italian victories of Bona- 
parte opened his prison doors, his liberty be- 
ing prescribed in one of the articles of the 
peace treaty of Florence, March 20, 1801. 
However, his enfeebled health did not long 
permit him to enjoy his recovered freedom. 
He died at Chateauneuf, November 6, 1801, 
but fifty-one years old. 

Of Dolomieu’s scientific attainments, Pro- 
fessor Lacroix notes that it was principally 
in the study of volcanic phenomena that he 
left his trace, and asserts that by his researches 
concerning Auvergne, he takes his place in the 
first rank of those who have recognized and 
demonstrated the relations existing between 
voleanism and the internal heat of the earth. 


GEoRGE F. Kunz 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
DISSOCIATION OF HYDROGEN IN A TUNGS- 
TEN FURNACE AND LOW VOLTAGE 
ARCS IN THE MONATOMIC GAS 


In the course of an investigation of arcing 
characteristics of diatomic gases being carried 
on in this laboratory, it was found that the 
are between a hot tungsten filament and a 
plate anode in hydrogen struck and broke at 
a minimum of 16.4 volts. This potential is 
about that ascribed by Bohr’s theory to the 
potential necessary to accelerate an electron — 
so that it will dissociate the molecule and ionize 
one of the atoms upon impact. In view of the 
fact that Bohr’s theory puts the ionizing po- 
tential of the hydrogen atom at 13.52 volts 


Frpruary 24, 1922 


and the radiating potential at 10.14 volts, it 
seemed that it should be possible to maintain 
an are at 13.52 volts or even as low as 10.14 
volts. The failure to maintain an are at these 
potentials was ascribed to the insufficient 
amount of monatomic hydrogen in the tube. 

During the course of this investigation, Pro- 
fessor K. T. Compton suggested that it might 
be possible to dissociate hydrogen by means 
of a cylindrical tungsten furnace which could 
also be used as one of the electrodes for the 
are. The writer undertook the investigation 
of the possibility of this and computed the 
per cent. of monatomic hydrogen which would 
be in equilibrium with the diatomic gas on the 
basis of Nernst’s equation of the “reaction- 
isobar.”?. Taking the heat of dissociation to 
be 84,000 calories per gram, 8 = 0.000225, 
and the chemical constants for the diatomic 
and the monatomic hydrogen to be? -3.4 and 
-1.6 respectively, the per cent. of monatomic 
hydrogen in equilibrium with diatomic hydro- 
gen is indicated in the following table: 


1000° 1500° 2000° 2500° 3000° 
Pressure K K K K K 
0.5mm. .005 2.36 61.5 Complete 
10mm. .004 169 400 98.8 
5.0mm. .002 0.74 26.7 90.4 Dissociation 


As it is possible to obtain a temperature of 
more than 2000°K in a tungsten furnace, it 
seemed that a sufficient amount of monatomic 
hydrogen could be obtained to maintain the are 
at the lower potentials. 

The furnace consisted of a cylinder of thin 
sheet tungsten, furnished by the General Elec- 
trie Company, mounted on water-cooled leads 
and heated by means of an electric current. 
A tungsten filament ran axially through the 
furnace and was also heated by a current. The 
fall of potential in the furnace and that in the 
filament were in the same direction and of 
nearly the same amount. A potential was 
applied between the furnace and the fila- 
ment, and was tried in both directions. The 
potential of the are was corrected to the amount 


1 Nernst: Theoretical Chemistry. 
2 Reiche: Ann. d Physik, 58, p. 657, 1919, and 
Shames: Phys. Zeits., 21, p. 41, 1920. 


SCIENCE 211 


between the middle of the two electrodes. Gas 
pressures of 0.6, 0.8 mm, 1 mm, and 2 mm 
were used. 

When the furnace was not heated the are 
could not be maintained below the 16.4 volt 
point. When the temperature of the furnace 
was raised, a point was reached at which the are 
would strike at about 16.6 volts and break at 
about 14 volts, indicating that the increased 
dissociation in the are raised the percentage of 
monatomie gas sufficiently so that the are could 
be maintained to approximately the ionizing 
potential of the atom. At still higher furnace 
temperatures the are could be made to strike 
and break at about 13.5 volts and the results 
when plotted showed also unmistakable evi- 
dences of ionization at about 10.3 volts. 
Curves were obtained showing three sharp 
breaks in the neighborhood of 10.3, 13.2, and 
16.2 volts. With the furnace at a very high 
temperature the are would strike at about 14 
volts and break at 11 volts. It seems certain 
that the are struck at the ionizing potential 
of the atom and was maintained as low as the 
resonance potential of the atom. There was a 
considerable amount of tungsten “sputtered” 
on the walls of the tube, and from this it was 
concluded that the temperature of the furnace 
must have been 2000° to 2500° K. The results 
seem to indicate that the percentages of disso- 
ciated hydrogen calculated above are approxi- 
mately correct. 

These results constitute, it is believed, the 
first direct experimental proof of the correct- 
ness of the values of the radiating and ionizing 
potentials predicted by Bohr’s theory for the 
hydrogen atom, and of the interpretation of the 
lonizing potential of the molecule as due to its 
dissociation plus the ionization of one of the 
atoms. 

A complete report of these experiments will 
be published later. The apparatus will also 
be used to study the ares in other gases and 
for investigating the excitation of the spectra 
of substances at high temperatures. 

O. 8. DurrenBack 
PALMER PHYSICAL LABORATORY, 
PRINCETON, NEw JERSEY, 
JANUARY 26, 1922 


212 


A SIMPLE METHOD OF DEALING WITH 
ELECTRIFIED MICROSECTIONS 


ELECTRIFICATION of the sections is a frequent 
cause of trouble in microtomy. The sections 
when cut fly back into the paraffin block when 
the block rises for the next cut, or, if a short 
ribbon has already been cut, this flies to the 
knife, twists and curls, or “bunches up” on 
the knife in such a way that it is an exceedingly 
wearisome task to seriate the sections, and re- 
quires almost infinite care and patience. The 
causes of electrification may be various. It is 
owing either to atmospheric conditions or to 
faulty methods of infiltrating or blocking. The 
use of a metal drum on which the sections may 
be wound as cut, reduces somewhat, as is well 
known, the difficulty experienced because of the 
electrification of the sections. The suggestion 
of Guyer (p. 47 of his revised ed. of Animal 
Micrology 1917) to postpone cutting till a more 
favorable time is not very satisfactory to one 
who is compelled, because of press of time, to 
cut continuously. The following simple device 
T have used with electrified sections and have 
found very satisfactory. The labor of mount- 
ing such sections, by its use, has been very much 
reduced, and I believe it will be quite generally 
serviceable. 


Fig. 1 


i 


Figures 1 and 2 show the whole device, which 
is adapted to any of the common types of 
rotary microtomes for the cutting of serial sec- 
tions. It consists of a thin blade of celluloid 
(one of the 6-inch rulers furnished by the bio- 
logical supply-houses does very well). This is 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


screwed flat against the section-knife by means 
of the usuai knife-holding screws of the car- 
riage. (Fig. 2). A long narrow strip of thin, 
tough paper is passed up between the celluloid 
blade and the microtome knife, until about 3 
em. of it protrudes above. After the paraffin 
block has been properly trimmed and adjusted 
to the knife, the sections are cut, and as each 
one is cut, it is attracted and held by the paper- 
strip which is pulled along with the fingers so 
as to produce a series. (Fig. 2). When the 
strip is nearly filled with sections, it is taken 
and fastened to the table or board with thumb- 
tacks, to keep it from curling, and another strip 
substituted. 

By means of this extremely simple device, 
the writer has found it possible to cut with ex- 
cellent seriation material which otherwise, ow- 
ing to electrification, would have been impos- 
sible. 

8. W. GEISER 
ZOOLOGICAL LABORATORY, 
Tur JoHNS Hopkins UNIVERSITY 


THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL 
SOCIETY 
(Continued) 

INDUSTRIAL AND ENGINEERING 
CHEMISTRY 

H. D. Batcurnor, Chairmen 

H. HE. Howe, Secretary 

SYMPOSIUM ON FILTRATION 
D. BR. Sperry, Chairman 


Filter cloth and its relation to filtration: ALVIN 
ALLEN CAMPBELL. Filter cloth is a very im- 
portant consideration. Principal kinds are made 
of cotton, wool, jute, hemp, nickel and monel 
metal. Cotton duck the most used, but being 
replaced by materials of longer life though not 
necessarily better filterers. Solids really are the 
filter medium, the cloth is merely the retaining 
wall. The combination of strength, fineness and 
rapidity is what is wanted. Life of cloths de- 
pends on chemical action tending to destroy its 
use. Considers monel metal the best cloth mate- 
rial in most cases. Gives interesting list of vari- 
ous acids and salts and whether or not monel 
metal is recommended. Warns against electro- 
lytie action on monel cloths, citing potassium 
permanganate as a case in point. Gives opinion 


Division oF 


FEBRUARY 24, 1922] 


as to round, square or rectangular openings. Wire 
cloth a failure in filtering certain colors. Filter 
aids work well with wire cloth. Does not recom- 
mend that wire cloth be rolled. 

Filter aids: C. P. DrerurtH. The term filter 
aid is defined and a list of materials used for 
this purpose given. Materials to which the term 
Kieselguhr is applied are discussed. Author 
divides filtration problems into three classes on 
the basis of whether the solids in the mixture are 
rigid, non-rigid or a combination of the two. A 
discussion is given as to the manner in which a 
filter-aid may be used and the advantages accru- 
ing therefrom, in each of the three cases. Desir- 
able characteristics in filter-aids is given. Filter- 
aids are said to improve clarity of filtrate, reduce 
power consumption, reduce loss of liquid in cake, 
reduce labor in cleaning cloths, increase life of 
cloths, and increase rate of flow. 

The feeding of filters: J. F. Sprincer. Defines 
‘‘feeding’’ as consisting of the transmission 
under pressure of the unfiltered liquor from a 
point where it is received from storage to the 
inlet aperture of the filter. Necessary equipment 
is pipe-line, pump and power. Suggests that in 
order to keep pump and valves clean from solids, 
precipitation of the solids when possible ought to 
be done either in filter or between pump and 
filter. Suggests possibility of solids being dis- 
solved before reaching pump and then again pre- 
cipitated between pump and filter. Describes 
feeding devices made of various materials and 
the corrosive action of certain substances there- 


on. Discusses suction, gravity and pressure 
feeding and appropriate apparatus. Steam, 
power-reciprocating, centrifugal pumps and 


montejus are dealt with. 

Fundamental laws of filtration with sugges- 
tions regarding research work: D. R. SPERRY. 
The writer develops a formula which is a state- 
ment of the fundamental laws governing filtra- 
tion. This is done to form a foundation upon 
which filtration may be put upon a scientific 
basis. Definitions of filtration, porous mass, 
filter-base and filter are given. Three indispen- 
sable conditions of filtration are difference in 
pressure between the two sides of the porous 
mass, a filter base and a filter. A study is made 
of the phenomena of filtration and it is found 
that the rate of flow of filtrate at any instant 
equals the rate of flow through the cake at that 
instant were there only liquid above the cake. 
With this as a basis a study is made separately 
of the laws of flow through cake and the laws of 
building up of cakes. The two expressions are 


SCIENCE 


213 


combined into one which is the fundamental law 
of filtration as follows: Q = WPT + N2 —N 


he WP 
(for constant pressure conditions); Q—= —— — 
2M 
M . sys 
(for constant discharge conditions) ; 


2 
where Q = total discharge, P — pressure, T — 
time, R = resistance of cake, Rm — resistance of 
porous mass, ¢/o — per cent. of solids, M — con- 


stant discharge rate, K — rate of disposition, 
2K KRm 
WY = Ro’ Ne= Re Units for measuring K, 


the rate of deposition, and R, the resistance of 


cake, is given. A list of research suggestions 
follows. 


Washing filter presses: Bustack A. ALLIOTT. 
Washing is used to recover a valuable liquor from 
the solid particles which retain it or to free such 
particles from impurities dissolved in the adher- 
ing liquor. Generally wash water ought to be as 
little diluted as possible; hence the smallest 
quantity should be used. Adsorption, capillary 
diffusion, formation of chemical compounds, and 
colloid formation on removal of electrolytes are 
disturbing factors in washing. Each of these 
factors is discussed. Simple washing involves too 
much space and care. For best washing results 
plate and frame type filters should be used with 
thorough washing. Air vents should be provided 
at top of wash chambers, wash must leave at top 
of press and enter at bottom. Considers various 
mechanical appliances for washing, hydrometer 
bowls, wash pumps, and montejus. Under ideal 
conditions wash equal to one displacement volume 
should effect complete washing. A number of 
washing results is given from actual practice, 
showing displacements volumes of 1.6 to 5.5. 
Describes stage washing. Gives a number of 
interesting wash curves, and cuts of mechanical 
appliances for washing. 


Pulp or filtermasse filters: E. KE. Frncu. 
Divides filters into two classes—those whose pri- 
mary purpose is for clarification and those for 
retaining solids. The pulp filter belongs to the 
first class and uses cellulose as a filtering medium. 
Gives a short history of the pulp filter. Origin 
was probably in Germany. Gives a list of various 
substances used as a filter-masse with appropriate 
remarks. Concludes pure cotton masse the best. 
Describes method of preparing and using filter- 
masse. Pulp filters can be constructed for 
handling liquids which must not touch the ordi- 
nary metals. Discusses advantages of a clear 
product for manufacturer. Filtration in pulp 


214 


filters is a violent agitation which may cause pre- 
cipitation requiring re-filtration. Gives methods 
of treating liquids by pasteurizing, chilling or 
settling. Mentions filtration of glue and gelatine. 

Atkins-Shriver automatic filter press: H. D. 
Arxins. This apparatus is a modified form of a 
round, center-feed filter press. A shaft passes 
through the center openings, on which is mounted 
plows, one in each chamber. The press is mount- 
ed on trunnions and is filled in the vertical posi- 
tion. When filled the shaft is rotated and the 
plow by moving in a spiral manner peels off the 
cake from the chambers. The cake pieces fall 
out of the press through the central openings. 
The plows do not remove all the cake but leave 
a thin layer on the cloths. If it is desired to 
remove this layer it may be sluiced off. For 
assembling and clothing the press is swung into 
the horizontal position. Washing may be done 
in the press. Claim is made that this press saves 
wear and tear on cloths, saves labor, washes 
thoroughly, and is well adapted to arrangements 
to carry away cake. This type of press costs 
more than the ordinary filter press per unit of 
filtering area. 

Vallez rotary filter: H. A. VaLLEz. This appa- 
ratus consists of a cast-iron cylinder so made that 
by removing bolts it can be split lengthwise dis- 
closing a hollow shaft on which is mounted the 
filter leaves. Filtrate from leaves is drawn away 
through center of shaft. When cylinder halves 
are bolted together the material to be filtered is 
pumped into the interior under pressure, causing 
filtrate to issue from shaft. Filter surfaces may 
be sluiced off. Extra shafts with leaves may be 
kept to facilitate repairs. Leaves are spaced 
244, 3 or 6 inches apart. A screw conveyor at 
bottom of cylinder removes the solids, which drop 
off the leaves when pressure is relieved or a back 
air pressure applied. Claim is made that the 
rotation of leaves while filtering causes even depth 
of solids, indicating uniform washing. Used in 
sugar factories. 

Centrifugal filters: H. C. Beckman. There 
are two classes of centrifugal filters, those in 
which the drum is perforated and those in which 
the drum is imperforated. The first class is used 
largely in sugar factories. Experiments have 
been made in which filter paper or cloth is used 
over perforations. Has no advantage over ordi- 
nary pressure filter and several disadvantages. 
Centrifugals of the second class use filter paper 
and act in a measure as a self cleaning filter due 
to the fact that the solids are discharged from 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


the discs by centrifugal force. Due to this fact 
small areas have large capacity. A disadvantage 
is the smallness of size. A ten-inch drum eight 
inches high with twenty seven-inch filter plates 
operating at 6,000 R.P.M. is the largest size 
found commercially practical. Costly liquids like 
physiological serums, expensive varnishes, etc., are 
handled by centrifugal filters. Maintenance and 
upkeep are nominal. Largest size requires about 
two H.P. and about four square feet floor space. 

Modern leaf type filters: Roprrt C. CAMPBELL. 
Description is made of Kelly and Sweetland 
leaf filters. Operating instructions for complete 
cycle are given. Washing is effected by stopping 
formation of cake while there is yet space be- 
tween adjacent leaves. Highty-five to 125 per 
cent. of the weight of discharged cakes is 
required for complete washing. A disc filter of 
the continuous suction type in which discs are 
mounted on a rotating shaft which allows them 
to dip into the mixture to be filtered is described. 
Pressure dise filters are suitable for handling 
sludges. Containing from less than one per cent. 
of suspended solids to the highest per cent. of 
solids which can be conveniently pumped and 
drained from filter. By use of Kisselguhr col- 
loidal or gummy solids may be handled. Suction 
disc filters are recommended for sludges contain- 
ing over 10 per cent. of comparatively free filter- 
ing solids wherein a cake of greater than one 
fourth inch thickness may be built in from one 
to eight minutes. Average capacity of suction 
filters is from 300 to 700 pounds of dry solids 
per square foot filter area per 24-hour day. Data 
is given regarding size of airand sludge pumps for 
pressure or suction dise filters, also water required 
for sluicing. When suspended particles are soft 
and compressible the plate and frame filter will 
produce a drier cake than leaf filters. Claims 
leaf filters have lower cloth consumption than 
plate and frame filters. 

Oliver continuous filters: H. A. Morrison. 
(1) Types manufactured—being a brief descrip- 
tion of the individual kinds made. (2) General 
principles involved—covering the use of the con- 
tinuous vacuum filter. (3) Characteristics to be 
considered in filter applications. (4) Uses— 
with generalized statement of the more important 
fields of operation and special description of the 
unusual problems we have solved. (5) Installa- 
tion and operating costs—showing complete 
installation and operating costs in detail. (6) Ad- 
vantages—realized by use of continuous vacuum 
filters as compared with plate and frame presses 


Frsruary 24, 1922] 
and other intermittent types. (7) Limitations 
and disadvantages. 

Suction filtration: G. D. Dickey. After a brief 
outline of the development of suction filtration, 
there are taken up the four main points of inter- 
est to filtration operators, viz.: Cake formation, 
washing, drying, and discharge. Under ‘‘Cake 
Formation,’’ there is discussed the various fac- 
tors which modify cake building in suction appa- 
ratus. Examples are cited as to capacities and 
rates of flow of specific materials under varying 
conditions, which will illustrate the influence 
that these conditions exert over the deposit of 
the filter cake. Following the discussion of the 
filter cake comes that of washing of the cake, 
which of course is dependent upon the formation 
of the cake itself, but which can be greatly aided 
or hindered by the filter operator. The discus- 
sion of cake drying and discharge is also based 
primarily upon the cake formation, but allows of 
many modifications before obtaining the desired 
results. Next there is given a brief description 
of the construction and operation of the open 
tank type of filter, the continuous rotary filter, and 
the continuous rotary hopper dewaterer, together 
with the advantages and disadvantages of each 
type. A number of lantern slides have been pro- 
vided, so that the discussion of the construction 
and operation can be illustrated. In conclusion, 
there is given specific data as to the handling of 
a number of materials by the three types of 
apparatus above mentioned. 

Industrial filter media: ARTHUR WRIGHT. De- 
fines industrial filtration as the separation of a 
comparatively large amount of solids from small 
volumes of liquid, hence small rates of flow are 
permissible and filter cloths used as contrasted 
with the municipal filtration where gravel beds 
are used and conditions are the opposite. Selec- 
tion of filter fabric depends upon whether for 
non-corrosive or corrosive liquors. For the latter, 
wool, metal, asbestos, stone, etc., is used, while 
for the former, cotton is used. Describes various 
weaves of cotton and its use. Fabric filtration 
should be of surface type, and not bed filtration 
where solids enter interior of the medium as in 
loose thick duck. Suggest superficial layer of 
thin muslin to prevent bed action, permitting 
cake to fall off easily. In certain kinds of filters 
the cloth porosity must be of definite kind to 
permit use of back pressure. Cake adheres more 
strongly to unnapped cloth. Discusses drainage 
provided under cloths. Precoating cloths should 
be used where initial filtrate must be clear. 
Shrinkage and stretch of cloth is considered. 


SCIENCE 


215 


Mentions incrustation due to lowering pressure 
and suggests action to be taken. 

The use of filter-cel for industrial filtration 
processes: G. M. Hickey. Filter-Cel, a porous 
cellular product, is used as a filter aid, by mixing 
a small percentage with the liquor prior to filtra- 
tion, overcoming slimes and giving brilliant fil- 
trates. In cereal beverage filtration, addition of 
one fourth pound of Filter-Cel per barrel insures 
complete removal of yeast cells, gives brilliant 
product and permits use of modern pressure 
filters. In crude and refined vegetable oils it 
aids in the removal of foots, soaps and slimes, 
giving clearer filtrates that requires less bleach 
for refining. When mixed with the bleaching 
agent, it increases the capacity of filter and 
gives dryer cakes. Apple products and fruit 
juices are mechanically clarified by filtration 
with small quantities of Filter-Cel. Soap lyes 
and fats are clarified using one per cent of 
Filter-Cel, improving filtration and the quality of 
by-products. Catalytic agents from hydrogena- 
tion processes are completely removed by filtering 
with Filter-Cel. 

Plate and frame filter presses: G. B. Ricz. The 
filter press includes a large filter area in a small 
floor space, high pressure can be used, the appa- 
ratus is simple, unskilled labor only is required 
for operation, and repairs are quickly made. 
Considers the plate and frame type the best form 
of filter press. Describes washing and various 
combinations used in filter presses. Filter presses 
can be made of various materials, as iron, for 
ordinary materials, wood for weak acid liquors, 
lead for strong sulphurie acid. For wooden 
plates resinous woods are best, as yellow pine; 
such wood will stand 25 per cent. cold HCl. Hot 
solutions tend to destroy the resin, so for that 
purpose maple or oak is best. Describes opera- 
tion and storage of wood presses. Discusses filter 
plate surfaces, closing gears, and filter cloths. 
For most aqueous solutions, cotton cloths are 
good, but for strong acid solutions asbestos, wool 
or camel’s hair cloth is suitable. Wire cloths 
made of monel metal, copper, nickel and bronze 
can be used. 

The filter press: D. R. Sperry. The filter press 
is defined as a press employed for holding to- 
gether the component parts of a filter. The com- 


‘ponent parts of the filter consist of plates or 


plates and frames. The filter press is described 
by aid of illustrations. Recessed and flush plate 
and frame operation is defined. Filter plates and 
frames may be made of various materials to suit 
the substance handled. This is also true of filter- 


216 


bases. A discussion of plate surfaces tends to 
show that correct design should be for long wear 
of cloth and proper drainage. Also that the con- 
tact area of the cloth does not reduce the net 
filtering area as might be supposed. The filter 
press comprises most filter area per unit of floor 
space, can employ high pressures, has low repair 
costs, produces the driest cake, is economical in 
clothing, ean be operated by cheap labor and is 
the most universal and widely used filter appara- 
tus to-day. Eleven plant installation views are 
given. 

A symposium on the chemistry of gases and 
fuel was also held with C. H. Stone chairman 
and R. S. McBride-secretary. The following four 
major subjects were discussed: 

(a) Coke-oven problems, discussion to be 
opened by W. H. Buiauvett, F. W. Sprerr and 
others. 

(b) Low temperature carbonization of coal, 
discussion to be opened by H. ©. Porrer. 

(c) Gas works control, discussion to be opened 
by E. C. Unuic, J. R. CAMPBELL and O. A. Mor- 
HOUS. 

(d) Gas analysis and its applications, discus- 
sion to be opened by G. W. Jones, E. R. WEAVER 
and A. H. WHITE. 

Two new methods for determining light oil in 
coke oven gas: ArtHUR L. Davis. The most 
accurate and thoroughly reliable method that has 
been developed to the present time utilizes acti- 
vated carbon as the absorbing medium. Absorp- 
tion of the light oil is rapid and the carbon is 
very convenient to handle. The absorbed light 
oil is removed by distillation of the enriched 
carbon with cresol and the subsequent treatment 
of the distillate with caustic. The true light oil 
recovered, uncontaminated with wash oil, may be 
examined and its quality determined. A very 
satisfactory means of absorbing light oil is to 
pass the gas through a plate and bell tower, lab- 
oratory size, using cresol as the absorbing medi- 
um. A tower of this type is imperative since 
incomplete absorption will be obtained using 
other than this general type of equipment when 
any liquid absorbent is used. The eresol is 
stripped of the light oil and the distillate agi- 
tated with caustic. The light oil obtained is true 
light oil with no high boiling ends due to the 
lower boiling portions of wash oil being present. 

Standardizing gas combustion by premixing 
portions of air with gas: N. H. GELLER. 

A chemically controlled automobile: GnorcE G. 
Brown, Jr. The average motor ear wastes twice 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


as much energy as is converted into useful work. 
The thermal efficiency averages not over 15 per 
cent. This loss, entirely preventable, is a waste 
of a valuable and limited natural resource, petro- 
leum. In all industrial combustion problems 
increased efficiency can be obtained by returning 
as much heat as possible from the exhaust gases 
to the combustion zone by preheating the air. 
Another factor, known as turbulence, which 
results from the velocity of the mixture entering 
the cylinder, has an equally noticeable effect 
upon the rate of combustion. Repeated tests 
have shown that 30, 35, 40 miles per gallon and 
even more may be obtained driving at constant 
speed along a level highway and burning a lean 
hot mixture. It has been found that the two 
variables, temperature of air and manifold suc- 
tion, are sufficient in themselves to supply all the 
automatie control desired. Working along these 
lines a carbureter has been designed from a scien- 
tific and mathematical standpoint that can be 
made to deliver a mixture of any proportions 
desired under any conditions. It has been found 
possible to obtain 35 to 40 miles per gallon on a 
standard Ford touring car with equally quick 
acceleration and even more flexibility than could 
be obtained with standard equipment giving 20 
miles per gallon under the same conditions. 

Theoretical maximum temperature: GEORGE G. 
Brown, Jr. (1) A comparison of the values for 
specific heats of the products of combustion as 
obtained by the various investigators. (2) Cal- 
culation of maximum temperatures using a table 
of mean specific heats, or thermal capacities: a. 
Estimating temperatures and solving by trial and 
error; b. The graphical method of Damour. 
(3) Caleulation of maximum temperature using 
the equations for thermal capacities: a. Alge- 
braic solution; b. Slide rule solution; c. Graph- 
ical solution. 

The formation of oxides of nitrogen im the 
slow combustion and explosion methods in gas 
analysis: G. W. JoNES and W. L. Parker. Pro- 
cedure and results of investigation are given 
showing the amounts of oxides of nitrogen 
formed when gases are analyzed by the slow 
combustion and explosion method. The following 
conclusions were obtained: The production of 
oxides of nitrogen by the slow combustion method 
when the time of burning is not more than three 
minutes and the wire heated not greater than a 
bright yellow is within the experimental error in 
routine gas analysis. Under the above conditions 
not more than .003 e.c. of oxides of nitrogen 


- tion. 


FuBrvary 24, 1922] 


were produced by the explosion method when air 
was used as the oxygen supply. When mixtures 
of air and oxygen were used as the oxygen supply 
in the explosion method appreciable quantities of 
oxides of nitrogen were produced which are too 
large to be disregarded in gas analysis. The 
method used for determining the quantity of 
oxides of nitrogen produced was a modification of 
the di-phenol sulphonic acid method as used in 
water analysis. 

The present status of methods used for fuel 
gas analysis: G. W. Jones. The constituents 
present and difficulties encountered in the accu- 
rate analysis of fuel gases are given. The meth- 
ods used at the present time, considerations 
which must be taken into account in choosing a 
particular method, the comparative accuracy of 
the different methods and debatable points which 
require further consideration are discussed. 

Electric heat for thermal processes: HE. F. 
COLLINS. 

Humidity equilibria of various common mate- 
rials: Ropert E. Wiuson. A knowledge of the 
equilibrium amount of moisture held by various 
materials as a function of the relative humidity 
of the air is very important for a variety of 
purposes. The author presents determinations by 
a method previously described in the Journal, of 
the humidity equilibria of the following mate- 
rials: cotton, linen, paper, jute, hemp, viscose 
silk, cellulose nitrate silk, cellulose acetate silk, 
tubber, leather, feathers, catgut, tobacco, crack- 
ers, bread, macaroni, ete.; and includes data 
gathered from various sources on other materials, 
such as wool, silk, paper half-stuffs, timber, flour, 
ete. 

The frictional resistance to the flow of viscous 
liquids through elbows: Robert E. Witson, WIL- 
LIAM H. McApAMs and M. Srurzer. The fric- 
tional resistance to the flow of liquids through 
elbows has been the subject of a considerable 
number of scattered experiments, but the results 
are seldom expressed on any uniform basis and 
in many eases the methods of measurement were 
faulty. Furthermore, there is practically no data 
on the frictional resistance to flow through elbows 
for very heavy oils flowing in straight line mo- 
The authors present a series of data cover- 
ing the whole range, from highly viscous oils to 
water, and show that, while the customary rule 
of assuming an elbow to be equivalent to thirty 
or forty pipe diameters’ length of straight pipe 
holds very well over the whole region of turbulent 
flow, the resulting correction is far too high in 
the region of viscous flow, dropping to as low as 


SCIENCE 


217 


two or three diameters for very viscous liquids 
in small pipes. 

A fermentation process for the production of 
acetone, alcohol and volatile acids from corn cobs: 
W. H. Prererson and E. B. Frep. Corn cobs are 
a possible raw material for the production of 
acetone, ethyl alcohol, formic acid and acetic 
acid. These products are obtained by fermenting 
a sirup which is made from corn cobs by 
hydrolysis with dilute sulfuric acid and contains 
chiefly xylose. This crude xylose sirup is fer- 
mented by Bacillus acetoethylicum under the 
proper conditions of nitrogen, and phosphate 
supply and hydrogen ion reaction. A continuous 
fermentation is maintained by filling the con- 
tainer with cinders to which the bacteria may 
attach themselves. The fermented solution is 
removed and a new sugar solution added without 
disturbing the bacteria. Under these conditions 
the fermentation is rapid and vigorous. The 
yield of products is 2.7 Ibs. of acetone, 6.8 Ibs. of 
alcohol and 3.4 Ibs. of acid per 100 lbs. of corn 
cobs. 

A new method of preparing sulphuric acid: 
P. C. Hansever. Instead of oxidizing SO, 
with the oxide of nitrogen, selenium dioxide 
is used according to the equation: 280, + H,0 
ae H,SeO, = 2H,SO, + Se. The selenium is 
filtered and reoxidized. A 50 per cent sulphuric 
acid free of selenium can thus be obtained 
without pressure. Anode slimes and other im- 
pure selenium sources can be used for the source 
of selenium, as roasting the same will yield an 
oxide sufficiently pure for the above reaction. 

Corrosion under oil films and the protective 
action of certain colloidal solutions: Witpert J. 
Hurr. An investigation by the writer in the 
research laboratories of the Bureau of Mines on 
the subject of corrosion beneath oil films caused 
by water soluble salts from perspiration residues, 
sea sprays, and certain manufacturing operations. 
Preliminary treatment with water, followed by a 
suitable emulsion, and finally by oil is recom- 
mended for inaccessible surfaces. Experiments 
are given to show the valuable anti-corrosive 
property of certain soap emulsions, and some of 
the conditions under which this protective prop- 
erty fails. The mechanism of the corrosion and 
protection is discussed briefly. 

On the dehydration of tar and other organic 
emulsions: WitBrrT J. Hurr. A note discussing 
some of the methods for the dehydration of tar 
and similar emulsions, pointing out a few ad- 
vantages and disadvantages of each, together 
with a description of a method suggested by the 


218 


author and now used in the laboratories of The 
Koppers Company. The tar is simultaneously 
heated from above and cooled by a jacket of 
liquid water about and below. The jacket water 
is allowed to fall by evaporation, gradually 
bringing more and more tar into the heated zone. 
The manipulation is so simple the author finds it 
difficult to believe that the method has not been 
used before, but if so is unaware of such use. 
The method permits the simultaneous approxi- 
mate determination of light oil and water, 
requires no new apparatus and practically no 
attention, and handles efficiently very stiff tars 
and tars of high water content. 

The arc rupture of liquid dielectrics: C. J. 
RopMAN. Various organic liquid dielectries were 
subjected to high frequency arcing. Finely 
divided, highly non-conducting amorphous carbon, 
saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons lower in 
the series, and a number of gases were obtained. 
These gases consisted chiefly of hydrogen and 
unsaturates with small amounts of carbon mon- 
oxide, carbon dioxide, methane and nitrogen. 
With an increase in molecular weight a slight 
decrease in gas evolution per kilowatt seconds of 
are rupture was noted. With an increase of 
halogenation a corresponding decrease in gas 
evolution per kilowatt seconds are rupture is 
noted. Paraffine oils give approximately 60 cc. 
gas per kilowatt seconds. The liquid dielectrics 
are apparently broken down by a temperature 
pressure effect of very short duration, rather 
than by sympathetic vibration and rearrangement 
of the compounds by high frequency alone. Direct 
application of this data is found in the use of 
compounded liquid dielectrics for transformers, 
circuit breakers and fuses. 


The effects of waterproofing materials upon 
the tensile strength of cotton yarn: H. P. Hot- 
MAN and T. D. JARRELL. Two sizes of cotton 
yarn used in the manufacture of high grade 
cotton ducks, after treatment with numerous 
waterproofing materials including commercial 
preparations, individual substances and formulas 
developed in the laboratory, were exposed to the 
weather for one year to show the effects on ten- 
sile strength. The tensile strength of the treated 
yarn after one year’s exposure was in most cases 
greater than the strength of the untreated yarn 
after one year’s exposure. 

Special order on world’s standardization: 
E. C. BryeHaM, chairman. The attitude of the 
manufacturer of reagent chemicals toward world 
standardization. The attitude of the dealers in 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1417 


chemicals. The attitude of the university users 
of chemicals. The attitude of the technical users 
of chemicals. The attitude of Great Britain and 
Canada toward world standardization. The atti- 
tude of the federal government. Discussion led 
by CHARLES L. Rees, W. A. Noyes, B. L. Mur- 
RAY, R. F. Rutrran, H. D. Husparp and others. 

The nature of acid mine water from coal mines 
and the determination of acidity: W. A. SELvig 
and W. C. Ratcuirr. Water from coal mines is 
usually decidedly acid in character containing 
free sulphuric acid and ferrous, ferric and alum- 
inum sulphates in addition to sulphates of cal- 
cium, magnesium, sodium and potassium together 
with silica and usually some chlorides. On stand- 
ing, dilution, aeration or warming insoluble iron 
compounds tend to precipitate. The direct titra- 
tion of free sulphuric acid of mine water with 
standard alkali solutions in the presence of 
methyl orange gives results much too high. 
Methods of accurate determination of contents of 
mine water are given. 

Tests of the iodine pentoxide indicator for car- 
bon monoxide: 8S. H. Karz and J. J. BLOOMFIELD. 
The iodine pentoxide or ‘‘hoolamite’’ indicator 
for carbon monoxide is a small, rugged, portable 
instrument for quickly and easily indicating the 
presence of carbon monoxide and estimating its 
concentration. Commericial instruments were 
tested for sensitivity and accuracy. Results 
showed that the instrument gives positively indi- 
cations with .07 per cent. or more carbon mon- 
oxide in air. With .15 per cent. carbon monoxide 
in air, determinations ranged from .10 to .23 per 
cent. with an average of .16. With higher con- 
centrations, the variations were proportionally 
about the same. Fresh activated charcoal re- 
moves the following gases that tend to give inter- 
ference: acetylene, ammonia, benzene, ether, 
ethylene, gasoline, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen 
sulphide, natural gas containing members higher 
than methane, and water. The following gases 
do not interfere: carbon dioxide, carbon tetra- 
chloride, chlorine, methane, nitrogen peroxide, 
phosgene, and sulfur dioxide. Determinations 
are made in less than one minute and no skill is 
required. The instrument should prove valuable 
in testing air in mine reseue and recovery opera- 
tions around blast furnaces, gas producers, water 
gas plants, flue gases and other places where 
carbon monoxide occurs. 

The Berrigan filter (By title): Mr. Stark. 

CHaRLes L. Parsons, 
Secretary 


SCIENCE 


New. SERIES 2 ‘ 99 SINGLE Copigs, 15 Cts. 
Vou. LV, No. 1418 Fripay, Marcu 3, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


Saunders Books 


Willius’ Electrocardiography IUST OUT 


This book presents the subject in a logical way, considering the fundamentals, the technic of 
obtaining records, disorders of the cardiac mechanism, organic and functional, and the facts 
regarding prognosis. 

Octavo of 188 pages, with 186 illustrations. By F. A. Wittius, M.D.. Associate in Section of Division of Medicine, The 
Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minn. Cloth, $5.00 net. 


Lusk’s Science of Nutrition SHR TSIEN 


Professor Lusk points out why certain diseases are due to metabolic derangements. He 
teaches you how to correct these derangements. He gives you the very foundation of dietetics 
—the fundamentals upon which a scientific and beneficial dietary regimen may be built. 
Important chapters are those on food economics, food requirements for various occupa- 


tions, etc. 

Octavo of 640 pages. By Granam Lusk, Pu.D., Professor of Physiology, Cornell Medical School. Cloth, $6.50 net. 
If y) = 

Wells’ Chemical Pathology OU E REE OTE 


This work considers pathology from the standpoint of the chemical processes involved. It 
deals: with the chemical changes that take place in pathologic conditions. It treats of the 
causes of disease and so provides the first step in their treatment. 

Octavo of 695 pages. By H. Giweon Wetts, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Pathology, University of Chicago. Cloth, $7.00 net. 


e 9 ° 
Brill’s Psycho-analysis . JUST OUT 


To this edition have been added new chapters on masturbation, paraphrenia, and homo- 
sexuality. The entire book has virtually been rewritten, necessitating its resetting. Based on 
many years of close application to the study of psychopathology. 

Octavo of 468 pages. By A. A. Britt, M.D., Lecturer on Psycho-analysis, New York University. Cloth, $5.00 net. 


Dercum’s Physiology of Mind 


JUSE QUT. 
5 < 
Dr. Dercum’s new work discusses the subject from biologic, morphologic, p Saab ati dach dithity Re 


cal viewpoints. It is a summary of his many years of observation. nde addenda are 


ancholia, ete. 
12mo of 150 pages. 


Please send me the books checked (V) and charge to my account :— 


Willius’ Electrocardiography...... $5.00 net. Wells’ Chemical Pathology........ $7.00 net. 
Lusk’s Science of Nutrition....... $6.50 net. Brill’s Psycho-analysis............ $5.00 net. 
Dercumesmelhystolosy morbid sysciia seem seers oeeeeeteleelsts 


DN ae a 


ii SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


ISIS 


International Review devoted to the 
History of Science and Civilization 
Edited by GEORGE SARTON, D.Sc. 
Associate of the Carnegie Institution 


24 Agassiz Street, Cambridge, Mass. 

The chief feature of Isis is a Critical Bib- 
liography of the History and Philosophy of 
Science and of the History of Civilization. 
The three first volumes (1882 pages) con- 
tain about 5,620 bibliographic notes, 312 re- 
views and 43 longer papers. Isis is the main 
center of information on the History and 
Philosophy of Science, and the organ of the 
New Humanism. 2 or 3 parts complete a 
volume within 12 to 18 months. 


The Ist part (220 p.) of Vol. IV has ap- 
peared. Each volume costs 50 Belgian 
frances (ed. de luxe, from vol. II on, 100 
francs) 


Publisher: WEISSENBRUCH 


49 rue du Poincon Bruxelles, Belgium 


The Optical Society of America announces the 
addition to its Journal of a section on Scientific 
Instruments, beginning with the March, 1922, num- 
ber. The Journal will henceforth be known as 
the 


JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY 
OF AMERICA and 


REVIEW OF SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS 


This arrangement has been effected upon repre- 
sentations from the National Research Council 
and in cooperation with that body and with the 
Association of Scientific Apparatus Makers of the 
United States of America. 

The enlarged Journal will be issued monthly and 
will contain, in addition to articles on theoretical, 
experimental and applied optics, original articles 
and- abstracts on scientific instruments and ap- 
paratus of all kinds: electrical, -mechanical, 
thermal, etc., as well as optical, for research, in- 
struction, and industrial work in physics, chem- 
istry, biology, and other sciences. Articles for 
publication are solicited. 


The subscription price for 1922 is five dollars. 


Subscriptions should be sent to: 


F. K. RICHTMYER, Business Manager, 
Ithaca, N. Y. 


Cornell University, 


Complete set of back numbers of the Journal 
of the Optical Society, Vols. I-V, $16.00. 


The Sarah Berliner 
Research Fellowship 
for Women 


A fellowship of the value of one thousand 
dollars is offered annually, available for 
study and research in physics, chemistry 
or biology. Applicants must already hold 
the degree of doctor of philosophy or be 
similarly equipped for the work of further 
research. Applications must be received 
by February 1, 1922. 
tion may be obtained from the chairman 


Further informa- 


of the committee. 


PROFESSOR MALTBY 
Barnard College 


New York City 


Naturalists’ Supplies 


We carry in stock for prompt delivery 


I. Collecting Utensils. 
Il. Breeding Apparatus and Cages for 
Living Animals. 
II]. Preparing and Preserving Utensils. 
IV. Cabinets and Insect Cases. 


V. Magnifiers, Microscopes and Acces- 
sories. 


VI. Botanists’ Supplies. 


VII. Explorers’ and Collectors’ Camp 
: Outfits. 
VIII. Miscellaneous Naturalists’ Supplies. 
IX. Oologists’ Supplies. 

X. Aquaria. 

XI. Books and Publications. 

XII. Chemicals. 


K-S Museum Cabinets of Glass and Metal 


New Illustrated Biological Catalogue will 
be sent free of charge upon application. 


The Kny-Scheerer Corporation 


Dept. of Natural Science, 56 West 23rd St. 
G. Lagai, Ph.D. New York City 


SCIENC 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
ti Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y. 


New York City: Grand Central Terminal 


Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Entered as second-class matter January 21. 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica, N. Y.. under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Marca 3, 1922 


Vou. LV No. 1418 


The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 
Atomic Nuclei: Proressor J. C. McLeEn- 


VAIN see es cca ES TE eld a re ae SR 219 
Progress in Metric Standardization: Dr. 

HUGENE | C.) BINGHAM on ee 232 
The Banding of Birds: CHARLES L. WHITTLE 233 
Scientific Events: 

Conference on Business Training of the 

Engineer and Engineering Training for 

Students of Business; Gift of the Rocke- 

feller Foundation for a School of Hygiene 

in London; Lectures on Chemical Engi- 

neering; The Sheldon Memorial; The 

Ramsay Memorial Fellowship...........-.....------ 234 
Scientific: Notes and News: 222. 237 
University and Educational Notes................... 240 


Discussion and Correspondence: 

Duty on English Books: Prorrssor G. D. 

Harris. Alternate Bearing of Fruit Trees: 

Dr. Harotp B. Tuxny. The Writing of 

Popular Science: Dr. Epwin E. Stosson.... 240 
Quotations : 

William Jennings Bryan on Evolution........ 242 
Scientific Books: 

Clarke on James Hall of Albany: Pro- 

FESSOR CHARLES SCHUCHERT....-...0000002000... 243 
Special Articles: 

The Synthesis of Full Coloration in Phlox: 

TDN Dey el) 18 GS ye Ne I 245 
The Proposed Federation of Biological Socie- 

ties: Proressor A. FRANKLIN SHULL.......... 245 


ATOMIC NUCLEP 


I. INTRODUCTION 


THE conception that atoms consisted of cen- 
tral positively charged nuclei of small dimen- 
sions surrounded by one or more systems of 
electrons whose aggregate charge of negative 
electricity exactly neutralized the nuclear posi- 
tive charge, arose in an attempt by Rutherford? 
to explain the large angle scattering of « rays 
obtained when these traversed thin foils or 
sheets of various metals. 

To account for the results obtained it was 
found necessary to assume that the positively 
charged nucleus contained nearly all the mass 
of an atom and that the dimensions of the 
nucleus were very small compared with the 
ordinarily accepted magnitude of the diameter 
of the atom. 

On this view the electric field close to the 
nucleus was very intense and therefore suffi- 
cient to deflect « particles which in traversing 
sheets of metal happened to pass close to 
nuclei. 

Assuming the electric field of nuclei to be 
central and to follow the inverse square law, 
Rutherford showed that an « particle pro- 
jected so as to pass close to the nucleus of an 
atom would describe a hyperbolic orbit about 
the nucleus and that the magnitude of the 
deflection impressed upon it was determined 
by the closeness of its approach to the nucleus. 

(a) The electric charge on nuclei. 

On this theory Rutherford showed by deduc- 
tions made from observations on the single 
encounter large angle scattering of « rays that 
the resultant charge on the nucleus was about 
72 A e where A is the atomic weight of the 


1 Address of the vice-president and chairman of 
Section B—Physies, the American Association 
for the Advancement of Science, Toronto, De- 
cember 29, 1921. 

? Rutherford, Phil. Mag., Vol. 21, p. 669, 1911; 
Phil. Mag., Vol. 27, p. 448, 1914. 


220 


scattering element and e is the fundamental 
unit of electric charge. Hlaborate experiments 
by Geiger and Marsden® on the scattering of 
#% rays confirmed this view. The validity of 
the theory was also established in a convincing 
manner by C. G. Darwin* who made a thorough 
mathematical investigation of the deflexions 
which could ensue from an intimate encounter 
between an alpha particle in motion and a 
nucleus. In this investigation he showed that 
the results of the scattering experiments of 
Geiger and Marsden could not be reconciled 
with any law of central force except that of 
the inverse square. 

In another entirely different field of investi- 
gation, namely, that of the scattering of X rays 
by lght elements, Barkla® had shown in 1911 
that the number of electrons in an atom which 
took part in the scattering of the X rays was 
equal to about one half of the atomic weight 
of the element. 

Both lines of investigation therefore led to 
the view that the charge on the nucleus of an 
atom was given by % A e and that the number 
of electrons in an atom surrounding the nucleus 
was % A. It was the experiments on the scat- 
tering of « rays, however, which led to the 
view that the positively charged portions of 
atoms were nuclear in character with dimen- 
sions small compared with those of the atoms 
themselves, and that by far the greater part of 
the mass of the atoms was concentrated in the 
nucleus. 

(b) Nuclear charge and atomic number. 

In 1913 Van den Broeck® put forward the 
suggestion that the scattering of « particles 
was not inconsistent with the view that the 
charge on the nucleus of an atom was equal to 
Ne where N is the atomic number of the atom 
of the element concerned, 7. e., the number of 
the element when the elements are arranged in 
order of increasing atomic weight. A refer- 
ence to a table of atomic weights will show 
that N is approximately equal to % A. The 


3 Geiger and Marsden, Roy. Soc. Proc. A., Vol. 
82, p. 495, 1909. 

4 Darwin, Phil. Mag., Vol. 27, p. 499, 1914. 

5 Barkla, Phil. Mag., Vol. 21, p. 648, 1911. 

6 Van den Broeck, Phys. Zeit., Vol. 14, p. 708, 
1914. 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1418 


importance of this suggestion was soon made 
evident by the remarkable work of Moseley’ 
on X ray spectra which followed in 1913 and 
in 1914. In this work Moseley showed that 
the frequencies of the vibrations of correspond- 
ing lines in the X ray spectra of the elements 
depended on the squares of numbers which 
varied by unity with the successive elements. 

This relation, it was seen, could be readily 
explained by assuming that the nuclear charge 
of an atom varied by unity in passing from an 
atom of one element to that of another, and by 
assuming that the nuclear charge was given 
numerically by N, the atomic number. 

The importance of Moseley’s work was 
enhanced when it was seen that it gave us a 
new method of regarding the periodic classi- 
fication of the elements based on the assump- 
tion that the atomic number or its equivalent, 
the nuclear charge, was of more fundamental 
importance than the atomic weight. As a 
result of Moseley’s work it became possible 
not only to fix definitely the number of pos- 
sible elements and the position of undeter- 
mined elements, but also to show that the 
properties of an atom were defined by a num- 
ber which varied by unity in successive 
elements. 

In Moseley’s work the frequency of vibration 
of corresponding lines in the K ray spectra of 
the elements was not found to be exactly pro- 
portional to N? where N is the atomic number 
but to (N—a)? where a was a constant which 
had different values depending on whether the 
IX or L series of characteristic rays was 
measured. 

The investigations of Bohr® on the origin of 
radiations emitted by atoms are entirely in 
keeping with the assumptions that the nuclear 
charge is given by Ne, for he has shown that 
the frequency formula for X ray spectral lines 
must inelude a term (N —a)? with “a” having 
values approximately equal to those found by 
Moseley. In Bohr’s investigation he showed 
that X rays originated in disturbances given 
to certain classes of extra nuclear electrons 
and that the quantity “a” represented a modifi- 

7 Moseley, Phil. Mag., Vol. 26, p. 1024, 1913; 
Phil. Mag., Vol. 27, p. 703, 1914. 

8 Bohr, Phil. Mag., Vol. 26, p. 476, Sept., 1913. 


Marcu 3, 1922] 


cation of the electric field of the nucleus by 
the electric fields of the extra nuclear electrons 
within the atom. 


II. Own tHe Structure or Atoms 


Through the advances made by a study of 
the scattering of « rays and of X rays the 
attack on the problem of the structure of 
atoms and the origin of radiations naturally 
proceeded upon two well-defined lines, namely: 


1. The investigation of the constitution and 
properties of the nucleus, and 


2. The investigation of the configuration 

and modes of vibration of extra nuclear elec- 
trons in atoms. 
In pursuing this attack it has been assumed, 
with very good warrant, that the positive elec- 
trie charges on nuclei are given by Ne where 
N is the atomie number of the element con- 
cerned, and that the number of extra nuclear 
electrons in an atom is N. For example, the 
number of extra nuclear electrons in various 
atoms is taken to be as follows: Hydrogen 1, 
helium 2, lithium 3, carbon 6, fluorine 9, neon 
10, sodium 11, chlorine 17, argon 18, potas- 
sium 19, ete. 


III. Postrive Ray ANALYSIS 


This method of analysis was devised by Sir 
J. J. Thomson® and consisted in projecting 
successively through an electric and a magnetic 
field positively charged atoms or molecules, 
i. e., those from which one or more extra 
nuclear electrons had been detached. By this 
means he was able to show that positive atom 
ions can be obtained with one, two, three, and, 
in the case of mercury, with eight positive 
elemental charges. 

Among other results he has been able to 
show that such compounds as CH, CH, and 
CH, can exist with a recognisable though 
transitory existence. He has also shown that 
a substance having the molecular formula H, 
and bearing a single positive elemental charge 
can be obtained from various sources, a result 
which has been confirmed by Dempster, who 
showed that this molecular aggregate can be 
obtained with a transitory existence when an 


9J. J. Thomson: Rays of positive electricity. 


SCIENCE 221 


electric charge is passed through hydrogen. 
Perhaps the most notable discovery made by 
Thomson, however, was that neon existed in 
two forms with identical chemical properties, 
but with different integral atomie weights, 
namely, 20 and 22. 

This discovery was of prime importance for 
it poimted to the probability of the general 
applicability of the principle which had been 
already found by Soddy and others to hold 
with the radioactive elements, namely, that the 
atoms of elements consist of csotopes, i. e., 
that we have atoms of an element with identical 
chemical properties, but with different atomic 
masses. This discovery also offered an explan- 
ation of the non-integral values found by 
chemical analysis for the atomic weights of 
many of the elements. If it turned out, assum- 
ing the atomic weight of oxygen to*be 16, that 
the atomic weights of the isotopes of an ele- 
ment were integers, then the non-integral value 
found by chemical analysis for the atomic 
weight of an element would result from the 
element existing as a mixture of its isotopes. 


IV. Isoroprs 


Aston,'® Dempster,'t and later G. P. Thom- 
son’? have recently greatly improved Sir J. J. 
Thomson’s methods of positive ray analysis 
with the result that they have been able to 
separate many of the elements of non-integral 
atomie weight such as chlorine, magnesium, 
argon and mereury into isotopes, each of which 
has an integral value for its mass. Chlorine, for 
example, has an atomic weight of 35.5 and 
can be separated by the positive ray method 
into an isotope of weight 35, and into one of 
weight 37. The validity of this result has 
been confirmed by Harkins,'!* who succeeded 


10 Aston, Phil. Mag., Vol. 38, p. 707, 1919; 
Vol. 39, p. 611, 1920; Vol. 40, p. 628, 1920; 
Nature, March 17, 1921; May 12, 1921. 

11 Dempster, Phys. Rev., Vol XI, No. 4, p. 316, 
1918; Scimncr, Dec. 10, 1920; Apr. 15, 1921; 
Nov. 25, 1921. 

12G. P. Thomson, Phil. Mag., Aug., 1920, p. 
240; Phil. Mag., Nov. 1921, p. 858; Nature, Feb. 
24, 1921. 


13 Harkins, Science, March 19, 1920. 


222 


in separating, by diffusion, a mass of chlorine 
into two portions with different densities. 
Mercury, too, has been found by positive ray 
analysis to consist of a number of isotopes, 
probably six, with integral atomic weights 
197-200, 202, 204. As a confirmation of this 
result Bronsted and Hevesy* have shown that 
it is possible by fractional distillation to sep- 
arate mercury into two parts with different 
densities. 

The list of the elements in so far as they 
have been investigated for isotopes is given in 
Table I. In Table II following there is also 
assembled the isotopes of the various radio- 
active elements. 


TABLE I 
IsoroPEs 
Masses of 
| Minimum |isotopes in 
Element | At. No. | At. Wt. | No. of order of 
é Isotopes |their inten- 
sity 
TeGe ul teue ha 1.008 1 | 1.008 
He | 2 3.99 1 4.0 
Li 3 6.94 2 7, 6 
‘Berea Ay abo sl: 1 9 
B lant a5 10.9 2 11, 10 
C We in el 220 1 12 
N 7 14.01 1 14 
O 8 16 1 16 
NM Oa Lo 1 19 
Ne 10 20.2 2 20, 22, 21? 
Na 11 238 1 23 
Mg 12 24.32 3 24, 25, 26 
Si 14 28.3 2 28, 29, 30? 
1p 15 31.04 1 31 
tS} 16 32.06 aL 32 
Cl 17 35.46 2 35, 37, 392 
A 18 39.88 2 40, 36 
K 19 39.1 2 39, 41 
Ca 20 40.09 1 40 (39, 40, 
41 
Zn 30 65.4 4 64, 66, 68, 
70 
As 33 74.96 1 75 
Br 35 79.92 2 79, 81 
Kr 36 82.92 6 84, 86, 82, 
| 83, 80, 78 
Rb 37 85.45 2 85, 87 
Sr 38 87.63 2 87, 85, 88? 
I 53 126.92 1 127 
Xe 54 | 180.32 5 (7%) | 129, 132, 
131, 134, 
136, 128? 
130? 
Cs 55 132.81 1 133 
Hg 200.6 6 197-200 
202, 204 


14 Bronsted and Hevesy, Nature, September 30, 
1920. 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1418 


V. Discussion oF IsoToPEs 


A glance at the results in Table I suggests a 
few observations. 

(a) Isobares and radioactivity. 

It is interesting to note that while iodine 
with an atomie weight 126.92 has but one 
isotope, 127, bromine with an atomic weight 
79.92 has two, 79 and 81. Had it turned out 
that bromine consisted of but one isotope with 
weight 80 we should have had an example of 
an isobare, that is, an atom of one element 
with an atomic weight the same as that of an 
atom of a second element. It will be seen that 
one of the isotopes of krypton has an atomic 
weight 80. 

It is also of interest to point out, as Harkins 
has done, that with magnesium having 3 iso- 
topes and chlorine 2 it is possible to have nine 
isotopic forms of MgCl,. As mercury has six 
isotopes there would follow the possibility of 
having 63 isotopic forms of Hg,Cl,. Similar 
considerations would apply in regard to other 
elements. 


G. P. Thomson has recently found that 
strontium consists of two isotopes of weight 
85 and 87. He failed however to find one of 
weight 88 or any higher number the necessity 
for which the atomic weight of strontium, 
87.63, would seem to demand. As rubidium 
was shown to have isotopes of weight 87 and 
85 we have in strontium and rubidium an 
example of isobaric isotopes, 7. e., the atoms of 
these two elements are identical in mass. As 
the nuclear charge of rubidium is 37e while 
that of strontium is 38e, it follows that the 
nuclei of rubidium atoms differ from those of 
strontium atoms only by the inclusion of one 
electron. This may possibly afford an explana- 
tion of the radioactivity which rubidium and 
its salts are known to exhibit. It has been 
shown that rubidium emits a soft radiation of 
beta particles, and since it is now generally 
agreed that radioactivity is a property of 
nuclei, it would follow that by the emission of 
beta rays, rubidium atomic nuclei are being 
transmuted into those of strontium. One 
should expect to find, then, strontium asso- 
ciated with the sources of rubidium. 


223 


Marcu 3, 1922] SCIENCE 
TABLE II 
IsoroPes OF RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCES 
SUBSTANCE AT. NO. WEIGHT OF ISOTOPE GROUP 
NGSaretrng armas ees eee 92 238 234 VI 
1 Wy 
Protoactinium 91 234 230 V 
UX, Pa 
Thorium 90 234 232 230 228 226 IV 
Th. Ux, I&UY Ra.Th. Ra.Act. 
PAG EIT UI pet ee So ee 89 228 226 IIl 
Ms.Th Ae. 
MERE CUL TTD Pele ie eae ok SISA eA 88 228 226 224 222 II 
Ms.Th Ra Thx Act.xX 
SBNAN ALONG eae eae eee eee 86 222 220 218 VIII 
Ra.Em. Th.Em. Act.Em. 
TEYGS Kap rata eal) eho a a 84 218 216 214 212 210 VI 
Ra.A. ThA. Ra.C. Th.C’ Ac.0’ 
Ac.A. Ra.F. 
TERK) caine) si opeeoeiaae oat ree SNL 83 214 212 210 V 
Ra.C. Th.C. Ae.D. 
Ra.E. 
Lead 82 214 212 210 208 206 IV 
Ra.B. Th.B. Ra.D. Th.D. Ra.G. 
Act. B. Ae.D. 
Rhames ewe ated eal LEME aN 81 210 208 206 III 
| Ra.C” Th.C.” AcC” 


As potassium is also known to emit a radia- 
tion of beta particles we should expect the 
nuclei of atoms of potassium to be transmuted 
thereby into nuclei of calcium of the same 
weight, 7. e., we should expect to find that 
calcium consisted of two isotopes isobaric 
with those of potassium and therefore of 
weight 39 and 41. As regards this point the 
only evidence we have available is that fur- 
nished by the experiments of G. P. Thomson, 
who states that he found an isotope for calcium 
at 40 but with the magnetic field at his dis- 
posal it was impossible to separate lines even 
two units apart if such had existed for eal- 
cium. Thomson states, however, that it is cer- 
tain that one or more isotopes of the weights, 
39, 40, and 41 were present in his experiments. 
In some preliminary experiments made by 
Dempster an isotope of calcium was found at 
or near 40. He states, however, that the possi- 
bility of one of weight 39 is not excluded by 
his results. It will be interesting to see 
whether future experiments show that calcium 
has two isotopes of weight 39 and 41. Some 
additional evidence on this point might be 
gained by investigating the association of eal- 
cium with primary sources of potassium and 
its salts. 


In this connection it is of interest to point 
out that lithium, sodium and cesium have not 
been found to be radioactive. Moreover 
neither lithium and beryllium nor sodium and 
magnesium have any isotopes in common. 
Cesium has been found to have but one isotope 
of weight 133 and although the isotopes of 
barium have not yet been investigated it would 
appear to be highly probable that, since the 
atomic weight of this element is 137.37, it will 
be found not to have any isotope isobaric with 
that of exsium. 

(b) Isotopes of cadmium. 

Since the atomic weight of cadmium is 112.4 
it will be seen that it will likely be found to 
have a number of isotopes, especially since 
zine has been shown to have four and mereury 
slx. 

(c) Atomic weight and atomic number. 

It will be noted that, with the possible excep- 
tion of KX*° and the doubtful Cl°° Table I does 
not show any other examples of isobares. There 
is a remarkable intermingling of the atomic 
weights and it is particularly noticeable in the 
case of ten consecutive integers representing 
the isotopes of bromine, krypton, and rubidium 
—Kr 78, Br 79, Kr 80, Br 81, Kr 82, Kr 84, 
Rb 85, Ky 86, Rb 87. This result makes it 


224 


clear that the exact order of the chemically 
determined atomic weights is of little signifi- 
cance and that the anomalies such as argon 
and potassium and possibly too of tellurium 
and iodine as well as nickel and cobalt are 
merely due to the unequal relative proportions 
of their constituent isotopes. 

From a consideration of the total abundance 
of various elements Harkins!’ pointed out that 
for the great majority of possible configura- 
tions it would probably be found that even 
atomic weight was associated with even atomic 
number and odd with odd. The results given 
in Table I, it will be seen, support this view. 
Of the halogens (odd atomic numbers) all six 
isotopes are odd. Of the alkali metals (odd 
atomic numbers) seven istopes are odd and 
only one even. On the other hand, of the iso- 
topes of the inactive gases (even atomic num- 
bers) fifteen are even and but three odd. This 
means that in the nuclei of most types of atom 
the number of electrons is an even number. 

(d) The spectra of isotopes. 

In an attempt made by Harkins, Aronberg 
and Gale'® to see whether any method of dis- 
tinguishing between the isotopes of an element 
could be obtained from a study of their spectra 
it was found that the wavelength of the line 
= 4058 A.U. as obtained from radiolead was 
0.0044 A.U. greater than that from ordinary 
lead. A similar result was also obtained by 
Merton." It has been pointed out however 
that this difference is about one hundred times 
greater than that predicted on the hasis of 
Bohr’s Theory of Radiation. Loomis!® also 
has drawn attention to the unexpected satel- 
lites which Imes?® found beside each line of 
the HCl absorption band at 1.76, and which 
measurements of his curves show to have an 
average wavelength of 16.4 A.U., longer than 
the lines which they accompany. These satel- 
lites Loomis has shown can be accounted for by 
assuming them to be due to the heavier of the 
isotopes of chlorine of weights 35 and 37. On 


15 Harkins, Nature, April 4, 1921. 

16 Harkins, Aronberg and Gale, Jl. of the Am. 
Chem. Soc., July, 1920, Vol. 42, p. 1328. 

17 Merton, Proc. Roy. Soe., 96A, p. 388, 1920. 

18 Loomis, Nature, Oct. 7, 1920. 

19 Imes, Astrophys. Jl., Nov., 1919. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1418 


this basis, his calculations show that the differ- 
ence between the wavelength of the main line 
and its satellite should be 13 A.U., which it 
will be seen is in good agreement with observa- 
tions of Imes. 


(e) Structure of atomic nuclei. 


By far the most important conelusion which 
can be drawn from the results recorded in 
Table I is that, with the exception of hydrogen, 
the weights of the isotopes of all the elements 
measured and, therefore almost certainly of all 
elements, are whole numbers, within the 
accuracy of the experiments—namely, about 
one part in a thousand. This result carries 
with it the possibility of greatly simplifying 
our ideas of mass. The original hypothesis of 
Prout, put forward in 1815, that all atoms 
were themselves built of atoms of protyle, a 
hypothetical element which he tried to identify 
with hydrogen, has been established on a new 
basis with the modification that the primordial 
atoms are of two kinds—atoms of positive and 
negative electricity. The unit of negative elec- 
tricity, the electron, we have long been familiar 
with, but the unit of positive electricity, which 
also appears to be the real unit of mass, has 
remained unidentified experimentally until now 
as the positive nucleus of the atom of hydro- 
gen. To this unit of mass and of positive elec- 
tricity the name of “proton” has been given. 

This profound modification of our views of 
the nature of mass has been very clearly set 
forth by Aston. The Rutherford atom 
whether in Bohr’s or Langmuir’s development 
of it consists essentially of a positively charged 
central nucleus around which are set planetary 
electrons at distances which are great compared 
with the dimensions of the nucleus itself. As 
has been stated the chemical properties of an 
element depend solely upon the atomic number 
which is the charge on its nucleus expressed 
in terms of the unit charge “e.” A neutral 
atom of an element of atomic number N has a 
nucleus consisting of K-+N protons and K 
electrons and around this nucleus are set N 
electrons. The weight of an electron on the 
seale we are using is 0.0005 so that it may be 
neglected. The weight of the atom will there- 
fore be IX-+-N so that if no restrictions are 


Marcu 3, 1922] 


placed on the value of K any number of iso- 
topes is possible. 

The first restriction is that excepting in the 
case of hydrogen K ean never be less than N 
for the atomic weight of an element is always 
found to be equal to or greater than twice its 
atomic number. 

The upper values of K also seem to be lim- 
ited, for so far no two isotopes of the same 
element have been found differing by more 
than 10 per cent. of its mean atomic weight, 
the greatest difference is eight units in the 
case of krypton. The actual occurrence of 
isotopes does not seem to follow any law at 
present obvious, though their number is prob- 
ably limited by some condition of stability. 

Protons and electrons may therefore be re- 
garded as the bricks out of which atoms have 
been constructed. An atom of atomic weight 
m is turned into one of atomic weight m-—+ 1 
by the addition of a proton plus an electron. 
If both enter the nucleus the new element will 
be an isotope of the old one, for the nuclear 
charge has not been altered. On the other 
hand, if the proton alone enters the nucleus 
and the electron remains outside, an element of 
next higher atomic number will be formed. 

If both of these new configurations are pos- 
sible they will represent elements of the same 
atomic weight but with different chemical 
properties. Such elements we have pointed 
out above are called isobares, and are already 
known to exist among the radioactive elements. 
(See Table IT). 


The element hydrogen, it will be noted, is 
unique in that its nucleus weight, 1.008, ex- 
hibits a departure from the rule of integers 
followed by the isotopes of all the other 
elements investigated. It will be noted, how- 
ever, that it is the only atom in which the 
nucleus is not composed of protons and elec- 
trons closely packed together. It can be shown 
that with close packing of protons and elec- 
trons there must follow a reduction in effective 
mass, and that when four protons and two 
electrons are closely packed together as they 
must be in alpha particles, the nuclei of helium 
atoms, the resultant effective mass must be 
somewhat less than four times that of the 
hydrogen nucleus. 


SCIENCE 


225 


VI. THe Diwensions or Atomic NUCLEI, 
THEIR ELECTRIC CHARGES AND 
Fisips or Force 


While phenomena connected with the seat- 
tering of « rays have led to such profound mod- 
ifieations in our views of atomic structure, it is 
of interest to note that through the agency of 
these same «@ rays we are likely to make still 
further advances in the problem of determin- 
ing the ultimate structure of matter. Through 
the attacks now being rigorously pressed by 
Rutherford and his associates, the structure of 
the nuclei of atoms is slowly but steadily being 
revealed. Through the bombardment of atomic 
nuclei by « rays it has been found that the 
electric charges on atomic nuclei can be meas- 
ured with a high degree of precision, estimates 
of the diameters of nuclei can be made, the 
field of electric force about a nucleus can be 
examined, and the structure of the nucleus 
itself can be broken down. 


(a) Nuclear charges. 

In his early experiments, Rutherford had 
shown from the experiments of Geiger and 
Marsden on the scattering of « rays that the 
charge on the nuclei of atoms of gold was 
within 20 per cent. equal to 100 e. More 
recently Chadwick?° has shown by the use of 
direct and more refined methods that the 
charges on the nuclei of three types of atoms, 
namely, those of platinum, silver and copper, 
have the value of 77.4e, 46.3e and 39.3e respec- 
tively. As the atomic numbers of these ele- 
ments are 78, 47 and 39, it will be seen that 
these results strongly confirm the view put 
forward by Rutherford as a result of the 
experiments of Moseley and others, which indi- 
cate that the nuclear charge is equal to Ne, N 
being the atomie number of the element. 

(b) Nuclear dimensions and nuclear electric 
fields of force. 

As mentioned above, Rutherford has shown 
by experiments on the scattering of « rays that 
the dimensions of atomic nuclei must be ex- 
ceedingly small. For example, when high 
speed « particles collided with atoms of gold 
they were found to be turned back in their 
path at a distance of 3 10—1 em. between 


20 Chadwick, Phil. Mag., Dec., 1920, p. 734. 


226 


the centers of the « particles and those of the 
nuclei of the atoms of gold bombarded. This 
would go to show that in the case of the 
nucleus of an atom of gold, its radius is prob- 
ably not greater than 3 X10—8 em. Further 
evidence in this direction has recently been 
adduced by Chadwick who found that the dis- 
tance of approach of high speed « particles 
to the nuclei of platinum atoms was about 
7 X10—? em. and of low speed « particles 
about 14 X 10-2 em. 

In order to account for the velocity given 
to hydrogen atoms by collision with « particles, 
Rutherford caleulated that the centers of the 
nuclei of helium and hydrogen must approach 
within a distance of 1.7 X 10-18 ems. of each 
other, assuming the law of repulsion to be that 
of the inverse square. 

But the recoil phenomena of hydrogen atoms 
bombarded by « particles cannot be completely 
accounted for by assuming an inverse square 
law to hold for all distances between the 
centers of the « particle and the. hydrogen 
nucleus. Rutherford suggested that roughly 
they could be explained by taking the « par- 
ticle to be the equivalent of a plate of radius 
3 x 10—” em. and assuming that as long as 
the « particle did not approach within this 
distanee of the hydrogen nucleus, the ordinary 
inverse square law of repulsion held. If, how- 
ever, the « particle did approach within this 
distance of the hydrogen nucleus a collision 
ensued which swept the latter straight for- 
wards. 

An attempt was made by Darwin?! to work 
out the collision relations for all possible 
models of the « particle for which the electric 
fields would give integrable orbits. As a basis 
for this work he assumed the « particle to 
consist of 4 protons and 2 electrons, and found 
that a square nucleus in which the pretons were 
arranged at the four corners of the square and 
the two electrons together at the center of the 
square, would give a field of force very similar 
to that of a bipole with collision relations 
roughly similar to those deduced from Ruther- 
ford’s experiments. 

21 Darwin, Phil. Mfag., Vol. 41, p. 486, March, 
1921. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1418 


This model has been put to the test by Chad- 
wick and Bieler?? and by MeAuley2* in a new 
series of investigations on collisions between 
particles and hydrogen nuclei and has been 
found to be not entively satisfactory. In these 
experiments the earlier observations made by 
Rutherford were confirmed, namely, that « 
particles and hydrogen nuclei in collision do 
not behave as point charges. Not only is the 
angular distribution of the projected hydrogen 
nuclei ditierent, but the numbers projected 
at small angles are for « particles of high 
velocity many times greater than those for 
point nuclei. For example, the observed num- 
ber of hydrogen nuclei projected within 30° 
ot the direction of incident « rays of range 8.2 
em. is more than 100 times as great as the 
theoretical number. The number projected 
within the same angle by « rays of range 4.3 
em. is 15 times the theoretical number. Also 
the observed variation of the numbers of. pro- 
jected hydrogen nuclei with velocity of the « 
particle is in the opposite direction from that 
given by the point theory. For example, « 
rays of range 8.2 em. project within an angle 
of 30° nearly 3. times as many hydrogen 
nuclei as % rays of range 4.3 em. On the basis 
of the point charge theory the « rays of 4.3 
em. range should give nearly 3 times as many 
as the 8.2 em. @ rays. It would appear, ac- 
cording to Chadwick and Bieler, that as a first 
approximation the « particle behaves in eolli- 
sion with a hydrogen nucleus as a body with 
properties intermediate between an _ elastic 
sphere and an elastic plate, and more like an 
elastic oblate spheroid of semi axes about 
8X 10-8 em. and 4 X 10-3 em., respectively, 
moving in the direction of its minor axis. On 
this view a hydrogen nucleus projected towards 
an « particle would move under the ordinary 
electrostatic forces governed by the inverse 
square law until it reached a spheroidal sur- 
face of the above dimensions. Here it would 
encounter an extremely powerful field of force 
and recoil as from a hard elastic body. The 
deductions made by Chadwick and Bieler are 

22 Chadwick and Bieler, Phil. Mag., Vol. 42, 
5 lDYeens | IES Ral 
23 MeAulay, Phil. Mag., Vol. 42; p. 892, Dec., 


Marc 3, 1 


ix) 
SS 


interesting in that they emphasize the view 
that in dealing with collisions between « par- 
ticles and hydrogen nuclei one must recognize 
that the inverse square law of vepulsion ceases 
to hold in the immediate neighborhood of the 
electric charges carried by these nuclei. What 
the law of variation of the electrie force is 
very close to an electric charge such as we have 
in an o particle can not as yet be deduced 
from the experimental evidence available. It 
is clear, however, that the electric forces in 
this region are of great intensity. 

It is of interest to note that Chadwick and 
Bieler have pointed out that thei experiments 
provide the only direct evidence we have as 
to the size of electrons. Assuming an @ par- 
ticle to consist of 4 protons and 2 nuclei it can 
be seen that the dimensions of the model ot 
the « particle which their experiments have led 
them to put forward require that the radius 
of an electron cannot be greater than about 
4x10—-8 em. Hitherto the only information 
we have had available as to the dimensions of 
the electron has been that obtained by calceula- 
tions based on the assumption that its mass is 


wholly electromagnetic. Such calculations 
have given the value 2X10—2 em. for its 
diameter. While it is clear that an inverse 


square law of foree does not hold in the 
region extremely close to a nucleus, the experi- 
ments of Geiger and Marsden on the angular 
seattering of alpha particles by gold atoms 
between 5° and 150° show that it does hold 
very closely for distance, between 3.1 x 10—!2 
em. and 386 X10—-!2 em. from the center of 
nuclei such as those of gold atoms. In this 
connection it will be recalled that the agree- 
ment between the experimental 
of the X-ray KK series spectra and the the- 
oretical values of Debye** and WKyoo7? shows 
that the inverse square law still holds at the IK 
ring of electrons. In the ease of platinum the 
radius of the K-ving is about 10-19 em. Thus 
measured from any point in the region between 

x 10-2 em. and 10-9 em. from the nucleus 
of a heavy atom like gold or platinum, the 
nuclear charge is equal to the atomic number 


measurements 


24 Debye, Phys. Zeit., XVIII, p. 276, 1917. 
25 Kroo, Phys. Zeit., XIX, p. 307, 1918. 


29] SCLENCE 227 


and the law of force is the inverse square. We 
may therefore conclude that no electrons are 
present in the region between the nucleus and 
the I< ring. 

This result is of special importance in eon- 
nection with observations recently made by 
Barkla’® and White and confirmed to a certain 
extent by Crowther,?* which point to the possi 
bility of stimulating atoms to emit radiations 
of wavelengths shorter than those of any of 
the known 


f-series. Jf these experiments 
should be corroborated by the results of later 
work it would appear that we must conelude 
that these J-rays and possibly, too, the more 
penetrating gamma rays originate within 
atomic nuclei and are not produced by dis- 
turbances of any 


situated 


f the systems of electrons 
within the but outside their 
In this connection it should be pointed 
out that Richtmyer?S has failed to find any 
valid evidence of the existenee of X-rays of 
the J type. 

Vil. 

(a) H. particles. 

The study of isotopes which we have briefly 
outlined above has led to very definite views 
regarding the structure of atomic nuclei. It is 
clear that all nuclei must be made up of 
protons and electrons held together by intense 
fields of foree. Direct experimental evidence 
in support of this view has recently been 
brought forward by Rutherford? and _ those 
associated with him.2? It is found that when 
swift alpha particles ave made to pass through 
air or nitrogen a few particles having all the 
properties of protons are projected forward 
with velocities which give them a maximum 
range in air of 40 em. No such long range 
particles are observed in oxygen or earbon 
dioxide. When swift alpha particles are made 


atoms 
nuclei. 


THE STRUCTURE OF THE NUCLEUS 


26 Barkla and White, Phil. Mag. (6), XXXIV, 
p: 270; L917. 

27 Crowther, Phil. Mag., (6), Vol. 42, p. 719, 
Nov.,, 1921. 

28 Richtmyer, Phys. Rev., p. 433, March, 1921. 

29 Rutherford, Bakerian Lecture, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. (London), A., Vol. 97, p. 375, 1920. 

30 Rutherford and Chadwick, Phil. Mag., S. 6, 
Vol. 42, p. 809, Nov., 1921. 


228 


to pass through hydrogen the maximum range 
obtainable for the recoil of hydrogen nuclei 
is never greater than the equivalent of 29 cm. 
in air. This makes it clear that the recoil of 
H particles or protons obtained with nitrogen 
can not arise from the presence of hydrogen 
as an impurity in the gas. The H particles 
must therefore originate in the nuclei of the 
nitrogen atoms which must therefore suffer 
disintegration under the intense bombardment 
of the alpha rays. Results similar to those 
obtained with nitrogen have been obtained 
with other elements that have been examined 
but it is of interest to note that it is only those 
elements whose atomic mass is given by 
4n+2 or 4n-+3 where n is a whole number 
that give rise to H. particles. Elements of 
mass 4n like carbon, oxygen and sulphur show 
no effect. In Table III the results obtained 
so far are summarized. 


TABLE IIT 
Recon H PartTicLes anpD THEIR RANGES 


Maximum. range 

in em. of air of 

4n +2 |H particles or 

Element | Mass or protons expelled 

4n+-3 | under alpha ray 

bombardment 

Boron ......- Wd |2%443 Ca 45 
Nitrogen ... 14 |83x%443 40 
Fluorine ... 19 |4x%4+43 40 
Sodium ...... 23 |5x%443 42 
Aluminium 27 16%443 90 
Phosphorus 31 7x4+3 65 


(b) Ranges of H. particles. 

With aluminium it will be seen the range of 
the expelled protons is more than twice as 
great as for those liberated from hitrogen. 

The number of H particles expelled from 
the nuclei of the atoms of different elements is 
found to vary greatly with the speed of the 
impinging alpha rays. When alpha particles 
from thorium C which have a range of 8.2 em. 
in air are used the H particles are relatively 
numerous. With « particles having a 7 em. 
range in air, 7. e., those emitted by Ra.C, the 
number of H particles ejected is considerably 
smaller. With alpha rays of range 5 cm. in 
air the number is exceedingly small. With 
aluminium no HH particles appear to be re- 
leased by alpha particles of range less than 
5 em. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No, 1418 


(c) H particle satellites: backward recoil. 

In experiments with aluminium foils bom- 
barded by alpha rays it was found that the 
direction of escape of the H particles was to a 
large extent independent of the direction of the 
impinging alpha particles. Nearly as many 
were expelled in the backward as in the for- 
ward direction. The maximum range for H 
particles ejected in the backward direction 
was, however, found to be less than that of H 
particles projected forwards. In the case of 
the former the maximum range was 67 em. 
while with the latter it was 90 em. air equiva- 
lent. 

In order to explain the ejection of H parti- 
cles in all directions Rutherford and Chadwick 
haye put forward a simple explanation. They 
suppose that in such an atom as that of nitro- 
gen the main nucleus has a mass 12 and that it 
has two H particles moving in an orbit round 
and close to it. The manner in which the eolli- 
sions are supposed to occur is shown in Fig. I. 


» 


i —>-@ 


A B 
Fie. 1 


If the collision oceurs as in A the H particle 
is driven in the forward direction of the alpha 
particle and away from the nucleus; if, as in 
B, the H particle is driven towards the nucleus; 
it describes an orbit close to the latter and 
escapes in a backward direction. The differ- 
ence in the velocity of the H particles in the 
forward and backward directions is probably 
due to the fact that the main nucleus has been 
set in motion, in the direction of the alpha 
particle, before the close collision with the H 
particle oceurs. On this view the relative 
velocity of the H particle and the residual 
nucleus is the same whether the H particle 
escapes in the backward or forward direction; 
but the actual velocity in the backward direc- 
tion is less. 

(d) Attraction between positive charges. 


Marcu 3, 1922] 


This explanation, it will be noted, implicitly 
assumes that positively charged bodies attract 
one another at the very small distances involved 
in the close collisions between alpha particles 
and atomic nuclei. Rutherford and Chadwick 
have pointed out that in order that the ecollid- 
ing alpha particle may communicate much of 
its momentum to an H particle satellite the 
latter must be held by strong forces to the 
nucleus. If, however, the H satellite is very 
close to the nucleus the alpha particle may 
have to communicate a considerable fraction of 
its momentum to the central nucleus, and the 
velocity of escape of the H satellite is cor- 
respondingly reduced. This for example may 
be the explanation why the. alpha particles 
from aluminium are ejected at higher speeds 
than those from phosphorus-of higher nuclear 
charge. In phosphorus the H satellites may 
move so close to the nucleus that the alpha 
particle is able to give a smaller share of its 
momentum to the H satellite than in the case 
of the more distant satellite of aluminium. 


(e) Close satellites. 

So far no H particles have been obtained 
with elements heavier than phosphorus. The 
failure to obtain them with such elements may 
be due to the fact that the H atoms either move 
very close to the central nucleus or are incor- 
porated in it. 

(f) Disruption potential. 

The theory of nuclear disintegration put for- 
ward would seem to demand a definite disrup- 
tion potential for nuclei having one or more 
H satellites revolving about them. The experi- 
ments with aluminium support this view as 
no H particles are released from aluminium 
nuclei by « particles of range in air less than 
5 em. The disruption potential for the nuclei 
of aluminium atoms, i. e., the potential differ- 
ence required to communicate the same energy 
to an electron as is possessed by the « particle 
is of the order of six million volts. The cor- 
responding potential to liberate an electron 
from the K or inner ring of electrons, of the 
atoms of aluminium is only about 2,200 volts. 

By a simple ealeulation it can be shown that 
the results obtained by Rutherford indicate 
that by operating at six million volts one could 
with the daily expenditure of 600,000 H.P. 


SCIENCE 


229 


disintegrate the nuclei of three cubic feet of 
nitrogen and obtain thereby not only the re- 
covery of the 600,000 H.P. but also approxi- 
mately 80,000 H.P. in addition. 

(g) Atomic weight of nitrogen. 

If the view put forward is correct that the 
H particles are satellites of the central or main 
nucleus the mass of the H satellite,—since it is 
not in the “closely packed” condition,—should 
not be very different from that of a free H 
nucleus. Assuming that the nitrogen nucleus 
is derived from that of carbon by the addition 
of two H satellites and one electron, one might 
expect the atomie weight of nitrogen to be 
14.016, assuming C = 12.00, and H = 1.008 
in terms of O = 16. By a slight refinement of 
Aston’s positive ray analysis it should be pos- 
sible to examine this point. 

(h) Atomie energy. 

A matter of primary importance which has 
emerged from the experiments on the disinte- 
gration of atomie nuclei is that the energy of 
the H particle as it is ejected from aluminium 
atoms by the impact of « particles is 1.40. 
times the energy of the impinging « particles. 
Even when ejected in a backward direction the 
released H particle has kinetie energy about 13 
per cent. greater than that of the « particle, 
causing its ejection. This additional energy 
must come from the atom in consequence of its 
disintegration. We have therefore in these 
experiments of Rutherford strong indications 
of a method of attack which, if followed up, 
may open a way to the release of the stores 
of atomic energy existing in ordinary materials 
about us. 

(1) H, particles. 

In addition to the long range H particles 
liberated from nitrogen, the passage of « par- 
tieles through oxygen as well as through nitro- 
gen gives rise to much more numerous swift 
atoms which have a range in air of about 9 
ems compared with that of 7.0 em. for the col- 
liding « particles. From preliminary observa- 
tions on these particles they appear to have a 
mass of 3 and to carry a positive charge 2e. 
They would thus seem to be the nuclei of an 
isotope of helium. A number of experiments 
have been made by Rutherford with « particles 
traversing gases other than oxygen and nitro- 


230 


gen with the object of definitely establishing 
the origin of these particles. The imperfee- 
tion of metal foils, used in the experiments, 
from the point of view of « rays is very great 
and as yet no very final conclusions can be 
drawn from the observations. So far, there is 
always the possibility that these particles may 
The H, par- 


ticles obtained from nitrogen are from five to 


come from the source of « rays. 


ten times as numerous as the H particles so 
that if these particles really originate in the 
nuclei of nitrogen atoms, if is clear that the 
nitrogen nuclei can be disintegrated in two 
ways and that the two forms of disintegration 
must be independent and not simultaneous. 
Since the H, and « particles both carry the 
positive charge 2e, and the range of the former 


97 


is 27 t 


per cent. greater than that of the latter, 
it can easily be shown that the H, particles 
have a velocity 20 per cent. greater than that 
of the « particles. The kinetic energy of the 
H, particles must therefore be about 8 per 
cent. greater than that of the 7 em. range « 
particles. If, therefore, the H, particles are 
ejected from nitrogen nuclei by the « particles 
there must be a gain of 8 per cent. in energy 
of motion even though we disregard the sub- 
sequent motion of the disintegrated nucleus 
and of the colliding @ particle. It will be 
interesting to follow developments in connec- 
tion with these H., particles. If their existence 
be confirmed by future experiments and it can 
be shown definitely that they originate in the 
nuclei of atoms of such elements as oxygen 
and nitrogen, then we shall have in their pro- 
duction a second example of the release of 
atomic energy through the agency of « rays. 

(j) Alpha particles. 

Attention should be drawn to the branched 
X-ray cloud tracks recently obtained by Takeo 
Shimizu*! by the use of C. T. R. Wilson’s 
beautiful method of making visible the tracks 
According to Ruth- 
erford if about one hundred thousand « rays 


of ionising rays in gases. 


from Radium C pass through air, on an aver- 
age there will be one close nuclear collision 
which results in the ejection of a swiftly moy- 


81 Shimizu, Proc. Roy. Soc., Series A, Vol. 99, 
pp. 425 and 482, Aug., 1921. 


ry TAT IN Th 
SCLAN CH 


[Vou. LV, No. 1418 
ing H particle. In Shimizu’s experiments he 
found that about one in every three hundred 
% rays traversing air produce a branched track. 
These branched tracks cannot therefore have 
been produced by the ejection of an H particle. 
One striking feature of the Shimizu branched 
tracks is that their shapes and sizes are very 
similar and the lengths of the two limbs of the 
branches ave approximately the same. The 
angle between the two branches seems to vary 
but little and judging from the photographs, 
an example of which taken from Shimizu’s 
paper is shown in Fig. 2, it appears to be 
about equal to a right angle. With these 
branched tracks the branching always takes 
place near the end of the path of the « particle. 


Fie. 2 
Photograph of a branched g-ray track viewed 
from two positions at right angles to each other. 


Actual magnification 5.5. 


In this regard they differ from the short- 
spurred tracks obtained by C. T. R. Wilson** 
where the abrupt bending of the « ray track 
took plaee at different from the 
source of the « particles. 
ments the angle between the direction of the 
short spur and that of the deflected « particle 


distances 
In Wilson’s experi- 


C. T. BR. Wilson, Proe. Roy. Soc., A, Vol. 87, 
1912. 


Marcu 3, 1922] 


was about 107°. This fact, together with the 
observed relative length of the spur and the 
track of the deflected « particle seems to show 
that the spur was due to an oxygen atom re 
coiling under close impact with the alpha pavr- 
ticle.. The Shimizu branched tracks, however, 
appear to be similar to what one would expect 
to get, on the basis of Darwin’s calculations, 
in a closed collision between an « particle and 
the nucleus of a helium atom. 

This idea naturally suggests that we have in 
the Shimizu branched tracks examples of the 
disruption of nuclei with the liberation of 


He," or alpha particles. If this conjecture 
should turn out to be correct it would indicate 
that « particles can exist as definite units 
within the nuclei of atoms of one or more of 
the gases which make up air. It would be of 
interest to see if the Shimizu tracks ean be ob- 
tained in pure nitrogen and also in pure 
oxygen and other simple gases. Since « par- 
ticles are known to exist at definite units 
within the nuclei of the atoms of the radio- 
active elements, it would not be surprising to 
find their oceurrence in the 
element such as oxygen. 


nucleus of an 
Tt would be of special 
interest, however, to find out the hehtest atom 
other than that of helium in the nucleus of 
which the « particle exists as a unit. 

(k) Models of atomic nuclei. 

It is difficult with the present state of our 
knowledge to go into details regarding the pos- 
sible strueture of the nuclei of even the lighter 
and presumably less complex atoms. It would 
seem, however, that there is strong evidence 
for the view that among the possible units or 


Fie. 3 
Hetium Nucirus 


Tie. 4 
NucLrus 


CARBON 


Wei CY Mle €-*6 
Lapa ©) Ltcrer O 
ge * ® “ee, -@ 


SCIENCE 


231 


structural bricks out of which nuclei are con- 
structed are protons (H.) and «a particles 
aig) There is also some evidence that the 
particle (lew), ?. e., the nucleus of a tripro- 
tonic isotope of helium can exist as a distinet 
elementary unit in the nuclei of some types of 
atom. With such or somewhat similar combining 
units, attempts have been made by Harkins** 
to work out a constitutional formula applica- 
ble to the nuelei of all the elements. The 
validity of such generalizations ean be firmly 
established only through elaborate and varied 
experiments, but in the meantime they can at 
least serve as guides in arranging schemes of 
attack for prospective experimental work. 

A yather suggestive set of models of the 
atomic nuclei of helium, carbon, nitrogen, and 
oxygen, based on the ideas of Rutherford is 


shown in Figs. 3, 4, 5, and 6. In these, the 
particles H,, He,” and Hes are utilized as 
constituent units. Similar models can be easily 
made for the nuclei of the atoms of other 


elements. From these models one would 
expect to find Her* particles released by the 
disruption of carbon atoms, Be and ret) 
particles when nitrogen atoms are broken up 
and He.” as well as He. particles when oxy- 
gen nuclei are disintegrated. It will be seen 
that the models provide the requisite masses 
and resultant electric charges for the nuclei 
they represent. In so far as the nuelei of 
helium, nitrogen and oxygen atoms are con- 
cerned the constitution presented would seem 

33 Harkins, Phys. Rev., Vol. 


15, p. 73, 1920. 


Fig. 6 
Oxyern NUCLEUS 


Fie. 5 
NirroGen NucLEUS 


Mie C77 Me 0-738 
LEI C? O Lrecirar © 
A 8 4 

Lam O Ae ® 


232 


to be not incompatible, at least with the results 
of many of the experiments of Rutherford and 
of those who are so brilliantly cooperating 
with him to reveal to us the ultimate structure 
of matter. 
J. C. McLennan 

THE PHYSICAL LABORATORY, 

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO, 

DECEMBER 29, 1921 


PROGRESS IN METRIC STANDARDI- 
ZATION 


Mark Twatn remarked that people talked 
a great deal about the weather and yet he never 
heard of anybody doing anything about it. 
The same observation might also be made in 
reference to the metric system. As scientists 
we believe in it and through our organizations 
such as the American Association for the Ad- 
vancement of Science, the American Chemical 
Society, etc., we pass resolutions in favor of 
its adoption, but we do little towards making 
its use more general. We use the metric sys- 
tem in certain parts of our work but we con- 
tinue to purchase our chemicals and. supplies 
on the basis of the so-called English “system.” 
The American Chemical Society has resolved 
to “do something about it” and the first step 
is to purchase our chemicals and supplies on 
a metric basis and thus “clean our own house.” 

The manufacturers and dealers are entirely 
willing to cooperate, but they feel that it is 
absolutely necessary for the consumers to take 
A list of some 40 manufacturers 
and dealers, who are ready to quote in metric 


the initiative. 


wnits, has been compiled by the Metric System 
Committee. Cf. J. Ind. and Eng. Chem. 13, 
1068 Nov. 1921. Several firms already use 
metric packages and some of them exclusively 
such as the Eastman Kodak Company, Powers- 
Weightman-Rosengarten Co., ete. 

Users of chemicals are now asked to write 
their specifications in metric units in order to 
aid in this movement. Over 300 colleges and 
universities have already agreed to cooperate 
in the movement, with only one institution 
known to be opposed to the change. Over 250 
technical firms have agreed to purchase their 
pure chemicals and chemical supplies in metric 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1418 


packages. Firms have been urged to write 
to the Committee “even if opposed to the move- 
ment.” It is significant that less than 3 per 
cent. of those heard from are opposed, which 
prompts us to believe that in a short time pure 
chemicals in America may be packed exclusive- 
ly in the standard metric packages as recom- 
mended by the Committee on Guaranteed Re- - 
agents and Standard Apparatus (cf. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. May 1921), Dr. W. D. Collins, 
Chairman. 

We now ask that all scientists—physicists, 
biologists as well as chemists—make a point of 
ordering chemicals in metric units. It is not 
practicable to reach by letter all of the teachers 
of science in our schools and colleges as well 
as those using chemicals in the industries, henee 
we are making this general appeal so that the 
transition period may be made as short as 
practicable. We have had printed “stickers” 
stating that “orders must he filled and billed 
in metric units” which will be sent to any cor- 
respondent for the asking. 

No scientist would willingly join a move- 
ment which would work an injury to American 
industry. We have considered the question 
whether the compulsory adoption of the metrie 
system would be injurious to industry and we 
believe that it would be of distinct benefit not 
only in world trade but in our intercourse here 
at home. The DeLaval Separator Company 
has already changed over to the metric basis 
in a purely mechanical enterprise and they 
find that the cost of the change does not even 
“show up” in the manufacturing costs. 

In education the saving by abolishing our 
out-of-date system would be enormous, esti- 
mated by Dr. Wolf to be an aggregate of a 
million years in a single generation. The pro- 
motion of understandings with other nations 
tends to the promotion of world peace and 
the cost of not adopting the system used by 
practically every nation in the world except 
the English and ourselves may far exceed in 
a single generation the cost of making the 
change. 

We need local committees to get the metric 
system properly taught in the schools. Doc- 
tors are writing prescriptions in metrie units 


Marcu 3, 1922] 


voluntarily already on a small seale. Sys- 
tematic effort would doubtless increase their 
number many fold. The old apothecary 
weights might be completely abandoned if ef- 
fort were expended in that direction. Finally, 
legislation making the use of metrie units obli- 
gatory would come as a matter of course when 
the public understood that prejudice and the 
supposed interest of a few gage manufacturers 
was keeping us from the only rational system 
of weights and measures. 


Evucense C. BincHam 
Chairman, Metric Committee 
LAFAYETTE COLLEGE 


THE BANDING OF BIRDS 


On the seventeenth of January, 1922, in 
response to an invitation from Mr. L. B. 
Fletcher and others interested in the banding 
of birds, over a hundred _ ornithologists, 
licensed bird-banders and candidates for 
licenses, met at the Boston Society of Natural 
History Building in Boston and organized a 
new ornithological society to be known as the 
New England Bird Banding Association. The 
meeting was addressed by 8. Prentiss Baldwin 
of Cleveland, Ohio, who, during the last six 
years, by introducing bird-trapping as a means 
of banding birds, has done so much to show 
the scientific possibilities of the work. The 
Bureau of Biological Survey in Washington 
was represented by Major KE. A. Goldman, who 
spoke of the bureau’s plans in connection with 
the movement, strongly endorsing the organ- 
ization of the new association and recommend- 
ing the formation of other organizations of the 
same character at appropriate localities in the 
United States and Canada. 

Members of Audubon societies and bird elubs 
in several states, and of the Nuttall and Essex 
County Ornithological clubs, and state ornith- 
ologists were present at the meeting, as well as 
a representative of the Canadian game warden 
service. 

At this writing, January 24, 1922, the asso- 
ciation has an enrollment of about three hun- 
dred members who are scattered over all parts 
of the territory covered by the organization, 
namely, New England, Quebec, and the mari- 
time provinces. 


SCIENCE 


233 


The following officers and councilors were 
elected : 

President: 
Mass. 

First vice-president: Dr. Charles W. Townsend, 
Boston, Mass. 

Second vice-president: James MacKaye, Cam- 
bridge, Mass. 

Corresponding secretary and treasurer: 
rence B. Fletcher, Brookline, Mass. 

Recording secretary: Miss Alice B. Harring- 
ton, Lincoln, Mass. 

Councilors: A. Cleveland Bent, Taunton, Mass. ; 
Dr. John C. Phillips, Wenham, Mass.; John E. 
Thayer, Lancaster, Mass.; William P. Wharton, 
Groton, Mass.; Aaron C. Bagg, Holyoke, Mass.; 
Charles L. Whittle, Cambridge, Mass. 

It may be of interest to ornithologists gen- 
erally to read an outline of the purposes and 
plans of the new association which has been 
formed under the stimuli furnished by the 
national movement, administered by the Bureau 
of Biological Survey; by the more general ap- 
preciation of the scientific aspects of bird 
banding as shown, in particular, by Mr. Bald- 
win’s recent work; and by the interesting and 
valuable data already obtained by previous 
bird-banding operations. 

In the beginning it was felt that the some- 
what disappointing results secured from bird 
banding in the United States to date were due 
to the workers being too scattered and unco- 
ordinated; to a lack of national support of the 
plan and the too general character of the 
ornithological problems bird-banding opera- 
tions were expected to solve. 

From a study of the situation we came to 
believe that we could obtain the best results: 

1. By organizing a regional association of bird 
banders, meaning by this, bringing together a 
membership from an area possessing one or more 
migration highways, along which trapping sta- 
tions could be established to furnish, by intensive 
attack, fairly speedy answers to certain specific 
migration problems, thus early demonstrating to 
members the scientifie value of bird banding 
with the consequent stimulus to continue the work 
which it is expected will ultimately solve more 
ornithological riddles, aid in the solution of 
others and create new problems not now antici- 
pated ; 

2. By having the members meet together as 
often as possible to discuss results, methods and 


Edward H. Forbush, Westboro, 


Lau- 


234 


future plans and to gather inspiration from their 
fellows after the manner of scientific societies 
generally, in this way using the combined knowl 
edge of the association to advance the work; 

3. By appealing for the support of Audubon 
societies all over the country on the ground that 
bird banding is a bird-protection movement, since 
to an important extent it will be possible in the 
future to substitute an examination of a 
bird for the study of a dead one; 

4. By ensuring as far as possible the perma- 
nence of the movement by means of institutional 
trapping stations operated by or in connection 
vith Audubon societies, natural history societies, 
bird clubs, departments of ornithology or zoology 
at colleges and universities, bird sanctuaries, 
state and national parks, etc., in addition to sta- 
tions operated by individuals; and 

5. By establishing a convenient local depository 
of all bird-banding records made by members (an 
exact. copy of the same of course being sent to 
the Biological Survey) in appropriate quarters 
where they may be studied by members of the 
association and others. 


live 


Cuaries L. WaHrIttie 
CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
CONFERENCE ON BUSINESS TRAINING OF 
THE ENGINEER AND ENGINEERING 
TRAINING FOR STUDENTS OF 
BUSINESS 
Tue United States Commissioner of Hduea- 
tion is calling a second public conference on 
commercial engineering on behalf of a com- 
mittee on commercial engineering appointed by 
him to investigate business training of engineers 
and engineering training for students of busi- 

ness. 

The conference will be held May 1 and 2 
at the Carnegie Institute of Technology in 
Pittsburgh. President Arthur Hamerschlag of 
this institution is a member of the committee 
which is composed of prominent deans of 
schools of engineering, and of commerce in our 
larger universities, and of engineers and busi- 
ness men who are nationally known for their 
interest in the reduction of the costs of pro- 
duction, distribution, transportation, — ete., 
through better training in schools and colleges 
of the perscnnel of industry and commerce. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1418 


The conference will be open to the public. 
Invitations to appoint delegates to the Pitts- 
burgh Conference, however, will be sent by the 
commissioner of education to commercial and 
trade organizations, engineering and scientific 
societies, educational institutions and other 
eroups as well as to prominent individuals. 

Owing to the timeliness of the subject, the 
conference in Pittsburgh will even have greater 
national significance than the first puble con- 
ference on this question, which was held in 
Washington two and one half years ago under 
the direction of this committee on commercial 
engineering of which Dr. Glen Levin Swiggett 
of the Bureau of Education is chairman. He 
says: 

The four major topics of the conference will be 
presented and discussed at general and round 
table sessions by business men, educators and 
engineers, contributing to the construction of a 
cooperative program between education and busi- 
ness for the better coordination of all productive 
distributive processes in trade com- 
merece. It is planned to have the second confer- 
ence even more constructive than the first, since 
which time the curricula of 29 of the 119 engi- 
necring colleges reporting to the Bureau of Edu- 
cation have been favorably modified to include 
one or more of the four committee recommenda- 
tious. Outstanding topics at the Pittsburgh con- 
ference will deal with the new problems that have 
recently arisen in modern industries, the solution 
of which demands a more scientific approach to 
include job analyses and personnel specifications 
and a translation of these into a new and teach- 
able content for use in our engineering and com- 


and and 


merce schools; with the training of the engineer 
for a better understanding of problems relating 
to community development; and with the training 
of the engineer for management of overseas engi- 
neering projects. 


GIFT OF THE ROCKEFELLER FOUNDATION 
FOR A SCHOOL OF HYGIENE IN LONDON 
ACCORDING to a press dispatch to the New 
York Times the British minister of health an- 
nounced on February 21 that the Rockefeller 
Foundation had offered to provide $2,000,000 
toward the cost of building and equipping a 
school of hygiene in London. This offer is on 
the understanding that the British Government 


MArcH 3, 1922 


shall accept the responsibility of providing for 
appointing the staff and maintaining the school 
when established. 

Such a school was recommended by the com- 
mittee appointed early in 1921 to consider pro- 
vision for pest graduate medical examination 
in London, and the recommendation was fur- 
ther considered by an expert committee with 
the minister of health as chairman. 

in view of the diffienlty at present of financ- 
ing the scheme, the whole case was presented to 
the Rockefeller Foundation as one in which it 
might think it well to cooperate in the general 
interest of progress in public health. 

This gift follows the donation of £1,000,000 
to the University of London and University 
College Hospital. 

For providing the staff and maintaining the 
proposed school of hygiene, the government 
will have to allocate £125,000 spread over a 
So long ago as 1915, 
the Institute of Hygiene planned a great cen- 
tral building in Marylebone Road, but the es- 
timate at that date of £47,000 for the build- 
ing alone made it impossible to proceed. In 
March of last year a new estimate was obtained 
and it was found that the cost would appvoxi- 
mate £125,000. The British Government felt 
it impossible to allocate the necessary funds 
at a period of such financial difficulty as the 
present. 

In June, 1920, the Rockefeller Foundation 
announced that it had provided endowment 
yielding £30,000 annually for the University 
of London to aid medical study. At that time 
it was said that the funds would be used to 
support a new staff in anatomy at the college, 
for an increase in the staff of physiology, for 
a full-time unit in obstetrics and for various 
items of increased laboratory and clinical ser- 
vice. In a-statement issued at the time of the 
gift by Dr. George H. Vincent, president of the 
Rockefeller Foundation, it was said: 

Since the Rockefeller Foundation is cooperating 
with governments in many parts of the British 
Empire, it recognizes the importance of aiding 
medical education in London, where the training 
of personnel and the setting of standards for 
health work throughout the eimpire are so largely 
centered. 


period of five years. 


SCIENCE 


235 


LECTURES IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 


In connection with the recently organized 
course of chemical engineering at Yale Univer- 
sity, a series of lectures has been given during 
the winter by prominent technologists inelud- 
ing: 

Dr. H. C. Parmelee, editor of 
Metallurgical Engineering (opening lecture, Octo- 


Chemical and 


ber 19, 1921), ‘‘The chemical engineer. ’’ 

Mr. Fred Zeisberg, of the du Pont Company 
(October 26), ‘* Manufacture of nitrie acid.’’ 

Mr. A. EH. Marshall, consulting engineer, Balti- 
more, Md. (November 1), ‘‘The manufacture of 
sulphurie acid and some points in the training of 
the chemical engineer.’’ 

Dr. Bradley Stoughton, consulting engineer, 
New York City, (December 7), ‘‘The réle of iron 
and steel as relating to the manufacture and, use 


9 


of chemical equipment and process 


Mr. L. D. Vorce, consulting engineer (December 
15), ‘*The electrolytic production of alkali and 
chlorine. ’’ 

Mr. Walter &. Lummus, Walter Lummus Com- 
pany, Boston, Mass. (January 18, 1922), ‘‘ Mod- 
ern methods of fractional distillation.’’ 

Dr. C. BR. Downs, Barrett 
25) naaee DAs 

Dr. Otto Mantius, 
York City (February 
evaporators. ’?’ 


Company (January 


i 


tiation of coal-tar products.’ 


New 


and 


consultine engineer, 


15), 


‘«Tivaporation 


THE SHELDON MEMORIAL 

A FEW months ago, as already noted. in 
Sctencs, the Sheldon Committee 
was organized to receive subseriptions toward 
a foundation in honor of the late Dr. Samuel 
Sheldon, professor of electrical engineering 
and physies at the Polytechnic Institute of 
Brooklyn, 1889-1920. 

As chairman of the committee, I am glad to 


Memorial 


report that we are now turning over to the 
Treasurer of the Polytechnic Institute $15,018, 
the sum so far paid in by more than 1,000 
There are still a few unpaid sub- 
scriptions and we are hoping to secure enough 
further pledges to raise the fund to at least 
$20,000. Although the sum raised was hardly 
sufficient really to endow a laboratory, the cor- 
poration of the institute has ordered that the 
Electrical Measurements Laboratory be known 
hereafter as the Samuel Sheldon Memorial 
Laboratory of Electrical Measurements and its 


subscribers. 


236 


members have collected among themselves an 
additional $1,000 for immediate improvements 
and the installation of a memorial tablet. In 
this manner, the entire fund raised by our com- 
mittee will be invested in the form of a trust 
and the income used perpetually for the main- 
tenance of this laboratory which will thereby 
become one of the best laboratories of electri- 
cal measurements in the country. 

I wish also to note the general sentiments of 
esteem and admiration expressed toward Dr. 
Sheldon, the loyalty of several hundred former 
students to his memory, and the enthusiasm 
found within the splendid institution to which 
with such conspicuous success he devoted so 
many years of his life. 

T. C. Martin, 
Chairman 


THE RAMSAY MEMORIAL FELLOWSHIP 

THE trustees of the Ramsay Memorial Fund 
have requested the National Research Council 
to nominate a fellow to devote his whole time 
to research in chemistry in some English uni- 
versity upon a stipend of 250 pounds sterling 
per year, with an additional allowance of 50 
pounds for apparatus. The National Research 
Council has appointed a nominating com- 
mittee consisting of F. G. Cottrell, chairman of 
the Division of Chemistry and Chemical Tech- 
nology, National Research Council, Washing- 
ton, D. C.; E. B. Mathews, chairman of the 
Division of Geology and Geography, National 
Research Council, Washington, D. C., and 
professor of mineralogy and _ petrography, 
Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.; 
and W. E. Tisdale, secretary of the Division of 
Physical Sciences, National Research Council, 
Washington, D. C. 

This committee is willing to receive applica- 
tions from any American chemists who have 
taken a degree with distinction in chemistry 
in a university or college within the United 
States, and who are now connected with a uni- 
versity or college, or have recently been gradu- 
ated therefrom. 

The appointment will be for the academic 
year 1922-1923, and the fellow is eligible for 
reappointment for a second year. 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1418 


Applicants should furnish: 


1. Certificates or other satisfactory evidence of 
birth, health, character, and academic or other 
distinctions. 

2. A written application stating: 

(a) Education and employment to date, and 
particularly the nature, extent, and place or 
places of his academic studies and research. 

(b) Particulars of the work and place of work 
proposed; and 

(c) The names and addresses of not more than 
three references well acquainted (one or other of 
them) with the health, character, capacity and 
career of the applicant, without, however, any 
written testimonials from them or others. One of 


the references should be a teacher under whom — 


the candidate has studied, or a high official of 
his university, college, or other place of education. 

These fellowships are open in chemistry, 
either pure or applied, and work may be ear- 
ried on at any university, college, or other place 
of higher education, or an industrial laboratory 
within the British Empire. Their object, in 
this instance, has, in addition to the stimulation 
of research, the special earnest desire on the 
part of English scientists to cultivate the wider 
acquaintance and good fellowship which is so 
much to be desired between scientifie men of 
the world. 

The Ramsay Memorial Fund for research in 
chemistry within the British Empire was 
founded in 1920 to commemorate the services 
to chemistry of Professor Sir William -Ramsay,. 
K.C.B., F.R.S., with an initial endowment of 
£14,000. 
dowments 


Since that time several special en- 
have established additions to this 
fund, and special fellowships with appropriate 
regulations are granted under: The Glasgow 
Special Fund; Royal Hellenie Government 
Special Fund; Federal Government of Switzer- 
land and of Swiss Subseribers Special Fund; 
Royal Italian Government Fund; Fund of the 
Honorary Advisory Council for Scientific and 
Industrial Research, Canada; Royal Swedish 
Government Special Fund. 

Applications should be mailed before April 
15 to 
W. E. Tispate, 


Secretary 
1701 MassAcBUSETTS AVENUE, 


WASHINGTON, D. C. 


Marcu 3, 1922] 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Dr. VERNON KELLOGG, zoologist, secretary of 
the National Research Council, Washington, 
D. C., and John W. Davis, attorney, of New 
York City, formerly ambassador to Great 
Britain, have been elected trustees of the 
Rockefeller Foundation. 


Proressor JoHN Merur Couutsr, head of 
the department of botany at the University of 
Chicago and editor of the Botanical Gazette, 
has been elected a corresponding member of 
the Czecho-Slovakian Botanical Society. 


Coronet ArtHur 8. Dwicut, of New York, 
was elected president of the American In- 
stitute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers, 
at the annual meeting in New York City held 
last week. 


Mr. E. T. Newton, formerly paleontologist to 
the British Geological Survey, has been elected 
president of the Paleontographical Society in 
succession to the late Dr. Henry Woodward. 


WE learn from the Journal of the. American 
Medical Association that the University of 
Wiirzburg has awarded the Schneider prize 
for the best work on tuberculosis during the 
last ten years to Professor K. E. Ranke of the 
University of Munich. The award states that 
by his anatomic research on the primary com- 
plex and the secondary phase of tuberculosis, 
clinical understanding of the beginnings of 
tuberculosis has been deepened, and a basis of 
pathological anatomy provided for recognition 
of the incipient disease. 


Dr. AvotpHo LINDENBERG, of the Faculty of 
Medicine and vice-president of the Society of 
Medicine, has been elected president of the 
Society of Biology recently founded in Sao 
Paulo, Brazil. 


Pup Seasury Surry has resigned as chief 
of the Latin-American division of the Bureau 
of Foreign and Domestic Commerce to become 
associate editor of Ingenieria Internacional. 


Caprain A. W. Fucus, formerly of the U.S. 
Public Health Service, has resigned to become 
sanitary engineer for the Missouri Pacific Rail- 
read, with headquarters at Memphis, Tenn. 


SCIENCE 


237 


Dr. Hersert S. Davis, until recently pro- 
fessor of biology in the University of Florida, 
has entered the permanent service of the Bu- 
reau of Wisheries as fish’ pathologist. Dr. 
Davis has during several summers served the 
Bureau in the capacity of temporary investiga- 
tor, first at the Beaufort Biological Station and 
later at the Fairport Biological Station, giv- 
ing special attention to the parasites and the 
diseases of fishes. 


Mr. R. H. Heise of the engineering labora- 
tory of the Western Electric Company has 
been awarded the Morris Lieman prize of the 
Institute of Radio Engineers for the most im- 
portant contribution to the radio art in the 
past twelve months. Recently his efforts have 
been devoted to the study of radio systems for 
extending Bell telephone service to locations 
which can not be reached by wire. 


Dr. S. K. Loy, chief chemist of the Standard 
Oil Company’s refinery at Casper, Wyoming, 
has been appointed consulting chemist of the 
Bureau of Mines in connection with oil shale 
work. 

PROFESSOR WILLIAM ERNEST Hocking, 
Ph. D., Alford professor of natural religion, 
moral philosophy and civil polity, and Pro- 
fessor Alfred Marston Tozzer, Ph. D., professor 
of anthropology, have been appointed the pro- 
fessors from Harvard University for the sec- 
ond half of the year 1922-23 under the inter- 
change agreement between Harvard University 
and the Western Colleges. 


Proressor B. E. Fernow, formerly head of 
the College of Forestry, has returned to Ithaca 
from Toronto, Canada, to make his home with 
his son, Bernard E. Fernow, Jr., who is an 
instructor in the College of Mechanical Engi- 
neering of Cornell University. 


Av the last annual meeting of the American 
Society of Mammalogists there was authorized 
the appointment of a Committee on Marine 
Mammals, with the intention that it should 
work primarily along the lines of conservation. 
The committee consists of the following: Dr. 
K. W. Nelson, chairman, U. S. Biologieal Sur- 
vey, Washington, D. C.; Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, 


238 


Jr, U. S. National Museum, Washington, 
D. C.; Dx. T. 8. Palmer, U. S. Biological Sur- 
vey, Washington, D. C.; Dr. Barton W. Hiver- 
mann, California Academy Sciences, San Wran- 
cisco, California; Dr. Robert Cushman Murphy, 
‘American Museum of Natural History, New 
Wows) Iso Ne 


MVM 


PROFESSOR Wiutiam M. WHEELER, 
til 


the Bussey Iustitution, Harvard University, will 


dean of 


1 Institute, Boston, a series 


The dates and su 


tures will he: 


yjects of the individual lec- 


Kebruary 27: ‘*A comparison of animals and 
Phe social beetles.’ 


, Solitary and social.’”” 


human. societies 


Maren 2 : 


“Bees, solitary and s 


Mareh 6: 


O}s ArsKeAES development, castes, 


March 


Mareh 1 


eT 


March 16: 


Dr. Witbiam Ki. Gracory, Ph. D., associate 
or of vertebrate paleontology at Colum- 
7 and curator of the Department 
ve Anatomy of the American Mu- 


Univers 


of Compare 
seum of Natural History, will deliver on March 
4, 11, 18 and 25 at the Wagner Free Institute 
of Science in Philadelphia, four lectures on 
“The Hvolution of the Human Face.” 


Proressor W. J: Muap, of the department 
of geology of the University of Wisconsin, 
gave a course of twelve lectures in metamorphic 
geology at the University of Chicago during 
the first half of the winter quarter. 


Dr. Woops Hurcuinson, of New York, ad- 
dvessed the staff of the Mayo Clnie on Janu- 
ary 18; he discussed “Causes of high death 
rates reported.” 


Dr. Joun H. Stoxus, of the Mayo Clinic, 


recently addressed Institutes in Memphis, 
Tennessee, and Louisville, Kentucky, as a 
special consultant of the United States Pubhe 


Health Service. 


Dr. Haroup Hipsrrt, of Yale University, 
addressed the students of the Department of 
Chemistry of Oberlin College, cn February 8, 
on “Recent work on the constitution of starch 


‘SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1418 


and cellulose.” On February 10, he lectured 
to the Syracuse Section of the American Chemi- 
eal Society on: “The role of alkali in the future 
development of the cattle-fecd, ceilulose, wood- 
fuel industries,” and, on the 
following day spoke to the graduate students 
of the department of chemistry of Syracuse 
University and of the New Yerk State College 
of Worestry on “A review of recent work on 


ulp, and hquid 
) 4 


the polysaccharides.” 


Dr. W. W. Swryein, of the zoology depart- 
ment of Vale University, lectured recently at 
Mount Holyoke on “The effect of thyroid se- 
evetion upon growth and development.” 

Cuartpgs Leonarp Bouron, professor of 
mathematies at Harvard University, died on 


Hebruary 20, aged fifty-three years. 


CHarins Lnwis TAytor, president of the 
Carnegie Hero Mund Commission and chairman 
of the Carnegie Relief Fund, died on February 
3 in Santa Barbara, California, at the age of 
sixty-five years. He was prominent as a metal- 
lurgist and chemist. 


Roserr L. Jack, for many years government 
geologist in Queensland, died at Sydney, New 
South Wales, in November, at the age of 
seventy-six years. 


Mr. J. Fiscumr-Hinnpn, professor of elec- 
trotechnies and diveetor of the Hlectrotechnic 
Institute of the Winterthur Technical College, 
died on January 13, at the age of fifty-two 
years. 


Emine Rivibre, well-known for his, explora- 
tions of paleolithic caves of Mentone and the 
south of France, died in Paris on January 20, 
at the age of eighty-six years. 


THE ninetieth annual meeting cf the British 
Medical Asseciation will be held from July 
25 to 29, at Glasgow, under the presidency of 
Sir Wilham Macewen, F. R. S. 


Ir is proposed to place a bronze memorial 
tablet to Professor Sheridan Delépine in the 
Public Health Laboratory at Manchester, and 
old pupils and friends have been invited to 
subseribe sums not exceeding one guinea. In 
connection with the matter a committee has 


MarcH 3, 1922 


been formed, including Sir Henry Miers, vice- 
chancellor of Manchester University; Sir Hd- 
ward Donner, Dr. Niven, Medical Officer of 
Health of Manchester; Dr. Brinley, Dr. Slater, 
~My. Heap, and Dr. Sidebothan. 


A report has been issued of the proceedings 
of the conference on the problem of the un- 
usually gifted student, called by the Divisions 
of Educational Relations and of Anthropology 
and Psychology of the National Research Coun- 
cil. This conference was held on December 
23, 1921, and was referred to in Science of 
January 20, 1922. A copy of this report in 
mimeographed form wili be sent to any one 
interested upon application to Dr. Vernon 

. Kelloge, chairman, Division of Educational Re- 
lations, National Research Couneil, 1701 Massa- 
chusetts Avenue, Washington, D. C. 


We learn from the London Yimes that the 
Commonwealth Government will place a war- 
ship at the disposal of astronomers who ave 
‘going to visit the northwest of western Australia 
in September to observe the total eclipse of the 
sun on September 21. The apparatus is to 
be established at Wollal, a lonely point on the 
coast between Port Hedland and Broome. The 
party, for whom an observation camp will he 
created, includes Dr. W. W. Campbell, director 
of the Lick Observatory, California, and Mrs. 
Campbell; Dr. Moore and Dr. Trumpler, also 
of the Lick Observatory; Dr. and Mrs. Adams, 
of New Zealand; Professor Chant and three 
assistants from Toronto Observatory, and Aus- 
tralian astronomers. The Naval Meteorological 
Department is making arrangements for the 
reception of the visitors. The path of totality 
will be covered as follows: It begins in 
Abyssinia, and passes over the center of Italian 
Somaliland and across the Maldive Islands, 
where, Mr. J. Hvershed, director of the Kodai- 
kanal Observatory (India), will be stationed 
Thence it passes across the Indian Ocean to 
Christmas Island, the most favorable of the 
places where observation is feasible. Two ex- 
peditions are going there, one a British expe- 
dition, from Greenwich, consisting of Mr. H. 
Spenser Jones, chief assistant, and Mr. P. J. 
Melotte, the discoverer of the eighth satellite 
of Jupiter; the other a joint Dutch and Ger- 


SCIENCE 23 


man expedition, which Professor Hinstein may 
possibly accompany. 


REFERRING to a report from Australia that 
the southern station of the Harvard College 
Observatory may he moved from Arequipa, 
Peru, to Queensland, the Alumni Bulletin states 
that there 1s no immediate prospect of such a 
change. An influential member of the Queens- 
land government suggested recently that a site 
might be found there which would prove more 
advantageous than Arequipa, and received per- 
mission from Harvard to go so far as to have 
meteorological observations made to determine 
the conditions for astronomical work in Queens- 
land. No definite offer of a site has been re- 
ceived, however, and it is said to be unlikely 
that any decision one way or the other will be 
made for the present. 


Proressor Homer R. Dinu, director of the 
vertebrate exhibit at the State University of 
Towa, will conduct an expedition to the South 
Seas some time next year. The primary object 
will be the collection of fish, but it is hoped 
that many birds and small mammals may also 
be taken. Several months will be spent visit+ 
ing various islands including the Marquesas, 
Society, Friendly, Samoan and Fiji groups. 
Stops may also be made in New Zealand and 
Japan. Other members of the party will 
include Mr. E. W. Brown, of Des Moines, who 
is fmancing the trip, and his wife and son, 
Robert Brown. The latter is at present study- 
ing under Professor Dill. Mrs. Brown, who 
has had considerable experience in fish paint- 
ing, will serve as artist on this trip and make 
sketches of the different species as they appear 
in life. A former expedition in 1920 with the 
same personnel was made to the Hawaiian 
islands and as a result many species of fish 
were added to the university collection. The 
fish will be shipped back to the United States 
in large tanks which are now being constructed. 
A new preserving fluid discovered by Pro- 
fessor Dill was found to be satisfactory on 
the Hawaiian expedition and will be used again 
on this trip. It retains the natural coloring of 
the dead fish to a large extent, which is an 
important factor in the collection of many of 
the highly colored tropical species. 


240 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 
Tue Rockefeller Foundation has given six 
million dollars to Johns Hopkins University 
for the endowment and buildings of the School 
of Hygiene and Public Health. 


Ir is planned to establish a forest experi- 
ment station in connection with the University 
of California. There are twenty million acres 
of forest lands in the state. 


Tne five hundred members of the senior class 
at the Pennsylvania State College have voted 
unanimously to give the college $100 each, 
making a total of $50,000 as their class memo- 
rial endowment. 


Av Yale University the degree of master of 
science in civil engineering, electrical engineer- 
ing, mechanical engineering, mining engineer- 
ing, or metallurgical engineering may here- 
after be awarded to holders of a bachelor’s 
degree from a college or technical school of 
high standing who specialize for at least two 
undergraduate years in that branch of engi- 
neering in which the degree is to be taken. 


Dr. M. C. Merritt, professor of horticulture 
at the Utah Agricultural College, Logan, Utah, 
has resigned his position at that institution to 
accept the deanship of the school of applied 
arts at the Brigham Young- University, at 
Provo, Utah. Dr. Merrill will assume his new 
work on July 1. 


Dr. Horatio B. WIriiaMs, assistant pro- 
fessor of physiology in the College of Physi- 
cians and Surgeons of Columbia University, 
has been promoted to be Dalton professor of 
physiology. 


Dr. Karu ScHuaeprer, of the University of 
Zurich, Switzerland, has been appointed asso- 
-eiate in surgery at the Johns Hopkins Medical 
School. Dr. Ernst Huber, also of the Univer- 
sity of Zurich, has been appointed associate 
in anatomy. 


Proressor W. H. Davis, of the Iowa State 
Teachers’ College, has been granted a Ph.D. 
degree by the University of Wisconsin and has 
work in mycology and plant 
pathology at the Massachusetts Agricultural 
College, Amherst. 


assumed his 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1418 


Mr. R. W. Pater, of the Geological Survey 
of India, has been appointed senior lecturer in 
geology at the University of Manchester. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
DUTY ON ENGLISH BOOKS 

In a book-importer’s catalogue we read: 

““Tt may be noted that all foreign books can be 
imported free of duty, as well as English books, 
more than twenty years old at the date of im- 
portation. ’’ 

Such, in fact, is the law of the land; but, in 
its application we have found grave modifica- 
tions. 

Importing a series of English scientific maga- 
zines some months ago we were informed that 
the shipment was in the hands of an import- 
ing or forwarding agency and would be seen 
through the customs and sent on upon payment 
for services and duty charges. In compliance 
with this request an amount covering charges 
for services and the portion of the series duti- 
able at the usual fifteen per cent. was forwarded 
the agency. The books arrived safely, appar- 
ently untouched or undisturbed in any way by 
customs officials. The dutiable portion con- 
After 
some time a bill came requesting payment for 
duty on the remaining three-fourths of the 
shipment, on that portion of the series printed 
over twenty years ago. Inquiry elicited the 
information that duty had been demanded and 
had been paid by the agency on the whole ship- 
ment. Further inquiry established the fact that 
duty on the whole shipment had been based 
on a certain precedent where an importer of 
books had brought in this country an integral 
“set”? of books, some less, some more than twen- 
ty years old and that the “set” was looked 
upon as all dutiable, indivisible. So in the 
“spirit” of the law our magazines were all 
dutiable, whatever might be their age or the 
age of the majority of them. So the law might 
call, as it did in our ease, for a duty of $6.00, 
but its “spirit” called for $18.00 more. 

Conclusion for individual importers: see to 
it that your foreign exporters do not send you 
the older and newer numbers of magazines in 
the same box or shipment. 


stituted one fourth the entire shipment. 


Marcu 3, 1922] 


We can scarcely refrain from suggesting, in 
the present depleted state of our Treasury De- 
partment, that all revenue laws should be con- 
structed for “spirit” attachments. 


G. D. Harris 
CoRNELL UNIVERSITY 


ALTERNATE BEARING OF FRUIT TREES 


In view of the heightened interest in the 
alternate bearing of fruit trees and in fruit 
bud formation it may be interesting to quote 
the following passage from the Magazine of 
Horticulture for 1847, volume 13, page 438. 
The note was written by Charles M. Hovey, 
editor of the magazine, author of several well- 
known horticultural works, and often called 
the father of the American strawherry, after a 
visit to the Pomological Gardens af Salem, 
Massachusetts, of Robert Manning, one of the 
most thorough and accurate students of horti- 
culture in the early days when amateur interest 
in fruits ran high: 

Passing a Baldwin apple tree in full bearing, 
Mr. Manning stated that it was one on which he 
tried the experiment of changing the bearing 
year. It is well known that the Baldwin only 
bears every other year. To obviate this was the 
object of Mr. Manning; and, in the spring of 
1846, he spent nearly two days in cutting off all 
the blossoms. It had the desired effect; this year, 
the tree is completely loaded with fruit. This 
experiment is valuable, for it shows that, in a 
large orchard, when the trees, by chance, nearly 
all fruit the same year, any number of them can 
be made to fruit in the alternate year simply by 
the labor of destroying all the blossoms. 


Harotp B. Tukey 
N. Y. AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION, 
GENEVA, New York 


THE WRITING OF POPULAR SCIENCE 


To tHe Epitor or Science: In looking 
through the “List of One Hundred Popular 
Books in Science” prepared by the Washing- 
ton Academy of Sciences for the guidance of 
libraries with limited income, one is struck by 
the number of foreign books. There are 
thirty-five British authors, two French (Fabre 
and Maeterlinck) and one German. (Hinstein) ; 
that is, in searching for the best books on the 


SCIENCE 


241 


various: sciences, regardless of nationality, it 
was found necessary to go abroad for 38 per 
cent. of them. 

This is curious since in writing for Amer- 
ican readers an American author has a decided 
advantage in that he understands their point 
of view and can use more or less local illus- 
trations and comparisons and make allusions to 
familiar things, which are important factors 
in the popular presentation of scientific ques- 
tions. 

In spite of this natural handicap on the 
foreign author, British books form more than 
a third of this carefully selected list, so it is 
evident that the British are doing better work 
in the popularization of science than we are, a 
conclusion that is confirmed by a comparison 
of imported and domestic books in publishers’ 
catalogues. We have in this country, for 
instance, nothing to compare in style of writing 
and attractive illustrations with the “Outline. 
of Science” edited by Professor J. Arthur 
Thomson, which is now being published in 
parts at 1 shilling, 2 pence, as was Wells’ “Out- 
line of History.” I may add that Science 
Service, which has been scouring the country 
for a year for popular science writers, has been 
obliged to go to England for them in many 
cases. 

This is difficult to account for since our 
American schools give much more attention to 
the sciences and to the teaching of English 
composition than do the British schools and 
since we have such an abundance of fluent and 
facile writers in fiction and journalism and 
since we have a wider reading public than any 
other country. But it is questionable whether 
the interest of the American people in scien- 
tifie questions has kept pace with the growing 
importance of science in human life. In fact 
some say that science is losing ground in popu- 
lar esteem. For instance, Dr. Alfred H. 
Brooks, of the U. 8. Geological Survey, said in 
his recent presidential address to the Washing- 
ton Academy of Sciences: 

I venture the opinion that there is to-day rela- 
tively less popular knowledge of science and less 
interest in its methods and achievements than 
there was a generation ago. 

This is a discouraging statement in view of 


242 


the unprecedented expenditure of money on 
scientific education in American schools. 


Epwin E. SLosson 
ScIENCE SERVICE, 


WASHIINGTON, D. C. 


QUOTATIONS 
WILLIAM JENNINGS BRYAN ON EVOLUTION! 

Tue only part of evolution in which any con- 
siderable interest is felt is evolution applied to 
man. A hypothesis in regard to the rocks and 
plant life does not affect the philosophy upon 
which one’s life is built. Evolution applied to 
fish, birds and beasts would not materially 
affect man’s view of his own responsibilities 
except as the acceptance of an unsupported 
hypothesis as to these would be used to support 
a similar hypothesis as to man. The evolution 
that is harmful—distinetly so—is the evolution 
that destroys man’s family tree as taught by 
the Bible and makes him a descendant of the 
lower forms of life. This, as I shall try to 
show, is a very vital matter. 

The latest word that we have on this subject 
comes from Professor Bateson, a high English 
authority, who journeyed all the way from 
London to Toronto, Canada, to address the 
American Association for the Advancement of 
Science the 28th day of last December. His 
speech has been published in full in the Janu- 
ary issue of SCIENCE. 

Professor Bateson is an evolutionist, but he 
tells with real pathos how every effort to dis- 
cover the origin of species has failed. He takes 
up different lines of investigation, commenced 
hopefully but ending in disappointment. He 
concludes by saying, “Let us then proclaim in 
precise and unmistakable language that our 
faith in evolution is unshaken,” and then he 
adds, “our doubts are not as to the reality or 
truth of evolution, but as to the origin of spe- 
cies, a technical, almost domestic problem. Any 
day that mystery may be solved.” Here is 
optimism at its maximum. They fall back on 
faith. They have not yet found the origin of 


1 From an article in the New York Times for 
February 25. The editor states that Mr. Bryan 
will be answered by Professor Henry Fairfield 
Osborn and Professor Edwin Grant Conkin in the 
issue for March 2. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1418 


species, and yet how can evolution explain life 
unless it can account for change in species? Is 
it not more rational to believe in creation of 
man by separate act of God than to believe in 
evolution without a particle of evidence? 

The objection to Darwinism is that it is 
harmful, as well as groundless. It entirely 
changes one’s view of life and undermines 
faith in the Bible. Evolution has no place for 
the miracle or the supernatural. It flatters the 
egotist to be told that there is nothing that his 
mind cannot understand. Evolution proposes 
to bring all the processes of nature within the 
comprehension of man by making it the ex- 
planation of everything that is known. Crea- 
tion implies a Creator, and the finite mind 
cannot comprehend the Infinite. We can under- 
stand some things, but we run across mystery 
at every point. Evolution attempts to solve 
the mystery of life by suggesting a process of 
development commencing “in the dawn of time” 
and continuing uninterrupted up until now. 
Evolution does not explain creation; it simply 
diverts attention from it by hiding it behind 
eons of time. If a man accepts Darwinism, or 
evolution applied to man, and is consistent, he 
rejects the miracle and the supernatural as 
impossible. He commences with the first chap- 
ter of Genesis and blots out the Bible story of 
man’s creation, not because the evidence is 
insufficient, but because the miracle is incon- 
sistent with evolution. If he is consistent, he 
will go through the Old Testament step by 
step and cut out all the miracles and all the 
supernatural—the virgin birth of Christ, His 
miracles and His resurrection, leaving the Bible 
a story book without binding authority upon 
the conscience of man. 

* % eo * * * 

Christians do not object to freedom of 
speech; they believe that Biblical truth can 
hold its own in a fair field. They concede the 
right of ministers to pass from belief to ag- 
nosticism or atheism, but they contend that 
they should be honest enough to separate them- 
selves from the ministry and not attempt to 
debase the religion which they profess. 

And so in the matter of education. Chris- 
tians do not dispute the right of any teacher to 
be agnostic or atheistic, but Christians do deny 


Marcu 3, 1922] 


the right of agnostics and atheists to use the 
public school as a forum for the teaching of 
their doctrines. 

The Bible has in many places been excluded 
from the schools on the ground that religion 
should not be taught by those paid by public 
taxation. If this doctrine is sound, what right 
have the enemies of religion to teach irreligion 
in the public schools? If the Bible cannot be 
taught, why should Christian taxpayers permit 
the teaching of guesses that make the Bible a 
le? A teacher might just as well write over 
the door of his room, “Leave Christianity be- 
hind you, all ye who enter here,” as to ask his 
students to accept an hypothesis directly and 
irreconcilably antagonistic to the Bible. 

Our opponents are not fair. When we find 
fault with the teaching of Darwin’s unsup- 
ported hypothesis, they talk about Copernius 
and Galileo and ask whether we shall exclude 
science and return to the dark ages. Their 
evasion is a confession of weakness. We do 
not ask for the exclusion of any scientific truth, 
but we do protest against an atheist teacher 
being allowed to blow his guesses in the face of 
the student. The Christians who want to teach 
religion in their schools furnish the money for 
denominational institutions. If atheists want 
to teach atheism, why do they not build their 
own schools and employ their own teachers? 
If a man really believes that he has brute blood 
in him, he can teach that to his children at 
home or he can send them to atheistic schools, 
where his children will not be in danger of 
losing their brute philosophy, but why should 
he be allowed to deal with other people’s chil- 
dven as if they were little monkeys? 

We stamp upon our coins “In God We 
Trust”; we administer to witnesses an oath in 
which God’s name appears; our President takes 
his oath of office upon the Bible. Is it fanatical 
to suggest that public taxes should not be em- 
ployed for the purpose of undermining the 
nation’s God? When we defend the Mosaic 
account of man’s creation and contend that 
man has no brute blood in him, but was made 
in God’s image by separate act and placed on 
earth to carry out a divine decree, we are de- 
fending the God of the Jews as well as the 
God of the Gentiles; the God of the Catholies 


SCIENCE 


243 


as well as the God of the Protestants. We 
believe that faith in a Supreme Being is essen- 
tial to civilization as well as to religion and 
that abandonment of God means ruin to the 
world and chaos to society. 

Let these believers in “the tree man” come 
down out of the trees and meet the issue. Let 
them defend the teaching of agnosticism o 
atheism if they dare. If they deny that the 
natural tendency of Darwinism is to lead man. 
to a denial of God, let them frankly point out 
the portions of the Bible which they regard as 
consistent with Darwinism, or evolution ap- 
plied to man. They weaken faith in God, dis- 
courage prayer, raise doubt as to a future life, 
reduce Christ to the stature of a man, and make 
the Bible a “serap of paper.” As religion is 
the only basis of morals, it is time for Chris- 
tians to protect religion from its most insidious 
enemy. 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


James Hall of Albany, Geologist and Paleon- 
tologist, 1811-1898. By Joun M. Cuarke. 
Pp. 565, illustrated. Albany, 1921 (8S. C. 
Bishop, $3.70, net). 


In this book we have a very informative and 
highly entertaining history, not only of Pro- 
fessor James Hall, but of most of the other 
pioneers in American geology and _ paleon- 
tology as well. It is replete with interest for 
all men of science. 

Hall was an extraordinary man in many 
ways, turning out a prodigious amount of 
geologic work, and furnishing, by his dyna- 
mism, an inestimable “creative impulse to study 
and research.” He was sensitive to a remark- 
able degree, irascible, and with a surpassing 
ambition. His nervous system always taut, he 
“played on a harp of a thousand strings.” In 
consequence he appears to have been in trouble 
with most of his associates, and yet he was “a 
confiding man, forever trusting the plausible 
stranger, even while distrusting his most de- 
voted friends.” He lost much money in 
mining ! 

Hall’s scientific career began in 1836 and 
for sixty-two years he dominated Paleozoic 
geology, and more especially paleontology, in 


244 


North America. Thirteen great quarto vol- 
umes and at least a five-foot shelf of works on 
paleontology are his enduring monuments. 

The wonderful Fourth District of western 
New York was Hall’s “patent”? and in it he 
labored for five years unraveling its geology, 
“the most excellent piece of field work he ever 
did,” in the course of which was established a 
large part of the New York System of geolog- 
ical formations. Then came the ever widening 
Paleontology of New York, the dominant note 
of Hall’s long life. An insatiable collector, 
without ever knowingly having a duplicate 
fossil, he sold the worked-up collections only to 
buy and collect others with the money so ob- 
tained. Appropriations or none by New York 
or other states, he went on constantly garner- 
ing more material. 

As one reads the book, the thought comes 
readily that New York State has been. the 
mother of geologists—one almost comes to the 
belief that all American geologists between 
1843 and 1890 came from the Empire State or 
got their training there. We also see the 
passing show of the master minds that devel- 
oped the geology of the entire Mississippi 
Valley, since they were all for one reason or 
another worshippers at the Albanian shrine. 
“Fis influence guided official geologic move- 
ments in every state where they were inau- 
gurated, and in many his hand took a helms- 
man’s part.” Hall’s influence was also great 
in Canada between 1843 and 1869, since his 
relations with the director of the Geological 
Survey of Canada, Sir William Logan, “were 
openly harmonious.” 

Hall’s zenith of scientific attainments came 
between 1857 and 1861. Some years before, he 
presented at the Montreal meeting of the 
American Association for the Advancement of 
Science his “most notable performance in 
philosophical geology,” The Geological His- 
tory of the North American Continent. In 
this essay, published in 1861, he set forth two 
essential propositions in regard to mountain 
making, and they are the fundamentals on 
which our modern conception of these struc- 
tures depends. These are: 

1. That ranges of folded mountains exist only 
where sediments have uniformly accumulated to 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1418 
maximum thickness and that such maximum 
accumulation is possible only by corresponding 
depression of the sea bottom along the edges of 
continents delivering such sediments. . . 


2. That folded mountains result from the 
crumpling of the upper layers only of these ac- 
cumulated deposits, a consequence of the adjust- 
ment of the later sediments to a deepening but 
contracting depression. 


When Hall was sixty years of age, he was 
“at the threshold of his greatest productive- 
ness,” and he worked in this way: 

Of all the corps of men engaged upon this 
work, Mr. Hall himself was, in these days, the 
most diligent. Nothing that entered into his 
publications escaped his criticism and review and 
he was keen and quick in the preparation of his 
manuscript. Up and at his desk soon after break 
of day, with a cup of tea and a panada at his 
elbow, he found his quiet hours before his 
assistants came around. And after they had gone 
there were the evening hours which seldom found 
him away from his work room. It was his habit 
when at work to sit before his desk on a revolving 
piano-stool; his backbone needed no support and 
an easy chair he abhorred. But alongside his 
desk he kept, for his callers, a deep scoop-shaped 
great chair into which the visitor shriveled as he 
sank down into insignificance near the floor, while 
his vis-a-vis, erect on his stool, towered majes- 
tically over him. It was a strategic advantage 
and in many an engagement commanded the 
enemy ’s works. 


When the reviewer went to Albany in 1889 
as Hall’s private assistant, the latter was a pic- 
turesque old man: 

His round, full-bodied figure, his heavy snowy 
beard running well up over his ruddy cheeks, an 
always erect carriage and a square level look out 
from under thick brows and over his Moorish 
nose; dressed in an old coat and in trousers 
which buttoned down the sides after the fashion 
of 1830, he was bound to attract attention and 
curiosity. Every morning. . . his man Tom drove 
him from his home in a broken-down, one-seated 
eart which had once owned a top but lost it long 
since, drawn by a broken-down old nag which 
had also seen better days and had like as not 
been taken in exchange for apples or old speci- 
men boxes, his capacious snow-crowned figure 
eapped with a chimney-pot hat towering above his 
diminutive driver—the jogging figure through the 
Albany streets was sure to compel notice. 


Magcu 3, 1922] 


Extolled by LeConte as the “founder of 
American geology,” and by MeGee as the 
“founder of American stratigraphy,” said by 
Dana to be the man without whom “the geo- 
logical history of the North American con- 
tinent could not have been written,” Hall’s 
present biographer concludes that he ‘was in 
truth the apostle of historical geology.” Much 
praise is due Dr. Clarke for the lively way in 
which he sets Hall—and many of his contem- 
poraries—before us in these pages. The task 
was a great one, attended with peculiar diffi- 
culties, and its accomplishment reflects high 
credit upon the author. The paleontologie sun 
rose in New York in 1836, and its warmth still 
radiates from the Hmpire State throughout the 
North American continent! 

CHARLES SCHUCHERT 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 


THE SYNTHESIS OF FULL COLORATION 
IN PHLOX 

In the issue of Genetics for March, 1920, 
the writer published facts bearing on the color 
of the flower blade in Phlox Drummondii. 
Certain F, purples that were full-colored and 
self-colored appeared as the progeny of two 
plants whose blades were a clear white. These 
F, purples, when self-pollinated, gave rise to 
an F, group comprising several types of co- 
rolla. <A bluing factor in heterozygous condi- 
tion in the F', individuals doubled the number 
of F, colored sorts. Ignoring the differences 
caused by this factor there were in the F, 
group the following general types (illustrated 
in colors in Plate 1 in Genetics, Vol. 5): 

1. Showy full-colored purple or rose type 
resembling the F,. The color is evenly suf- 
fused over the blade, i. e., the blade is self- 
colored. 

2. <A lighter type whose color is bright pink- 
ish or light purplish. This kind also has its 
color uniformly suffused over the blade. 

3. Dusky type whose dull magenta color 
is merely stippled on to the blade giving the 
flower the appearance of a dusty or dirty-look- 
ing white. 

4, Pure white-bladed type. 


SCIENCE 


245 


Proceeding to the F, generation it was found 
that the lighter uniformly colored Type 2 never 
gave rise to duskies (Type 3) on inbreeding, 
nor did the duskies ever contain plants of Type 
2 among their offspring. Moreover, neither of 
these two types, on self-pollination, ever pro- 
duced Type 1. The deep-colored F', plants of 
Type 1 were capable of throwing out Types 
2 and 3 besides repeating themselves. Such 
analysis led to the hypothesis that full or deep 
coloration in Phlox must be due to the presence 
together of the second and third types, or rather 
to the genes for these two types, which are not 
allemorphie. 

During the past year this hypothesis was 
tested out by the actual putting together, 
through hybridization, of Types 2 and 3. In 
all, seven matings of Types 2 and 3 were made 
yielding 59 offspring and from every crossing 
the progeny were both full-colored and self- 
colored. 

Type 2 + Type 3 = Type 1. 
This synthesis supplements and confirms the 
author’s earlier work on the genetie relation- 
ship of color types in Phlox Drummondii. 


J. P. Kewuy 


PENNSYLVANIA STATE COLLEGE 


THE PROPOSED FEDERATION 
BIOLOGICAL SOCIETIES 


A CONFERENCE of officers of a number of 
biological societies was held in Toronto on 
December 27, 1921, to discuss the feasibility of 
closer cooperation among these societies. This 
conference was the outgrowth of two some- 
what informal meetings in Chicago, the first in 
December, 1920, upon the initiative of the sec- 
retary of the American Society of Naturalists, 
the second in April, 1921, at the instance of the 
officers of the American Society of Zoologists 
and of the Botanical Society of America. At 
the request of those in attendance at the second 
conference the call for the Toronto meeting 
was issued by the Division of Biology and 
Agriculture of the National Research Council. 
The discussion of the Toronto conference was 
in a measure directed in accordance with a pro- 
gram arranged by the chairman of the Division 


OF 


246 


of Biology and Agriculture, in consultation 
with the secretaries of the American Society of 
Naturalists, the Botanical Society of America, 
and the American Society of Zoologists. Under 
the chairmanship of Professor L. R. Jones, the 
following topics were developed: 
J. The federation of biological societies; the 
idea and possible plans for its realization: 
c. A. Kofoid, C. HE. Allen, F. R. Lillie. 
II. Some of the biological problems which fed- 
eration may help to meet: 
1. The needs in the field of 
R. A. Emerson, L. J. Cole. 
2. Society publications: J. R. Schramm. 
3. Correlation of meetings and programs: 
A. F. Shull, W. C. allee. 

These speakers, and other members of the 
conference in informal discussion, developed a 
variety of ways in which a federation or some 
form of cooperation would aid in the solution 
of problems that are now pressing. It was 
urged that more adequate outlets for publica- 
tion might thereby be provided; that larger 
editions of larger publications could be pub- 
lished more cheaply than the present small 
journals with limited circulation; that abstraet- 
ing, which is very inadequately done for 
zoological literature, could thus be fostered ; 
that biology could thereby be popularized and 
given more influence in everyday affairs; that 
correlation of programs, with respect to place 
and time, would be rendered less difficult; that 
programs could be arranged around the larger 
biological principles, rather than under the 
headings Botany and Zoology; that formation 
of new societies or organizations could -he 
initiated or given direction; and that adjust- 
ment to changes in the grouping of interests, 
such as that now presented in the field of 
genetics, would be facilitated. 

It was evident from the discussion that the 
general idea of federation was practically 
unanimously approved by the conference, and 
the following resolutions were adopted: 

RESOLVED, 1. That it is the sense of this 
meeting that the inter-society conferences should 
be continued to consider the feasibility of fed- 
eration of the biological societies and to develop 
plans for the said federation; and 

2. That for the purpose of advancing these 


genetics: 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1418 


plans each society, as well as Sections F, G and 
O of the American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science, be requested to designate its 
president and secretary as members of an inter- 
society council which shall be authorized (1) to 
deal with all matters of common interest, such as 
coordination of programs, that are consistent 
with the existing regulations of the constituent 
societies; and (2) to draw up proposals for a 
constitution and by-laws of a federation of the 
societies in question, and to present them for 
action at the next annual meeting. 

Considerable discussion arose as to the de- 
tails of the proposed federation of societies, 
but it was realized that these could not be 
effectually determined in a single brief meeting, 
and it was decided to leave these matters to 
the inter-society council provided for in the 
resolutions. Plans were made for securing 
prompt action upon the resolutions by all 
biological societies in session at Toronte and 
it was informally understood that the proposed 
council might invite representatives of other 
sections of the American Association or of 
other societies if it so desired. 

A further resolution was adopted, request- 
ing the Division of Biology and Agriculture to 
call the first meeting of the proposed inter- 
society council at a date sufficiently early to 
admit of deferred meetings and the completion 
of a plan of federation before the next annual 
meeting of the societies. The first meeting will 
probably be ealled in April. 

The organizations represented in the con- 
ference at Toronto were as follows: American 
Society of Zoologists, American Genetic Asso- 
ciation, American Society of Naturalists, 
American Phytopathological Society, Hec- 
logical Society of America, Botanical Society 
of America, American Society for Horticul- 
tural Science, Society of American Foresters, 
Society of American Bacteriologists, Amer- 
ican Association of Economie Entomologists, 
American Society of Agronomy, Entomological 
Society of America, Sections F, G and O of 
the American Association for the Advancement 
of Science, and the Division of Biology and 
Agriculture of the National Research Council. 


A. FRANKLIN SHULL, 
Secretary of the Conference 


New SrERIES 7 99 SINGLE CopiEs, 15 Crs. 
Vou. LV, No. 1419 Fripay, Marcy 10, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


SUA AU 


Health of the Industrial Worker 


By Epear L. Conus, M. D.; Professor of Preventive Medicine (Eng.) and, 
Major Greenwoop, M.R.C.P. (Lond.), Industrial Fatigue Research Board; 
Special Chapters by A. J. Counts, M. D., Supt. Ministry of Pensions Hospital, 
(Eng.) ; Introduction by Sir Groraz Newman, K.C.B., M.D., (Lond.) (~~ \" 


The Lancet (London)— 


“In their preface to this work the authors point out the lack of a book which deals. at 
all adequately from the standpoint of hygiene with the profound changes in the lives of 
civilized people during the past century and a half consequent upon the rise and develop- 
ment of modern industry, and whilst disclaiming the possession of the erudition necessary 
for the task of writing such a book, refer to the experience in industrial hygiene which they 
individually possess. They express the belief that they have made plain how great is the 
influence of employment upon general health, how many are the opportunities presented in 
industry for studying conditions which lead up to divergencies from health—divergencies 
which, when neglected, pass into disease, how ready to hand means for improving the work- 
aday life of the productive classes, and how important to the whole of preventive medicine 
are lessons learnt in the school of industrial hygiene. No one, after reading the book, will 
quarrel with such a belief. The importance of the whole matter is beyond question, and the 
author’s book should do much to advance its study. The introduction by Sir George New- 
man shows a broadminded and wide grasp of the subject matter.” 


38 Illustrations, 8 yo. Cloth, $7.00. 


PII TIC TTU 


PLT 


Diseases of Occupation 
and Vocational Hygiene 


Pathology, Symptomatology, Treatment; Processes and Occupations as 
Causes; Hospital and Medical School Work; Statistics; Governmental Study ; 
Legislation, ete. 

Prepared by a number of contributors with special experience. Edited by 
GrorcEe M. Koser, M. D., Prof. Hygiene, Georgetown University, Washington, 
D. C., and Wm. C. Hanson, M.D., (School for Health Officers, Harvard Uni- 
versity. 

British Medical Journal— 


“Very well written, full of facts and suggestive of the precautions required to be taken 
in the dangerous trades it discusses. It is well illustrated and has good indexes.” 


Tilustrated. 8 vo. Cloth, $10.00. 


P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. 


PUBLISHERS PHILADELPHIA 
Sr 


iil 


VINO 


li SCIENCE— ADVERTISEMENTS 


Publications of 
The Philippine Bureau of Science 


Vegetation of Philippine Mountains. The rela- 
tion between the environment and physical 
types at different altitudes. By William H. 
Brown. 434 pages, 41 plates, and 30 text 
figures; postpaid $2.50, U. S. currency. 

Index to the Genera of Birds. By Richard u. 
McGregor. 185 pages; postpaid $1.00, U. S. 
currency. 

Species Blancoanae. A critical revision of the 
Philippine species of plants described by 
Blanco and by Llanos. By E. D. Merrill. 424 
pages; postpaid $2.25, U. S. currency. 

Philippine Water Supplies. By G. W. Heise and 
A. S. Behrman. 218 pages, 19 plates; post- 
paid $1.75, U. S. currency. 

An Interpretation of Rumphius’s Herbarium 
Amboinense. By E. D. Merrill. 596 pages, 2 
maps; postpaid $3.00, U. S. currency. 

The Philippine Journal of Science, a monthly 
(no longer issued in sections), per year $5.00, 
U.S. currency. 

A list of the publications of the Philippine 
Bureau of Science and a sample copy of the 
Philippine Journal of Science will be sent upon 
request. 

Subscriptions and orders for publications 
should be sent to 


THE BUSINESS MANAGER 
Philippine Journal of Science 
‘ Bureau of Science MANILA, P. I. 


Our kheostats for Every Circuit 


“Becbro” 
Sliding Contact 
Rheostats 


Tubular and Stone 
Types. Also 


Carbon Compression 
Type 


Almost all Colleges and 
Universities, and Technical 
Schools, also many Indus- 
trial Concerns are using 
our Rheostats with entire 
satisfaction. 


The Boreal Flora 
of the 


Sierra Nevada of California 
By FRANK JASON SMILEY 


423 pages, 7 plates. Paper, $5.00. Carriage 
extra, weight 234 Ibs. 


This book constitutes a working flora 
of the high Sierra Nevada of California. 
It has been the intent of the author to 
present a list of all the plants of the 
high Sierra with keys for their determi- 
nation. He has also included descrip- 
tions of the geology, topography, and 
climate of the range. 


‘University of California Press 
Berkeley, California 


Send For Our Bulletin 


C-10 


1921, 


shows many types and de- 


issued September, 


signs of rheostats made by 


us. 


BECK BROS. 


3640-42 N. Second St. 
PHILADELPHIA, PA. 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
ef Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal — 
Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Marcy 10, 1922 


Vou. LV No. 1419 


The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 
The Organization of Knowledge: Dr. 
FREDERICK L. HorrMan.... 
The Fifth Year of the Tropical Research 
SGactoniswels SH) Occ e ene nse eee ee 254 
Grants for Research Made by the American 
Association for the Advancemnt of Sci- 
ence: PROFESSOR JOEL STEBBINS.............-.... 256 


Scientific Events: 
The Exhibition of the Royal Photographic 
Society; French Exchange Professors in 
Engineering ; Officers of English Scientific 
Societies; The Geological Society of China; 
The School of Hygiene and Public Health 


of the Johns Hopkins University.................. 257 
Scientific Notes and News...-....-,..-.0.--.------------- 259 
University and Educational Notes..................-. 262 


Discussion and Correspondence: 
Practicable Substitutes for Grain Alcohol: 
Dr. LAWRENCE E. GRriFFIN. Iridescent 


Clouds: MaBEL A. CHASB....02 22. ccec) cece coee 262 
Quotations: 

whe Proposed Suppression of the Teaching 

Of PH volutions... Es Wes ee ane leave ae ay 264. 


Notes on Woods: Prorgessor SAMUEL J. 


FRE CORD Sees i hyo RL) ate LENO eae Oe 266 
Special Articles: 

Genetics of the Vienna White Rabbit: 

IPROPESSOR) We ebiegs CAS DIB svete ote eee 269 
The American Society of Agronomy: Pro- 

ESS OR Merce Hi sens RO Wines near eal eel 270 


. THE ORGANIZATION OF KNOWL- 
EDGE! 


In an admirable introduction to Herbert 
Spencer’s Synthetic Philosophy, by Alfred W. 
Tillet, occurs the suggestive observation that 
“one volume after another might be glanced 
at or even carefully read and no idea what- 
ever obtained as to Spencer’s aim.” Even the 
Study of Sociology, in the words of this au- 
thor, “does not give any definite idea of the 
aim of Spencer’s work” but no one ‘even 
superficially familiar with a moderate portion 
of Spencer’s monumental contributions to 
knowledge can fail to be impressed by the fact 
that it is from end to end an organized system 
of scientific knowledge.” 

What after all is the real difference between 
scientific and general knowledge, or between 
organized and unorganized information? Is 
it not rather a difference in structure than in 
function, for, as said by Karl Pearson, “the 
classification of facts, the organization of their 
sequence, and relative significance, is the fune- 
tion of science,’ which must be the objective 
of every attempt to gather and classify the 
knowledge extant on any particular subject. 
The moment we desire to apply a given train 
of thought to some practical purpose we are 
confronted by the necessity of understanding 
facts in their relative significance. 

Yet so difficult is the practical task of ar- 
riving at sound conclusions in the presence of 
some complex phenomenon that even civilized 
man reasons as a rule in disregard of scientific 
principles, indifferent to the value or necessity 
of organized knowledge as a substitute for 
disorganized or chaotic information. The cause 
of this anomaly is of course quite obvious; the 
former process requires painstaking care in 
the accumulation and classification of facts, 

1 Address of the vice-president and chairman 


of Section K—Social and Economie 
Toronto, December, 1921. 


Science, 


248 


while the latter is simply a convenient form of 
guesswork opinion, often aided by a good mem- 
ory and a sound intuition. Unfortunately the 
truth is frequently unnecessary to the attain- 
ment of the objects of every-day existence, and 
there is much to be said for the view given 
expression to by M. Anatole France “that in 
the majority of cases truth is likely to fall a 
victim to the disdain or insults of mankind 
and to perish in obseurity.” For unhappily, 
in the words of this briliant Frenchman, “truth 
is inert, is not capable of modification, is not 
adapted to the machinations which would en- 
able her to win her way into the hearts and 
minds of man” while “falsehood on the other 
hand possesses the most wonderful resources.” 
Yet in the long run truth does prevail, at least 
in all large projects in the pursuit of knowl- 
edge or profitable trade or long range under- 
takings just as we build a different founda- 
tion for a pyramid than for a cowshed. 

The science of forecasting has perhaps no- 
where been more completely developed than in 
the vast businss of insurance, and of no branch 
of commercial enterprise can it be said with 
less fear of successful contradiction than of 
insurance that it rests its principles and poli- 
cies upon the lasting and, in fact, indestructible 
basis of truth. Likewise, it might be said that 
the fame of Sir Francis Bacon rests largely 
upon his conception of applied science as a 
process of pure induction or the orderly meth- 
od of arriving at trustworthy conclusions on 
the basis of experiment and observation or of 
natural laws having “the dual characteristic 
of universality and reality.” 

The induetive process of reasoning is essen- 
tially one of fact gathering and of classifica- 
tion and analysis. But systematic fact gather- 
ing as a science is of comparatively recent 
origin, while the urgency of organized knowl- 
edge as a prerequisite to true scientific endeavor 
is as yet, at least in the larger sense, only in 
a stage of embryonic development. 

Fault has been found with Sir Francis Ba- 
con for the barrenness of the results flowing 
from his laborious observations and _ elassifi- 
cations. This, as said by Church, is due to the 
fact that “he had a radically false and mech- 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1419 


anical conception, though in words he earnest- 
ly disclaims it, of the way to deal with the 
facts of nature.” The fault was one of the 
limitations of knowledge inherent in the age 
in which he lived rather than of Bacon’s the- 
ory of the human understanding and of the 
primitive conception of the comparative value 
of collective phenomena or statistics, which 
even to this day is far indeed from haying 
reached the status of a true science. Church 
is also of the curious opinion that the cause 
of Bacon’s defect was a non-mathematical 
mind; that he took no notice of the invention 
of logarithms and that he was impatient of 
the subtleties of astronomical calculations. In 
very truth, however, the source of Bacon’s 
transcending intellectual powers were condi- 
tioned by this very limitation of his knowl- 
edge, for as observed by Church in a sub- 
sequent passage “with all his mistakes and 
failures the principles on which his mode of 
attaining a knowledge of nature was based 
were the only true ones and they had never 
before been propounded so systematically, so 
fully, and so earnestly.” 

But Bacon suffered much more from the 
shortcomings of his age and its follies than 
from defects in his method of scientific reason- 
What to-day is known as Economies, 
Sociology, and Statistics, was far from having 
been recognized as an urgent need of a Science 
of Progress in which the lessons of mankind’s 
experience are relied upon at least in com- 
merce if not in government as controlling the 
rational conduct of mankind. This concep- 
tion, however vaguely perceived, rests upon the 
larger truth, as pointed out by Herbert Spen- 
cer, that “ultimately mankind will discover a 
constant order even among the most involved 
and obscure phenomena.” It is with this pro- 
cess that the present discussion is concerned; 


ing. 


the organization of knowledge as differentiated 
from the mere gathering and accumulation of 
facts regardless of their interrelation or inter- 
dependence for useful purposes as the case 
may be. 

The organization of knowledge for the pres- 
ent purpose is meant to include all manner 
of descriptive data; all observations whether 


Marcu 10, 1922] 


objective or subjective, all that is cognizable 
and recorded in the realm of human experience 
or as a natural phenomenon; in brief, what is 
Fact and Evidence, useful in the endless 
struggle to perfect human relations individually 
or collectively in the pursuit of all that con- 
cerns a higher and more effective standard of 
life, labor, and social happiness. 

The principle is laid down as incontrover- 
tible that most of the ills from which mankind 
suffers are the result of chaos and confusion in 
the boundless domain of knowledge and the 
misunderstanding of the why and wherefore of 
life in the higher and larger sense. This ap- 
plies as much to the earning of a livelihood 
or suecess in commerce and trade as to the 
affairs of nations and questions of peace and 
A League of Nations not based upon 
completely organized and unified knowledge is 


war. 


as foredoomed to failure as a merchant ad- 
venture in ignorance of the market to which 
it applies. Yet less progress has been made in 
the direction of organizing the data of human 
experience on the basis of a well-considered 
plan than has been made in the ease of any 
other single branch of science or business en- 
terprise. Of the collection of data there-is no 
end, nor of the accumulation of books and the 
making of card indexes; but this is often not 
an aid but rather a hindrance to the organiza- 
tion of knowledge in the sense and for the pur- 
pose indicated. It is largely due to this defect 
in the Baconian philosophy that the practical 
results of Bacon’s theories fall so far short of 
their theoretical possibilities. In the same 
sense it is a safe statement to make that the 
practical value of a public library at the pres- 
ent time is but a fraction of its possible utility 
were it properly conceived on the principles 
of organized knowledge. 

It was the opinion of Herbert Spencer that 
“The. sciences can not be arranged rationally 
Yet numerous have been 
the attempts to classify the sciences from Ba- 
con and Spencer to modern workers, including 
Per- 
haps the most useful remarks on classification 
are those of Jevons in the second volume of 
his “Principles and Science,” but in this as in 


in a serial order.” 


the fragmentary observations of Mercier. 


SCIENCE 249 


all similar discussions the true objective, the 
organization of knowledge, is lost sight of. 
Nearer to the point are Spencer’s data on 
Sociology but wholly impractical for every- 
day needs, being rather a classification of in- 
formation than of knowledge or verifiable evi- 
dence. 

Nor is the question much advanced by such 
a learned work as “The Organization of 
Thought” by Professor Whitehead, although it 
is properly observed that “first-hand knowl- 
edge is the ultimate basis of intelleetual life,” 
and the further and extremely interesting and 
practically valuable conclusion that “The sec- 
ond-handedness of the learned world is the 
secret of its mediocrity. It is tame because it 
has never been seared by facts,” and finally 
that “The main import of Sir Francis Bacon’s 
influence does not he in any particular theory 
of inductive reasoning which he happened to 
express, but in the revolt against second-hand 
information in which he the leader.” 
(p. 43). 

This is precisely the point raised in this pro- 
test against the apathy of the so-called scien- 
tifie mind, which is often satisfied with doubt- 
ful or incomplete information 
sooth it is a task of colossal difficulty to collect 
and properly organize the information on al- 
most any subject whatever. But the difficulty 
arises chiefly out of an unorganized or dis- 
organized state of mind, habituated to a pre- 
tense of knowledge full well known to be im- 
perfect and incomplete. The defects or defici- 
encies are therefore often made up by the use 


was 


because for- 


of mathematics, by every conceivable method 
of abstract reasoning as a substitution for the 
want of sufficient concrete evidence which more 
systematic and qualified research would bring 
forth. ; 
Completely unified knowledge, the 
viewpoint of Spencer, is unattainable in any 


from 


field of human endeavor, but the approximately 
complete organization of the knowledge ex- 
tant on any particular subject at the present 
time is not only feasible but an imperative 
duty. The use of mathematics is, under such 
circumstances, more of a hindrance and a pre- 


tense than a help. What is wanted is more 


250 


and better understood control of organized in- 
formation. _ 

The organization of knowledge involves as 
a first consideration the synthetic collection of 
facts, and a fact in the present sense is con- 
strued as defined by Webster, as “Anything 
that is done or happens, as an act or deed, 
anything actually existing, and anything 
strictly true.” But aside from this narrow 
definition of facts in the more restricted sense 
the organization of knowledge involves as a 
secondary consideration the collection and 
classification of information, which may or 
may not be strictly true but of relative value 
sufficient for the purpose. Information is de- 
fined as “knowledge acquired or derived, or as 
timely specified knowledge, sufficient for the 
ordinary needs of life and the basis of the 
large majority of judgments upon which human 
conduct is regulated.” To these preliminary 
definitions must be added the term knowl- 
edge itself or “the clear and certain appre- 
hension of the truth or assured rational con- 
viction.”” This is not knowledge in the or- 
dinary sense of the term, for we know much 
of what is not clearly apprehended at all. As 
said by Webster, “Knowledge is-all that the 
mind knows, from whatever source derived or 
obtained or by whatever process; the aggregate 
of facts, truths, or principles acquired or re- 
tained by the mind, including alike the intui- 
tion native to the mind and all that has been 
learned respecting phenomena, causes, laws, 
principles, literature, ete.” 

With these principles clear in mind the task 
of the organization of knowledge is less diffi- 
cult. It is immaterial what subject is selected; 
the Seal Fisheries of Alaska or the Climatic 
Conditions of the Falkland Islands; The De- 
velopment of the Export Trade in the Basin 
of the Amazon River or The Theory, Practice, 
and Results of Insurance. The process of or- 
ganizing the facts of any branch of knowledge 
is the same however much the nature of the 
data may vary, or their extent in time and 
place. Facts must first be looked upon as in- 
formation—as mere knowledge irrespective of 
intrinsic worth; they are the raw material 
which, subjected to qualified critical and im- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1419 


partial consideration, forms. the ground work 
of science inductively conceived. Science has 
been defined as “Knowledge gained and veri- 
fied by exact observation and correct think- 
ing,” and also as the sum of universal knowl- 
edge, or in other words “an exact and systematic 
statement of knowledge concerning some sub- 
ject or group of subjects.” Now a systematic 
statement of knowledge is organized knowl- 
edge, and in this sense much of what is called 
scientific falls far short of the required essen- 
tials of a true science. Webster’s definition is 
admirable but of itself incomplete. For it 
would seem of the first importance to emphasize 
the need of organized knowledge as a concep- 
tion of science in the more restricted sense of 
the word. 

This must have been recognized by Webster, 
who goes on to qualify his definition of science 
as follows: “Knowledge of a single fact not 
known as related to any other, or of many 
facts not known as having any mutual rela- 
tion, or as comprehended under any general 
law, does not reach the meaning of science,” 
for, he adds, “science is knowledge reduced to 
law and embodied in a system.” This process 
is primarily one of organizing the data of 
science and of subsequent classification and 
analysis, out of which the principles of science — 
are logically evolved by a process of pure in- 
duction. It is held that this process of or- 
ganization aiming at complete unification of the 
knowledge of any particular subject or group 
of subjects is as yet but very imperfectly 
realized in the manner most conducive to prac- 
tical results. 

In other words, the objective of organizing 
knowledge is the accessibility of facts useful 
for the purpose of selection for particular and 
practical purposes. In the words of M. Poin- 
care, “Scientists believe that there is a hierarchy 
of facts and that a judicious selection can be 
made,’ and furthermore that ‘The most in- 
teresting facts are those which can be used 
several times, those which have a chance of 
recurring.” He then asks the question “Which 
then are the facts that have a chance of re- 
curring?” and he replies that in the first place 
simple facts “although facts which appear 


Marca 10, 1922] 


simple even if they are not so in reality will 
be more easily brought about again by chance.” 

It is upon this conception that a practical 
science of organized knowledge on any subject 
must rest. Simple facts are the ground work 
of sound reason or the common sense of every- 
day questions; facts which are known to recur 
with regularity, particularly such as are in the 
form of statistics “systematized numerical facts 
collectively” considered and which form the 
basis of judgments concerned with forecasting 
the future more or less in conformity to the 
principle of or the law of probability. This 
has been defined as “the ratio of chances favor- 
ine an event to the total number of chances 
for and against it.” Obviously no sound judg- 
ment involving the future can be arrived at 
without a knowledge of what has taken place 
in the past, and yet an immense number of 
opinions are rendered in total disregard of the 
lessons of past experience. But as M. Poin- 
caré observes, “although it is with regular facts 
that thought ought to begin, as soon as the 
rule is well established, as soon as it is no 
longer in doubt, the facts which are in com- 
plete conformity with it lose their interest, 
since they can teach us nothing new.” Thus, 
while on the one hand the lessons of experience 
are only too often ignored or set aside, there 
is on the other frequent failure to recognize the 
limitations of experience and to scorn the “ex- 
ception which becomes important.” 

The foregoing brief exposition of certain 
principles of science applied to the systematic 
collection of facts in the accepted sense will 
serve the purpose of emphasizing that in its 
final analysis all fact gathering, fact arrange- 
ment, and fact comparison has for its pri- 
mary objective the approximate certainty of the 
truth in its application to the needs of every- 
day life. At least in this sense my own efforts 
have been construed not upon a well-defined 
theory but in coincident adaptation to my 
needs, strongly influenced by the profound 
conviction that only the broadest understand- 
ing of any given subject is likely to prove 
trustworthy, that all collateral or related facts 
must be taken into account, that the knowledge 
must be sufficient in quantity as well as ex- 


SCIENCE 


251 


tended in point of time while absolutely free 
in its gathering from any bias or prejudice. 

The procedure of fact gathering is much more 
arduous than is assumed by amateurs satis- 
fied with the collection of mere information 
and the mechanical indexing of data divorced 
from practical use. In my judgment it is of 
the very first importance that the fact gather- 
er should be the fact user, or, in other words, 
the one to apply the results of his research 
to the solution of the problems of every-day 
life. Nothing is more likely to be harmful 
than when the fact gathering is done mech- 
anically or without a definite objective. 

The organization of knowledge, in its final 
analysis, is concerned with the task of assem- 
bling the facts of human experience in a form 
conveniently available and adaptable to every- 
day needs. In brief, the very purpose of or- 
ganization and classification is to bring order 
out of chaos, and yet, in the words of Bou- 
troux, “In the reality of things, the right 
eternal, mathematical order which science con- 
siders from its own point of view serves to ob- 
seure an order that is invisible, subtle, supple 
and untrammeled and therefore all the more 
beautiful.” But mankind can not do without 
the latter any more than the former and it is 
therefore of the utmost importance that the 
knowledge organized or arranged and classified 
shall be as nearly as possible complete or in- 
clusive of all the experience that has been had 
in a given matter. For as further observed 
by Boutroux, “It is beyond dispute that our 
reasonings are susceptible to being in harmony 
with facts,” for “when they are out of harmony 
we do not consider that reasoning is a con- 
scious instrument but rather that we have in- 
sufficient data, that our field of opportunity 
is too limited.” Hence the supreme need of a 
clear grasp of the methods of inductive reason- 
ing as opposed to those of deductive logic, 
since the former is based on experience while 
the latter is not. 

The practical ideal of good judgment in mat- 
ters of our every-day living needs is expressed 
by Spedding, the biographer of Bacon, in the 
words “I doubt whether there was ever any man 
whose evidence upon matters of fact may be 


252 


more absolutely trusted,” yet it is equally true, 
as observed by Cowley, quoted by Robinson, 
that “Bacon missed success in detail because 
he was striving to encompass nearly the whole 
field of nature in a life which was engrossed 
with work enough of other kinds to keep a 
strong man busy.’”’ But Bacon suffered even 
more from the absence of a clear recognition on 
the part of the age in which he lived of the 
truth fundamental to his aims, that informa- 
tion and belief are not a substitute for a knowl- 
edge of facts and a recognition of their relative 
importance. The purpose of the Baconian 
philosophy is contained in the prediction that 
“Men’s power over nature would be increased 
a thousand fold when they learned to interpret 
her with the humility of truth seekers casting 
aside all prepossessions,” a prediction realized 
in no small measure in modern life freed from 
a vast amount of the credulity, deliberate false- 
hood, and class bias, which mar the greatest 
achievements of Bacon’s time. 

But mankind is still a long distance from 
having recognized that truth alone can make us 
truly free. There is, no doubt, a considerable 
degree of practical utility in common errors. 
Since all of our human relations are based on 
relative conceptions of truth the margin of 
error may be large or small as circumstances 
permit, but only for short range efforts. It 
matters little whether the distance I am to 
walk is a mile, or nine-tenths, or even less in 
my estimation, but it makes a world of differ- 
ence whether the calculated position at sea is 
correct within a small fraction of the longi- 
tude and latitude determined by the sextant. 
And just as surely as small errors repeated 
and accumulated lead to disaster at sea, so 
more serious errors in conduct, individual or 
social, may defeat a course laid out in ignor- 
ance of the truth. 

The clearest recognition of this principle of 
right action is the statement by Mull in his 
discourse on “Fallacies of Observation,” in 
connection with which it is said that “A fallacy 
of misobservation may be either negative or 
positive; either non-observation or mal- obser- 
vation.” This important distinction is ex- 
plained in part that “It is non-observation when 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1419 


all the error consists in overlooking or neglect- 
ing facts or particulars which ought to have 
been observed. It is mal-observation when 
something is simply unseen or seen wrong; 
when the fact or phenomenon instead of being 
recognized for what it is in reality is mis- 
taken for something else.” 

Both errors are of such common occurrence 
in every-day life that they are the rule rather 
than the exception among those whose judg- 
ments are relied upon as a matter of course in 
the conduct of affairs of the first importance. 
Mill recognized this limitation of the average 
understanding, pointing out in his discussion 
of Fallacies that “In the conduct of lfe—in 
the practical business of mankind—wrong in- 
ference, incorrect interpretation of experience, 
unless after much culture of the thinking facul- 
ty are absolutely inevitable; and with most 
people after the highest degree of culture they 
ever attain, such erroneous inferences, produc- 
ing corresponding errors in conduct, are la- 
mentably frequent.” Yet as clearly as this is 
stated and admitted as a fact of every-day 
experience, generation after’ generation grows 
up in ignorance of the inherent limitations of 
the human understanding, the serious danger of 
unorganized knowledge, and the menace of a 
continuous stream of mere information much of 
which is only guesswork, possibly grossly false 
in matters of detail, while all of it, by itself, 
may be totally unrelated to the practical needs 
of every-day life. 

There is an imperative demand for accuracy 
in public utterance which falls lamentably 
short of the ideal. Statesmen utter weighty 
opinions on matters of verifiable knowledge 
obtuse to the implication of wilful ignorance, 
if not wilful deception. Even in high places 
the most vague distinctions prevail between 
what is mere opinion and what is fact and 
truth. Almost half a century ago George Corn- 
wall Lewis in a very readable treatise on the 
“Influence of Authority in Matters of Opinion” 
called attention to the need of a clear grasp 
of this distinction, holding that “a large pro- 
portion of the general opinions of mankind 
are derived merely from authority and are 
entertained without any distinct understand- 


Mazc# 10, 1922] 


ing of the evidence on which they rest.” Au- 
thority in this sense means “the principle of 
adopting the beliefs of others on a matter of 
opinion without reference to the particular 
grounds on which that belief may rest.” The 
profound error implied in the blind or un- 
reasoning acceptance of the views of others 
is the most serious menace to present-day civi- 
lization, and the growing habit of accepting 
as conclusive the views of men possibly as 
ill-informed as they may be influenced by 
wrongful motives, simply because they au- 
daciously emphasize and reemphasize mere 
opinions as statements of fact, involves the 
very integrity of the intellectual life of the 
age. 
The half-educated, but possibly well in- 
formed, do not realize the truth that “the 
formation of opinion by authority can never 
(except by indirect means) produce any in- 
crease or improvement of knowledge or bring 
about the discovery of new truths,” or, in 
other words, progress for its attainment de- 
pends upon intellectual virility, independence 
of thought, and judgments impartially arrived 
at. In the large majority of matters men must 
rely upon the opinions of others, but here 
again, in the words of Lewis, “It is of para- 
mount importance that truth and not error 
shall be accredited; that men when they are led 
by opinion should be led by safe guides.” 
Hence the importance of an_ intellectual 
standard which shall insist upon fact gather- 
ing, reflective analysis, and verifiable knowledge 
in all matters fairly within the compass of a 
mind of average intelligence. It was the weak- 
ness of the German educational system, so 
largely copied or adopted in this country, that 
it made respect for authority its cornerstone 
to the infinite harm of the countless many who 
fell victims to the soul-deadening policy of 
the Super-State. 

Kssentially progress and discovery depend, 
in the words of Karl Pearson, upon a dis- 
eiplined imagination and while “the man with 
no imagination may collect facts” it is equally 
true that “he cannot make great discoveries.” 
As perhaps the most illustrious examples, he 
cites Farraday and Darwin, who were both 


SCIENCE 


253 


fact gatherers but at the same time gifted with 
a brilliant imagination. But the imagination 
will fail unless it is a disciplined one, and all 
discipline leads, unconsciously perhaps, to the 
development of the critical faculty. Yet this 
faculty is to-day the least regarded—looked 
upon as mere fault-finding, when in very truth, 
in the words of Pearson, “Criticism is the es- 
sence of the scientific use of the imagination, 
in fact the very life blood of science.” 

An excellent practical illustration is HK. Ray 
Lankester’s essay on the “History and Scope 
of Zoology,” originally contributed to the Ninth 
Edition of the Encyclopedia Britannica. (Re- 
printed in his “Advancement of Science,” Lon- 
don, 1890). The author observes that ‘The 
possibility of verification established verifica- 
tion as a habit; and the collection of things 
(or facts) instead of the accumulating of re- 
ports (or mere information) developed a new 
faculty of minute observation.” But it did 
much more. It developed at the same time the 
judgment qualified to draw correct conclusions 
both as to the nature of things and causation. 
To-day there is the most serious danger that 
the ever-increasing amount of mere information 
on countless questions as wide apart as the 
universe, made accessible anywhere to those 
who can read—through books, newspapers, and 
motion pictures, will, in the absence of a clear 
recognition of the fundamental principles of 
the limitations of the human understanding, 
lead to hopeless confusion in matters essen- 
tial to every-day living. There was never a 
greater fallacy uttered than ‘Knowledge is 
Power,” for it is by no means mere knowledge 
or information that gives support to creative 
intelligence, but the understanding alone aids 
the disciplined imagination ever on the search 
for new truths or the larger and better use 
of the truths or facts already known. 

Sir E. Ray Lankester refers to the immense 
influence of the Royal Society in the seven- 
teenth century when “It laid down definite 
rules for its guidance, designed to ensure the 
collection of solid facts and the testing of 
statements embodying novel or remarkable 
conclusions.” Nothing would give more sub- 
stantial furtherance to the cause of truth than 


254 


if this practice were adapted to-day by all 
scientific bodies as a first essential to conserve 
the precious intellectual heritage of the past 
against the menace of falsification and error 
and ridicule. To-day, unfortunately, there is 
not the serious jealousy against the inroads of 
the imposter and amateur now into one branch 
of science, now into another. Conversely, there 
is need of a broader scientific spirit, of a more 
hearty encouragement of all seekers after truth, 
in place of the narrow-minded attitude so often 
displayed by men who could be of the greatest 
aid to those who are doing pioneer work out- 
side of the recognized field of the scientist of 
the academies. Sir HE. Ray Lankester illus- 
trates this point by calling attention to the 
fact that “The delay in the establishment of 
the doctrine of organie evolution was due not 
to the ignorant and unobservant but to the lead- 
ers of zoological and botanical science,” an 
attitude of hostility which has by no means 
passed away. 

I can not do better than draw one further 
observation from Sir E. Ray Lankester’s es- 
say: “Outside the scientific world an immense 
mass of observations and experiments had 
grown up in relation to this subject (genetics). 
From the earliest times the shepherd, the farm- 
er, the horticulturalist, and the ‘fancier’ had 
for practical reasons made themselves ac- 
quainted with a number of biological laws and 
successfully applied them without exciting more 
than an oceasional notice from the academic 
students of biology.” But, he adds, “It was 
one of Darwin’s great merits to have made use 
of these observations and to have formulated 
their results to a large extent as the laws of 
variation and heredity.” 

Over-specialization is developing a type of 
scientific mind as much to be guarded against 
as the credulous and ignorant. The limitations 
further emphasize the necessity of a broad 
scientific spirit anxious to give furtherance to 
the seeker after truth in whatever direction 
and by whatever methods useful results may 
be obtained. For, in its final analysis, every 
discovery rests primarily upon the power of 
observation or fact gathering, and discrimina- 
tion and aptitude in fact classification and 


SCIENCE 


' [Vou. LV, No. 1419 


analysis, which may or may not require the aid 
of modern instruments of precision. Modern 
man is only too apt to forget the vast achieve- 
ments of the ancients. The four greatest in- 
ventions of an earlier period were all made 
without the modern aids to scientific discovery, 
but by men gifted with a disciplined imagina- 
tion. Printing, Gunpowder, Steam, and the 
Compass did more to change the face of the 
world and the fortunes of mankind than Hlee- 
tricity, Wireless Telegraphy, Motion Pictures, 
and the Graphophone. 

The foregoing observations have been in- 
cluded in the present discussion to further em- 
phasize the view that a true organization of 
knowledge is essential to the future of scien- 
tifie discovery, as well as to the needs of the 
more complex life of to-day and of the years 
to come. But more than this would I try to 
make clear the conclusion that science in the 
more restricted technical sense should do more 
to encourage the development of science in the 
larger or more universal sense, and therefore 
enlist the aid of any and all means available 
in place of a narrow spirit of aloofness un- 
worthy of the aims and ideals of the sincere 
seeker after truth. 


FREDERICK L. Horrman 
THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE 
CoMPANY oF AMERICA, 
Newark, N. J. 


(To be concluded.) 


THE FIFTH YEAR OF THE TROPICAL 
RESEARCH STATION 


THe Fifth Expedition of the New York 
Zoological Society to the Tropical Research 
Station at British Guiana, sailed on the “Mara- 
val” on February first, with nine members 
under Director William Beebe. As in previous 
years, the chief assistant is Mr. John Tee-Van. 
Mr. Paul Howes, who was a member of the 
first expedition, will work on the field staff. 
The artist is Miss Mabel Cooper who is com- 
pleting her remarkable series of drawings from 
the life of living reptiles, amphibians and 
fishes. The party will continue tropical re- 
search at Kartabo until after the long rainy 


MarcH 10, 1922] 


season, when a sub-station will be established 
upriver at Kaieteur Falls for the study of this 
elevated fauna, which differs considerably from 
that of the coast. 

The researches of Director Beebe on the 

“syrinx of birds will be continued, as well as 

intensive studies on primitive living types in 
their environment, especially Peripatus, the 
hoatzins, the armored catfishes, and on the en- 
tire environmental complex. The remaining 
hoatzin material for the American Museum 
group will be collected and data completed for 
one hundred large colered plates to be issued 
in a series of volumes uniform in size with 
Director Beebe’s “Monograph of the Pheas- 
ants.” It is hoped that the Station may be kept 
open throughout the year and through the suc- 
ceeding winter of 1922-1923, to permit a num- 
ber of British zoologists to eome from England 
and begin work at the Station. Moving pic- 
tures of mammals, birds, and reptiles will be 
taken of all the subjects studied, and large 
mirrors have been secured for photographing 
in the deep jungle. 

The work in the Tropical Research Station 
during the year 1921 may be best presented in 
calendar form. From January 1 to March 15 
the expedition continued in the field, each mem- 
ber pursuing his or her particular line of re- 
search. Unusual discoveries were made in the 
Director’s study of the syrinx of birds, for 
example, that in certain decapitated birds every 
note can be reproduced by manipulation of the 
lungs and trachea. On February 12 an im- 
portant trip was made to Kaieteur Falls, the 
party including Mrs. Theodore Roosevelt and 
four members of the Station’s staff. Many new 
and interesting specimens were collected and the 
ground thoroughly surveyed for the establish- 
ment of a sub-station another year. The Falls 
are the highest in the world, eight hundred and 
ten feet in all, about five times as high as 
Niagara. Upon return to Kartabo the regular 
exploration and research were resumed. The 
expedition returned to New York in April. 
Owing to a very serious fire on board the 
steamer at St. Kitts, the entire collection, in- 


SCIENCE 


255 


struments and equipment required a thorough 
overhauling and repairing. The photographic 
negatives especially had to be removed from 
their envelopes and washed, and the micro- 
scope boxes reconstructed. The collection of 
live animals brought to the Zoological Park in- 
cluded the Crested Curassow, South American 
Rattlesnake, Boa, Giant Anteater, Capuchin 
Monkey and Caiman. The most notable was a 
young Red Howling Monkey, George by name, 
the first ever brought up successfully and es- 
tablished in the collections of the Zoological 
Society. 

The members of the 1921 expedition are now 
widely scattered. Professor J. F. M. Floyd 
returned to his department in the University 
of Glasgow; Dr. Alfred Emerson now holds the 
position of Assistant Professor in the Univer- 
sity of Pittsburgh, and Clifford Pope is engaged 
in herpetological work in central China with 
the American Museum Asiatic Expedition. 
During the period of May to December Director 
Beebe completed the manuscript and proof of 
Volume IIT of the Pheasant Monograph, and 
completely finished the manuscript of Volume 
IV. The entire British Guiana collections were 
catalogued, index files established, and much of 
the vast quantity of material arranged and cor- 
related ready for publication after another 
season’s accretions. Several weeks were de- 
voted to perfecting a new method of hand- 
colored lithography, which will be put into 
operation next year in issuing the series of 
one hundred large colored plates, together with 
life histories. During October to December, in 
aid of publicity, Director Beebe gave about 
twenty-five lectures in various cities, dealing 
with the work and activities of the Tropical 
Research Station. Addresses were also made 
before the New York Academy of Sciences, the 
American Geographical Society and the Annual 
Meeting of the Trustees of the New York 
Zoological Society. During the year twenty- 
six publications were issued. 

EEO! 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY, 
Frsruary 17, 1922 


256 


GRANTS FOR RESEARCH MADE BY 
THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION 
FOR THE ADVANCEMENT 
OF SCIENCE 


Tur Committee on Grants held its annual 
meeting in New York on January 1, 1922, and 
distributed four thousand dollars which was 
assigned by the council of the association for 
the current year. Three members of the com- 
mittee, Messrs. Crew, Parker, and Stebbins, 
having retired at the end of 1921, the present 
organization of the committee is: Robert M. 
Yerkes, Chairman; F. R. Moulton, Secretary ; 
EB. G. Conklin, C. Judson Herrick, Arthur B. 
Lamb, George T. Moore, EH. L. Nichols, and 
David White. 


Following is the list of grants for 1922: 


PHYSICS 

One hundred and fifty dollars to Professor 
A. W. Smith, Ohio State University, in support 
of his work on the latent heat of fusion and 
on the specific heat of metals. 

One hundred and fifty dollars to Professor 
L. R. Ingersoll, University of Wisconsin, in 
support of his work in magneto-optics. 

One hundred and fifty dollars to Professor 
F. C. Blake, Ohio State University, for partial 
payment toward the cost of an X-ray spectro- 
meter. 

CHEMISTRY 

Two hundred and fifty dollars to Dr. A. W. 
Rowe, Evans Memorial Hospital, Boston, for 
the study of the basal metabolic rate in -preg- 
nancy. 

Two hundred dollars to Professor Harold 
Hibbert, Yale University, for a study of the 
oxidation potentials in related organic sub- 
stances. 

One hundred dollars to Professor W. C. Rose, 
School of Medicine, University of Texas, in 
support of a study of blood changes in nephri- 
tis. 

ASTRONOMY 

Two hundred dollars to the American Asso- 
ciation of Variable Star Observers for a port- 
able house to go with the telescope purchased 
from a previous grant. 

One hundred dollars to Miss Caroline E. 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1419 


Furness, Vassar College, additional to previous 
grant for determining proper motions of stars. 
One hundred dollars to Dr. Sebastian Al- 
brecht, Dudley Observatory, additional to pre- 
vious grant for assistance in study of stellar 
spectra. 
GEOLOGY 

Two hundred and fifty dollars to M. Ferdi- 
nand Canu of Versailles, France, in further 
support of his work on bryozoa. 

One hundred and fifty dollars to Dr. August 
Foerste, High School, Dayton, Ohio, toward 
travel and office expense in the preparation and 
description of arctie fossil cephalopods. 


ZOOLOGY 

Two hundred and fifty dollars to Professor 
Hermann J. Muller, University of Texas, to 
carry out studies on mutations in flies. 

Two hundred dollars to Professor 8S. O. Mast, 
Johns Hopkins University, to carry on work 
on locomotion of ameba. 


BOTANY 

One hundred and twenty five dollars to Dr. 
Ralph C. Benedict, Brooklyn. Botanie Garden, 
in further support of a study of the fern genus 
Nephrolepis. 

Two hundred and fifty dollars in support of 
Botanical Abstracts for the current year. 

One hundred and twenty five dollars to Pro- 
fessor John T. Buchholz, University of Ar- 
kansas, in support of work on pollen tubes. 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Four hundred dollars to Professor Raymond 
Dodge, Wesleyan University, for the develop- 
ment of an instrument for recording eye move- 
ments. 

Three hundred dollars to Professor Franklin 
O. Smith, Johns Hopkins University, for the 
purchase of a monochromatic illuminator to be 
used in research on color vision. 


PHYSIOLOGY 

Two hundred dollars to Professor Fred T. 
Rogers, Baylor Medical College, for a study of 
the marsupial brain. 

Two hundred dollars to Professor Frank P. 
Knowlton, Syracuse University, in further 
support of the study of the blood flow and 
gaseous metabolism of the thyroid gland. 


Marcu 10, 1922 


One hundred and fifty dollars to Professor 
Frank A. Hartman, University of Buffalo, to 
aid in the further study of suprarenal insuf- 
ficiency. 

JOEL STEBBINS, 
Secretary Committee on Grants. 
Urpana, ILLInoIs 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
THE EXHIBITION OF THE ROYAL PHOTO- 
GRAPHIC SOCIETY 

Tur Royal Photographie Society of Great 
Britain is holding its sixty-seventh annual ex- 
hibition in September and October of this year. 
This is the most representative exhibition of 
photographie work in the world, and the sec- 
tion sent by American scientific men heretofore 
has sufficiently demonstrated the place held by 
this country in applied photography. It is 
very desirable that American scientific pho- 
tography should be equally well represented in 
1922, and, in order to enable this to do be done 
with as little difficulty as possible, I have 
arranged to collect and forward American work 
intended for the Scientific Section. 

This work should consist of prints showing 
the use of photography for scientific purposes 
and its application to spectroscopy, astronomy, 
radiography, biology, ete. Photographs should 
reach me not later than Thursday, June 15. 
They should be mounted but not framed. 

I should be glad if any worker who is able 
to send photographs will communicate with me 
as soon as possible so that I may arrange for 
the receiving and entry of the exhibit. 

A. J. Newton 
THe Eastman Kopak Company, 
Rocuester, N. Y. 


FRENCH EXCHANGE PROFESSORS IN 
ENGINEERING 

THE Pennsylvania Gazette reports that Pro- 
fessor Jaeques Cavalier, rector of the Univer- 
sity of Toulouse, has begun his term at the 
University of Pennsylvania as the first ex- 
change professor appointed by the minister of 
public instruction in France in aceordance with 
an arrangement made by the committee of 
American universities on exchange with France 
of professors of engineering and applied sci- 


SCIENCE 


257 


ence. The plans made by the committee stipu- 
late that the French exchange professor shall 
spend one month at each of the following uni- 
versities: Columbia, Cornell, Harvard, Johns 
Hopkins, Massachusetts Institute of Technol- 
ogy, University of Pennsylvania and Yale, and 
that a representative of American technical 
schools shall spend a year visiting and lecturing 
before the chief French engineering and tech- 
nieal schools. 

Professor Cavalier is an eminent scientist 
and well known as an investigator in the field 
of metallurgical chemistry. He was formerly 
professor of applied chemistry at the Univer- 
sity of Rennes, and he is now rector of the 
University of Toulouse. During the war he 
was attached to the ministry of munitions. 
Since his appointment to the post of rector of 
the University of Toulouse he has devoted much 
of his time to questions related to technical 
education. 

During his stay in America he hopes to 
thoroughly study the organization administra- 
tion and methods of instruction in our own 
schools and place before men interested in 
technical education the principles underlying 
seientifie education in France. It is believed 
that this exchange of professorships will serve 
to develop a cordial relationship between engi- 
neering and technical schools in both countries. 
Professor Cavalier will lecture before the staff 
and graduate students of the department of 
chemistry on questions related to his own in- 
vestigations in applied chemistry, and he will 
also deliver three illustrated lectures in French 
at Houston Hall on Wednesdays, Mareh 1, 
March 8 and March 15, on ‘The French univer- 
sities,” “Student life in France,” and the “Evo- 
lution and development of the French universi- 
ties.” Both as a savant and scholar, Professor 
Cavalier is well equipped to speak on the ad- 
vanced studies now carried on in French uni- 
versities, as well as to diseuss their organiza- 
tion. 

The committee of American universities has 
appointed as its representative in France this 
year Professor Arthur E. Kennelly, professor 
at Harvard and the Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology. Professor Kennelly has met with 
so much suecess in his mission that the number 


258 


of institutions to be visited by him has been 
doubled in order that more universities could 
hear his lectures on the development of scien- 
tific education in this country. 


OFFICERS OF ENGLISH SCIENTIFIC 
SOCIETIES 


Eections to office in English societies de- 
voted to physical sciences are reported in 
Nature as follows: 

The annual general meeting of the Physical 
Society of London was held on February 10, and 
the following officers and members of council 
were elected: President: Dr. A. Russell. Vice- 
presidents: Lord Rayleigh, Professor T. Mather, 
Mr. T. Smith, and Professor G. W. O. Howe. 
Secretaries: Mr. F. E. Smith, ‘‘Redeot,’’ St. 
James’s Avenue, Hampton Hill, and Dr. D. Owen, 
62 Wellington Road, Enfield. Foreign Secretary: 
Sir Arthur Schuster. Treasurer: Mr. W. R. 
Cooper. Librarian: Dr. A. O. Rankine. Other 
Members of Council: Mr. C. R. Darling, Pro- 
fessor OC. L. Fortescue, Dr. E. Griffiths, Dr. E. H. 
Rayner, Mr. J. H. Brinkworth, Mr. J. Guild, Dr. 
F. L. Hopwood, Dr. E. A. Owen, Dr. J. H. Vin- 
cent, and Dr. G. B. Bryan. 

The following officers and members of council 
of the Royal Astronomical Society were elected 
at the anniversary meeting on February 10: 
President: Professor A. 8. Eddington. Vice- 
presidents: Dr. J. L. E. Dreyer, Sir F. W. Dyson, 
Professor A. Fowler and Professor H. F. Newall. 
Treasurer: Col. E. H. Grove-Hills. Secretaries: 
Dr. A. C. D. Crommelin and the Rev. T. E. R. 
Phillips. Foreign Secretary: Professor H. H. 
Turner. Council: Professor A. E. Conrady, Dr. 
J. W. L. Glaisher, Mr. P. H. Hepburn, Mr. J. 
Jackson, Dr. H. Jeffreys, Professor F. A. Linde- 
mann, Dr. W. H. Maw, Professor T. R. Merton, 
Professor J. W. Nicholson. 

At the annual general meeting of the Royal 
Meteorological Society on January 18 the follow- 
ing officers were elected: President: Dr. C. 
Chree. Vice-presidents: Mr. ©. L. Brook, Mr. 
W. W. Bryant, Mr. R. H. Hooker and Dr. E. M. 
Wedderburn. Treasurer: Mr. W. Vaux Graham. 
Secretaries: Mr. J. S. Dines, Mr. L. F. Richard- 
son and Mr. Gilbert Thomson. Foreign Secre- 
tary: Mr. R. G. K. Lempfert. Council: Dr. J. 
Brownlee, Mr. D. Brunt, Mr. C. J. P. Cave, Mr. 
J. E. Clark, Mr. R. Corless, Mr. Francis Druce, 
Mr. J. Fairgrieve, Col. H. G. Lyons, Mr. Henry 
Mellish, Sir Napier Shaw, Dr. G. C. Simpson and 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1419 


Mr. F. J. W. Whipple. Communications should 
be addressed to the secretaries at 49 Cromwell 
Road, South Kensington, S.W.7. 


THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF CHINA 

On January 27, 1922, there was organized 
in the Geological Survey quarters in Peking, 
the Geological Society of China with 22 charter 
members (fellows). The aim of the society 
is to unite all working geologists in China into 
a scientific body for the advancement of the 
science of geology and its kindred subjects in 
general, and the geology of China in particular. 
The society will hold an annual meeting for 
the presentation and discussion of papers, for 
election of officers and transaction of business. 
Other meetings will be held during the year 
when deemed desirable. The membership con- 
sists of fellows and associates, the former com- 
prising active workers in geology and kindred 
sciences, including paleontology, mineralogy, 
petrology, mining geology, ete, the latter 
including advanced students in these sciences. 
The society will issue a publication under the 
name “Bulletin of the Geological Society of 
China.” The following officers have been 
elected : 

President: Dr. H. T. Chang. Vice-presidents: 
Dr. W. H. Wong and Professor J. S. Lee. Secre- 
tary: Mr. C. Y. Hsieh. Treasurer: Mr. H. T. Li. 
Councilors: Dr. VY. K. Ting, Dr. J. G. Andersson, 
Dr. A. W. Grabau, Professor Leigh Wang, Dr. 
C. Y. Wang (Hupeh), Mr. C. Tuan. 


THE SCHOOL OF HYGIENE AND PUBLIC 
HEALTH OF THE JOHNS HOPKINS 
UNIVERSITY 
As was noted in last week’s Scimnce the 
Rockefeller Foundation has made a gift of 
$6,000,000 to the Johns Hopkins University 
for endowment and buildings for the school of 

hygiene and public health. 

Since this school was opened in 1918 the 
Foundation had furnished the funds required 
for its maintenance from year to year. With 
the acceptance of the present gift the trustees 
of the university assume full responsibility for 
the future needs of the school as they develop. 

This new type of institution places emphasis 
upon the development of preventive medicine 
and upon the training of health officers. Under 


Marcu 10, 1922] 


the direction of Dr. William H. Welch the 
school has made substantial progress in the 
four years since it was established. Twenty- 
seven states and ten foreign countries are now 
represented in the student body numbering 131. 
The faculty of the school comprises scientists 
in the fields of bacteriology and immunology, 
sanitary engineering chemical hygiene, physio- 
logical hygiene, medical zoology, epidemiology, 
vital statistics and publie health administration. 

The regular courses of study lead to the de- 
grees of doctor of public health, doctor of 
science in hygiene, and bachelor of science in 
hygiene. A certificate in public health is given 
to those completing certain special courses. 
Short courses or institutes are provided for 
health workers in service who cannot be absent 
from their positions for more than a few weeks 
at a time. Last year thirty-six health officers 
from eight states took these short intensive 
courses. 

Up to this time the school has been housed 
in old buildings, situated in the center of the 
city of Baltimore, and formerly used by Johns 
Hopkins University for laboratories of physics, 
chemistry and biology. The present gift, in 
addition to providing endowment, will make 
possible the erection of the new building for 
the school on a site adjacent to the Johns Hop- 
kins Medical School and Hospital. 

Work on the main building, the plans for 
which already have been drawn, is expected to 
start this summer. It will be located on a site 
which has already been acquired at the south- 
east corner of Monument and Wolfe streets 
and is so designed as to admit of its liberal 
expansion. The contract for its erection will 
be let as soon as the architects, Archer & Allen, 
of Baltimore, have completed drawing the de- 
tailed specifications. 

The enterprise will be part of a general 
scheme of building to be started by the univer- 
sity this year, including in addition to the new 
school of hygiene, which will cost $1,000,000, 
$800,000 for the new Woman’s Clinic and a 
new pathological building, the contracts for 
which have already been let; $500,000 for a 
new chemical laboratory at Homewood and be- 
tween $400,000 and $500,000 for dormitories at 
Homewood. 


SCIENCE 259 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Dr. JoHN Casper BraNnneR, the distin- 
guished geologist, president emeritus of Leland 
Stanford University, died on March 1 at the 
age of 71 years. He was the second president 
of the university, sueceeding Dr. David Starr 
Jordan, who. now is chancellor emeritus. 


A MEETING to initiate the Gorgas Foundation 
Memorial was held at Birmingham, Ala., on 
March 4. Among the speakers was Sir Auck- 
land Geddes, the British ambassador, who said: 
“The name Gorgas will live long after the 
peoples of earth have forgotten the heroes of 
the world’s greatest war.” 


Dr. Husert Work has taken the oath of 
office as postmaster general. Dr. Work, whose 
home is at Pueblo, Colorado, is president of 
the American Medical Association. President 
Harding’s cabinet contains a physician and an 
engineer, which represents a new development 
of political institutions in the United States. 


Proressor Soton I. Barttey, of the Harvard 
College Observatory, sailed on March 1 from 
New York to Peru to take charge of the Har- 
vard astronomical station at Arequipa. He is 
accompanied by Mrs. Bailey and by , Miss 
Annie J. Cannon of the observatory staff. 


Dr. Henry H. Russy, who was forced 
through illness to quit the leadership of the 
Mulford Biological Exploration of the Amazon 
Basin, has arrived in New York, his health 
being now much improved. Dr. Rusby turned 
the leadership over to Dr. W. M. Mann, as- 
sistant curator of the Division of Insects, Na- 
tional Museum. Dr. O. E. White, of Brooklyn 
Botanical Gardens, has charge of the botanical 
work. 

Proressor Douaias W. JoHNsoN, of Colum- 
bia University, delivered the Heilprin Memo- 
rial Leeture before the Geographical Society 
of Philadelphia on March 1. Preceding the 
lecture, Professor Johnson received from Presi- 
dent Bryant the Elisha Kent Kane Medal, 
awarded to him by the council of the society. 


AccorpING to a press dispatch the Belgian 
geologist, Professor Scouppe, of the University 
of Ghent, has just returned from the Belgian 
Congo where he located two radium deposits, 


260 


said to be the richest in the world. Professor 
Scouppe christened the mineral “Curite.”’” The 
Belgian authorities have started the construc- 
tion of a plant at Hoboken near Antwerp, 
which, it is said, will produce one gram of 
radium from nine tons of the mineral. 


At a meeting of the C. M. Warren Com- 
mittee of the American Academy of Arts and 
Sciences, held on Tuesday, February 21, it was 
voted to make the following grants: To Pro- 
fessor R. F. Brunel, of Bryn Mawr College, 
$200 to assist him in his work on the study of 
the action of halogen hydrides on unsaturated 
compounds. To Professor V. K. Krieble, of 
Trinity College, $100 to aid his investigation 
of the nature of asphalts. It was voted by 
the committee that applications for grants 
would be considered at three stated meetings 
of the committee each year. Applications for 
grants should be in the hands of the chairman 
of the committee, Professor James F. Norris, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cam- 
bridge, by the first of February, May or No- 
vember. 


Mr. G. V. Cotcurster has been appointed 
to the post of geologist on the Geological Sur- 
vey of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan in succession 
to Mr. C. T. Madigan, who now holds a lec- 
tureship in geology at Adelaide University. 


Mr. Howarp T. Grapser has been elected 
secretary of the Digestive Ferments Company, 
Detroit. Mr. Graber retains his former duties 
as director of the Chemical Laboratory and 
chairman of the publicity committee. 


Mr. Epmunp B. Stites, formerly with the 
Subsurface Department of the Bureau of Heo- 
nomic Geology of the University of Texas, and 
W. Armstrong Price, formerly paleontologist 
for the West Virginia Geological Survey and 
lately with the Transcontinental Petroleum 
Company in Tampico, are now engaged in sub- 
surface studies for F. Julius Fohs, chief geolo- 
gist of the Humphreys Oil Company, at Dallas, 
Texas. 


Tue fifth Hanna lecture was delivered on 
February 24 at the Medical Library, Cleveland, 
by Professor Joseph Bareroft, F.R.S., fellow 
of Kings College, Cambridge, England, on the 


SCLENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1419 


subject of “The physiology of life at high alti- 
tudes.” 


Dr. A. C. CreHore, of the Nela Research 
Laboratory, gave a series of lectures from 
February 14 to 23 at the University of Illinois 
on the general subject: ‘Modern theories of 
the structure and behavior of atoms.” 


Dr. Lyman J. Brices, of the Bureau of 
Standards, gave an illustrated lecture before 
the Franklin Institute in Philadelphia on Feb- 
ruary 15, on “The resistance of the air.” 


Dr. Henry 8. WASHINGTON gave recently a 
series of four lectures to the students in the 
Geological Department of McGill University 
on the subjects of “The distribution of metals 
in the earth’s crust,’ ‘“Isostacy and rock de- 
formation,”  ‘Petrographical classification,” 
and “Co-magmatie regions.” 


Proressor Roger Apams, of the University 
of Illinois, lectured before the Columbus Sec- 
tion of the American Chemical Society on 
February 20 on “Synthetic drugs.” 


Mr. B. G. Laman, chief engineer of the 
Westinghouse Company, lectured at the Ohio 
State University on February 24, under the 
auspices of the University Branch of the 
American Institute of Electrical Engineers. 
Following the lecture, there was a smoker by 
the members of the Society for the Promotion 
of Engineering Education. Mr. Lamme, Mr. 
C. S. Coler, of the educational department of 
the Westinghouse Company, and Dr. W. H. 
Kennerson, of Brown University, addressed 
this meeting on various phases of engineering 
education. 


AppiTionaL lectures at the Brooklyn Botanic 
Garden this spring are as follows: On March 
23 at 3:30 p.m., “The flora of Greenland: Its 
affinity to surrounding Arctic lands and proba- 
ble history,’ Dr. Morton P. Porsild, director of 
the Danish Arctic Station, Disko, Greenland, 
and on April 16 at 4 p.m., “The virgin forest 
of Java,” by Professor J. P. Lotsy, director 
of the Museum, Haarlem, Holland. 


Mas. Jamus E. Miuus, U. 8. Army, delivered 
the following series of lectures at the Univer- 
sity of North Carolina on February 24 and 25: 


Marce# 10, 1922] 


“Chemical warfare,” to the student body; “The 
properties of a substance that determine its 
use in chemical warfare,” to the students of 
chemistry; ‘Chemical warfare—methods of 
attack and defense,” to the Elisha Mitchell 
Scientific Society. 


Dr. Frank Borromiry died of pneumonia 
on January 16 at the age of 47. Dr. Bottom- 
ley had done valuable work in chemistry and 
physies. As Nature notes, heredity and en- 
vironment conspired to make him a man of 
science. His great-grandfather was Dr. James 
Thomson, professor of mathematics in Glas- 
gow University; his great-uncles were Lord 
Kelvin and James Thomson, F.R.S., professor 
of engineering in Queen’s College, Belfast, and 
Glasgow University; while his father is the 
present Dr. James Thomson Bottomley, F.R.S., 
of Glasgow University. 


Tue President has approved a joint resolu- 
tion accepting the invitation of Brazil to par- 
ticipate in an international exposition to be held 
in Rio de Janeiro, from September to Novem- 
ber, 1922, in commemoration of the centenary 
of the independence of Brazil. A deficiency 
appropriation act approved December 15, 1921, 
carries an appropriation of $1,000,000 for this 
purpose. Under the terms of the joint reso- 
lution exhibits are provided of farming, cattle 
industry, mining, mechanics, transportation, 
communication, commerce, science, fine arts, 
forestry, fisheries, and manufacturing. 


AccorpiInG to the Journal of the American 
Medical Association, a society has been or- 
ganized at Freiburg i. B., the headquarters 
ix the publishing house of T. Fischer, which 
aims to publish the Bildarchiv, the purpose of 
which is to collect and make possible the ra- 
tional utilization of scientific illustrations for 
teaching and other purposes. Besides a cen- 
tral headquarters for negatives and illustra- 
tions, it is proposed to make possible the pub- 
lication of illustrations in a more perfect form 
than would be possible for private individuals. 


THE topics appointed for discussion at the 
next international congress on the history of 
medicine are: (1) The principal foci of epi- 
demic and endemie diseases of the middle ages 


SCIENCE 


261 


in the Occident and the classic Orient, and 
(2) The history of anatomy. The congress 
is to be held at London on July 24-29, 1922, 
Professor Singer, of Oxford, to preside. The 
officers of the International Society for the 
History of Medicine are Giordano, of Venice; 
Singer, of Oxford; Jeanselme and Menetrier, 
of Paris, with Tricot-Royer, president. Laignel- 
Lavastine is the secretary. His address is rue 
de Rome, 45, Paris. 


Tue Tenth International Congress of Oto- 
logy will be held in Paris from July 19 to 
July 22, 1922, under the patronage of M. 
Bernard, minister of education, and will be 
presided over by Professor Pierre Sebileau. 


PusuicaTion of the Geographic News Bul- 
letins, distributed weekly to schools for the 
past two years by the National Geographic 
Society through the Bureau of Education, but 
recently discontinued because of restriction of 
franking privilege by the Government, will be 
resumed. A charge will be made for postage. 


Tue trustees of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation have made an appropriation of $1,500 
to further meritorious research in subjects re- 
lating to scientific medicine and of practical 
interest to the medical profession, which other- 
wise could not be carried on to completion. 
Applications for small grants should be sent 
to the Committee on Scientific Research, Ameri- 
can Medical Association, 535 North Dearborn 
Street, Chicago, before March 15, 1922, when 
action will be taken on the applications at hand. 


THE Journal of the Washington Academy of 
Science reports that by a proclamation of 
President Harding, signed January 24, a 593- 
acre tract in the Nevada National Forest has 
been set aside as the Lehman Caves National 
Monument. The area remains a part of the 
National Forest, but can be used for no pur- 
pose which interferes with its preservation as 
a national monument. The caves are in a lime- 
stone formation at the base of Mt. Wheeler, 
at an altitude of 7,200 feet, and contain a re- 
markable series of stalactites and stalagmites. 


For the purpose of encouraging research 
work on glass, the research committee of the 


262 


Glass Division of the American Ceramic So- 
ciety has made arrangements for providing 
glass of desired composition and desired form 
for investigators in this field. The material 
will be supplied free of charge and no limita- 
tions as to the nature of the research will be 
imposed. The recipients of the material will 
be under no obligations except that of publica- 
tion of the results of their investigations. The 
committee, however, requests that wherever 
possible the Journal of the American Ceramic 
Society be given preference in reporting the 
results. Persons who are interested are re- 
quested to address their inquiries to one of the 
following members of the committee on re- 
search: EK. C. Sullivan, Corning Glass Works, 
Corning, New York; E. W. Washburn, Univer- 
sity of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois; R. B. Sos- 
man, Geophysical Laboratory, Washington, 
D. C. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


WituramMs CouLeGe alumni are planning to 
raise $1,500,000 during the coming spring. 
One million of this sum, of which $200,000 has 
been pledged as a contingent gift by the Gen- 
eral Education Board, is to provide adequate 
endowment for professors’ salaries. The re- 
maining $500,000 is to be used towards more 
complete facilities for physical education. 


NORTHWESTERN University has been noti- 
fied that the General Education Board, of New 
York (the Rockefeller Foundation) has appro- 
priated $600,000 for increase of faculty sala: 
ries, provided the university raises $1,400,000. 


Avr the Tulane University of Louisiana 
School of Medicine, New Orleans, it is planned 
to erect a new modern hospital on the univer- 
sity campus at a cost of between $1,000,000 
and $2,000,000. The hospital will be in con- 
nection with the medical school of the uni- 
versity. 

Strate appropriations of the New York legis- 
lature for the College of Agriculture at Ithaca 
include $83,000 for the construction of a new 
wing on the main building of the Veterinary 
Building, and $183,000 for equipment for the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1419 


new Dairy Building. This budget is some- 
what larger than usual and will permit more 
extension work by the college. 


Dr. Marton Epwarps Park, dean of Rad- 
cliffe College, has been elected president of 
Bryn Mawr College, to succeed M. Carey 
Thomas, who retires at the end of the present 
academic year. 


PROFESSOR WILLIAM F'. Oscoop, of the math- 
ematics department, has been appointed acting 
dean of the Graduate School of Arts and Sci- 
ence of Harvard University for the second half 
year. Dean Haskins is on leave of absence 
for that period so that he may recuperate after 
an attack of influenza. 


Proressor J. W. Barton, associate pro- 
fessor of psychology in the School of Educa- 
tion of the University of Idaho, has been pro- 
moted to a full professorship of psychology. 
Mr. C. W. Chenoweth (M.A., Harvard) has 
been elected associate professor of philosophy. 


Dr. Henri Ciaupe, associate professor and 
physician to the Saint-Antoine Hospital, has 
been appointed to the chair of clinical mental 
diseases and diseases of the brain in the Paris 
School of Medicine, to succeed the late Pro- 
fessor Dupré. 


Dr. Grorce J. Heuser, associate professor of 
surgery at the Johns Hopkins Medical School, 
has accepted the professorship of surgery in 
the Medical College of the University of Cin- 
cinnati. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
PRACTICABLE SUBSTITUTES FOR GRAIN 
ALCOHOL 

Use of ethyl or grain alcohol for laboratory 
purposes has long involved certain difficulties 
connected with securing it tax-free and pre- 
serving it for its intended uses only. Since the 
passage of the various prohibition statutes the 
observance of the necessary regulations govern- 
ing its use occasions far more trouble, while 
those who are interested in putting it to un- 
scientific uses make the guardianship of the 
precious fluid a serious responsibility. Sub- 


Marcu 10, 1922] 


stitutes for grain alcohol, which would be un- 
potable and free from internal revenue taxation 
and prohibition regulations, are greatly desir- 
able. Ordinary denatured alcohol, while use- 
ful for some laboratory purposes, is not satis- 
factory for most uses because of the character 
of the denaturants; and the use of a special 
denaturing formula is so involved in regula- 
tions as to be almost impossible. 

A considerable series of experiments has 
shown that isopropyl and chemically pure 
methyl alcohols will fulfill practically any use 
for which alcohol is needed in biological work. 
It is indicated that inhalation of fumes of iso- 
propyl alcohol does not have dangerous con- 
sequences; certainly, in any properly ventilated 
place the fumes would not be a danger. The 
experience of those who work in factories 
where methyl alcohol is produced, and who at 
times inhale the fumes in large quantity, shows 
that there is also little to be feared from its 
use in the laboratory. Experiments along this 
line are in progress. Probably most persons 
would prefer to use isopropyl alcohol for those 
purposes which might cause considerable quan- 
tities of the fumes to be inhaled. But both 
alcohols can be used with perfect safety for 
histological or other ordinary purposes. Out 
of consideration for those who consider alcohol 
a beverage all containers of both these alcohols 
should display warning labels. 

The commercial grade of isopropyl alcohol 
contains 91 to 92 per cent. of the alcohol, while 
the similar grade of ethyl alcohol is 95 to 96 
per cent. A purer grade of isopropyl alcohol, 
98 to 99 per cent., can be supplied by the manu- 
facturers, which can be made anhydrous by or- 
dinary procedures. 

“Chemically pure’? methyl alcohol is practi- 
cally anhydrous, and being less hygroscopic 
than ethyl alcohol is more useful and reliable 
for such purposes as dehydrating tissues than 
the anhydrous (“absolute”) ethyl alcohol. As 
it contains only a trace of acetone it is entire- 
ly without the disagreeable odor of ordinary 
wood alcohol. 

Both isopropyl and methyl alcohols have 
been tested against ethyl aleohol in the prepa- 
ration of reagents, and in histological work 


SCIENCE 


263 


done with such reagents and stains, as well as 
in the preservation of museum specimens. No 
differences could be detected in favor of either 
of them, except that the methyl alcohol proved 
much more satisfactory as a dehydrating agent. 

In addition to the advantage that methyl and 
isopropyl alcohols have of being free from 
vexatious regulations and the danger of ir- 
regular use, they possess the additional merit 
of competing in price with the tax-free com- 
mercial ethyl alcohol. 


LAWRENCE BH. GRIFFIN 
REED COLLEGE 


IRIDESCENT CLOUDS 

Own the afternoon of January 2], beginning 
before four and lasting perhaps an hour, an 
unusual set of iridescent cloud phenomena was 
seen in the southwest. Low in the sky, part- 
ly hiding the sun, were thick clouds edged 
with brilliant gold, which remained practically 
stationary. Higher up the sky was for the 
most part clear, with occasional cirro-cumulus 
clouds, many finger-shaped and pointing down- 
ward to a point north of the sun. The edges 
of these clouds were quite definite, and sur- 
rounding the tips and sides were two or three 
alternate narrow parallel bands of bright pink 
and green, the outer band in most eases being 
pink and the color extending at times 45° from 
the sun. Some of the clouds showed floceulent 
edges, giving an appearance of a colored fringe 
and one cloud broke up entirely into horizon- 
tal flecks and disappeared as it passed the 
zenith. Besides these were detached clouds 
which showed brilliant iridescent colors 
throughout the whole. One thin flocculent cloud 
showed small uniformly distributed flecks of 
pink and green, a larger one showed four ir- 
regular vertical bands of pink and green which 
covered the whole cloud, several glowed with 
lurid irregular patches of colors such as are 
seen in a thin film of oil on water. In one case 
a small spot of dark rose appeared against a 
misty blue background, rapidly grew into a 
pillar of vivid mottled colors, and then 
stretched out toward the northeast to form a 
white streamer all the way across the sky, its 
western portion being bordered with the 
characteristic pink and green bands. 


264 


These colors appear to be characteristic inter- 
ference effects. Stoney! describes almost iden- 
tical phenomena and states the conditions under 
which there would be formed erystals of such 
orientation and thickness that light reflected to 
the observer from the front and back surfaces 
of the erystal would produce interference. The 
explanation based on diffraction which McCon- 
nel2 offers in criticism of Stoney’s article does 
not seem to fit the phenomena observed here. 
His theory does satisfactorily explain the effects 
which he observed during a winter spent where 
similar phenomena were frequent, but there 
the brightest colors were within a range of 
from 3° to 7 from the sun and the farthest 
distance at which he could ever detect any color 
was 23°. He says that according to Stoney’s 
theory the most brilliant effects might reason- 
ably be expected somewhere about 20°-30° from 
the sun “for which we should look in’ vain.” 
There were in this case few if any iridescent 
colors within the area where he found them 
most brilliant, and certainly beyond 23° they 
were very brilliant. It would therefore appear 
that there are these two different types of 
phenomenon. 

Masri A. CHASE 
Mount Houyoxr COLLEGE, 
SourH Hapiry, Mass. 


QUOTATIONS 


THE PROPOSED SUPPRESSION OF THE 
TEACHING OF EVOLUTIONI1 

THe mode of origin of species was prac- 
tically discovered by a little-known German 
paleontologist by the name of Waagen in 1869, 
but, like the great discovery of Mendel in 
heredity, this truth has been long in making 
its way, even among biologists. Waagen’s ob- 
servations that species do not originate by 
chance or by accident, as Darwin at one time 
supposed, but through a continuous and well- 
ordered process, has since been confirmed by 
an overwhelming volume of testimony, so that 

1 Phil. Mag., s. 5, Vol. 24, p. 87. 

2 Phil. Mag., s. 5, Vol. 24, p. 423. 

1 Extracts from articles in the New York Times 
for March 5, in answer to the article by Mr. 


Bryan from which extracts were printed in the 
last issue of ScIENCE. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1419 


we are now able to asemble and place in order 
line after line of animals in their true evolu- 
tionary succession, extending, in the case of 
what I have called the édition de luxe of the 
horses, over millions of years. We speak to the 
earth from Hocene times onward to the closing 
age of man, and it always teaches us exactly 
the same story. These facts are so well known 
and make up such an army of evidence, that 
they form the chief foundation of the statemeni 
that evolution has long since passed out of the 
domain of hypothesis and theory, to which Mr. 
Bryan refers, into the domain of natural law. 

Evolution takes its place with the gravita- 
tion law of Newton. It should be taught in 
our schools simply as Nature speaks to us 
about it, and entirely separated from the opin- 
ions, materialistic or theistic, which have clus- 
tered about it. This simple, direct teaching of 
Nature is full of moral and spiritual force, if 
we keep the element of human opinion out of it. 
The moral principle inherent in evolution is 
that-nothing can be gained in this world with- 
out an effort; the ethical principle inherent in 
evolution is that the best only has the right 
to survive; the spiritual principle in evolution 
is the evidence of beauty, of order, and of de- 
sign in the daily myriad of miracles to which 
we owe our existence. This is my answer to 
Mr. Bryan’s very natural solicitude about the 
influence of evolution in our schools and col- 
leges—a solicitude not inherent in the subject 
itself, but in the foolishness and conceit of 
certain of the teachers who are privileged to 
teach of the processes of life. 

It would not be true to say that the evolution 
of man rests upon evidence as complete as 
that of the horse, for example, because we have 
only traced man’s ancestors back for a period 
of 400,000 years, as geologic time was con- 
servatively estimated in 1893 by Secretary 
Walcott of the Smithsonian Institution, Wash- 
ington; whereas, we have traced the horse back 
for a period of 3,000,000 years, according to 
similar estimates of geologic time. 

The very recent discovery of Tertiary man, 
which I have just described in Natural History 
(November-December, 1921), living long be- 
fore the Ice Age, certainly capable of walking 
in an erect position, having a hand and a foot 
fashioned like our own, also a brain of sufli- 


Marcu 10, 1922] 


cient intelligence to fashion many different 
kinds of implements, to make a fire, to make 
flint tools which may have been used for the 
dressing of hides as clothing, constitutes the 
most convincing answer to Mr. Bryan’s call for 
more evidence. It once more reminds us of the 
ignorance of man of the processes of Nature, 
and sets a new boundary beyond which digging 
in the earth for more of truth must be directed. 
This Foxhall man, found near Ipswich, Eng- 
land, thus far known only by the flint imple- 
ments he made and his fire, is the last bit of 
evidence in the direction of giving man a 
descent line of his own far back in geologic 
time. It tends to remove man still further 
from the great lines which led to the man apes, 
the chimpanzee, the orang, the gorilla and the 
gibbon. This is not guess work, this is a fact. 
It is another truth which we shall have to 
accept regardless of its effect. No naturalist 
has ever ventured to place man so far back in 
geologic time as this actual discovery of the 
Foxhall man places him. In this instance 
again truth is stranger than hypothesis or 
speculation. 

Nearer to us is the Piltdown man, found not 
far from 75 miles to the southwest of Ipswich, 
England; still nearer in geologic time is the 
Heidelberg man, found on the Neckar River: 
still nearer is the Neanderthal man, whom we 
now know all about—his frame, his head form, 
his industries, his ceremonial burial of the 
dead, also evidence of his belief in a future 
existence; nearer still is the Cro-Magnon man, 
who lived about 30,000 years ago, our equal if 
not our superior in intelligence. This chain of 
human ancestors was totally unknown to Dar- 
win. He could not have even dreamed of such 
a flood of proof and truth. It is a dramatic 
circumstance that Darwin had within his reach 
the head of the Neanderthal man without real- 
izing that it constituted the “missing link” hbe- 
tween man and the lower order of creation. All 
this evidence is to-day within reach of every 
schoolboy. It is at the service of Mr. Bryan. 
It will, we are convinced, satisfactorily answer 
in the negative his question: “Is it not more 
rational to believe in the creation of man by 
separate act of God than to believe in evolu- 
tion without a particle of evidence?” 


Henry FAIRFIELD OsSBoRN 


SCIENCE 


265 


Is it any more degrading to hold that man 
was made through a long line of animal an- 
cestry than to believe that he was made directly 
from the dust? Surely the horse and the dog 
and the monkey belong to higher orders of ex- 
istence than do the clod and the stone. Whether 
we accept the teachings of evolution or the 
most literal interpretation of the Biblical ac- 
count we are compelled to recognize the fact 
that our bodily origin has been a humble one; 
as Sir Charles Lyell once said, “It is mud or 
monkey.” But this lowly origin does not 
destroy the dignity of man; his real dignity 
consists not in his origin but in what he is and 
in what he may become. 

If only the theological opponents of evolu- 
tion could learn anything from past attempts 
to confute science by the Bible they would be 
more cautious. It was once believed univer- 
sally that the earth was flat and that it was 
roofed over by a solid “firmament,” and when 
scientific evidence was adduced to show that 
the earth was a sphere and that the “firma- 
ment” was not a solid roof, it was denounced 
as opposed to the Scriptures. Those who 
have visited the Columbian Library in the 
Cathedral of Seville will recall the Bible of 
Columbus with marginal notes in his own 
handwriting to prove that the sphericity of 
the earth was not opposed to the Seriptures, 
and a treatise written by him while in prison 
to pacify the Inquisition. To-day only Voliva 
and his followers at Zion City maintain that 
the earth is flat, and the heavens a solid dome, 
because this is apparently taught by the 
Seriptures. 

The central position of the earth in the uni- 
verse with all heavenly bodies revolving around 
it was held to be as certain as holy writ. All 
the world knows the story of “Starry Galileo 
and His Woes” at the hands of the Inquisition, 
but the Copernican theory was opposed not 
only by the Roman Catholic Church, but also 
by the leaders of the Reformation. Martin 
Luther denounced it as “the work of a fool’’; 
Melanchthon declared that it was neither hon- 
est nor decent to teach this pernicious doctrine, 
and that it should be repressed by severe 
measures, and John Wesley declared that it 
“tended toward infidelity.” Even as late as 
1724 the Newtonian theory of gravity was 


266 


assailed by eminent authorities as “atheistic,” 
since “it drove God out of His universe and 
put a law in His place.” 

The conflict between geology and Genesis 
as to the days of creation and the age of the 
earth lasted until the middle of the last cen- 
tury, and students of Dana’s geology will re- 
call the reconciliation between the two which 
that great man devoutly undertook. But, by 
the ultra-orthodox, he and other Christian 
geologists were denounced as infidels and as 
impugners of the sacred record. It took three 
hundred years to end this conflict, if it may be 
said to be wholly ended now, but certainly no 
intelligent person now believes that the earth 
was made just 5,926 years ago and in six literal 
days. 

And now comes Mr. Bryan in this twentieth 
century of enlightenment preaching a new 
auto de fe, attempting to establish an inquisi- 


tion for the trial of science at the bar of the-: 


ology! He proposes to prohibit the teaching 
of evolution by fine and imprisonment, to 
repeal a law of nature by a law of Kentucky. 
He proposes to gather into the fold of his 
narrow theology all existing public and private 
schools, colleges and universities and to allow 
evolutionists and agnostics to found their own 
schools. In view of the fact that, with the 
exception of a few sectarian institutions, all 
our colleges and universities are dedicated to 
“the inerease and diffusion of knowledge among 
men,” that for a generation at least they have 
turned away from the teaching of dogmatic 
theology to the cultivation of science, litera- 
ture and art, that they have during this period 
received great benefactions for the expressed 
or implied purpose of carrying on this work 
in the spirit of freedom to seek, to find and to 
teach the truth as God gives men to see the 
truth—in view of these considerations it may 
well be asked whether it would not be more 
fitting for Mr. Bryan to establish his own 
institution for teaching his own views of sci- 
ence and theology, as Dowie, for example, did 
at Zion City, rather than to attempt to convert 
existing institutions to that purpose. 

Scientific investigators and productive schol- 
ars in almost every field have long since ac- 
cepted evolution in the broadest sense as an 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1419 


established fact. Science now deals with the 
evolution of the elements, of the stars and solar 
system, of the earth, of life upon the earth, of 
various types and species of plants and ani- 
mals, of the body, mind and society of man, of 
science, art, government, education and reli- 
gion. In the light of this great generalization 
all sciences, and especially those which have 
to do with living things, have made more 
progress in the last half century than in all 
the previous centuries of human history. Even 
progressive theology has come to regard evo- 
lution as an ally rather than as an enemy. 

In the face of all these facts, Mr. Bryan and 
his kind hurl their medieval theology. It 
would be amusing if it were not so pathetic 
and disheartening to see these modern defend- 
ers of the faith beating their gongs and firing 
their giant crackers against the ramparts of 
science. © 

EpwiIn Grant CONKLIN 


NOTES ON WOODS 


WEST INDIAN BOXWOOD 

TueERE has been much confusion regarding 
the identity of the so-called West Indian box- 
woods. One of the first on the market was the 
“amarillo” of Venezuela, Aspidosperma Var- 
gasti DC. (Apocynacee), but this has been 
very largely superseded by the “zapatero,” 
Casearia precox Griseb. (Samydacee or 
Flacourtiacee). A third, the “baitoa’”’ of San 
Domingo, appears on the market in consider- 
able quantity, though it is inferior in quality 
to the other two. It has just been determined 
that this wood is produced by Phyllostylon 
brasiliensis Capanema (=P. rhamnoides 
Taubert = Samaroceltis rhamnoides Poisson) 


' of the family Ulmacew. It occurs not only in 


Hispaniola and eastern Cuba but also in Brazil 
and Argentina. The important distinguishing 
features of this wood are as follows: (1) About 
half of the vessels are filled with calcium car- 
bonate. (2) The wood fibers are supplied with 
a thick gelatinous layer. (3) The vessel seg- 
ments, wood parenchyma strands and some of 
the rays are in horizontal seriation. The 
“ripple marks” are not always distinct in the 
wood but are readily visible on the surface of 


Marcu 10, 1922] 
the inner bark. (See Bul. Tor. Bot. Cluh, 
48: 297-306). 

The statement, which appears so persistent- 
ly in books, that West Indian boxwood is 
supplied by Tabebuia, (Tecoma) pentaphylla 
B. & H. f. (Bignoniacee), is incorrect. 
Authentic specimens of the wood of this species 
have been examined by the writer and they 
have none of the characters of a boxwood. 
This error arose in 1884 and was due to an im- 
proper identification of a specimen of ‘“zapa- 
tero” in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. The 
correct identity of this wood was established 
twenty years later but the error persists. (See 
Kew Bul. Mise. Inf., 1904, pp. 11-12, and 
1914, pp. 214-219). 

BRAZILIAN TULIP-WOOD 

Tus beautiful wood has been used for a 
great many years for inlay and cabinet work. 
In typical specimens the background of yel- 
low is striped with rose-red; in others the red 
predominates. In a paper on “Storied or tier- 
like structure of certain dicotyledonous woods” 
(Bull. Tor. Bot. Club, 46:260) the writer made 
this statement : 

“The only representative of the Lythracee 
ineluded in the list is Physocalymma scaber- 
rimum Pohl, variously known as Brazilian 
tulip-wood, rose wood, ‘pdo de rosa,’ ‘cego 
machada,’ ‘grao de poreo’ and ‘sebastiao de 
arruda.’ Writers all seem to be in agreement 
in referring this wood to the species men- 
tioned, but the specimens examined by the 
writer, which are evidently the same as those 
described by Wiesner (Rohstoffe d. Pflanzen- 
reiches, 2:975), appear to belong to the Le- 
guminose. They certainly do not resemble 
other available material of the Lythracee.” 

Very. recently, through the courtesy of the 
New. York Botanical Garden, the writer 
had opportunity to study the wood of Physo- 
calymma and was enabled to determine posi- 
tively that the Brazilian tulip-wood of com- 
merce is not of that genus. Unquestionably 
it is a legume but exact identification is not 
at the moment possible. 


COFFEE-W00D 
THE wood principally used in the manu- 


facture of umbrella handles comes mostly 


SCIENCE 


267 


from Venezuela where the name “granadillo” 
seems to be applied to it. In the New York 
trade it is known as “coffee-wood” or “brown 
ebony’; also as “mesquite.” In European 
markets it is called “partridge-wood.” <All of 
these names, with the exception perhaps of 
“coffee-wood,” are also applied to entirely 
different woods. 

The identity of this wood has not been posi- 
tively determined, but from the evidence at 
hand it appears to be Cesalpinia Ebano Karst. 
This wood is known as “ebano” in Venezuela 
as is also that of C. punctata Willd. The 
writer has not had opportunity to examine the 
latter but the structure and properties of 
C. Ebano agree very closely with that of the 
wood on the market. 

It is said that part of the trade is supplied 
by a wood from Mexico but no samples known 
to be of this source are available for com- 
parison. 

ROSEWOOD 

THERE are many woods on the market under 
the name of “rosewood.” Some derive the 
name from the scent of ‘the wood, others from 
the color, and still others for no apparent 
reason at all. 

The Surinam rosewood or “rozenhout” owes 
its name to its fragrance and is the source of 
an essential oil of commerce. The identity of 
this wood has only recently been established 
by Gonggrijp (De Indische Mereuur, Apr. 23 
and 20, 1920) as Aniba sp. (near panurensis 
Mez.). 

The true Brazilian rosewood has been vari- 
ously aseribed to the genera Jacaranda, Dal- 
bergia, and Macherium. The first is an error 
arising from a confusion of the local name, 
“Jacaranda,” with the generic. A specimen 
of the true rosewood collected by Mr. H. M. 
Curran with botanical specimens has been iden- 
tified as Dalbergia nigra Fr. All. Certain 
varieties are recognized in the trade, based 
largely on variations in color, but the strue- 
ture indicates a single species. There are other 
woods called ‘“jacarandé” in Brazil which .are 
likely species of Macherium but they lack the 
scent of the true rosewood and are distinct 
in strueture from it. 


268 


The botanical status of the Honduras “rose- 
wood,’ which is considered the best wood in 
the world for xylophone bars, has not been 
determined. It is unquestionably one of the 
Leguminose and may prove to be a species 
of Dalbergia. 


COCOBOLO 


Tuts wood, which is used so extensively in 
the manufacture of knife handles, comes from 
Panama, Costa Rica, Nicaragua and Mexico. 
The tree in Panama has been positively deter- 
mined as Dalbergia retusa Hemsley, and the 
wood is exported as “rosewood”; the Nicara- 
guan species is Dalbergia hypoleuca Pittier in 
ed. and is locally known as “nnambar”; that of 
Mexico, called “granadillo,” is very likely a 
new species. 

Workmen in factories where cocobolo is 
used are likely to suffer from an acute derma- 
titis resembling ivy-poisoning. Many are ap- 
parently immune while others are highly sus- 
ceptible. A person once infected becomes 
more rather than less susceptible to the poison. 
The only known means of infection is through 
the fine dust arising in working the wood. 
Some investigators believe the irritation is due 
to an oil, others to an alkaloid. (See Raw 
Material, 4: 11: 402-406, November, 1921, for 
fuller account). According to Boorsma 
(L’Institut Botanique de Buitenzorg, 14: 19, 
1902) small amounts of alkaloid oceur in the 
following species: Dalbergia litoralis Hassk, 
D. Junghuhnii Benth., and D. Championii. 

The East Indian satinwood, Chloroxylon 
Swietenia DC., causes a dermatitis very simi- 
lar to that from cocobolo. (See Cash, Brit. 
Med. Jour., Oct. 7, 1911). An alkaloid, chloro- 
xylin, has been found which is considered to 
be the source of the infection. (Manson Ault, 
J. Chem. Soc. 1909, 95:964). 


“REDWOOD” AND SATINE 

THE “redwood” or “quira” of Panama has 
been determined to be Platymiscium dubium 
Pittier. A wood of similar structure from 
Nicaragua is on the New York market under 
the name of “Yama cocobolo” or “Yama rose- 
wood.” It is also ealled “leather-wood.” 

The “redwood” of Brazil is from the tree 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1419 


named Brosimum parense by Huber. It is 
known locally as “muirapiranga” and ‘“conduru 
de sangue” and is similar to the Peruvian “palo 
de sangre.” It is not now on our market but 
dealers are in receipt of samples which in- 
dicate that it may be expected. The name of 
“Brazilian cardinal wood” has been suggested 
for it. It has good cabinet qualities and re- 
tains its bright red or cardinal color. It is 
much lke, and may prove to be identical with, 
the “satiné” or “bois de féroles’” of French 
Guiana. Owing to the confusion of the names 
“bois de féroles” with the generic name Ferolia, - 
the satiné has been incorrectly ascribed to 
Ferolia (Parinarium guaianensis Aubl. (Rosa- 
cee). (See Stone’s “Les bois utilés de la 
Guyane Franeaise.” Ann. d. Musee Col. de 
Marseille, 1917). 

Wood specimens of satiné rulianné have 
been received from the Forest Service of Suri- 
nam and agree perfectly with the material 
described by Stone (loc. cit.) under that name. 
Leaves and twigs from the same tree as the 
wood specimens have been examined by Dr. 
Standley of the Smithsonian Institution and 
he says that the material agrees best with 
Brosimum paraense Huber, though in the ab- 
sence of fruit (which the Conservator of For- 
ests has undertaken to procure) such identifi- 
cation is only provisional. If this identifica- 
tion proves to be correct it will likely follow 
that Aublett’s Ferolia guianensis is a synonym, 
since his description seems to fit this tree. 

The satiné rubanné growing in the tropical 
rain forest of Surinam attains a diameter of 
two feet and has a white latex in the bark. The 
Arowak Indians call it “oolemeriballi,” “wari- 
miaballi,” and “sokonéballi,’ while the negro 
letterwood-hunters have named it ‘ajeersi,” 
meaning “it looks like it,’”’ that is, it looks like 
the letterwood or snakewood 
guianensis Aubl.). 


(Piratinera 


KAKATARA-BALLI 


TuIs is a dull-white wood of British Guiana 
described by Stone and Freeman as No. 46 
in their list of Timbers of British Guiana. A 
microscopic examination reveals that the 
ground mass is composed of spiral fiber- 
tracheids, the vessels have scalariform perfora- 


Marcu 10, 1922 


tions with many bars, and the rays are large 
and composite or heterogeneous. The natural 
conclusion is that this wood must be from 
some species of Ilex. 

This finding has since been confirmed by the 
Forestry Officer of British Guiana. 

SAMUEL J. RECORD 

YALE UNIVERSITY 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
GENETICS OF THE VIENNA WHITE RABBIT 
In the second edition of his text-book!, Dr. 
Erwin Baur described a cross between two 
white varieties of rabbit which produced 
colored young. One of the white varieties is 
the familiar pink-eyed albino, the other is 


called Vienna White and is deseribed by Baur ~ 


as differing from the albino variety only in 
the color of the eyes, which are blue. He ex- 
plains the production of colored young in this 
cross as due to the complementary action of 
two independent color factors, like the well 
known cases among plants in which a cross 
between two white-flowered varieties produces 
progeny bearing colored flowers. 

It happens that the colored young rabbit 
figured by Baur as resulting from the cross 
was Dutch marked, and this led Punnett to 
suppose that the blue-eyed white parent was 
really a Dutch rabbit in which the white areas 
had attained a maximum extension so as to 
cover the entire coat. This interpretation 
seemed reasonable to me until I recently ob- 
tained in some breeding experiments animals 
similar to Baur’s Vienna Whites, when it be- 
came clear that they have no relation to Duteh 
marking, and also that the relation of Vienna 
White to albinism is much closer than Baur 
had supposed. 

The color factor of Vienna White is in fact 
an allelomorph of albinism. If Baur had used 
in the cross with Vienna White an albino 
whose parents were yellow, he would not have 
obtained colored young but only blue-eyed 
whites or albinos, which result would have 
shown that the two white varieties are not due 


1 Hinfiihrung in die experimentelle Vererbungs- 
lehre, Berlin, 1914. 


SCIENCE 


269 


to complementary factors but to allelomorphic 
conditions of one and the same factor. 

The case is strictly analogous with that of 
the silver agouti guinea-pig as worked out by 
Castle and Wright? several years ago. The 
so-called color factor has in guinea-pigs several 
allelomorphic states, as shown by Wright. 
The two with which we were then concerned 
produce respectively (1) the ordinary albino or 
all-white coat associated with pink-eyes and 
(2) a condition in which the coat develops 
black pigment but no yellow pigment, and the 
eyes are red, not pink. By suitable crosses the 
gene for yellow coat can be introduced into the 
red-eyed variety. But since (1) the gene for 
yellow inhibits the development of black pig- 
ment in the coat and (2) the gene for red-eye 
(the color allelomorph) inhibits the develop- 
ment of yellow in the coat, it follows that the 
coat, in what is genetically a red-eyed yellow 
animal, contains neither black nor yellow pig- 
ment and so is white. Only the red eye-color 
then serves to distinguish the animal from an 
albino. It is in facet a red-eyed white in ap- 
pearance, but genetically is a red-eyed yellow 


and if crossed with yellow animals will pro- 


duce yellow young. 

Now in rabbits we have a strictly parallel 
situation. The chinchilla* rabbit corresponds 
with the red-eyed silver agouti guinea-pig. Its 
coat contains black pigment but not yellow. 
If we cross chinchilla with albino, we obtain 
chinchilla young, not gray, indicating that chin- 
chilla and albinism are allelomorphs, not com- 
plementary factors. If the albino parent car- 
ries the gene for yellow coat, then in F, we 
chinchillas, albinos, and “blue-eyed 

The last are obviously yellow chin- 
chillas. I have not been able to obtain as yet 
the Vienna White variety from Europe, but 
those who have them can easily put this inter- 
pretation to the test by crossing Vienna White 
with a yellow coated variety. If my interpreta- 
tion is correct, they will obtain yellow young 


obtain 
whites.” 


from the cross. 
2 Carnegie Institution of Wash., Publ. No. 241, 
1916. 


3 Castle, W. E., Genetics of the 
rabbit, Science, April 22, 1921. 


chinchilla 


270 


But the reader may inquire, how was it that 
Baur obtained a black-coated rabbit by ecross- 
ing Vienna White with albino. The answer 
is that the rabbit which he figured was not an 
ordinary black but a black chinchilla. Ex- 
amined critically the coat would, I think, have 
been found to be not jet black, but sepia, and 
the eyes to give a red reflection indicating less 
heavy pigmentation than ordinary black. Baur 
gives evidence of the less heavy pigmentation 
of the eye in Vienna White by calling the eye 
“blue.” We have noted the same fact in guinea- 
pigs but have stressed the increased red re- 
flection in calling the eye “red.’”’ The non- 
agouti red-eyed guinea-pig has been called 
“sepia” by Wright to distinguish it from or- 
dinary black. Similarly one might call the 
black chinchilla rabbit “sepia.” I have obtained 
such individuals in F, from the cross of chin- 
ehilla with albino. 

W. E. Castie 
Bussey INSTITUTION, 
FERBUARY 16, 1922. 


THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF 
AGRONOMY 


The program of the annual meeting held at 
New Orleans, La., November 7-8, 1921, was as 
follows: . 


Monpay, NoveMBER 7 
Symposium on Nitrogen in Its Relation to Soils 
and Crops 


Leader: J. G. Lipman 

Our inventory of soil nitrogen: OC. F. Marsur. 

The effect of timothy on the disappearance of 
nitrates: JAMES A. BizzELu. 

Nitrogen economy in soils: FirMAN E. Berar. 

The nitrogen inventory as affected by livestock 
versus grain farming: C. G. WILLIAMS. 

Green manuring in relation to the nitrogen con- 
tent of soils: M. J. FUNCHESs. 

Nitrogen in relation to crop production in the 
Middle West: S. D. ConNER. 

The influence of calcic magnesic materials upon 
the outgo of nitrates in lysimeter leachings: 
W. H. MacIntire. 

A glance at the present and future supplies of 
fertilizer nitrogen: S. B. HASKELL. 

Agricultural and commercial values of nitrogenous 
plant foods: A. W. Bua. 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1419 

Monpay EvENING 
Annual dinner. Presidential address: ‘‘The 
agronomic placement of varieties,’’ Chas. A. 


Mooers, agronomist and vice-director, Tennessee 
Agricultural Experiment Station. 


TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 8 
Symposium on Teaching Crops and Soils Courses. 
Leader: L. E. Call. 

Some of the teaching problems of the Southern 
agronomist: J. R. FAIn. 

Progress in standardizing the elementary courses 
im soils: M. F. M1nurr. 

A plea for experimental work on methods in 
crops teaching: S. B. HASKELL. 

What should constitute the recitation work of a 
five-year course in elementary farm crops: 
W. C. ETHERIDGE. 

Report of the committee on intercollegiate crops 
contests: A. C. ARNY. 


TUESDAY AFTERNOON 
General Agronomic Papers. 

The terminology of the subdivisions of agricul- 
ture and some of the broader factors relating 
to plant production: C. V. PripEr. 

The salt requirements of agricultural plants: 
A. G. McCat. 

The standardization of field experiments: A. T. 
WIANCKO. 

The control of cotton diseases by the use of pot- 
ash fertilizers: L. E. Rast. 

The influence of fertilizers on yield and maturity 
of soybeans: Gro. L. SCHUSTER. 

A new muck soil problem and its solution: M. E. 
SHERWIN, R. B. ErHeripcr, A. DUNHAM. 

Soil types as a basis for soil investigations: P. E. 
Brown. 

The potassium-nitrogen ratio of red clover as 
influenced by potassic fertilizers: PAuL EMER- 
son, JOHN BARTON. - 

The following were elected officers of the 
society for the ensuing year: 

L. E. Call, Manhattan, Kansas, president. 

D. E. Stephens, Moro, Oregon, first vice-presi- 
dent. 

A. B. Conner, College Station, Texas, second 
vice-president. 

P. E. Brown, Ames, Iowa, secretary-treasurer. 

C. A. Mooers, Knoxville, Tenn., representative 

on the Council of the A. A. A. S. 

C. F. Marbut, Washington, D. C., representa- 
tive to the National Research Council. 


P. E. Brown, 
Secretary 


New SERIES” > WV ; 7 99 SrneLE Copies, 15 Crs. 
Vou. LV, No. 1420 Fripay, Marcu 17, 1922 ANNUAL SusBscriPrion, $6.00 


Apochromatic Objectives 
For Immediate Delivery 


HE consideration of our customers, despite numerous delays, 
has so encouraged us to carry forward our work of producing 
really high-grade apochromatic objectives in the face of adverse 
conditions that we believe many users will be interested to know 
that we are now prepared to fill orders at once. 


Bausch & Lomb Apochromatic Objectives are of the highest 
quality, so recognized by most critical users. Through extended 
investigations we have been able to correct them for flatness of 
field, without i impairing working distance and numerical aperture. 
ke 


For immediate delivery we offer the 16 mm, 8 mm, 4 mm and 2 mm objec- 
tives, as well as the complete line of Compensating Eyepieces. 


Write for new, illustrated descriptive leaflet. 


Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. 


409 St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. 
New York Washington Chicago San Francisco London 


Leading American Makers of Photographic Lenses, Microscopes, Projection Apparatus 
(Balopticons), Ophthalmic Lenses and Instruments, Photomicrographic Apparatus, 
Range Finders and Gun Sights for Army and Navy, Searchlight Reflectors, 
Stereo-Prism Binoculars, Magnifiers and other high-grade Optical Products 


see 


that of may se ae 


ii SCIENCE— ADVERTISEMENTS 


Sargent’s Electric 
Water Bath 


With 
Constant Temperature Control 


i MANUFACTURED IN PART UNDER PATENT 1083592 


The demand for a water bath electrically heated and provided with a constant tempera- 
ture control that is sufficiently sensitive for the general laboratory has caused us to design and 
manufacture the illustrated apparatus. 

The range of constancy in the temperature of this water bath is TGs 

While this degree of accuracy is not sufficient for the most exacting research work such 
as experiments in electric conductivity it is well within the margm of variation required by 
the general analytical chemist. 

It is especially useful in digestion work where a constancy of selectéd temperature is 
desired up to the boiling point of water. 

It is also a most desirable apparatus for evaporating at low constant temperatures as in 
potash determinations in fertilizer laboratories or where there is danger of breaking up a 
residue from over heating. 

The regulator may be set to produce and maintain any temperature—between a few 
degrees above room temperature and the boiling point of water. 

Dishes, round or flat bottom flasks or acetylization flasks may all be used with this 
apparatus. A support is provided to hold condensers, thermometers, etc. 

The area of the bath is 13 x 13 inches and the top is provided with four holes each 5 
inches in diameter and provided with concentric rings. 

Made for stock for 110 volt and 220 volt currents and may be used on either alternating 
or direct current. 

It is provided with an attachment for maintaining a constant water level in the bath and 
with cord and plug for attaching to the electric line and full directions for operation. 


Price complete without glass or porcelain ware_______________-____ $85.00 


DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULAR UPON REQUEST 


E. H. SARGENT & CO. 


Importers, Makers and Dealers in Chemicals 
and Chemical Apparatus of High Grade Only 


155-165 East Superior Street CHICAGO, ILL. 
ESTABLISHED 1852—SEVENTY YEARS IN BUSINESS 


CIE 


C 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
Il Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 


New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica, N. Y.. under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Vou. LV Marcu 17, 1922 No. 1420 


Doctorates conferred in the Sciences by 


American Universities in 1921: CALLIE 

HULL and Dr. CLARENCE J. WEST.......-...----- 271 
The Organization of Knowledge: Dr. FRED- 

SER LO aL SEL © Rh h MANN eters oes neonate chen scene 279 


American Biological Stains compared with 
those of Griibler: Dr. H. J. ConNn.........-..---- 284 


Scientific Events: 
The Standardization of Industries; More 
““Glass Flowers’’ at Harvard; The New 
Building for Forestry at Yale University; 


The Washington Conference on Public 

BET COU ET ay eee camer OM sierra tena pub aiaan NHS venus secnes 285 
Scientific Notes and News -. 288 
University and Educational Notes.........-.-.--..--. 291 


Discussion and Correspondence: 
Have the Streams of Long Island been 
deflected by the Earth’s Rotation: Dr. 
O. E. JENNINGS. Legislation to suppress 
Truth: X. Ecological Investigations along 
the Red River: DR. CaRL HarTMAN. Atomic 
Nuclei: Prorressor J. C. McLENNAN 


Notes on Meteorology and Climatology: 
New Discussion of Temperatures in the 
United States: Dr. C. LERoy MEISINGER.... 292 


291 


Special Articles: 
The Production of Non-disjunction by 
X-rays: Dr. JAMES W. MAVOR......022...2..022. 295 
The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 
Report of the Secretary-treasurer of the 
_ Pacific Division: Dr. W. W. SARGEANT........ 297 


The American Astronomical Society: Pro- 
FESSOR JOEL STEBBINS....-...-------ccc-ccscssecseeccenene 298 


DOCTORATES CONFERRED IN THE 
SCIENCES BY AMERICAN UNI- 
VERSITIES IN 1921 


THROUGH the generous cooperation of the 
registrars of the various American universities 
granting doctorates in the sciences, the Re- 
search Information Service of the National 
Research Council is able to offer the following 
compilation of doctorates. granted during the 
collegiate year 1920-1921. Through this same 
cooperation statistics are now available for the 
period 1916-1919. The information for these 
three years has not been compiled heretofore 
and therefore was lacking in the tables as 
published last year (Screncr, 52, 478, 514). 
These figures are of value as an indication of 
the academic activity during the World War. 
As would be expected, the number of doctor- 
ates fell off as the size of the American army 
inereased (1917, 372; 1918, 293; 1919, 180). 
This is a confirmation of the acknowledged fact 
that the scientific men of the country played 
an increasingly important part in the activities 
of the army and navy. 

In 1921 there were 332 doctorates conferred 
in the natural sciences by 32 institutions, as 
compared with 323 by the same number of 
institutions in 1920. (The figures reported in 
1920 by institutions and by subjects have been 
corrected in certain cases from later informa- 
tion). It is interesting that the figures for 
1917 should be so much higher than those for 
any other year reported in the tables. How 
long will it be before those figures are again 
reached ? 

Marked changes in the order of institutions 
are in the shift of Minnesota from nineteenth 
place in 1920 to tenth place in 1921, and of 
George Washington from tenth place in 1920 
to twenty-sixth place in 1921. Comparisons of 
this kind are of uncertain significance because 
the number of degrees granted by an institu- 
tion during any collegiate year depends upon 
many factors. 


272 SCIENCE [Vou. LV, No. 1420 
DOCTORATES CONFERRED IN THE SCIENCES BY AMERI- TreEsES DISTRIBUTED ACCORDING TO SuBsECT 
CAN UNIVERSITIES é : 
i 0 We Agriculture 
12713 714 "15 716 17 718719 720, “21 CoRNELL: Charles Loring Allen, ‘‘Eiffeect of age 
Chicago —------- 37. 16 28 53 53 389 55 28 43 42 of sire and dam on the quality of offspring in 
Caan ee ORE ag 9 BA) SR) GD) ON) SB) EB danicons a) 
i 2 34 2 7 is E fi 
(Colenaby - 386 27 2127 Sh Sr 2 27“ Tutiwors: Jacobus Stephanus Marais, ‘¢ Compara- 
Yale --- TE) HIS) SIN BA ORO NA ERS Pf 5 j 
Harvard 92) 128) 33h 16) SOM dSueula 28h 25 tive agricultural value of phosphates of 
California ___--- Ty Oa ay a PRY Ge a) yep aluminium, iron and ecalcium.’? William Bar- 
Johns Hopkins - 23 21 18 23 22 24 7 7 21 21 bour Nevens, ‘‘Amino acid content and nutri- 
Illinois -------- Tey HL Sale RG 18) RS) GS)" PY a) Pe f : ie 
ive value of protein: meal. 
Wisconsin __---- Hy BV eg aang ig) "Oa a ‘ © of proteins of cottonseed mea 
Minnesota -_---- Dye Siew4 lula an Os CLOW Bip d ai aT 6 Anatomy 
Ohio State ----- 5 0 0 1 2 8 7 3 6 68) 6 Minnesota: Leroy Adelbert Calkins, ‘‘ Morpho- 
i ECO OBE OB. 8 Z 
Seay TEBE i i BUST SKU Tala ernest es metry of human fetus with special reference 
OWa ----------- - N , if - 
Pod ees Gras Mate Lb) PM UMEY STM sah tev pel gy a7 to obstetric dimensions of the head.’? Homer 
Michigan -___--- GW BB) TO) SB OBE a Oia Barker Latimer, ‘‘Postnatal growth of the 
Clark ---------- OS LO nc i : 3 3 body. Systems and organs of the single-comb 
Pennsylvania --- 9 9 By SAEs nai) 7 C 39 : 2 
ae SS na RATA Ton ANNI AAU i api ed UA NS Leghorn chicken. John Charmley, MUchecualleyy, 
Bea ee ee BUSTA PAR LS LZ NS UNO MORE oa ‘“Tntraneural plexus of fasciculi and fibers in 
Nebraska ------- Ova v2 valine SUm On hacy awl nnn: O) nina the sciatic nerve.’?’ Hjalmar Laurits Osterud, 
Wey NOES aes POS a EOE Same a el CAROL Ua Nea Ge “*Postnatal growth and development of repro- 
Radcliffe ------- CHRON MMON MON MON TEs ObmuplnneT uns SAR HALA fade A de HOD 
EEE EPR aL GUE oT Ey Gye BL WEA Canal ear ies ctive tract in female albino rat. 
Bryn Mawr ----- 3 0 2 0 3 2 1 1 1 2 Anthropology 
eee 1 DN Hai yee dav 9 . 
ST ata Deaineal ity cai (Opes i CALIFORNIA: Guy Montgomery, ‘‘Studies in prim- 
Geo. Washington 2 1 2 4 5 8 3 3 9 2 any 5 Se AN 
NEE eee LN OM onibaekctoraen a avo scunaiie aad os ate, itive folksong. Eda Lou Walton, ‘‘ Navaho 
Pittsburgh _---- Dds SS OMI TAN On rons NL en Dei ay traditional poetry.’’ 
Catholic ___ 1 0 0 2 1 2 4 0 1 1 Harvarp: Andrew Affleck Kerr, ‘‘Similarities in 
i 2 LORCA Sure wane ile hS RCN ; 
2 TE EEE ‘ AIM HIV ELS EaeAIaRD sis  HMR AAD A material culture between old and new world.’’ 
ansas a a 
Goan ll Oe OON ROMOLUhOn tat tomo Samuel Kirkland Lothrop, ‘‘Ceramices of north- 
Missouri _------ OL Cave eT Gabinete a2 CS cel Nw OHNO ern Costa Rica and western Nicaragua.’’ 
Northwestern --. 0 0 0 1 3 3 2 0 0 0 ee 
Notre Dame ---- - = 5 2 S 0 1 0 0 0 Bits s HORORY i 
Washington _--- - - - - = O 1. 0 ©0 © CALIFORNIA: Priscilla Fairfield, ‘‘ Indeterminate 
Virginia -------- 2 2) 2) 0 2) Ve OO) TO cases of the orbit problem.’’ Hamilton Moore 
Boron UL EO AIT eee ean RENO Sarat Jeffers, ‘‘Investigation of the orbits of the 
Totals --.-------273 234 241 309 332 372 293 180 323 332 . two components of Taylor’s comet (1916 I).’? 
i Jessica May Young, ‘‘Cause of the non- 
DOCTORATES DISTRIBUTED ACCORDING TO SCIENCES é ayes : 
i appearance of certain periodic comets on their 
Sol Wrz isabel 16.217 28h ue1 9 20 a2 predicted returns.’’ 
Chemistry _-_-__78 68 71 85 115 108 75 54 96 134 CHIcAGo: Alice Hall Farnsworth, ‘‘Comparison of 
Zoology -- 26 25 32 33 30 35 24 38 36 photometrie fields of “6-inch doublet, 24-inch 
9 } 9 . . Q 
Boy CER eet Gea KEE Rea EU EEE cr reflector and 40-inch refractor with some inves- 
Physics -------- 30 2223" (3TH sas 2ael a dBhy 19) G28 Toi a ae : 
Psychology -...29 24 12 22 19 32 30 21 38 26 tigation of the astrometric field of the re- 
Bacteriolosyjesse (6) 3) 0ie Oct 47d md MEL err en Tintin 9) flector.’’ Edison Pettit, ‘‘Form and motions 
Mathematics ---- 22 21 25 23 34 30 23 7 19 16 of solar prominences.’’ 
Geology ------- Qu TAMAS MoT Ae CAMILA NUS una Tqulaat : 
Physiology _---- 22H Oho M TS hill 4a p16 cael Win as13 es Bacteriology 
Astronomy ----- 21 2 7 6 5 0 1 4 5 £CaALIFoRNIA: Laurence Fleming Foster, ‘‘Growth, 
Geography ------ OAL NSIC Saye sa miyL in enOy )eoS) amo) viability and metabolism of Streptococcus 
unl Gy TOMO SUNNY 3) SetalO NW Sigal ‘ 
AEE tia & a hemolyticus.’? 
Anthropology --- 0 3 2 6 1 4 2 0 2 4 i ye i 
Pasar ll o6806lm88lC«tC«CSGC‘(DCtidBss«iad2s:si‘«iSCt‘<‘}!S”SC CAO: Paul Roberts Cannon, ‘‘ Effects of diet 
Metallurgy ~---- OG Ol MONA DL Anan U tas eta la aivLie i Or a2 on the intestinal flora.’’ John Everett Gordon, 
Engineering en OM a sina ate aa “‘T. Relationship of pneumococcus to acute 
Fe aaa SL aN aaa eal Ysa enIL CAME, infections of upper respiratory tract in man. IT 
Mineralogy —---- ON WOW OM MUON Oy On NOME NOMs OKO an eens AN eae ae 
Meteorology: 22-210. 0/4 0) 6/0) 240). 1 )92)205 0). 0 Gram negative cocci in acute infections of the 
Paleontology ---- 0 © 4 2 3 4 0 0 oO 0 upper respiratory tract.’’ Bernard Wernick 
ANIM eT Roe ‘ ; G s 
Tenis 234 241 309 332 372 293 180 323 332 Hammer, ‘‘ Volatile acid production of S. lac 


Marcy 17, 1922 


ticus and the organisms associated with it in 
starters. ’’ 

CorNeLL: Aaron Bodansky, ‘‘Enzyme studies on 
Solanum eleagnifolium.’’ Charles Milton Car- 
penter, ‘‘Bacteriology of female reproductive 
organs of cattle and its relation to diseases of 
ealves.’’ Harrison August Ruehe, ‘‘ Effect of 
the process of manufacture on germ content of 
bulk condensed milk.’’? William Alonzo Whi- 
ting, ‘‘Possible relationship existing between 
the grouping of bacteria in market milk and 
the utensil flora.’’ 

HarvarD: Boris Aronovitch, ‘‘Soluble toxie sub- 
stances produced by the organisms of the colon- 
typhoid  group.’’ George Hoyt Bigelow, 
‘“Allergy in pneumonia as evidenced by intra- 
eutaneous reaction.’’? Leland David Bushnell, 
““Bacteria found in spoiled canned asparagus.’’ 
Dwight Lewis Sisco, ‘‘ Epidemiological study of 
food poisoning.’’ 

Jouns Hopkins: Howard Benjamin Cross, ‘‘Pha- 
gocytosis in relation to terminal infections.’’ 
Kansas: Noble P. Sherwood, ‘‘Studies on com- 

plement. ’’ 

MassacHusrerrts Instirur oF TECHNOLOGY: 
Murray Philip Horwood, ‘‘Investigation of 

~ public health and sanitation of certain urban 
communities in Oklahoma.’’ 

MINNESOTA: Winifred Mayer Ashby, ‘‘Destruc- 
tion of transfused blood in normal subjects 
and in pernicious anemia patients. ’’ 

Yave: Harry Asher Cheplin, ‘‘ Transformation of 
intestinal flora with special reference to the 
implantation of Bacillus acidophilus.’’ Barnett 
Cohen, ‘‘Effects of temperature and hydrogen 
ion concentration upon viability of Bacterium 
colt and B. typhosum in suspensions in water.’’ 
Charles Shelby Gibbs, ‘‘Factors that govern 
production of diphtheria toxin in artificial 
culture media.’’ 

Botany 

CALIFORNIA: Frederick Monroe Essig, ‘‘Morphol- 

‘ogy, development and economic aspects of 
Schizophyllum commune Fries.’’ Alice Maria 
Ottley, ‘‘Revision of Californian species of 
Lotus.’’ Albert Julius Winkler, ‘‘Internal 
browning of the yellow Newtown apple.’’ 

Crtcaco: Seott Verne Eaton, ‘‘Sulfur content of 
soils and its relation to plant nutrition.’? Hope 
Sherman, ‘‘Respiration of dormant  seeds.’’ 
Perry Daniel Strausbaugh, ‘‘Dormaney in the 
plum.’’ 

CoRNFLL: Sarkis Boshnakian, ‘‘Genetics of 
squareheadedness and of density and the rela- 


SCIENCE 


bo 
=I 


tions of these to other characteristics in 
wheat.’’? James Marshall Brannon, ‘‘ Influence 
of certain sugars on plants with particular 
reference to dextrose and levulose.’’ William 
Moore, ‘‘Spreading and adherence of arsenical 
sprays.?? Harry Ashton Phillips, ‘‘ Effect of 
climatie conditions on fruit trees in relation to 
blooming and ripening dates.’’ Thomas Wyatt 
Turner, ‘‘Mechanism of physiological effects of 
certain mineral salts in altering the ratio of 
top growth to root growth in seed plants.’’ 
Thomas Kennerly Wolfe, ‘‘Biometrical study 
of characters in maize.’’ 

Harvarp: Edward Franklin Gaines, ‘‘Genetics of 
bunt resistance in wheat.’’ Felix Gustaf Gus- 
tafson, ‘‘ Respiration of certain lower fungi.’’ 
Herbert Kendall Hayes, ‘‘Inheritance in wheat 
and maize. JI. Inheritance of seed and spike 
characters in crosses between varieties of Triti- 
cum vulgare Vill. II. Production of high pro- 
tein maize by Mendelian methods. III. Critical 
analysis of methods of maize breeding.’’ 
Ondess Lamar Inman, ‘‘ Respiration as related 
to injury and recovery.’? James Plummer 
Poole, ‘‘Comparative anatomy of the leaf of 
the Cyeads with reference to the eycadofili- 
cales.’? 

Inurnois: Cecil Frederick Patterson, ‘‘Growth in 
seedlings of Phaseolus vulgaris in relation to 
humidity and temperature.’’ 

InpIANA: Flora Charlotte Anderson, ‘‘ Develop- 
ment of flower and embryogeny in Martynia 
Louisiana Mill.’’ 

Iowa: Raymond Albert French, ‘‘Apogamous 
reproduction of Lactuca Ludovinciana (Nutt) 
Riddell. ’’ 

MicuiganN: Carl Downey LaRue, 
selection within pure lines 
guepini desm.’?’ 

Minnesota: Paul Work, ‘‘Effects of nitrate of 
soda on the nutrition of the tomato.’’ 

PENNSYLVANIA: Charles Homer Arndt, ‘‘Growth 
of field corn as affected by iron and aluminium 
salts.’ 

Sranrorp: L. J. M. Baas-BEcxine, ‘‘Origin of 
vascular structure in the genus Botrychium.’’ 

Wasuineton UNiversity: Robert William Webb, 
“*Germination of spores of certain fungi in 
relation to hydrogen ion concentration.’’ George 
Miller Armstrong, ‘‘Sulfur nutrition of fungi 
as affected by hydrogen ion concentration. ’’ 

WISCONSIN: Eloise Gerry, ‘‘Oleoresin production: 
Microscopie study of effects produced on the 
woody tissues of southern pines by different 


“*Results of 
of Pestalozzia 


274 


methods of turpentining.’’ James Geere 
Wickson, ‘‘Value of certain nutritive elements 
in development of the oat plant and their rela- 
tion to chemical composition of grain and 
straw.’’ 

Yate: Albert Frederick Hill, ‘‘Vegetafion of 
Penobseot Bay Region, Maine.’’ 

Chemistry 

Brown: Samuel Reed Damon, ‘‘Bacteria as 
source of the growth-promoting principle, 
water-soluble B; identity of water-soluble B 
and the antineuritic vitamine.’’ 

CALIFORNIA: Dwight Cooley Bardwell, ‘‘ Hydro- 
gen as a halogen in metallic hydrides.’’ The- 
ophil Frederic Buehrer, ‘‘Critical solution tem- 
peratures of white phosphorus with various 
liquids.’’ Paul Steere Burgess, ‘‘Drained 
marsh soil, unproductive for peas.’’ William 
Henry Hampton, ‘‘ Potential of the iron elec- 
trode.’’ Thorfin Rustin Hogness, ‘‘Surface 
tensions and densities of liquid mercury, ead- 
mium, zine, lead, tin, and bismuth.’’? Sherwin 
Maeser, ‘‘Physical and chemical properties of 
some tertiary amine-oxide derivatives.’’ 

Cuicaco: Steward Basterfield, ‘‘ Derivatives of 
isourea and their pharmacological action.’’ 
Henry Leon Cox, ‘‘ Derivatives of linolic acid.’’ 
Frank Louis DeBeukelaer, ‘‘ Derivatives of 
phenylethyl- and phenyldiethylacetic acids.’’ 
Lillian V. Eichelberger, ‘‘Transformation of 
maleic to fumaric acid.’’ Warren Walter 
Ewing, ‘‘Attraction of mereury for other 
liquids.’’ Leo Finkelstein, ‘‘I. Determination 
of radium in meteorites by the emanation 
method. II. Measurement of ranges of alpha 
particles by modified Bragg apparatus.’’ 
Aubrey Chester Grubb, ‘‘Chemical reactions in 
the corona.’’ Robert Stern Landauer, ‘‘Tri- 
atomie hydrogen.’’ Louis Melvin Larsen, 
‘*T, Nitrotriphenylamines. II. Oxidation of 
diaminophenols.’? George Ross Robertson, 
‘*Organic derivatives of arsenic.’’ Frank V. 
Sander, ‘‘Preparation and resolution of di-l, 
3-dihydroxybutyrie acid.’? James H. C. Smith, 
‘“T. Estimation of sodium hyposulfite. II. Ar- 
senic derivatives of phenylaminoacetie acid.’’ 
Herman Vance ‘Tartar, ‘‘Constitution of 
murexide and theory of dyes.’’ Harry Ben- 
jamin VanDyke, ‘‘Study of distribution of 
iodine in thyroid gland.’’ Edgar Wertheim, 
‘“Preparation of dl-p-sec.-butylphenylhydrazine. 
Resolution of dl-p-sec.-butylaniline.’’ Ying 
Chang Cheng, ‘‘Cohesion, adhesion, tensile 
strength, tensile energy, negative surface en- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1420 


ergy, interfacial tension and molecular attrac- 
tion.’’ 

Cincinnati: Joseph Laurence Donnelly, ‘‘Quan- 
titative study of the action of monochloracetic 
acid upon various amines.’’ Edward Charles 
Mason, ‘‘Pharmacological action of lead in 
organic combination. ’’ 

CLaRK: Charles Buell Hurd, ‘‘ Equilibria between 
calcium, hydrogen and nitrogen.’? Walter 
William Lueasse, ‘‘Specific conductance of con- 
centrated solutions of sodium and potassium in 
liquid ammonia.’’ Edward Zeitfuchs, ‘‘ Vapor 
pressure of mixture of ammonia and xylene in 
neighborhood of their critical solution tempera- 
ture. Molecular weight of sodium tellurium 
complex in liquid ammonia.’’ 

CoLtumsB1A: Howard Adler, ‘‘Formation of addi- 
tion compounds between formic acid and 
metallic formates; factors affecting stability 
of these compounds.’’ David John Beaver, 
“«Hffeet of certain electrolytes on stabilizing 
and precipitating gold sols.’’ Jacob Julius 
Beaver, ‘‘Compound formation in phenol-cresol 
mixtures.’’ Mary Letitia Caldwell, ‘‘Experi- 
mental study of certain diamino acids.’’ Ar- 
thur William Davidson, ‘‘Formation of addi- 
tion compounds between sulfuric acid and 
metallic sulfates.’? Te Pang Hou, ‘‘Iron ton- 
nage.’’?’ Norma Eva Johann, ‘‘Composition of 
ammonium phosphomolybdate and the deter- 
mination of phosphorus.’’? Samuel Jacob Kiehl, 
“¢Hydration of sodium metaphosphate to ortho- 
phosphate in varying concentrations of hydro- 
gen ion at 45°.’’ Victor Kuhn La Mer, ‘‘ Effect 
of temperature and concentration of hydrogen 
ions upon rate of destruction of the antiscor- 
butic vitamine.’’ Leland Judson Lewis, ‘‘Hy- 
drolysis of fats by reagents made from 
cymene.’’ Ernest Elmer Lyder, ‘‘Thermal 
decomposition of oil shale.’?’ Alice R. T. Mer- 
rill, ‘‘ Experimental studies of eystine.’’ Martin 
Meyer, ‘‘Dehydrothiotoluidine, its isomers, 
homologues, analogues and derivatives.’’? Wil- 
liam Alvin Mudge, ‘‘Saturated potassium 
chloride calomel eell.’’ Francisco A. Quisum- 
bing, ‘‘Conditions affecting determination of 
reducing sugars by Fehling solution.’’ Harold 
Lester Simons, ‘‘Mechanism of hydrolysis of 
sucrose by invertase.’’ Jesse Wilbur Stillman, 
“Determination of copper by electrolytic 
deposition.’? Paul Miller Giesy, ‘‘ Placental 
hormone. ’’ 

CorNELL: Archibald Mortimer Erskine, ‘‘Reac- 
action between hydrazine and hydrogen per- 


Marcu 17, 1922] 


JOHNS 


oxide.’’? Axel Ferdinand Gustafson, ‘‘ Effect of 
drying soils on water-soluble constituents.’’ 
Archie Bernhard Hoel, ‘‘Edison storage cell.’’ 
Howard Campbell Jackson, ‘‘ Neutralization of 
cream for buttermaking.’’ Stuart Deming 
Jackson, ‘‘o-Cresolsulfonphthalein and some of 
its derivatives.’’ Louise Kelley, ‘‘p-Hydroxy- 
benzoyl-o-benzoic acid and some of its deriva- 
tives.’’ Alexander McTaggart, ‘‘Influence of 
certain fertilizer salts on the growth and nitro- 
gen content of some legumes.’’ John Graham 
Thompson, ‘‘Removal of silicon from zirkite 
ore in the electric furnace.’’ 

GroRGE WASHINGTON: Carl D. Garby, ‘‘Hydro- 
gen ion concentration and acidity of corn meal 
undergoing spoilage.’’ 


Harvard: Goodwin LeBaron Foster, ‘‘ Glucose to 


nitrogen ratios of the phlorhizinized dog, cat 
and rabbit and the depancreatized dog.’’ Lee 
Tryin Smith, ‘‘I. Addition reactions of unsat- 
urated ketones. II. Bromination of acetoacetic 
ester. JIT. Action of alkalis on nitrocyclo- 
propanes.’’ Charles Phelps Smyth, ‘‘Solid 
thallium  amalgams.’’ Benjamin Leslie 
Souther, ‘‘I. Hydroxypyridines. II. §-Ketonic 
nitriles.’’ Philip Francis Weatherill, ‘‘T. 
Change in volume of potassium chloride upon 
solution in water. II. Revision of the atomic 
weight of silicon.’’ 
Inurnors: Manson James Bradley, ‘‘ Decomposi- 
tion processes applicable to certain products of 
eoal carbonization.’’ John Bernis Brown, 
‘‘The highly unsaturated fatty acids of fish 
oils.’? George Hopkins Coleman, ‘‘ Action of 
nitrogen trichloride on ethyl chloride, benzene, 
toluene and benzyl chloride.’?’ Max Shaw 
Dunn, ‘‘Preparation, properties and metabolic 
behavior of deaminized proteins.’’ Robert 
Edman Greenfield, ‘‘Chemical reactions in 
water purification using the hydrogen elec- 
trode.’’ John Abderdeen Gunton, ‘‘ Reinvesti- 
gation of the proximate composition of Rhamus 
frangula.’’ Leonard Francis Yntema, ‘‘ Ultra- 
violet are spectrum of yttrium.’’ 

Hopkins: William MHerbert Bahlke, 
‘«Vapor pressure of aqueous solutions of lithium 
chloride at 20° C.’? David Charles Jones, 
‘*Ternary critical solution temperatures as eri- 
teria of liquid purity.’? John Fitch King, 
‘“Structure of liquid mixtures from the stand- 
point of dielectric constant refractive index 

’ density.’’ Simon Klosky, ‘‘Silica and impreg- 
nated silica gels.’’ Isaac Newton Kugelmass, 
**Rate of solution of colloidal ferric hydrox- 


SCIENCE 


275 


ide.’’ William Lloyd Linton, ‘‘Compressibility 
of liquids and mixed organic liquids.’’? Ben- 
jamin Simon Neuhausen, ‘‘System ammonia- 
water as a basis for the theory of the solution 
of gases in liquids.’’ Hugh Klemme Parker, 
“*Vapor pressure of aqueous solutions of cane 
sugar at 20° C.’’ Florence Powdermaker, 
“*Prematurely senile rats.’? James Edwin 
Sharp, ‘‘Proposed method for obtaining a con- 
stant measurable surface of mereury for meas- 
uring absolute adsorption.’’ 

Massacuuserts INstirutE or TECHNOLOGY: 
John Campbell, ‘‘Continuous process for pro- 
duction of perchlorates from alkali chlorides.’’ 
William Richard Hainsworth, ‘‘ Effect of high 
pressures on the hydrogen-calomel galvanic 
cell.’’ David Burger Joubert, ‘‘ Equation of 
state for methane.’?’ Max Knobel, ‘‘ Activities 
of the ions of potassium hydroxide in aqueous 
solution.’’? Melville Johnston Marshall, ‘‘ Heat 
of adsorption of gases and vapors on char- 
coal.’’ Charles Baldwin Sawyer, ‘‘ Nitrogen in 
steel.’’ 

MicuicgANn: Frederick Franklin Blicke, ‘‘ Quinoida- 
tion in the triarylmethyls and in the salt-like 
derivatives of the triaryl carbinols.’’?’ Dwight 
Clark Carpenter, ‘‘Anomalous osmose of elec- 
trolytes with colloidion membranes.’’ Wesley 
George France, ‘‘Transference numbers of sul- 
furic acid and the influence of gelatin on trans- 
ference numbers by the concentration cell 
method.’’? Roy Kenneth MeAlpine, ‘‘ Atomic 
weight of antimony.’’ Frederick William Sul- 
livan, Jr., ‘‘ Diphenyl-g-naphthylmethyl and the 
color of free radicals.’? Frederick Hawley 
Currens, ‘Separation of old ytterbium from 
gadolinite.’’ : 

Nrpraska: Thos. Jefferson Thompson, ‘‘Substi- 
tuted succinic acids and reactions of benzyl 
cyanide. ’’ 


New York: Ernest Raymond Lilley, ‘‘Some rela- 


tions between petroleum and coals, and their 
applieation.’’ Thomas Marshall Smith, ‘‘Hy- 
drated oxalic acid as an analytical standard.’’ 
George Watkins Wilson, ‘‘Catalytie oxidation 
of benzene.’’ 


Norru Carotina: Troy Monroe Andrews, ‘‘New 


derivatives of 2, 3, 8-tribromojuglone.’’ Iva 
Welborn Smithey, ‘‘Bromination of 2-amino-p- 
cymene.’’ 

Onto SraTE: Carlton Edgar Curran, ‘‘ Reactions 
of nitrosophenol and N-chloroquinonimine with 
aromatic amines.’’ Ora L. Hoover, ‘‘Oxida- 
tion of acetol.’’?’ Samuel Morris, ‘‘ Potassium 


276 


dichromate and iodine as ultimate standards in 
analytical chemistry.’’ Charles Ferdinand 
Rudmann, ‘‘Oxidation of methane.’’ Lily Bell 
Sefton, ‘‘Oxidation of acetone and isopropyl 
aleohol.’’ 

PENNSYLVANIA: Ernest Carl Wagner, ‘‘ Methyla- 
tion of p-aminophenol by formaldehyde.’’ 

PirrspurGH: Harvey Gerald Elledge, ‘‘ Solubility 
of the calcium and magnesium salts of palmitic, 
stearie and oleic acids.’’ Frederick Horace 

arner, ‘‘Carbonization of lubricating oils in 
internal combustion engines.’’ 

Princeron: Robert Martin Burns, ‘‘ Adsorption 
of gases by metallic catalysts.’’ Gregg 
Dougherty, ‘‘Hydrogenation of benzene.’’ 
Charles DeWitt Hurd, ‘‘Rearrangements of 
some new hydroxamie acids related to hetero- 
eyclic acids and to diphenyl and triphenylacetic 
acids.’’ Harvey Alexander Neville, ‘‘ Catalysis 
in the interaction of carbon with steam and 
with carbon dioxide.’’? Robert Norton Pease, 
‘¢ Analysis of molecular volumes from the point 

of the Lewis-Langmuir theory of 

molecular theory.’’ 


of view 


Rapcurre: Alice Helen Graustein, ‘‘ Action of 
halogens and of halogen acids on a §-ketonic 
nitrile. ’’ 

Sranrorp: Neil Preston Moore, ‘‘Comparative 
study of fractionating still-heads.’’ Norris 
Watson Rakestraw, ‘‘Chemical factors in 
fatigue. I. Effect of muscular exercise upon 
certain common blood constituents. ’’ 

Wasurneron: Edwin Blake Payson, ‘‘Thelypo- 
dium and its immediate allies.’’ 

Wisconsin: Frederick Lincoln Browne, ‘‘ Thermal 
chemistry of colloids. II. Heat of coagulation 
of ferrie oxide hydrosol with electrolytes.’’ 
Alfred E. Koehler, ‘‘ Protein sulfur.’’ Roland 
Edward Kremers, ‘‘Azulene and other con- 
stituents of the volatile oil of milfoil.’’ Henry 
Baldwin Merrill, ‘‘Separation of certain acidic 
oxides with selenium oxychloride.’’ Frank 
Wilson Parker, ‘‘I. Methods of studying the 
concentration and composition of the soil solu- 
tion. ITI. Classification of the soil moisture.’’ 
John Henry Schmidt, ‘‘ Action of arsenic acid 
and arsenous chloride upon aniline and the 
preparation of phenarsazine oxide and its de- 
rivatives.’? Hosmer Ward Stone, ‘‘Prepara- 
tion of pure selenic acid; determination of 
indices of refraction of selenic and selenous 
acids.’’? Alvin Strickler, ‘‘Electric endos- 
mose.’? William John Trautman, ‘‘ Reduction 
of certain compounds by means of silicon.’’ 


SCIENCE 


[Vot. LV, No. 1420 


YALE: Laura Tuttle Cannon, ‘‘Condensation of 
citral with certain ketones and the synthesis of 
some new ionones.’’ George Raymond Cow- 
gill, ‘‘I. Vitamine-B and the secretory fune- 
tions of glands. II. Relation between vita- 
mine-B and the nutrition of the dog.’’ Edwin 
John Fischer, ‘‘Synthesis of -chloroallyl 
chloride from dichlorhydrin.’’? Zalia Jencks 
Gailey, ‘‘ Regeneration of blood, with particular 
emphasis on the iron factor.’’ Frangois Archi- 
bald Gilfillan, ‘‘ Catalytic study of some dehy- 
dration and addition reactions of ethyl alco- 
hol.’? Henry Rudolf Henze, ‘‘ Factors influ- 
encing condensation of hydantoins with com- 
pounds containing the carbonyl group.’’ Wil- 
liam John Horn, ‘‘Mechanism of alkylation in 
the pyrimidine series.’? Edward Benedict 
Hunn, ‘‘Utilization of p-dichlorobenzene for 
syntheses in the diphenice acid series.’’ 
Burr Kelsey, ‘‘Synthesis of thiohydantoins 
from _alkyl-substituted | aminoacetanilides.’’ 
Helen Swift Mitchell, ‘‘Choice between ade- 
quate and inadequate diets as made by rats and 
mice.’’ Edith Holloway Nason, ‘‘ Utilization of 
oil of cassia for the synthesis of cinnamyl 
aleohol.’’ William Thornton Read, ‘‘ Methods 
of synthesizing hydantoin compounds possess- 
ing hypnotic action.’’? Robert Chester Roberts, 
‘“Chemical and pharmacological study of some 
new derivatives of diphenic acid.’’ 


Erwin 


Engineering 
CorNELL: Nee Sun Koo, ‘‘Investigation of the 
one-hinged steel arch and its comparison with 
other types.’’ 
Geography 
Cuicago: Robert Swanton Platt, ‘‘Resourees and 
economic interests of the Bermudas.’’ Helen 
Mabel Strong, ‘‘Geography of Cleveland.’’ 
New Yorx: Alfred Marius Nielson, ‘‘ Economic 
geographic conditions influencing seaport de- 
velopment in the U. 8.’’ 


YALE: George McCutcheon McBride, ‘‘Land 
tenure in Latin America.’’ Stanislaus Thomas 
Novakovsky, ‘‘Climate and weather of the 


Russian Far East.’’ 


Geology 

Bryn Mawr: Helen Morningstar, ‘‘Fauna of the 
Pottsville formation of Ohio below the Mercer 
limestones. ’” 

CauirorniA: Alfred Russell Whitman, ‘‘Re-study 
of the Cobalt district.’ 

Cuicaco: George Charlton Matson, ‘‘ Phosphate 
deposits of Florida.’’ 


Marcu 17, 1922] 


CotumBia: Harold Lattimore Alling, ‘‘Mineral- 
ography of the feldspars.’’ 

Iowa: Walter Henry Schoewe, ‘‘Origin and his- 
tory of the extinct Lake Calvin, Iowa.’’ 

JOHNS Hopkins: Edmund Maute Spieker, ‘‘ Mol- 
lusean fauna of the Zorritos formation of 
northern Peru.’’ 

NEBRASKA: Jerome Benjamin Burnett, ‘‘Geolog- 
ical study of northeastern Coahuila, Mexico.’’ 
Ou1o SratTE: Guy Woolard Conrey, ‘‘Geology of 

Wayne County, Ohio.’’ 

Wisconsin: William Oscar Blanchard, ‘‘Geo- 
nomic interpretation of the cuesta of south- 
western Wisconsin.’’ Clifton Sherwin Corbett, 
““Some hydrous aluminium silicates as schist- 
making minerals.’’ 

YaLe: Maleolm Havens Bissell, ‘‘ Triassic area of 
the new Cumberland Quadrangle, Pennsyl- 
vania.’? 

Mathematics 

CaLirornia: Nina May Alderton, ‘‘Involutory 
quartic transformation in space of four dimen- 
sions.’’ Paul Harold Daus, ‘‘Normal ternary 
continued fraction expansions for the cube roots 
of integers.’’ Daniel Victor Steed, ‘‘Lines on 
the hypersurface of order 2n-3 in space of n 
dimensions. ’’ 

Cuicaco: Mayme Irwin Logsdon, ‘‘ Equivalence 
and reduction of pairs of hermitian forms.’’ 
Irwin Roman, ‘‘Transformation of waves 
through a symmetrical optical instrument.’’ 
William L. G. Williams, ‘‘Fundamental sys- 
tems of formal modular seminvariants of the 
binary cubic.’’ Frank Edwin Wood, ‘‘ Certain 
relations between the projective theory of sur- 
faces and the projective theory of congru- 
ences.’ 

CoLuMBIA: Jesse Douglas, ‘‘Certain two-point 
properties of general families of curves: the 
geometry of variations.’’ 

Inuinois: Beulah May Armstrong, ‘‘Mathemat- 
ical induction in group theory.’’ William Ed- 
mund Edington, ‘‘Abstract group definitions 
and applications. ’’ 

Iowa: Eugene Manasseh Berry, ‘‘ Diffuse reflec- 
tion.’’? © 

JoHNns Hopkins: Flora Dobler Sutton, ‘‘ Certain 
chains of theorems in reflective geometry.’’ 

PRINCETON: Philip Franklin, ‘‘Four color prob- 
lem.’’ 

RavDcuLirFE: Rachel Blodgett, ‘‘Determination of 
the coefficient in interpolation formule and a 
study of the approximate solution of integral 
equations. ’’ 


SCIENCE 


277 


Sygacuse: Jung Sun, ‘‘Some determinant, the- 
orems.’’ 

Yate: Malcolm Cecil Foster, ‘‘Rectilinear 
gruences referred to special surfaces. ’’ 


con- 


Metallurgy 

CotuMsBia: Sze-Moo Ling, ‘‘Refractory materials 
from the viewpoint of binary and ternary 
equilibrium diagrams.’’ 

GrorGrE WasHINGTON: Raymond W. Woodward, 
‘‘Manufacture and properties of steel plates 
containing zirconium and other elements.’’ 

Pathology 

Minnesota: Charles Edward Nixon, ‘‘Sub- 
stance concerned in the colloidal gold test and 
the nature of the reaction.’’ 

Physics 

CaLiornia: William Harry Bair, ‘‘ Spectra of 
some compound gases in a vacuum tube.’’ 

Cuicaco: Ira Garnett Barber, ‘‘ Secondary elec- 


tron emission from copper surfaces.’’ Otto 
Koppius, ‘‘Comparison of thermionic and 
photoelectric work-functions in platinum. ’’ 


Louallen Frederick Miller, ‘‘Pressure shifts in 
a calcium are.’’ John Preston Minton, ‘‘Sen- 
sitivity of normal and defective ears for tones 
of various frequencies. ’’ 

CoRNELL: Jacob Roland Collins, ‘‘Influence of 
certain dissolved substances on the infra-red 
absorption of water.’’ Guy Everett Grantham, 
““Study of some infra-red absorption spectra.’’ 
Lewis Richard Koller, ‘‘ Factors influencing the 
resistance of sputtered platinum films.’’ 

Harvarp: Heetor John Macleod, ‘‘ Variation 
with frequency of the loss of energy in dielec- 
tries.’’ 

Inurors: Charles Steven Fazel, ‘‘Time and pres- 
sure measurements in the corona.’’ Charles 
Francis Hill, ‘‘Measurement of mercury vapor 
pressure by means of the Knudsen pressure 
gauge.’’ 

Jouns Hopkins: Gregory Breit, ‘‘Behavior of 
inductanee coils at frequencies of radiotelegra- 
phy.’’ Robert Allen Castleman, Jr., ‘‘ Magnetic 
rotary dispersion in transparent  liquids.’’ 
Louis Bryant Tuckerman, ‘‘Theory of columns 
of ductile materials.’’ Jan Stephanus van der 
Lingen, ‘‘Fluorescence of mereury vapor.’?’ 
Milton Sheldon Van Dusen, ‘‘Thermal conduc- 
tivity of some heat insulators.’’ 

Minyesora: John George Frayne, ‘‘Anilateral 
dynamic characteristics of three electrode ther- 
mionie amplifiers.’’ Ada Frances Johnson, 
‘‘Method of measuring ionie mobilities by ob- 


278 


servations on the self-repulsion of ions.’’ 
Joseph Valasek, ‘‘Piezo-electric activity of 
Rochelle salt under various conditions. ’’ 

NEBRASKA: Leo Gerard Raub, ‘‘Study of the 
cathode fall in helium and argon with wire 
cathodes. ’’ 

Onto State: Alva Wellington Smith, ‘‘Measure- 
ment of inductance and capacity by an elec- 
trometer method. Effect of a superposed con- 
stant magnetic field upon the alternating cur- 
rent permeability and energy losses in iron.’’ 

PENNSYLVANIA: Anton David Udden, ‘‘Tonization 
potential of selenium.’’ 

Princeton: Henry DeWolf Smyth, ‘‘ Radiating 
potentials of nitrogen.’’ 

Stranrorp: Frank Clark Hoyt, ‘‘Intensities of 
X-rays of the L-series III. Critical potentials 
of the platinum and tungsten lines.’’ 

WIsconsiIn: Grover Rawle Greenslade, ‘‘Spectral 
distribution of the energy radiated from me- 
tallic surfaces at high temperatures.’ 

Yate: John Stuart Foster, ‘‘Relative intensities 
of the Stark effect components of lines in the 
spectrum of helium.’’ Elias Klein, ‘‘Spark 
spectrum of gallium in air and in hydrogen.’’ 
Irvin Henry Solt, ‘‘Dispersion of a limited 
wave train.’’ 

Physiology 

Brown: Edgar Allen, ‘‘Oestrous cycle in the 
mouse.’’ James Walter Wilson, ‘‘ Biochemis- 
try of vitamine-A.’’ 

Curicaco: Thomas Leon Patterson, ‘‘Gastric con- 
tractions in amphidia and reptilia.’’ 

CLarK: Samuel Ernest Pond, ‘‘ Velocity of con- 
traction-wave in muscle.’ 

CotumMpr1a: Albert Baird Hastings, ‘‘ Physiology 
of fatigue; physico-chemical manifestations of 
fatigue in blood.’’ Ethel W. Wickwire, ‘‘ Re- 
ciprocal reaction in the cardio-vascular system. ’’ 

CoRNELL: John Stephens Latta, ‘‘Histogenesis of 
dense lymphatic tissue of the intestine (Lepus) ; 
development of lympathic tissue and _ blood- 
cell formation. ’’ 

Minnesota: Chester Arthur Stewart, ‘‘ Vital 
eapacity of lungs of children in health and 
disease. ’’ 

Psychology 

Brown: Sze-Chen Liao, ‘‘Quantitative study of 
non-intellectual elements. ’’ 

CaLirorNIA: Dorothy M. H. Yates, ‘‘Study of 
some high school seniors of exceptional intelli- 
gence.’’ 

CuicaGo: Forrest Alva Kingsbury, ‘‘Group intel- 
ligence seale for primary grades.’’ Helen 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1420 


Lois Koch, ‘‘Influence of mechanical guid- 
ance upon maze learning.’?’ Katherine Eva 
Ludgate, ‘‘Effect of manual guidance upon 
maze learning.’’ Margaret Wooster, ‘‘ Certain 
factors in the formation of new spatial co- 
ordination. ’’ 

CLARK: Carroll Cornelius Pratt, ‘‘ Qualitative 
aspects of bitonal complexes.’’ Matsusaburo 
Yokoyama, ‘‘ Affective tendency as conditioned 
by color and form.’’ 

CoLuMBIA: Florence Edith Carothers, ‘‘Psycho- 
logical examinations for college freshmen.’? 
Margaret Evertson Cobb, ‘‘Adenoids and dis- 
eased tonsils; their effect upon general intelli- 
gence.’’? Herbert Wesley Rogers, ‘‘Some em- 
pirical tests in vocational selection. ’’ 

CorNELL: Anna Kellman Whitchurch, ‘‘ Illusory 
perception of movement on the skin.’’ 

HarvarD: Harrison LeRoy Harley, ‘‘ Development 
of psychological tests for office clerks.’’ Joseph 
Paul Hettwer, ‘‘Studies on the conditioned 
reflex.’’? William Moulton Marston, ‘‘Systolic 
blood pressure and reaction-time symptoms of 
deception and of constituent mental states.’’ 

Iowa: Cordia C. Bunch, ‘‘ Measurement of acuity 
of hearing throughout the tonal range.’’ Glenn 
Newton Merry, ‘‘ Voice inflection in speech.’’ 
Hazel Martha Stanton, ‘‘Inheritance of spe- 
cific musical capacities.’’? Benjamin Franklin 
Zuehl, ‘‘ Measurement of auditory acuity with 
the pitch range audiometer.’’ 

JOHNS Hopkins: Curt Paul Richter, ‘‘ Behavior 
of the rat.’’” 

Minnesota: Raymond Otto Filter, ‘‘ Character 
traits.’? Oscar Julius Johnson, ‘‘St. Paul 
non-verbal intelligence examination for primary 
pupils.’’ Calvin Perry Stone, ‘‘ Analysis of 
the congenital sexual behavior of the male 
albino rat.’’ 

PENNSYLVANIA: Karl Greenwood Miller, ‘‘Diag- 
nostic study of fifty college students.’’ Morris 
Simon Viteles, ‘‘Job specifications and diag- 
nostic tests of job competency designed for 
auditing division of street railway compary.’’ 

YaLe: Willard Arthur Goodell, ‘‘ Behaviorism and 
teleology.’? 

Zoology 

Bryn Mawr: Hope Hibbard, ‘‘ Cytoplasmic inclu- 
sions in the eggs of Echinarachnius parma.’’ 

CALIFORNIA: William Ferguson Hamilton, ‘‘Co- 
ordination in the starfish.’’ 

CatHoutic UNiversity: Aloysius Fromm, ‘‘ Vitre- 
ous body,—its origin, development and struc- 
ture as observed in the eye of the pig.’’ 


Marcu 17, 1922] 


Cuicago: James William Buchanan, ‘‘ Control of 
head formation in planaria by means of an- 
estheties.’’? John Wood MacArthur, ‘‘Compar- 
ative study of susceptibility in planaria and 
other forms by means of electrolytes and vital 
dyes. ’’ 

CoLtumMBIA: Robert Hall Bowen, ‘‘Insect sperma- 
togensis. History of cytoplasmic components 
of the sperm in Hemiptera.’ 

CorNELL: Hazel Elisabeth Branch, ‘‘ Internal 
anatomy of Trichoptera.’’ John D. Detwiler, 
‘“Biology of three little known clover insects.’’ 
Dean LL. Gamble, ‘‘Morphology of ribs and 
transverse processes in Necturus maculatus.’’ 
Harry Hazelton Knight, ‘‘Insects affecting the 
fruit of the apple with particular reference to 
the characteristics of the resulting scars.’’ 
Rowland Willis Leiby, ‘‘Polyembryonic devel- 
opment of Copidosoma gelechie with notes on 
its biology.’’ Mortimer Demarest Leonard, 
“Revision of the dipterous family Rhagionida 
(leptide) in the United States and Canada.’’ 
John Thomas Lloyd, ‘‘ Biology of North Amer- 
ican caddis worms.’’ Helen Elizabeth Murphy, 


‘“Metamorphosis of may-fly (Ephemerine) 
mouth-parts.’’ 
HarvarpD: Samuel Wood Chase, ‘‘Mesonephros 


and urogenital ducts of Necturus maculosus 
rafinesque.’’ William Harder Cole, ‘‘Trans- 
plantation of skin in frog tadpoles.’? Emmett 
Reid Dunn, ‘‘Salamanders of the family 
Plethodontide.’’ Cleveland Sylvester Simkins, 
‘*Origin and migration of so-called primordial 
germ cells in the mouse and rat.’’ George 
Carlos Wheeler, ‘‘Larve of subfamilies Doli- 
choderine and Formicine ; developmental stages 
of ants.’’ ( : 

Inuinois: Florence Sander Hague, ‘‘Studies on 
Sparganophilus Eiseni Smith.’’ Ada Roberta 
Hall, ‘‘Effects of oxygen and carbon dioxide 
on the development of certain cold blooded ver- 
tebrates.’’? Ezra Clarence ‘Harrah, ‘‘ North 
American Monostomes.’’ Lewis Bradford Rip- 
ley, ‘‘Morphology and postembryology of 
Noctuid larve.’’? Fenner Satterthwaite Stick- 
ney,’’ ‘‘Head capsule of Coleoptera.’’ 

JouNns Hopxins: John Graham Edwards, ‘‘ Effect 
of chemicals on locomotion in ameba.’’ Al- 
phonse M. Schwitalla, ‘‘Influence of tempera- 
ture on the rate of locomotion in ameba.’’ 

Micuigan: Horace Burrington Baker, ‘‘ Distribu- 
tion of mussels in Douglas Lake.’’ 

Minnesota: George Henshaw Childs, ‘‘ Digestive 
system of diplopods with special reference to 


SCIENCE 


279 


parajulus.’? Samuel Alexander Graham, ‘‘In- 
fluence of physical factors of the environment 
on the ecology of certain insects in logs.’’ 

Ouro Stare: Carl John Drake, ‘‘Heological and 
life-history studies of Heteroptera.’’ 

PRINCETON: Orren Williams Hyman, ‘‘ Dimorph- 
ism of the spermatozoa of Fasciolaria Tulipa.’’ 

Rapciirre: Esther Wadsworth Hall, ‘‘Braconids 
parasitic on aphids and their life history.’’ 

StanrorD: K. Kunhi Kannan, ‘‘Function of the 
prothoracic plate in Mylabrid (Bruchid) 
larve.’’ 

Wisconsin: Sarah Van Hoosen Jones ‘‘Inher- 
itance in pigeons; checks and bars and other 
modifications of black.’’ 

YALE: John Spangler Nicholas, ‘‘Regulation of 
posture in the forelimb of Amblystoma punc- 
tatum.’’ Leon Stansfield Stone, ‘‘ Development 
of the cranial ganglia and the lateral line sense 
organs in Amblystoma punctatum.’’ 


CauLir Hubu 


CLARENCE J. WEST 
ResEARCH INFORMATION SERVICE, 
NationaL RESEARCH CoUNCIL, 
DECEMBER 7, 1921 


THE ORGANIZATION 
KNOWLEDGE 
Il 


The aim of all organized knowledge is to in- 
crease the certainty of prediction, or as a 
practical question the science of forecasting, 
the urgency of which was never more apparent 
than it is to-day. As has been said by Jevons, 
“With the progress of any branch of science 
the element of chance becomes much reduced,” 
for “Not only are laws discovered which en- 
able results to be predicted but the 
systematic examination of phenomena and sub- 
stances leads to important and novel discoveries 
which can in no sense be said to be accidental.” 
The application of this principle to the science 
of human relations is obvious, yet rarely recog- 
nized with the required degree of clearness. 
A vast amount of human activity continues 
to be carried on, crude as it may be, in dis- 
regard of past experience but of necessity as 
an adventure or speculation, the evil results 
of which are most likely to fall upon others 
than those directly concerned. It is not only 


OF 


280 


true that “hopeless causes do not always fail” 
(in the temporary human sense), but that 
wrongful causes or courses may prove profit- 
able—for a time—and to those directly con- 
cerned. It requires to be clearly kept in mind 
in considering civilization as a science of hu- 
man relations that in this respect the interests 
of the individual and society may be diametri- 
cally opposed to each other. But just as the 
police powers control criminal propensities, so 
the powers of organized knowledge and of 
demonstrated experience hold in check the reck- 
less intellectual speculations of the audacious 
but uninformed. In its final analysis the only 
eure of a fallacy is a demonstrated fact so 
clearly stated and properly applied that the 
truth must prevail and prove triumphant. 

This conclusion is summed up by President 
David Starr Jordan in the remark that “The 
final test of truth is its livableness, the degree 
to which we trust our lives to it.” However 
much falsehood may prevail and prove an in- 
dividual advantage—for a time—in the long 
run it is only “by means of experience, person- 
al and collective, that the human race main- 
tains itself on earth.” Such _ experience, 
also in the words of Jordan, “concerns 
itself chiefly with the relations of objects rather 
than with their ultimate constitution or their 
intimate nature,” for “it gives the truth actu- 
ally needed in actual life and it furnishes the 
means for the acquisition of more complete 
conceptions whenever in the intricacies of life 
such better knowledge is needed.” 

The principle here laid down is fundamental 
to a science of human relations. When the 
demand arises for practical knowledge, for safe 
guidance in affairs of business or state, the 
first essential need is a basis of agreed upon 
facts, only too often wanting in the case of 
those who essay upon leadership in the 
troubled waters of political, economic, or social 
controversy. 

It is likewise with every question, great or 
small, upon which mankind stands in need of 
better knowledge to eliminate the prevailing 
error and misapplication of human effort. 
Only by organizing knowledge in the manner 
here suggested will it be possible to seeure the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1420 


future against the vast amount of erroneous 
conclusions which now hamper progress in 
practically every important direction in which 
further progress is most essential for the good 
of all mankind. No elaborate philosophical 
treatise on the “Foundations of Knowledge” 
or the “Human Intellect” meets this need. If 
typhus is at our door or sleeping sickness no 
vague advice on preventive measures, however 
well meaning, meets our needs of the situa- 
tion or the expectations of the public. No 
philosophical platitude, no pious phrases of 
politics held the Indian in his struggle to sur- 
vive in competition with an unlike civiliza- 
tion in some respects inferior to the moral and 
physical standards of primitive life. 

In very truth it is much easier to evolve 
speculative theories about knowledge than to 
ascertain the truth or the facts concerning 
even the most commonplace matters of every- 
day existence. Herein lies the conflict between 
mathematics and statistics and the menace of 
over-emphasis of the mathematical judgment in 
matters which are largely questions of facts 
and not of philosophical inference. Because 
mathematics are useful—if not indispensable— 
in astronomy or engineering it does not at all 
follow that mathematical speculations can safe- 
ly be applied to problems in biology or vital 
and social statistics. The practical truths of 
every-day life are relative and not absolute, 
all more or less conditioned by the human judg- 
ment, totally at variance with the ascertain- 
ment of the truth of physics or chemistry. The 
mode of reasoning most useful in sociology or 
political science is essentially different from the 
intellectual concept of accuracy in the trans- 
mission of sound waves or the transformation 
of energy applied to a steam engine or a tur- 
bine. Hence I am at a loss to understand the 
conelusion of Jevons that “As science pro- 
gresses, its power of foresight rapidly increases 
until the mathematician in his study seems to 
acquire the power of anticipating matters and 
predicting what will happen in stated cireum- 
stances before the eye of man has ever wit- 
nessed the event.” No mathematician gave 
a forecast of the coming of the great 
influenza epidemic of 1918-19, no weather 


Marcu 17, 1922] 


forecast of a coming storm depends upon 
mathematics, no fall in prices or rise in wages 
needs the aid of the mathematician to prognos- 
tieate events depending largely on unforesee- 
able contingencies, and finally, no mathema- 
tician could have or did forecast the great war 
and its duration and consequential loss of life 
and property. But knowledge properly or- 
ganized would aid enormously in developing 
the prophetic judgment free from bias or the 
influence of custom or tradition. Such organi- 
zation should be the first instead of the last, 
the most important instead of the most ne- 
glected duty of the state. Without it the pres- 
ent chaos and confusion must continue, while 
the consequences must become more disastrous. 
Properly organized knowledge on the multitude 
of matters that concern the state and society 
would within a single generation do more to 
advance the cause.of true civilization of science 
and human progress than any other discovery 
within the realms of possibility. 

Nothing that I have said should be con- 
strued as opposed to original thought, to the 
fullest uses of the imagination, lead the con- 
clusions where they may. Such speculations 
concern the individual and represent opinions 
which may or may not be accepted as a guide 
to action in the affairs of every-day life. I 
am concerned with judgments of a public or 
universal nature brought forward as a con- 
tribution to truth, based upon the ascertained 
and digested facts of human experience. I 
agree entirely with Professor Dearborn that it 
is wrong “to be forever putting facts into the 
mind while never providing time to use them 
in thought,” and I also agree with his view 
that “rules for thinking are wholly unneces- 
sary,” just as I am convinced of the non-utility 
of a knowledge of technical grammar in the art 
of writing. But what belongs to the realm of 
the imagination is a thing apart in the life of 
a man who is conscious of his intellectual re- 
sponsibility in matters of fact and particularly 
when the facts represent collective experience 
or conclusions drawn from assembled aggre- 
gates usually in the nature of statistical data. 
No man has a right or a privilege to say that 
he knows what to him is only a matter of be- 


SCIENCE 281 


lief. On all questions of public policy, where 
far-reaching consequences are involved in pres- 
ent-day action, it is the first duty of the states- 
man to make sure of his facts, to clearly differ- 
entiate facts from opinion, and to act with 
absolute impartiality upon the evidence. <Ac- 
euracy of judgment will be conditioned large- 
ly by the state of organized knowledge and 
its intelligent coordination to the end in view. 
There is much lip service of coordination in 
science and government, but a woeful lack of 
it in practice. To the extent that knowledge is 
better organized such coordination will be- 
come more effective as a matter of course. 
Much of what is said here is implied in 
learned philosophical discussions, failing, how- 
ever, to emphasize the practical viewpoint as 
illustrated in every-day experience. Thus the 
really extraordinary essay on “The System of 
the Sciences,” by the late Professor Ostwald, 
prepared for the inauguration of the Rice In- 
stitute, must needs aid materially the cause of 
a better method of systematizing knowledge, 
although failing in the most important parti- 
eular of outlining a method of classification 
and arrangement by which the knowledge ex- 
tant can be made more readily accessible. For 
illustration, the suggestion that “the ordering 
of facts and their relationship in each indi- 
vidual science is the first and most important 
function in its development’ is explained as 
“a discoverer of new facts may not content 
himself with simply imparting these facts to 
the world at large, but only after having recog- 
nized and fixed them does there arise for him 
the new great essentially scientific duty of 
demonstrating the relationship borne by these 
new facts to the existing order of knowledge 
in a particular field and of thus rendering 
them real organic parts of the entire science 
in question.” But this admirable principle is 
not elucidated as it should have been by some 
concrete illustration based on extended experi- 
ence. For while it is perfectly true that “An 
ordering process of this kind in each particular 
science has always been the principle of all 
progress,” this conclusion is far from being 
as clearly recognized as it should be. 
Science, in the words of Karl Pearson, 


282 


“claims for its heritage the whole domain to 
which the knowledge can be legitimately ap- 
plied,” and this is amplified by the remark 
that “knowledge is essentially a description 
and not an explanation,’ it being held at the 
same time that the object of science is to 
describe in conceptual shorthand the routine of 
the past. Hence the importance of the 
fact-gathering process being made as _thor- 
ough as it is required to be impartial. 
Pearson properly points out the limitations of 
Sir Francis Bacon’s classification of the scien- 
ces, failing in the supreme essential of a “clear 
distinction between the material of knowledge 
and knowledge itself, between the real and the 
ideal, or between the phenomenal world and 
the unreal products of metaphysical thought.” 

This discussion of an adequate method of 
classification is most illuminating, and the dif- 
ferent attempts that have been made “show 
how dangerous it is for any individual to at- 
tempt to classify the sciences even if he pos- 
sesses Spencer’s ability.” Pearson disavows 
for his own system the pretense of “logical 
exactness.’ For, he remarks, “science is not 
a mere catalogue of facts, but is the concep- 
tual model by which we briefly resume our 
experience of those facts.” But it would have 
been to better advantage if these learned con- 
clusions had been illustrated by a few con- 
crete examples, for only in this wise can our 


actual shortcomings be brought home to us. 


From Bacon and Compte to Jevons, Spencer 
and Pearson, the classification of the sciences 
has been confused with the organization of 
knowledge as a prerequisite for an adequate 
and satisfactory systematic outline of the or- 
der of the universe. Pearson’s own classifica- 
tion into abstract, concrete, and_ biological 
sciences may possibly answer the purpose, but 
certainly not his amplification that these are 
united pair and pair “by applied mathematies 
and biophysies.” 

More has been claimed for mathematics than 
for any other branch of science. Granted that 
“Tt is the science of exact thought as applied 
to natural phenomena,’’ it does not at all fol- 
low that it is essential or even advantageous 
in matters in which the approximate truth 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1420 


guides human actions—ever has and ever will, 
because of the variable conditions which gov- 
ern our existence or the collective existence 
of all mankind. No one has essayed upon this 
question to better advantage than Sir Wil- 
liam Hamilton in his discussion on “The Study 
of Mathematics as an Exercise of Mind.” 
Thus, for illustration, the rather startling ob- 
servation that “If we consult reason, experi- 
ence, and the common testimony of ancient and 
modern times none of our intellectual studies 
tend to cultivate a smaller number of faculties 
in a more partial or feeble manner than mathe- 
maties.” He quotes a German authority 
to the effect that “We shall first of all 
admit that mathematics only eultivate the 
mind on a single phasis. Their object is mere- 
ly form and quantity. They thus remain, as 
it were, only on the surface of things without 
reaching essential qualities or, their internal or 
far more important relations—namely, the 
feelings and the will—and consequently without 
determining the higher faculties of activity. 
So likewise on the other hand the memory and 
imagination remain in a great measure unem- 
ployed.” 

Sir William Hamilton was of the opinion 
that mathematics “do not cultivate the power 
of generalization” and what is even more im- 
portant as a practical conclusion “the study 
of mathematics educates to no sagacity in de- 
tecting the fallacies which originate in the 
thought itself of the reasoner.” It is of 
the utmost importance for the present pur- 
pose that this conclusion should be clearly 
grasped. It being held that the inductive pro- 
cess of reasoning, or from the particular to the 
general, is the only process by which, in the 
vast majority of cases, conclusions can be cor- 
rectly arrived at, it must be self-evident that 
a process of reasoning by pure deduction can 
not likewise serve the same or a better purpose. 
Sir William Hamilton makes this point more 
clear in the statement that “The art of reason- 
ing right is assuredly not taught by a process 
in which there is no reasoning wrong,” or to 
use his own illustration, “we do not learn to 
swim. in water by previous practice in a pool 
of quicksilver.” The process ot fact hunting, 


Marcu 17, 1922] 


fact assembling, and fact analysis is the pre- 
requisite for fact statements, and it is fact 
statements alone that are entitled to the serious 
consideration of those whose judgment and 
decision affects the present or future welfare 
of those concerned in the results of the fore- 
casting process. 

The organization of knowledge is concerned 
with the interpretation of the phenomena of 
every-day experience and not with a theory 
applied to their interpretation, indifferent to 
the facts or the nature of the facts considered. 
This conclusion is admirably set forth by Sir 
William Hamilton in the words that “Mathe- 
matics often afford us no assistance either in 
conquering the difficulties or in avoiding 
the dangers which we encounter in the 
great field of probabilities in which we live.” 
It is, therefore, mere phraseology to say that 
“The leading characteristic of mathematics is 
that it deals with properties and ideas which 
are applicable to things just because they are 
things and apart from any particular feelings, 
emotions, or sensations in any way connected 
with them.” (Whitehead). It is precisely 
the truth that mathematics deals with 
truth in the abstract that it is so largely in- 
applicable to questions in which the very best 
judgment can only represent an approxima- 
tion to the ideal but nevertheless workable 
truth. Or, as Sir William Hamilton remarks, 
“Of observation, experiment, induction, ana- 
logy the mathematician knows nothing,” yet 
it is of all these that organized knowledge 
must take cognizance if it is to serve the use- 
ful purpose of advancing the truth by which 
men live. 

I can not for the present enlarge upon this 
view, recalling, however, the previously quoted 
remark of Professor David Starr Jordan that 


“The final test of the truth is its livableness, ” 


the degree to which we may trust our lives 
to it.’ No theory of probability, however 
useful in perfecting contingency calculations, 
can be safely applied to the countless questions 
upon which facts and mere facts alone will 
permit of a judgment “to which we may trust 
our lives.” No mathematical figments can make 
up for deficiencies in knowledge of funda- 
mental truth. 


SCIENCE 


283 


Limitations of space preclude an adequate 
discussion of the methods pursued in the or- 
ganization of the library and information 
service of my office. The methods of organ- 
izing knowledge must necessarily vary in detail 
with the nature of the subject matter, but in 
my own experience of thirty years I have found 
no difficulty whatever in gaining a reasonable 
degree of control over a wide range of essen- 
tially different sets of facts and data, systemat- 
ically arranged upon the principles of easy 
accessibility, completeness of experience as to 
time and place and reasonable economy in 
expense. All general information in my office 
other than such as is represented by books and 
pamphlets is first filed under a uniform en- 
velop system arranged, however, in precisely 
the same manner as the books and pamphlets 
on the subject index plan. 

The classification adopted rests upon the 
conception that the basis of modern progress 
the term eco- 
nomics is used in the broadest sense and made 
to include social and allied sciences and activi- 
ties. The first division of organized knowl- 
edge in use in my office bears, therefore, the 
title “Economies.” Under the second division 
is comprehended “Statistics and Information”; 
this section is sub-divided into United States 
and Foreign Countries. Both of these sections 
are sub-divided into about thirty minor divi- 
sions, which readily admit of being enlarged, 
if occasion should require; but I have found it 
more advantageous to avoid too many minor 
sub-divisions, so as to make the indexing of 
the information as automatic as possible. The 
fourth section is entitled “Labor and Industry,” 
being practically technological, having to do 
with all industrial processes, labor conditions, 
occupational diseases, occupational accidents, 
ete. The fifth section bears the title ‘Public 
Health,” but this is limited to the United States, 
simply as a matter of convenience, for in the 
general statistical information section public 
health is Sub-section 8, including, of course, 
vital statistics. The sixth and last section 
bears the general title “Science, Medicine and 
Research,” including a vast range of more or 
less allied subject matters. 

Throughout “information” consists chiefly of 


is essentially economic, but 


284 


newspaper clippings, magazine articles, articles 
from technical periodicals, ete. Priority 
throughout is given to original sources of in- 
formation, including any and all official re- 
ports, documents, ete., of value. Aside from 
the foregoing, there is a section on Graphics, 
which is becoming a matter entitled to 
separate consideration, on account of the 
growing demand for graphic publicity of social, 
medical and economic experience. As thus con- 
ceived, the organization of knowledge can be 
brought within the compass of six general divi- 
sions, which can easily be memorized and into 
which numerous special sub-divisions fit auto- 
matically on the principle of associated ideas. 
FREDERICK L. HOFFMAN 
PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY 
or AMERICA 
Newark, N. J. 


AMERICAN BIOLOGICAL STAINS 
COMPARED WITH THOSE OF 
GRUBLER 


In a recent article! the writer called atten- 
tion to the need of standardizing biological 
stains now that those of American manufac- 
turers are on the market. In this article men- 
tion was made of the fact that the American 
stains had a rather bad reputation among bio- 
logists not necessarily because of their actual 
poor qualities, but merely because they are dif- 
ferent from the Griibler stains which were 
standard before the war. It was stated at this 
time that the Society of American Bacteriolo- 
gists was beginning an investigation of the 
American stains, and the cooperation of other 
scientific bodies was urged. Since the article 
in question was written much cooperation of 
this kind has been secured and the work has 
been put on a much broader basis. For this 
reason it seems well at the present time to in- 
sert in these pages a brief report on progress, 
particularly since many interesting results have 
already been obtained in comparing the various 
brands of stains. 

Still more recently there appeared in this 


1H. J. Conn, The Production of Biological 
Stains in America, Science, N. S., 53: 289-290. 


SCIENCE 


“ing tested in histological work. 


[ Von. LV, No. 1420 


journal? a statement as to a project of the 
National Research Council on the standardiza- 
tion of biological stains. This work of the 
National Council is the out-growth of the in- 
vestigations already made by the bacterio- 
logical society. Several of the national scien- 
tifie organizations, notably the Botanical So- 
ciety of America and the American Society of 
Zoologists, are already taking active part in the 
work. As a result there are now some forty 
bacteriologists who have taken part,in the 
bacteriological tests of the stains, about fifteen 
zoologists who are examining certain stains for 
cytological and other histological work, and it 
is expected. shortly to have a similar group of 
botanists taking part in the work. The hearty 
cooperation of all of these investigators, lo- 
cated in many different institutions all over the 
country, is one of the most pleasant surprises 
the work has brought out. The tests involved 
are often quite time-consuming and the willing- 
ness of the collaborators to carry them out 
without question of remuneration or credit for 
the work is felt to show that biologists in gen- 
eral are keenly interested in the subject. With- 
out their eager cooperation the work would have 
been impossible, and much credit is due to all 
of them. 

The work has brought out quite plainly that 
three series of tests are necessary in standardiz- 
ing any particular stain: first it must be tested 
for bacteriological staining; second for histo- 
logical staining; and third its chemical com- 
position must be determined so far as the pres- 
ent status of dye chemistry makes this pos- 
sible. At present three stains or groups of 
stains have been tested from the bacteriologi- 
eal standpoint: fuchsin, methylene blue, and 
the gentian and methyl violets. Of these, 
methylene blue and gentian violet are now be- 
In addition 
to these, histological tests are being made of 
safranin, hematoxylin, orange G and eosine. 
Chemical work, through the cooperation of the 
Department of Agriculture in the Color Labora- 
tory, under Dr. Ambler, has been done on 
methylene blue, and similar tests are shortly 


2The Standardization of Biological 
Science, N. 8., 53: 289-290, 1921. 


Stains, 


Marcu 17, 1922] 


to be made of gentian violet. Although the 
work has only just begun, enough information 
has already been obtained so that certain pub- 
lie statements can safely be made. 

In the first place, it has been learned that 
there is no justification for implicit faith in the 
Griibler stains. They are apparently not near- 
ly as pure as those that are now made in 
America. It has for a long time been well 
known that certain Griibler stains were cut 
with inert material such as dextrin or salt, 
and the recent chemical tests that we have made 
show very plainly the greater percentage of 
color in nearly all the American samples ex- 
amined. Possibly in some cases the greater 
concentration of the American stains may have 
been the cause of the poor results obtained 
with them, since the directions for preparing 
staining solutions are all based upon the 
Gribler stains. In the second place, it has 
been found that the Griibler stains are not as 
constant or uniform as it used to be supposed. 
Some examples of Griibler’s methylene blue 
for example are entirely satisfactory for stain- 
ing dried milk smears, while other samples, 
the authenticity of which can not be ques- 
tioned, have the property of dissolving casein 
and washing the milk smears off of the sides. 
Furthermore, certain Griibler samples of orange 
G prove entirely satisfactory in the Fleming 
triple stain while other samples are very un- 
satisfactory, ranking with the poorest Ameri- 
can samples in this respect. It has been 
noticed with much interest that when an in- 
vestigator has been using for histological pur- 
poses a sample of some Griibler stain from 
his own laboratory, and also various unknown 
samples sent to him, in which another Griibler 
sample was included, he has invariably reported 
his own sample of the Griibler stain as much 
superior to the unknown sample. From this 
it has been concluded that the Griibler stains 
vary as much as the American stains and that 
a histologist naturally reports best results 
with that particular sample with which he has 
had experience. 

As to the qualities of American stains, it 
ean be said without hesitation that they are in 
general very good. This is particularly true 


SCIENCE 285 


of the bacteriological stains, to which for one 
reason or another the manufacturers have given 
most attention. Certain American methylene 
blues, in particular, are decidedly superior to 
any we were used to before the war. This 
statement is made on the basis of very severe 
bacteriological tests and of chemical analyses 
as well. There seems to be no question but that 
it will be possible to find American-made stains 
of practically all kinds desired by biologists as 
good or even better than those obtained from 
abroad. 

The chief uncertainty in the situation at 
present is whether the producers of the stains 
will stay in the business. This matter may 
be settled one way or the other by action of 
Congress before this paper appears in print; 
but whatever is done in the matter, it is de- 
cidedly to be hoped that certain of the Ameri- 
can stains which some of us biologists now in- 
variably choose in preference to the Griibler 
products, will continue to be available to us. 


H. J. Conn, Chairman, 
Committee on Standardization of Biological 
Stains, National Research Council 
Geneva, N. Y., 
JANUARY 15, 1922° 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
THE STANDARDIZATION OF INDUSTRIES 


Biturons of dollars can be saved by Amer- 
ican industry if a comprehensive program of 
standardization is carried out, according to 
E. C. Peck of Cleveland, O., chairman of the 
standardization committee of the American 
Society of Mechanical Engineers. Mr. Peck 
writes: 

The German work is of special interest to those 
responsible for the management of American 
industries, not only because of its importance, but 
also because of the similarity in the historical 
conditions surrounding the national standardiza- 
tion movements in Germany and in America. 

Mr. Peck says that mass production is no 
longer primarily an American development, but 
that the lesson of the war has brought home to 
European countries realization of its signi- 
ficance, so that to-day in these countries far 
reaching programs of industrial standardiza- 


286 


tion are being carried out. These countries are 
employing systematic cooperative effort of 
industries functioning through national indus- 
trial associations, technical societies and gov- 
ernment bureaus. 

It behooves managers of American industries to 
intensify their efforts toward standardization or 
they will be left behind in the competition for 
world commerce. It is not enough that there be 
standardization work done by sections of imdus- 
tries and by individual firms, although such work, 
prior to the war, made possible a considerable 
amount of mass production, which attracted the 
attention of European industrialists. 

To reap the full benefits the work must be 
broadened and intensified, and made national in 
its scope. This requires the joint effort of man- 
ager and engineer, of producer, distributor, con- 
sumer and independent specialist, all speaking 
through the organized bodies represent 
their interests. 


which 


The many benefits of standardization are by no 
means limited to the production side. In the long 
run standardization is bound to be of even 
greater importance in the reduction of distribu- 
tion and selling costs,—perhaps the most import- 
ant problem of our economic system. A compre- 
hensive program of standardization planned and 
carried out by our great national industries will 
mean the saving of hundreds of millions—even 
billions of dollars. 


The American Society of Mechanical Engi- 
neers will take up the question of standardiza- 
tion and research at a five-day meeting to be 
held in Atlanta, Ga., beginning on May 8. The 
society in its statement on German progress 
says: 

The standardization movement in Germany is 
particularly significant, since Germany is one of 
the three leading industrial countries. The indus- 
tries of Austria, Holland, Sweden and Switzer- 
land are so intimately related to those of Ger- 
many on account of geographical and other rela- 
tionships that they are necessarily affected very 
largely by developments in Germany. 

It appears that the work is being woven very 
intimately into the industrial fabric. The very 
large number of standards purchased by the 
industry, and the fact that the central organiza- 
tion has 5,000 firms which are cooperating mem- 
bers, are a sufficient indication of this. 

There seems to be a striking analogy between 
the present standardization movement in Ger- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1420 


many and the research movement developed there 
a. generation ago. Whatever estimate one may 
place upon the réle it played in German industries 
generally, every one agrees that research was 
fundamental in the development of their great 
chemical industries. The réle which the Germans 
are expecting standardization to play in all their 
industries would be not unlike the role which 
research has played in their chemical work. 


MORE “GLASS FLOWERS” AT HARVARD 

Tue Harvard Alumni Bulletin states that 
Rudolph Blaschka, the artist who, at Harvard, 
with -his father, modelled the famous “glass 
flowers” in the Botanical Museum at Harvard 
University, has begun work on a supplementary 
collection of glass models of grasses and sedges, 
which will be displayed on their completion in a 
room adjoining the Ware collection of glass 
flowers. Walter Deane, 70, formerly president 
of the New England Botanical Club, has con- 
sented to aid in providing Herr Blaschka with 
American material for the construction of the 
new models. 

The Ware collection now on exhibition will 
be practically complete when twenty models and 
fifty magnified anatomical details, now in the 
artist’s studio in Germany, have been trans- 
ported to this country. It is unsafe to transport 
them under existing conditions, especially since 
their removal to Boston cannot yet be secured 
“in bond.’”’ Up to the time of the war the glass 
flowers were shipped direct to Boston and then, 
by the courtesy of the Custom House officials, 
were carried directly to the Museum in Cam- 
bridge and were unpacked safely at the 
University. 

The collection now illustrates 160 families of 
flowering plants, 540 genera, and 803 species, 
and there are more than 3,200 analytical magni- 
fied details. The range of the exhibition is 
sufficiently extensive to give a clear idea of the 
relations of these important families and species 
to each other. The skill which has copied in 
glass every minute detail of structure of the 
plants has been devoted solely to Harvard Uni- 
versity. All of the specimens which have been 
made since 1895 are the artistic handiwork of 
Rudolph Blaschka, who has carried on all of 
his study and his modelling single-handed in 
his studio in Germany. 


Marcu 17, 1922] 


THE NEW BUILDING FOR FORESTRY AT 
YALE UNIVERSITY 

Yaue’s new Forestry School building will 
cost about $300,000 and will be situated on 
Prospect Street, on the Sage-Pierson Square, 
on which several large laboratories are being 
erected, including the Osborne, Sloan, Harri- 
man and Sterling structures. It is the gift of 
William H. Sage of Albany, a member of the 
Yale class of ’65. The architect is William 
Adams Delano of New York City, Yale, 95. 

The ground slopes from north to south 
abruptly and advantage has been taken of this 
fact to gain a full lighted story in the base- 
ment. While the building is three stories high 
at the north, it is practically four at the south. 

The building will conform in architectural 
treatment and material with the others on this 
quadrangle. It will be of fireproof construc- 
tion, with slate roof. The ground floor will 
contain the Forest Club room with a fireplace 
and ample windows to the west. Wood for the 
panels has been offered by the New York 
Lumber Trade Association and a great variety 
of woods will be used without destroying the 
architectural quality of the room. On the same 
floor will be the laboratory for testing woods, 
requiring heavy machinery and solid founda- 
tions. 

On the first floor is the library, a room 24 by 
40 feet and 14 feet high, which will be divided 
into aleoves by book eases. This will be purely 
a departmental library. On this floor will also 
be the administrative offices, and a large lecture 
or assembly room to seat about 150 people. 

On the second floor will be two class rooms, 
a drafting room and a silver-culture laboratory, 
besides private work rooms for the staff. The 
top floor under the roof will be well lighted by 
skylights and will give ample working space 
for the main laboratory, the herbarium, and 
wood collections, and some special research 
rooms. : 

The corridors on the library and top floors 
have been made amply wide to give room for 
eases of specimens. They serve, therefore, the 
double purpose of corridor and museum. A 
freight elevator in the southeast corner accessi- 
ble from the roadway will make it possible to 
lift heavy objects to every floor. 


SCIENCE 


287 


THE WASHINGTON CONFERENCE ON 
PUBLIC HEALTH 

THERE was held this week under the auspices 
of the United States Public Health Service in 
Washington a conference of deans of schools 
of public health and medieal schools, presidents 
of universities with which these schools are 
connected, a selected number of professors of 
public health subjects and men actively en- 
gaged in public health work, on “The Future 
of Public Health in the United States and the 
Edueation of Sanitarians.’’ 

After considering the present status of the 
public health movement and present facilities 
for the education of health officers and other 
sanitarians, the conference considered various 
newer aspects of public health and their im- 
portance in the training of sanitarians; the 
various kinds of sanitarians which will be 
needed for the future; the recruiting and train- 
ing of more and better sanitarians; and the 
various problems connected with the training 
of sanitarians for the future and the further 
education of those who are now employed in 
public health work. 

Among those expected to take part in the 
conference were Presidents James R. Angell, 
Livingston Farrand, Frank J. Goodnow, Ray 
Lyman Wilbur; Deans Hugh Cabot, William 
Darrach, David L. Edsall; Professors Allen W. 
Freeman, E. O. Jordan, Roger Perkins, Mazyck 
P. Ravenel, Milton J. Rosenau, George C. 
Whipple, Jesse F. Williams, C.-E. A. Winslow; 
Drs. Lewellys F. Barker, Walter H. Brown, 
John A. Ferrell, Lee K. Frankel, Otto P. Geier, 
Frederick R. Green, Vernon Kellogg, John H. 
Stokes, Victor C. Vaughan, George E. Vincent, 
William A. White, Hubert Work, also Drs. 
8. J. Crumbine, Hugh 8. Cumming, Eugene 
R. Kelley, L. L. Lumsden, A. T. McCormack, 
A. M. Stimson and Allan J. McLaughlin, of 
the United States Public Health Service and 
the various state boards of health. 


The announcement of the meeting says: 

The rapid development of the public health 
movement in the United States, the shortage of 
trained public health officers and the present 
inadequate facilities for their education has 
brought about a situation which, in its opinion, 
merits a thorough consideration not only by lead- 


288 


ers in the public health movement but by univer- 
sity presidents and others who are now partici- 
pating in the education of youth. Numerous sur- 
veys have called attention to the need for more 
and better trained health officers. On the other 
hand, there has never been so much interest among 
people generally in public health as there is at 
the present time. Could there be made available 
a larger number of trained public health officers, 
it would be possible within a comparatively short 
period of years to immeasurably increase the 
health, efficiency and happiness of the American 
people. From these considerations it appears 
that the problem of the education of health offi- 
cers is a matter perhaps more important in its 
many implications than any other now before 
physicians and educators. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 

THE spring meeting of the American Chem- 
ical Society will be held with the Alabama 
Section at Birmingham from April 3 to 7. Dr. 
Edgar F. Smith will preside. Among the 
special addresses are the following: “The 
pioneer’s field in petroleum research,” by Van 
H. Manning; “Informational needs in science 
and technology,” by Charles L. Reese, and 
“Recent developments of the chemistry of 
rubber,” by W. C. Geer. 


On February 24 Vilhjalmur Stefansson de- 
livered a lecture before the National Geo- 
graphic Society. On that occasion the society 
made the announcement that its Research 
Council had awarded him the Grant Squires 
prize “in recognition of the unique interest and 
importance of his book, ‘The Friendly Arctic,’ 
the outstanding geographic publication of 
1921.” 

Tue King of Italy has conferred upon Col. 
Lawrence Martin, of Washington, D. C., for- 
merly professor of geography at the University 
of Wisconsin, the rank of Officer of his Order 
of the Crown of Italy for services during the 
war. 


Av a celebration which took place at the Sor- 
bonne on January 22 Professor Henry Le 
Chatelier was presented with a gold medal in 
commemoration of his fifty years’ work of sci- 
entifie and technical research. 


We learn from Nature that the first award 
of the Meldola medal has been made by the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1420 


council of the British Institute of Chemistry, 
with the concurrence of Dr. Perey EH. Spiel- 
mann, representing the Maccabeans, to Dr. 
Christopher Kelk Ingold. 


Mr. A. S. Kennarp has been elected presi- 
dent of the Malacological Society of London. 
The vice-presidents are Mr. J. R. le B. Tomlin, 
Professor A. E. Boycott, Mr. G. K. Gude and 
Mr. C. Oldham. 


Dr. Francis WELD PEazopy, assistant pro- 
fessor of medicine at the Harvard Medical 
School and physician of the Peter Bent Brig- 
ham Hospital, has been appointed director of 
the Thorndike Memorial Laboratory, which is 
being erected on the grounds of the Boston City 
Hospital. The laboratory will be completed in 
less than a year and will be devoted mainly to 
research work. 


Proressor THEODOR SVEDBERG, who holds the 
chair of physical chemistry at the University 
of Upsala, has accepted the invitation extended 
to him by the University of Wisconsin to de- 
liver a course of lectures at the University 
during 1923. 


P. J. Wester, for seven years horticulturist, 
and the last four years agricultural adviser to 
the Bureau of Agriculture, Philippine Islands, 
has applied for retirement from the govern- 
ment service under the Osmefa Act, and is 
returning to the United States. 


H. A. Doerner has been assigned to rare- 
metal work at the Reno experiment station of 
the U. S. Bureau of Mines. Mr. Doerner was 
former connected with the Denver office of the 
bureau. J. A. Cullen has been assigned to 
cement experiment work at the Columbus Sta- 
tion. 

L. G. LENNERT, assistant sanitary engineer, 
United States Public Health Service, has been 
granted leave of absence to serve on the Inter- 
national Health Board during 1922. He will 
have headquarters in Sacramento, Calif. 


Ivar Heruitz, fellow of the American Scan- 


‘dinavian Foundation, formerly with the South- 


ern Sierras Power Company, Riverside, Calif., 
is studying high-voltage transmission problems 
under a research scholarship from the Swedish 
Academy of Engineering Science. 


Marcu 17, 1922] 


George T. SourHeate, formerly research en- 
gineer with the American Cyanamid Company 
at Brewster, Fla., has accepted a position in 
the Bureau of Soils, United States Department 
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 


Dr. CHARLES WILLIAM DaBney, who retired 
from the presidency of the University of Cin- 
cinnati a year ago, has established an office in 
Houston, Texas, where he and his associates 
are prepared to report on mineral, oil and other 
properties. 


Dr. Raymonp Peart gave an illustrated lec- 
ture on “The growth of population” before the 
War College in Washington on March 6. 


Dr. Joun A. Wiptsokr, formerly president of 
the Utah Agricultural College and later of the 
University of Utah, is delivering a series of 
lectures at the Brigham Young University on 
“The making of science.” 


PRESIDENT WaLTEeR Diuu Scott, of North- 
western University, formerly professor of psy- 
chology, will give the convocation address at 
the one hundred twenty-fourth convocation of 
the University of Chicago on March 21. His 
subject will be “Handling men.” 


RECENTLY, under the auspices of the depart- 
ment of physics of the School of Mines and 
Metallurgy, Rolla, Missouri, Professor S. R. 
Williams, of Oberlin College, spoke to the stu- 
dents of the department of physies on “The 
principle of Bernoulli and some of its applica- 
tions’; to the Science Club on ‘“Magnetic- 
mechanical analysis of ferromagnetic sub- 
stances,’ and at chapel on “The spirit of schol- 
arship.” 


Dr. Orro Kiorz, director of the Dominion 
Observatory, delivered an address before the 
Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences on 
“Astronomy in Canada” on February 28. 


Proressor H. E. ArmstronG, who has con- 
sented to deliver the first Messel Memorial Lec- 
ture at the forthcoming annual meeting of the 
Society of Chemical Industry, has chosen as the 
subject of his discourse, “Rhapsodies culled 
from the Thionie Epos, including a discussion 
of the conditions determinative of chemical 
interchange.” 


SCIENCE 


289 


Dr. Mason Greenwoop, Milroy lecturer be- 
for the Royal College of Physicians of London, 
had for the subject of his lectures on March 9, 
14 and 16, “The influence of industrial em- 
ployment on general health.” The Goulstonian : 
lectures to be given by Dr. Anthony Feiling, 
on Mareh 21, 23 and 28, will deal with the 
interpretation of symptoms in disease of the 
central nervous system. Dr. Hector Macken- 
zie’s Lumleian lectures on diseases of the 
thyroid gland will be delivered on March 30 
and April 4 and 6. 


Wiiuiam James Comstock, for many years 
instructor of organic chemistry at the Shef- 
field Scientific School of Yale University, died 
on January 24, at the age of sixty-two years. 


Grorce Lyman Cannon, for thirty-four 
years instructor in biology and geology in the 
Denver high schools, author of contributions to 
geology and natural history, died on February 
15, at the age of sixty-two years. 


Tue death is announced at the age of forty- 
two years of Professor Erich Ebler, professor 
of inorganic and analytical chemistry in the 
newly founded University of Frankfort-on-the- 
Main. 


AN appropriation of $34,978,033, to meet 
expenses of the Department of Agriculture 
during the coming year is recommended in a 
bill reported on March 6 by the House Appro- 
priations Committee. The total is $3,710,026 
less than the amount appropriated for the eur- 
rent fiscal year and $1,554,683 less than budget 
estimates. 


Tue defeat of the Ellis evolution bill by the 
Kentucky House of Representatives by a ma- 
jority of one vote on March 10 finally disposed 
of the question at this session of the legislature. 
The Rash bill in the Senate recently was re- 
committed and the rules committee refused to 
allow it to be reported. The Ellis bill would 
have forbidden the teaching in the University 
of Kentucky, the normal schools and the public 
schools of “Darwinism, atheism, agnostics or 
evolution as it pertains to the origin of man.” 
It was the first of three similar bills introduced 
this season, two in the House and one in the 
Senate. The other bills can not be passed, 


290 


as the legislature was expected to adjourn on 
March 15. 


ANNOUNCEMENT is made from the University 
of Chicago that Dr. H. A. Lorentz, professor 
of physics in the University of Leiden, will 
lecture at the Ryerson Physical Laboratory on 
March 17 and 18 on “The constitution of 
matter,” on April 3 on “The theory of spectral 
lines” and on April 4 on “The Theory of rela- 
tivity.” It is also announced that the follow- 
ing graduate courses in theoretical physies will 
be given during the coming summer quarter at 
the University of Chicago: “The electrical 
properties of gases,” by Professor H. A. Wil- 
son, of Rice Institute, Texas; “Thermo- 
dynamies, radiation and the Quantum Theory,” 
by Professor W. F. G. Swann, of the University 
of Minnesota, and “Relativity and the Electron 
Theory,” by Assistant Professor Leigh Page, 
of Yale University. Associate Professor A. C. 
Lunn, of the University of Chicago, will give 
courses on “Vector analysis” and “Satisties and 
probability.” 


As has already been noted in Sctencs, Pro- 
fessor Solon I. Bailey of the Harvard Observa- 
tory, accompanied by Miss Annie J. Cannon, 
sailed from New York on February 28 for Peru 
to take charge of the Harvard Southern Astro- 
nomical Station at Arequipa. The Harvard 
Alumni Bulletin says: The work of the Are- 
quipa station, which has been somewhat re- 
duced in scope in recent years, is expected to 
take on a new importance with the return of 
Professor Bailey, who was instrumental in its 
establishment over thirty years ago and served 
for a long time as its director. He plans to 
spend the next two years in Peru. In addition 
to supervising the routine affairs of the station 
he will continue his studies of the globular star- 
clusters. Miss Cannon, whose achievements in 
the investigation of stellar spectra recently won 
for her an honorary degree from Groningen 
University in Holland, will remain at Arequipa 
for several months, and will be occupied largely 
in photographing the faint stars in the South- 
ern Milky Way in order to classify their 
spectra.” 

Tue second series of free public lectures on 
medical subjects and public health, given under 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1420 


the auspices of the Division of University Ex- 
tension of Washington University by the fae- 
ulty of the School of Medicine, concluded on 
March 12. These lectures have been given on 
Sunday afternoons to an audience averaging 
two hundred, and have received considerable 
newspaper publicity. The subjects for the year 
have been as follows: “Smallpox and vaccina- 
tion,” Dr. George Dock, professor of medicine; 
“Wood and vitamines,” Dr. Philip A. Shaffer, 
professor of biological chemistry; “Syphilis 
and its results,” Dr. Martin F. Engman, clin- 
ical professor of dermatology; ‘The value of a 
university hospital to the community,” Dr. 
Ernest Sachs, professor of clinical neurological 
surgery; “Overweight and health,” Dr. Wiliam 
H. Olmsted, associate in clinical medicine; 
“Anthropology in medicine,” Dr. Robert J. 
Terry, professor of anatomy; “Mental hygiene 
and edueation,” Dr. Sidney I. Schwab, pro- 
fessor of clinical neurology; “What has surgery 
accomplished?” Dr. Evarts A. Graham, pro- 
fessor of surgery; “Home treatment of minor 
injuries,’ Dr. Barney Brooks, associate in 
clinical surgery. 

THe British Medical Research Council has 
appointed the following committee to report 
upon the promotion of researches into the 
biological action of light with the view of ob- 
taining increased knowledge of the effects of 
sunlight and other forms of light upon the 
human body in health or disease: Professor 
W. M. Bayliss (chairman), Mr. J. E. Barnard, 
Dr. H. H. Dale, Capt. S. R. Douglas, Sir 
Henry Gauvain, Dr. Leonard Hill and Dr. 
J. H. Sequeira. Dr. Edgar Schuster is secre- 
tary of the committee. The council recently 
announced that its total resources have been 
reduced and that it must omit the prosecution 
of researches which would have indubitable 
scientific value toward the advancement of pre- 
ventive or curative medicine. The Medical 
Research Council, in cooperation with the Min- 
istry of Health, the Board of Health for Scot- 
land and the Ministry of Health for Ireland, 
was formed for the investigation of tubereu- 
losis, nutritional diseases, food poisoning and 
dental decay, and the treatment of veneral dis- 
ease, or rheumatism and allied diseases, and of 
mental disorders. 


Marcu 17, 1922] 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


Ir is announced that Vassar College plans to 
erect two new buildings, a $150,000 physics 
laboratory and a $100,000 alumne building. 

Ir is announced from Brussels that a legacy 
of $100,000 goes to Louvain University, Bel- 
gium, for the erection of a special building for 
cancer research. 


Dr. Harrow SHapuey, who was appointed 
director of the Harvard College Observatory 
last fall, has been elected to the Paine profes- 
sorship of practical astronomy, which has been 
vacant since the death of Professor Edward C. 
Pickering, in 1919. 

Dr. CuHartes W. Fuint will be installed 
as chancellor of Syracuse University on 
June 15. 

Proressor Francis Hartman has recently 
been elected dean of the Day Technical School 
of Cooper Union, New York City. This ap- 
pointment is in recognition of his long service 
at that institution as head of the department of 
physics and electrical engineering. 

Dr. RatpH A. WaAtpron, formerly instructor 
_in Pennsylvania State College and the Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania, has been elected professor 
of biology in Thiel College, Greenville, Pa. 

E. W. Markus, who has been connected with 
the educational and recreational work of the 
United States army as principal and senior 
instructor of the electrical department, voca- 
tional schools, Camp Funston, Kansas, has 
been appointed assistant professor of elec- 
trieal engineering at the Agricultural and Me- 
chanical College of Texas. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
HAVE THE STREAMS OF LONG ISLAND 
BEEN DEFLECTED BY THE EARTH’S 
ROTATION? 

Dourinac the summer of 1920 Mr. Henry 
Hicks, of Westbury, Long Island, pointed out 
to me the very interesting difference between 
the east and west banks of one of the short 
streams flowing across the almost flat southern 
slope of the island. Looking west across the 
almost imperceptibly sloping eastern bank of 


SCIENCE 291 


the stream-way one sees the western bank ris- 
ing quite steeply and very much resembling 
a railroad embankment in height and steep- 
ness. 

This peculiar situation has long been ae- 
cepted rather generally by geologists and 
physiographers! as due to the westerly deflee- 
tion of streams by the earth’s rotation. How- 
ever, when one considers the weakness in flow 
of these streams, their very slight fall, and the 
fact that they are mostly less than ten miles 
long, serious doubts arise.2 To one who, like 
the writer, has studied the cumulative effects 
of wind and vegetation upon wind-borne ma- 
terials, it appears very probable that the de- 
flective effect is very slight as compared with 
the resultant effects of these other agencies. 

During glacial times and for some time after- 
wards there must have been, during dry weather 
and at times of high winds, a considerable 
movement of loose residual sands and glacial 
materials over the flat plain south of the ter- 
minal moraine which forms the backbone of 
Long Island. The general southwesterly winds 
would deposit their main load on the lee-side 
of any north-south trending bank and _ this 
deposition would be augmented and the drift- 
ing materials held by the denser vegetation of 
the moister stream margin. Probably tundra 
prevailed here for a long period during glacial 
times and, even yet, the region has not been 
entirely covered by forest, so that the effects 
of the notoriously strong winds of the South 
Shore would have been greater in the past than 
at present. It is suggested that someone make 
a careful study of a cross-section of one of 
these steeper west banks to determine the na- 
ture of the deposit and whether it may have 
been built as is here suggested. 


O. E. JENNI 
PirrsBuRGH, Pa. ae 


1 Lewis, Elias, Jr., Am. Journ. Sci., 3rd Ser., 
13: 215-216, 1877. 

Gilbert G. K., op. cit., 27: 427-432, 1884. 

Fuller, Myron L., ‘‘The Geology of Long 
Island,’’ U. S. G. S., Prof. Paper 82: 9, 10 and 
50, 1914. 

2See also in this connection, Geikie, Sir Archi- 
bald, Encycl. Brit., 11th edit., 11: 649, 1910. 


292 


LEGISLATION TO SUPPRESS TRUTH 

To THE Eprror or Science: When Professor 
Morgan stated in his “Critique of Evolution” 
that the old conflict between science and theo- 
logy over the question of evolution vs. special 
creation was ended and that it was unlikely 
it would ever again be revived, he was evident- 
ly not informed of a condition prevalent 
throughout most of our southern and western 
states. The newspapers report a bill before the 
Kentucky legislature making the teaching of 
evolution an offence punishable by a fine of 
$500 to $1,000. This action is more than a 
possibility elsewhere, since the Oklahoma State 
Baptist Association recently passed a resolu- 
tion condemning evolution, and appointed a 
committee to eradicate this “heresy” from their 
schools in this state. The Texas Southern 
Baptists in a convention at Dallas recently took 
the same action. A similar movement was in- 
augurated in December by a “Congress” of the 
Disciples of Christ, where in discussion bitter 
hostility was shown and a committee was ap- 
pointed to investigate all the colleges under 
the auspices of that body with a view to with- 
holding funds from any which may be found 
to “teach evolution.” In both of these de- 
nominations, the religious periodicals are carry- 
ing pages of fulminations against evolution 
(“Darwinism”), often of the most antequated 
and puerile matter, but calculated to arouse the 
frenzy of the uninformed who imagine their 
religious beliefs to be imperilled by this “damn- 
able doctrine’! The secular press in this same 
region of the country has in several cases car- 
ried editorials commending the action in Ken- 
tucky and urging like action elsewhere. 

This is not a time when the scientific world 
should regard the situation as a joke, nor mere- 
ly as a local manifestation. With a “silver- 
tongued” apostle, the recrudescence of the old 
conflict bids fair to take on the proportions of 
a general action. The Moody Biblical Institute 
of Chicago, it is reported, is sending thousands 
of Mr. Bryan’s addresses through the mails in 
furtherance of this propaganda. When it is 
realized that 50 per cent. of our citizenship are 
known to have the intelligence of mere children 
the harm that these misguided reformers may 
do is beyond calculation. X. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1420 


ECOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION ALONG 
THE RED RIVER 

To THE EpiTor or Science: On page 127 
of the February 3, 1922 number of ScIENCE 
you published a news item which included ex~ 
tracts from a letter of the Attorney General 
of the United States justly commendatory of 
Professor Cowles “for his ecological investiga- 
tions along the Red River for use in con- 
nection with a suit between the states of Okla- 
homa and Texas in the Supreme Court of the 
United States.” 

The reader might gather from this that the . 
suit referred to was strictly a two-sided one 
between these two states and that the govern- 
ment of the United States (including the 
attorney general) were a disinterested, un- 
partisan referee in the matter. Such an im- 
pression the attorney general certainly did not 
mean to convey, for the United States is an 
intervener in the suit. When the evidence is 
made available to the scientific public it will 
have to be read with this in mind. 


Cart HartMan 
AUSTIN, TEXAS 


ATOMIC NUCLEI 

In my address printed in Science on March 
3 last, the following corrections should he 
made: 

1. In the last line of page 225, 3 x 10—13 em. 
should read 3 % 10—12 em. 

2. In the fifth line, column 1, of page 226, 
3 x 10—13 em. should read 3 x 10—1 em. 

3. In the twenty-seventh line, column 1, page 
226, 3 & 10-12 em. should read 3 &K 10—18 cm. 

These errors were made in the copy and 
inadvertently overlooked by me in the proof. 

J. C. McLennan 

THE PHYSICAL LABORATORY, 


UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO, 
Marcu 7, 1922 


NOTES ON METEOROLOGY AND 
CLIMATOLOGY 


NEW DISCUSSION OF TEMPERATURES IN 
THE UNITED STATES 


ORDINARILY, the dullest portion of a scien- 
tifie paper is that in which tables and charts 


Marcn 17, 1922 


are described. But a significant exception to 
this rule is to be found in Professor Robert 
‘DeC. ;Ward’s recent discussion of the new 
temperature charts of the United States.) In 
this paper, Professor Ward has woven about 
certain fine charts, which are to appear eventu- 
ally in the section on “Climate” in the Atlas 
of American Agriculture (U. S. Department 
of Agriculture), a moving story of isotherms 
so fascinating that one reads to the very end 
without the least fatigue;—this is noteworthy 
because it is exceedingly difficult for most 
authors to avoid the prosaie when dealing with 
such a subject. But the dynamic qualities of 
the paper are not more impressive than the 
skill displayed in drawing from the isothermal 
complex, the broad and significant climatic 
features of these extraordinary charts. 

From a large number of charts furnished the 
author through the courtesy of Dr. O. E. Baker, 
Professor C. F. Marvin, and Mr. J. B. Iineer, 
twenty have been selected for discussion and 
are reproduced as lithographs in the Monthly 
Weather Review. The charts include monthly 
means for each of the twelve months, average 
winter temperatures, mean annual ranges, low- 
est mean monthly temperatures recorded in 
January and July, absolute maxima and mini- 
ma, and average annual minima. These repre- 
sent a distinct advance over earlier charts in 
that topography has been carefully considered. 
The mountainous west, therefore, on most of 
the charts, presents a very complex appearance, 
for there the influence of altitude is most clear- 
ly shown. The river valleys, such as those of 
the Rio Grande and the Colorado, could be 
readily detected by the trend of the isotherms 
were the base map lacking; the Appalachian 
region introduces warping and many local ir- 
regularities. The crowding of the isotherms 
in the Rocky Mountains, however, prevents 
such broad generalizations as are possible in 
the East. 


1Some characteristics of United States tem- 
peratures. Monthly Weather Review, November, 
1921, pp. 595-606. A limited number of reprints 
of this article will be available shortly, and may 
be obtained upon application to the Chief of the 
Weather Bureau, Washington, D. C. 


SCIENCE 


293 


Beginning with a broad, world-view of the 
trend of isotherms across the continents, the 
author shows how the great ocean currents 
crowd the isotherms in latitude on the east 
coasts and spread them apart on the west 
coasts. This accounts for the mild elimate of 
the west coast of Europe as compared with the 
east coast of the United States. In middle 
and lower latitudes, the east and west coasts 
of the United States do not differ materially 
in mean annual temperature, but in northerly 
latitudes, the mildness of the Pacifie Coast 
asserts itself. In latitude 45° N., for instance, 
the mean annual temperatures are about 10° 
F. higher on the west than on the east coast; 
while San Diego, Calif. and Charleston, S. C., 
in the same latitude, have approximately the 
same mean annual temperature. 

A striking feature of the mid-winter chart 
is a southward eurving of the isotherms over 
the northern interior districts, “which empha- 
sizes, among other things, the fact that the 
western border of the Great Plains and the 
eastern foothills of the Roeky Mountains are 
warmer in spite of their greater elevation than 
the lower-lying country farther east.” Pre- 
vailing off-shore winds along the Atlantic and 
Gulf coasts prevent the full effect of the mod- 
erating influence of these warm waters to be 
realized. But, in spite of this, the isotherms 
bend in general accord with the coast lines. 
The moderating effects of water are also ob- 
served to leeward of the Great Lakes. Along 
the Pacifie coast, on-shore winds cause the 
isotherms to parallel the coast, thus affording 
an interesting comparison of the effect of pre- 
vailing winds and latitude controls, the Atlan- 
tie coast being conspicuously subject to the 
latter. 

The January mean temperature is much 
higher on the west coast than on the east, in- 
creasing, as was the case with the mean annual 
temperature, in effectiveness with increase of 
latitude. The coast of Oregon is 20° F. warm- 
‘er than ithe corresponding latitude on the 
Maine coast. The direction of the pilgrim- 
ages of seekers for balmy climates, the shift- 
ing of transportation from the Great Lakes to 
railroads upon the close of navigation, the 


294 


seasonal control of certain industries, are only 
suggestions of the many economic considera- 
tions dependent in a large way upon the geo- 
graphical distribution of monthly mean tem- 
perature. | 

In mid-summer, however, the south to north 
gradients of temperature in the east are not 
so marked as in winter. “So far as the mean 
temperatures alone are concerned, therefore, 
a long journey from south to north in search 
of decidedly cooler summers gives far less 
change than the corresponding trip from north 
to south in winter in search of much warmer 
and balmier climates.” Three features of Pa- 
cific coast temperatures are interesting: (1) 
the slight north-south gradient of only 1° F. 
per 100 miles along the coast; (2) the ex- 
tremely steep gradient from the cool coast of 
southern California to the heated interior; and 
(3) the contrast between heated valleys and 
cool slopes. 

But it is in his discussion of the annual march 
of the isotherms that Professor Ward waxes 
especially cinematographic, for one can see 
the northward and southward march of the iso- 
therms as vividly as if they were projected 
upon the silver sheet. As the winter advances 
these isothermal lines appear in northerly lati- 
tudes and glide smoothly .and continuously 
equatorward, and later begin their poleward 
migration, sometimes leaving the earth’s surface 
entirely in higher latitudes, and rising into the 
free-air. This is the author’s conception of the 
interpretation of such charts, and concern- 
ing it, he remarks: 

When this conception is thoroughly in mind, 
isothermal maps have a new meaning. They are 
no longer dead and rigid, but are full of move- 
ment, suggesting an infinite number of relations 


between the everchanging temperature and all of 
human life and activity. 


The temperature gradient in January from 
southern Florida to Laborador is the steep- 
est in the world, when the great distance is 
considered. This steep gradient, especially 
unique because there are no transverse mount- 
ain ranges to produce it, has great economic 
significance, as was first pointed out by Woei- 
kof. Labrador is aretie in climate, while Flo- 


~ SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1420 


rida in many respects is tropical. This 
favored the prosperity of the early colonists 
and remains of the greatest economic signifi- 
cance. 

The final portions of the paper deal with 
many questions of considerable popular interest. 
Upon what does our judgment of an abnor- 
mally cold or warm month depend? Certainly, 
our senses are not capable of averaging a 
month’s temperatures so that they can con- 
elude that this month or that was abnormally 
warm or cool. Such opinions, it seems, are 
based upon extreme “spells” of weather, their 
severity, and their distribution. 

What is the physical cause underlying the 
sequence of unusually mild or cold seasons? 
Such abnormalities have been noted since the 
earliest times and have been studied by Schott, 
Stockman, and Henry, and more recently by 
Dr. C. F. Brooks. The first three showed that 
no permanent change of temperature is tak- 
ing place. Dr. Brooks has shown that no other 
than a chance relationship has existed during 
four fifths of the years from 1812 to the pres- 
ent; the remaining fifth is represented by two 
series of alternating cold and warm winters 
attended by similar preliminary seasons. These 
series begin with 1872-73 and 1917-18, and are 
of especial interest in connection with their 
bearing upon generalized long-range forecast- 
ing. 

What are the highest and lowest tempera- 
tures ever observed at various stations in the 
United States? “Zero has not been recorded 
on the Atlantic Coast south of Chesapeake 
Bay, on the immediate Gulf Coast, or in the 
Valley of California.’ In the northern Plains 
—60° F. has been recorded. At Greenland 
Ranch, in the Death Valley, a temperature of 
134° F. was measured. Key West, Fla., is 
the only regular Weather Bureau station that 
has never recorded a freezing temperature. 

Finally, there is the question of the validity 
of certain beliefs that there are irregularities 
in the annual march of temperature which 
tend to persist. The “January thaw,” the 
“May freeze” and “Indian summer’ seem to 
have no counterpart in the annual march of 
temperature, according to Professor C. F. Mar- 


Marc 17, 1922] 


vin and the New England “Ice Saints” (May 
10) seems to be a similar fiction, according to 
the late Waldo E. Forbes. Where such irregu- 
larities appear in the mean of a number of 
years, they appear to be the result of one or 
more extreme occurrences. 

The well-merited praise that Professor Ward 
bestows upon the new temperature charts of the 
Atlas of American Agriculture could equally 
well be turned by others upon his own splen- 
did discussion of them. 

C. LeRoy MEIsINGER 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 


THE PRODUCTION OF NON-DISJUNCTION 
BY X-RAYS 

In a previous issue of this journal! the 
writer described certain experiments which 
showed that the X-chromosome could be “elimi- 
nated” from the egg of Drosophila by X-rays. 
In these experiments red-eyed, homozygous, 
virgin females were X-rayed and crossed with 
white-eyed males. A total of twenty-four ex- 
ceptional sons (white-eyed) were produced by 
the X-rayed females; fourteen out of the nine- 
teen fertile X-rayed females producing excep- 
tions. All excepting one of the twenty-four 
exceptional sons obtained from the X-rayed fe- 
males were from eggs laid within six days of 
the time of X-raying and they could be divided 
into two groups corresponding to eggs laid 
during the earlier and later part of this period. 
Plough? has shown that maturation of the eggs 
in Drosophila melanogaster occupies approxi- 
mately six days. It therefore seems probable 
that the X-rays act on the eggs while in one of 
the maturation divisions. 

In the experiments referred to above only 
exceptional sons were recorded. In primary 
non-disjunction as investigated by Bridges? 
both exceptional sons and exceptional daughters 
occur. When, however, the female parent is 
homozygous for the dominant allelomorph as 
in the case of the X-ray experiments, the ex- 


1 Science, N. 8., Vol. LIV, September 23, 1921. 
2 Jour. Exp. Zool., Vol. 24, No. 2, 1917. 


3 Genetics, Vol. 1, p. 1-52, 107-163, 1916. 


SCIENCE 


295 


ceptional daughters are indistinguishable ex- 
ternally from their regular sisters. 

The experiments to be described were planned 
to determine whether exceptional daughters 
were produced as a result of X-rays. Accord- 
ingly homozygous white-eyed females were 
crossed to eosin-eyed miniature-winged males. 
The regular offspring of such a cross are eosin- 
eyed, normal-winged daughters and white-eyed 
normal-winged sons. The exceptions are white- 
eyed, normal-winged daughters and eosin-eyed, 
miniature-winged sons. In the experiments, 
white-eyed, virgin females from stock obtained 
from Dr. T. H. Morgan and used in the pre- 
vious X-ray experiments, were mated to eosin- 
eyed, miniature-winged males from stock ob- 
tained from H. H. Plough. The females used 
both for the controls and for X-raying, were 
all sisters, being from the first generation of a 
single pair of white-eyed flies. The virginity 
of these was secured by isolating pupe in test 
tubes. The X-raying* was done soon after the 
flies emerged from the pupa cases and they 
were immediately mated. The males used in 
the matings were, in the greater number of the 
experiments, the offspring of a single pair of 
eosin-eyed, miniature-winged flies. (This was 
probably an unnecessary precaution). Seven- 
teen of the control pairs were fertile and one 
pair or 6 per cent. produced one exceptional 
son (eosin-eyed and miniature-winged). The 
total number of offspring produced by the con- 
trol pairs in the first generation was 1,743 fe- 
males and 1,726 males and the exceptional fly 
formed .06 per cent. of the males. Thirteen of 
the X-rayed females were fertile. Nine of them 
or 69 per cent. produced exceptions, two 
daughters (white-eyed and normal-winged like 
their mothers) and twelve sons (eosin-eyed 
and miniature-winged® like their fathers). The 


4The X-ray dosage and the technique of these 
experiments cannot be adequately described in a 
short note such as the present. They will be 
described in detail in a more extended paper to 
appear shortly. 

5In the case of three of the exceptional sons 
the wing character was not determined. Two of 
them were obtained by dissecting late pupal stages 
and one died before its wings had expanded. . 


296 


two female exceptions were the daughters of 
different X-rayed females. The total number 
of daughters produced by the X-rayed females 
was 512 and the two exceptions formed .39 per 
cent. of them. The total number of sons 
produced by the same X-rayed females was 
467 and the twelve exceptions form 2.5 per 
cent. of them. It should further be noted that 
four of the thirteen fertile X-rayed. females 
produced less than ten offspring and that each, 
i. €., 100 per cent of the nine X-rayed females 
which produced more than ten offspring pro- 
duced one or more exceptional daughters or 
sons. 

The exceptional son of the control female 
was mated and found to be sterile. Hight of 
the twelve exceptional sons of the X-rayed fe- 
males were mated and proved sterile. The 
other four exceptional sons of the X-rayed fe- 
males were either dead when found or died 
soon afterwards. Bridges* and Safir® both 
found that exceptional males arising from pri- 
mary non-disjunction were sterile. One of 

. the exceptional daughters was fertile, the other 
sterile. : 

It is, of course, not certain that both of the 
exceptional daughters obtained from the X- 
rayed females were produced as a result of the 
X-rays. Safir®, working on primary non-dis- 
junction in white-eyed stock, found two excep- 
tional females and thirteen exceptional males 
in a total of 21,773 offspring. A consideration 
of this and the fact that no exceptional daugh- 
ters were produced by the control females and 
that the exceptional daughters came from dif- 
ferent X-rayed parents makes it seem extreme- 
ly unlikely that both the exceptional daughters 
were the result of natural non-disjunction. It 
is interesting to note that the unequal ratio of 
exceptional males to exceptional females, six 
to one, found in the offspring of the X-rayed 
females, is approximately the same as that 
found for natural non-disjunction in white- 
eyed females by Safir. 

Bridges in his work on non-disjunction? has 
clearly demonstrated that the exceptional males 
arising from primary non-disjunction come 


6 Genetics, Vol. 5, No. 5, 1920. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1420 


from eggs which are without an X chromosome 
and are fertilized by an X chromosome bearing 
sperm. Such males have the chromosome 
formula XO. The exceptional females caused 
by primary non-disjunction, he shows to be due 
to the fertilization of an egg having two X- 
chromosomes by a Y chromosome bearing 
sperm. Such females have the chromosome 
formula XXY. This evidence seems to justify 
the assumption that the exceptional flies pro- 
duced as a result of the action of X-rays have 
the chromosome formulas found by Bridges to 
oceur as the result of natural primary non- 
disjunction; and the conclusion that an effect 
of X-rays when applied to eggs during matura- 
tion is to cause non-disjunction. This makes 
it probable that the X-rays have a direct effect 
on the germ cell, causing an increase in the 
tendency, already seen in the occurrence of 
natural non-disjunction, for the two X chromo- 
somes to fail to separate in the maturation of 
the egg. The question as to whether this effect 
is due to a modification of the physical prop- 
erties of the X chromosomes or of the proto- 
plasm surrounding them will not be discussed 
here. 

When primary exceptional females are 
erossed to males like their fathers they produce 
further exceptions. As shown by Bridges® 
secondary exceptional females occur when the 
two X chromosomes are included in the mature 
ege and exceptional males when the two X 
chromosomes pass into a polar body and leave 
only the Y chromosome in the mature egg. 
When the egg containing two X chromosomes 
is fertilized by a sperm containing a Y chromo- 
some the resulting female lives and is like its 
exceptional mother. When the egg containing 
only the Y chromosome is fertilized by a sperm 
containing an X chromosome the resulting male 
lives and is like its father. The two exceptional 
daughters of the X-rayed females were mated 
to eosin-eyed miniature-winged males. The 
daughter which proved to be sterile was found 
on dissection to have only one undeveloped 
ovary. The other which was fertile produced 
174 regular daughters, 198 regular sons, 1 ex- 
ceptional daughter, and 5 exceptional sons. The 


Marcy 17, 1922] 


exceptional daughter (the F, from the X-rayed 
female) was fertile in a second mating with an 
eosin-eyed miniature-winged male (the first 
mating was sterile) and produced one excep- 
tional daughter (white-eyed and normal- 
winged). Of the five exceptional males (F, 
from the X-rayed female) two were proved to 
be fertile. The exceptional female (F, from 
the X-rayed female) proved fertile when mated 
with an eosin-eyed miniature-winged male and 
produced one exceptional daughter (I, of the 
X-rayed female). Since only one of the two 
exceptional females was fertile more data is 
required before it can be assumed that the ex- 
ceptional females formed as a result of X-rays 
applied to the egg are fertile and produce 
further exceptions. 

The experiments described confirm my earlier 
findings that X-rays may be made to affect the 
germ cells and show further that the effect pro- 
duced on the first generation, so far as at pres- 
ent investigated, is identical with primary non- 
disjunction. 

The writer wishes to express his indebted- 
ness to the Research Laboratory of the General 
Electric Company for their continued interest 
in this work, to Dr. T. H. Morgan and Dr. 
C. B. Bridges for helpful criticism and sugges- 
tions and to Mr. O. J. Irish for technical as- 
sistance. 

James W. Mavor 
Union COLLEGE, 
Scuenecrapy, N. Y. 


THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR 
THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY-TREASURER 
OF THE PACIFIC DIVISION FOR THE 
CALENDAR YEAR ENDING 
DECEMBER 31, 1921 


January 1, 1921—Cash balance... $ 847.3 
Receipts: 
Received from the permanent 
secretary,’s’ \oftice 2.0 ie $1,639.00 
Affiliated societies... -. 125.00 
520.00 
98.23 


$2,382.21 


$3,229.51 


SCIENCE 


297 
Expenditures: 
Dues remitted to permanent 
secretary./s\office:seuee ees $ 293.00 
Supplies: kee 6.58 
Salary 1921... 25.00 
Salary 1920 .. 75.00 
Office assistance...... 300.00 
Postage and express..... 41.00 
Telephone and telegraph ae 20.45 
Iixpense general 0 5.00 
Membership campaign... 81.60 
Finance committee, Berkeley 
wenele peayeg fe ey aN ee 5.34 
Ukiah Observatory donation... 50.00 
$1,702.97 
January 1, 1922—Cash balance... $1,526.54 


BaLancr SHEET, DecemBeER 31, 1921 
Assets 
Hic ua pT erty ee weno uae a eee enue Ny 
Cash on hand 


Liabilities 
Permanent seeretary’s Office he eee ee $1 49654 
Investment 235.73 
Sundry creditors 100.00 


$1,762.27 


SuMMary or ANNUAL DISBURSEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR 1921 
Supplies 


Fee er Pood EN A $ 6.58 
Salary, -.......... = 900100) 
Office assistance....... 300.00 
Postage and express............ 41.00 
Telephone and telegraph... 20.45 
Expense general... 5.00 
Membership eampaign........ 81.60 
Ukiah Observatory donation... 50.00 
$1,404.63 
These disbursemeents have been made 
from funds derived as follows: 
Finance committee, Berkeley 
NM. @ LAN rye seen ae COATING 92.87 
Affiliated societies (assess- 
TACIUL SH) ifaw VS 


Initiation fees 


$1,404.63 
COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS AND Dis- 
BURSEMENTS FOR THE YEARS 1920 anp 1921 


i 1920 1921 
Received from the permanent 
secretary ’s office: 


Balance on account 1919... $ 750.00 


Account 1920 and 1921... 1,014.00 

Account 1921-1922 $1,639.00 
Received from affiliated gsocie- 

GIGS!) Mears cre one nn 115.00 125.00 
Received from new members, 

GIES) ieee ese MESSY eae ace 109.00 290.00 


Received from new members, 
initiation fees 


a0 


163.00 230.00 


298 

Received from finance com- : 
mittee) serkeleyi2=2 ee 92.87 

Annual disbursements... 1,687.42 1,404.63 

New members enrolled.............. 37 55 

Total enrollment at end of year 1,000 990 


W. W. SARGEANT, 
Secretary-Treasurer 


THE AMERICAN ASTRONOMICAL 
SOCIETY 


Tue twenty-seventh meeting of the society 
was held at the Sproul Observatory, Swarth- 
more College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania, from 
December 29 to 31, 1921. This was the second 
time that the society had met at Swarthmore in 
five years, and the meeting was well attended, 
about sixty members and guests being present. 

Social events included a reception by Presi- 
dent and Mrs. Aydelotte, and a special pro- 
gram was arranged for the second evening, 
when the society was. privileged to listen to an 
address by Dr. William Romaine Newbold, pro- 
fessor of philosophy in the University of Penn- 
sylvania, on the subject “Evidence contained 
in the Voynich Manuscript that Roger Bacon 
possessed a Telescope.” There was also an 
exhibit of views of the life and surroundings 
at some of the large observatories. Sessions 
for papers were held on three days. 

The schedule of meetings of the society, in 
the near future, was announced as follows: 
September, 1922, Yerkes Observatory; Decem- 
ber, 1922, Cambridge and Boston; September, 
1923, Mt. Wilson Observatory; December, 
1923, Vassar College. 

The program of papers was as follows: 
Spectroscopic notes on some variable stars: 

Water 8. ApamMs and A. H. Joy. 

Partial explanation, by wave-lengths, of the K- 
term in the B types: SEBASTIAN ALBRECHT. 
Possible periodicity in sun-spottedness: 

DINSMORE ALTER. 

Demonstration apparatus for descriptive astron- 
omy class: DINSMORE ALTER. 

On absolute magnitudes: BENJAMIN Boss. 

The moon’s motion; a postscript: Ernest W. 

Brown. 

Median parallax; a statistical method: Krtvin 

BURNS. 

Résumé of results bearing on the absolute magni- 
tudes of the stars: HrBrer D. CurTIS. 
Changes in the spectrographie elements of Y 

Sagittarti: JoHN C. DUNCAN. 


mean 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1420 


On the daily variation in clock corrections: 
W. 8S. EIcHELBERGER and H. R. Morean. 

A new orbit of Neptune’s satellite: W. S. 
HICHELBERGER and ARTHUR NEWTON. 

Stellar parallaxes determined at Dearborn Ob- 
servatory: PHiLIp Fox. 

A test of two methods of measuring parallax 
plates: JENNIE V. FRANCE. 

The use of the stereo-comparator in determining 
proper motions: CAROLINE E. FURNESS. 

Daylight observations with a transit circle: J. C. 
HAMMOND. 

Daily variation in clock corrections and rates: 
J. C. HamMMonp. 

Boulengé and Aberdeen chronographs: Hrnry B. 
HEDRICK. 

Kepler’s problem for the higher planetary eccen- 
tricities: HrrBert A. Howe. 

The latitude of Ukiah and the motion of the 
pole: WALTER D. LAMBERT. 

Preliminary discussion of the correction to the 
constant of nutation from day and night ob- 
servations in declination of q Lyre: ELEANOR 
A. Lamson and Gro. A. HILL. 

The discovery of faint nebular structure around 
R Aquarii: C. O. LAMPLAND. 

The masses of binary stars: JOHN A. MILLER and 
JoHN H. PirrMan. 

Comparison of McCormick trigonometric paral- 
laxes with spectroscopic: S. A. MiTcHELL. 

The position of Neptune’s equator: ARTHUR 
NEWTON. 

The orbit of comet 1788 II: MARGARETTA PALMER. 

On the orbital eccentricity of binary stars oj 
very long period: HENRY Norris RUSSELL. 

Barium and lithium in the sun: Henry Norris 
RussELL and K. T. Compron. 

Four eclipsing variables observed by Hoffmeister: 
BANCROFT WALKER SITTERLY. 

Increased ionization over solar facule: CHARLES 
E. St. JOHN. 

The spectrum of Venus; no oxygen or water 
vapor lines present: CHARLES E. St. JOHN and 
SerH B. NIcHOLSON. 

A comparison of star positions derived with the 
doublet with the P. G. C.: FRANK SCHLESINGEK. 

Report of stellar investigations: HarLow SHAP- 
LEY. Y 

Differential refraction on astronomical 
graphs: FREDERICK SLOCUM. 

Notes on variable stars: JOEL STESBINS. 

The proper-motions of 154 red stars: RAaupH E. 
WILSON. 


photo- 


JOEL STEBBINS, 


Ursana, ILLINOIS. Secretary 


<A 


New SERIES 
Vout. LV, No. 1421 


Fripay, Marcu 24, 1922 


SINGLE Copizs, 15 Crs. 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


RESEARCH APPARATUS 


The Freas Sensitive Water Thermostat 
in regular use in the leading American 


and Canadian Universities and Colleges. 


Designed to furnish continuous constant 
temperature from lowest temperature of 
water or water solution available up to 
50° C. Large size is sensitive to 2/1000° 
C. Small size (see cut) is sensitive to 
1/100° C. The large size has rectangu- 
lar copper lined tank of 85 gallon capac- 
ity. The small size has round inner glass 
tank of 10 gallon capacity. Both sizes 
use the standard Freas sensitive mercury 
regulator. 


Price of the large size______ $480.00 
Price of the small size______ $220.00 


For details of the large size thermostat, 
also of the Freas water bath, write for 
Bulletin “Freas Water Baths and Ther- 


mostats.” 


For details in regard to other forms of 
Freas apparatus we refer to the following 
bulletins: 


Freas Conditioning Ovens; Freas Con- 
ductivity Apparatus; Freas Incubators 
and Sterilizers; Freas Ovens and Tube 
Furnaces; Freas Vacuum Ovens. 


3 


Freas Water Thermostat, Small Size 


Any of these bulletins will be sent without charge on request, also information in re- 
gard to Freas Steam Hot Plate or Freas Hot Water Mixer 


NEW YORK CITY 
3rd Ave., 18th—19th St. 


Oy */ PITTSBURGH BRANCH 


185 | Eeiaoemep 


4048 Jenkins Arcade 


Washington, D. C. Display Room, Suite 601, Evening Star Building, 
Pennsylvania Avenue and 11th Street. 


ii SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


KOFOID AND SWEZY 


MITOSIS AND FISSION IN THE 
ACTIVE AND ENCYSTED PHASES 
OF GIARDIA ENTERICA (GRASSI) 

IN MAN 


WITH A DISCUSSION OF THE METHOD 
OF ORIGIN OF BILATERAL SYMMETRY IN 
THE POLYMASTIGOTE, FLAGELLATA 


54 pages, 4 plates, 11 figures in tex, 50 cents 


University of California Press 


BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA 


FOR THE CHEMISTRY LIBRARY 


HEALTH of the INDUSTRIAL WORKER 
38 Illustrations. Cloth, $7.00. By E. L. 
Cottis, M.D., Mayor Greenwoop, M.D., 
and other contributors (Eng.) 

DISEASES of OCCUPATION and 

VOCATIONAL HYGIENE 
Illustrated. Cloth, $10.00. By many 
writers; editors, G. M. Koger, M.D., and 
W. C. Hanson, M.D. 

PHILOSOPHY and the NEW PHYSICS 
Cloth, $1.75. By Pror. L. Roucter (Paris) 
Translation by Pror. Masius (Worcester) 

CHEMICAL REACTIONS and their 

EQUATIONS 
Cloth, $1.75. By Pror. I. W. D. Hacky 
(San Francisco) 


ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (English Edition) 


Newly Translated and Revised. 

Vol. I—The Aliphatic Series. Cloth, $7.00. 

Vol. II—The Carbocyclic Series. (Pa’t I) Cloth, $8.00 
Vol. I1I—In Press. 


By Pror. V. Von RicHTER (Breslau) 
Translated by Pror. Percy E. SpEmMAN 
(Eng.) 

TEXTBOOK of ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 
Cloth, $4.00. By Pror. JosepH S. CHam- 
BERLAIN (Mass. Agric. Coll.) 

PHYSICS and CHEMISTRY of COLLOIDS 
4th Edition. Illustrated. Cloth, $2.25. 
By E. HatscHex (London) 


P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO., Phila. 


Mathematical Philosophy 


A Study of Fate and Freedom 
By CASSIUS J. KEYSER, Ph. D., LL.D. 


Adrain Professor of Mathematics, 
Columbia University 

Tuese “lectures for educated laymen” aim at 
democratizing science and scientific criticism. They 
show that the greatest of mathematical ideas—the 
pillar-concepts of the science—belong no more to 
mathematics than to all science and to rational 
thought in general. The great pillar-concepts are 
explained in the simplest terms. The reader need 
not be a mathematical specialist. The lectures are 
not addressed primarily to mathematical techni- 
cians. They are designed for students and teach- 
ers whether of mathematits or philosophy or en- 
gineering or psychology or logic or education or 
sociology or art or natural science and for all 
other students, thinkers and critics who own alle- 
giance to the laws of thought and who desire to 
gain a fair understanding of the nature, the spirit, 
the standards and the bearings of the science 
which Plato called divine. 


Price, $4.70 


E. P. DUTTON & CO., Publishers 
681 Fifth Avenue New York 


Marine Biological Laboratory 
Woods Hole, Mass. 


INVESTIGATION Facilities for research in Zoology, 
Embryology, Physiology, and Botany. 
Entirenvear Eighty-four private laboratories $100 


each for not over three months. 
Thirty tables are available for be- 
ginners in research who desire to work under the direction of 
members of the staff. The fee for such a table is $50.00. 


INSTRUCTION Courses of laboratory instruction 
with lectures are offered in Inverte- 
brate Zoology, Protozoology, Em- 

June 28 to August bryology, Physiology and Morph- 
8, 1922 ology and Taxonomy of the Algae. 


Each course requires the full time 
of the student. Fee, $75. A lecture course on the Philosophical 
Aspects of Biology and Allied Sciences is also offered. 


SUPPLY 
DEPARTMENT 


Open the Entire 
Year 


Animals and plants, preserved, liv. 
ing, and in embryonic stages. Pre- 
served material of all types of 
animals and of Algae, Fungi, Liver- 
worts and Mosses furnished for 
classwork, or for the museum. Liy- 
ing material furnished in season as 
ordered. Microscopic slides in 
Zoology, Botany, Histology, Bac- 
teriology. Catalogues of Zoological 
and Botanical material and Micro- 
scopic Slides sent on application. 
State which is desired. For catalogues 
and all information regarding mate- 
rial, address. 


GEO. M. GRAY, 
Curator, Woods Hole, Mass. 


The annual announcement will jbe 
sent on application to The Director, 
Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods 
Hole, Mass. 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
Il Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 


New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Entered as second-class matter January 21. 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica, N. Y.. under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Vou. LV MarcwH 24, 1922 No. 1421 


A National Policy for Agricultural Research: 
PRESIDENT RAYMOND A. PEARSON.................. 229 


The 1921 Expedition of the California Acad- 
emy of Sciences to the Gulf of California: 
IDs (Cie) DYN NSS) S DGS eee 505 


Appeal of the American Chemical Society... 
Scientific Events: 
An Institute of Hygiene in London; Co- 
operation between the Government and 
Industry in Standardization; Competitive 
Exhibition of Photographs of Mammals ; 
Annual Meetings of the American Geo- 
physical Union and its Sections; Lectures 
on Light and the Constitution of Matter... 310 


Scientific Notes and) ‘News: 


University and Educational Notes 
Discussion and Correspondence: 
The Vote on the Evolution Bill in the Ken- 
tucky Legislature: Proressor ArtHuR N. 
Miniter. Roteria: Dr. FREDERICK PALMER, 
Jr. The Value of Tilth in Agriculture: 
TES ME RTERS ONES eeesen eR GR HN Eienea elon 316 
Quotations : 
Proposed Legislation against the Teaching 
OFf HOD D  e A  o 318 


Scientific Books» 


Stefansson’s The Friendly Arctic: Pro- 

FESSOR RAYMOND PEARL.......12.220220:.22-00-22- 320 
Special Articles + 

Acoustic Topography in a Room: PRo 

HBS SORW CAR TM DAR US sess sence csetn cee tena ans 321 
Meetings of the Genetics Sections: Pro- 


WESSOR PML ied oh © OL a eT eae a EnDIA sale ely 326 


A NATIONAL POLICY FOR AGRI- 
CULTURAL RESEARCH? 


THERE should be a_ well-defined national 
policy in reference to agricultural research he- 
cause such research relates to questions of fun- 
damental national importance and the value of 
such research to the whole nation has been 
proved; furthermore, agricultural problems af- 
fecting the national welfare are becoming more 
and more numerous and complex and research 
must be enlarged to enable us to cope with 
them. 

The policy should be to provide ample sup- 
port for the investigation of problems relating 
to the decrease of cost of producing farm pro- 
duets and their more efficient distribution and 
marketing, the improvement of their quality, 
the conservation of soil fertility and the better- 
ment of rural life. 

The policy also should be to encourage co- 
operation of all public agencies engaged in 
agricultural research, and to provide for prop- 
er supervision,—enough of each to produce the 
highest possible efficiency and not so much as 
to hamper efficiency. 

Sound arguments in plenty can be given to 
support these statements. 


THE IMPORTANCE OF AGRICULTURE AS A FUNDA- 
MENTAL INDUSTRY 


About forty per cent. of the population of 
our country is engaged in agriculture. There 
are nearly six and one-half million (6,448,366) 
farms, including nearly one billion (955,676,545 ) 
acres. Hach farm is an independent unit, and 
the character of the homes on these farms 
has a profound influence on the character of 
our nation. 

The value of farm lands is estimated to be 
over sixty-six billion dollars ($66,334,309,556). 


1Read at the President’s Conference on the 
Agricultural Situation, Washington, D. C., Jan- 
uary 26, 1922. 


300 


The value of implements and machinery is 
estimated to exceed three and one-half billion 
dollars ($3,598,317,021). The estimated value 
of live stock is nearly eight billion dollars 
($7,996,362,496). The total of these great in- 
vestments is about seventy-eight billion dollars 
($77,925,989,073). 

The value of the annual production of our 
farms far exceeds that of any other industry. 
Tt is equivalent to the value of all manufactures 
over the costs of raw materials. The value of 
farm products exported from the United 
States has averaged over two billion dollars 
($2,062,000,000) per year the past ten years 
and constituted an average of 44.4 per cent. of 
all domestic exports. 

In brief, it is sufficient to say that agri- 
culture is our largest industry; it furnishes 
practically all of our food, the material for all 
of our clothes, the raw material for the larger 
part of the manufacturing industries of the 
nation, about one-half of the gross earnings 
of the railroads of the country, a consumptive 
market for nearly one-half of all the manu- 
factured products sold on our markets and, 
lastly, agriculture furnishes a constant stream 
of rugged people who quickly find positions of 
service in the great centers of population. 

THE PRESENT ORGANIZATION FOR RESEARCH 

Research has been applied to all phases of 
human activities but research in agriculture 
has been relatively late in development. It 
came with a growing concern for the future of 
agriculture,—an appreciation that as long as 
man lives agriculture must be a permanent in- 
dustry and as population increases agriculture 
must. be increasingly efficient. 

The policy of encouraging agricultural re- 


search started in the states. Agricultural ex- 
periment stations were established in Connec- 
tieut and California as early as 1875, in North 
Carolina in 1877, and in fifteen other states 
prior to 1887 when the Hatch Act became ef- 
fective. In 1906 the Adams law was passed. 
Those two laws are formal acknowledgement 
by Congress that agricultural research is an 
important national question. Under each of 
these laws every state receives $15,000 an- 
research, making 


nually for agricultural 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1421 


$1,440,000 from the Federal treasury. State 
appropriations for the same purpose amount 
to about three million dollars annually. Re- 
search work in the states stimulated similar 
work in the Federal Department of Agricul- 
ture which is now by far the largest single 
organization conducting agricultural research. 
This department gives attention principally to 
problems of national or regional character, and 
engages in cooperative research work with the 
State experiment stations to a large extent. It 
would be impracticable for the Federal depart- 
ment to care for all the problems pressing for 
solution and wisely that is not attempted. The 
states are in intimate contact with their own 
problems and so far as funds permit give these 
problems prompt and usually sufficient atten- 
tion. 


THE RESULTS OF AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH 


The benefits of agricultural research are so 
well known that it is hardly necessary to men- 
tion them. For example: A farmer produced 
pork at a cost of forty-four cents per pound 
until he made use of information gained from 
research and then he reduced his cost to four 
cents per pound. Through instruction based 
upon research and widely disseminated to the 
farmers, one state has shown how to reduce 
losses from the Hessian fly to the extent of 
twenty million bushels of wheat in four years, 
—and all this at only a nominal expense. Re- 
search has made it possible to continue grow- 
ing important crops in sections of the country 
where some pest or disease was turning the 
farmers’ efforts to naught. About ten years 
ago the United States Senate showed that sci- 
entific research in the Department of Agricul- 
ture, costing about five million dollars annually, 
had resulted in saving about five hundred 
million dollars annually. 

Books could be filled with interesting stories 
such as how the cause of wheat rust was discov- 
eved and a remedy applied and how Texas cattle 
fever was placed under control and is being 
surely eradicated and many other similar ex- 
ploits. Add to all this the development of im- 
provements of animals and plants and of agri- 
cultural methods generally. 


Research is the foundation of our whole 


Marcu 24, 1922] 


system of agricultural education in colleges 
and schools, through the Extension Service, 
and through agricultural journals and books. 
It also is the basis for regulatory laws and 
their enforcement. 

It would be impossible to tell what would be 
the situation in this country if agricultural 
research had not been maintained. We know 
some of the most important improved varieties 
of plants and some of the better strains of 
animals would be missing. Some diseases of 
animals and food plants would be rampant. 
Great areas of soil now producing crops would 
_be barren, and the production from still larger 
areas would be lowered. Farmers would be 
paying more for their supplies and some high- 
ly effective marketing methods would not be 
known. 


MORE RESEARCH IS NEEDED 


It is unfortunate that the research agencies 
of the country are unable to keep pace with 
the demands being made upon them. The ex- 
perience of the past, the present situation, and 
a view into the future emphasizes the neces- 
sity of enlarging the system. A sound and 
efficient agriculture calls for more research. 
The development of some phases of agricul- 
ture, representing millions of dollars to farm- 
ers and to other citizens, awaits the enlarge- 
ment of research activities. As the country 
becomes older and its population increases and 
quicker transportation is developed, new prob- 
lems constantly appear. Some persons who 
are not informed think we are doing quite well 
at the present time and agricultural research 
might be kept on its present basis or even it 
might take a vacation for a few years. But 
the germs and the fungi now on their way to 
favorable locations throughout the country will 
not pause on their journey, and plant food 
will continue to be depleted when crops con- 
tinue to be taken from the soil. 

Research problems might be divided into 
two great groups. The first would include the 
new difficulties that are constantly arising and 
must be overcome to keep agriculture in its 
present position, such as a new insect pest. 
The second would include such questions as the 


SCIENCE 301 


improvement of existing methods which means 
a better agriculture. Originally the second 
group of questions constituted most of the re- 
search work performed. More and more ques- 
tions in the first group have been coming to 
the front in recent years until now they de- 
mand a very large part of the research re- 
sources. 

New methods for reducing cost of production, 
the better distribution of farm products, and 
better methods of marketing are sorely needed 
at this time. This is in the interest of the 
average citizen who buys all his supplies, be- 
cause such methods will help to reduce the cost 
of living. This is in the interest also of farm- 
ers because better methods will increase the 
profits of farming. Both benefits are worth- 
while. But a chief reason for decreasing the 
cost of farm production is the importance of 
holding our position in the markets of the 
world. We ought to get a better hold upon 
those markets especially in so far as certain 
manufactured farm products are concerned. If 
we wish to sell to Great Britain at a profit we 
must be able to make a lower price than others 
can make. We used to export about one hun- 
dred forty million pounds of cheese annually, 
but before the Great War these exports had 
fallen to two or three million pounds. We like 
to say. that we are not exporting cheese because 
our larger population is consuming it all. But 
why did not our cheese production increase 
with our population? The chief reason was 
that Canada could do better than we could do 
in making a favorable price on cheese in the 
English markets. The outcome of such com- 
petition depends largely upon the results of 
our research for superior and less expensive 
methods. 

Our natural resources plus our skill plus our 
shipping ability are in competition with the 
natural resources of other countries plus their 
skill plus their shipping ability plus their 
cheaper labor which involves lower living 
standards. If we are to win from them we 
must depend chiefly upon our superior knowl- 
edge. Some other countries have as good natu- 
ral resources as ours. Sometimes they are even 


better because of virgin lands. Other countries 


502 


have as favorable transportation. Most coun- 
tries have cheaper labor. We must overcome 
their advantages by our knowledge which must 
be developed through research. 

When we find an economy in feeding or some 
method of reducing cost per bushel or when we 
invent an improved harvester or perfect a silo, 
or when we find more direct and efficient meth- 
ods of marketing, we are able to reduce our 
selling price and thus strengthen our hold on 
foreign markets. When we allow a mysterious 
disease or inefficient methods to increase the 
price we must ask whether we are losing our 
hold on foreign markets. 

We must not forget that in other countries 
strenuous efforts also are being made to de- 
vise better methods through research in order 
to take the foreign markets away from us and 
even to invade our home markets. Thus far 
we have developed only a background of in- 
formation regarding the great economic ques- 
tions. We have hardly crossed the threshold in 
research concerning the adaptation of produc- 
tion to requirements and other such great eco- 
nomic problems. 

Other vitally important subjects waiting to 
be studied as they deserve include the re- 
forestation on farms and the betterment 
of rural life. There are many questions 
relating to the comfort and happiness of people 
who live in the country that are becoming con- 
stantly more acute. These include the whole 
sphere of the work of farm women. The failure 
to solve these questions is resulting in some 
of the best of type of farmers moving from 
the country to the city. Much needs to be 
done to show such people how to make country 
life as satisfactory as city life. 

One other of many very important problems 
in need of research may be mentioned,—the 
conservation of soil fertility. This is the most 
important of our natural resources. It is easily 
removed but not easily replaced. We gather 
crops very much as we harvest lumber. Most 
people know how we have accomplished such 
an enormous production of lumber during the 
past few decades. We simply went into the 
forests which had required hundreds of years 
to grow and we took the trees that were wanted 
and even gave scant consideration to the wel- 


SCIENCE 


might as well take it all. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1421 


fare of other trees which might have become 
useful in later years. We have not considered 
how succeeding generations will get their lum- 
ber. We have proceeded on the basis that we 
We point to our lum- 
ber kings as examples of great business ability. 
What will be said of them fifty years from now 
when the people of that day want lumber and 
find that the accumulated growth of centuries 
over large areas has been destroyed by our 
generation and even without much effort to 
start new trees for use in the future? Our 
cereal production has been carried along on 
about the same lines. If present practices con-_ 
tinue this nation will awaken some day to the 
fact that we are more like arid Egypt or Baby- 
lon than the wonderful, fertile country that 
our historians tell us was discovered by Colum- 
bus. 

Furthermore, we are allowing many square 
miles of good farm land each year to be washed 
away by our streams. This erosion supple- 
mented by surface wash amounts to hundreds 
of millions of tons annually. These losses 
represent stupendous values which doubtless 
could be largely reduced through further re- 
search. 

No one can tell what wonderful improve- 
ments in agriculture may be revealed in the 
future. We easily think of possible further 
advances along the lines we know about but 
these may be made secondary by other advances 
that we can not now even think of. Some per- 
sons believe that beneficial changes are yet to 
come in agriculture which are no less profound 
than the changes in transportation caused by 
the flying machine or in communication caused 
by the wireless telephone. Those two improve- 
ments are epoch making but were hardly with- 
in our range of thinking a generation ago. 

I will not be so rash as to suggest that a tin 
Lizzie ever will give milk, but I will predict 
that some day power for the farm which now 
constitutes a chief item of expense will be 
obtained cheaply from the winds that blow over 
the farm. And with this cheap power I pre- 
dict that some day we will produce the best of 
building materials, at lowest cost, from almost 
any soil. It may be aluminum. 

I will predict also that if our plant and 


Marcu 24, 1922] 


animal experts are given reasonable support 
they will find, in good time, new and good 
foods now unknown, and if our economists and 
other experts are given reasonable support 
they will show how our cities may be assured 
of an abundant supply of farm products at 
all times and at cost reductions that will ex- 
ceed previous cost reductions that have been 
so welcome to both farmer and consumer. 


DEVELOPMENT OF A POLICY 


We should no longer delay the development 
of a more comprehensive national policy for 
agricultural research. It should provide for 
liberal federal and state financial support. The 
best recent testimony comes from the Congres- 
sional Joint Commission of Agricultural In- 
quiry (Congressional Record, December 14, 
1921, page 421). Members of this Commission 
after a long and thorough study report as fol- 
lows: 

“Acriculture is subject to special hazards 
resulting from the weather and climatic con- 
ditions, animal and plant diseases and insect 
pests. These hazards reduce farming to a 
gigantic gamble. But methods of production 
can be adapted to the end of reducing losses 
from climatic and weather conditions to the 
minimum. Plant and animal diseases and in- 
sect pests can, to a certain degree, be con- 
trolled. But the means and the method of re- 
dueing or controlling these hazards can not 
be worked out on the farm by the individual 
farmer. The investment even of the largest is 
not sufficient to permit the maintenance of the 
organization necessary for the study and formu- 
lation of these means and methods. A program 
of agricultural development therefore must in- 
clude provisions for an expanded and coordi- 
nated program of practical scientific investiga- 
tion, through State and National departments 
of agriculture and through agricultural col- 
leges and universities, directed toward reducing 
the hazards of climatic and weather conditions 
and of plant and animal diseases and insect 
pests.” 

One strong reason for using public funds 
to support agricultural research is that the 
knowledge to be derived should be made ayail- 
able to every farmer throughout the country 


SCIENCE 


303 


who wants it. It should never happen in this 
country that knowledge relating to agricultural 
production shall be limited in its application 
to private interests because it was developed 
at the expense of those interests. It may not 
be improper in other lines of business for in- 
dividuals or concerns to have a monopoly on 
knowledge and thus enable them to develop a 
business monopoly. But this should never be 
possible in agriculture. A cornerstone of our 
national strength is the independent farm 
families who are able to maintain themselves on 
an independent basis because every farmer is 
entitled to know all of the secrets of his busi- 
ness that anyone knows. 


APPRECIATION OF AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH 


(1) What should be insured first in a na- 
tional poliey? Agricultural research needs first 
of all the appreciation and good will of the 
Until this is given the research will be 
heavily handicapped. 

Secretary of Agriculture Wallace declares 
that research is the basie work of his depart- 
ment and it is research that little by little is 
crystallized into agricultural progress. The 
The Congress and 
An intelligent ap- 
preciation of agricultural research, especially 
among leaders and public men, a genuine re- 
spect for it, an understanding of its import- 
ance and its requirements, are the primary es- 
sentials in developing an effective national 
Such an appreciation exists today but 
in a very restricted sense. Belef in the im- 
portance of research is too much of an abstract 


publie. 


public should get this idea. 
legislatures should have it. 


policy. 


character, an acknowledgement that it is use- 
ful in a general way, an acceptance of the fact 
that it is desirable, but without real sympathy 
for it or understanding of its requirements. 
Thus the public fails to demand it in order that 
the nation’s interests may benefit. One thought- 
ful student gives as one of the reasons for ad- 
vocating national support for agricultural re- 
search the fact that national appreciation needs 
the stimulus of direct interest which comes with 
the discussion of the subject in the halls of 
Congress and the making of an appropriation. 
There are, however, other and better arguments. 

An intelligent appreciation of agricultural 


304 


research is not evidenced in any large way by 
the recent action of Congress, let us say a very 
few members of Congress, by which the publi- 
cation of two periodiéals in the interest of 
agricultural research was suddenly ordered dis- 
continued along with a lot of other publica- 
tions of questionable value, most of which had 
developed during or soon after the war period. 
There is encouragement in the fact that some 
leading members of Congress were not informed 
as to what was occurring but now realize that 
a serious mistake has been made and are ready 
to help correct it. 


ESSENTIALS FOR RESEARCH 


Well trained men and ample funds are the 
essentials for research. It should be a nation- 
al poliey to train and encourage in every way 
possible the right kind of men and women and 
to supply funds to meet their reasonable needs 
in research work in the interest of agriculture. 

(2) Efforts should be made always to en- 
courage young men and women who have ability 
and inclination of the right kind, to prepare 
themselves for research work. Special scholar- 
ships and fellowships should be provided by 
the agricultural educational institutions to en- 
able such persons to complete their fundament- 
al training and later assistantships should be 
provided to bring them into helpful contact 
with older and well trained investigators and 
due credit should be allowed for their own ef- 
forts. As they advance in ability and in getting 
worthwhile results their compensation should 
be reasonably increased. Care should be taken 
to make this compensation as attractive as is 
provided for persons of corresponding ability 
and service in allied lines of work. Failure in 
this respect in recent years has resulted in 
heavy losses from the ranks of research work- 
ers in the Department of Agriculture and in 
State experiment stations. During a period 
of about six years, including the war, there was 
a change of nearly eighty per cent. in the 
scientific personnel engaged in agricultural re- 
search throughout the country. Many of the 
younger men went into war service, but the 
greater losses to agricultural research came 
from the resignation of older men who took 


other more renumerative positions. The over- 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1421 


turn has been exceedingly large since the war. 
On this account, and without reflection upon 
those who have continued in research work or 
who have recently gone into that work, it must 
be admitted that research to-day, instead of 
being the strongest link in the chain made up 
of research, college education, and extension 
work, is the weakest link. Research is the least 
able of the three to meet the demands it should 
care for. 

Funds for the support of agricultural re- 
search as now available represent such a small 
percentage of the interests concerned that they 
are almost neghgible by comparison. They 
represent a much smaller per cent. of value of 
output than 1s so expended by many a manu- 
facturing plant in the interest of its output. 

(3) A principal requirement as to funds is 
assurance of permanent income. Without such 
assurance strong men can not be induced to pre- 
pare themselves adequately for research nor can 
they be retained in this work. Too often it 
has been necessary to stop important experi- 
mental work because of failure to continue ap- 
propriations. No one can tell what losses have 
been suffered because important projects after 
being conducted for an extended period of time 
had to be discontinued with the failure of ap- 
propriations before the final results had been 
secured. 

(4) As agricultural research relates in such 
large measure to national problems, and the 
work done in one state is of value in many 
states and as agriculture is such a large factor 
in all business, it is right that national funds 
should be used in promoting agricultural re- 
search in the different states. A precedent has 
been furnished, and a national policy for agri- 
cultural research should provide for enlarging 
these national appropriations by small inere- 
ments for a few years until they have reached 
amounts commensurate with present demands, 
as specified in the Purnell Bill, which would 
provide fifteen thousand dollars annually addi- 
tional to each state for experiment station work 
and an additional ten thousand each year until 
the amount is eighty-five thousand dollars. 
These appropriations would be equivalent at 
the start to less than one cent per capita per 
year and would finally increase to about 


Marcu 24, 1922] 


four cents per capita. This measure, or 
other similar relief, should be enacted as 
soon as possible. It is preferable from the 
standpoint of efficiency to make the appropria- 
tion with the fewest possible conditions, as 
was done in the Hatch and Adams Acts, rather 
than to continue the requirement for offset 
funds, as provided in the Smith-Lever and 
Smith-Hughes Acts. As compared with the 
Federal government it seems that the states 
now are carrying their full share. 

In considering appropriations for agricul- 
tural research it is well to remember that when 
our taxes are increased for this purpose our 
involuntary taxes, or those which are levied by 
powers beyond our control, are decreased many 
times more than the voluntary taxes are in- 
creased. 

COOPERATION AND SUPERVISION 

(5) <A national policy fostering agricultural 
research should provide for more definite and 
constructive cooperation by research agencies 
than now obtains. 

(6) It must provide also for certain super- 
vision to assure the proper use of public funds, 
and this is expected and welcomed. A reason- 
able amount of cooperation and supervision is 
stimulating. An excess is deadening. 

(7) A more definite agreement on the fields 
to be occupied by the Department of Agricul- 
ture on the one hand and by the State experi- 
ment stations on the other hand, with better 
coordination of work and a larger provision for 
joint effort, should form a part of the policy 
for further developing agricultural research. 
Such a definition of function and joint effort 
would guard against undesirable duplication 
and would result in better directed efforts. De- 
tails should be worked out by representatives 
of the Secretary of Agriculture and the agri- 
cultural colleges and when properly approved 
should form a fundamental law. Once each 
year this joint agreement should be considered 
by duly chosen representatives for the pur- 
pose of making it more perfect. Among other 
things, it should provide for the wise selection 
of projects for investigation and for inviting 
experiment stations in different states or the 
Federal Department of Agriculture to give at- 


SCIENCE 


305 


tention to different phases of a project requir- 
ing investigation at different places. All pro- 
jects should be briefly but clearly described and 
recorded in the Department of Agriculture at 
Washington and all interested persons should 
be informed as to the kinds of work in pro- 
gress. From time to time, at least once a year, 
the progress of each project should be officially 
reported and checked. When a project is un- 
dertaken, work on it should continue to a 
reasonable extent until it is finished or formally 
set aside, and care should be taken not to pro- 
vide for starting new projects for any labora- 
tory or station when it has too many projects 
unfinished. 

(8) While a national policy for agricultural 
research should not enter the details of local 
administration, it should encourage the types 
of organization which would be most efficient. 


SHALL WE HAVE AMPLE AGRICULTURAL RE- 
SEARCH? 

An effort has been made to suggest a picture 
of our country as it would be without properly 
supported agricultural research, and again with 
such research. If this work is properly de- 
veloped, agriculture will continue on a per- 
manent and profitable basis in the face of ever 
increasing obstacles. And this nation with a 
strong agriculture will continue to furnish its 
own great commodities which come from the 
farms and will profit further from large sales 
of the surplus in other countries. The time is 
ripe for stimulating a national policy for agri- 
cultural research which will contribute to this 


great end. 
7 Raymonp A. PEARSON 


Iowa Strate CoLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 
AND MECHANIC ARTS 


THE 1921 EXPEDITION OF THE CAL- 
IFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 
TO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA 


In the spring of 1921 the California 
Academy of Sciences sent a well-equipped 
scientific expedition to the Gulf of Califor- 
nia. The purpose of the expedition was pri- 
marily to make as thorough study as possible 
of the fauna and flora of the islands in the 
Gulf and of certain important localities on 


306 


the adjacent mainland of Sonora and Baja 
California, and to make collections of research 
and museum materials in the various depart- 
ments of zoology, botany and geology. 

While several scientific expeditions have 
in the past visited the peninsula of Lower 
California, little attention has been given to 


the islands in the Gulf, of which the Coast . 


Survey charts name about 30; in addition 
to these there are several rocks or small islets 
unnamed or not shown. Only five of these 
islands have more or less permanent inhabit- 
ants. Tiburon, the largest, is the home, for a 
portion of each year of the Seri or Koonkat 
Indians who visit it for hunting and fishing. 
San Marcos, Ceralbo, Carmen and San José 
are the locations of various industrial plants 
of some little importance; practically all islands 
of any considerable size are visited now and 
then by prospectors of various sorts. Some of 
the islands have become known because of the 
presence of salt beds, others because of guano 
deposits of considerable value; and these last 
with still others are the breeding grounds of 
vast numbers of sea birds. Visits of scien- 
tific men to these islands have been few and 
brief. Enough was known, however, to justify 
the belief that a careful exploration would 
yield collections and knowledge that would 
prove of great popular interest as well as 
scientific value. 

The scientific staff of the expedition con- 
sisted of the following: Joseph R. Slevin, her- 
petologist, in charge; Edward P. Van Duzee, 
entomologist; Dr. Fred Baker, conchologist, 
paleontologist and physician; Ivan M. John- 
ston, botanist; Virgil W. Owen, ornithologist 
and mammalogist; and Joseph C. Chamber- 
lin, general assistant. In addition to the 
Academy representatives, the expedition was 
fortunate in having two collaborators from the 
Mexican government, Sefior Francisco Con- 
treras, director and conchologist, and Sefor 
Carlos Lopez, chief taxidermist of the Museo 
Nacional de Mexico. 

The Academy chartered the gasoline schoon- 
er Silver Gate, 64 feet 6 inches over-all, 15 
feet beam, 9 feet draft when loaded, 22 tons 
net, cruising radius 2,000 miles, and capable 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1421 


of making 8 knots per hour. The vessel was 
in command of Captain John Ross whose inti- 
mate acquaintance with the Gulf and its islands 
was of very great help to the expedition. 

The issuance of the permits for exportation 
from the United States of the firearms and 
the alcohol necessary for the collecting and 
preservation of specimens was most exasper- 
atingly delayed at Washington, and it was 
not until Honorable Julius Kahn and the Sec- 
retary of State were appealed to that action 
was gotten. Mr. Kahn secured the waiving of 
certain formalities and the necessary permits 
were issued. The Mexican government very 
promptly granted authority to the Academy 
to bring into Mexico the necessary equipment 
and to carry on the desired investigations in 
Mexican territory. 

The various members of the party joined the 
Silver Gate at Guaymas, from which place the 
expedition set sail April 16. 

The total number of days spent in the field 
was 87, and the number of miles cruised was 
1811. Thirty-seven different islands were 
visited, some of them more than once. In ad- 
dition to these, 14 stations were made on the 
coast of Lower California, and five on the coast 
of Sonora. Altogether, 96 collecting stations 
were occupied. 

The Gulf of California is celebrated for its 
sudden and violent gales, but the itinerary of 
the Silver Gate was arranged with this in mind; 
with the results that no severe gales were en- 
countered, no time was lost on account of ad- 
verse weather conditions, and the work was 
carried out essentially as originally planned. 

The scientific results of the expedition are 
very satisfactory. Unusually large collections 
were made in most of the groups. 

In entomology, more than 13,000 specimens 
were secured, a remarkable result when the 
arid, volcanic character of the country is con- 
sidered and the further fact that the collecting 
was done at the close of the dry season when 
insects are fewer than at any other time. 
The collection of spiders, pseudoscorpions and 
myriopods secured by Mr. Chamberlin is 
particularly complete and valuable. 

Perhaps the most remarkable collection of 


Marcu 24, 1922] 


all is that of reptiles and amphibians secured 
by Mr. Slevin, totaling more than 3,000 speci- 
mens. Every species previously known from 
the islands is represented by one or more speci- 
mens, and several species new to science were 
secured. 

Very large and complete collections of the 
botany of the islands were secured by Mr. 
Johnston. In addition to a large number of 
dried specimens secured for the Academy’s 
rapidly growing herbarium, a considerable 
number of living cactuses were sent direct to 
Dr. J. N. Rose at the United States National 
Museum, who with Dr. Britton, is monograph- 
ing that group. 

Owing to the unfortunate illness of Mr. 
Owen, during much of the cruise the collec- 
tions of birds and mammals are small; how- 
ever, good series of eggs of several species of 
birds were secured, particularly of Heer- 
mann’s gull, and elegant and royal terns. 

Dr. Baker secured a very extensive collec- 
tion of mollusks particularly of shallow-water 
species. As the vessel was not equipped for 
dredging in deep water, not much was done 
in that line. Valuable collections of fossils 
were obtained at several places where fossils 
had not been previously known to exist. Dr. 
Baker also rendered invaluable service in his 
capacity as physician to the expedition. 
Through his constant attention to the drinking 
water supply, the food, and all other matters 
pertaining to health conditions on the ship, 
no serious illness due to local conditions ap- 
peared at any time. 

A record of water temperatures was kept 
throughout the cruise and samples of water 
were taken, all of which have been turned over 
to the Seripps Institution for Biological Re- 
search for use in its oceanographic studies. 

Small collections of marine alge, fresh- 
water fishes, and marine invertebrates were 
made. 

All of the collections have now arrived at 
the Academy’s Museum in San Francisco. 
Specialists are already at work upon them 
and the results of their studies will appear in 
due time in the Proceedings of the California 
Academy of Sciences. 


SCIENCE 


307 


Mr. Slevin as chief of party performed his 
duties with excellent judgment and rare tact. 
All members of the staff showed a fine spirit 
of cooperation and a degree of enthusiasm and 
industry highly commendable. Collaborators 
Contreras and Lopez proved most agreeable 
and helpful members of the party and con- 
tributed materially to the success of the ex- 
pedition. Through their relations with local 
officials of the Mexican government they were 
able to render very great assistance in many 
ways. Captain Ross was an ideal command- 
ing officer who appreciated the aims and pur- 
poses of the expedition, and was always ready 
to do anything possible that would contribute 
to its success. 

The uniform courtesy shown by local govern- 
ment officials was very gratifying and was 
highly appreciated by all members of the ex- 
pedition, as it is by the Academy. 

Special mention should be made of ecourtes- 
ies extended by the United States officials with 
whom the members of the party came in con- 
tact, particularly Mr. J. A. McPherson, United 
States Vice-Consul at Guaymas and Mr. Fran- 
cis J. Dyer, United States Consul at Nogales, 
Sonora. 

On the whole, the expedition is regarded by 
the Academy as having been a very successful 
one, the results of which when published will 
add much to the knowledge of the natural his- 
tory of the region. 

G. Datuas Hanna 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


APPEAL OF THE AMERICAN 
CHEMICAL SOCIETY 


A SMALL group of chemists, gathered to- 
gether in 1876, founded the American Chemical 
Society. For several years the society was 
localized in its nature. Its journals were of 
little scientific importance, and its membership 
grew slowly. At least twenty-five years passed 
before it gained strength. Its growth really 
started when it eliminated classes of member- 
ship, became a democratic organization, and 
interested chemists throughout the country. 
As its membership began to increase, its one 
journal, the Journal of the American Chemical 


308 


Society, took on character and standing. Mem- 
bers came in rapidly so that in 1907 the society 
had accumulated a slight surplus and felt it 
could branch out in the publication of a second 
journal, Chemical Abstracts, for which there 
was a decided need. With the publication of 
Chemical Abstracts chemists realized that the 
American Chemical Society was to be the cen- 
tral organization for chemistry in America and 
was interested solely in the advancement of 
American chemistry and the welfare of Amer- 
ican chemists. With increasing numbers its 
income grew and in 1909 it was able to satisfy 
another erying need by publication of the 
Journal of Industrial and Engineering Chem- 
istry. The increasing activities of the society 
so pleased the chemists of America that new 
members continued to join the society, and the 
society grew. With numbers its income further 
increased, and it was able to spend more money 
on its varied activities and improve the quality 
and size of its journals. More money was 
spent on its general meetings and more money 
was returned to its local sections for activity 
throughout the country. 

With the war came added duties. Its presi- 
dent and council placed the society at the dis- 
posal of the government and through its efforts 
over 4,000 chemists were enrolled, as such, in 
uniform for chemical work during the war. At 
the same time practically all of its membership, 
in uniform and out, was engaged directly or 
indirectly in war work. 

Up to this time the literature of the Amer- 
ican Chemical Society had had for its main 
object the enlightenment of chemists. During 
the war it became apparent that it was ex- 
tremely important that correct chemical infor- 
mation be also furnished to the public through 
the daily press and the News Service was or- 
ganized. A year later in order to foster the 
growth of chemical literature in English the 
American Chemical Society established its 
series of Chemical Monographs, both scientific 
and technological, and assigned a paid editor 
to each. Again the society induced the Re- 
search Council, with the society’s support, to 
enter upon the compilation and publication of 
Critical Tables of Chemical and Physical Con- 
stants. In 1917 the society published, at a 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1421 


cost of approximately $40,000, a Decennial 
Index to Chemical Abstracts and in 1920 en- 
tered upon the publication of an annual for- 
mula index to Chemical Abstracts. 

The inception and continuation of each of 
these activities was made possible only by the 
increased number of chemists supporting the 
American Chemical Society and its resultant 
increase in income. Hach was inexpensive in 
its infaney but with growth increased in cost. 
This growth is made apparent by the following 
table: 


1907 1921 
Membership .........--------------- 3,400 15,000 
Jour. Amer. Chem. Society, 

Cost ese eerste $ 6,752.18 $ 48,000.00 
Chemical Abstracts, Cost.... 12,668.05 100,000.00 
Jour. Indus. and Eng. 

Chem., Cost (1909) ---....- 7,478.70 82,000.00 
A. C. S. News Service, Cost 

(919) 2,069.88 13,000.00 
Chemical Monographs, Cost ........-------- 2,150.00 
Local Sections, Cost............ 2,323.63 9,792.69 _ 
Total society expenditures, 

Cost es Seana 27,248.89 325,000.00 


The society’s success has been due to its 
democratic organization; to the fact that every 
member has an equal voice in its affairs; to its 
form of government; to its sixty local sections, 
patterned after our national government, each 
electing representatives to the governing body; 
to the easy removal and constant rotation of 
its officers and representatives; to the high 
character of its publications; but chiefly to the 
fact that through numbers it has been able to 
accomplish results and return to its member- 
ship much more for each dollar individually 
expended than can be shown by any other tech- 
nical society in any country in the world. <Ac- 
cording to the treasurer’s report published in 
1921 the expenditure per member for 1920 was 
as follows: 


SOUT TN NED eee eee $ 3.23 
Abstracts -.2......-- 5.84 
Industrial Journal. 


News Service....... 
Tocalli Sections ean -55 


Secretary’s Office... 1.43 
Treasurer’s Office... 22 
President’s Office... -02 
General Meetings... 12 
Monographs ....... - ADS 
IMP SEMA TICOUS iors scesetnseteceeccsanneonsneenes 07 


Marcu 24, 1922] 


The total expenditure of several hundred 
thousand dollars was made possible simply by 
the size of the membership. The success of the 
society was due first to the character of its work 
and second to the fact that it has more technical 
men, representing one profession, gathered to- 
gether and working together for the develop- 
ment of their profession than any other society 
in the world. 

All members will appreciate the necessity of 
a high quality of work but will not appreciate 
without explanation the need of large numbers 
working as a unit. This is, however, easily 
shown. With numbers the society can increase 
its output chiefly for the reason that every 
additional member helps diminish the overhead 
per individual. The journals must be pub- 
lished, and it costs just as much for editorial 
office and composition whether the publication 
is distributed to one or twenty thousand indi- 
viduals. It is only because the members of the 
American Chemical Society take all three jour- 
nals that it is possible to publish them at all, 
for the cost of “putting on the press” is by far 
the larger part of the cost of publication. Each 
additional copy is printed at a comparatively 
small additional cost. Accordingly, every 
additional member adds just so much to the 
surplus which the society has to spend. The 
return which the American Chemical Society 
gives to its members is the envy of other organ- 
izations throughout the world and is constantly 
referred to as a model of efficiency. 

This data is sent to you to impress you with 
your individual responsibility if you wish the 
work of the American Chemical Society to con- 
tinue and its influence for the development and 
continuation of chemical science and chemical 
industry to increase. It is the duty of every 
member to stand by and do his part not simply 
by the continued payment of his annual por- 
tion and by personal activity in the affairs of 
the society itself, but he should especially en- 
deavor to impress the 10,000 individuals still 
in America who should be, but who are not, 
supporting its work. If this additional 10,000 
would join with the 15,000 we now have, the 
activities of the American Chemical Society 
could be more than doubled. Few of the 10,000 
realize the fact that they are carrying no part 


SCIENCE 


309 


of the burden and are shirking their duty to 
the profession. By not associating themselves 
with the movement, they are not only enjoying 
the results of the labors of others, but also, are 
actually retarding the progress of the profes- 
sion through which they are supposed to gain 
their livelihood. There is not a chemist in 
America that cannot afford to support the work 
of the American Chemical Society. In fact, 
there is not a chemist in America that would 
not gain financially in dollars and cents if he, 
as an individual, attended regularly the meet- 
ings of his local section and the general meet- 
ings of the society in order to rub shoulders 
with his fellows; to keep in touch with his pro- 
fession and to rid himself of the effect of pro- 
fessional solitude from which too many of our 
American chemists suffer to-day. He would 
gain much inspiration; he would learn himself 
and transmit knowledge to others; he would 
inerease in aptitude and in spirit; and from 
continued professional contact with other 
chemists he would acquire a viewpoint toward 
life which would be sure to return to him much 
more than the amount expended. 

Until 1921, the curve of membership, the 
curve of expenditure, and the curve of profita- 
ble chemical output within the American Chem- 
ical Society went steadily upward. In 1921 
the severest depression in chemistry took place 
that has ever befallen our country. The mem- 
bership has, accordingly, somewhat declined, 
although by far the majority of the members 
have stood by, some at real personal sacrifice. 
The decrease in membership, in spite of condi- 
tions, has been only between 6 and 7 per cent. 
This decline in numbers has, however, immedi- 
ately made itself felt in the society’s ability to 
turn out productive work. As a result, the 
directors at their recent meeting were forced, 
much against their will and in face of an 
increased demand for space, to reduce the 
pages of each one of our three journals by 10 
per cent., to decrease the activities of the News 
Service by a still larger percentage, and to dis- 
continue the publication of the formula index 
of Chemical Abstracts. If the membership 
falls off further with the continued industrial 
depression, other activities of the society will 
also have to be retrenched. It, therefore, be- 


310 


hooves every member of the society, if he 
wishes for a recovery of chemical activity in 
our country, not only to himself continue to 
support the work of the society through the 
period of depression, which is sure to be tem- 
porary, but also to see that every other reputa- 
ble person in America interested in chemistry 
comes into the society to give it new life, new 
vigor and increased resources. 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
AN INSTITUTE OF HYGIENE IN LONDON! 


It has been known for some time that the 
Rockefeller Foundation has been seriously con- 
sidering the recommendation for the establish- 
ment of an Institute of Hygiene, contained in 
the report of the post-graduate medical com- 
mittee published last May (the Athlone com- 
mittee). The recommendation was that an 
Institute of State Medicine should be estab- 
lished in London with well equipped labora- 
tories and an efficient staff. It was further 
recommended that the institute should also pro- 
vide instruction in other directions, including 
courses in forensic medicine, toxicology and 
industrial medicine. 

These recommendations were considered by 
an expert committee, with the minister of 
health as chairman. In view of the difficulty 
at present of financing the scheme, the whole 
case was put before the Rockefeller Foundation 
as one in which they might think it well to co- 
operate in the general interest of progress in 
public health. 

The minister of health has announced that 
the Rockefeller Foundation have offered to pro- 
vide a sum of two million dollars towards the 
cost of building and equipping an Institute or 
School of Hygiene in London, on the under- 
standing that the British Government accept 
the responsibility of providing for the staffing 
and maintenance of the school when it is estab- 
lished. This generous offer has been accepted 
by the minister of health on behalf of the gov- 
ernment. 

Hygiene, like other departments of medicine, 
knows no boundaries. In that sense this fine 
gift is made for the benefit of international 


1Trom the British Medical Journal. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1421 


medicine, but this country is grateful to the 
Rockefeller Foundation that it should have 
been selected. The Athlone committee esti- 
mated that the cost of maintaining an Institute 
of State Medicine would be about £10,000 a 
year. The scale on which the Rockefeller gift 
will make it possible to establish the Institute 
of Hygiene (it amounts at the present rate of 
exchange to over £400,000) will call for a 
larger expenditure for staff and maintenance; 
we have heard it estimated at £25,000 a year. 
Those familiar with the Athlone report will 
remember that it proposed to associate the 
institute with the University of London. This 
recommendation, it would appear, is not to be - 
carried out, and the annual expenditure will 
therefore not come out of moneys at the dis- 
posal of the university grants committee, but 
will be found by a special vote of Parliament. 
The intention is, we believe, that the Institute 
of Hygiene shall be administered by a mixed 
committee, representing the various bodies in- 
terested, for it is to be remembered that Lon- 
don already possesses certain important ele- 
ments of an institute of hygiene. 


COOPERATION BETWEEN THE GOVERN- 
MENT AND INDUSTRY IN STAND- 
ARDIZATION 


At the request of the Honorable Herbert C. 
Hoover, secretary of commerce, the American 
Engineering Standards Committee has desig- 
nated Mr. A. A. Stevenson, the retiring chair- 
man of the committee, as a special representa- 
tive to work with the department in the co- 
operation between its division of simplified 
practice and the American Engineering Stand- 
ards Committee. 

The division of simplified practice is a co- 
ordinating unit of the Department of Com- 
merce assisting in those reductions of excessive 
variety and other simplifications which many 
industries are undertaking in order to decrease 
the cost of production and distribution of 
manufactured articles. The work of the divi- 
sion was organized in the latter part of 1921 
and is now actively under way. 

The American Engineering Standards Com- 
mittee, which serves as a national clearing 
house for a broad field of engineering and 


Marcu 24, 1922] 


industrial standardization, has offered Secre- 
tary Hoover the use of its machinery in carry- 
ing out the detailed work on technical projects 
initiated in the simplification program of the 
Department of Commerce. The committee 
hopes to be of great value to Mr. Hoover in 
this simplification program of the department. 
It was as a result of this hope that the desig- 
nation of Mr. Stevenson as a representative 
came about. 

The American Engineering Standards Com- 
mittee has been actively at work somewhat over 
two years, during which time it has brought 
about a large measure of industry-wide co- 
operation. In this work more than a hundred 
national organizations are participating 
through representatives officially designated by 
them. The formulation of the standard for 
each specific project is in the hands of a work- 
ing committee made up of representatives offi- 
cially designated by the various bodies con- 
cerned. Highteen standards have received 
formal approval as nationally recognized 
standards, and work on more than sixty other 
projects is in various stages of development. 
The committee is maintained jointly by twenty- 
nine national organizations, including five de- 
partments of the federal government, nine 
national engineering societies, and fifteen 
national industrial associations. 

There are now similar national industrial 
standardizing bodies in thirteen foreign coun- 
tries, all but one of which were formed during 
or since the war. Of these the British and the 
German work is the most extensive, but active 
and important work is going forward in other 
countries. 


COMPETITIVE EXHIBITION OF PHOTO- 
GRAPHS OF MAMMALS AT THE AMERI- 
CAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL 
HISTORY 

THE American Museum of Natural History 
plans to hold a competitive exhibition of photo- 
graphs of mammals at the time of the annual 
meeting of the American Society of Mam- 
malogists. These photographs will be exhibited 
in the halls of the museum and all entries must 
be made on or before May 10. These photo- 
graphs will be on exhibition to the general 


SCIENCE 


311 


public for one month. Prizes will be offered 
for the best photographs, and the conditions of 
entry are as set forth below: 

1. Only such photographs will be accepted 
for exhibition as are deemed suitable by the 
committee. 

2. Photographs will be exhibited and judged 
under two categories: first, photographs of 
mammals in the wild state; second, photographs 
of mammals in captivity. Photographs of do- 
mestic mammas are not desired. 

3. The American Society of Mammalogists 
will be asked to select the judges who will 
award the prizes. 

4. Photographs may be of any size, but they 
should be affixed to cardboard or paper mat, 
preferably gray. No photograph should be 
sent unmounted. Contestants may submit any 
number of photographs. 

5. The installation of the exhibition will be 
done by the museum, and all entries will be re- 
turned, postpaid, if desired by the exhibitor. 
The museum, however, would be pleased to ac- 
cept for its files any photographs of especial 
interest. While the museum will exercise every 
possible care of the material exhibited, it does 
not assume any responsibility for loss or 
damage. 

6. Cash prizes will be awarded as follows: 
for the best photographs of mammals in the 
wild state: First prize, $100; second prize, 
$60; third prize, $40; for the best photographs 
of mammals in capitivity: First prize, $50; 
second prize, $30; third prize, $20. A certifi- 
eate of honorable mention will be awarded to 
not more than five additional exhibitors in each 
category. 

Committee on exhibition: H. EH. Anthony, 
Herbert Lang, Robert C. Murphy, G. Clyde 
Fisher. 


ANNUAL MEETINGS OF THE AMERICAN 
GEOPHYSICAL UNION AND ITS 
SECTIONS 
Tur American Geophysical Union and its 
several sections met, March 6-8, at the offices 
of the National Research Council, Washington, 
D. C., to hear reports of committees, to con- 
sider the agenda for the meetings in Rome, 
May, 1922, of the International Geodetic and 


312 


Geophysical Union, and to elect officers. The 
meetings were well attended and several of the 
sections reported gratifying progress in their 
respective fields. 

The delegates selected to represent the Union 
and its sections at the Rome meetings are: 

Geodesy: Wm. Bowie, United States Coast and 
Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C. 

Seismology: Harry Fielding Reid, Johns Hop- 
kins University, Baltimore, Md. 

Meteorology: H. H. Kimball, United States 
Weather Bureau, Washington, D. C. 

Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Elee- 
tricity: L. A. Bauer, Carnegie Institution, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 

Physical Oceanography: G. W. Littlehales, 
Hydrographic Office, Washington, D. C. 

Voleanology: H. 8. Washington, Geophysical 
Laboratory, Washington, D. C. 

The officers, as of July 1, 1922, are: 

The Union: L. A. Bauer, chairman; A. L. Day, 
vice-chairman; Wm. Bowie, secretary. 

Geodesy: John FEF. Hayford, chairman; R. L. 
Faris, vice-chairman; N. L. Bowen, secretary. 

Seismology: W. J. Humphreys, chairman; J. B. 
Woodworth, vice-chairman; D. L. Hazard, secre- 
tary. 

Meteorology: E. H. Bowie, chairman; R. DeC. 
Ward, vice-chairman; A. J. Henry, secretary. 

Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Elec- 
tricity: W. F. G. Swann, chairman; L. A. Bauer, 
vice-chairman; J. A. Fleming, secretary. 

Physical Oceanography: J. P. Ault, chairman; 
G. W. Littlehales, vice-chairman; W. E. Parker, 
secretary. 

Voleanology: L. H. Adams, chairman; T. A. 


Jaggar, vice-chairman; R. B. Sosman, secre- 
tary. 
Geophysical Chemistry: H. S. Washington, 


chairman; Whitman Cross, vice-chairman; R. B. 
Sosman, secretary. 
W. J. HumpuHreys, 
Secretary for the Union 


LECTURES ON LIGHT AND THE CONSTITU- 
TION OF MATTER AT THE UNIVER- 
SITY OF WISCONSIN 

Proressor H. A. Lorentz, of Leiden, Hol- 
land, is delivering a series of four lectures on 
the general subject of Light and the Constitu- 
tion of Matter at the University of Wisconsin 
from Marck 20 to 27. Following the lectures, 
on March 30, 31, and April 1, a colloquium, on 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1421 


the “Fundamental concepts of electro-dynamies 
and of the electron theory,” will be held in his 
honor. As shown in the following program, 
the papers presented will summarize tke 
present status in various fields with especial 
reference to the unsolved problems and the 
relation between theory and experiment. Dr. 
Lorentz will respond to each, and general dis- 
cussion will be invited. The university extends 
a cordial invitations to attend both the lectures 
and the colloquium to all persons interested. 
Program : 
TuHuRSDAY, Marcy 30 
The experimental basis for the laws of electro- 
dynamic action: W. FE. G. Swann, University 
of Minnesota. 
Astrophysical evidence concerning radiant energy: 
Hartow SHapLrey, Harvard Observatory. 
Deduction of the laws of electro-dynamics from 
the relativity principle: LeigH Pacr, Yale Uni- 
versity. 
Analytical formulation of electro-magnetic theory 
through the field concept: Max Mason, Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin. 


Fripay, Marcy 31 

The rotating earth as a reference system for light 
propagation: LL. SILBERSTEIN, Research Labora- 
tory, Eastman Kodak Company. 

Application of statistical mechanics to electron 
theory: A. C. LuNN, University of Chicago. 
Scattering of light and resonance radiation im 
relation to optical theories: R. W. Woop, Johns 

Hopkins University. 

Thermal radiation,—a discussion of recent experi- 
mental results: C. E. MENDENHALL, University 
of Wisconsin. 

SavTurRDAY, APRIL 1 

Electron theory of metals, volume phenomena: 
P. W. Bripeman, Harvard University. 

Electron theory of metals, surface phenomena: 
K. T. Compton, Princeton University. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Dr. Frank SCHLESINGER, director of the 
Yale Observatory, has been elected chairman 
of the American delegation to the meeting of 
the International Astronomical Union that 
opens at Rome on May 2. Other members of 
the delegation are Messrs. Aitken, Curtis, Lee, 
Miller, Russell, St. John, Seares and Shapley. 


Dr. H. Foster Baty, director of the Bureau 


Marcu 24, 1922] 


of Mines, was elected president of the Joseph 
A. Holmes Safety Association at its annual 
meeting at Washington, D. C., last week. Dr. 
Charles D. Walcott, secretary of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, was named first vice-presi- 
dent, and Mr. Samuel Gompers, president of 
the American Federation of Labor, second 
vice-president. Mr. George S. Rice, chief min- 
ing engineer of the bureau, and Mr. James 
Lord, of the mining department of the Ameri- 
can Federation of Labor, were elected di- 
rectors. 


Wiuuram M. Corse, general manager of the 
Monel Metal Corporation, will take active 
charge of the division of research extension 
of The National Research Council on April 
1, succeeding Dr. H. E. Howe, now editor of 
The Journal of Industrial and Engineering 
Chemistry. 


O. M. Butter has resigned his position as 
assistant director of The Forest Products 
Laboratory, in order to accept the position of 
director of technical activities of the Ameri- 
ean Forestry Association. 


THE nominating committee of the Harvard 
Alumni Association has selected Dr. William 
Sidney Thayer, Baltimore, former president 
of the Association of American Physicians, 
and Dr. Herbert Charles Moffitt, San Fran- 
cisco, professor of medicine, University of 
California, as candidates for the Harvard 
board of overseers. 


Mrs. Anna Borsrorp Comstock, who re- 
tired in September from a professorship of 
entomology at Cornell University, has been 
nominated for election as alumni trustee. 


Tue University of London labor party has 
adopted as its parliamentary candidate, Dr. 
W. H. R. Rivers, F. R. 8., praelector in natu- 
ral seience, St. John’s College, Cambridge. Mr. 
Sidney Webb, the candidate at the last elec- 
tion, who is standing for another constituency, 
proposed the adoption of Dr. Rivers, and 
among those who spoke in his support was 
Sir Arthur Newsholme, who described Dr. 
Rivers as the most advanced and original an- 
thropologist in England. 


SCIENCE 


313 


Proressor F. G. Hopxins and Dr. W. H. R. 
Rivers have been elected members of the 
Atheneum Club for “distinguished eminence 
in science.” 


Dr. Wotreana KOHLER has been appointed 
director of the Berlin Psychological Labora- 
tory, to fill the vacancy caused by the retire- 
ment of Professor Stumpf. 


Proressor W. W. Warts, F. R. S., has been 
appointed representative of the University of 
London at the International Geographical Con- 
gress to be held in Brussels next August. 


Dr. A. W. Porter, D. Se. F. R. S., has 
been appointed a member of the council of the 
British Photographic Research Association. 


Frank R. Evprep, for many years chief 
chemist and director of the scientific division 
of Eli Lilly and Company, and Frederick C. 
Atkinson, chemical director of the American 
Hominy Company, have organized the firm of 
Eldred and Atkinson, consulting chemists and 
engineers, with offices in New York City. 

Dr. CHartes A. CuLver, formerly in charge 
of the physics department of Beloit College, 
Wisconsin, was recently elected president of 
the Radio Research Club of Canada. 


Tue Board of Regents of the University of 
Minnesota have granted Professor F. L. Wash- 
burn, of the division of entomology and zool- 
ogy, a six months’ sabbatical furlough to col- 
lect. insects in certain islands of Polynesia. 
Expenses of the trip are not paid by the uni- 
versity, but are provided for through private 
funds and interest in the work on the part of 
a group of business and professional men in 
Minneapolis. Mr. Washburn will make col- 
lections on Tahiti, Murea, probably the Mar- 
quesans and possibly in the Cook group. The 
collection will be the property of the univer- 
sity. 

Dr. Francis W. Prazopy, assistant profes- 
sor of medicine at Harvard University, who 
was recently appointed director of the Thorn- 
dike Memorial Institute, who has been acting 
in an advisory capacity and holding clinies 
for the department of medicine of the Peking 
Union Medical College during the first tri- 


314 


mester, has left for home. On his way back, 
he will visit the medical schools of the Shan- 
tung Christian University at Tsi-nen-fu and of 
the Yale-in-China mission at Changsha. 


Dr. WiuLIAM Bowie gave recently two lec- 
tures to the students of Lehigh University; 
one was on the subject of “isostasy’” for the 
geological students, and the other “the work 
of the Coast and Geodetic Survey” before the 
students’ civil engineering society. 


Proressor G. Exiiot Smiru recently de- 
livered the Montgomery lecture. before the 
Royal College of Surgeons of Ireland on the 
“Influence of Vision in the Development of 
Man’s Intellectual Powers.” Professor Smith 
also lectured to the Royal Zoological Society 
of Ireland on “Our Rude Ancestors.” 


On March 2, Professor H. M. Lefroy de- 
livered the first of two lectures at the Royal 
Institution on (I) “The Menace of the Insect 
Pest” and (II) “The Balance of Life in Re- 
lation to Insect Pest Control.” On March 4, 
Sir Ernest Rutherford began a course of six 
lectures on “Radio activity.” 

At the meeting of the Royal Society, held 
on March 9, the Bakerian lecture was delivered 
by Professor T. R. Merton and Mr. S. Barratt. 
The lecture was entitled “The Spectrum of 
Hydrogen.” 

Tue British Institution of Hlectrical Engi- 
neers began the celebration of its jubilee on Feb- 
ruary 21, when at its house on the Victoria Km- 
bankment Professor J. A. Fleming gave a lec- 
ture on “Michael Faraday and the Foundations 
of Electrical Engineering.” Many of Fara- 
day’s original experiments were repeated, and 
on the lecture table were some of the original 
apparatus he employed, lent by the Royal In- 
stitution, where all his work was done. The 
Seience Museum at South Kensington also 
lent models and examples of early electrical 
machines. 


Dr. CHartes W. WAIDNER, chief physicist 
of the Bureau of Standards, known for his 
studies of temperatures and heat measurements, 
died at his home in Washington on March 11. 


Boynton WELLS McFar.uanp, assistant pro- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1421 


fessor of chemistry at Yale University, died at 
his home in New Haven on Monday, March 13, 
after a brief illness. 


Dr. Fritz Hennines, professor of railway 
construction at the Ziirich Technical High 
School, died on February 2, at the age of 
eighty-three years. 


Proressor C. B. ATWELL writes: “It is our 
sad duty to announce the death, on March 4, 
of Associate Professor William Logan Wood- 
burn, who for twelve years has been our col- 
league in the department of botany at North- 
western University. Born near Bloomington, 
Indiana, in 1882, he prepared for college in 
the near-by high school, completed the course 
for A. B. at the University of Indiana in 1908, 
was elected to the honorary societies of Phi 
Beta Kappa and Sigma Xi, acquired the mas- 
ter’s degree by graduate work in 1909, and the 
doctorate of philosophy in 1912 at the same 
institution. During his twelve years at North- 
western University, he proved himself to be a 
conscientious, enthusiastic, and inspiring teach- 
er, and a loyal, unselfish and sympathetic col- 
league. As an investigator he carried to suc- 
cessful completion and publication several 
valuable research problems in cytology, large- 
ly along the line of spermatogenesis in liver- 
worts and mosses.” 


A CORRESPONDENT writes: “The death of 
Thomas Edward Clark, who in his early days 
was much interested in science, occurred- at 
Los Angeles, California, on November 27, 1921, 
where he had resided for many years. Dr. 
Clark was born in Tyringham, Massachusetts, 
a small hamlet in the Berkshire Hills, on 
September 29, 1828. He received the degree 
of A. B. from New York University in 1849, 
B. 8S. from Harvard in 1854, Ph. D. from 
Gottingen in 1857. In 1859 he held the chair 
of chemistry at Wilhams College. He re- 
ceived the degree of M. D. from the College 
of Physicians and Surgeons in New York in 
1866, and practised medicine for a few years 
in New York City. Following his retirement 
from the practise of medicine, he spent several 
years in Europe, largely in France and Italy. 
Upon his return he purchased a ranch in Kan- 


Marcu 24, 1922] 


sas where he resided for a few years, from 
which he retired to a life of leisure at Los 
Angeles, California. He was a fellow of the 
American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Bos- 
ton, and of the Academy of Natural Science, 
Philadelphia. Dr. Clark descended from a 
stock noted for its production of naturalists, 
among them we find such names as Jackson, 
Orton, Kingsley. He was a brother of Henry 
James Clark, who was formerly associated with 
Agassiz at Harvard, and distinguished for his 
work on the invertebrata, ete. Their father, 
Henry Porter Clark, married Abigail Jackson 
Orton. He was a Swedenborgian minister but 
retired early in life. He was a lifelong friend 
of the Rev. Henry James, father of Henry and 
William James, who was likewise a Sweden- 
borgian.” 


Tue International Union of Pure and Ap- 
plied Chemistry will hold a meeting in Lyons, 
France, from June 27 to 30. 


Tue American Pharmaceutical Association 
has available a sum amounting to $360 which 
will be expended after October 1 for the en- 
couragement of research. Investigators desir- 
ing financial aid in their work should com- 
municate before June 1 with Professor H. V. 
Army, Chairman A. Ph. A. Research Com- 
mittee, 115 West 68th Street, New York, giv- 
ing their past record and outlining the particu- 
lar line of work for which the grant is desired. 


THE United States Civil Service Commission 
announces an examination for ordnance en- 
gineer, qualified in opties. A vacaney at 
Frankfort Arsenal, Philadelphia, Pa., at $4,000 
a year, 1s to be filled. The work will consist 
of the supervision of the design and mann- 
facture of optical systems for military instru- 
ments, as well as investigating optical problems 
relating to such instruments. Competitors will 
not be required to report for examination at 
any place, but will be rated on physical ability 
10 points, and on education and experience 
90 points. 

In order to promote original research rela- 
tive to the fungicidal and insecticidal proper- 
ties of sulphur and the effects of sunlight, tem- 
perature and moisture on its action, the Crop 


SCIENCE 


315 


Protection Institute expects to offer two fel- 
lowships yielding an income of $2,500 each. 
Training in chemistry and plant physiology is 
a prerequisite, and candidates should have 
demonstrated ability to undertake research ef- 
forts of a high type. Applications, accom- 
panied by reprints of scientific articles and let- 
ters of recommendation, should be made im- 
mediately to the Crop Protection Institute, 
National Research Council, Washington, D. C. 
A statement explaining the purposes and scope 
of the projects and selection of research labora- 
tory may be obtained on application. 


Unpber stress of the economic conditions that 
the war has placed on Austria, the well known 
Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft finds it 
necessary to part with some of its scientific 
collections as a means of maintaining its 
existence. A recent letter from Dr. Hans 
Neumayer, the general secretary of the society, 
to Professor Wm. Trelease, of the University 
of Illinois, asks that American botanists be 
informed of that fact that a collection of about 
12,000 mosses, comprising over 1,000 species 
and collected by Schimper, de Notaris and 
other men famed in this branch of botany, is 
oftered for sale. Detailed information may be 
obtained from the secretary of the Gesellschaft, 
at Vienna, and offers for its purchase may be 
addressed to him. 


The first volume of a series of translations 
and reprints to be known as Psychology 
Classics is in press and will appear shortly. 
The series is to be edited by Professor Knight 
Dunlap, and published by the ‘Williams and 
Wilkins Company in Baltimore. The first 
volume contains a translation, by Miss Istar A. 
Haupt, of Lange’s monograph on The Emo- 
tions, with reprintings of William James’s 
article, “What is an Emotion?”, for Mind and 
his chapter on “The Emotions” from the 
Principles of Psychology. In order to facili- 
tate the preparation of further translations 
and reprints, the royalties from these volumes 
will be matched by an equal amount by the 
Williams and Wilkins Company, the fund so 
constituted to be deposited with the treasurer 
of the Johns Hopkins University, and will be 
applied solely to the defraying of clerical and 


316 


other necessary expenses of such preparation. 
The editor requests suggestions concerning 
future volumes, and cooperation in their pro- 
duction. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


AMONG appropriations announced by the 
General Education Board are: Northwestern 
University, toward $2,000,000, $600,000; Bos- 
ton University, Boston, Mass. toward 
$1,500,000, $400,000; Illinois Wesleyan Uni- 
versity, toward $400,000, $135,000; New York 
University, $500,000, toward $1,500,000; for 
the discharge of its outstanding obligations, 
$500,000. 


Dr. FrepertcK L. Horrman has accepted the 
position of dean of what will probably be 
known as the “Graduate School of Applied 
Business Science, of the Babson Institute, at 
Wellesley Hills, Mass. Dr. Hoffman will con- 
tinue his connection with the Prudential Life 
Insurance Company as consulting statistician, 
and will hereafter divide his time as may best 
meet the needs of his new work. In his new 
position he is expected to develop the business 
education for officers and managers of indus- 
trial undertakings, including insurance. The 
plans under way include an entire group of 
new buildings, and a museum of industrial 
products and processes. Dr. Hoffman will 
make his future home at Wellesley Hills. 


Dr. Sturon Burt WowpacH has been ap- 
pointed Shattuck professor of pathologic 
anatomy in the Harvard Medical School, to 
fill the vacancy caused by the retirement of Dr. 
William T. Councilman. 


LetcH Pace, Ph.D., assistant professor of 
physies in Yale University, has been promoted 
to be professor of mathematical sciences begin- 
ning with the academic year 1922-23, with as- 
signment to the Sheffield Scientifie School. 


Tue chair of mining at Sheffield University, 
vacant by the death of Professor F. E. Arm- 
strong, has been filled by the appointment of 
Mr. Douglas Hay. 


Dr. Henri Ciaupe has been appointed pro- 
fessor of mental diseases in the Paris Faculty 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1421 


of Medicine 
Ernest Dupre. 


in succession to the late Dr. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
THE VOTE ON THE EVOLUTION BILL IN 

THE KENTUCKY STATE LEGISLATURE 

On March 9, the lower house of the Ken- 
tuecky legislature, contrary to what was ex- 
pected, took the anti-evolution bill (the one 
carrying a heavy fine and jail sentence for a 
violation of its provisions) out of the hands of 
the committee and put it to vote. Not since 
the memorable election of William A. Bradley 
to the Senate in 1908 has there been in the 
legislature such intense interest in the result 
of a ballot. As names were called the majority 
for and against see-sawed with narrow margins, 
and there was much scurrying hither and 
thither by the advocates and opponents of the 
bill for the purpose of finding and dragging 
in their respective absentees for the vote. It 
was like a neck and neck horse race, and Ken- 
tuckians do dearly love a horse race. The final 
ballot resulted in 41 votes for the measure and 
42 against. 

An analysis of the vote above recorded shows 
that with the legislative district taken as a unit 
and computing the percentage of illiteracy on 
the basis of the male population, twenty-one 
years old and upward, in each, the advocates of 
the bill represented an illiteracy of 13.5 per 
cent., and the opponents of the bill an illiteracy 
of 10.7 per cent. The illiteracy of the state as 
a whole computed on the same basis is 11.3 
per cent. 

In view of the closeness of the vote on this 
measure and what an analysis of it reveals as 
to the forces which were backing its passage, 
the proposal that the content of teaching in the 
state universities shall be dictated by legisla- 
tive enactment, as advocated by Mr. Bryan, is 
fraught with interesting possibilities. 

As interesting incidents connected with the 
final attempt to pass this anti-evolution 
measure, are the following: 

Two persons, not members of the assembly, 
were permitted to address the house on the 
measure, President MeVey of the university 
against it and Rev. Noel Gaines, of Frank- 


Marcu 24, 1922] 


fort, in favor of it. The latter exhibited 
standard text-books on zoology, and grew quite 
excited as he quoted evolutionary statements 
from them. 

A representative, whose vote against the bill 
made it a tie, called up his pastor by long dis- 
tance telephone, while the balloting was yet in 
progress, and asked for advice as to how to 
cast his final vote. 

The representative from Breathitt County, 
one of the counties of the mountain section, 
where anti-evolution sentiment is strong, sur- 
prised everybody by voting against the bill; 
indeed it was he who east the deciding ballot. 
This county is known as “Bloody Breathitt,” 
because of its distinctive lead in homicides 
growing out of private feuds. This member 
ean scarcely be said to represent the sentiment 
on evolution in this county, which has an illit- 
eracy of 21.6 per cent. It is doubtless more 
correctly represented by the editor of the Jack- 
son News of that county, who recently said, 
“The professors at the state university may 
believe they are descended from apes and 
baboons, but let it be known that the good 
people of Breathitt are pure Anglo-Saxon.” 

ArtHurR M. MIuuEr, 

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY, 

UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY, 
Lexineton, Ky. 


ROTERTIA 


In the mind of the student the word “mo- 
ment’ is unalterably connected with the idea 
of a very short space of time. Such an ex- 
pression as “moment of force’ is, therefore, on 
the face of it, meaningless. It is useless for 
the teacher to point out that “moment” also 
means importance, and that the moment of a 
force is merely its importance or effectiveness 
in producing rotation. Calling it a “moment 
of foree”’ makes “a tendency to produce rota- 
tion” a difficult physical conception for the 
student to grasp. This difficulty has been 
recognized by teachers of physics, who have 
at last very generally discarded the expression 
“moment of force,” in favor of the shorter, 
simpler, and clearer term “torque.” <A torque 
is a twist. There you have the whole thing in 


SCIENCE 


317 


a nut-shell, and the student knows what you are 
talking about. 

Why not keep up the good work by accept- 
ing suitable substitutes for “moment of mo- 
mentum’ and “moment of inertia’ as well? If 
“moment of force’ is bad, these are worse. 
Some text-book writers have already seen the 
wisdom of using “angular momentum” for 
“moment of momentum.” This is a distinet 
improvement, since “angular momentum” c¢ar- 
ries its meaning on its face. But so far I have 
failed to find any serious attempt made to use 
a substitute for “moment of inertia,” although, 
to my mind, this is the worst offender of the 
three. The magnitude of a moment of force is 
caleulated by multiplying a force by a dis- 
tance (f x r); similarly that of a moment of 
momentum by multiplymg a momentum by a 
distance (mv x r); but the magnitude of a 
moment of inertia is not equivalent to the pro- 
duct of an inertia times a distance (m x r), 
but times the square of a distance (m x r?). 
The use of the word “moment” in all three 
cases, therefore, misleads the student to expect 
an analogy which does not exist in the case of 
moment of inertia, thus making the term par- 
ticularly inappropriate. My experience has 
been that the word “rotertia” immediately con- 
veys to a student the physical conception buried 
in the expression “moment of inertia”; and in 
such a way that it is not easily forgotten. I 
therefore seriously urge its adoption. “Roter- 
tia’ on the face of it is equivalent to rotation- 
al inertia; and, hybrid though its stock may be, 
what more can we demand of a technical term 
than unambiguity, clarity, and force? 

FREDERICK PALMER, JR. 
HAVERFORD COLLEGE, 
NoveMBER 14, 1921. 


THE VALUE OF TILTH IN AGRICULTURE 

Dr. JEROME ALEXANDER (in ScrencE, Feb- 
ruary 10, 1922) criticises a statement made by 
the present writer (Screncr, September 2, 
1921) that “the comminution of the surface 
of the soil, more or less perfectly stops evapo- 
ration and thus conserves the store of soil 
water.” This statement is said by Dr. Alex- 
ander to be “quite contrary to all engineering 


318 


and practical experience’—the fact being, ac- 
cording to him, that such breaking of the 
upper surface “causes or tends to cause in- 
creased evaporation.” 

The statement made by the present writer 
may possibly be contrary to “engineering” ex- 
perience, but that it is a truism well known to 
all practical farmers from the days of King 
Hamurabi to date, can not be gainsaid. 

I quote from “Soil Fertility and Permament 
Agriculture’ by Dr. Cyril Hopkins, page 
579—“In the semi-arid regions, fallow culti- 
vation is practiced during one season, the soil 
being stirred after each. rain to prevent eva- 
poration, and thus store up sufficient moisture 
in the soil to give the crop a good start” 
(italics mine). 

There is scarcely a more well known prac- 
tice inculeated by practical farmers, in regions 
where droughts are feared, than the absolute 
necessity of keeping the surface covered with 
finely broken soil, for the specific purpose of 
conserving the soil water. 

In semi-arid regions, this practice is abso- 
lutely essential to the farmers’ financial life, 
and most “farm periodicals’? harp upon this 
string in season and out. 

L. 8S. Frrerson 
GAYLE, La. 


QUOTATIONS 


PROPOSED LEGISLATION AGAINST THE 
TEACHING OF EVOLUTION 


In Kentucky! 


THe Kentucky House of Representatives 
spent five hours to-day [March 9] in discussing 
and hearing discussions of the “monkey bill” 
of Representative G. W. Ellis of Barren 
County, forbidding the teaching of evolution in 
public schools and universities. The measure 
was defeated by a vote of 42 to 41, after a 
recapitulation of the vote during which mem- 
bers were dragged into the chamber from other 
parts of the capital. 

Dr. F. L. MeVey, president of the state uni- 
versity, and the Rev. Dr. E. L. Powell, pastor 
of the First Christian Church, Louisville, dis- 


1Abridged from the Louisville Courier-Journal. 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1421 


cussed the bill by invitation. The former de- 
clared that the legislature is not within its 
rights in passing such a law as that proposed, 
and urged the members not to base the inspira- 
tion of the Bible on matters not essential, but 
to heed teachings of the Book. He asserted 
that the Bible is not an authority on science, 
legislation, chemistry, or any of one thousand 
other subjects, but on moral, spiritual and 
religious matters. Dr. McVey went into the 
subject of evolution, pointing out that many 
accept the teachings as not in contradiction to 
the Bible, and insisted that the university makes 
no attempt to interfere with the religion of its 
students. He told of the various religious ac- 
tivities of the university, and warned the House 
that it would set a dangerous precedent in the 
passage of the Hllis bill. He recalled fights on 
scientific theories in the past based on the 
ground that they are opposing the Bible, and 
reviewed briefly the manner in which various 
scientific subjects are taught. 

Mr. Ellis brought forward Noel W. Gaines 
of Frankfort, formerly an army officer, who 
has been in the limelight several times in his 
career, most recently when he was involved in 
the “ground glass” controversy in a Southern 
camp, to speak for the bill. Mr. Gaines put 
William Jennings Bryan to shame in his denun- 
ciation of those who believe evolution, direct- 
ing many of his remarks directly at Dr. Powell 
and Mr. MeVey. He talked for nearly an hour 
and was frequently applauded and cheered, 
while spectators in the gallery and around the 
walls of the chamber roared with laughter. One 
of his “stunts”? was a division of the sheep and 
goats, placing Dr. MeVey, Dr. Powell and 
various zoology text books on the one side and 
the Bible, the Declaration of Independence and 
himself on the other. He had the books before 
him as he ran up and down behind the clerk’s 
desk, scattering them about as he waved his 
arms in emphatic gestures. Finally he threw 
one of the text books to the floor and trampled 
it under foot. 

“T am ashamed of this day in the Kentucky 
legislature,” said Representative G. C. Wag- 
goner of Seott County, a minister and veteran 
legislator, toward the close of the debate. 

“This bill smacks of intolerance and the 


Marcu 24, 1922 


shadows of the Dark Ages are settling about 
us.” Mr. Waggoner opposed the bill on the 
ground that in passing it the legislature would 
exceed its functions as a law-making body and 
would set a dangerous precedent. ‘There have 
been times here to-day when those on both sides 
of this discussion were about ready to place 
their opponents on the rack and torture them,” 
continued Mr. Waggoner. “I don’t know any- 
thing about evolution and from what I’ve 
heard I don’t believe there are others here who 
do. We have set up a straw man and have 
been boxing industriously at him all day.” 

In his final appeal for the passage of his 
bill, Mr. Ellis said he had sent his son to the 
University of Kentucky and that he returned 
with his faith destroyed and argued religion 
against his father and mother. The voice of the 
aged representative was broken with emotion as 
he told of this experience. 

When the roll was called the vote stood 38 to 
36 for the bill, which meant its defeat, as 40 
votes are required for passage. As Mr. Meyers 
was about to announce this the proponents de- 
manded that the absentees be called. Then 
the vote was 40 to 39 for the bill. The oppo- 
nents demanded a recapitulation. During that 
they dragged in two more members and the 
proponents one, making it 41 to 41. Repre- 
sentative Bryce Cundiff, who had declined to 
vote on the ground that he “was a hard shell 
Baptist and believed what was would be any- 
how,” said he would have to discard his reli- 
gion and vote “No.” Then the bill was de- 
clared to be defeated by a vote of 41 to 40. 


In SoutH Caroninat 


The teaching of “the cult known as Darwin- 
ism” as “a creed to be followed” is prohibited 
in all state supported public schools and insti- 
tutions of higher learning by a proviso attached 
as a rider to the general appropriation bill by 
the Senate yesterday morning. The amend- 


1From the Columbia State. The amendment 
was eliminated from the bill by the conference 
committee appointed to adjust differences be- 
tween the bill as passed by the House and by 
the Senate. It is said that another attempt will 
probably be made:to pass the bill when the legis- 
Jature meets next year. 


SCIENCE 


319 


ment, which was tagged on to the end of the 
section providing for the appropriation of 
funds for the public school system, would make 
it impossible for any public school. or higher 
institution of learning teaching or permitting 
“Darwinism” to be taught to receive any funds 
from the state and would prohibit the paying 
of state funds to any such institution. Senator 
F. A. Miller of Hartsville is the author of the 
proviso, which was adopted by the Senate, 
practically without opposition. 

Ultimate fate of the proviso, which took its 
place as one of the Senate amendments to which 
the House refused concurrence, will therefore 
have to be determined by the conference com- 
mittee to which the appropriation bill was re- 
ferred. None of the representatives on this 
committee from either house have announced 
their stand on the question and since the House 
has never explicitly expressed itself on the 
question the House conferees will consider the 
proviso without any idea as to the House’s 
stand on the matter. 

The amendment was passed in the Senate 
practically without debate or opposition, Sen- 
ator Miller making the only address either for 
or against the measure. The proviso follows 
in full: 

And provided, further, That no moneys appro- 
priated for public education or for the main- 
tenance and support of state supported institu- 
tions shall be used or paid to any such school or 
institution teaching, or permitting to be taught, 
as a creed to be followed, the cult known as ‘‘ Dar- 
winism.’’ 

The proviso contains no definition of “Dar- 
winism” and is intended, Senator Miller ex- 
plains, to apply only to Darwinism and there- 
fore not to the theories of evolution of Lamarck, 
Bergson, Le Dantec, Baldwin, Osborn, and the 
many others who have since Darwin’s day 
practically thrown “Darwinism,” as it was first 
enunciated, into the discard. The amendment 
applies, Senator Miller points out, only when 
“Darwinism”—which is now defined as the 
theory of natural selection, that is, the survival 
of the fittest in the struggle for life, was the 
mechanism by which evolution was accom- 
plished—is taught or permitted to be taught 
“as a ereed to be followed” and not when it is 


320 


merely explained to the pupils as the pagan 
philosophies are explained. 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 
The Friendly Arctic. V. SteFANSSON. The 

Story of Five Years in Polar Regions, with 

a foreword by Gilbert Grosvenor, president 

of the National Geographic Society, and an 

introduction by Sir Robert Borden, Prime 

Minister of Canada. New York (Macmillan) 

1921. Pp. xxxi + 784. 

Iv is the habit of scientific men to say that 
there is no guide for the well-ordered conduct 
of the every-day business of living which ap- 
proaches in validity and all-round usefulness 
that which is called the scientific method. But 
while this is strictly orthodox and extremely 
common preaching, the thoughtful observer of 
human folkways can not but be impressed with 
the fact that the correlation between this trite 
preaching and the actual practice of his friends 
in the conduct of their own lives, is not of as 
high an order as it would be expected to be if 
the preaching were taken at its face value. 
It is, therefore, an event of great human in- 
terest as well as of no mean scientific import- 
ance to have forthcoming a well-nigh complete 
and perfect example of what happens when 
scientific methods of thought are translated 
into action, with something approaching 100 
per cent. completeness, to the end of living 
happily, usefully and continuously in a natu- 
rally harsh environment. Such an event is 
afforded in this recent book by Stefansson. 

It is from this point of view that, in my 
opinion, the book has its greatest significance. 
It contains a wealth of records of achievements 
in the field of geography in the narrower sense 
of the word—discoveries and descriptions of 
new lands, exploration of the bottom of the 
polar sea by soundings, much exact mapping 
of coast lines, and the like—which I suppose 
te be of major importance in those fields of 
science, but being in no wise a specialist in 
either geography or polar exploration, I am 
not qualified to express any expert opinion on 
these matters. But I have a strong conviction, 
after carefuliy reading the book twice, that the 
importance which the history of science is go- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1421 


ing to attach to Stefansson’s work in the polar 
regions will rest primarily upon quite another 
thing than his contributions to geography in 
the strict and limited sense, significant as I 
have no doubt these contributions are. 

In temperate, sub-tropical and sub-arctic por- 
tions of the earth’s surface certainly, the zone 
of freedom in human behavior is, from the 
viewpoint of evolution, rather wide. Men in 
such regions are, and must always have been, 
widely free to develop any sort of habits of 
life and folkways in general, so far as the 
eliminative action of the purely physical en- 
vironment was concerned. For example, it 
makes no difference in terms of survival value 
so far as one knows, whether ladies dress in 
the entertaining and colorful manner of the 
Rumanian peasant, or in the quite different if 
not less exciting manner of the Fifth Avenue 
society woman. But the ease is biologically 
quite different in the polar regions. There the 
zone of freedom in respect of the mode of con- 
ducting life is extremely narrow. The environ- 
ment imposes strict and narrow limitations on 
habits and biological folkways generally. One 
conforms or is eliminated. There is no wider 
range of choice. 

Now presumably the Eskimo’s knowledge of 
how to live happily, comfortably and reason- 
ably long in the Arctic has been very slowly 
and somewhat painfully wrought into his 
racial and individual consciousness mainly by 
the operation of natural selection. Those who 
did not dress, house themselves, find food, etc., 
within the limits of the zone of freedom of in- 
dividual action rigidly set by the environment 
are no longer either present or represented in 
the Eskimo population. The consequence is 
that the Eskimo is now, as Stefansson has 
demonstrated with a wealth of detail in this 
and his earlier book, “My Life with the Hs- 
kimo,” a creature extraordinarily well adapted 
to his particular environment, and therefore 
happy in it. 

Prior to Stefansson’s work the whites who 
have adventured into the Arctic as explorers, 
and the list is a nobly impressive one, have 
uniformly depended upon what is, in its phil- 
osophical essence, one and the same scheme to 


Marcu 24, 1922] 


avoid the consequences of the stark evolution- 
ary processes there operative. This scheme has 
been essentially to provide sufficiently adequate 
transport facilities, by sea and by land, so that 
the physiologically obligate elements of the en- 
vironmental complex, food, heat, shelter and 
clothing, could be in whole or in part taken 
from the temperate zone into the Arctic and 
act as a buffer between the exotic white man 
and the indigenous environment. In short 
what the Arctic explorer has always endeavored 
to do is to project, like a pseudopodium, a 
piece of the temperate environment into the 
Arctic environment, and move in and out of 
the country along the center of the pseudopod. 

Stefansson’s plan is philosophically quite 
different. It is based biologically upon the con- 
siderations: first, that the physiologically obb- 
gate essentials of life must be generally if not 
universally present in the Arctic, else there 
could and would be no Hskimos there; and 
second, given that these essentials are there, 
a sufficiently acute, penetrating and optimisti- 
cally sympathetic application of the reasoning 


faculties of the scientifically trained mind 
should enable one man to avail himself of 
them and hence live, as well as another. 


It is quite easy, given a suificient lack of 
knowledge of the facts, on the one hand, 
and of imagination, on the other hand, to prove 
conclusively by a priori logic that this theory 
of Stefansson’s is all wrong. In point of fact 
a considerable number of the members of his 
expedition logically excogitated the matter and 
came to the conclusion that in holding such 
views Stefansson was not merely silly but prob- 
ably also insane, and in consequence felt justi- 
fied in (a) disobeying his orders as Commander 
of the Expedition, (b) in refusing to render 
him any aid (cf. pp. 114-115 regarding chrono- 
meters), and (¢) in actively hindering his 
preparations and subsequent operations. 

The best possible refutation of a purely logi- 
eal proof that Stefansson’s theory was all 
wrong was, of course, to carry through, over 
a long period of time and a wide range of 
area, travels in the polar regions, living entirely 
off the country as the native Eskimos do. Pre- 
cisely this is what Stefansson did for a period 


SCIENCE 


321 


of nearly five years, with brilliantly successful 
results, viewed from any standpoint. “The 
Friendly Arctic” is the record of how it was 
done and of what happened. With two or 
three companions, a few generally poor sledges 
(because the good ones were either left on the 
Karluk or retained by the logical but unimag- 
inative southern party), some dogs, a rifle apiece 
with a modicum of ammunition, a little scien- 
tific apparatus for observing, et preterea 
nihil, Stefansson moved about over the polar 
ice and lands freely at will, and added richly 
to the world’s knowledge of the regions. 

Every one who is interested in the philos- 
ophy of evolution, general biology and human 
psychology, as well as those interested in geog- 
raphy and Arctic exploration, should read this 
fascinating book. It records an extraordinary 
intellectual achievement. 

Raymonp PEARL 

ScHooL or HYGIENE, 

THE JoHNS Hopkins UNIVERSITY 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
ACOUSTIC TOPOGRAPHY IN A ROOM! 


1. Introductory—A plan of the room is 
given in figure 1, where W, W’ denote the un- 
broken walls, 7 the interferometer and U-gauge, 
L the electric lantern, A other apparatus. The 
coordinates along which the surveys are to be 
made are 2, y, z, y being between walls, x 
toward the open door and z above the table 7. 
For more refined work, J. L, A, ete., should 
have been removed to another room; but for 
my present purposes this is unnecessary. 

The pin hole probe deseribed in this journal 
(SctencE, May 27, 1921) has since been found 
useful for the location of nodes in pipes and 
other vessels, both telephone and windblown. 
These experiments are omitted as without 
interest here, except in so far as they indicated 
the exceptional sensitivity of the probe to 
nodes. It is relatively quite unresponsive to 
ventral segments or to wave trains. The pres- 
sure variations in question are converted into 
statie pressures through the intervention of the 


1 Advance note, from a Report to the Carnegie 
Institution of Washington, D. C. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1421 


SCIENCE 


0 


06 


0 


8 


09 


ida 


Ge. 


b 


00) 


09 


"WD Oty 


Marcu 24, 1922] 


pin hole and measured at a mereury U-gauge, 
read by displacement interferometry. As the 
pipes to be employed were to be of all kinds 
and intensities, it did not seem worth while to 
reduce the fringe-deflections to pressures. 
These deflections will therefore be reported as 
measured on an arbitrary scale s (.1 mm. col- 
limator plate micrometer). The width of a 
fringe was however on the average about 2 
scale parts. Thus the corresponding pressure 
inerements p are readily found from 
p = .00015 s millimeters of mercury. The 
apparatus can be made more sensitive by en- 
larging these small fringes; but the latter 
would then usually be thrown out of the field 
of the telescope and the screw micrometer be- 
come necessary to restore them, which is irk- 
some, particularly with fringe U-gauges. 

The pin-hole probe at one end of an eighth 
inch pure rubber tube of any length (2 to 3 
meters or more), at the other end of which is 
the gauge, is at once available for introduction 
anywhere. It fails however to give an appre- 
ciable acoustic record except in the inside 
sounding pipes. The plan of associating the 
pin hole probe with a resonator, of either the 
open or closed type, thus suggests itself. 

2. The closed pin hole resonator. The out- 
standing trouble encountered heretofore was 
ascribed to the organ pipe; i. e., to the con- 
tinuity of notes lying very close together, but 
to only one of which the resonator responds 
effectively. A further difficulty was referable 
to two ends of the open cylindrical resonator 
then used, with a pin hole in the middle 
within; for these ends being 22 em. apart are 
liable to lie in regions differing acoustically. 
The advantage of the tube is the ease with 
which it may be accurately tuned by mere 
elongation and hence its sensitiveness. The 
Helmholtz resonator, probably for this reason, 
was found much less sensitive. Hence the 
closed pin hole resonator qR, figure 2, suggests 
itself, consisting of the cylindrical tube (1.9 
em. diam., effectively 22 em. long) R, closed 
by the snugly fitting cork ec which carries the 
pin hole probe qO. The pin hole, O, is at the 
base of the tube R, the quill tube q being con- 
nected, as stated, by a length of gum rubber 
tubing with the U-gauge. This resonator has 


SCIENCE 


but one mouth and thus tests acoustically a 
single point, as it were, of the region, while 
the tuning may be effected with nicety by 
moving the cork ¢ within R, or by elongation 
at the mouth of R. The pin hole at O must be 
salient (7. e., carried by the conical end of the 
quill tube q) and not on a reéntrant or flat end. 
Moreover, the diameter of the pin hole must 
bear a certain relation to the size of the res- 
onator R, to be found by trial. The construc- 
tion of a sensitive pin hole resonator is ex- 
tremely difficult; out of dozens of trials I 
netted but one or two adequately sensitive 
instruments. If of metal foil, it is liable to 
change in the lapse of time. 

3. Survey between walls; y coordinate. The 
two series of results (pipe in azimuth 180° at 
“z= y = 0, z = 40 em.,, and resonator in azi- 
muth 90° and 270°, respectively, at z= « = 0 
and y) are given in figure 3. The abscissas, 
dy, are the distances between centers of pipe P 
and resonator R. The y values of R (on the 
table) are given in decimeters on the curves. 
Insets show the orientation. The two curves 
are pronouncedly harmonic from y = 0 to the 
wall, and they are almost exact inversions of 
each other, crests in the one taking the place 
of troughs in the other, throughout. More- 
over the crests seem to lie in successive levels; 
an initial high one (y = 10-20 em.); an inter- 
mediate lower one (y = 30-80 em.); a still 
lower one (100-140 em.) beyond; ete. It is not 
feasible to go much beyond 160 cm.; for with 
the wall at 174 em. the resonator pitch is be- 
ginning to be modified. A curious result is 
the initial maximum and minimum, the points 
not being at y = 0, but beyond at y = 20 em. 
The horizontal mean wave lengths Ay to be 
obtained roughly from these curves are 
respectively Ay = 34 em. and Ay = 35.5 em., 
the range being from 30 to 40 em. The mean 
d intervals, Ad,, are about 30 cm. 

The precipitous descent of the graphs _be- 
tween y = 70 and 90 in one ease and y = 90 
to 100 in the other, makes less impression on 
the wave intervals than would have been 
anticipated and the mean wave length here, 
A = 35 em., does not differ from the earlier 
eases of } = 37 em. by more than the ob- 


servations of a single curve. The graphs, 


324 


figure 3, were obtained independently, one 
after the other. 

Now in the line PP’, normal to the wall W, 
40 em. above the table between pipe P and pipe 
image P’ in W, the nodes should follow each 


other at a distance of 1/2 = 24 em. apart; but 


as the distribution above and below is hyper- 
bolic, the nodes at the level of the table must 
be further apart. Unfortunately, the equation 
is cumbersome. Without attempting to use it 
here, we easily surmise that the increased dis- 
tance so obtained is inadequate; 7%. e., not as 
large as the 35 em. intervals found in the 
experiments, in place of )/2 = 24 em. esti- 
mated to increase to 27 em. or 29 em. One 
should expect 7 or 8 nodes in place of the 
5 or 6 recognized. Thus it seems not unlikely 
that a frequency of a near order is contributed 
by the room itself, particularly as the reflected 
waves returning from 2 meters are too weak to 
compete effectively with the outgoing wave 
trains. Furthermore, there is another wall in 
the direction of negative y (at y = —130) and 
one at x = —190 em. Although apparatus lies 
in the path here, they introduce further com- 
plication. 

There remains the reflection from the table, 
so that the pipe and its image 40 em. below, 
make the plane of the table a region of re- 
enforcement; or, with regard to the loss of 
/2 at the surface, a locus of nodes, though 
the term node would be strictly applicable only 
for the ease of normal incidence near the line 
pipe-image. The next nodal locus is hyperbolic 
and therefore higher than 25 em. above the 
table, out of reach of the resonator which hes 
on it. Thus it is finally necessary to compound 
the phase reversed direct ray here in question, 
with the corresponding phase reversed reflec- 
tions from the walls, to get the disturbance at 
any point of the table. This succeeds experi- 
mentally, as I,will point out presently, for 
walls close at hand (within a meter or two); 
but for walls as distant as those of the room, 
the reflection wall effect.is too small to account 
for variations as marked as those of figure 3. 
It is possible that a wide high wall, like W, 
may act obliquely by diffraction; but to speak 
on this subject, further inquiry will be needed. 
As a general fact, however, it is noticeable that 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1421 


a survey in y, between walls, here produces a 
much more marked harmonic distribution of 
acoustie pressure along that axis, than a sim- 
ilar survey along x toward the open door (§4). 

The striking opposition of phase which figure 
3 presents for an inversion of the resonator is 
more easily intelligible. As the length of the 
resonator is approximately 4/4, the rotation of 
180° about its center will pass the mouth from 
a node to a loop of the stationary wave train, 
or between corresponding 90° phase differ- 
ences. Now the pin hole probe, as above 
stated, is sensitive to nodes (compressions) 
only and scareely responds to wave trains (or 
to the similar harmonic motion at the loops). 
The pin hole resonator might be thought to 
have the opposed quality, being stimulated by 
wave trains (or loops) and not by nodal 
phenomena or compressions: but (§5) this 
inference is not correct. We must therefore 
again anticipate nodes at the maxima of the 
graph and loops at the minima, when the pin 
hole resonator is used. 

It follows from this that if half of the 
length of the resonator be added to the y co- 
ordinate of one of the graphs, figure 3, and half 
the length be deducted from the other, 7. e., if 
the mouth of the closed resonator be taken to 
define the coordinate y, the two curves of figure 
3 should coincide at their mean position in y. 
Hence if the resonator is rotated on an axis 
passing through its mouth, the data obtained 
should be constant at all angles. _Experiments 
were specially made to corroborate: this infer- 
ence. 

4, Survey (in x) toward the open door. The 
example of this survey, which I will here 
communicate, was made somewhat differently 
from the preceding, by locating the resonator 
at the origin ( = y = z = 0) in two azimuths, 
90° and 270°, successively. The pipe, kept 
horizontal, parallel to y and 40 em. above the 
table, was now moved along the axis x. The 
abscissas, d,, still refer to the distance between 
the centers of the pipe and resonator, while 
the coordinates « are marked in decimeters on 
the curves. The graph then shows the effect 
at the origin, of an f” pipe sounding at differ- 
ent points along w, and the pressure distribu 
tion are here throughout quite different from 


4 


Marcu 24, 1922) 


the y distribution between walls. 
R 90° is now a compound harmonie which 
seems to dip into stationary wave trains at a 
and b. The other curve is quite similar in 
general character, only less pronounced. Hori- 
zontal wave lengths exceeding 35 cm. may 
again be detected at the double inflections. 

5. Survey in the vertical direction (z). This 
was carried out by allowing the resonator to 
rest horizontally on the table, in a direction 
normal to the £” pipe, the latter being raised 
successively in steps of 10 em., keeping it in 
the same azimuth of 0°. 

The graphs (figure 5) for two positions of 
the resonator are essentially identical, indi- 
eating stationary waves produced by reflection 
from the table. The z distance between crests 
and troughs, however, now varies between 24: 
and 25 em. and thus corresponds very closely 
to the semiwave length, 24 em., of the £” pipe. 
In all eases the pipe must be raised some dis- 
tance (40 em.) before the periodie distributions 
begin. 

The behaviour here in evidence is very much 
like Melde’s experiment, though it is now made 
with a string of air (as it were) between the 
actuating organ pipe as one attachment and 
the table as the other. The only adjustment 
possible is thus the length of the string. Since 
the resonator les on the table, certainly to be 
regarded as a nodal surface, we would be 
inclined to look for the maximum of wave 
production, when the direct and return wave 
train coincide in phase at the mouth of the 
pipe. This will take place at intervals of 
2/2, or Az = 24 em. apart, conformably with 
the graphs. It would seem, however, that the 
maxima (in view of the loss of /2 at the 
table) should lie at z = 5)/4, 72/4, ete., where- 
as in the graphs they lie at 24/2, 32/2, ete. 
The latter demand a node at the mouth of the 
f” pipe. 

As the table is certainly a nodal surface, we 
here encounter the result of special sensitive- 
ness to nodes on the part of the mouth of the 
pin hole resonator. The case is tested in figure 
6, where the pipe, P, in azimuth 0° is z = 90 
cm. above the table and the resonator vertically 
below the pipe is raised from the table. at 
zg = 0. The evidence given by the curve is 


The case for © 


SCIENCE 325 


very satisfactory, the wave lengths of the 
graph being 24 to 25 em., or semi wave lengths 
of the f” pipe. There is complete absence of 
deflection at 10 to 12 em. above the table; 7. e., 
at 2/4 for the pipe, so that the ventral seg- 
ment is inactive. As the pipe at z = 90 em. is 
approached by the resonator, the deflections 
naturally increase, but they do so very slowly. 
Obviously the present disposition with a raised 
pipe and with the resonator between pipe and 
table is conclusive; but because of the im- 
portant evidence obtained I repeated it for an 
f” pipe at z = 70 em. (nearly 34/2). The re- 
sults in figure 7 are of the same kind as to 
wave length, inactivity for a resonator 12 cm. 
(4/4) above the table, the marked effectiveness 
(maximum) of the distant node at the table 
(2 = 0) and a maximum near the pipe (z = 68 
cm.). Troughs and erests lie at positions 
which are multiples of z = 12 em. 

The above results for normal reflection may 
be summarized as follows: Both the organ 
pipe and the pin hole resonator are stimulated 
in proportion as their mouths lie in a nodal 
region or surface; they remain relatively un- 
influenced by a ventral segment. Consequently 
an even number of half wave lengths lie be- 
tween pipe and resonator when the response 
is a maximum. Although the mouths of the 
respective pipes are necessarily ventral seg- 
ments, the anomalous features of these results 
disappear when it is remembered that the 
nodes are alternately dense and rare. 

6. Reflection from plates. Using a plane 
about 1x.5 square meters in area, displaced 
along # and normal to it, in steps of 10 em. 
from the origin successively, the effect of reflec- 
tion (as I shall show elsewhere) came out 
beautifully. It was possible, by compounding 
the direct and reflected rays in each ease, to 
interpret the harmonies and compute the wave 
length of the pipe accurately. At the distance 
of the wall (174 em.), however, the reflection 
effect had dwindled to 10 to 15 seale parts. 
Diminution of the reflection effect also occurred 
when the plane was placed oblique to 2, but 
not as abruptly as the law of reflection would 
predict. Furthermore the distribution of 
height in the successive maxima in the different 
reflection curves was quite as remote from 


326 


mere diminution with distance as is the ease in 
figure 3. My impression is that if displace- 
ment of an air particle oblique to the table be 
resolved into tangential, and normal com- 
ponents, it is in the phase changes of the 
former (owing to a tangential slip, possibly 
with vibration) that a clue to an explanation 
may be looked for. 

Location of the ray of maximum amplitude. 
Further experiments showed that if the pipe is 
successively lifted above the table, the cor- 
responding unique or highest maximum con- 
tinually moves away from the origin into 
greater 2. So far as I have gone this position 
(i. e., the position of the resonator. on the 
table) is reached when the corrected (asymp- 
totic) ray from pipe to resonator makes an 
angle of incidence of about 51° with the normal 
to the table. The same rule holds for the 
other corresponding maxima and minima. In 
a raised pipe the unique maxima will thus be 
found at 50 to 100 em. outward from the 
origin, below the pipe. The location of inter- 
ferences by the method of the preceding para- 
graph affords no clue. In any ease it is aston- 
ishing that a diagram such as figure 3 or 4, 
should represent an actual distribution of 
acoustic pressures, certainly of nodal intensity 
on the table, whenever the organ pipe is 
sounding. In fact, in the present research 
which I have now been pushing for some time, 
whatever one predicts fails and what one does 
not expect comes out serenely. It will there- 
fore be prudent to conclude with Newton, that 
there are fits of easy reflection. 

Caru Barus 
Brown UNIVERSITY, 
PROVIDENCE, R. I. 


MEETINGS OF THE GENETICS 
SECTIONS 


In accordance with provisions made by the 
American Society of Zoologists and the Botanical 
Society of America, a joint program in geneties 
was arranged and held in connection with the 
recent meetings of these societies at Toronto. 
This program occupied all of Wednesday, Deecem- 
ber 28, and the forenoon of Friday, December 30. 
A. F. Blakeslee was elected to preside at the ses- 
sions and L. J. Cole to act as secretary. The 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1421 


complete list of the papers presented will appear 
in connection with the reports of the respective 
societies. 

A committee, composed of L. J. Cole, R. A. 
Emerson, H. 8. Jennings, A. F. Shull and G. N. 
Collins, was appointed to formulate a plan of 
organization for the Genetics Sections of the two 
societies. The committee reported the following 
articles of organization: 

Resolved, That the Genetics Sections of the 
American Society of Zoologists and the Botanical 


Society of America organize for the purpose of 
securing a closer coordination of genetic interests. 

The membership shall consist of those members 
of the two societies who shall indicate their desire 
to be affiliated with the Genetics Sections. 

The following officers shall be elected at each 
annual meeting and shall take office at the close 
of the meeting: 

1. A chairman to be chosen alternately from 
the Zoological Section and from the Botanical 
Section. 

2. A secretary, who may be chosen from either 
section. 

3. A society representative, who shall be chosen 
from the section other than that from which the 
secretary is chosen. 

These officers shall constitute the executive com- 
mittee of the Genetics Sections. 

In addition to his usual duties the secretary 
shall, in consultation with other members of the 
executive committee and with the secretaries of 
the societies, arrange for the program of the 
meetings. 

The secretary and society representative shall 
act as the representatives of the Genetics Sections 
to their respective societies. 

At the annual meeting the chairman shall, in 
advance of the business meeting, appoint a nom- 
inating committee of three to nominate officers 
for the following year. 

These articles were adopted as proposed. 

A nominating committee, composed of R. A. 
Emerson, G. H. Shull and Charles Zeleny, an- 
nounced the following nominees for officers for 
the ensuing year: 

Chairman: H. 8. Jennings. 

Secretary: L. J. Cole. 

Society Representative: B. M. Davis. 

These were duly elected. 

The secretary reported on the condition of the 
American Genetics Association and the needs of 
the Journal of Heredity and stated that efforts 
would be made to hold a conference of the execu- 
tive committee of the Genetics Sections with the 
council of the American Genetics Association to 
see what steps can be taken for their mutual 
benefit. 

L. J. Couz, 


Secretary. 


SCIENCE 


SInGLE Copies, 15 Ors.//24»,, 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00. 


New SERIES 
Vou. LV, No. 1422 


Fripay, Marcu 31, 1922 


THE NEW (11th) EDITION 


Reprinted Four Months After Publication 


AMERICAN ILLUSTRATED MEDICAL DICTIONARY 


The words listed below were selected at random from this New (11th) 
Edition and are only samples of hundreds of important new words NOT 
defined in any other medical dictionary now on the market—bar none. 


acladiosis 
acouesthesia 
acro-agnosis 
acropachy 
aneurilemmic 
antiamylase 
aparathyrosis 
aphylaxis 
aporrhegma 
arthresthesia 
auditognosis 


bacteriophage 
barognosis 
biopyoculture 
blastin 


capillariomotor 
Castellanella 
cephalogyric 
chemasthenia 
crescograph 
cytobiology 


degassing 
dermatophobia 
dynamopathic 
dysoxidizable 


ecto-enzyme 
épluchage 
esthesioscopy 


formiciasis 


Octavo of 1229 pages, with 327 illustrations, 115 in colors 
mittee on Nomenclature, American Medical Association. 


gastroparesis 
glycometabolic 
gonadotropism 


hematopneic 
hemerythrin 
hemilesion 
hemivagotony 


* Hemophilus 


historrhexis 
homo-eroticism 
homoglandular 
humanol 
hydroparotitis 
hyperuricemia 
hypo-ovaria 


iridodiagnosis 
isograft 


lalognosis 
liposome 
lissencephalic 
Loeschia 


malariosis 
mammectomy 
metabolimeter 
microphallus 
motofacient 
mutarotation 
myesthesia 
myotenositis 


neuro-amebiasis 
neuronatrophy 
nutramin 


obsidional 
oculogyric 
optesthesia 
osmesthesia 


palikinesia 
perichrome 
periduodenitis 
periodontology 
pertonal 
Pfeifferella 
phaco-eresis 
phenololipoid 
phenolization 
piesesthesia 
pigritis 
polychylia 
polypodia 
pre-hallux 
presubiculum 
proteogens 
pseudo-ion 
puerilism 
pyelectasis 
pyknolepsy 


radiodontist 
radiolucent 


radiopaque 
raticide 


sacralization 
sakushu fever 
sclerostomy 
sedol 

senopia 
sensoparalysis 
seroculture 
seroscopy 
staphylectomy 
stibenyl 
succagogue 
sulfarsenol 
superinfection 
sympathicoblast 
syphilimetry 


teatulation 
textoblastic 
textoma 
thigmesthesia 
thymotropism 
thyropenia 
tonoclonic 
tortipelvis 
tuborrhea 


vaginotome 
vagitis 
volumination 


Edited by W. A. NEWMAN DORLAND, M. D.. Member Com- 
Flexible binding. $7.00 net; thumb indexed, $8.00 net. 


W. B. SAUNDERS COMPANY, West Washington Sq., Phila. 


Please send and charge to my account:— 


American Illustrated Medical Dictionary 


) Plain 
{ Indexed 


ADDRESS. 


ii 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


FOUR VALUABLE BOOKS 


The Teaching of General Science 
By W. L. Erkenserry 


In this book the author discusses the necessity of the creation of a technique of presenta- 
tion that will properly diffuse scientific knowledge. Detailed consideration is given to ex- 
periments in the instruction of the public in which the character of the general science 
movement, as well as its connection with the past history of science teaching, its relation to 
the established sciences and its place in the new science of education, is depicted. 


This volume is not a manual of class-room methods. It contains the subject-matter of 
the general science course, together with the objectives and principles of organization of 
general science. The author has provided a brief bibliography of periodical literature of 
general science. Every teacher of science should have a copy. 2.00, postpaid $2.15 


A Laboratory Manual for Comparative 
Vertebrate Anatomy 


By Linpie H. Hyman 


This volume attempts to supply the need of a laboratory manual of vertebrate anatomy 
based on the comparative plan. It presents, in addition to general chapters on animal form, 
the characters and classification of the chordates and vertebrate development, a study of 
each system of vertebrates beginning with the exoskeleton and ending with the nervous 
system. The comparative anatomy of each system is studied in a succession of forms from 
the elasmobranch to the animal. An-important feature of this manual is the explanatory 
and descriptive material it contains. Each system under survey is accompanied by appropriate 
diagrams and directions for dissection. $2.50, postpaid $2.70 


° e e 
_ A Naturalist in the Great Lakes Region 
By Exriorr R. DownineG 

An interesting account of the flora and fauna of the Great Lakes region coupled with a 
description of the geological and physiographic development which has affected the dis- 
tribution of plants and animals. There are innumerable suggestions for the student who 
wishes to supplement his laboratory work with field notes in botany, biology, and geology. 
Teachers will find much material for advanced courses, and field work. $3.50, postpaid $3.70 


Evolution, Genetics, and Kugenies 
By Horatio HAackrtt NEWMAN 


This book has been prepared to meet a specific demand for an account of the various 
phases of evolutionary biology, condensed within the scope of one volume of moderate size. 
It contains a carefully selected collection of excerpts from the writings of many authors of 
diverse theories. $3-75, postpaid $3.90 


THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS 


5811 Ellis Avenue Chicago, Illinois 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y. 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica, N. Y.. under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Vou. LV Marcw 31, 1922 No. 1422 


Dedication of the Norman Bridge Laboratory 
of Physics of the California Institute of 
Technology: 
Presentation: Dr. NoRMAN BRriIpGE...........-.- 327 
Address of Acceptance: Dr. R. A. Murtut1- 


PIRSA soot sees renee ISS AES ee eS Oe 330 
A Joint Investigation of the Constitution 
of Matter and the Nature of Radiation: 
ID)ohy (Eno Xeno Op 1S UN ipo ee ee ee 332 
Research in the Norman Bridge Labora- 
TORY Ico OR EL PAL) MUORENID Zits seer eee noe aly 334 


Biotic Areas and Ecologic Habitats: Dr. 


Capture in Atlantic Waters of the 
Ray: Dr. E. W. GupeGEr 


John Caspar Branner: Dr. DAvip STARR 

oD OR DIASN eres ee eeeen cs a Lh At Sd 2 EC 340 
Scientific Events: 

The World Production of Coal in 1921; 

The Mount Everest Expedition; The Amer- 

ican Chemical Society; The John Scott 

MC LG ie Cl SCR ALLE A FAS ENS 341 
Scientific) Notes) and: News. 344 
University and Educational Notes................--- 347 
Discussion and Correspondence: 

Selective Fertilization as an Indicator of 

Germinal Differences: Dr. D. F. Jones. 

Gravitational Absorption: Dr. Paun R. 

1 (by ipa ae ee te RL a 348 
Scientific Books: 

Wheeler on Social Beetles in British Guiana 

and Farquharson on the Bionomics of 

Southern Nigerian Insects: PROFESSOR 

PIVPoaT) SCAT © OC KERR ilies ssetes ut then eee out 350 


Special Articles: 
Sealing Tungsten into Pyrex: Dr. L. T. 
Jones. A New Sclerotina on Mulberry: 
E.. A. Sircurr and A. BE. JENKINS............--- 352 
The American Mathematical Society: Pro- 
FESSOR Ro G: D. RICHARDSON...0. 354 


DEDICATION OF THE NORMAN 
BRIDGE LABORATORY OF 
PHYSICS, OF) THE, CALI 

FORNIA INSTITUTE OF 
TECHNOLOGY 


PRESENTATION BY NORMAN BRIDGE 

THIS is one of a series of pleasant occasions 
that have attended the growth and metamor- 
phosis of this school for nearly a third of a 
century. 

Hach one has marked some accession of value 
in its progress from a small affair with varied 
aims and moderate ambitions, to a concentra- 
tion of effort on the most ambitious plans for 
the selection and excellence of the few. Some- 
times the acquisition has been a material one, 
as of buildings, grounds and tools; sometimes 
it has been spiritual and intellectual. To-day 
we welcome both forms. 

The changes in the institution have come 
through a process of elimination of the casual 
and easy—designed for the many; and of the 
engrafting upon it of the more difficult, the 
more costly—and ultimately the more potent, 
for the few who can measure up to its require- 
ments. 

And the most telling addition of all has been 
the deliberate movement toward systematic re- 
search—otherwise the search for additions to 
the knowledge of the world. 

We are gathered here to take note of the 
latest material addition to the equipment, as 
well as the latest spiritual and intellectual 
accession. This laboratory is undoubtedly a 
long step toward an ideal outfit for teaching, 
and for the research that is in the greatest 
demand at this time. But no man can guess 
what new facilities will be needed within a few 
years, for novel lines of research not now even 
thought of. 

The growth of knowledge comes step by 
step; sometimes the steps are short, frequent, 
and strictly progressive; at other times they 


328 


are long, infrequent, and so radical that one 
step may require the recasting of a whole 
science. A hundred such instances stare us in 
the face, each one having sent a lot of the old 
apparatus of research to the scrap-heap. Such 
may some day be the fate of half the apparatus 
of this laboratory. If and when it comes it must 
be welcomed; if it will mean the achievement 
of vital economies for mankind—the exchange 
will be profitable, and the trade will be a good 
one. And you will then probably buy new and 
better apparatus, and go on with your research, 
but with new angles and for newly discovered 
purposes. 

It was to be expected that such an expansion 
and elaboration in exacting education would 
oceur here, on this hill—and with some such an 
institution as this. For, eons ago Providence, 
by the forces of the stars, made it certain that 
some day there*would be here a great com- 
munity of people, capable of such achievements 
as this movement represents, provided the land 
could be blessed with a stable and enduring 
government. Ages ago it was foredained to 
happen; it was bound to come, and come here 
—hbut with the indispensable peace-protecting 
and industry-protecting government. 

Millions of years ago—yesterday morning it 
was, by the calendar of geologic time—the 
nearby mountains were lifted up by the buckling 
forces from below; and the off-shore currents 
of the more distant sea were then ordained to 
flow southward, and to flow cold. Then it was 
that the good luck of the low latitude and the 
right width of the low littoral, made it as sure 
as fate that here would be a wholesome cli- 
mate, highly conducive to work and achieve- 
ment, and that superior people would one day 
come hither in great numbers—given always a 
protecting government. 

The influence of the mountains and the 
ocean—the shape and height of the mountains 
and the currents of air and sea; the width of 
the plain between, and the fortunate latitude, 
have made an ideal atmosphere on one lofty 
spot on the mountain for astronomical study— 
which study in our time has been realized in 
astounding fashion. In that day those forces 
also created here a multitude of engineering 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1422 


problems that are good for instruction, and for 
a challenge to research by some far-off genera- 
tion of men. We stand to-day in the mid- 
period of that generation; and it would be a 
shame for us to fail. 

Providence seems to have guided the human 
hands that have developed this institution as it 
is to-day. Really, it was a late discovery of a 
few people that nature had provided here the 
best conditions to make it the logical spot for a 
movement of this kind. 

The first inspiration came to Amos Throop, 
a rugged, great soul with a far-reaching vision, 
who had been enticed here by the natural ad- 
vantages for health and comfort. He knew how 
great these advantages are, and he knew that 
before many decades there would come about in 
this Southland the rapid growth of cities and 
the beehive of activity that we now see all about 
us. He saw that this community needed and de- 
served the best advantages of education and 
power. No such advantages had been provided 
for Pasadena. He had an ideal of a school to 
equip men to do things as well as to think and 
remember. His life had been keyed to practical 
in contradistinction to scholastic achievements. 
So he founded a Polytechnic Institute, and gave 
it all the money he had. By the measures of 
today the gift was not large, but it was greater 
than Mr. Carnegie or Mr. Rockefeller ever gave 
—for it was all he had. And he did what many 
givers of money forget to do; he gave himself 
with his gifts. 

From that laudable beginning, this school of 
high college grade has grown. Now it summons 
from afar, and ofttimes invents, tools for its 
art unheard of before; and it calls from the 
ends of the earth the ablest experts into its fae- 
ulty. Moreover, men famous in science come 
here to pursue further research with its facili- 
ties, under the inspiration of its work, and in 
the midst of its many advantages. 

With all this development, the Institute has 
never departed from the original ideas of Mr. 
Throop (“Father Throop,” as he was lovingly 
called) that it must in the highest degree pos- 
sible give an education that shall fit men to do 
things in this rushing world of useful achieve- 
ments—and a new civilization. 


Marcu 31, 1922] 


The new laboratory is the latest step in this 
practical direction, but by no means the last 
step. It is being equipped with all the prac- 
tical things its designers could think necessary 
—hbut no human mind can foresee what new 
machinery may be needed on tomorrow—or 
some other morrow. In this particular the end 
is not yet; and the equipment will never be 
finished. It will always be and 
changing. 

Another inspiration came out of a search for 
a good place for a Carnegie Observatory for the 
study of the sun and other stars. Should it be 
located here or across the sea; or across the 
equator? It must be put in the best place—for 
millions of money were sure to be spent upon 
it. The incomparable director of that work 
soon demonstrated the natural advantages of 
Mt. Wilson for the observatory. More than 
that, as this region bristles with scientific prob- 
lems and interrogation points, he saw that here 
was the place of election for a great scientific 
school of the future. It not only belonged here, 
but it would be a wholesome neighbor to the 
Observatory. Then it was that Dr. Hale con- 
sented to become a trustee of this corporation, 
on the condition that the Board should fix a 
standard for the school, a little higher than that 
of: any. other then in existence. The Board, 
under the enthusiastic leadership of the then 
President, Dr. Scherer, promptly accepted the 
challenge; and it has, I believe, kept its prom- 
ise, and maintained the condition. 

But the plans for this higher emprise could 
not have been carried out, but for the vision, 
faith and unfalteringness of the Chairman of 
the Board, Mr. Fleming. His wisdom has, if 
possible, exceeded his determination; he has 
asked from others large gifts and got them; 
and, like the true soldier he is, he has led the 
way by making larger gifts himself. To use a 
colloquialism, he has been for years the very 
“angel” of the Institute. He does more good 
things, and talks less about them, than anybody 
else—and I nominate him as the most useful 
citizen in this community. 

The evolution of a great laboratory is an ab- 
sorbing subject—absorbing both in interest and 


growing 


SCIENCE 


329 


money. ‘Two years ago a laboratory of the 
physical sciences became a vital need of the 
Institute, if it were to go on in its progress 
without halting. It required a large expendi- 
ture of money. Some folks at our house, who 
had watched the growth of this movement from 
its beginning—and helped through its first two 
decades and more—had for long expected to do 
something more substantial toward its perfec- 
tion than they had done before. Of course they 
knew of this urgent need and opportunity. But 
they were unable to see how they could provide 
even a small Jaboratory without losing so much 
time that opportunities and treasures of the 
first order were likely to be lost before the © 
building could be completed. And the need 
was for a great laboratory, not a small one. 
Then a new light dawned, a hint from a genius, 
and the laboratory began to take form as a 
reality. 

The program of this occasion says that the 
presentation of the laboratory is to be made by 
the donor. It ought to have said donors. For . 
myself and Mrs. Bridge, some personal facts 
should be stated here; and one of them is that 
I appear here rather under false pretences. We 
could not have rapidly provided this magnificent 
and elaborate structure without the influence 
and connivance of that remarkable man already 
named, the wise and unselfish Chairman of the 
Board of Trustees. So, constructively he is in 
very essence one of the donors. Without his 
wisdom and faith, this building could not have 
been provided in time to function early, and 
early to embrace the greatest opportunity the 
institution has ever had. And as I am speaking 
in the presence of—as well as at, the head of 
the governing council of the Institute, who is 
also the Director of the Laboratory, I will, at 
the moment, spare his embarrassment by merely 
hinting at what that opportunity was. This 
community and the educational world are fast 
finding out what it was; and if God and the 
fates spare his hfe, they shall in good time 
realize it completely. 

For myself, I beg to make a personal explana- 
tion and a confession—wherein may appear the 
evidence of the amazing vacillation of man. I 


330 


had long protested that my name should not be 
given to any endowment of anything that I 
might ever make; I protested against the use of 
it on th® laboratory building; and the argu- 
ments of members of the Board and other 
friends, including the Director of the Labora- 
tory himself, failed to move me in this particu- 
lar—until I found that the vital member of my 
own household, who had for half a lifetime 
helped toward this opportunity, was in league 
with these people—then I surrendered. And I 
am ready now to confess to one comfort in see- 
ing my name chiseled over the chief portal: it 
ought to tend toward discouraging the public 
from longer trying to impose on my name a 
final S and a middle initial! 

As to the material contributions toward the 
building, they are made with utter gladness, 
with the knowledge that here shall develop a 
great center of education and resarch that will 
give the start and found the careers of many of 
the scholars and super-engineers of the future 
—and make life easier and more joyful, as well 
as more worth living, to vast numbers of people 
—for the men who are graduated here will carry 
the torch to others, and they to still others, on 
through an endless succession. Certainly no 
gift of mine already made, or that shall here- 
after be made here, can possibly be a measure 
of my faith in this institution, and I have not 
for years had any official connection with it. 
My faith in it is greater than if I had a hand 
in its management. 

Finally now, and in behalf of the donors and 
all the friends who have encouraged this con- 
summation—those who have hoped and prayed 
for it; those who have planned and designed it 
and watched its growth; and those who have 
devised and furnished the sinews of construc- 
tion that have made its walls arise into being— 
in behalf of all these and in their name, I com- 
mend and present this Laboratory of Physics— 
the last and best word in a modern workshop 
of nature’s philosophy, to this corporation, and 
to you, Dr. Millikan, its Director—to you, Sir, 
who embody in your person the new spiritual 
and intellectual gift that comes with the Labora- 
tory. And you are the hope and sure promise 
of the future! 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1422 


ADDRESS OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOR- 
MAN BRIDGE LABORATORY OF PHYSICS 
In accepting in the name of American physies 

this beautiful and well-appointed laboratory, 

I wish first to express on behalf of my col- 

leagues and myself the appreciation and grati- 

tude which we feel because of the opportunity 
which you, Mr. Fleming, aud you, Dr. Bridge, 
have jointly opened up to us, not only of de- 
voting ourselves to the intensive pursuit of the 
science which we love, but also of assisting in 

the solution of the fascinating and vitally im- 

portant problems which the extraordinary de- 

velopments in physics during the past two de- 
cades have pushed to the forefront of the 
world’s needs to-day. 

In the second place, I wish to accept this 
gift on behalf of the California Institute of 
Technology, with which I now have the honor 
to be connected, and to express its gratitude 
for the opportunity which is thus afforded it 
of taking another long stride forward toward 
the. realization of the ideal which the far- 
visioned men who constitute the Board of 
Trustees have had from the beginning—an 
ideal not very common in American educa- 
tional institutions, an ideal not of large growth 
in numbers, nor of the extension of the field 
of study over a large range of subjects, but 
rather the ideal of doing work of superlative 
quality in the chosen and relatively limited 
field of the Institute’s activities—the cultiva- 
tion of the mathematical and physical sciences 
and their applications. 

In the third place, I wish to accept this gift 
on behalf of all those who, like myself, be- 
lieve that the private educational institution 
still has a very vital role to play in the de- 
velopment of American civilization. I am no 
opponent of state education. From the com- 
mon school up it represents one of America’s 
most important contributions to modern life, 
and that contribution should be greater in the 
future than it has been in the past. But state- 
education is not all that is needed in this coun- 
try. It can do something but not everything. 
Indeed, one of the most dangerous tendencies 
which confronts America to-day is the appar- 
ently growing tendency of her people to get 


Marcw 31, 1922] 


into the habit of calling upon the state to meet 
all their wants. The genius of the Anglo- 
Saxon race has in the past lain in the develop- 
ment of individual initiative, and if we lose 
that we shall lose our most priceless heritage. 
Even in the field of education the greatest and 
most distinctive contributions which our race 
has made thus far have been made through pri- 
vate institutions like Oxford, Harvard, and 
Chicago—institutions which are supported by 
men whom it has been our glory to develop in 
numbers found nowhere else in the world— 
men who have treated their wealth and their 
talents as public trusts and have voluntarily 
devoted them to public ends. I, for one, be- 
lieve that some, at least, of our most important 
future contributions are going to come because 
we continue to develop such men and to pre- 
serve such ideals. 

In the fourth place, I wish to accept this 
gift on behalf of American education, to which 
this institution hopes to contribute by its ex- 
ample an important element. We have suc- 
ceeded in this country marvelously well in 
quantity or mass-education, as we have in quan- 
tity production. We have not as yet succeeded 
as well as have a number of other countries in 
quality education. We have not produced one- 
half as many—I think I may say one-fifth as 
many outstanding scientific and technical men 
in proportion to our population as have Hol- 
land, England, Germany, or France. The 
English honor system, to take but one example, 
has selected and trained the exceptional man in 
England and Canada as nothing in this country 
has thus far done, and after all the progress 
of civilization is determined by the very few 
men of vision and capacity which each age 
develops. There is then not only a place, but 
there is tremendous need in the United States 
for some schools which are designed to furnish 
exceptional opportunities and to give exception- 
al training to exceptional men. This has been 
the aim of the trustees of this Institute from the 
start. This is why the first step taken in the 
initiation of the work of the Norman Bridge 
Laboratory has been to provide something rare 
in America but something which the Institute 
already has, namely, an unexcelled staff in 


SCIENCE 331 


mathematical physies. Four-fifths of all teach- 
ing is the teaching of example. Creative men 
arise spontaneously in an atmosphere in which 
creative men exist and in general nowhere else. 

But there is a second reason for accepting 
this gift in behalf of American education. 
With the gradual disappearance of the classics 
and the rigid discipline which they furnished, 
as the basis of our higher educational system, 
there have been slowly creeping into it during 
the past two decades certain emasculating influ- 
ences which need to be counteracted. There is 
no Elisha upon whom the mantle of the classies 
ean fall except the mathematical and physical 
sciences. There is no training like that which 
they furnish for teaching men to apply them- 
selves intensively, to observe carefully and cor- 
rectly, to treat their data honestly and dis- 
passionately, and to reason objectively from a 
given set of conditions to their inevitable con- 
sequences—in a word to see clearly and to 
think straight. Indeed, there is nothing else 
left to constitute the backbone of the training 
of the coming generation if it is to maintain 
the virility and the strength of those that have 
preceded. The Institute hopes to do some 


- pioneer work in demonstrating the values of an 


education having the mathematical and physical 
sciences for its backbone. I accept this gift, 
then, in behalf of American education in the 
confident belief that the intensive training in 
the mathematical and physical sciences which 
will take place within its walls may exert a 
wholesome, yes, a saving influence upon Ameri- 
can education as a whole. 

In the fifth place, if I may be so presump- 
tuous, I wish to accept this gift in the name 
of Southern California, of which I have been 
a resident for the whole of three months, for I 
believe that this enterprise here is not a local 
enterprise. I believe that there is a contribu- 
tion which it can and will make to the intel- 
lectual and cultural development of this whole 
empire of the south, which with all that it has 
of stimulating climate, of enterprise, of wealth, 
and of business capacity, still needs through- 
out its length and breadth the stability and 
sanity—in a word the eulture—which a center 
of rigorous, objective, scientifie thinking should 


332 


help to impart to it. Nor is this enterprise one 

‘which should influence Southern California 
alone, for since men of affairs come to this 
region as to scarcely any other region in the 
United States, no section is more favored than 
is this one in its opportunity of contributing its 
own good things to the progress of the country 
as a whole. 

Finally, I wish to accept this gift in the name 
of all those who believe, as I do and as the 
trustees of this institution have from the start 
believed, that science in itself is not the most 
important thing in this world, but that the 
salvation of the world is to be found in the 
cultivation of science together with the cultiva- 
tion of a belief in the reality of moral and 
spiritual values. Science alone may destroy 
this world instead of saving it, but the trustees 
of this institution have from the start differen- 
tiated it from most technical schools in the 
altogether exceptional emphasis which has been 
laid in its curriculum upon cultural and spiri- 
tual development. One expression of this ideal 
is seen in the atmosphere which has been thrown 
about the campus by the architectural beauty 
of the buildings which are already found here, 
a beauty which the architect, Mr. Goodhue, has 
known how to put in exceptional degree both 
into the exterior and the interior of the Nor- 
man Bridge Laboratory. I accept your magni- 
ficent gift, Dr. Bridge, in the hope and the 
belief that it will be an important factor in 
the creation at the California Institute of Tech- 
nology, not only of men with the highest tech- 
nical skill, but of men of the finest character 
and of the broadest citizenship. 


R. A. MILiIKkAan 


A JOINT INVESTIGATION OF THE CONSTI- 
TUTION OF MATTER AND THE 
NATURE OF RADIATION 

Tur establishment of the Norman Bridge 
Laboratory of Physics, if my estimate is cor- 
rect, is an event of no small significance in the 
progress of science. Dr. Millikan has explained 
its bearing on scientific and technical education, 
and pointed out that research, as conducted in 


1 Address at the dedication of the Norman 


Bridge Laboratory. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1422 


the Bridge Laboratory and the Gates Chemical 
Laboratory, accompanied by the best instruction 
in physics, chemistry, and mathematics, must 
provide the firmest of foundations for the entire 
superstructure of the California Institute of 
Technology. It remains for me to speak of a 
joint investigation of the constitution of matter 
and the nature of radiation which the organiza- 
tion of the Bridge and Gates Laboratories has 
rendered possible. 

Matter occurs in nature under the widest 
variety of composition and form. The 
physicist, who approaches this complex problem 
by the simplest and most direct route, deals 
chiefly with the chemical elements, and evolves 
powerful methods of research which enable him 
to penetrate to the core of the atom, to visual- 
ize the electrons swinging in their orbits, and 
to remove them one by one for detailed study. 
The chemist, concerned primarily with the union 
of atoms into molecules, and the combination 
of molecules of one or more elements, neces- 
sarily attacks matter of greater complexity, ex- 
tending all the way from the single atom of 
hydrogen to compounds containing hundreds 
of linked atoms of many kinds. The astro- 
physicist, permitted by his powerful telescopes 
to penetrate to the depths of the universe, ob- 
serves matter in the state of luminous gaseous 
elements, associated in the cooler stars with 
certain chemical compounds. The cosmic 
crucibles in this vast laboratory of nature ex- 
hibit conditions of temperature and pressure 
often transcending those attainable on earth, 
and thus present for observation experiments 
on an immense scale, the interpretation of 
which has already added much to our knowledge 
of physies and chemistry. A general study of 
the constitution of matter should therefore ap- 
proach the problem simultaneously along the 
converging lines of physics, chemistry, and 
astrophysies. 

The progress of research, particularly during 
the last quarter century, has brought us to the 


- present critical juncture, when the possibilities 


of such a joint investigation are especially 
favorable. In each of the branches of science 
involved the methods and instruments of re- 
search have advanced to a high degree of per- 


Marcu 31, 1922] 


fection. Discovery has followed discovery, now 
in one subject, now in another, each throwing 
new and increasing illumination into the other 
fields. The application of the spectroscope to 
astronomy, affording the means of determin- 
ing the chemical composition, distances, motions, 
temperatures, pressures, densities, and masses 
of the stars, has led to many advances of fun- 
damental importance. The rise of physical 
chemistry, which revealed the role played by 
electrically charged particles in solutions and 
established for chemistry a rational underlying 
theory, opened another new world of thought. 
The extraordinary discoveries and developments 
in physics, particularly in the fields of radio- 
activity, the electrical nature of matter, X-rays 
and radiation, have brought to light wholly 
unexpected relationships between the elements 
which are of the greatest significance, both from 
the purely scientific and the practical point of 
view. 

We now know that there are just 92 elements 
in nature, the heaviest of which are spontane- 
ously breaking up into lighter ones. The basic 
element hydrogen exists throughout the uni- 
verse, accompanied by other elements in varying 
proportions and states. A few stable elements 
can be broken up by artificial means in the 
laboratory, but no method of combining their 
constituents has yet been found. In the stars, 
however, there is strong reason to believe that 
the heavier elements are actually being built up 
from lighter ones, under conditions involving 
phenomena of radiation and absorption of 
energy as yet unknown on the earth. We 
should therefore not be limited to any single 
line of procedure, but should organize our at- 
tack in such a way that physics, chemistry, 
and astrophysics may all play adequate parts. 

In the development in Pasadena of a single 
center for this purpose, the equipment needed 
for physics is now supplied by the establish- 
ment of the Norman Bridge Laboratory, with 
its powerful instruments and adjunets, inelud- 
ing a high tension laboratory, containing a 
million volt transformer, provided by the 
Southern California Edison Company. The 
Gates Laboratory, with many added facilities, 
will meet the necessary requirements for chem- 


SCIENCE 


333 


istry. The Mount Wilson Observatory, with its 
telescopes on Mount Wilson and its laboratories 
and instrument shops in Pasadena, provides for 
astrophysics. Thus the material means are not 
lacking, while the excellent atmospheric con- 
ditions, available sites for physical experiments 
ranging from sea-level to easily accessible 
mountain stations up to 12,000 feet, a neigh- 
boring Army Balloon School for free air ex- 
periments, and ample sources of hydroelectric 
power meet the needs of the widest research 
activities. 

Most fundamental of all, however, is the re- 
search staff, and we are fortunate indeed in 
the recent accession of Dr. Millikan and Dr. 
Epstein, and in the privilege of having Pro- 
fessor Lorentz with us during the present win- 
ter. Mathematical physics must play a promi- 
nent part in our joint efforts, and the coopera- 
tion of the leading authorities in this field is 
essential. The combined corps of investigators 
of the Institute laboratories and of the Ob- 
servatory, powerfully supplemented by our 
eminent Research Associates, is now well quali- 
fied to open an effective campaign. Indeed, if 
time permitted, I could show you how it has 
already begun. 

A detailed report on the proposed joint in- 
vestigation was presented by the California In- 
stitute to the Carnegie Corporation of New 
York in September. This was referred to 
President Merriam and the Executive Commit- 
tee of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, 
who cordially endorsed the project and agreed 
to administer any funds for its support that 
might be granted by the Corporation. At its 
meeting on November 17 the Carnegie Corpora- 
tion appropriated thirty thousand dollars per 
year for five years to the Carnegie Institution 
of Washington, to be accepted and administered 
by the Institution for the support of funda- 
mental researches in physics and chemistry to 
be conducted at the California Institute of 
Technology. Dr. Millikan and Dr. Noyes have 
been appointed Research Associates of the Car- 
negie Institution, and the appropriation will be 
expended under their direction. Supplement- 
ing, as it does so generously, the research funds 
of the California Institute, this appropriation 


334 


provides the added means required for the 
joint investigation in conjunction with the 
Mount Wilson Observatory, a department of 
the Carnegie Institution of Washington. 

It is hardly necessary to say that this liberal 
action is most heartily appreciated by the 
Trustees of the California Institute, who are 
thus encouraged to continue and to extend 
their policy of developing fundamental research 
in science and engineering. 

Grorce E. Hae 


RESEARCH IN THE NORMAN BRIDGE 
LABORATORY 

Ir is a great honor to me to have been re- 
quested to address you on this memorable occa- 
sion and I have many good reasons for being 
interested in to-day’s proceedings. In the first 
place, I have been so kindly and warmly wel- 
comed by the scientific men of the institute that 
I feel almost as if I belonged to them and as 
if I also were going to have a share in the 
facilities for scientific research that have now 
been put at their disposal. 

In the second place, I have for a long time 
admired Professor Millikan’s important work, 
and I have now some idea of his great energy 
and activity, wondering how he ean do all he 
does. JI therefore heartily rejoice at this splen- 
did opportunity being offered him to work on 
his favorite subject. He is going to have a 
laboratory that is worthy of him as was his 
wish, with Professor Noyes and his chemists 
and with the Mount Wilson Observatory close 
at hand. 

But apart from these personal feelings the 
great development that has been inaugurated 
here to-day has my warmest sympathy. This 
would have been the case even if I never had 
come to this country. I am happy to say so. 
Indeed, even when separated by oceans, 
physicists form a kind of fraternity spread all 
over the world. It is true that the ties that 
unite them have not at all times been equally 
strong and that they have to a certain extent 
been severed in the disastrous period through 
which the world has passed. But, though we 
recognize that this could hardly. be otherwise, 
we sincerely hope that in the end the feeling 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1422 


of good comradeship, such as is natural among 
men who have before them a great and import- 
ant common task, will again prevail. It can 
not be too much emphasized that the under- 
standing of Nature’s secrets, that the use of 
knowledge of forees of greater urgency, and 
that much remains to be done, will join all 
workers. Certainly each individual worker will 
do his best to follow his own inclinations and 
to act according to his special abilities, and it 
is highly desirable that the research work of 
each nation bear the mark of its mentality and 
national aptitudes but by mutual aid and co- 
operation, one stimulating the other, all can 
be blended in one great effort. 

I am deeply convineed that it must be so and 
therefore I feel that Dr. Norman Bridge, who 
is so generously promoting scientific research 
in this country, deserves the warm thanks, not 
only of Americans, but of scientific men. 

And now when he takes off his evening dress, 
and has returned to his every-day life, Professor 
Milhkan will set to work in his laboratory. 
You know what he can do, what marvels he can 
achieve with a single oil drop, determining, 
more certainly that ever was done, the electric 
charge and the manner and the number of the 
smallest particles of which matter consists. 
This afternoon we heard from him how he has 
been able to extend his investigations to ultra- 
violet invisible rays of the very smallest wave 
lengths. He is planning to send up high in the 
atmosphere instruments which, when safely re- 
turned to the earth, will tell about radiations 
which exist at great altitudes and of which he 
wants to trace the origin, either of the earth or 
the heavens. And when the high tension labora- 
tory is ready, he and his fellow workers will 
bombard matter with electrons moving with a 
velocity comparable with that of light and they 
will try to knock to pieces the atoms of our 
elements and to see what becomes of them. 

In all this they will work with Professor 
Noyes of the Gates Chemical Laboratory and 
with the astronomers of Mount Wilson. If 
some effect can not be found on the earth they 
will look for it in the sun and if there is some 
new and not wholly understood phenomenon 
in solar physies, it will be reproduced and in- 


Marc 31, 1922] 


vestigated in the Norman Bridge Laboratory. 
Mr. Chairman, it is a great pleasure to me 
to express the best and most hearty wishes: for 
the good success of the work that has now been 
set on foot. 
i H. A. Lorentz 


BIOTIC AREAS AND ECOLOGIC HAB- 
ITATS AS UNITS FOR THE STATE- 
MENT OF ANIMAL AND PLANT 
DISTRIBUTION 


More precision in the statement of animal 
and plant distribution has become an urgent 
need. A specimen labeled “California” or 
“Africa” is obviously of little value in a criti- 
eal study of distribution. But, though less 
obviously at fault, a record giving merely a 
city or county as a locality is still not of the 
greatest use. A number of distinctly different 
kinds of life conditions occur within a short 
distance of most towns, and in the western 
parts of the United States the life conditions 
within a single county may range from desert 
to moist forest and even to perpetual snow. 
Unless the life conditions under which a 
species lives are known we can gain little in- 
sight into the factors which govern its dis- 
tribution. 

A knowledge of the life conditions under 
which a species lives can not be obtained from 
a statement alone of geographical localities, 
no matter how exactly these may be given. 
Even a record of the precise acre on which a 
specimen has been taken means little unless 
the environmental conditions of the spot also 
are stated. Exact geographical records are 
necessary, but mention alone of a locality is 
not enough, and a complete record must in- 
elude a statement of the environmental condi- 
tions as well as the locality. 

Some sort of classification of the environ- 
mental conditions must, of course, be adopted 
if the conditions under which a species lives 
are to be stated concisely and with precision. 
Although I do not intend to propose here any 
new system of classification, either for en- 
vironments or for biological distribution, I do 
wish to call attention to some of the units on 
which a classification must be based. 


SCIENCE 335 


The units of biogeographical classification 
which I believe will prove most generally use- 
ful are two in number: (1) a unit of geo- 
graphical extent forming a natural life area 
(faunal or floral area), and (2) the habitat 
or ecologic community. The statement of the 
faunal or floral areas and the habitats or com- 
munities in which a species is found, together 
with records of geographical localities, should 
give very accurately both the geographical 
distribution and the conditions under which the 
species exists. 

Biogeographers have long made use of 
floral and faunal areas for the classification 
of distribution, and the importance of this unit 
of distribution is generally conceded. Some 
ecologists employ practically the same con- 
cept under such designations as “climatic 
formation” and “climax formation.” The best 
term available to include the concept of both 
floral and faunal areas seems to be biotic area. 
A biotic area, then, may be defined as a geo- 
graphic district, characterized by an assem- 
blage of species and of ecological character- 
istics differing from those found in adjacent 
areas. A biotic area will usually, though not 
always, be also a climatic area, and will often 
be a distinct physiographic area as well. 

The animal species found in a biotic area 
constitute a fauna; the plant species found in 
the same area constitute a flora; and the com- 
bined animal and plant species of the area 
may be termed a biota. 

It has been generally presumed that the units 
of classification for ecological distribution and 
the units of biogeographical classification be- 
long to different categories and can not be 
used together. However, I see no reason why 
the unit of ecological classification, the eco- 
logic community, may not, for the exact state- 
ment of distribution, be combined with the 
unit of geographical distribution, the biota as 
above defined. In fact, I firmly believe, after 
considerable experience in the use of this com- 
bination in the field, that it forms an excellent 
method of stating distribution. 

By this method each biotie area is considered 
to be made up of a number of ecologic habitats, 
the animals and plants of each habitat form- 
ing an ecologic community. The community 


336 


then, may be considered as a subdivision of 
a biota, with the same geographical limits. 
Some communities will extend over two or 
more adjacent biotic areas, and they may re- 
ceive the same name in the various areas in 
which they occur. But no community is likely 
to be exactly the same in two biotic areas, for 
between the various areas there are definite 
general differences in the fauna and flora, and 
usually also in climate and physiography. 

The terms ecologic habitat and ecologic com- 
munity are here used to designate ecologic 
divisions of any rank. Field workers dealing 
with different systematic groups of animals 
and plants will probably find it convenient 
to use different grades of ecologic units, de- 
pending partly on the size and mobility of the 
organisms considered. The ecologic com- 
munities recognized for ants will probably be 
smaller in average area covered, and lesser 
in ecologic rank, than mammal communities 
will be. 

The rank of ecologic community which will 
probably be most generally useful in field 
work is the association, using this term in the 
sense of any relatively stable community 
whether climax or not. For finer distinctions 
the association may be divided into communi- 
ties of lower rank, such as strata, societies, 
and the like. However, if the habitats and 
communities are carefully described, the field 
worker need not worry about the rank of the 
ecologic divisions. The important thing is to 
record the field observations in such a way 
that the environmental relations of the species 
considered are clear. 

The discrimination of biotas and ecologic 
communities is not easy. We must recognize 
at once that there are few sharp divisions in 
nature, and that the lines we draw must in 
many cases be arbitrary ones. Communities 
or biotas which are very distinet where typi- 
cally developed, at their edges frequently 
shade off gradually into adjacent divisions. 
But often taxonomic groups, such as_ sub- 
species, pass gradually into other taxonomie 
forms without sharp boundaries. The classi- 
fication of biotas and ecologic communities is 
no more difficult, and not essentially different 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1422 


in kind, from the classification of animal and 
plant species and larger taxonomic groups. 

“Probably the best criterion for character- 
izing faunal (biotic) areas is the dominance 
of particular habitats. It is evident that in 
passing from one area to another a situation 
will be met where the dominant habitat of one 
area will equal in extent the dominant habitat 
of the other area. It is at this point that the 
line separating the two must be drawn.” 

In the western parts of the United States, 
where the topography is often much broken 
and where the climatic districts frequently are 
sharply limited, it is often possible to mark 
the boundary between adjacent biotic areas 
with considerable precision. But in regions of 
slight topographic and climatic diversity, such 
as is the case over much of the eastern United 
States, the limits of the biotic areas are often 
not clearly defined. Indeed, in some cases, it 
might be impossible to determine within several 
hundred miles the position of the boundaries 
between adjacent areas. The biotic area, how- 
ever, is still a useful concept, even though the 
position of the boundaries of some areas can 
not be stated exactly. To attempt an exact 
definition of the boundaries of adjacent areas 
between which there is a. wide belt of over- 
lapping is certain to result in confusion rather 
than in precision. 

The distinguishing characters of animal 
habitats are frequently based on the vegeta- 
tion, though sometimes on the physical char- 
acters such as the occurrence of rocks or 
water. There is a close correlation between the 
distribution of animal species and of types 
of vegetation, and even in places where the 
vegetation is not the dominant factor in the 
environment it often can be depended upon 
to give an index of the physical factors which 
affect the distribution of animals as well as 
plants. 

However, it is not yet certain that the small- 
er animal communities correspond exactly in 
distribution to the smaller plant communities. 
The mollusks and insects and other inverte- 
brates often seem to be restricted in distribu- 


1 Dice, 1916, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 16: p. 299. 


Marcu 31, 1922] 


tion by other factors than the plants are, and 
it may be that the smaller divisions of eco- 
logic communities will be different in ani- 
mals and plants; and perhaps these smaller 
communities will differ even in different groups 
of animals. It will be well, therefore, for 
field workers not to depend too rigidly on the 
plants or on any other one factor in deserib- 
ing distribution. 

Indeed, it may sometimes happen that even 
the faunal and floral areas, or the principal 
ecologic associations, for the various groups 
of organisms will differ. It certainly will not 
be best to force unruly facts of distribution 
to conform to any rigid system of description. 

On the other hand, a classification of habi- 
tats and biotic areas. will be of the greatest 
use when it is applicable, so far as possible, 
to all groups of animals and plants. For this 
reason the ecologic communities recognized for 
all organisms should correspond as nearly as 
possible without obscuring the facts. 

To form a universal classification will re- 
quire the establishment of more divisions than 
would a classification for one group of or- 
ganisms alone. For mammals, for instance, 
the grouping of all the fresh-water environ- 
ments of a faunal area into one nominal habi- 
tat, the aquatic, would probably suffice; but 
if fresh-water fishes, invertebrates, and plants 
are to be considered, a number of habitats in 
the water must be recognized. Even when 
mammals alone are considered it can do no 
harm to describe more than one aquatic habi- 
tat, and it is of great advantage to have a 
classification of wide application. 

One of the great advantages of using eco- 
logic habitats and biotic areas for the state- 
ment of distribution is that these units are not 
founded on the assumption that any one parti- 
cular factor of the environment is most im- 
portant in the limitation of distribution. Units 
of distributional classification based on a bias 
for some one particular factor, such as tem- 
perature, as being most important in the con- 
trol of distribution can not have the confidence 
of persons who consider the basis of classifica- 
tion unsound, or at least unproved. But the 
facts of distribution can be described by the 
use of biotas and ecologic communities with- 


SCIENCE 


337 


out an assumption that any one factor is all 
important. However, if one factor is actually 
the most important one in the control of dis- 
tribution over any area, this relation is not 
obscured by the employment of the units of 
description suggested. 

It is my opinion that we are not as yet 
sufficiently informed as to the exact distribu- 
tion of any group of animals or plants to 
render possible anything more than a _ pre- 
liminary classification of distribution in any 
part of the world. I would emphasize, there- 
fore, the need for the precise statement of dis- 
tribution in terms of units which are capable 
of combination into a number of possible sys- 
tems of classification, rather than to describe 
distribution in terms of large and relativety 
unstable biogeographical life-zones, 
or ecologic formations. 

With a knowledge of the biotas and eco- 
logic communities of the world it will be 
an easy matter to compare floras and faunas 
of different geographic regions; or the com- 
munities of similar habitats of different biotic 
areas may be compared as desired. Zoogeog- 
raphers and phytogeographers may, if they 
wish, combine biotic areas to form provinces, 
regions, or life-zones; and communities may 
be combined at pleasure by the ecologists to 
make formations or other large divisions. 

The time has come in the study of the factors 
limiting distribution when little more progress 
can be made by statistical methods, the attempt 
to correlate the distribution of climate or other 
barriers to distribution and of groups of ani- 
mals and plants in the mass. Rather we must 
critically determine the factors concerned in 
the distribution of individual species. To do 
this will require carefully controlled experi- 
ments in the laboratory, correlated with long 
continued measurement and observation of the 
physical and biological factors of the natural 
environments. 

Before laboratory experiments can be ef-. 
ficiently carried out, however, we must know 
the exact distribution in nature of the species 
of animals and plants and their environments. 
This is the greatest need of biogeography at 
the present time: to deseribe biotic areas and 
habitats and to determine the precise habitat 


regions, 


338 


distribution of each species. This work can 
be performed without any expensive equip- 
ment; good judgment and hard work in the 
field are the main requirements. 

There is pressing need that the work of 
describing the biotic areas and habitats of the 
world should be speedily done. Through the 
influence of man’s industrial activities the 
natural conditions of the world are rapidly 
passing, and in our more settled districts it 
is now difficult or impossible to find even 
small areas of the original habitats. It is im- 
portant to determine quickly the habitat 
preferences of the native plants and animals, 
for these can surely be determined only in 
natural habitats. With the changes due to the 
presence of man numerous species have been 
introduced, others have greatly changed their 
abundance, and the whole balance of nature 
has been upset. It behooves us to record all 
we can of natural habitats and habitat prefer- 
ences before it is too late. 

L. R. Dice 
MusruM or Zoouoey, 
UNIVERSITY or MICHIGAN 


THE MOST NORTHERLY RECORD 
OF THE CAPTURE IN ATLANTIC 
WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES 

OF THE GIANT RAY, MANTA 
BIROSTRIS 
Like many other ichthyologists I have long 
known that Manta drifts north with the Gulf 

Stream as far as Cape Lookout, North Caro- 
lina, where it is sometimes found in the Bight 
of the Cape or playing over the shoals which 
extend some 15 or 20 miles out to sea. Further- 
more, I have presumed that it occasionally 
drifted further north, but until my attention 
was called to the matter recently I did not 
know that any scientific records of its oecur- 
rence north of that point had ever been made. 
However, as a matter of fact the earliest rec- 
ord of the occurrence of this gigantic ray in 
our waters is found in Lawson’s voyage to 

1 Lawson, John, ‘‘A new voyage to Carolina; 


containing the .. . natural history of that coun- 
try, ete.’? London, 1709. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1422 


North Carolina (1709). Lawson describes 
the “divil-fish” as shaped like a “scate,” of 
great size, and having a very large pair of 
horns on its head. He notes its occurrence in 
the inlets of the great sandy bars separating 
the ocean from the sounds. 

The next notice is found in Mare Catesby’s 
“Account of Carolina and the Bahama 
Islands,” an appendix to Vol. 2 of his “Natu- 
ral History of Carolina, Florida, and the Ba- 
hama Islands, ete.” 2 vols. London, 1743. 
Speaking of “Diabolus marinus, the devil-fish,” 
which he says is a great ray having two horns 
on its head, he describes how one came afoul 
of the cable of “a sloop of 80 tons,’ in the 
harbor of Charleston, South Carolina, and 
dragged it about the harbor. 

The first scientific record of the capture of 
the fish, with a careful description and excel- 
lent figures dates in the year 1824. In August, 
1822, there was captured near the mouth of the 
Delaware Bay a specimen which was brought 
to Philadelphia and secured for the Academy 
of Natural Sciences. It was figured and de- 
seribed by LeSueur? in 1824. It was 15 or 
16 feet wide, and 7 feet, 9 or 10 inches long 
without the tail (which LeSueur says was 
slightly over 8 feet long) and had a mouth 
21% feet wide. He described it under the name 
Cephalopterus, head-winged. 

It seems to have been a matter of general 
knowledge at that time among the fishermen 
of Capes May and Henlopen that this gigantic 
ray occurred in the ocean off that region. At 
any rate, it is recorded that late in August, 
1823, a crew of fishermen set out to capture 
one of the fishes, and that on September 9 
they brought a specimen to New York. Here 
it was measured and described by Dr. S. L. 
Mitchill who published his account in the same 
year with LeSueur, 1824.2 It was a record 


2Le Sueur, Description of several species of 
the genus Raia, of North America, Journal Acad- 
emy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 1824, Vol. 4, 
pp. 115-121, 4 figs. 

3 Mitchill, S. L., Description of a new and 
gigantic species of the genus Cephalopterus of 
Dumeril, Annals Lyceum Natural History, New 
York, 1824, Vol. 6, pp. 23-29, 2 figs. 


Marcu 31, 1922] 


specimen, measuring 16 feet from tip to tip 
of pectorals, 10 feet, 9 inches from tip of 
head to root of tail, 17 feet, 3 inches over all 
(from tip of extended cephalic fins to tip of 
tail), and the widest part of the mouth cavity 
measured 3 feet, 9 inches along the curve. 
Mitehill calls this ray, Cephalopterus vam- 
pyrus, the oceanic vampire. 

The next record was made by Mr. Henry 
W. Fowler‘, Curator of Fishes of the Academy 
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, in 1903. 
This specimen was taken in a pound net lo- 
cated about one mile out at sea off Stone Har- 
bor, New Jersey, on September 1, 1903. Mr. 
Fowler saw only the parts brought to him and 
hence could give no measurements. 

Until this writing, this has constituted our 
most northerly record in the United States of 
the capture of Manta. However, during the 
last week in August of this year, a crew of 
swordfish fishermen were cruising off Block 
Island when the man in the “pulpit” saw some 
great flat animal swimming under him. He 
quickly threw his harpoon into it and after 
a fight which lasted over three hours, the great 
ray succumbed and was towed into Block 
Island. Fortunately there was at Block 
Island at this time an expert photographer, 
Mrs. Florence E. Foster of this city, who was 
engaged in making moving picture films of 
swordfish fishing. She took a number of ex- 
cellent pictures of this specimen of Manta, 
particularly of its gigantic mouth. One of 
these shows a sucking fish clinging to the in- 
side of the upper jaw. Mrs. Foster has very 
kindly presented to the department of ichthy- 
ology of the American Museum a set of these 
photographs which are unique of their kind. 

This fish is said to have been 14 feet wide 
between tip of the pectorals, and 7 feet long 
from head to base of tail, and to have weighed 
on the scales 1,686 pounds. It is the only 
specimen known to me that has been actually 
weighed, and it is significant that the weight 
runs far less than the “estimates” usually made 
of from 2 to 5 tons. The record width is 


+ Fowler, H. W., The occurrence of three inter- 
esting fishes on the New Jersey coast, ScrENcE, 
1903, N. S. Vol. 17, pp. 595-596. 


SCIENCE 


339 


said to be about 25 feet and the weight 10,000 
pounds, but this has not been verified. 

Another point of interest may be noted. 
The newspaper accounts say that there was a 
large spine or “sting” on the tail. Mrs. Foster 
did not see this but saw a wound on the tail 
near the base where a spine was said to have 
been torn off, There is much controversy 
among ichthyologists as to whether Manta is 
spined or spineless. The late Theodore Gill, 
the dean of American ichthyologists, once ex- 
pressed to the writer his doubt as to whether 
Manta has a spine, and Jordan and Kyermann 
in their “Fishes of North and Middle America” 
doubtfully give it a spine. However, LeSueur 
definitely says that both his (female) specimen 
and her foetus had spines, and his figure shows 
the spine. Mitchill found no spine, but noted 
“a hump or knob, about the size of a hen’s 
egg, at the root of the tail behind the dorsal 
fin.” In this hump Holmes® found and figured 
a bone which seems to be either a rudimentary 
or a degenerate spine. This is an interesting 
matter and one deserving of further study. 

It now remains only to call attention to the 
two localities where these giants abound and 
in which they have been taken in large num- 
bers. The first and longest known is the har- 
bor of Beaufort, South Carolina, made famous 
by Willam Ellott’s classic work, “Carolina 
sports, by land and water; including incidents 
of deyil-fishing, ete.”’, the first edition of which 
is dated Charleston (S. C.), 1846; the second, 
New York, 1850; the third, New York, 1859; 
and an English reprint of this, London, 1867. 
No more delightful book of its kind has ever 
been published. 

The other locality is Captiva Inlet on the 
southwest coast of Florida where Dr. Russell 
J. Coles® operated extensively in 1909, 1914 


5 Holmes, F. S., Contributions to the natural 
history of the American devil-fish, ete., Proceed- 
ings Elliott Society of Natural History, 1856, 
Vol. 1: 39-46, 3 figs. 

6 Coles, Russell J., My fight with the devilfish. 
American Museum Journal, 1916, Vol. 16, pp. 
217-227, 7 figs—Natural history notes on the 
devilfish, Manta birostris (Walbaum) and Mobula 
olfersi (Miller), Bulletin American Museum Nat- 
ural History, 1916, Vol. 35, pp. 649-657, 5 figs. 


340 


and 1915. During this last year Dr. Coles 
took a female specimen 18 feet wide, cut it up 
into segments of which he made plaster casts, 
and sent material and casts to the American 
Museum. From these Mr. J. C. Bell of our 
department of preparation made the life- 
sized east which is one of the chief prizes of 
our Fish Hall. 

The most complete account of the natural 
history of Manta is contained in an article 
by Dr. Theodore Gill, “The story of the devil- 
fish.” Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 
1908, vol. 52, pp. 155-180. 15 figs. 


E. W. GupGEr 
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF 


NaturAL HIStory 


JOHN CASPER BRANNER 


JoHN CaspeR BRraNNER, geologist and 
President Emeritus of Stanford University, 
was born in New Market, Hast Tennessee, 
July 4, 1850, and died in Palo Alto, Cal- 
fornia, on March 1, 1922. He entered Cornell 
University in 1870, soon after its organiza- 
tion, graduating in 1874 as Bachelor of 
Science, subsequently receiving the degree of 
Ph. D. from Indiana University and that of 
LL. D. from the University of California. In 
1883 he married Susan D. Kennedy of Oneida, 
New York, and left three children: John K., 
architect, George C., geologist-philosopher, 
and Elsie, Mrs. Frederick Hall Fowler. 

His advanced work at Cornell was under a 
great teacher of Geology, Charles Frederick 
Hartt, who (during vacations) acted as Im- 
perial Geologist of Brazil. Thus with Orville 
A. Derby, Richard Rathbun, Herbert H. Smith, 
and other student assistants, Branner went to 
Brazil where, upon the death of Hartt in 1875, 
he became director of the Imperial Geological 
Commission. Afterward, Brazil having become 
a republic, he entered the service of the Sao 
Cyriaco Mining Company at Minas Geraes as 
engineer and interpreter. Later he again went 
to Brazil and to Argentina as special botanist 
for Thomas A. Edison in search of wood fitted 
for certain electrical uses, and still later 
represented the United States Department of 
Agriculture in’ the former country. Return- 


SCIENCE 


4 


[Von. LV, No. 1422 


ing to America in 1883, he served as topo- 
graphical geologist of the Survey of Pennsyl- 
vania, a position resigned to accept that of 
professor of geology in the University of 
Indiana, where his college friend, the present 
writer, had just been appointed President. In 
1891, he entered the faculty of the newly 
founded Stanford University as professor of 
geology, later becoming vice-president of the 
institution. In 1913 when the title of Chan- 
cellor was created for me that I might be free 
for public service, he was elected President of 
the University, and held that office up to his 
retirement as Emeritus in 1917. 

Branner directed three scientific expeditions 
to Brazil: one under the patronage of Alex- 
ander Agassiz in 1899, one in 1907 supported 
by Richard A. F. Penrose, a former assistant 
professor at Stanford, and a third in 1911 for 
the Brazilian government. This last made a 
geological and biological study of the coast 
north and south of the mouth of the Amazon 
river, the especial purpose being to determine 
the effect of the great volume of fresh water 
brought into the ocean by the Amazon upon 
the marine life of the ocean. 

His publications include a volume on the 
Geology of Brazil, with a large number of 
special papers, and a grammar of the Portu- 
guese language. His other memoirs on Geol- 
ogy and Physical Geography are very nu- 
merous; his “Bibliography of Clays and Arts” 
is an important contribution to that subject. 

Branner was a fellow of the Geological So- 
ciety of America, a member of the Geological 
Society of London, of the Société Géologique de 
France, the National Academy of Sciences, the 
American Philosophical Society. He was also 
a member and for a time president of the 
American Seismological Society, and associate ° 
editor of the Journal of Geology. Iu 1906 
he was appointed to the California Earthquake 
Commission, and in 1915 served the United 
States government on the commission to in- 
vestigate the land slides on the Panama Canal. 

In 1911 the Hayden Medal was conferred 
upon him by the Academy of Natural Science 
of Philadelphia “in recognition of the value 
of contributions to geological science, and of 


Marou 31, 1922] 


the benefits derived from his able and con- 
scientious discharge of the official trusts con- 
fided to him.” 

In 1912 he published “How and Why 
Stories,” a delightful collection of tales told 
by negroes in Tennessee, bearing on the epi- 
sodes of creation—“how the snake lost his 
legs,” and the like—quite worthy of place be- 
sides the Georgia tales of “Uncle Remus.” 

In person Branner was robust and vigorous, 
six feet in height and well proportioned, a 
man of attractive personality and excellent 
address. In college he was noted for his dry 
humor, unfailing readiness, and good nature. 
As a teacher he was singularly successful in 
training men to thorough and accurate dealing 
with problems of geology and mining, gaining 
the personal love and confidence of his stu- 
dents. Among his disciples are many of high 
standing in the profession—Herbert Hoover, 
Robert V. Anderson, Frank M. Anderson, 
Ralph Arnold, George H. Ashley, Carl H. Beal, 
Willis 8S. Blatehley, W. J. Crook, H. W. Dur- 
rell, Noah F. Drake, Frank L. Hess, Theo- 
dore L. Hoover, J. M. Hyde, D. S. Kimball, 
HE. M. Kindle, Newton B. Knox, Henry Landes, 
Deane P. Mitchell, James H. Means, John F. 
Newsom, Frederick W. Nobs, Kdward H. Nut- 
ter, W. A. Pritchard, A. H. Purdue, Milnor 
Roberts, Hugh Rose, Claude Siebenthal, E. K. 
Soper, Herbert 8. Stark, Stephen Taber, Fred- 
erick P. Vickery, Gerald A. Waring, H. E. 
Williams, Hayes Young, and many others well 
known in science or mining. The “Branner 
Club” of Los Angeles is composed of his stu- 
dents in geology. 

I must add a personal word. My aecquaint- 
ance with Branner covers fifty-two years, the 
first two as fellow-student and fraternity 
brother in Delta Upsilon, the next thirty as 
fellow-teacher and co-worker in science in In- 
diana and in California, three more as my suc- 
cessor and colleague in administration of the 
educational work to which I gave the best 
twenty-five years of my life, and, finally, five 
years of retirement from active responsibility 
to the congenial work of writing out of the 
fullness of experience. In all these years he 
lived up to his motto, “I can get along without 
the respect of my neighbors, but not without 


SCIENCE 


341 


the respect of Number One.” And in main- 
taining self-respect, he won the regard of his 
neighbors of whatever degree. A righteous 
life helps to strengthen all who come in con- 
tact with it. “There is always room for a man 
of force and he makes room for many.” 


Davin STaRR JORDAN 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
WORLD PRODUCTION OF COAL IN 1921 

THE world’s production of coal in 1921 
dropped back to the level of 1909. From re- 
ports so far received, the United States Geolog- 
ical Survey estimates the total output at 
approximately 1,100,000,000 metric tons. This 
figure is subject to material revision. 

In comparison with the feverish year 1920, 
the year just closed shows a decrease of more 
than 200,000,000 tons. The chief factors in 
the decrease were the British miners’ strike 
which lasted from April to June, and—more 
important—a world-wide industrial depression. 
Prices collapsed early in the year, and the sea- 
borne coal trade of the world fell off sharply. 
The consequent reduction in the volume of busi- 
ness offered to the shipping of the world has 
been an important element in the decline in 
ocean freight rates. 

Of the major coal-producing nations, France 
and Germany were the only ones to show an 
inerease. Progress in restoring the ruined 
mines of France is indicated by the steady 
increase in output of the past three years. In 
1919, 22,000,000 tons were produced; in 1920, 
25,000,000; in 1921, 29,000,000. A further 
inerease of 12,000,000 tons, however, would be 
necessary to bring French production up to the 
level of 1913. German production of bitum- 
inous coal is also still far below the pre-war 
level although an increase was effected in 1921 
as against 1920. German production of lignite 
in 1921 reached the highest point ever attained. 
The estimated output of 120,000,000 tons is an 
increase of 35,000,000 tons over the last year 
before the war. 

The proportion contributed by the United 
States was 40.9 per cent., a larger share than 
in the years before the European war, but the 
smallest in any year since 1916. 

The following table, prepared by W. I. 


342 SCIENCE [Vou. LV, No. 1422 
PRELIMINARY ESTIMATE OF THE WORLD’S COAL PRODUCTION IN 
CALENDAR YEARS 1919, 1920 AND 1921 ‘ 
(In metric tons of 2,204,622 Ibs.) 
COUNTRY 1919 | 1920 1921 

———— — i —s C 1 
Aus tralial 2 vee OA DE a SURNe 10,736,321 13,176,426 a 
Belgium — ..... 18,342,950 22,388,770 21,807,160 
British India... 22,991,217 17,356,889 4 
Canada .......... 12,411,328 15,088,175 13,300,000 
CG) se Et 1 OY ae ORE ALE NR NM UCeY 23,000,000 19,500,000 1 
Czechoslovakia 26,946,813 31,086,479 x 
Miran ces)i et Doe Ue Ne Mee Ma a Vaan ANG at, ce rae 22,341,000 25,300,000 29,000,000 
Germany = Conlin ea iia ay iinnna 116,500,0002 140,757,4332 145,400,0002 

Tigniten (sci MN Uh NORE een 93,800,000 111,634,000 120,000,000 
Japan eee es 31,461,386 29,245,384 u 
Union of South Africa.. 9,313,232 11,181,846 9,400,0008 
United Kingdom........... 233,467,478 233,216,071 166,992,000 
United States ..... ce 502,534,410 586,000,000 448,600,000 
Othercountrics see. eens le sun eae 46,553,865 49,068,527 a 

Tro tals ie eee ee WUE NC es a ae ala | 1,170,400,000 1,305,000,000 1,100,000,000 

1 Estimate included in total. * Includes Saar and Upper Silesia. %Estimated from 11 months’ 
production. 


Whiteside, of the Section of Foreign Mineral 
Reserves, presents the information received by 
the Geological Survey up to February 15, 1922. 
The tonnage of the countries not yet heard 
from ordinarily amounts to 12 or 15 per cent. 
of the total. Receipt of data for these missing 
countries, estimates for which are included in 
the total, may raise or lower the final figure by 
some millions of tons. The unit used is the 
metrie ton of 2,205 pounds, the approximate 
equivalent of the long or gross ton. It is not, 
however, exactly the same, and the translation 
from net or gross tons to metric tons gives 
many of the figures an unfamiliar look. A 
more complete report on world production in 
1921 will be issued by the Geological Survey 
about April 1. 


THE MOUNT EVEREST EXPEDITION 

WE learn from the London Times that the 
preparations tor this year’s Mount Everest 
expedition are now complete. The nine mem- 
bers who have left England for India are: 

Brigadier-General the Honorable C. G. Bruce, 
C.B., chief of the expedition. 

Lieutenant-Colonel E. L. Strutt, C.B.E., D.S.O., 
second in command. 

Mr. G. L. Mallory, who led the climbing party 
in 1921. 

Mr. George Finch, of the Imperial College of 
Science. 

Major EH. F. Norton, D.S.0O., R.F.A. 


Mr. T. Howard Somervell, F.R.C.S., of Univer- 
sity College Hospital. 

Dr. A. M. Wakefield, of Megantic, 
Province. 

Dr. T. G. Longstaff, surgeon and naturalist. 

Captain J. B. L. Noel, M.G.C., photographie 
officer. 

The party will be joined in India, the 
Geographical Journal published by the Royal 
Geographical Society states, by Captain Geof- 
frey Bruce, Fifth Gurkhas, and by Captain 
C. J. Morris, Third Q.A.0. Gurkhas. The 
twelfth place was to have been filled by an 
artist, but to the great disappointment of the 
committee it was not possible to find one 
among those whose methods seemed appro- 
priate, who could undertake the journey. Of 
the eleven members of the expedition named 
above six are soldiers—three of the Gurkhas, 
one of the Royal Seots, one Royal Field Artil- 
lery, and one Machine Gun Corps, formerly of 
the Hast Yorkshire Regiment. 

Three members of the party are of Cam- 
bridge University—Mr. Mallory, of Magdalene, 
Mr. Somervell, of Caius, and Dr. Wakefield, of 
Trinity; two are of Oxford University— 
Colonel Strutt and Dr. Longstaff, both of 
Christ Church; three are surgeons; two are 
naturalists, several are expert photographers, 
one at least is a painter, and all are distin- 
guished mountaineers. It is, in fact, a very 
strong party, of which much is expected. 


Quebee 


Mancn 31, 1922] 


The climbing equipment includes an oxygen 
apparatus specially devised for the occasion. 
The photographic outfit is very complete, 
including three cinematograph cameras, of 
which one is equipped with a battery of lenses 
up to 20-inch focal length; two panoramic 
cameras, of which one rotates through the com- 
plete circle; four cameras for glass plate, 
including one 714-inch by 5-inch, all fitted with 
telephoto lenses; one stereoscopic camera, and 
five Kodaks, besides a variety of private cam- 
eras belonging to different members of the 
party. The dark-room equipment includes all 
that is required for developing cinematograph 
films in the field. 

General Bruce, with his two assistants, Cap- 
tain Geoffrey Bruce and Captain Morris, are 
at Darjeeling making preparations for the 
start of the expedition at the end of the month. 
They will be especially concerned with the two 
most important matters, first, the organization 
of the special corps of Himalayan coolies en- 
listed from Nepal and the borders of Sikkin 
and Tibet, and, secondly, with transport ar- 
rangements, which require careful and method- 
ical planning, for the expedition is larger this 
year than last, and is more fully equipped. 

Telegrams will be dispatched from the expe- 
dition describing its progress, and will be pub- 
lished in The Times. A book containing a full 
account of last year’s reconnaissance, with a 
new map and illustrations, is now going 
through the press, and will be published by 
Edward Arnold by the end of next month or 
the beginning of May. The Geographical 
Journal will contain monthly notices of the 
progress and results of this year’s attempt to 
reach the summit. 


THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY 

THe American Chemical Society, which will 
meet in Birmingham, Ala., from April 3 to 7, 
expects an attendance of from 700 to 1,000 
chemists. It was planned to leave Washing- 
ton, D. C., on Mareh 30. March 31 will be 
spent at Kingsport, Tenn., where the Clinch- 
field Portland Cement Plant and several large 
extract plants and tanneries are located, to- 
gether with numerous other chemical industries. 
April 1 will be spent at Chattanooga, Tenn., 


SCIENCE 


343 


and April 2 will be spent at Musele Shoals, 
Ala., the site of the large government cyanamid 
plant and the Wilson power dam. The special 
train will arrive in Birmingham on April 3. 

The following divisions of the society will 
meet and discuss technical and scientific prob- 
lems and developments: Agricultural and 
Food Chemistry, Biological Chemistry, Dye 
Chemistry, Industrial Engineering Chemistry, 
Organic Chemistry, Chemistry of Medicinal 
Products, Physical and Inorganie Chemistry, 
Rubber Chemistry, Water, Sewage and Sanita- 
tion Chemistry, Sugar Chemistry, Cellulose 
Chemistry, Petroleum Chemistry, Chemical 
Edueation and History of Chemistry. 

Dr. Edgar F. Smith, president of the Amer- 
ican Chemical Society, will turn over to the 
society dies for the Priestley Medal together 
with funds which have been donated for the 
purpose of presenting every two years a medal 
for the most distinguished service to the sci- 
ence and industry of chemistry, and will make 
the address of welcome. 

Dr. Van H. Manning, former chief of the 
Bureau of Mines, will present a paper on “The 
pioneer’s field in petroleum research.” Dr. 
Charles L. Reese will give a paper on “Infor- 
mational needs in science and technology,” and 
Dr. W. C. Geer will speak on “Recent develop- 
ments of the chemistry of rubber.” 

Meetings of the various divisions will occupy 
Wednesday April 5, and Thursday, April 6, 
concluded with a banquet at the Hotel Tutwiler 
on Thursday night. Friday, April 7, will be 
spent in excursions to the steel, by-product, 
coke and other industries in and around Bir- 
mingham. George Gordon Crawford is the 
honorary chairman and J. F. Carle, of the 
Southern Testing Laboratories, is chairman of 
the executive committee in Birmingham in 
charge of the local arrangements. 

Permission to visit the nitrate plant and 
water power development at Muscle Shoals has 
been limited by the government officials to 
American citizens and to those who have no 
personal connection with or financial interest 
in the manufacture of cyanamid. 

One of the avowed purposes of the meeting 
is to gather support, by writing congressmen 
and senators, for the passage of the reclassifi- 


344 


cation bill as reported by the Senate civil 
service committee, which provides for higher 
salaries for scientific men employed by the gov- 
ernment. 


THE JOHN SCOTT MEDAL FUND 

Tue Board of Directors of City Trusts, 
having charge of the John Scott Medal Fund, 
has recently awarded the John Scott Medal and 
Certificate, with premium of $800, to each of 
the following, for the inventions named: 

William Duane, Ph.D., of Boston, Mass., for 
“‘his researches in radio-activity and the physics 
of radium and of X-rays.’’ 

Reginald Aubrey Fessenden, of Chestnut Hill, 
Mass., for ‘‘his invention of a reception scheme 
for continuous wave telegraphy and telephony.’’ 

Elwood Haynes, of Kokomo, Indiana, for ‘‘his 
discoveries in connection with stainless steel, 
stellite, chrome-iron, ete.’’ 

Thomas B. Osborne, Ph.D., of New Haven, 
Conn., for ‘‘his researches on the constitution of 
the vegetable proteins. ’’ 


Joun Scorr Mrepat Funp 
Extract from power of attorney to carry out 
certain provisions in the will of John Scott. 
Dated April 2, 1816: 


. .. that the interest and dividends to become 
receivable ... be laid out in premiums to be 
distibuted among ingenious men and women who 
make useful inventions; but no one of such pre- 
miums to exceed twenty dollars, and along with 
which shall be given a copper medal with this 
inscription ‘‘To the most deserving,’’ conforma- 
bly to the tenor of the will of the said testator, 
John Scott, deceased. 


Decree of the Court of Common Pleas of 
Philadelphia : 


And now, this nineteenth day of February, 
A. D. 1919, the report of the master having been 
duly filed and no exceptions having been taken 
thereto, it is adjudged and decreed that the same 
be confirmed, and that the Board of Directors of 
City Trusts having in charge the trust created 
under the will of John Scott, deceased, be author- 
ized and directed in the administration of said 
fund to distribute the income arising from the 
fund as it stands with its accumulations as of the 
date of this decree, in premiums to be distributed 
among ingenious men and women who make useful 
inventions, but no one of such premiums to ex- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1422 


ceed eight hundred dollars ($800.00) in value 
(inereased under decree of court, dated November 
29, 1921, to $2,000.00); and along with such pre- 
mium shall be given a copper medal with this 
inscription, ‘‘To the most deserving’’ conforma- 
bly to the tenor of the will of the said testator. 

It is further ordered and decreed that in the 
selection of the recipients, the said trustees shall 
be at liberty to make such rules and regulations 
for enabling them to make a wise selection of 
beneficiaries either by the selection of an advisory 
board or otherwise, as they may deem best. The 
premiums shall be awarded for useful inventions 
which shall include any inventions that will be 
useful to mankind in the advancement of chem- 
ical, medical or any other science or in the devel- 
opment of industry in any form; the test being 
that the invention is, in the judgment of the trus- 
tees, definitely accomplished, and that it may add 
to the comfort, welfare and happiness of man- 
kind. 


Resolution adopted by the Board of Direc- 
tors of City Trusts: 

Resolved, That the award of medals under the 
John Seott Medal Fund be made hereafter upon 
the recommendation of an advisory board, to 
consist of five persons, to be appointed by the 
Board of Directors of City Trusts; three to be 
nominated by the National Academy of Sciences, 
one by the University of Pennsylvania, and one 
by the American Philosophical Society; all of 
said nominees to be acceptable to the Board of 
Directors of City Trusts; the recommendations of 
the Advisory Board to be made on a majority 
vote. 


Personnel of the Advisory Committee: 

National Academy of Sciences: H. H. Donald- 
son, Theobald Smith, W. B. Scott. 

University of Pennsylvania: Arthur W. Good- 
speed. 

American Philosophical Society: 
Vauclain. 


Samuel M. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Dr. Hans Zinsser, professor of bacteriology 
in the College of Physicians and Surgeons, 
Columbia University, formerly in charge of 
the sanitary inspection, successively in the first 
and second army corps, American Expedition- 
ary Forces, was awarded the distinguished 
service medal at Governors Island, on March 
17, for his suecessful operation of a plan of 


Marcu 31, 1922] 


military sanitation and epidemic disease con- 
trol. 


Tur Fenger Memorial Fund has allotted a 
grant of $400 for the extension of work now 
being carried out by Dr. M. G. Seelig on some 
uses of magnesium in surgery. This work is 
being conducted in the surgical laboratories. of 
the Washington University School of Medicine. 


Tue British Medical Association has award- 
ed its gold medal to Sir T. Clifford Allbutt, 
regius professor of physic in the University of 
Cambridge, for this distinguished services to 
the profession and the association, and in com- 
memoration of his five years’ presidency of the 
association in the time of the war. 


Tue Founder’s Medal of the Royal Geo- 
graphic Society has been awarded to Colonel 
Howard Bury, the leader of last year’s Everest 
expedition, as a token of appreciation for what 
the society considers the most noticeable geo- 
graphic achievement in the last twelve months. 
The presentation was made by Sir Francis 
Younghusband, president of the society. 


Tue Society of Sigma Xi of the University 
of Iowa has elected to membership Dr. L. Wal- 
lace Dean, dean of the college of medicine; Dr. 
Samuel T. Orton, head of the psychopathic 
hospital; Lorle I. Stecher of the Iowa Child 
Welfare Research Station; Clarence W. Hew- 
lett and Edward O. Hulburt, assistant profes- 
sors of physics. Walter 8. Hendrixson, pro- 
fessor of chemistry at Grinnell College, and 
William Harmon Norton, professor of geology 
at Cornell College, are initiates from other 
institutions. 


Dr. Victor F. Hess, technical director of 
the United States Radium Corporation, has 
been appointed consulting physicist of the 
United States Bureau of Mines. 


Wiuuiam H. Ruopes, JR., who has been 
senior highway engineer, U. S. Bureau of 
Public Roads, has accepted the position of 
maintenance engineer with the Louisiana High- 
way Commission. 

Dr. W. J. Humpureys writes that on page 
312 of Science for March 24, it is stated 
through an error that got into the rough min- 


SCIENCE 


345 


utes that N. L. Bowen will be the new secretary 
of the Geodetic Section of the American Geo- 
physical Union. Wm. Bowie, the present sec- 
retary of the section, will continue to hold that 
office. 


Dr. F. F. Russent and Dr. Richard M. 
Pearce have arrived in South America to pro- 
mote the work of the Rockefeller Foundation. 


Joun R. Freeman, Jr., returned recently to 
the Bureau of Standards from a seven months’ 
trip to Kurope, where he visited, for the Bureau 
of Standards, the principal metallurgical lab- 
oratories of France, Germany and England. 
While in England he worked for about two 
months in the metallurgical department of the 
National Physical Laboratories under Dr. 
Walter Rosenhain. 


Dr. Raymonp Pear, professor of biometry 
and vital statisties at the Johns Hopkins 
School of Hygiene and Public Health, will de- 
liver the ninth Harvey Society lecture at the 
New York Academy of Medicine, on Saturday 
evening, April 8. His subject will be “The 
interrelations of the biometric and experi- 
mental methods of acquiring knowledge, with 
special reference to the problems of the dura- 
tion of life.” The lecture on March 25 was 
given by Dr. W. J. V. Osterhout, professor of 
botany in Harvard University, on “The mech- 
anism of injury, recovery and death.” 


Proressor Epwarp S. Mors, curator of the 
Peabody Academy of Science, gave a lecture at 
the Buckingham School, Cambridge, on Mareh 
25, on “Some experiences of a collector.” 


Proressor Epwarp Kasner, of Columbia 
University, spoke on “Dimensionality in Hin- 
stein’s cosmological theories,” at Princeton 
University on March 14. 


Dr. F. W. Aston, F.R.S., of Cambridge 
University, addressed the Physical Colloquium 
of the Western Electric Company in New York 
on March 13 on the subject, “Isotopes.” 


Dr. THomas Lewis, of London, will deliver 
the seventh Mellon lecture before the Society 
of Experimental Biology of the School of Med- 
icine of the University of Pittsburgh, on “Clin- 
ical electrocardiography,” on May 8. 


346 


Tue Guthrie lecture of the Physical Society 
was given on March 24 at the Imperial College 
of Science, by Professor N. Bohr, who took as 
his subject, “The effect of electric and mag- 
netic fields on spectral lines.” 


Sir Ernest RurHeERForD will deliver a lec- 
ture on the “Evolution of the Elements” before 
the Royal Institution on April 7. Recent lee- 
tures before the institution include one by 
Thomas R. Merton on the “Problems in the 
variability of spectra,’ and one by A. P. 
Laurie on “The pigments and mediums of the 
old Masters.” 


The John M. Dodson lecture of the Rush 
Medical College, established by the alumni in 
1919 in recognition of Dr. Dodson’s service to 
the college, was delivered on March 17 by Dr. 
Ray Lyman Wilbur, president of Stanford 
University, whose subject was: “Medicine: a 
look ahead.” 


As a memorial to Alfred Noble in recogni- 
tion of his distinguished achievements in the 
field of engineering, a bronze tablet, the gift of 
the American Institute of Consulting Engi- 
neers, was unveiled on March 15 in the Engi- 
neering Societies Building, New York. Charles 
W. Leavitt, consulting engineer, made the ad- 
dress of presentation and J. Davies, consulting 
engineer, accepted the memorial in behalf of 
the United Engineering Society. 


Ir is proposed to appoint a committee for 
the purpose of collecting the necessary funds 
with which to erect a monument to Professor 
Chauveau, who died in January, 1917. M. 
Chauveau was formerly president of the Paris 
Academy of Sciences, the Academy of Medi- 
cine, the Society of Biology and the French 
Association for the Advancement of Science. 


THE balance of the Rayleigh Memorial Fund 
has been given to the library of the Cavendish 
Laboratory. The library is to be called the 
Rayleigh Library. Six hundred pounds is to 
be separately invested in the Rayleigh Library 
endowment fund for experimental physics, and 
the income accruing is to be paid to the Caven- 
dish professor for the purposes of the library. 


THE Journal of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation states that the tenth anniversary of the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1422 


death of Lister brings within view the comple- 
tion of a scheme to honor his memory. Soon 
after his death the question of a memorial was 
taken up, but the war prevented its being car- 
ried out. A representative committee was ap- 
pointed, and collected $60,000, which was sub- 
scribed from all over the world. Out of this 
has been established the International Lister 
Fund for the Advancement of Surgery. A sum 
of $2,500, with a bronze medal, will be award- 
ed every three years, irrespective of nationality, 
in recognition of distinguished contributions to 
surgery, the recipient being required to give an 
address in London under the auspices of the 
Royal College of Surgeons. Sir Thomas Brock, 
the seulptor, has executed a memorial tablet to 
Lister, which was unveiled in Westminster 
Abbey in 1915. He is at present engaged in 
designing a bronze bust to be mounted on a 
pedestal in Portland Place, near Lister’s last 
home. The bust and pedestal will stand about 
21 feet high. 


Tue death is reported at Charleston, S. C., 
of Captain William C. Hodgkins of the Boston 
field station of the United States Coast and 
Geodetic Survey, at the age of sixty-eight 
years. 


Putte ARGALL, mining engineer, an author- 
ity on metallurgy, died in Denver, on March 
19, at the age of sixty-eight years. 


THE annual meeting of the American Oil 
Chemists’ Society will be held at the Grunewald 
Hotel, New Orleans, on May 8 and 9. A large 
attendance is anticipated and arrangements are 
being made for entertainment, as well as the 
usual program of business. 


EsTaBLISHMENT of fellowships in medicine 
to increase the supply of qualified teachers and 
investigators, is announced by the National 
Research Council. The fellowships, supported 
by appropriations of the Rockefeller Founda- 
tion and the General Education Board, will be 
open to Americans or Canadians of either sex 
holding or qualified to hold degrees of doctor 
of medicine or doctor of philosophy from ap- 
proved universities. The appropriations are 
$100,000 a year for five years. Successful can- 
didates, to be known as Fellows in Medicine 
of the National Research Council, will be at 


Maron 31, 1922] 


liberty to choose the institutions or universities 
in which they will work. The fellowships in 
medicine are similar to the fellowships in 
physics and chemistry established under the 
same auspices. 


Tur triennial competition for the prize 
known as the George Montefiore Foundation, 
which was won last year by Dr. J. B. White- 
head of the Johns Hopkins University, is again 
announced by the Association des Ingénieurs 
Hlectriciens sortis de VInstitut Electrotech- 
nique Montefiore, of which L. Calmeau, rue 
Saint-Gilles, 51, Liége, Belgium, is general sec- 
retary. This prize, amounting to 21,000 francs, 
is awarded for the best original work in French 
or English, upon the scientific advance of elec- 
tricity and its technical applications. Though 
known as the competition of 1920, the next 
award will be made in 1923, and works may be 
submitted up to April 30 of next year. 


THe annual conversazione of the British 
Institution of Electrical Engineers will be held 
at the Natural History Museum, London, on 
June 29. 


Tas British Iron and Steel Institute will 
hold its annual meeting on May 4 and 5 at the 
house of the Institution of Civil Engineers, 
Great George Street, S. W. 1, London. 


Tue twentieth International Congress of 
Americanists is to meet definitely at Rio de 
Janeiro on August 20-30, 1922, under the 
Presidency of Dr. Lauro Muller. 


THe second meeting of the informal group 
known as the “Boston Psychologists” was held 
at Wellesley College on Saturday, March 18. 
At the afternoon session questions of labora- 
tory policy and the place of mental tests in 
systematic psychology were discussed. The 
dinner was followed by a toast to Professor 
Sanford, of Clark University, in recognition 
of his return to an active part in psychology. 
The subject for special discussion at the even- 
ing session was the status of the practicing and 
consulting psychologist. Twenty-five psycholo- 
gists from many of the New England colleges 
and universities attended the meetings. The 
first gathering of the group took place at Har- 
vard University last November. The invitation 


SCIENCE 


347 


to hold the next meeting at Clark University 
next fall was accepted. 


Tue Council of the Optical Society of 
America has decided to hold an optical instru- 
ment exhibit during the annual meeting of the 
society at the Bureau of Standards, Washing- 
ton, D. C., the latter part of October next. The 
director of the bureau has offered the necessary 
space for this exhibit. To enable the exhibit 
committee to plan the space adequately and 
assign it equitably, it requests those interested 
to submit the following information: (1) 
What instruments are offered for exhibition? 
(2) How much floor space would be necessary ? 
(3) What additional facilities other than space 
will be needed? When this information is at 
hand the exhibit committee will notify the 
prospective exhibitors of the amount of space 
allotted to them. It will also see that the gen- 
eval laboratory facilities necessary are pro- 
vided. The exhibitors will install their own 
exhibits and meet the expenses incident thereto. 


A SMALL party of scientific men from the 
University of Iowa will visit islands in the 
Polynesian group next summer in order to ob- 
tain material for the university’s laboratories 
and museums of natural history. Included in 
the group will be Professor C. C. Nutting, head 
of the department of zoology; Professor R. B. 
Wyle, head of the department of botany; 
Professor A. O. Thomas, geologist; Professor 
Dayton Stoner, entomologist and ornithologist, 
and Waldo 8. Glock, meteorologist and photog- 
rapher. In the interest of economy as well as 
for the sake of securing better specimens for 
student use, the University of Iowa for many 
years has maintained the policy of granting 
leave of absence to its men in search of such 
material instead of buying from dealers. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


A contract has been let for a new medical 
building at the University of Alabama, Tus- 
caloosa, at a cost of $82,000. Construction 
work will be started immediately. 


Tue University of Strasbourg has recently 
made a report in which it is stated that in the 


348 


university year 1920 there were 1,505 students , 
in the year 1921 there were 2,415, and at pres- 
ent there are over 2,600, and there is every 
prospect that the increase will continue. Pro- 
vision for further development has been made 
there by 175 professorships in the place of 90 
chairs before the war. 


CuaupE Burton Hutcuison, professor of 
plant breeding of Cornell University, has been 
selected by the regents of the University of 
California to head the activities of the branch 
of the College of Agriculture at Davis and to 
become professor of plant breeding. 


Dr. D. H. Dotiry, professor of pathology at 
the University of Missouri, has been appointed 
director and professor of pathology in the 
St. Louis University School of Medicine. Dr. 
R. L. Thompson has resigned as director but 
will continue in the department. 


Dr. H. R. Dean, professor of pathology and 
pathological anatomy in the University of Man- 
chester, has been appointed to the university 
chair of bacteriology at the University of Lon- 
don, tenable at University College Hospital 
Medical School. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
SELECTIVE FERTILIZATION AS AN _INDI- 
CATOR OF GERMINAL DIFFERENCES 

Ir has been argued from time to time that the 
qualities which separate species are essentially 
different in kind from the visible variations 
which the geneticists are now busily describing 
in terms of genes. The position of those who 
take the affirmative side is fairly stated, I be- 
lieve, in the following quotation from Bateson’s 
recent address before the American Association 
for the Advancement of Science: 

Analysis [of the hereditary traits of animals 
and plants] has revealed hosts of transferable 
characters. Their combinations suffice to supply 
in abundance series of types which might pass 
for new species, and certainly would be so classed 
if they were met with in nature. Yet critically 
tested we find that they are not distinct species 
and we have no reason to suppose that any accu- 
mulations of characters of the same order would 
culminate in the production of distinct species. 
Specifie differences therefore must be regarded as 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1422 


probably attaching to the base upon which these 
transferables are implanted of which we know 
absolutely nothing at all. Nothing that we have 
witnessed in the contemporary world can colorably 
be interpreted as providing the sort of evidence 
required.1 

At this time lack of knowledge concerning 
the primary factors of evolution makes the 
stand of the agnostic undoubtedly a safe one 
and the one which may be the most conducive 
to real progress in the end. At the same time 
there is some evidence which should be con- 
sidered in connection with the statements made 
in the quotation. 

It has been shown conclusively in one spe- 
cies that fertilization takes place less readily 
when the gametes come from unlike forms than 
when homogeneous unions are made. The dis- 
crimination becomes more pronounced as the 
germinal differences of the uniting individuals 
are greater.- Maize is better material than 
most plants to show this because of the large 
number of seeds it produces with one applieca- 
tion of pollen, and because the source of the 
pollen is soon apparent in the characters of 
the immediately resulting seeds. Mixed pol- 
linations carried out with this organism have 
shown that the individual’s own pollen, when 
acting in competition with pollen from other 
individuals of different constitution, is more 
effective in accomplishing fertilization. 

When two different plants of similar type 
are compared the selective action is small. For 
example, when two varieties of maize having 
the same size and form of plant, equal length 
of growing season, similar seed shape and tex- 
ture of endosperm and differing only in minor 
details are tested, the inequality in fertilizing 
power of the two kinds of pollen is slight 
although significant. The small difference in 
genetic make-up of these plants is also shown 
by the fact that there is very little heterosis 
exhibited in the increased weight of the crossed 
seed compared to the self-fertilized seed. But 
when a small-growing variety having non- 
starchy endosperm is paired with a larger vari- 
ety which differs markedly from it in habit of 
growth, has starchy corneous seeds of very 


L SCIENCE, 1922, N. S. Vol. 55, pp. 59 and 60. 
2 Biological Bulletin, 1920, Vol. 38, pp. 251-289. 


Marca 31, 1922 


different size and shape and possesses import- 
ant differences in nearly all parts of the plant, 
the discrimination against the foreign pollen is 
very pronounced. The result is almost com- 
plete non-functioning of the pollen from the 
dissimilar plants although such pollen when 
acting alone is capable of normal fertilization. 
The greater genetic diversity of these two types 
is also indicated by the fact that the amount of 
heterosis shown in the inereased weight of the 
erossed seeds is much more than in the previous 
ease of the similar varieties. 

There is here exhibited the working of a ten- 
dency which acts to set individuals apart. Be- 
sides Zea mays three other species, representa- 
tives of different orders of the two main classes 
of angiosperms, show the same phenomenon. 
It is paralleled in the assortative mating of 
animals from the lowest to the highest. It is 
not inconceivable that when carried far enough 
there may be created an impassable physiolog- 
ical barrier separating different groups. As 
far as can be judged the differences shown by 
the types used for illustration are the usual 
qualitative and quantitative characters which 
we have been thinking of in terms of Men- 
delian units. Such hereditary characters may 
not be directly concerned with the selective 
action but may be merely associated with dif- 
ferences in more fundamental qualities, but 
whatever these are they are transferable. 

Of course this tells us nothing as to how 
the differences which are correlated with in- 
equality in fertilizing ability arose. But how- 
ever diverse were the forms which entered into 
the ancestry of maize they must have been 
sexually compatible. Individual members of 
this species which are quite diverse in form 
and behavior are now showing a marked ten- 
dency towards sexual incompatibility. The 
degree of selectiveness may be no greater now 
than it was when the species was first founded 
but the fact that there is a condition of measur- 
able physiological aloofness is reason to sup- 
pose that the accumulations of characters of 
the same order would culminate in different 
groups being clearly set apart. Given sufficient 
time specific differences may finally result. 

D. F. Jonzs 

CoNNECTICUT AGRICULTURAL 

EXPERIMENT STATION 


SCIENCE 


349 


GRAVITATIONAL ABSORPTION 

THE experiments of Majorana! on gravita- 
tional absorption having attracted considerable 
notice, it seems well to direct attention to the 
large amount of experimental evidence to the 
contrary. 

Russell? in a recent article has shown that 
astronomical and tidal phenomena would limit 
any gravitative absorption to one-thousandth 
or less of the amount announced by Majorana. 

Hichelberger and Morgan,’ of the U.S. Naval 
Observatory, have recently published the re- 
sults of clock observations from 1903 to 1911, 
reduced so as to show a difference, if any, be- 
tween the day and night rate. It appears from 
these results that such a difference can not ex- 
ceed 0.005 second, about one-tenth that pre- 
viously announced by the Lick Observatory*. 
The writer is verbally informed that the Naval 
Observatory results from 1913 to 1918, reduced 
but not yet published, bring this slight dif- 
ference to a still smaller figure. 

The existence of gyravitative absorption 
should cause a pendulum clock to run slower 
by night than by day, on account of the ab- 
sorption by the earth of the gravitative action 
between the pendulum bob and the sun. Tak- 
ing Majorana’s coefficient of absorption 
(6.7 x 10-12) the average absorption of grayi- 
tation by the earth during the night would 
amount to about three per cent. of the solar 
gravitative acceleration at the distance of the 
earth, which is about 0.0006g. The total 
eravitative acceleration to which the pendulum 
bob is subjected would therefore be reduced 
at night by about 0.00002g, or 2 parts in 
100,000, and the average time of swing in- 
creased by 1 part in 100,000. 

Taking 0.005 second as the greatest permis- 
sible change in 12 hours, the observations of 
Bichelberger'’ and Morgan would limit the 
change in time of swing to something like 1 
part in nine million. 

Majorana himself, in a later series of experi- 

1 Phil. Mag., 39: 488, 1920. Atti della Reale 
Accademia dei Lincei, 28, 1919, and 29, 1920. 

2 Astrophysical Journal, 54: 334, 1921. 

3 Astronomical Journal, No. 795, January 1922, 

4 Lick Observatory Bulletin, No. 330, April, 
1921. 


390 


ments® carried out with a much more massive 
sereen (9603 Kg. lead instead of 104 Kg. 
mercury) apparently finds an absorption co- 
efficient of only one-third the value given by 
his earlier experiments. The actual difference 
in weight found was only 0.002 milligram. In 
view of the extremely small quantity to be 
detected and the large amount of evidence 
against the existence of such an effect, it may 
be fairly assumed that Majorana’s result is in 


error. 
Paut R. Heyu 


BuREAU OF STANDARDS, 
Wasuineton, D. C. 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


A Study of Some Social Beetles in British 
Guiana and of their Relations to the Ant- 
plant Tachigalia Wm. M. WHEELER. 
Zoologica, Dec. 24, 1921. 

Five Years’ Observations (1914-1918) on the 
Bionomics of Southern Nigerian Insects, 
chiefly directed to the Investigation of Lyce- 
nid Life-histories and to the Relation of 
Lycenide, Diptera and other Insects to Ants. 
CHARLES O. FarquHarson. Trans. Entomo- 
logical Society of London, 1921. (Published 
January, 1922). 

THERE are many excellent reasons for the 
study of insects. They constitute the majority 
of living animals, so far as at present known; 
and in their relations to one another and to the 
environment present biological complexes the 
analysis of which tests the powers of the keen- 
est observers. We go to the Protozoa to find 
the problems of heredity and environment re- 
duced to the simplest terms; but we turn to the 
world of insects to learn what life can do in 
developing the most intricate, diverse, and 
many-sided adaptive mechanisms and habits. 
It may be said that the most elaborate poem 
consists of nothing but letters of the alphabet, 
and in the same sense all the phenomena of 
insect life are implied in the simpler reactions 
of unicellular animals. But after all, the poem 
is very much more than letters or words, and 
the biologist who tries to express the master- 
pieces of vital activity in terms of simple and 


> Comptes Rendus, 173: 478, 1921. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1422 


universal reactions can only do so by shutting 
his eyes to the real nature of the phenomena. 
It is, in fact, necessary to look in two directions 
at once; to be equally alert to detect general 
laws or principles, and to perceive special 
eases, which in a real and significant sense are 
unique. 

Not only do the insects thus illustrate the 
wonders of life, but they afford us excellent 
material for evolutionary studies, whereby we 
may eventually understand in some measure 
how the most complex structures and reactions 
arose. They do this because the species are so 
excessively numerous, and there is every reason 
to suppose that much of their evolution has 
been lateral; that is, by the development of 
segregates without the disappearance of the 
original stock. Thus it may well happen that 
a sufficiently extensive collection will show a 
series of forms, along with their prototypes, 
the latter still existing under the original con- 
ditions. Recent studies have revealed the exist- 
ence ot many slightly divergent races or species, 
more or less different in their adaptations and 
reactions, exposing the very mechanism of 
evolution to our view. These phenomena, read 
in the light of the remarkable genetic studies on 
Drosophila and other insects, begin to acquire 
extraordinary significance and interest. It 
must further be said, that if we are to take 
full advantage of the wealth of biological op- 
portunity afforded by the insects, we must turn 
to the tropics, where the number and diversity 
of species is at a maximum. In the tropics 
essentially similar climatic conditions have per- 
sisted for ages, permitting the development of 
biocoenoses which may be compared with old 
and highly diversified civilizations. But the 
detection and analysis of these requires resident 
study or permanent stations, as the English 
naturalist, A. R. Wallace, long ago insisted. 
Expeditions, traveling rapidly over the coun- 
try, appear more adventurous or romantic, and 
often return with very large collections; but 
any one who has oceasion to study the speci- 
mens so collected, must keenly realize the lack 
of biological information. 

For all these reasons, the Tropical Research 
Station in British Guiana, established by Mr. 


Marcu 31, 1922] 


William Beebe, is certain to become classical 
ground. Not only is the station most favor- 
ably situated for research, but it is securing 
the interest and cooperation of some of the 
most brilliant American naturalists. Although 
much work has already been done, it rep- 
resents no more than a minute inroad on the 
resources of the locality. But whatever may be 
accomplished hereafter, it will not often hap- 
pen that any more interesting story will be 
written than that by Dr. W. M. Wheeler on the 
insects associated with the plant Tachigalia. 
This genus of leguminous trees has long been 
known to harbor ants within the enlarged and 
hollowed petioles. The very name of the genus 
was derived by Aublet (1775) from the native 
name indicating this association. Dr. Wheeler, 
in the short time at his disposal, was able to 
detect no less than 50 species of organisms 
associated primarily with the leaves or terminal 
shoots of the plant, or secondarily with the 
organisms thus associated. Twenty-eight of 
these were ants, half of them representing new 
species, subspecies or varieties. The others in- 
cluded various kinds of insects, seven of which 
proved to be undescribed, and have been dis- 
cussed in short supplementary articles by a 
number of specialists. The regular or normal 
inhabitants of the petioles are certain ants, 
beetles and coccids. The ants comprise two 
species of Pseudomyrma and two of Azteca. 
The coceids are all of one species, identified 
as Pseudococcus bromelie (Bouché)!. The 
beetles have been described by Messrs. Schwarz 
and Barter, of the U. S. National Museum, 
and are found to represent two species of 
Silvanide, one of them so remarkable as to 
be placed in a new genus. The discussion 
centers around these beetles, which prove to 
have very singular habits. Both adults and 
larvee feed on the parenchyma of the Tachigalia 


1 Bouché’s description, quoted by Signoret, is 
partly inaccurate, and may not refer to a Pseudo- 
coccus at all. The current identification of the 
species is traditional, and probably cannot be 
justified or confirmed. The ‘‘P. bromelie’’ 
found on pineapples in Florida (Quarterly Bull. 
State Plant Board of Florida, October, 1917, p. 
47) is almost certainly P. brevipes (Ckll.), and 
cannot be Bouché’s species. 


SCIENCE 


301 


petioles, but they also solicit and drink the 
sugary excrement of the coccids. When a beetle 
finds a coccid, it proceeds to apply its antenne 
to the rounded surface of the mealy-bug’s back, 
like “an expert pianist moving his hands from 
side to side over the key-board, or a masseur 
with his hands in soft gloves, massaging a 
patient.” The beetle may spend as much as 
forty or more minutes in this operation. If 
the coccid is in the proper condition, it dis- 
charges a drop of liquid, which the beetle at 
once greedily swallows. The beetles do not 
seem to be able to judge whether the coecid 
is capable of responding, and will work for long 
periods without getting any results. Not only 
do the adult beetles behave in this manner, but 
the larve also solicit food from the coccids. 
Dr. Wheeler not only describes the interrela- 
tionships of the various insects in considerable 
detail, but gives a most interesting discussion 
of the general problems of instinet and habit 
involved; a discussion which has the advantage 
of being based on a minute knowledge of actual 
facts, rather than general presumptions as to 
what ought to be true. This discussion ends 
with a speculative passage which can not fail 
to attract the reader’s attention. 

“Fouillée believes that every appetition in- 
volves a rudimentary cognition and that auto- 
matic behavior like that of the habits and re- 
flexes is merely lapsed appetition. If it could 
be shown that the latter really can have this 
derivation and that such ontogenetic mechan- 
isms as habits can acquire representation in 
the germ-plasm and hereditary transmission, we 
might be in a position to give a consistent ac- 
count of all animal behavior, and one which 
would lead us to regard the reflexes and the 
tropisms as ultimate, highly specialized end- 
stages instead of primitive, elemental com- 
ponents of behavior” (p. 118). 

Charles O. Farquharson was trained in the 
University of Aberdeen, and went out to Nigeria 
as government mycologist. Through Dr. W. A. 
Lamborn, entomologist at the same station, he 
became interested in insects, and both men were 
greatly stimulated by Professor E. B. Poulton 
of Oxford, with whom they constantly cor- 
responded. Owing to conditions arising out of 
the war, Farquharson was obliged to spend 


302 


much of his time in doing routine work un- 
connected with sciences, but he managed to 
make a great number of interesting observa- 
tions, which he hastened to communicate to 
Professor Poulton in letters, along with speci- 
mens of most of the species referred to. He 
hoped, on returning home, to work up his re- 
sults and publish his more important discover- 
ies, but he lost his life through a collision 
at sea within a few hours of Liverpool. Pro- 
fessor Poulton has edited his letters, adding 
a brief memoir and numerous notes, together 
with a series of contributions, from specialists, 
describing many of the new or interesting 
species found. 

The paper is so long, and its contents are 
so varied, that it is impossible to give an 
adequate summary. The principal section, 
however, refers to the transformations and 
habits of a number of species of Lycaenidae, 
and brings out a number of new and curious 
facts. It is a strange coincidence, that almost 
simultaneously with Dr. Wheeler’s publication 
of the observation of beetles obtaining liquid 
nourishment from coccide in South America, 
Farquharson’s account of similar habits in 
Lycenid butterflies in Africa appears. The 
butterfly concerned is Teratoneura isabelle, a 
long account being given, showing that the 
attending ants are driven away, apparently 
by flapping the wings. Professor Poulton 
suggests that an offensive odor is also pro- 
duced. Later, two other related butterflies, of 
distinet genera, were found to have the same 
habits. Unfortunately the coccids were not 
preserved, and we can only conjecture that 
they were some species of Pseudococcus. 
Both of the works reviewed were capable of 
being completed only by the cooperation of 
rather numerous specialists, entomologists and 
botanists. It becomes increasingly evident that 
much of the best work in bionomics must 
necessarily be cooperative, no single individual, 
however learned, being capable of dealing with 
all of the species and problems involved. It 
is pleasant to find, in the papers before us, 
that the desired assistance was freely given 
and is completely acknowledged. Only in this 
spirit is it possible for men to work harmo- 
niously together, and any who fail to conform 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1422 


to proper standards should be made to feel 
the disapproval of their colleagues. 


T. D. A. CockERELL 
UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO, 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
SEALING TUNGSTEN INTO PYREX 

THE author has spent considerable time in 
evolving a good method of sealing tungsten 
wire into Pyrex and fastening the copper lead- 
wires to the tungsten. The method here des- 
cribed is easily accomplished and the freedom 
from breakage is certain. It is hoped that the 
present detailed description may save others 
sufficient time to justify its publication. An 
elementary knowledge of glass-blowing is 
assumed. 

The sealing-in glasses and the order of join- 
ing are: 


tungsten—G705H—G702P—Pyrex. 


The numbers are used by the Corning Glass 
Company to designate these glasses. Some 
glass-blowers prefer to omit G705H and seal 
the tungsten directly to G702P. The G705H 
is of lower melting point, may be used in the 
gas-air flame and hence offers less chance to 
oxidize the tungsten. 

Clean the wire by sandpaper only or warm 
in the flame, dip in a saturated aqueous solu- 
tion of sodium or potassium nitrite (or nitrate) 
and then polish with very fine sandpaper or 
even the thumb nail. Draw small tubes of 
each of the three kinds of glass having an in- 
ternal diameter slightly larger than the dia- 
meter of the wire. Cut a short length from 
each and string them on the wire in the order 
(above) in which they are to be sealed. The 
flame should be applied first to the middle of 
the G705H bead and the others in turn be 
brought along the wire and melted to the pre- 
ceding one. The wire with its glass coating, 
Fig. 1-a, may then be sealed in in the usual 
manner but joining Pyrex to Pyrex. In case 
the tungsten wire is small and it is desired to 
protect it from the flame the Pyrex enclosing 
tube may be extended through the final seal, 
Fig. 1-b, and the excess glass broken off after 
the seal is accomplished. 


Marcu 31, 1922] 


G705H 


G7ZP Pyrex 


Fig. fl, 


GV0LP 


Pyrex 


a 


Ce  eaueere 


hot 


Fug. a 


A seal using only G702P and Pyrex may be 


made as indicated in Fig. 2. Join tube of’ 


G702P to Pyrex and draw down as indicated. 
The wire coated with a small bead of G702P 
(or even the bare clean wire) may be placed 
in position, Fig. 2-a, and the seal made by 
squeezing with tweezers when hot. Squeeze as 
soon as possible to prevent oxidation. This 
seal may also be made by squeezing a bead of 
G702P in a Pyrex tube but with less freedom 
from breakage. 

To join copper to tungsten: 

(a) electroplate tip of tungsten wire with 
copper or nickel and solder (silver solder for 
higher temperatures). 

(b) melt nickel wire to tungsten in oxygen 
flame using borax as flux or even no flux. Nick- 
el becomes very brittle and it is best to then 
solder to the nickel bead thus obtained. 

(c) form are of 10 to 20 amps. between 
tungsten and nickel wires to coat tungsten with 
nickel; solder. 


SCIENCE 


303 


(d) German silver (for this use of it I 
am indebted to Mr. Cummings of the Depart- 
ment of Chemistry of this University) flows 
much better than nickel. Use method (b) with 
borax as flux. Copper wire may be joined at 
once in flame just as in joining copper to 
platinum. 

The method used will generally depend upon 
facilities available. 

L. T. Jones 
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICs, 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


A NEW SCLEROTINIA ON MULBERRY 


A DISEASE of mulberry characterized by en- 
larged portions of the fruit has been noted by 
Orton' and more recently by Taubenhaus.? 
The authors have found a species of Sclero- 
tinia to be the cause of this disease and will 
deseribe it as follows in the Journal of Agri- 
cultural Research: 

Sclerotinia carunculoides n. sp. 

Apothecia one to several from a single scle- 
rotium, dise cupulate to sub-cupulate; 4 to 12 
mm. in diameter; inside snuff-brown,? outside 
Prout’s brown; stalk cylindrical, flexuous, 
smooth, attenuated downward, 15 to 42 mm. in 
length, reaching a diameter of 1.5 mm., color 
Prout’s brown; asci cylindrical to eylindro- 
clavate, 104 to 123 x 6.4 to 8 v., average 117 x 
7», 8-spored; ascospores uni-seriate, reniform, 
hyaline, 6.4 to 9.6 x 2.4 to 4 n, average 7.6 x 
3.1 », with 2 bodies on the concave surface ; 
namely, a body more or less rhombie in shape 
as seen from above, 2 x 4 up, and adjoining 
it, a more or less hemispherical body 3 p. in its 
longest diameter; paraphyses filiform to eylin- 
dro-clavate, simple or branched, septate or non- 
septate, 94 to 128 x 1.8 to 2 u; microconidia 
hyaline, sub-globose, 2 to 4 x 2 to 3.2 p, aver- 
age 2.8 x 2.5 uw; selerotia black, fairly regular, 
sub-spherieal with depressed surfaces. 


1 Kxperiment Station Record, Vol. XIV, No. 6, 
pp. 351-352, 1908. 

2 Nature Study Review, Vol. 17, No. 7, pp. 282- 
285, 1921. Illus. 

3 Ridgway, Robert, Color standards and color 
nomenclature, 43 p., 53 col. pl., Washington, 
D. C., 1912. 


354 SCIENCE [Vou. LV, No. 1422 
On fruits of cultivated Morus alba. Type Invariant points in function space: G. D. BirK- 


material collected at Seranton, 8. C., U. 8. A., 
March, 1921. Specimens have been deposited 
in the Office of Pathological Collections, Bureau 
of Plant Industry, U. 8. Department of Agri- 
culture, Washington, D. C. 

The manuscript giving a more complete 
account of this organism went to press Novem- 
ber 26, 1921, but since congressional action 
has suspended the publication of the Journal, 
it is deemed advisable to publish this prelim- 
inary account at this time in order that plant 
pathologists interested in this disease may be 
on the watch for the apothecial stage at blos- 


soming time. 
2 EK. A. SIEGLER, 


A. E. JENKINS 
Bureau or Puant INpDusTRY, 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 
FEBRUARY 1, 1922 


THE AMERICAN MATHEMATICAL 
SOCIENG 


THE two hundred and twenty-first regular 
meeting of the American Mathematical Society 
was held at Columbia University, New York 
City, on February 25, 1922. The attendance 
included seventy-five members of the society. 
The election of thirty-five new members was 
announced. 

The seeretary announced the gift, by an 
anonymous donor, of the sum of $4,000 to pay 
for an additional volume of the Transactions, 
to be printed in 1922. The society adopted a 
resolution thanking the donor for this very 
generous gift. 

Professor C. N. Haskins, of Dartmouth Col- 
lege, was selected to succeed Professor L. E. 
Dickson, of the University of Chicago, as one 
of the three representatives of the society in 
the Division of Physical Sciences of the Na- 
tional Research Council. 

The afternoon session was especially marked 
by the presentation of a paper by Professor 
J. L. Coolidge, by request of the program com- 
mittee, on The basis of mathematical prob- 
ability. A number of members of the Actu- 
arial Society attended, by invitation, to hear 
this paper. 

The following papers were read: 


Horr and O. D. KELLOGG. 

A property of certain functions whose Sturmian 
developments do not terminate: O. D. KELLOGG. 

The boundary problems and developments asso- 
ciated with a system of ordinary linear differ- 
ential equations of the first order: G. D. Birx- 
HOFF and R, E. LANGER. 

Developments associated with a boundary prob- 
lem not linear in the parameter: R. KE. LANGER. 

Ricci’s principal directions for a Riemann space 
and the Einstein theory: L. P. EISENHART. 

Normal congruences and quadruply infinite fami- 
lies of curves: J. DOUGLAS. 

Qualitative properties of the ballistic trajectory. 
Second paper: T. H. GRoNWALL. 

The reflection of X-rays in a finite number of 
equidistant parallel planes: T. H. GRONWALL. 

The basis of mathematical probability: J. L. 
COOLIDGE. 

On the ‘‘ Alabama paradoxz’’ in the problem of 
apportionment of representatives: E. V. Hunt- 
INGTON. 

On the d’Hondt method of apportionment, and 
its counterpart: BE. V. HUNTINGTON. 

Theorems on sequences of sets of points: G. A. 
PFEIFFER. 

The Fredholm theory of Stieltjes integral equa- 
tions: C. A. FISCHER. 

A closed set of normal orthogonal functions: 
J. L. Wash. 

Kinematics in a complex plane and some geometric 
applications: A. EMcH. 

On functions with integrals of elementary char- 
acter: J. F. Rrrt. 

Geometrical properties of the system of all the 
curves of constant pressure in a field of force: 
E. M. Morenvus. 

Spherical representation of conjugate systems and 
asymptotic lines: W. C. GRAUSTEIN. 

The distribution of current in a long cylindrical 
conductor: C. MANNEBACK. 

Operational solution of equations of nth degree: 
A. PRESS. 

Maximal cuspidal curves: T. R. HOLucRort. 

Method for the separation into partial fractions 


of powers of trigonometric functions: I. J. 
ScHWATT. 
The expansion of the continued product, 


Te +k): I. J. Scowart. 
Kiel 
R. G. D. RigHarpson, 
Secretary 


NEw SERIES 
Vou. LV, No. 1423 


FRripay, APRIL 7, 1922 
? ? 


SINGLE Copiss, 15 Cts. 


Books for Veterinarians 


SISSON— 


Anatomy of Domestic Animals. By Serpti- 
mus Sisson, S. B., V.S,, Professor of Com- 
parative Anatomy in Ohio State University. 
Octavo of 930 pages, with 725 illustrations, 
many in colors. Second Edition. Cloth, 
$rz.00 net. 


BUCHANAN AND MURRAY— 


Veterinary Bacteriology: a Treatise on the 
Bacteria, Yeasts, Molds, and Protozoa Path- 
ogenic for Domestic Animals. By Ros- 
ERT EX. BucHANAN, Ph.D., Professor of 
Bacteriology; and CHartes Murray, B. Sc., 
D. V. M., Associate Professor of Veteri- 
nary Bacteriology, Iowa State College of 
Agriculture and Mechanic Arts. Octavo of 
600 pages, illustrated. Second Edition. 
Cloth, $4.00 net. 


HADLEY— 

Veterinary Science. By Freprrick B. Hap- 
Ley, D. V. M., Professor of Veterinary Sci- 
ence, University of Wisconsin. 1I2mo of 
420 pages, illustrated. Cloth, $3.00 net. 


HADLEY— 

The Horse in Health and Disease. By 
FrepericK B. Hapvtey, D. V. M,, Professor 
of Veterinary Science, University of Wis- 
consin. «I2mo of 261 pages, illustrated. 
Cloth, $1.50 net. 


HEINEMAN— 
Milk. By Paur G. Heineman, M. D., Wis- 


consin. Octavo of 684 pages, illustrated. 
Cloth, $7.00 net. 


KAUPP— 


Anatomy of the Domestic Fowl. By B. F. 
Kaupr, M. S., D. V. M., Poultry Investi- 
gator and Pathologist, North Carolina Ex- 
periment Station. 12mo of 373 pages, illus- 
trated. Cloth, $3.50 net. 


KAUPP— 


Poultry Culture, Sanitation, and Hygiene. 
By B. F. Kaupp, M. S., D. V, M,, Poultry 
Investigator and Pathologist, North Caro- 
lina Experiment Station. 1I2mo of 573 
pages, with 200 illustrations. Second Edi- 
tion. Cloth, $3.00 net. 


SHARP— 

Ophthalmology for Veterinarians. By Wat- 
ter N. Suarp, M. D., Professor of Ophthal- 
mology in the Indiana Veterinary College. 
t2mo of 210 pages, illustrated. Cloth, $2.00 
net. 


LYNCH— 

Diseases of the Swine. By CwHaries L. 
Lywnceu, M. D., D. V. S. Chapter on Castra- 
tion and Spaying by Grorce R. Wutte, 
M. D., D. V. S. Octavo of 741 pages, illus- 
trated. Cloth, $5.00 net. 


DIETRICH-— 

Livestock on the Farin. By Wititi1Am D1et- 
rich, B. S. A., M. S,, Head of the Depart- 
ment of Animal and Dairy Husbandry, Uni- 
versity of Minnesota, Crookston Branch. 
12mo of 269 pages, illustrated. Cloth, $1.75 
net. 


W. 3. SAUNDERS COMPANY, West Washington 5Sq., Phila. 


*PLEASE SEND ME. THE BOOKS CHECKED (\/) AND CHARGE TO MY ACCOUNT :— 


Sisson’s Anatomy of Domestic Animals_---_-_- $12.00 net 
4. 


Hadley’s Horse in Health and Disease 
Heineman on Milk 


Kaupp’s Anatomy of the Domestic Fowl_-------$3.50 net 
Kaupp’s Poultry Culture 8 
Sharp’s Ophthalmology for Veterinarians_ 

Lynch’s Diseases of the Swine. 

Dietrich’s Livestock on the Farm 


PNUD YOY 5B SS i a 


ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


il SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


New Texts 
CUMMER——-A Manual of Clinical Laboratory Metheds New 


N this, the newest book on the subject, clinical laboratory methods are presented in concise 
and accessible form. While devoted largely to description of methods, thorough attention 
is given to the underlying principles, the indications for performing tests and the significance 
of the results. In most chapters the plan is as follows. (1) Outline of routine examinations; 
(2) description of the simple qualitative methods which are frequently employed; (3) descrip- 
tion of quantitative methods or those of intricate technic ; (4) discussion of findings in vari- 
ous morbid conditions. When several methods are given, usually the preferred one is indi- 
cated. The method of counting blood cells has been given meticulously, and special atten- 
tion has been given to the histology and pathology of the blood. Chemical examination of the 
blood and urine and the relations of urine examinations to life insurance are also treated 
very fully. The section on Serum Reactions is, in effect a monograph on the Widal, Wasser- 
mann and related tests. The liberal use of cross references in the body of the text and the 
synoptic résumés of quantitative procedures in the chapters on Blood and Urine greatly facili- 
tate the use of the book in the clinical laboratory. 

Chapter Headings: Examination of the Blood—Examination of Urine—Examination of 
Gastric and Duodenal Contents—Examination of the Feces—Examination of Sputum—Ex- 
amination of Body Exudates, Fluids and Miscellaneous Methods—Bacteriological Methods— 
Appendix (Equipment, Stains, Vaccines—examination of a large number of specimens, etc.). 


By CLYDE LOTTRIDGE CUMMER, Ph.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Pathology, Western Reserve University ; 
Associate Clinical Pathologist, Lakeside Hospital; Director of Medicine, St. John’s Hospital; Director of Laboratories, 
St. Alexis Hospital, etc., Cleveland. Octavo, 484 pages with 136 engravings and 8 plates. Cloth, $5.50, net. 


MANSFIELD on BOTANY—Developmental and Descriptive New 


NEW TEXT by a distinguished authority which, because it deals with the two most in- 

teresting phases of botany, will achieve the very desirable effect of securing the stu- 

dent’s earnest attention. The text is complete and with a logical arrangement that will ap- 
peal to all teachers of the subject and is largely illustrated with photographs from Nature. 


By WILLIAM MANSFIELD, A.M., Phar.D.. Dean and Professor of Botany and Pharmacognosy, Union University, Albany 
College of Pharmacy, Albany, New York. 12mo, 232 pages, with 135 illustrations. Cloth, $2.50, net. 


KENDALL—Bacteriology, General, Pathological and Intestinal .,, 42 


NE of the achievements of the Great War is a noteworthy advance in the Science of 
Bacteriology. This is manifested not only in marked improvements in methods of in- 
vestigation and in modifications of preéxisting views in the important fields of Infection and 
Prevention of many diseases, but also in a complete revision of some of the more important 
groups of bacteria. Prominent among these is the great class of anaérobic bacilli. During 
the war period, furthermore, much additional information has accumulated pertinent to dis- 
eases which have hitherto been elusive. These developments have necessitated the rewriting 
of entire sections of this book, and extensive changes and additions to nearly every chapter. 
Indeed, including the anaérobes and the work on spiral organisms, this new edition contains 
as much as any volume in existence of the worth-while war and post-war work. 

The text aa that characteristic which contributed so largely to the success of its first 
edition, namely, dynamic interpretation of the subject. The author emphasizes throughout 
what bacteria do rather than zwhat they are—how they get into the tissues—what they feed 
on—what they excrete—how they multiply—how they escape from the body—the chemistry 
of bacterial activity. 

New methods of handling bacteria, methods which are improvements over earlier ones, 
details of laboratory equipment, the minutize of technic and the use and value of apparatus 
are carefully consdered. Much space is given to the discussion of the applications of bac- 
teriology in Etiology and Preventive Medicine, as well as Serology and Vaccine therapy. 


By ARTHUR I. KENDALL, Ph.D., Dr. P.H., Professor of Bacteriology, Northwestern University Medical School, Chicago. 
Octavo, 680 pages, with 99 engravings and 8 plates. Cloth, $6.00, net. 


706-8-10 Sansom St., L EA & F EBIGER PHILADELPHIA 


Send me books checked (X): [_] Cummer, $5.50; im Mansfeld, $2.50; [_] Kendall, $6.00 


ST. GNI Dp ce earch a te reece Sc, 4-22 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 


New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica, N. Y.. under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Vou. LV Aprit 7, 1922 No. 1423 
The Early Training of Scientists: Pro- 
FESSOR JOEL H. HILDEBRAND...........--.--.--------- 355 


Are Iodides Food: Prorrssor J. F. CLENDON 358 
Geography as a Profession: Dr. H. P. Lirrur 362 
Vienna: Prorressor C.-E. A. WINSLOW...........- 363 
Scientific Events: 
Mexican Archeology; The Royal Agricul- 
tural Society of England; Molding Sands ; 
The British Industrial Fatigue Research 
Board; Medical Fellowships of the Na- 


tional Research Council; International 

Chemical Conference at Utrecht......-.........-.-. 365 
aU SCLETULUTIC NOLES) ANUG NIC WSs cones tenet eset ese nseare 370 
University and Educational Notes.........-....-.-..- 372 


Discussion and Correspondence: 
Genetical Analysis and the Theory of Nat- 
ural Selection: Dr. W. Barrson. A Sug- 
gestion to Mr. Bryan: Dr. Epwarp M. 


KInDite. The Writing of Popular Science: 
IDR, ING, 18g IDOI re ere ers coreobercecrcenetnactre 373 
Quotations: 

The Earning Power of Research...............---- 376 


: Scientific Books: 
Clark’s Monograph of the Existing Crin- 
Otd sR) We LRG MHIS HER seer eee 376 
Special Articles : 
A New Variety of Barley with Striking 
Characteristics: Dr. Kwrn 8S. HoE..........-.- 378 
The Annual Meeting of the Federation of 
American Societies for Experimental Biol- 
ogy: PROFESSOR CHARLES W. GREENE.......... 379 


THE EARLY TRAINING OF 
SCIENTISTS 


Iv is a strange feature of the modern educa- 
tional process that though children are born 
richly endowed with scientific instincts into a 
world which has gladly accepted a multitude 
of gifts from science, they encounter, from the 
cradle to the university, constant opposition to 
the education of. these instincts. 

The child is excellent raw-material for the 
making of the scientist. First of all, he is 
curiosity inearnate; he does not confine his 
attentions to those matters which adults con- 
sider practical, but tries to learn all he can 
about an environment which he finds brimming 
with interest. Moreover, he is an experimen- 
talist, and the days are too short for the ex- 
periments he wishes to perform upon every- 
thing at hand, from the bric-a-bric to the 
patience of his elders. He relies upon ex- 
periment rather than upon authority for learn- 
ing truth. Authoritative representations con- 
cerning the fragile qualities of glass, the taste 
of pepper or the temperature of a stove are to 
him but suggestions for experiments. Although 
his experimental technique is simple and his 
capacity for reasoning and theorizing are un- 
developed, he has made a splendid beginning 
towards a scientific career. 

In~ his further development, however, he 
meets with opposition at every turn. Many of 
his experiments earn punishment from his 
parents, who discourage his curiosity and even 
pervert the truth for their own ends. At 
school, book-learning is substituted for observa- 
tion and experiment, and even when the topic 
is nature or science it is often taught in a very 
didactic way by a teacher who, though having 
taken many courses in pedagogy, may have but 
little appreciation of the spirit and method of 
science. At Sunday school he is likely to find 
a teacher who praises as religious virtue the 


306 


docile acceptance of dogmatic authority and to 
whom the term “doubt” is one of opprobium. 

The repressive process, alas, does not end 
here, for we in the university who next take 
him in hand delight in giving him the impres- 
sion that the subject has been thoroughly elu- 
cidated. We take little pains to help him to 
realize the existence of vast fields awaiting 
exploration. Moreover, we are so anxious to 
guard him from errors of fact that we announce 
in advance what he is expected to find in his 
experiments. He is told to mix solution A with 
solution B and “to note the red precipitate 
which is formed.” The precipitate he gets may 
happen to be yellow, but he has learned by 
this time that it is safer to call it red in his 
note-book. Why quarrel with the instructor, 
it is wiser to give the answer he wants and 
keep him in a good humor. 

I am convinced of the justice of the fore- 
going diatribe, as I have had an intimate 
acquaintance with the problem, not only as a 
child, a student and a parent, but, I must con- 
fess also, as a teacher. Indeed, so thoroughly 
convineed have we been in the department of 
chemistry of the University of California of 
the importance of giving the student, so far as 
we can, a real training in the scientific method 
and spirit, that we have taken great liberties 
with that most conservative of all university 
courses, the freshman course in general chem- 
istry. So many have asked for information 
concerning our methods that I am encouraged 
to assume sufficient general interest to justify 
an exposition of our attempt at the solution 
of this important problem. 

We have been inspired by the opportunity 
offered by a fundamental course to present 
science in such a way as, first, to win for scien- 
tifiv careers the keen-minded students who are 
repelled by the drudgery and memory work 
of the old-fashioned course in descriptive chem- 
istry; and, second, to encourage the average 
student to adopt the scientific attitude towards 
his everyday problems, an attitude so neces- 
sary in combatting the superstition, prejudice, 
selfishness and dishonesty in the world of or- 
dinary aifairs. 

Although the following paragraphs ceseribe 
a course in chemistry, our aim in giving -+his 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1423 


course is not simply to teach chemistry, but 
through it to teach science. Whether the 
student proceeds to advanced work in chem- 
istry or enters one of the numerous fields for 
which it is prerequisite, or even takes no fur- 
ther scientific studies, it is important for him 
to have scientific training. The medium for 
this training is with us chemistry, but other 
subjects can, of course, be taught with a simi- 
lar purpose in view. 

in order to attain these ends we have been 
convinced that the laboratory work must be the 
central feature of the course, and that it must 
involve the solution of problems rather than the 
mere performance of illustrative experiments. 
This makes the work harder and therefore more 
interesting. The doctrine that the interest of 
the pupil is to be gained through ease and 
practicality is an educational fallacy. The stu- 
dent belies this doctrine in his own practice. 
Football is difficult and impractical, but it 
arouses far more interest than dishwashing, 
which is both easy and practical. 

The teaching of elementary chemistry has 
been slow to reflect the modern state of the 
science, which is no longer chiefly descriptive, 
but to a high degree mathematical and de- 
ductive. It has largely continued, in the 
language of Le Chatelier, to present “une 
énumération indéfine de petits faits particu- 
liers: Formules de combinaisons, densités, 
couleurs, action de tel on tel corps, recette de 
preparation, ete.” Laws and principles appear” 
to the student as dykes intruding into the mass, 
but not fusing with it. While it is difficult 
and probably undesirable to abandon altogether 
the traditional method, we have sought to sub- 
stitute for much of the purely informational 
material, a grasp of great principles such as 
the atomic, molecular, kinetic and ionic theo- 
ries, the mass law, and the periodic system of 
the elements, and to make them not mere defini- 
tions, but tools to be used with intelligence and 
skill. It is of little use for the student to de- 
fine the mass law unless he can actually use it 
in controlling a new chemical reaction. There 
is little point in committing the periodic table 
to memory unless he ean apply it with assur- 
ance in predicting chemical behaviors. 

We have been fortunate in being able to in- 


APRIL 7, 1922] 


clude general chemistry and qualitative analysis 
in one intensive course of two laboratory 
periods, two quiz periods, and two lectures per 
week throughout the year. It has thus been 
possible to minimize the usual break between 
these subjects and to develop systematically 
from the general principles of chemistry to 
their application in the problems of analysis. 
In the laboratory manual, written by Professor 
W. C. Bray with the assistance of Dr. W. M. 
Latimer, the effort has been to stimulate the 
student, through proper experiments; first, to 
gain a working conception of the atomic the- 
ory, the molecular theory and the behavior of 
gases. There follows next, a study of acids and 
bases and of titration, in order to develop and 
apply the idea of concentration. A further 
study of acids, bases and salts leads to the 
ionic theory. In this connection we have not 
considered it necessary to discuss an element 
at length before studying one of its compounds. 
Acetic acid, for example, is a quite familiar 
substance, whose acid properties may be in- 
vestigated before studying organic chemistry, 
and it is not necessary to diseuss sulfur, sulfur 
dioxide and the manufacture of sulfurie acid 
in order to do some laboratory work with the 
acid. There follow assignments on strong and 
weak acids and bases and the uses of indica- 
tors to measure the concentration of hydrogen 
ion; rapid reversible reactions and equilibrium; 
the reversibility of neutralization reactions, or 
hydrolysis; the properties of sodium, potas- 
sium and ammonium ions and the tests for 
sulfate and nitrate ions; the chemistry of 
calcium ion, developing solubility equilibria and 
the transformation and solution of precipi- 
tates; carbonic acid, carbonate and bicarbon- 
ate ions; the salts of copper, sulfur and zine, 
which prepare the way for the study of com- 
plex ions, amphoteric hydroxides and the im- 
portant reactions utilized in qualitative anal- 
ysis. 

Unknown solutions of increasing difficulty 


are introduced during this period, but more | 


emphasis is placed upon the student devising 
methods of analysis than upon committing to 
memory and using the orthodox schemes, which 
few chemists ever use in actual practice with- 


SCIENCE 


307 


out appropriate short-cut modifications. Oxida- 
tion and reduction reactions and electric cells 
are next introduced, followed by a study of 
ions whose separations involve oxidation and 
reduction. 

The effort is made constantly to throw the 
student upon his own responsibility, especially 
in observing accurately and in drawing general 
conclusions from his experiments. There are 
numerous questions calling upon him to pre- 
dict results of untried experiments. 

The lecture work is organized to supplement 
closely the laboratory work and to contribute 
an element of stimulus and inspiration. The 
topics in the early part of the course are taken 
up in much the same order. When acids, bases 
and salts are introduced in the laboratory, the 
lectures take up the alkali metals followed by 
the alkaline earth metals. The chemistry of 
the metals is so much simpler than that of the 
non-metals that we have been more than satis- 
fied by our abandonment of the usual order of 
presentation in which the halogens are intro- 
duced early in the course. An intensive study 
of the periodic system and its use in predict- 
ing and correlating not only physical proper- 
ties but chemical characteristics as well, con- 
tinues throughout the year with necessary in- 
terruptions from time to time by other topies. 

A reference book has been written for the 
course in which the aim has been to present 
clearly and briefly the principles of chemistry. 
The topics have been arranged in convenient 
order for reference rather than as in the lec- 
tures. The program of the lectures can thus 
readily be altered from year to year to try ex- 
periments of instruction, and making it easier 
to avoid the stagnation so fatal to even the best 
of courses. 

~ But though general principles are emphasized 
in the teaching, we feel that the final test should 
not be the statement of the theories but their 
application. In our examinations, therefore, 
we usually say little about theories and prin- 
ciples, asking the student rather now to pre- 
pare one salt from another; how to accelerate 
or retard given reactions; how to shift certain 
equilibria; how to dissolve various precipitates; 
whether he would expect a given acid to be 


308 


stronger or weaker than another, or a certain 
salt to be more hydrolyzed than another; what 
properties of substances make them useful for 
certain purposes. 

The suecess with which the more intelligent 
students are able to answer such questions has 
convinced us of the efficacy of this form of 
instruction. The students seem also to grasp 
something of the enthusiasm and interest in 
the science of chemistry which turns some of 
them ultimately into capable research workers. 
We have noted with considerable satisfaction 
moreover, that even the more purely descrip- 
tive type of chemistry is rather readily learned. 
It is evident that the habit of correlating facts 
with each other and with theory has made the 
assimilation of the information comparatively 
easy. ‘ 

In order to achieve its object such a course 
must have the advantage of contact with the 
more advanced work and the research carried 
on in the department, and must be taught by 
men interested in discovery. It has been our 
policy, therefore, for all members of the de- 
partmental staff to take part at more less fre- 
quent intervals not only in the weekly confer- 
ences of instructors, but also in the laboratory 
and quiz sections. This practice has been ef- 
fective in unifying the purposes of all the de- 
partmental courses. The junior assistants are 
all candidates for the Ph. D. degree, and hence 
actively engaged in research. The better stu- 
dents are frequently invited to see the work 
these graduate assistants are carrying on in the 
research laboratory, which proves a source of 
considerable inspiration. 

Thus beginning with students from the high 
school, many of whom have not had even high 
school chemistry (for we admit students if they 
have had high school physies and trigonometry), 
we are able to accomplish in a single intensive 
course what is ordinarily extended over two 
years; and by continuing the same intensive 
method in the more advanced courses, to pre- 
pare the student for serious research at the 
beginning of the senior year. The large pro- 
portion of students who go on into graduate 
work and the output of the laboratory in re- 
search are evidence of the rich fruit of the 


SCLENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1423 


method. We are confident also that those stu- 
dents who have studied elementary chemistry 
as preparation for some allied science have 
received a far better training for their later 
work than a more purely informational course 
could afford. 

JoEL H. HILDEBRAND 


ARE IODIDES FOODS? 


Ir has been considered by some biologists 
and chemists that living matter originated in 
the sea and the elements of living matter cor- 
respond to those found in the sea water. We 
might look, therefore, to the composition of 
sea water for the elements we should expect to 
find in living matter. Sea water consists 
largely of H,O and sodium chloride, and be- 
sides those the chief ingredients are magne- 
sium, calcium, potassium and carbonates, sul- 
phates and bromides, but there are also present 
the following elements in traces: ammonia, 
lithium, rubidium, ecxsium, strontium, barium, 
manganese, zinc, cobalt, nickel, lead, 
copper, silver, gold, radium, fluorine, iodine, 
nitrate, phosphate, silicate, aluminium, boron 
and arsenic. In searching for these substances 
in living tissue they have been found chiefly in 
marine organisms. However, chemists are 
finding them to a greater and greater extent in 
tissues of mammals. Damiens! finds bromine 
in a large number of animals and Gautier? 
finds iodine in quite a number of animals. We 
are familiar with the fact that fluorine is a 
regular constituent of bones and teeth and 
iodine of the thyroid gland. In experiments 
on the nutrition of animals, I have found it 
very convenient to feed them evaporated sea 
water and in this way insure a supply of all 
the rare elements. Cameron and Carmichael® 
have not observed any deleterious effect in 
feeding rather large doses of sodium iodide to 
white rats and rabbits. 


iron, 


The use of sodium 


1 Damiens, A., Comptes Rendus, 1920, elvvi: 930. 
Damiens, A., Bull. Soc. Chem. Biol., 1921, 
lii: 95. 

' 2Gautier, A., Comptes Rendus, 1920, elxx: 261; 
1899, exxix: 66. : 
8 Cameron and Carmichael, J., Journal of Bio- 

logical Chemistry, 1920, xlv: 69. 


APRIL 7, 1922] 


iodide in preventing goiter in sheep and in 
preventing the hairless pig malady is quite 
well known. The use of iodide in the treat- 
ment of goiter was first brought out by the 
work of Dumas, who was born in 1800 and 
studied pharmacy in Geneva. Dumas and 
Coindet found that iodine was valuable in the 
treatment of goiter. The use of sodium iodide 
in the prevention and cure of goiter was 
strikingly emphasized in 1917 by Marine and 
Kimball. This leads to the natural conclusion 
that the cause of goiter, or at least one of the 
causes, might be the lack of iodine in our diet. 
Iodine seems to be very rare in food and soils 
(Private communication of Oswald Schreiner) 
or else the former methods of detection have 
not been sufficient for such traces as do exist 
(See Kendall and Richardson® for later meth- 
ods). Iodine has been found in a number of 
rocks such as slates (Gentile®), limestones 
(Lembert’), dolomite (Rivier and Fellenberg®) 
and granites (Gautier) in Europe and has 
been reported in vapor from Vesuvius (Mat- 
teueci®), but it seems to be leached out so rap- 
idly from soils it is seldom to be detected. 
Forbes?® failed to find iodine in about half of 
the specimens of foods, and Cameron" had a 
similar experience. The question of the rela- 
tion of goiter to locality has caused much dis- 
cussion and most persons have come to the 
conclusion that goiter is due to the presence 
of some substance rather than the absence, but 
since much fruitless work has been done in 
the attempt to find this substance it would be 
well to investigate more thoroughly the ques- 
tion of the absence of some substance. 


4 Marine, D., and Kimball, O. P., Jour. of Lab. 
and Clinical Med., 1917, iii: 40. 

5 Kendall, E. C., and Richardson, F. S., Journal 
of Biological Chemistry, 1921, xliii: 161. 

6 Gentile, 1849, Jahresber. d. Chemie, 251. 

7 Lembert, 1851, Jahresber. d. Chemie, 319; Jl. 
Pharm. (3), xiv, 240. 

8 Rivier and Fellenberg, 1853, Jahresber. d. 
Chemie, 924. 

9 Matteucci, 1899, Comptes Rendus, exxix, 65. 

10 Forbes, E. B., Bull. Ohio Agri. Station, No. 
299, page 487. 

11 Cameron, A. T., Journal of Biological Chem- 
istry, xviii: 335. 


SCIENCE 309 


Goiter occurs largely in mountainous regions 
or regions far from the sea. Iodine is so rap- 
idly leached out of the soil that the supply of 
it may depend upon salt spray blown from the 
sea. During storms the waves are broken into 
a spray and the water evaporated and the salt 
carried for long distances through the air. This 
salt is washed down out of the air by rains 
and contaminates the rain water. In the 


accompanying figure 1 taken from Emmons'* 


GRQRREneaeceses 
lee PE, 
ace 


eT 


a nen 
Carnie); a 
Wi 


BS 1 iE 
SS a 
Faun TcNereay chiorae map of Are Engand end Nrw Tore Figures oo carve fadicate parte Pr 
Seco 


Fig. 1 


is shown a map of the eastern states, indicating 
the relative amount of sea salt in the rain 
water. Determinations were made by the 
weight of a certain constituent (the chlorine 
ion) by the ordinary silver nitrate titration, 
but sea water is of very uniform composition 
in regard to everything except H,O. That is 
to say, when the salts are diluted or concen- 
trated, they are all changed in the same ratio, 
and the dry salt would be of uniform com- 
position, so that the chlorine titration would 
indicate the relative amount of iodine. Evap- 
orated sea water contains 50 parts per million 
of iodine, whereas the chlorine forms 55 per 
cent. of the evaporated sea water. The lines 
on the map indicate parts per million of 
chlorine in the rain water and the iodine would 
be about one ten-thousandth of this amount, 
or, in other words, a part per million of chlo- 
rine would be about a part per ten billion of 
iodine. We can say, therefore, that the 
amount of iodine in the rain water rapidly 
deereases as we go from the coast, and is least 


12 Emmons, W. H., 1913, U. S. Geol. Survey 
Bull., 529. 


360 


in the Great Lakes region. Figure 2 (taken 


from Davenport and Love'*) shows a map of 
GOITRE, SIMPLE 


TOTAL, CAMPS AWD LOCAL BOARDS 


RaTIO PER 1000 MEN 
Fie. 2 


the goiter as reported by the Draft Board and 
we have more or less the same distribution in 
the opposite direction and see more goiter 
towards the lake region and less toward the 
coast. Owing to the fact that no chlorine maps 
have been made for the rest of the country, it 
is not possible to extend this comparison. It 
is reported, however, from various sources (and 
is my personal observation in Minnesota) that 
the whole Great Lakes region is quite goiterous, 
and this is necessarily a region in which very 
little sea salt falls upon the land since the air 
blowing over it has already been washed free 
from sea salt by previous rains. Besides this 
goiterous region, various mountainous regions 
in the country have been reported to be goi- 
terous and this is also true of Europe. These 
mountainous regions may be relatively near 
or far in relation to the sea. We often speak, 
however, of the clear mountain air free from 
dust, and it seems very probable that sea salt, 
being very heavy, would tend to remain in the 
lower strata of air rather than rise to mountain 
heights. Voleanic dust when thrown to great 
heights may remain in the upper air for a con- 
siderable time, but this is true only of the very 
finer particles of dust. The larger particles 
settle very rapidly. In fact, so rapidly as to 
sometimes bury towns. We may suppose the 
same things are true of the sea salt in the air. 


13 Davenport, C. B., and Love, A. G., 1920. 
Scientific Monthly. 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1423 


The very finest particles may be carried to 
greater heights than the larger ones, provided 
they can escape the rain long enough to reach 
that height in the first place. The voleanic 
dust is thrown rapidly to the great height. The 
sea salt is thrown into the air at the sea level 
and its reaching a great height is very for- 
tuitous. Therefore, we may suppose that the 
oceurrence of goiter in mountainous regions 
fits in with the deficiency hypothesis. The ab- 
sence of iodine from the rain water and soil 
in a region would necessitate its absence from 
the plants growing in the region and the ani- 
mals subsisting entirely upon the plants and 
rain water. Man, however, may receive con- 
siderable food from some distance. Food rich 
in iodine, such as fish, oysters, squid, sea- 
hares, sea urchin ovaries and sea weed, is con- 
sumed to a much greater extent along the sea 
coast than in inland regions. Sea weed is not 
a general article of diet and is only eaten 
habitually by the Japanese and certain other 
peoples living close to the sea. Sea food, 
owing to its perishable nature, is largely con- 
sumed close to the sea. Therefore, even with 
considerable means of food distribution, the 
relation of goiter to distance from the sea 
might still be maintained. Water might hold 
the same relations. Water flows toward the 
sea and therefore does not bring iodine from 
regions richer in it. Water courses rise either 
in mountainous regions or in inland lakes 
which are goiterous regions. Certain mineral 
springs may be exceptions but the consump- 
tion of such mineral water is rather limited. 

The principal other factor in the diet is salt. 
Salt was first obtained by the evaporation of 
sea water. The process used reduces the 
amount of iodine, but the extent of reduction 
may depend upon the amount of refining that 
the salt undergoes. The sea water is evap- 
orated in shallow ponds until the caleium ear- 
bonate precipitates. It is then further evap- 
orated in other ponds until the sodium chloride 
crystallizes out. The mother liquor from the 
sodium chloride crystals, known by geologists 
as the bittern, contains most of the iodine 
along with magnesium chloride and other salts. 
This erude sodium chloride, which may have 
some iodine clinging to it, was formerly con- 


APRIL 7, 1922] 


sumed in this condition but nowadays is often 
further purified by washing and reerystalliza- 
tion so that the iodine, which is in very low 
concentration in the sea water, is reduced to 
infinitesimal quantities. Salt was not purified 
to as great an extent in the early days as it is 
now. When it comes to rock salt Nature has 
already purified it to some extent. Van’t Hoff 
showed the mechanism of stratification of the 
rock salt deposits. The sodium chloride layers 
are already more or less purified. This salt 
when it is mined in the dry state or when it is 
obtained from salt springs, which consist of 
water which has come in contact with these salt 
deposits, is still further purified for table use. 
Hayhurst'! investigated some of the salt works 
in Ohio where the salt is obtained from deep 
wells. Bromine and a trace of iodine are sep- 
arated out of the salt and the bromine sold as 
a by-product. 

I have been unable to obtain any evaporated 
sea water, that is to say, salts obtained from 
the sea water without fractional precipitation 
or purification, from any commercial salt 
manufacturers on the coast. Through the 
kindness of Metz & Company, Dr. Sherndahl 
evaporated 100 gallons of sea water for me to 
use in experimental feeding. This, together 
with sea water which I have had opportunity 
to evaporate, has been dried by baking it in 
an oven. When the last traces of water are 
eliminated in this way, hydrochlorie acid fumes 
are also given off. The cause of this, as point- 
ed out by Sorensen, is a reaction between mag- 
nesium and the other salts whereby oxides of 
the alkaline earth metals are formed with the 
elimination of hydrochloric acid. If the baking 
is continued long enough no calcium or mag- 
nesium chloride remains and therefore the salt 
remains dry. If the sea water has been evap- 
orated in an iron kettle some iron oxide is 
added to it, which improves it from a nutritive 
standpoint. The necessity of baking may be 
eliminated by adding 6 grams of H,PO, to the 
liter and this salt may aid in the treatment of 
rickets. In my animal experiments this evap- 
orated sea water has been used for generations 
of animals as the salt ration, with gratifying 
results. It is very low in phosphorie acid 


14 Hayhurst, E. R., Science, 1921, liv: 131. 


SCIENCE 


361 


unless H,PO, has been added, and if casein is 
used as the protein there is not sufficient phos- 
phoric acid in the casein for the nutritional 
requirements. The question as to whether 
there is sufficient calcium or not for the total 
calcium ration has not been definitely settled. 
If wheat flour is used for the carbohydrate 
portion of the ration there is sufficient addi- 
tional calcium in the wheat flour to bring the 
calcium up to the requirements. 

The question arises whether it would not be 
advisable for us to feed our children an im- 
pure salt. If iodine is the only mineral con- 
stituent that might be deficient it could be 
easily added to the salt. We have not proved, 
however, that the other mineral constituents of 
sea water are not necessary in the diet. There- 
fore, it would seem much simpler to use evap- 
orated sea water as the salt ration if it could 
be obtained, and it only remains to create a 
demand for it. The present process of com- 
mercial evaporation of sea water could be 
simplified if an impure salt was desired. That 
is to say, only one pond would be necessary 
for the evaporation of the sea water. Sea 
water could be evaporated in this pond as far 
as practical by the sun. The total contents of 
this pond, including both solids and liquids, 
could then be removed and evaporated by heat 
and thoroughly mixed, and baked at a high 
enough temperature to produce a dry salt. In 
case the erystals of salt were large, owing to 
the slow evaporation at first, they could be 
ground. In baking, however, there is a ten- 
dency for these crystals to break up. The 
inclusion of a little earth with the salt would 
not impair its nutritive qualities and the 
product would be sterilized by the high tem- 
perature used in baking. It has been shown 
that salt obtained by the usual methods from 
the salt evaporating plants on the French coast 
is reeking with bacteria. The production of a 
sterile product might be an advantage. The 
dietary salt of several adults, children and 
infants has been limited to the above described 
from Metz for many months with gratifying 
results, in a goiterous region. 

J. F. McCrenpon 
THE LABORATORY OF 
PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, 
UNIVERSITY of MINNESOTA 


362 


GEOGRAPHY AS A PROFESSION 
INTRODUCTION 

Mopern geography is a young science, and 
usually college students know little of its con- 
tent. If they think of it at all, it is usually as 
a subject which they were forced to study when 
young, but sloughed off when they became men. 
They do not recognize that the causal element 
now stressed so strongly has given it a content 
which has placed geography in the university 
curriculum and added greatly to its practical 
worth. 

RELATION TO OTHER SCIENCES 


’ The first point to appreciate is that a liking 

for geology, physics, biology, mathematics, as- 
tronomy, history, economics, anthropology, or 
ethnology, excludes no one from becoming a 
geographer. Geography is not an isolated 
science. It is an intensively interlocking com- 
bination of other sciences directed towards a 
broad, but specific field of study. The great 
war, if it has proven anything, has proven that 
geography and its ramifications present prob- 
lems worthy of the keenest and best trained in- 
tellects of the day. The fact that geography is 
now understood to be of value in settling dis- 
putes between new states, in understanding the 
possibilities of commerce open to this nation’s 
newly created merchant marine, and in inter- 
preting to the advantage of all concerned the 
prides, prejudices, and virtues of those with 
whom foreign trade does or may bring close 
contact, has added greatly to the prestige of 
the science and those professing it. 


OPPORTUNITIES IN GEOGRAPHY 


Several types of employment are open to the 
geographer. The following list is not ex- 
haustive, but suggests the major opportunities 
offered. 

1. The government now recognizes as never 
before the value of trained geographers. There 
ean be little doubt but that its need of such 
men will increase. 

2. Map-publishing houses must 
skilled geographers. 

3. Great corporations, commission houses, 
and banks, as the United States expands its 
foreign trade, are recognizing more and more 


employ 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1423 


the necessity of having trained geographers on 
their staffs. Certain banks have found it nec- 
essary to establish their own schools in order 
to give adequate geographic training to men in 
whose charge they wish to place their foreign 
branches. 

4. Although the world is commonly thought 
of as pretty well explored, the facts are that 
many large areas even on our own continent 
are known only very superficially. Skilled 
geographers are needed to accompany scientific 
exploring expeditions, and with the increasing 
need of tropical products, the demand for such 
men will increase. 

5. Men can not take advantage of the pre- 
ceding opportunities without adequate training. 
At this present moment, universities are hand- 
leapped in giving this because of the lack of 
trained teachers. The supply by no means 
meets the demand. The student who prepares 
himself to teach university geography is taking 
advantage of one of the best opportunities in 
the entire pedagogical field and rapid promo- 
tion is certain for him if he deserves it. 


TYPES OF INVESTIGATION POSSIBLE 


The main types of investigation possible are 
as numerous as are the sciences allied to geog- 
raphy, with almost innumerable subordinate 
lines under each. A study of the table of con- 
tents of a half dozen leading geographical jour- 
nals at home and abroad will give some idea of 
their variety. Within their covers will be 
found studies of all phases of weather and 
climate, of the physics of the atmosphere, of 
map-making and map-interpretation; explana- 
tions of the distribution of the races and lan- 
guages of man, and of the relations between 
man and his natural surroundings; discussion 
of why some countries are great and others 
weak; accounts of exploration; reasons for the 
courses and materials of trade; and the whys 
and wherefores of the surface of the land and 
the bottom of the sea. This is just a hint of 
the variety of interesting, instructive, and 
profitable studies which come to the geographer. 


COMPENSATION 


Few geographers will become rich. The de- 
sire for wealth can never be the compelling 


APRIL 7, 1922] 

} 
reason for entering this subject any more than 
others. There are, however, varied reasons why 
a young man may well consider it as a life 
pursuit. 

1. Vigor of body is the natural reward of 
the active geographer. This needs no amplifi- 
cation. 

2. The geographer is brought into intimate 
contact with many lines of human interest and 
endeavor. Soils, crops, commerce, landscapes, 
weather, all kinds of natural resources, both 
developed and potential, interest him. And, if 
he travels, as he must to progress far in his 
science, he gains an insight into the hearts of 
men and nations second to none. The geog- 
rapher becomes in reality a “citizen of the 
world” with much power to promote interna- 
tional understanding and good-will. 

3. The modern science is young—younger 
even than its sister science, geology. Two im- 
portant results follow: 

(a) The opportunities for employment are 
numerous. Those who enter the subject now 
are on the “ground floor” as it were, in a 
movement which promises to be of much edu- 
’ cational and economic importanee. 

(6) The opportunities for original discov- 
eries and contributions are great. With their 
accomplishment comes the reward which the 
consciousness of having added to human knowl- 
edge always brings. The full power of this 
needs to be experienced to be understood. 
There is also the additional satisfaction which 
comes from being a pioneer in the development 
of new aspects of an important subject. 

These advantages are on the whole quite sim- 
ilar to those of geology. In this connection, it 
may be interesting to know that while numer- 
ous men enter geology from other subjects, few 
leave it—and of those who do, by far the larger 
number change into this closely allied science, 
geography. The application of the broad learn- 
ing of many years to a study which opens 
unlimited possibilities for bringing to man- 
kind material prosperity, mutual good-will and 
friendly understanding, is intensely fascinat- 
ing to the maturing man who feels a eall to 
serve humanity, yet desires to labor and in- 
vestigate in his chosen fields of science. Any 


SCIENCE 


363 


young man who has seriously thought of scien- 
tifie work as an attractive life profession must 
find in geography an appeal which merits his 
careful consideration. 


H. P. Lirrir 
NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL 


VIENNA 


WHILE in Vienna last summer I was like 
other visitors deeply impressed with the 
supreme importance to the world of the prob- 
lem of relieving this sadly stricken capital. At 
that time the exchange rate for the Austrian 
crown was about 600 to the dollar and it has 
since fallen to a rate of 10,000 to the dollar. 
The average salary of the professional man 
even six months ago was only the equivalent 
of between $100 and $200 a year, and the 
recent financial panic has brought the intel- 
lectual worker to straits which are almost 
beyond belief. 

There are, it seems to me, three reasons why 
the situation in Vienna makes a unique appeal 
to the professional men and women of America. 
In the first place the actual suffering is far 
greater in Austria than in any other country 
outside of Russia. In the second place, there 
is at stake here not only the life and health of 
individuals but the life of a civilization, one of 
the most liberal and enlightened in the world. 
The universities and schools of Vienna have 
for centuries been the eastern outposts of the 
intellectual life of western Europe and in 
music, in medicine, and in many other arts and 
sciences her contribution has been unrivalled. 
In the third place, a peculiar responsibility 
rests upon America in this connection because 
the recent panic would have been entirely pre- 
vented if the congress of the United States had 
not delayed for six months the passage of the 
foreign debt funding bill which was essential 
to the carrying out of the Ter Meulen plan for 
the financial rehabilitation of Austria. 

We can take great pride in what has been 
done by the American Relief Administration, 
the American Red Cross and the Friends Relief 
Mission to mitigate the suffering of the people 
of Vienna. . With the passage of time, how- 
ever, it is natural that the enthusiasm of 


364 


service should somewhat relax. It is important 
to remember that the situation is if anything 
to-day more critical than ever, and that the 
year 1922 will probably determine whether 
Vienna shall survive or perish as a center of 
intellectual and artistic life. I am therefore 
venturing to ask if you will not print the en- 
closed extracts from a letter just received from 
Miss Hilda Clark of the Friends Relief Mis- 
sion, who has just returned to Vienna after a 
visit to the United States. I have personally 
no connection with the Friends Service Com- 
mittee but I admired the work they were doing 
in Vienna beyond measure and I can assure 
the readers of Science that gifts of money or 
of clothing sent to the American Friends 
Service Committee, 20 South 12th Street, Phil- 
adelphia, for the use of the professional men 
and women of Vienna will accomplish a service 
of unique value for humanity and civilization. 


C.-E. A. WINSLOW 
YALE UNIVERSITY, 
FEBRUARY 3, 1922 


EXTRACTS FROM MISS CLARK’S LETTER 


I am interested to find, on getting back here, 
that the worst effects of the financial collapse of 
last autumn have not yet begun to show, at any 
rate, among the majority of the working-class 
population. Unfortunately, the reason for this is 
one which no one dares to think can be more than 
temporary. It is, that wages have boldly been 
put up, and in many trades, have almost risen to 
follow the increased cost of living so that people 
are actually better off than they were two years 
ago. 

This applies particularly to food. The situa- 
tion in regard to clothing is rather curious. Even 
in those trades where the rise in wages has been 
greatest, the fluctuation in prices is so uncertain 
that any article of clothing, for which it is neces- 
sary to save from week to week, is likely by the 
time the necessary money to buy it has been 
saved, to have doubled in price. You will see 
what a strong discouragement this is to people 
to save, and how impossible they feel it. Really, 
the home maker is in much the same diffi- 
culty as the manufacturer, and the working 
man or woman has not always the intelligence to 
cope with it. This tends to make people, espe- 
cially, of course, the more thoughtless, even if 
earning the best wages, spend their money on 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1423 


food each week, rather than save it for clothing. 
I do not think anybody would quite understand 
and sympathize with them who has not been, to 
some extent, in the same position. 

Fortunately, the expenditure on food does, after 
all, help to restore the physique of the workmen, 
which had got so very much undermined before 
this rise in wages took place, but it creates a 
great deal of misapprehension on the part of 
social observers in the town whose first idea is 
that the working people are much better off than 
they really are. 

This would not matter, were it not that there 
appears to be no hope at all that the present 
wage level can be maintained without causing a 
great increase in unemployment. It is not 
thought that industry can stand the present cost 
of production, as Austria has only obtained her 
markets, during the past year, by being able to 
undercut other manufacturers. It seems inevita- 
ble that she will go through the same phase of 
unemployment as has occurred in other countries. 
To meet this, she has at present absolutely no 
resources except a very uncertain amount of 
savings made by the most successful of the war- 
profiteers. 

Perhaps one should add to her assets the extra- 
ordinary courage and grit a great proportion of 
the people are showing, and the energy with 
which they are turning to the increase of their 
home food production. Unfortunately, a good 
deal of capital is required to carry this out to a 
sufficient extent to enable her to tide over an 
industrial crisis, but the amount of capital needed 
is very much lessened by the energy and hard 
work which the men themselves are giving. 

First of all, they have increased the allotment 
garden production, and having nearly all the 
land that can possibly be reached by the people 
living in the present houses in Vienna, they are 
moving out to live in the country close to, and 
building houses with their own hands to live in 
while they cultivate the land. In this way, their 
labor is not withdrawn from the industries which 
are still working, and if there is temporary un- 
employment, they will be ready to return when 
conditions improve. 

I think it is important that people should 
realize that to provide capital for this increase of 
the home food production is the only way of 
averting absolute starvation if unemployment on 
a large scale should occur, even if this were only 
temporary. There is no reason to suppose that 
industry here could not recover directly condi- 


APRIL 7, 1922] 


tions in Europe generally improve, or that Vienna 
would not be able to take her place on equal 
terms with other countries without the advantage 
of a cost of production subsidized by foreign 
relief. 

With regard to the actual physical condition 
of the people at the moment, especially of the 
children, in which the people who have so gen- 
erously helped in America are naturally most 
interested, thanks to this increase in wages, which 
has kept the majority of the working class from 
coming on our hands for relief, we have been 
able, with our limited programme, to do what 
was necessary to save the lives of the children, 
so far, this winter. 

In the middle-class, where rises in salary, and 
fixed incomes have not come anywhere near the 
increase in the cost of living, the suffering is very 
terrible, and increasing as the colder weather 
sets in; we are now in the grip of a snowstorm 
which makes life almost impossible for people 
who have not been able to buy either clothing or 
fuel, and whose food has been reduced to about a 
quarter of that needed to maintain their vitality. 
The professional classes here have few children, 
and have had hardly any since the war, so that 
the relief for young children, which is our main 
piece of work, does not very much help them. 

We have, therefore, turned our attention very 
specially to them this winter, and are particu- 
larly increasing, as far as our funds will allow, 
the help for the young children between the ages 
of 14 and 18 who, even if given one meal a day 
by the American Relief Administration, and only 
a very few of them get this now that the num- 
bers have been reduced, are really not able to 
keep body and soul together while they are train- 
ing themselves to earn their living. 

The students in the university are still getting 
some help from the World’s Student Christian 
Federation, but this, unfortunately, is coming to 
an end, and it is terrible to think what will 
happen, if they are unable to continue it, as the 
position of the students is certainly worse than it 
has ever been. 

We are specially turning our attention to the 
lower grade or trade colleges of a lower standing 
than the university, and which are not included 
in this student relief,—where a great many of the 
poorest of the professional classes are trying to 
.get their boys and girls trained for work which 
will enable them to earn their living more quickly 
than they could if they had to take the whole 
university course. We are now helping nearly 


SCIENCE 


365 


500 in this way, providing a fortnightly ration 
‘of extra food, enough to give about a third of 
the minimum calory requirements for an adult, 
and are also dealing with the whole family, who 
are often found, after individual investigation, to 
be in the most pitiable plight. All these families 
have had a ration of clothing averaging from six 
to ten garments per person, towards which they 
pay a trifling sum, which covers overhead ex- 
penses, and other help has been given where it 
was felt that the family could be placed in an 
independent position. 

The students selected for help have been gen- 
erally those in their final year, as it is found 
that this is the time when they tend to break 
down from the strain of combining study and a 
job, in the attempt to earn their keep. We are 
hoping to double the number, but if only we could 
obtain the funds we ought to increase it to 2,000 
or 3,000. 

At present, the need for clothing is, perhaps, 
the most pressing general requirement. We do 
not, of course, need to raise funds for those in 
receipt of the best wages, even though they are 
in the difficulty I described in the beginning of 
my letter, but it must be remembered that the 
great majority are still only in receipt of wages 
that will barely provide the minimum food for a 
family, and have absolutely nothing to spend on 
clothing, and in the professional classes, this is 
universally the case. They are faced with losing 
their jobs because they have not got the clothes 
in which to stand, and the bitter weather now 
upon us is, of course, making the need tenfold 
more urgent. 

People may feel that it is now too late to 
send clothing for this winter, but if you are able 
to make it known how great the need is, I hope 
you will not let people be discouraged by the 
idea that it may be too late, because people 
require clothes to wear in the summer, and par- 
ticularly in the case of underclothing, we did not 
find last year, that the demand was greatly less- 
ened at the end of the winter. 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
MEXICAN ARCHEOLOGY! 

Av a meeting of the Royal Anthropological 
Institute on November 22, Mrs. Zelia Nuttall 
gave an account of recent archeologocal investi- 
gations in Mexico. As an introduction to her 
report, Mrs. Nuttall referred briefly to the fact 


1From Nature. 


366 


that after a period of quiescence of some cen- 
turies the great voleano Popocatapetl had 
again become active in 1920, and that its 
activity still continued. 

During the last decade evidence that great 
voleanic disturbances had taken place at long 
intervals has been forthcoming. Two distinct 
types of figurines have been found in conditions 
which indicate that the topography of the valley 
has been changed and its inhabitants destroyed 
by great catastrophes antedating the arrival of 
the Nahuas or Aztecs. 

Of these figurines the first, provisionally dis- 
tinguished as the sub-gravel type, was brought 
to Mrs. Nuttall’s notice in 1920, when specimens 
were offered for sale by Indians, and she herself 
discovered an example in sitw under a gravel 
bed at Atzacapotzaleo. They were delicately 
fashioned of fine clay, with slender bodies, long 
faces, smooth-hanging hair, some wearing chap- 
lets. All presented a worn and polished sur- 
face. In the Valley of Mexico the gravel beds 
extend under the lava flow at the base of the 
extinct voleano Ausco. ; 

Under the lava bed, to which Dr. Tempest 
Anderson assigns an age of at least 20,000 
years, Mrs. Nuttall in 1908, and afterwards 
Senor Gamio, head of the Department of Arch- 
eology of Mexico, have discovered a second type 
of figurine, to which the name “sub-lava type” 
has been given. This type is characterised by 
turbans and eaps, evidently of fine stuffs or fur, 
and decorated with circular ornaments of stone 
or shell. They indicate that the southern part 
of the valley was inhabited by a race totally 
distinct from that of the “sub-gravel type” and 
the Aztec. The distribution of the clay figurines 
is now under investigation. They have been 
traced as far as Guatemala. 

Mrs. Nuttall also described the results of re- 
cent excavations at Teotihuacan, during which 
a small pyramid was opened up and recon- 
structed by Senor Gamio. A tunnel pierced at 
the height of 35 feet to the center of the pyra- 
mid revealed that it had been formed of mud 
filled with innumerable fragments of pottery 
vessels which had prevented the mud from 
eracking when it baked in the sun. A remark- 
able discovery was that of the remains of the 


SCIENCE 


[Vov. LV, No. 1423 


ancient pyramid temple with a wonderful sculp- 
tured frieze which had been partly destroyed 
and then concealed by another terraced pyramid 
temple built in front. The sculptured serpents’ 
heads and the masks of the water-god Tlaloc 
are of a form hitherto unknown. Associated 
with them are sculptured shells, principally the 
conch shell and the pecten or pearl shell. Not 
only is it remarkable that sea-shells should be 
represented in sculpture in the heart of the 
continent, but the association of the water-god 
with the ocean is entirely new. 

In the discussion which followed Mrs. Nut- 
tall’s paper, Mr. Maudslay expressed the hope 
that it might be possible before long, by the 
elaboration of a system of stratification, to date 
Mexican antiquities. As Mexico appeared to 
have been untouched by outside influence, the 
study of its antiquities afforded evidence of the 
highest value for the study of the development 
of the human mind acting by itself. Mr. T. A. 
Joyce emphasized the importance of the evi- 
dence relating to the figurines, and pointed out 
that the British Museum had acquired a figurine 
of similar technique from Eeuador. Professor 
Eliot Smith expressed the opinion that, con- 
trary to what had been stated by Mr. Maudslay, 
Mexican antiquities showed clear evidence of 
influence from outside and in particular from 
Asia. Mrs. Nuttall’s work showed that this 
culture must have crossed the Pacific. 


THE ROYAL AGRICULTURAL SOCIETY OF 
ENGLAND 

Tue council of the Royal Agricultural Soci- 
ety of England has, as reported in the London 
Times, unanimously adopted a report from the 
chemical committee of the society, which had 
been instructed “to consider in what way, in 
view of the altered circumstances, the scientific 
side of the society might be developed.” The 
council afterwards appointed the following 
research committee to carry out the research 
proposals made by the chemical committee: 

The Duke of Devonshire, Lord Bledisloe, 
Professor W. Somerville, D.Se. (Oxford), Mr. 
Dampier Whetham, F.R.S. (Cambridge), Mr. 
Henry Overman, and Mr. John Evens, with 
Mr. Charles Adeane (chairman of the finance 


APRIL 7, 1922] 


committee), Mr. J. L. Luddington (chairman 
of the chemical committee) and Mr. C. Colt- 
man-Rogers (chairman of the botanical com- 
mittee) as ex officio members. 

The chemical committee recommended that 
the society should form a fund definitely re- 
served for research, into which payments 
should be'made as funds allow. The following 
paragraphs summarize their proposals: 

(a) That the results of the past experimental 
work of the society should be collated, abstracted 
and published. i 

(b) That the society should continue to devote 
part of its scientific energies to agricultural re- 
search, and should at once establish a separate 
fund for its support. 

(ce) That members of the society be invited to 
make suggestions as regards practical problems 
which they consider require experimental investi- 
gation. 

(d) That members of the society be invited to 
cooperate, by the provision of land, stock, ete., in 
carrying out such work. 

(e) That scientific institutions as occasion 
arises be asked to aid the society in the elucida- 
tion of problems that can not be dealt with on 
an ordinary farm. 

(f) That a research committee of eight mem- 
bers be set up, to review proposals and to ini- 
tiate and supervise experiments. 

(g) That the research committee should submit 
to the council in November estimates for the 
forthcoming year’s work, and in March a report 
on, and the audited accounts for, the work of 
the last year. 

(h) That arrangement be made at once for the 
publication of past experimental results, and that 
experiments be initiated as soon as possible. 


The committee points out that the society 
has successfully undertaken a large amount 
of valuable and varied experimental work, 
not only at Woburn, but elsewhere, and 
results of much service to agriculture have 
thereby been secured. The work has included 
the manuring of crops and grass, green manur- 
ing, sowing down land to grass, the quality of 
seeds, finger and ‘toe in turnips, the treatment 
of farmyard manure, cheese making, the fat- 
tening of cattle, sheep and pigs, and the rear- 
ing of calves. The results are reported in the 
Journal, but, although available, are not con- 
venient of access. The committee believes that. 


SCIENCE 


367 


farmers and students would benefit greatly if 
the society would issue, in at least two volumes, 
one dealing with crops and the other with 
stock, the experimental results it has achieved. 
A substantial fee would have to be paid for the 
work, but there should be no difficulty in find- 
ing a firm who would relieve the society of any 
financial responsibility in respect of publica- 
tion. 

The committee holds that further experi- 
mental work is vital to the interests of the 
society. For “research without reference to 
utilitarian ends” the society is not fitted, either 
in respect to technical equipment or’ of per- 
sonnel; but it is eminently quality to undertake 
research which deals directly with problems 
that arise in practice. Its members consist 
largely of practical farmers with long experi- 
ence of the land and of the difficulties and 
problems of its cultivation. 

At the moment the committee suggests that 
the following questions might well engage the 
society’s attention: 

(a) The value of ground mineral phosphates, 
more particularly in the improvement of pasture. 

(b) The use of various forms of lime on grass 
and tillage crops. 

(c) The use of wild white clover, wild red 
clover, bird’s foot trefoil, ete., in laying land 
down to grass. 

(d) The profitable utilization of whey. 


MOLDING SANDS 


Tue Committee on Molding Sand Research 
under the guidance of Division of Engineering, 
National Research Council, and the American 
Foundrymen’s Association, has made progress 
in its program of research. The United States 
Geological Survey and the various state geolog- 
ical surveys have promised to cooperate with 
the sub-committee dealing with this phase of 
the work under the chairmanship of Professor 
H. Ries, of Cornell University. This sub- 
committee has prepared a letter of instructions 
to the state geological surveys, which will 
standardize methods of making the surveys of 
molding sand resources. 

Work on standardization of tests is well 
under way. Questionnaires have been sent out 
to gather information on the present methods 
of testing physical properties of sand. A 


368 


digest of replies to these questionnaires is ex- 
peeted to be available shortly. 

Many firms and universities have offered to 
cooperate in the research work. Every en- 
deavor will be made to maintain their interest 
and to assign problems to those universities 
and industrial laboratories offerimg to co- 
operate; due regard being given to the facili- 
ties and talent available. A list of research 
subjects has been compiled, which is given in 
part below: 

1. Recovery of used molding sand through re- 
storing bond to the sand by subjecting it to con- 
tact with water vapor under high pressure. 

2. The effects of additions of certain chemical 
reagents upon the physical properties of clays 
and clayey materials, such as molding sand. 

3. Effects of water content on the bond and 
permeability of a molding sand. 

4, Effects of different water per cents. in mold- 
ing sand on the milling and drilling speeds of 
light gray iron castings. 

5. Research on fusion quality of facings (fune- 
tion of ‘‘peeler’’). 

6. Tests of various kinds of clays for restoring 
bond to molding sand. 

7. Comparison of the life of different molding 
sands. 

8. Effects on plasticity of bond in molding 
sand and reduction of water content when using 
oil. 

9. Effects of wet and dry storing of sand on 
bonding quality. 

The American Steel Foundries Company has 
permitted a representative of the committee to 
make a digest of the sand reclamation work 
carried on by the engineering staff of the 
A. S. F. and has assisted in the preparation of 
this digest. Because of the scarcity of steel 
molding sand of the best quality and the prob- 
lems arising from having to dispose of large 
quantities of refuse sand, this company has 
carried out an extensive investigation of meth- 
ods of reclaiming the good material which is 
usually lost, whenever the so-called refuse sand 
is thrown away. After experimenting along 
different lines and thoroughly going over meth- 
ods employed in other plants, a process of 
reclaiming old sand ealled “centrifugal serub- 
bing” was developed. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1423 


After establishing the principle of this 
method, equipment was designed which permits 
a recovery of about 70 per cent. of refuse sand. 
Cost figures for 1921 show that a ton of re- 
claimed sand costs about $1 per ton against 
the cost of new sand, at the plant, of $2.65 to 
$3.85 a ton. The process involves cleaning the 
sand grains of adhering fused material, then 
separating by air currents the good sand from 
the bad material. Included in the 30 per cent. 
loss is some good bonding material which, be- 
cause of its similarity to bad material, can not 
be economically separated. 

The report covers the theory of sand reclaim- 
ing, centrifugal air scrubbing process, cost of 
reclaiming sand by the latter process, and a 
description of the proposed sand reclaiming 
unit. 


THE BRITISH INDUSTRIAL FATIGUE RE- 
SEARCH BOARD 

THE second annual report of the Industrial 
Fatigue Research Board has recently been 
issued. As reported in the British Medical 
Journal it contains “a comprehensive summary 
of the chief results obtained by the board since 
its inception some three years ago. These re- 
sults have been published in a series of sixteen 
reports, which represent the output of the 
board’s investigators over a period of about 
two years, for there is necessarily a consider- 
able delay before the results of the inquiries 
reach the stage when they are ready for pub- 
lication. If any critie had doubts as to the 
value of the board’s work, and the importance 
of its further development on the lines laid 
down in this report, we think that such doubts 
would speedily be laid to rest by an impartial 
study of its pages. They contain a solid body 
of information which is of direct value to em- 
ployers of labor, and to welfare workers and 
factory inspectors; the practical application of 
this information to the remedy of adverse 
industrial conditions would produce a very real 
improvement in the health and efficiency of the 
workers. In the analysis of published work 
with which the report opens the various tests 
of efficiency and fatigue employed are briefly 
described, and then a more detailed account is 
given of the results obtained in various indus- 


Aprin 7, 1922] 


tries concerning output in relation to hours of 
labor and the duration of work spells and rest 
pauses. A subsequent section of the report 
deals with the impersonal physical conditions 
of the worker’s environment, such as tempera- 
ture, humidity, ventilation and lighting, and 
the effects of these conditions on efficiency. 
Personal factors, such as vocational selection 
and guidance, time and motion study, and the 
effects of such conditions as seating and cloth- 
ing, are treated in considerable detail, whilst a 
shorter section deals with such matters as or- 
ganization and the relative importance of 
human and mechanical factors in efficiency. 
Most of the sections are illustrated by diagrams 
reproduced from the published reports of the 
board, and they show at a glance the hourly 
and daily variations of output observed under 
various conditions, the effect of regular rest 
pauses on output, the improvement of output 
caused by more adequate lighting and by better 
ventilation, and the value of certain psycho- 
physiological tests in measuring the skill of 
compositors. The future of the board is said 
to be full of promise, for, in addition to the 
investigations already made in certain branches 
of the textile, iron and steel, and boot and shoe 
industries, others are now in progress in the 
laundry and the pottery industries, whilst ap- 
plication has been made to the board by various 
trade boards and research associations for the 
institution of inquiries into several other im- 
portant industries.” 


THE MEDICAL FELLOWSHIPS OF THE 
NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL 

As reported briefly in Scimncx last week, the 
National Research Council has established fel- 
lowships in medicine created for the purpose 
of increasing the supply of thoroughly quali- 
fied teachers in medicine in both clinical and 
laboratory subjects and in both curative and 
preventive aspects. The fellowships are sup- 
ported by appropriations of the Rockefeller 
Foundation and the General Education Board 
amounting in total to one hundred thousand 
dollars a year for a period of five years. Those 
receiving awards will be known as fellows in 
medicine of the National Research Council. 

To qualify for appointment as a fellow, a 


SCIENCE 


369 


candidate must have the degree of doctor of 
medicine or doctor of philosophy from an ap- 
proved university, or preparation equivalent 
to that represented by one of these degrees. 
Only citizens of the United States or Canada 
will ordinarily be appointed, although the fel- 
lowship board is authorized to set aside this 
provision in exceptional eases. The fellowships 
will be open to both sexes. 

Since the principal purpose of establishing 
these fellowships is to increase the number of 
competent teachers in the field of medicine, 
each incumbent will be required to gain experi- 
ence in teaching. As creative work is regarded 
as essential to the best teaching, emphasis will 
also be placed upon research. 

Fellows will be at liberty to choose the insti- 
tutions or universities in which they will work, 
as well as the men under whose direction they 
will carry on their researches, subject to the 
approval of the fellowship board. 

Appointments are to be made for a period of 
twelve months, beginning at any time in the 
year, with an allowance of six weeks for vaca- 
tion. The time may be extended, however, if 
in the judgment of the board the work which 
the fellow has done justifies it. The stipends 
are not definitely fixed in amount; but they 
are intended to enable the individual to live 
comfortably while carrying on his special work 
as a fellow. 

The fellowships will be administered by a 
special committee, known as the Medical Fel- 
lowship Board of the National Research 
Council. 

Correspondence concerning the fellowships 
should be addressed to the Division of Medical 
Sciences, National Research Council, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 


INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL CONFERENCE 
AT UTRECHT 

In June of last year, Professors Bilmann, 
Bruni, Ernst Cohen, Donnan, Victor Henri, 
Kruyt, van Romburgh, Schenk, Walden and 
Wegscheider met in conference at Utrecht, and 
agreed to hold there in 1922 a scientific chem- 
ical meeting, the date of which is now fixed for 
June 21, 22 and 23 of this year. The pro- 
gram will consist of several general papers, to- 


370 


gether with a number of shorter scientific com- 
munications. 

This invitation has been sent to those whose 
names are given in the accompanying list: 

America (United States): L. M. Dennis, M. 
Gomberg, F. G. Keyes, G. N. Lewis, W. A. 
Noyes, Th. W. Richards, J. Stieglitz, E. W. Wash- 
burn, W. R. Whitney. 

Czecho-Slovakia: J. V. Dubsky, A. Simek. 

Denmark: E. Biilmann, N. Bjerrum, J. N. 
Bronsted, J. Petersen, S. P. L. Sérensen, Chr. 
Winther. 

Germany: M. Bodenstein, G. Bredig, F. 
Foster, O. Hahn, A. Hantsch, P. Pfeiffer, R. 
Pschorr, R. Schenck, Schlenck, A. Stock, A. Wohl, 
H. Wieland. 

France: M. de Broglie, Mme. P. Curie, Darzens, 
A. Debierne, V. Grignard, Victor Henri, P. 
Langevin, Ch. Marie, C. Matignon, Ch. Moureau, 
J. Perrin, G. Urbain. 

Great Britain: A. J. Allmand, E. C. Baly, F. G. 
Donnan, A. Findlay, H. Hartley, W. C. McC. 
Lewis, F. A. Lindemann, J. W. McBain, W. H. 
Perkin, N. Sidgwick, F. Soddy, J. Walker. 

Italy: A. Angeli, G. Bruni, L. Cambi, A. Mio- 
lati, M. Padoa, N. Parravano, G. Plancher, G. 
Poma. 

Holland: H. J. Backer, J. J. Blanksma, J. 
Boeseken, Ernst Cohen, A. F. Holleman, F. M. 
Jaeger, H. R. Kruyt, W. Reinders, P. van Rom- 
burgh, F. A. H. Schreinemakers. 

Norway: H. Goldschmidt. 

Austria: E. Abel, J. Biliter, F. Emich, A. 
Kailan, R. Kremann, A. Klemene, W. Pauli, F. 
Pregl, A. Skrabal, R. Wegscheider. 

Russia: M. Centnerschwer, W. Ipatiew, N. 
Kurnakow, Lasarew, Schiloff, L. Tscitschibabin, 
L. Tsugajew, P. Walden, N. Zelinsky. 

Switzerland: E. Baur, P. Dutoit, Ph. A. Guye, 
I. Fichter, J. Picard, W. D. Treadwell. 

Sweden: S. Arrhenius, S. Oden, The. Svedberg. 

Professor W. A. Noyes is acting as chairman 
of the committee to select American members 
of the conference, the other members being 
Professor Stieglitz, Professor Lewis and Dr. 
Whitney. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 

Av the annual meeting of the National Acad- 
emy of Sciences to be held at Washington from 
April 23 to 26, Dr. Hendrik Anton Lorentz, of 
the Rijks Universiteit, Leiden, will deliver the 
evening address on April 24, at the invitation 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1423 


of the Academy and of the Carnegie Institution 
of Washington. 


Tue general meeting of the American Philo- 
sophical Society will be held in Philadelphia 
on April 20, 21 and 22. At the reception on 
Friday evening, Dr. Vernon Kellogg, of the 
National Research Council, will speak on “The 
Power and Impotence of Man.” 


Proressor ALBERT Ernstern, of the Univer- 
sity of Berlin, delivered the first of a series of 
four lectures in Paris on the “Theory of Rela- 
tivity,” under the auspices of the Collége de 
France. 


Proressor A. C. Spwarp, professor of bot- 
any at the University of Cambridge, was elected 
president of the Geological Society of London 
at the annual general meeting. 


Dr. E. B. Poutton, Hope professor of zo- 
ology at the University of Oxford, was elected 
president of the British Association of Hcono- 
mic Entomologists at the annual meeting, held 
on February 24. 


Dr. B. H. Ransom, chief of the zoological 
division of the Bureau of Animal Industry, 
U. S. Department of Agriculture, has been 
elected a foreign corresponding member of the 
Royal Academy of Agriculture of Turin, Italy. 


Proressor Hersert M. Boyruston, of the 
Department of Metallurgy and Mining at 
the Case School of Applied Science, has been 
appointed on the Board of the Engineering 
Foundation for a term of three years as repre- 
sentative of the American Institute of Mining 
and Metallurgical Engineers. 


S. M. Kinter has been appointed manager 
of the research department of the Westinghouse 
Electric and Manufacturing Company, succeed- 
ing C. H. Skinner, who has been appointed as- 
sistant director of engineering in the same 
company. 


COLONEL JAMES MILLIKEN has been elected 
president of the Pittsburgh Testing Laboratory 
sueceeding George H. Clapp, who remains with 
the organization as a member of the board of 
directors. 


Dr. Bertranp E. Roperts has been appoint- 
ed epidemiologist of the State Department of 


APRIL 7, 1922] 


Health in the place of Dr. Edmund Boddy, who 
has resigned. 


Dr. Grorce P. DoNEHOO, a member of the 
American Association for the Advancement of 
Science, and secretary of the Pennsylvania His- 
torical Commission, has been appointed by Gov- 
ernor W. C. Sproul, state librarian and director 
of the Pennsylvania State Museum. 


Dr. ArtHur S. RHoaps, formerly assistant in 
forest pathology of the U. 8. Bureau of Plant 
Industry, and more recently of the office of 
Cereal Investigations and the office of Fruit 
Disease Investigations of the same bureau, has 
resigned to accept the position of pathologist 
at the Missouri State Fruit Experiment Sta- 
tion at Mountain Grove, Missouri. 


Dr. H. C. Bryant, economic ornithologist in 
the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the Uni- 
versity of California, will again be in charge of 
the Yosemite Free Nature Guide Service, during 
the summer of 1922. This service furnished by 
the National Park Service with the cooperation 
of the California Fish and Game Commission, 
aims, through the medium of lectures, field ex- 
eursions and office hours, to imterest and in- 
struct summer visitors in regard to the 
fauna and flora and the means to be taken to 
conserve it. During the season of 1921, over 
31,000 persons heard lectures and campfire 
talks, and over 2,200 were given first-hand ac- 
quaintance with living things on field exeur- 
sions. 


At a meeting of the Board of Directors of 
the Gorgas Memorial Institute, at Wash- 
ington on April 1, announcement was made 
that the Panama Government had provided 
a site for the proposed Gorgas Institute 
of Tropical and Preventive Medicine. The 
site is adjacent to the St. Thomas Hospital, 
which contains laboratories and buildings and 
represents a cost of approximately $500,000. 
Dr. Richard Strong, professor of tropical medi- 
eines at Harvard University, has been elected 
director of the institute. The board also an- 
nounced the selection of the directors of the 
Gorgas School of Sanitation to be established 
at Tuscaloosa, Ala. They are: Dr. S. W. 


SCIENCE 


371 


Welch, of Alabama; Dr. Charles F. Dalton, 
of Vermont; Dr. A. J. Chesley, of Min- 
nesota; Dr. EK. G. Williams, of Virginia; Dr. 
Lloyd Noland, medical director of the Tennes- 
see Coal and Iron Company, and J. A. Laprince 
representing the United States Public Health 
Service. This board will meet at Tuscaloosa 
during the last week in May and arrange the 
courses. At that time they will also probably 
elect a faculty. 


A MEmoRIAL to the late Dr. Charles Basker- 
ville, professor of chemistry in the Col- 
lege of the City of New York, who died last 
January, is planned by the faculty and stud- 
ents of the college. It is proposed that the 
memorial will take one or more of the following 
forms: (1) The placing of a bronze tablet on 
the Chemistry Building, which is to be renamed 
Baskerville Hall. (2) The founding of a fund 
to provide for a medal to be called the Charles 
Baskerville Prize and to be awarded each year 
to the student doing the best work in chemistry. 
(3) The establishment of a scholarship to per- 
mit students who qualify to pursue courses in 
advanced chemistry. Subscriptions to the fund 
should be sent to Professor W. L. Prager of the 
college. 


WE learn of the death on March 19, ab Los 
Angeles, California, of Mrs. Martha Burton 
Williamson, long a prominent figure in that 
city, a contributor to the conchological litera- 
ture of the Pacific Coast, and the donor of a 
large collection of shells to the Los Angeles 
City Museum. She had been for many years 
vice-president of the Historical Society of 
Southern California. 


Dr. Brensamin Moors, Whitney professor 
of biochemistry in the University of Oxford, 
and formerly professor of physiology at Yale 
University, died on March 3, at the age of 
fifty-five years. 


Dr. Aucustus D. Waturr, professor of 
physiology and director of the physiological 
laboratory of the University of London, died on 
March 11, at the age of fifty-five years. 


THE death is announced from Paris, at the 
age of 84, of the dean of French mathema- 


372 


ticians, Camille Jordan, member of the Aca- 
démie des Sciences, professor emeritus at the 
Collége de France and the Ecole Polytechnique. 
He will be particularly remembered for his 
“Traité des substitutions,” which appeared in 
1870 and is still to-day the great classie in the 
theory of finite groups for his “Traité d’Ana- 
lyse” and especially for his editorship of the 
Journal de Mathématiques in which he followed 
Resal in 1884, guiding its destinies until this 
very last year. He had the intense satisfac- 
tion of seeing it recently saved from extine- 
tion, most probably owing to the strong sup- 
port that it received from America. 


Proressor Dr. THEopor LirsiscH, late pro- 
fessor of mineralogy at the University of Ber- 
lin, died at his home in Berlin on February 
9, after a protracted and painful illness. A 
correspondent writes: “Liebisch was born on 
April 29, 1852 and from about 1890 to 1900 
he was professor of mineralogy at the Univer- 
sity of Gottingen. During this period there 
were many Americans studying for the doc- 
tor’s degree with their major in chemistry. 
Most of these men took mineralogy under Pro- 
fessor Liebisch as one of their minors, and it 
is hardly too much to say that he was one of 
the most highly respected and best loved pro- 
fessors in the university. He perhaps did more 
in a personal nature for the American students 
in those days than did any other professor. 
All Americans respected and admired him for 
his deep learning, his ability as a teacher, his 
inspiration for research work and his extremely 
kind and ever-thoughtful nature. About the 
year 1900 he was called to the University of 
Berlin, and served there until about 1920, when 
he retired from active work. He was the 
author of many books, his most important be- 
ing “Grundriss der Physikalischen Krystallo- 
graphie.” 

A Gzorcia ACADEMY OF SCIENCE was or- 
ganized on March 25 by a group of twenty- 
two scientific men, invited to the University of 
Georgia for that purpose. The delegates came 
from Emory University, the Georgia School of 
Technology, Mercer University, Oglethorpe 
University, the University of Georgia and the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1423 


Georgia Experiment Station. Practically all 
phases of scientific endeavor were represented. 
Membership in the academy is to be a recogni- 
tion of noteworthy service to science or to the 
scientific development of the state, and the num- 
ber is limited to fifty. It is the aim of the 
academy to foster every means of encouraging 
scientific research, to develop the natural re- 
sources of the state, and to stimulate in the 
people a realization of the fact that their pros- 
perity depends very greatly on the scientific 
training of a large number of Georgia men. 


THe Sigma Xi research fellowships for the 
coming academic year will be awarded in May. 
Applications should be made to Professor Ed- 
ward Ellery, Union College Schenectady, N. Y. 
The awards are made for work in sciences 
other than physics and chemistry and to men 
and women who have already taken their doe- 
tor’s degree. Applications should be accom- 
panied by reprints of published articles and by 
reference to two or more persons competent to 
speak about the ability of the candidate in his 
or her special line. The minimum award is six- 
teen hundred dollars. 


Dr. Witiu1am Crocker, director of the 
Thompson Institute for Plant Research, ad- 
dressed the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and 
Sciences on March 25 on “The present outlook 
for plant research in Europe.” 


Dr. W. J. Humpureys, of the U. 8. Weather 
Bureau, recently lectured before the West Vir- 
ginia University Scientific Society on “Fogs 
and clouds.” 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


Ir is announced that the three million endow- 
ment fund for Wesleyan University has been 
oversubscribed by a hundred thousand dollars. 


Mr. Hamitron B. Tompxins has bequeathed 
the residue of his estate to Hamilton College, 
his alma mater, with a stipulation that $100,000 
be set aside for the increase and support of the 
college library, this fund to be known as the 
Hamilton B. Tompkins Library Endowment 
Fund. Five thousand dollars is left to Wells 
College. 


Appin 7, 1922] 


Dr. Frank THIuy, professor of philosophy 
at Cornell University, and Professor Madison 
Bentley, professor of psychology in the Uni- 
versity of Illinois, will lecture during the sum- 
mer session of the University of California. 


Dr. Wiuuiam A. R. Tayior, now instructor 
in botany in the University of Pennsylvania, 
has been promoted to an assistant professor- 
ship. 


Mr. ArrHur Lee Drxon, M.A., F.R.S., 
fellow and tutor of Merton College, University 
of Oxford, has been appointed Waynflete pro- 
fessor of pure mathematics in succession to 
Professor E. B. Elliott, fellow of Magdalen, 
who has resigned. 


Mr. ArrHur Lapwortu, D.Se. (London), 
F.R.S., at present professor of organic chem- 
istry in the University of Manchester, has been 
appointed to the Sir Samuel Hall chair of 
chemistry and to the directorship of the chem- 
ical laboratories. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 


GENETICAL ANALYSIS AND THE THEORY 
OF NATURAL SELECTION 

In my Toronto address I lately referred to 
John Ray as the first who laid stress on the 
sterility of interspecific hybrids. I was then 
writing away from books and must apologise 
for this slip. The passage in the Historia 
Plantarum 1686, 1, pp. 40 and 42, that I had 
in mind is probably the first in which anything 
approaching a genetical definition of species 
is attempted. Ray there lays down the excel- 
lent principle that forms which, though differ- 
ing from each other, can be bred from seed of 
the same plant, should be regarded as of the 
same species. Not till the Linnean period, 
more than half a century later, did the cognate 
question of the sterility or fertility of inter- 
specific crosses assume prominence. 

Professor Osborn has expressed great vexa- 
tion at the tenor of my address. After con- 
sidering his remarks, I do not know that I can 
add much to what I have said. The diver- 
gence between the conceptions to which genet- 
ieal analysis introduces us and the doctrines 


SCIENCE 


373 


of which Professor Osborn has been so long 
a distinguished champion is indeed wide. 

Paleontological observations have served a 
useful purpose in delimiting the outline of 
evolution, but in discussing the physiological 
problem of interspecific relationship evidence 
of a more stringent character is now required; 
and a naturalist acquainted with genetical dis- 
coveries would be as reluctant to draw conelu- 
sions as to the specific relationship of a series 
of fossils as a chemist would be to pronounce 
on the nature of a series of unknown com- 
pounds from an inspection of them in a row of 
bottles. The central tenet of Darwinism that 
species are merely the culminations of varietal 
differences, such as we find contemporaneously 
oceurring, is not easily reconcilable with the 
new knowledge. It was my purpose once more 
to direct the attention of naturalists, espe- 
cially geneticists, to this deficiency in the evi- 
dence, by no means without hope that it may 
be supplied. 

Professor Osborn, in extenuation, suggests 
that my tongue ran away with me and that I 
could not have meant what I said. That de- 
fense, however, is not available, for I had taken 
the precaution which I understand he learned 
from Huxley, and I had prepared a written 
text. This, in all important passages, I fol- 
lowed verbatim, and it appears without serious 
modification in Science for January 20. I 
may even plead guilty to having spoken and 
written to the same effect on many previous 
oceasions, and Professor Osborn will find the 
theme developed in ‘Problems of Genetics” 
(New Haven, 1913, and in my presidential 
address to the British Association in Australia 
(1914). 


Marcu, 1922 


W. Barreson 


A SUGGESTION TO MR. BRYAN 

I THINK most readers of Sctnncre must feel 
indebted to you as I do for reprinting W. J. 
Bryan’s attack on Evolution. It may be true 
that only the psychologists will be able to find 
in it data of value to their science but to them 
the importance of this contribution of Mr. 
Bryan’s must be large indeed. The rest of us 
welcome the diversion which it affords. A Don 


374 


Quixote of Mr. Bryan’s calibre only appears 
once or twice in a century and the opportunity 
to study in cold print the celebrated Nebras- 
kan’s proposal to resurrect the “special erea- 
tion of species’ myth must be appreciated by 
our scientific. brethren who are interested in 
studying the mysterious ways in which the 
human mind sometimes works when it ap- 
proaches subjects unfamiliar to it. 

My principal object in writing you is to 
suggest that Mr. Bryan should be invited to 
use the pages of Science to attack an even 
greater heresy than Evolution. Since Mr. 
Bryan still gets his biology from the Bible it 
appears to be a safe inference that he must 
draw his geography from the same source. 
Bible geography, or “flat geography” is, I am 
informed, taught nowadays only in the moun- 
tains of eastern Tennessee. Why should not 
our Bold Knight from Nebraska (or is it 
Florida?) aim his lance at the teachers of 
modern or “round” geography and admonish 
them to hark back to the geography of Joshua? 
This is perhaps a subject which has been over- 
looked by this eloquent defender of Biblical 
science. I can hardly believe it to be lack of 
courage which has led Mr. Bryan to attack 
the few and widely scattered teachers of evo- 
lution instead of the thousands of teachers of 
modern geography. Whatever the explanation 
of Mr. Bryan’s neglect to denounce the heresies 
to be found in the textbooks on geography 
may be, I beg to suggest that the heretical 
character of the modern teaching in geography 
should be brought to the notice of Mr. Bryan. 

Epwarp M. KinpLE 

CANADIAN GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 


THE WRITING OF POPULAR SCIENCE 

To tHE Epitor or Science: Both Dr. Al- 
fred H. Brooks! and Dr. Edwin E. Slosson* 
have recently called attention to the fact that 
relatively few popular scientific works are be- 
ing now written in this country; and the form- 
er expresses the opinion that there is to-day 
relatively less popular knowledge of science 


1 Journal Wash. Acad. Science, 12: 73-115, 1922. 
2 ScmENCE, 55: 241, 1922. 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1423 


and less interest in its methods and advance- 
ment than there was a generation ago. This 
opinion will probably be generally accepted as 
correct. That it should be true in spite of the 
large amount of scientific work that has been, 
and is being done, and in spite of the serious 
attempts of scientific associations and other 
agencies to create a popular interest in science, 
indicates that it is high time for scientists to 
consider seriously themselves, science and thw 
public, in an endeavor to ascertain wherein the 
difficulty lies. Most scientists will agree with 
Dr. Brooks that the lack of popular knowledge 
of science is directly due to the form in which 
science is presented, and that “what is needed 
is the presentation of science in a form com- 
prehensible to the educated and thinking man.” 
But to secure such presentation, it is necessary 
to understand the public, the point of view of 
those we desire to reach, the mental background 
with which the science we present must be 
harmonized; to understand science and our- 
selves; to keep in mind what constitutes 
science; to have a clear idea of what we wish 
to give the public. Otherwise we are in danger 
of merely groping blindly, and of, perhaps 
often, prostituting the name of science. 

We all acknowledge that science is organized 
knowledge. That neither an isolated fact, nor 
an infinite number of isolated facts, is science; 
no matter how true and exact the facts may 
be. It is only when two or more facts are seen 
to be related, that science comes into exist- 
ence. Science does not consist of facts, but of 
recognized relations between facts. Science 
is essentially a mental phenomenon®. 

But are there not, only too often, offered 
under the guise of science mere isolated facts 
trimmed with sufficient allegory and super- 
ficial analogies to fill a respectable amount of 
space and to attract the layman’s attention? 
This is not science, but merely information— 
the raw material out of which science is made. 


3 Since this was written’ Dr. F. L. Hoffman’s 
admirable vice-presidential address (ScIENcE, 
Mareh 10), entitled ‘‘The Organization of 
Knowledge’’ has come to my attention. In this, 
the essential distinction between mere facts and 
science is strongly emphasized. 


APRIL 7, 1922] 


It has no cultural value other than what the 
reader can supply by coordinating it with other 
information that he has aequired from other 
sources. Only by, and to the extent of, such 
coordination does the fact become scientific. 

Is it not here that the scientist needs to con- 
sider both himself and his reader? For him, 
this fact he offers has a wealth of associations, 
he sees it in its relations to numerous other 
facts; the mere fact that this particular fact 
is, has for him far-reaching implications; it 
is against such a rich and harmonious back- 
ground that he sees the fact. But with the 
layman it is far different; he can furnish but 
a meager background, often merely a dead 
black drop. The fact as presented with its 
allegory and analogy may appear to him very 
beautiful, or wonderful, or surprising, but it 
does not mean anything to him. Is it sur- 
prising that he does not enthuse over it? A 
person likes to feel that he is getting some- 
where. An article that establishes a recog- 
nized relationship between two or more facts 
meets this desire, and by the serious minded 
public would surely be received more favorably, 
‘than one that merely retails information. 

But the choosing and presenting of a rela- 
tion between facts is difficult. The scientist 
is embarrassed by the complexity of the rela- 
tions that he recognizes; what portion of the 
vast web shall he choose? And having chosen, 
how can he supply the proper surroundings 
to give it in any fair degree its true signifi- 
cance when seen against the drab background 
that will be furnished by the reader? To 
sueceed, he must know how to present his facts 
and arguments so that they will fit into his 
reader’s experiences and habits of thought. 
He must be acquainted with his reader. Is it 
not here that the great difficulty les? The 
scientist of this country seldom has the leisure, 
and often has not the inclination, to become 
really acquainted with the experiences and the 
mental processes of the non-scientist. As a re- 
sult, he is unable to present his scientific knowl- 
edge in a form that is readily understandable 
by the layman. 

The remedy is to be found in a more intimate 
acquaintance of the scientific and the non- 


SCIENCE 375 


In the en- 
deavor to secure such improved acquaintance, 
the scientist is called upon to take the initiative, 
and to do the most. He must cultivate the aec- 
quaintance of the non-scientist; must study 


scientific classes with one another. 


him; must show him, in a way that he can 
understand, what science really is; must make 
him see that scientific work dves not consist in 
merely collecting wonderful, interesting, or 
surprising facts and observations, nor. in in- 
venting useful or weird contrivances, but in 
ascertaining how facts are related to one an- 
other, so that he may be able to forecast with 
confidence the results that will follow from a 
given act, and conversely, may be able to speci- 
fy what set of acts will give a desired result. 
The non-scientist must be made to see that 
science does not consist in making inventions, 
but in furnishing the raw materials out of 
Onee get the army 
of non-scientists to understand these things, 


which inventions are made. 


and the securing of their interest in science 
and its advancement will cease to be a problem. 

The public ean learn what science is, only 
by being shown properly labeled examples of 
it. These must be understandable, but never- 
theless must be real and rigid science; and 
in no case should the reader be relieved of all 
necessity for thinking. Among the types of 
subjects that appear to be suited to this pur- 
pose are: (1) Accounts of discoveries, in which 
the reason for undertaking the work and the 
main steps in the establishing of the conclusions 
are given. (2) Accounts of experimental re- 
search, or of precise measurement, in which 
the line of reasoning, illustrations of check ex- 
periments, ete., are given. (3) Accounts of 
experiments designed to established suspected 
relationships between observed facts. Un- 
suecessful experiments should not be ignored. 
(4) Accounts of the establishing of relation- 
ships between observed facts by purely in- 
ductive methods. 

Tf we would avoid giving the public a false 
idea of what science really is, let us discour- 
age the practice of placing the label “science” 
on presentations of mere isolated facts, and let 
us clearly inform the public, by word as well 
as by example, that science consists in the es- 


376 


tablishing of relations, not in the cataloguing 
of facts. 


N. E. Dorsey 
404 MaryYLAND BUILDING, 
WasuHinetTon, D. C. 
QUOTATIONS 


THE EARNING POWER OF RESEARCH 

A FEW years ago the X-ray tube was an er- 
ratic apparatus not in any very general use. 
The research laboratory of the General Electric 
Company realized that there was a possibility 
of utilizing pure electronic emission from a hot 
filament to produce controllable X-rays in a 
perfect vacuum. They conducted extensive re- 
search upon such devices as then existed, and 
as a result the tungsten target took the place 
of platinum in the standard gas tube of that 
day. Research had also to be applied before 
the laboratory learned positively that available 
electrons already existed and that there was a 
possibility of controlling them, as, for example, 
focusing them on a target. The research has 
been continued, until today practically all the 
X-ray tubes of the country are made by the 
company in accordance with the discoveries of 
the man whose name the tubes bear. The 
Coolidge tube is also used abroad almost to the 
exclusion of other types. These remarkable 
results have been achieved through very care- 
ful, accurate, and often discouraging studies 
of electric phenomena in high vacua, with very 
The perfection of the tube is 
the nucleus of an annual business, including 


pure materials. 


accessories and generating apparatus used in 
X-ray work, of from five to ten million dollars 
a year. The benefit cannot be measured wholly 
in monetary return, for everyone is familiar 
with the humanitarian benefits. 

Our oldest industries have been the most re- 
luctant in establishing research laboratories. 
But the experience of a leader may guide the 
entire industry. Some years ago the Ward 
Baking Company established a fellowship at 
the Mellon Institute. The research soon 
brought results and the application of a more 
balanced yeast nutrient to the dough gave 
better fermentation and better bread. It was 
discovered that the baker can grow yeast in the 


dough and control fermentation wastes. This 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1423 


conservation amounts to 2 per cent of the flour, 
15 per cent of the sugar, and sufficient yeast 
to make the total saving 45 cents net per bar- 
rel of flour used. It is estimated that this 
process saves American, Canadian, and Brit- 
ish bakers not less than $40,000 per day, with- 
out detriment to the quality of the bread. 

In 1915 a control laboratory was installed 
with one chemist. Today there are a variety 
of control laboratories with twenty-five tech- 
nical workers. A chemist has frequently saved 
two months’ salary for his employer with a 
report on samples from a single carload of 
butter. The control which has been established 
as a result of research upon the raw materials 
makes possible uniformity in the finished 
product. Time, temperature, and other fac- 
tors which influence fermentation have been 
established, and since no two carloads of flour 
are alike the data are vital in determining how 
fermentation must be varied to secure uniform- 
ity. The study of enzymes, proteins, colloids, 
yeasts, bacteria, and nutrient value is pointing 
the way to still better bread, higher nutritive 
values, economy in production, and the eleva- 
tion of the entire industry. It is no wonder that 
during these days of industrial depression this 
pioneer in research as applied to baking has 
increased the number of its scientific workers. 
Results continue to justify the increase.—The 
Journal of Industrial and Engineering Chem- 
istry. 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 
A Monograph of the Existing Crinoids. Volume 
1. The Comatulids. Part 2. By AvusTIN 
Hoparr Cuark, Curator, Division of Echino- 
derms, United States National Museum. Bul- 
letin 82. Washington, 1921. 4 to Pp. xxvi 
-- 795; with 949 text-figures and 57 plates. 


THE first part of Clark’s monograph appeared 
in 1915., ‘The present brochure, fully twice 
the size of its predecessor, constitutes the con- 
cluding part of the general introduction to The 
Comatulids. The systematic description of the 
eroup will follow. The major part of this 
work has already been completed and much of 
it has appeared in a series of monographs and 


1 Reviewed in Science, N. 8., Vol. XLII, No. 
1080, p. 342, Sept. 10, 1915, by Frank Springer. 


APRIL 7, 1932] 


shorter papers which have supplied the- first 
adequate account of the free ecrinoids. It has 
been no mean task, for when Mr. Clark tackled 
the problem, the classification of the comatulids 
was in a state of hopeless confusion. The reso- 
lution of this chaos into a system was a brilliant 
piece of analysis and construction, and consti- 
tutes a notable achievement in the field of ani- 
mal taxonomy. The present volume contains 
an enormous amount of detail, and maintains 
the high standard of Part 1. It has a wealth 
of illustration—no less than 1,364 figures, the 
greater part drawn by the author, as there are 
few photographs. Such figures as have been 
taken from previous authors have in almost all 
cases been retouched by Mr. Clark to bring out 
points previously overlooked or misinterpreted. 
Nine hundred forty-nine drawings appear in 
the text. 

What might be termed the background of the 
work has been stated by Mr. Frank Springer 
in his review of Part 1, and need not therefore 
be recounted here. The present volume con- 
tains a very large amount of entirely new and 
original matter. It begins by taking up the 
description of the radials of the comatulids at 
the point at which it was left at the end of 
Part 1. The articular faces of the radials of 
52 species are described in detail from dissec- 
tions preserved in the collection of the National 
Museum and reference is made to the 20 de- 
scribed more or less satisfactorily by previous 
authors. The whole subject of the structure, 
relationships, physiology and homologies of the 
socalled post-radial structures (arms and pin- 
nules) is exhaustively treated. All of this 
matter is original and is based upon specimens 
in the National Museum. The perisomic plates, 
or those developed within and entirely confined 
to the ventral surface, come in for detailed de- 
scription for the first time, the subject being 
handled in an entirely new way; and the side- 
plates and covering-plates of the pinnules of 
203 species in the National Museum collection 
are also treated. 

A complete and detailed account of the an- 
atomy, embryology, and regeneration of the 
comatulids is given. There is at present no 
single source from which this information can 


SCIENCE 


377 


be derived, as it is widely scattered through a 
great number of usually short papers in various 
languages. 

The spawning season of 24 species is given; 
previously that of only 4 species was known. 

The pentacrinoid young of 28 species are de- 
scribed and the first comparative account of the 
pentacrinoids is given. 

A considerable amount of information is as- 
sembled concerning the habits, reactions to 
various stimuli and food, concerning which up 
to the present there has been no adequate source 
of information. 

All of the numerous parasites and commen- 
sals on the crinodis are listed and when neces- 
sary for comparative purposes, many of those 
occurring on other echinoderms. Parasitism 
and commensalism among marine invertebrates 
has been greatly neglected and this section 
therefore forms an important contribution to 
the subject. Incidentally, a detailed account 
of the myzostomes, almost exclusively parasitic 
on the crinoids, is given, together with a com- 
plete list of all the known species. No other 
list exists at present. 

The coloring of the comatulids, remarkable 
for its brillianey and diversity, is treated in 
detail for the first time, the color of 160 species, 
in many eases from the author’s own notes 
taken at sea, being given. The pigment is 
described and the chemical composition of the 
skeleton is discussed. 

Such, in bare outline, are the contents of an 
extraordinarily well conceived and thoroughly 
executed treatise, upon the publication of 
which the author as well as the authorities of 
the National Museum.are to be congratulated, 
for the work will always remain a point of 
departure for future investigation. 

The press-work of this volume is excellent 
and an improvement over that of Part 1. The 
half-rag paper is also a decided advance, al- 
though really too thin to carry the larger text 
figures, since the printing on the reverse shows 
through. A few copies of such fundamental 
memoirs as the present should be printed upon 
heavy, full-rag paper, or better still upon linen, 
and deposited in, say, half a dozen “strategie” 
libraries of the world. Too many of our basic 


378 


monographs are printed upon paper which will 
be relatively short-lived. 
W. K. FISHER. 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 


A NEW VARIETY OF BARLEY WITH STRI- 
KING CHARACTERISTICS 


Tue new variety of barley, which the writer 
has provisionally called Mack’s Branched bar- 
ley, has never been recorded in literature here- 
tofore. It was discovered by Mr. J. M. Mack, 
of Fallbrook, California, in a wheat field mixed 
with much barley. Specimens of the new form 
were sent to the University of California in 
1921 for further investigation; and the writer 
has been much interested in it in connection 
with his genetic studies in barley. It is a six 
row barley possessing the following character- 
istics: 

1. An Increase in the Number of Nodes 
accompanied by an irregular Shortening of 
Internodes. The number of nodes in ordinary 
varieties of barley varies from three to seven, 
the uppermost internode below the spike be- 
ing always the longest; while Mack’s Branched 
barley has from 10 to 30 nodes on each tiller 
without elongation of the uppermost internode. 
The shortening of the internodes and the in- 
crease in the number of nodes make the straw 
much stiffer; and indeed the variety would be 
most resistant to lodging if not for the fact 
that too heavy a weight is carried at the upper 
portion as a result of branching. 

2. The capacity to Branch at Any Node. 
Tillers arise from the first node at the bottom 
in ordinary cultivated barleys. Wessling bar- 
ley has a branched spike, but the branching 
is confined to the head. No form has been re- 
corded heretofore as branching freely at any 
node and also capable of secondary and terti- 
ary branching, which is a characteristic of 
Mack’s Branched barley. 

3. The capacity to Produce Roots at any 
Node. Although it is possible to induce some 
of the common varieties of barley to produce 
roots at nodes near the base, the setting of 

1 Phil. Mag., s. 5, Vol. 24, p. 87. 

2 Phil Mag., s. 5, Vol. 24, p. 423. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1423 


roots at the upper nodes when covered with 
soil is quite a unique character, possessed by 
this form alone. 

4, The Capabilitay of Vegetative Propaga- 
tion. The fact that this variety of barley is 
capable of branching and rooting at every node 
suggested to the writer the possibility of vegi- 
tative propagation. Abundant roots were se- 
cured by the layerage method in a period of 
2 weeks in the open field in January. Cutting 
off a tiller and transplanting it in a pot in the 
greenhouse has resulted in slower recovery 
than in the case of mount layerage; but never- 
theless a main root has arisen from a node near 
the place of cutting and hence it is reasonably 
sure that the cutting will succeed as a separate 
plant. 

The possibility of vegetative propagation of 
this cereal is of considerable scientific interest, 
if it is not yet of practical agricultural interest. 
This new form is of appreciable value especi- 
ally to those interested in genetic studies of 
barley, because it makes possible the continuous 
propagation of the heterozygote. This will 
make backerossing in barley as a means of 
genetic investigation more practical, although 
it is still doubtful whether backcrossing can 
be extensively employed in this cereal, the pro- 
cess of artificial fertilization being so tedious 
in contrast with the ease of growing self-fer- 
tilizing hybrid generations. 

Although the new form is apparently of no 
agricultural value by itself, yet the branching 
and cold resistant characters may be utilized 
to advantage by hybridization with some of the 
commoner types of cultivated barley. 

Nothing is yet known concerning the origin 
of this interesting form, as it was discovered 
in a mixed field. All that we know is that its 
striking characteristics are constant and breed 
true under the different environmental con- 
ditions to which it has been subjected. The 
writer plans to make a number of crosses be- 
tween this form and several of the cultivated 
varieties in the coming spring, as this interest- 
ing barley certainly deserves an intensive 
genetic study. 

Kwen 8. Hor 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


APRIL 7, 1922] 
THE FEDERATION OF AMERICAN 
SOCIETIES FOR EXPERIMENTAL 
BIOLOGY 

Tue Federation of American Societies for 
Experimental Biology, which comprises the 
American Physiological Society, the American 
Society of Biological Chemists, Inc., the Amer- 
ican Society for Pharmacology and Experi- 
mental Therapeutics, and the American Society 
for Experimental Pathology, met for their 
annual scientific program, December 28-30, 
1921, under the auspices of Yale University. 
Two joint scientific sessions were held. The 
first joint session was called at 9:30 on the 
morning of December 28 under the presidency 
of Dr. J. J. R. Macleod of the Physiological 
Society. Twelve scientific papers representa- 
tive of the research work of the four societies 
were presented and discussed at this session. 
An equally strong joint session was held at the 
close of the third day, beginning at two o’clock 
on December 30 and consisting of eleven 
papers. Sessions of the individual societies 
filled the remaining four periods of the meet- 
ing. 

The executive committee of the Federation is 
composed of the presidents and secretaries of 
the four constituent societies as follows: 
J. J. R. Macleod, executive chairman; C. W. 
Greene, secretary; D. D. Van Slyke, C. W. Ed- 
munds, F. G. Novy, V. C. Myers, E. D. Brown 
and Wade H. Bown. The first executive com- 
mittee meeting was called at 4:30 p.m., Decem- 
ber 27, at which time the following business 
was transacted. The report of the treasurer 
of the Information Service Fund, Dr. Joseph 
Erlanger, was presented showing a net balance 
of $312.34. The secretary of the Information 
Service presented the annual report showing 
progress during the year. This appointment 
service undertakes to call to the attention of 
universities and scientifie institutions and 
others the availability of scientists in the dif- 
ferent technical lines represented by the soci- 
eties. The late Dr. S. J. Meltzer, who keenly 
appreciated the difficulties confronting the 
young men preparing in science in the way of 
securing information of openings in _ their 
lines, and the equal difficulty met by institu- 


SCIENCE 


379 


tions in finding men of scientific preparation 
and fitness in particular lines, contributed the 
original fund to meet the expenses of this 
activity. It is the hope of the Federation that 
increasing use of this institution will be made 
through the secretary, Professor E. D. Brown, 
of the University of Minnesota. 


The problem of correlation of overlapping 
programs as between the Federation and the 
American Association for the Advancement of 
Science, together with the desirability of hold- 
ing periodical joint meetings, was presented 
and discussed. Such cooperation was favored 
by the Federation. Informal discussion was 
had of the necessity of the appointment of a 
permanent secretary to care for the increasing 
general business of the Federation. This was 
referred to the incoming executive committee. 

The most important act of the Federation 
was the presentation and discussion of a reso- 
lution calling attention to the decreasing sup- 
ply of young men entering the pre-clinical 
medical sciences. The general discussion tend- 
ed to show that aside from the effects of recon- 
struction activities, there are certain special 
causes operating to deter young men from 
choosing the biological sciences even though 
attracted by their intrinsic interest. 


It was recognized that there is always the 
need of giant personalities and great teachers 
who stimulate and lead young men by an 
attractive presentation of the science itself. 
However, the financial advantages and the 
secondary rewards of a professional career too 
generally outstrip the financial income and 
perquisites of research and teaching in the 
biological sciences. Scientific investigators do 
not expect great financial returns but they do 
have a right to sufficient income from their 
activities to avail themselves of the usual jour- 
nals, meetings, and other necessary instru- 
ments for scientific work. The standards of 
maintenance of the. social and family position 
of the scientist and the education of his chil- 
dren are well defined. Many teachers hesitate 
to urge upon their brilliant students careers 
which do not of themselves guarantee this 
degree of support. The net result is that it 
takes an idealistic temperament with a cer- 


380 


tain amount of utopianism to adopt as a life 
work scientific professions which involve so 
much of sacrifice to person and family. 

In recent years also there seems to be a 
tendency in educational and scientific institu- 
tions to break away from the recognized paths 
blazed by the trained and conservative leader- 
ship of those who have made the present 
standing of the basal medical sciences in 
America. It is admitted that academic ruts 
may become established which may possibly 
best be eradicated now and then by drastic 
innovations. But the question is raised whether 
the rewards of promotion in rank and of ealls 
to institutions of recognized leadership have 
not too often been made on the basis of some 
special demand which for the time being has 
swayed the control in these institutions. The 
break in morale is the same in science as would 
occur in business or military organizations 
when awards fall too frequently outside the 
groups of seniority in leadership and scientific 
attainment. 

The executive committee after confirmation 
by the constituent societies approved and 
passed the following resolution with instruction 
that the same should be published and by other 
means called to the attention of administrators 
and others responsible for scientifie appoint- 
ments in American institutions. 


RESOLUTION OF THE FEDERATION OF AMERICAN 
SOCIETIES FOR EXPERIMENTAL BIOLOGY 
Adopted December 30, 1921 
The Federation of American Societies for Ex- 
perimental Biology, comprising the American 
Physiological Society, the American Society of 
Biological Chemists, Inc., the American Society 
for Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 
and the American Society for Experimental Path- 
ology, as the official body representing workers in 
these various fields, feels that it is its duty to 
call the attention of the authorities of our univer- 
sities and endowed foundations, of the medical 
profession and others, to the grave situation now 
existing in respect to recruits in these branches 

of biological and medical science. 


1. A country-wide investigation, recently pub- 
lished, has revealed that the number of young 
men of ability entering on careers in the sciences 
basal to medicine and surgery is inadequate to 
fill the available positions. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1423 


2. This condition is due to two factors: 


a. The number of positions in the preclinical 
sciences in universities and other institutions has 
increased more rapidly than the number of men 
entering these fields; and 


b. The improvements and increased opportuni- 
ties for laboratory investigation in clinical sub- 
jects, together with the greater remuneration in 
clinical departments, have made such positions 
relatively more attractive. In response to the 
urgent demand for men of scientific training to fill 
clinical posts, many are becoming clinicians who 
under former conditions would have remained in 
the preclinical sciences. With the increasing 
growth of scientific medicine it becomes evident 
that the only clinical teachers and investigators 
competent to carry forward modern medicine are 
those who have had sound training and experience 
in one or more preclinical sciences and have later 
acquired clinical skill and judgment. 


3. The great contributions to knowledge and 
human welfare which the sciences represented in 
this Federation will make, is to be determined by 
the number of able workers in these sciences. An 
adequate application of physical sciences to 
biological and medical problems will come only 
from the broadest development of physiology, 
biochemistry, pharmacology and pathology; and 
the aid of these sciences in the progress of clinical 
medicine will largely depend upon the ability of 
these departments in our universities to supply 
the basic training to those who later enter upon 
clinical work. They must therefore furnish the 
recruits both for their own laboratories and for 
the clinics; failure to do so will prevent the 
progress now underway. 

The Federation submits these facts to the 
thoughtful consideration of university authorities, 
and strongly recommends that immediate efforts 
be undertaken to improve the status and facilities 
of the basal medical sciences, so as to increase 
the number and ability of the recruits drawn to 
these sciences. 

The cordial invitation of the University of 
Toronto to hold the next annual meeting of the 
Federation in the halls of that institution was 
accepted and it was ordered that the annual 
meeting for 1922 be called at the University of 
Toronto, Toronto, Canada, December 28-30, 
1922. 

Cuas. W. GREENE, 


Secretary of the Executive Committee 


NEWISERIESH OUR ODL | ti Mos a SERIES 99 SINGLE Coprss, 15 Cts. 
Vou. LV, No. 1424 Fray, Aran 14, 192 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


For the Science and Medical Library 


SCHAEFFER. The Nose, Paranasal Sinuses, Nasolacrimal Passageways 
And Olfactory Organ In Man 


“His aim has been to bring to the profession the exact embryology, infant and adult anatomy 
of a part of the body which seldom has been studied carefully. His research covers a great 
many years, during which time he has analyzed a number of specimens. The statements in the 
book are the absolute truth of anatomical observation and not the guess-work of the average 
specialist who founds his knowledge on clinical facts.”.—American Journal of Surgery. 

204 Illustrations, 18 in colors. Cloth, $10.00. 

By J. Parsons ScHarrrer, M. D., Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy and Director of Daniel Baugh 
Institute of Anatomy, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. 


LEE. The Microtomist’s Wade Mecum 


“A most complete and stimulating book of reference for the research worker. It contains a 
great deal of new material and recent CEE 

8th Edition. Cloth, $6.50. 

By ArtuHur Bottes Lee, Hon. F.C. M. s. Edited by J. B. Garensy, D.Sc. (Lond.) With 
collaboration of several eminent specialists. (Eng. ) 


BARR AND MALONEY. Types Of Mental Defectives 


It tells how easily to recognize the various forms of mental defect, in order to define and meet 
promptly the special needs of those concerned. Types of various grades are described and 
illustrated, pointing the way to successful diagnosis of defect, mental, moral and physical. Many 
points such as have been indicated by tests as well as the stigmata of degeneration noted in the 
individual are considered. 
Includes an educational classification—the outgrowth of a close study of cases and careful 
adaptation to needs, indorsed by both physicians and teachers. 
31 plates (188 figures). 8vo. Cloth, $3.00. 
By Martin W. Barr, M. D., Chief Physician, Penna. Training School for Feeble-Minded Chil- 
dren, and E. F. Maroney, A.B., Prof. of English, Girard College, Philadelphia. 

SHUTTLEWORTH AND POTTS. ‘Mentally Deficient Children, 

Their Treatment And Training 
Based upon long experience, giving the salient peculiarities of the class and the ameliorative 
measures found most useful. Practical points on pathology are included, together with some 
new illustrations, mental tests, psycho-therapy and criminal procedure. 
Cloth, $3.25 
By G. E. Sautrtewortu, M.D., Hon., Consulting Physician, Royal Albert. Anstitution, (Lan- 
caster, Eng.) and W. A. Ports, "M.D., “Medical Officer, Birmingham Con rites C ate of “Mén- 
tally Deficient. (Eng.) Vie 

ROUGIER. Philosophy And The New Physics et 
By Lours Rovucier (Paris). Translated by Pror. M. Masius (Worcester Polytechnic). | 
Cloth, $1.75. 

GOULD. Practitioner’s Medical Dictionary 


Third Edition. Entirely reset from new type. Revised and Enlarged by R ie Hw) ‘Scorr; M, Ke 
B. C. L., M. D. Contains over 70,000 terms, Cloth Binding, Stained Edges, $4.00; with ‘Thumb 
Index, $4.50. 


GORDON. French-English Medical Dictionary 
By Atrrep Gorpon, M.D. (Paris). Cloth, $3.50. 


Publishers P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. Philadelphia 


f 


~ i 
. 2 ss 


ai yikes 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Mathematical Philosophy 


A Study of Fate and Freedom 
By CASSIUS J. KEYSER, Ph. D., LL.D. 


Adrain Professor of Mathematics, 
Columbia University 

Tuese “lectures for educated laymen” aim at 
democratizing science and scientific criticism. They 
show that the greatest of mathematical ideas—the 
pillar-concepts of the science—belong no more to 
mathematics than to all science and to rational 
thought in general. The great pillar-concepts are 
explained in the simplest terms. The reader need 
not be a mathematical specialist. The lectures are 
not addressed primarily to mathematical techni- 
cians. They are designed for students and teach- 
ers whether of mathematics or philosophy or en- 
gineering or psychology or logic or education or 
sociology or art or natural science and for all 
other students, thinkers and critics who own alle- 
giance to the laws of thought and who desire to 
gain a fair understanding of the nature, the spirit, 
the standards and the bearings of the science 
which Plato called divine. 

Price, $4.70 


E. P. DUTTON & CO., Publishers 
681 Fifth Avenue New York 


KOFOID AND SWEZY 


MITOSIS AND FISSION IN THE 
ACTIVE AND ENCYSTED PHASES 
OF GIARDIA ENTERICA (GRASSI) 

IN MAN 


WITH A DISCUSSION OF THE METHOD 
OF ORIGIN OF BILATERAL SYMMETRY IN 
THE POLYMASTIGOTE FLAGELLATA 


f 


84 pages, 4 plates, 11 figures in text, 50 cents 


University of California Press 


BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA 


Publications of 
The Philippine Bureau of Science 


Vegetation of Philippine Mountains. The rela- 
tion between the environment and physical 
types at different altitudes. By William H. 
Brown. 4384 pages, 41 plates, and 30 text 
figures; postpaid $2.50, U. S. currency. 

Index to the Genera of Birds. By Richard tu. 
McGregor. 185 pages; postpaid $1.00, U. S. 
currency. 

Species Blancoanae. A critical revision of the 
Philippine species of plants described by 
Blanco and by Llanos. By E. D. Merrill. 424 
pages; postpaid $2.25, U. S. currency. 

Philippine Water Supplies. By G. W. Heise and 
A. S. Behrman. 218 pages, 19 plates; post- 
paid $1.75, U. S. currency. 

An Interpretation of Rumphius’s Herbarium 
Amboinense. By E. D. Merrill. 596 pages, 2 
maps; postpaid $3.00, U. 8. currency. 

The Philippine Journal of Science, a monthly 
(no longer issued in sections), per year $5.00, 
U.S. currency. 

A list of the publications of the Philippine 
Bureau of Science and a sample copy of the 
Philippine Journal of Science will be sent upon 
request. 

Subscriptions and orders for publications 
should be sent to 


THE BUSINESS MANAGER 


Philippine Journal of Science 
Bureau of Science MANILA, P. I. 


Publications of 


Carnegie Institution of Washington 


74. Sommer, H. Oskar. Vulgate Version of the 
Arthurian Romances. Edited from MSS. in 
the British Museum. 7 volumes and index. 
@uartowwPersvo leer eee ener $5.00 

89. Hopvert, C. W. The Old Yellow Book: 
Source of Browning’s “The Ring and the 
Books’ Octavoy 62tpp. 4) piste eile $3.50 

169. CarLtaAway, Morcan. The Infinitive in 
Anglo-Saxon. Octavo. 352 pp. .....- $5.00 

171. Lancaster, H. C. Pierre Du Ryer, Drama- 
(nkjey CON AON UY? joey We Whoogbosoadsos $1.25 

189. Oscoop, C. G. Conéordance to the Poems of 

Spenser. Quarto, 1010 pp., I pl....... $20.00 

Cooper, Lane. Concordance to the Works ° 

of Horace. Octavo; 603 pps: fe a-one $ 

BroucHton, L. N., M. R. THaAyeEr, 

others. Concordance to the Poems of 

Keats. Quarto, 458 pp., I pl..........-- $7.00 


The publications of the Institution now number over 450 vol- 
umes, the subjects including Anatomy, Archeology, Astronomy, 
Botany, Chemistry, Climatology, Economics and Sociology, Em- 
bryology, Engineering, Folk-Lore, Geology, History, 
International Law, Literature, Mathematics, Medicine, Nutrition, 
Paleontology, Philology, Physics, Plant Ecology, Stereochemistry, 
Terrestrial Magnetism, Zoology. Classificd and descriptive lists 
will be sent postpaid on application. 


Genetics, 


All communications should be addressed to 


CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON, 
Washington, D, C. 


SCIENC 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
ef Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Single Copies, 15 Cts. Annual Subscription, $6.00 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the Post 


Office at Utica, N. Y.. under the Act of March 3, 1879. 
Vou. LV Apri 14, 1922 No. 1424 


Psychology as a Career: PROFESSOR C. E. 
SEASHORE 381 


Horticulture as a Science: Dr. Henry D. 
IER OOKER 5) se) Rsceasos desu tins res ee SA eae cs 384 


A Suggestion as to Method of Publication of 
Scientific Papers: PRoFESSoR W. J. Crozier 388 


Charles W. Waidner: Dr. S. W. Srrarron.... 389 


Scientific Events: 
Vienna Institute for Ice Age Research; 
The All-Russian Congress of Zoologists in 
Petrograd; Association of Geologists and 
Naturalists in Peking and Vicinity; The 
Mendel Centennial; Colloid Chemistry at 
the University of Wisconsin; Yale Univer- 
sity and Dr. Chittenden. 


Scientific Notes and News........... ... 894 


University and Educational Notes.................... 397 


Discussion and Correspondence: 
Osborn versus Bateson on Evolution: Pro- 
FESSOR WILLIAM E. Ritrer. Further Con- 
sideration of the Size of Vein-islets of 
Leaves as an Age Determinant: Dr. Harris 
M. Benepict. Lhe Metric System: FrRrEp- 
ERICK A. HaAusEY, HENRY PavuL BuscH. 
Concerning the Article, ‘‘A New Graphic 
Analytic Method’’: PrRorrssor Wm. H. 
Rorever and Proressor E. H. HEpDRICE........ 398 
Special Articles: 
The Properties of Elements and Salts as 
related to the Dimensions of Atoms and 
Tons: Dr: \GrorGe UL. CLARKL 22s 22 401 
The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 
Section L (1)—The History of Science: 
Dr. FREDERICK E. BrascH 


PSYCHOLOGY AS A CAREER? 


PsycHo.oey is the science which deals with 
the nature of human and animal behavior and 
with the direction of its forces from the point 
of view of mental life. 

There are as many words in the dictionary 
with mental connotation as with physical. 
There are as many mental phenomena subject 
to scientific study as material phenomena. The 
mental sciences may in the near future have as 
many branches and embrace as large scope as 
the material sciences. 

As out of the pure physical sciences have 
come engineering, medicine, architecture, and 
other forms of applied material sciences, so in 
the near future will come the applications of 
psychology to education, medicine, industry, 
art, and all other varieties of human endeavor 
in which scientific knowledge of human or ani- 
mal behavior can be made of practical value. 

The opportunities for a career in mental 
science will, in the near future, be as numerous 
as in the material sciences. 

No science is more intimately and practically 
related to the conduct of human life than is 
psychology. It is, indeed, concerned primarily 
with those facts and principles of experience 
and action upon which our understanding of 
ourselves as conscious beings and our ability to 
understand and sympathize with our fellows 
depend. 


PurE PsycHOLOGY 


As now taught in the best colleges and uni- 
versities, psychology is presented in several 
fairly differentiated courses. Ordinarily there 
is one general introductory course of one year 
furnishing a general survey of the subject from 


1 This article is one in a series published from 
the various divisions in the National Research 
Council under the general topic, ‘‘Opportunities 
for a Career in Science.’’ 


382 


varied points of view. Beyond this, specialized 
courses are offered. 

Technical laboratory courses in experimental 
psychology furnish training in the fundamen- 
tal principles of scientific procedure in observ- 
ation, measurement, statistics, interpretation 
and formulation of the laws of mental phe- 
nomena. This course furnishes a technique 
which should be employed in all branches of 
psychology regarded as scientific or experi- 
mental. 

Physiological psychology usually reviews the 
facts about the nervous system as taught in 
neurology for the purpose of tracing the phys- 
ical basis of mental life and showing the re- 
lation between the mental and the neural. 

Genetic psychology is divided into two parts; 
mental evolution dealing with the training and 
development of mental life in the species, and 
mental development dealing with the unfold- 
ing of mental life and the integration of be- 
havior in the life of the individual. Within 
this field lies also the problem of the inherit- 
ance of mental traits. 

Abnormal psychology deals, with mental 
phenomena that are strange and irregular de- 
viations from the normal but not strictly re- 
garded as disease; such as hypnotism, medium- 
ship, and alterations of personality. 

Animal psychology presents a field of great 
interest in itself; but it is of special signifi- 
cance in that it throws light upon human life, 
particularly in the study of the simplest and 
the highest forms of animal behavior. 

Social psychology treats of the social aspects 
of mental life and often blends into other sub- 
jects, such as anthropology, social origins, so- 
cial ethics, social welfare, and eugenics. Some- 
times race psychology, or the psychology of 
peoples, is differentiated from social psychol- 
ogy. 

Individual psychology is perhaps the most 
conspicuous field of interest at the present time 
as it is the foundation for “human engineer- 
ing” in all its forms of selection and guidance 
of individuals as well as for an intimate and ac- 
curate account of character or individuality of 
a person. It has recently gained great impetus 
through the development of so-called mental 
tests. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1424 


Statistical psychology is a basic requirement 
for mental measurement, particularly as em- 
ployed in mental and physical testing and in 
psychology applied to education, commerce, 
sociology, and vital statistics. 

Psycho-analysis has come in from the medi- 
cal side as a unique and new approach to, the 
study of mental disorders such as hysteria, 
morbid fear, aversions, and suppressed desires, 
but also throws much light upon the nature ot 
normal mental life. This is yet a polemic field 
in which we find great enthusiasms and an- 
tagonisms in contest. 

Behaviorism is a purely objective study of 
human and animal life without reference to the 
testimony of consciousness. 

These items may suffice to indicate roughly 
the principal points of view that the student 
entering upon a career in psychology must ac- 
quaint himself with as each contributes a dis- 
tinet element to the conception of psychology 
as a whole. 

APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY 

Psychiatry, as the science and art of the 
treatment of mental diseases, is the only fully 
specialized profession which may be regarded 
as applied psychology, although in many re- 
spects it has developed independently and has 
contributed much to normal psychology. But 
aside from psychiatry proper, there are many 
specialties in medicine in which expert know- 
ledge of the human mind and behavior is fun- 
damental; as in the care and treatment of 
children, and the mental treatment of all types 
of defectives and delinquents. Preventive 
medicine, public health education, and sanita- 
tion are built largely around psychology as the 
science of human behavior. 

Edueational psychology presents numerous 
phases. Thus we have the psychology of the 
course of study, of the child, of the adolescent, 
of the learning process, of discipline, of par- 
ticular types of training, and of special classes. 
The science and art of education is primarily 
applied psychology. 

The psychology of business and industry 
appears in several large and distinct fields; 
such as the psychology of advertising, of sales- 
manship, of personnel, and of vocational selee- 
tion and various types of efficiency activities. 


APRIL 14, 1922] 


Legal psychology appears in two groups of 
interest; first, the psychology of evidence or 
testimony and pleading; and second, the psy- 
chology of crime, delinquency, defective men- 
tality, penology, dependency, correction, and 
special types of mental deviation. 

Applied social psychology takes such forms 
as the psychology of social amelioration, eu- 
genics, race betterment, child welfare, commun- 
ity welfare, recreation and amusement, and vo- 
cational and avocational guidance. 

The psychology of art appears in the psy- 
chology of music, of graphic and plastic arts, 
and of literature, dealing in each case with the 
psychology of art principles, the psychology 
of the individual, and the psychology of train- 
ing for the art. 

The psychology of religion is applied mainly 
in the interpretation of religion and religious 
life, and in the organization of character build- 
ing and religious education. 

The above rubrics should not be regarded as 
an adequate classification of the fields of pure 
and applied psychology; they are listed merely 
as a suggestion for the purpose of showing the 
scope of the sciences and the types of outlets 
for a career. 

FITNESS FOR A CAREER IN PSYCHOLOGY 


The requirements for a career in psychology 
are in general the same as for other sciences; 
and psychology presents a wide range of out- 
lets through particular types of human interest. 
In determining whether or not the student is 
qualified for a career in science, he might make 
use of a little device in applied psychology as 
illustrated in the following rating scale: 


ANALYZED RATING OF FITNESS FOR A SCIENTIFIC 
CAREER 


1. Reasoning power: capacity for solving prob- 
lems, both deductive and inductive. 

2. Originality: creative imagination, brilliancy, 
planful initiative and fertility of rational ideas. 

3. Memory: extensive, logical, serviceable, and 
ready command of facts. 

4, Alertness: quick, incisive, and responsive ob- 
servation, thought and feeling. 

5. Accuracy: precise, keen, regular and reliable 
observation, thought and feeling. 


6. Application: power of concentration, sus- 


SCIENCE 


high or low in all. 


383 


tained attention, persistence, and well-regulated 
effort. 

7. Cooperation: capacity for intellectual com- 
panionship, team work and leadership. 

8. Moral attitude: intellectual honesty, whole- 
some moral standards, ideals and influences. 

9. Health: nervous stability, physique, vitality, 
and endurance. 

10. Zeal for investigation: deep interest in and 

craving for original and creative work. 
Let the student rate himself and then ask three 
or more persons whom he regards as most com- 
petent and who know him well to rate him in- 
dependently. Record the rating on a scale of 
1-100 in which 1 represents the poorest exam- 
ple of this trait, and 100 the best that the per- 
son rating has ever observed in college students. 
College students, as a selected class, then be- 
come the “measuring scale.” 

These grades may be grouped as follows: 
1 to 10 very poor; 11 to 30 poor; 31 to 50 low 
average; 51 to 70 high average; 71 to 90 ex- 
cellent; and 91 to 100 superior. 

These ratings will differ, but the very dif- 
ferences may throw significant light on the 
situation. For example, on “originality” the 
professor of literature may rate an individual 
low on the basis of observed work in poetry; 
whereas the chemist may rate him high on the 
basis of observed work in science. These rep- 
resent two types of originality; or one person 
rating may have encountered the flashy fertil- 
ity of ideas, whereas another may have ob- 
served a planful and persistent initiative, 
both of which represent originality, but 
of different types. For this reason the 
ratings on a given trait should not be aver- 
aged but analyzed. The student should seek a 
full and frank discussion of the grounds for 
each rating as this will analyze the situation 
further and throw important light on the na- 
ture of his character and capacities. 

Nor should the ratings on the ten points ever 
be averaged. A man may be very high in one 
capacity and low in another and such differ- 
ences are significant; but an average of them 
would be misleading. No person is uniformly 
These traits are not of 
equal value; some traits are more essential for 
one type of career than for another. 


384 


In general we may say that those persons 
who rank above 50 in the most essential traits 
give promise of achievement in a career in 
psychology. 

Natural interest is another factor of which 
we should take account. A student seeking a 
career in psychology may have the opportunity 
of following his natural bent for interest in 
pure science or its applications to the eduea- 
tional, social, ethical, medical, artistic, and 
other fields of human interest in which he may 
find his natural bent. 


TRAINING 

The study of psychology is usually begun in 
the second year in college; whereas many other 
subjects are begun in the high school or in the 
freshman year. As a result, it usually becomes 
a more advanced subject and there is more 
necessity for carrying it into graduate study. 
Most standard colleges and universities now 
offer good introductory courses in the subject, 
but beyond the elementary work, the student 
should seek institutions in which the particu- 
lar phase of psychology that he desires to pur- 
sue is most adequately represented. The best 
is none too good for one who desires to special- 
ize. In selecting, let the student choose, not 
on the basis of size of institution, but with ref- 
erence to the men who are recognized as most 
worth while in a particular specialty. 

As a prerequisite to a career in psychology, it 
is desirable that one should have command of 
French and German as a large portion of the 
literature on the subject is in these languages. 
He should also have pursued elementary 
courses in mathematics, biology, and physics. 
Other college subjects may be carried to ad- 
vantage with, or in sequence to, an elementary 
course in psychology. 

There is now a movement on foot to provide 
for the certification of psychologists. Such cer- 
tification will be based on certain types of 
courses, usually covering about three years of 
graduate work, and will entitle the psychologist 
to practice within his field of specialization. 
Legislation covering such licensing is now be- 
ing passed by dfferent states. 

Psychology is a new science. In seeking ad- 
vice, only those who are conversant with eur- 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1424 


rent literature and present movements in the 
subject should be consulted. 


TYPES OF CAREER 

There are at present four distinct types of 
outlet : 

Teachers of Psychology—The nature of this 
work and its opportunities are perhaps best 
known. 

Scientific Research—The coming in of ex- 
perimental psychology has epened up most fas- 
cinating new fields of investigation and many 
agencies furnish opportunity for a career as 
original investigator. The leading universities 
usually encourage this in connection with some 
teaching; but there are opportunities in univer- 
sities, scientific foundations, surveys, and pri- 
vately supported enterprises for persons who 
are unusually qualified for this type of work. 

Specialists and Consulting Psychologists— 
Here the opportunities are most varied and new 
fields are opening rapidly as a result of re- 
search in each of the branches of applied 
psychology. 

Technicians—All the specialists require tech- 
nicians of various kinds as assistants. Most 
of these positions are, however, used as step- 
ping-stones or apprenticeships in the gaining 
of experience for independent work. 

Highly qualified advanced students can often 
find scholarships, fellowships, assistantships, 
and other financial provisions, given theoreti- 
cally in recognition of some type of apprentice- 
ship to graduate students. The remunerations 
open to persons who seek a career in psychol- 
ogy vary so much that figures would not be 
significant. In general, they depend upon the 
natural ability, the degree of training, and 
successful specialization. 

C. E. SEASHORE, 
DIVISION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PsycHOLoGy, 
NaTIONAL RESEARCH CoUNCIL 


HORTICULTURE AS A SCIENCE! 


Lixe most applied sciences, horticulture has 
evolved by very slow degrees from an art, gov- 
erned by rules justified by experience, to a 

1 Read before the Association of Southern Agri- 


tultural Workers, Atlanta, Georgia, February 21, 
1922 


Aprit 14, 1922 


science based on laws or principles of universal 
applicability. The term “applied science” 
would seem to connote that these laws or 
principles are ascertained first and that they 
are then applied to specific conditions, but as 
a rule the applications are known and are 
practiced, having been hit upon by empirical 
means and the first function of an applied 
science is usually to “explain” them by dis- 
covering the principles involved. When a 
considerable number of principles have be- 
come established in this way, new applications 
for them are found and the applied science 
becomes in effect what its name implies. 

A large part of the experimental work in 
horticulture has been conducted with the object 
of devising new rules and of ascertaining new 
facts of an empirical nature. More recently, 
however, considerable effort has been made to 
find principles of more or less universal ap- 
plicability and this has been accomplished by 
a study of the fundamental factors determining 
plant growth and productivity. Though many 
valuable practices have not yet received 
scientific elucidation and though much good 
work remains to be done in the way of discov- 
ering new rules, a large body of well estab- 
lished principles has been accumulated and 
successful practice depends to an ever increas- 
ing degree on their recognition. 

A comprehensive investigation of almost any 
horticultural problem involves much the same 
succession of stages as has been outlined for 
the development of the science; (1) The field 
for investigation is usually explored by ex- 
perimental work of an empirical nature. (2) 
This is followed by scientific study to determine 
laws or principles. (3) This in turn is fol- 
lowed by more experimentation to test the 
feasibility of applying to particular conditions 
the principles that have been discovered. It 
seems customary to extol the scientific study 
which aims to formulate laws and to dignify it 
by some such appellation as “fundamental re- 
search.” By implication, the attendant phases 
of investigation seem to be deprecated on the 
ground that they are largely empirical. How- 
ever, this invidious distinction is unwarranted, 
as every investigator learns sooner or later, for 


SCIENCE 


385 


these three aspects of investigation are like 
three links in a chain and progress in horti- 
culture depends on their parallel development. 
Principles are of little value to the horticultur- 
ist if they cannot be applied, just as a collec- 
tion of experimental data is of small import 
until it receives interpretation. 

The strictly scientific aspect of horticulture 
is closely allied to botany and it is diffieult to 
state wherein the distinction between the two 
lies. It is largely a difference in emphasis, 
since the horticulturist is interested only in 
those phases of botany that may be applied to 
his specific purposes. Nevertheless, the de- 
velopment of horticulture has followed closely 
in the steps of botany. During the last century 
the attention of most botanists was directed to 
morphology and taxonomy, a tendency reflected 
in the advances made by horticulturists in the 
subject of pollination and fruit setting and in 
the development and description of varieties. 
At present these subjects are better rounded 
and more nearly complete in their major as- 
pects than almost any other phase of horticul- 
ture. Now that plant physiology is in ascen- 
dency, more rapid progress is seen in the nu- 
tritional problems of hortieulture—in fruit 
bud differentiation, in pruning and in fertilizer 
treatments. 

The dependence of horticultural science not 
only on botany but on other sciences as well 
may be illustrated by reference to recent work 
on the so-called Hardiness Problem. Although 
this has engaged the attention of both horticul- 
turists and botanists for many years, until 
lately little was accomplished other than a sub- 
stantial verification of the Laws of Tempera- 
ture formulated by De Candolle nearly a cen- 
tury ago. Investigators were still faced with 
the seemingly contradictory facts that death 
from low temperature is due to loss of water 
from the cells by ice formation in the intercel- 
lular spaces and that nevertheless hardy plants 
usually contain less water than tender plants. 
What seems to be a satisfactory solution of 
this problem was made possible by some 
chemical investigations of Foote and Saxton 
at Yale University. This work showed that 
water may exist in different forms, and that 


386 


the water held by colloids possesses properties 
different from those of “free water,’ particu- 
larly with regard to the temperature at which 
it freezes. This work suggested to Bouyoucos 
of the Michigan Agricultural College a classi- 
fication of soil water into “free” water, which 
freezes at 0° C. or slightly below, colloidally 
adsorbed water which freezes at temperatures 
from a few degrees below zero down to -78°C., 
and combined water, which freezes only at 
temperatures below -78°C. This classification 
was apphed by McCool and Millar to the water 
of plant tissues. The work of these investigat- 
ors suggested an explanation of the greater 
tenderness of plant tissue with the higher water 
content. If hardiness depended not on the 
total water content, but on the content of col- 
loidally adsorbed water which does not freeze 
at ordinary freezing temperatures, then a plant 
tissue might contain any amount of free water 
and still be tender, while a relatively small 
amount of water in the adsorbed condition 
would impart a considerable degree of hardi- 
ness. Recent investigations at the University 
of Missouri have shown that these surmises 
are correct, at least for some plants. 

If hardiness depends on the amount of col- 
loidally adsorbed water, what colloid holds it 
in this adsorbed state? Some botanical in- 
vestigations by Spoehr of the Carnegie Institute 
suggested the probable answer to this question. 
He found that in cacti water-retaining capacity 
is correlated with pentosan content and that 
when the water-retaining capacity is increased 
or decreased by changes in environmental con- 
ditions, the pentosan content likewise increases 
or decreases at the same time. Pentosans were 
therefore investigated in fruit plants and vege- 
tables and a correlation was found between 
pentosan content and hardiness. This corre- 
lation is remarkably close if hot water soluble 
pentosans only are considered. These findings 
indicate that certain pentosans, probably pec- 
tin-like substances, are the colloids that hold 
water in an adsorbed state. This is further 
substantiated by the fact recorded by Spoehr 
that dryness tends to increase the pentosan 
content ot cacti and likewise their water re- 
taining capacity. It is well known that eul- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1424 


tural practices or climatic conditions that tend 
to dry fruit plants out in the fall, increase 
maturity and hardiness. Consequently the very 
conditions that lead to a low total moisture 
content probably increase the amount of water- 
holding colloids and the quantity of colloidally 
adsorbed water—hence the greater hardiness of 
plant tissues with the lower moisture content. 
This understanding of the conditions asso- 
ciated with hardiness in plant tissues permits 
accurate outlining of the treatment or treat- 
ments that decrease susceptibility to low tem- 
peratures. It makes possible also an estimate 
of the magnitude of the effects that may be 
produced in that direction, and a recognition 
of their limitations. Such practices thus be- 
come incorporated in scientific horticulture. 
This example indicates the intimate relation 
between progress in horticulture and progress 
in other sciences. Subjects which on super- 
ficial consideration might never be suspected of 
contributing data valuable for the solution of 
horticultural problems are seen to be worthy of 
study. If little headway has been made along 
certain paths of investigation, it is not infre- 
quently because the methods, the facts or the 
technique essential to the solution of specific 
problems has been lacking. To this day, the 
official method for the determination of starch 
recommended by the Association of Official 
Agricultural Chemists is not an analysis for 
starch but for total hydrolyzable polysaccha- 
rides. Furthermore it is only within a com- 
paratively few years that a_ satisfactory 
method for determining total sulphur content 
has been available. As a result, much pains- 
taking labor has gone for naught, though some 
have noted, but have been at a loss to account 
for, the discrepancy between the results of 
such determinations and the unmistakable evi- 
dence of microchemical findings. The investi- 
gator can well afford to acquaint himself with 
recent advances in other fields and the broader 
his fund of information the more successful he 
will be. It might be suggested that progress 
in Physics, Meteorology and Forestry should 
be watched as well as that in various branches 
of Botany, in Chemistry, Soil Science and 
Agronomy. This task which would have been 


Aprit 14, 1922] 


out of the question a few years ago is greatly 
facilitated now by the increasing number of 
abstract journals and substantial help is af- 
forded investigators in many institutions by 
Plant Science Seminars, Scientific Societies 
and the like. Even though such conveniences 
be lacking much ean be gained by personal con- 
tact with investigators in other fields and by a 
mutual exchange of criticisms and suggestions. 

Treatment — that is, orchard practice, 
whether it be pruning, irrigation, fertilizing, 
thinning or what not—is an aspect of horticul- 
ture that may be compared to medicine, and 
the comparison is instructive because it indi- 
cates a possibility of development in horticul- 
ture from the application of scientific methods 
used by the physician or surgeon. Cultivation, 
pruning, the use of fertilizers and other treat- 
ments have been considered only in the light 
of one standard, the effect on crop production. 
The limitations of this one-tracked system may 
be demonstrated by reference to some recent 
experiments on fertilizer treatments. 

Tf apple trees are bearing poor crops, a 
spring application of some quickly available 
nitrogenous fertilizer will frequently increase 
the vield. Such inereases are very striking on 
weak trees, but some results obtained at Mis- 
souril show they can be obtained also on trees 
in good condition—on trees that are already 
bearing fair or even good crops. This effect 
of quickly available nitrogenous fertilizers ap- 
plied a couple of weeks before blossoming has 
been shown to be produced by increasing the 
set of fruit. Fruit setting, however, is only 
one step in fruit formation. The process be- 
gins with the formation of fruiting wood and 
involves in succession fruit bud differentiation, 
bud development to the time of blossoming, 
pollination, fruit setting and finally fruit de- 
velopment. The failure or limitation of a crop 
may be occasioned by interference with any one 
of these successive processes. It would make 
little difference how favorable conditions might 
be for fruit setting, if fruit bud differentiation 
had not occurred. Recent investigations have 
shown that those conditions in apple trees, pro- 
duced by spring applications of quickly avail- 
able nitrogenous fertilizers, which are so favor- 


SCIENCE 


387 


able to fruit setting, do not favor fruit bud 
differentiation. Hence if poor crops result 
from deficiency in the initiation of fruit buds, 
spring applications of quickly available nitro- 
gen would only accentuate the trouble. 

This work reopens for investigation the entire 
orchard fertilizer problem which was thought 
by many to have been solved in the last few 
years by experimental work with sodium ni- 
trate in the orchard. The same kind of fruit 
tree may present many different nutritional 
problems for treatment. Each problem re- 
quires special study and the remedy in horti- 
culture, as in medicine, depends on accurate 
diagnosis. The use of fertilizers to correct the 
alternate bearing habit in apple trees consti- 
tutes a problem as distinct from their use in 
increasing the set of fruit as spraying peaches 
for San Jose seale is from spraying to control 
scab. As investigators, we are too ready to dis- 
pose of problems by assuming that either the 
nutrition, the moisture or the temperature re- 
lations are involved and that cultivation or the 
application of some fertilizer will lead to 
maximum growth and productivity. We would 
spare ourselves the effort of analyzing the 
problem—of making a diagnosis to determine 
the precise difficulty to be overcome. The time 
is not far distant when fertilizer treatments 
alone will be as numerous and as specifie as all 
the horticultural practices recognized today. 
We must dispense with the idea of a mass at- 
tack on a bulk problem and apply more de- 
tailed methods, if we are to make rapid prog- 
ress. Aside from technical improvements in 
such fields as spraying and marketing, the lines 
of pomological investigation along which great- 
est progress seems possible are treatment, pro- 
pagation and plant improvement and treatment 
according to diagnosis promises to be one of 
the most fruitful. 

There is no cure-all, no patent remedy for 
promoting growth, for inducing hardiness or 
for inereasing crops. These can be accom- 
plished only by careful study and hard work. 
No practice can be recommended for all cir- 
cumstances or for all fruit plants, nor can the 
same practice be guaranteed to produce the 
same effects under different conditions. Treat- 


388 


ment should be regarded not so much in terms 
of practice as in relation to the specific phys- 
iological processes to be affected. Much work 
must be done before specific measures to in- 
fiuence these different processes in the desired 
direction are found. Many practices that have 
not proved generally efficacious in the past may 
be shown to have great value for specific con- 
ditions. Pomologists must think in terms of 
limiting factors, and not merely in terms of the 
soil elements that may limit plant growth but 
also in terms of the physiological processes 
that may be limiting fruit production. For all 
this work, an accurate knowledge of the chemi- 
cal changes associated with different physiolo- 
gical processes is of the utmost value because 
a thorough understanding of the conditions de- 
sired may suggest means for their accomplish- 
ment. 
Henry D. Hooker, Jr. 
UNIVERSITY OF Missouri, 
CoLtuMB14, Mo. 


A SUGGESTION AS TO METHOD OF 
PUBLICATION OF SCIENTIFIC 
PAPERS 


THE processes of scientific publication are 
admittedly in an unhealthy state. Various in- 
fluences contribute to the acuteness of this 
condition, but it is likely that a time of stress 
has merely emphasized weaknesses inherent in 
the ordinary procedure for printing scientific 
papers. The “jammed” plight of the periodi- 
cals is slowing the vital current of new results. 
It becomes desirable to consider alternative 
methods of printing, perhaps better adapted 
to the present character of our needs. In this 
country and abroad several suggestions have 
already been offered; the most drastie of these 
has urged the publication of abstracts only, 
‘completed manuscripts to be deposited for 
reference in some central place—a scheme hay- 
ing so many unfavorable features as to merit 
little serious attention; it is not merely results 
we wish, but also some at least of the steps 
in their derivation. 

I have in mind more especially the field of 
zoology. To-day this subject is specifically 
served by a fine group of journals, and by an 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1424 


“advance” bibliographic service of filing cards 
bearing author-abstracts. This system of pub- 
lication is maintained through the cooperation 
of the Wistar Institute. These journals were 
founded some years ago, and each was de- 
signed to cover a particular group of zoologi- 
eal interests. They do not now correspond, in 
titles or in any individuality of contents, to 
major aspects of zoological development. 
Their fields of service overlap, sometimes to 
an embarrassing degree. 

Investigators acquire separata of papers of 
particular coneern to them. There is thus 
brought about a quite unnecessary duplication 
in the distribution of published work, and a 
proportionate waste of paper. Subscriptions 
for support of the journals are drawn from 
membership dues of the Zoological and Ana- 
tomical societies. Members therefore receive 
most or all of the journals, in this way accu- 
mulating a mass of unused, largely unusable, 
material; while still necessarily relying upon 
the convenient “reprint” for actual reference 
and use. 

I believe that these difficulties may be ob- 
viated, and the course of publication simplified 
and expedited. With the hope of attracting 
discussion of this matter, I outline here a plan 
regarded as practicable and to the point. The 
foundation of new journals has little to recom- 
mend it; these are likely soon to suffer the 
fate of the older ones. Save in some special 
fields, the journal method of publication has 
become measurably antiquated. 

The journals should be abolished. They do 
not represent rational subdivisions of zoologi- 
cal activity. There is no real reason why pa- 
pers accepted for publeation should be 
grouped to make up a “number.” It is cer- 
tainly more desirable that a paper be printed 
when it is ready for printing. If issued and 
originally distributed as a “separate,” unneces- 
sary duplication of distribution ean readily be 
avoided. This plan requires some central 
agency, such as we now have, for handling the 
mechanical details of publication. Serial 
numbers could be assigned to papers as issued. 
An entire series might then be bound by li- 
braries, though the more sensible way would 


APRIL 14, 1922 


be to have them filed alphabetically by authors. 

In some essentials this procedure is already 
followed by the Archives de zoologie expéri- 
mental et général, by the Royal Society in its 
Transactions, by the Museum of Comparative 
Zoology, and by the University of California 
Publications. My suggestion, however, in- 
volves an important additional element. So- 
ciety subscriptions continuing as at present, 
it would be a simple matter to have each mem- 
ber receive a certain number of published pa- 
pers, more or less equivalent in total bulk 
to the journals now obtained. But it would be 
possible for the subseriber to select, through 
the Advance Abstract Bibliographic Cards, 
those papers specifieally desired. Additional 
papers, not regularly obtained in this way or 
from the authors, could then be purchased at 
small extra outlay. The American Anatomicad 
Memoirs and the few special reprints issued 
by the Wistar Institute have made a_ begin- 
‘ning in this direction. 

The actual working of this plan would per- 
haps require that at, say quarterly, intervals 
there be issued Bibhographie Cards carrying 
the serial numbers assigned to the individual 
papers about to be printed. An accompany- 
ing order blank, by which articles desired could 
be requested by number, would give a simple, 
quick method of indicating one’s needs. It 
would at the same time serve to show the 
printer the size of the issue to be prepared, 
after allowance had been made for 
stock and for blanket subscriptions. The three- 
months’ period mentioned is sufficiently long. 
The experience of the Journal of General 
Physiology shows that with efficient manage- 
ment if is possible to print accepted articles 
within less than that time, even under present 
conditions. 


reserve 


Authors should by this scheme be in some 
degree relieved from the expense of purchas- 
ing separata for extensive private distribution. 
One’s library shelves, moreover, would no long- 
er be encumbered with journal numbers which 
must be bound at ruinous expense or else re- 
main unsightly. 

Any working plan of this type must be con- 
ceived as applying chiefly to contributions of 


SCIENCE 


389 


the character and average length now appear- 
ing in the journals. Incidentally, this scheme 
may show the way out of the difficulties some- 
times made in connection with the rather ar- 
bitrary rule now enforced by the journals as 
to the maximal length of acceptable contribu- 
tions. Although sometimes abrogated for 
reasons obscure, it has tended to be avoided by 
authors sphtting the material of an essentially 
unitary piece of work into a number of ar- 
ticles. While the length rule has perhaps act- 
ed to restrain some wordiness, it is hardly a 
rational rule; one could wish it supplanted by 
editorial persuasion ! 

It may be suspected, as a conceivable result 
of the plan outlined, that the quality of the 
papers might be automatically improved. <A 
paper which from the first is to “stand alone,” 
rather than be supported fore and aft by com- 
fortable neighbors, is likely to be more care- 
fully written, perhaps even more carefully 
thought out. 

There will remain, however, distinct and ob- 
vious need for the continuance of the journal 
form for the publication of short notes; per- 
haps also for periodicals in which the general 
results of investigation may be summarized 
and discussed; and certainly for at least one 
periodical such as the Proceedings of the Na- 
tional Academy of Sciences. It is my belief 
that under the operation of the plan I have 
suggested such journals would have a distinet- 
ly higher value than at present. 

W. J. Crozier 

ZooLocicaL LABORATORY, 

RUTGERS COLLEGE 


CHARLES W. WAIDNER 


Dr. CHartes W. WAIDNER, chief physicist 


‘and head of the Division of Heat and Thermo- 


metry of the Bureau of Standards, who died 
on March 10, 1922, is the fourth leader this 
bureau has lost by death since last May. The 
others are E. B. Rosa, chief of the Electrical 
Division; L. A. Fischer, chief of Division of 
Weights and Measures, and S. S. Voorhees, 
engineer-chemist. Waidner, Rosa and Fischer 


were of the original group gathered together 


in 1901 at the time the Bureau of Standards 


390 


was founded, and to its development:each de- 
voted his life. 

Born on a farm in the suburbs of Balti- 
more, March 6, 1873, Waidner received his 
early training in the public and private schools 
of that city. He attended Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity where he graduated in 1896, and con- 
tinuing in the graduate school, in which he was 
a pupil of Rowland, he received the degree 
of Ph. D. in physies in 1898. The subject of 
his thesis, “A comparison of mereury and re- 
sistence thermometers and an adjustment of 
Rowland’s yalue of the mechanical equivalent 
of heat,” in collaboration with F. Mallory, is 
the one to which Waidner devoted practically 
his entire professional career, namely, the de- 
termination of fundamental constants and 
standards relating to heat, and he became the 
first authority in the country on thermometry 
and heat measurements. 

He served as instructor in physics at the 
Hopkins and also at Williams College, going to 
the Bureau of Standards on August 1, 1901, 
one month after its establishment. In 1903, 
he organized the Division of Heat and Thermo- 
metry, of which he was appointed chief, a posi- 
tion which he held until his death. It is char- 
acteristic of him to note that the first books he 
ordered at the bureau were a set of Regnault’s 
works. 

It is perhaps not without interest to recall 
the chaotic state existing in 1901 in this coun- 
try with respect to thermometric data. Clin- 
ical thermometers were being certified to a 
scale one-tenth degree in error; manufacturers 
of thermometvic instruments of precision each 
had his own “standards,” usually of nebulous 
or ambiguous origin; for pyrometrie data, one 
had to go to Germany; the temperature scale 
in the fundamental range 0° to 100°C of the 
International Bureau was available with diffi- 
culty and delay through French-made thermo- 
meters; there was practically no national or 
international agreement relating to heat 
measurements. 

Waidner took up and successfully solved, in 
collaboration with his associates, each of these 
problems. Starting with the scale and methods 
of testing of clinical thermometers, calorimetric 
thermometry and the substitution of the elec- 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1424 


trical resistance method as standard in this 
range as for a portion of the higher and lower 
temperature ranges, this work included also 
exhaustive studies of the limitations of mer- 
cury-in-glass thermometers, and the introduc- 
tion and development of opiieal snd thermo- 
electric methods in pyrometric measurements. 
In the course of this work it was necessary to 
devise many new designs of apparatus and 
Waidner was exceptionally skillful in this field, 
and his designs have been used as models by 
many others. 

He also saw the necessity of improving 
calorimetric methods to secure greater pre- 
cision and his work, for example, on methods 
of méasuring heating values of gases is recog- 
nized as fundamental for gas testing. He was 
responsible for the establishment of the dis- 
tribution of materials of determined calorific 
value for calorimetric standards on which the 
testing of fuels depends; and also of pyro- 
metric material standards of certified melting 
point, permitting 
meters by the user. 

The investigations carried out by him or 
under his supervision on high temperature 
measurments were started when the subject was 
comparatively unknown in this country. This 
work provided pyrometric standards and meth- 
ods of control for American manufacturers of 
pyrometers, and was of fundamental import- 
ance in the development of an industry which 
now finds application in many branches of 
manufacture. 

As the bureau expanded, Waidner was able 
to devote less time to actual experimental work, 
but to the last was very active in the initia- 
tion and direction of the problems in heat, and 
many of the more recent papers from the 
bureau on such subjects, although they do not 
bear his name are nevertheless largely his pro- 
duct. During the past few years his interest 
centered mainly about several groups of en- 
gineering problems, one relating to the deter- 
mination of constants of importance especially 
to the refrigerating industry; another con- 
cerned with the extensive investigations on the 
fire-resisting properties of structural ma- 
terials; and a third, dealing with the methods 
of testing petroleum products. 


the calibration of pyro- 


ApRIL 14, 1922] 


During the war he had charge of the execu- 
tion of many lines of research, including the 
elaborate work done by the bureau on aviation 
engines, the atmospheric conditions which are 
encountered at heights up to thirty thousand 
feet being produced for the first time in a 
specially designed altitude chamber. This 
work was of importance in many ways, such 
as in fixing specifications for gasoline for avia- 
tion. engines, and determining their perform- 
ance with variations in design. 

His contributions to knowledge appear al- 
most exclusively as a long series of papers in 
the scientific and technologie series of the 
Bureau of Standards. His work was most 
painstaking and thorough and was always 
thoughtfully planned and skillfully executed. 
He was a delightful and inspiring companion 
to work with, as I can testify from an almost 
daily association extending over twenty years. 

Dr. Waidner was a man of wide acquaint- 
ance, a member of the Washington Academy of 
Sciences, the Philosophical Society of Wash- 
ington, the Cosmos Club, the American Society 
for Testing Materials and a fellow of the 
American Physical Society and the American 
Association for the Advancement of Science. 

In addition to his seientifie position, Waidner 
naturally had at the bureau many important 
administrative and advisory functions to per- 
form, some of them bringing him into close 
contact with his fellows. Thus, as a member 
of the editorial committee, continuously from 
its formation in 1903, he is largely responsible 
for the policy and standard of the bureau’s 
publications. This position, as well as that 
of the chairman of the personnel committee, 
he filled with consummate tact and devoted 
couscientiousness. He had the saving grace of 
wit and common sense, and broke many a dead- 
lock with a happy thrust that left no sting. 

His associates will remember him not only 
for his high standard of work but for his ever 
ready kindly advice, some times given to good 
effect when not asked for, his sterling char- 
acter, genial personality, intense loyalty to 
his friends and to the institution of which he 
was a dominating mind, and above all, during 
the past few years, for his grit and cheerful- 


SCIENCE 


391 


ness in combating the disease that finally took 
him off. 
S. W. Srrarron 
BUREAU OF STANDARDS 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 


VIENNA INSTITUTE FOR ICE AGE RE- 
SEARCH. 

SCARCELY any department of scientific re- 
search is of more general interest than that 
which concerns prehistoric man, his develop- 
ment during the Ice Age and the changes then 
taking place in the conformation of land and 
sea. Yet, with the exception of the Institute 
of Human Paleontology in Paris, generously 
endowed by Prince Albert of Monaco, there 
has hitherto been no special center for the 
investigation of this period. 

A public institution for study of the Ice Age 
has now been established in Vienna in connec- 
tion with the Natural History Museum of the 
Austrian Republic, and every effort will be 
made to investigate the phenomena of the Ice 
Age on a broad scientific basis. 

The geographical position of Vienna renders 
it well adapted for this purpose, since the land 
structures associated with the glaciation can be 
studied in the vicinity and observed in their 
ancient relations to the environment of pre- 
historie man. Lower Austria is well known to 
have furnished a rich store of ancient stone 
implements and weapons. 

The Vienna Institute is under the leadership 
of Dr. T. Bayer, director of the anthropological 
and ethnographical collections. Dr. Bayer’s 
papers in which he demonstrates the existence 
of no more than two distinct periods of glacial 
conditions may be said to have created a new 
basis for this field of research. He is assisted 
by a group of colleagues and it is hoped to 
extend the circle of workers to include those in 
other countries who are devoting themselves to 
this period of research. They are invited to 
enter into communication with Dr. Bayer at 
the Natural History Museum, Vienna, who will 
be pleased to give fuller information as to the 
present activities of the institute. 

Julius Pia 

ViENNA, Marcy 16 


392 


THE ALL-RUSSIAN CONGRESS OF 
ZOOLOGISTS IN PETROGRAD 

The first All-Russion Congress of Zoologists, 
Anatomists and Histologists is to be convened 
from April 23 to April 30 in Petrograd. At 
this congress it is expected to have the follow- 
ing sections: 1. Systematics, Zoogeography 
and Eeology; 2. Morphology (with Embry- 
ology); 3. Anatomy and Histology; 4. Experi- 
mental Zoology and Genetics. For the general 
sessions of the congress the following addresses 
will be delivered: 

L. S. Berg: Polyphiletism and evolution. 

A. S. Dogel: The causes which lead the living 
body to old age and death. 

G. A. Kojevnikoff: Polymorphism and evolu- 
tion. 

N. K. Koltzoff: Eugenics, its problems and 
methods. 

N. M, Koulagin: Zoology, science and agricul- 
ture. 

M. M. Novikoff: Modern opinion regarding 
structure of chambers. 

A. N. Severtzoff: The origin of fish and prob- 
lems of phylogeny connected with this question. 

P. P. Soushkin: The history of fauna of Siberia 
and Central Asia. 

U. A. Philipchenko: The problem of experi- 
mental study of variations. 

V, M. Shimkevich: About the regularity of the 
systematical indications. 

V. M. Shimkevich is chairman and K. 
Derugin and V. Tonkoff are vice-chairmen. 


ASSOCIATION OF GEOLOGISTS AND 
NATURALISTS IN PEKING AND 
VICINITY 

TuereE has recently been effected an informal 
association in Peking to bring together the 
geologists and naturalists resident in Peking 
and the vicinity for discussion of problems of 
mutual interest and the furtherance of intel- 
lectual intercourse among men of science in the 
Far East. Several meetings have been held at 
the residence of Dr. Roy Chapman Andrews 
at the headquarters of the Third Asiatie Expe- 
dition, at the residence of Dr. J. G. Anderson, 
at the Peking Hotel, in Central Park and else- 
where. The meetings are preceded by an 
informal dinner. On March 22 Dr. Walter 
Granger was expected to present the results of 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1424 


his recent expedition to the fossil fields of 
eastern Szechman province. 

Those who haye previously attended these 
meetings include: 

Dr. V. K. Ting, honorary director of the Geo- 
logical Survey of China. 

Dr. W. H. Wong, direetor Geological Survey of 
China. 

Dr. J. G. Andersson, mining adviser to the 
Chinese government. 

Dr. E, E. Ahnert, director Geological Committee 
of the Russian Far East, Vladivostock. 

Dr. Roy Chapman Andrews, director of the 
Third Asiatie Expedition. 

Professor George B. Barbour, professor of 
geology, Pei Yang University, Tientsin. 

Dr. Davidson Black, director of the department 
of anatomy, Peking Union Medical College. 

Dr. Walter Granger, paleontologist to the Third 
Asiatie Expedition. 

Dr. Otto Zdansky, associate paleontologist to 
the Geological Survey, China. 

Professor Charles P. Berkey, geologist of the 
Third Asiatie Expedition. 

Mr, Clifford Pope, assistant zoologist of the 
Third Asiatic Expedition. 

Dr. F. R. Tegrengen, mining geologist. 

Professor F. K. Morris, associate geologist of 
the Third Asiatie Expedition. 

Dr. A. W. Grabau, paleontologist of the Geo- 
logical Survey of China and professor of paleon- 
tology, National University, Peking. 

Dr. Harry Smith, assistant professor of botany, 
Uppsala, botanist and explorer. 

Pére Licent, naturalist and explorer, Tientsin. 

The gatherings are said to have proved 
highly stimulating. Frequent meetings during 
the winter and spring months are planned. 


THE MENDEL CENTENNIAL 


Ix commemoration of the hundredth anni- 
versary of the birth of Gregor Mendel, there 
will be held a scientific gathering in the city of 
Briinn, Czechoslovakia, from September 22 to 
24. A Festchrift containing original contribu- 
tions in the field of genetics will be published. 

The secretary of the local committee, Pro- 
fessor Dr. Hugo IItis, has asked me to eall this 
celebration to the attention of American 
geneticists and to extend to them a cordial invi- 
tation to take part in the celebration in any or 
all of the following ways: 


Apri 14, 1922 


(1) By accepting membership on the Inter- 
national Committee: (2) by being present in 
person at the gathering in Briinn on the date 
mentioned; (3) by making a voluntary con- 
tribution toward the expenses of the gathering 
and of the Festschrift; and (4) by submitting 
a manuscript for publication in the memorial 
volume. Such MSS. should be sent to Pro- 
fessor Dr. Hugo Iltis, Biikergasse 10, Briinn, 
Czechoslovakia, and should be in his hands by 
the end of May, 1922. Money contributions 
should be made payable to the Mendelfeier- 


Konto, Béhmische Eskompte-u. Kreditbank, 
Briinn. It is hoped that American geneticists 


will cooperate as fully as possible to make the 
celebration a success. 
Geo. H. SHULL 


COLLOID CHEMISTRY AT THE UNIVERSITY 
OF WISCONSIN 

Tue chemistry department of the University 
of Wisconsin announces that Professor The. 
Svedberg, of the University of Uppsala, will be 
in residence during the second semester of the 
scholastic year of 1922-23 and the summer 
session of 1923. 

While at Wisconsin, Professor Svedberg will 
organize and direct the research work in colloid 
chemistry, and will also give two lectures each 
week on the subject and conduct two weekly 
seminaries. One seminary will be devoted to 
the broader aspects of colloid chemistry and 
the other to its biological applications. 

Professor Svedberg is recognized as one of 
the international authorities on the subject of 
colloid chemistry. He is the author of many 
papers dealing with the fundamental prinei- 
ples of colloid chemistry and has written the 
best known treatises on the preparation of  col- 
loids. His work has been recognized by the 
award of numerous prizes and special research 
funds and he has been honored by numerous 
foreign societies. 

During the summer session of 1923, lasting 
for a period of six weeks, the lectures given 
during the second semester will be repeated for 
the benefit of educators and research workers 
who find it impossible to attend the university 
during the regular session. A seminary will 
also be conducted throughout the summer ses- 
sion. 


SCIENCE 


393 


who desire to do work 
under the direction of Professor Svedberg 
should communicate with Professor J. H. 
Mathews, director of the course in chemistry, 
since only a limited number of research workers 
can be accommodated. 


Advanced workers 


YALE UNIVERSITY AND DR. CHITTENDEN 


Art the regular monthly meeting of the Yale 
Corporation, held on Mareh 11, the following 
resolution was adopted in connection with the 
resignation of Dr. Chittenden as director of 
the Shetfield Scientific School, which takes 
effect at the close of the present university 
year: 

Even in his undergraduate days in the Sheffield 
Scientific School Director Chittenden had begun 
to pave the way to a distinguished career as a 
teacher and investigator in physiological chemis- 
try, for the development of which as an inde- 
pendent branch of study he has been responsible 
not only at Yale but in large measure in the 
United States. 
path of a pioneer in a borderline science which 
inevitably led both at home and abroad to recog- 
nition and honors in which the institution that 
Director Chittenden served has shared abundantly. 

Not less successful has been Dr. Chittenden’s 
leadership as director of the Sheffield Scientific 
Sehool for nearly a quarter of a century. His 
unflagging energy and broad vision have con- 
tributed largely to increase the material resources 
of the school, to enlarge the scope of its useful- 
ness as an institution for professional training in 
science, and to stimulate and encourage investi- 
gation. The recognition at Yale of the important 
part which the study of science should play in 
modern edueation is due in no small degree to 
Dr. Chittenden’s influence. Research at Yale has 
always found a staunch supporter and advoeate 
in him. 

To a man of Dr. Chittenden’s training and 
ideals even the partial abandonment of the pur- 
suit of science necessitated by the eall to an 
executive post must have meant a personal sacri- 
fiee. He has accepted this, as he has undertaken 
many other public tasks, in a spirit of service 
which deserves grateful recognition on the part of 
Yale Universiy. 

The Yale Alumni Weekly says in an edi- 
torial article: 

The resolutions adopted on the resignation of 
Director Chittenden by the Yale Corporation 
place a richly merited emphasis on the character 


His was in many respects the 


394 


of the service which the retiring administrative 
head of the Shefiield Scientific School has ren- 
dered since he succeeded Dr. George Jarvis Brush 
in 188. The latter was the first incumbent of 
an office which offered unusually large opportunity 
to a man of energy and imagination. That Dr, 
Chittenden has taken advantage of the oppor- 
tunity is strikingly demonstrated by a review of 
the development of the school under his far-seeing 
administration. This sympathetie interest has 
covered not alone his own special field of physio- 
logical chemistry, in which he as well as other 
members of the Scientific School faculty group 
have accomplished important results, but also 
other departments, including those in engineering. 
It is doubtful if any administrative ofticer of the 
university has ever followed more intimately the 
work of his office or brought to his task a more 
generous measure of loyal and intelligent effort. 
The qualities which distinguish the Scientific 
School and elevate it to the front ranks of insti- 
tutions of its class must be attributed largely to 
the man who now quietly lays down duties which 
he has unremittingly carried on for almost a 
quarter of a century. Graduates of the university, 
whatever their school affiliations and interests, 
will unite in paying tribute to such a record of 
service. They will look for years to come for the 
results of the successive contributions of Director 
Brush and Director Chittenden and will certainly 
find those results in an ever more useful Sheffield 
Scientific School. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Sir Ernest RutHerForD, Cavendish pro- 
fessor of experimental physics in the Univer- 
sity of Cambridge, has been named as _ presi- 
dent of the British Association for the Ad- 
vencement of Science for the annual meeting 
to be held at Liverpool next year. 


‘A DINNER in honor of Dr. Mansfield Merri- 
man, editor of the American Civil Engineers’ 
Handbook and former professor of civil engi- 
neering at Lehigh University, is to be given 
by the New York alumni of that institution at 
the Aldine Club, New York City, on April 18. 
John R. Freeman, George H. Pegram, Robert 
Ridgway, Henry 8S. Jacoby, Frank P. Me- 
Hibben and Ralph J. Fogg will be the speakers. 


Ramon y Cagau will reach the retirement 
age on May 1, and a committee has been formed 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1424 


in Spain to organize a national demonstration 
showing the high regard in which he is held. 
An organizing committee has been appointed, 
the president of which is Dr. C. M. Cortezo, 
president of the Royal Academy of Medicine, 
and the secretary, Dr. C. Pittaluga. The plans 
of the committee include a special edition of 
Cajal’s works, the construction of a monument 
and an increase in the appropriation allotted 
by the government for the maintenance of the 
Instituto Cajal. 


Sir Frank Dyson was elected president of 
the British Optical Society at the annual meet- 
ing held on February 9. At the same meeting 
Professor A. A. Michelson, of the University 
of Chicago, and Dr. M. von Rohr, of Messrs. 
Carl Zeiss, Jena, were elected honorary fellows 
of the society. 


Mr. G. V. CoLcHESTER has been appointed to 
the post of geologist on the Geological Survey 
of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan in succession to 
Mr. C. T. Madigan, who now holds a lecture- 
ship in geology at Adelaide University. 


Dr. Cartes D. Woops, who for nearly 25 
years was director of the Maine Agricultural 
Experiment Station and more recently con- 
sultant in agriculture in the United States War 
Department, has accepted the directorship of 
the Division of Agricultural Information with 
the State Department of Agriculture of the 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 


Mr. C. S. Brixton has been appointed chief 
of the Philadelphia Food and Drug Inspection 
Station of the Bureau of Chemistry, effective 
March 1, 1922. This appointment is made to 
fill the vacaney caused by the transfer of Mr. 
Arthur Stengel to the Bureau of Chemistry in 
Washington. 

Mr. D. D. BeroLzHEIMER, assistant technical 
editor of the Chemical Engineering Catalog 
and co-author of the Condensed Chemical Die- 
tionary, has been appointed manager of the 
information bureau of the Chemical Catalog 
Company, Inec., and of the service department 
of the Journal of Industrial and Engineering 
Chemistry. 


Mr. Arruur D. Houmes, who has been re- 
search chemist with the E. I. du Pont de 


APRIL 14, 1922] 


Nemours & Co. at the Jackson Laboratory, has 
resigned to accept a position with the E. L. 
Patch Company, Boston, Mass., to establish a 
research laboratory which will be concerned 
with investigations along biological and physi- 
ological lines. 


Dr. Pertey Spauupinc, of the Bureau of 
Plant Industry, sailed on April 4 for Europe, 
where he will make a prolonged investigation 
of the white-pine blister rust. He will spend 
about eight months in Europe, covering the 
entire growing season, and visiting all parts 
except Spain, Russia and the Balkans. He 
will also represent the United States Depart- 
ment of Agriculture at the general assembly 
of the International Institute of Agriculture 
at Rome on May 8 to 18. 


Nature reports that an expedition, consisting 
of Professor J. W. Gregory, of Glasgow Uni- 
versity, and his son, Mr. Christopher J. Greg- 
ory, which has for its primary object the inves- 
tigation of some features in the mountain 
structure of northwestern Yunnan and western 
Szechuan, expected to leave for Burma at the 
end of March. The area is one of special geo- 
logical and biological interest. It ineludes 
some mountains of which the height varies, ac- 
cording to the available information, from 
20,000 to 25,000 feet; and as these mountains 
occur in line with the Himalaya and the moun- 
tains south of Assam it has been suggested that 
they represent a prolongation of the Hima- 
laya. Some zoological and botanical collec- 
tions will be made which it is hoped will be 
worked out in the British Museum of Natural 
History and in the India Museum, Caleutta. 
The expedition will travel via Rangoon, and 
hopes to start from Bhamo, near the north- 
western frontier of Burma, at the beginning of 
May. 


We learn from the Journal of the Washing- 
ton Academy of Sciences that Secretary of 
Agriculture Wallace has appointed a com- 
mittee of six scientific men from the department 
to consider the problem of land utilization. The 
committee consists of Messrs. L. C. Gray, of the 
Office of Farm Management and Farm Eco- 
nomies; C. V. Piper, of the Bureau of Plant 
Industry; G. M. Rommel, of the Bureau of Ani- 


SCIENCE 


395 


mal Industry; C. F. Marbut, of the Bureau of 
Soils; E. E. Carter, of the Forest Service; and 
S. H. MeCory, of the Bureau of Public Roads. 

Governor W. D. SrepHens, of California, 
has appointed the following as a committee to 
investigate the agricultural colleges of the 
United States and report on a plan for im- 
proving the agricultural work of the state: 
G. H. Powell, Los Angeles; W. S. Guilford, 
Butte City; Elwood Mead, professor of rural 
institutions, University of California; James J. 
Hollister, Gaviota; Samuel G. Mortland, 
Fresno; Sheridan W. Baker, Santa Rosa, and 
R. G. Sproul, comptroller of the University of 
California. 

On the request of W. D. Bancroft, the Na- 
tional Research Council has appointed the fol- 
lowing committee on theory of reactions of non- 
electrodes: Julius Stieglitz, of the University 
of Chicago, Roger F. Brunel, of Bryn Mawr 
College, H. S. Fry, of the University of Cin- 
cinnati, L. W. Jones, of Princeton University, 
James Kendall, of Columbia University, G. N. 
Lewis, of the University of California, and 
W. A. Noyes, of the University of Illinois. 

THe National Canners’ Association has just 
contributed to the University of Chicago 
$10,000 a year for two years for investigation 
into the causes of disease connected with their 
work. The investigation is to be under the 
direction of Professor Edwin Oakes Jordan, 
chairman of the department of hygiene and 
bacteriology, and will be in cooperation with 
the United States Public Health Service. Dr. 
J. C. Geiger has been detailed by the surgeon 
general of the United States to carry on this 
work under Professor Jordan, and for this 
purpose he has been appointed for two years 
to an associate professorship of epidemiology 
in the department of hygiene and bacteriology. 


Dr. F. W. Aston, of the University of Cam- 
bridge, delivered an address on “Isotopes and 
the structure of the atom” before the joint 


-meeting of the Washington Academy of Sci- 


ences, Philosophical Society of Washington 
and the Chemical Society of Washington, on 
March 29. Dr. Aston also gave lectures on 
March 30 and 31 before the North Carolina 
Chapter of the Society of Sigma Xi. 


396 


THE Harben lectures will be given during 
the meeting at Plymouth of the Royal Institute 
of Public Health from May 31 to June 5 by 
Dr. T. Madsen, director of the State Serum 
Institute, Copenhagen. 


Tue death is announced of Professor V. I. 
Palladin, the well-known plant physiologist, 
at the age of 63 years. Palladin published 
many scientific contributions, notably on the 
fundamental molecular phenomena of respira- 
tion. An English translation of his text book 
of plant physiology is used in many American 
universities. 

JULES SCHEVITZ, secretary of the Oklahoma 
Public Health Association, died on March 22, 
1922, at the age of twenty-four years. <A cor- 
respondent writes: “During the four years of 
his association with the work, he built up a 
statewide organization for the promotion of 
the public health, established tubereulosis dis- 
pensaries, initiated infant and child welfare 
activities, conducted a state-wide public health 
survey of urban conditions and succeeded in 
getting legislative action for the construction 
of three tuberculosis sanatoria.”’ 


Tue Pacific Division of the American Phyto- 
pathological Society will meet in Salt Lake 
City, Utah, from June 22 to 24, in conjunction 
with the summer session of the American Asso- 
ciation for the Advancement of Science. It is 
hoped that any members of the parent society 
who are contemplating a trip to the Rocky 
Mountains or the Pacifie Coast will arrange to 
be at Salt Lake for this meeting. Those who 
wish to present papers should notify S. M. 
Zeller, secretary-treasurer, Pacific Division, 
American Phytopathologieal Society, Oregon 
Agricultural College, Corvallis, Oregon. 


THe fourth annual meeting of the American 
Society of Mammalogists will be held in New 
York City from May 16 to 18. The sessions on 
the first two days, May 16-17, will be devoted 
to the reading of papers, discussion and busi- 
ness, and will be held from 10 A.M. to 4:30 
P.M. in the American Museum of Natural 
History. A session will also be arranged for 
the evening of May 17. On May 18 the society 
will visit the New York Zoological Park as the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1424 


guest of the New York Zoological Society. 
Headquarters will be at the Hotel Majestic, 
72d Street and Central Park West. 


The second national convention on commer-- 
cial engineering called by the United States 
commissioner of education will be held on May 
1 and 2 at the Carnegie Institute of Technol- 
ogy in Pittsburgh. Dr. Thomas S. Baker, 
acting president of the institute, has invited 
about 200 colleges in the United States and 
Canada to appoint delegates, many of which 
have already announced appointees. Invita- 
tions have also gone out from Washington to 
engineering professional societies, to indi- 
viduals, and to more than 1,400 chambers of 
commerce and trade organizations. Dr. Glen 
Levin Swiggett, of the United States Bureau 
of Education, is chairman of the national com- 
mittee, which includes prominent representa- 
tives of commerce and engineering interests 
throughout the country. 

Tue National Committee on Mathematical 
Requirements announces that, owing to unfor- 
tunate delays in printing, its complete final 
report, “The Reorganization of Mathematics in 
Secondary Education,” will not be ready for 
distribution before May, 1922. Requests for 
free copies of this 500 page report may be 
sent to J. W. Young, chairman, Hanover, New 
Hampshire. Owing to the labor and expense 
involved, the receipt of applications for copies 
of the report is not in general being individu- 
ally acknowledged. Applicants may rest as- 
sured, however, that their requests will be filled 
when the report is ready for distribution. 


THE Journal of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation reports that establishment in Washing- 
ton, D. C., under permanent federal support 
of an institution where problems of disease 
and health may be attacked cooperatively along 
general chemical, physical, biologic, pharma- 
ecologic and other necessary lines, with the ob- 
ject of mastering these problems for the com- 
mon good of humanity, are the proposals of a 
bill shortly to be introduced in the House of 
Representatives by Representative Roy O. 
Woodruff of Michigan. Dr. Woodruff is a 
physician as well as a dentist and he asserts 
that the practical advantage of such an insti- 


Apnrit 14, 1922 


tution was demonstrated during the World 
War by the existence of the American Uni- 
versity experimental station. 


Tue Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Com- 
merce, in cooperation with the Bureau of 
Mines, has completed arrangements to produce 
in this country motion picture films showing 
methods of production and employment of 
American machinery and similar products. The 
actual cost of the photography, as well as the 
expenses incurred in the making of additional 
prints of the films, is borne by the cooperating 
company. After the picture has been com- 
pleted and approved, the work of distributing 
the films, both in this country and abroad, is 
taken eare of by the Bureau of Foreign and 
Domestic Commerce without any further ex- 
pense to the company. 


FurtHer information in regard to radium in 
the Congo is quoted from the bulletin of the 
Belgian Chemical Society to the effect that the 
sample of minerals assayed by Professor 
Schoep of the University of Ghent yield 424 kg. 
of uranium and 139 mg. of radium to the ton. 
The minerals came from the Upper Katanga, 
in the concession of the Union Miniére which 
has entrusted the industrial treatment of the 
uranium to the Belgian Société Générale Metal- 
lurgique de Hoboken, which has put up a fac- 
tory for the purpose in the Antwerp district. 
Other deposits of the same minerals have been 
found at other points specified, and Professor 
Schoep has found two new kinds of minerals 
among them, extremely radioactive. He has 
named one “eurite’” and the other “kasolite,” 
and announces that the crystals are soluble in 
nitric acid, and the radium salt can then be 
extracted from the fluid without 
through the usual calcination process. 


passing 


IMPROVEMENTS of the wireless plant at the 
University of Iowa have increased the range 
of station 9YA to 1,000 miles under average 
conditions and 2,000 miles when conditions are 
favorable. The university is now broadcasting 
regular weekly programs under the direction 
of the extension division. Besides the regular 
programs all noteworthy happenings on the 
university schedule are broadcasted as they 
take place. Thus far nothing of a strictly edu- 


SCIENCE 397 


cational nature has been attempted, the pro- 
grams being arranged with entertainment 
rather than instruction in view. 

Dr. Henry Norris Russent, professor of 
astronomy, Princeton University; Dr. Robert 
A. Millikan, of Chicago, head of the Norman 
Bridge Laboratory, California Institute of 
Technology; Mr. Charles W. Brown, professor 
of geology, Brown University, and Dr. Gilbert 
N. Lewis, professor of physics, University of 
California, have completed a series of lectures 
at Pomona College, covering recent advances 
in physical science. Their subjects were: “The 
evolution of the stars,’ “Modern atomic the- 
ories,” “The energy, composition and structure 
of the earth,” and “The chemistry of the stars.” 

Tue annual meeting of the Nebraska Acad- 
emy of Science will be held at Nebraska Wes- 
leyan University on April 21 and 22. On the 
evening of April 21 Dr. G. W. Stewart, of the 
University of Towa will deliver an address on 
““Achievement in science.” Weather permitting, 
this will be broadeasted by radio-phone. The 
annual address of the president, Professor J. C. 
Jensen, will be delivered at the general session 
on Saturday morning, the subject being “Re- 
cent research in atomic structure.” In addition 
to a large number of papers, plans have been 
made for the showing of twelve reels of the 
finest scientific motion pictures available, and 
six or seven large manufacturers of scientific 
apparatus have agreed to send some of their 
latest models for exhibition. 

At the regular meeting of the Biological 
Society of Washington, to be held on April 29, 
at 8 p.m., at the Cosmos Club, Washington, 
D. C., Dr. William E. Ritter, of the Seripps 
Institution for Biological Research, will ad- 
dress the society on “The usefulness and the 
peril of laboratory methods in biology.” 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 

McPuerson Coutece, McPherson, Kansas, is 
building a four story science hall modern in 
every way. The estimated cost is $160,000. It 
is expected to be completed by August. 

A contract has been let for a new medical 
building at the University of Alabama, Tusca- 


398 


loosa, at a cost of $82,000. Construction work 
will be started immediately. 


Tue Journal of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation states that the governor of Bengal laid 
the foundation stone of the new School of 
Tropical Medicine at Caleutta on February 14. 
The Indian government donated $195,000 for 
the site and will contribute toward the upkeep 
of the institution. Owing to the prevalence of 
tropical diseases in India, the work of the 
laboratory will be chiefly the investigation of 
causes of tropical diseases in an effort to dis- 
cover more accurate methods of diagnosis and 
more advantageous process of treatment. 


Stewart §. Bruce, formerly professor of 
metallurgy and ore dressing at the Michigan 
College of Mines, is temporarily filling the chair 
of metallurgy at the University of Idaho, Pro- 
fessor R. B. Elder having a leave of absence 
on account of illness. 


Tue research chair of medical psychology in 
the University of. Queensland, Brisbane, has 
been filled by the appointment of Dr. J. P. 
Lowson, university demonstrator in experi- 
mental psychology at the University of Cam- 
bridge. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
OSBORN VERSUS BATESON ON EVOLUTION 

Proressor H. F. Oszorn’s challenge (this 
Journal, February 24, 1922) to Professor 
Bateson for his position on the evolution 
theory, ought to and probably will, make many 
a biologist gasp a little and wonder a good 
deal. 

If one scans a bit thoughtfully the land- 
scape of human life for the last few decades, 
he can hardly fail to see signs that the whole 
battle ground of evolution will have to be 
fought over again; this time not so much be- 
tween scientists and theologians as among 
scientists themselves. 

The purpose of this note is to put side-by- 
side two sentences, one from Bateson’s Toronto 
address, the other from Osborn’s challenge. 
Says Bateson: “Biological science has returned 
to its rightful place, investigation of the struc- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1424 


ture and properties of the concrete and visible 
world”; and Osborn: “If this opinion [Bate- 
son’s as to the failure of studies so far made 
to reveal the causes of the origin of species] 
is generally accepted as a fact or demonstrated 
truth, the way is open to search the causes of 
evolution along other lines of inquiry.’ 

Of the many things that fairly beg to be 
said about both these sentences, this seems to 
me the most urgent: Why have biologists felt 
it so much more incumbent upon them to 
“search the causes” of the origin of the bodies 
which are subject matter of their science, than 
astronomers, and geographers and geologists 
have to search the causes of origin of the bodies 
they study? 

Or, putting much the same question in an- 
other form: What would have been the effect 
on the sciences of astronomy, and geography, 
and geology, had their devotees given relative- 
ly as much time and energy to searching for 
causes as have evolutional biologists? — 

I doubt if any one acquainted however 
slightly with progress in the several domains 
mentioned would hesitate much for answers to 
these queries. 

Undoubtedly those who investigate the 
heavenly bodies are interested, and deeply in- 
terested, in the causes which produced these 
bodies. And undoubtedly, too, all students of 
the earth want to discover the “causal factors” 
in earth production. 

I venture here to be a trifle personal. Hav- 
ing been for years closely connected with in- 
vestigations on the oceanography of the Pacific 
Ocean, I am greatly interested in oceanic 
causation. Indeed it would be a very great 
satisfaction could I contribute even indirectly 
and in the smallest way to discovering the 
causes of the Pacifie Ocean. 

But my oceanographic feeling has always 
been that “investigation of the structure and 
properties of the concrete and visible’ great- 
est of oceans would be more fruitful than 
would search after the causes of it. Possibly 
I am wrong, but my guess is that the attitude 
of the great majority of modern astronomers, 
geographers, and geologists, toward their do- 
mains has resembled more my attitude toward 


APRIL 14, 1922] 


oceanic evolution than my attitude toward bio- 
logical evolution when, twenty years ago I 
supposed, as Professor Osborn seems still to 
suppose, that search for causes of this latter 
evolution is the supreme goal of biological 
study. 

But I am mindful that there is a reason why 
biologists have been goaded to strain them- 
selves more in search of originating causes in 
their domain than have other scientists in 
search of such causes in their domains. That 
reason is the historic circumstance that these 
other scientists have long since been relieved 
of danger from the germ of supernatural 
causation in their domains, while this germ 
still lingers in the biological domain. 

The way by which biology may escape limbo 
in this matter, Bateson, along with a consider- 
able number of naturalistic biologists, is ap- 
parently beginning to see. “Meanwhile,” he 
says, “our faith in evolution stands unshaken.” 

What is the lesson, practical and theoretical, 
implied in such a declaration? What it is 
for Bateson of course I do not know. For my- 
self it is this: Let us stop trying to convince 
ourselves and others that we have discovered, 
or in a few minutes will discover, the causes 
of evolution, and devote our efforts to per- 
ceiving for ourselves and convincing others of 
the naturalness, through-and-through, of evo- 
lution. In other words, let us bestow much 
more time and energy upon the grounds of 
our faith in evolution as one of nature's grand- 
est processes, than upon searching after, and 
speculating about, the causes of evolution. 

Wu. E. Rivrer 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, 
Scripps INSTITUTION FoR 
BroLoGicAL RESEARCH, 
Marcu 4, 1922 


FURTHER CONSIDERATION OF THE SIZE OF 
VEIN-ISLETS OF LEAVES AS AN 
AGE-DETERMINANT 

In a recent paper? 
measurements as a means of determining the 


regarding vein-islet 


1 Ensign, M. R., Area of vein-islets in leaves of 
certain plants as an age determinant, Jour. Bot., 
8: 433, 1921. 


SCIENCE 


399 


age of the woody perennial upon which the 
leaves are borne, the use of fresh leaves under 
low magnification was criticised. The basis 
of the criticism was that different thicknesses 
of chlorophyll would affect the number of vein- 
lets visible and thus affect the apparent size 
of the vein-islets. This of course, is true. The 
fact that it is true constitutes one of the im- 
portant advantages of the method criticised 
and is an equally important objection to the 
sole use of the suggested method. 

In my original paper it was pointed out that 
the palisade cells decreased in size with age 
as do all of the other kinds of cells in the leaf 
with the exception of the cells of the veinlets 
which increase somewhat in size. With in- 
creasing age both the lessening thickness of the 
chlorophyll-containing cells and the inereas- 
ing size of the conducting cells will render 
the veinlets more conspicuous. The actual in- 
crease in the amount of conducting tissue in 
the leaf is emphasized by increased visibility. 
The use of fresh material under low magnifica- 
tion gives a morphological summation which 
the suggested method quite lacks and there- 
fore I adopted it after a trial of both. In this 
case the method adapted to field use is the 
more precise, as an age-determiner. 

As is well known, the venation of the leaf of 
any given species is affected by external agents. 
Different species respond to these factors in 
different ways. Since the size of the vein- 
islets is affected by these factors, a successful 
use of this method of age determination re- 
quires sufficient familiarity with the responses 
of the species used, to enable one to eliminate 
the differences not due to age. As soon as 
this is done the relation of the size of the vein- 
islets to age is clear. 

Since the discovery that the “protoplasm” 
of plants was fundamentally the same as the 
“sareode” of animals, the progress of physiol- 
ogy has been steadily toward a demonstration 
that in the essentials of composition and re- 
sponse the two are essentially alike. Any 
theory of senility which can not be applied to 
plant conditions is not a fundamental theory 
and can be disregarded. It is equally true 
that any characteristic so strongly marked as 


400 


is the process of senility in the animal can not 
be unrepresented in the plant world. 


Harris M. Baenepicr 
UNIVERSITY OF CINCINNATI 


THE METRIC SYSTEM 

REFERRING to the article, “Progress in Metric 
Standardization,” by Professor Bingham in 
your impression for March 3, it seems impos- 
sible to make the metric party understand that 
while, in some applications, the adoption of the 
metric system is easy, in others it is supremely 
difficult. It has been shown repeatedly that the 
easiest of all units to change are those of 
capacity and that the easiest of all places in 
which to adopt the system is the scientific 
laboratory, and the metric argument is that, 
these changes being easy, therefore all others 
are easy, when the fact is that others are so dif- 
ficult that they have not been brought about in 
any country in the world, the net result being 
a dual or mixed system to which the arguments 
advanced for the metric system have no ap- 
plication. 

Your readers should obtain the recent Report 
of the National Industrial Conference Board 
on this subject, which is the result of an in- 
vestigation that consumed a year and is the 
most exhaustive that has ever been made and 
which confirms all of our contentions. More- 
over, the Report is signed, without reserva- 
tion, by two members of the Council of the 
American Metric Association who, the facts be- 
ing established, signed it because they could 
not do otherwise: 

Within a year a committee of the Conjoint 
Board of Scientific Societies of Great Britain, 
representing forty-nine scientific societies, rep- 
resenting, in turn, every conceivable phase of 
scientific activity, have made a unanimous re- 
port recommending that the metric system be 
not adopted in Great Britain. 

Moreover, these are but examples. During 
the past century seven investigations worthy of 
that name have been made in this country and 
jreat Britain, the result of every one being 
adverse to the claims made for the system. The 
plain fact is that the metric party always lose 
when both sides are heard, the most recent ex- 
ample being at the late convention of the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1424 


Chamber of Commerce of the United States of 
America. 

The weakness of the metric party today les 
in their refusal to read the anti metric case. 
Because of this, their representatives went be- 
fore the Senate Committee on Manufactures 
during the past winter at Washington and re- 
peated claims that were disproven twenty years 
ago. The case was thus made extremely easy 
for the opposition, as we had only to point out 
the facts in order to show not only that the 


metric party had no case, but also to discredit 


their witnesses as incompetent. 

There is no better illustration of this fail- 
ure to acquaint themselves with the facts than 
Professor Bingham’s naive assumption that the 
opposition is composed of “a few gage manu- 
facturers.” 

It is interesting to note that, after we have 
been assured for many years that the system is 
“universal” in Chemistry, you are now imaug- 
urating a campaign to bring about its use by 
chemical manufacturers. 

Frepperick A. HaAussy, 
COMMISSIONER OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE 
or WEIGHTS AND MEASURES 


Tuts letter is suggested by Mr. Eugene C. 
Bingham’s article on “Progress of Metric 
Standardization” in the. March 3 number. 

I am an ardent advocate of the metric sys- 
tem, and feel that one of the greatest difficul- 
ties in bringing it into general use has been our 
prolonged period of consideration, during 
which many of us have been really working 
with two systems, and have borne all the bur- 
dens which that condition imposes. 

The Drug Trade and Pharmacy generally 
has probably gone as far in the change as any 
other commercial group, but if the system were 
made compulsory there would be a large num- 
ber of changes, some requiring an act of Con- 
gress. For example, that requiring that certain 
medicines bear the content of certain drugs— 
Opium, in grains per fiuid ounce. 

For the transition period certain comparative 
tables will be necessary—a comparative table 
showing prices in dollars and cents per Avoir- 
dupois pound or ounce equals dollars and cents 
per kilo or grams. 


Apri 14, 1922] 


The Bureau of Standards recently advised 
me that they did not know of any such publica- 
tion, yet it seems that this would be one of the 
first requirements for a commercial change, and 
if it were now provided, might clear the way 
for the next step. The willingness of certain 
chemical manufacturers and dealers to furnish 
goods in metric quantities, does not amount to 
very much—it is easily done, and has been 
done automatically since the demand appeared, 
but a few more practical suggestions with the 
necessary tools (such as conversion tables as 
above) would greatly smooth the way in the 
eyes of the average business man, who is prob- 
ably accounted the greatest opponent of the 


change. 
if Henry Paut BuscH 


CONCERNING THE ARTICLE ““A NEW 
GRAPHIC ANALYTIC METHOD 

In an article entitled, “A New Graphic 
Analytie Method,” in Scrence of October 7, 
1921, Mr. R. von Huhn states a method of de- 
riving the graph of a special case of a function 
of a function. Stated in more usual mathe- 
matical terms: 

Given the curves that represent 

y = kx + m, 
ze—hy4t n, 

the curve that represents the resulting equation 
2— le + q 

is drawn. 

Essentially the same method, in a far more 
general form, and in a more usual mathematical 
formulation has been given by several mathe- 
maticians. See the articles by E. H. Moore, 
“Cross-section paper as a mathematical instru- 
ment,” in The School Review, May, 1906, and 
by A. Kempner, “Some hints on _ plotting 
graphs in analytic geometry,” in The American 
Mathematical Monthly, Vol. XXIV, pp. 17-21, 
and, in particular, the more specific article by 
W. H. Roever, “Graphical constructions for a 
function of a function and for a function given 
by a pair of parametric equations,’ in “The 
American Mathematical Monthly, Vol. XXIII, 
pp. 330-333. E. R. Hedrick has suggested the 
modification of transferring points from one 
of the two like-named axes to the other by 
means of a 45° triangle and he has also empha- 


SCIENCE 


401 


sized the geometric interpretation of the opera- 
tion as that of finding the projection on the 
plane xy of the intersection of the two eylin- 
drical surfaces 
F(a, y) = 0, O(y, z) = 0 
This perfectly general problem was well- 
known to mathematicians and hence the special 
case treated in the article mentioned above can 
not be regarded as novel. 
Wu. H. Ropver 
E. R. Heprick 
WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
THE PROPERTIES OF ELEMENTS AND SALTS 


AS RELATED TO THE DIMENSIONS 
OF ATOMS AND IONS! 


(An Application of Geometry to the Study of 
Inorganic Chemistry) 


RECENTLY great interest has been aroused in 
connection with the determination of the 
dimensions of atoms and ions by various meth- 
ods; particularly that of X-ray erystal anal- 
ysis,—by Bragg, Landé, Hull, Davey, and 
others. Very recently Fajans and Grimm, and 
later Biltz and also Henglein have pointed out 
that there is a very simple linear relation be- 
tween the volume of certain series of salts and 
the atomie volumes of their constituents. Six 
years ago Professor W. D. Harkins and the 
writer began work upon what are known as 
complex chemical compounds, such as am- 
mines and hydrates, in an attempt to show 
that a large number of the properties of these 
compounds, as well as those of simple salts, are 
very simply related to the sizes of the atoms, 
atomic groups, and ions, from which the salts 
are built. This point of view has now been 
developed in considerable detail by the writer. 
The simplicity of the relation is apparent when 
it is realized that for a number of groups in 
the periodic system of the most common ele- 
ments, as many as 35 properties of their simple 
compounds have been found to be related in a 
linear way to the atomie and ionic volumes of 

1 From an address presented at the University 
of Chicago in December, 1921, and to the Har- 
vard-Technology Chemical Club in January, 1922. 


402 


their constituents, as will be shown later in 
detail. 

The present paper will be limited to a con- 
sideration of these relationships in the case of 
the elements and simple compounds, and will 
indicate briefly some of the most interesting of 
a large number of cases which show the above 
simple relationship. 

While the writer was working upon the more 
extended and general set of relations given in 
this letter, the above mentioned paper by Biltz 
appeared. In this he exhibited the volume rela- 
tions which may be used as a basis for the 
general discussion. Biltz found that if the 
atomic volumes of certain of the noble gases 
(argon, krypton, and xenon) are plotted along 
one axis in a two dimensional plot, the atomic 
volumes of the three corresponding halogens 
give one straight line, the three alkalies an- 
other, the three members of group 4B another, 
and the three members of group 4A, a fourth 
straight line; while in all of the other groups 
there is a departure from linearity. It may 
be noted that the alkali and halogen groups on 
the one hand, and groups 4 A and B on the 
other, are equidistant from the group of the 
rare gases of the atmosphere in the periodic 
table of the elements as represented by Harkins 
and Hall. The facts found in this work are 
beautifully in accord with what might be ex- 
pected from this particular model of the peri- 
odie system. 

The relations found by the writer are much 
more general than those given in the preceding 
paragraph. Thus it is fownd that if the atomic 
volumes of the five alkali elements are plotted 
on one axis (as the X-axis) of a three dimen- 
sional rectangular coordinate system the atomic 
volumes of the four halogens on the Z-azis, 
and the molecular volumes of the alkali halides 
on the Y-axis, practically all of the points (all 
except some of those for cesium), lie quite 
nearly on a plane z = bx + ey + d which 
passes nearly through the origin. Thus the 
relationship is very much more simple than 
has heretofore been suspected. 

It is even more remarkable that when 
instead of the molecular volumes of the salts, 
other properties are plotted on the Y-axis, it is 
found that in a very large number of cases the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1424 


surface, while not a plane, is of the extremely 
simple form known as a doubly ruled surface. 
Commonly the surfaces found may be ex- 
pressed by the equation z= azy + ba -+ cy-+ d. 
For the molecular volumes of the alkali halides, 
the following expression, in which z is the 
molecular volume, xz the atomic volume of an 
alkali metal, and y the atomic volume of a 
halogen, holds rigorously: z = .0074¢y + 
36552 + y — 9.07 = .00849zy + .3345x2 + 
.9442y — 7.49. 

Since it is diffieult to present the character- 
isties of these remarkable doubly ruled sur- 
faces in a very simple way, the discussion of 
the present paper will be given in terms of the 
projections of these surfaces on the various 
coordinate planes. Simply to present one ex- 
ample, the two dimensional plot for the halo- 
gens may be considered. If the atomic vol- 
umes of the four members of the halogen 
group, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, 
are plotted along one axis of a plane rectangu- 
lar coordinate system, and along the other any 
of a large number of properties of other groups 
of elements, of other properties of the halogens 
themselves, and of compounds in which they 
are substituents, perfectly linear relationships 
are found, for which simple equations may be 
derived and ealeulations made with which 
reputable experimental data agree quite accu- 
rately. Some of these properties linear to the 
halogen atom dimensions may be briefly enum- 
erated as follows: atomic volumes, atomic 
radii, viscosities or boiling points of the rare 
gases; atomie volumes of the alkali metals and 
alternate members of group 4; for the ele- 
mentary halogens, the molecular diameters, 
melting points, boiling points, critical tempera- 
tures, latent heats of fusion and vaporization, 
normal potentials, cubical coefficients of ex- 
pansion, atomic frequencies, magnetic suscep- 
tibilities, cohesional dimensions, \/a and b of 
van der Waals’ equation, and the heat of 
formation of ions from the elements; for the 
hydrogen halides, the molecular volumes and 
diameters, boiling points, melting points, erit- 
ical temperatures, latent heat of vaporization 
and the energy of ionization; for organic com- 
pounds, the atomic volumes of the halogens in 
combination, the atomic refraction for the D 


ApriL 14, 1922 SCIENCE 403 
TABLE I. 
Atomic and Ionic Radii (x 108) for the Halogens. 
| Schwenden- 
Bragg? Davey? | Rankinet+ | Landé® Grimm>5 ie wein® Richards | Henglein? 
F— 1.13 0.75 0.99 | 0.8525 
Cie 1.06 1.56 1.27 1.60 0.95. 1.232 1.40 1.00 
Br— 1.19 1.73 1.35 HES O Nay 1.02 1.312 1.55 1.066 
Ie 1.40 1.98 1.49 20a 1.12 1.432 1.70 1.179 


line, and the molecular volumes of numerous 
halogen-substituted compounds; for salts, the 
molecular volumes of practically all metal 
halides, the volume change in solution, the 
melting points, boiling points, latent heat of 
vaporization, heat of formation and_ specific 
compressibilities of the alkali halides and many 
others, the percentage contraction for halides 
of small cations, the distance between the cen- 
ters of oppositely charged ions in crystals, and 
the radii of ionic halogens. 
There are many interesting 
item in the above enumeration of which space 
does not admit detailed consideration. For 
example the percentage contraction undergone 
when a salt is formed from the free elements, 
is found in this work to be related in a funda- 
mental way to the properties of the complex 
compound formed from it. Thus when a 
nickel halide is formed by the union of nickel 
with any of the halogens (fluorine, chlorine, 
bromine, or iodine) the percentage contraction 
is the same (22.5 per cent.) in each of the four 
cases. In the case of the cobalt and cupric 
halides the magnitude of the contraction is not 
quite constant, but increases slightly from the 
fluoride to the iodide. The constaney of the 
percentage contraction is also found when any 
halogen is combined in turn with the alkali 
metals (lithium, sodium, potassium, and ru- 
bidium). The contraction amounts to 60 per 
cent. each for the four fluorides, 43 per cent. 
each for the four chlorides, 38 per cent. each 
for the four bromides, and 30 per cent. for 
the four iodides. It is seen that the relative 
contraction decreases with increasing number 
of non-nuclear electrons in the halogen atom. 
The contraction for the cesium halides is 
greater than that given above for the other 
alkali halides. However in the oxy-acid salts 
cesium shows the same contraction as the other 
salts of the alkalis, and in molten halides it is 


details of each 


also perfectly normal as indicated by the eare- 
ful researches of Jaeger. The anomaly of 
cesium is therefore to be attributed to differ- 
ence in crystal form. As a matter of fact 
cesium halides possess cube-centered lattices, 
while all other alkali halides are simple cubic. 

The ionic radii can be derived from experi- 
mentally determined crystal distances only by 
means of some assumption. The following 
table shows the widely varying values, multi- 
plied by 108, which have been presented by 
eight workers. 

It is a singular fact that in spite of the wide 
discrepancies all of the values except those of 
Richards are quite accurately linearly related 
to the atomic volumes of the halogens at the 
boiling point, showing that whatever basis of 
calculation may be the closely similar halogens 
are still related to each other in relatively the 
same way. Richards’ values are calculated 
from the atomic volumes of chlorine, bromine 
and iodine at 25° where the three values are 
practically coincident, and this may explain 
the deviations in this case. However the third 
powers of the radii values, as direct functions 
of the volumes of single combined atoms, are 
found to be linearly related to gram-atomic vol- 
umes. This is apparently of greater signifi- 


2 From close-packing in crystals. 


3 From equality in size of ions with same num- 


ber of external electrons: K+ = Cl, Rb+ = Br-, 
(Obed 
*From viscosity of gaseous halogens, hence 


radii of atoms. 

5 From various aspects of Bohr theory. Repre- 
sents actual distance from nucleus to outermost 
electron orbit. 

6 From extrapolation of compressibility-con- 
traction curve to zero compressibility. 

7 From empirical considerations of linearity to 
molecular volumes, Zeit. anorg. allgem. Chem., 
120: 77 (December 14, 1921). 


404 SCIENCE [Vou. LV, No. 1424 
TABLE II 
Atomic and Tonie Radii (x 108) of the Alkali Elements1° 
l | | | | Schwen- | 
| Bragg ‘Davey | Landé |Grimm)_ den- Richards Saha® Heng- 
| | | aera : | lein 
| | | Chlo- | Bro- | 
| | | ride | mide | Iodide | 
Li | 1.50 | 0.98 | 0.88 | | 0.50 1.15 1.20 1.30 | 1.34 1.00 
Na | 1.75 | 1.25 | 1.15 | 0.52 | 0.65 145) 1.45 | 155 | 14a 1.428 
K 2.10 | 156 | 1.45 | 0.79 | 0.948 1.75 | 1.75 MBS ye 67) 208 
Rb QO50 Tae GO sy LOLOTS yh 28, 1.90 | 1.90 AN Sy ales 2.478 
1S Bisel alackeh Na) SOIL 1.32 1.90 | 1.85 1.90 | 1.86 
cance that the chance linearity of first values are used, or 1.76 X 10—® with Davey’s. 
powers. The most recent values are those In either case this is also the radius of the 


of Henglein, whose procedure is very ques- 
tionable inasmuch as he takes Fajans’ values 
for bromide and iodide ions and _ then 
assigns values to chloride and fluoride so 
that a straight line connects the molecular 
volumes of the halides of any alkali metal and 
the sizes of the substituent halogen ion. By 
using the same process for determining the 
sizes of the alkali ions it is of course possible 
at once to write an equation by which the 
molecular volumes may be ealeulated from the 
constant size of the ion. Henglein quite nat- 
urally observes a very good agreement between 
calculated and experimental values. 

Table I indicates the definite progression in 
size and properties from one member to the 
next in such’ nearly perfectS families (or 
groups) of elements as the halogens and the 
alkalies. 

It is interesting in this connection to com- 
pare the radius of the ammonium ion. Using 
the distance between ion centers found by 
Bartlett and Langmuir for the ammonium 
halides, and subtracting the radii of the halo- 
gen ions, the ammonium ion is found to have 
a radius of 1.99 <X 10-8 em., if Richards’ 


8 According to the periodic table of Harkins 
and Hall the two groups of elements nearest the 
group of rare gases, that is the alkali and halo- 
gen groups, should be the ones in which linear 
relations may be expected to hold for practically 
all of the elements in the group. Such groups 
may be designated as ‘‘perfect.’’ In this sense 
groups 2 to 6 inclusive are imperfect, since a 
considerable break in properties occurs between 
the second and third elements in each of these 
groups. 


rubidium ion. That this equality is extended 
to the molecular volumes and other properties 
of both simple and complex ammonium and 
rubidium salts may be shown by numerous 
examples. 

From the above considerations it is at once 
apparent that, by plotting the various prop- 
erties of the halogens, both free and combined, 
which are linear to the dimensions of the halo- 
gens, a large number of possible new linear 
relationships may be predicted. It has never 
before been possible to ascribe such perfect 
and simple constaney and dependency of 
essentially all properties upon one fundamental 
variable of matter. The definite increase in 
size in passing from fluorine to chlorine to 
bromine to iodine atoms is paralleled in a 
linear fashion not only by all dimensions of 
the atom free or in combination, neutral or 
charged, but by practically every measurable 
property. That this extends even to variations 
in the electromagnetic stray fields which deter- 
mine the strength of secondary valence forces 
and complex salt formation, will be indicated 
in a following paper. 

Exactly as has been done with the halogens, 
the various properties of the alkali metals, 
free and combined, may be related. The ionic 
radii have been variously calculated as follows: 
These values (with the exception of those of 


9 From ionization potentials. 

10 Other values are those of Born from heats of 
hydration, Pleyer-Wegau from diffusion. of metals 
mereury, Stokes-Born from ion mobilities, 
Gunther-Schulze from volume changes in permu- 
tites and from polarization capacities, and Heyd- 
weiller from ion refraction. 


in 


ApriL 14, 1922] 


Richards) are related in a linear way to many 
of the properties of the elements and their 
salts. 

From the average of the most logical values 
of the effective radii of atoms and ions of the 
alkali metals and the halogens it is found that 
the space functions of the third powers of the 
radii are as follows: for halogen ions, 9, (ratio 
of cube of radii X 6.063 X 10° to gram-ionic 
volume) = .44; for halogen atoms, 9, = .25 
(agreeing with van der Waal’s postulate) ; for 
alkali ions, 9, = .25; and for alkali atoms, 
~, == -52. In other words the volume of the 
halogen ion is roughly 44-25 that of the atom, 
and the alkali ion 25-52 of the corresponding 
atom. Upon this simple basis the molecular 
volumes of the alkali halides are found to be 
dependent as 3.35 % 10°*(r'nat-ion + 
1.769? aie ion ). 

Finally there are many linear relationships to 
be found among the other elements: e. g., the 
molecular volumes of the cuprous, silver and 
thallous halides and the stability of the triam- 
mines of these halides, to the atomic volumes 
or ionic sizes of cuprous copper, silver and 
thallium; the atomic volumes of calcium, stron- 
tium and barium (in some eases also lead), to 
the molecular volumes of practically any alka- 
line earth salt, or the stability of the hexam- 
mines of the metals (e. g., Ca. 6 NH,) to the 
ionic sizes of the alkaline earths; the molecular 
volumes of various sulfides, selenides and tel- 
lurides to the size of sulfide, selenide and tel- 
luride ions; the molecular volumes of the 
oxides to the atomic volumes of titanium, zir- 
conium and cerium; and numerous linear rela- 
tionships between the molecular volumes, sta- 
bility, percentage contraction and heats of 
dissociation of complex compounds and the 
molecular, atomie and ionic dimensions of the 
constituents of the whole complex molecule. 
These will be considered in a separate paper. 

The general method of representing the 
properties of salts as functions of the dimen- 
sions of their constituent ions (or of the atomic 
volumes of the constituent elements) is of 
such fundamental importance that an extensive 
study of the characteristics of these surfaces 
is now being made in collaboration with Pro- 
fessor A. C. Lunn and Professor W. D. Har- 


SCIENCE 


405 


kins of this university. As has been stated 
some of these surfaces are planes, while most 
of the others are doubly ruled. 
Grorce L. Ciuark 
UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO, 
FEBRUARY 3 


THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR 

THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 

SECTION L (1) HISTORY OF SCIENCE 

Tue History of Science section was organ- 
ized on a temporary basis at the Chicago 
meeting of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, December, 1920. At 
the Toronto meeting, December, 1921, it was 
formally organized, and recognized by the 
Council of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science as a sub-section in 
Section L (Historical and Philological) 

This step now assures the future of the His- 
tory of Science movement in the United States. 
The movement has been growing steadily, not 
alone in active interest and research by various 
scholars, but by the fact that our colleges, uni- 
versities and technical schools are taking cog- 
nizance of its place in the curriculum of science 
and technology. 

If we are, at all, to enter a new epoch of 
science teaching, and give more emphasis to 
the humanistic element in our sciences, it is 
evidently time now to consider the matter. 
Science, that which we love to eall pure science, 
has been too long dominated by the ulterior 
motive of materialism. 

The fact that the American Association for 
the Advancement of Science has _ recog- 
nized the value and purpose of History of 
Science, and accorded it a place in its compre- 
hensive activities, indicates a step forward, 
not alone in the “Association” progress, but in 
science, and in educational methods as well. 

A movement that can be fostered by two 
large and widely different organizations, such 
as the American Historical Association and the 
American Association for the Advancement of 
Science, is doubly assured of success and 
future stability, in relation to other intellectual 
movements. 

The Toronto meeting was in charge of a local 


406 


committee, Dr. J. Playfair MecMurrich and 
Dr. G. S. Brett, appointed by Dr. Burton E. 
Livingston, permanent secretary. To this com- 
mittee great credit is due for the courtesies 
shown, in the matter of room selection and 
accommodations, lanterns, ete. 

The program committee adhered to the policy 
adopted last year, by extending invitations to 
representative scholars to present papers, each 
paper illustrative of research in the field of 
some particular historical problem—technical 
and cultural. 

The meeting was called to order by Dr. 
William A. Locy, chairman of the interim com- 
mittee, Dr. Walter Libby acting as secretary 
pro tempore. The first paper on the program, 
“Leonardo da Vinci—Artist or Anatomist?” 
was given by Dr. J. Playfair MeMurrich, of 
the department of anatomy, University of 
Toronto. Dr. McMurrich proved by reference 
to Leonardo’s masters that Leonardo’s initial 
interest in anatomy was that of the scientific 
artist. In discussing the address of Dr. Me- 
Murrich it was suggested that there was an 
analogy between the relation of Leonardo to 
the science of anatomy and the relation of 
Shakespeare to the science of psychology. In 
answer to a question, Dr. MeMurrich expressed 
the view that Leonardo did not anticipate 
Harvey’s discovery of the circulation of the 
blood. Continuing, Dr. MeMurrich further 
remarked : 

“Attention was called to the rapid improve- 
ment in anatomical illustration in the first half 
of the sixteenth century after a prolonged 
reign of crude conventionalism, and the attempt 
was made to connect this with the art renais- 
sance which preceded that of science. The 
endeavors of the artists of the Renaissance to 
delineate accurately the human form led to 
better standards of observation, without which 
accurate drawing was impossible, and this re- 
acted on the anatomists. 

The great interest of the fifteenth century 
artists such as Pollajuolo, Verrocchio and 
Michelangelo in anatomy was noted and it was 
pointed out how great was the probability that 
Leonardo received his initiation into anatom- 
ical studies during his apprenticeship to Ver- 
rocchio. He approached anatomy from the 
standpoint of the artist, but -his genius quickly 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1424 


led him to inquiries into the conditions under- 
lying and determining surface form, and the 
artist became an anatomist. 

The second paper was by Dr. Walter Libby, 
of the University of Pittsburgh, “History as 
the Record of Human Possessions.” Dr. Libby 
pointed out the value of taking stock of the 
paraphernalia of civilization—such as metals, 
buildings, books, musical instruments, machines 
—in the succeeding historical epochs. A study 
of cultural equipment enables one to view the 
history of the race as a progressive develop- 
ment. The Greeks passed from barbarism to 
the highest civilization when they came in con- 
tact with the cultured accumulations of the 
Egyptians, Babylonians and Cretans. Simi- 
larly, the Arabs ceased to be a rude, uncivilized 
people only when they gained possession of the 
books, buildings, ete. of the Mediterranean 
basin and of Mesopotamia. 

Dr. William A. Locy, Northwestern Univer- 
sity, followed with the third paper entitled 
“The Hortus Sanitatis (1491) and Related 
Books.” Dr. Locy’s address was splendidly 
illustrated. He not only used the lantern to 
show pictures of plants and animals taken from 
the Hortus Sanitatis of 1491 and similar works, 
but he displayed photostat reproductions of 
selected pages of this famous work. 

“The Hortus Sanitatis is a famous knowledge 
book on natural history and popular medicine, 
printed for the first time in 1491 and in many 
editions thereafter. It was widely circulated 
and of immense popularity. It appeared in 
that interesting period of intellectual develop- 
ment just preceding the full bloom of the 
Renaissance and it throws light upon the re- 
birth of the scientific attitude of mind. Repre- 
senting a phase in the struggle of the human 
spirit to get away from the mystical and sub- 
jective method of thinking, which had pre- 
vailed for centuries, it is an important human 
document and is not to be looked on as merely 
a curiosity of antiquarian interest. A mental 
revolution was coming on, destined in the fol- 
lowing half-century to establish observation in 
place of dependence on authority as a method 
of advancing knowledge, and books like the 
Hortus Sanitatis were harbingers of this revo- 
lution. 

“Other related books such as the Book of 


Aprit 14, 1922] 


Nature, printed in 1475, and the Garten der 
Gesundheit, especially since the Garten der 
Gesundheit of 1485 is of higher quality, and 
some of its illustrations represent the earliest 
printed pictures of animals and plants drawn 
from nature. The publication of these sketches 
in 1485 ‘forms an important landmark in the 
history of botanical illustration, and marks 
perhaps the greatest single step ever made in 
that art.’ They were unequaled until the pub- 
lication of the herbals of Brunfels and of 
Fuchs half a century later. The Hortus Sani- 
tatis was more widely distributed, and since it 
was a larger and later production, generally it 
has been assumed that it contained the best 
pictures of the period—but this is wrong. The 
much rarer Garten der Gesundheit of 1485 
(often confused with the Hortus Sanitatis) is 
the only member of that family of books which 
has excellent pictures drawn from nature. 

“As a publisher’s venture in the early days 
of printing, the preface of the Hortus Sanitatis 
contains a clever appeal to the commercial 
instinet, saying, that by help of the informa- 
tion contained in the book, people ‘with quite 
small expense to themselves will be able to 
compound helpful remedies and perfect medi- 
cines’ without the necessity of doctors and 
apothecaries. Another feature of the book, 
however, had greater influence on the thought 
of the time: through its 1,066 pictures and 
descriptions attention was directed to the pro- 
ductions of nature and information was 
spread regarding plants, animals and minerals. 
Almost the whole structure of modern science 
rests on such humble beginnings.” 

Dr. G. S. Brett, of the department of phil- 
osophy, University of Toronto, presented an 
unusually interesting paper in that it gives 
the philosopher’s point of view in the history 
of science, “The Theory of History in Relation 
to the History of Science.” Dr. Brett also 
discussed the idea of the history of science and 
the difficulties that lie in the way of making 
history of science a branch of academic instruc- 
tion. 

This paper was presented as a contribution 
to the problems of method. Reference was 
made to the status of the Section and to recent 
discussions on the subject, especially to the 
paper by Professor E. H. Johnson, contributed 


SCIENCE 407 


to Science December 16, 1921. The writer 
argues that the difficulty of finding a place for 
history of science in a curriculum was partly 
due to a want of clear ideas on the nature of 
the subject. This point was further explained 
by a sketch of the development of historiogra- 
phy, which was shown to be dependent on a 
variety of interests. The early tendency to 
comprehensive records gave place to a more 
restricted aim which virtually made _ history 
equivalent to political annals. The idea of 
progress brought to light the idea of continuous 
historical development, and led to a philosophy 
of history which attempted to organize the 
facts as proof of the theory. This failed be- 
cause the actual historical sequence did not con- 
form to the theories, as for example the 
attempts of the Romantic school to demon- 
strate a rational solution. After tracing the 
tendency in modern historical work to break 
new ground in the history of literature, the 
history of general types, such as “federation” 
or “liberty,” and even the “history of histori- 
ans,” the writer argued that a specified type of 
history was required for the history of science. 
In its essential feature, this would not be 
identical with biographical work on men of 
science, or with the type of work which nat- 
urally forms the background of any particular 
study. While monographs on these subjects 
are indispensable preliminaries, a good history 
of science must coordinate the achievements 
with the total conditions, social and intellectual, 
which culminate in them. It was argued that 
in this field there is a unique opportunity for 
studying the cumulative growth of culture, and 
for exhibiting the way in which ideas persist 
and are transformed. The lack of a sufficient 
literature, neither sporadie nor biased by na- 
tional interests nor disproportionate in the 
treatment of topics, makes the subject difficult 
to teach. It was also the best proof that the 
nature of the subject was not properly under- 
stood. 

In the absence of the next speaker and the 
secretary, the following paper. was read by 
title only: “Historical Basis for the Scientific 
Stagnation of the Middle Ages,” by Dr. Harry 
H. Barnes, of the department of the history of 
thought and eulture, Clark University, Worces- 
ter, Massachusetts. 


408 


Dr. Louis C. Karpinski, University of Mich- 
igan, reminded the Historical Section of the 
centennial of Hermann von Helmholtz. He 
presented in brief, but most interestingly, the 
great German’s place in the history of science. 

“The history of science concerns itself with 
the historical and logical sequence of scientific 
concepts. The process of development by 
which man arrives at fundamental laws of the 
universe in which we live is a vital study, hav- 
ing great possibilities for furthering the ad- 
vance of science. Studies in this field have 
shown that the part of particular individuals, 
even men of great genius, is much less than is 
commonly supposed. The genius is that for- 
tunate individual who arrives upon the scene 
when the accumulation of observations enables 
the formulation of some general law for whose 
reception and acceptance the way has been 
prepared. : 

“Obviously only few men can be successful 
in attaching their names to fundamental laws. 
Prominent in the group is Hermann von Helm- 
holtz, who in 1847 at the age of 26 gave a com- 
plete statement of the laws of the conservation 
of energy. Were one to attempt to characterize 
in a few words his extraordinary range of 
researches, one would say that Helmholtz 
brought biological and physical problems under 
the dominion of mathematical formulas 
methods.” 

Dr. Karpinski further states, “In a centen- 
nial recognition of a life of such great signifi- 
cance for mankind, the purpose is both his- 
torical and inspirational,” and shows further 
the historical contribution of Helmholtz to civ- 
ilization by a detailed characterization of his 
life. 

“Towards the end of his life in 1894, the 
great German was working upon the similar 
but more inclusive ‘principle of least action’ 
which he hoped to extend mathematically so as 
to apply to all forces of nature. Helmholtz, it 
should be noted, resolutely set himself against 
any commercialism or financial exploitation of 
his researches. His words on this subject are 
worthy of serious consideration to-day in every 
great American university, where in some de- 
partments a tendency exists to mix devotion to 
science and learning with devotion to private 


and 


SCIENCE 


~ 


[Vou. LV, No. 1424 


interest. Helmholtz says: ‘Whoever, in the 
pursuit of science, seeks after immediate prac- 
tical utility, may generally rest assured that he 
will seek in vain. We must rest satisfied 
with the consciousness that he too has con- 
tributed something to the increasing fund of 
knowledge in which the dominion of man over 
all forces hostile to intelligence reposes.’ ” 
(For the complete paper see Scientific Monthly, 
July, 1921). 

Following Dr. Karpinski’s paper, the elec- 
tion of officers was held, resulting in the selee- 
tion as given: 

For Vice-president: Dr. Wm. A. Locy, North- 
western University. 

For Secretary: Frederick E. Brasch, James 
Jerome Hill Library, St. Paul. 

For Sectional Committee: Dr. Walter Libby, 
University of Pittsburgh; Dr. Florian Cajori, 
University of California; Dr. George Sarton, Car- 
negie Institution; Dr. Louis C. Karpinski, Uni- 
versity of Michigan. 

In addition to the officers elected, the chair- 
man (Dr. Locy) appointed a committee con- 
sisting of Dr. Lawrence J. Henderson, Harvard 
University, Dr. Walter Libby, University of 
Pittsburgh, and Dr. G. 8. Brett, University of 
Toronto, to approach the representative of the 
Encyclopedia Brittanica with an offer of co- 
operation in revising the parts of that refer- 
ence book that relate to the history of science. 
Dr. Libby is chairman of this committee. 

The next meeting of the History of Science 
Section will be held in Boston, December, 1922. 
Plans are therefore being devised for a larger 
and more effective meeting. In fact, in view 
of the American Historical Association meeting 
in New Haven, December, 1922, there is every 
reason to suppose a joint session would prove 
most profitable. This occasion ought to prove 
unique, as it is extraordinary for a given sub- 
ject to be considered by a scientific and a his- 
torical association at the same time. 

For the splendid notes and the courtesy in 
acting as secretary pro tempore, the secretary 
wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Dr. 


Libby. 
Beh Freperick EK. Brascu, 


1 Secretary 
JAMES JEROME HILL LIBRARY, 


Str. Pau 


NEw SERIES 9 99 SINGLE Copiss, 15 Crs. 
Vou. LV, No. 1425 Fripay, Apri 21, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


The Student 
Becomes an Enthusiast 


when he sees the minute objects and organ- 
isms as revealed through a 


Bausch & Lomb 
MICROSCOPE 


The thought that he sees things at first hand 
as the scientist sees them, is a remarkable 
stimulant to his interest. 


Simple and well-built Bausch & Lomb Mi- 
croscopes are made to fit every requirement 
of the class room and laboratory. 


Write for booklets—consult us about your 
microscope equipment. 


Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. 


409 St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. 


New York Washington Chicago San Francisco London 


Leading American Makers of Photographic Lenses, Microscopes, Projection Apparatus (Balopticons), Ophthalmic Lenses 
and Instruments, Photomicrographic Apparatus, Range Finders, and Gun Sights for Army and Navy, Searchlight 
Reflectors, Stereo-Prism Binoculars, Magnifiers and other high-grade Optical Products. 


= that eyes nay see 
= te and igs 


il SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 
Source of i] 
Light sic 

for the | 
Optical Disc 


ee us QUALITY. re 
Originated and developed in JUG]p| Laboratories 
\ SERVICE 
PRTTTUUUCUCUUOGOITIUCUUUCOOOOTTOUUUUUCUOVOHUOTIIIUGTUOUOTIOOTLOIOOTCUOONOOIATOUUUOUOQUOOOIOCOUUCUUCUUTOOOTTUTLUCCOCOOOICUULLOUCLOGOOOOLUUMLUECOCOOOHOILLOOMOTTOOLIMUMTLOOLNOGOTTOLOLOOCAGLOOOOLULULUULUULOMOOULULULLUCLOOLLOLULHLOLUCOLATOATULLLUCCOOGLORIOELLOCCLOLOGGOOLULORLLUUOL LA CUUULULALOGGOICLULLLOLe COLL 


Necessary for demonstrating the phenomena shown by the Opti- 
eal Dise. Does not require waiting for sun to shine so as to 
put up mirror to reflect it into the room. No need to pro- 
vide a temporary set up of a light which gives only partially 
parallel rays. 


Convenient to adjust as to height. May be tilted at an angle for 
refraction tank, ete. May be attached to any lamp socket. 


CONCENTRATED FILAMENT NITROGEN LAMP 


Standard in Modern Projection Apparatus 

Needs no adjusting 

Noiseless 

No excessive heat 

Gives parallel rays 

Visible to entire class 

When bulb burns out a new one may be 
obtained from any garage 


PTTTTUUOTIUUTTUCUULUUULULCLUUCLLUILLLULELULLLELE LPOG LUCeLLCcE LULU LLL LLU LLU CULE LLUG ULL LCoL Lee CoE LCL QUALITY ATTVVHTVVTTTVVTITTGHTTOTUOA CUATRO OCGA UUCOTLOMIUCUUCOAOLUGUUDELIPCGA COLUM OOOUA LOCA CCUA OOO UOAUM UDO TOOT CCG 
A Sign of Quality WE 1G A Mark of Service 


ATVVMUTUCUI TULUM CULUCLOUILUOOUUILOLUULUCLL LULL LMLLULELULLGLELULLOCALLUGGGEELLCCLELLUCGGeEPeCeeeEUPCGeeL LOLOL SERVICE UOVUUIQQQU0UEOUESRUNTUUUUUUACETETECUUOUOTEU EEE SNOUE YUU EEE 


W. M. WELCH SCIENTIFIC COMPANY 


Manufacturers, Importers and Exporters of 
Laboratory Apparatus and School Supplies 


1516 Orleans Street Chicago, Ill., U. S. A. 


CIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
ef Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 

THE SCIENCE. PRESS 
li Liberty St., Utica, N. ¥. Garrison, N. Y, 

New York City: Grand Central Terminal 

Annual Subscription, $6.00 Single Copies, 15 Cts. 


Entered as second-class matter Janwary 21. 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


APRIL 21, 1922 


Vou. LV No. 1425 


The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 
Report of the Secretary of the Committee 
on Grants for Research: PRorEssor JOEL 
IS DED BUNS (2d 20s 2 SU eg ee SIAN 
The Elementary Course in Genetics: Pro- 
MES SOR Cua eeetUT CHISO Nees reenter cnee 416 
Lamarck, Mirbel and the Cell Theory: Pro- 
FESSOR JOHN H. GEROULD 
Scientific Events: 
Disintegration of Hlements; A Research 
Fellowship in Bacteriology; The Culture 
Collection of the Society of American Bac- 
teriologists; Station for the Study of 
Deciduous Fruits at Stanford University ; 
The American Physical Society..........--..-.--- 422, 
Scientific Notes and News . 424 
University and Educational Notes 427 
Discussion and Correspondence: 
Devonian Plants: Prorrssor G. R. WIk- 
LAND. The Effect of Alkali on the Digesti- 
bility of Cellulosic Materials: Dr. Haroup 
Hissert. Butyl Alcohol as a Reagent in 
Histology: Dr. Grorce W. Martin. 
Genetics of the Vienna White Rabbit: Pro- 
Fessor W. EH. Caste. University Pro- 
fessors in Poland: Dr. VERNON KELLOGG.... 427 
Quotations: 
COSY ICRC NUKES SNUCK 7 Aah 430 
Scientific Books: 
Mortensen on Development and Larval 
Forms of Echinoderms: PROFESSOR HUBERT 
UL MMA CIGAR Re ected oe a eee a les Se a 431 
Special Articles: 
A Bacterial Wilt of the Bean caused by 
Bacterium flaccumfaciens nov. sp.: FLor- 
ENCE HepGes. Peripheral Circulation in 
Muscle Injury Shock: Dr. McKEEn 
CaTTELL 
The Louisiana Entomological Society: T. FE. 
HOLLOWAY 


THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR 
THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 


REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COM- 
MITTEE ON GRANTS FOR RESEARCH 
To the Executive Committee of the Council, 

American Association for the Advancement 

of Science. 
Gentlemen: 

In accordance with your request I submit the 
following report of the Committee on Grants 
for Research, this being a summary of the 
activities of the committee during the five years 
since its organization. 

By the settlement of the Colburn estate in 
1916 the association received cash and securi- 
ties valued at about $76,000, bequeathed by 
Richard T. Colburn, a fellow of the associa- 
tion, the income of which is to be devoted ‘to 
original research in the physical and psychic 
demonstrable sciences.” The association had 
accumulated a fund of about $25,000, mainly 
from the fees of fellows, life members, and 
members. The income from these funds being 
available for grants for research, the sum of 
$4,000 was, at the New York meeting of the 
association, on the recommendation of the 
treasurer, set aside for this purpose by the 
council, to be expended during the year 1917. 

At the same time a Committee on Grants for 
Research was appointed, consisting of seven 
members under the chairmanship of Edward C. 
Pickering. These members, as well as their 
successors, were chosen so as to represent as 
far as possible the different sections of the 


association. At the meeting of the association 


_in December, 1918, the committee was enlarged 


to include nine members, while a year later, 
with the adoption of the new constitution of the 
association, the number was changed to eight, 
the term of each member to be four years, with 
the arrangement of rotation so that two mem- 
bers should be sueceeded by new appointees 


410 


each year. In 1920 the executive committee of 
the council voted that the Committee on Grants 
should thereafter elect its chairman and secre- 
tary. 

Following is a list of persons who have 
served as members of the Committee on Grants, 
with the inclusive years of their respective 
terms: 

Edward ©. Pickering-........-.--.-.-- 1917-1918 
1D, Ob lobed bin -1917-1919 
N. L. Britton........... -1917-1919 
J. MeKeen Cattell... -1917-1919 


WWha ei Cann OT reeset eee erento sere 1917-1920 
Re waChamberlin Sa 1917-1920 
Henry Orew -.....-2----.---2--------e ee 1917-1921 
Touis ly Dubln=2 ee 1919-1919 
(GIN eal CWS earn ener meaner 1919-1921 
Ga eee arkers eet sens 1919-1921 
TOC SGC DONS ee eeeetern este seceneeeteen 1919-1921 
George MO ores eee 1920-1923 
Roberti) Mis Werkese tess sesesercee 1920-1923 
Arthur ea luambiees ee 1921-1922 
G2 iudsonwHerricke ee 1921-1924 
TDF yal NANA se ea ee 1921-1924 


The chairmen of the Committee on Grants 
have been Edward ©. Pickering (1917-1918), 
Henry Crew (1919-1920), and Robert M. 
“Yerkes (1921-); and the secretaries, J. 
MeKeen Cattell (1917-1918), and Joel Steb- 
bins (1919-1921). 

The committee has held its meetings annu- 
ally, at first in Washington during the month 
of April, but recently in December in connec- 
tion with the meetings of the association. 
Although the members are widely separated 
geographically, it has been possible to get 
enough of them together once a year to have 
an intelligent discussion of the business of the 
committee. Experience has shown that while a 
good deal of preparation can be carried on by 
correspondence, the final decisions and the ap- 
portionment of money for grants can be made 
satisfactorily only with the personal exchange 
of views at a meeting. 

From the beginning it has been the policy of 
the committee to apportion the annually avail- 
able amount as a number of small grants to 
individuals; in fact, with a total of about four 
thousand dollars each year, to cover all the 
sciences, there was no other choice than to 


apportion a number of small sums. Although 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1425 


other methods of procedure have been sug- 
gested, the council of the association has 
formally approved the policy of the committee 
in assigning miscellaneous grants to indi- 
viduals, without undertaking to support spe- 
cific lines of investigation which might stand as 
projects of the committee alone. 

At the time of its organization the com- 
mittee adopted a number of rules for its own 
guidance and for the information of those to 
whom grants are made. These rules, adopted 
in April, 1917, are as follows: 

1. Application for grants may be made to the 
member of the committee representing the science 
in which the work falls, or to the chairman or 
secretary of the committee. The committee will 
not depend upon applications, but will make 
inquiry as to the way in which research funds can 
be best expended to promote the advance of 
science. In such inquiry, the committee hopes to 
have the cooperation of scientific men and espe- 
cially of the sectional committees of the associa- 
tion. 

2. The committee will meet at the time of the 
annual meeting of the association or on the call 
of the chairman. Business may be transacted 
and grants may be made by correspondence. In 
such cases the rules of procedure formulated by 
the late Professor Pickering and printed in the 
issue of Science for May 23, 1913, will be fol- 
lowed. 

8. Grants may be made to residents of any 
country, but preference will be given to residents 
of America. 

4. Grants of sums of $500 or less are favored, 
but larger appropriations may be made. In some 
cases appropriations may be guaranteed for sev- 
eral years in advance. 

5. Grants as a rule will be made for work 
which could not be done or would be very difficult 
to do without the grant. A grant will not ordi- 
narily be made to defray living expenses. 

6. The committee will not undertake to super- 
vise in any way the work done by those who 
receive the grants. Unless otherwise provided, 
any apparatus or materials purchased will be the 
property of the individual receiving the grant. 

7. No restriction is made as to publication, but 
the recipient of the grant should in the publica- 
tion of bis work acknowledge the aid given by 
the fund. 

8. The recipient of the grant is expected to 
make to the secretary of the committee a report 


APRIL 21, 1922] 


in December of each year while the work is in 
progress, and a final report when the work is 
completed and published. Each report should be 
accompanied by a financial statement of expendi- 
tures, with vouchers tor the larger items when 
these can be supplied without aifficulty. 

9. The purposes for which grants are made and 
the grounds for making them will be published. 

At least once each year announcement is 
made in ScIENCE inviting applications and sug- 
gestions for grants. Although this procedur¢ 
naturally results in the receipt of a consider- 
able number of requests for support of work 
which is trivial or scientifically unsound, it is 
also true that members of the committee have 
in this way learned of various places where 
small expenditures would produce valuable 
results, both by direct aid to struggling investi- 
gators and by bringing to the attention of 
authorities of institutions the importance of 
some of the work which is being carried on by 
members of their staffs. 

Each person who accepts a grant signs an 
agreement to the following conditions: 

(1) The work as outlined will be begun in the 
near future and efforts will be made to complete 
it at as early a date as possible. 

(2) A report will be made to the secretary of 
the committee on the completion and publication 
of the work, and in December of each year until 
the work is completed. The reports will include 
a financial statement with vouchers for the larger 
items. 

(3) In the publication of the results the grant 
from the research fund of the American Associa- 
tion for the Advancement of Science will be 
acknowledged. 

Shortly before December 1 of each year the 
secretary of the committee sends out a reminder 
to each recipient of a grant that a report is 
due, and a list of these reports is kept in the 
files of the committee. By a vote of the com- 
mittee the account of each grant is kept open 
until it is formally closed by action of the 
chairman, secretary, and member of the com- 
mittee in whose field the grant lies. Every 
grant is thus followed up until the work is 
completed and published. 

As the committee was organized just prior 
to the entrance of the United States into the 
war, there was considerable delay at first, 


SCIENCE 


411 


during 1917 and 1918, in getting the work of 
the different grants started. In fact, some of 
the assignments were returned because the 
work was postponed on account of the war, and 
other investigations have not yet been brought 
to conclusion for the same reason. 

In the following table is given a summary 
of the grants that have been made during the 
past five years together with a summary of the 
present state of the accounts, and there is given 
as an addendum to this report a detailed list 
of the different grants which have been made: 


No. of Grants for Which 


Work is = Work is No. of 
Com- Com Papers 
Year Amount Number pleted pleted Pub- 
apportioned of Grants and Pub lished 
lished 
14 9 6 10 
9 6 5 12 
16 9 5 12 
19 9 4 3 
24 3 2 2 


Totals 


$18,750 82 36 22 39 
Most scientific men will no doubt agree that 
the only test as to whether or not a given 
investigation is successful, is the actual publica- 
tion of the results. The last column in the 
foregoing table shows how many papers have 
thus far been published as wholly or in part 
due to grants from the association for the cor- 
responding year. In the second addendum to 
this report is given a bibliography of these 
papers. This list is growing rapidly, and as 
time goes on it will present a real measure of 
the success of the work of the committee and 
of the policy of the association. 
Respectfully submitted, 


JorL STEBBINS, 
Secretary, Committee on Grants 
UNIVERSITY orf ILLINOIS, 
DECEMBER, 22, 1921 


First Addendum 
List of APPROPRIATIONS MADE BY THE COMMITTEE 
ON GRANTS, 1917-1921 
1917 

1. Ralph C. Benedict, Brooklyn, New York. 

Botany. For the continuation of the 
investigation on the Boston fern.......... $100 
2. R. S. Woodworth, Columbia University. 
Psychology. For compiling anthro- 
OMOtrICh data cess te nensecreeeser neem 


412 


3. 


10. 


11. 


F. ©. Blake, Ohio State University, 
Physies. In aid of his work on elec- 
LriG WAVES -..---------------e--eee econ 

Richard C. Tolman, Fixed Nitrogen Re- 
search Laboratory, Washington, D. 
Physies. For further testing and ex- 
tending his work n the electromotive 
foree produced in a conductor sub- 
jected to mechanical acceleration.........- 


_ H. L. Fairchild, University of Rochester. 


Geology. To defray traveling ex- 
penses in a study of the post-glacial 
land uplift in New England and the 
maritime provinces of Canada 


. §. W. Williston, University of Chicago, 


Geology. Toward the expenses of an 
artist to help draw the figures of the 
many new Permian fossil vertebrates 
which Dr. Williston discovered...........- 


. Ralph W. Chaney, State University of 


Iowa. Geology. Toward field ex- 
penses of further studies upon the 
Eagle Creek flora of the Columbia 
River goOrge.........------------:-s-2ece-eeceeeeneee 


. Frederick P. Gay, University of Cali- 


fornia. Pathology. For animals and 
materials to be used in the study of 
the specific treatment of tuberculosis 
in animals, especially in the use of 
taurine derived from the muscles of 
certain shell fish-.............--.------------------s--- 


. John B. Watson, Johns Hopkins Uni- 


versity. Psychology. Toward the 
study of the development of the re- 
flexes and instincts of infants.............. 
Robert M. Yerkes, Harvard University. 
Psychology. Toward the cost of ap- 
paratus and care of animals in the 
study of ideational behavior. (Re- 
turned) 
Ales Hrdlitka, U. S. National Museum. 
Anthropology. For anthropometrical 
investigations on the tribe of Shawnee 
Ton, OVOEN NO eek a eee 
Bruno Oetteking, Museum of the Amer- 
jean Indian, New York. Anthro- 
pology. For the purpose of complet- 
ing the investigation of skeletal mate- 
rial from the Pacific coast of America 


. Herbert M. Richards, Barnard College. 


Botany. For the continuation of the 
investigation of the physiology of suc- 
eulent plants............-.-- LANE INE Dee 


100 


300 


300 


100 


100 


500 


100 


100 


100 


100 


SCIENCE 


14. 


16. 


18. 


ug), 


bo 
bo 


bo 
(SC) 


. Seismological Society of America. 


C. H. Kauffman, University of Michi- 
gan. Botany. To aid in his studies 
of the fungus genus Cortinarws.......... 


1918 


. American Association of Variable Star 


Observers. Astronomy. For the pur- 
chase of a telescope of 5-inch aperture 
A. E. Douglass, University of Arizona. 
Botany. For determining the record 
of the Sequoias 


. C. H. Eigenmann, Indiana University, 


Zoology. For the study of the fresh 
water fishes of South America.............- 
Edwin B. Frost, Yerkes Observatory. 
Astronomy. For the measurement and 
reduction of stellar spectrograms........ 
R. A. Porter, Syracuse University. 
Physies. For the explanation of the 
hysteresis which has been observed in 
the potential gradients of the caleium- 
cathode vacuum tube..................-----.---- 


. E. W. Sinnott, Connecticut Agricultural 


College. Botany. For experiments to 
determine the ratio between root, 
stem, leaf and fruit in the bean plant 


. O. F. Stafford, University of Oregon. 


Chemistry. For research on the dis- 
tillatlonmo fs wiOO dieters ees see seeeeeeen scenes 


. Herman L. Fairchild, University of 


Rochester. For the continu- 
ation and completion of his studies on 
the post-glacial continental uplift in 
New England and the maritime prov- 
inces of Canada. (Additional)... 
Ge- 
To enable the society to dis- 
pateh capable men to study the phe- 
nomena of earthquakes as promptly as 
possible after their occurrence.............. 


1919 


Geology. 


ology. 


. Edwin B. Frost, Yerkes Observatory. 


Astronomy. For the measurement and 
reduction of stellar spectrograms. 
(Additional) 


5. A. L. Foley, Indiana University. Physics. 


For experiments on the speed of ‘sound 


very close to the source..........-.....-----.---- 
. Orin Tugman, University of Utah. 
Physies. To determine the change of 


conductivity in a thin metallic film 
when exposed to ultra-violet light........ 


[Vou. LV, No. 1425 


100 


300 


500 


500 


200 


500 


200 


250 


500 


150 


ApRiL 21, 1922] 


27. 


28. 


29. 


30. 


31. 


32. 


33. 


34. 


36. 


37. 


38. 


39. 


E. M. Terry, University of Wisconsin. 


Physics. For work on the modula- 
tion of radio-energy employed in 
wireless telephony................------0----es---+ 


F. C. Blake, Ohio State University. 
Physics. In aid of his work on elec- 
trie waves. (Additional) ................... 

Gerald L. Wendt, University of Chi- 
cago. Chemistry. For the investiga- 
tion of the photo-chemical reactions 
of hydrogen and chlorine... 

Seismological Society of America. 
ology. For the investigation of earth- 
quake phenomena. (Additional)... 

Roy L. Moodie, College of Medicine, 
University of Illinois. Geology. For 
the preparation of sections of fossil 
bones which show lesions of ancient 
disease, and for the making of photo- 
micrographs of these sections................ 

C. H. Eigenmann, Indiana University, 
Zoology. To defray part of the ex- 
penses of the Irwin expedition to west- 
ern South America. (Additional)...... 

P. W. Whiting, St. Stephens College. 
Zoology. For investigations on the 
Mediterranean flour-moth and_ its 
hymenopterous parasite, Hadrobracon 

Botanical Abstracts. Botany. For aid 
in establishing this new and important 
periodical 


. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wis- 


consin. Botany. For aid in a study 
of the plankton of the lakes of south- 
WestermmOntariomssmeree. Hees 
Ales Hrdlitka U. S. National Museum. 


Anthropology. For The Amerian 
Journal of Physical Anthropology......-- 
Myra M. Hulst, Washington, D. C. 


Social Science. For investigations into 
the mortality of graduates from Amer- 
ican colleges for women..........-.....--..--- 
Leslie B. Arey, Northwestern University 
Medical School. Medicine. In sup- 
port of his study of the origin, growth 
and fate of the giant cells, or osteo- 
clasts, usually held responsible for 
boneldissolution] =e 
8. A. Courtis, Detroit, Michigan. Edu- 
cation. Toward the expenses of se- 
curing a comparison based upon a 
survey of Boston schools in 1845 with 
present-day schools from Maine to 
California 


SCIENCE 


100 


350 


250 


200 


500 


500 


100 


200 


200 


400 


40. 


41. 


42. 


43. 


44, 


45. 


46. 


48, 


49. 


51. 


. Botanical Abstacts. 


Solomon Lefschetz, University of Kan- 
sas. Mathematics. To assist in the 
publication of his memoir on algebraic 
surfaces, which was awarded the Bor- 
din prize of the Paris Academy of 
Sciences 

Olive C. Hazlett, Mount Holyoke Col- 
lege. Mathematics. In support of 
her work on the theory of hypercom- 
plex numbers and invariants.................. 

A. A. Knowlton, Reed College. Physics. 
In aid of a determination of the rela- 
tion between chemical composition and 
magnetic properties in Heusler alloys 

John C. Shedd, Occidental College. 
Physics. In aid of a further study of 
snow crystals, similar to that which 
he has already published....................... 

Philip Fox, Dearborn Observatory. As- 
tronomy. In support of his work on 
the photographic determination of 
stellarparallaxes ees 

Anne S. Young, Mount Holyoke College. 
Astronomy. For the determination of 
the positions and proper motions of 
stars from photographie plates already 
EU T eerste eevcece cus teeen, sn iuitns pelea taelnnarnea 

Ferdinand Canu, Versailles, France. Ge- 
ology. To carry forward completion 
his studies upon the classification of 
bryozoa 


. Frank B. Taylor, Fort Wayne, Indiana. 


Geology. For a field study of the 
moraines of recession in the St. Law- 
BENCE ys Vial le Vpecees sateen arta e ena sseeete alee ae eee 
S. I. Kornhauser, Denison University. 
Zoology. For a continuation of his 
work on the sexual characteristics of 
the membracid insect Thelia .bimacu- 
lata 
P. W. Whiting, St. Stephens College. 
Zoology. For breeding outfit and tem- 
perature apparatus to be used for 
genetic and cytological researches on 
Ephestia and Hadrobracon............-------- 
Botany. For edi- 
torial and office expenses in connection 
with the preparation of manuscripts. 
GAdaGLonaT)) ee eli a Le 
I. W. Bailey, Bussey Institution. Bot- 
any. For an investigation upon: (1) 
Myrmecophytism; (2) Relations be- 
tween ants and fungi; (3) Cytology 
Ofstheycambium eee ee yaaa anne 


413 


300 


100 


100 


600 


100 


250 


250 


250 


200 


500 


414 


52. 


53. 


55. 


56. 


57. 


oO 
oo 


59. 


60. 


61. 


62. 


63. 


S. D. Robbins, Boston, Massachusetts. 
Psychology. For a study of a tre- 
phined) jstammener(-2- 2222 eee 

Daniel W. LaRue, Stroudsburg State 
Normal School, Pennsylvania. Edu- 
cation. In support of experimental 
work on a phonetic alphabet.................. 


. Margaret F. Washburn, Vassar College. 


Psychology. For a study of emotional 
characteristics of certain racial groups 
TING Wi Or ky Cities reese steno ee eens 
Joseph Peterson, George Peabody Col- 
lege for Teachers. Psychology. In 
support of a study of the qualitative 
differences in the mentality of whites 
FEWOVGL) “(SUQefoanNOes) Aaah ee 
A. A. Schaeffer, University of Tennessee. 
Psychology. In support of an experi- 
mental study of orientation and the 
direction of movement of animals, and 
particularly of th ‘‘spiral path’’ in 
THEE Wane ooo oe eee ae Rev 
Theodore Hough, University of Virginia. 
Physiology. In support of his studies 
with Dr. J. A. Waddell on blood 
changes after severe hemorrhages. 
(Returned ) 


. Carl J. Wiggers, Western Reserve Uni- 


versity. Physiology. In support of 
his investigations of the cardiac func- 


tion by optical registration................... 


1921 
Solomon Lefschetz, University of Kan- 
sas. Mathematics. In support of his 
work in algebraic geometry.................... 


Gerald L. Wendt, University of Chicago. 
Chemistry. For the purchase of ap- 
paratus for investigations at high tem- 
peratures. (Additional)..........---..- 

Graham Edgar, University of Virginia. 
Chemistry. For the purchase of a 
quartz mercury are lamp for research 
in) photo-chemistry...2.2.000 


Sebastian Albrecht, Dudley Observatory. 
Astronomy. In support of his inves- 
tigation of the variation of wave- 
length of lines in different types of 
Stellan specbrals sete eee ero eee 

Caroline I. Furness, Vassar College Ob- 
servatory. Astronomy. For assistance 
in the measurement and reduction of 
photographic plates 2.2.00... 


100 


200 


200 


200 


200 


100 


150 


150 


200 


200 


200 


SCIENCE 


64. 


66. 


67. 


68. 


69. 


71. 


73. 


75. 


76. 


. Seismological Society of America. 


. T. R. Garth, University of Texas. 


Frank B. Taylor, Fort Wayne, Indiana. 
Geology. For a field study of the mo- 
yaines of recession in the St. Law- 
rence Valley. (Additional).................. 


ology. For the investigation of earth- 
quake phenomena. (Additional)... 
P. W. Whiting, St. Stephens College. 
To add to his microscopic 
equipment for the study of genetics in 
insects. (Additional) -....................-..--- 
N. A. Cobb, Falls Church, Virginia. 
Zoology. For aid in a series of re- 
searches into the physiology of the 
cell, or to defray cost of publication 
of results already on hand...........-........ 
George B. Rigg, University of Wash- 
ington. Botany. For work on the 
sphagnum bogs of the Puget Sound 
TEOVOMG see oe a 
J. M. Greenman, Missouri Botanica 
Garden. Botany. In part payment of 
expenses of a collecting trip to Cen- 
traly Americas.) ee eee 
Psy- 
chology. For a psychological study of 
Indian children in the United States 


Zoology. 


schools at Chilocco, Oklahoma, and 
Albuquerque, New Mexico....................-- 
E. G. Boring, Clark University. Psy- 


chology. For the preparation of a set 
of steel acoustic cylinders to be used 
in determining the nature of sensory 
response under conditions of normal 
psychometric situation -.............222-----. 


. A. L. Kroeber, University of California. 


Anthropology. For bibliographical 
and clerical assistance in connection 
with an ethnological investigation to 
determine the culture areas of ab- 
original South Ameriea............22.0.-2-- 
Helen H. Roberts, New York City. An- 
thropology. For a study of negro 
folk music in Jamaica............22..--2 


. Frank A. Hartman, University of Buf- 


falo. Physiology. To aid in the 
study of suprarenal insufficiency.......... 
W. E. Garrey, Tulane University, Physi- 
ology. For the puchase of apparatus 
for hydrogen-ion determinations.......... 
Frank P. Knowlton, Syracuse Universi- 
ty. Physiology. To aid in the study 
of the blood flow and gaseous meta- 
bolism of the thyroid gland.................. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1425 


300 


200 


200 


450 


300 


500 


150 


150 


200 


150 


150 


200 


APRIL 21, 1922] 


. Carl J. Wiggers, Western Reserve Uni- 
versity. Physiology. In support of 


sy 
bos | 


his investigations of the cardiac func- 
(Addi- 


tion by optical registration. 
tional) 
78. W. F. G. Swann, University of Minne- 
sota. Physics. For investigation of 
electric phenomena in the upper 
ALMNOSP HET Esmee eee renees seen nee ees eeeedaces 
79. H. M. Randall, University of Michigan. 
Physics. In support of his study of 
rotational spectra of gases obtained 
Vip» EU DYSON ON IO ero 
80. Walter G. Cady, Wesleyan University. 
Physics. In support of his study of 
electrical reactions by piezo-electric 
E erystals in high frequency circuits... 200 
81. Paul F. Gaehr, Wells College. Physics. 
In support of his work on specific heat 
of tungsten at incandescent tempera- 


150 


250 


TEI ee ee ont ree ero 100 
82. A. LL. Foley, Indiana University. 
Physics. For experiments on the 
speed of sound very close to the 
source, (Additional)... 2i i. 100 


Second Addendum 
List or PapeRS REPORTING WoRK SUPPORTED BY 
APPROPRIATIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE 
ON GRANTS 
(To December 31, 1921) 


American Association of Variable Star Observers. 
Observations by C. Y. MeAteer in monthly re- 
ports. Popular Astronomy, Vols. 27-29, 1919- 
1921. 

Arey, Leslie E. The origin, growth and fate of 
osteoclasts, and their relation to bone resorp- 
tion. American Journal of Anatomy, 26: 315- 
346, 1920. 

Benedict, Ralph C. The origin of new varieties of 
Nephrolepsis by orthogenetic saltation. Pro- 
gressive variations. Bulletin Torrey Club, 43: 
297-234, 1916. 

Blake, F. C. On the effective capacity and re- 
sistance of a condenser for high frequency cur- 
rents. Physical Review, 16: 540-557, 1920. 

On electrostatic transformers and coupling 
coefficients. Journal of the American Institute 
of Electrical Engineers, 40: 23-29, 1921. 

Chaney, Ralph W. The flora of the Eagle Creek 
formation. Contributions from Walker Museum, 
2: No. 5, 115-181, 1920. 

Cobb, N. A. Contributions to a science of nemat- 
ology, IX: 217-343, 1921. 


SCIENCE 


415 


Douglass, A. E, Climatie eycles and tree growth. 
Carnegie Institution of Washington, Publica- 
tion No. 289, pp. 127, 1919. 

Eigenmann, Carl H. The Irwin Expedition to 
Peru, Bolivia and Chile. Indiana University 
Alumni Quarterly, January, 1920, pp. 20. 

The fishes of Lake Valencia, Caracas, and of 
the Rio Tuy at El Concejo, Venezuela. Indiana 
University Studies, 7: No. 44, 1-13, 1920. 

South America west of the Maracaibo, Ori- 
noco, Amazon and Titicaca basins, and the 
horizontal distribution of its fresh water fishes. 
Indiana University Studies, 7: No. 45, 1-24, 
1920. 

The fishes of the rivers draining the western 
slope of the Cordillera Occidental of Colombia, 
Rios Atrato, San Juan, Dagua and Patia. 
Indiana University Studies, 7: No. 46, 1-19, 
1920. 

The fish fauna of the Cordillera of Bogota. 
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sci- 
ences, 10: No. 16, 1920. 

The fresh water fishes of Panama east of 
longitude 80° W. The Magdalena basin and 
the horizontal and vertical distribution of its 
fishes. Indiana University Studies, 7: No. 47, 
1-34, 1920. 

The origin and distribution of the genera of 
the fishes of South America west of the Mara- 
eaibo, Orinoco, Amazon and Titicaca basins. 
Proceedings of the American Philosophical 
Society, 60: 1-6, 1920. 

The American characide. Memoirs of the 
Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Harvard 
College, 48: Part 3, 209-319, 1921. 


Fairchild, Herman L. Post-glacial continental 
uplift. Screncr, 47: 615-617, 1918. 

Glacial depression and post-glacial uplift of 
northeastern America. Proceedings of the 
National Academy of Sciences, 4: 229-232, 1918. 

Post-glacial uplift of northeastern America, 
Geological Society of America Bulletin, 29: 
187-238, 1918. 

Post-glacial sea-level waters in eastern Ver- 
mont. Report of the Vermont State Geologist 
for 1917-1918, 52-75, June, 1919. 

Pleistocene marine submergence of the Hud- 
son, Champlain and St. Lawrence valleys. The 
New York State Museum Bulletin, Nos. 209- 
210 (May-June, 1918), April, 1920. 

Post-glacial uplift of southern New England. 
Geological Society of America Bulletin, 30: 
597-636, 1920. 


416 


Foley, A. L. A photographic method of finding 
the instantaneous velocity of spark waves. 
Physical Review, 16: 449-463, 1920. 

Garrey, W. E. The relation of respiration to 
rhythm in the cardian ganglion of Limulus 
polyphemus. Journal of General Physiology, 
4: 149-156, 1921. 

Gay, Frederick P. The treatment of experi- 
mental tuberculosis in guinea-pigs and rabbits 
by taurin, alone and in combination with gold 
chlorid and sodium oleate (by M. Takeoka). 
Journal of Infectious Diseases, 20: 442-456, 
1917. 

A method for the preparation of taurin in 
large quantities (by C. L. A. Schmidt and T. 
Watson). Journal of Biological Chemistry, 
33: 499, 1918. 

On the elimination of taurin administered to 
man (by ©. L. A. Schmidt, E. von Adelung and 
T. Watson). Journal of Biological Chemistry, 
33: 501, 1918. 

Hrdlitka, Ales. The vanishing Indian. 
46: 266-267, 1917. 

Kornhauser, S. I. The eytology of the sea-side 
earwig, Anisolabis maritima Bon. Denison 
University Bulletin, Journal of the Scientific 
Laboratories, 19: 234-246, 1921. 

Moodie, Roy L. Concerning the fossilization of 
blood corpuscles. American Naturalist, 54: 
460-464, 1920. 

Ancient bacteria and the beginnings of dis- 
ease. Scientific Monthly, October, 1920. 

Microscopic examination of a fossil fish 
brain. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 32: 
329-333, 1920. 

A variant of the sincipital T in Peru. Amer- 
ican Journal of Physical Anthropology, 4: 219- 
222, 1921. 

Porter, R. A. The relation of potential distribu- 
tion to hysteresis effect in the Wehnelt tube. 
Physical Review, 13: 189-196, 1919. 

Robbins, Samuel D. <A plethysmographic study 
of shock and stammering in a trephined stam- 


SCIENCE, 


merer. American Journal of Physiology, 52: 
1-24, 1920. 
Seismological Society of America. The San 


Jacinto earthquake of April 21, 1918 (by S. D. 
Townley and others). Bulletin Seismological 
Society of America, 8: 45-73, 1917. 

The Inglewood earthquake in southern Cali- 
fornia, 1920, June 21 (by Stephen Taber). 
Bulletin Seismological Society of America, 10: 
129-143, 1920. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1425 


Watson, J. B. Psychology from the standpoint 
of a behaviorist, Lippincott, 1919. Summary 
of work in Chapters VI, VII and VIII. 

Wendt, Gerald L. Triatomic hydrogen (with R. 
S. Landauer). Journal of the American Chem- 
ical Society, 42: 930-946, 1920. 

Young, Anne 8. Proper motions of certain long- 
period variable stars. Astronomical Journal, 
33: 194, 1921. 


THE ELEMENTARY COURSE IN 
GENETICS! 


Tue elementary courses, in botany and in 
zoology have recently been the subject of con- 
siderable discussion. One might think that 
subjects as old and as well established as these 
which have been taught for many years should 
long ago have become definitely organized upon 
the proper pedagogical basis. But these sub- 
jects with their various subdivisions have 
grown so large that it is becoming increasingly 
difficult to give adequate treatment even in an 
elementary manner to all phases of either of 
these two primary biological sciences in the 
time that is ordinarily available for the begin- 
ning course. Teachers of these subjects are, 
therefore, confronted with the choice of making 
the beginning course an elementary survey of 
the entire field of their subject or of bodily 
eliminating certain phases, leaving their con- 
sideration to later and more specialized courses. 

Genetics may properly be regarded as one of 
these subdivisions or phases of biology—a 
phase of applied biology if you will. But it 
can not properly be regarded as a phase either 
of botany or zoology alone, nor can it be ade- 
quately treated in a course of instruction by 
confining one’s attention exclusively to one or 
the other kingdom. The genetics instructor 
must be free to select his illustrative material 
from any source, plant or animal, economic or 
non-economie, as he sees fit. While the greater 
number of forms of animal life of economic 
importance are to be found among mammals, 
birds and fishes, and of plants among the 


1 Paper No. 95, Department of Plant Breeding, 
Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Read be- 
fore the Conference of Geneticists interested in 
agriculture at the Toronto meeting of the Amer- 
ican Association for the Advancement of Science. 


Aprit 21, 1922] 


angiosperms, certainly much of our collateral 
evidence in genetics comes from the lower 
forms of both kingdoms. An adequate treat- 
ment of the subject of genetics can not be had 
under any system of administrative organiza- 
tion which insists upon the drawing of hard 
and fast departmental lines or in any environ- 
ment which limits the instructor to the consid- 
eration of either wild or domesticated forms of 
life. In my judgment genetics falls in the same 
category as cytology and evolution in which 
the best instruction can not be given without 
the opportunity of free and unrestricted choice 
of illustrative material and evidence from both 
plant and animal life. 

Although the science of genetics is by no 
means as old as that of botany or zoology, its 
growth and development has been and con- 
tinues to be of such magnitude that we are 
rapidly approaching the same state of affairs 
that confronts the botanist and zoologist. The 
elements of genetics in all of their details are 
already extensive and numerous and it is be- 
coming increasingly difficult adequately to treat 
all phases of the subject even in an elementary 
way in a single course without making it of 
unreasonable length. The genetic instructor 
must, therefore, decide what subject matter is 
relevant to the object of his course and what 
is irrelevant and of the former determine what 
phases may reasonably be left to courses in 
other biological sciences which may he made 
prerequisite to the elementary course in 
genetics and what may well be left for advanced 
courses in genetics. I confess that the problem 
of how far to go in the elementary course and 
what to leave for the advanced course is at 
times a most perplexing question. 

In order to reach the proper decision, we 
must first define our objective. What is the 
purpose of the elementary course in genetics? 
What is its objective? Upon the answer to 
these questions must our method of procedure 
necessarily depend. It seems to me that any 
course worthy of collegiate recognition and 
standing must be primarily cultural in nature 
and secondarily informational. It is, however, 
not impossible to combine these two purposes 
in any course of instruction even in the pro- 
fessional school, but judging from the array of 


SCIENCE 


417 


courses offered by some departments in some of 
our agricultural colleges one may wonder if 
the presentation of encyclopedic information 
rather than the training of students to do inde- 
pendent and original thinking is not the end 
attained even though it may not be the objec- 
tive sought. I wonder if we instructors in agri- 
cultural colleges do not sometimes make the 
mistake of thinking that the agricultural student 
is not interested in anything that has no direct 
connection with agricultural phenomena and 
that it is necessary to sugar coat the pill by 
giving our courses an agricultural flavor. I 
admit that we have some students of this type 
but I believe that they constitute a small minor- 
ity of the student body, at least at the begin- 
ning of their college course. If, however, many 
of the courses which students find in the agri- 
cultural college are largely informational in 
nature, it is not at all strange that some should 
regard a modern course in genetics as highly 
theoretical and of little practical application. 
When I reeall that many of our most successful 
farmers representing our highest type of rural 
citizenship are not agricultural college gradu- 
ates, I wonder if we have perhaps not over 
emphasized the value of an agricultural course 
as contrasted to courses in the so-called pure 
sciences, languages and the humanities even for 
the man who expects to spend his life and make 
his living on the farm. I do not underestimate 
the value of the information he gets in tech- 
nical agricultural courses but I question if the 
time that the student is often required to spend 
in getting this information is proportional to 
the amount of real and useful information that 
he gets. One of my colleagues in one of our 
technical departments recently said to me, “We 
can give our students all that we know that 
will actually work on the farm in our field in 
a three-hour course.” Yet I hazard the guess 
that if you will examine the announcements 
of courses of departments in this field in our 
various agricultural colleges, you will find in 
most of them a relatively large array of de- 
tailed courses offered. Where this situation 
prevails the student is forced to spend an ex- 
cessive amount of time to get what I am firmly 
convinced in many cases could be consolidated 
into much fewer hours if the subject matter 


418 


were more concentrated. Furthermore, better 
teaching would result if courses were designed 
for the purpose of real mental training rather 
than for the purpose of giving out a lot of half 
digested facts, some good, many bad, for ab- 
sorption by the student to be handed back often 
in the same undigested form at examinations. 

Granting that the primary object of the agri- 
cultural college is the training of men and 
women for farm life, I wonder if we would not 
be doing that better were we to give in our 
courses of instruction less consideration to the 
presentation of information and more to the 
development of the habit and desire for real 
thinking. We may well leave the acquisition of 
some of this information to the student himself 
if we will acquaint him with the literature of 
the subject and train him properly to appraise 


the value of such information as is available 


and how to use it after he has obtained it. 

The teaching of genetics in the agricultural 
college affords an excellent opportunity for 
the accomplishment of these aims. If the 
course is properly organized and presented no 
student can successfully grasp and assimilate 
such a body of knowledge without some real 
mental effort on his part. 

I would, therefore, define the objective of 
the elementary course in geneties as primarily 
cultural and secondarily informational. If 
proper consideration be given to its cultural 
value, it should be of like interest to the stu- 
dent of general biology who expects to go no 
farther into this field of human knowledge but 
who desires a general understanding of the 
phenomena of inheritance, to the student of 
eugenics and sociology who wants a genetic 
background for further studies in those fields, 
to the student who is beginning his special or 
professional training in genetics or to the stu- 
dent who is specializing in any of the plant or 
animal industry departments and who desires 
a genetic training as a basis for plant and 
animal improvement. 

From the informational point of view the 
general student is not at all interested in a 
genetic analysis of aleurone color in maize or 
eye color in Drosophila. The same is probably 
true of the agronomist or animal husbandman. 
But an understanding of the phenomena 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1425 


involved in the inheritance of such characters 
and a knowledge of the mode of attack that 
has been used in the solution of such problems 
will be helpful and useful to all and will give 
to students of applied genetics a better appre- 
ciation of the complexity of the mode of inher- 
itanee of other characters that are of economic 
importance and with which as plant and animal 
breeders they are vitally concerned. 
PREREQUISITES 

In order to deal with the subject of genetics 
even in the elementary course in an adequate 
and satisfactory manner, it is essential that the 
student have the proper biological background. 
For the advanced student in geneties a thor- 
ough training in either botany or zoology and 
an elementary training in the other of these 
sciences is essential but this seems hardly neces- 
sary in the beginning course. A_ sufficient 
biological training as prerequisite for ele- 
mentary genetics would seem to be had in a 
general course in botany or zoology and one in 
physiology. An elementary knowledge of 
cytology is, of course, important but the 
genetics instructor should be able to supple- 
ment by lecture or reference without difficulty 
or without much expense of time such instruc- 
tion as the student ordinarily gets in cytology 
in the beginning courses in botany and zoology 
as may be necessary to an elementary knowl- 
edge of the mechanism of heredity. 

Certain courses in mathematics are also ad- 
visable for the advanced student of genetics 
but are perhaps not essential for the beginner. 
The one thing that is essential in my judgment 
is that the student shall not have forgotten his 
high school mathematics nor have forgotten 
how to think and reason in mathematical terms 
—a condition which too often prevails among 
students in the agricultural college. 


OF WHOM REQUIRED 


Of what students in the agricultural college 
should genetics be required? When I think of 
my own course I am tempted to answer, of 
none. I am sure that we would all agree that 
it is much more satisfactory to work with a 
elass of students all of whom are registered 
because they want that particular course than 
because the faculty has ruled that they must 


APRIL 21, 1922 


have it before they will be graduated or be- 
cause some professor has said they must have 
it before they may take his course. Since I 
insist upon the privilege of saying that my 
own students shall have botany or zoology and 
physiology before they take genetics, I can not 
well quarrel with a colleague who makes sim- 
ilar requirements of my course as a_pre- 
requisite for his. 

Perhaps we would all agree that an ele- 
mentary knowledge of genetics is of value to 
all agricultural students. But so are courses 
in many other subjects. If a student were 
required to have even an elementary knowledge 
of every thing that is good for him there would 
be little time left for advanced or specialized 
courses in any subject. It does seem advisable, 
however, that as a rule students specializing 
in any phase of biology should have a course 
in genetics, though I doubt the advisability of 
making it a fixed requirement for all. If any 
group of students should be required to have 
genetics, it should be those who will later be 
engaged in the production of better plants and 
animals and then only in the sense of making 
it the basis for courses dealing with the appli- 
cation of genetic principles to plant and animal 
improvement. JI am not at all in sympathy 
with making genetics a requirement for gradu- 
ation of all students in the agricultural college 
any more than with making plant or animal 
breeding such a requirement. 


RELATION TO COURSES IN TECHNICAL 
DEPARTMENTS 


Notwithstanding my conviction that the 
genetics instructor will get better results on 
the whole if his course is not required, from 
the standpoint of instruction in the technical 
departments of plant and animal industry as 
well as from the standpoint of educational and 
administrative policy, it would seem important 
that at least an elementary knowledge of 
genetics should be made prerequisite to courses 
in plant and animal breeding if the latter are 
to be more than a presentation of empirical 
rules and methods or a consideration of super- 
stitious practices and beliefs. If the geneties 
course is made prequisite to such courses the 
instructor of the latter will have a definite 


SCIENCE 


419 


basis upon which to work and will not be 
forced to spend his time in a consideration of 
genetic principles as an introduction to the 
main part of his course—a tiresome review for 
those of his students who have previously taken | 
the course in genetics and an inadequate con- 
sideration of genetics for those who have not. 
Time will thus be saved for both instructor and 
student and better work will be done. 

I offer no apologies for the materials of the 
genetics instructor. Nevertheless, in an agri- 
cultural college at least one always encounters 
a few students of an intensely practical mind, 
to whom I have already referred, who seem 
to have little interest in matters not of imme- 
diate economic importance or application. Such 
students one of my colleagues has described as 
“those who desire information without knowl- 
edge.” If left to their own inclinations and 
desires they are apt to fill up their schedule 
with what may be termed “informational” 
courses to the exclusion of courses that require 
real mental work. It is sometimes possible to 
command a greater interest on the part of such 
students by giving careful thought to the 
choice of illustrative material, by pointing out 
from time to time some applications of genetic 
principles in plant and animal improvement 
and by referring such students to literature 
illustrating the very practical use of genetic 
knowledge in the interpretation of phenomena 
with which they are quite familiar. 


SCOPE AND CONTENTS 

In my judgment, the elementary course in 
genetics should constitute a survey of the entire 
field of heredity. It should be organized and 
presented in such a manner as to acquaint the 
student not only with a knowledge of the 
principles and facts of heredity but of how the 
science of genetics has been and is being devel- 
oped, and give him an elementary knowledge 
of the modes of genetic research. Genetics 
offers an excellent opportunity for the teacher 
to present his subject from the research point 
of view and to demonstrate how human knowl- 
edge is advanced. I am inclined to think agri- 
cultural students in general get too little of this 
type of instruction. ‘ 

Perhaps I can best illustrate the scope and 


420 SCIENCE 


contents of such a course as I have attempted 
to describe by briefly outlining our own ele- 
mentary course in genetics. In doing so, I 
have no exaggerated idea of the importance of 
its organization or contents. In fact, we are 
by no means satisfied with it ourselves and are 
continually changing it from year to year. 
Nevertheless, for our conditions, it seems to 
work fairly well as it now stands. It consists 
of three lectures and one laboratory period a 
week for a term of sixteen weeks. 


PLANT BREEDING 1—GENETICS 


1. The methods, problems, scope and relation- 
ships of genetics. Relation to evolution, to 
plant and animal breeding, and to eugenics. 


2. Early theories of development and heredity. 
Preformation and predelineation.—Epigen- 
esis.—Spencer’s physiological units.—Dar- 
win’s pangenesis——Naegeli’s micelle.— 
DeVries’ intracellular pangenesis.—Weis- 
mann’s theory of heredity. 


3. The pioneer plant hybridizers. 

Camerarius’ demonstration of sexuality in 
plants.—The first plant hybrid—The first 
extensive series of plant hybridization ex- 
periments by Kolreuter, his results and con- 
clusions.—Other early plant hybridizers and 
their contributions: Thomas Knight and 
John Goss—the ‘‘splitting’’ of hybrids; 
Wiegmann and Sageret—the existence of 
characters in contrasted pairs and the fre- 
quent suppression in the hybrid of one 
parental form by that of the other.—Von 
Gartner and his classification of hybrids 
as intermediate, comingled and decided.— 
Naudin and his principle of the segrega- 
tion of species potentialities. 

4. Gregor Mendel—the greatest of plant hy- 

bridizers. 
Choice of material—Methods used and 
characters studied.—Results in first and 
second generation hybrids with (a) one 
character pair, (b) two character pairs. 

5. The essential features of Mendel’s hypothesis. 
Independent inheritance of single charac- 
ters.—Alternative forms of single charac- 
ters (allelomorphism).—Dominance and re- 
cessiveness.—Segregation and the purity of 
the germ cells.—Recombination. 

6. Mendel’s methods of testing his hypothesis. 
Behavior in subsequent generations.— 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1425 


Backerossing the hybrids to the parental 
forms. 


7. Definition and illustration of Mendelian terms. 


Gamete, zygote, homozygote, heterozygote, 
genotype, phenotype, P., EF, F,, F,, ete. 


8. Further illustration of Mendelian inheritance 


and the calculation of Mendelian expec- 
tancies. 

Mono-, di- and trihybrids with and without 
dominance.—Backcrossing heterozygotes to 
simple, double and triple recessives.— 
Algebraic and checkerboard methods of cal- 
culation. 


9. The mechanism of Mendelian heredity. 


Brief evidences for the chromosome theory 
of heredity.—Behavior of the chromosomes 
in mitosis.—Heterotypic and homotypic 
divisions.—Parallelism of Mendelian segre- 
gation and chromosome  segregation.— 
Chance and probability in inheritance.— 
Points at which chance is operative. 


10. Interaction of factors. 


Interaction of allelomorphic factors: heter- 
ozygous or ‘‘unfixable’’ characters—pink 


Mirabilis, double carnation; homozygous 


dominant lethal—the yellow mouse, yellow 
snapdragons, dichaete Drosophila, ete.— 
Interaction of non-allelomorphic factors: 
appearance of new or old characters with 
normal Mendelian ratios—comb form in 
fowls, plant color in maize; appearance of 
new or old characters with modified Men- 
delian ratios such as 9:3:4, 9:7, 13:3, 
27:9:28, 27:37, 27:9:9:3:9:7, ete—Du- 
plicate and triplicate genes, 15:1 and 63:1 
ratios. 


11. Sex inheritance and sex determination. 


The chromosome theory of sex inheritance: 
cytological evidence; sex-linked inheritance ; 
evidence from parthenogenesis; miscellane- 
ous evidences; attempts at sex control— 
Sex inheritance in plants: mosses, ferns and 
liverworts; diccious forms among the 
spermatophytes.—Sex intergrades and gy- 
nandromorphs: Mercurialis; gypsy moth; 
Drosophila, ete. 


12. The physiological basis of sex determination. 


Hormones of sex glands and their effect 
upon the development of secondary sexual 
characters.—Effects of castration and 
transplation of gonads.—Effects of nutri- 
tion. 


APRIL 21, 1922] 


13 


14. 


15. 


16. 


17. 


18. 


19. 


20. 


21. 


22. 


23. 


. The principle of associative inheritance— 
linkage. 

Discovery by Bateson in sweet peas.— 
Elaboration by Morgan and others in Dro- 
sophila.—-Extension to other plants and 
animals by various workers.—The chiasma- 
type theory as an explanation of the mech- 
anism of linkage and crossing over.— 
Illustrations of various linkage phenomena. 


The inheritance of quantitative characters. 

The faets.—The interpretations that have 
been offered.—The multiple factor hypothe- 
sis. ? 


The statistical study of variation. 
Caleulation and uses of the ordinary bio- 
metrical constants. 


Correlation. 
Caleulation and uses of the coefficient of 
correlation. 


The pure line concept. 
Johannsen’s selection experiments and con- 
clusions.—Confirmation and extension by 
other workers. 


The role of selection in plant and animal 
breeding. 
Effect of selection m populations of self- 
fertilized and ceross-fertilized plants and 
with animals under various systems of 
mating.—Selection from the point of view 
of the animal breeder.—Modifying factors. 


Inbreeding and outbreeding. 
The conflict of views.—Experimental evi- 
dence in both plants and animals.—Inter- 
pretation of the results of inbreeding.— 
Heterosis and its utilization in plant and 
animal production. 

Non-Mendelian inheritance. 
Cytoplasmic and maternal 
Chimeras. 


inheritance.— 


The mutation concept. 
The DeVriesian view.—The modern view.— 
Point or factor mutations and multiple 
allelomorphs.—Regional mutations.—Chro- 
mosome aberrations—Bud  variations.— 
Attempts to induce mutations. 

The mode of evolution from the 
point of view. 

Eugenics. 
The application of genetic principles to 
race improvement.—Limitations. 


mutation 


C. B. Hurcuison 
CORNELL UNIVERSITY 


SCIENCE 


421 


LAMARCK, MIRBEL AND THE CELL 
THEORY 

Iv seems to have escaped the notice of writers 
of text books on biology and the history of 
science, even in France, that the cell theory in 
broad outlines was taught in Paris at the very 
opening of the nineteenth century, forty years 
before Schleiden and Schwann published their 
famous epoch-making work. 

Lamarek stated clearly in his ‘Philosophie 
Zoologique,” 1809, that all plants and animals 
are composed essentially of cellular tissue, 
without which “no living body would be able 
to exist nor could have been formed.” ‘Since 
1796,” he says, “I have been accustomed to set 
forth these principles in the first lessons of my 
course.” 

Lamarck’s clear and positive statement of the 
fundamental importance of cellular tissue, lke 
his theory of evolution, unfortunately was not 
supported by an array of well authenticated 
published facts. Lamarck’s conception was that 
cellular tissue (epidermal and connective), en- 
closing the organism and its parts, is the matrix 
in which the fluid living matter is shaped into 
organs, by physico-chemical forces acting upon 
it from without. 

Mirbel, his younger colleague at the museum, 
adopted the cellular tissue theory, and brought 
to its support from the field of botany a splen- 
did body of facts, to which long afterwards 
both Schleiden and Schwann allude. To Mir- 
bel plants are made of a folded membranous 
cellular tissue, with slow circulation of fluid 
among the cells through intervening pores. 

Dutrochet, in 1824, introduced into the theory 
the idea of the individuality of the cell, of 
which all plants and animals are composed, but 
unfortunately he had no standard by which to 
decide what is, or what is not, a cell in the 
animal. The universally present nucleus had 
not yet been discovered and the cell thus, so 
to speak, standardized. Hence in matters of 
detail, he went somewhat astray, but he was a 
most enthusiastic supporter of the cell theory as 
he knew it. 

Robert Brown, as a by-product of a work 
on fertilization in Orchids and Milkweeds, 
described the universal occurrence of cell nuclei. 


422 


This made the cell theory of Schleiden and 
Schwann a possibility. 

Without detracting at all from the epoch- 
making work of these two men, and with great 
admiration for that of Schwann, who accurately 
described for the first time many types of ani- 
mal cells, the present writer finds himself un- 
able to give them sole credit for a theory that 
had been taught forty years earlier in France. 

Not one of these pioneers knew how new 
cells originate. It was the deep secret that 
most intrigued the active minds of the two 
Germans. They made their guess, and guessed 
wrongly, but their observations in confirmation 
of Robert Brown’s important discovery, and 
Schwann’s clear pictures of animal cells, have 
given them the distinguished place that they 
deserve among the founders of the cell theory. 
Whether they should be given exclusive credit 
for the theory that had been taught in Paris 
forty years earlier by Lamarck, and admirably 
supported by beautiful plates prepared by Mir- 
bel showing plant structures, the reader may 
judge for himself by reading a review of the 
whole situation in the current number of The 
Scientific Monthly’, and, better, by perusing 
the original books and papers to which refer- 
ence is therein made. 

Reviewed now, after the lapse of a century, 
the different methods and temperaments of the 
various writers are thrown into bold relief, and 
one is forcibly reminded of the folly of un- 
checked speculation and the wisdom of guard- 
ing the indispensable imagination by keen, un- 
tiring observation and experiment. 

JoHN H. GEROULD 
DARTMOUTH COLLEGE 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
DISINTEGRATION OF ELEMENTS! 
I HAVE been asked to say a few words about 
a telegram in the Times of March 14 giving an 
account of a paper communicated to the Amer- 
ican Chemical Society at Chicago by Dr. G. 
Wendt and Mr. C. E. Iron. It reported that, 


1The Dawn of the Cell Theory, Scientific 
Monthly, Vol. XIV, No. 3, pp. 268-277, March, 
1922. 

1Sir Ernest Rutherford, in Nature. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1425 


when a powerful condenser discharge at 100,000 
volts was sent through a very fine tungsten 
wire, the filament exploded with a “deafening 
report,” producing a flash estimated to cor- 
respond to a temperature of at least 50,000° F. 
The telegram states: “After the flash he (Dr. 
Wendt) found atoms of tungsten decomposed 
into simpler atoms and the result was the 
change of metallic tungsten into gaseous 
helium.” The experiments were made to inves- 
tigate whether any atomic disintegration can 
be effected by such high temperature dis- 
charges, and apparently the authors believe 
that they have obtained positive results. 

We must await a much fuller account of the 
experiments before any definite judgment can 
be formed; but it may be of interest to direct 
attention to one or two general points. During 
the last ten years many experiments have been 
recorded in which small traces of helium have 
been liberated in vacuum tubes in intense elec- 
trie discharges, and it has been generally 
assumed that this helium has been in some way 
oceluded in the bombarded material. On mod- 
ern views, we should anticipate that the disin- 
tegration of a heavy atom into lighter atoms, 
e. g., into atoms of helium, would be accom- 
panied by a large evolution of energy. Indeed, 
it is to be anticipated that the additional heat- 
ing effect due to this liberated energy would be 
a much more definite and more delicate test of 
disintegration of heavy atoms into helium than 
the spectroscope. 

Our common experience of the large effect of 
temperature in ordinary chemical reactions 
tends to make us take a rather exaggerated 
view of the probable effects of high tempera- 
tures on the stability of atoms. While it seems 
quite probable that momentary temperatures of 
50,000° F. can be obtained under suitable con- 
ditions in condenser discharges, it should be 
borne in mind that the average energy of the 
electrons in temperature equilibrium with the 
atoms at ihis temperature corresponds to a fall 
of potential of only 6 volts. In many physical 
experiments we habitually employ streams of 
electrons of much higher energy and yet no cer- 
tain trace of disintegration has been noted. In 
particular, in Coolidge tubes an intense stream 
of electrons of energy about. 100,000 volts is 


Apri, 21, 1922] 


constantly employed to bombard a tungsten 
target for long intervals, but no evolution of 
helium has so far been observed. 


A RESEARCH FELLOWSHIP IN BACTERI- 
OLOGY 

Tue Society of American Bacteriologists at 
its recent meeting in Philadelphia, appropri- 
ated a fund for the support of a research 
fellowship in pure bacteriology. While excel- 
lent work is being carried on in many places, 
nearly all the problems under investigation 
have as their aim a practical application and 
there are, therefore, many gaps in our knowl- 
edge of fundamental principles. The society, 
believing it to be the duty of bacteriologists to 
fill these lacune, requires that the line of work 
to be carried om under its fund must concern a 
purely scientific and fundamental phase of 
bacteriology, although a certain latitude of 
choice will be permitted, conditioned by the 
previous training and the desires of the re- 
search fellow himself. 

Applicants for the fellowship must have the 
degree of B.S. or its equivalent. The succéss- 
ful candidate, through arrangements now being 
made, will receive academic eredit for the work 
done from a university of recognized standing. 
One hundred dollars a month will be available 
for the living expenses of the fellow. Approx- 
imately half his time will be devoted to details 
connected with the society’s collection of bac- 
teria, deposited at the Army Medical Museum. 

The selection of the research fellow will be 
in charge of a committee consisting of: 

Dr. Victor C. Vaughan, chairman of the Med- 
ical Section, National Research Council, Chairman. 

Captain C. S. Butler, Medical Corps, U. S. 
Navy, commandant, Naval Medical School. 

Dr. Geo. W. McCoy, director of the Hygienic 
Laboratory, U. S. Publie Health Service. 

Dr. John R. Mohler, chief, Bureau of Animal 
Industry. 

Mr. L. A. Rogers (president of the Society of 
American Bacteriologists), in charge of research 
laboratory, Dairy Division, Bureau of Animal 
Industry. 

Colonel Joseph F. Siler, Medical Corps, U. 8S. 
Army, Division of Sanitation, Office of the Sur- 
geon General of the Army. 

Dr. Erwin F. Smith, pathologist in charge, 
Laboratory of Plant Pathology, Bureau of Plant 
Pathology. 


SCIENCE 


423 


This committee will have general supervision 
of the work, approve the problem selected and 
pass upon the thesis which the fellow will sub- 
mit as the report of his research. Applications 
for and communications concerning the re- 
search fellowship should be addressed to the 
chairman of the committee, Dr. Victor C. 
Vaughan, National Research Council, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 

A. Parker HIitcHEens, 
Secretary of the Committee 
ARMY MEDICAL SCHOOL, 
WasHIneTon, D. C. 


THE CULTURE COLLECTION OF THE SO- 
CIETY OF AMERICAN BACTERIOLOGISTS 
THE Society of American Bacteriologists has 

taken over the collection of cultures which for 

the past ten years has been maintained at the 

American Museum of Natural History by Pro- 

fessor C.-E. A. Winslow, and has deposited it 

at the Army Medical Museum, where facilities 
have been arranged for its housing and main- 
tenance. 

The following committee will be in charge: 

Dr. J. M. Sherman, Dairy Division, Bureau of 
Animal Industry, Chairman. 

Major G. R. Callender, curator of the Army 
Medical Museum. 

Dr. Geo. W. McCoy, director of the Hygienic 
Laboratory, U. 8. Publie Health Service. 

Major H. J. Nichols, Army Medical School. 

The president of the society. 

The secretary of the society. 

These and other members of the society in 
and near Washington will do volunteer work 
and the research fellow will do part time work 
in maintaining the collection. No charge will ° 
be made for cultures. In making requests, the 
classification of the society should be followed 
as far as possible. Mail should be addressed 
to the Department of Bacteriology, Army Med- 
ical Museum, 7th and B Streets, S. W., Wash- 
ington, D. C. 

J. M. SHERMAN 
Chairman of the Committee 


STATION FOR THE STUDY OF DECIDUOUS 
FRUITS AT STANFORD UNIVERSITY 
THe United States Government has estab- 
lished an experiment station on the Stanford 
campus in cooperation with the university for 
seientifie work on the breeding and improve- 


424 


ment of deciduous fruits. The university has 
furnished 20 acres of land together with irri- 
gation water free of charge, and on this plot 
the Bureau of Plant Industry of the Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, under the direction of 
W. F. Wight, is planting trees designed to be 
a basis of extensive experiments in the breed- 
ing, selection and domestication of various 
fruits for the purpose of developing varieties 
having greater disease resistance and better 
adapted for cultivation than those now grown. 

Mr. Wight is in charge of the horticultural 
and pomological investigations of the Chico 
Experiment Station and cooperating with him 
as representative of the university is Professor 
Leroy Abrams of the department of botany of 
the university. 

The Stanford campus was selected for an ex- 
periment station because the Santa Clara 
Valley supports a greater variety of deciduous 
fruits than any other place in the country, and 
also because Stanford will be the headquarters 
fo the work in fruit classification studies for 
this part of the country, and perhaps ultimately 
for the Pacifie Coast. The library facilities, as 
well as collections of the fruits to be studied, 
are necessary for the work. 

The work carried on at Stanford will be of 
local value to the Santa Clara Valley on ae- 
count of the attention that will be paid to the 
apricot and prune, but will be of wider scope. 
It is planned to make a study of the varieties 
of pears of high quality and resistance to pear 
blight. It is hoped that the work will be of 
value wherever deciduous fruits are grown in 
this country. 

Tt is planned to carry on experiments through 
a period of at least ten years with the probabil- 
ity that they will be continued indefinitely. By 
the agreement between the government and the 
university, all plant material in the experiment 
station will be available to the department of 
botany of the university for study and investi- 
gation, provided such work does not interfere 
with the government’s undertaking. The dis- 
tribution of the material will probably be 
through state experiment stations, nurseries and 
to individual growers where the latter are in a 
position to grow a given variety on a commer- 
cial basis. 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1425 


THE AMERICAN PHYSICAL SOCIETY 

Tue one hundred and fifteenth regular meet- 
ing of the American Physical Society will be 
held in Washington, at the Bureau of Stand- 
ards, on Friday and Saturday, April 21 and 
22, 1922. The first session will begin at 10 
o’clock on Friday morning. 

The Association of Scientific Apparatus 
Makers will hold meetings at the Bureau of 
Standards on the same days as will the Amer- 
ican Physical Society. Arrangements have 
been made for a joint informal dinner on the 
evening of Friday, April 21. It is expected 
that addresses will be made by Dr. 8. W. 
Stratton in behalf of the Bureau of Standards, 
by Professor F. K. Richtmyer, representing 
the Association of Apparatus Manufacturers, 
and by Professor R. A. Millikan, representing 
the American Physical Society. Arrangements 
are being made for an exhibit of scientific ap- 
paratus at the Bureau of Standards. 

The other meetings for the calendar year 
will be as follows: The Thanksgiving meeting, 
on November 25, 1922, will be held at the 
University of Chicago. The annual meeting, 
beginning on December 26, will be held in 
Boston, in affiliation with the American Asso- 
ciation for the Advancement of Science. 

The Pacific Coast Section will hold a meeting 
at Salt Lake City, at the time of the meeting 
of the Pacific Division, A. A. A. S., on June 22, 
23 and 24, 1922. Correspondence relating to 
this meeting should be addressed to the secre- 
tary of the Pacific Coast Section, Professor 
KE. P. Lewis, University of California, Berkeley, 
California. 

Dayton C. MiLuEr, 
Secretary 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


A CELEBRATION was held at Bryn Mawr Col- 
lege on April 11, in honor of Professor Char- 
lotte Angus Scott, who has been head of the 
department of mathematics since the college 
opened in 1885. Professor Albert N. White- 
head, of the University of London, came to 
America to make the principal address. Among 
those who planned to be present were: Pro- 
fessors George David Birkoff, Harvard; Ernest 
William Brown, Yale; Emilie Norton Martin, 


Apri 21, 1922 


Mt. Holyoke; Helen Abbot Merrill, Wellesley; 
Roland George Dwight Richardson, Brown; 
Oswald Veblen, Princeton; Henry Seely White, 
Vassar, and Ruth Goulding Wood, Smith. 


A TESTIMONIAL dinner in honor of Dr. 
George E. de Schweinitz, president-elect of the 
American Medical Association, was held in 
Philadelphia, on April 4, under the auspices 
of the Philadelphia County Medical Society. 
Dr. Hobart A. Hare was toastmaster, and the 
speakers were: Dr. Hubert Work, president of 
the association and postmaster general of the 
United States; Dr. William C. Braisted, presi- 
dent of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy; 
Dr. Ross V. Patterson, dean of the Jefferson 
Medical College, and Dr. John G. Clark, pro- 
fessor of gynecology in the Medical School of 
the University of Pennsylvania. 


PRESIDENT Porras, of Panama, on April 7, 
tendered a reception to Dr. Richard P. Strong, 
professor of tropical medicine at Harvard 
University and director of the Gorgas Memo- 
vial Institute, recently founded there. Dr. 
Strong started on the following day on a tour 
of the interior. 


Tue Royal Geographical Society will award 
its medals and grants as follows: The Found- 
er’s Medal to Lieutenant Colonel C. K. How- 
ard-Bury for his distinguished services in 
command of the Mount Everest Expedition of 
1921; The Patron’s Medal to Mr. Ernest de K. 
Leffingwell for his surveys and investigations 
on the coast of northern Alaska; The Victoria 
Medal to Mr. J. F. Baddeley for his work on 
the Historical Geography of Central Asia; The 
Murchison Grant to Mr. Charles Camsell for 
his explorations and surveys in northern Can- 
ada; The Back Grant to Khan Bahadur Sher 
Jang for his surveys on the Indian frontier; 
The Cuthbert Peek Grant to Mr. F. H. Melland 
for his explorations in northern Rhodesia; and 
The Gill Memorial to Mr. A. A. R. Boyce for 
his triangulations in the Sudan. 


We learn from Nature that the following 
were elected fellows of the Royal Society of 
Edinburgh at the meeting on March 6: Mr. 
C. L. Abernethy, Professor G. Barger, Sir 
Dugald Clerk, Dr. F. A. E. Crew, Dr. W. O. 


SCIENCE 425 


Greenwood, Mr. W. A. Guthrie, Professor R. K. 
Hannay, Professor EH. Hindle, Dr. C. F. Juritz, 
Professor J. C. Meakins, Mr. M. Macgregor, 
Dr. Bijali Behari Sarkar, Professor H. W. 
Turnbull, Dr. J. Walker, Mr. J. Wilson, Mr. 
J. M. Wordie. 


Dr. O. Srapr, who has been keeper of the 
herbarium and library at the Royal Botanic 
Gardens, Kew, since 1908, has retired on reach- 
ing the age limit. He is succeeded as keeper 
by Mr. A. D. Cotton, formerly a member of 
the herbarium staff and lately mycologist to 
the Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries. 


The Engineering and Mining Journal and 
Mining and Scientific Press were consolidated 
on April 1, to form the Engineering and 
Mining Journal-Press, with Josiah Edward 
Spurr as editor. 

A NEW major subdivision has been created 
in the United States Geological Survey by 
raising the division of Alaskan mineral re- 
sources to the status of a branch. The work 
will continue under the immediate direction of 
Colonel A. H. Brooks, whose title under the 
rearrangement is chief Alaskan geologist. 


R. T. Strutt, who for several years has been 
superintendent of the Columbus (Ohio) Ex- 
periment Station of the Bureau of Mines, has 
been appointed assistant chief of the bureau’s 
mineral technology division. In that position 
he will have technical supervision over the 
work in non-metallies and in ceramics. 


Durtne the absence of Director Frank 
Schlesinger, who is attending the meeting of 
the International Astronomical Union in Rome 
and will be absent until the latter part of May, 
Professor Ernest W. Brown is to serve as act- 
ing director of the Yale Observatory. Mr. Carl 
L. Stearns, assistant at the observatory, with 
the rank of instructor, has been granted leave 
of absence for a year beginning July 1, 1922. 

Foutowine the return of Dr. H. H. Rusby, 
the scientific men who were members of the 
Mulford Expedition to South America, arrived 
in New York last week. They include Dr. 
W. M. Mann, assistant entomologist of the 
U. 8. Department of Agriculture; Dr. Orlando 
E. White, assistant botanist of the Brooklyn 


426 


Botanical Garden, and Dr. Everett Pearson, of 
the University of Indiana. 


Own April 4, Professor W. H. Hobbs, of the 
University of Michigan, completed his lectures 
at the Technical High School of Delft in ex- 
change with Professor Brouwer. On May 4, he 
will sail for the Windward Islands and the 
west coast of South America, returning to Ann 
Arbor on September 1. 


Tue National Research Council has appoint- 
ed a committee to investigate the properties of 
ammonium nitrate. The personnel of the com- 
mittee is as follows: C. E. Munroe, National 
Research Council, Chairman; S. P. Howell, 
representing the Bureau of Mines; R. C. Tol- 
man, representing the Department of Agricul- 
ture; C. G. Storm, representing the Ordnance 
Department, United States Army; C. P. 
Beistle, representing the Bureau of Explosives 
of the American Railway Association; and 
C. A. Bigelow, representing the Institute: of 
Makers of Explosives. It is expected that the 
Navy Department will also be represented on 
this committee. 


THE spring meeting of the American Hlec- 
trochemical Society will be held in Baltimore, 
beginning on April 27. The morning will be 
devoted to a symposium on electric cast iron 
in charge of A. P. Hinckley and Bradley 


Stoughton. In the evening Professor R. W. 
Wood, of Johns Hopkins University, will 
speak on the subject of finorescence. Acheson 


Smith, the retiring president, will deliver the 
presidential address. 


Dr. Henprik Anton Lorentz, of the Uni- 
versity of Leiden, has given, in the Jefferson 
Physical Laboratory at Harvard University, 
three lectures on mathematical physics. It 
will be remembered that Dr. Lorentz has been 
lecturing at the California Institute of Tech- 
nology, Pasadena, whose invitation to deliver a 
special series of lectures was the occasion of 
his present visit to the United States. Before 
returning to the Netherlands on or about the 
first of May, he is visiting a number of Amer- 
ican universities. 


Dr. E. W. Wasueurn, of the department of 
ceramics of the University of Illinois, lectured 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1425 


on April 6 before the Franklin Institute on 
“Physical chemistry and ceramics.” On April 
13 a lecture on “The physies of the three- 
electrode bulb” was given by Professor K. T. 
Compton, of Princeton University. On April 
19, Professor William D. Harkins lectured be- 
fore the institute on “The structure and build- 
ing of atom nuclei.” 


Professor Charles R. Stockard, of the depart- 
ment of anatomy, Cornell University Medical 
College, delivered a lecture on heredity at the 
meeting of the Philadelphia Pediatrie Society, 
on March 14. 


PROFESSOR J. Pau Goons, of the University 
of Chicago, gave an address at the annual 
meeting of the Cleveland Chamber of Com- 
merece on March 21 on the subject, “American 
opportunity in world trade.” On March 22 he 
spoke at Georgetown University, Washington, 
on “America as a world power,” and on Mareh 
24 he lectured on “Industrial Japan” for the 
National Geographic Society at Washington. 


Dr. CHartes W. Etior, president emeritus 
of Harvard University, spoke on ‘Prevention 
of disease through animal experimentation,’’ at 
a public health conference in Boston, on Mareh 
29, under the auspices of the Massachusetts 
State Federation of Women’s Clubs. 


Tur Bakerian lecture of the Royal Society 
will be delivered on March 9 by Professor T. R. 
Merton and Mr. S. Barratt on “The spectrum 
of hydrogen.” 


Dr. Harris GraHam, for thirty years pro- 
fessor of pathology and practice of medicine 
in the American University of Beirut, died in 
his sixtieth year on February 27, at Beirut, 
Syria. 

Sir Parrick Manson, distinguished for his 
work on malaria and tropical diseases, died on 
April 8 at the age of seventy-six years. 


Dr. J. T. Merz, author of The History of 
European Thought in the Nineteenth Century, 
died on March 21 at the age of eighty-two 
years. 

Tue death, on March 24, at fifty-eight years 
of age, is announced of Professor W. B. Bot- 
tomley, professor of botany at King’s College, 
London, from 1893 to 1921. 


ApriIL 21, 1922] 


Tue John Macoun Memorial Committee of 
the Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club announces 
that, as the number of copies to be issued of 
the autobiography of the late Professor John 
Macoun, naturalist to the Geological Survey 
of Canada, is limited, orders, with or without 
the subseription price of $3, should be sent in 
by May 15, addressed to Mr. Arthur Gibson, 
treasurer, John Macoun Memorial Committee, 
Birks Building, Ottawa, Canada. 


Dr. Geza Horvatu, director of the section 
ot Zoology of the Hungarian National Museum 
in Budapest, writes that the price of the com- 
plete series of the Annales historico-naturales 
Musei Nationalis Hungarici (Volumes I to 
XVIII) has been reduced from $108 to $58. It 
is the hope of the administration of the museum 
that, through the sale of sets of these import- 
ant Annals, they will be able to add to the 
funds needed to pay the present exorbitant 
charges for the publication of current and 
future volumes. 


Tue Royal Academy of Belgium announces 
that a triennial prize of 2,500 franes, to be 
known as the Prix Joseph Schepkens, for the 
best experimental work on plant genetics, has 
been established. 


THs German Congress of Surgery will be 
held at Berlin, under the presidency of Pro- 
fessor Hildebrand, from April 19 to April 22, 
when the following subjects will be discussed: 
The experimental principles of wound injec- 
tion, introduced by Professor Neufeld, of Ber- 
lin; general surgical infection, introduced by 
Professor Lesser, of Freiburg; operative trans- 
plantation of muscles, introduced by Professor 
Wullstein, of Essen, and the importance of 
histological examination of the blood, intro- 
duced by Professor Stahl, of Berlin. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 

Tue University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo., 
will erect a new chemistry building to cost 
$125,000. 

Miss Katg C. Garrick, daughter of the late 
Sir James Francis Garrick, for ten years agent- 
general in London for Queensland, has by her 


SCIENCE 427 


will bequeathed £10,000 to the University of 
Queensland to found a James Francis Garrick 
professorship of either law or medicine, as may 
seem best to the university, in memory of her 
father. 


Dr. Epwin B. Wison, professor of mathe- 
matical physies in charge of the department of 
physies at the Massachusetts Institute of Tech- 
nology and a member of the administrative 
committee of the institute, has been appointed 
professor of vital statistics at Harvard Uni- 
versity. He has also been appointed a mem- 
ber of the administrative board of the School 
of Public Health, the other members being 
David L. Edsall, chairman, Milton J. Rosenau, 
Roger I. Lee and Cecil K. Drinker. 


Tue following promotions to associate pro- 
fessorships have been made at Yale University: 
Dr. Francis Kovarik and Horace Scudder 
Uhler, in physics; Herbert L. Seward, in me- 
chanical engineering; Charles S. Farnham, in 
civil engineering, and Richard §S. Kirby, in 
engineering drawing. Dr. Arthur J. Hill has 
been promoted to an associate professorship in 
organic chemistry, with assignment to the 
Sheffield Scientific School and the Graduate 
School. William L. Crum, Ph.D., has been ad- 
vanced to an assistant professorship in mathe- 
maties. English Bagby, Ph.D., in psychology, 
and Archer E. Knowlton, E.E., in electrical 
engineering, have been advanced to assistant 
professorships. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
DEVONIAN PLANTS 

To the geologist, the invertebrate paleon- 
tologist, or the stratigrapher who turns to the 
map of North America, the Devonian system 
is one of a completeness and grandeur that 
must be satisfying in the extreme. The map- 
ping has proceeded through nearly a century, 
and the horizons have been divided on accu- 
rate faunal data. To long lists of invertebrates 
are added remarkable fishes. 

To the paleobotanist on the contrary, the 
Devonian is at once alluring and forbidding. 
While the alg with a great record go back to 


428 


the Precambrian, the recognizable land floras 
begin in the Devonian. But the great ex- 
panses of Devonian rock are for the main part 
beyond the reach, knowledge, and experience 
of the paleobotanist. Away to the Canadian 
Northwest and extending far into Alaska, the 
main Devonian mass stretches for 2,000 miles 
through the remotest region of the continent. 
Thence scarcely a plant has come. Far or 
near, no one goes into the Devonian field for 
plants, and the “finds” are apt to be neglected 
year after year. Although the world’s first 
great forests appear in the Devonian, from 
all North America not 200 species of Devon- 
ian plants could be named, and those mostly 
of little satisfactory definition. 

Inasmuch as Devonian plant materials must 
long fail to buik up as a workable assemblage 
without some initial and better coordinated 
attention, I wish the invertebrate paleontolo- 
gists and geologists who have data would sup- 
ly them to me or to others interested, in the 
form of brief memoranda, or promptly publish 
the same. It should shortly be possible to see 
Devonian paleobotany on a better basis. Mean- 
while it would be especially gratifying if some 
attention could be given to the following in- 
quiries: 

(1) Which are the main shale or other sections 
where Devonian plants have been seen? 

(2) Are there good Psilophyton localities,—(a) 
where stems are petrified, (b) well carbonized? 

(3) What North American localities of the 
lower Devonian yield silicified stems large or 
small? The British geologists cite the Cordaite, 
Paleopitys milleri of the old Red. 

(4) Are there any North American Devonian 
cherts containing stems comparable to Rhynia, 
the most primitive of vascular plants, as occurring 
in the siliceous cherts of Aberdeenshire, Scotland? 

(5) Are there any well marked seeds in the 
Indiana Black shale, the Genesee shale, the 
Waverleyan? Are there any typical pterido- 
spermous, or gymnospermous seeds in the North 
American Devonian at all? 

The enormous extent of parallelism in the 
lines of plant descent, and the exceedingly 
small percentage of known forms in pre- 
Carboniferous rocks, give to every discovery 
of plants in the Devonian a high value. It is 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1425 


to-day patent that better plant phylogenies 
much depend on the closest attention to chron- 
ology, and especially on new discoveries in the 
Devonian. 

I should state that it is not my purpose to 
take up the subject of Devonian plants but to 
help others to do so, as I am persuaded that 
much material of value is being lost, or too 
long unnoted. Is it not grievous to admit that 
in the past twenty-five years, contributions to 
Devonian paleobotany have been so lacking 
from North America? There is for the Waver- 
leyan at the close of Devonian time the very 
fine contribution of Scott and Jeffrey. And 
from the Indiana Black shale there is the fine 
Cordaite Callizylon Oweni of Elkins and Wie- 
land. There the record of publication about 
closes. 

But what possibilities of discovery there 
must be in the rocks that yield such a stri- 
king forest type as the “Naples tree,” Proto- 
lepidodendron, interestingly restored at the 
State Hall at Albany! The great dearth of 
knowledge of the Devonian plant front is due 
to the failure to get the evidence in the field; 
although it is admitted that here discoveries 
and collection are difficult. It is possible to 
search given Devonian horizons for inverte- 
brate material with success, because occurrences 
have been sought out and diligently described, 
the continent over, for the past three or four 
score years. The impression thus grows upon 
us that with attention in kind, the Devonian 
plant record for the continent would soon be 
augmented, and that relative importance of 
scientific subjects asks such a result. Is the 
investigation of the Devonian to be carried on 
only in other countries? Can we make no such 
brilliant discoveries as those from the Devon- 
ian cherts of Aberdeenshire? 

G. R. WIELAND 

YALE UNIVERSITY 


THE EFFECT OF ALKALI ON THE DIGESTI- 
BILITY OF CZLLULOSIC MATERIALS 
THE communication of Professor Lindsey on 
the above subject in your issue of February 3 
is of considerable interest to students of cellu- 
lose chemistry inasmuch as it indicates the 


Aprin 21, 1922] 


possibility of converting waste material into 
valuable food products. 

In view of the interesting results obtained in 
Germany during the recent war, on the action 
of alkalis on chopped straw, this matter is 
well worthy of a thorough study. In a recent 
lecture by the writer to the Syracuse Section 
of the American Chemical Society on ‘The 
role of alkali in the future development of the 
cattle food, cellulose, paper-pulp and liquid 
fuel industries,” attention was drawn to the 
fact that experiments carried out at the behest 
of the German War Office show that by the 
simple process of boiling chopped straw for 
three hours with a one per cent. solution of 
sodium carbonate a 75 per cent. yield of mate- 
rial is obtained, of which 75 per cent. is digesti- 
ble, and this in spite of the relatively high 
lignin content. A full account of this work is 
to be found in the recent pamphlet by Hans 
Magnus entitled, “Theorie und Praxis der 
Strohaufschliessung,” published by Paul Parey, 
Berlin, 1919. Further information and addi- 
tional references are to be found in the recent 
work of Hans Pringsheim, “Die Polysae- 
charide,” Berlin, 1919. 

It would seem that the treatment with soda 
ash is peculiarly applicable to American con- 
ditions and offers to the individual farmer the 
possibility of obtaining a cheap cattle food 
from such waste materials as chopped straw, 
ground corn cobs, ete., by the use of a chemical 
produet with which he is familiar and employ- 
ing only the simplest type of machinery. The 
resulting material when mixed with molasses 
apparently yields a profitable and palatable 
cattle food of high nutritive value. 

Lantern slides have been made of the various 
tables quoted in the pamphlet by Magnus, and 
the writer will be pleased to loan them to any 
one interested in lecturing on this subject. 

Harotp Hispert 

YALE UNIVERSITY 


BUTYL ALCOHOL AS A REAGENT IN 
HISTOLOGY 
PROFESSOR GRIFFIN’S article in Sctence for 
March 10, recommending the use of isopropyl 
and methyl alcohols for histological work, 
impels the writer to call attention to the prac- 


SCIENCE 


429 


ticability of using butyl alcohol, as recently 
suggested by Larbaud,! for similar purposes. 
Among the advantages claimed for this reagent 
are that it obviates difficulties due to the 
presence of slight amounts of water in so- 
called “absolute” ethyl aleohol, and that it does 
away with the contraction and hardening due to 
xylol, since butyl alcohol is a solvent of paraf- 
fin and therefore takes the place of xylol or 
chloroform as well as of the higher alcohols. 
As butyl alcohol does not mix readily with 
water, Larbaud recommends a mixture of equal 
parts of butyl and 95 per cent. ethyl alcohols 
in appropriate dilutions for the lower grades 
in the dehydrating series. There seems to be 
no @ prior? reason why a mixture of butyl and 
methyl alcohols would not serve equally well. 
The writer has used Larbaud’s methods, with 
shght modifications, for the dehydration and 
infiltration of fungus tissues for cytological 
study, with entirely satisfactory results. 
GEorGE W. Martin 
Huui BoranicaL LAsoratory, 
UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO 


GENETICS OF THE VIENNA WHITE 
RABBIT II. 


In Science for March 10, I described the 
genetics of a variety of white rabbit having 
colored eyes, which I supposed to be identical 
with the variety known in Europe as Vienna 
White. This variety I had synthesized by 
crossing albinos carrying the gene for yellow 
coat, with chinchillas, and I showed the white 
variety with colored eyes to be genetically a 
“yellow chinchilla.” Since writing that article 
I have been able to obtain from Europe a pair 
of Vienna White rabbits and I find that, 
though they look like my synthetic white rab- 
bits, they breed very differently. When crossed 
with yellow rabbits, they produce not yellow 
young, as my synthetic whites should do, but 
blue, black or gray young, according to the 
genetic constitution of the yellow parent, and 
these young are invariably Dutch-marked, pre- 


1 Larbaud, Mlle.: Nouvelle technique pour les 
inclusions et les préparations microscopiques des 
tissues végétaux et animaux, Comptes. Rend. Ac. 
Aci. Paris, 172: 1817-1319. 1921. 


430 


cisely as in the experiment of Baur. This re- 
sult shows that the Vienna White rabbit is in 
reality a Duteh rabbit, with a completely white 
coat, as suggested by Punnett. Its eyes are 
blue as in blue rabbits regularly, but the cho- 
roid is white as in the whitest Dutch rabbits. 
The white rabbit which I have synthesized is a 
new type of white rabbit, entirely distinct from 
Vienna White. 
W. EH. Caste 
Bussry INSTITUTION, 
Marcu 28, 1922 


UNIVERSITY PROFESSORS AND MAJOR- 
GENERALS IN POLAND 

A recent statement by the official Polish 
Bureau of Information in New York indicates 
the existence of an interesting condition in 
Poland regarding the status of university pro- 
fessors in that so-called backward country. The 
following is the statement, verbatim: 

University professors in Poland have equal 
ranking with major generals, and, being state 
officials, are accorded all the rights and privileges 
enjoyed by major generals. According to a 
recent announcement, there are at present 638 
full professors in the Polish universities and high- 
er academic schools. The salaries of professors 
are somewhat higher than that of the under- 
secretary of state. 

Vernon KELLOGE 

WasuineTon, D. C. 


QUOTATIONS 
“THE SCIENTIFIC SIDE” 


“Mme. Bisson assisted Mlle. Eva in a cabinet 
in which I was present with other observers,” 
he said. “Mlle. Eva was wrapped in a heavy 
rubber coat in order to protect her body from 
the light as much as possible. She entered 
into a trance and after a short time an aperture 
was opened in the front of the rubber coat so 
that I could look within. I saw the ectoplasm 
in a thick slimy band encireling her body like 
some monstrous worm. 

“May I touch it?’ I asked Mme. Bisson. 


1Concluding part of a lecture with this title 
given by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle in Carnegie 
Hall, New York City, on April 12, as reported in 
the Evening Post. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1425 


“She replied, ‘Yes.’ 

“T reached within the aperture and firmly 
grasped between thumb and forefinger the belt- 
like mass, and as I held it I felt it writhe—a 
living, pulsing substance.” 

Sir Arthur stated his belief that the medium 
would have died from shock had any attempt 
been made to remove this reputed ectoplasm, 
but the observers finally managed to pinch off 
a small portion, and this was hurried into a lab- 
oratory where Professor Richet of the Univer- 
sity of Paris made a microscopic and chemical 
examination. 

“Tt was found to consist of mucoid cells, epi- 
thelial cells, a clear, slimy finid, certain car- 
bonates, and other compounds. It was a sort 
of etherealized matter, if such a term may be 
employed. 

He cited the cireumstances of a number of 
seances, and in one ease read testimonies of 
other observers who were present. 

“Tn one instanee Mrs. Wriedt of Detroit, an 
American medium of great power, came to my 
house and we held a séance in the nursery, a 
room certainly devoid of suspicious surround- 
ings. My wife and I, Mrs. Wriedt, and my 
secretary, Major Wood, held hands as we sat 
around a table, and having learned the value 
of singing in such experiments we all sang 
softly in chorus. We knew the words of the 
hymn, ‘Onward, Christian Soldiers,’ and by 
common consent took up this air. Suddenly 
there burst out overhead a clear joyous baritone 
voice, singing with us word for word. I 
stopped and heard the voices of my wife, of 
Mrs. Wriedt, and of Major Wood. And above 
them all was this ringing baritone voice. 

“Tf that isn’t a spiritual phenomenon, what 
is it?” he eried. “I have a right to ask that 
question.” 

He narrated details of numerous other 
séances, of one in which he declared he saw 
the face of his dead mother, “as plain as a 
Rembrandt portrait emerging from the dark,” 
every wrinkle and line as he had seen her last. 

“Again,” he said, “I went to Southsea, where 
a Welsh miner was staying. This was the 
medium, Evan Powell. 

“In this séance there were four other ob- 
servers besides myself. Powell sat in my room 


Aprit 21, 1922] 


in a chair and asked me to tie him in place. 
So well did I tie him that we had to cut him 
out afterwards. Then he fell into a trance, 
and suddenly I became aware of dazzling celes- 
tial lights over his head. Then my son’s voice 
eried out: ‘Father, father.’ The voice was not 
a yard from my face. 

“Yes, my boy,’ I answered. 
is it?” 

“‘Wather! Pardon!’ he said, and I felt his 
hand on the top of my head, bowing down my 
head, and then felt his lips touch my forehead. 

“T knew what he meant immediately. Only 
I could have known. He had never subscribed 
to my belief while alive, and now he had come 
back to tell me that it had been as I said. 

“*Yes, my son,’ I ealled back to him, ‘you 
had a right to your own belief while here 
with us.’ ”’ 

Again the speaker, wrought up to a high 
pitch, eried: 

“Tf that isn’t spiritual communication, what 
is it?” And the audience, listening intently to 
every word, broke out in a clatter of applause. 


“Yes, what 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


Studies of the Development and Larval Forms 
of Echinoderms. By TH. Mortensen. 266 
pages, 33 plates and 102 text-figures. Pub- 
lished at the expense of the Carlsberg Fund. 
G. E. C. Gad, Copenhagen, 1921. 


For some years, the well-known Danish zool- 
ogist, Dr. Th. Mortensen, has been gathering 
material in the embryological field to use in 
throwing light on the phylogeny of the echino- 
derms and on the interrelationships of families 
and genera in the most perplexing groups. A 
two year’s journey around the world including 
stays of several weeks or more at Zamboanga 
and Jolo in the Philippines; Misaki, Japan; 
Sydney, N. S. W.; New Zealand; Hawaii; 
Nanaimo, British Columbia; La Jolla, Califor- 
nia; Taboga Island, Panama; and Tobago, 
B. W. I., resulted in such an accumulation of 
material that the present noteworthy report 
has been prepared and published. Yet the 
indefatigable Danish investigator is again afield 
in search of more material and at the same 
time is hunting out the best place in the East 


SCIENCE 


431 


Indies for the establishment of a permanent 
Scandinavian marine biological station! 

As one turns the pages and studies the plates 
of this great contribution to embryology, it is 
hard to decide whether one should admire the 
more the industry, patience and skill of the 
investigator, or the ability to marshal his facts 
and set forth clearly his conclusions, revealed 
in the writing. Descriptions and figures alike 
leave nothing to be desired and even if one 
were not to accept all the suggested conclusions 
one can not question the care or the fairness 
with which they are expressed. 

An introduction of 19 pages gives a brief 
but clear summary of what has so far been 
accomplished in acquiring knowledge of the 
embryology of those echinoderms which have 
free-living larval forms. Including Morten- 
sen’s own results we now have such knowledge, 
often very fragmentary it must be granted, of 
some 125 species. There is also much material 
accumulated concerning the life histories of 
many species which do not have free-living 
larve, but these are not ineluded within the 
scope of the present report. The main purpose 
of Mortensen’s research has been, to quote his 
own words, to throw light on “the interrela- 
tion between the larve and the adults in regard 
to a natural classification.” 

The second section of the report, designated 
“Special Part,” deals with the larve of more 
than sixty identified species and nearly fifty 
additional larve, whose parent forms are un- 
known. No erinoids are discussed, as Dr. Mor- 
tensen has published his studies on erinoid 
development elsewhere. As experience demon- 
strated that the eggs of echini are more easily 
fertilized artificially than are those of other 
echinoderms, it is not surprising that nearly 
three fourths of Mortensen’s work was done 
on members of that class, at least so far as 
results reveal. The early stages of no fewer 


than 43 species were studied and many 
species were carried along through weeks 
and sometimes months of larval life. One of 


the interesting results of this work was the 
demonstration of the hardiness of the larve of 
certain species. Thus some larve of the com- 
mon West Indian rock-boring urchin (Echino- 
metra lucunter), hatched from eggs fertilized 


432 


the last week in March or early in April, were 
carried from Tobago to Copenhagen via New 
York, arriving in Denmark, June 1, still living, 
though not thriving! Besides the larve whose 
parentage was certain, Mortensen deseribes and 


discusses the relationships of nine echinoid’ 


larval forms taken in tow nets. 

Among the sea-stars, artificial fertilization 
was successful with eleven species, and the 
larve resulting are described in ten of them, 
to a greater or less extent. Owing to unsatis- 
factory preservation no asteroid larve from 
tow-net collections are described. With the 
holothurians and ophiurans, particularly the 
latter, artificial fertilization is exceedingly diffi- 
cult to obtain and with only two species of 
brittle-star (both at Tobago) was Mortensen 
able to study material derived from eggs fer- 
tilized in the laboratory. With holothurians, 
artificial fertilization was suecessful in three 
species, but with two of these the larve only 
lived two or three days. On the other hand, 
Mortensen describes three forms of a_note- 
worthy Auricularia, one from Tobago, one 
from Misaki, and the third from New Zealand 
waters, and no fewer than 35 ophiuran larve, 
whose parentage is unknown. The most extra- 
ordinary fact recorded in this section is that 
certain Ophioplutei do not end their free- 
swimming existence by complete metamorphosis 
into miniature brittle-stars, but rather give off 
the new ophiuran as a sort of bud, and then 
apparently regenerate a new larval body in 
place of the original one. If this new body is 
capable of giving rise to a new ophiuran by a 
second metamorphosis, we have here, as Mor- 
tensen says, the only case of metagenesis known 
in the whole Echinoderm phylum. But the evi- 
dence is tantalizingly incomplete. 

The last fourth of the volume, entitled 
“General Part,” is divided into three sections, 
a short one on “Classification,” a longer called 
“Morphology, Phylogeny, Biology,’ and a few 
pages on “Geographical Distribution.” In the 
first section, Mortensen raises the question 
whether there is any correspondence between 
groups of larve arranged according to strue- 
ture and the natural groups of the adults, and 
so far as the major groups of echini are con- 
cerned, he answers the question in the affirma- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1425 


tive with little hesitation. He has further 
unquestionably demonstrated that no classifica- 
tion of echini can henceforth be aecepted which 
does not give fair consideration to the charac- 
ters of the larve so far as they are known. 
As for the ophiurans on the other hand, we are 
on much less sure ground, nor can we make 
very practical use of the ophioplutei in classi- 
fication until a far larger number of them have 
been traced back to their parent forms. Among 
the Asteroidea, too, we still lack sufficient 
data, in spite of Mortensen’s masterly efforts, 
but enough facts are known to warrant the 
hope that the various larval forms will prove 
of great value in tracing relationships within 
the class. The Crinoidea and Holothurioidea 
are still largely terra incognita, so far as larval 
forms are concerned. In the pages dealing 
with the morphology of the larve, a number 
of debatable points are discussed and one very 
important one is emphasized, namely, that 
there is no homology between the sucking-disk 
of a brachiolarian larva and the Pelmatozoan 
stalk. The remarkable animal described by 
Koehler and Vaney as Stellosphera mirabilis 
is shown to be a larval form of a sea-star, 
probably Pedicellaster sexradiatus. After a 
detailed discussion of the various larval forms, 
Mortensen pays his respects to Grave’s theory 
that the primitive echinoderm larval form had 
transverse rings of cilia, and then passes on to 
an interesting discussion of the proposals of 
Boas, Simroth and A. H. Clark regarding the 
phylogeny of the echinoderms, though the ideas 
of the last two are dismissed briefly, their refu- 
tation being designated “a superfluous task’’! 
There then follow discussions of Giard’s theory 
of poicilogony, as applied to echinoderms, of 
the rate of growth of larve, and of the relation 
of temperature to the production of matured 
reproductive cells. The pages devoted to geo- 
graphical distribution deal mainly with the 
matter of the influence of currents in the dis- 
tribution of echinoderm larve and the probable 
existence of vertical upward currents, which 
are important in bringing the larve of deep 
sea forms to the surface. 

The volume closes with a brief appendix and 
a very full. explanation of the admirable 
plates. There is no bibliography and no index, 


APRIL 21, 1922] 


but the absence of the latter is atoned for by 
the presence of a table of contents just before 
the introduction. As in most of Dr. Mortensen’s 
publications the illustrations are all that could 
be desired and are of the greatest service to 
the user of the book, while the text is entirely 
free from ambiguities and shows the customary 
positiveness of the writer. The whole appear- 
ance of text and plates is admirable and the 
Carlsberg Fund, no less than the author, is to 
be congratulated on this very important con- 
tribution to our knowledge of echinoderms. 


Hupert LyMAaN CLARK 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
A BACTERIAL WILT OF THE BEAN CAUSED 
BY BACTERIUM FLACCUMFACIENS 
NOV. SP. 

A New bacterial disease of navy beans has 
appeared in South Dakota. The grower on 
whose farm the disease was discovered reports 
that what he believes to be the same disease 
killed 90 per cent. of his 1920 crop. In 1921 
he planted the seed harvested from the remain- 
der and lost about 25 per cent. of his crop. 
Some of this 1920 Dakota seed planted at Ar- 
lington, Virginia, also produced a large pro- 
portion of diseased plants, many of which 
never survived the seedling stage. The dis- 
ease is characterized by a wilting of the leaves 
of seedlings sometimes accompanied by a dis- 
coloration, and by dwarfing, reduction of yield 
and the death of some of the shoots, if the 
plant survives the early stages of growth. 

Plants from South Dakota, received in the 
Laboratory of Plant Pathology, Bureau of 
Plant Industry, August 6, 1921, were found to 
contain bacteria in the vessels of the stem 
often accompanied by a browning of the vas- 
cular ring. The writer suspected the presence 
of Bacterium solanacearum Erw. Sm. but when 
petri dish poured-plates were made from the 
diseased stems a yellow organism was isolated. 
This, when pricked into vigorously growing 
King of the Mountain bean seedlings produced 
the wilt in every case. From these infected 
plants the yellow organism has been reisolated 
and has produced the wilt in Great Northern 


SCIENCE 


433 


beans. King of the Garden lima and Ito San 
soy-beans have also become infected as the re- 
sult of pure culture inoculations. 

The same organism has been isolated from 
the Arlington, Virginia, plants and with it the 
writer has reproduced the disease. 

The discoloration mentioned above may con- 
sist of a dull green or brownish green, green- 
ish brown or reddish brown area sometimes 
bordered with yellow. The discolored area is 
flabby at first and later dry and papery. In 
many cases the whole leaf blade and petiole 
become flabby and droop without any dis- 
coloration at all, whereas in others a portion 
of the leaf becomes flabby and discolored while 
the rest of the blade and the petiole is turgid 
for a time at least. It is presumably a question 
of the number of vessels plugged by the bac- 
teria. This same phenomenon has occasionally 
been observed in secondary infections of young 
leaves by Bacterium phaseoli. 

The wilt of the seedlings in some respects 
suggests the “systemic disease” of beans 
ascribed by Burkholder to Bacteritwm phaseoli 
but the parasite under consideration is very dif- 
ferent from Bacterium phaseoli. For example, 
its very moderate, often scanty growth on potato 
cylinders, due to its very slight diastasic action, 
is in marked contrast to the exceedingly 
copious prolonged growth and marked diastasic 
action of Bacterium phaseoli Erw. Sm. The 
color on potato is Ridegway’s mustard or pri- 
muline yellow (Color Standards and Nomen- 
clature, plate XVI, 2nd ed., 1912) and there 
is usually a marked graying of the potato. The 
difference in the colonies are less marked but 
plates of the two organisms when compared 
are easily distinguishable. The colonies of 
Bacterium phaseoli are much more wet-shining 
and of a much more syrupy cunsistency. Both 
Bacterium phaseoli and the South Dakota or- 
ganism reduce the litmus in litmus milk in 4 
to 7 days but the cultures of the latter finally 
become acid and the behavior of the two or- 
ganisms is very different in regard to the man- 
ner and time of the other changes taking place 
in the milk. Cultures of Bacterium phaseoli 
begin to clear in 1 to 6 days, and a very soft 
mobile curd is formed, a partial peptonization 


434 


of the casein preventing the formation of a 
solid coagulum. In cultures of the South Da- 
kota organism, on the other hand, there is 
usually no visible change in plain milk for 
about three weeks, after which, in varying 
lengths of time, the fluid becomes solid. Some 
days after coagulation there is an extrusion of 
whey and finally peptonization begins, pro- 
gressing very slowly however. Bacterium 
phaseoli produces tyrosin erystals in abundance 
in milk but none have been observed in cul- 
tures of the South Dakota organism. The 
latter produces a wide, deep yellow rim (Ridg- 
way’s primuline yellow loc. cit.) which is very 
striking. 

Both organisms liquefy gelatin but Bac- 
terium phaseoli does it rapidly whereas the 
South Dakota organism does it so slowly that 
for the first month there is little or no liquid 
gelatin present, evaporation taking place al- 
most as rapidly as the liquefaction. 

Another good medium for differentiating 
these two organisms is Congo Red agar. Both 
organisms take up the stain to a greater or less 
degree and finally change the agar to a pur- 
plish color but Bacterium phaseoli makes a 
very thick, smooth, wet-shining growth and 
the South Dakota organism only a very meager 
one. This medium is prepared as follows: 
1000.00 ¢. ¢. distilled water; 10.00 g. saccha- 
rose; 1.00 g. dipotassinm phosphate; 0.20 g. 
magnesium sulphate; 15.00 g. agar flour; 0.10 
g. Congo red (Griibler’s). Steam the water 
and salts one half hour, then add Congo red. 
Filter through cotton and tube. Autoclave 
tubes fifteen minutes at 115° C. 

The bacterium causing the wilt is a polar 
flagellate rod 2-3 to 3u by 1-3 to 1-2u. occurring 
singly or in pairs, and has been named Bac- 
terium flaccumfaciens nov. sp. 

FLORENCE HEDGES 
LABORATORY OF PLANT PATHOLOGY, 
BuREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 


THE PERIPHERAL CIRCULATION IN 
MUSCLE INJURY SHOCK 


Tue following experiments were undertaken 
in an attempt to determine the influence of the 


| SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1425 


peripheral tone in the production of the low 
blood pressure initiated by muscle injury. Evi- 
dence has been presented by a number of ob- 
servers indicating that the vasomotor center is 
still active in shock produced by the exposure 
of the viscera or aortic occlusion, and that some 
peripheral tone is maintained.1 A recent paper 
by Erlanger, Gesell and Gasser? presents re- 
sults of a series of experiments in which, in 
these types of shock, the condition of peri- 
pheral constriction was directly determined by 
the rate of perfusion through the arterioles and 
capillaries. They show that during the devel- 
opment of shock the peripheral resistance is 
increased, and that only after the arterial 
pressure has fallen is there a loss of vasomotor 
tone, and consequently that a loss of tone is 
not the primary cause of shock. Our results 
are in accord with these findings and are pre- 
sented as evidence indicating that the nervous 
factor is of minor importance in the causation 
of the low blood pressure following muscle 
injury, as in other forms of shock. 

The method of determining the relative con- 
dition of vasomotor tone was that described by 
Bartlett, and used by Erlanger, Gesell and 
Gasser. The rate of inflow of a fluid at con- 
stant pressure through the femoral artery of 
one hind limb was determined at intervals dur- 
ing the development of shock. The inflow 
cannula was placed in a side branch of the 
femoral artery or low down on the main branch 
directed towards the heart. With this arrange- 
ment, through the use of clips on the arteries, 
it was possible to shift quickly from the natural 
blood supply of the area supplied by the intact 
branches of the femoral artery to the perfusion 
fluid and vice versa. The perfusion fluid was 


1 Porter: Am. Jour, Phys., 1907, XX: 399. 
Porter and Storey: Jbid., 1907, XVIII: 181. 
Porter and Quinby: Jbid., 1908, XX: 500. Seelig 
and Lyon: Jour. A. M. A., 1909, LIT: 45; also 
Jour. Surg. Gynecol. and Obstet., 1910, 146. 
Seelig and Joseph: Jour. Lab. and Clin, Medicine, 
1916, I: 283. Mann: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 
1914, XXV: 205. Morison and Hooker: Am. 
Jour. of Phys., 1915, XXXVII: 86. 

2 Erlanger, Gesell and Gasser: Am. Jour. of 
Phys., 1919, XLIX: 90. 

3 Bartlett: Jour. Exp. Med,, 1912, XV: 414. 


APRIL 21, 1922] 


SCIENCE 


435 


SUMMARY OF RESULTS SHOWING PERFUSION TIME FOR 1 C.C. OF PHYSIOLOGIC SODIUM CHLORID SOLUTION 
IN RELATION TO BLOOD PRESSURE IN MUSCLE INJURY SHOCK 


i : : Perfusion aR Blood 
Control | Maximal Period Perfusion time Original | pressure at 

Exper- perfusion | perfusion after Percentage time after | blood maximal 

iment time, time, injury, increase at end, death pressure, | eonstric- 

seconds seconds hours seconds eraanal Mm. tion, mm. 
8 5.2 12.9 0.75 144 4.7 fa 140 90 
9 2.3 3.3 1.0 43 2.9 1.8 130 16 
10 1,4 2.4 4.0 71 on 1.2 140 74 
12 1.2 2.7 4.5 i 1.1 0.8 130 68 
14 0.8 1.5 1.5 87 1.0 0.5 130 60 
15 1.3 SMT 1.25 185 tA 1.3 120 72 
16 1.6 4.0 3.5 150 a ‘eis 135 78 
18 2.7 4.0 4.5 48 tbe mee 125 65 
are) 1.5 2.5 6,0 66 ae ital 135 42 
20 1.4 2.5 ae 78 ae ae 130 92 
2 1.0 iby 3.0 70 0.9 0.6 130 60 
Average 1.85 3.74 3.0 102 2.1 1.0 131 65 


kept at a constant pressure by connecting the 
injection burette with a large bottle containing 
air at a constant pressure as indicated by a 
mercury manometer. A side tube on the 
burette connected with a bottle of normal saline 
solution served to refill the burette to the 
original level after each perfusion. In making 
a determination of the perfusion rate, about 
3 ¢.e. of fluid was allowed to run into the artery 
while the time was being recorded with a stop 
watch. Such a determination required but a 
few seconds, and immediately after the clip on 
the main trunk was removed, thus allowing the 
part to receive its natural blood supply. 

Cats, anesthetized with ethyl carbamate 
(urethane), were used. Shock was produced 
by the method deseribed by Cannon. The 
muscles of the right leg only were crushed, 
those of the left being left intact for the inflow 
measurements. In a few instances in which 
perfusion was interfered with by small clots 
forming in the vessels, the experiments were 
discarded. The condition of the vessels was 
tested by inflow determinations after death, 
when, if there is no obstruction, the rate of 
inflow is greatly increased. A blood pressure 
record was obtained from the right carotid by 
means of a mereury manometer. 

A summary of the results is given in the 
table. The figures represent the time in sec- 
onds for the entrance of 1 ¢.c. of fluid, and in 
each case they are the average for at least 
three determinations. Frequently at the be- 


4Cannon: Arch. of Surg., 1922, IV: 7. 


ginning of an experiment the readings indi- 
eated considerable variation in vascular tone, 
necessitating a number of observations to deter- 
mine the control rate. Invariably there was a 
gradual increase in the time (7. e., decrease in 
the rate) of inflow after muscle injury, usually 
starting within the first hour and reaching a 
maximum in from two to four hours. After 
this a dilation occurred which continued until 
the death of the animal and was accompanied 
by a further fall in blood pressure. As already 
stated, the perfusion rate was still further 
increased after death. A curve showing the 
general relation between the blood pressure and 
the tone of the blood vessels during the devel- 


° Fours ie) 1 2 5} 4 


Curve plotted from the averages of six experi- 
ments showing the relationship between the per- 
fusion rate and the blood pressure in muscle 
injury shock. As the blood pressure falls, there 
is a slowing of the perfusion rate, indicating 
an increased tone of the arterioles. 


436 


opment of shock is given in the figure, which 
illustrates the averages of the six experiments 
which were carried out over a period of six 
hours or more. 

From these results it is apparent that the 
low blood pressure initiated by muscle injury 
is not primarily due to a loss of vasomotor 
tone or to a dilation of the blood vessels. There 
is evidence® that a continued low blood pressure 
may ultimately result in an injury or depres- 
sion of the vasomotor and other nerve centers, 
and it is probable that this explains the dilation 
of the peripheral vessels occurring some hours 
after the development of shock. 

McKeen CatTTeLu 

Harvarp MrpicaL ScHooL 


THE LOUISIANA ENTOMOLOGICAL 
SOGCIEMY 

Tuts society has completed its second year. 
Starting early in 1920 with about 25 members, 
it now has 36 members. Including others who 
have indicated their desire for membership, it 
will have in 1922 at least 40 members. The 
membership is distributed as follows: New 
Orleans, 14; Baton Rouge, 11; Mound, La., 2; 
Tallulah, La., 1; and others outside Louisiana 
at various places from New York City to a 
point in Mexico. 

Meetings have been held bi-monthly, except 
during the summer, throughout the year. The 
average attendance has been about 18. The 
following papers and talks have been given: 

Work on malarial mosquitoes at Mound 
Laboratory, D. L. Van Diyz, U. 8. Bureau of 
Entomology. 

Beekeeping in Louisiana, 
Louisiana Experiment Stations. 

Present status of cattle tick control i 
Louisiana, W. H. DatrympLE, Lousiana State 
University. 

The plant lice or aphids, THos. H. JONES, 
Louisiana Experiment Stations. 

The camphor scale, EH. R. Barber, U. 8. 
Bureau of Entomology. 

Plant quarantine at the port of New Orleans, 
Emits Kosrat, Federal Horticultural Board. 

The European corn borer and the sugar cane 


KE. C. Davis, 


5 See Cannon and Cattell. 
IV: 321. 


Arch. of Surg., 1922, 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1425 


moth borer: A Comparison, T. E. Hottoway, 
U. S. Bureau of Entomology. 

Entomological practice in Hawaii a dozen 
years ago, JAcoB Kottnsky, formerly of the 
Hawaiian Experiment Station. 

The teaching of entomology, O. W. RosE- 
WALL, Louisiana State University. 

Two moving picture films, “The Most Won- 
derful Insect in the World” and “Cotton’s 
Worst Enemy—The Pink Boll Worm,” were 
exhibited through courtesy of the U. 8S. De- 
partment of Agriculture. 

The society is gradually acquiring an ento- 
mological library, which is housed at the 
Louisiana State Museum, Jackson Square, 
New Orleans. There are now about 40 books 
and about 500 pamphlets, largely the gift of 
Mr. D. L. Van Dine, of the U. S. Hntomo- 
logical Laboratory, Mound, La. Through the 
courtesy of Mr. Robert Glenk, curator, meet- 
ings are held at the museum and the moving 
picture projector is sometimes used. A very 
successful meeting was held at Baton Rouge in 
February, under the auspices of the members 
there. 

Resolutions have been adopted during the 
year on the camphor scale in New Orleans, on 
financial assistance to the Division of Insects, 
U. 8. National Museum, and on the campaign 
to control the Argentine ant in New Orleans. 

At a recent annual business meeting the 
officers of 1921 were reelected for 1922. These 
are: President, Mr. Ed. Foster; Vice-president, 
Professor O. W. Rosewall; Secretary-Treas- 
urer, Mr. T. E. Holloway; Ezecutive Com- 
mittee, the officers and Messrs. D. L. Van Dine, 
Chas. E. Smith and Thos. H. Jones. 

The writer understands that certain members 
of the national societies look askance at the 
formation of local entomological societies, be- 
lieving that these will draw members away 
from the larger organizations and result in a 
division of interest. This has not happened as 
a result of the organization of the Louisiana 
Entomological Society, and, on the contrary, 
the interest in entomology has been stimulated 
not only among entomologists but among other 
students of biology. 

T. E. Hottoway, 
Secretary-Treasurer. 


SCI 


New SERIES SNA. 9 99 SINGLE Copiss, 15 Cts. 
Vou. LV, No. 1426 Fripay, Aprin 28, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


TESTING APPARATUS 
POLARISCOPES 


polariscopes for immediate delivery 


NEW YORK CITY AE / PITTSBURGH BRANCH 
3rd Ave., 18th—19th St. 4048 Jenkins Arcade 
Washington, D. C. Display Rese: Suite 601, Evening Star Building, 

Pennsylvania Avenue and 11th Street. 


A comprehensive stock of domestic and imported 


il 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


GAGER 


HEREDITY AND EVOLUTION 
IN PLANTS 


Science Procress, London, says: 


“This interesting little book is one of 
the best elementary accounts of Hered- 
ity and Evolution that we have read. 
\Written in simple language, it suc- 
cee?> not only in conveying a great 
deal of information, but, what is more 
important, the probable significance of 
our knowledge with a due appreciation 
of its limitations. .... i 


By C. Stuart Gacer, Director, 
Brooklyn Botanic Garden 


114 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.25 


P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. 
Publishers Philadelphia 


KOFOID AND SWEZY 


MITOSIS AND FISSION IN THE 

ACTIVE AND ENCYSTED PHASES 

OF GIARDIA ENTERICA (GRASSI) 
IN MAN 


WITH A DISCUSSION OF |THE METHOD 
OF ORIGIN OF BILATERAL SYMMETRY IN 
THE POLYMASTIGOTE FLAGELLATA 


5£ pages, 4 plates, 11 figures in text, 50 cents 


University of California Press 


BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA 


ORGANIC EVOLUTION 

Outstanding Difficulties and Possible 

Explanations 

By Mayor Lronarp Darwin 
The author examines and refutes some 
of the more plausible criticisms of Darwin’s 
Origin of Species. $1.60 
MULTILNEAR FUNCTIONS OF 
DIRECTION AND. THEIR USES IN 
DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY 
By Eric Harotp NEVILLE 

A discussion of functions, embracing not 
only those of a single variable direction but 
functions of several independent direc- 
tions. $2.90 
A TEXT-BOGK OF EUROPEAN 
ARCHAEOLOGY 

Vol. I—The Palaeolithic Period 

By R. A. S. MacatristEr 

A simple, thorough history of the Palaeo- 
lithic period designed for college students 
and beginners in the study of Archaeology. 
Illustrated, $16.50 


64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York 
Prairie Ave., and 25th St., Chicago 


THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, ENGLAND 
Announces the following NEW SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


For sale by THE MACMILLAN COMPANY, American Agents 


MODERN ELECTRICAL THEORY 
Supplementary Chapters 
Chapters XV—Series Spectra 
By Norman Ropert CAMPBELL, Sc. D. 

A monograph based on Bohr’s theory, un- 
doubtedly the most important advance in 
pure Physics since 1913. Illustrated, $3.50 
NEW MATHEMATICAL PASTIMES 

By Major P. A. MacMAHON 

Method of assembling various sets of 
pieces, based on the development of Per- 
mutations and Combinations, and introduc- 
ing a new species of mathematical recrea- 
tion and amusement. Illustrated, $4.00 


FUNGI: ASCOMYCETES, 
USTILAGINALES, UREDINALES 
3y Dame HELEN GWYNNE-VAUGHAN 

The presentation of Fungus as a living 
individual; morphological in approach, with 
special consideration of the Ascomycetes, 
Ustilaginales and Uredinales. 

Illustrated, $12.00 


609 Mission St., San Francisco 
330 South Harwood St., Dallas 
17 Houston St., Atlanta 


Huntington Chambers, Copley Sq., Boston 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y, 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Annual Subscription, $6.00 Single Copies, 15 Cts. 


Entered as second-class matter January 21. 1922, at the Post 
Office at Utica. N. Y.. under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Aprin 28, 1922 


VoL. LV No. 1426 


Individualism in Medical Education: Pro- 


FESSOR A. C. EXYCLESHYMER...0-...00.02.0.----- 437 
Hydra in Lake Erie: WiLBERT A. CLEMENS.... 445 
A Mosquito Attractant: 8. E. CRuMB.............. 446 


Scientific Events: 
Heinrich Suter; The Calcutta School of 
Tropical Medicine; Field Work of the 
Museum of Zoology of the University of 
Michigan; Branches of the Psychological 
Corporation; Geographical Mecting in New 
York City; Sigma Xi at McGill University ; 


The Salt Lake City Meeting............-..-....-.-. 447 
Sctentifie News and Notes... :2--- eet ADL 
University and Educational Notes...........2...+-+- 454 


Discussion and Correspondence: 
The Writing of Popular Science: Dr. W. E. 


ALLEN. Two New Western Weeds: S. F. 

Buake. Cat-tail as a Feed: L. E. Frev- 

DENTHAL. Soil Shifting and Deposits: 

eh AN AIA SBN SS TS SU 5 4 
Quotations: 

An International Language....-.....-.--.----.-.--- 457 


Special Articles: 
Atomic Structure: Dr. Maurice L. Hue- 
cins. A Simple Bubbling Hydrogen Elec- 
trode: Dr. J. Roy Haag 


The Oklahoma Academy of Science: Dr. L. B. 
NICE 


INDIVIDUALISM IN MEDICAL 
EDUCATION! 


In human progress there are two funda- 
mental processes which sometimes proceed 
equally, but usually one or the other is dom- 
inant,—these two processes are extension and 
consolidation. In the birth and growth of na- 
tions, there is first settlement in colonies due 
to community of thought and action; this ex- 
pansion is followed by a union; national ex- 
pansion leads to international alliances; the 
expansion of alliances leads to consolidation 
into world leagues. In the growth of religions 
many beliefs are unified by the Christian reh- 
gion; then extension of doctrines leads to 
innumerable sects, followed by attempts at 
consolidation. In. the more specialized fields 
of activity the same processes are observed. In 
celestial physies the theory of gravitation co- 
ordinated the scattered and divergent views; 
then a period of differentiation, followed by 
attempts at coordination in the theory of rela- 
tivity. In the field of medical science there 
are many illustrations of the same procedure. 
Seattered observations on variations in the 
blood, phlegm, and bile, during illness were 
brought together in the humoral theory of dis- 
ease; in like manner studies on bacteria were 
unified in the germ theory. Studies on heredity 
and environment found common expression in 
the theory of evolution. In the past, medicine 
was largely restricted to the diseases of man- 
kind. At present she recognizes the intimate 
relationships of the diseases of plants and ani- 
mals to those of mankind. In the near future 
she must take into consideration the diseases 
of metals; ultimately her domain will extend 
widely over both the organie and inorganic 
world. In the growth of knowledge in all of 


1 An address delivered before the Association of 
American Medical Colleges March 7, 1922. 


' 


438 


its special fields and great provinces, and as a 
whole, two processes stand forth, namely, ex- 
tension and consolidation, specialization and 
generalization. The vitalizing factors in these 
are: individual thought, and collective thought. 

Whether one follows the theory of evolution 
or accepts the teaching of the book of Genesis, 
he must contemplate the beginnings of intellec- 
tual growth in the individual. Individual 
thought precedes collective thought. Individu- 
alism, in the abstract, postulates that each 
human being may live to the fullest extent his 
own life as he wills. According to Biblical 
history it attained its greatest development 
with the first inhabitant of the earth but did 
not reach its ideal. The family embodies the 
first step in the growth of collective thought; 
and as the family grows individuality becomes 
restricted. Here and there it breaks away 
from the common modes of thought and action 
and asserts itself in differences so pronounced 
that one member becomes a genius while an- 
other becomes a black sheep—a Rocail and a 
Cain. Roeail erects a sepulchre adorned with 
statues of various metals, made by talismanic 
art, which move and speak and act like living 
men. Cain becomes jealous and envious of 
Abel and murders him. 

Community life further accentuates common 
thought and is necessary for the preservation 
of mankind; but with its growth, individuality 
is again repressed. Through the ever inereas- 
ing restrictions brought about by unity of pur- 
pose and organization, individuality is forced 
toward the average. Ideas either destructive 
or constructive must go up or down to the 
level of common thought. Great leaders,— 
philosophers, statesmen, and _ scientists,—have 
been those who have resisted these equalizing 
forces. Now and then a voice cries out: “Here 
am I Jone wanderer in endless search of myself. 
For xons I have been searching from star to 
star down the ages until I chanced this way. . . 
I love the idea of equality, fraternity, democ- 
racy, but I must soon leave this crowd and 
wander on until I come to the kingdom of my 
solitary soul.” He who explores ways of 
thought or action far ahead of his contempo- 
raries must have an inner world in which he 


passes long and solitary hours. If he be en- 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1426 


gaged in scientific experimentation, in an un- 
known land with neither map nor sign post, 
he may lose his sight as did Bunsen, or his 
life as did Lazear. 

If the development of individuality be ig- 
nored one of the greatest forces in the progress 
of mankind is lost to the world. On the other 
hand, the principle of collectivism underlies 
our entire social organization. It develops a 
general bond of likeness between the one and 
the many; it makes the individual a part of 
the whole; it leads to similarity, equality, fra- 
ternity, democracy. It enables us to move in 
companies, regiments, battalions, divisions, 
and armies. Without it, a nation sinks into 
oblivion and a world may be lost. Without 
individualism the same is true. A commander- 
in-chief, a great field marshal, is as necessary 
as the army. A million souls submerge their 
individuality for a common purpose, but each 
cries out, Where am I going? What am I 
doing? What I have in myself is moribund. 
I am physically an automaton, and intellec- 
tually boots, boots, boots. 

The child accepts life as it is; it sails in a 
ship over seas that are calm; it knows naught 
of the larder, ballast or sails; the length of 
the voyage; the course or the destiny. Its life 
is in another’s keeping; its own life is un- 
known; nothing stirs from within. The youth 
thinks of the ship; the voyage; the strange 
lands which bid him come. Self is beginning 
to assert itself; something stirs from within. 
Maturity builds a ship, earefully equips it, 
and sets forth on an uncharted ocean in quest 
of a new world. Something within takes pos- 
session of the heart and soul and guides every 
act. 

Edueation is the bringing out of something 
from within; not the foreing of something in 
from without. Its emblem was written by an 
unknown hand on the walls of Delphi— 
“KKnow thyself.” It is this something within; 
the personality, the essential self, the indi- 
vidual which must receive greater considera- 
tion in our schools. What I have in common 
with others is best developed by the school. 
What is mine and mine alone can not go to 
school with any one but it can be stimulated, 
intoxicated, liberated. 


APRIL 28, 1922 


Let us proceed with the central thought; 
greater men in medicine through greater liberty 
in medical education. A medical school is 
built upon the same general foundation as any 
other institution. Purpose, products, materials, 
and methods form the corner stones. 

The purpose of the medical school is to train 
men in the application of scientific methods 
to the prevention, alleviation, and cure of dis- 
ease, and to advance medical knowledge in its 
broadest sense. 

The products of medical schools may be con- 
sidered as belonging to three principal groups: 
the practitioners, the investigators, and the 
teachers. A survey of the medical profession 
at large shows that its eminent men usually 
may be placed in one or the other of these 
groups; sometimes in two, but rarely in three. 
The group of practitioners comprises those 
whose primary interests are in the alleviation 
and cure of disease. The group of investiga- 
tors includes those whose deepest interests are 
in the causation and prevention of disease. The 
group of teachers contains those whose princi- 
pal aims are the dissemination of the methods 
adopted and the results achieved by the practi- 
tioners and the investigators. Lister, Pasteur, 
and Osler typify the groups. 

A few decades ago, the country demanded 
and the schools furnished, for the most part, 
but one type of practitioner, and that type was 
the all-round practitioner. He was obliged to 
know something of medicine, surgery, and ob- 
stetries, together with dentistry and pharmacy. 
In addition to these, he was expected to show 
proficiency as a veterinarian. The conditions 
of to-day are so different, that the all-round 
practitioner of to-day would have been a spe- 
cialist fifty years ago. The cries from the 
country for general practitioners are heard far 
and wide but are less and less heeded by the 
young graduate. A doetor who has had mod- 
ern training in laboratories and clinies with 
apparatus and libraries and contact with pro- 
gressive men, is quite unwilling to leave all 
these. Moreover he can not come up to dear 
old Dr. Brown to whom physiognomy revealed 
more than modern laboratory methods; who 
did many a successful major operation on the 
kitehen table, and who thought nursing and a 


SCIENCE 


439 


controlled environment entirely superfluous. 
The ambitious young doctor of yesterday, fol- 
lowing the advice and example of his success- 
ful seniors, went forth to do an all-round prac- 
tice for a number of years before entering 
upon the study of a specialty. Away from 
libraries, laboratories, clinies and stimulating 
colleagues, he found little growth or expan- 
sion, beyond that indicated by adipose tissue. 
The ambitious young doctor of to-day who 
contemplates a career as a specialist dispenses 
with this hibernating period of two or three 
years and seeks instead the live atmosphere of 
the hospital, an assistantship to the master, or 
a fellowship in some one of our great founda- 
tions. The rural districts and small towns will 
be obliged to adopt something of the same 
methods that they long ago adopted in secur- 
ing churches, schools, and factories—they will 
be ebliged to build and equip hospitals if they 
hope to obtain modern medical service. With 
the hospital comes the staff which, in turn, 
forms the basis of the group clinic. Instead 
of the general practitioner making a complete 
diagnosis, there is a group of collaborating 
clinicians, each of whom is an expert in his 
particular field. The rapid development of the 
group clinie is creating a situation which must 
be recognized both by the profession and the 
schools. 

. The practitioner of the future, either gen- 
eral or special, not only must measure up in 
self-reliance, responsibility, and judgment to 
the practitioner of the past, but also must be 
better trained and more thoroughly imbued 
with the investigative spirit. 

Each patient presents a problem, the solu- 
tion of which is more difficult than that in 
almost any other field of science. While every 
medical problem must be approached through 
the avenues of physics, chemistry, or biology, 
the physician is often baffled at the very be- 
ginning of his work by the fact that he is 
unable to determine which will aid him most. 
Often he finds that no one of these sciences 
will solve the problem but that all are involved. 
Physies may explain the mechanism of joints 
and muscles; it may aid us in the interpreta- 
tion of the effects of light, heat, electricity, 
osmosis, pressure, on living tissues, but it does 


440 


not explain, nerve impulses, sensations, mem- 
ory, or thought. Chemistry may teach us the 
rates of protein, carbohydrate, and fat meta- 
bolism in health and disease; it may help us to 
know more of the precious vitamines and hor- 
mones but it does not tell us why one child 
resembles the father or mother physically and 
mentally, while another child does not. Biology 
may aid us in solving this problem but she, too, 
is extremely jealous of her secrets. She read- 
ily acknowledges that the process of fertiliza- 
tion is essentially the same throughout the 
animal kingdom, but she teaches us that the 
processes of regeneration are entirely different 
in different forms, and cautions us not to infer 
that a new leg will grow out from the stump 
of an old one in man as it does in some of 
the lower animals. She teaches that the organs 
of seeing, of hearing, of smelling, of tasting, 
of feeling, are the organs through which these 
sensations habitually are received. But she 
warns us not to infer that the loss of one of 
these special sense organs means an entire loss 
of that special sense. Our senses overlap to 
a degree which we little realize; light percep- 
tion through the skin; sound perception 
through all parts of the body; color perception 
through both sound and smell; are a few of 
the many possibilities as revealed in the lives 
of Laura Bridgeman, Helen Kellar, Willetta 
Huggins and others. Deductions from the phe- 
nomena presented in these various fields are 
extremely hazardous and emphasize the neces- 
sity of working through the avenues of multiple 
hypotheses in the interpretation of disease. 
When this has heen said, let us also recall that 
the names of diseases, of their courses, and of 
their processes are broad, generic terms, which 
signify physical, chemical, and biological com- 
plexes. Acuteness in observation; precision 
in experimentation and caution and judgment 
in deduction are the essentials for the inter- 
pretation of disease. They are the A.B.C. of 
the practitioner of the future. 

One of the greatest needs in our medical 
schools of to-day is the encouragement of stu- 
dents to devote their lives to the study of the 
causation and prevention of disease. It be- 
comes more and more apparent, as set forth 
last year by the committee on graduate work, 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1426 


that the medical schools must give opportunity 
and encouragement for men to develop as re- 
search workers. We need no longer argue that 
reproductive scholarship must be supplemented - 
by productive scholarship. We accept the 
established fact that the investigative spirit 
must pervade the atmosphere of the medical 
school. Frequently a student stands where the 
roads fork and, as William James puts it, 
“one branch leads to material comfort, the 
flesh pots, but it seems a kind of selling of 
one’s soul; the other to mental dignity and 
independence, combined, however, with physical 
penury. On one side is business, on the other 
science.” It is not enough for the student to 
stand in deep perplexity outside the private 
door of his teacher and whisper that research 
work is going on inside. He must be invited 
in, and given time to accept the invitation. It 
is therefore necessary that some provision be 
made whereby any student may come more 
intimately in contact with research methods 
and ideals than is possible in our medical 
course of to-day. How far we ean organize 
research is a question. There is no doubt but 
what to some extent we can create the inves- 
tigative spirit. At any rate, we can help the 
young man who evinees this spirit; we can give 
him time; furnish him with apparatus and 
books; point the way to fields of investigation; 
discuss his problems and help him in kis ex- 
periments. We can not dominate him nor 
restrain him. We can not force him to work 
independently or in cooperation; this must de- 
pend upon his bent, his personality, his indi- 
viduality,—genius can not be organized nor 
ean it go to school. 

In every medical school there are those who 
are deeply interested in presenting summaries 
of the progress made in certain fields of medi- 
cine, or in the entire province of medicine. 
Their object is to sift out and correlate well 
established procedures. They may be neither 
practitioners nor investigators in the sense pre- 
viously mentioned. They are so to speak the 
editors of medical facts and theories; the com- 
pilers; the writers of textbooks; the historians. 
This group we may designate as teachers or 
medical journalists. I am fully aware that this 
group is one created by American institutions 


AprRIL 28, 1922] 


and will doubtless become extinct in time for the 
simple reason that teaching must be accompa- 
nied by thinking; teaching and research are 
inseparable. The great teacher has always pos- 
- sessed the investigative spirit but may not have 
been a great investigator. We must, at present 
make provision for those who wish to prepare 
for teaching in its broadest sense. 

These three types have been designated as 
they exist to-day. They are generic rather 
than specific. They possess many attributes in 
common and may sometimes form a trinity. 

The materials to be converted by one method 
or another into the products set forth are stu- 
dents who enter the medical school with a high 
school and at least two years of college train- 
ing. There are no two who have followed the 
same course of study with the same degree of 
interest or who have reached the same results. 
In the high school the student feels his way 
through a large range of group electives, and 
often before entering college he has decided 
that he will major in agriculture, engineering, 
law, theology, or medicine. In his college 
work, electives have enabled him to accentuate 
his choice or perchance to find that his deci- 
sion was wrong. In both high school and col- 
lege the student may have inclined toward sub- 
jects involving manual training and thereby 
have acquired keenness of touch and dexterity, 
or toward music, cultivating the sense of hear- 
ing. He may have elected biologic sciences, 
accentuating observation. He may have turned 
toward mathematics, physics and chemistry, 
emphasizing precision in deduction and ex- 
perimentation. He may have laid special 
stress on history or languages thus acquiring 
an excellent memory and facility of expres- 
sion; or perchance on philosophy thus devel- 
oping the power of abstract thought. Those 
of us who come in contact with these men as 
they enter upon the study of medicine are 
impressed by their differences in concept, habit 
and training. He who comes from the land of 
mighty oceans, forests, and mountains, thinks 
in larger terms than he who comes from the 
truek farm. The boy brought up in the coun- 
try better understands the thought and action 
of the country folk than the boy brought up in 
the city. The boy who is reared in the highly 


SCIENCE 


441 


commercialized districts of a great city regards 
an education in quite a different light from the 
one who is reared in a college or university 
town. One student is always on time, another 
is always behind time; one works quickly, an- 
other slowly; one is deft, another clumsy; one 
student retains best what he sees—his memory 
is visual; another retains best what he hears— 
his memory is auditory; still another remem- 
bers best what he reads—his memory depends 
on word association. One mind stores up 
isolated impressions and facts—it is analytic; 
another arranges impressions and facts in 
groups—it is synthetic. Will the student who 
is slow and clumsy ever make as efficient a 
surgeon as the one who is quick and deft? Will 
the one whose memory is auditory, or depends 
on word association, ever succeed in surgery 
as well as another who is able to visualize the 
positions and relations of organs in the body? 
Will the student who has an untrained ear 
ever make as efficient an internist as the one 
whose keenness in sound perception and dis- 
crimination enables him to differentiate be- 
tween normal and abnormal sounds in the lung 
or heart? Is the one which an analytic mind 
as capable of interpreting a syndrome as an- 
other whose mind is synthetic? It is beyond 
question that the men who enter the medical 
school at the age of 22 or 23 years are quite 
unlike in their mental equipment and this fact 
must be taken into account in the medical cur- 
rieulum. 

The method of the medical school is the eur- 
riculum; around it centers, to a large extent, 
the resources of the school, and through it are 
expressed the principles and concept of medical 
education. The curriculum of half a century 
ago was probably the best that could be devised 
to meet the needs of the profession and schools 
of that day. From an economic point of view, 
it was highly advantageous; one teacher could 
lecture to a large number of students and was 
entirely relieved of the time consuming instruc- 
tion to small groups and individuals. It was 
an excellent mechanism for turning out one 
type of general practitioner. While it served 
in part as an intellectual pathway, it also 
functioned as a “straight jacket.” It kept the 
students so busy that they could not destroy 


442 


much property nor throw out many professors. 
To-day the conditions are entirely different. 
The financial situation has changed so that the 
school is no longer a recipient but a donor. 
The students are better trained both in be- 
havior and intellect and are more eager for 
instruction. Many teachers are on a voca- 
tional basis and are able to give more time to 
instruction. Moreover, the medical school no 
longer looks to a single product, but to many 
products. The fixed curriculum of half a cen- 
tury ago will not meet the conditions of to-day, 
yet, in principle, it has remained unchanged. 
Our national organizations dealing with med- 
ical education have recognized and emphasized 
the need of a more liberal curriculum but have 
not adopted measures that materially assist the 
medical school in the development of such a 
curriculum. The fixed curriculum is so deeply 
rooted, so widely spread and so thoroughly 
fostered by standardizing bodies and educa- 
tional institutions that state examining boards 
are rapidly adopting or creating such curricu- 
lums as the basis for medical licensure. “Hight 
months in each of four separate calendar 
years,” devised for the improvement of medical 
education became a serious obstacle to patri- 
otie service during the late war, and is no less 
an obstacle to education at the present time. 
A curriculum covering 4,000 prescribed hours 
is another mechanism to protect and advance 
medical education but it has defeated thinking. 
Medicine and medical specialties, 900 hours; 
surgery and surgical specialties, 648 hours; 
obstetrics and gynecology, 216 hours; are arti- 
ficial divisions proposed by the medical edu- 
cational bodies as a means of insuring better 
trained physicians and of eliminating bad 
medical schools, but these regulations have re- 
sulted in the state boards going one step fur- 
ther with the same good intent. But what a 
handicap has followed as a result of these 
measures. One state requires 170 hours of 
general pathology, another 240, another 250, 
and still another 270. Like variability is 
found in practically all the subjects in the 
state board curriculums. Certain peculiar re- 
quirements are exacted by some of the state 
boards. For example, one says in substance, 
either teach 60 hours of electro-therapeuties or 
your graduates can not practice in our state. 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1426 


The day is not far distant when the schools 
must either incorporate in their curriculums 
the particular requirements of each state board 
curriculum or find that their graduates are not 
qualified to practice in these states. To incor- 
porate these requirements means an enormous 
time expansion and this is impossible. The 
schools are thus approaching an impasse of 
their own creation and some remedy must be 
found. The one obvious solution is the erea- 
tion of an elastic curriculum. The students in 
entering the medical school with a fixed eurricu- 
lum are beginning a four-year program that 
requires all to do essentially the same kind 
and the same amount of work at the same time 
and in the same way. ‘They are leashed to- 
gether, made uniform in action and thought 
like the rowers in a great galley; shackled 
hand and foot, heart and soul, with chains of 
our own forging. It follows that the more uni- 
form the special senses and _ intellectual 
processes, the more efficient becomes such a 
curriculum. To reach its maximal efficiency, 
we must revamp and equalize the special 
senses and intellectual processes,—but is this 
education? 

The fixed and congested curriculum of to- 
day must give way to an elastie curriculum 
which is adjustable not only to these perplexi- 
ties but also to instructional resources, clinical 
resources, and to the growth of medical sci- 
ence. It must provide for collective teaching; 
cooperative study and individual study. 

Alexander Bain tells us that in the Scottish 
universities prior to the eighteenth century the 
quadrennial arts course was conducted by so- 
called regents, each of whom earried the same 
student through all the four years. In a 
rectorial address to the students of Aberdeen 
University, in 1882, he said: “You the students 
of arts, at the present day who encounter in 
your four years, seven faces, seven voices, 
seven repositories of knowledge, need an effort 
to understand how your predecessors could be 
cheerful and happy confined all through to 
one personality; sometimes juvenile, some- 
times senile, often feeble at his best.” Con- 
trast this with the condition to-day, when sey- 
enty faces, seventy voices, and seventy person- 
alities are encountered by the medical students 
in the four years of their course. To the 


ApriL 28, 1922] 


single instructor the student could carry his 
entire intellectual possessions; to each of the 
seven, one seventh; to each of the seventy, he 
can carry but one seventieth. But what 
instructor realizes this and is willing to accept 
his proportion? Each demands more than the 
student can give, and the student under this 
tremendous pressure loosens his hold on the 
get-something idea, adopts the get-by methods, 
and revises his ethical principles accordingly. 

Probably no field of science is undergoing a 
more active fermentation than medical science, 
with the splitting off of new segments; the dis- 
carding of certain subjects; and the addition 
of new subjects. Just as physiology and path- 
ology split off from anatomy, so biochemistry 
is outgrowing physiology; bacteriology is 
asserting its independence of pathology; pedi- 
atrics and neurology, otolaryngology and oph- 
thalmology are attaining independence from 
general medicine and surgery. Owing to the 
increase in entrance requirements, certain sub- 
jects like chemistry, embryology, histology and 
comparative anatomy are being shifted from 
the medical course to the premedical course, 
while other subjects like osteology, bone mod- 
eling, etc., have fallen by the wayside. Again, 
there is going on a continual importation of 
subjects from the outlying fields of investiga- 
tion. Immunology, Roentgenology and para- 
sitology have been brought into the curriculum 
from these outlying fields. The schools that are 
most actively engaged in the exploration and 
investigation of borderland subjects find great- 
est difficulty in holding to a fixed curriculum. 

The clinical resources of one school may be 
quite unlike those of another. One is favorably 
situated for the study of tropical diseases, an- 
other is able to utilize a great tuberculosis sana- 
torium, another a great psychopathic institute. 
The school should be,able to adjust its curri- 
culum to these resources. If in South Africa, 
study sleeping sickness in the clinic, in the 
class room, and in the laboratory. If in 
Panama or Louisiana, emphasize, if you wish, 
malaria; if where cretanism abounds, study it, 
teach it and think it. While one school may 
thus emphasize this or that particular line of 
study, all are studying disease, and the under- 
lying principles of disease prevention and con- 


SCIENCE 443 


trol are not distributed geographically. Upon 
the proper certification that a student has had 
four or five years training in a good medical 
school should rest his qualification to practice. 
If it be expedient to protect the public by 
some form of state or national examination 
such examination should be directed solely 
toward determining the student’s ability to 
work and think in terms of disease prevention 
and control. 

The principle of collective teaching in all 
education is based upon the assumption that 
all human beings possess certain resemblances 
both physical and mental; otherwise we could 
not speak of them as a group. Hach person 
possesses more or less of every ordinary 
human power. Our senses of feeling, tasting, 
smelling, hearing and seeing are similar; their 
actions and interactions upon an inherited 
substratum are reflected in thinking, and modes 
of thought run along fairly parallel lines. Col- 
lectivism stimulates a spirit of emulation; of 
comparative evaluation of mental assets both 
quantitative and qualitative. It arouses a 
sense of power which enables a member of a 
group to overcome obstacles which would de- 
feat him if he were alone. This is forcibly 
illustrated by the heroic deeds of the soldier 
when inspired by the common purpose of the 
group. The status of the medical profession 
demands many elements of collectivism. There 
must be developed in the medical students a 
fraternal sympathy; a spirit of mutual consid- 
eration, and a basis for disciplined, or expert, 
cooperation. There is a fairly common sub- 
stratum in each subject, in each great division, 
and in the curriculum as a whole, which can 
be presented collectively, and whether or not 
this be the method of the future, it must be 
the method of the present because it is an 
economic necessity. These are some of the 
considerations which justify class lectures, 
class demonstrations, class experiments and 
class examinations. It must not be inferred, 
however, that it likewise justifies the existence 
of the present division of students into fresh- 
man, sophomore, junior and senior classes. 
This grouping is a menace to education and 
should disappear as soon as possible, especially 
in the medical school. 


444 


The spirit of cooperation between faculty 
and students in medical training is one of 
greatest value to the student, not only for the 
school period, but throughout his entire life. 
In order to develop this spirit, we should de- 
termine as far as possible the special assets of 
each student at the time he enters the medical 
school, and ever keep in mind his adaptability 
for certain kinds of work. Much can be 
learned through contact afforded by laboratory 
work and through the seminar. This should 
be supplemented by a knowledge of his home 
life, his living conditions and his social habits. 
Through careful observation and inquiry, we 
must obtain as clear a picture of the student’: 
individuality as is possible. With this as a 
guide we should help him to place his assets 
where they will yield the greatest returns. HEx- 
perience teaches that most students, at the end 
of the second or third year of the medical 
course, have decided whether they wish to lay 
equal emphasis on medicine, surgery and ob- 
stetries, fitting themselves for general practice, 
or to give some emphasis to one, fitting them- 
selves for a special field. If, in the judgment 
of the faculty, the student’s selection is wise, 
he should be permitted to accentuate his choice. 
In the fourth year the student should be 
allowed a further latitude which will permit 
him again to accentuate the all-round training 
in medicine, surgery and obstetrics, or to lay 
further emphasis on one of these. In the fifth 
year, he should be given the liberty to round 
himself out for general practice as an interne, 
or to add to his special training, or to do inde- 
pendent work in research. Collective teaching 
and cooperative study are both necessary but 
they both are drawn into a common vortex 
unless supplemented and invigorated by indi- 
vidual study. 

Individual study alone starts the waves 
which roll on and on toward the unseen and 
unknown shore. Working in harness is most 
excellent for the development of the team, but 
the freedom of the fields is necessary for the 
growth of the individual. What an inspiration 
comes through the exploration of the limitless 
fields! What a thrill comes when the indi- 
vidual receives a new interpretation or new 
revelation of nature’s laws! How hopeless to 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1426 


read a description of the country one is about 
to explore. It is known only by exploring it. 
Individuality derives strength from the history 
of science, its workers and their work; but no 
record or experience coincides with it. They 
are as guide posts which disappear at the fron- 
tiers of science and individuality must wander 
on alone. The light from the north star may 
direct its footsteps but the light which comes 
from the soul spurs it on. The traditional 
home of individuality is in the university, and . 
here is the one place where it should be fostered 
and encouraged. It is fair to presume that in 
each of our medical schools there are to-day 
students of great potentiality who need but 
the stimulus and opportunity to become leaders 
in science. How shall they be given the oppor- 
tunity. One of the simplest of the initial 
steps to be taken would be to grant them the 
privilege of electing a certain portion of their 
work both quantitatively and qualitatively. The 
privilege of adjusting study to capacity should 
be restored. It was distinctive of the earlier 
ages and each successive generation has lessened 
the privilege. The students of our day are ex- 
pected to know more and must consequently 
attempt to learn more than the most brilliant 
intellectual leaders of the past, who would be 
content to-day with the schooling of Horace, 
of Shakespeare or Darwin. Where they 
learned one thing we are attempting to learn 
a half dozen. They acquired knowledge; we 
attempt to. We ean not keep the medical 
students marching in the trodden paths of their 
predecessors until weary and heartsick they 
complete the march, only to find that they have 
also acquired mental debility on the way. We 
must encourage them to forsake the trodden 
paths, to break tradition when tradition is out- 
grown, and to explore the unknown fields. 
Individuality ean never be limited to the mech- 
anism of public order, either within or without 
the school. Life is bigger, it asks for more. 
There is only one way to develop strong men, 
and that is by helping them to become inde- 
pendent thinkers. Electives are the stepping 
stones to independent thought, and independent 
thought is the threshold of knowledge. 
Throughout nature there are many beautiful 
pietures of collective and individual effort. 


APRIL 28, 1922] 


Who can but envy the ideal presented in the life 
of the wild honey bee that belongs to the swarm 
and works with her companions for a common 
purpose. Her coming and going are regulated 
by no schedule or master. She goes through 
the forests, along the streams, over the mead- 
ows, from flower to flower, gathering nectar 
from wherever it can be found. Ever going, 
ever returning, she not only increases her par- 
ticular store, but enlarges that of the swarm. 
Beyond and above all these, and all unknown 
to her, she gives to mankind greater blessings 
in flowers and fruits. 

Let us give to the student opportunity an 
encouragement to seek truth wherever it can 
be found. In bringing truths together he 
builds not only for himself but also increases 
the common fund of useful knowledge. Be- 
yond and above these, he helps to build a great 
fund of knowledge which will illuminate life 
in the years to come. 

A. C. EYCLESHYMER 
COLLEGE oF MEDICINE, 
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS 


HYDRA IN LAKE ERIE 


WE seldom think of Hydra as of outstanding 
economic importance. However in this con- 
nection some interesting data were obtained 
by the writer during the summer of 1920 while 
staying at a pound-net fishery on the north 
shore of Lake Erie near Merlin, Ontario. The 
fishery is located about midway between Ron- 
deau and Point Pelee, and from it are operated 
20 pound-nets in four strings, 5 pound-nets 
in a string. The strings are approximately 
three miles apart and this would mean about 
nine miles from the most easterly string to 
the most westerly. In midsummer all the nets 
were taken out of the lake, some replaced from 
a reserve stock, the others simply reset after 
being washed, dried, mended and tarred. This 
midsummer cleaning is necessary because of 
the algal and other growths which accumulate 
on the nets making them heavy as well as 
putting considerable strain on the nets, especi- 
ally in stormy weather, through the obstrue- 
tion of the free flow of water through the 
meshes. 

All of the nets when lifted in late July and 


SCIENCE 


445 


early August were loaded with a very con- 
spicuous brownish-orange growth in addition 
to the bright green algal growths. At first 
sight diatomaceous ooze or a bacterial produc- 
tion was suggested but microscopic examina- 
tion showed it to be composed of innumerable 
living Hydras. The nets were lifted into the 
characteristic flat-bottomed pound-net boats 
and brought to the dock. The boats were 
anchored 100 to 150 yards from the dock and 
the nets dragged through the water to cars on 
the dock in order to wash off some of the loose 
material, especially mud. In addition to the 
mud many Hydras were washed off and these 
gave to the water a brownish-orange color quite 
distinct from the lighter color of the mud. The 
bottoms, seats, ete., of the boats were covered 
with Hydras to the depth of from 14 to 4 
inches and a quart jar was quickly filled by 
simply running a hand along the seats. A 
fisherman eight miles to the west and another 
seven miles to the east reported Hydra in ap- 
parently equal abundance. This means a dis- 
tribution of at least fifteen miles along this 
part of the shore. The beach is sandy to 
gravelly with some large stones. Very little 
life was found on the bottom out as far as one 
could wade. However out beyond the region 
of strong wave action there must be places of 
attachment for the Hydras other than the nets 
in order to account for the existence of the 
species from one fishing season to another, 
since in 1920 they had not reached sexual 
maturity by the first week in Decemner when 
the nets were removed for the season. 
Specimens of this Hydra were submitted to 
Professor Frank Smith of the University of 
Illinois who kindly stated that they without 
doubt were Hydra oligactis Pallas although 
absolute determination could not be made in 
the absence of gonads. He stated that the 
large size and numerous buds indicated opti- 
mum conditions of food and temperature. 
Fishermen had frequently spoken about a 
poisoning which often affected them while 
handling the nets during the process of clean- 
ing and mending. They said this occurred 
chiefly after the nets had dried and were 
covered with a fine dust which they called tar 
dust. No poisoning was observed during this 


446 


summer but the men stated that their hands 
and faces became inflamed and swollen especi- 
ally if there were any cuts. The eyes were 
often affected also. Lack of time prevented 
carrying out any experiments but it seems 
quite probable that the poisoning could have 
been traced to the Hydras. The dust was com- 
posed of dried sediment and organic matter 
and certainly must have contained a high per- 
centage of Hydra remains. 

This account has been written to call atten- 
tion to an economic problem in relation to the 
fishing industry, which awaits study. There 
would appear to be at least four points for 
investigation. 

(1) The amount of interference and in- 
jury caused to the nets by these great growths. 

(2) The question of the poisoning of the 
fishermen. 

(3) Do these Hydra destroy young fish to 
any appreciable extent in open water? Beard- 
sley in 1902 in Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., vol. 
XXII, pp. 157-160, recorded the destruction 
of trout fry by Hydra in a hatchery at Lead- 
ville, Colo. 

(4) To what extent do these immense num- 
bers of Hydia reduce the entomostracan food 
supply of young fish and of mature fish such 
as the ciscoes? The latter in Lake Erie feed 
almost exclusively upon Entomostraca and if 
ihe Hydra are as abundant throughout the 
lake as they are along the fifteen miles of 
shore as described above they must be very 
serious competitors of these fish in the matter 
of food. 

Since the above was written Professor Paul 
S. Welsh of the University of Michigan has 
informed me that he has been making a special 
study of Hydra in the Lakes of Northern 


Michi i 
Sanaa Wiueert A. CLEMENS 


DEPARTMENT OF BrioLoGy, 
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO 


A MOSQUITO ATTRACTANT 
Certain facts regarding the possibility of 
attracting mosquitoes were disclosed in the 
course of experiments made in 1919 which may 
have a bearing on mosquito control. Press of 
other work has prevented further development 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1426 


of this project and the following notes are 
offered for the consideration of those who may 
care to give the matter further attention. 

A number of possible attractants were tested. 
Among these were crude mixtures of the com- 
ponents of perspiration and of blood which 
seemed to produce faint, erratic response from 
the mosquitoes, but it was found that a degree 
of warmth somewhat above that of the sur- 
rounding air was highly and consistently at- 
tractive to a certain percentage of these in- 
sects. Thus a joint of stove pipe placed in the 
woods and warmed somewhat by an alcohol 
lamp, attracted about as many mosquitoes as 
were attracted by persons in the vicinity. It 
must be said, however, that in all of our field 
tests of this attractant the mosquitoes were 
scarce. 

In most of the laboratory experiments with 
heat Culex pipiens was the species used and 
the insects were liberated at will, as bred, into 
a cage about 20 x 20 x 15 inches square having 
the top and three sides of cheese-cloth, the 
bottom of wood, and the fourth side of glass 
for observation. The source of heat was water 
in a glass flask which was heated by an alcohol 
lamp. Air bubbled through this water through 
tubing by means of a pump in connection with 
a gas bag and was afterwards delivered to a 
funnel the open face of which, covered with 
cheese-cloth, was placed very near but not 
touching the side wall of the mosquito cage. A 
thermometer was inserted in this funnel. 

As the temperature rose to a point where it 
exceeded somewhat that of the surrounding air 
a sinister beard-like growth would appear on 
that part of the cheese-cloth wall of the cage 
covered by the mouth of the funnel. This was 
produced by the beaks of the mosquitoes which 
were pushed through the cloth with great per- 
sistence as long as the current of warm, moist 
air was kept within certain limits of tempera- 
ture. There seemed to be no specific optimum 
temperature but the maximum response oc- 
eurred between 90 and 110 degrees Fahrenheit 
which represented temperatures from 15 to 30 
degrees higher than that of the surrounding 
air. When the temperature reached 120 de- 
grees less interest was displayed and at 140 
degrees the mosquitoes were entirely dispersed. 


APRIL 28, 1922] 


At temperatures below 85 degrees there was 
very little response if any.. 

A comparatively small number of the mos- 
quitoes reacted positively to heat at any one 
time; thus with 300 mosquitoes in the cage per- 
haps not more than fifteen or twenty would be 
attempting to feed at the height of the re- 
action. Whether the same individuals were 
concerned in each of a series of such responses 
or whether various individuals at different 
times took part, was not determined. 

In nearly all of these experiments, which 
were made in an open insectary, no attempt 
was made to eliminate the odor of the observer 
but in some tests made in a closed room in an 
air-tight apparatus the mosquitoes responded 
in the usual manner when air was drawn from 
outdoors through a long tube. It is interest- 
ing to note, however, that when the breath was 
bubbled through the water instead of the usual 
current of air a decided increase of interest on 
the part of the mosquitoes was manifest. The 
admixture of various amounts of carbon di- 
oxide with the air stream did not increase the 
interest over that shown for undiluted air. 

In one series of experiments a hole about 
two inches square was cut in the lid of each 
of two pasteboard boxes which were exactly 
alike. These holes were covered with cheese- 
cloth and a layer of absorbent cotton was sup- 
ported immediately beneath this cloth. In one 
box the cotton was moistened with cool water 
while in the other it was moistened with hot 
water and was supported by a bottle containing 
hot water. When these two boxes were ex- 
posed in the mosquito cage considerable num- 
bers of the mosquitoes would visit the warm 
box and attempt to feed while they paid no 
attention to the cool box. 

Several types of traps in which heat was 
employed as an attractant were tested in the 
field and mosquitoes could be caught in even 
the erudest of these traps but the insects were 
also able to escape from all of them, display- 
ing decidedly more ingenuity in this respect 
than is shown by the house fly. Experiments 
with more complicated traps were cut short 
owing to the entire disappearance of mos- 
quitoes. 


SCIENCE 


447 


It was also found that mosquitoes in cages 
fed readily upon a solution of potassium ar- 
senite in sweetened water and that this material . 
was highly toxic to them. This suggested the 
use of such a poisoned bait in heat traps and 
traps were also devised in which the insects 
might be destroyed upon entering a chamber 
containing potassium cyanide. Neither of 
these agencies could be tested in the field. 

S. E. Crums 
BuREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY, 
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
HEINRICH SUTER 


On March 17 there passed away Heinrich 
Suter, for many years gymnasialprofessor in 
Zurich, Switzerland, and a noted student of the 
history of Arabic mathematics and astronomy. 
For thirty years he was active as a translator 
and commentator of Arabic authors. The 
twenty years preceding 1892, when his first 
distinctly Arabic research was published, were 
years of preparation, during which he pub- 
lished a history of the mathematical sciences 
and a number of papers on mathematies during 
the Middle Ages in Europe. Most of his 
shorter articles appeared in the Bibliotheca 
Mathematica and in Schlomilch’s Zeitschrift 
fiir Mathematik und Physik. As regards the 
quality of Suter’s extensive studies of Arabic 
science it is enough to say that they are highly 
respected in an age when higher standards of 
historical accuracy are being established in 
Europe. 

Suter was born on January 4, 1848, at 
Hedingen, near Zurich; he studied in Zurich 
and Berlin, and took his doctorate in 1872. 


FLorIAN CaJOoRI 


THE CALCUTTA SCHOOL OF TROPICAL 
MEDICINE 

THE British Medical Journal states that the 
School of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene and 
the Carmichael Hospital for Tropical Diseases 
at Calcutta were opened by Lord Ronaldshay, 
governor of Bengal, on February 4. In the 
issue of December 3, 1921 (p. 957), it was 
noted that the School of Tropical Medicine and 


448 


Hygiene had begun work in the previous No- 
vember, when a telegram of congratulation, an- 
nouncing that the first lectures had been given, 
had been sent by the director, Lieutenant- 
Colonel J. W. D. Megaw, I.M.S., to Sir Leonard 
Rogers, who played the leading part in the 
inception and carrying through of this great 
enterprise. In the Journal of April 23, 1910 
(p. 1010), the very great advantages which 
Caleutta offered for the establishment of a 
school of tropical medicine were pointed out; 
not only is the variety of clinical cases illus- 
trating tropical diseases unsurpassed, but there 
is an excellent hospital and medical school, 
with a highly qualified staff accustomed to 
teaching, and for the greater part of the year 
the climate is no drawback. Some eleven years 
ago the general scheme for the school of trop- 
ical medicine was worked out by Sir Leonard 
Rogers, but its subsequent history has been 
marked by many delays, not a few of them to 
be traced to the war; the foundation stone was 
actually laid by Lord Carmichael, governor of 
Bengal, in February, 1914. The hospital has 
accommodation for about 100 patients, Euro- 
pean and Indian, while the school has chairs of 
tropical medicine, pathology and bacteriology, 
protozoology, pharmacology, serology, public 
health, and chemistry, to which appointments 
have already been made; professors of hygiene, 
entomology, and biochemistry have still to be 
appointed. In addition, there are assistant pro- 
fessors of the chief subjects, and a number of 
special research appointments have been made. 
The nucleus of a reference library has been 
formed, mainly by gifts from Sir Leonard 
Rogers. In the report of the director for 1921 
it is stated that classes will shortly be opened 
for the diploma in public health of Calcutta 
University; classes for the diploma in tropical 
medicine have already begun. The director con- 
siders that the result of the first year’s working 
has entirely removed the doubts and fears which 
assailed him when he entered on his responsible 
duties. Considerable progress has also been 
made in the research laboratories, and reports 
have been published of work in connection with 
leprosy and kalazar and filariasis, and on the 
work of the hookworm laboratory. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1426 


FIELD WORK OF THE MUSEUM OF 
ZOOLOGY OF THE UNIVERSITY 
OF MICHIGAN 

During the next fiscal year, which begins on 
July 1, the Museum of Zoology of the Univer- 
sity of Michigan will carry on field work in 
Michigan, California, Washington, Oregon, 
North Dakota, Tennessee, Curacao, Panama, 
Mexico, Brazil and Bmitish Guiana. 

Fifteen persons will be in the field: Carl 
L. Hubbs, Norman A. Wood, Lee R. Rice, 
Mina Winslow, Frederick M. Gaige, Helen T. 
Gage, Theodore H. Hubbell, and Alexander G. 
Ruthven, of the museum staff, and Crystal 
Thompson (Amherst College), Robert Hatt 
(University of Michigan), Rolland Hussey 
(Bussey Institution), Horace B. Baker (Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania), Thomas L. Hankin- 
son (Michigan State Normal School), and Jesse 
Williamson and John Strohm of Bluffton, 
Indiana. 

The work in North Dakota will be done in 
cooperation with the North Dakota Biological 
Station, of which Professor R. T. Young is 
director. 

The work in western Brazil is under way 
and is being directed by Jesse Williamson. 
The party will remain in the field until some- 
time next year. 


BRANCHES OF THE PSYCHOLOGICAL 
CORPORATION 


EXECUTIVE committees for branches of the 
Psychological Corporation have been organized 
in several states as follows: 

Massachusetts: William MeDougall, chairman ; 
Herbert S. Langfeld (Harvard University), sec- 
retary; Edwin G. Boring, W. F. Dearborn, W. R. 
Miles, Daniel Starch, F. L. Wells. 

Pennsylvania: W. V. Bingham, chairman; 
E. K. Strong, Jr. (Carnegie Institute of Tech- 
nology), secretary; Clarence E. Ferree, Francis 
N. Maxfield, B. V. Moore, J. H. White, Lightner 
‘Witmer. 

Ohio: George F. Arps, chairman; Harold E. 
Burtt, (Ohio State University), secretary; B. B. 
Breese, B. R, Buckingham, Henry H. Goddard, 
H. M. Johnson, Garry C. Myers. 

Michigan: W. B. Pillsbury, chairman; H. F. 


Adams (University of Michigan), secretary; 


APRIL 28, 1922] 


S. A. Courtis, C. H. Griffitts, G. M. Whipple, 
Helen B. T. Wooley. 

Illinois: Walter Dill Scott, chairman; Frank 
N. Freeman (University of Chicago), secretary; 
Madison Bentley, Elmer E. Jones, Charles H. 
Judd, E. S. Robinson. 

In addition to the branches that have been 
definitely established by the psychologists of the 
states named and approved by the executive 
committee of the directors of the corporation, 
other branches are in course of organization. 

All members of the American Psychological 
Association who are interested directly or indi- 
rectly in the applications of psychology, as 
well as other competent psychologists approved 
by the branches, may be members of the 
branches. Correspondence in regard to the 
Psychological Corporation in the states named 
should be addressed to the secretaries of the 
executive committees. 


GEOGRAPHICAL MEETING IN NEW YORK 
CITY 

THe sixth joint meeting of the American 
Geographical Society and the Association of 
American Geographers will be held in New 
York, Friday and Saturday, April 28 and 29. 
The sessions will be held at the Exhibition 
Room of the American Geographical Society, 
Broadway at 156th Street. Professor Harlan 
H. Barrows, president of the association, will 
preside at the sessions. The joint meeting will 
be called to order on Friday morning by Mr. 
John Greenough, president of the American 
Geographical Society. 

The Belleclaire Hotel, at the corner of Broad- 
way and 77th Street, will be headquarters for 
association members. The American Geograph- 
ieal Society has against invited the members 
of the association and invited speakers to be 
their guests from Thursday afternoon to Sat- 
urday noon. Non-members, as always, will be 
cordially welcomed to all program sessions. 

Space in the Exhibition Room has been re- 
served for an exhibit, by members of the asso- 
ciation of new maps and diagrams. Members 
are urged to send any geographical material 
they desire to have displayed in advance of 
the meeting. The noon hour each day gives an 
opportunity to diseuss materials on exhibit, 


SCIENCE 


449 


an opportunity that has proved very helpful 
in the past. . 

The society’s building can be reached by the 
uptown subway train marked Broadway and 
Seventh Avenue Express, Van Cortlandt Park, 
or Dyckman Street, or 215th Street, from any 
Broadway station. The 72nd Street subway 
express station is five blocks south of the hotel; 
the 79th Street local station is two blocks north. 
At certain hours change must be made from a 
local to an express train at 96th Street. 

The program is as follows: 


Fripay MorNING SESSION 

Vilhjalmur Stefansson: Colonizing the lands be- 
yond the treeline. 

Alfred H. Brooks: The future of Alaska. 

H. N. Whitford: Present and prospective use of 
tropical lands and tropical forests as illustrated 
by the Philippines. 

FripaAy AFTERNOON SESSION 

Oliver E. Baker: The problem of land utilization 
and its geographic aspects. 

Carl O. Sauer: The problem of the cut-over pine 
lands of Michigan. 

Hugh H. Bennett: The soils of the Southeastern 
States and their utilization. 

Fripay EVENING 

Round Table Conference: Methods and problems 

in the study of land utilization. 
SarurDAY Mornin@ SESSION 

E. F. Gautier (University of Algiers): Native 
life in French North Africa. 

H. A. Brouwer (Delft Technical Institute) ; 
Physical features of the Dutch East Indies. 

C. W. Bishop: Geographical factors in the early 
eulture development of Japan. 


SIGMA XI AT McGILL UNIVERSITY 


Tue thirty-sixth chapter of Sigma Xi was 
installed on April 13 at McGill University, 
Montreal. This event marks an epoch in the 
society’s progress inasmuch as the MeGill 
chapter is the first one to be established outside 
the United States. It is expected that there 
will soon be other petitions from the Dominion, 
and that Canadian institutions will take an 
active part in the society’s affairs. 

The charter membership of the new chapter 
comprises 41, including representatives of both 
pure and applied science and medicine. Four 
of the members are also fellows of the Royal 


450 


Society, a somewhat new distinction to come to 
Sigma Xi. ; 

The installation ceremonies were conducted 
by Dr. Henry B. Ward, president of Sigma 
Xi, and Dr. Edward Ellery, secretary of the 
national organization. After the routine busi- 
ness had been transacted, Dr. Ellery delivered 
the charge to the new chapter, tracing the his- 
tory of the society since its inception at Cornell 
in 1886, and outlining the gradual evolution 
of its ideals and methods of functioning. 

The installation dinner was held in the even- 
ing at the Mount Royal Club. The chapter 
had as its guests Sir Arthur Currie, principal 


of the university; Dr. Gordon Laing, dean of, 


arts and chairman of the Graduate School; 
Mr. W. M. Birks, of the board of governors; 
Dr. Georges Baril, of the Université de 
Montréal; Mr. E. J. Archibald, managing 
editor of the Montreal Star, and Mr. R. L. 
Hamilton, president of the Students’ Council, 
as well as Dr. Ward and Dr. Ellery. The toast 
to MeGill University was responded to by Sir 
Arthur Currie, that to Sigma Xi, by Dr. Ward 
in an inspiring address, and that to the new 
chapter, proposed by Dr. Ellery, by Dr. F. D. 
Adams, vice-principal and dean of applied 
selence. 

The officers of the McGill Chapter are: 

President: Dr. W. W. Chipman. 

Vice-presidents: Dr. A. 8. Eve. F. R. S., Dr. J. 
Bonsall Porter. i 

Secretary-treasurer: Professor R. Del. French. 

Executive committee: Dr. H. G. Barbour, Pro- 
fessor F. E. Lloyd, Dr. D. A. Murray. 

The secretary expresses the hope that no 
member of Sigma Xi may pass through 
Montreal without giving the McGill Chapter an 
opportunity of weleoming him to the city and 
of assisting him in every possible way. 


THE SALT LAKE CITY MEETING 

THe summer session of the American Asso- 
ciation for the Advancement of Science to be 
held in conjunction with the sixth annual -meet- 
ing of the Pacific Division of the Association 
at Salt Lake City, June 22 to 24, 1922, prom- 
ises to be a very successful meeting. 

Salt Lake City offers many advantages as a 
meeting place. The center of a rich agricul- 


SCIENCE 


- the Association. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1426 


tural and mining section, it has large and 
important commercial and manufacturing 
interests. But it is perhaps chiefly famed for 
its scenic attractions drawing every year thou- 
sands of tourists by auto and railway from all 
parts of the country. The opportunity will be 
seized by many who will wish to combine a 
pleasure trip to one of the most interesting 
sections of the west with the advantages of a 
scientific meeting. Here will be met delegates 
from the educational centers of the Pacific 
Coast as well as from the middle western and 
eastern states. Many men active in science 
who have not found it possible to attend the 
eastern meetings will be at Salt Lake City. 
Contacts and relationships will be established 
that will widen the horizon of those attending 
and prove of lasting benefit. 

The hosts of the Salt Lake City meeting 
will be the University of Utah, the Utah Acad- 
emy of Sciences, the Utah Agricultural College 
and the Brigham Young University. Arrange- 
ments will be made for the comfort and enter- 
tainment of visitors. The meeting will be held 
under the auspices of the Pacific Division of 
Dr. Barton Warren Ever- 
mann, the president of the Pacific Division, 
American Association for the Advancement of 
Science, will preside at the general sessions 
and will deliver the presidential address at the 
opening session on Thursday evening, June 22. 
He will speak on “The conservation and proper 
utilization of our natural resources.” 

An outstanding feature of the meeting will 
be a symposium on “The Problems of the 
Colorado River.” The great reclamation project 
which has for its object the utilization of the 
waters of the Colorado River has already 
attracted wide attention. It is proposed to con- 
sider in this symposium the scientific aspects 
of the problems involved. The arrangement of 
the symposium is as follows: 

1. General description of the Colorado River: 
Mr. E. C. La Rue, hydraulic engineer, United 
States Geological Survey, Pasadena, California. 

2. Archeology of the Colorado River Basin: 
Professor H. R. Fairclough, Stanford University, 
California. 

3. Geology of the Colorado River Basin: Dr. 
Frederick J. Pack, Deseret professor, department 


AprRIL 28, 1922] 


of geology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, 
Utah. 

4. The conservation of the waters of the Col- 
orado River from the standpoint of the Reclama- 
tion Service: Mr. Frank E. Weymouth, chief of 
construction, United States Reclamation Service, 
Denver, Colorado. 

5. The interstate and international aspects of 
the Colorado River problem: Dr. C. E. Grunsky, 
vice-president’ of the Pacific Division, American 
Association for the Advancement of Science, San 
Franeiseo, California. 


The preliminary announcement of the meet- 
ing will be issued shortly to members with fur- 
ther details of the meeting. 

While none of the sections of the national 
association will arrange to hold sessions at this 
summer meeting the various fields of science 
will be represented in the meetings of the affili- 
ated societies of the Pacific Division. Those 
scheduled to hold meetings at Salt Lake City 
are: 

The American Physical Society. 

The American Meteorological Society. 

The American Phytopathological Society, Pa- 
cific Division. 

The Ecological Society of America. 

The Society of American Foresters. 

The Cooper Ornithological Club. 

The Pacific Coast Entomological Society. 

The Pacific Slope Branch, American Associa- 
tion of Economie Entomologists. 

The Plant Physiologists. 

The Utah Academy of Sciences. 

The Western Psychological Association. 

The Western Society of Naturalists. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


THE degree of doctor of science will be con- 
ferred in May by Liverpool University on Sir 
Charles Sherrington, Waynflete professor of 
physiology at the University of Oxford, presi- 
dent of the Royal Society and of the British 
Association for the Advancement of Science. 


THE honorary degree of doctor of science has 
been conferred on Sir Thomas Muir by the 
University of Cape Town, in recognition of 
his researches in mathematics and mathematical 
history. Sir Thomas Muir was superintendent- 
general of education for Cape Colony from 
1892 to 1915. 


SCIENCE 


451 


Tue University of Dublin will confer the 
honorary degree of master of surgery upon 
Dr. George E. Armstrong, professor of surgery 
at MeGill University, Montreal. 


Proressor Epwin G. Bortne, of Clark Uni- 
versity, gave a lecture at Wellesley College on 
April 18, on “The language of the emotions.” 

Dr. Max Puanck, professor of mathematical 
physics at Berlin, has been elected a foreign 
member of the Swedish Academy of Sciences, 
Stockholm. 


In order to secure scientific data on the value 
of moving pictures for use in teaching, the 
Commonwealth Fund, of New York, has given 
$10,000 for the use of Professor Frank N. 
Freeman, of the University of Chicago, in the 
systematic study of the educational value of 
various kinds of pictures. 


At the recent meeting of the German Micro- 
biologie Society, the annual prize from the 
Aronsohn Foundation, amounting to 25,000 
marks, was awarded to Dr. J. Morgenroth, pro- 
fessor of bacteriology at the University of 
Berlin and chief of a department in the Koch 
Institute. 


Dr. R. D. Carman, of the Mayo Foundation, 
has been elected an honorary member of the 
Roentgen Society of London. 


Str GeRaLpD Epwarp CHApDwycK-HEALey, 
Bt., has been appointed a member of the Royal 
Commission on Awards to Inventors, to fill 
the vacancy caused by the resignation of Lord 
Rayleigh. 

Dr. C. S. Myurs has resigned from the direc- 
torship of the psychological laboratory of the 
University of Cambridge in order to devote his 
whole time to the work of the British National 
Institute of Industrial Psychology. 


FREDERICK W. Sperr, JR., chief chemist of 
the Koppers Company, Pittsburgh, Pa., has 
been awarded the Beal medal by the American 
Gas Association, in recognition of his work 
and paper, presented at the convention of the 
organization last November, entitled “The Sea- 
board Liquid Process of Gas Purification.” 

At a meeting held in Chicago on April 7, 
a Chicago Association for the Relief and Pre- 
vention of Heart Disease was formed to under- 
take the type of work carried on by similar 


452 


organizations in New York and Philadelphia. 
The following officers were elected: President, 
Dr. James B. Herrick; vice-president, Dr. 
R. B. Preble; secretary, Dr. Sidney Strauss; 
treasurer, Frank O. Hibbard. 


THe sixth annual clinical session of the 
American Congress on Internal Medicine held 
in Rochester, Minn., April 3 to 6, was attended 
by about three hundred physicians. Dr. Syd- 
ney R. Miller, of Baltimore, was re-elected 
president, and Dr. H. S. Plummer, of. Roches- 
ter, first vice-president of the organization. 


Proressor Harotp EH. Bascocx, of Cornell 
University, has sailed for Bermuda at the re- 
quest of the Colonial Government, and will 
remain there a month to assist the agricultural 
population of the islands to increase their 
efficiency in the production and distribution of 
their crops. 

Tue Entomological Club of Madison (Wis- 
consin) arranged for a radio phone lecture on 
“Bugs and Antenne” by Dr. E. P. Felt, state 
entomologist of New York, sent out by the 
broadeasting station of the General Electric 
Company at Schenectady on April 24. Mad- 
ison is well within the range of this station 
with fair conditions and the lecture could 
therefore be heard over much of the eastern 
United States and Canada. 


Dr. C. H. Mayo delivered the Joyce lecture 
in neurologic surgery before the Academy of 
Medicine at Portland, Oregon, and the Jerome 
Cochran lecture before a meeting of the Med- 
ical Association of the State of Alabama at 
Birmingham. 

Sir THomas Lewis will deliver the Noble 
Wiley Jones lectures under the auspices of the 
medical school of the University of Oregon 
between May 15 and 19. The lectures will deal 
with auricular fibrillation, quinidine and 
digitalis. 

Dr. P. CHALMERS MitrcHELL gave two lec- 
tures during March at the Royal Institution on 
“The cinema as a zoological method.” 


Tur Oxford Romanes lecture for 1922 will 
be delivered on May 24 by Professor A. 8. 
Eddington, Plumian professor of astronomy at 
Cambridge and president of the Royal Astro- 
nomical Society. The subject will be “The 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1426 


theory of relativity and its influence on scien- 
tifie thought.” 


Linean StrotHer RANDOLPH, consulting en- 
gineer and professor of mechanical engineer- 
ing at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute for 
twenty-five years, died on March 7, at the age 
of sixty-three years. 

GrorGE BaLtLarp MatTHEws, F.R.S., who was 
lecturer in pure mathematics and then pro- 
fessor of mathematics at the University College 
of North Wales, Bangor, from 1884 to 1896, 
has died at the age of sixty-one years. 


Tue death is announced, at the age of fifty- 
four years, of Professor Emil Heyn, director 
of the Kaiser Wilhelm Institut fiir Metall- 
forschung, Berlin-Dahlem. 


A FELLOWSHIP at the University of Man- 
chester for the encouragement of research in 
preventive medicine has been instituted in mem- 
ory of the late Auguste Sheridan Delépine, 
professor of public health and bacteriology in 
the university from 1891 to 1921. 


THE John Macoun Memorial Committee of 
the Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club announces 
that, as the number of copies to be issued of 
the autobiography of the late Professor John 
Macoun, naturalist to the Geological Survey 
of Canada, is limited, orders, with or without 
the subscription price of $3.00, should be sent 
in by May 15, addressed to Mr. Arthur Gib- 
son, treasurer, John Macoun Memorial Com- 
mittee, Birks Building, Ottawa, Canada. 


THE Journal of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation says in regard to the centennial of the 
birth of Pasteur, who was professor of chem- 
istry at Strasbourg from 1852 to 1854, that 
two celebrations are planned in that city, one 
on the exact date, and another, with great cere- 
mony, on June 1, 1923, when an exhibition will 
be opened to demonstrate the progress that has 
been realized in consequence of Pasteur’s dis- 
coveries, and the Pasteur monument will be un- 
veiled. Professor Borrel, 3 rue Koeberlé, 
Strasbourg, is in charge of the exposition. 
The Academy of Medicine has decided to de- 
vote one of its sessions in honor of the work 
of Pasteur. As the Pasteur Institute intends 
to commemorate this anniversary on the exact 
date, December 27, 1922, the Academy of Medi- 


APRIL 28, 1922] 


cine has chosen December 26, the eve of the 
Pasteur Institute’s celebration, in order that 
the same guests may participate in the two 
ceremonies. At the session will be presented 
data showing the progress accomplished since 
Pasteur’s days in general biology, medicine, 
surgery, obstetrics, veterinary medicine and 
hygiene. Members of the academy who have 
been chosen to deliver addresses are: Widal, 
medicine; Delbet, surgery, Wallich, obstetrics; 
Barrier, veterinary medicine, and Calmette, 
hygiene. 


Tue United States National Museum has re- 
cently secured by purchase, through the co- 
operation of the United States Department of 
Agriculture, the large private herbarium of 
Dr. Otto Buchtien, formerly director of the 
Museo Nacional, La Paz, Bolivia, built up by 
him through many years of botanical explora- 
tion in South America and through exchanges 
with institutions in many parts of the world. 
The herbarium consists of approximately 
45,000 specimens, and is notable for its large 
proportion of tropical American species, par- 
ticularly of the floras of Bolivia, Chile, Argen- 
tina and Paraguay. 


Tue thirty-fourth meeting of the German 
Society of Internal Medicine will be held at 
Wiesbaden from April 24 to April 27, under 
the presidency of Professor L. Brauer. The 
chief subjects for discussion will be jaundice, 
introduced by Professor Eppinger, of Vienna, 
and the hypophysis, introduced by Professor 
Biedl, of Prague. 


Tue American Medical Association an- 
nounces that the committee on therapeutic re- 
search of the Council on Pharmacy and Chem- 
istry will consider applications for grants to 
assist research in subjects which, in the opinion 
of the committee, are of practical interest to 
the medical profession, and which research 
might not otherwise be carried out because of 
lack of funds. Requests should state the spe- 
cifie problem which is to be studied, the quali- 
fications of the investigator, the facilities avail- 
able to him, and, if work is to be undertaken in 
an established research institution, the name 
of the individual who will have general super- 
vision. The committee will also appreciate 
offers from research workers to undertake in- 


SCIENCE 


453 


vestigations of questions which may be sug- 
gested by the council. Applications should be 
addressed to Chairman, Therapeutic Research 
Committee, Council on Pharmacy and Chem- 
istry, 535 North Dearborn Street, Chicago, 
Illinois. 


Iv is announced in La Géographie for No- 
vember 1921 that an attempt to cross the Sa- 
hara with twelve motor vehicles will shortly be 
made. The starting-point will be Tuggurt, the 
terminus of the Algerian railway, and the pro- 
posed route leads by Insalah, the Hogger re- 
gion, and Adar of the Iforas, to Bureni on 
the Niger, 200 kilometers east of Timbuktu. 
The leader of the expedition will be Command- 
ant Lafargue, and it will include a dozen mem- 
bers representing various government depart- 
ments and other interests, among them being a 
cinema operator. It is hoped that the difficulty 
caused by the evaporation of the motor spirit 
in so torrid a climate has been overcome, but 
it is pointed out that there is a vast difference 
between the exceptional use of motor traction 
in this region for a special purpose, which may 
be feasible, and its regular commercial use. 


Dr. Wauter Lippy, the historian of science, 
is delivering a novel series of lectures to the 
Industrial Fellows of the Mellon Institute of 
Industrial Research, the faculty members of 
the University of Pittsburgh, and the students 
of the graduate school of the university. The 
aim of this series of discourses is to discover 
the mental conditions of successful research. 
Dr. Libby takes account of certain phases of 
individual (or differential) psychology, deals 
with some of the more fruitful logical processes, 
and considers the means of stimulating the 
spirit of scientifie discovery. The illustrative 
material is drawn from the records of the 
progress of chemistry and other sciences. The 
following is an outline of the course of lectures: 
(1) The Scientific Imagination; (2) The 
Hypothesis; (3) Conceptual Thinking; (4) 
Induction (contrasted with Deduction); (5) 
Reasoning by Analogy; (6) The Nature of 
Cause; (7) Experiment and Observation; (8) 
Scientific Laws; (9) Social Stimulation of 
Investigation; (10) The Suggestive Value of 
the Industries; (11) The Classification of the 
Sciences; (12) The Genetic Method. Dr. 


454 


Libby devotes a part of each period, say, 
twenty minutes of the hour, to a colloquium or 
critical discussion of the nature and application 
of the subject under consideration. In this 
way scientific technic is deliberated upon in all 
its aspects. These lectures are being delivered 
from 8:30 to 9:30 am. on Tuesday of each 
week of the present university semester, in the 
Fellows’ Room of the Mellon Institute. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


THE will of the late Miss Janet Williams, of 
Frederick, Md., contains a bequest of $30,000 
to Hood College, to create and maintain an 
astronomical building in memory of her father, 
John H. Williams, to be known as the Williams 
Observatory. 

Fstivities are being planned for this spring 
in honor of the founding of the University of 
Padua in 1222. Professor Lucatello, the rector 
of the university, is in charge of the arrange- 
ments. 


Tur Japanese ambassador at Vienna has 
presented the sum of 6,500,000 crowns to the 
university as a personal donation in tribute to 
the scientific work being done there in spite of 
the unfavorable circumstances. 


Dr. Cuarence C. Lirrie was elected presi- 
dent of the University of Maine on April 7. 
Dr. Little graduated from Harvard in 1910 and 
received the doctor’s degree in 1914. In 1916 
he became an assistant dean of Harvard Col- 
lege and research fellow in genetics for the 
Cancer Commission of Harvard University. 
Since his discharge from the army as major 
he has been research associate in the Station 
for Experimental Evolution of the Carnegie 
Institution. 

Dr. D. 8. Ropinson, assistant professor of 
philosophy at University of Wisconsin, has 
accepted the professorship of philosophy at 
Miami University. Dr. E. E. Powell has held 
the chair of philosophy since 1905 and resigns 
the chair at the close of this year to devote his 
time to writing. 


JoHN ArtEuR RanpauL, secretary of the 
Advisory Board of the General Staff of the 
War Department, has been appointed president 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1426 


of Rochester Mechanics Institute. Mr. Randall 
was selected by the trustees to continue the 
development of a technical educational pro- 
gram containing liberal components. 


Dr. GeorceE THomAS, formerly professor of 
economics in the University of Utah and since 
1921 superintendent of public education in 
Utah, has been installed as president of the 
university. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
POPULAR SCIENCE 


To THE Epitor or Science: I am very much 
interested in Dr. Slosson’s letter about popular 
science writing which appears in Science for 
March 3, just received. Since some of my own 
information and experience is along this line 
it may be worth while for me to make some 
additional comment. 

I think that I can see a large number of 
conditions involved in the fact mentioned by 
Dr. Slosson that there is a dearth of popular 
science writers in this country, but I shall only 
discuss one or two of them. First and fore- 
most is the malodorous condition of the popu- 
lar science field which for some time has been 
so largely and so conspicuously oceupied by 
fabricators, exaggeraters, emotionalists, 1gnora- 
muses and exploiters that many people of 
training and ability hesitate to enter. Fur- 
thermore if an entrance is attempted by use 
of an informative article of clarity and real 
merit the author may have the humiliation of 
seeing his work rejected for that of some ir- 
responsible clown or gaudy sentimentalist who 
is successful in assembling a group of highly 
stimulating words (“lots of pep”) which may 
or may not have some relation to fact. 

Even more important than such discourage- 
ment to potential writers is the effect of lax, 
inaccurate and falsified statement of scientific 
material upon the reading public. I am sure 
that for a period of fifty years more hoaxes 
have been perpetrated by newspapers in the 
name of science than in any other way. As 
much as thirty years ago most intelligent 
people were suspicious of material presented 
by the public press as science. In the last 


APRIL 28, 1922] 


twenty years this suspicion has been more than 
justified and many intelligent readers say they 
either do not read or do not believe the stuff 
peddled as science by most newspapers. Under 
such conditions why should the reading pub- 
hie take any interest in popular science writ- 
ing? For killing this interest the press ser- 
vices, feature syndicates and syndicated news- 
papers (aided and abetted by renegade scien- 
tists and pseudo-scientists) are to blame rather 
than individual newspapers. This is partly 


because of commercialized ideas of service, | 


partly because of the mass of material handled 
and partly because of remoteness from contact 
with the reading public. 

The lack of interest in scientific matter is 
also probably increased to some extent by the 
fact which Dr. Slosson mentions as making 
it appear strange, 7. e., the increased teaching 
of science in our schools. The well informed 
student is thereby made more critical of the 
material presented. At the same time his par- 
ents become more cautious in reading or re- 
ferring to it because they fear his ridicule when 
some point is raised involving inaccurate or 
garbled press reports. 

In my own case I admit very freely that I 
am fully in sympathy with the man who hesi- 
tates to try popular science writing because of 
its unsavory reputation. I sometimes have a 
very distinct feeling of disgust when I find 
an article which I have tried to compose ac- 
curately and which I have taken especial pains 
to verify, printed in close proximity to one 
of the florid, vacuous, or untruthful type. On 
the other hand there is a lot of satisfaction 
when it gets on the editorial page in dignified 
company, as sometimes occurs. 

For nearly three years our institution has 
been sending out to a number of California 
newspapers (our present mailing list is fifty- 
three) biological feature articles written by 
myself. These have been sent at intervals of 
one or two weeks free of charge, partly as a 
matter of experiment but mainly as a sort of 
university extension activity. We are con- 
vineed that the service has educational value 
and that it is helping to popularize true 
scienee. I have myself been surprised at times 
by the interest expressed in certain articles 


SCIENCE 


455 


by people whom I would not have expected 
to read them, much less express appreciation 
of them. I have personally interviewed about 
sixty editors and have had interesting corres- 
pondence with others. A large number have 
shown such interest in my material that I am 
convinced that the general public is interested 
in good stuff if properly presented. If eight 
or nine out of every ten editors express in- 
terest in carefully verified scientific material 
written in popular (non technical and simple 
and direct) style I am inclined to think that 
a similar percentage of intelligent readers 
will do so if one will take time to gain their 
confidence. 

I appreciate the difficulties confronting Dr. 
Slosson and Science Service and, like him, I 
am impatient at delay but when I think about 
how badly the American public has been 
served in regard to scientific news I realize 
that it will take long and hard work by a lot 
of people to get popular science writing on a 
basis to inspire confidence. There is always 
the risk that one who finds he can write in 
popular style will become more interested in 
the popular side of it than in the science 
(truth telling) side of writing and will become 
unreliable, as has often occurred in the past. 
Hence it is quite evident that the great need is 
not only for writers of popular style, of scien- 
tifie training and ability, but also of high 
ideals of service which can not be broken down 
under the stress of temptation. 


W. BE. ALLEN 
Scripps INSTITUTION FOR 


BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH 


TWO NEW WESTERN WEEDS 

Durine the past year two plants, which 
threaten to become weeds of some importance 
in the arid and alkaline regions of the West, 
have been received from the western states. 
One of these is Bassia hyssopifolia (Pall.) 
Kuntze, a member of the family Chenopodi- 
ace, originally described from the region of the 
Caspian Sea. It apparently has never been re- 
corded as occurring in this country. The first 
collection was made at Fallon, Nevada, July 
28, 1919, by Ivar Tidestrom (No. 10755), and 
a considerable amount of material for distribu- 
tion has recently heen sent me by F. B. Head- 


456 


ley, superintendent of the Newlands Experiment 
Farm, Fallon, Nevada, which he collected at 
that place in August, 1921. Mr. Headley re- 
ports that the plant is becoming very abundant 
in that section, but that it has not yet invaded 
fields of growing crops on good soil, so that it 
may not prove to be a serious pest. It makes 
a rank growth on soil which is too alkaline for 
the usual cultivated crops, and is found in fields 
which have received no irrigation as well as in 
those which have been frequently irrigated. 


Additional specimens have recently been re-. 


ceived at the U. S. National Herbarium col- 
lected by Professor H. M. Hall (No. 11751) at 
Los Bafios, Merced County, California, Octo- 
ber 10, 1921, and by Elias Nelson (No. 1002) 
at Yakima, Washington, October 3, 1921. Mr. 
Nelson reports that this plant has appeared 
during the past five years in the Yakima Val- 
ley, where it is spreading, and that it is eaten 
greedily by stock. 

Bassia hyssopifolia is an annual, with much 
the habit of Chenopodium album. The flowers 
are glomerulate in the axils of small bracts, 
and are borne in short or elongate slender 
paniculately arranged woolly spikes, at first 
usually dense, later elongate and interrupted. 
Each of the five perianth segments at maturity 
bears on its back a spine incurved into a hook. 

A second weed which apparently has not 
been reported from this country is Centaurea 
picris Pall., also a native of the Caucasus. 
Specimens were first recived in May, 1921, from 
Mr. C. O. Townsend, who reported that the 
plant was said to be a bad weed in the vicinity 
of Salt Lake City. Specimens from Idaho 
Falls, Idaho, collected by Miss Ayres of the 
Idaho Seed Laboratory, have been forwarded 
during the past year to Mr. E. Brown of the 
United States Department of Agriculture by 
Miss Anna M. Lute of the Colorado Seed La- 
boratory. Miss Ayres reports that the plant 
is becoming a serious pest in some parts of 
Idaho. The species has also been collected dur- 
ing the past year at Clifton, Kansas, by Mr. 
J. W. Head. Mrs. E. P. Harling of the Kan- 
sas State Agricultural College, who has in- 
vestigated this occurrence, believes that the 
species may have been introduced in Turkestan 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1426 


alfalfa seed. The only North American speci- 
men in the National Herbarium is one collected 
at Courtney, Missouri, in 1914, by B. F. Bush 
(No. 7152). 

Centaurea picris is one of the knapweeds or 
star-thistles of the Old World, numbering . 
several hundred species, some of which have be- - 
come weeds in this country, while a few others 
are cultivated for their flowers or foliage. It 
is a several-stemmed perennial, somewhat to- 
mentose or glabrate, with pinnatifid or dentate 
lower leaves, smaller and entire upper ones, 
and rosy or pink medium-sized discoid heads, 
and is especially characterized among the 
species known from this country by its in- 
volucral characters. The phyllaries are round- 
ish to oblong, with greenish bases and scarious 
whitish obtuse to acuminate entire or subentire 
appendages, those of the inner phyllaries some- 
what pilose. 

It is evident that both of these plants find in 
the arid alkaline regions of the West a habitat 
similar to that of their Old World home, and 
unless measures are taken for their destruction, 
they may become serious pests, as has been the 
case in recent years with such plants as the 
“Russian thistle’ (Salsola pestifer) and the 
prickly lettuce (Lactuca scariola integrata). 

S. F. Buake 
BuREAU oF PLANT INDUSTRY, 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 


CAT-TAIL (TYPHA LATIFOLIA) AS A FEED 

EXPERIMENTS conducted on the writer’s farm 
demonstrate the practical value of cat-tail as 
a feed for hogs. Sixty head were turned into 
a three-acre cat-tail swamp, and obtained suf- 
ficient nutriment from the rhizomes to keep 
them in good flesh for three months. No ill- 
ness or digestive disturbance was noted. 

The following table compares yellow (raw) 
corn with eat-tail flour, as analyzed by J. A. 
Le Clere: 


Corn Cat-tail 
MOIS CUT Cy ee ee eee ee 6.96 7.35 
Agha e ea a eee 0.82 2.84 
Matis Me EE Ee 2.82 0.65 
Protein Me 7.75 
Carbohydrate) esse ee 80.83 81.41 


The large amount of food material contained 


APRIL 28, 1922] 


in the starchy central core of the typha rhizome 
was shown by A. P. Claassen, who estimated 
that one acre would yield a total dry weight of 
10,792. pounds of cat-tail rhizomes, or more 
than two tons of flour, made from the central 
core. 

Typha may be used as a substitute for high- 
priced corn. It would seem that the best time 
for feeding would be in the fall and winter, as 
the starchy content is likely to be highest then. 

L. HE. FREUDENTHAL 

RosaLig FARM, 

Las Cruces, New Mrxico 


SOIL SHIFTING AND DEPOSITS 

Mr. Preterson’s article on deposition of soil 
in the Palouse area of eastern Washington 
and Idaho, which appeared in Science, Janu- 
ary 27, 1922, should prove of interest and 
value to foresters as well as agriculturists in 
this region. The questions naturally arise: 
How far is this soil carried into the Bitter- 
root mountains, and how does it influence the 
character of the soil and vegetation within the 
forest areas? The writer’s observations in this 
respect may be of interest in this connection. 

Dust storms, commonly referred to as 
“Palousers,” are of comparatively frequent 
occurrence throughout northern Idaho and 
northwestern Montana. They accompany high 
winds from the west and southwest; they are 
well known and despised by housekeepers in 
Kalispell, Missoula, Thompson Falls, Libby 
and all surrounding towns. The dust pene- 
trates into every house and office. When ac- 
companied by rain the window panes and 
buildings are besmirched with streaks of red 
soil. One of these storms in March, 1917, laid 
down on the snow within the timbered region 
of northern Idaho about 600 pounds of dust 
per acre. The dust from that storm hung on 
the trees, even at 6,000 feet elevation, along 
the Kootenai-Priest Divide throughout the 
summer of 1917. Settlers say that dust storms 
are common along the Coeur d’Alene, St. Joe 
and Clearwater rivers. 

The writer has noted ,the billowy soil sur- 
face, unmistakably due to surface shifting of 
the soil, as far east as Pierce, Idaho, about 


SCIENCE 


457 


eighty miles east of Moscow. The soil is un- 
usually deep and fertile and the vegetation is 
more profuse, with better growth of timber, 
over the larger portion of the Clearwater For- 
est in Idaho than occurs on the forests farther 
north or on the forests of western Montana. 
It is of interest to note that the Clearwater 
forest lies directly in the path of the strong 
west winds from the arid parts along the 
Columbia River, and that Lewis and Clark, 
as early as 1806, called attention to the un- 
usually deep and seemingly fertile soil in the 
Clearwater basin. 

These observations lead to the supposition 
that the accumulation and shifting of soil on 
the Palouse area have been effective in pre- 
venting natural establishment of the forest here 
in the past, though climatic records indicate 
that the area should grow western yellow pine; 
and they strengthen the belief that the un- 
usually good growth of timber, profuse vegeta- 
tion, and deep soils on certain parts of the 
western slopes of the Bitterroot mountains 
in Idaho, are due partly to the fact that soil 
is carried in by the westerly winds from lava 
plateaus along the Snake and Columbia rivers. 

J. A. LARSEN 


MissouLta, MonrTaNna 


QUOTATIONS 
AN INTERNATIONAL LANGUAGE 

THERE is an increasing demand among scien- 
tifie men for international agreement as to the 
choice of a universal auxiliary language. After 
a long struggle, many of the fundamental tools 
of thought have been unified. All nations now 
use the same system of numbers, Arabic 
numerals, measurements of latitude and longi- 
tude, mathematical symbols, chemical formule, 
and, at least in science, the metrie system. 

But language, the master-key to thought and 
the vehicle of communication, remains under 
the curse of Babel. Were it possible by acquir- 
ing a second language in addition to the natal 
language to convey ideas to fellow-workers in 
every part of the world and to receive their 
ideas, one of the greatest barriers to the prog- 
ress of science would be broken down. Time 
and money would be saved, overlapping of 


458 


effort prevented, and precision of ideas would 
be assisted. 

For many years there have been efforts to- 
wards the establishment of an international 
language, but chiefly by private persons or by 
associations formed directly for that purpose. 
Since 1919, however, governmental, scientific, 
and international bodies have given serious 
attention to the practical possibilities. At the 
meeting of the International Research Council, 
held in Brussels in the first summer after the 
war, a committee was appointed to investigate 
and report on the general problem of an inter- 
national auxiliary language, and to cooperate 
with similar bodies established or that might 
be established for the same purpose. 

The Section for Education of the British 
’ Association at the Bournemouth meeting ap- 
pointed a committee which reported to the 
Edinburgh meeting last autumn. The Amer- 
ican Association soon afterwards took a sim- 
ilar step, and its report was presented to the 
meeting at Toronto last December. The French 
and Italian Associations have also appointed 
committees, but as yet these have not issued 
reports. The delegates representing 12 states 
presented a resolution in the Assembly of the 
League of Nations last September taking the 
definite step of recommending Esperanto, and 
hoping that the teaching of that language 
would be made more general in the whole 
world, so that children of all countries might 
know at least two languages. 

In accordance with the procedure of the 
league, this motion was referred to a committee 
under the chairmanship of Lord Robert Cecil. 
The committee was of the opinion that the 
question, in which “an ever-increasing number 
of great states’ was interested, should be 
studied attentively before being dealt with by 
the Assembly. Accordingly, it is being studied 
by the secretariat. The British Association 
committee went further, and definitely recom- 
mended the choice of an artificial language, 
but hesitated to decide between those which 
have been invented. The American Association 
recognized the “need and timeliness of funda- 
mental research on the scientifie principles 
which must underlie the formation, standardiza- 


tion, and introduction of an international 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1426 


auxiliary language,’”’ and recommended further 
study. 

These various bodies are free from the sus- 
picion of advocating serious study of what 
might be regarded as a “fad.” It is fair to 
accept their action as witness to the urgency 
of the problem. There is also evidence of their 
agreement that an auxiliary language, if it is 
to serve its purpose, must receive almost uni- 
versal adoption. 

The only suggestions which have received 
sufficient support to be ranked as serious ean- 
didates are Latin, English, Esperanto, and Ido. 
Latin was at one time the common medium of 
many nations and has retained a wide currency, 
directly in religion, less directly in some 
branches of science, and as the basis of the 
Romance languages. It is elegant and concise, 
has a definite system of forming new com- 
pounds and derivatives, and, as a dead lan- 
guage, its roots have unchanging significance. 
But its grammar is difficult; it has many ex- 
ceptions and irregularities. The revival of 
Latin would require the coining of a very large 
number of new words. 

English is widely used and is spreading rap- 
idly; its grammar is relatively simple and its 
vocabulary is rich. But the choice of one 
among many widespread living tongues would 
excite a just jealousy. Its spelling is chaotie, 
and its pronunciation difficult and various. 
Moreover, a living language reflects the chang- 
ing activities and emotions of the people who 
use if in literature and in daily speech, and is 
therefore unsuited as a vehicle for the cold 
and precise exchange of international knowl- 
edge. 

The language Esperanto has 
already made great progress as an interna- 
tional auxiliary tongue; it has held 12 inter- 
national congresses in different countries; it is 
taught in sehools in Geneva, Breslau, Milan, 
Czecho-Slovakia, and Bulgaria. Its grammar, 
pronunciation, and method of word-building 
are simple, scientific, and easy to acquire, and 
its root-words have been carefully selected. Ido 
claims to be a later and improved form of 
Esperanto; hitherto it has had a smaller vogue, 
but in appearance and sound it is more attrac- 
tive. 


invented 


Aprit 28, 1922 


The balance of advantages seems to lie with 
the selection of either Esperanto or Ido or some 
modification of them recommended by experts 
on language. The vital requirement is that the 
auxiliary language should be kept auxiliary, 
the vehicle of formal statement. If it should 
become a language of common speech, of emo- 
tion, or of literature it will at once fail of its 
purpose and be only an additional linguistic 
burden.—London Times. 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
ATOMIC STRUCTURE 


Tere has been considerable discussion in 
the literature, during the past few months, of 
the Lewis theory of atomic structuret and 
Langmuir’s extension of it to the heavy ele- 
ments.” In 1919 and 1920 the writer worked 
out a somewhat different extension of this 
theory. Jor various reasons its publication has 
been delayed, but in a few months a paper 
deseribing it in some detail is to appear. Be- 
cause of this delay, a short outline of the 
theory may not be out of place here. 

The number of electrons in each shell of the 
lighter atoms is the same as in the original 
Lewis theory. It is assumed, however, that 
the fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth electrons in 
the second and third shells pair off with the 
first four, the distance between the electrons in 
each of these pairs, and also in each pair 
formed by bonding between atoms, being much 
less than the distance between pairs. These 
shells are therefore tetrahedra of pairs instead 
of cubes of single electrons.* The electrons in 
each shell (after the second) tend to be placed 
opposite the centers of the faces of the imag- 
inary polyhedron formed by the electron 
groups in the underlying shell. If a certain 
shell is a tetrahedron, the next shell out will 
also be a tetrahedron; if the inner shell is a 
cube, the outer shell will be an octahedron (six 
points, eight faces); and if the smaller shell is 
an octahedron, it will be surrounded by a tetra- 
hedron—four of its eight faces then being 
oecupied—or by a eube. 


1 J. Am. Chem. Soc., 38: 762 (1916). 
2 Ibid., 41: 868 (1919). 
3 Cf. Lewis, loc. cit., p. 779. 


SCIENCE 


459 


When the nuclear charge becomes sufficiently 
great, the same forces which cause pairing of 
electrons in nitrogen result in the formation of 
triplets in the inner shells of the heavier 
atoms. The type of force between electrons 
necessary to account for these phenomena is 
discussed in my longer paper and will not be 
considered here. As one after another of the 
outer electrons are drawn into an inner shell to 
form triplets, the remaining pairs are pushed 
further and further from the nucleus. This 
may result in rearrangement of the kernel 
structure, as indicated in the examples of 
atomic structure given below. Often, in dif- 
ferent environments, different kernel structures 
are stable, some having more valence electrons 
and fewer triplets than others, ete. 

The structures resulting from the applica- 
tion of the foregoing ideas I shall represent by 
means of formule, in which the first paren- 
thesis represents the nucleus and indicates its 
charge, the remaining parentheses each repre- 
senting a shell of electrons, in order from the 
nucleus out. The number of electron-groups 
and the number of electrons in each group are 
indicated for every shell, except (in some 
eases) the valence shell. Formule for atoms 
and ions of some of the elements follow: 

H ( +1)() 

Hayy a@=-2)i2x1) 

C ( +6) (2x1) (4) 

Ne (+10) (2x1) (4x2) 

Cl [ (417) (2x1) (4x2) (4x2) ]- or 
[(+-17) (2x1) (8x2) |- 

A (+18) (2x1) (4x2) (4x2) or 
(418) (2x1) (8x2) 

Cot++ [ (427) (2x1) (6x 8+ 2x2) ]+++ 

Cutt [ (429) (2x1) (5x8 1x2) (4x2) ]++ 


Cut [ (+29) (2x1) (6x3) (4x2) J+ 
Zn++ [ (+30) (2x1) (6x3) (4x2) J++ 
Br- [(-+35) (2x1) (6x3) (8x2) ]- 


Kr (+36) (2x1) (6x3) (8x2) 

Ag+ [(+47) (2x1) (8x3) (6x2) (4x2) ]+ 

Sn (+50) (4x1) (8x3) (6x2) (4x2) (4) and 
(+50) (2x1) (6x3) (8x2) (6x2) (2) 

I- { (+53) (2x1) (8x3) (6x2) (8x2) ]- 

Xe (1-54) (2x1) (8x3) (6x2) (8x2) 

Ce (+58) (2x1) (8x3) (6x2) (8x2) (4) and 
(+58) (2x1) (8x3) (1x3 + 5x2) (8x2) (3) 

Lu (+71) (2x1) (8x3) (6x3) (8x8) (3) 

Ta (+783) (2x1) (8x3) (6x3) (8x3) (5) 

Aut [ (+79) (2x1) (8x3) (6x3) (8x2) (6x3) |+ 


460 


Hg (+80) (2x1) (8x3) (6x3) (8x2) (6x3) (2) 
and (+80) (2x1) (8x3) (6x3) (8x3) (6x2) 
Nt (+486) (2x1) (8x3) (6x3) (8x3) (6x3) or 
(86) (2x1) (8x3) (6x3) (8x2) (6x3) (4x2) 

These and similar formule for the other ele- 
ments express very satisfactorily their known 
chemical, physical and crystallographic prop- 
erties. By applying this theory to erystal 
structures, it has been found possible to deter- 
mine the arrangements of electrons in nearly 
all erystals for which the arrangements of 
atomic centers were already known, and also 
the atomic and electronic structures in many 
cases in which even the atomic marshalling 
was previously unknown. These structures 
furnish incontrovertible proof that this theory 
of atomie structure, fundamentally and in 
many of its details, is correct. 

An important part of the theory is the idea 
that a single bond may be formed not only by 
the attraction between two atoms, each of which 
contains an unpaired electron in its valence 
shell, the two single electrons forming a pair, 
but also by the attraction of an atom containing 
a “lone electronpair’—one not acting as a 
bond—for another capable of holding on to 
this lone pair. The following are typical re- 
actions of this type: 


H H i 
TeE (ihe -N: H —> H:N:H 
H H 
H H 
His On ae 2 NG == Or: Ha: Nigel 
" 2 -: 
oy) F : 
:PeB ei + [ata F:B:F 
F : F 
Hil H, psi 
Ore Ae 
Cos 1 6 : NH, —>| HN + Co : a 
mn ig 
3 3 
Zn++ + 4 :NH, > 


Bs ++ 
H.N : Zn : NH 
3 3 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1426 


In the last two cases the lone pairs of the 
nitrogen atoms become bond pairs, assuming 
positions at octahedron corners opposite the six 
faces of the distorted cube of the cobalt kernel 
and at tetrahedron corners opposite the four 
previously unoccupied faces of the zine kernel 
octahedron (or, what is the same thing, oppo- 
site the four faces of the zine kernel tetra- 
hedron). We thus have an entirely satisfae- 
tory picture of Werner’s “auxiliary valencies” 
and “coordination numbers.” In some cases 
(e. g., in Ag(NH.,)*) all the faces of the kernel 
polyhedron are not occupied. (In the silver 
iodide erystal, each silver kernel is surrounded 
by four electronpairs at tetrahedron corners, 
showing its true coordination number to be 
four.) 

This theory has not yet been applied to the 
explanation of spectra; nor is it possible to 
give the exact positions of the electrons in each 
atom. These positions may in fact be merely 
the centers or foci of electronic orbits. In 
these and other respects the theory is still 
incomplete. 

Maurice L. Hueerns 

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


A SIMPLE BUBBLING HYDROGEN 
ELECTRODE 

Tue electrode described in this paper is the 
result of an attempt by the writer to combine 
the principles of the bubbling type of elec- 
trode with simplicity of construction and the 
necessity for only a small amount of solution. 
That this has been accomplished, seems to be 
apparent from a study of the accompanying 
diagram and the behavior of the electrode in 
numerous tests. 

Four models similar to the one shown in the 
diagram were constructed by the writer and 
compared with each other and a Bailey elec- 
trode. Various standard buffer solutions were 
tested and it was found that all electrodes gave 
results that agreed within .3 of a millivolt, 
which was the limit of accuracy of the gal- 
vanometer in the set up. 

While the models constructed by the writer 
require only about 1.5 ec. of solution, there 
seems to be no good reason why, with proper 


APRIL 28, 1922] 


precautions, they can not be constructed for 
smaller amounts of solution. This can be accom- 
plished, not by a smaller model of the same 
shape, but by making the bottom of the elec- 
trode vessel more conical in shape and taking 
particular precautions in sealing the electrode 
as near the base of the vessel as is conve- 
niently possible. It is not desirable to materially 
decrease the diameter of the upper portion of 
the electrode vessel, because in so doing, the 
bubbling process is seriously interfered with. 


CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION 


The electrode vessel H was made by sealing 
a short piece of glass tubing to an ordinary 
three inch soda-lime tube. The glass tube was 
then bent into position to make the side arm, A. 
The electrode proper, which consists of a piece 
of platinum foil, was sealed as near the base 
of the main vessel as possible. The protruding 
end of the foil was bent into a loop and par- 
tially embedded in sealing wax to give added 
mechanical strength. The rubber stopper, D, 
is used to prevent the rapid diffusion of air 
into the electrode vessel. The support, S, 
shown in the diagram by means of dotted lines, 
was made from a No. 12, two-holed rubber 
stopper by cutting out the portion between 
the holes. 

After platinization of the electrode, about 
1.5 ¢.e. of the solution to be tested are put 


SCIENCE. 


461 


into the electrode vessel, H. Purified hydrogen 
is bubbled through the solution by way of the 
side arm, A. Usually, about three minutes of 
bubbling are required for saturation. 

The diagram shows the electrode in position 
for a measurement. C represents the side arm 
of the calomel electrode, V, a vessel containing 
a saturated KCl solution, and B, a tube filled 
with saturated KCl and plugged at the smaller 
end with filter paper to prevent the too rapid 
siphoning of KCl from VY. 

When properly constructed, this electrode 
possesses the following features, which should 
make it applicable for quite general use: 


1. Simplicity of construction. 

2. Ease of operation. 

3. Requires only a very small amount of 
solution for a determination. 


J. Roy Haase 
PENNSYLVANIA STATE COLLEGE 


THE OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF 
SCIENCE 


THE tenth annual meeting was held in Okla- 
homa City, on February 10, and at the University 
of Oklahoma, Norman, on February 11, 1922. 
The following papers were read: 


Frsruary 10 

Presidential address: The possibility of the re- 
demption of the Great Plains from its semi-arid 
condition: J. B. THOBURN. 

Some notes on the Bois Fort Chippewa of Minne- 
sota: ALBERT B. REAGAN. 

Identification of Anthoceros in the Oklahoma 
cryptogamic flora: M. M. WickHAM. 

Notes on the migration of Macrochelys lacertine: 
M. M. WickHam. 

Further notes on migration of Terrapene carolina 
in Oklahoma: M. M. WickHAmM. 

Identification of fresh water sponges in the Okla- 
homa fauna: M. M. WickHam. 

Red and white blood corpuscles and catalase in 
the blood of non-complement guinea pigs: 
L. B. Nice, A. J. Nem. and H. D. Moore. 

The regular tetrahedron in relation to its cube 
and other solids: Oscar INGoLp. 

Oklahoma geography in the high schools: C. J. 
BOLLINGER. 

The poisonous substance in cotton seed: 
MENAUL. 

The chemistry of the pecan: W. G. FRIEDEMANN. 


Pauu 


462 


Fresruary 11 
Zoology Lecture Room, State University. 
Biology Section 

The egg-laying habits and early development of 
Haminea virescens (Sby.): A. RICHARDS. 

The acceleration of the cleavage rate of Haminea 
virescens (Sby.): A. RICHARDS. 

A third Christmas bird Census: 
NICE. 

Fate of leucocytes in the placental circulation: 
I. What prevents leucocytes of the maternal 
circulation from migrating into the fetal cir- 
culation? II. The réle of the syncytial layer of 
the chorionic villi. III. Importance of this 
investigation relative to inheritance of disease 
or immunity from disease: Jos. M. THURINGER. 

A new differential staining method for connective 
tissue combined with the ordinary hematozylin- 
eosin stain (Demonstration): Jos. M. Tau- 
RINGER. 

Effect of lime and organic matter on the root 
development and the yield of alfalfa on the 
so-called hard-pan subsoils of Oklahoma: M. A. 
BEESON. 

Notes on the parasite fauna: JoHN E. GUBERLET. 

A preliminary note on the optic tract of eyeless 
flies: Minprep H. Ricwarps and Esruer Y. 
FURROW. 


Marcarer M. 


Mitotic index of the chick: Auprry FQLitcH 
SHULTZ. 
Somatic mutations and elytral mosaics wm 


Bruchus: J. K. BREITENBECKER. 

A preliminary report on the genetics of a red 
spotted sex limited mutation in Bruchus: 
C. Ler Furrow. 

A preliminary note on the chromosome number 
in the spermatacite of Bruchus: FRANK G. 
Brooks. 

The grand period of growth of root-hairs (Lan- 
tern): R. E. JErrs. 

Continuous culture of oats versus rotation: H. S. 
MurPHY. 

Multiple adenomata of the kidney cortex with 
special reference to histogenesis: JULIA STEELE 
ELEY. 

Sarurpay, Frsruary 11, 9:30 A.M. 
Geology Section 

Physiographic history of the Arbuckle Moun- 
tains: S. WEIDMAN. 

Some observations of erosion and transportation 
in the Wichita Mountain areca: OrEN F. Evans. 

Subsurface studies: R. D. ReEeEp. 

An Oklahoma meteorite: A. C. SHEAD. 

Robberson oil field: Lron ENGuisH. Discussion 
by Rocer Dennison and ArTHUR MEYER. 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1426 


Percentage of square mile of oil production in 
Oklahoma: Bess M. Mints. 

Oklahoma oil resources: C. W. SHANNON. 

A new variant of the hidden treasure myth: 
C. H. Gout. \ 

The Webber’s Falls limestone: J. B. THOBURN. 


AFTERNOON SESSION, 1:15 p.m., SATURDAY, 


FEBRUARY 11 
Room 308, Geology Building. 

Sykes Alaskan expedition of the University of 
Oklahoma of 1921: Ep. CRABB. 

A note on the economic status of the bald eagle 
in Alaska: Ep. Crass. 

On the intensity of the sound as measured by 
Rayleigh disc or a Webster phonometer: J. H. 
CLoup (Read by title). 

The simple rigidity of a drawn tungsten wire at 
incandescent temperature: WM. SCHRIEVER. 
Economics and Government 

International exchange: A. B. ADAMS. 

Responsibility in state government: F. F. 
BLACHLY. 

Public health administration in 
Miriam OaTMAN-BLACHLY. 


Oklahoma: 


Psychology 
Self-taught arithmetic from the age of five to 
seven and a half: Sopuiz R. A. Court. 
Further notes on eighteen-months vocabularies: 
Miriam OaTMAN-BLACHLY. 
A child that would not talk: Marcarret M. NIce. 


The following resolutions were adopted: 


1. Wuereas, It is to the best interest of the 
American people to have research in all branches 
of science proceed unhampered, the Oklahoma 
Academy of Science places itself on record 
against the provision in the Fordney tariff bill 
now pending in the United States Senate which 
puts a tariff on books, magazines and scientific 
apparatus. 


2. WHEREAS, It is highly desirable to conserve 
the natural resources of our state, the Oklahoma 
Academy of Science places itself on record favor- 
ing the work of the Oklahoma State Forestry 
Association. 

The following officers were elected for the en- 
suing year: 

President: R. O. Whitenton, Stillwater. 

First Vice-president: S. Weidman, Norman. 

Second Vice-president: W. G. Friedemann, 
Stillwater. 

Secretary: L. B. Nice, Norman. 

Treasurer: H. C. Roys, Norman. 

Curator: Fred Bullard, Norman. 

L. B. Nick, 
Secretary. 
NorMAN, OKLAHOMA 


SCIENCE 


NEw SERIES 99 SINGLE CoprEs, 15 Crs. 
Vou. LV, No. 1427 Fripay, May 5, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


Ranson’s Anatomy eu 
of the Nervous System 


Dr. Ranson presents anatomy of the nervous system from the dynamic rather than the 
static point of view; that is to say, he lays emphasis jon the developmental and functional 
significance of structure. The student is thus led at the very beginning of his neurologic 
studies to think of the nervous system in its relation to the rest of the living organism. 
This method not only makes the subject interesting, but makes more easy the correlation 
of the various neurologic courses. An outline for a laboratory course in neuro-anatomy 
is included. The text is fully illustrated, there being 260 illustrations, some of them in 


colors. 

Octavo of 395 pages, illustrated. By Strparn W. Ranson, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of 

Anatomy in Northwestern University Medical School, Chicago. Cloth, $6.50 net. 
Fe 2 o 

Jordan’s General Bacteriology GENRE BSETON 


In this work there are extensive chapters on methods of studying bacteria, including 
staining, biochemical tests, cultures, etc.; on development and composition of bacteria; 
on enzymes and fermentation products; on the bacterial production of pigment, ‘acid, 
and alkali; and on ptomains and toxins. 


Octavo of 744 pages, illustrated. By Epwin O. Jorpan, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology 
in the University of Chicago. Cloth, $5.00 net. 


Fred’s Soil Bacteriology 


The exercises described in this book are arranged primarily for students of soil bacteri- 
ology, soil chemistry and physics, and plant pathology. As far as possible the experi- 
ments are planned to give quantitative results. It is truly a valuable laboratory manual 
—worked out by a teacher and based on the student’s needs. 


12mo of 170 pages, illustrated. By E. B. Frep, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural 
Bacteriology, College of Agriculture, University of Wisconsin. Cloth, $1.50 net. 


Prentiss and Arey’s Embryology rune eprrion 


This work has been extensively revised and entirely reset. The actual descriptions have 
been recast and rearranged, a new chapter on the morphogenesis of the skeleton and 
muscles has been included, and thirty-nine illustrations replace or supplement certain of 
those in the former edition. The illustrations form an instructive feature. 


Large octavo of 411 pages, with 388 illustrations. By Cuartes W. Prentiss, Ph.D., 
formerly Professor of Microscopic Anatomy, and Lrstiz B. Arty, Ph.D., Professor of 
Microscopic Anatomy, Northwestern University. Cloth, $5.50 net. 


W. B. SAUNDERS COMPANY, West Washington Sq., Phila. 


ii SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Leading Texts on Physiological Chemistry 


Practical Physiological Chemistry 


By SYDNEY W. COLE, M.A., Trinity College, Cambridge; University Lecturer in Medical Chemistry, Cam- 

bridge; Introductions by Prof. F. G. HOPKINS, M.B., D.Sc., F.R.C.P., F.R.S., Professor of Biochemistry, Fel- 

low and Prelector of Trinity College, etc., Cambridge. 

400 pages, 5%2x8%%, illustrated with tables, charts, and 55 line cuts. Fifth revised, enlarged edi- 
tion. Price, silk cloth binding, $4.50. 


The fifth edition has been completely revised, making practically a new book. All obsolete 
methods have been eliminated and only tried and proven methods as outlined in the course at 
Cambridge have been given. All the modern methods in biochemistry are given in detail. The 
procedures are not copied from other works, butare the result of first-hand acquaintance with the 
subject matter. The author has prepared his text at the laboratory bench, step by step—any 
method that seems doubtful or difficult of attainment has been eliminated. While the book is 
practical, there is reference to theory and to the actual significance of results. A valuable book 
for the student, practitioner of medicine, research worker, for one who seeks for accurate and 
full descriptions of biochemical researches, and for students in agricultural laboratory work,. and 
in the study of animal nutrition. 


Physiological Abstracts, August, 1919 


“This completely revised and enlarged edition of the author’s well-known textbook should receive a gen- 
eral welcome from biological chemists and physiologists. ..... It is well illustrated, and the experimental tech- 
nique is described in an unusually clear manner.” 


AN INTERMEDIATE TEXTBOOK OF 


Physiological Chemistry 


By C. J. V. PETTIBONE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiological Chemistry in the Medical School of the 
University of Minnesota. 


328 pages, 6x9, with illustrations. Price, silk cloth binding, $3.25. 


The plan of this book is to cover as completely as possible in a brief but adequate manner the 
general field of physiological chemistry, so that the student or physician may obtain a clear idea 
of the properties of the compounds which are physiologically important—carbohydrates, fats, 
proteins, inorganic material, of the processes of digestion, and the action of enzymes, the com- 
position of some common foods and important tissues, the composition and analysis of the urine, 
and lastly, a review of the present status of metabolism, including its more modern aspects. The 
average physiological chemistry at present available is so large that the student or physician is 
lost in a mass of details or conflicting evidence. The author has aimed in this volume to 
set forth the present status of physiological chemistry as clearly and concisely as possible, in the 
belief that a large number of people will find a book of this type useful and valuable for acquir- 
ing or refreshing information in this important field. The appended laboratory work is arranged 
to cover the important phases of the subject, including the quantitative analysis of the urine. 
Now the required text in leading medical schools. 


OE~ Send for these up-to-date books today. Correspondence in regard to same 
especially invited from teachers. 


C. V. MOSBY CO.-Publishers //“...." 
Medical—Dental—Surgical—Pharmaceutical vi sc eee cs 


Please send me 
books checked: 


Cole—$4.50 
Pettibone—$3.25 


801-809 Metropolitan Building ee for which I enclose my check 


ST. LOUIS - - - - - - U.S.A. 


—Nursing Books 


Ask for a copy of our complete 96-page illustrated catalogue of medi- 


cal, pharmaceutical, dental and nursing publications. 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
cf Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y. 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Annual Subscription, $6.00. Single Copies, 15 Cts. 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the 
Post Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Vou. LV 


May 5, 1922 No. 1427 


Hesperopithecus, the First Anthropoid Pri- 
mate found in America: Dr. HENRY FAIrR- 
IED O SBORNesescssiestecssetcnsusesncuccacsseenetecesssectacscess 463 


The Medals and Dinner of the National 
Academy of Sciences: Dr. Epwin E. 
SLOSS ON jays ese are ae ee Eerie 465 

The Edward C. Pickering Memorial: Pro- 
FESSOR S. A. MITCHELL. .....-..22.0c22eececeeccee eee 467 

J. D. Mitchell: W. D, HOONTER...2022.0.0...-eeeeen 469 


Scientific Events: 


Annual Tables of Constants; Alaska Penin- 
sula Fisheries Reservation; The Flora of 
Porto Rico; Expedition to the Fiji Islands ; 
The Section of Medical Sciences of the 
American Association; The Bécher Memo- 
rial Prize of the American Mathematical 


SO CTE Y eee eee Oe ee 469 
SCventific) Notes) ANd; News. se 473 
University and Educational Notes...............--..- 477 


Discussion and Correspondence: 
The Futility of the Human Yolk Sac; Pro- 
FESSOR FREDERIC T. LEWIS. Deflection of 
Streams by Earth Rotation: PRoFEssoR 
W. M. Davis. Possible Cause of the Red 
Color of Potash Salts: Dr. W. C. PHALEN. 
Popular Science: Dr. Epwin E. Stosson.... 478 


Scientific Books: 
Sharp’s Introduction to Cytology: Pro- 
TESSOR ©) Hy MeCnunGin eee ee 482 
Special Articles: 


Continuous Renewal of Nutrient Solution 
for Plants in Water Cultures: Dr. Sam F. 
TRELEASE and Proressor Burton E. Liv- 
INGSTON. The Synthesis of Ethyl Butyrate 
in Egg Secretion: Proressor OTTo GLASER 483 


The National Academy of Sciences..................-. 486 


HESPEROPITHECUS, THE FIRST AN- 
THROPOID PRIMATE FOUND 
IN AMERICA 


Ir is hard to believe that a single small 
water-worn tooth, 10.5 mm. by 11 mm. in 
crown diameter, can signalize the arrival of 
the anthropeid Primates in North America in 
Pliocene time. We have been eagerly antici- 
pating some discovery of this kind, but were 
not prepared for such convincing evidence of 
the close faunal relationship between eastern 
Asia and western North America as is revealed 
by this diminutive specimen. The entire credit 
for the discovery belongs to Mr. Harold J. 
Cook, consulting geologist, of Agate, Nebraska, 
who has been contributing for many years to 
our knowledge of the extinct fauna of Ne- 
braska through both his discoveries and his 
writings. He wrote to the present author 
(February 25, 1922): 

I have had here, for some little time, a molar 
tooth from the Upper, or Hipparion phase of the 
Snake Creek beds, that very closely approaches 
the human type. It was found associated with 
the other typical fossils of the Snake Creek, and 
is mineralized in the same fashion as they are. 
I sent a brief description of this to Professor 
Loomis a short time before the Amherst meeting 
of this year, with a request that it be read at 
that time, if opportunity offered. The manuscript 
was returned to me here immediately after the 
meetings, but with no notation as to whether it 
was read or not, or presented at that time in any 
fashion. 

Inasmuch as you are particularly interested in 
this problem and, in collaboration with Dr. Greg- 
ory and others, are in the best position of any one 
to accurately determine the relationships of this 
tooth, if it can be done, I will be glad to send 
it on to you, should you care to examine and 
study it. Whatever it is, it is certainly a contem- 
porary fossil of the Upper Snake Creek horizon, 
and it agrees far more closely with the anthropoid- 
human molar, than that of any other mammal 
known. 


464 


On receiving the tooth, the author tele- 
graphed (March 14, 1922): “Tooth just ar- 
rived safely. Looks very promising. Will 
report immediately.” A letter followed the 
same day: 

The instant your package arrived, I sat down 
with the tooth, in my window, and I said to my- 
self: ‘‘It looks one hundred per cent. anthro- 
poid.’’ I then took the tooth into Dr. Matthew’s 
room and we have been comparing it with all the 
books, all the casts and all the drawings, with the 
conclusion that it is the last right upper molar 
tooth of some higher Primate, but distinct from 
anything hitherto described. We await, however, 
Dr. Gregory’s verdict to-morrow morning; he cer- 
tainly has an eagle eye on Primate teeth. . . . We 
may cool down to-morrow, but it looks to me as if 
the first anthropoid ape of America had been 
found by the one man entitled to find it, namely, 
Harold J. Cook! 

On March 22, 1922, the author wrote: 

We believe we have found another one of the 
teeth, very much worn, of the same animal, which, 
so far as it goes, is confirmatory. The animal is 
certainly a new genus of anthropoid ape, probably 
an animal which wandered over here from Asia 
with the large south Asiatic element which has 
recently been discovered in our fauna by Merriam, 
Gidley and others. 
prises in the history of American paleontology 
and I am delighted that you are the man who 
found it. Our specimen is unrecognizable, it is so 
much worn. 


It is one of the greatest sur- 


The tooth arrived with the following label: 

One Molar Tooth, ?Anthropoid, No. HC425, 
Collection of Harold J. Cook, Agate, Nebraska. 
Found in Upper Phase of Snake Creek Beds, 
Typical Locality, in position in gravels with other 
fossils. 

Following the examination by Dr. William 
D. Matthew and the author, who determined 
the tooth as a second or third upper molar of 
the right side of a new genus and species of 
anthropoid, the tooth was submitted to Curator 
William K. Gregory and Dr. Milo Hellman, 
both of whom have made a special study of 
the collections of human and anthropoid teeth 
in the American Museum and the United States 
National Museum. They reported (March 23, 
1922) as follows: 

1. Such a degree of wear is very rarely seen on 
m, and in view also of the marked difference in 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


form of m%, we rather incline to the opinion that 
it is an m2. 2. The kind of wear shown in this 
tooth, which has an evenly concave surface (with- 
out humps representing the para- and metacones), 
has never been seen in an anthropoid tooth, and 
we are of the opinion that even in very old chim- 
panzees the outer half of the crown will be un- 
evenly worn. 3. The nearest in point of wearing 
surface is the supposed m2? attributed to Pithe- 
canthropus, also in form of roots. The strong 
hypocone in ‘‘ Pithecanthropus’’ and the absence 
of hypocone in the new specimen is not positively 
diagnostic, in view of the immense differences in 
the hypocone, both in apes and man. 4. On the 
whole, wwe think its nearest. resemblances are with 
‘* Pithecanthropus’’ and with men rather than 
With apes. 

On the basis of these very careful studies, 
the author decided to make this tooth the type 
of the following new genus and species: 

Hesperopithecus haroldcookii,t new species 

This second upper molar tooth is very distant 
from the gorilla type, from the gibbon type, from 
the orang type; among existing anthropoid apes 
it is nearest to m2? of the chimpanzee, but the 
resemblance is still very remote. It is excluded 
from close affinity to the fossil Asiatic anthro- 
such as Dryopithecus .punjabicus, 
Paleopithecus sivalensis, and Sivapithecus, re- 
cently related to the human stem by Pilgrim. Its 
transverse diameter of 11 mm. is greater than its 
anteroposterior diameter of 10.5 mm. In the cor- 
responding human tooth, m?, of an American 
Indian, with which it is compared in Fig. 2, the 
transverse diameter is 12.5 mm., the anteropos- 
terior diameter is 11 mm. Thus the proportions 
of the molar crown of the Hesperopithecus type 
are about the same as those in the Homo sapiens © 
mongoloideus type. There is also a distant human 
resemblance in the molar pattern of Hespero- 
pithecus, as very skilfully portrayed (Fig. 1)? by 
the artist, Mrs. L. M. Sterling, to the low, basin- 
shaped, channeled crown in certain examples of 
Homo sapiens. But the Hesperopithecus molar 
cannot be said to resemble any known type of 
human molar very closely. The author agrees 
with Mr. Cook, with Dr. Hellman, and with Dr. 
Gregory, that it resembles the human type more 
closely than it does any known anthropoid ape 


poid apes, 


1 The names signify an anthropoid of the West- 
ern World discovered by Mr. Harold J. Cook. 

2 The illustrations will be published by the 
American Museum of Natural History. 


May 5, 1922] 


type; consequently it would be misleading to speak 
of this Hesperopithecus at present as an anthro- 
poid ape; it is a new and independent type of 
Primate, and we must seek more material before 
we can determine its relationships. It is cer- 
tainly not closely related to Pithecanthropus 
erectus in the structure of the erown, for Pithe- 
canthropus has a single, contracted crown in which 
the superior grinding surface has a limited crenu- 
lated basin, whereas Hesperopithecus has a widely 
open crown with broadly channeled or furrowed 
margins, and a postero-internal crest suggesting 
the hypocone of a higher Primate form. The dis- 
position of the roots in Hesperopithecus, in Homo, 
in Pithecanthropus, is shown to be very broadly 
similar in comparative Fig. 2. The Hesperopi- 
thecus molar is three-fanged, the postero-external 
fang having been broken off in the type; the 
internal fang shows a median internal groove 
and a tendency to a deep external groove on the 
outer side. 

Since 1908 there has been in the American 
Museum collection from this same horizon an- 
other small water-worn tooth, discovererd by 
Dr. William D. Matthew. The specimen. be- 
longed to an aged animal and is so water-worn 
that Dr. Matthew, while inclined to regard it 
as a Primate, did not venture to describe it. 
It now appears, from close comparison with 
the type of Hesperopithecus, to be closely re- 
lated generically, even if it is not related spe- 
cifically. The greatly enlarged drawing (Fig. 
3), reproduced to the same seale as that of the 
type above described, shows that the molar 
pattern is fundamentally similar. The crown 
differs in its much more triangular form and, 
were it not for its extremely worn surface, we 
should unhesitatingly pronounce it as a third 
superior molar; it has, therefore, been given 
this position provisionally in the diagram; it 
seems to confirm the opinion of Gregory and 
Hellman that the type of Hesperopithecus is a 
second superior molar. 

The geologic age of these two specimens is 
now believed to be the same as that of Thou- 
sand Creek, Nevada, and Rattlesnake, Oregon, 
among the fauna of which Pliohippus is very 
abundant and varied; it also contains Tlingo- 
ceras and other strepsicerine antelopes of 
Asiatic affinity; it is the last American fauna in 
which occurred the rhinoceros, preceding the 


SCIENCE 


465 


Blanco fauna in whieh the Asiatie brevirostrine 
M. mirificus first oceurs. 
Henry Farrrretp OsBorRN 
AMERICAN MUSEUM 
or NaturRAL History, 
New York, N. Y. 


MEDALS AND DINNER OF THE NA- 
TIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


At the annual dinner of the National Acad- 
emy of Sciences, held at the Hotel Powhatan on 
Tuesday evening, April 25, 1922, two medals 
were awarded. 

The J. Lawrence Smith Medal was bestowed 
upon Dr. George P. Merrill, curator of geology 
at the United States National Museum. This is 
a gold medal of the value of $200, from a fund 
established in 1884, as a reward for “original 
investigation of meteoric bodies.” But because 
investigators in this field are so rare it has not 
been given since 1888. Dy. Whitman Cross, 
in his speech presenting the medal, pointed out 
that Dr. Merrill had continued to carry on the 
work of his predecessor, J. Lawrence Smith, 
on meteorites by the application of modern 
methods of analysis. The earlier analyses of 
meteorites were not always to be relied upon, 
and Dr. Merrill in his long years of research 
has been able to show that some of the elements 
previously reported as having occurred in 
meteorites are absent and, at the same time, he 
has extended the list of elements and com- 
pounds that do exist in these bodies. Among 
other minerals he has found a ealeium phos- 
phate similar to apatite, which has been named 
in his honor Merrillite. Dr. Merrill also has 
discovered evidences of metamorphism in mete- 
orites, cases where a mineral structure has been 
broken up and the fragments later fused to- 
gether like the conglomerates found in igneous 
rocks in the earth’s erust. 

Dr. Merrill in receiving the medal said that 
meteorites had in all ages attracted a great 
deal of popular interest. In the earliest times 
they were worshipped as divine and nowadays 
the newspapers give great attention to any 
meteoric fall. Yet few scientists have made 
them the subject of concentrated and long- 
continued study. In his work, Dr. Merrill said 


466 


he had tried to keep his feet upon the earth 
as though his shoes had leaden soles and to 
leave to others premature speculation as to the 
origin of these bodies. It is evident from their 
composition that they come from regions where 
there was no air, for they contain iron, both in 
a free state and in compounds that are not 
stable in the presence of oxygen. From their 
structure it is evident that some have under- 
gone secondary igneous changes. In conelu- 
sion, Dr. Merrill quoted the verse, “All my 
dreams come true to other men,” and said that 
he would leave the developments and deduc- 
tions from his work to future investigators and 
“may all my dreams come true to other men.” 

The address bestowing the Daniel Giraud 
Elliot Medal for the year 1920 was made by 
Dr. Henry Fairfield Osborn, of the American 
Museum of Natural History, New York City. 
This medal is intended to be awarded every 
year for contemporary contributions to zoology. 
Previous awards were made to F. M. Chapman, 
C. W. Beebe and Robert Ridgway. Dr. Osborn 
sketched the history of paleontology from the 
time when Cuvier first announced the law of 
correlation. But the ability of the biologists 
to restore an extinct animal from a single bone 
was exaggerated and for a time such general 
theoretical work fell into disrepute. The great 
American paleontologists, Leidy, Cope and 
Marsh, limited themselves mostly to deserip- 
tion. But now again the time has come when 
general principles and relationships may be 
founded upon a more substantial basis. Among 
the young investigators who are taking up this 
work is Professor Othenio Abel, of Vienna, 
who has undertaken a general study of the 
causes of evolution. His guiding thought is 
that morphology depends upon physiology and 
that to understand a form we must know its 
function. Professor Abel pursued his studies 
even during the war when his family was in 
such distress that he had to send out his 
children to friends for food, and in 1920 he 
produced an inspiring work, entitled Methoden 
der Paleobiologischen Forschung. 

In the absence of Professor Abel the medal 
was received by Edgar L. G. Prochnik, Aus- 
trian chargé d’affaires, who said that all Austria 
would rejoice over this honor done to one of 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


her citizens. Conditions in Austria are exceed- 
ingly hard at present on account of the curtail- 
ment of Austria’s resources and it is felt that 
the future of Austria lies in the mental power 
of her sons. The Austrian scientists are deter- 
mined to bring their country to the rank which 
she occupied in science and art previous to the 
war. The disposal of this medal was another 
proof that science was not limited in its scope 
to ereed or nationality. Professor Abel serves 
in the ranks of science, the peace maker. 

President Walcott, in handing over the medal 
to the representative of the Austrian Legation, 
said that the award would earry with it an 
honorarium which was to be forwarded to Pro- 
fessor Abel. 

Next, Dr. Vernon Kellogg, permanent secre- 
tary of the National Research Council, was 
called upon to tell something of the work and 
plans of that institution. The National Re- 
search Council, he said, was the child of the 
National Academy of Sciences, born in the 
tempestuous times of the war. The child had 
grown with amazing rapidity and had mani- 
fested the characteristic virtues and defects of 
lusty youth. Some of its parents—the use of 
this unconventional plural is justified by the 
collective parenthood—do not know whether to 
be proud of it or uncomfortably disturbed by it. 
The motto of the National Research Council 
is “cooperation and organization.” The latter 
word was looked upon with disfavor and even 
suspicion by some scientists, but, rightly under- 
stood, as the council interprets it, there was 
nothing to fear from it. He had recently been 
reading the reports of the visits that had been 
paid by members of the council to 150 universi- 
ties, colleges and other laboratories. In all 
these were found men earnestly engaged in re- 
search, often under disheartening conditions 
and in isolation. The National Research 
Council can aid and encourage these scattered 
and ill-equipped scientists to work out their 
plans in a concerted way. Nothing shall inter- 
fere with the individual freedom and initiative 
which are the main strength of scientific en- 
deavor. Apart from the endowment and build- 
ing fund, the National Research Council had 
raised over a million and a half dollars, which 
was being expended in promoting research 


May 5, 1922] 


work in various lines. Plans for the new 
building had been exhibited at this session of 
the academy. This building will cost about 
$1,300,000, this money being provided by the 
Carnegie Corporation, and $200,000 had been 
provided by a seore of private donors for the 
purchase of the ground. The edifice will be 
worthy of standing in the group of patriotic, 
philanthropic, international and memorial 
structures, and here the National Academy of 
Sciences and her daughter, the National Re- 
search Council, may live together in peace and 
happiness. 

The president then asked Dr. William H. 
Welch to speak on the new School of Hygiene 
and Public Health founded at Johns Hopkins 
University and endowed with six millions 
from the Rockefeller Foundation. Dr. Welch 
said that the prevention of disease in communi- 
ties as distinct from the cure of disease indi- 
vidually was comparatively a new profession. 
The beginning of the public health work may 
be traced back to the seventeenth century, when 
three great discoveries were made. One was 
Captain Cook’s success in preventing scurvy in 
his long voyage in the Pacific by the use of 
vegetable vitamines. The second was the dis- 
covery of the cause of ‘Devonshire colic,” 
which was found to be due to lead poisoning 
from the drawing of cider through lead pipes. 
The third was the introduction of vaccination 
for smallpox. The Napoleonic wars set back 
work in this direction as in others, but in the 
great reform year of 1848 the English Parlia- 
ment passed the Public Health Act. Then 
began a campaign directed against filth and 
for sanitation, water supply and sewage dis- 
posal. Now with our new knowledge of the 
causes of infection and epidemics, public health 
can be guarded as never before. Yellow fever 
has been swept from its old haunts, malarial 
fever can be controlled and typhoid has become 
so rare that it is difficult to teach it for want of 
cases.’ In Baltimore last year a single death 
from typhoid aroused great excitement among 
the students who were eager to attend the 
autopsy as the only opportunity they had to 
become acquainted with this disease. The new 
school is to be composed of men and women 
who are to make the prevention of disease the 


SCIENCE 


467 


primary aim of their life work. There are four 
members of the National Academy of Sciences 
in the faculty of the School of Hygiene and 
Public Health. 

At the close of the evening Dr. Hendrik 
Anton Lorentz, of the University of Leiden, 
was asked to speak and responded with charae- 
teristic geniality. He recalled his visit to the 
United States sixteen years ago and told how 
glad he was to accept the invitation of the 
Carnegie Institution of Washington and the 
California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, 
where he has been lecturing. Now on the eve 
of departure he expressed his gratitude for the 
kindness that had been showered upon him in 
various parts of the United States which was, 
he felt, more than he deserved and was, as he 
had discovered in some eases, due to the fact 
that he was taken for the Viennese surgeon, 
Dr. Lorenz. Everywhere he found earnest 
young men engaged in research which prom- 
ised great things for the future of science in 
America. He found nothing to criticize, but 
took the opportunity of suggesting that per- 
haps the strenuous life and feverish activity of 
Americans might be benefited by somewhat of 
the Dutch restfulness of his own land. 


Epwin EB. Stosson 


THE EDWARD C. PICKERING 
MEMORIAL 


THE wonders of the sky present such a 
fascinating appeal to the general public that 
large numbers of telescopes are sold each year 
to the amateur who with keen delight views the 
marvels of Saturn’s rings, the everchanging 
appearance of Jupiter and his satellites, and 
the glories of the nebula of Orion. These and 
many other objects are observed with the great- 
est of eagerness, and books on descriptive 
astronomy are bought and are read with great 
avidity. The pleasures brought by the new 
telescope are all the more enjoyed if the instru- 
ment arrives during the summer season. Then 
it may be taken out into the garden or on to 
the roof top and the pleasure is unalloyed by 
biting winds, cold hands or freezing feet. With 
the coming of autumn and winter the telescope 
is used less frequently, and the warmer weather 
of spring and summer is looked forward to 


468 


with anticipation. (The writer of this article 
looks back with anything but the keenest of 
joy to working for thirteen hours at night at 
the Yerkes Observatory with the thermometer 
at twenty-six degrees Fahrenheit below zero). 
Very frequently the keenness of the astro- 
nomical thrills becomes gradually dulled, the 
small telescope has not sufficient power to show 
the more remarkable objects in the sky, clouds 
and cold weather interfere with observing— 
and soon the telescope is brought out but sel- 
dom, and finally is offered for sale. 

Many of these amateur star-gazers might 
have had their interest continued if only their 
work at night could have had some object other 
than personal pleasure. The American Asso- 
ciation of Variable Star Observers has been of 
very great value to astronomy by organizing 
the owners of two-, three-, four- or five-inch 
telescopes and showing them how they can co- 
operate with the professional astronomer using 
larger telescopes to observe the class of objects 
in the sky known as variable stars. As their 
name signifies, these stars vary in_ bright- 
ness, sometimes being bright, sometimes much 
fainter. There are more than three thousand 
of such stars known in the the sky. The varia- 
tions of some stars like Betelgeuse, 8 Lyre or 
6 Cephei can be followed by the naked eye, 
some of the stars at minimum brightness can 
be seen with a five-inch telescope, while others 
become so faint at minimum that they are 
almost or quite invisible in the largest telescope 
in existence. Some of these variables have a 
period from maximum to minimum which is 
quite short, measured by an interval of a few 
hours or a few days in length, some of the 
periods are measured in hundreds of days. 
Some of the periods are quite regular, some 
are very irregular. The well-known Algol 
changes in brightness by one component eclips- 
ing ‘the other. There are other stars like 
SS Cygni, V. Geminorum, and SS Aurige that 
are normally faint, and suddenly and for some 
reason for which as yet we have no adequate 
explanation greatly augment their brillianey, 
the last of the three named above 
may increase its brightness one hundredfold in 
twenty-four hours. There are thus many varie- 
ties of variable stars most of which need careful 


stars 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


and systematic observation, and consequently 
an observing program can be chosen which 
can be adapted to the aperture of the telescope 
used. 

Largely through the enthusiastic efforts of 
Wm. Tyler Olcott of Norwich, Conn., the 
American Association of Variable Star Ob- 
servers (or the A. A. V. S. O.) was organized 
in 1911 with seven observers. In ten years the 
membership has grown to three hundred, and 
the total observations made has the amazing 
number of 120,000. The present plan of the 
A. A. V. 8. O. is that its members are observing 
systematically the changes in brightness of 
more than three hundred stars of long period. 
The stars under observation can be followed 
until with diminishing brightness they become 
invisible with the small apertures employed. 
These stars, however, can still be seen with 
telescopes of larger size in the hands of the 
professional astronomer. By a plan of coop- 
eration, therefore, the members of the 
A. A. V. 8S. O. can observe the variables when 
bright while Harvard with its twelve or fifteen- 
inch telescope and the McCormick Observatory 
with its still larger aperture of twenty-six 
inches can observe when faint, and thus the 
stars can be kept under almost continual ob- 
servation, except when the stars are too near 
the sun. Each month each observer sends his 
observations to Harvard College Observatory 
where the observations are collected together 
and are then published in Popular Astronomy. 
This immediate publication is of great value in 
keeping alive the interest of the amateur for 
each observer can see that his observations are 
of value in fixing the brightness of the stars 
and even the beginner can experience the thrill 
of finding that his observations perhaps fit in 
beautifully with the magnitudes determined by 
observers of greater skill. 

Professor Edward C. Pickering, the late 
director of Harvard College Observatory, was 
keenly enthusiastic about the work of the 
A. A. V. S. O. for he recognized the very great 
value of this organization. And now to per- 
petuate its work and to increase its value to 
astronomy the Association of Variable Star 
Observers is asking for an endowment to bear 
the name, the Edward C. Pickering Memorial. 


May 5, 1922] 


be entirely 
none of it 


The income from this fund is to 
devoted to variable star research, 


being required for “overhead” or for equip- 
ment. Through an arrangement with Pro- 
fessor Pickering’s successor, Dr. Harlow 


Shapley, Harvard College Observatory is to 
put the second floor of its library building at 
the disposal of the A. A. V. 8. O. for its offices, 
and is to allow the use of one of the domes on 
the observatory grounds to house the largest 
telescope owned by the association, that re- 
cently aequired through the generous gift of 
Mrs. C. A. Post of Bayport, L. I. 

Professor Pickering was so well known to 
members of the A. A. A. 8. and to readers of 
Science that it is felt that many will wish to 
contribute to such a worthy cause as the Ed- 
ward C. Pickering Memorial. Contributions 
should be sent to Wm. Tyler Olcott, Norwich, 
Conn., or to Leon Campbell, Harvard College 
Observatory, Cambridge, Mass. 

S. A. MircHEexu 


J. D. MITCHELL 

Mr. J. D. Mitcuen died at Victoria, Texas, 
on February 27, 1922. 

Some years ago when the writer was about 
to go to Texas for the first time, he made the 
rounds of a number of scientific offices at 
Washington to obtain such information as he 
could about the natural history of Texas. 
Wherever he went, whether to entomologists, 
ornithologists, ichthyologists or botanists, the 
same advice was given. That was to go to 
Victoria and see Mr. J. D. Mitchell. A man 
whose knowledge had made such a deep im- 
pression upon the leaders in several depart- 
ments of science must certainly have been in 
some degree remarkable. 

At Mr. Mitchell’s house in Victoria he had 
large collections of animals of all classes. 
From day to day the house was visited by 
ranchmen, doctors, school children and others 
to ask about various points connected with 
natural history. Thus, technical men as well 
as persons from the ordinary walks of life 
were alike influenced by the learning of the 
man. 

Mr. Mitchell lived for a good portion of 
his life on a eattle ranch on the coast of 


SCIENCE 


469 . 


Texas. His love of natural history was in- 
herited from his mother, who had extensive 
knowledge of the plants of Texas and _ their 
practical uses. Later he moved to Victoria 
where circumstances gave him an opportunity 
to devote most of his time to work on nat- 
uval history. In 1904 he became connected 
with the Bureau of Entomology and made - 
important contributions to several of the 
larger southern problems like those of the 
cotton boll weevil and the eattle tick. In 
fact, his pioneer work on the cattle tick was 
an important factor in the notable project 
of eradication which now permanently 
removed the pest from more than three fourths 
of its original range in the United States. 

Mr. Mitchell had no technical training. He 
was an example of the vanishing type of de- 
voted naturalists who pursue the subject out 
of pure love for nature. He never described 
a new species. Although he collaborated on 
many publications of the Bureau of Ento- 
mology, he published only one paper, dealing 
with the poisonous snakes of Texas. Never- 
theless, it is fitting that this note about. his 
career should be published in this journal. 
He was a fountain of accurate information 
for technical men and was a modest, patient 
and painstaking imparter of knowledge. His 
life showed the enjoyment which comes from 
the contact with nature and was thus an in- 
spiration to others. 


has 


W. D. Hunter 
Houston, TEXAS 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
ANNUAL TABLES OF CONSTANTS 

Tue confederation of French scientific so- 
cieties has renewed for the year 1922 its eon- 
tribution of 40,000 franes in support of An- 
nual Tables. The total subscription in France 
to this project during the year 1921 was 80,000 
franes. 

At the approaching meeting of the Interna- 
tional Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry 
which is to be held at Lyons in June, the mat- 
ter of organizing the work of Annual Tables 
upon a solid financial basis will come up for 
consideration. This important international 
project has had a very precarious existence 


470 


since 1914 and the fact that the work has been 
continued at all has been due to the efforts of 
the general secretary, Dr. Charles Marie. 

Plans for providing a certain and sufficient 
budget for the work during the next five years 
are in preparation, based upon definite annual 
contributions from the various countries in the 
International Union. i 

It is announced that the National Research 
Council of Japan has appointed the following 
advisory committee for Annual Tables: Yasu- 
hiko Asahina, Hiji Aoyagi, Kotaro Honda, 
Katsuji Inouye, Gen-itsu Kita, Koichi Matsu- 
bara, Tsuruzo Matsumura, Seiji Nakamura, 
Kyoji Suyehiro, Umetaro Suzuki, Takuro Ta- 
maru, Mitsumarn Tsujimoto, Nobuji Yamaga, 
Noboru Yamaguti. The chairman of the com- 
mittee is Professor Yukichi Osaka, Japanese 
member of the International Commission in 
charge of Annual Tables. 


ALASKA PENINSULA FISHERIES 
RESERVATION 

Unner date of February 17, 1922, an Execu- 
tive order was promulgated creating the Alaska 
Peninsula Fisheries Reservation, extending east- 
ward from the Aleutian Islands Reservation to 
a line from Foggy Cape, on the eastern end of 
Sutwik Island, to Cape Menshikof, on the 
northern shore of the Alaska Peninsula, and in- 
cluding the Shumagin Islands and the terri- 
torial waters adjacent to these lands and also 
the lands of the Aleutian Islands Reservation. 
The Secretary of Commerce is given power to 
make regulations for the proper administration 
of the newly created reservation and the waters 
covered by the executive order. The text of the 
order follows: 

EXECUTIVE ORDER 

In addition to the islands of the Aleutian Chain, 
Alaska, withdrawn and made a preserve and 
breeding ground for native birds, for the propa- 
gation of reindeer and fur-bearing animals, and 
for the encouragement and development of fish- 
erties, by the executive order of March. 3, 1913 
(No. 1733), as modified by the executive order 
of August 11, 1916 (No. 2442), a reservation 
comprising the islands, peninsulas, and lands ad- 
joining the eastern end of the reservation estab- 
lished by the said executive order of March 3, 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


1918, and extending in an easterly and northerly 
direction from Isanotski Strait to a line extending 
from low-water mark at Foggy Cape, on the east- 
ern end of Sutwik Island, to low-water mark at 
Cape Menshikof, on the northern shore of the 
Alaska Peninsula, including the Shumagin Islands 
and all other islands, peninsulas, or parts thereof 
within the described area, is hereby set apart as 
a preserve to more effectively insure the protection: 
of the fisheries and for their encouragement and 
development. This latter reservation is to be 
known as the Alaska Peninsula Fisheries Reserva- 
tion. 

It is hereby further ordered that all straits, 
bays, and other waters over which the United 
States has jurisdiction by reason of their rela- 
tion and proximity to the islands, peninsulas, and 
other lands to which this order, as well as the said 
order of March 3, 1913, applies, be and the same 
are hereby reserved and set apart also as a pre- 
serve to more effectively insure the protection of 
the fisheries and for their encouragement and 
development. 

The secretary of commerce shall have power to 
make regulations for the proper administration of 
the said Alaska Peninsula Fisheries Reservation, 
and the straits, bays, and other waters reserved 
by this executive order. 

The establishment of the reservation under this 
executive order shall not interfere with the use of . 
the waters, islands, or other lands for lighthouse, 
military, naval, or other public purposes, nor with 
the use of any of said islands or other lands under 
the laws of the United States for town-site pur- 
poses, mining purposes, or grazing of animals 
thereupon, under rules and regulations to be estab- 
lished by the secretary of the interior. 


(Signed ) WARREN G. HARDING 
The White House, February 17, 1922. 


A hearing was ealled for April 4 at the 
bureau’s office in Seattle, when statements were 
received from those interested and information 
secured as a basis for regulations for the con- 
trol of fishing in the Alaska Peninsula Fisheries 
Reservation. 


THE FLORA OF PORTO RICO 
Dr. N. L. Brrrron, director in chief of the 
New York Botanical Garden, has returned from 
Porto Rico, after three months spent in an in- 
tensive study of the Porto Rican flora.) Dr. 
Britton reports a very successful trip and the 


May 5, 1922] 


collection of some 4,000. specimens. In addi- 
tion to collecting plants and specimens for the 
garden, the object of the expedition was the ob- 
taining of data for a flora of Porto Rico and 
the adjacent islands for publication by the New 
York Academy of Sciences, as parts of the sci- 
entific survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin 
Islands. 

This survey was commenced in 1913 by the 
New York Academy of Sciences in cooperation 
with the insular Government of Porto Rico, the 
American Museum of Natural History, the New 
York Botanical Garden, the department of 
geology and of anthropology of Columbia Uni- 
versity and with other American institutions. 
The work has been prosecuted since whenever 
practicable, but was much interrupted by the 
World War. In his report to the scientific di- 
rectors of the garden, Dr. Britton says of the 
accomplishments to date in connection with the 
survey: 

The materials brought together already have 
formed the basis of numerous noteworthy con- 
tributions to knowledge, published by learned soci- 
eties and by the cooperating institutions. Pub- 
lication of the final reports was begun by the 
Academy in 1919, and three parts of the geological 
volumes and two of paleontology have now been 
issued, under the editorship of Professor R. W. 
Tower of the American Museum of Natural His- 
tory. Additional parts of the geological volumes 
are now ready for the press, to be followed by 
those dealing with the botany and vegetable re- 
sources, the zoology, archeology and anthropology 
of the islands, as rapidly as funds for printing 
become available. The completion of the work 
will make the geology and natural history of 
Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, insular posses- 
sions of the United States, the key to natural 
science knowledge of the West Indies. 


The objects of the trip as detailed by Dr. 
Britton on his return were to supplement infor- 
mation about the vegetation obtained during 
several previous visits to the region and from 
the study of many specimens obtained by other 
collectors in former years; to ascertain now that 
the geological field work in Porto Rico has been 
completed, such distribution of species as may 
be governed by soils of different mineral com- 
position, and to increase the representation of 


SCIENCE 


471 


Porto Rican plants in the collections of the gar- 
den, with duplicates for exchange with other 
botanical institutions. These objects were sat- 
isfactorily accomplished, he says, over consider- 
able areas of the island, special attention being 
given to the Northern and Southern Coastal 
Plains and to the higher mountain summits of 
the central districts. 


EXPEDITION TO THE FIJI ISLANDS 

A British government launch may be placed 
at the disposal of a party of scientifie men from 
the University of Iowa who will be in the Fiji 
Islands on a collecting expedition during June 
according to a letter to Professor C. C. Nutting 
from Mr. T. E. Fell, acting governor of Fiji. 
Professor Nutting is head of the expedition 
which will sail from Vancouver on May 19 to 
the Fijis and New Zealand to gather laboratory 
and museum material for the university. Mem- 
bers of the party are: Professor R. B. Wylie, 
head of the department of botany; Professor 
A. O. Thomas, geologist; Professor Dayton 
Stoner, entomologist and ornithologist; Mrs. 
Dayton Stoner, who will assist in entomology; 
Waldo §. Glock, photographer and assistant 
geologist; and Professor C. C. Nutting, director 
of the expedition, whose specialty is marine 
invertebrates. 

Arriving at Suva, Fiji Islands, about June 3, 
the party will be personally greeted by Governor 
Fell, who, as acting governor of Barbados at 
the time of the university’s Barbados-Antigua 
expedition in 1918, extended many courtesies to 
the members of that party, which was also in 
charge of Professor Nutting. 

The entire island of Makaluva, near Suva, 
has been placed at the disposal of the visitors, 
and the necessary buildings and equipment are 
conveniently at hand there. In addition to the 
launch the governor expresses his hope of hay- 
ing a small boat at hand for use in exploring 
the neighboring reefs, and arrangements are be- 
ing made in advance for divers and reef experts 
to aid the party. All scientific equipment is 
to be admitted free of duty. 

After remaining at Suva until early in July 
to make a study of Marine and tropical life, the 


472 


party will go to New Zealand, where animal 
and plant life and geological formations are 
of peculiar interest. The official secretary of 
New Zealand has written to say that everything 
possible will be done to make their stay in that 
country a success. It is expected that the re- 
turn voyage will end in Vancouver about Sep- 
tember 9 in time for the opening of the uni- 
versity. 


THE SECTION OF. MEDICAL SCIENCES OF 
THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION 

Ir may be of some interest, in this period of 
co-ordination, to know that at the Toronto meet- 
ing a group of parasitologists, medical entomol- 
ogists and medical workers met and decided 
upon the following policy for Section N, Medi- 
eal Sciences : 

1. That it was extremely desirable and nec- 
essary that a closer co-ordination between para- 
sitologists, entomologists and medical workers 
be worked out. 

2. That the secretary of Section N (Medical 
Science), after consulation with the secretaries 
of the related societies, arrange for a program 
which will avoid conflicts with related groups. 

3. That the secretaries of the allied societies, 
co-operating with the secretary of Section N 
(Medical Sciences), suggest those of its mem- 
bers who might be invited to take part in a 
symposium at which the significant researches 
are reported that are of interest to the alhed 
groups of workers. 

4. It was deemed undesirable to attempt for 
the present any formal co-operation between 
these related societies. 

5. That the time has come when there is a 
definite need for the discussion of such papers 
as affect the interests in the allied groups, both 
for stimulation and for information. 

6. That each secretary so arrange the papers 
of its society’s program that it may be possible 
for its members to meet with Section N (Medi- 
cal Sciences) without too serious a loss. 

7. That the joint meeting be held under the 
auspices of Section N (Medical Sciences). 

Section N (Medical Sciences) is proceeding 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1427 


with this policy on the assumption that such 
arrangements will in no way conflict with any 
program that may be adopted at the Washing- 
ton conference, held under the auspices of the 
National Research Council. 


A. J. GOLDFARB, 
Secretary. 


THE BOCHER MEMORIAL PRIZE OF THE 
AMERICAN MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY 
THE American Mathematical Society an- 

nounces the foundation of a prize in memory of 

the late Professor Maxime Bocher, of Harvard 

University. Soon after the death of Professor 

Bocher, in 1918, a fund was raised in his mem- 

ory through the efforts of Professor T. S. Fiske, 

of Columbia University, which was turned over 
to the American Mathematical Society. On 
recommendation of a committee of which Pro- 
fessor E. B. Van Vleck, of the University of 
Wisconsin, was chairman, the council of the so- 
ciety has decided to devote the interest of this 
fund to the establishment of a prize, to be called 
the Bocher Memorial Prize, and to be awarded 
at five year intervals, for a notable research 
memoir published in the Transactions of the 

American Mathematical Society during the pre- 

ceding five years by a resident of the United 

States or Canada. The age of the recipient 

shall not be over forty years, and the prize shall 

not be awarded twice to the same person. The 

first award (of $100) is to be made for a 

memoir published during the period 1918-1922, 

and will be conferred at some meeting of the 

society in 1923. 

This prize, which is believed to be the first 
mathematical prize to be given in this country 
at regular intervals for research in pure mathe- 
matics, is an especially appropriate memorial 
for Professor Bécher, not only because of his 
achievements in research, but also because of 
his great services to mathematics in this country 
as one of the founders and for many years one 
of the editors of the Transactions of the Ameri- 
can Mathematical Society; for this latter reason 
the provision that the prize must be awarded 
for a memoir published in the Transactions 
seems particularly appropriate. 


May 5, 1922] 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


At the meeting of the National Academy of 
Sciences, held in Washington on April 26, mem- 
bers were elected as follows: Edward W. Berry, 
professor of paleontology, the Johns Hopkins 
University; George K. Burgess, Bureau of 
Standards; Rufus Cole, director of the hospital 
of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Re- 
search; Luther P. Hisenhart, professor of 
mathematics, Princeton University; Joseph Er- 
langer, professor of physiology, Washington 
University Medical School; Herbert Hoover, 
secretary of commerce; George A. Hulett, pro- 
fessor of physical chemistry, Princeton Uni- 
versity; Charles A. Kofoid, professor of zo- 
ology, University of California; George P. 
Merrill, curator of geology, U. S. National Mu- 
seum; C. E. Seashore, professor of psychology, 
State University of Iowa; Charles R. Stockard, 
professor of anatomy, Cornell Medical College; 
Ambrose Swasey, president of the Warner and 
Swasey Company; W. H. Wright, astronomer, 
the Lick Observatory, University of California. 
Dr. Albert Einstein, of the University of Ber- 
lin, was elected a foreign associate. 

Av the meeting of the American Philosophical 
Society, held in the city of Philadelphia, on 
April 23 and 24, the following officers were 
elected: President, William B. Seott; vice- 
presidents, Arthur A. Noyes, Hampton L. Car- 
son, Henry Fairfield Osborn; secretaries, Arthur 
W. Goodspeed, Harry F. Keller, John A. Mil- 
ler; curators, William P. Wilson, Henry H. 
Donaldson; treasurer, Eli Kirk Price; council- 
lors, Lafayette B. Mendel, Herbert S. Jennings, 
William W. Campbell, Robert A. Millikan, 
Felix E. Schelling. Members were elected as 
follows: Charles Elmer Allen, Madison, Wis.; 
Rollins Adams Emerson, Ithaca; Worthington 
C. Ford, Cambridge, Mass; Frederick E. Ives, 
Philadelphia; Irving Langmuir, Schenectady; 
Roland 8. Morris, Philadelphia; George Wil- 
liam Norris, Philadelphia; Charles Lee Reese, 
Wilmington; Harlow Shapley, Cambridge, 
Mass.; Henry Skinner, Philadelphia; James 
Perrin Smith, Palo Alto; Charles Cutler Torrey, 
New Haven; Robert De Courey Ward, Cam- 
bridge; Henry Stephens Washington, Wash- 
ington; David Locke Webster, Stanford Uni- 
versity. 


SCIENCE 


473 


Dr. Wittiam F. Oscoop and Dr. George D. 
Birkhoff, professors of mathematics at Harvard 
University, have been elected corresponding 
members of the Gottingen Academy of Sciences. 


At the anniversary meeting of the Royal Irish 
Academy held in March, Professor T. H. Mor- 
gan, of Columbia University, and Professor 
Jules Bordet, of the University of Brussels, 
were elected honorary members in the section 
of science. 


THE Entomological Society of Brazil, on 
March 9, elected Dr. W. J. Holland, director of 
the Carnegie Museum of Pittsburgh, as one of 
its honorary members “in token of their appre- 
ciation of the services he has rendered to the 
science of entomology.” 


PROFESSOR W. NERNST will take over on April 
1 the duties of director of the Physikalisch- 
Technische Reichsanstalt, but will continue to 
act as rector of the University of Berlin until 
October 15. 

PROFESSOR DuGatp C. Jackson, head of the 
department of electrical engineering, Massachu- 
setts Institute of Technology, was elected presi- 
dent of the Boston Society of Civil Engineers at 
the annual meeting of the society on March 15. 


Dr. T. WayLanp VauGHAN has at his request 
been relieved of administrative duties as chief 
of the Coastal Plain section in the Geological 
Survey, and L. W. Stephenson has been assign- 
ed these duties. W. P. Woodring has been ap- 
pointed chief of the section of West Indian 
geologic surveys in the Coastal Plain section. 


F. J. Katz, who has been with the Census 
Bureau for several years, has returned to the 
Geological Survey and will be assistant chief of 
the Mineral Resources section. 


Hersert Poprenogr, of Stanford University,. 
has been appointed psychologist for the Califor- 
nia State Bureau of Juvenile Research, to be 
stationed at the Preston School of Industry. 

F. H. Reap, formerly assistant engineer of 
tests of the Pittsburgh Testing Laboratory, has 
resigned to accept the position as research engi- 
neer of the Office of Public Roads, with head- 
quarters at Harrisburg, Pa. 


Tue Smith’s Prizes at the University of Cam- 
bridge have been awarded to EK. A. Milne, Trin-- 


474 


ity College, for an Hssay on “Studies in the 
theory of radiative equilibrium,” and to G. C. 
Steward, Gonville and Caius College, for an 
Hssay on “The Aberration-diffraction problem.” 
J. A. Carroll, Sidney Sussex College, has been 
elected to an Isaac Newton Studentship, and the 
studentship of W. M. H. Greaves, St. John’s 
College, has been prolonged for a year. 


Tue American Medical Association has grant- 
ed to Dr. Reynold A. Spaeth, of the Depart- 
ment of Physiology, School of Hygiene and 
Public Health, Johns Hopkins University, the 
sum of $200 to further his researches on the 
relation between susceptibility and fatigue. 


Dr. W. A. Cannon, of the Department of 
Botanical Research of the Carnegie Institution 
of Washington, has returned to this country 
from South Africa where for several months he 
was engaged in making observations on the 
plants and on the conditions of plant life in 
certain of the more arid portions of that 
country. 


Proressor Lazarus Bartow, who holds the 
chair of experimental pathology at the Middle- 
sex Hospital Medical School, is visiting the 
United States to investigate methods of cancer 
research and radium treatment. 


ProFessor ALEXANDER Maximorr, formerly 
professor of histology and embryology at the 
Imperial Academy, Petrograd, has arrived in 
Chicago from Russia to accept an appointment 
in the department of anatomy at the University 
ot Chicago. 


On February 19 Dr. Francis W. Simonds 
completed thirty-two years of continuous serv- 
ice as head of the department of geology in the 
University of Texas. Dr. Simonds is now the 
senior professor in the faculty of the College of 
Arts and Sciences, and for the past five years 
he has been secretary of the general faculty. 


Tue University of Buffalo recently combined 
with Canisius College and the Buffalo Society 
of Natural Sciences in bringing Professor M. M. 
Metcalf, formerly of Oberlin College, to Buffalo 
for a series of three lectures on “Animal Distri- 
bution; Man’s Origin; Man’s Future: can he 


control it?” The lectures were given on April 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1427 


26, 27 and 28, and the course was attended by 
about 3,500 people. 


Proressor C. J. Knyser gave, on April 20, 
a lecture before the Detroit Mathematics Club 
on the mathematical obligations of philosophy 
and education. 


FREDERICK V. CoviLun, botanist of the Bu- 
vreau of Plant Industry, delivered the annual 
address before the Gamma Sigma Delta frater- 
nity of the Kansas State Agricultural College 
on April 26. His subject was the ‘Influence of 
cold in stimulating the growth of plants.”’? While 
in Manhattan, Mr. Coville visited the station 
projects and lectured before the staff members 
on “Acid tolerant plants” and related subjects. 


Str Ernest RvutTHERFORD delivered a Royal 
Institution lecture on April 7, on “The evolu- 
tion of the elements.” 


GEORGE Bruce Hatstep, professor of mathe- 
matics at the University of Texas from 1882 to 
1903 and subsequently at the State Teachers 
College, Greeley, Colorado, died in New York 
City on March 19, at the age of sixty-nine years. 


Dr. Anse A. Tyzer, professor of biology in 
James Millikin University, died of pneumonia 
on Friday, March 31. Dr. Tyler was born in 
East Bridgewater, Pa., in 1869. He did his 
undergraduate work in Lafayette College and 
received his Ph.D. from Columbia University. 
He had served on the faculties of Union Col- 
lege, Syracuse University; University of Ari- 
zona; and Bellevue College, Omaha. 

Henry Newton Dixon, formerly lecturer in 
the Oxford School of Geography and professor 
of geography in University College, Reading, 
has died at the age of fifty-six years. 

Puiuippe AuGuste Guys, professor of phys- 
ics at Geneva, died on March 27, at the age of 
sixty years. 

Proressor Heyn, whose work at the Mate- 
rialpriifungsamt, first under Martens and later 
as co-director, has made his name known to 
engineers and metallurgists, has died at Berlin 
at the age of sixty-eight years. 

Tux death is announced of Professor Robert 
Wenger, director of the Geophysical Institute of 


May 5, 1922] 


the University of Leipzig. 


By the will of the late Professor KE. C. Han- 
sen, of Copenhagen, a prize has been founded 
to consist of a gold medal and a sum of at 
least 2,000. crowns, to be awarded every two 
or three years for distinguished work in micro- 
biology, published within the preceding years 
in Denmark or elsewhere. It is proposed in 
1922 to confer the medal on some worker in 
general not medical microbiology. The founda- 
tion is in charge of the chiefs of the Carlsberg 
Laboratory at Copenhagen. Professor C. O. 
Jensen and Professor 8. P. L. Sérensen, Profes- 
sor Calmette of Paris and Professor Theobald 
Smith of Princeton are also on the committee of 
awards. 


A CONFERENCE of those who teach physiology 
in the women’s colleges of the northeast was 
held at Mount Holyoke College on April 21 and 
22. The conference had to do almost entirely 
with teaching problems, since there have been 
very few opportunities for such discussions at 
the usual scientific meetings. Among the topics 
were the aims of the courses given at the various 
institutions, the prerequisites and content of 
the courses, the choice of material for experi- 
mental purposes, the affiliations of physiology 
with chemistry, physics, zoology and hygiene, 
and the type of research possible with undeyr- 
graduates. The institutions represented were 
Barnard, Bryn Mawr, Connecticut, Goucher, 
Mount Holyoke, Simmons, Smith, Vassar and 
Wellesley. 


Wittiam Woop & Co. have transferred pub- 
lication of the New York Medical Record to the 
A. R. Elliott Advertising Agency, which pub- 
lishes the New York Medical Journal and the 
American Druggist. The Medical Record was 
first issued in March, 1866. Dr. George F. 
Schrady was editor of the journal from its in- 
ception until his death in November, 1907, 
since which time it has been under the editorial 
management of Dr. Thomas L. Stedman. 


THe publication of the Behavior Monographs 
will be discontinued upon the completion of the 
current volume (Volume 4) and a new series of 
Comparative Psychology Monographs will be 
initiated under the editorship of Professor Wal- 


SCIENCE 


475 


ter S. Hunter, of the University of Kansas, with 
the cooperation of Professor H. A. Carr, of the 
University of Chicago, Professor S. J. Holmes 
of the University of California, Professor K. S. 
Lashley, of the University of Minnesota and 
Dr. R. M. Yerkes, of the National Research 
Council. The new monograph series will be 
broader in scope than the old and, in addition 
to studies in animal behaviour, will publish 
work in human psychology conducted from the 
comparative point of view. 


Tue Permanent Bureau of All-Russian En- 
tomo-Phytopathological Congresses, Petrograd, 
desires: (1) To exchange printed matter (pub- 
lished since 1914) on entomology, phytopathol- 
ogy, mycology and zoology, with American col- 
leagues, scientific societies, agricultural experi- 
ment stations, museums of natural history, 
periodicals, ete.; (2) To receive from Ameri- 
can publishers catalogues and specimen numbers 
of various publications on the above mentioned 
subjects; (3) to receive catalogues and price 
lists from American firms dealing in apparatus 
and chemicals used in combating plant enemies. 
Mr. D. N. Borodin will forward packages of 
books, bulletins, ete. for Russia, addressed to 
him at No. 110 West 40th Street, New York 
City. 

Tue Kelp-Potash Plant of the Bureau of 
Soils, U. S. Department of Agriculture, at Sum- 
merland, California, was sold and transferred 
on April 1 to Mv. Rodney Benson of Santa Bar- 
bara. This plant was constructed in 1917 and 
operated for four years as an experimental and 
demonstrational plant with a view to the devel- 
opment of processes for extracting potash and 
by-products from the giant kelps of the Pacific. 
It was closed through Congressional action in 
1921. The plant will be enlarged and put back 
into operation at once for the manufacture of 
“Kelpchar” (a decolorizing carbon of very high 
activity), potash salts, and iodine. Dr. J. W. 
Turrentine, who was in charge of the plant 
throughout the period of the experimentation, 
after turning over to the Government’s succes- 
sors the manufacturing data established there, 
will return to Washington, D. C. 

THE Journal of the Washington Academy of 
Sciences reports that Dr. T. T. Waterman, lately 


476 


appointed ethnologist of the Bureau of Ameri- 
can Ethnology, has left for field-work in Alaska, 
Oregon and Washington. He will first proceed 
to the Kasaan National Monument, Alaska, to 
study the architecture, totem poles and other 
objects at this village and will be accompanied 
by a half-breed Haida, related by marriage to 
Chief Skoul. It is expected that considerable 
legendary data bearing on history and sociology 
of the former inhabitants of Kasaan will also be 
collected. Should the results justify further 
work it is planned to continue field-work on 
place names and aboriginal village sites of 
Alaska to be followed later by work on strati- 
graphic archeology in more northern latitudes in 
order to discover if possible traces of the oldest 
Indians in this supposed prehistoric gateway of 
the migration of man into North America. 


AccorDING to the correspondent of the Asso- 
ciated Press, boring into the crater of Kilauea, 
the active voleano on the Island of Hawaii, will 
be started May 1 in an effort to ascertain the 
heat underground and to discover whether it 
can be turned into industrial channels. A con- 
tract has been signed and the work, which will 
consume approximately six months, will be 
under the direction of Professor T. A. Jagger, 
voleanologist, in charge of the Kilauea observa- 
tory. Holes will be bored to various depths on 
all sides of the Kilauea crater, the great Kau 
desert to the south and at accessible spots on 
the floor of the crater. It is planned to bore 
into the lava flows of 1921, 1919, 1918, 1894, 
and in some more ancient flows, to ascertain 
whether any of the heat generated by those dis- 
turbances remains underground. 


THe Collins collection of alge, covering 
both the seaweeds and their fresh-water rela- 
tives, has recently been acquired for the 
herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden 
in Bronx Park through the generosity of its 
director-in-chief, Dr. N. L. Britton. The new 
accession includes more than 40,000 specimens 
from nearly all parts of the world, New 
England, Bermuda, Florida, California, Alaska, 
the Philippine Islands, Japan, the Dutch Hast 
Indies, South Africa, Australia and the South 
Sea Islands being especially well represented. 
Frank Shipley Collins of Malden and later of 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


North Eastham, Mass., was a business man 
who devoted his leisure to the advancement of 
scientific knowledge. The Collins collection is 
the latest of an importnt series of large collec- 
tions which have been purchased to facilitate 
the scientific researches that are carried on in 
the Bronx Park institution. Among these are 
the J. B. Ellis collection of fungi, numbering 
about 80,000 specimens; the Mitten collection 
of mosses and hepatics, including about 50,000 
specimens; the Underwood fern collection, with 
16,000 specimens; the Otto Kuntze herbarium 
of more than 30,000 miscellaneous specimens, 
presented to the Garden by the late Andrew 
Carnegie; the Vigener herbarium of more 
than 20,000 specimens, also presented by Mr. 
Carnegie; the A. Henry collection of Chinese 
plants, including nearly 8,000 specimens, and 
the Jenman collection of West Indian and 
South American ferns, comprising about 4,000 
specimens and given by the late D. O. Mills, 
the first president of the Board of Managers 
of the New York Botanical Garden. The num- 
ber. of specimens in the entire herbarium of 
the garden is now approaching 2,000,000 . 

THE ninth annual Faculty Research Lecture 
at the University of California by election by 
the Academie Senate was given by Dr. Charles 
A. Kofoid, professor of zoology in the univer- 
sity who spoke on Charter Day, March 22, on 
“Amceba and man.” The discovery was an- 
nounced of the detection of amceba in the bone 
marrow in eases of Ely’s second type of 
arthritis deformans in man. The amebic na- 
ture of the parasites in the bone lesions was 
demonstrated by their mode of cell division 
and the number of chromosomes which differ 
from those of human cells. 


THE correspondent of the London Times at 
Paris, under date of February 15, writes that 
the solemn reception of Mme. Curie by the 
Academy of Medicine is a fait accompli. The 
secretary-general read the terms of the decree 
by which the president of the republic ap- 
proved the election of Mme. Curie. As an un- 
precedented mark of honor, M. Béhal made a 
speech to welcome the first Académicienne. He 
reminded her that it was about twenty years 
ago that, in response to his request, she gave 
a lecture at the Sorbonne on radium, which she 


May 5, 1922] 


had discovered, and was studying with her hus- 
band, Pierre Curie. He rapidly reviewed the 
ground traveled since then, and continued: 
“All these discoveries which result from yours 
are as nothing compared with the fundamental 
fact which you found—I mean the formidable 
energy contained in the atomic system. If we 
are to succeed in being able to release it 
methodically it would relieve the world from 
the dread of seeing disappear, at short notice, 
reckoning time in relation to the age of the 
world, the fuel accumulated in former centuries 
which is at present our principal source of 
energy.” Mme. Curie bowed low and took her 
seat simply and without a word among her 
eminent colleagues. 


Dr. Lynps Jones, from the department of 
animal ecology of Oberlin College, is arranging 
a special field expedition to leave Oberlin on 
June 23, going west through Illinois, across 
the Mississippi to Iowa and on toward Mac- 
Gregor, through Southern Dakota, across the 
Big Horn Mountains in Wyoming into Yellow- 
stone Park. The itinerary will then take the 
party to Poeatelo, Idaho, on to Salt Lake City 
and southern Utah, visiting the National Moun- 
tains and Bryce’s Canyon. Leaving Utah, the 
group will strike across the northern part of 
Arizona and the southern tip of Nevada into 
southern California. Proceeding to the coast a 
week’s camp will be made near San Diego. 
Sixteen students will make up the party, trav- 
eling with automobiles with complete camping 
outfit. Special attention will be given to the 
study of bird and animal life and field maps 
and topographical surveys will be prepared 
covering all parts of the route. 


Tue Department of Commerce will send a 
party, headed by Assistant Secretary C. H. 
Huston, to Alaska this summer for the purpose 
of making a general investigation of conditions 
in which that department is particularly inter- 
ested. The Bureau of Fisheries, the Coast and 
Geodetic Survey, the Lighthouse Service and 
the Steamboat Inspection Service are the 
bureaus of the department which are closely 
identified with the affairs of the territory. It 
is the purpose to determine in what ways these 
bureaus can be made of greater benefit in devel- 


SCIENCE 417 


oping Alaska. Particular attention will be de- 
voted to the salmon fisheries, which yield 
produets of an average annual value of about 
$40,000,000 and in normal seasons give employ- 
ment to upwards of 20,000 persons and repre- 
sent an investment of about $70,000,000. It 
will be the purpose also to observe conditions 
in respect to the fur-seal industry at the 
Pribilof Islands, which work is administered 
by the Department of Commerce through the 
Bureau of Fisheries. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


THE Journal of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation states that ground was broken on April 
10 for a new building which will accommodate 
the departments of botany, zoology, pharm- 
acology and physiologic chemistry at Tulane 
University of Louisiana School of Medicine, 
New Orleans. The building is to be four stories 
high and will be erected at a cost of about $180,- 
000, $125,000 of which has been subscribed by 
the general education board. The laboratory 
will be equipped at a cost of $30,000 and it is 
expected that the institution will be completed 
in December. 


Dr. Warristp THrosatp Lonacorr, Bard 
professor of medicine at Columbia University, 
and physician in chief at the Presbyterian Hos- 
pital, New York City, has been appointed pro- 
fessor of medicine at the Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity Medical Department, and physician in 
chief at the Johns Hopkins Hospital, beginning 
on July 1, when the one-year term of Dr. H. 
Canby Robinson will expire. Dr. Robinson 
went to the hospital with the understanding 
that at the end of one year he was to return to 
his post as professor of medicine and dean of 
the Vanderbilt University Medical Department. 

Proressor CHaries L. Norton, head of the 
division of cooperation and research at the Mas- 
sachusetts Institute of Technology, will become 
head of the. department of physics, vacant by 
the acceptance by Professor E. B. Wilson of a 
eall to the Harvard School of Public Health. 


BengaMIN Brirron GoTTSBERGER, who since 
1920 has been a consulting engineer with offices 


478 


in New York City, has been appointed professor 
of mining in Yale University to succeed Pro- 
fessor James F. McClelland who resigned in 
1919. 


Av the New York Post-Graduate Medical 
School and Hospital, the laboratory of patho- 
logical chemistry, formerly a division of the de- 
partment of laboratories, has been made an in- 
dependent department and the name changed 
to the department of biochemistry. The per- 
sonnel consists of Victor C. Myers, Ph.D., pro- 
fessor and director; Cameron V. Bailey, M.D., 
and John A. Killian, Ph.D., assistant profes- 
sors; Hilda M. Croll, M.A., associate and Her- 
bert W. Schmitz, M.D., assistant. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
THE FUTILITY OF THE HUMAN YOLK SAC 


In the current issue of the Anatomical 
Record, Professor Arey publishes a brief but 
very interesting contribution (No. 90) from the 
Anatomical Laboratory of Northwestern Uni- 
versity. He describes a human chorion con- 
taining two embryos, of 11.5 and 12 mm. 
respectively, one of which has a yolk sac, and 
the other has none—that is, none was found, 
and sections of the umbilical cord showed no 
trace of a yolk stalk. Hence the broad con- 
clusion is drawn that “the human yolk sac is a 
vestige unessential to growth or differentia- 
tion (ineluding vasculogenesis).” It is stated 
that one of these embryos “received all, or 
essentially all, the cells destined to form a 
yolk sae” and that “the total absence of a 
yolk sae in one embryo, which is otherwise 
normal in every way, further demonstrates 
conclusively that this organ is not essential to 
the growth of an embryo or to the proper dif- 
ferentiation of its parts; indeed, the embryo 
in question is slightly larger than its twin.” 

Since from the days of Wolff the yolk sac 
has been regarded as the source of the intes- 
tinal tract, and in young human embryos is 
seen to be the organ from which the allantoic 
duct and the digestive tube proceed, the 
startling nature of this conclusion becomes 
apparent. But it is universally recognized 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


that the yolk sac does its work in early stages, 
and though the sae usually persists as a fune- 
tionless rudiment until birth, its duet normally 
becomes parted through atrophy in embryos 
younger than the one under consideration. 
Does Dr. Arey’s case indicate anything more 
than the precocious obliteration of the stalk of 
an organ no less essential than the placenta, 
likewise cast off after its very vital functions 
have been performed? ; 

Tf the question is raised, Where then is the 
yolk sae in Dr. Arey’s case? his own studies 
furnish a plausible answer, since in another 
specimen he has deseribed a single sac with 
two stalks, each leading to a separate embryo. 
Under such cireumstances, the early oblitera- 
tion of one of the stalks would give rise to the 
conditions observed in the second case, and 
this possibility must be eliminated before ac- 
cepting the proposed conclusion. In reading 
the account of a human embryo without a yolk 
sae, we recall Bentham’s incredulous comment, 
“T am very glad, my dear sir, that you saw 
that, for had I seen it myself, I wouldn’t have 
believed it.” 

) Freperic T. Lewis 

HARVARD MepIcAL SCHOOL, 

Boston, MASSACHUSETTS 


DEFLECTION OF STREAMS BY EARTH 
ROTATION 

THE recent note by Professor Jennings sug- 
gesting that the steeper valley sides on the 
right of the south-flowing streams on Long 
Island may be due in some manner to wind 
action instead of to the deflective effect of the 
earth’s rotation is a welcome contribution to 
an old problem. In spite of Gilbert’s apparent 
acceptance of the earth’s rotation in explana- 
tion of the unsymmetrical cross-section of those 
valleys, the small size of their streams has 
always stood in the way of it, all the more 
since Bowman showed, on the basis of accurate 
maps of the lower Mississippi, that even that 
great river shifted its course to the east or left, 
apparently under the control of the wind, and 
not to the west or right, as it should if the 
earth’s rotation were in control.t 


1Screncr, XX, 1904, 273-277. 


May 5, 1922]- 


It is, however, interesting to note that the 
remarkably well defined right-handed or east- 
ward shifting of many radial streams that flow 
down the gentle slope of the great alluvial fan, 
known as the plateau of Lannemezan, at the 
northern base of the Pyrenees—hbeautifully 
shown on the 1:80,000 map of France, sheets 
216, 217, 227, 228, 229, 239, 240, and 241— 
has been explained by Marchand and Fabre? 
not as a consequence of the earth’s rotation but 
as a result of stronger action of rain driven 
by westerly winds; so that here it is the valley 
sides facing against the wind that are the 
steeper, while on Long Island the steeper val- 
ley sides face with the winds. It is difficult to 
understand just how either explanation works, 
but in any case the relation of the steep valley 
sides and the prevailing winds is unlike in the 
two examples. 

W. M. Davis 

CAMBRIDGE, MAss., 

APRIL 2, 1922 


POSSIBLE CAUSE OF THE RED COLOR OF 
POTASH SALTS 

THE red color of certain potash and ordinary 
salt deposits has been observed in many parts 
of the world, for example, in the Indian, Ger- 
man, Alsatian and Spanish potash deposits, in 
Nova Scotia, west Texas and doubtless in other 
places that the writer has not heard of. The 
same, though a less intense coloration has been 
observed by the writer in the surface salt and 
strong brine standing in the trenches and in 
pools along the margin of the salt ponds where 
solar salt is made along the shore of San Fran- 
cisco Bay, California. It has been noted at 
Searles Lake in the same state. I am told that 
the same red color exists also in the solar salt 
ponds on Turks Island. It is undoubtedly of 
common occurrence in many places where solar 
evaporation results in producing salt, either 
naturally or artificially. 

The red color associated with certain potash 
minerals is so common that it has come almost 
to be regarded as a means of identifying cer- 


2Les érosions torrentielles et subaériennes sur 
les plateaux des Hautes Pyrénées. OC. R. Congr. 
Soc. savantes, 1900. 


SCIENCE 


479 


tain of them, for example, the mineral carnal- 
lite in the German deposits. There is however, 
as chemists well know, nothing inherent in the 
composition of carnallite (KC1.MgCl,.6H,0) 
to cause this red tint and indeed the normal 
color of the pure double salt should be the same 
as that of ordinary white rock salt. 

There has been a great diversity of opinion 
as to the origin of the red color in solar salt 
and bitterns where solar evaporation is in pro- 
eress. That it is not necessarily due to the 
presence of iron appears evident from the ob- 
servations of George Lunge, the expert on sul- 
phurie acid manufacture. Lunge' states that: 

The red. color exhibited by many alkaline 
salt lakes, which is often also apparent in the 
salt deposits, is ascribed by Payen? to the pres- 
ence of small crustaceans, Artemia Salina Leach 
(Cancer salinus Linné), which appear in large 
masses when the water has attained a density of 
1.16, and which are of a gray or greenish color; 
on further concentration to a specific gravity of 
1.21, they die and form a red froth at the sur- 
face. ... I, for my part, must decline to accept 
the assumption that the red color is regularly 
caused by the presence of Artemia or other ani- 
mal organisms, if it is ever due to that cause; 
for the samples of red water which I had myself 
taken from the lakes of the Wade Atrun have 
preserved that color during the many years I have 
kept those samples. The red filtrate shows noth- 
ing under the miscroscope; the color is at once 
discharged by adding nitric acid or hypochloride 
and hydrochloric acid and is evidently caused by 
organic substances present in solution. There is 
no iron present. 

Recent studies made in the U. S. Bureau of 
Fisheries, Department of Commerce, connected 
with the reddening of salt fish are of interest 
and importance in this connection. They are 
also of economic value in view of the consider- 
able annual losses to the fish industry caused 
by salt fish developing a red color when stored 
under moist conditions. The Bureau investiga- 
tions, which were conducted by W. W. Browne’, 


i Lunge, Geo., Sulphuric Acid and Alkali, Vol. 
2, pt. 1, p. 58, 1909. 

2Payen, Anselme, Annales chim. et phys., 2d 
ser., Vol. 65, p. 156, 1837. 

3 Bureau of Fisheries, Document 896, 1920, pp. 
27-28. 


480 


indicate that the red color is due to two micro- 
organisms, which probably originated in the 
sea salt used in euring the fish. The color 
varies from pale pink to deep crimson, the 
former the result of the growth of a spirochete, 
and the latter produced by a bacillus form. 
These microorganisms grow in completely 
saturated brine on salt fish and on salt piles, 
but no growth appears in media containing 
less than 15 per cent. of salt by weight. The 
most favorable temperature for the growth of 
both organisms is between 50° and 60° C. in- 
dicating that the salt lagoons of the tropies 
are probably sources of infection. Sunlight 
is not germicidal, which also points to their 
tropical origin where pigmentation is required 
against bright sunlight. Ordinary bacteria are 


killed by ten minutes exposure to the bright. 


sunshine. Salt acts as a preservative prevent- 
ing the growth of most organisms, but here is 
an instance of just the opposite effect. 

In summary, the results of recent investiga- 
tion indicate that the cause of the red color in 
solar salt and brine is due to organisms as in- 
dicated above and that their source is salt pro- 
duced by solar evaporation. Both European 
and American sea salt is infected, but mined 
salt is free from their presence. 

The studies made by the Bureau of Fish- 
eries and by others before it (See Bibliography 
published by Bureau of Fisheries) have sug- 
gested to the writer that possibly causes allied 
to those now producing red coloration in solar 
salts may have been active as long ago as the 
Permian. Whatever may be the main cause 
of the reddening of the Permian potash salts, 
the question naturally arises, is the reddening 
in the potash salts of the German Permian, the 
Alsatian Oligocene and the Spanish Tertiary 
deposits due to the same or similar agencies 
that are causing reddening in the solar salt 
of the present time. It is probable that both 
types of salts have been formed under essen- 
tially similar conditions, that is, salt pan con- 
ditions. If this last statement be admitted, 
then it points to the growth of bacteria, at 
least intermittently, from the Permian down to 
the present. 

This is presented to induce further study 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. -LV, No. 1427 


along this line and to elicit discussion and 
opinions. Such studies may also throw some 
light on temperatures during Permian and 
later geologic time. 
W. C. PHALEN, 
THE SoLvAY Process CoMPANY, 
Syracuse, New York, 


POPULAR SCIENCE 


To tHE Epitor oF ScieNcE: I am sorry to 
see that Dr. E. Dorsey confirms! the opinion 
expressed by Dr. Brooks? and myself* that sci- 
ence is relatively losing ground in popular 
interest and esteem. I fear he is right also in 
saying that this is in part the fault of scien- 
tists. For the prevalent indifference and even 
hostility of the public to the higher teachings 
of science may be matched by the indifference 
and even hostility of certain scientific men to 
the “vulgarisation of science.” 

It is quite true, as Dr. Dorsey points out, 
that isolated facts, however numerous and 
authentic, do not constitute science. I have 
kept that point in mind in all our Science 
Service work. For instance I said in a recent 
magazine article :* 

We can get from the reading of science not 
only new things to think about, but, what is more 
important, new ways of thinking about things. 


But I hope that Dr. Dorsey will not dis- 
courage those of us who are trying to get a 
larger amount of “mere information” in the 
newspapers. A few more facts are really 
needed to season the mass of fiction there. We 
may also hope to get over some idea of the 
relations between facts and how the scientist 
finds his facts and what he gets out of them. 
But we ean not expect that the newspaper 
reader will acquire the habit of persistent ex- 
perimentation, constant criticism, rigorous rea- 
soning, projection of hypotheses, balancing of 
theories and suspension of judgment character- 
istic of the scientific mind. . If the layman 


1 ScIENCE, 55: 374, 1922. 

2 Journal Washington Academy of 
12: 73, 1922. 

8 SCIENCE, 55: 241, 1922. 

4 ‘Science from the Side Lines,’’ in The Cen- 
tury, January, 1922. 


Sciences, 


May 5, 1922] 


could get all this he would be not a layman but 
a scientist. The most we can expect is that the 
layman may gain sufficient acquaintance with 
scientific thinking to understand the methods 
and aims of research and to appreciate its value 
to civilization. That he does not commonly 
acquire such comprehension and appreciation is 
because the men who understand the value of 
science have been too often unwilling to take 
the pains to impart their information and 
inspiration to. him. 

We are told that Agassiz required of his stu- 
dents in every department to prepare “first a 
monograph, second a scientific lecture, third a 
popular lecture, fourth a simple child’s tale.” 
How many of our annual army of Ph.D.’s 
would pass the third and fourth of these intelli- 
gence tests? Agassiz had his reward in the 
dozens of devoted disciples who became the 
teachers of the next generation and in the 
thousands of young people who bear his badge 
as they search forest and strand with curious 
eyes. But we need more men of the Agassiz 
type—and we seem to be getting fewer. 

England, as I showed in ScrencE, seems to 
have more men of high standing who are will- 
ing and able to translate their learning into the 
vernacular. It would be hard to match in all 
America the popular lecturers of the Royal 
Institution from Faraday to Bragg. But even 
in England we hear complaints of the growing 
gulf between the specialist and the public. The 
once-popular lectures to workingmen are now 
said to be running short of both speakers and 
hearers. Last year the columns of Nature 
were filled for months with diseussions of why 
the lay membership of the British Association 
for the Advancement of Science was falling 
off. The British Association has always had 
the advantage of ours in the large number of 
citizens, not professionally engaged in scien- 
tific pursuits, who would support and attend 
the annual meetings but now it is becoming, 
like the American Association, a congeries of 
highly specialized sections. 

Several of the correspondents in Nature ex- 
pressed the opinion that the public had lost 
interest and confidence in science because scien- 
tists have lost their fighting spirit and the 
courage of their convictions. They take every- 
thing lying down nowadays and do not dare to 


SCIENCE 


481 


defend their views or even defend their right 
to hold and teach their views. 

This is a point worthy of consideration by 
those American men of science who have 
adopted the policy of treating with dignified 
contempt the present legislative and ecclesias- 
tical attacks upon their intellectual freedom. 
Little is being done in scientific circles to check 
the rising tide of superstition and intolerance 
now sweeping over the land. Perhaps when 
appropriations are eut off, as in South Caro- 
lina, on the ground that the university has an 
evolutionist on the premises our scientific 
pacifists may sharpen up their pens and turn 
out literature as interesting to the general 
reader as Huxley’s debate with Gladstone about 
the demons who converted the pigs of Gadara 
into pickled pork. 

Dr. Dorsey is wise in putting “accounts of 
discoveries” first in his list of popular science 
subjects. But who will write them? I have 
been hunting in vain for writers who could 
sense the dramatic elements in such a scene as 
Archimedes’ bath and tell how this ancient graft 
case led to the law of specific gravity. Who 
will describe the feelings of Faraday when he 
saw the loose end of a little magnet rotating 
about an electric wire in the dingy laboratory 
of the Royal Institution and then explain what 
that had to do with the trolley cars that are 
passing in the street? 

The history of science is as rich a field for 
the cultivation of good literature as the history 
of literature, art and music but it remains un- 
tilled for want of attention. Students have 
been trained to look another way. The aim is 
now to eliminate the personal element from 
science and reduce it to an abstract and time- 
less formula. This may be necessary as a S¢i- 
entific method but it naturally results in the 
decline of interest. The old textbooks are 
more readable than the modern. A  distin- 
guished physicist, in discussing this point with 
me, said: “When I was in college I had to 
study Hastings and Beach but I read Deschanel 
for my own amusement.” I am not advising 
that our textbooks should return to the 
leisurely literary style of long ago but we can 
not expect depersonalized science to be popular. 
Whatever is without “human interest” is not 
interesting to humanity. Dehydrated potatoes 


482 


are convenient for conveyance but they have to 
be soaked up before they are palatable. 


Epwin E. Stosson 
ScigENcCE SERVICE 


WASHINGTON 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 
An Introduction to Cytology. By Lester W. 
Suarp. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New 
York, 1921. 452 pages, 159 illustrations. 


For a subject of such wide interest and 
great significance as cytology, there are sur- 
prisingly few text books. For years Wilson’s 
classic work, “The Cell in Development and 
Inheritance,’ has been the chief reference vol- 
ume, especially of the beginning investigator. 
Very recently two English texts, one by W. E. 
Agar, “Cytology, with Special Reference to the 
Metazoan Nucleus,’ and another by L. Don- 
easter, “An Introduction to the Study of 
Cytology,” have appeared. These are good 
books, dealing in both cases, however, with a 
rather limited field and largely with animal ma- 
terial. There has long been felt the need for an 
introductory text which would present an out- 
line of the subject in both its botanical and 
zoological aspects. The rapid advances made 
by numerous investigators, working upon a 
great variety of materials, and the intimate 
relation of these in many cases to equally rapid 
developments in the other new science of 
genetics, have made the writing of a cytological 
text book a very difficult matter. 

Professor Sharp, despite these obstacles, has 
done an excellent piece of work for he not only 
covers the fields of botany and zoology, but 
embraces in his consideration of subjects most 
of those necessary for an understanding of the 
scope of cytological knowledge. Very properly, 
however, he places emphasis upon the topics of 
greatest general interest. We find, therefore, 
that of the 452 pages of text, 240 are devoted 
to the hereditary mechanism and the results of 
its operation. Zoologists, particularly, will 
welcome so comprehensive a summary of the 
achievements of their botanical fellows as Pro- 
fessor Sharp presents. While this is naturally 
the strong part of the work, zoological material 
is well considered. Indeed, the author deserves 
special commendation for the completeness and 
fairness with which the contributions of zoolo- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


gists are treated. In view of the general ex- 
cellence of the book in this respect, it might be 
permitted, in the interest of the accuracy for 
which the author very evidently strives, to 
point out that in a few cases he has allowed 
his personal studies to influence his presenta- 
tion of topics concerning which there are dif- 
ferences of opinion. Perhaps the most con- 
spicuous example of this is in the discussion 
of the differential structure of the chromatin 
thread. While there may be uncertainty on 
this point in plant material, there is none in 
many animal forms. 

The method by which the material is pre- 
sented is entirely to be commended. In recog- 
nition of the developmental stage of the sub- 
ject, Professor Sharp has endeavored to set 
forth its status by showing what the problems 
are and how they are being met, rather than 
by attempting to define in categorical terms 
the content of our knowledge. The spirit and 
motives of an investigation are as important as 
its achievement, and, since cytology is now so 
largely a matter of discovery, it would be a 
misrepresentation to exhibit it otherwise than 
as an active field of research. 

As practical measures for such a presenta- 
tion it may be noted that the numerous illus- 
trations are, almost always, copies of those 
found in research papers instead of those from 
text books; extensive bibliographies follow 
each chapter, offering the means for a compre- 
hension of the extent of the work done and for 
following up any particular subject;! there is 
a full index in which may be found the tax- 
onomic position of all materials discussed; 
scattered through the chapters are brief his- 
torical or critical reviews of nomenclature; 
there are frequent diagrammatic figures which 


1 As indicating the scope and character of these 
references it may be noted that at the end of 
Chapter XI, ‘‘The Reduction of the Chromo- 
somes,’’ a total of 170 individuals, of 11 nation- 
alities, are quoted. The distribution of these 
biologists is interesting, indicating, as it does in 
a general way, the interest in cytology exhibited 
in different countries. Of the 170 individuals 
referred to, there are 54 Americans, 46 Germans, 
26 British, 13 French, 9 Japanese, 7 Scandina- 
vians, 6 Belgians, 4 Hollanders, 2 Russians, 2 
Italians, and 1 Pole. 


May 5, 1922] 


present concisely the essential steps in the 
processes under consideration. These, with 
other features, make the book very accessible 
and helpful. It might here be suggested that 
the diagrams would be improved by larger 
index characters, and that somewhere a concise 
index to the various terminologies scattered 
through the chapters would make them more 
available. 

It is not to be hoped that in a book of this 
character there should be an absence of errors, 
although in this imstance they are not so 
numerous as usual. Certainly they do not 
render the text as a whole unsafe for the un- 
guided beginner. Because of the merit of the 
book in general and its obvious adaptability to 
the present needs of a great variety of people, 
it is particularly important to reduce errors of 
all sorts to a minimum. Undoubtedly, the cor- 
dial invitation of the author for assistance in 
eliminating these will be met with a helpful 
response by his fellow workers. Here it should 
suffice to speak of only more general features 
needing attention. 

Owing to the fact that the book will most 
largely be used by those generally unfamiliar 
with cytology, and having varied approaches 
to it, there is need for the greatest clearness in 
distinguishing between the different categories 
of objects and conditions described. This is 
not. always done and there is sometimes con- 
fusion between gene and character, and be- 
tween the valence of the elements in the 
chromosome complex. In the effort to simplify 
the presentation of the maturation phenomena 
in some of the diagrams, only one mitosis is 
shown. While this displays clearly one of the 
important conditions of meiosis it entirely 
neglects another, viz., the essential unity of the 
two maturation mitoses as a process. This is 
further emphasized by the consistent use of the 
terms “heterotypic” and “homotypic.” Enough 
evidence has been presented to show beyond 
question that the first maturation mitosis is not 
necessarily a reduction division as the terms 
imply. It is necessary only to recall the be- 
havior of the sex chromosomes in the Hemip- 
tera and the “selected chromosomes” in Phry- 
notittix, as described by Wenrich, to demon- 
strate this. There is something in meiosis be- 
sides a reduction division and an ordinary 


SCIENCE 


483 


equation division. It is important to show 
clearly that meiosis is a unique phenomenon. 
Doubtless, there are other instances of sim- 
ilar differences in point of view between 
author and reviewer which might be used to 
illustrate the present status of opinion in 
cytology, and the degree of adaptability of the 
text of Professor Sharp as an introduction to 
the subject. What has been given will, how- 
ever, suffice to show that the existing differences 
of opinion are not extreme, that they are fairly 
presented in the text, and that in their exposi- 
tion, a work has been produced that will serve 
to extend the usefulness and influence of 
cytology greatly. It is not venturing far to 
predict that the “Introduction to Cytology” 
will take its place as a worthy member of the 
very successful series of which it is a part. 


C. E. McCiune 


» SPECIAL ARTICLES 
CONTINUOUS RENEWAL OF NUTRIENT 
SOLUTION FOR PLANTS IN WATER- 
CULTURES 


In the experimental study of the salt nutri- 
tion of plants, it is of course very important 
that all the influential features of the culture 
media be definitely known. The initial com- 
position of a mixed salt solution employed for 
water-cultures may be known with a marked 
degree of accuracy, but the chemical make-up 
of such a nutrient solution begins to be altered 
immediately after the introduction of the 
plants; materials, of course, move from the 
roots into the solution, as well as in the oppo- 
site direction, and the solution soon becomes 
significantly different from what it originally 
was. Since there is no feasible way by which 
all the various kinds and rates of alteration 
may be adequately determined, the culture 
solutions must be renewed from time to time if 
the growth of the plants is to be correlated 
with known chemical conditions surrounding 
their roots, and renewal must be frequent 
enough to allow these unknown alterations to 
be regarded as uninfluential. 

How frequently water-culture solutions 
should be renewed is always a difficult ques- 
tion. With small culture vessels, with large 
plants, or with many plants in a vessel, it is 


484 


clear that renewal ought to be more frequent 
than with larger vessels, smaller plants, and 
so forth. The labor involved is generally a 
serious consideration also. Whether solutions 
were renewed frequently enough, in particular 
experiments, to allow growth to be correlated 
with the characteristics of the solutions as 
these were originally prepared has been a sub- 
ject of discussion from time to time. To an- 
swer this question for any experiment, a num- 
ber of different renewal frequencies may be 
simultaneously tested, to determine how often 
the solutions must be changed in order that no 
difference in growth may result with still more 
frequent renewal. 

A consideration of this question, together 
with the amount of labor involved in renewing 
a large series of solutions, leads obviously to 
the suggestion that the solution might be made 
to flow continuously through the culture vessel, 
the inflow being of known composition and the 
outflow being discarded. If the rate of flow is 
rapid enough, the discarded solution will not be 
significantly different from the inflow, and the 
roots may be said to have been in a known set 
of chemical surroundings throughout the cul- 
ture period. Several rates of flow should be 
simultaneously tested, at least in a preliminary 
way, in order to make sure that the data 
studied shall have been secured with a suffi- 
ciently rapid rate. By employing continuous 
flow, the labor of renewing solutions would be 
practically avoided, since the apparatus would 
operate continuously without alteration, aside 
from the preparation of solutions and their 
introduction into the apparatus from time to 
time. The apparatus should automatically 
maintain any desired rate of flow through the 
culture vessel. \ 

The need of an apparatus for continuous 
flow has become increasingly evident through- 
out the recent development (begun by Schrei- 
ner and Skinner, and Tottingham) of water- 
culture experimentation by means of logically 
complete series of salt combinations. A pre- 
liminary step was taken when Trelease and 
Free,! working in this laboratory in 1916, con- 


1 Trelease, 8. F., and E. E. Free: ‘‘The effect 
of the renewal of the culture solutions on the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


cluded that Shive’s nutrient solution R5C2 
(1.75 atm.) gave better growth the more fre- 
quently the solution was renewed, a continuous 
flow giving better growth than did daily re- 
newal. Although, with the gradually improv- 
ing technique of the water-culture method, 
many workers? have doubtless appreciated the 
desirability of continuous flow, constantly 
flowing solutions appear not to have been sub- 
jected to any further tests thus far recorded 
in the literature? It is interesting to note, 
however, that the logical need of continuously 
renewed culture solutions was clearly stated by 
Stiles.t when he wrote: “In no case has a con- 
stantly renewed culture solution been employed. 
Thus the ratio of the various constituents was 
probably constantly changing throughout the 
experiments, and instead of being a constant 
factor was an unknown and varying one.” 
Also, Duggar® mentioned the need of fre- 
quently renewed or continuously flowing solu- 
tions, but coneluded that any operation involv- 
ing continuous flow “would be impracticable 
in most of our experimental work.” 

This paper is planned to emphasize still fur- 
ther the need of flowing solutions and to pre- 
sent a brief description of an arrangement for 
securing them. 

The accompanying diagram shows the main 
features of the apparatus, which consists 


growth of young wheat plants in water-cultures. 
Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., N. 8., No. 3, March, 
1917, pp. 227 and 228. 

2 Conner, S. D., and O. H. Sears: ‘‘ Aluminum 
salts and acids at varying hydrogen-ion concen- 
trations, in relation to plant growth in water 
cultures. Soil Science, 13: 23-33, 1922, p. 27. 

3In 1865 Nobbe flowed solution into a vessel 
in which ‘plants were growing, but he seems not 
to have tried to control the rate of flow. 

4 Stiles, Walter: ‘‘On the interpretation of the 
results of water culture experiments.’’ Annal. 
Bot., 30: 427-436, 1916. 

5 Duggar, B. M., ‘‘ Hydrogen ion concentration 
and the composition of nutrient solutions in rela- 
tion to the growth of seed plants. Annals Mis- 
sourt Bot. Gard., 7: 1-49, 1920, p. 43.—Idem., 
““The use of ‘insoluble’ salts in balanced solu- 
tions for seed plants.’’? Ibid., 7: 307-327, 1920, 
p. 308. 


to 
bo 


May 5, 19: 


ve 


essentially of four parts: the upper reservoir 
(R), the constant-level tank (L), the lower 
reservoir (QO), and the culture vessel (V). The 
upper reservoir (R) holds 5 gallons of solu- 
tion when full, and acts like a constant-pressure 
aspirator, drawing air through tube A’A and 
delivering solution through the siphon tube 
(B), to the constant-level tank (L). The latter 
is a piece of 5-em. glass tubing closed below by 
means of a rubber stopper with three tubes, 
B, E, and D. Solution flows into the tank 
through tube B, at a rate somewhat greater 
than is required for the culture vessel, and 
the excess passes into the lower reservoir (O), 
through the tube E, the tank level being auto- 
matically maintained at the top of the last- 
mentioned tube. The rate of flow through B is 
adjusted by adjusting the height of the lower 
end of tube A with reference to the upper end 
of E. Solution flows at a practically constant 
rate from the constant-level tank, through a 
small-bore delivery tube (D), and drips regu- 
larly into the thistle-tube receiver (F') of the 
culture vessel. The desired rate of flow 
through tube D is secured by adjusting the 
height of the upper end of E with reference to 


leet: ; SCIENCE 


485 


the lower end of D—that is, by adjusting the 
“head” maintained by the constant-level device. 

The culture vessel shown is a 3-gallon, glazed 
earthenware “butter” jar, covered by a paraf- 
fined top, of wood, cement or plaster of Paris, 
with eight large openings, in which are set 
the flat cork stoppers that support the plants. 
There are five wheat seedlings in each stopper, 
forty seedlings in all. The top is supported 
about 4 mm. above the top of the jar. The re- 
ceiver tube (F) has a waxed-paper cover, 
through which passes the delivery tube. Tube 
F extends nearly to the bottom of the culture 
vessel, and solution flows into the latter, keep- 
ing it filled to the brim and overflowing at the 
top, through the waste tube (G). 

Solution that collects in the lower reservoir 
(O) has not been vitiated in any way by its 
passage through the constant-level tank, and 
it is raised to the upper reservoir (R) from 
time to time, together with additions of newly 
prepared solution. This transfer is effected 
through the tube A”A, by closimg cocks A’ 
and B’ and applying suction at C (by means 
of an ordinary filter pump). When the trans- 
fer is completed, cock C is closed and cocks 
A’ and B’ are opened. 

The reservoirs should be covered with opaque 
paper, to exclude nearly all light and retard 
the development of alge. 

The constant level device and the lower reser- 
voir may be dispensed with entirely if the tem- 
perature of the upper reservoir can be main- 
tained practically constant, or if only an ap-’ 
proximately constant rate of delivery of solu- 
tion is desired. In this case, tube B would 
discharge directly into the receiver tube (F). 
This simpler apparatus is the one employed 
by Trelease and Free. 

Doubtless, the apparatus here described may 
be modified in many ways, to suit the facilities 
and requirements of different experimenters; 
but this form operates very satisfactorily. As 
thus far used, a series of five are delivering 
five different solutions to their respective cul- 
ture vessels at a rate of about 16 liters a day, 
which amounts to 400 ee. a day for each of 
the forty plants in the culture. With liter 
jars, five plants per culture, and solution re- 
newal every three and one half days (as in 
the plan published by the National Research 


486 


Council Committee on Salt Requirements of 
Plants) each plant would receive 57 ¢.c. per 


day. 
y Sam F. TRELEASE 


Burton E. Livingston 
LABORATORY OF PLANT PHYSIOLOGY, 
THE JOHNS HopKINS UNIVERSITY, 
MarcwH 23, 1922 


NOTE ON THE SYNTHESIS OF ETHYL 
BUTYRATE IN EGG SECRETION 

In our analyses of egg secretion, Miss Wood- 
ward: and I? have isolated an enzyme of the 
lipase group. The material, precipitated as a 
white powder, is soluble in both sea-water and 
fresh. In the presence of this “lipolysin,” 
droplets of egg fat decrease in diameter while 
the hydrolysis of other neutral fats and the 
cleavage of ethyl butyrate are measurably ac- 
celerated.® 

Since lipolysin is a parthenogenetic agent; * 
since the unmodified egg-secretions also have 
parthenogenetie® and lipolytic? powers; and 
finally, since eggs with secretions removed by 
brief exposure to charcoal are completely 
sterile? it seems likely that lipolysis plays 
some réle in the normal initiation of develop- 
ment.! However, the evidence that egg-secre- 
tions have these powers is still incomplete. It 
has not been reported whether, under condi- 
tions significant for fertilization theory, the 
effects already observed are reversible. 

Accordingly, I prepared egg-seeretion as 
free from contamination as possible and used 
ehloroform to inhibit bacterial action. To 10 
or 15 «ce. of this, I then added, in one set of 
experiments, .5 c.c. of absolute ethyl alcohol; 
in another, 5 ¢.c. of 2N. Butyrie acid was intro- 
duced last of all. The final concentration of 
the acid was roughly .25 N. and .4 N. 

The acidity of the systems was, of course, 
immediately reduced by the salts present in 
both the secretion and the sea-water. Under 
the cireumstances then, the loss in total acidity 
has no meaning for the problem in hand. Only 


1 Woodward: J. Exp. Zool., Vol 26, pp. 459-501. 
2Glaser: Am. Nat., Vol. LV, pp. 368-373. 

3 Glaser: Biol. Bull., Vol. XLI, pp. 63-72. 

4 Woodward: Biol. Bull., Vol. XLI, pp. 276-279. 
5 Glaser: Biol. Bull., Vol. XXVI, pp. 387-409. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


differences are important, and, if in the pres- 
ence of egg-secretion, a portion of the butyric 
acid is transformed into butyric ester, the tubes 
in which this oceurs should require less alkali 
than the controls in order to reach the turning 
point, Px., of di-brom-thymol-sulpho-phthalein. 

The differences of acidity actually found be- 
tween 10 c.c. of control and 10 ce. of digest, - 
in one case, after 40 minutes at 20° C., amount- 
ed to .8 ¢.c. NaOH N/20; in another, after an 
hour, to 2.4 ¢.c. NaOH N/20, in both instances, 
in favor of the controls. 

Absolutely, these discrepancies are small, but 
even greater differences might fail to be con- 
vineing, for conceivably, the organic constitu- 
ents of the secretion, still largely unknown, 
might in some way destroy or otherwise remove 
butyric acid from the reaction system. For- 
tunately, however, ethyl butyrate has an odor 
so penetrating and characteristic that even 
minute traces can be unmistakably detected. 
By this delicate test, the ester, regularly absent 
from the controls, was present in noticeable 
quantities in the digests with secretion and was 
easily recognized by others not familiar with 
the experiments. For eighteen hours the ester 
smell continued to grow in intensity. 

On the basis of these results, I attribute to 
ege-exudate the power to accelerate the syn- 
thesis of ethyl butyrate. This is neither more 
nor less than might be expected since the same 
exudate also -accelerates the corresponding 
hydrolysis. 

Orto GLASER 

AMHERST COLLEGE, 

FEBRUARY 2, 1922 


NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


At the annual meeting of the National Acad- 
emy of Sciences held in the U. S. National 
Museum, Washington, on April 24, 25 and 26, 
papers were presented as follows: 

The new building of the National Academy and 
the National Research Council: C. D. Waucort, 
President of the Academy. The erection of a 
magnificent building, costing $1,300,000, as the 
home of the National Academy of Sciences and 
the National Research Council, will shortly be 
begun on the square bounded by B and C streets, 
21st and 22d streets, northwest, Washington. The 


May 5, 1922] 


building will serve as a center for American sci- 
ence in its various fields. Here investigators from 
all parts of the country and from abroad may be 
brought togther for counsel and cooperation. 
Facing the Lincoln Memorial, the marble building 
in simple classical style will rise three stories 
from a broad terrace. It has a frontage of 260 
feet. On the first floor there will be an audito- 
rium seating some 600 people, a lecture hall hold- 
ing 250, a reading room, library, conference 
rooms and exhibition halls. The basement con- 
contains a cafeteria and kitchen. The two upper 
floors will be devoted to offices. The building is 
the gift of the Carnegie Corporation of New 
York, while the ground was bought at a cost of 
about $200,000 through the donations of about a 
score of benefactors. Bertram Grosvenor Good- 
hue of New York is the architect. He is one of 
the best known architects in the country and de- 
signed the St. Thomas Church, the West Point 
buildings, the Nebraska State Capitol and many 
other buildings. The contract for the construc- 
tion of the building has been let to Charles T. 
Wills, Inc., of New York, and it is expected that 
the building will be ready for occupancy in the 
autumn of 1923. Lee Laurie, the sculptor, has 
been selected to do the decorations, which will 
symbolize and depict the progress of science and 
its benefits to humanity. A series of bronze bas- 
reliefs will show a procession of the leaders of 
scientific thought from the earliest Greek philoso- 
phers to modern Americans. On passing through 
the entrance hall the visitor will find himself in a 
lofty rotunda. Here he will see in actuai opera- 
tion apparatus demonstrating certain fundamental 
scientific facts that hitherto he has had to take on 
hearsay. <A coelostat telescope, mounted on the 
dome of the central rotunda, will form a large 
image of the sun on the white surface of a eir- 
cular table in the middle of the room. Here 
visitors will be able to see the sun-spots, changing 
in number and form from day to day, and moving 
across the disk as the sun turns on its axis. A 
60 foot pendulum, suspended from the center of 
the dome, will be set swinging through a long are, 
repeating the celebrated experiment of Foucault. 
The swinging pendulum will mark an invariable 
direction in space, and as the earth and the build- 
ing rotate beneath it, their rotation will be plainly 
shown by the steady change in direction of the 
pendulum’s swing over a divided are. Two great 
phenomena of nature, the sun and the rotation 
of the earth, are thus to be exhibited. Other 
phenomena to be demonstrated in striking form in 
the central rotunda are magnetic storms, earth- 


SCIENCE 


487 


quakes, gravitational pull of small masses, the 
pressure of light, the visible growth of plants, 
swimming infusoria in a drop of ditch water, 
living bacteria and other interesting phenomena. 
In the seven exhibition rooms surrounding the 
central rotunda the latest results of scientific and 
industrial research will be illustrated. One room 
will be set aside for the use of government 
bureaus, another for industrial research labora- 
tories, others for the laboratories, observatories 
and research institutes of universities and other 
institutions. The newest discoveries and advances 
in the mathematical, physical and biological sei- 
ences and their applications will be shown in this 
living museum, whose exhibits will be constantly 
changing with the progress of science. One week 
there may be displayed the latest forms of radio 
telephony ; the next perhaps a set of psychological 
tests or a new find of fossils or a series of syn- 
thetic chemical compounds. Such a mutating 
museum will continue to attract and instruct large 
numbers of tourists and residents. 

Queries concerning the origin of the Australian 
floras: ProrEssor D. H. CAMPBELL, Leland Stan- 
ford, Jr., University, California. (1) The con- 
ditions in the north and south temperate zones 
are very different. The boreal floras are rela- 
tively uniform, owing to the proximity of the 
Eurasian and North American continents. The 
south temperate floras are much less intimately 
related on account of the extreme isolation of the 
principal land masses, viz., South America, 
South Africa and Australia. (2) An early sep- 
aration of the land masses of the northern and 
southern hemispheres is indicated by the very 
great differences between the vegetation of the 
north and south temperate zones. The most prom- 
inent types in each region are either completely 
absent from the other, or very sparingly repre- 
sented. The south temperate zone has no oaks, 
chestnuts, walnuts, poplars, maples and many 
other deciduous trees and shrubs of the north. On 
the other hand, the Casuarinas 
(Banksia, Grevillea, ete.), the Eucalypti and 
other Myrtacee, as well as many other evergreen 
trees and shrubs, are unknown in the northern 
regions. The same is true of the Conifers. The 
true pines, firs and spruces of the north are re- 
placed by the Arauearias, Agathis and Podo- 
carpus of the south. (3) Australia presents an 
extraordinary degree of endemism, especially in 
western Australia, the headquarters of the autoch- 
thonous flora. (4) Australia has three distinct 
floras—a. The tropical rain-forest of the coastal 
regions of Queensland and New South Wales. 


and Proteaceze 


488 


b. The sub-antarctic flora of Tasmania and the 
alpine regions of New South Wales and Victoria. 
ce. The autochthonous flora, practically universally 
distributed, but especially developed in western 
Australia. (5) The tropical vegetation of north- 
eastern Australia is evidently closely related to 
the floras of New Guinea and the Malay Archi- 
pelago. (6) The sub-antarctie flora, especially 
developed in Tasmania and New Zealand, is evi- 
dently related to the Fuegian flora of South 
America. It has been the subject of repeated 
investigation. (7) The autochthonous flora, which 
comprises a large majority of the Australian 
plants, is the main subject of the present discus- 
sion. This flora is supposed to have developed 
in western Australia, when it was completely 
separated from the eastern part of the continent, 
and to have later spread over the whole continent. 
The main problem at hand is to discover evidence 
which will throw light on the origin of this flora. 
(8) There are some notable correspondences 
between the flora of South Africa and Australia 
indicating some former land connection; but as 
yet no evidence for this has been found, except 
at a very early period. (9) Gondwana Land, the 
great southern continent, believed to have existed 
at the end of the Paleozoic, is supposed to have 
united South America, Africa and Australia; but 
a much later connection between South Africa and 
Australia must be assumed to explain the resem- 
blances between their present floras, as presum- 
ably there were no Angiosperms in existence at 
the period of the supposed Gondwana continent. 
What is particularly needed is evidence showing 
the relation of the land masses of the southern 
hemisphere during the Cretaceous and the Ter- 
tiary. Especially important is a knowledge of 
the fossil plants of these periods, from temperate 
South America, South Africa and Australia. 
(10) It is possible that when the fossil plants 
from these regions are thoroughly studied it may 
prove that in the south temperate zone, as in the 
corresponding northern latitudes, during the Cre- 
taceous and much of the Tertiary a practically 
uniform flora prevailed. Should such prove to be 
the case, it is probable that the existing floras 
in the south temperate regions are the descendants 
of this uniform flora, which shut off in these com- 
pletely isolated areas have become altered to a 
greater or less extent. Western Australia, the 
most completely isolated of the southern regions, 
has developed the richest and most specialized 
flora. 


The nature of disease, resistance or immunity in 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


certain plants: Prorrssor L. R. Jones, J. G. 
Dickson and J. C, Wauker, University of Wis- 
consin. 

A side ejfect from the importation of parasites 
of injurious insects: Dr. L. O. Howarp, chief of 
the Bureau of Entomology, Department of Agri- 
culture. In the efforts to bring about a natural 
biological control of injurious insects in many 
parts of the world, an increasing amount of work 
is being done by the entomologists of the different 
nations to bring into their own countries the for- 
eign parasites of foreign insect pests that have 
been accidentally introduced and have become 
established. In the course of this work, the moti- 
vating idea is the control of the specific introduced 
pest; but it has developed in many instances that 
the introduced parasite is not specific to the intro- 
duced host, but attacks allied native injurious 
species, ‘The speaker described a number of these 
instances in America. These findings offer a very 
strong additional argument in favor of the prose- 
eution of work of this character. 

Mitochondrial bodies in the spermatogenesis of 
Chorthippus Curtipennis (Scudd.): Dr. EB. L. 
Mark and L. C. Wyman, Harvard University. 
Numerous bodies found in the apical (Verson’s) 
cell of the testicular follicle, as well as in the 
primary and secondary spermatogonia, the first 
and second spermatocytes, and the spermatides of 
this grasshopper are 


described as spheroidal 
structures composed of two substances, a central 
nonstainable core and a deeply stainable mantle 
or cortex. The appearance of the bodies when 
stained is that of a vesicle with clear contents 
and stained wall of no great thickness. They 
occur in a single large cluster, or in smaller 
groups, and are accompanied by finely granular 
deeply staining cytoplasmic substance. These 
vesicle-like bodies are believed to be mitochondria, 
and are genetically continuous from the primary 
spermatogonium to the formation of the sperma- 
tid. In the metamorphosis of the spermatid into 
a spermatozoon their history has been traced till 
they break up into minute granulations envelop- 
ing the axial filament of the thread-like mature 
spermatozoon. At each of the cell divisions of 
spermatogenesis the vesicles are collected into a 
ring at the periphery of the equatorial region of 
the spindle figure, and soon after the chromosomes 
divide and separate, in the metaphase of cell divi- 
sion to form two daughter nuclei, it is found that 
these vesicles are likewise arranged in the form of 
two parallel rings—each containing about the 
same number of vesicles—one on each side of the 


May 5, 1922] 


plane of cell division, and that with the constric- 
tion of the cytoplasm during the division each 
ring occupies a position between the nucleus of 
the daughter cell and the cell plate. This ring 
becomes condensed into an irregular disk which 
lies close to the nuclear membrane, where it re- 
mains during the interkinetic, or so-called resting, 
stage. On the approach of cell division, the disk 
breaks up into clusters of vesicles, varying in 
number from two or three to a dozen or more, 
which become distributed irregularly through the 
cytoplasm, but chiefly in regions peripheral to 
the spindle figure. During the late prophase and 
early metaphase of nuclear division, the clusters 
of vesicles with their enveloping finely granular 
matter are again collected into an equatorial ring. 
At the end of the second maturation division, 
which results in the formation of the spermatid, 
the vesicles, at first small and numerous, consti- 
tute a thick disk-like structure at one pole of the 
nucleus. By the time the chromatin has resumed 
the appearance of a fine network, two things 
have happened in the disk-like group of vesicles, 
now become spheroidal; by confluence they have 
increased in size and diminished in number; at 
the same time a differentiation has taken place in 
them so that a few small centrally-located ones, 
probably not 
deeply stainable, whereas the more peripheral and 
larger ones have become so distended with non- 
stainable substance that they appear very pale. 
The confluence of the peripheral pale vesicles 
continues till there are only two, which are mutu- 
ally flattened in a plane passing through the 
center of the nucleus. Each of the two contains 
a small number of the small deeply staining 
vesicles. Meanwhile the cytoplasm on the side of 
the cell corresponding to the vesicles begins to 
elongate to form the tail. Then the two vesicles 
move away from the nucleus a short distance and 
eaeh becomes spheroidal. Between the two ap- 
pears the axial filament and as the cytoplasmic 
outgrowth becomes still more elongated, the two 
spheroidal structures also become elongated in a 
direction parallel with the axial filament, which 
they closely invest. The small contained deeply 
staining vesicles become arranged in a longitudinal 
row; the wall of the outer enveloping sae dis- 
appears, setting free the deeply staining vesicles, 
which now become distributed along the axial 
filament, and finally break down, furnishing the 
finely granular envelope enclosing the axial fila- 
ment. 

Vegetative types of Datura due to differences 
in somatic number of chromosomes: Dr. A. F. 


resulting from confluence, are 


SCIENCE 


489 


BLAKESLEE, Carnegie Institution of Washington, 
Cold Spring Harbor, L. I., N. Y. Normal plants 


have 2 n chromosomes in somatic cells. Certain 
Datura mutants differ in chromosome number 


from the norm. Of balanced types, with an equal 
number of chromosomes in each set, forms occur 
with 1 n, 3 n and 4 n chromosomes. Of wnbal- 
anced types, with an excess or a deficiency of one 
or more chromosomes in one or more of the indi- 
vidual sets, forms occur with such somatie formu- 
le as (2n + 1) and (4n — 1). These differ- 
ences in chromosome number, especially in unbal- 
anced types, cause distinct differences in somatic 
structure. Several thousand vegetative forms are 
considered theoretically possible from 
somal types already discovered. 

A method for the study of filterable viruses as 
applied to vaccinia: Dr. W. G. MacCauLtum and 
EK. H. OPPENHEIMER, of the Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity. Attempts at the isolation of the infee- 
tive agent in vaccine and smallpox have failed. 
It can at least be separated from most contam- 
inating material if it be centrifugalized in a sus- 
pending fluid of appropriate specific gravity. The 
infective material in vaccine lymphs rises to the 
top in a fluid of specific gravity 1.16 and sinks to 
the bottom in any fluid of specific gravity lower 
than 1.18. 

Continuation report on experiments in epidemi- 
ology: Drs. SIMON FLEXNER and H. L. Amoss, 
Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research. The 
continuation report on epidemiology relates first 
to the epidemic disease, mouse typhoid, reported 
on at the last spring meeting of the academy, 
and second to an epidemic disease, rabbit septi- 
cemia, which is not infrequently met with among 
domesticated rabbits and the nature of the spread 
of which we have undertaken to study under con- 
trolled experimental conditions. These two dis- 
eases represent also two divergent modes of propa- 
gation of epidemics of disease, namely, by way 
of the gastrointestinal organs as in mouse typhoid, 
and through the respiratory organs as in rabbit 
septicemia. The ultimate purpose of the investi- 
gation is the securing of precise knowledge which 
may come to bear on and extend knowledge re- 
garding the manner of spread and its underlying 
causes of such epidemic diseases in man as menin- 
gitis, poliomyelitis, influenza, cholera, ete. 

Replantation of entire limbs without suture of 
vessels: Dr. W. 8. Haustep, Johns Hopkins Hos- 
pital, Baltimore, Md. The experiments were 
made in the ‘effort to ascertain the cause of the 
swelling of the arm after the radical operation 
for cancer of the breast. This swelling has been 


chromo- 


490 


universally attributed to the excision of the 
lymphaties or lymphaties and veins of the axilla. 
The author believes that infection is the essential 
factor. In our experiments a cut was made 
through all of the tissues of the thigh except the 
sciatic nerve, femoral artery, femoral vein, and 
femur. The divided structures were immediately 
sutured and the wound completely closed. At 
various periods after the operation the vein and 
artery were ligated. In one instance two days 
sufficed, but ordinarily four days were required 
for the adequate reestablishment of the venous 
circulation through the scar. The artery can not 
be safely tied until about the twelfth (?) day. 
The grafted limb becomes swollen for only a few 
days after the amputation, and again in some 
instances for a day or two after ligation of the 
vein. Lantern slides were shown of the new 
vessels passing through the sear which alone 
maintain the life of the leg. An operation for 
eancer of the breast which eliminates the danger 
of a swollen arm was briefly described and illus- 
trated. 

Recent discoveries on the antiquity of man: 
Dr. H. F. Osporn and C. A. REED. 

Stature and head form in Americans of old 
families: Dr. A. HrpuiéKa. Conditions to be re- 
ported upon are a part of the results of a careful 
study of a large group of adult normal men and 
women descending from families three to eight 
generations born American. The stature averages 
5 feet 8% inches in the men and nearly 5 feet 
4 inches in the women, which is well above the 
general mean of this country and is higher than 
in any large group of whites in Europe. The 
head is of good size, particularly so in the women. 
The form of the head, however, shows a great 
variation, indicating only little tendency so far 
towards any intermediate, American, type. The 
type of physiognomy shows a closer approach 
towards such a type, though similar changes are 
also observable in the better classes of England. 

Animal evolution: Dr. AusTIN H. Ciarkg, U. S. 
National Museum. 

The distribution of the Motmots of the genus 
Momotus: Dr. FRANK M. CHapMan, American 
Museum of Natural History. The Motmots, a 
distinctively American family of birds, range 
from the northern limit of the tropical zone in 
northeastern Mexico to its southern limit in north- 
ern Argentina. The family contains six genera 
and approximately fifteen species and twenty-one 
sub-species, of which about one half are included 
in the genus Momotus. Motmots are believed to 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


have originated in Middle America whence they 
have made at least three invasions into South 
America, one probably pre-Andean and two post- 
Andean. The first invasion reached the forested 
area of southeastern Brazil where the now exist- 
ing species is separated from its nearest ally by 
an area 1,000 miles in width in which no member 
of its genus (Baryphthengus) is known. This 
hiatus in the range of the group was possibly 
occasioned by the entrance of the sea into the 
Amazon Valley. The second invasion carried a 
form into the Andean subtropical zone from Costa 
Rica, over a Panama subtropical ‘‘bridge’’ which 
has since subsided, almost to Bolivia. The third 
invasion, made apparently from Panama, popu- 
lated northern Colombia, the coastal region of 
Venezuela, Trinidad and Tobago, which were 
doubtless at that time attached to the continent. 
Subsequently the birds doubtless crossed the 
Andes over the comparatively low Andalucia Pass 
at the head of the Magdalena Valley, and spread 
over the greater part of tropical South America. 
In this area they have become differentiated into 
nine recognized races which present interesting 
responses to their environment, including some 
marked instances of convergence. The extreme 
forms, occupying different banks of the lower 
Amazon, have apparently become specifically dis- 
tinct although they evidently have a common 
ancestor with which they are still connected. 

New results on the theory of the minor planets: 
Proressor A. O. LEUSCHNER, University of Cali- 
fornia (by title). 

Dark nebule: Proressor H. N. RUSSELL, 
Princeton University (by title). 

The larger results of twenty years of solar 
radiation observations: Dr. C. G. Assot, Smith- 
sonian Institution, F. E. Fowne and L. B. 
ALDRICH. This report gave a summary of twenty 


years’ study of solar radiation. This is 
one of the most important of the constants 
of nature, for upon it depends the energy 


required for all our machinery and our mus- 
cular power. If the sun varied as much as 
the other stars, we should alternately freeze and 
fry. But Dr. Abbott’s examination of all avail- 
able evidence shows that the sun’s heat has not 
varied more than six per cent. above or below the 
average in the last twenty years. But whenever 
a series of spots pass across the surface of the 
sun the amount of heat and light given off falls 
from one to five per cent. Any such change in the 
sun’s rays has an effect upon the weather and 
electrical conditions of the earth. It is therefore 


May 5, 1922] 


possible to tell what the weather is going to be 
by watching the sun. The Weather Bureau of 
Argentina sent out forecasts a week in advance 
based upon the solar observations telegraphed in 
daily from the Smithsonian Institution at Monte- 
zuma, Chile. From compilation of about 2,000 ob- 
servations, it has been found that the heat radi- 
ated by the sun amounts to 1.94 calories per 
square centimeter per minute. This would be 
sufficient to melt a layer of ice 424 feet thick all 
around the sun. A large number of by-products 
relating to the temperature of the sun, transpar- 
ency of the atmosphere, the number of molecules 
per cubic centimeter in the atmosphere, the bright- 
ness of the sky, the cooling of the earth by long- 
wave rays, the distribution of brightness over 
the sun’s disk, and the general theory of the 
nature of the sun have come out of the investiga- 
tions. 

Problems of modern physics: Dr. H. A. 
Lorentz, University of Leyden. The lecture 
passed in review some problems of prominent 
interest. Foremost among them are the quantum 
theory, the problems of atomic structure and of 
gravitation. All these are awaiting their solution 
and much remains also to be done before it will 
be possible to explain the properties of magnetic 
substances, to account for terrestrial and solar 
magnetism and to understand the more compli- 
eated forms of the Zeeman effect. The motion of 
electricity in metals and effects connected with it 
likewise require laborious investigation. Here 
much may be expected of low temperature re- 
search. 

Researches on thiazoles: Dr. Marston TAYLOR 
Bogert, Columbia University. In the benzothia- 
zole group, various new derivatives have been pre- 
pared and studied, several of which are interesting 
because of therapeutic or tinctorial possibilities. 

Researches on selenium organic compounds: 
Dr. Marston Taytor Bogert. New selenium or- 
ganic compounds have been synthesized and 
studied in the quinazolone and _benzelenasole 
groups, the azo dyes from the latter being much 
deeper in shade than the corresponding sulfur 
compounds. 

Reaction between silver perchlorate and the 
halogens: Proressor M. GoMBERG, University of 
Michigan. A study of the reaction indicated in 
the title has been undertaken in order to prepare, 
if possible, the compound radical (ClO ? 

2AgClO, 4+ I, = 2Agl + 2(C10,). 
If found to exist as monomolecular it should, it 
was thought, be either identical or isomeric with 


SCIENCE 


491 


the ion of the same composition; if dimolecular, 
(ClO,),, it should prove a higher oxide of chlo- 
rine than any hitherto known. Numerous experi- 
ments were carried out during the last year, with 
the halogens chlorine, bromine and iodine, and 
with solvents chosen from a wide range of com- 
pounds. Iodine and ether were finally adopted as 
best suited for this reaction, because of the forma- 
tion of less by-products. At this stage of the 
investigation it may be considered as having been 
‘fairly well established that (ClO,). actually does 
exist, but its molecular state has not yet been 
determined. The compound has been prepared 
only in solutions of one per cent. to five per cent., 
and has been found to be practically non-volatile 
with vapors of ether at 30° C. and 100 mm. pres- 
sure. It is a powerfully reactive substance. It 
reacts with the oxides of various metals; it attacks 
zine, magnesium, copper, silver, iron, tin, and 
other metals with the formation of the correspond- 
ing perchlorates; with water it gives perchloric 
acid, and it liberates iodine from hydriodie acid. 
The investigation is to be continued. 


The thermal decomposition of tungsten: Dr. 
GERALD L. WENDT. 

A confirmation of Saha’s theory of the ioniza- 
tion of the elements at high temperature: Drs. 
ArtTHuurR A. Noyes and H. A. Wiuson, California 
Institute of Technology. By employing the usual 
thermodynamic expression for the change of chem- 
ical equilibrium with the temperature, and sup- 
plementing this by an evaluation, based on fairly 
well established theoretical considerations, of the 
specific constants occurring in that expression, 
Saha (Phil. Mag., 40: 479, 1920) has shown that 
one can compute from the ionization-potential of 
an element the extent to which its neutral atoms 
are converted into ions at any temperature or 
pressure; for example, the extent to which sodium 
undergoes the reaction Na — Na+ + e, where e 
denotes the electron. This computation has 
proved of great astronomical interest because of 
the new possibilities it affords of interpreting the 
presence, absence, or relative intensities of the 
spectra of certain elements under different stellar 
conditions. The fact, however, that Saha’s com- 
putations involve certain hypotheses makes the 
experimental confirmation of his conclusions highly 
desirable; and it is the purpose of the authors’ 
paper to show that the experiments of one of 
them (H. A. Wilson) on the electrical conductivity 
of flames furnish such a confirmation. 

The general system of isotopes as related to the 
formation and disintegration of atom nuclei: 


492 


Proressor WILLIAM D. Harkins, University of 
Chicago. The nucleus of any complex atom may 
be considered as a highly condensed proton- 
electron aggregate. Up to the present none of 
these condensed aggregates have been found to be 
electrically neutral (neutrons), and in most atoms 
which exist on earth and in the meteorites each 
electron binds two protons. Thus the composition 
of the nuclei of most atoms may be expressed by 
the formula (p,é) 5 in which p represents a posi- 
tive electron (proton), ¢ an electron, and M is the 
atomic number. No atomic species has been dis- 
covered in which one electron binds more than 
two protons. The simplest complex nucleus is that 
of the helium atom (the alpha particle) which has 
the formula (p,e), This is also the most abundant 
group present ‘in more complex nuclei. It was 
shown by Harkins and Wilson in 1915 that accord- 
ing to the special relativity theory the amount of 
energy liberated in the formation of four grams of 
helium from protons and electrons, that is, from 
hydrogen, is 6.7 >< 1011 calories, or five million 
times the energy liberated when the same weight of 
hydrogen unites with oxygen to form water. This 
is about three fifths of the energy which would 
be liberated in the complete change of 238 grams 
of uranium into 206 grams of lead, 32 grams of 
alpha particles, —6N electrons (where N repre- 
sents the avogadro number) and about 0.05 grams 
of radiant energy. The energy which would be 
liberated in the formation of alpha particles from 
hydrogen is so great that it would seem that this 
reaction should proceed at an extremely high 
speed. That this is not the case may be due to 
the fact that for some unknown reason one elec- 
tron does not form a very stable union with one 
proton, but the common ratio is two of the latter 
to one of the former in the most stable aggregates. 
Thus it is not improbable that four protons and 
two electrons seldom meet at one time in such 
relative positions as to allow the alpha particle to 
be formed. It may be suggested that the first 
step in the building of an alpha particle may be 
the formation of the aggregate pe, which is sta- 
ble with i but easily 
unites with a like particle to form the group 
(p,é),, or the alpha particle. According to 
Rutherford’s hypothesis the carbon nucleus con- 
sists of four groups of the formula p_e. While the 
evidence in favor of this assumption is not spe- 
cially convincing, there is on the other hand no 
evidence against it. However, definite evidence 
will be presented which proves that the alpha par- 
ticle is the principal group concerned in the 


reference to aggregation, 


SCIENCB 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


growth of carbon nuclei into those which are 
heavier. The composition of any complex nucleus 
may be expressed by the formula (D,€) (PE) 
in which n represents the isotopic number. This 
number varies from 0 to 54 for known atomic 
species, and is 0 for most atoms. In the range 
in which the isotopic number is small, the most 
abundant species of atoms are those whose isotopic 
numbers are divisible by 4, while for higher iso- 
topie numbers the maxima of abundance are not 
so distinct, and occur in general for the isotopic 
numbers which are even. The most important 
relations which should be taken into consideration 
in showing the nature of the general system of 
isotopes are: (1) The number of negative elec- 
trons in most atom nuclei is even, so in general 
the atomic weight and the isotopic number are 
both even when the atomic number is even, and 
are both odd when the atomic number is odd. 
(2) As the atomic number increases the isotopic 
number of the more stable isotopes of an element 
also increases. This may be expressed as follows: 
As the net positive charge on an atom nucleus 
increases the atom becomes more unstable unless 
at the same time the nucleus becomes more nega- 
tive with reference to its relative content of nega- 
tive electrons. (3) For any set of isotopes the 
atoms become more unstable with reference to a 
beta disintegration as the isotopic number 
increases, and more unstable with reference to an 
alpha particle disintegration as the isotopic num- 
ber decreases. This relation does not specify 
what form of disintegration will take place in any 
special case, since this probably depends upon the 
grouping, but it does give the relative rate for 
any disintegration which actually does take place. 
Obviously this relation has been tested only in 
the case of the radioactive elements. The rela- 
tions which exist in the general system of isotopes 
will be presented in the form of an extensive plot 
which exhibits a large number of relations, many 
of them periodic, which can not be well treated 
in an abstract. 

A theory of electric conduction in 
Proressor Epwin H. Hatt. 

Cooperative studies of California earth move- 
ments: Dr. ARTHUR L. Day, director of the Geo- 
physical Laboratory, 
Washington. 


metals : 


Institution of 
Recent information from astronom- 
ical sources has indicated a northward crustal 
movement of small magnitude in northern Cali- 
fornia. The suggestion has been made that the 
accumulated strains produced by such movement 
eventually produce rupture and an elastic recoil 


Carnegie 


May 5, 1922] 


or earthquake. Cooperative studies have been 
undertaken by the Carnegie Institution of Wash- 
ington, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, U. 8. 
Geological Survey, the geological departments of 
the universities of California, the California Insti- 
tute of Technology, and the Bureau of Standards, 
with the purpose of gathering precise data bear- 
ing upon this subject. It is a part of the pro- 
gram not only to locate the surface displacements 
either gradual or disruptive, but also to develop 
instruments and establish stations for the location 
of sub-surface zones of movement. 
Geological overthrusts and underdrags: 
ressor W. M. Davis, Harvard University (by 
title). Overthrust masses of earth crust haye 
been found, the front of which has advanced a 
score of miles or more beyond its original posi- 
tion. On tracing such masses backward, no indi- 
cations of a cavity left by their advance have 
been found; hence it may be possible that they 
have obliquely emerged from beneath rear por- 
tions of the crust which have not taken part in 
their movement. If so, the rear portions should 
exhibit displacements due to what may be called 
the ‘‘underdrag’’ of the obliquely emerging 
Such displacements would be character- 
ized by an increase in horizontal dimensions in 
the direction of underdrag, and manifested by 
normal faults on moderately slanting fault planes. 
The mountain ranges of the Great Basin of Utah 
and Nevada appear to exhibit such displacements. 
The effects of winds and barometric pressures 
on the Great Lakes: Dr. J. F. Hayrorp, North- 
western University. The surface of the water of 
any one of the Great Lakes is never level except 
by accident. It always has a slope in some direc- 
tion, produced by the wind, by barometrie pres- 
sures, or by the water of the lake oscillating as 
if it were in a great wash-basin. The correct 
knowledge of these things is a key to various 
scientific problems and ultimately will prove to be 
worth millions, in their application, to the people 
of the United States. It has long been known 
that a wind blowing over a lake tends to pile up 
the water on the lee shore and to pull it down on 
the windward shore. How large is this effect? 
Is the response of the water to the wind imme- 
diate? It has not been possible to answer these 
questions confidently in the past. Now it is 
known that the response is prompt and that the 
effect of a given wind in disturbing the water 
level at any point in the world may be computed 
in advance. It is known that the strongest winds 
that blow have almost no effect in changing the 


Pro- 


masses. 


SCIENCE 


493 


water level at various points, as, for example, at 
Milwaukee on Lake Michigan and Mackinaw City 
on Lake Huron. On the other hand, it is known 
that a wind of 50 miles per hour from the south- 
west piles up the water a foot at Buffalo and 
pulls it down simultaneously more than a foot at 
the west end of Lake Erie. The reason for this 
extreme contrast between. different places and for 
the fact that the wind effect is greatest in long 
shallow bays is now accurately known. The lake 
surface is also continually tilting up, first in one 
direction, then in another, in response to varying 
barometric pressures. The water tends to go 
toward a region of low barometric pressure and 
pile up there. Such effects at Mackinaw City and 
Milwaukee frequently amount to three inches or 
more, although wind effects at these points are 
almost inappreciable. Just as a piano string 
struck once, or the air in an organ pipe continu- 
ously agitated by a reed, vibrates with its natural 
period, so the water of each of the Great Lakes 
under the many impulses given it by the winds 
and barometric pressures oscillates back and forth. 
Sometimes the whole of a lake is concerned in an 
oscillation, and sometimes the lake oscillates in 
parts. Such oscillations in lakes are called seiches. 

Striking similarities between the igneous rocks 
of Brazil and South Africa: Dr. H. A. Brouwer. 
Striking similarities in geological age and in 
composition exist between the old granites and 
gneisses with intrusive younger granites, the pre- 
cretaceous intrusive sheets of diabase, the lava 
flows of the Serra Geral and the Drakensberg, the 
pipes and dykes of kimberlite and the intrusive 
and effusive alkali rocks (nephelinesyenites, phono- 
lites, ete.). The alkali rocks are found on both 
sides of the Atlantic Ocean near the coast; they 
form denuded volcanic centers and if the west 
coast of Africa and the east coast of South 
America be considered in juxtaposition the loca- 
tion of these older volcanoes would be very sim- 
ilar to that of the young voleanoes of alkali 
rocks (Kenia, etc.) near the young fracture- 
system, bordering the rift valleys in East Africa. 
Very long dykes of nephelinesyenites prove the ex- 
istence of similar fractures in the central part of 
South Africa. 

Fauna of the Pleistocene asphalt deposits of 
McKittrick, California: Dr. Joun C. Merriam, 
president of the Carnegie Institution of Washing- 
ton, and Curster Srock, University of California. 
The discovery of an enormous accumulation of 
perfectly preserved remains of extinct animals 
found in asphalt beds in the environs of Los 


494 


Angeles, California, some years ago furnished 
some of the most interesting data on the history 
of life thus far secured in America. A similar 
deposit representing an assemblage of animals of 
a somewhat different type has recently been 
opened for extensive investigation on the western 
border of the Great Valley of California. Re- 
mains of a wide variety of higher animals and 
birds were found at this new locality. The col- 
lection represents the geological period immedi- 
ately preceding the present and offers the best 
opportunity thus far known to study the life of 
this late geological stage under the conditions 
obtaining in the Great Valley of California. 

The telephone engineer a public trustee: FRANK 
B. JEWETT, vice-president, Western Electric Com- 
pany. In his paper, which was a statement of 
the unique position which the telephone engineer 
of to-day occupies in relation to the general 
public, Dr. Jewett outlined the organization of 
the communication service of the United States 
and pointed out the position and scope of work 
of the engineer in this organization. Dr. Jewett 
indicated that the telephone art, even at the end 
of nearly half a century of the most intensive 
development and monumental growth, was still 
far from being an agency requiring little or no 
change. He showed that the recent developments 
in physical science had opened up vast possibili- 
ties of new and improved communication services 
which the telephone engineer was endeavoring to 
make available for public service, and indicated 
some of the problems which were being success- 
fully attacked. He also pictured some of the tre- 
mendous difficulties which confronted the tele- 
phone engineer in incorporating these new services 
into the existing structure, which was itself grow- 
ing rapidly along already developed lines, with- 
out producing disruptions of service. Finally he 
pointed out that the telephone engineer of to-day 
had come to recognize that his function was in 
effect that of a public trustee and that his prob- 
lem was not alone that of developing new and 
improved instrumentalities, but of developing 
these instrumentalities and making them available 
to the publie without subjecting the telephone 
user to annoyance as a result of experimentation 
on the public at large. 

The loud speaking telephone: FRANK B. JEw- 
ETT, vice-president, Western Electric Company. 
For many years, and in fact almost from Dr. 
Bell’s discovery that human speech could be trans- 
mitted to distant points electrically, there has been 
incessant quest for a satisfactory loud speaking 
telephone. Innumerable attempts to devise instru- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


ments of this kind have been made in the last 
thirty or forty years and until recently all have 
been substantial failures. Recently, however, 
really successful instrumentalities have been pro- 
duced and the field of possible influence on all 
social and human relations which has opened up 
was evidenced graphically in the Armstice Day 
exercises attendant upon the burial of the Un- 
known Soldier at Arlington, Virginia. In these 
ceremonies vast audiences in San Francisco, New 
York and Washington listened to the President 
of the United States and other speakers and 
joined in common exercises of respect to America’s 
dead. -Dr. Jewett’s paper, which was illustrated 
by a local demonstration and by a demonstration 
of talking over the regular telephone wires from 
New York, described the physical and electrical 
problems whose solution had to be achieved in 
order to make the loud speaking telephone a 
success. He pointed out that the problem con- 
sisted essentially of four main elements, namely: 
(1) The development of telephone transmitters 
capable of picking up the sound vibrations of the 
speaker’s voice when the latter was speaking 
normally at some distance from the instrument, 
and of faithfully translating these vibrations into 
electrical vibrations for transmission over the 
wires; (2) the transmission of these electrical 
vibrations undistorted to the distant point; (3) 
the amplification at the distant point of the re- 
ceived electrical impulses to an energy value many 
times greater than that produced by the trans- 
mitter at the speaker’s end of the line; and (4) 
the translation back into sound vibrations of these 
greatly amplified speech waves through an appro- 
priate loud speaking receiver. He pointed out 
that if the received speech through the loud 
speaking receivers was to be of acceptable quality 
no serious distortion could take place in any of 
the links of the chain from the speaker to his 
distant audience, and that the inherent charaec- 
teristics of the loud-speaking system call for even 
more faithful reproduction than is necessary in 
ordinary telephones of recognized good quality. 
He pointed out further that because of the neces- 
sity of using ordinary telephone lines, which in 
most cases were in close proximity to numerous 
other telephone lines used in the regular way, it 
was necessary that the currents transmitted from 
one end ot the line to the other should be sub- 
stantially of the same magnitude as those pro- 
duced in the use of the ordinary telephone. He 
showed that this requirement, combined with the 
necessarily inefficient energy characteristics of the 
originating transmitter and the tremendous energy 


May 5, 1922] 


requirements of the loud speaking telephones had 
made the problem inherently insoluble until means 
had been developed for producing telephone lines 
with very uniform transmitting characteristics and 
until amplifying devices of great power, uni- 
formity and freedom from inherent distortion 
production:had been developed. 

The physical examination of hearing and 
binaural aids for the deaf: R. L. WEGEL, Western 
Electrie Company, New York City. The function 
of the auditory sense is to detect sounds of dif- 
ferent wave shapes, the ratio of the pressure on 
the ear drum varying over a range of 
1 : 1,000,000. It must also differentiate between 
sounds so nearly alike that no existing physical 
apparatus is capable of separating them. Binaural 
audition adds a sense of orientation and discrim- 
ination together with a more uniform sensitivity 
for sounds approaching from different directions. 
A binaural set for aiding the hard-of-hearing was 
exhibited. An abnormal auditory sense may be 
regarded as one lacking to a greater or less de- 
gree in (1) range of sensation (frequency or 
intensity), (2) quality of sensation in various 
regions of the range, (3) binaural sense. Methods 
have been studied for exploring the outstanding 
elements of these functions. A new audiometer 
for measurement of hearing was shown. 

The relative sensitivity of the ear at different 
levels of loudness: Dr. Donatp MacKeEnzin, 
Western Electric Company. Up to the present 
time there has been no satisfactory technique for 
loudness comparisons of different tones. In this 
paper a description is given of an alternation 
phonometer which makes it an easy matter to ad- 
just to equal loudness two tones of different 
pitches. With this instrument a determination 
has been made of the relative sensitivity of normal 
ears of both men and women, over the pitch range 
from bass G to C5, at sound intensities midway 
between the faintest audible and the painfully 
loud. It is found that the sound energy necessary 
to produce a given loudness is smaller the higher 
the pitch, at least within the range examined. 
Different ears agree more closely at these intensi- 
ties than at the least audible, and no difference 
is detectible between men and women.  Inter- 
pretation of the results shows them to be in har- 
mony with Fechner’s law, according to which the 
difference between the sensations due to two lights 
of the same color or two tones of the same pitch 
is proportional to the ratio of intensities of the 
lights or sounds causing the sensations. This 
simple law holds only at moderate intensities. 
Phonometric comparisons by a small number of 


SCIENCE 


495 


observers were made at intensities from very faint 
to very loud. It appears that any one ear varies 
from day to day, but these variations are most 
noticeable at the extremes of loudness. The re- 
sults taken all together strongly suggest that, on 
the average, the relative sensitivity of the ear to 
different musical notes is practically the same 
whether the sounds are loud or faint. 

Recent progress in aeronautics: PROFESSOR J. S. 
Ames, The Johns Hopkins University. 

Coefficients of slip and the reflection of mole- 
cules: Dr. R. A. Minurcan, Norman Bridge Lab- 
oratory of Physics, Pasadena. This paper con- 
tains a presentation of the theoretical relations 
between the coefficient of slip and the law of 
reflection of gas molecules from the surfaces of 
solids and liquids. It presents, also new experi- 
mental data taken by the author and his pupils 
which completely check the correctness of this 
theory. It gives for the first time the exact ratio 
between the number of impinging molecules which 
are specularly reflected in the case of a given gas 
from given liquid and solid surfaces, and the 
number which are diffusely reflected. The most 
interesting facts brought to light by the investi- 
gation are, first, that this ratio is different for 
different kinds of molecules when the nature of 
the surface remains constant, and, second, that 
there is a larger coefficient of slip between oiled 
surfaces and gases than between the same gases 
and ordinary unoiled surfaces of metal or glass. 

Origin of penetrating radiations of the upper 
air: Dr. R. A. Mi~tixan, Norman Bridge Lab- 
oratory of Physics, Pasadena. It is of intense 
interest to know whether the penetrating radia- 
tions which have been heretofore studied up to 
altitudes of 9,000 meters are of cosmic or of 
terrestrial origin. Pre-war observations made in 
manned balloons in Germany gave indications that 
they were of cosmic origin. Observations pub- 
lished last year from the University of California 
were in opposition to this view. Indeed, the Cali- 
fornia observers attributed the increase in the rate 
of discharge of the electroscopes with increasing 
height, as found in Germany, to the effects of 
temperature upon the electrical conductivity of 
the supports of the gold leaves in the electro- 
scopes. The observers at the California Institute 
of Technology have definitely proved that the tem- 
perature effects upon the supports when the ex- 
periments are properly performed are practically 
negligible. They are now making balloon flights 
in which self-recording instruments are sent up to 
the very top of the atmosphere, that is, to a point 
at which only one sixteenth of the atmosphere is 


496 


still above, and should be able to determine with 
certainty by these experiments whether the pene- 
trating rays are of cosmic or of terrestrial origin. 
While the instruments sent up weigh but 175 
grams (6 ounces) they are capable of bringing 
back a complete record of the temperatures, the 
pressure, and the penetrating radiations existing 
at all of the altitudes which they reach. These 
altitudes should be about three times as great as 
those ever obtained before in experiments of this 
kind. These balloon flights will be reported later. 

On the measurement of a physical quantity 
whose magnitude is influenced at random by pri- 
mary causes beyond the control of the observer, 
and on the method of determining the relation 
between two such quantities: Dr. WALTER A. 
SHEwHART, New York City. The objects of scien- 
tific investigation are twofold, i. e., the determina- 
tion of some form of average value and its prob- 
able variation, and the determination of the rela- 
tion existing between two or more such quantities. 
In many problems of physical and engineering 
science it is possible to assume that causes of 
variation of the variable under consideration may 
be controlled by the observer. Certain problems 
in these sciences as in the fields of economics and 
biology arise, however, wherein it is impossible to 
control the causes of variation, and they must be 
submitted to a statistical method of solution. An 
outline of the necessary analysis is given and 
illustrated. Application of the theory of correla- 
tion and its physical interpretation was discussed. 

Ether-drift experiments at Mount Wilson in 
1921 and at Cleveland in 1922: Proressor Day- 
TON C. MILLER, Case School of Applied Sciences, 
Cleveland, Ohio. The Michelson-Morley experi- 
ment to detect the relative motion of the earth 
and ether was performed at Cleveland in 1887. 
In explanation of the null result then obtained, 
the Lorentz-FitzGerald effect was proposed. The 
experiment was repeated by Morley and Miller in 
1904, with a much larger and more sensitive ap- 
paratus, which was also especially arranged to 
make a direct test of the Lorentz-FitzGerald 
effect. Again a null result was obtained. The 
suggestion was then made that the earth drags 
the ether, and while there is no ‘‘drift?’ at the 
surface of the earth, it might be perceptible at an 
elevation aboye the general surface. The experi- 
ment was again performed by the present author, 
at the Mount Wilson Solar Observatory in March 
and April, 1921, where the elevation is nearly 
6,000 feet. The results indicated an effect such 
as would be produced by a true ether-drift, of 
about one tenth of the expected amount, but there 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1427 


was also present a periodic effect of half the fre- 
quency which could not be explained. The inter- 
ferometer had been mounted on a steel base and 
in order to eliminate the possibility of magnetic 
disturbance, a new apparatus with a concrete 
base and with aluminum supports for the mirrors 
was constructed. Observations were made in 
November and December, 1921, the results being 
substantially the same as in April. Before any 
conclusions can be drawn, it is necessary to deter- 
mine the cause of the unexplained disturbance. 
The interferometer has again been mounted at 
Case School of Applied Science, in Cleveland, and 
observations are now in progress, the results of 
which were reported in this paper, which was 
illustrated by lantern slides and motion-pictures. 
About 700 feet of motion-picture film was taken 
at Mount Wilson by a member of the observatory 
staff, showing the location and construction of the 
apparatus and also the method of making the 
observations. 

Some extensions in the mathematics of hydro- 
mechanics: Dr. R. 8. Woopwarp, Washington, 
D. C. The most general specification of fluid 
motion requires a minimum of twenty symbols, 
or factors. Of these the most important are the 
three velocity components, the three spin com- 
ponents, and the four potentials from which the 
velocity components are derived by differentiation. 
The first part of the paper shows how it is more 
advantageous, in general, to make use of the rela- 
tions between the Laplacians, or the Laplacians 
of the Laplacians, of these factors, than it is to 
make use of the relations of a lower order. It is 
shown that this extension greatly systematizes 
and simplifies the statement and the solution of 
problems on the motion of viscous fluids. The 
second part of the paper refers to what the author 
has ventured to call preharmonies, which are the 
triple integrals of harmonic functions which figure 
extensively in hydromechanics. It is shown how 
to find all of the preharmonies corresponding to 
all of the harmonie functions of positive and 
negative integral degrees. 

Normal coordinates and Einstein space: G. D. 
BIRKHOFF. ; 

Algebraic solutions of Linstein’s cosmological 
equations: EDWARD KASNER. 

The geometry of paths: OSWALD VEBLEN. 

Biographical memoir of Dr. J. A. Allen: F. M. 
CHAPMAN. 

Biographical memoir 
Gould: G. C. Comstock. 

Biographical memoir of Henry Pickering Bow- 
ditch: W. B. CANNon. 


of Benjamin Apthorp 


NEW SERIES a ='S1G) 99 SINGLE Copiss, 15 Ors. 
Vou. LV, No. 1428 Fripay, May 12, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


SOME MODERN SCIENCE BOOKS 


Civic and Economic Biology—ATWOOD 

A Textbook for Students. Subject presented in the form of seven units. : 

By Wm. H. Arwoop, M.A., M.S., Milwaukee State Normal School, 364 illus. Cloth, $1.68 
Interesting Neighbors—JENKINS 


Nature Stories for Boys and Girls. 
By Pror. Otiver P. Jenxins, Stanford University, 81 Illus. Cloth, $1.12 


Microbiology—MARSHALL . 

3d Edition by various writers. Edited by Pror. C. E. Marsuari, Mass. Agric. College, 200 Illus- 

trations. Cloth, $4.00 
Health of the Industrial Worker—COLLIS & GREENWOOD 

By E. L. Cortts, M.D., Major Greenwoop, M.D., A. J. Cortis, M.D., (Eng.) 38 Illus. Cloth, $7.00 
Microtomist’s Vade Mecum—LEE 

8th Edition. By A. B. Ler; Edited by J. B. Gatenby, Sc.D. (Lond.) With collaboration of Emi- 


nent Physicians. Illustrated. Cloth, $6.50 
Mind and Its Disorders—STODDART 
By W. H. B. Stoppart, M.D., London. 4th Revised Edition, 85 Illus. Cloth, $7.50 


Mentally Deficient Children—Treatment, Training—SHUTTLEWORTH & POTTS 
By G. E. SHutttewortH, M.D. (Lond.) and W. A. Porrs, M.D. (Eng.) 5th Edition, Revised, 
Illustrated. Cloth, $3.25 

Types of Mental Defectivee—BARR & MALONEY 
By Martin W. Barr, M.D. (Penna. Training School) and E. F. Maroney, A.B. (Girard College) 
Illustrated. Cloth, $3.00 

Dairy Bacteriology—ORLA-JENSEN 
By Orta-JENSEN, Ph.D. (Copenhagen) Translated by P. S. Arup, Se.B. (Lond.) 


70 Illustrations. Cloth, $3.00 
Food Preducts, Their Source, Chemistry, Use—BAILEY 

2d Edition. By E. H. S. Batrey, Ph.D., University of Kansas. 92 Illustrations... Cloth, $2.50 
Detection of Poisons and Powerful Drugs—AUTENREITH fw pes 

5th Revised Edition, Translated by Wm. H. Warren, M.D. Illustrated. 9/7 Cloth, $3.50 
Volumetric Analysis—HAMPSHIRE f 

3d Revised Edition. By CHartes H. Hampsurre, ScB. (Lond.) w WAT Cloth, i $75 
Textbook of Organic Chemistry—CHAMBERLAIN \ 

By JosrepH ScuppER CHAMBERLAIN, Ph.D., Mass. Agricultural College. XN WV Cloth, $4.00 
Organic Chemistry, Volume II—RICHTER-D’ALBE SE | 

By RicHarp Von Ricuter; Translated by E. E. Fournizr D’Axze, D.Sc. (Lond.) Cloth, $8.00 


Colloid Chemistry of the Proteins—PAULI 
By Dr. W. Pautt (Vienna) Translated by P.C. L. THorne, M.A. (Lond.) Illus. Cloth, $2.25 


Physics and Chemistry of Colloids—HATSCHEK 


By Emit Hatscuex (Lond.) 4th Edition, Illustrated. Cloth, $2.25 
Ammonia and Its Nitrides—MAXTED 

By E. B. Maxtep, Ph.D. (Lond.) Illustrated. Cloth, $2.00 
Qualitative Chemical Analysis—TOWER 

4th Edition. By Oxrrn F. Tower, Ph.D., Western Reserve University. Cloth, $1.50 
Chemical Reactions and Their Equations—HACKH 

By Inco W. D. Hack, Ph.C., (San Francisco) Cloth, $1.75 
Philosophy and the New Physics—ROUGIER 

By Louis Roucier (Paris), Translated by Morron Masius, Ph.D. (Worcester) Cloth, $1.75 


P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. 
Publishers ; Philadelphia 


i SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 
JUST ISSUED 


KOFOID and SWEZY || SCIENTIFIC PAPERS 


_ Royal Society of London Catalogue of 
Scientific Papers (1800-1900) Vol. XVII, 


catalogued by authors now ready. 


Mitosis and fission in the active and encysted 


phases of Giardia enterica (Grassi) of Man. 


50 cents. 
This volume contains 57,474 entries by 
Mitosis in Endamoeba dysenteriae in the bone authors from Mare to the end of the let- 
marrow in Arthritis deformans terme 
“We idly cast our eyes over titles, 
and and pass from water-spouts to fan- 
gauges in mines, from cannibalism in 
Endamoeba dysenteriae in the lymph glands of figs Re tga ‘te the spectrum a ¥ 
Man in Hodgkin's disease. comet, from a loxodromic pendulum 
In one cover, 25 cents. to the use of yeast in diabetes, or 
from theta functions to the composi- 
Mitosis in the encysted stages of Endamoeba tion of Hexamethylentetramins.” 


Gal (Reels (Cs jase) BO artic. Volumes I to XVII contain 279,902 entries 


of scientific papers. Prices on request. 


Vol. XVII cloth $45.00; morocco $52.00 net. 


University of California Press THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS 


5811 Ellis Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 


Berkeley California 


PSYCHOLOGY 
“ASTUDY OFMENTAL LIFE 


By ROBERT S. WOODWORTH 


Professor of Psychology in Columbia University 


“T have no hesitation in pronouncing Professor Woodworth’s ‘Psychology’ the most 
distinctive and significant contribution to the collection of texts on this subject that has 
appeared in recent years.’—JosEPH JAstRow, University of Wisconsin. 


“In my opinion it is the clearest, and most readable presentation of the subject that 
exists at the present time. The author’s happy faculty of taking everyday illustrations and 
making the psychology residing in them apparent is worthy of comment.’—A. M. Jorpan, 
University of Arkansas. 


“His dynamic emphasis is evident not only in his treatment of the human mechanism 
from a more or less behavioristic viewpoint but also in his study of the conScious life and of 
personality development. The breaking up of the topic of the nervous system and its in- 
cidental presentation with the appropriate sections of the behavioristic psychology is an ex- 
cellent point. What is also to be recommended is the style of writing—it is the most 
effective for presentation to undergraduates I have ever seen.”—J. F. DasuieLt, University 
of North Carolina. 


HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 


New York Chicago Boston San Francisco 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS iii 


\ 


nag 
i ( 7 


The Bovie H-ion Potentiometer 


for the 


Chemist, Biologist and Bacteriologist 


The Bovie H-ion Potentiometer facilitates the determination of acidity or 
alkalinity of solutions. 


The indications of the instrument are given directly in terms of 
H-ion concentration. 

The actual reaction of a solution for a given condition may be 
determined by a single reading, or a curve may be developed 
(semi-automatically) showing the changes in the actual reac- 
tion with changes in the condition of the solution. 

A curve so developed gives data for determining the total reac- 
tion of the solution. 

This instrument especially facilitates the work of the bac- 
teriologist in adjusting the reaction of culture media to some 
definite value. 


The standard cell, galvanometer, and rheostat of the potentiometer circuit 
are contained within the instrument. External pieces required are a storage 
or dry cell and the electrodes with their accessories. 


Bulletin S767 describes the Bovie H-ion Potentiometer. 


LEEDS & NORTHRUP COMPANY 


Electrical Measuring Instruments 


4901 Stenton Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 


iv SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Laboratory Apparatus 


Scientific Instruments 
Reliable Analytical Chemicals 


C>omplete equipments for Research and General Laboratories 


Apparatus For : 
Analytical Work 
Asphalt—Oil—Tar Testing 
Assay and Metallurgy 
Bacteriology 
Biology 
Cement Testing 
Chemical Testing 
Coal Testing 
Co? 
Crushing—Grinding—Pulverizing 
Distilling 
Drug Testing 
Drying 
Electric Heating 
A . Food Testing 
New Fuel Economy 
CATALOGUE Hardness Testing 
in Heat Indicating and Recording 
Preparation Health Board 
Hospitals 
Metallography 
Microscopy 
Mining 
Paper Testing 
Physico-Chemical 
Soil Testing 
Sugar Testing 
Titration 
Zoology 


BRAUN-KNECHT-HEIMANN- CO. 


“Founded 1852’ 
576-584 Mission Street San Francisco, Calif. 


LABORATORY EQUIPMENT AND CHEMICALS 
Inventors—Manufacturers—Exporters—Distributors 


Cable Address, “‘-BRAUNDRUG”’ Los Angeles House 
All Codes used. The Braun Corporation 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y. 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 


Annual Subscription, $6.00. Single Copies, 15 Cts. 
Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the 
Post Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879, 


May 12, 1922 


Vou. LV No. 1428 


The Factor of Safety in Research: Pro- 
FEessor A, FRANKLIN SHULL.........-..-.--2--------- 497 


What becomes of the Fur Seals: G. DALLAS 


TETYAUNTIN/AUID yoeset te nee ee REIN PRONE sas iucn resea wn eeeeer ena 505 
Scientific Events: 

Loss from Animal Diseases; The California 

State Fisheries Laboratory; Mathematical 

Publications; Grants for Research by the 

National Academy of Sciences; The Elia- 

kim Hastings Moore Fund.........--------------------- 507 
Scientific Notes and News......--.----..--------0-1---- 510 
University and Educational Notes.........-...--.-..- 513 


Discussion and Correspondence: 
Did Humphry Davy melt Ice by rubbing 
Two Pieces together under the Receiwer of 
an Air Pump? PrRoressor ARTHUR TABER 
Jonges. A Paracelsus Library in this Coun- 
try: Dr. Cart Hering. The Teaching of 
Evolution in the Baptist Institutions of 
Texas: 8. A. R. The Metric Campaign: 
HOWARD! RICHARDS 22... ite ios ecec cece beatseesacee 514 


Scientific Books: 
The Biological Researches of Gustaf Ret- 


zgius: Dr. O. LARSELL 516 
Special Articles: 
Polyploidy, Polyspory and Hybridism in 
the Angiosperms: Prorrssor HE. C. JEr- 
FREY, A. E. LONGLEY, C. W. T. PENLAND. 
The Reaction of Drosophila to Ultraviolet: 
Dr. F. E. Lutz, Proressor F. K. Ricut- 
INENADAD CoS ee i SRS re Ee er eet 517 


The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 
Section A—Mathematics and Associated 
Societiés: PROFESSOR WILLIAM H. ROEVER. 
Section B—Physics—and Associated Soci- 
eties: PRoressor S. R. WILLIAMS. Section 
K—Social and Economic Sciences: Dr. 
FreDERIcK L. HorrmMan. Section N— 
Medical Sciences: Dr. A. J. GOLDFARB........ 519 


THE FACTOR OF SAFETY IN RE. 
SEARCH! 


ONCE in the drear dead days unfortunately 
still fresh in memory the head of a great insti- 
tution for the aid of education wrote, with 
reference to research, these words: “In the 
last two decades more sins have been com- 
mitted in its name against good teaching than 
we are likely to atone for in the next genera- 
tion.” Evidently the time of reformation had 
not arrived when this disparagement was 
uttered, for some ten years later the same pen 
recorded history as follows: “Much of that 
which has gone on in American universities 
under the name of research is in truth only an 
imitation of research.” 

To some of you, more than commonly zealous 
in support of investigation and with a back- 
ground of rural experience, these words may 
come with memories of the odor of new mown 
hay and visions of waving yellow fields and 
the reflection that excessive heat sometimes 
causes mental aberrations. For the quoted 
passages could have come only from an annual 
report, naturally written just after the end of 
the fiscal year; but unfortunately for this 
simple explanation, the fiscal year of the insti- 
tution in question does not end in June, and 
the derogation of research was conceived in 
the cool gray days of autumn. Moreover no 
charge of alienation of reason could be brought 
against the author of these rebukes that would 
not lodge with equal justice in other quarters. 
The chief executive of another great institution 
which has done and is doing as much in the 
field of research as any of its kind in America 
voiced a similar sentiment thus: “Quite too 
much attention is paid to those who when they 
make some slight addition to their own stock of 
information fancy that the world’s store of 

1 Address of the President of the Michigan 


Academy of Science, Arts and Letters, March 
29, 1922. 


498 


knowledge is thereby increased by a new dis- 
covery.” It is not fair in this case to remove 
the quoted words from their context, which 
was really a commendation of research as a 
university function. But in view of the wari- 
ness with which such views are expressed in 
public, the slight stricture here permitted to 
appear is probably only the weather-worn out- 
cropping of a stratum much more extensive. 

Indeed, it is not an uneommon idea even 
among men actively engaged in investigation 
that there is a fearful waste of energy upon 
research that might as well be left undone. Has 
it not been pointed out in every discussion of 
cooperation in scientifie work how much better 
would the world be served, could the labor now 
being frittered away upon unimportant mat- 
ters be organized under the direction of some 
one capable of separating the wheat from the 
chaff? A few years ago Edwin Linton, in an 
appreciation of Spencer Fullerton Baird, who 
must have been a practical person to have 
deserved the commendation bestowed upon 
him, wrote: “I am led to wonder if the failure 
of science to influence legislation in the inter- 
ests of the people is not to be charged to the 
propensity on the part of these leaders to shun 
the practical.” Likewise the energetic chief 
of the Federal Bureau of Entomology, on look- 
ing through a collection of doctor’s theses with 
the interests of his own bureau in mind, finds 
“that only a very small percentage of this out- 
put represents work which ean be of the slight- 
est use to humanity in its immediate problems 
regarding the insect world.” “At present most 
of the best men are working away in their 
laboratories practically heedless of... the 
tremendous necessity for the most intense work 
by the very best minds on the problem of over- 
coming and controlling our strongest rivals on 
this planet.” Had Dr. Howard been a phys- 
icist, or engineer, or metallurgist, he could no 
doubt have changed a word here and there and 
made the same statement with equal vigor. 
Those of you who every May have scanned a 
series of doctor’s theses may wish to explain 
in some other way the fine despair with which 
he exclaims, “And how can we emphasize the 
prime importance of devoting our earliest 
attention to those problems which most imme- 
diately concern our well being.” 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1428 


These are not the only investigators who 
have views that substantially agree in regard- 
ing much research as wasted, and the number 
who are willing to express such views in public 
is presumably but a fraction of the number 
who hold them in private. 

Research is not, it is true, alone in including 
much which is of no direct value. How much 
of literature could not be suppressed, to the 
advantage of author, publisher and reading 
public? Is there not much of so-called art 
which might never have been born, and leave 
the world happier for its non-existence? How- 
ever, to recite the ills of sister lines of en- 
deavor is not to eure or even excuse our own. 

But are they ills? Is it to be in any wise 
deplored that the research by which John 
Brown wins a degree, or Professor Jones keeps 
his mind fertile while teaching, is not of the 
sort that promises to lighten the burdens of 
human society or inerease its means of 
pleasure? At least, is it to be deplored to the 
extent that Student Brown and Professor 
Jones should have refrained from research if 
they were unable to fix upon a more practical 
subject of investigation? I believe it is not 
only not to be regretted that some pieces of 
research must seem trifling, but that the system 
under which we now operate, in which un- 
important or perhaps in themselves valueless 
contributions are sometimes made, accom- 
plishes a greater result than any system that 
could be devised under which such insignificant 
researches would be excluded. 

Let me disillusion at once those who imagine 
that I am about to defend research on the ideal 
ground that truth for truth’s sake is indeed 
practical, and that therefore any investigation 
which discovers a grain of that precious com- 
modity is an economic gain. I would be will- 
ing to make such a defense if it were desirable 
to pitch the combat on so high a plane. But 
it is no time to wrestle with the angels above 
the clouds while the forces of evil are unvan- 
quished in the valley. I have no intention of 
discussing at length what is practical. Per- 
haps one should regard general knowledge as 
the most practical kind. The elimination of 
ennui and of the loose habits formed in the 
periods of mental vacuity to which the ig- 
norant and the merely technically trained are 


May 12, 1922] 


frequently subjected may result in improved 
health and increased longevity, and so be a 
highly practical matter. An engineer or a 
physician seldom reaches the economic heights 
of his profession without the engaging or com- 
pelling mental exterior which only a general 
education can develop to the full. One need 
not admit that only those things are practical 
which look practical to the world at large. One 
need not even admit that a thing is useless even 
if it could be known—as it can not—that no 
better food supply, or no decrease of hardship 
would ever come out of it. The conception of 
the practical which makes it include general 
knowledge is capable of strong support, but I 
shall not avail myself of it. I propose to ac- 
cept, for the purpose of this address, the 
definition of the practical as given by the man 
in the street. 

Nor have I any intention of deciding 
whether a practical education is the best one. 
So far as I can see, the whole science of 
astronomy might be forgotten, and my present 
daily life would go on about as before. I 
would enjoy the sunlight and profit by its 
energy as I do now. The seasons would follow 
one another in the same order if we were 
ignorant of the causes of their succession. The 
eugenic effects of moonlit and starlit nights 
would be as great as at present. Should the 
navigator who brings me comforts from dis- 
tant parts of the globe get into trouble, that 
difficulty could soon be obviated. But one ele- 
ment of vastness in the thoughts of men would 
be gone forever, and it is not unlikely that 
experiences of other kinds would shrink in 
proportion. What physical advantage, gained 
by devoting to some applied science the energy 
now devoted to the planets, could compensate 
for such a loss? 

It is not my purpose, however, to address 
myself to idealists, though no doubt that is the 
character of this audience. Arguments on a 
lower level are now much more urgent. We are 
all familiar with the investigations which have 
been undertaken for the simple purpose of dis- 
covering scientific truth, but which afterwards 
have led to results of the highest practical im- 
portance. Biologists know by heart the story 
of Professor Harrison who by painstaking ex- 


SCIENCE 


499 


periments devised a means of keeping alive a 
small group of cells after removal from the 
body of the animal to which they belonged, and 
of watching them grow under the microscope. 
He was seeking to demonstrate a principle of 
morphology and development, and he _ suc- 
ceeded to the satisfaction of himself and his co- 
workers. Neither he nor they considered the 
possibility that his method of tissue culture 
would ever be used to the obvious advantage of 
man. But this method was later used by a 
great surgeon, who kept tissues alive for years 
and who pointed out the possibilities which the 
method contained of disclosing the causes of 
death and thereby of prolonging human life. 
Thus the experiments first used to settle a dis- 
puted question of biology promise, in the opin- 
ion of many, to bring us nearer to that oldest 
of human goals, the fountain of eternal youth. 
The possibility of practical advantage to be 
derived from these culture methods weighed 
heavily in the allocation of the Nobel prize in 
medicine which was bestowed upon the sur- 
geon. There should be no detraction from the 
credit due to one who has the vision to discover 
new uses for old methods, but rather increase 
of eredit to the original discoverer. Professor 
Harrison would be the last to ask that the 
Nobel prize be transferred to him. All he 
would ask is that research in general be sup- 
ported in a broad way which will occasionally 
make possible further practical applications. 

Perhaps less generally known is the recent 
improvement of submarine cables, whereby 
their capacity is increased five-fold. Experi- 
ments extending over a long period of time had 
as their aim improved insulation which would 
prevent or reduce leakage. ‘These efforts suc- 
ceeded to a marked degree only after another 
worker, with the mere advance of scientific 
knowledge in mind, invented a new alloy hav- 
ing the desired insulating properties. The field 
of physies is full of such examples. The work 
of Maxwell on the electromagnetic wave theory 
led to wireless telegraphy; Roentgen’s rays 
were discovered in the course of a piece of 
pure research; and, indeed, all of the early 
work on electricity was done in a spirit of 
investigation having no other object than to 
discover the truth. 


500 


What might have happened to these dis- 
coveries had they promised to emerge in an 
atmosphere in which it was considered that 
“much that has gone on in the name of re- 
search is in truth only an imitation of re- 
search,” can only be surmised. Whether they 
would have been made in the laboratories of 
an institution where they stood a chance of 
being regarded as “sins against good teaching” 
so heinous as to demand expiation for a gen- 
eration, may be doubted. Even if their worst 
prospective reception had been that of being 
regarded as slight additions to the discoverers’ 
own stock of information and not an increase 
of the world’s store of knowledge, their origin 
could hardly have been inspiriting to their 
author. One pauses to meditate upon the rea- 
sons for the long delay in the appreciation of 
the work of the Abbé Mendel in hybridization 
ot garden peas, and of that of Willard Gibbs 
on the “phase rule,” and to wonder whether 
even then men in positions of influence were 
convinced that they could “spot’’? in advance 
those’ things which were worth doing. 

It would be hazardous to assert that cases as 
striking as the foregoing are common. Less 
spectacular examples are, however, not rare. 
Although many of the economically valuable 
applications of science -to practical ends are 
directly made by investigators who are con- 
sciously striving to make those applications, it 
is probably in every ease true that their suc- 
cess has depended upon previous discoveries 
not made with a practical aim in view. Some 
one has gone so far as to say that every dis- 
covery of science which has proven of economic 
use was first made as a contribution to pure 
selence. 

Justification of research along lines that 
promise no amelioration of man’s condition 
must not, however, lie only in the possibility 
that the amelioration will result even without 
the promise. Some investigations must be ear- 
ried on purely for the training of investigators. 
Until, by use of tissue cultures or an analogous 
procedure discovered by the pure scientist and 
then applied by others, some means of indef- 
initely prolonging life is discovered, new inves- 
tigators must be developed to replace the old. 
New investigators are developed only by prac- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1428 


tice, and in practice they must solve problems. 
For this educational work a problem of small 
value often serves as well as a weightier one. 
Indeed, since first attempts often show the 
hand of the novice, it may be doing a real 
service to science to withhold the more serious 
problem for a second or later investigation. It 
is not reasonable, therefore, and perhaps it is 
not wise to insist that even the training of 
research students shall all be done on subjects 
that are in themselves of high value either 
directly or indirectly. Objecting to our system 
of traininig in research by means of small 
investigations that are not in themselves im- 
portant is like proposing to abandon the study 
of arithmetic by means of problems on the 
ground that no one ever bought seven gallons 
of vinegar at twenty cents a quart, and that 
therefore it is a waste of time to discover how 
much the liquid cost. 

To convinee ourselves that the rearing of 
young investigators on a diet of insignificant 
problems is not inevitably fatal, and that it 
may even be beneficial, it is only necessary to 
look backward instead of forward, and gather 
assurance concerning the future from what has 
happened in the past. -Did Pasteur, for exam- 
ple, learn the art of investigation on a problem 
that he foresaw was to be a lasting boon and 
cause of untold happiness to men? This being 
a presidential address, I will probably exhibit 
no greater degree of ignorance than is to be 
expected if I inquire whether the solution of a 
puzzling problem relating to the isomeric tar- 
taric acids was by any one at that time held to 
be full of economic promise. Molecular strue- 
ture we may regard to-day as of high im- 
portance, perhaps in some instances even in a 
practical way, but hardly in Pasteuv’s early 
manhood. That his researches were considered 
by his contemporaries futile, even from the 
pure science viewpoint, is plain; for when 
Pasteur’s reputation had been established, 
when he was professor of chemistry, even when 
he was dean of his faculty, than which no 
higher honor presumably could come to a man 
of science, he was advised by Biot and Dumas, 
veteran chemists, not to waste more time on 
the subjects which were then uppermost in his 
mind. These investigations led, however, 


May 12, 1922] 


through the chemistry of fermentation to the 
bacteria of fermentation, and thence to the 
organisms of disease, and to-day the appre- 
ciation of the practical value of Pasteur’s work 
is universal. 

We may be told that Pasteur could have 
started midway in his career if some one had 
put him there at the outset by advice; and if 
we reply that there was no such person to ad- 
vise him, we may be reminded that there are 
plenty of advisers to-day. These advisers are 
precisely the foundation on which those who 
decry the uselessness of many present investi- 
gations propose to build a system in which 
only useful and important projects are under- 
taken. Granted an abundance of omniscient 
advisers, their plan should work; but if these 
foundation stones prove defective, the struc- 
ture resting on them will fall. How readily 
such advisers may be discovered and drafted 
into service is perhaps capable of computation. 
No doubt each person who proposes to elim- 
inate uselessness in research has in mind at 
least one who is able and willing to undertake 
the task of elimination. Otherwise the proposal 
would hardly be made. One need, therefore, 
only count the number of those who would dis- 
pense with impractical investigation to deter- 
mine the minimum number of advisers with 
which the system might start. Probably there 
are others having ability, but also modesty, 
who can not be immediately discovered. So 
far as I know no one has attempted to deter- 
mine how much leadership a federation to pre- 
vent uselessness in research might count upon. 

There is danger in this connection that the 
controlling factor of a career be misjudged. 
Careers are only occasionally guided by advice; 
for the rest, they are the product of evolution. 
Each step depends on what has gone before, 
and determines what shall come after. Granted 
the characteristics with which Pasteur’s parents 
endowed him, his life proceeded naturally from 
one thing to another. One need not be a 
fatalist to conceive that the only way for him 
to end with proof of the germ theory of dis- 
ease was to start with isomerism in tartaric 
acids. Had he been artificially set down at 
some mile-post on the way, without having 
traversed the preceding distances, it is ques- 
tionable whether he could have been made to 


SCIENCE 


501 


follow the same road, even with the help of 
advice from those who believed they were qual- 
ified to give it. Without the abiding faith that 
he was on the right road, which only his own 
previous work, not the suggestions of his 
elders, could give him, it is scarcely likely he 
would have persevered through the long periods 
of discouragement. To him who asserts that 
Pasteur could have been put upon the problem 
of pathogenic organisms in his early days and 
have reached the goal of his maturity at an 
earlier date, the only suitable reply seems to 
be the verse which might prove to have apos- 
tolie origin if the Scriptures recorded every- 
thing, “Verily, optimism hath its own reward.” 

Had Pasteur’s hypothetical early start on 
pathogenic organisms failed to lead him to the 
present conception of the etiology of disease, 
what would have been the damage? Would 
the world simply have lost Pasteur, and never 
been the wiser, in the same manner as it has 
probably lost many another genius, perhaps 
through mistaken advice coming from those 
who were supposed to know? Could humanity 
have counted on a substitute for Pasteur, aris- 
ing at an equally early date and arriving, either 
with or without advice from superiors, at the 
same conclusions as Pasteur reached? It is 
not likely. Failure to discover the truth by 
Pasteur would have been a calamity. His 
work would have been careful, painstaking. 
Everyone watching his later career would have 
recognized that his work on the theory of 
pathogenic organisms must have been thor- 
ough. But, owing to immaturity, or want of 
perseverance because he lacked the faith in his 
own hypotheses which only gradual develop- 
ment of them could insure, it had demonstrated 
nothing, its results were negative. Surely this 
would not have been an encouraging fact for 
any one else who conceived the germ theory of 
disease and contemplated efforts to prove its 
correctness. The oligarchy set up to guide re- 
search in useful directions would hardly have 
advised young men, or others, to enter that 
field. The fact that careful work by an able 
investigator, even if then young, had failed to 
find any proof of the bacterial origin of dis- 
ease, could easily have damned the truth to a 
generation or more of undiscovery. 

If any comfort is to be taken in the gloomy 


502 


picture of what would have happened if 
Pasteur had, at the behest of some supervising 
agency, undertaken as a first problem some- 
thing else than the isomerism of tartaric. acids, 
and thereby missed the germ theory of disease, 
it must lie in the belief that a man of Pasteur’s 
timber would have done great things in another 
field. But such a consideration does not 
answer the argument that his early work, prac- 
tical or not, was a necessary training in order 
that his maturer work might be valuable. 

Doubtless the case of Pasteur can be dupli- 
cated by that of other eminent scientists whose 
first research seemed to bear no relation to 
their later high attainments. Perhaps that is 
regularly true, except in the small number of 
cases in which by the laws of chance it is to be 
expected that preliminary work and eventual 
important discoveries shall lie in the same field. 
The fields in which the accomplishments of 
great investigators lie may thus appear to be 
matters of accident; but then, an accident is 
but the inevitable consequence of other acci- 
dents that have gone before. 

If it is not fatal, but sometimes even useful, 
to start the new investigator on his way with 
a problem whose solution promises no practical 
improvements in human affairs, what is to be 
said of those who are mature in research? 
Probably most of these trained workers would 
be better satisfied with their showing to their 
fellow men, even if not more content with 
themselves, if they could be perpetually en- 
gaged on practical projects. Even if it be 
granted, as has been done in the introductory 
remarks of this address for the sake of limiting 
the discussion, that practicatly useful investi- 
gations are the only ones desirable, is it pos- 
sible to maintain a system of research in which 
only practical things are attempted, and make 
it work? For various reasons the practical 
problem that suggests itself to an investigator 
may be one which he can not undertake. Lack 
of facilities readily accounts for many such 
eases, geographical position for others. The 
problem that seems most feasible may not seem 
highly important even from the pure science 
point of view. What is the investigator to do 
under these circumstances? Refrain from 
undertaking a problem which he feels sure is 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1428 


not of great value? Even if that means doing 
no research at all? Perhaps. But if he de- 
cides to keep on working, he may take comfort 
in the story of the foolish virgins, and reflect 
that in his small way he is keeping his lamp 
trimmed and burning even at the cost of some 
oil which seems wasted, until the bridegroom 
cometh with a problem that is more worth 
while. For nothing is so quickly fatal to re- 
search as interruption of it. This university 
furnished, for valuable war work, some inves- 
tigators whose previous work was regarded 
even by themselves as of small value. I am not 
speaking of any of you here present. The 
gentlemen to whom I refer are in their labora- 
tories to-night. They find the labors to which 
the great conflict introduced them so pleasur- 
able, nay, even enthralling, that they have no 
time to listen to mere presidential addresses. 
The life of any eminent scientist of the present 
generation would probably furnish a further 
example of the ad interim value of unimport- 
ant research. At least this is true of those in 
my own field upon whom I have taken the 
trouble to reflect. They have engaged in con- 
tinuous investigation, the continuity being due 
in part, in every case, to insignificant produc- 
tions. It is very seldom, and then only under 
unusual circumstances, that a serious interrup- 
tion is followed by a return to high produc- 
tivity. 

Nor must it be forgotten that many men 
who are engaged in research of minor value 
are the trainers of new investigators who may 
be more “lucky” than themselves. I think with 
profound respect of the professor of physics 
in a small western college who keeps working 
in a small way, who has never made a striking 
contribution, practical or otherwise, to his 
science, but who every year or two sends to a 
great eastern university a graduate student. 
Although these students are most of them still 
young men, they have done creditable things, 
some of them practical. Is it likely that the 
professor in the small college could thus inspire 
his students to a career of learning without the 
stimulus that comes from his own research? 
You may answer this question to your own 
liking, as I am doing. In a vicarious way, this 
man seems likely to exert upon his science an 


May 12, 1922] 


influence out of all proportion to the imme- 
diate significance of his own investigations. 
My challenge to the critics of the present 
system of research to produce anything better 
does not rest on the idealistic argument that 
truth for its own sake is the highest aim of the 
scholar. This argument might not appeal to 
those for whom this address is intended, who, 
while not present in this audience, may yet 
receive the challenge. It rests on the demon- 
strated fact that many discoveries thought un- 
important when made have proven to be valu- 
able later, on the belief that new investigators 
are often as successfully prepared by unim- 
portant practice problems as by more funda- 
mental ones and with sometimes less danger to 
the progress of science, and on the assumption 
that the continuity of labor which problems of 
small value permit is conducive to aggregate 
high productivity. This is the system under 
which we now operate, a system which leaves 
the individual free, and which does not chide 
him too severely if he sometimes engages in 
insignificant labor. It is a system which pro- 
vides for the doing of many services in order 
that some of them may prove valuable. Can it 
be improved upon? Quite possibly. Can it be 
improved upon by attempting to suppress all 
efforts that seem to have no significance? I 
think not. The principle of this method is one 
which has been widely adopted in other affairs 
of life and has been found good. Firing a 
whole cartridge full of shot in order that one 
ball may bring down the game is a recognized 
principle of the huntsman. Is the remaining 
shot wasted? It is. Is the system which uses 
cartridges of shot, most of which is wasted, an 
uneconomical one? Any hunter will tell you 
it is not. The bullets of a machine gun are 
mostly wasted, but the system as a whole 
insures hitting the mark. Drilling wells that 
never yield oil is wasteful; but the system of 
drilling numerous wells where there is a chance 
of striking reservoirs is a profitable one. Cast- 
ing bread upon the waters, to return again 
sevenfold in the form of flesh of fish, would be 
much more profitable if all the bread, instead 
of being cast at random, could be put into the 
mouths of those fishes that were afterwards 
going to be caught, and denied to those that 


SCIENCE 


503 


would later escape the net. But could such 
individual feeding be carried out? Not eco- 
nomically; not even at all. Casting bread upon 
the waters is the easiest and least wasteful way 
of obtaining a return. Hundreds of inventions 
are made for every one that fills an important 
place in human economy. Numerous excur- 
sions, genuine or spurious, were necessary 
before the north pole was discovered. Busi- 
ness concerns by the hundred are established 
and succeed or fail, but by only a few of them 
is economic progress made. Thousands of stu- 
dents must be gathered into colleges, so that a 
few scholars may be produced. Even presiden- 
tial addresses are subject to the same rule. In 
order that a few of distinction may be pro- 
duced, many that fall short of the goal must 
be written and heard. If presidential ad- 
dresses must be had, trial and error is the only 
way to secure quality. 

The factor of safety has been employed for 
ons in animals, which waste millions of eggs 
and spermatozoa to insure continuity of the 
species. Professor Jennings, in one of the 
brilliant presidential addresses to which refer- 
ence has been made, pictured himself as the 
accidental product of union of one among 
thousands of eggs and one among millions of 
sperms, and congratulated himself on being 
with us. We congratulate ourselves on having 
him with us. Along with Jennings, it is true, 
we have to accept a lot of inferior persons. We 
even have to take those who decry research be- 
cause much of it is useless. But these disad- 
vantages, these wasted combinations, are what 
insure such as Jennings. Only a small per- 
centage of seeds ever germinate, and fewer 
still ever mature. The entire struggle for ex- 
istence is based on the principle that security 
and advancement are -best secured through 
wasteful over-production. 

So in research. To find radium, we must 
permit scores of fruitless efforts in chemistry. 
To invent the wireless telephone, there must 
be numerous investigations that concern 
humanity little or not at all. To discover the 
mechanism of heredity, some one must be per- 
mitted to do much that has little or no bearing 
either upon that or upon anything else worth 
while. The great advances of the theory and 


504 


practical employment of electricity, of indus- 
trial chemistry, of immunity, of surgery, all 
have been made at the cost of much plodding 
and puttering. It is doubtful whether they 
could have been made in any other way. 

The foregoing defense of the present free- 
dom of the investigator is not to be regarded 
as a recommendation of still further freedom. 
It is not proposed that young investigators 
shall be delivered from all advisers. No 
muzzle is to be placed upon those who have 
comments to make upon the value of the work 
of their colleagues. Restrictions laid upon ad- 
vice and criticism are likely to be as dangerous 
as restrictions imposed upon problems for 
investigation. All that is insisted upon is that 
no such advice or criticism shall carry with it 
any weight that is not inherent in the advice or 
criticism itself. Those in whose hands lies the 
power to make or mar the career of investiga- 
tors should be exceedingly cautious how they 
ereate an atmosphere that seems in any way 
to discourage or limit the freedom of research. 
I have referred in my introductory remarks 
to several instances in which responsible offi- 
cials have, in my opinion, transgressed in this 
regard. They are not the only ones, and there 
are other ways of committing the same sin. 
One of these ways is the appointment of an 
investigator to a position for the purpose of 
studying a certain problem. There comes to 
my mind one such appointment in a research 
institution. The appointee was, in his own 
words, “brought down here to study 4 
—but to name the specifie problem would be 
to name the institution. He did not feel free 
to attack another problem until that one was 
solved. It made no difference that he had 
come vaguely to feel that the problem would 
never be solved, or that other investigations 
would yield greater returns. By the terms of 
his appointment, his energy could be directed 
into other channels only with the permission 
of his superior officer. Such direction from 
above could be justified only in the case of an 
assistant or an investigator on temporary ap- 
pointment, not in the case of a permanent 
colleague. Research in a general field may 
legitimately be the aim of an institution in the 
appointment of an investigator, and the ap- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1428 


pointee would naturally be one who had demon- 
strated an abiding interest in that field; but 
even in such cases, the progress of science de- 
mands that he be free from restraint. 

Very different from such interference is the 
friendly advice of a teacher or the criticism of 
a colleague. Advice and criticism carry no 
concealed weapons. They are sometimes good, 
and to repress them eliminates the good with 
the bad. Indeed, good advice is more easily 
frowned down than is the bad. If my argu- 
ment were regarded as against the giving of 
advice, and were taken seriously, those whose 
advice is best would be the most restrained by 
it. The greatest freedom of suggestion from 
all sources is advantageous, for advice is some- 
times good, and to get what is good one must 
also hear the worthless. That is the reason for 
this address—and this statement may be inter- 
preted in any way you choose. 

To sum up, a successful system of research, 
even when the practical is the ultimate aim, 
demands the greatest freedom of the investi- 
gator. While direction from superiors may 
effect gains in limited fields, the losses entailed 
in the whole system are probably invariably 
greater. Great industrial concerns maintain 
staffs of workers whose tasks are assigned to 
them, and such startling achievements as the 
wireless telephone have resulted from their 
directed energies; but the responsible heads of 
these enterprises recognize that untrammeled 
research in pure science must precede and build 
the foundation for their labors, and some of 
these industrial institutions are now deliberate- 
ly maintaining research workers in fields which 
promise at present no practical results what- 
ever. The freedom which is insisted upon for 
the investigator will, it is expected, often lead 
him to problems that have no practical value, 
or eyen no great scientific value. But a system 
in which such liberty is a cornerstone insures 
a continuous output and a wide range of re- 
sults. Among these results are most certain to 
be some, perhaps many, of practical value. 
Any interference with this system which would 
limit investigations to those of supposed im- 
portance would interrupt their continuity, limit 
the output, restrict the variety, and defeat its 
own purpose. The development of a scientific 


May 12, 1922] 


foundation is an evolutionary process. Man 
has never yet interfered very successfully with 
the great scheme of organic evolution, and 
there is no reason to suppose that he can pro- 
pose a superior substitute for the evolutionary 
process in the development of science. Selec- 
tionists have practically abandoned the belief 
that they can create new things at will, and are 
content now to discover, preserve, and combine 
what already exists or what may come into ex- 
istence without their aid. Practical scientists 
may well take their cue from the selectionists, 
permit investigation to take its own course, 
and choose from among its products such as 
seem capable of application. 


A. FRANKLIN SHULL 
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN 


WHAT BECOMES OF THE FUR 
SEALS 


THe census of Alaska fur seals in 1921 as 
computed by Mr. Edward C. Johnston, of the 
U. 8. Bureau of Fisheries, amounted to a total 
of 581,457 animals, exclusive of 22,546 surplus 
males which were killed for commercial pur- 
poses. This is a low but substantial increase 
of 5.2 per cent. over the figures for 1920. The 
annual percentages of increase of the class of 
breeding cows since 1912 have been as follows: 


Since it is this class which is the controlling 
element of the herd it will be instructive to 
examine these figures with considerable care. 
In the first place, the great variation from year 
to year in the rate of increase is most notice- 
able; but it is no greater than that which is 
found to exist on the several rookeries, as an 
examination of the complete reports published 
by the Bureau of Fisheries will show. 

To some persons the above figures may ap- 
pear satisfactory. Every year since the cessa- 
tion of pelagic sealing in 1911 a gain has been 


SCIENCE 


505 


shown, whereas a loss was sustained from 1886 
to that date. It was during this last period 
that uncontrolled slaughter of the females de- 
veloped and threatened the very existence of 
the species before it could be checked through 
diplomatic channels. 

Others will doubtless ask, “Why have the 
increases been so low?” A species of animal 
the female of which brings forth one young 
each year and approximately ten in a lifetime 
should increase annually more than 8.98 per 
cent. on the average. But that is all that an 
average of the above percentages will show. 

Several facts have been learned the past few 
years which throw some light on this important 
subject. For instance, it has been found in 
several successive years that only one half of 
the females which are born live to be three 
years old. The loss of the class on the islands 
before the pups learn to swim is about one per 
cent. It varies from three fourths of one per 
cent. to one and one half, depending entirely 
upon how many bulls more than necessary are 
present on the rookeries. The annual loss of 
females through actual killing on the islands 
does not exceed 75, or less than five hundredths 
of one per cent.; all such deaths are purely 
accidental and largely unavoidable in the con- 
duct of commercial work. 

Therefore, the loss can take place in but one 
other place and that is in the sea. The figure 
of 50 per cent. loss the first three years was 
obtained in the following manner: The loss of 
breeding females, due to old age, is about 10 
per cent. each year because the average breed- 
ing age is about 10 years. If this 10 per cent. 
be deducted from the number of breeding 
females in any year, say 1915, the remainder 
will represent the breeders of that year which 
remained alive in 1916. If this be taken from 
the total number of breeders in 1916, the last 
remainder will represent the increment of new 
three-year-old cows that year because the first 
young are born the third year. In several 
seasons this increment has been only about 50 
per cent. of the number of female pups born 
three years previously. In other words, the 
loss amounts to one fourth the total number of 
births in any one year. Out of the females 
born during the last nine years, therefore, the 
following losses have been suffered: 


506 


HMO Gaal seca eae cena eeencaes eee 314,8311 


The great question is, “What has become of 
this enormous total of 300,000 female seals?” 

Some are killed by unlawful pelagic sealing. 
A few bullets and buckshot are found in the 
carcasses of males almost every year on the 
killing fields, although no seal can be shot 
legally. The number so killed, however, must 
be insignificant and the work sporadic in char- 
acter up to 1921. While it should not be 
ignored by any means, it is not sufficiently 
great to concern us in such a broad analysis 
of the subject as we are here making. 

Some other females are lawfully killed at 
sea by Indians under the provisions of the 
treaty of December 15, 1911. The number so 
taken in any one year is not excessive, a few 
hundred at most, yet it is sufficiently great that 
it should be stopped. The object of the treaty 
mentioned was to abolish pelagic sealing so as 
to protect the female seals. Therefore, per- 
mitting the work at all defeats the main pur- 
pose of the agreement and the objectionable 
clause should certainly be amended at the first 
opportunity. The Indians were given the 
privilege because they had hunted seals at sea 
from prehistoric times. There are many ways 
in which the natives can be recompensed with- 
out permitting them to destroy the important 
element of any species of wild life. 

There is no evidence of any loss of seals at 
sea due to disease or starvation. The animals 
are always fat and healthy when they leave 
their island home and also when they return. 

1It should be explained that in fur seal census 
computations, while the figures appear exactly as 
though a precise enumeration had been made, only 
reund numbers are intended to be implied. The 
possible error in the above computations would 
be approximately plus or minus five per cent. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1428 


Exceptions to this rule are so rare that they 
may be entirely ignored. 

There is only one other known method by 
means of which the herd suffers a loss in the 
sea. This is the result of the depredations of 
killer whales. Each spring and fall these 
“wolves of the sea” come about the Pribilof 
Islands in schools and have been seen to devour 
seals in large numbers. I once saw a school 
capture three seal pups in less than five min- 
utes. In their eagerness to capture their prey 
they sometimes “run aground” and of course 
then die. The stomachs of two which thus 
came ashore were once examined by Captain 
Bryant and in them he found 18 and 24 seals, 
respectively, $2,000 meals each of them. 

That the destruction of seal life about the 
islands by the killers is very great is incontro- 
vertible. Whether it continues as both animals 
migrate southward is unknown. We know with 
a fair degree of accuracy the direction and dis- 
tance traveled by the seals but the habits of 
the animals during the long period of their 
lives when they are in the water are practically 
unknown. 

There may be other pelagic enemies besides 
the killers, but it is doubtful; if so, they are 
entirely unknown. 

Of course, the males suffer as great a loss 
as the females and there is some evidence which 
indicates that it is even greater. As a class the 
former do not swim so far to the southward, 
and it is possible that the killers normally re- 
main in the colder waters. At any rate, we 
know that 300,000 of them have been lost 
during the past nine years. If they had been 
taken commercially and their skins sold for 
revenue they would have brought the enormous 
total of $15,000,000, upon the assumption of a 
value of $50 per skin. But during much of 
this period they brought $100 each or more. 

Such financial loss to the government can 
not be passed unheeded. That sum would have 
paid for all of the scientific investigations, good 
and bad, which have ever been made of the fur 
seal. Hach year the actual loss amounts to 
more than $1,000,000. 

It has been urged that a small part of this be 
used for the study of this new “fur seal ques- 
tion.” Seldom does a scientific investigation 


May 12, 1922] 


have such a chance to show immediate financial 
results as this. If the activity of the enemy 
could be reduced one per cent. it would increase 
revenue over $10,000 per year. 

It is therefore suggested that the activities 
of the killer whale be thoroughly investigated 
in its relation to the fur-seal herd. To do so, 
will require the services of a well-equipped 
vessel. It should be provided with a whale gun 
and a man to shoot it, because some of the 
animals would have to be killed. 

The stomachs of the killers taken should of 
course be examined. It may be asked why the 
preliminary work can not be done by the shore 
whaling stations, but it so happens that almost 
every cetacean known is commercially valuable 
except the killer. From the diminutive por- 
poise to the huge sulphurbottom all are taken 
but the orea, and it is left entirely alone. 
Therefore, the fur-seal question can not be 
studied on shore, where whales are utilized 
commercially without special arrangements 
being made for the capture of the killers. 

If the killer be found the great destroyer 
of fur seals which is suspected, then methods 
for its destruction should be devised. In lieu 
of submarines, it might be made the object of 
target practice of navy gunners. Or a bounty 
might be offered, so as to make them commer- 
cially profitable for whalers to handle. Or 
what is probably best of all such suggestions, 
fully equip whaling vessels to scour the seas, 
just as sheep men of the west keep coyote 
hunters constantly on duty. 


G. Datuas Hanna 
THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
LOSS FROM ANIMAL DISEASES 


Tue Advisory Committee, appointed by the 
British Development Commission in 1920, has 
issued its report on the facilities now available 
for the scientific study of the diseases of ani- 
mals, and improvements recommended. Sir 
David Prain was chairman of the committee. 

According to an abstract in the London 
Times, the present value of cattle, sheep, and 
pigs in the United Kingdom is estimated, the 
report states, at between four and five million 
pounds. The Scottish Animal Diseases Re- 


SCIENCE 


507 


search Association estimates the annual loss 
from disease in Scotland at close on £1,000,000, 
and the committee thinks that the loss in 
England and Wales must be four times the loss 
in Seotland. The facilities for research at the 
five veterinary colleges in the United Kingdom 
and Ireland “constitute a national disgrace.” 
The sum allocated to veterinary research is 
“trifling in comparison with the sums set aside 
for medical, agricultural, and fishery research.” 
There are certain existing facilities at univer- 
sities, medical schools, the Brown Institution, 
and attached to the English and Irish Depart- 
ments of Agriculture and to the Royal Army 
Veterinary Corps. In South Africa there is 
a model organization for the study of animal 
diseases, £123,447 having been spent during the 
year 1920-21 on veterinary education and re- 
search. In India immense opportunities are 
almost wholly neglected. Leaving out of ac- 
count the work in South Africa, the state of 
research into animal diseases within the empire 
is at present lamentable. 

The committee advocates (with reservations 
by Sir Walter Fletcher) increased salaries to 
workers of proved capacity at Camden Town, 
and a capital grant for new laboratories there. 
It suggests that facilities for research should be 
placed at the disposal of the Royal Army Vet- 
erinary Corps, and that a sum should be set 
aside annually by the commissioners for spe- 
cial researches into animal diseases. 

With regard to the training of investigators, 
it anticipates that a large proportion will come 
from the veterinary profession. It is against 
the increase in the number of universities with 
veterinary faculties, but wishes more money to 
be given to the existing veterinary colleges. It 
proposes that the Development Commission 
should appoint a diseases of animals research 
committee, the majority of whom should be 
men of science. To this new body all applica- 
tions for grants from the development fund for 
research into the diseases of animals should be 
referred. 


THE CALIFORNIA STATE FISHERIES 
LABORATORY 
Tue State of California, through its Fish 
and Game Commission, has constructed a lab- 
oratory in East San Pedro, at Los Angeles 


508 


Harbor, for the study of the biology of the 
fishes utilized in the now very large sardine 
and tuna canning industries. The state govern- 
ment has found that such studies are an 1m- 
perative necessity in the exercise of its legal 
control over the fisheries. They are necessary, 
not merely for the determination of biological 
facts bearing directly upon methods of con- 
servation, but also for the interpretation of 
the statistics which are now collected by the 
state for the purpose of observing the condi- 
tion of the fisheries. The statistical system 
used is unique, and has proved its independence 
of the errors usually introduced by statistics 
gathered by personal: inquiry, but the perfec- 
tion of the data thus gathered does not elim- 
inate, but rather enlarges the importance of 
biological knowledge and hence of laboratory 
work. 

The building is of reinforced concrete, two 
stories in height, and of modified Spanish 
architecture with red tile roof. There are suf- 
ficient accommodations for from six to ten re- 
search workers in the three laboratories and 
work room. A large library room, a file room, 
a dark room and store room are also provided. 

It is hoped to collect a library upon fishery 
subjects which will be very complete, and to 
that end a number of the important periodicals 
in the field have been purchased in their en- 
tirety. However, aside from the publications 
of the International Council for the Investiga- 
tion of the Sea, there are not a great many 
such periodicals, and the real sparseness of our 
knowledge of the commercial fishes is empha- 
sized by their lack. 

The permanence of the laboratory is assured 
by the existence of a law specifying the collec- 
tion of the statisties and the biological inves- 
tigations necessary. It is felt that it will be 
very difficult for reactionary interests to repeal 
the law, or to attack the funds collected by 
special taxes for the maintenance of the work. 
Dependence upon appropriations made from 
year to year has proved disastrous in the case 
of the federal government and in those of a 
number of states, and it is to be hoped that 
such a system as is in existence in California 
will remain independent of appropriations. 

The biological problems which face the 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1428 


fishery expert are wide in scope and will inev- 
itably interest the ecologist and the systematist. 
For their solution vast quantities of materials 
are available in the canneries and fish markets, 
while the detailed records of the catch which 
are gathered provide a basis for a real science 
of vital statistics of the fisheries. Men inter- 
ested along such lines will be cordially wel- 
comed in the new laboratory, in so far as its 
accommodations are adequate. 


WILL F. THOMPSON 


MATHEMATICAL PUBLICATIONS 


THE Bulletin of the American Mathematical 
Society contains several notes concerning math- 
ematical publications from which we quote. 

The council of the society has received an 
offer from an anonymous donor to pay the 
cost, up to $4,000, of an extra volume of the 
Transactions of the society, to be brought out 
promptly. This extra volume will be sent 
without charge to all subscribers and exchanges 
now. on the list. 

Mrs. Mary Hegeler Carus, as trustee for the 
Edward C. Hegeler Trust Fund, has given to 
the Mathematical Association of America the 
sum of $1,200 annually for five years for the 
purpose of publishing a series of monographs 
whose purpose should be to popularize mathe- 
matics by making accessible at nominal cost 
the best thoughts and keenest researches in this 
field set forth in expository form comprehensi- 
ble to teachers and students of mathematics and 
to other readers of mathematical intelligence. 
The deed of gift includes the promise to capi- 
talize this annual income by a permanent en- 
dowment fund if at the end of five years the 
project shall have proved successful. 

The members of the division of mathematics 
of Harvard University have constituted them- 
selves an informal committee to solicit contribu- 
tions to relieve the present financial need of 
the Jahrbuch iiber die Fortschritte der Mathe- 
matik. The deficit for the coming fiscal year 
will amount to about $1,000. The editor, Pro- 
fessor L. Lichtenstein, has appealed for aid. 
The Emergency Society for German and Aus- 
trian Science and Art, which last year appro- 
priated 20,500 marks for the Jahrbuch, con- 
templates the continuance of its support, sub- 


May 12, 1922] 


ject to the cooperation of American mathe- 
maticians. 

On the occasion of the sixtieth birthday of 
Professor David Hilbert, of the University of 
Goettingen, his friends, colleagues, and former 
students presented to him an address, an album 
of photographs, and a memorial volume of 
mathematical papers. Among those who joined 
in these remembrances were over sixty-five 
American friends and former students. The 
celebration was directed by a committee con- 
sisting of Professors O. Blumenthal (chair- 
man), R. Courant, G. Hamel, E. Hecke, A. 
Schonflies, and (for America) EK. R. Hedrick. 
The mathematical papers of. the memorial vol- 
ume will appear separately either in the Math- 
ematische Annalen or in the 
Zettschrift. 

The preparation of the complete edition of 
the works of Sophus Lie, undertaken in 1912 
by Teubner, but suspended because of the 
greatly increased cost of printing, will be re- 
sumed with the financial support of the Nor- 
wegian Mathematical Society. The title of the 
edition will read: Sophus Lie, Gesammelte 
Abhandlungen, im Auftrage des Norwegischen 
Mathematischen Vereins und mit Unterstiitzung 
der Akademien zu Kristiania und Leipzig, 
herausgegeben von Friedrich Engel und Paul 
Heeguard. It is planned to publish seven vol- 
umes, of which volume three, the first to ap- 
pear, is now in press. 


Mathematische 


GRANTS FOR RESEARCH BY THE NATIONAL 
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


Tue following grants for researches have 
been approved by the National Academy of 
Sciences : 

Bache Fund 
H. Nort, Gouda, Holland, for counting the 

stars on the Franklin Adams charts..........6 200 
H. S. Jennings, Johus Hopkins University, 

for studies of the cytology of the rhizo- 

POO Cum LIT Ol aisessnsen scene tseeanenceetcenseeenacncen Ee 
Herbert M. Evans, University of California, 

for the determination of the estrus cycle 

by means of histological changes in the 
vaginal and uterine fluid in other mam- 
mals than the rat (especially the rabbit 

AN Cga bh ey Cart, ee ecco cee skeen tecectans wesesnna seenaeee 


SCIENCE 


Carl G. Hartman, University of Texas, for 
the completion of observations on the 
estrus cycle of the opossum.........-.-.------------- 


Draper Fund 
E. A. Fath, Carleton College, for the pur- 
chase of a string electrometer for appli- 
cation to the photometry of the stars.......... 
W. W. Campbell, Lick Observatory, for the 
purchase of eclipse apparatus..........-..------.---- 


J. Lawrence Smith Fund 
George Perkins Merrill, U. 8S. National Mu- 
seum, in aid of further investigations of 
meteorites 


Gould Fund 
Benjamin Boss, Albany, N. Y., for the sup- 
port of the Astronomical Journal.......-.....-.- 


Marsh Fund 

Carl O. Dunbar, Yale University, for collee- 
tion and study of Permian insects.............. 
Miss Winifred Goldring, State Museum, Al- 
bany, N. Y., for investigation of Devonian 
Mlamtsmoti Gasper west tcrerec se tel eneatc as 
W. J. Sinclair, Princeton University, for 
continuation of his studies on the strati- 
graphic suecession of mammalian faunas 
of the White River oligocene 


Rudolf Ruedemann, State Museum, Albany, 
N. Y., for studies on the graptolites of 
North 

F. Canu and R. 8. Bassler, United States 
National Museum, for continuation of 
monographic studies on recent and fossil 
bryozoa 

CO. W. Gilmore, United States National Mu- 
seum, for continued work on a mono- 
graphic study of the fossil lizards of 
INonthapAti eric eeeeee eae et oe ee aeeeeeeaeloncerece 


VATS TT Cay seek Teeny a Nee ER 


Joseph Henry Fund 
Carl T. Compton, Palmer Physical Labora- 
tory, Princeton, N. J., for researches on 
the electric moments of molecules.............- 
H. J. Muller, University of Texas, for the 
purchase of a microscope designed espe- 
cially for selective illumination of given 
cells or portions of cells by means of vis- 
ible or ultra-violet light for use in studies 
in cytology, embryology and genetics.......- 
Ale& Hrdlitka, United States National Mu- 
seum, for support of investigations rela- 
ting to the origin and antiquity of man on 
the American and Asiatic continents........ 


509 


500 


1,000 


150 


300 


200 


300 


1,000 


250 


510 


THE ELIAKIM HASTINGS MOORE FUND 


a 

On the occasion of the twenty-fifth anniver- 
sary meeting of the Chicago Section of the 
American Mathematical Society, held in Chi- 
cago on April 14 and 15, 1922, the following 
resolutions, with the names of 174 contributors, 
were presented to Professor E. H. Moore in a 
beautifully bound and illuminated manuscript: 

Conscious of the great influence which you have 
exercised upon the development of mathematical 
science throughout this country, particularly in 
the Middle West during the last twenty-five years, 

Admiring the outstanding qualities of your re- 
searches in various fields of mathematics, 

Grateful for the inspiration and the encour- 
agement which you have given to those who have 
come to the University of Chicago to study mathe- 
matics, 

Recognizing the large contribution which you 
have made to the creation and the growth of the 
Chicago Section of the American Mathematical 
Society, 

Deeply appreciative of the friendship which, 
during many years, you have shown toward those 
who have had the good fortune to know you, 

The undersigned members of the American 
Mathematical Society, formerly students of math- 
ematices at the University of Chicago, or members 
of long standing in the Chicago Section, have 
wished to use the opportunity afforded by the 
twenty-fifth anniversary meeting of the Chicago 
Section to present to you a testimonial, which is 
intended to link your name in the years to come 
with the development of mathematics in this 
country. 

To this end they have contributed to a fund 
which is to be offered for trusteeship to the 
American Mathematical Society upon the follow- 
ing conditions: 

1. The fund is to be known as the Eliakim 
Hastings Moore Fund. 


2. The interest on the fund is to be used at the 
discretion of the council of the society, and upon 
the recommendation of a committee appointed 
from time to time for this purpose, in furtherance 
of such mathematical interests as 

(a) The publication of important mathematical 
books and memoirs. 

(b) The award of prizes for important con- 
tributions to mathematics; 
it being further recommended that during the 
next ten years preference be given to the former, 
and that publication of Professor E. H. Moore’s 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1428 


researches in general analysis or other fields shall 
have precedence over all other claims. 

3. The fund is to be kept intact by the Amer- 
ican Mathematical Society except in so far as it 
is used to aid in the publication of Professor 
Moore’s researches. For this special purpose a 
part of the principal, not exceeding one third, 
may be used provided the interest on the remain- 
der be allowed to accumulate until the fund has 
been restored to its original value. 

The trusteeship of the HEliakim Hastings 
Moore Fund was accepted by the council of 
the American Mathematical Society at its meet- 
ing on April 15. The society intends to keep 
the fund, which now amounts to nearly $2,000, 
open for further contributions so that it may 
become the nucleus for a much larger fund at 
the disposal of the American Mathematical 
Society for aid in the publication of important 
mathematical work. Contributions may be sent 
to the secretary of the ‘society, Professor 
R. G. D. Richardson, Brown University, Provi- 
dence, Rhode Island. 

ARNOLD DRESDEN 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Av the recent meeting of the National Acad- 
emy of Sciences, Dr. Joseph S. Ames, pro- 
fessor of physies at the Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, and Mr. Gano Dunn, president of the 
J. G. White Engineering Corporation, were 
elected members of the council. Delegates from 
the academy were appointed as follows: To 
the seventh centenary of the University of 
Padua, May 14 to 17, 1922, H. D. Curtis and 
F. H. Seares; to the hundred and fiftieth anni- 
versary of the Académie Royale des Sciences 
de Belgique, May 24, R. A. Millikan; to the 
sessions of the International Research Council, 
Brussels, beginning July 18, George E. Hale 
and R. A. Millikan. 


From the fund collected by the women of 
America to present a gram of radium to Mme. 
Curie, there remains, after about $110,000 had 
been paid for the radium, a surplus of about 
$50,000, the annual income from which will be 
given to Mme. Curie. 


Str Bayitey Batrour, regius keeper of the 
Botanie Garden at Edinburgh and professor 
of botany in the university since 1888, has 


May 12, 1922] 


retired. He is succeeded by his assistant, Mr. 
W. W. Smith. 


Str Ronatp Ross has been elected a member 
of the Atheneum Club for “distinguished em- 
inence in science.” 


Sir Humpury Davy Rouueston was elected 
president of the Royal College of Physicians 
of London on April 10, sueceeding Sir Norman 
Moore. 


THE committee on scientific research of the 
American Medical Association has made the 
following grants: $250 to Professor Yandell 
Henderson, of Yale ‘University, for the pur- 
chase of apparatus to be used in investigation 
of some problems of the regulation of respira- 
tion; $225 to Dr. E. B. Krumbhaar, director of 
laboratories of the Philadelphia General Hos- 
pital, for studies on the etiology of inguinal 
granuloma conducted by Dr. James C. Small; 
an additional $400 to Dr. Herbert M. Evans, 
of the University of California, for the con- 
tinuance of his researches on the relations be- 
tween ovulation and the endocrine glands. 


In June, Professor Walter §. Haines, of 
Rush Medical College, will complete fifty years 
of teaching in the department of materia 
medica and therapeutics. A banquet of Rush 
alumni will be held at the Congress Hotel on 
May 17, during the session of the Illinois State 
Medical Association, at which it is planned to 
give recognition to this unusual record of 
service. 


AxsoutT three hundred men and women, in- 
eluding physicians, social workers and mem- 
bers of the nursing profession, attended a 
dinner on April 26, given to Dr. S. Josephine 
Baker, head of the bureau of child hygiene of 
the New York City Health Department. Dr. 
Baker has been appointed by State Health 
Commissioner Herman M. Biggs as consultant 
in child hygiene in connection with the organ- 
ization of a new division in the state depart- 
ment of health provided by the Davenport law. 


Dr. Joseph C. Swenarton has been ap- 
pointed assistant director of the bureau of 
bacteriology of the Baltimore City Health De- 
partment. 


SCIENCE 


511 


L. E. Rozerts, formerly assistant director of 
research of the American Writing Paper Com- 
pany, Holyoke, Mass., is now physical chemist 
at the Pacifie Coast Experiment Station of the 
Bureau of Mines at Berkeley, Calif. 


R. E. Hatt, formerly with the Geophysical 
Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution at 
Washington, has been appointed to take charge 
of the physical laboratory of the Pittsburgh 
station of the Bureau of Mines. 


PROFESSOR JOHN F'Razur, dean of the Towne 
Scientific School of the University of Penn- 
sylvania, has been appointed engineering ex- 
change professor to France next year. In this 
capacity he will represent seven American 
technical schools. 


Dr. Harry Ricumonp Snack, Jr., A.B. 
(Georgia, 708), M.D. (Johns Hopkins, ’12), 
associate professor of laryngology of the Johns 
Hopkins Medical School, has been appointed 
exchange professor to the Union Medical Col- 
lege, in Peking, China. Dr. Slack will be pro- 
fessor of otolaryngology and organize and pre- 
side over that department. He will sail from 
San Francisco about August 1 and be gone for 
a year. 


Dr. Mary E. Cotiert, of the University of 
Buffalo, will spend next year in Sweden as 
fellow in physiology of the American-Scan- 
dinavian Foundation. 


Proressor C. E. Frrresr, of Bryn Mawr Col- 
lege, has been appointed one of an interna- 
tional commission of four for the standardiza- 
tion of the work on field taking, to report at 
the Thirteenth International Congress of 
Ophthalmology to be held in London in 1925. 


Kurp H. Enprt1, professor of economic en- 
gineering at the Technical High School of 
Berlin, recently made an inspection of many 
of the open pits and underground properties 
on the Mesabi iron range in Minnesota and 
the iron-ore loading docks at Duluth and 
Superior. 


At the recent national convention of Sigma 
Gamma Epsilon at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 
the new grand council was constituted by the 
election of Dean H. B. Meller, University of 


512 


Pittsburgh, President; Harry Crum, Lawrence, 
Kansas, vice-president; Dr. C. E. Decker, Uni- 
versity of Oklahoma, secretary-treasurer; HE. F. 
Schramm, University of Nebraska, historian, 
and Dr. W. A. Tarr, University of Missouri, 
editor. 


Proressor A. GuRwitscH, formerly pro- 
fessor of anatomy and histology in Petrograd, 
is now on the faculty of the newly founded 
university at Simferopol, Crimea, Russia. As 
the university library is without recent scien- 
tific publications, he would welcome the receipt 
of reprints, books or periodicals from his col- 
leagues in the United States. 


Dr. VERNON KELLOGG, permanent secretary 
of the National Research Council, gave an ad- 
dress before the Graduates Club of Ohio State 
University on May 2, and the annual Phi Beta 
Kappa address at Oberlin College on May 4. 
He will give the annual Phi Beta Kappa ad- 
dress at the University of Virginia on June 12. 


On Aprit 26, Dr. Frederick Bedell, of Cor- 
nell University, spoke before the staff of the 
California Institute of Technology and the 
Mount Wilson Laboratory on “Some alter- 
nating current phenomena.” 


Dr. FreperIcK V. Covitite on April 26 de- 
livered a lecture on “The influence of cold in 
stimulating the growth of plants” before the 
Kansas chapter of the honor society of agricul- 
ture, Gamma Sigma Delta, at the Kansas State 
Agricultural College. 


Dr. Brayton H. Ransom, of the division of 
zoology of the Bureau of Animal Industry, 
United States Department of Agriculture, gave 
a De Lamar lecture on April 24, at the School 
of Hygiene and Public Health of the Johns 
Hopkins University, entitled “The hygienic 
importance of recent discoveries in ascariasis.” 

Dr. E. P. Lyon, dean of the College of Medi- 
cine of the University of Minnesota, delivered 
the annual Alpha Omega Alpha address before 
the Alpha Chapter of the University of Ne- 
braska College of Medicine on April 21, on 
the subject “Humidity as a_ physiological 
factor.” 

Proressor E. B. TrrcHener, Sage professor 
of psychology, Cornell University, delivered a 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1428 


lecture on “The structure of the physiological 
psychology” on April 8 before an open meet- 
ing of the William James Club of Wesleyan 
University. 


At the recent meeting of the Michigan Acad- 
emy of Sciences, Dr. J. McKeen Cattell gave 
the evening lecture under the auspices of the 
University of Michigan, his subject being “The 
uses of psychology.” 


THE Morison lectures before the Royal Col- 
lege of Physicians of Edinburgh were delivered 
by Professor G. Elliot Smith, on May 1, 3 and 
5, the subject being “The evolution of the 
human intellect.” 


Grorce R. Davis, engineer in charge of the 
Pacific division of the U. 8. Geological Survey, 
died recently in San Francisco. 


ApotpH B. AMEND, for more than twenty 
years with the house of Himer & Amend, New 
York City, died at his home in Brooklyn on 
April 19. 


Dr. ANDREW McWILLIAM, consulting metal- 
lurgist and formerly professor of metallurgy in 
Sheffield University, died at Sheffield on 
April 5. 

THe death is announced of Dr. Francis 
Darby Boyd, Monerieff-Arnott professor of 
clinical medicine in the University of Edin- 
burgh, at the age of 55 years. 


A MONUMENT to the memory of the late Pro- 
fessor George Trumbull Ladd, professor of 
moral philosophy and metaphysics at Yale 
University from 1881 to 1906, whose death oc- 
curred in New Haven on August 8, 1921, was 
unveiled in the grounds of a Buddhist temple 
near Tokyo, Japan, on March 11, in the pres- 
ence of Mrs. Ladd, Mr. Charles Beecher 
Warren, American ambassador to Japan, and 
Japanese friends of Professor Ladd. Speeches 
were made by the American ambassador and a 
number of Japanese officials, and Mrs. Ladd 
gave a brief response. The monument consists 
of a slab of gray, voleanie rock. It stands on 
the top of the hill of the bell tower in the 
grounds of Soji-ji, the great Buddhist temple 
at Tsurumi. Beneath the slab are a part of 
the ashes of the psychologist and philosopher, 
brought to Japan at his request. 


May 12, 1922] 


Tur Ramsay Memorial trustees will at the 
end of June consider applications for two 
Ramsay Memorial fellowships for chemical re- 
search. One of the fellowships will be limited 
to candidates educated in Glasgow. The value 
of the fellowships will be £250 per annum, to 
which may be added a grant for expenses not 
exceeding £50 per annum. Full particulars as 
to the conditions of the award are obtainable 
from Dr. Walter W. Seton, secretary, Ramsay 
Memorial Fellowships Trust, University Col- 
lege, London. ; 


Tue Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine 
has awarded the Mary Kingsley medal to the 
Oswaldo Cruz Institute of Rio de Janeiro in 
appreciation of the scientific work of the late 
Dr. Oswaldo Cruz. Dr. Carlos Chagas is the 
director of the institute now, and the letter ac- 
companying the medal states that the Liverpool 
school had decided to award this medal ‘For 
Devotion to Science’ to Dr. Cruz, but was wait- 
ing for the close of the war before making any 
awards. The letter continues: “In the mean- 
time Dr. Cruz had died, and the school now 
confers the medal on the Oswaldo Cruz Insti- 
tute as a tribute to the memory of one of the 
greatest sons of Brazil. As the institute found- 
ed by him is destined to be the leading one of 
the institutions for medical research in tropical 
America, it is only just that it should receive 
this token of appreciation.” 


W. A. Cruss, secretary of the Petroleum 
Section of the American Chemical Society, an- 
nounces that members of the special committee 
for promotion of research on petroleum in 
cooperation with Dr. Van H. Manning, direc- 
tor of research for the American Petroleum 
Institute, are as follows: W. F. Faragher, 
chairman, Mellon Institute, Pittsburgh, Pa.; 
R. E. Wilson, Massachusetts Institute of Tech- 
nology, Cambridge, Mass.; R. P. Anderson, 
United Natural Gas Company, Oil City, Pa.; 
N. A. C. Smith, Bureau of Mines, Pittsburgh, 
Pa.; C. E. Waters, Bureau of Standards, 
Washington, D. C.; R. R. Matthews, Roxana 
Petroleum Company, Wood River, Ill.; E. W. 
Dean, Standard Oil Company, 26 Broadway, 
New York, N. Y. At the recent meeting of 
the American Chemieal Society in Birmingham, 


SCIENCE 


513 
# 
the Petroleum Section authorized the appoint- 
ment of such a committee. 


. Tue Biological Research Institute (Bio- 
logische Versuchsanstalt) of the Vienna Acad- 
emy of Sciences, affords exceptional oppor- 
tunities for students to pursue investigations in 
experimental biology on both animals and 
plants. Research tables may be occupied by 
properly qualified persons at a monthly rental 
of $20. Inquiries should be addressed to the 
director, Professor Hans Przibram, II. Prater, 
Vivarium, Vienna, Austria. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 

Mr. E. W. Scripes has established a founda- 
tion at Miami University for the study of pop- 
ulation in its various aspects, particularly the 
population of the United States. Dr. Warren 
S. Thompson, professor of rural sociology at 
Cornell University, has accepted the appoint- 
ment as director of the foundation. 


Dr. SypNEY WALKER, JR., has provided for 
a scholarship in the department of physiology 
of the University of Chicago, to be known as 
the Sydney Walker III scholarship in physi- 
ology, in memory of Dr. Walker’s son. It is 
to be used for the furtherance of research in 
physiology and provides $200 a year. 


THE inauguration of Dr. Clarence C. Little, 
formerly of the Cold Spring Harbor Biological 
Laboratory, as president of the University of 
Maine, will take place on May 10. 


Proressor D. Wrigut Witson, Ph.D., pro- 
fessor of physiological chemistry, Johns Hop- 
kins Medical School, Baltimore, has been ap- 
pointed to fill a similar position at the Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania, to sueceed Dr. Alonzo 
K. Taylor. 


Dr. ALBERT SCHNEIDER has resigned from 
the University of Nebraska. He will teach 
in the summer session of the University of 
California, and will then go to Portland, where 
he has accepted a position in North Pacific 
College and where he will continue his cancer 
research. 


514 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
DID HUMPHRY DAVY MELT ICE BY 
RUBBING TWO PIECES TOGETHER 
UNDER THE RECEIVER OF 
AN AIR PUMP ? 

Ir is commonly stated that Humphry Davy 
melted two pieces of ice by rubbing them to- 
gether under the exhausted receiver of an air 
pump, and thus showed conclusively that heat 
is not a material substance. In books which 
I happen to have at hand I find twelve different 
authors stating that Davy melted two pieces 
of ice by rubbing them together in a vacuum, 
and four of them stating in addition that the 
two pieces of ice were rubbed together by 
clockwork. In looking to see what Davy him- 
self said about this experiment I have, to my 
surprise, failed to find any evidence that he 
ever performed just this experiment. 

Of the authors whom I consulted, four give 
references. Two refer to the Collected Works 
of Sir Humphry Davy, vol. 2, p. 11. The 
other two refer to Davy’s Elements of Chem- 
ical Philosophy. In the Elements of Chem- 
ical Philosophy, reprinted as Volume 4 of the 
Collected Works, I have not found any state- 
ment about the melting of ice by friction. In 
the first paper in Volume 2 of the Collected 
Works Davy describes twenty-two experiments 
and makes comments on them. 5 

In Experiment 2, p. 11, he deseribes an ex- 
periment in which “by a peculiar mechanism” 
he caused two blocks of ice to rub together. 
“They were almost entirely converted into 
water.” In the description of this experiment 
nothing is said about any air pump. 

The description of the third experiment is 
not entirely clear. Davy says, “I procured a 
piece of clock-work so constructed as to be 
set to work in the exhausted receiver; one of 
the external wheels of this machine came in 
contact with a thin metallic plate. A con- 
siderable degree of sensible heat was produced 
by friction between the wheel and plate when 
the machine worked uninsulated from bodies 
capable of communicating heat. I next pro- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1428 


cured a small piece of ice; round the superior 
edge of this a small canal was made and filled 
with water. The machine was placed on the 
ice, but not in contact with the water. Thus 
disposed, the whole was placed under the re- 


ceiver. The receiver was now ex- 
hausted. The machine was now set 
to work. The wax rapidly melting, proved 


the increase of temperature.” 

From this description it seems that the clock- 
work was not a mechanism for rubbing two 
pieces of ice together, but was used to pro- 
duce friction between two metals, and that 
the heat developed by this friction caused the 
melting of some wax. 

Any clockwork which Davy might have 
placed inside of the receiver would probably 
not have been sufficiently powerful to melt 
ice rapidly by rubbing it on ice. J have 
wondered if some author did not read tthe sec- 
ond experiment, glance at the third, and see- 
ing the words clockwork, exhausted receiver, 
ice conclude that two blocks of ice were rubbed 
together by clockwork under the exhausted re- 
ceiver. If so, this is an interesting illustra- 
tion of the ease with which a misstatement may 
pass from one author to another. If there is 
evidence that Davy did melt two blocks of 
ice by causing clockwork to rub them together 
under the receiver of an air pump I hope some 
one will adduce it. 

ARTHUR TABER JONES 
SMITH COLLEGE, 
FEBRUARY 23, 1922 


A PARACELSUS LIBRARY IN THIS COUNTRY 
In your issue of February 10, F. N. Gar- 
vison announces a new prospective publication 


_in Germany of the complete works of Para- 


celsus, that great pioneer in analytical chem- 
istry and medical reformer of the sixteenth 
century. It may not be generally known that 
what is no doubt the largest and most complete 
collection of the works of Paracelsus in this 
country is the one made during the last century 
by the late Dr. Constantine Hering of Phila- 
delphia, and since his death in 1880 was ac- 


May 12, 1922] 


quired by the Hahnemann Medical College of 
Philadelphia, where it is now deposited. He 
spared no effort or expense to make it as com- 


plete as possible. Cart Hering 


THE TEACHING OF EVOLUTION IN THE 
BAPTIST INSTITUTIONS OF TEXAS 


THE teaching of evolution in the Baptist 
denominational schools in Texas is being in- 
vestigated as heretical. The denomination is 
strong in membership and maintains about 15 
colleges and seminaries in the state, the chief 
ct which is Baylor University at Waco. It 
appears that the trouble arose as the result of 
the publication in 1920, by the Baylor Univer- 
sity Press itself, of an ‘Introduction to the 
Principles of Sociology,” by Grove Samuel 
Dow, Professor of Sociology in Baylor Univer- 
sity. The book is based upon the theory of 
evolution wherever it touches upon the bio- 
logical aspects of sociology, although the term 
biological evolution is scarcely or not at all 
used in the text. At a recent conference of 
representatives of the Baptists of all parts of 
the state, such teachings were pronounced 
heresy, and a sweeping investigation is being 
made of all of the Baptist schools of the state 
to determine how much “heresy” is being 
taught. Professor Dow has resigned his posi- 
tion. 

A somewhat related situation has existed at 
Southern Methodist University, Dallas, where 
the teaching of Dr. John A. Rice, Professor of 
Old Testament Interpretation, has created the 
severe opposition of a large part of his church. 
Dr. Rice’s book, “The Old Testament in the 
Life of Today,” looks upon the Old Testament 
as a series of independent historical papers, 
each subject to its own interpretation. Many 
are considered as having been revised by sev- 
eral authors before they have reached their 
present form. Each is regarded as a literary 
production, subject to all of the rules of liter- 
ary interpretation; this introduces a personal 
factor into any understanding of the Old 
Testament, and completely does away with 
literal interpretations. Dr. Rice has also left 


SCIENCE 


515 


his position, to become pastor of a Methodist 
church in another state. 
8. A. R. 


THE METRIC CAMPAIGN 

Mr. Hatusry’s recent letter in Sctence is of 
interest in view of the hearings that have been 
held during the past few months on the Britten- 
Ladd Bill. It was made clear in these hearings 
that wire, for instance, is readily defined as a 
2 millimeter wire (2 mm in diameter) or, by a 
less convenient method, as a wire 0.079 inch in 
diameter. An inferior method is to refer to 
such a wire as a No. 46 Stubs’ wire (2.01 mm 
or 0.079 inch) or a No. 14 Birmingham 
(Stubs’) wire (2.11 mm or 0.083 inch). There 
are at least three other gages that have been 
used to a greater or less extent. It was shown 
in the metric hearings that if this convenient 
metric method continued to prevail, certain 
gage manufacturers would lose the advertising 
value connected with the use of their gages. 
It furthermore developed that it was a gage 
manufacturer who had organized what opposi- 
tion he could in order to fight the metrie sys- 
tem, had contributed $1,000 from his firm and 
had brought about the employment of Mr. 
Halsey in his metric fight. Mr. Halsey had 
profited by his anti-metriec efforts in the past. 
His own words in this controversy were “We 
have killed the metric system before and we 
will kill it again.” We have no objection to 
Mr. Halsey’s attempted slaughter of the metric 
system. Readers of Sctencr, however, may be 
unaccustomed to his method of argument. In 
his recent letter, for instance, he endeavors to 
make it appear that Professor E. C. Bingham 
of Lafayette College is “naive” and ignorant 
regarding weights and measures, and that there- 
fore he should not be encouraged in the suc- 
cessful campaign to secure the use of metrie 
weights and measures throughout the industry 
in which he is an expert. Professor Bingham’s 
many friends and acquaintances do not need to 
be told that he is unusually well informed and 
proficient in his work. 

Mr. Halsey’s use of the title “Commissioner” 
is also of interest. This has led a few people to 
believe for a time that Mr. Halsey in some 


516 


way represented a federal, state or municipal 
organization. 

Mr. Halsey refers to a report issued in 
October, 1921, as confirmation of all his con- 
tentions. It is amusing to find that this report 
was drawn up under the guidance of a com- 
mittee of five men: the gage manufacturer re- 
ferred to above, two others associated with him 
in his fight to kill the metric system, and an 
impotent minority of two good metric advo- 
cates. 

However, the use of metric weights and 
measures, legal for all transactions in the 
United States since July 28, 1866, is above 
personalities. As a nation we find ourselves 
to-day endeavoring to bring about mutual 
understanding and world-wide trade. At least 
46 countries have officially adopted the metric 
system for general use. Partly through the ex- 
cellent work of the Decimal Association of 
London, England has already left America be- 
hind in the use of metric weights and measures. 

The hearings are over on the Britten-Ladd 
Bill. The campaign to put this bill, or a modi- 
fied form of it, through Congress is before our 
association. At the same time we are co- 
operating with the Toronto and other sections 
of the American Metric Association, and an 
ever increasing number of men and women in 
North America are using metric weights and 
measures. We ask for the cooperation of all 
in the United States and Canada. 


Howarp RICHARDS, 
Secretary, 
American Metric Association 
Aprit 25, 1922 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


'THE BIOLOGICAL RESEARCHES OF 
GUSTAF RETZIUS 


VoLumE XIX, Neue Folge, of the Biologische 
Untersuchungen of Gustaf Retzius completes 
the scientific works of the great anatomist and 
anthropologist who died in the summer of 1919. 

This posthumous volume has been edited and 
compiled at the request of Madame Retzius by 
Professor Carl Furst, of the University of 
Lund. Professor Furst is the oldest living 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1428 


friend and colleague of Retzius, and was well 
equipped, both by virtue of long acquaintance 
and collaboration with the author, and by 
familiarity with his work, to edit for publica- 
tion the series of technical papers which ccm- 
prise the volume. These papers are seven in 
number, and are accompanied by twenty-one 
beautiful plates of folio size. 

The first contribution, under the title, 
“Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis von dem Bau 
und der Anordnung des Ependyms und der 
simtlichen Neuroglia, besonders bei den niede- 
ren Vertebraten” (Taf. I-X VI), describes the 
neuroglia and ependyma of various vertebrates 
in four sections, viz.: A. Amphioxus; B. 
Myxine; C. Petromyzon; and D. Selachians, 
Teleosts, Amphibia, Birds and Mammals. The 
text of section D has been inserted by the editor 
from a translation into German of an article 
originally published elsewhere by Retzius in 
Swedish. The editor states: “Wir bekommen 
dadurech von Retzius selbst eine Erklirung 
einiger wichtiger, hier mitgeteilten Figuren. 
Gustaf Retzius hat mehrmals friihere Arbeiten, 
die in schwedischer Sprache herausgegeben 
waren, spiter in Biol. Unter. in deutscher 
Ubersetzung aufgenommen. Wenn ich diese 
Abhandlung aus der Miillerschen Festschrift 
einsetze lasse ich doch grossteils die historische 
Hinleitung der Abhandlung aus. Der Inhalt 
dieses Historik ist n&émlich in den hier oben 
mitgeteilten Abhandlung ausfiihrlichen mit- 
geteilt.” 

The second paper, “Hinige Beitrige zur 
Kenntnis der Structur der Ependym— und 
Nervenzellen im Riickenmark der Cyclostomen” 
(Taf. XVII, Fig. 1-24), deseribes a type of 


cell among the ependyma cells of the spinal 


cord of cyclostomes which has been ealled 
“inneren Sinneszellen’”’ by several investigators, 
but which Retzius concludes are modified 
ependyma cells. The second part of this article 
considers the fibrillar structure of nerve cells 
of the spinal cord in this lowly group of verte- 
brates. 

Nine of the folio pages and one plate (Taf. 
XVIII) describe certain phases of the struc- 
ture of the lens of the eye, under the title 
“Zur Kenntnis des Baus des Glaskorpers im 
Auge des Menschen.” 


May 12, 1922] 


In the fourth and fifth articles (Taf. XIX- 
XXI) the author continues his already exten- 
sive studies on the spermatozoa of various 
animal groups, under the titles “Die Spermien 
der Cyclostomen” and “Noch einige Beitrage 
zur Kenntnis der Spermien bei den Affen,” 
respectively. 

“Die Gehirne der Affengattungen Cebus und 
Ateles” is without figures. It consists of some 
notes which supplement the author’s earlier 
work, “Das Affenhirn in bildricher Darstel- 
lung,” in which figures. of these brains are 
found. 

The final contribution “Die Verbindungen 
zwischen dem Sarcolemma und den Grund- 
membranen der Muskelfibrillen in bildricher 
Darstellung” (Taf. XVII, Fig. 25-27) is made 
up of three figures which represent the striated 
muscle of salamander larve, showing the finer 
structure of the muscle fibers and the relation 
of the ground membrane to the myofibrille and 
to the sarcolemma. Apparently a paper on 
this subject was contemplated by Retzius, but 
the text was not written. The editor refrains 
from supplying it, stating “Die Bilder demon- 
strieren selbst so gut diese Verhiiltnisse dass 
eine eingehende Erklirung nicht notig ist. 
Prinzipiell will ich hier nicht versuchen, Worte, 
die Retzius nicht selbst niedergeschrieben hat, 
ihm in den Mund zu legen.” This statement 
admirably summarizes the attitude of the editor 
toward the contents of the entire volume. 

The volume closes with an excellent table of 
contents of the two series of the Biologische 
Untersuchungen, namely, the two volumes 
which appeared in 1881 and 1882, and the 
nineteen volumes of the Neue Folge. Follow- 
ing this is a bibliography of the scientific works 
of Retzius, arranged by subjects. This bibliog- 
raphy consists of 333 titles. 

Tt is fitting that the dedicatory page which 
in the preceding volumes has borne the names 
of so many distinguished anatomists should 
bear in the last volume the inscription by the 
widow of the author: 

Dem Andenken meines verewigten Gemahls 

GUSTAF RETZIUS 
in Liebe und Dankbarkeit gewidmet. 
Anna Hierta-Retzius. 


SCIENCE 


517 


To the sympathetic cooperation of his wife 
is due in no small measure, together with his 
own untiring zeal, the unique monument which 
Retzius has left in the nineteen folio volumes 
of the Biologisehe Untersuchungen, and the 
numerous other papers and monographs which 
bear his name. 

O. LarseLu 

UNIVERSITY OF OREGON 

MepicaL ScHOOL 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 


POLYPLOIDY, POLYSPORY, AND HYBRIDISM 
IN THE ANGIOSPERMS 

For some time investigations have been car- 
ried on in these laboratories on the subject of 
polyploidy in relation to polyspory and hy- 
bridism. The material used consists of both 
Dicotyledons and Monocotyledons, and repre- 
sents either known hybrids or species belonging 
to genera or groups in which a great deal of 
natural hybridism is suspected. The conclusion 
has been reached that polyploidy is a common 
result of incompatible species crosses. The 
normal gametophytic number of chromosomes 
becomes multiplied by three, four, ete. as 
a consequence of such inharmonious crosses, 
in various degrees of complexity. A frequent, 
although not invariable accompanying feature 
of polyploidy is the phenomenon of polyspory. 

As is well known, the normal divisions tak- 
ing place in the spore-mother cells of the Angio- 
sperms, lead to the formation of four spores. 
Some of the members of the normal tetrad of 
spores may exceptionally abort, as for example, 
in the microspores of certain sedges. This 
condition of abortion is the normal one in the 
formation of megaspores. In the case of poly- 
spory the first division of the spore-mother 
cell leads to the formation of more than the 
two normal daughter nuclei. Two larger nu- 
clei are generally formed by the union of cer- 
tain of the chromosomes which undergo sepa- 
ration into daughter groups at a moment pre- 
ceding that in which the remaining chromo- 
somes pass into the metakinetic phase. The 
later dividing chromosomes, in separating 
tardily into daughter groups are ordinarily 


518 


fewer in number than are those concerned in 
the formation of the two main daughter nuclei. 
The nuclear bodies formed by their fusion lie 
ultimately lateral to the spindle instead of ter- 
minal as in the case of the larger nuclei, and 
are of strikingly small size. There may be as 
many as four of the small nuclei at the end 
of the first division of the pollen mother-cells. 
When the second division takes place a further 
formation of normal large nuclei (aggregating 
four in number), and of abnormal small nuclei 
more numerous than are the large nuclei re- 
sults. The large nuclei give rise usually to 
normal pollen grains but some or all of the 
grains resulting from them may abort. The 
small nuclei derived from the late-dividing and 
small groups of chromosomes give rise appar- 
ently always to abortive grains. A number 
of publications from this laboratory? have em- 
phasized the importance of pollen sterility as 
a reliable morphological criterion of previous 
heterozygosis or genetical impurity. 

Special attention has been devoted to abort- 
ive pollen as evidence of hybridism in the case 
of the Onagracee and Rosacee, but it is like- 
wise found in many other groups. It is in- 
teresting to note that Tackholm in Sweden? 
and Blackburn and Harrison* in England, have 


1 Jeffrey, E. C., Spore Conditions in Hybrids 
and the Mutation Hypothesis of De Vries, Bot. 
Gaz., Vol. 53, No. 4, October, 1914; Some Funda- 
mental Morphological Objections to the Mutation 
Theory of De Vries, American Naturalist, 1915. 

Standish, L. M., What is Happening to the 
Hawthorns? Journal of Heredity, Vol. 7, No. 6, 
June, 1916. 

Hoar, C. S., Sterility as the Result of Hybrid- 
ization and the Condition of Pollen in Rubus, 
Bot. Gaz., Vol. 62, No. 5, November, 1916. 

Forsaith, C. C., Pollen Sterility in Relation. to 
the Geographical Distribution of Some Onagracee, 
Bot. Gaz., Vol. 52, No. 6, December, 1916. 

Cole, R. D., Imperfections of Pollen and Muta- 
bility in the Genus Rosa, Bot. Gaz., Vol. 63, No. 
2, February, 1917. 

Jeffrey, E. C., Evolution by 
Brooklyn Botanic Garden Memoirs, 1: 
June 6, 1918. 


2Tackholm, Gunnar, On the Cytology of the 
Genus Rosa. A Preliminary Note, Sartryck ur 
Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift, Bd. 14, 2-3, 1920. 


Hybridization, 
298-305, 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1428 


recently pointed out the coincidence of hybrid- 
ism and polyspory in the genus Rosa. Our 
investigations have made this condition clear 
for a considerable range of Dicotyledons and 
Monocotyledons. Tackholm has asserted on the 
basis of his extensive studies that all the roses 
belonging to the Canina section of the genus 
Rosa, in other words, the roses of Europe, of 
western Asia, and of northern Africa, are 
throughout hybrids probably thousands of 
years old and reproducing by apparently nor- 
mal seeds, which are nevertheless formed 
“apomictically” and without the intervention 
of a sexual act. Obviously such seeds will 
“eome true’ as universally as do grafts or 
vegetative multiplications of any kind and for 
the same reason because they represent only 
subdivisions of the vegetative body. 

Polyspory appears as a consequence of our 
investigations, which will be published in full 
at a later stage, as a frequent although not 
invariable result of hybridization of species 
(that is, of species crosses), and constitutes 
one more valuable structural or morphological 
criterion of heterozygosis. It frequently ac- 
companies polyploidy and the manifestations 
of the so-called “lethal factor” in marked re- 
productive sterility in either known or sus- 
pected hybrids between species of the higher 
plants. 

We have now the following morphological 
criteria of genetical impurity or heterozygosis 
in plants, namely, reproductive sterility (most 
easily observed in the case of the microspores 
or pollen), gigantism, variability (mutability), 
polyploidy and polyspory. Not all of these 
may occur in any given ease, but the coin- 
cidence of any considerable number of these 
features should be regarded as supplying 
strong evidence of previous crossing of more 
or less incompatible species or varieties. 


E. C, JEFFREY 
A. E. LonGLEY 
C. W. T. PENLAND 
LABORATORIES OF PLANT MORPHOLOGY, 
HARVARD UNIVERSITY 


3 Blackburn, K. B., and Harrison, J. W. H., 
The Status of the British Rose Forms as deter- 
mined by their Cytological Behaviour, An. Bot., 
Vol. 35, No. 138, April, 1921. 


May 12, 1922] 


THE REACTION OF DROSOPHILA TO 
ULTRAVIOLET 

AurHouGH there is no unanimity of opinion 
as to the ability of insects to distinguish colors 
in the sense that humans do, it is fairly well 
established that the tendency is for them to 
react most strongly to wave-lengths in the 
violet end of our visible spectrum. This sug- 
gests the possibility that insects may be sensi- 
tive to ultraviolet, to which the human eye is 
relatively insensitive except indirectly by 
fluorescence in the cornea. The possibility is 
of interest in connection with the general prob- 
lem of the biological relations between flowers 
and insects, for flowers may be “ultraviolet” as 
well as red, yellow, and so on. A committee of 
the National Research Council is planning to 
do field-work on this problem during the coming 
summer and it was thought that the following 
experiments might give useful preliminary 
information. They were made with the as- 
sistance of Mr. Ware Cattell. 


Drosophila melanogaster exhibits a strong 
tendency to move toward the source of light. 
A large number of these flies were placed in 
a test tube about 30 em. long and 2 em. diam- 
eter, the end being closed with a plug of cotton. 
A strip of black paper was rolled around the 
tube to protect from stray light. By shpping 
the paper down from the end of the tube the 
flies could be “concentrated” next to the cotton 
plug. The paper was then replaced and the 
tube placed horizontal with its rounded end 
toward the spark from a 200 watt General 
Electric ultraviolet generator. Between the 
generator and the tube were placed four thick- 
nesses, totaling about 1 em., of Corning ultra- 
violet glass, number G586A (old number 
G55A62). After an exposure of 15 seconds 
the flies were found to have congregated in the 
end of the tube next to the source, showing 
that they were strongly attracted by the ultra- 
violet generated by the spark and transmitted 
by the special glass. 

The transmission of this glass has been 
measured by the Bureau of Standards (Tech- 
nological paper Number 148: “The Ultraviolet 
and Visible Transmission of Various Colored 
Glasses”). A thickness of one centimeter 
transmits about 70 per cent. of light in the 


SCIENCE 


519 


neighborhood of 0.36; about 25 per cent. near 
.34; but only 5 per cent. at 0.40. This glass 
transmits also a small amount of red. The 
flies, however, did not react when we used a 
red glass which transmitted far more red than 
Gd86A. 

To make a more accurate test, a quartz spec- 
trograph was used to disperse the light from 
the ultraviolet generator. Light of wave-length 
greater than .39 was excluded by a strip of 
black paper in the focal plane. As before, the 
flies showed a very marked reaction when the 
horizontal test was “pointed” toward the ultra- 
violet source. 

This last result was, however, rendered some- 
what doubtful by the fact that the quartz 
lenses and the dispersing system scattered a 
small amount of blue and violet light. This 
seattered light was entirely eliminated, at least 
so far as human vision is concerned, by inter- 
posing a single thickness, 2.5 millimeters, of 
G586A in the path of the light. But even then 
the flies showed a marked reaction. The con- 
clusion is that Drosophila melanogaster 1s more 
sensitive to ultraviolet light than is the human 
eye. 

The question may still be raised that these 
phototropie reactions of Drosophila are due to 
fluorescence of eye media, similar to that expe- 
rienced by the human eye when exposed to 
ultraviolet light. All that can be said at 
present in this connection is that the intensity 
was so low that we did not experience the visual 
sensation characteristic of such fluorescence, 
but the flies reacted promptly and definitely. 

F. E. Lurz, 

AMERICAN MusEeuM or Natura History 

F. K. Ricurmyer, 
CoRNELL UNIVERSITY 


THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR 
THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 
SECTION A—MATHEMATICS AND ASSO- 

CIATED SOCIETIES 
Section A of the American Association for 

the Advancement of Science met in Room 8 

of the Main Building of the University of 

Toronto on Thursday afternoon, December 29, 

1921, in joint session with the American 

Mathematical Society and the Mathematical 


520 


Association of America. Professor Oswald 
Veblen, chairman of the section, presided. 

The program comprised the following ad- 
dresses : 

1. A mechanical analogy in the theory of equa- 
tions, by Professor D. R. Curtiss, retiring 
vice-president of Section A. : 

2. The research information service of the Na- 
tional Research Council, by Professor R. M. 
Yerkes, of the National Research Council. 

. Subsidy funds for mathematical projects, by 
Professor H. E. Slaught. 

4. Algebraic guides to transcendental problems, 
by Professor R. D. Carmichael, retiring 
chairman of the Chicago Section of the 
American Mathematical Society and vice- 
president of the Mathematical Association 
of America. In the absence of Professor 
Carmichael, an abstract of his paper was 
read by Professor Arnold Dresden. 


oo 


At a meeting of the sectional committee pre- 
ceding this program, the following nomination 
was made for chairman of the section, to pre- 
side as vice-president for Section A at Boston 
and to give his retiring address at Cincinnati: 
Professor G. A. Miller, of the University of 
Illinois. At a business meeting of the section 
following the program this nomination was ap- 
proved, and Professor Miller was elected at a 
meeting of the council of the association, held 
on December 30. 

A joint dinner for mathematicians and 
physicists was given at Burwash Hall on Fri- 
day evening, December 30. 

Wu. H. Rorver, 
Secretary 


SECTION B—PHYSICS—AND ASSOCIATED 
SOCIETIES! 


Section B of the American Association held 
its session on Thursday morning, December 29, 
1921, in conjunction with Section C of the 
American Association, the American Physical 
Society, the American Meteorological Society, 
and the Section of the Physical Science Com- 
mittee of the National Research Council. Pro- 
fessor John C. McLennan, of the University of 
Toronto, retiring vice-president for Section B, 
delivered his address on “Atomic nuclei and 


1 Toronto, December, 1921. 


SCIENCE 


* [Vou. LV, No. 1428 


extranuclear electronic configuration.” The 
vice-presidential address was followed by a 
symposium on the Quantum Theory, with the 
following speakers: (A) R. C. Tolman, direc- 
tor, Fixed Nitrogen Research Laboratory, 
Washington, representing Section C (Chemis- 
try), A. A. A. S., “Review of the present status 
of the two forms of the Quantum Theory”; 
(B) H. B. Phillips, Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology, Cambridge, representing the 
American Mathematical Society, “Mathemat- 
ical aspects of the Quantum Theory”; (C) Saul 
Dushman, The General Electric Company, 
Schenectady, N. Y., representing the American 
Physical Society, “Some recent applications of 
the Quantum Theory to Spectra.” This meet- 
ing proved to be of very great general interest. 

At the business meeting of Section B, C. A. 
Skinner, of the Bureau of Standards, was 
elected to be a member of the section com- 
mittee, his term of office to end January 1, 
1926. Dr. F. A. Saunders, of Harvard Uni- 
versity, is the vice-president for Section B for 
1922. 

The American Physical Society——This soci- 
ety held sessions beginning Wednesday, Decem- 
ber 28, and continuing until Friday afternoon. 
The annual business meeting of the society 
was held on Friday, December 30, at which 
time the following officers were elected: Presi- 
dent, Theodore Lyman, Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass.; Vice-president, Charles EH. 
Mendenhall, University of Wisconsin, Madison, 
Wis.; secretary, Dayton C. Miller, Case School 
of Appled Science, Cleveland, Ohio; treasurer, 
George B. Pegram, Columbia University, New 
York, N. Y. The president of the Amer- 
ican Physical Society gave an address on 
“The spectroscopy of the extreme ultra-violet.” 
The physicists’ dinner was held on Friday 
evening at Hart House. During the sessions 
of the society 77 scientific contributions were 
read. 

American Meteorological Society—Sessions 
were held beginning Wednesday morning, De- 
cember 28, and continuing through Thursday 
afternoon. The annual business meeting was 
held on Thursday morning, and the following 
officers were elected: President, Sir Frederic 
Stupart, 315 Bloor Street, Toronto, Canada; 


May 12, 1922] 


Vice-president, W. J. Humphreys, U. S. 
Weather Bureau, Washington, D. C.; Secre- 
tary and Treasurer, Charles F. Brooks, Clark 
University, Worcester, Mass. On Thursday 
morning Professor Robert DeC. Ward, of Har- 
vard University, gave his address on “Ten- 
dencies and progress in climatology during the 
past decade.’”’ The meteorological luncheon was 
held on Wednesday at 1 p.m. at Hart House. 
On Wednesday afternoon the society held a 
symposium on “Improvements in synoptic 
weather charts, especially on the reduction of 
atmospheric pressure observations,’ at which 
the following papers were read: (1) “The his- 
tory of barometry in the United States,” 
C. Leroy Meisinger, U. S. Weather Bureau, 
Washington, D. C.; (2) “Reduction of barom- 
eter to sea-level,” C. F. Marvin, U. 8. Weather 
Bureau, Washington, D. C.; (3) “Upper air 
pressure maps as possible aids in the solution 
of the barometry problem,” C. LeRoy Mei- 
singer, U. S. Weather Bureau, Washington, 
D. C.; (4) “Sea-level vs. the Megadyne base,” 
Alexander McAdie, Harvard University, Blue 
Hill Observatory, Readville, Mass. (By title) ; 
(5) “Major wind streams vs. high and low 
pressure centers as the basis for weather fore- 
casting,’ W. G. Reed, Philadelphia, Pa. (By 
title); (6) “Cloud movements as aids in fore- 
casting,” C. F. Brooks, Clark University, 
Worcester, Mass. Fifteen other scientific 
papers were read during these sessions. 

Section of the Physical Science Committee 
of the National Research Council—Meetings 
were held in Hart House, Prof. H. G. Gale 
acting as chairman. 

It seemed to be the consensus of opinion 
that the Toronto meeting had been an excep- 
tionally interesting and inspiring one. Con- 
tributing to the success of the meeting was the 
untiring work of the local committees and the 
cordiality of the members of the University of 
Toronto and the Royal Canadian Society. The 
international character of the Toronto meeting 
was noted by the presence of more Canadians 
than usual and by the distinguished visitors 
from abroad. 

The secretary wishes to thank especially 
those who at the last minute took upon them- 
selves the work of preparing papers for the 


SCIENCE 


521 


joint meeting of Section B with the Associated 


Societies. 
S. R. WituraMs, 


Secretary, Section B 


SECTION K—SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC 
SCIENCES 

No separate session of Section K was ar- 
ranged for the Toronto meeting on account of 
the recent death of the secretary, Dr. Loomis. 
A joint session of the section was held, how- 
ever, with Section Q (Education) on Friday 
afternoon, December 30, 1921. At this meeting 
Dr. Frederick L. Hoffman, the recently elected 
secretary of the section, read an extended ad- 
dress on “The Organization of Knowledge,” 
subsequently reprinted in Scimnce of March 
10 and March 17, 1922. Dr. Henry S. Graves 
of Washington was elected vice-president for 
Section K for 1922. Dr. Frederick L. Hoff- 
man, dean of the Babson Institute, Wellesley 
Hills, Massachusetts, was elected secretary; his 
term of office will expire January 1, 1925. An 
understanding was arrived at under which the 
section, during the current year, will concen- 
trate its efforts especially upon conservation 
problems. The American Metric Association, 
which is associated with Section K, held ses- 
sions on Friday morning and Friday afternoon, 
December 29. During this session, nine papers 
were read and much discussion was had sug- 
gestive of the slow but gratifying progress of 
the metric movement. On Friday evening the 
Metric Association held its annual dinner, par- 
ticipated in by a small but thoroughly interest- 
ed group of members. 


Freperick L. Horrman, 


Secretary 
WELLESLEY Hiuus, Mass. 


SECTION N—MEDICAL SCIENCES 

Section N (Medical Sciences) held a sym- 
posium on the Health and Development of the 
Child. Professor A. B. MacCallum, of MeGill 
University, presided. Dr. Joseph Erlanger of 
Washington University read his vice-presiden- 
tial address on “The past and the future of 
the medical sciences,” already published in 
Science, Vol. 55, page 135, February 10, 1922. 
The following papers were read: 

Hereditary factor in development: C. B. DAvVEN- 


922 


Port, Cold Spring Harbor, L. I. 

The metabolism of children in health and dis- 
ease: Haronp Baiuey, Cornell Medical School, 
New York. 

Newer aspects in the dietetics of children: 
Atrrep Hess, College of Physicians and Sur- 
geons, New York. 

Movie demonstration of the tonsil-adenoid work 
in the city of Rochester, N. Y.: Lu. Gourr, Publie 
Health Officer, Rochester, N. Y. 

The mental hygiene of children: C. N. Hincxs, 
Canadian National Committee for Mental Hy- 
giene. 

The meeting took place in the Academy of 
Medicine, Toronto, which was crowded far be- 
yond capacity. Throughout the symposium, 
there was a most interesting discussion of the 
papers. 

The experience of the sectional committee 
during the last seven years has convinced it 
that its former policy, to have a discussion of 
a definite topic with invited papers, was timely, 
instructive, and interesting to the members of 
the association, to those working in medical 
sciences, and to the community. 

There was, however, a growing feeling that 
the section should undertake to reach more 
effectively the investigators in the various fields 
allied to the medical sciences. It was felt that 
these workers require more than ever the stim- 
ulation that comes from discussion of papers 
by the workers in allied fields. 

An informal meeting was called on Decem- 
ber 28, at which representatives of medical 
workers, parasitologists, economic entomolo- 
gists and biologists were present. The central 
question was how real and widespread was the 
need for such closer coordination of allied 
workers; how this coordination could be met 
without the formation of new groups. 

There was a surprising unanimity of opinion 
of the desirability and the necessity of such 
closer coordination for mutual information and 
stimulation. It was decided to form no new 
groups. It was decided that the secretary of 
Section N, Medical Sciences, in consultation 
with the secretaries of the parasitologists, the 
two entomological societies and others, was to 
arrange a program in such a manner that it 
might be possible for the members of these re- 
lated societies to attend a meeting held under 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1428 


the auspices of Section N (Medical Sciences) 
with the minimum of conflicts; that Section N 
(Medical Sciences) should arrange an invita- 
tion program by representatives of the en- 
tomologists, the parasitologists, and medical 
workers, on topics of mutual interest. The 
opinion was definitely expressed that the spe- 
cialists have so far transgressed the narrow 
limits of their respective fields that there is an 
increasing need of information and stimulation 
and exchange of views on the part of those 
working in allied fields; and finally, that the 
meeting of Section N (Medical Sciences) should 
be devoted primarily to the coordination of 
such allied workers. 

This is a distinct departure from the policy 
of Section N in the past. If it should appear 
desirable to add to such a program, an addi- 
tional program in the interest of the larger 
membership of the association, such a program 
shall be arranged. 

It was also the consensus of opinion that 
once each year Section N (Medical Sciences) 
should hold a joint meeting with one of the 
national medical organizations or federations, 
so as to knit more closely the bonds between 
the American Association for the Advancement 
of Science and these other organizations. Such 
an arrangement already exists between the 
Federation of Experimental Biologists and 
Section N (Medical Sciences). It was pro- 
posed that once in every four years a joint 
meeting should be held between Section N 
(Medical Sciences) and the Anatomists, the 
Public Health Association, and the Bacteriolo- 
gists. 

Plans are now under way to make these sug- 
gestions effective. The secretary will appre- 
ciate suggestions and advice. This is no place 
to discuss the vexing problem of the relation 
of the sections, such as chemistry and engineer- 
ing, and the large national organizations so 
loosely affiliated with the association, but the 
problem seems to be the same in all these 
instances, and any assistance to this complex 
problem will be appreciated by these and other 
groups who must plan the meetings for the 
coming years. 

A. J. GOLDFARB, 
Secretary 


_/ 


NEw SERIES FE 7 ¢ SINGLE Copizs, 1 
s RIDAY 99 INGLE Copies, 15 Cts. 
Vou. LV, No. 1429 » May 19, 19 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


The great advance made in incandes- 
cent lamp manufacture in recent years 
has made possible this new, superior 
microscope lamp, which offers the fol- 
lowing advantages : 


1. Can be used with both the Abbe condenser and Dark-Ground Illuminator, 
with easy interchangeability; 
2. Provides a powerful light source for oil immersion work, as well as dark- 
field microscopy; 
3. Requires minimum time for adjustment ready for work; 
4. Bulb used is a stock electric lamp, obtainable anywhere; 
5. Makes a substage lamp when no condenser is on the microscope. 
For oil immersion work, this lamp is attached to the Abbe 
condenser, whether new or already in use on the microscope. The 
bulb, which ean be easily centered, by its position is always in the 
focus of a strong curve condenser, so that parallel light of even 
intensity is delivered. A special Blue Glass Dise is supplied for 
use in moderating the illumination when it is too. bright. 
No. 1844 Microscope Lamp, ineluding blue glass dise, 
lomo) elioal orrel ann Chia ey $13.00 
Resistance for 110-volt, direct or alternating current....$ 6.00 


Write for illustrated, descriptive circular 


Bausch & Lomb Optical om 


409 St. Paul Street, Rochester, De iy: 


New York Washington Chicago San Francisco London 


Leading American Makers of Photographic Lenses, Microscopes, Projection Apparatus (Balopticons), Ophthalmic Lenses 
and Instruments, Photomicrographic Apparatus, Range Finders, and Gun Sights for Army and Navy, Searchlight 
Reflectors, Stereo-Prism Binoculars, Magnifiers and other high-grade Optical Products. 


= — = that ayes may se see. 
= Detter as gud a frter = Lipa 


ii SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


CLINOSTAT 


Universal-Motor Driven 


WE HAVE developed an instrument which has many special advantages over the previ- 
ous types and embodies a rigidity and durability that cannot be secured from a clock mech- 
anism instrument. 


This outfit consists of two essential parts. First, what is designated as the Master Clino- 
stat, and, second, what may be designated as the Secondary Clinostat. 


The Master Clinostat consists of suitable reducing gears arranged so as to reduce motor 
speed of about 500 R.P.M. down to approximately one revolution in about 15 minutes. Any 
higher speed may be obtained. This speed is given to the shaft bearing the plate and suitable 
adjustable clamps hold a flower pot of 3 or 4 inch size. The supporting plate may be adjusted 
so that the plant may be rotated in either a vertical or horizontal direction, or in any intermedi- 
ary direction. There is attached as a driving means a flexible shaft, which is arranged on one 
end so that it may be inserted in the clutch of the motor rotator. It may also be attached to 
any other rotator or to any motor. 


The Secondary Clinostat consists of a suitable base and reducing gear, and supporting 
plates with clamp similar to the Master Clinostat, and the two shafts engage, and thus the 
Master Clinostat drives the Secondary Clinostat. Any number of these Secondary Clinostats 
may be thus connected and any number of experiments carried on at the same time. Some of 
these may be adjusted for rotation in a horizontal direction and some in a vertical direction. 
The method of engaging the two shafts is such that there is no binding and it is not necessary 
that they be exactly in alignment. 


The clamps for holding the flowerpots are very easily adjusted and will carry any size plant 
that may be contained in a 4 inch flowerpot. 


The adjusting mechanism in changing from vertical to horizontal rotation is done by simply 
operating a lever and is very easily operated. 


Each of these instruments is mounted on aheavy iron base, handsomely japanned, and all 
parts are finished in black with nickel plated trimmings. It makes a very handsome appearance 
and is an instrument which will be found a pleasure to work with and, at the same time, its 
rigid construction insures it durability and guarantees the continued service that may be ex- 
pected from this instrument. 

Cat. No. 8349 Master Clinostat, as described above. Complete with flexible shaft, three clamps, without 
flowerpot. 


Cat. No. 8349 A Secondary Clinostat, as described above. Complete with three clamps, but without flowerpot. 


PTTMTIMNITITUTTUNTTUTTUCCCTUCCTCUUCTEUULTC ON UUUTLCCLLCCCLULLELLUCCELCLCLCLLLLLLLCLCLLECLLL LLL. ELC ITTTTNTTTINTTUTUUTOTOTTUTIIUNUOTONITITITICUUUTOOONTOTITIUUTNONTOTITIITCNUTTNOTTTTOTUUUUTOTITUUTUTTTNTTTOI OT 


A Sign of Quality A Mark of Service 


AUN UVUUUUSUULOUUUUUUURNLUGRE LALO ELC ATUUTUVOUUUUUUUUUUUUUUOLULUUUDULLULULLULLLUDLLLUPUULULLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLU CCL 


W. M. WELCH SCIENTIFIC COMPANY 


Manufacturers, Importers and Exporters of 
Scientific Apparatus and School Supplies 


1516 Orleans Street Chicago, Ill., U. S. A. 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 


11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y. 


New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Annual Subscription, $6.00. Single Copies, 15 Cts. 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the 
Post Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


May 19, 1922 


No. 1429 Vou. LV 


Science or Athletics: Proressor Epwarp G. 


AIVAVANET TiN ype ts seems sree Gres Ue DE Manan nein, Jasna 523 
Bugs and Antenne: Dr. BE. P. FEUT...............-.- 528 
SONOS CAMB TOMI ET rtesernas oennnn-tnenktonavesnease?cuen cere 530 
Scientific Events: 

A Count of Birds; The Chemical Exposi- 

tion; Fellowships in Mining Research; 

Eachange Professor to France in Engineer- 

ing and Applied Science........--...-----..-2:.0-0+--- 531 
Scientific Notes and News...............--...-..---.-... 584 
University and Educational Notes.................-.- 537 


Discussion and Correspondence : 
Decerebration in Birds: Dr. FRANK W. 
WeyMoutH. The Bite of Lactrodectus 
Mactans: Proressor J. R. Watson. Water- 
Immersion Objectives: Dr. ALBERT MANN.. 538 


Quotations : 
Health Organization of the League of Na- 


Special Articles: 
The Domestic Fowl as a Source of Immune 
Hemolytic Sera: Dr. Roscon R. Hynpke.......... 541 
The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 
Tucson Meeting of the Southwestern Divi- 
SCOT A ne ee terete Fae Alario ave iy slaty Ura ln 542 


SCIENCE OR ATHLETICS?! 


THERE has never been a period in the history 
of science when educational questions relating 
to its advancement have appeared to possess 
such interest or when discussions have dealt so 
freely with the shortcomings of the educational 
system in its relation to the training of students 
of science. On the one hand is an intensely 
practical industrial world, insisting upon a 
close scrutiny of the content of the college 
courses and of the methods used in administer- 
ing them,—from the standpoint of their imme- 
diate practical application to industrial prob- 
lems and from this standpoint alone,—while 
on the other is the world of the college teacher, 
seeing or thinking it sees much in science and 
in the teaching of science that is not to be 
judged in this limited fashion. We are turned 
this way and that in the attempt to see all 
viewpoints and to make use of all constructive 
advice. We desire that our students shall be 
as well equipped as possible in whatever of 
science it is possible to teach them in the time 
that is allotted to us, so that when they leave 
us to take up their share in the general ad- 
vancement of science they shall be able to 
acquit themselves honorably and to add what- 
ever they may in the application of science to 
the problem of increasing the happiness and 
comfort of humanity. 

Chemical education has not been spared in 
this discussion. Rather has it been the center 
of the major part of the discussion, for in no 
other single science has there been so spectacu- 
lar and so amazing a success in research and 
in the tangible results of the application of 
research to practical problems. It has there- 
fore come about that there is no other science 
in which it is more important that the college 


1 Read before the Section on Chemical Educa- 
tion at the Birmingham meeting, April, 1922. 
Contribution from the Department of Chemistry, 
Purdue University. 


524 


and the university shall succeed in evolving 
proper and effective methods for the scientific 
training of the youth of the land, since it is 
upon the mental equipment and the mental 
habits of our present and future students that 
the future of the science depends. 

I propose to discuss certain phases of this 
subject from the standpoint of the college 
teacher. We respect the viewpoint of those 
practical men who, like Mr. Edison, feel that 
about the only trouble with the college gradu- 
ate is that he knows nothing and is good for 
nothing, also of those other, perhaps broader 
minded, technical men who recognize the value 
of college training but who believe that the 
teachings of the class room and student labora- 
tory are too far removed from the problems and 
methods of industrial applications. We also 
realize that some of our eminent research 
chemists are insisting that the college and the 
university should busy themselves with funda- 
mental principles and that they should keep 
hands off the plant processes, while others are 
equally emphatic in the view that research 
should be more along practical lines. \ 

Without, at present, presuming to argue any 
of these questions and respecting the integrity 
of all who offer them, we respectfully submit 
that in the effort of the college teacher to ad- 
minister courses of training, either routine or 
research in purpose, there are certain factors 
that constantly baffle and discourage, that these 
factors are to a considerable extent under the 
control of some of those who complain of our 
shortcomings and even that the continuance of 
such conditions is directly traceable to the 
activities of some of the critics. This may 
seem to be a statement that requires justifica- 
tion. 

I take it that every one will agree that the 
study of chemistry as a preparation for suc- 
cessful research or for work in the application 
of chemistry to practical problems is an enter- 
prise that calls for the concentration and 
supreme effort of high grade intelligence. Any 
person who expects to devote merely left-over 
energy and surplus thought to superficial 
aspects of any science,—and especially of 
foreordained to a career of 
The stu- 


chemistry,—is 
attainment that is mediocre or worse. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


dents of chemistry of past years who consist- 
ently followed the practice of “living the life” 
in college, making of themselves “all-around 
men” by the time-hallowed practice of taking 
part in every possible activity on the campus 
and off it, except the one for which they paid 
their money and for which they sacrificed the 
best years of their lives,—these men, with few 
exceptions, now make up the army of fillers of 
small positions, doers of small things and 
thinkers of small thoughts. They have a cer- 
tain routine part in the routine affairs of 
science but when they are gone their places 
will easily be filled by others who have fol- 
lowed the same line of reasoning and of con- 
duct. 

The college teacher who is dull and uninspir- 
ing in his contact with students will have a 
class of dull and uninspired students. This, 
no matter how well tramed he may be or how 
earnestly he may desire to fulfill his mission as 
a teacher. But if the teacher is all that we 
may desire to see in a teacher :—well grounded 
in his subject, of broad vision and purpose, 
energetic, inspired and inspiring,—he may fire 
his students with boundless zeal for the things 
and deeds of science, he may grip their intel- 
lects and emotions while in the class room or 
laboratory, he may fill them with the highest 
kind of resolve for high endeavor, but he ean 
not make true students of science of them when 
the whole atmopshere of the college is that of 
one grand hurly-burly of everything under 
heaven except study. Every teacher who hears 
this or who reads it knows that, to far too 
great an extent, this is the atmosphere of the 
modern American college. Some of our atmos- 
pheres are better than others,—or we might 
even say that some are worse than others. But 
when the student goes out from his session 
with the best teacher in the best college in the 
land he immediately finds himself in the midst 
of a multitude of distracting circumstances, 
events, activities and enterprises. It ean not 
be denied that the effect of this is to lower the 
efficiency of the student, to weaken his mental 
resolve for high accomplishment and to render 
impotent much of the effort that has been ex- 
pended by the instructor. It has repeatedly 
been emphasized that extra-curricular activi- 


May 19, 1922] . 


ties play a large part in the development of 
character and in the making of men who can 
deal with men. I am not denying this. Rather, 
I assent to it and give it emphasis. But I add, 
also, that the undue multiplication of student 
activities and campus side-shows plays an ever 
increasing part in the pulling down of the edu- 
cational system with which we have labored 
so carefully and so painfully, and in the dis- 
sipation of the scientifie efforts of those who 
should be our best students. Superficial train- 
ing is the inevitable result and superficial 
training and narrowness of viewpoint are the 
blight of our system of scientific education 
to-day. 

Many of our American colleges make an 
advertising point of the large numbers of stu- 
dents who flock to their doors, but I believe 
that it is no exaggeration to say that if we 
could exchange our annual crowds of graduates 
in chemistry, immature in intellect, unsettled 
in purpose and under-done in real scientific 
education as too many of them are, for a small 
fraction of this number of young men and 
women of good minds, well grounded in funda- 
mentals, possessing a broader culture and 
accustomed to profound thinking on serious 
matters, the world at large and the science of 
chemistry would be immeasurably benefited. 
That we are, even now, occasionally finding 
some of these minds and doing something 
toward their proper development is cause for 
real rejoicing. That we might find and de- 
velop more of them if conditions were changed 
is a proposition that will bear examination. 

What, then, is to be done about this ques- 
tion of the dissipation of the youthful fire of 
our students among the hundreds of non- 
essentials of college life? Change it, of course, 
say our critics. Exactly. And if our Amer- 
ican colleges were now, in the truest and most 
complete sense of the word, “educational insti- 
tutions” this would not, I verily believe, be a 
particularly difficult or perplexing undertak- 
ing. But, fellow scientists, our American col- 
leges are to-day waking into the realization that 
they have somehow developed a liason with an 
organization that not only is not educational 
in its purpose,—it is actually one of the most 
insidious destroyers of educational standards 


SCIENCE 


525 


that we have to combat to-day. This organiza- 
tion is no other than the modern highly com- 
mercialized intercollegiate athletic system, 
financed by forces that care nothing for edu- 
cation and fostered by extravagantly paid 
coaches who trample all of the ideals of educa- 
tion under foot in their desire for personal 
glory and personal profit. 

There is a perfectly legitimate and desirable 
field for college athletics. We desire that our 
students shall have systematic physical exercise 
because this makes for health and contentment 
and thus, indirectly, for scholastic success. We 
know also that the spirit of competition is an 
all-powerful incentive for excellence in any line 
of activity and the athletic game is the logical 
expression of this. But this idea has become 
almost entirely overshadowed through the de- 
velopment of a system that places the vast 
majority of our students upon the bleachers 
and concerns itself with an excessive degree of 
specialization with an almost negligible minor- 
ity. A friend of ours has tritely stated that 
the American people have become afflicted with 
a disease which he ealls “bleacheritis.” They 
find their highest enjoyment in lounging on the 
side lines, entertained by mediocre “movies,” 
bad vaudeville, athletic contests or any other 
novel spectacle, and they take too little inter- 
est in wholesome activity on their own part or 
in play for the sake of its effect upon their 
minds and bodies. Even the hysteria of the 
college “pep session” accomplishes only a tem- 
porary rousing from this apathy. The result, 
in college life, is the almost absolute failure of 
physical education to accomplish any important 
part of its mission to keep the bodies of our 
students healthy and their minds alert, and to 
turn them back into the class room and labora- 
tory full of vim and enthusiasm for the most 
important work of their education. This can 
not fail to work harm to the scholastic success 
of the student. That it goes even farther than 
this and that it seriously affects the eduea- 
tional standards of our colleges is a fact which 
we can not safely ignore. 

Within the past few months there has been 
an unusual amount of discussion of the matter 
of professionalism in college athletics. The 
colleges have come in for a great deal of eriti- 


526 


cism and especially in a few instances where 
players have been disqualified from intercolle- 
giate competition because of having partici- 
pated in games of a semi-professional nature, 
and where there have been exposés of the 
attempts of coaches and others to influence 
prospective student athletes by the use of 
money. How much may we expect to accom- 
plish by disqualifying a few players, here and 
there, or by the dismissal of a coach or two 
for the breaking of the rules regarding the 
payment of money to athletes? I think that 
we shall accomplish very little of a remedial 
nature by this sort of publicity unless we go 
considerably farther. These published cases of 
professionalism in students have been largely 
technical in their nature and it appears evident 
that the students in question do not feel any 
consciousness of guilt nor are they regarded 
as criminals by their fellows. The general 
public probably sees little in all this but a 
rather fantastic exhibition of hair-splitting 
and quibblng by college folk, who appear to 
magnify a purely technical offense into a serious 
case of law breaking. It is probably true that 
the majority of non-collegiate observers,—or 
at least of those who take an interest in ath- 
letic affairs,—sympathize with the players who 
are detected in what they regard as purely 
technical violations of unnecessarily strict tech- 
nical rules. 

The principal reason for all this is that the 
average person does not appreciate the real 
evil of professionalism in college athletics. He 
sees nothing inherently wrong in playing for 
money, any more than in doing any other 
legitimate thing for compensation. We have 
professional baseball and enormous numbers of 
us go to see it and feel that it is perfectly 
proper that gate fees should be charged and 
that the skilled players should be paid liberally 
for entertaining us. Why, then, should inter- 
collegiate associations adopt such drastic rules 
against college athletic professionalism and 
why should faculties attempt to enforce these 
rules so rigidly? This is certainly not done 
solely in order to insure fair play in inter- 
collegiate contests. 

The fact is that mere playing games for 
compensation, in the college or out of it, is not 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


inherently immoral or wrong in any way, ex- 
cept as it may bear some relation to the vital 
concerns of the college in its efforts to promote 
true education. But we are insistent that the 
least taint of professionalism shall be kept out 
of our college athletics because we know that 
whenever we admit it we shade our scholastic 
standards. If petty, technical professionalism 
may enter then unlimited professionalism and 
commercialism to the last degree can not be 
excluded. 

I am saying no more than what is fairly 
common knowledge when I state that there is 
a sort of underground activity to-day that is 
exerting every effort to cireumvent and evade 
our regulations concerning amateurism. How- 
ever much some of us may boast of the “clean- 
ness” of athletics in our various colleges, we 
all know perfectly well that the cases of viola- 
tions of the rules that are occasionally brought 
to light are merely the more obvious ones. We 
disqualify our players for participating in a 
summer game in a village of a neighboring 
state but we harbor far more serious cases of 
real professionalism in the boys who are pro- 
vided with workless jobs, fraternity homes and 
other outside-financed “education” in order 
that they may take important places on ath- 
letic teams. These boys are hunted out while 
yet in the secondary schools and they are 
brought to college and kept there by an organ- 
ized effort on the part of men who, in some 
cases, care nothing for educational standards 
or for education itself, but who know athletic 
excellence when they see it and who are deter- 
mined to have the best of it for the college of 
their choice. This work is done quietly, as a 
rule. Occasionally some novice in the business 
makes a slip and an uproar ensues. This has 
happened on several occasions, quite recently. 
As a result, it is apparent to a close observer 
that the interests that work for commercialism 
are now scurrying to cover. They realize that 
they have been riding to a fall and in order 
to save intercollegiate competition from the 
impending wreck they have become loud in 
their pharisaical professions of a determination 
to see that the law is obeyed and that college 
sports are kept clean. But even in this they 
are careful to keep attention focused upon the 


May 19, 1922] 


summer-playing bugaboo, so that the more seri- 
ous issues are obscured. 

Visualize, if you will, the college teacher,— 
instructor, professor, department head or 
dean,—making his final summary of grades for 
the members of his classes or sending in his 
mid-semester reports of delinquencies. Ima- 
gine that you see the name of one of these star 
athletes upon the list of those who have been 
found wanting. No very vivid imagination is 
required to complete the picture. It is quite 
likely that many of our teachers are upright 
enough and strong enough to resist the pres- 
sure which will result. Also it is quite possible 
that many are not so strong. This is particu- 
larly true of the teachers who hold the more 
subordinate positions and who feel themselves 
less secure in their standing. And the assault 
against class standards is not, by any means, 
confined to actual threats against individual 
instructors. A more subtle influence in the 
form of a very human and a very universal 
desire for personal popularity and a lurking 
fear of loss of dearly earned prestige finally 
leads to the same result. As individuals and 
as faculties we feel more and more strongly a 
timidity in the enforcement of rules,—not only 
rules of scholarship but rules of every deserip- 
tion. This, I am firmly convinced, is the basic 
cause for the now too obvious drift of our 
colleges toward laxness in morale and toward 
the lowering of the standards of work required 
of those who are to receive our degrees. The 
futility of our most earnest efforts toward 
inspiring and_ effective teaching becomes 
increasingly apparent. 

Fellow chemists, this is a problem which 
affects all of us most vitally. We have had an 
enormous amount of publicity for the fact that 
American science was not, before the war, able 
to cope with German science and various rea- 
sons haye been assigned for this undoubted 
fact. The efficiency of American science was 
suddenly increased, during our war period, by 
the spur of life-and-death necessity. But this 
spur no longer exists and if our chemistry,— 
research, applied or teaching,—is to continue 
to hold its own we must see to it that our 
young college graduates go forth into the 
struggle fully equipped with well trained minds 


SCIENCE 


527 


and hands,—vwell trained not only in the ability 
to do certain routine tasks that we have set for 
them in the colleges and universities, or in the 
ability to follow slavishly in the methods and 
habits of thought of their teachers, but broadly 
trained in scientific fundamentals, in general 
culture and in the ability to do independent 
and profound thinking on important matters 
of science and of life. This they do not now 
acquire as they could and as they should. 
Whether or not you may agree with the con- 
clusions I am about to draw, I do not believe 
that the essential facts as I have already stated 
them can successfully be denied. I do not be- 
lieve that we can make any very great head- 
way in our effort to stop the obvious decline 
in our standards of scientific education until 
we can succeed in limiting the distractions of 
campus activities to sane and reasonable values. 
We can not bring about this change until we 
divorce the educational system from the 
present commercialized system of intercolle- 
giate athletics. And, finally, the ineubus of 
commercialized athletics can not be shaken off 
until we throw out of our educational system 
all of our extravagantly paid professional 
coaches. For a fraction of a year of work we 
pay a football coach three or four times as 
much as an able and experienced professor in 
any other department »will receive. We need 
not feel any surprise when we discover that he 
has done the best he could to earn this salary 
and thus to insure permanency in his position, 
or that he has employed every means in his 
power to obtain the best material for his teams, 
rules or no rules, and we need not expect that 
anything short of constant vigilance will serve 
to eurb his extra-legal activities. His job is to 
develop a team that will be able to outplay the 
teams of approximately seven other colleges 
in as many contests of approximately forty 
minutes each, per season. He is going to do 
this to the best of his ability, regardless of 
cost, and we may think as we please about it. 
Our colleges are spending relatively enor- 
mous sums upon athletic activities whose end 
is not, in any sense, physical development of 
the students but solely the winning of games 
and championships, while the educational needs 
are grievously suffering, through lack of sup- 


528 


port. This spectacle is not one that can be 
contemplated with equanimity by those who 
have faith in education and hope for its future 
development. We are losing the sense of per- 
spective in educational affairs and we may not 
expect to elevate our colleges from a position 
of mediocrity in scientific training until we 
shall have reaequired this sense. This happy 
consummation is not to be attained so long as 
we remain in the present state of competitive 
hysteria or so long as we continue to provide 
disproportionate support for an activity that 
has no relation to scientific or other education 
except that of obstruction to it. I do not envy 
those colleges of the United States that are 
planning to sink millions in athletic stadia. I 
verily believe that the day will come when 
these colossal monuments to the suicidal folly 
of a so-called “educational” system will be an 
offense to the eyes of believers in true learning, 
for in that day we shall find it hard to convince 
our critics that we do not esteem the spectacle 
of two hundred and eighty minutes of actual 
playing of football each year as of greater 
importance than the training of American 
youth in the science of chemistry. 

And now, in what way can there be any 
truth in the statement made in the earlier por- 
tion of this paper, to the effect that the men 
who are looking to the college to supply trained 
chemists, as well as trained scientists in other 
fields, are directly responsible for the continu- 
ance of this condition? Simply by this: that 
these people are, almost without exception, 
college and university alumni and that organ- 
ized alumni activities concern themselves 
almost exclusively with efforts to further ath- 
letic successes in their. colleges, to the neglect 
of opportunities to better educational condi- 
tions. This is certainly not because of any 
desire to hamper the educational work of the 
college. Quite the opposite is the case. They 
do not busy themselves so much with other 
modes of assistance, merely because for some 
reason it has not occurred to them that such 
assistance is possible. They believe that the 
college needs advertising and they have repeat- 
ed so often that they nearly believe it, the old 
fallacy that athletic prowess is the best adver- 
tisement for institutions of higher learning. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


I hope that I do not merit the appellation 
of “alarmist” but I do sincerely believe that 
the present condition and the present trend of 
scientific education is such as to give thought- 
ful people cause for concern, and I believe 
that we shall not get very far in our attempts 
to improve matters until we elect to discuss 
these things fearlessly and openly and then 
courageously to act upon our ecunviections. In 
the inspired words of Vernon Kellogg :! “It is 
incredible that in this all-important matter of 
getting our higher education straightened out 
we shall go on indefinitely acting as if we were 
helpless. Let the college or the university that 
wishes to do the greatest thing just now to be 
done for higher education and true learning in 
America step forward and boldly do the un- 
usual thing. Let it devote the most of its 
energies to the most important part of its 
work. It will soon not be alone in its doing. 
It will become a prophet with honor in its 
own land.” 

The choice of courses is now ours. If we 
fail to exercise that choice in the name of true 
education and true science, we may later find 
that the decision has passed from our grasp. 
Or can it be that, as history has so often re- 
corded of individuals, of organizations and of 
nations, we shall continue simply to drift until 
the accumulation of disaster shall shock us 


into realization? 
KE. G. Manin 


BUGS AND ANTENNAE! 


Members of the Entomological Club of Mad- 
ison, entomologists in various parts of the 
United States, and radio “bugs”: 

The Madison Entomological Club, as host, 


1 ScreNcE, 54: 19 (1921). 

1A radio lecture given at the request of the 
Entomological Club of Madison, Wis., and broad- 
casted from the General Electric Company’s sta- 
tion, ‘‘WGY,’’ at Schenectady, N. Y., at 9 P.M., 
April 24, 1922. The transmission to Morgan- 
town, W. Va., about 400 miles, was practically 
perfect, it being as distinct as though presented 
in a classroom. Unfortunately static or other 
conditions prevented it being heard at Madison, 
Wis., and seriously interfered at New Haven, 
Conn., and Wooster, Ohio. 


May 19, 1922] 


welcomes all who listen in. It is a great 
pleasure in this first radio entomological lec- 
ture to be specifically authorized to convey to 
Madison entomologists and others the greetings 
and best wishes of Dr. Howard, chief of the 
Federal Bureau of Entomology, Dr. Gibson, 
Dominion entomologist of Canada, and the 
presidents of the older entomological societies 
on the eastern coast, namely, Cambridge, New 
York, Brooklyn, Washington and Philadel- 
phia, the last founded in 1859, the oldest of its 
kind in the country and with its founder, Ezra 
T. Cresson, still active. The pioneer and vet- 
eran entomologist of Canada, Dr. Bethune, has 
authorized the extension of his congratulations 
and best wishes to present day workers. We 
would also express our appreciation to the 
General Electrie Company of Schenectady for 
placing this lecture upon its program. 

There are great possibilities in broadcasting 
and, for the purpose of determining its present 
value, the speaker requests reports by mail 
giving the number of entomologists at each 
unit receiving this lecture. Crop and market 
reports are broadcasted. Why not warnings of 
insect depredations? Regional programs and 
lectures by visiting specialists are very desir- 
able present day possibilities. 

This has been ealled the age of man. Is it 
not really the age of insects? They occur 
almost everywhere. They actually imperil our 
existence by attacking crops, destroying for- 
ests, annoying and worrying domestic animals, 
and are well known carriers of deadly infec- 
tions, such as typhoid fever, yellow fever, 
cholera and sleeping sickness. Were it not for 
the beneficent activities of birds and many 
other natural agents, we would be overwhelmed 
by the numerous pests contemptuously desig- 
nated as bugs. There are in New York State 
some 20,000 different. species of insects and 
perhaps 100 entomologists engaged in collect- 
ing and studying them. There are presumably 
more than 100,000 species in the United States 
with over 1,000 entomologists and in - the 
entire world a million to ten million different 
species of insects (a large proportion un- 
known) and a relatively much smaller group 
engaged in their study. Each of these insects 
occurs in four distinct stages, namely, the egg, 


SCIENCE 


529 


the maggot or caterpillar, the pupa or chrysa- 
lis and the adult or perfect insect, conse- 
quently the entomologists of the world are en- 
gaged in the stupendous task of classifying and 
learning the habits of four to forty million 
different forms. Accurate differentiation must 
precede investigation of life histories, other- 
wise deplorable confusion is almost inevitable. 
There is no group in the animal, the vegetable 
or the inorganic kingdoms which presents so 
many diversities as the exceedingly numerous 
and varied forms known as inseets. It usually 
takes several years and frequently much longer 
to work out a satisfactory life story of even 
one insect, consequently a limitless field is 
before us. We extend to radio “bugs” and 
others interested an invitation to join in ex- 
ploring and making known this vast realm of 
the undiscovered. 

Man is inelined to congratulate himself upon 
his wonderful progress, forgetting that in many 
cases he has yet to reach the degree of perfec- 
tion seen in numerous animals. The recently 
developed monoplane, for example, does not 
differ greatly in its general proportions from 
those of our hawk moths, and the biplane is 
almost a duplicate of a pair of dragon flies, 
one flying above the other; both models that 
have been favorites in the insect world for 
thousands of years. Dare any man say that 
our latest advancement in applied science, 
namely, the radio telephone, is more than a 
relatively crude modification of methods which 
have been used by insects for countless ages? 

Radio “bugs” are rightfully proud of their 
aerials or antenne, yet they have developed 
relatively few types and apparently have not 
learned, except in a very general way, of the 
million or more different kinds of insect anten- 
ne, each admirably adapted to a specific pur- 
pose and some wonderfully suggestive of aerial 
communication. 

Ages ago the gall midges, minute flies which 
produce galls on many plants, learned the ad- 
vantages of elevated or elongated antenne and 
we find here species which have solved the 
problem by the development of greatly elon- 
gated antennal segments, thus increasing very 
materially the length of the entire organ and 
others which have attained the same end 


530 


through a doubling or trebling of the normal 
number of segments or joints. As a result, 
some have antenne twice as long as the body. 
Each segment is a unit and though the com- 
parison may not be a strictly accurate one, we 
are inclined to regard the antennal segments 
as linked in multiple units. 

It is well known that the antenne of many 
insects have very efficient olfactory and aud- 
itory structures. The latter may be simple 
hairs springing from sensory pits, whorls of 
hairs or even more complex structures. 

The radio enthusiast would certainly be inter- 
ested in an aerial or antenna of the multiple 
inverted umbrella type, the arms of the um- 
brellas being loops and in some forms greatly 
extended on one side, presumably for directive 
receiving; the umbrellas arranged in double 
or triple series in multiple units mounted with 
flexible connections and an articulate base per- 
mitting limited rotation. Such structures are 
found in gall midges. 

We would eall attention to the peculiar cir- 
cumfila or encircling threads supported by 
numerous short stems entering sensory pits or 
detectors, the latter within the antennal seg- 
ments. The simplest type of cireumfilum is a 
low thread or circle, not a coil, near the base of 
the segment and frequently connected by a 
filament on one face with a similar circle near 
the opposite extremity. These threads may be 
modified and follow a sinuous or wavy course 
instead of a straight one; they may be greatly 
increased in number to form an enclosing net 
work, suggestive of the bed spring aerial; the 
portions between the supporting stems may be 
greatly stretched or drawn out as it were to 
form relatively enormous loops and in some 
we have the loops on one side of the antennx 
very greatly produced. We may even find in 
some antenne a combination of the low and 
simple type together with highly developed 
loops. There is one group where these struc- 
tures are modified in such a curious way as to 
resemble miniature horse shoes upon opposite 
sides of each segment; the supporting stems 
suggesting the nails used for the attachment of 
horse shoes. 

There are over a thousand variations in gall 
midge antenne, presumably for cause. Solo- 
mon advised some of his fellow mortals to con- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


sider the ant. May we suggest to radio enthu- 
siasts a similar attitude toward gall midges— 
master builders of antenne which are both the 
admiration and despair of man. 

Concluding, may we register faith in radio 
and radio antenne, anticipating through them 
closer and more helpful relations with fellow 
men. 


E. P. Feit 
Stare ENTOMOLOGIST 
or New York 


JOHN CASPER BRANNER 


THe following resolution was passed at a 

meeting of the Academic Council of Stanford 
University held April 7, 1922: 
_ As witness of our affection for Dr. Branner 
and respect for~his memory, we desire to make 
our own and incorporate (in part) in the minutes 
of the Academie Council the appreciation pre- 
pared for the Illustrated Review by his friend 
and colleague, Professor Stillman: 


“*TIn the death on March first of President 
Emeritus John Casper Branner, Stanford Uni- 
versity loses one of its most distinguished schol- 
ars, one of its greatest teachers and most respect- 
ed and beloved personalities. 

“‘Dr. Branner was born in New Market, Ten- 
nesee, on July 4, 1850. He attended school at 
Maury Academy in Dandridge, Tennessee, and 
later enrolled at Maryville College. At the age 
of eighteen he entered Cornell University, where 
he received his bachelor’s degree. 

‘‘While still an undergraduate he was selected 
(1875) by Professor Charles F. Hartt to assist 
him in a geological survey of Brazil, which ocea- 
sioned several years of work in Brazilian geology, 
In 1882 he was again commissioned, by the 
United States Government, to go to South America 
to investigate insects injurious to cotton and 
sugar-cane industries. From 1883 to 1885 he was 
engaged by the Pennsylvania Geological Survey 
to make a topographic map of the Lackawanna 
Valley. 

‘(When David Starr Jordan became president 
of the University of Indiana in 1885, he ap- 
pointed his Cornell college and fraternity mate 
to the professorship of geology at that institution, 
a position he held until again called by Dr. 
Jordan to the similar chair in Stanford Univer- 
sity. In the meantime he acted (1887-1892) as 
state geologist of Arkansas, while retaining his 
chair at Indiana. 

‘¢From 1891 until his retirement from the uni- 


May 19, 1922 


versity in 1915, Dr. Branner occupied the head- 
ship of the department of geology and mining, 
holding also the office of vice-president of the 
university from 1898 to 1913. Upon the creation 
of the title of chancellor for Dr. Jordan, in 1913, 
Professor Branner was elected president, a posi- 
tion which he held until January, 1916, when he 
also retired under the age limit established by 
the university, and became president emeritus. 
During his years of service at Stanford, Dr. 
Branner found occasion to direct or participate in 
professional missions, such as his expedition to 
Brazil under the patronage of Alexander Agassiz 
in 1899, and again in 1907-1908. He was also 
one of the special government commissioners on 
the Panama Canal, and on the California earth- 
quake of 1906. 

““The scientific service of Professor 
has been widely recognized. He was a member of 
the National Academy of Sciences, the American 
Philosophical Society, was president (1904) of the 
American Geological Society, vice-president 
(1890) of the American Association for the Ad- 
vancement of Science, held membership in the 
Geological Societies of London, Edinburgh, 
France, was president (1911) of the American 
Seismological Society, and was a member of 
geologic and geographic societies of several Bra- 
zilian states and of other countries. He has re- 
ceived the degrees of Ph.D. from Indiana Uni- 
versity in 1885, of LL.D. from the University of 
Arkansas in 1897, from Maryville College in 1909, 
and from the University of California in 1915, 
and the degree of Se.D. from the University of 
Chicago in 1916. 

‘His publications are numerous and, while the 
great majority are on geology, many evidence the 
breadth of his active interests in botany, ento- 
mology and other lines of natural sciences. His 
grammar of the Portuguese language (now in its 
fourth edition) grew out of his Brazilian experi- 
ence. His bibliography of Clays and Ceramics, 
an important compilation; the ‘‘How and Why 
Stories,’’ a charming collection of southern negro 
dialect myths (1921); his genealogy of ‘‘ Casper 
Branner of Virginia and His Descendants’’; and 
his recently completely but as yet unpublished 
translation from the Portuguese of . Alexandre 
Herculano’s Establishment of the Inquisition in 
Portugal, all evidence his breadth of interests and 
his tireless energy. ¥ 

““As a teacher Professor Branner exerted upon 
his students an influence which inspired them to 
their best efforts. His broad experience, his own 
sytematie and untiring research, his realization 


Branner 


SCIENCE 


531 


of the supreme importance of practical experience 
as the final test of all theories, were well calcu- 
lated to stimulate the ability and energy of his 
students, while his simple, sincere, and sympa- 
thetic personality attached them to him with a 
rare devotion. ’’ 

Dr. Branner’s attitude toward the office of 
president was characteristically expressed in his 
inaugural address: 

“*T am here to serve you in every way in my 
power and in everything that pertains to your 
work as instructors in the university and as 
scholars interested .in your own special lines of 
work. I expect and I intend to be the servant of 
every member of this faculty except myself. I 
consider the support I can give you my most 
important duty, and it will be my _ greatest 
pleasure.’’ 

In becoming president of the university, Dr. 
did not cease to be teacher and col- 
league. He made the problems of all the depart- 
ments his own. In his relations with students 
and faeulty the informality of attitude and high 
courtesy were unchanged. He maintained the 
same dignified simplicity he had exhibited as 
executive head of his department. 

Dr. Branner’s life is a great heritage for Stan- 


Branner 


ford University, for California, and for the 
nation. 
Ray Lyman WILbvrR, 
President 
SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 


A COUNT OF BIRDS 

RENEWED interest in the bird population of 
the United States has led to a revival of the 
efforts, begun in 1914, by the Biological Survey 
of the United States Department of Agricul- 
ture, to collect information on the number and 
distribution of the birds breeding in this 
country. Counts have been made each suc- 
ceeding year, and interested persons who are 
thoroughly familiar with the breeding birds of 
their respective vicinities are asked to aid in 
the work. By continuing these counts over a 
period of years and counting the same areas 
each year, knowledge can be gained not only 
of our total bird population but also of its 
fluctuations from year to year. The counts, 
moreover, will greatly help in determining what 
effect the present state and federal laws have 
on the inerease of game and_ insectivorous 


birds. The department hopes that counts will 
be continued on all land where they have pre- 
viously been made, and it especially desires to 
obtain also series of counts indicating the bird 
life on the plains; on the deserts, both with and 
without irrigation, and in the southern and 
western states. 

It might be well to select new areas where 
physical conditions are not likely to change 
much for a number of years, so that if suc- 
ceeding annual counts show changes in bird 
population it will be known that they are not 
due to changed environment brought about by 
On the other hand, there is much to be 
learned regarding the adaptation of birds to 
changes of environment; any area therefore on 
which reports can be made year after year may 
be chosen, even though conditions are likely to 
change. Possible inability to repeat a count 
on the same tract need not, however, deter 
any one from making the count this year. 

The height of the breeding season should be 
chosen for this work. In the latitude of Wash- 
ington, D. C., at latitude 39 degrees, May 30 
is about the right date for the first count. In 
the latitude of Boston the work should not 
begin until a week later; while south of Wash- 
ington a date still earlier than May 30 should 
be selected. The department wants to learn 
how many pairs of birds actually nest within 
the selected area. Birds that visit the area 
only for feeding purposes must not be counted, 
no matter how close their nests may be to the 
boundary line. 


man. 


Several kinds of counts are needed for a 
study of the relative abundance of birds under 
changing and stationary conditions. It is 
hoped that many persons interested in bird life 
will make one or more counts this season. If 
only one count is made, the tract selected should 
represent average farm conditions for the 
locality, should not have an undue amount of 
woodland or orchard, and should contain not 
less than forty acres a quarter of a mile square 
nor more than eighty acres. If there is an 
isolated piece of woodland of from ten to 
twenty acres conveniently near, a separate 
count of the birds nesting there will be useful 
in addition to the count on the rest of the farm. 
In this case the report, in addition to specify- 


SCIENCE. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


ing the size and exact boundaries of the area, 
should give the principal kinds of trees, and 
whether there is much or little underbrush. 

A third count is desired of some definite area 
of woodland, which is part of a larger timbered 
tract. Still a fourth count, supplementary to 
these is needed. The average farm in the 


- northeastern states contains about one hundred 


acres, and the average count hitherto has been 
of the birds nesting on the fifty acres of the 
farm nearest to and including the farm build- 
ings. It is now necessary to obtain counts also 
of the remainder of the farm, the wilder part 
containing no buildings, especially on the same 
farms where counts about the buildings have 
already been made. Besides these, counts on 
any other kinds of land are much desired for 
comparison. 

Any one who is willing to do this work is 
requested to send his name and address to the 
Biological Survey, Washington, D. C. Full 
directions for making a count and report 
blanks will be sent in time for plans to be 
made before the actual time for the field work. 
Since the bureau has no funds with which to 
pay for this work, it must depend on the 
services of voluntary observers. 


THE CHEMICAL EXPOSITION! 


Tue Eighth National Exposition of Chemical 
Industries will be held this year in the Grand 
Central Palace, New York, during the week of 
September 11 to 16, inclusive. It will follow 
immediately upon the fall meeting of the 
American Chemical Society. The early date 
will give college and university men an oppor- 
tunity to see the exhibits before the beginning 
of the college year. There is much in this 
coming exposition to interest university men. 
Each floor has exhibits of laboratory apparatus, 
and one floor has a considerable group of this 
type of equipment. Many new pieces of ap- 
paratus, new chemical compounds, and other 
material and instruments will be found here. 

The interests for industrial chemistry in the 
exposition are wide and varied: from raw ma- 
terials in minerals, ores, manufacturing crudes 
or by-products, through the range of ma- 

1From the Journal of Industrial and Engineer- 
ing Chemistry. 


May 19, 1922] 


chinery, apparatus and equipment and instru- 
ments for control, precision, recording, gaging 
and measuring, and a thousand other items 
used in converting the raw materials into the 
finished products. The finished products them- 
selves, whether they be organic, inorganic, 
solid, liquid, gaseous, or of any other form, are 
all to be there. Many new things upon which 
manufacturers were working when the war 
ended and which have been more leisurely per- 
feeted since will be shown for the first time. 
Industrial progress continually calls for greater 
advancement and perfection in manufacture, 
and each year sees many notable improvements 
upon the exhibits in the exposition. Counting 
only these, the time of technical and business 
men is well spent in inquiring into the exhibits. 
One exhibitor, who for the past few years has 
been devoting time to the perfection of a new 
form of apparatus, said the other day that it is 
now when men have time to spare for considera- 
tion of these things that he expects a consider- 
ably larger and more interested attendance in 
his booth. ‘When the plants are idle as they 
are now, the most progressive companies are 
examining into our apparatus, and a remark- 
able thing is that we are making some installa- 
tions in plants which are now closed, so that 
when they begin work they will be in better 
position than ever and have an advantage in 
taking this opportunity to prepare to reduce 
their costs for the future. I’m looking for 
many more such openings through our exhibit 
and with considerable enthusiasm for the entire 
exposition.” 

The managers report that three full floors of 
the Grand Central Palace are already taken 
for the exposition and a part of a fourth. They 
expect all space will be engaged before the 
opening date. Already, 303 exhibitors have 
contracted for space. 

The exposition will contain two interesting 
special sections: one upon the subject of fuel 
economy, where exhibits intended for the more 
efficient use of fuel, its combusion, distribution, 
or control will be made. .The other will 
deal with shipping containers, including the 
container itself, whether of metal, wood, fiber, 
paper, glass or in cooperage products of slack 
and tight barrels, tanks and towers, and with 


SCIENCE 


538 


machinery for packaging, labeling, handling, 
and conveying the packaged material and mark- 
ing it ready for final shipment. 

Work upon the program has not yet been 
actively undertaken but it may be expected to 
compare more than favorably with the high 
standards of the preceding expositions. The 
management have returned to the Grand Cen- 
tral Palace with their offices, and all inquiries 
should be directed there. 


FELLOWSHIPS IN MINING RESEARCH 


THE cooperative department of mining en- 
gineering of the Carnegie Institute of Tech- 
nology, Pittsburgh, announces the offer of two 
fellowships in mining research, and two in 
teaching and research, in cooperation with the 
Pittsburgh Experiment Station of the United 
States Bureau of Mines.. The fellowships are 
open to the graduates of universities and tech- 
nical schools who are properly qualified to 
undertake research investigations. The value 
of each fellowship is $750 per year of ten 
months beginning on July 1 for the position 
of research fellow and on August 1 for teach- 
ing fellow. 

Investigations will be on the following sub- 
jects: (1) Acid Mine Waters: (a) physical- 
chemical study of the mechanism of corrosion 
in acid mine water; (b) neutralization with 
limestone, blast furnacé slag, ete.; (c) recovery 
of iron oxide for gas purification and other 
purposes; (d) purification for use in boilers. 
(2) Shooting Coal: (a) faetors in shot firing 
which favor the production of lump coal; (b) 
effect of location, size, and depth of bore holes; 
(c) kind of explosive; (d) sequence of firing; 
(e) method of charging and firing; (f) method 
of eutting coal. (3) Spontaneous Combustion 
and Coal Storage: (a) effect of size of coal; 
(b) effect of moisture; (c) effect of anthraxylon 
and attritus; (d) action of various forms of 
sulphur. (4) Geology: (a) relation of rela- 
tive proportions of anthraxylon and attritus in 
coal to its coking properties and by-product 
yield; (b) correlation of coal seams by micro- 
scopic characteristics; (c) constitution of coal 
seams in western Pennsylvania. (5) By- 
products Coking: (a) determination of the 
heat of carbonization of coal; (b) determina- 


034 


tion of the volatile matter in coke at various 
temperatures. (6) Utilization of Coal; (a) 
study of the economic utilization of the roof 
coal of the Pittsburgh seam, including struc- 
ture, composition, coking properties, and by- 
product yields.. (7) Coal Mining: (a) deter- 
mining the compressive strength of coal from 
various beds. 

All the time of the research fellow is to be 
devoted to work in the Experimental Station 
of the U. 8. Bureau of Mines which is located 
adjacent to Carnegie Institute of Technology. 
The position of teaching fellow includes ten 
hours each week devoted to teaching work in 
mining, and the balance to work in the Experi- 
mental Station. 


EXCHANGE PROFESSOR TO FRANCE IN 
ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 
Dean JoHN Frazer, of the Towne Scientific 

School of the University of Pennsylvania and 

professor of chemistry, has been chosen as ex- 

change professor to France for the coming 
academic year, by the committee on exchange 
with France of professors of engineering and 
applied science, representing Harvard, Yale, 

Columbia, Cornell, Massachusetts Institute of 

Technology, the Johns Hopkins and the Uni- 

versity of Pennsylvania. 

The movement for the annual exchange with 
France of a professor of applied science had 
its origin as the result of a letter written 
shortly before his death by the late President 
Richard Maclaurin, of the Massachusetts Insti- 
tute of Technology. 
tion responded very cordially to the offer for 
the annual exchange of a professor and select- 
ed for their first representative Professor 
Jacques Cavalier, rector of the University of 
Toulouse, and a well-known authority on metal- 
lurgical chemistry, who divided his time during 
the current academic year among the seven 
cooperating institutions, namely, Columbia, 
Cornell, Harvard, Johns Hopkins, Massachu- 
setts Institute of Technology, Pennsylvania 
and Yale. 

The American universities selected as their 
first outgoing representative for the first year 
Dr. Arthur E. Kennelly, professor of elec- 
trical engineering at. Harvard University and 


The French administra- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He 
has met with great success in his undertaking in 
France, and in addition to lecturing before 
numerous French technical schools was assigned 
by the French educational authorities, through 
M. Petit Dutaillis, minister of public instruc- 
tion in France, to spend several weeks at the 
Universities of Paris, Grenoble, Lyons, Mar- 
seilles, Toulouse, Bordeaux, Nancy and Lille, 
giving in each a course of lectures, some tech- 
nical and others of a more general character. 

Dean Frazer in the course of his work of 
lecturing in French before the various univer- 
sities and scientific societies of France, will 
have favorable opportunities of studying at 
close range French educational methods, espe- 
cially as applied to science. 

Dr. Frazer represents the fourth generation 
to be graduated from the University of Penn- 
sylvania, and the third generation to be con- 
nected with its faculties. His grandfather, 
John Fries Frazer, from 1844 till his death in 
1872, was professor of natural philosophy 
and chemistry in the University of Pennsyl- 
vania and vice-provost from 1855 to 1862. He 
was one of the incorporators of the National 
Academy of Sciences in 1863. His father, Dr. 
Persifor Frazer, became professor of chemistry 
in 1872, which chair he held until his appoint- 
ment to the Second Geological Survey of Penn- 
sylvania. He died in 1909. Dr. John Frazer 
was born in Paris, France, on February 5, 1882. 
In 1904 he was appointed instructor in chemis- 
try, being later promoted to assistant professor- 
ship and subsequently to a professorship. In 
1912, upon the reorganization of the old col- 
lege, he became dean of the Towne Scientific 
School, which position he has held since, except 
while on leave of absence when in the service 
in 1918. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Sir AUCKLAND GEDDES was given the hon- 
orary degree of doctor of laws by the Univer- 
sity of California at the recent Charter Day 
exercises celebrating the fifty-fourth anniver- 
sary of the university. The British ambassador 
was the main speaker on Charter Day, the 
subject of his address being ‘Some of the effects 


May 19, 1922] 


of increasing scientific knowledge upon consti- 
tutional government.” 


On May 1 a number of the friends of Colonel 
Fielding H. Garrison gave a dinner in his honor 
in Washington. Dr. Harvey Cushing presided 
and Dr. William H. Welch gave an account of 
Dr. Garrison’s work in medical history and 
bibliography. Dr. Garrison will leave shortly 
for work in the Philippines. 

Prorsessor Freperic §. Les, of Columbia 
University, has been elected vice-president of 
the International Association of the Institut 
Marey of Paris. 


To fill the place of the correspondent in 
geometry in the Paris Academy of Sciences, 
vacant by the death of Professor Noether, of 
Erlangen, M. René Baire, of Dijon, has been 
elected. 


Tue Bessemer Gold Medal of the British 
_ Iron and Steel Institute for the year 1921 has 

been awarded to Mr. Charles Fremont, in recog- 
nition of his services in the advancement of 
the metallurgy of iron and steel and the tech- 
nology of the testing materials. 


At the fifth annual meeting of the British 
Society of Glass Technology held on April 26, 
Professor W. E. §. Turner was elected presi- 
dent. 


Dr. A. Putur, professor of systematic bot- 
any in the University of Utrecht, Holland, has 
become director of a second botanical garden 
presented to the university by the heirs of the 
late August Janssen, who founded his garden 
in 1905 near his country residence about fifteen 
kilometers from Utrecht. ; 


Dr. L. R. Wivutams, formerly deputy com- 
missioner of health of New York State and 
for the last four years director of the Rocke- 
feller Commission on the Prevention of Tuber- 
culosis, has been appointed managing director 
of the National Tuberculosis Association in the 
place of Dr. Charles J. Hatfield, of Philadel- 
phia, who resigned to give most of his time to 
tuberculosis work in Philadelphia. 

On May 1, R. T. Stull was relieved of the 
superintendency of the Ceramie Experiment 
Station of the Bureau of Mines at Columbus, 
Ohio, and made_ supervising ceramist for the 


SCIENCE 


539 


bureau as a whole. He will act under the direc- 
tion of the chief mineral technologist and will 
have supervision in technical matters in ceram- 
ies, and such related investigations of non- 
metallic minerals as may from time to time be 
assigned to him. 


EK. R. SHeparp, known for his work in elee- 
trolysis at the Bureau of Standards, has re- 
signed to engage in private practice. 


Tue Universities of Melbourne, Sydney and 
Adelaide have united to invite Professor Hin- 
stein, should he visit Java, to continue after- 
wards to Australia and visit the principal cities. 


O. P. Hood, chief mechanical engineer of 
the Bureau of Mines, will spend the summer in 
Europe investigating recent developments in 
fuels. 


Dr. R. B. Moors, chief chemist of the 
Bureau of Mines, sailed on May 6 for England, 
preparatory to spending two months in various 
European countries for the purpose of obtain- 
ing data on chemical and mineral technology. 
Dr. Moore will visit England, Germany, France, 
Austria, Czechoslovakia, Holland and Belgium. 


Durine the summer Messrs. C. O. Peak, 
O. A. Plunkett, C. L. Porter and P. A. Young 
will be employed in plant disease survey work 
in the State of Illniois.. This survey is under 
the general direction of Professor F. L. Ste- 
vens and under the special direction of My. 
L. R. Tehon. 


THE committee on the C. M. Warren Fund 
of the American Academy of Arts and Sei- 
ences voted the following grants at its meeting 
held on May 4: $500 to Professor C. James, 
New Hampshire College, to assist a research on 
the ytterbium earths; $500 to Professor Charles 
A. Kraus, Clark University, to be used to con- 
tinue his investigations on the constitution of 
metallic substances. Applications for grants 
should be made to the chairman of the com- 
mittee, Professor James F. Norris, Massachu- 
setts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, be- 
fore the next meeting of the committee, which 
will be held on October 1. 


Proressor Winuiam H. Hopsss, of the Uni- 
versity of Michigan, gave a lecture at the Sor- 
bonne, University of Paris, on April 29, on 


536° 


“Les guirlandes insulaires du Pacifique et la 
formation des montagnes.”’ On May 1 he lec- 
tured at the University of Grenoble. Pro- 
fessor Hobbs has now sailed for the West 
Indies and South America, with the intention 
to return to Ann Arbor at the end of August. 


Dr. Irvinc Lanemuir, of the General Elec- 
tric Company, spoke before the Delaware sec- 
tion of the American Chemical Society in Wil- 
mington on April 19 on “Molecular structure 
and its relation to chemical valence.’ 


Proressor H. A. Wiuson, of the Rice Insti- 
tute, Texas, will lecture at the summer session 
of the University of Chicago on ‘The electrical 
properties of gases.” 

Tue following public lectures will be given 


at University College, London, during the 


present term: “Atoms, molecules and chemis-. 


try,” three lectures by Sir J. J. Thomson; 
“Insects and disease,’ four lectures by Sir 
Arthur Shipley; “Recent discoveries in 
Egypt,” by Professor Flinders Petrie; and 
“The expansion of European civilization,” four 
lectures, by Professor W. R. Shepherd, of 
Columbia University. 


THe Linacre Lecture of the University of 
Cambridge was delivered on May 6 by Sir 
Humphry Rolleston, on the subject of “Med- 
ical aspects of old age.” 


The Journal of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation states that the National Academy of 
Medicine of Venezuela has decided to hold a 
celebration of Pasteur’s centenary. A prize, 
consisting of a gold medal and 2,000 bolivares, 
will be granted to the author of the best work 
presented. A portrait of Pasteur will be 
placed in the assembly room of the academy 
and a special medal will be engraved. 


The sixteen hundred volume library of the 
late George Trumbull Ladd, professor of moral 
philosophy and metaphysics at Yale Univer- 
sity, has been given to the Hatch Library of 
Western Reserve University. Professor Ladd 
was a graduate of Western Reserve College in 
the class of 1864. 


Cart Lumuourz, born in Norway in 1851, 
formerly engaged in anthropological explora- 
tion and research for the American Museum 


SCIENCE: 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


of Natural History and other institutions, died 
at Saranac Lake, N. Y., at the beginning of 
the present month. 

Sir Autrrep Pearce Goup, late vice-chan- 
cellor of the University of London, and presi- - 
dent of the Medical Society of London and of 
the Rontgen Society, died on April 19 at the 
age of seventy years. 

Proressor Reng BouN, a director of the 
Badische Anilin u. Sodafabrik, and one of the 
pioneers of the German coal-tar dye industry, 
has died at the age of sixty years. 


Tue death is announced of Dr. Isoji Ishiguro, 
the Japanese engineer. 

THERE will be a meeting of the Society of 
Plant Physiologists with the American Asso- 
ciation for the Advancement of Science at Salt 
Lake City from June 22 to 24. Papers to be 
presented before the physiological section 
should be mailed to E. T. Bartholomew, School 
of Tropical Agriculture, Riverside, California, 
before June 1. 

Owine to serious flood conditions of the Mis- 
sissippi River, the annual meeting of the Amer- 
ican Oil Chemists’ Society, which was to have 
been held at the Grunewald Hotel, New Or- 
leans, on May 8 and 9, has been postponed to 
June 5 and 6 at the same place. 


THE alumni members of Sigma Xi of South- 
ern California held a meeting on the evening 
of May 24, at the Norman Bridge Laboratory 
of Physies, Pasadena, California, and organ- 
ized the ‘Sigma Xi Club of Southern Califor- 
nia.” About fifty members, representing six- 
teen institutions, were present. The following 
officers were elected: Dr. W. L. Hardin, Los 
Angeles, president; Dr. Paul W. Merrill, Mt. 
Wilson Observatory, Pasadena, secretary; Dr. 
E. E. Chandler, Occidental College, treasurer. 
There are more than a hundred alumni mem- 
bers of Sigma Xi in Los Angeles, Pasadena, 
and near-by towns. 

Tue British Institute of Physics, of which 
Sir J. J. Thomson is president, has arranged 
for the delivery of a course of public lectures 
with the view of indicating the growing im- 
portance and place which physics now holds in 
industry and manufacture. The first of these 
lectures was delivered by Professor A. Barr of 


May 19, 1922] 


Glasgow, on April 26, in the Hall of the Insti- 
tution of Civil Engineers. 


Av a meeting of the advisory council of the 
Phipps Institute, Philadelphia, April 29, gifts 
totaling $150,000 were announced. The sum of 
$25,000 will be given yearly for five years by 
the Carnegie Corporation, for research pur- 
poses. Dr. Josiah H. Penniman, acting pro- 
vost of the University of Pennsylvania, stated 
that the board of: trustees had voted $25,000 to 
be given during the next two years to the insti- 
tute. The family of Henry Phipps announced 
that they pledged $500,000 to the endowment 
fund, provided an additional $2,500,000 be 
raised. 


Tue fund for the establishment of the Har- 
vard School of Public Health will be entitled 
the Henry Pickering Walcott Fund in honor 
of the senior member of the Harvard Corpora- 
tion. As has already been announced, the 
Rockefeller Foundation has agreed to con- 
tribute at once $1,500,000 and eventually 
$500,000 in addition; these amounts will be 
inereased by a fund of $1,000,000 provided by 
the university and also by the income of more 
than $3,000,000 which is now being expended 
by the university in various departments which 
will be incorporated in the school. It will prob- 
ably open next year for instruction and 
research in the field of public health. It will 
be closely allied to the Harvard Medical School, 
and Dr. David L. Edsall will serve as dean of 
both schools. Certain departments now organ- 
ized under the Medical School, such as those 
of industrial hygiene and tropical medicine, 
will become part of the new school, which will 
also develop and enlarge the work of the School 
of Public Health now jointly conducted by 
Harvard and the Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology. 


Tue Board of Research Studies of the Uni- 
versity of Cambridge, in a report on the ad- 
mission of research students, records that steps 
have been taken to concentrate in the board the 
power of admission of research students, and 
it is hoped that this will tend towards the 
preservation of a uniform standard of quali- 
fication. Secondly, they record that it has 
been decided to institute the degrees of M.Litt. 


SCIENCE 


937 


and M.Se. The regulations for these degrees 
appear in the current number of the Reporter. 
The number of research students admitted 
when the last report was presented was 72. 
Since then 71 have been admitted, making in 
all 143. These figures, however, hardly repre- 
sent the comparative number of admissions 
this year and last, for at the beginning many 
already at work under the old regulations for 
the B.A. degree were permitted to transfer. 
During the year two students withdrew their 
names. The proportion of Cambridge gradu- 
ates among the students now admitted has 
risen. The large number of graduates of other 
universities within the British Isles remains a 
feature. Those from Canada and the United 
States are fewer than may be anticipated when 
the degree is better known, their combined 
number—25—hbeing approximately that of 
those coming from the Indian Empire. 

Tue British Board of Trade has issued an 
order exempting certain German scientific and 
other periodicals from the provisions of the 
German Reparation Act of 1921. Any article 
is exempted “being a publication in the Ger- 
man language which is proved to the satisfac- 
tion of the commissioners of customs and excise 
to be a periodical publication of a German 
learned society, or other scientific or philosoph- 
ical periodical publication.” 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


Proressor Epwarp H. Rockwe.u, after 
twenty years of service on the faculty of the 
Engineering School at Tufts College, has ae- 
cepted a call to Rutgers College to be dean of 
the Engineering School. 


ANNOUNCEMENT is made by the Rensselaer 
Polytechnic Institute that Professor Edwin A. 
Fessenden, of Pennsylvania State College, will 
become, at the beginning of the next collegiate 
year, professor and head of its department of 
mechanical engineering. 


Prorrssor Hersert R. Moopy, for seventeen 
years connected with the department of chem- 
istry of the College of the City of New York 
as professor of industrial chemistry and chem- 
ical engineering, has been appointed director 


538 


of the department to fill the vacancy caused : 


by the death of the late Professor Charles 
Baskerville. 

Dr. Grorce Dock has resigned his position 
as professor of medicine at Washington Uni- 
versity Medical School, St. Louis. 

At Columbia University, Dr. James P. 
Southall, physies, and Dr. James Kendall, 
chemistry, have been promoted to professor- 
ships. Dr. Robert H. Bowen, zoology, Dr. 
Roy J. Colony, geology, Dr. John A. North- 
cott, mathematics, and Dr. Hugh Findlay, agri- 
culture, have been promoted to assistant pro- 
fessorships. 


PRoMOTIONS in psychology and educational 
psychology at Columbia University are an- 
nounced as follows: At Barnard College, Dr. 
H. L. Hollingworth to a full professorship; 
at Columbia University, Dr. A. T. Poffenberger 
to an associate professorship; at Teachers 
College, Dr. Arthur I. Gates, Dr. William A. 
MeCall and Dr. Leta 8. Hollingworth to asso- 
ciate professorships. 

Dr. Epwix G. Borine and Dr. Herbert S8. 
Langfeld have been appointed: associate pro- 
fessors of psychology at Harvard University. 
Dr. Boring has since 1919 been professor of 
experimental psychology at Clark University. 
Dr. Langfeld has been promoted from an as- 
sistant professorship. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
DECEREBRATION IN BIRDS 

THE recent observations of Shakleet on 
decerebrate pigeons serve to emphasize some 
features of the physiology of the central ner- 
vous system of special interest to workers in 
this line. The long period of survival—near- 
ly twelye months—and the new features of 
decerebrate behavior recorded, again call atten- 
tion to the possibilities of this method of ex- 
perimentation as well as to some of the dangers 
of its interpretation. 

The positive result of the return of the 
drinking reaction, not hitherto obtained in 


1Am, Journ. Physiol., Vol. lv, p. 65, 1921. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


similar work, points to a greater flexibility in 
the neural mechanism than we have usually 
ascribed to it and falls into line with some of 
the newer conceptions that have been gain- 
ing foothold in the field of brain function. 
Whatever interpretation of the results may be 
made regarding the process by which such 
restoration of function 1s accomplished, every- 
one must be impressed by its extent and adap- 
tative importance. 

The differences between the present work 
and the results of Martin and Rich? to which 
Shaklee refers deserve a word of comment. 
Aside from the difference in species used, 
which may or may not have influenced the 
results, it should be emphasized that Martin 
and Rich operated on newly hatched chicks, 
thus excluding the influence of individual 
habit or experience prior to decerebration, 
while Shaklee used adult pigeons. Another 
factor is the distinctly longer period of sur- 
vival in the pigeons. 

The highly speculative interpretation placed 
upon these very interesting results may be 
passed over with the exception of one or two 
points. It seems surprising that, if the are 
upon which the drinking reaction depends is 
of the deeply ingrained type postulated, it 
did not show activity for 32 days. In con- 
sidering the feeding reaction the importance 
of tasté seems strangely overstressed. A hard 
grain in the tip of the beak could give rise 
to very little more taste than do the bits of 
gravel which are also normally swallowed by 
birds. 

The interpretation of work of this nature 
must be cautious. The facts of re-education 
(I use the term without implication as to the 
method by which restoration or substitution 
is accomplished) in man and animals show that 
many things can be done which are never 
normally done in the lives of the vast majority 
of the individuals or of their ancestors. As 
when storms damage telephone and telegraph 
lines, communication can be effectively estab- 
lished by routes never normally used, so in the 
nervous system possible and efficient ares and 


2 Am. Journ. Physiol., Vol. xlvi, p. 396, 1918. 


May 19, 1922 


pathways may exist which are never normally 
traversed. 

Only one explanation of the restoration of 
function is offered in the article under con- 
sideration, i. e., that the subcortical ares are 
the more primitive and are sufficiently retained 
in adult pigeons after decerebration to make 
possible the carrying out of normal drinking 
reactions. 

Another explanation is also possible. Many 
writers have claimed that certain habits, aris- 
ing in the first instance through activities 
involving the cortex, later are passed on com- 
pletely to subcortical centers. As Herrick® 
points out, these acquired automatisms may 
so closely resemble inherited reflexes as to be 
indistinguishable in the absence of the history 
of their development. If it is here assumed 
that the drinking reaction established during 
the life of the pigeon is transferred in large 
part to subcortical structures, its retention 
after decerebration would seem to be expected, 
while in the case of the chick, decerebrated be- 
fore such reactions were built up, no such ap- 
pearance could be looked for. It might also 
be argued that the feeding reaction, being more 
complicated, was not so completely transferred 
from the cortical region as to be effective after 
decerebration. 

That such an assumption may be justified is 
indicated by the work of Franz and Lashley‘, 
who found from numerous careful experiments 
with white rats that extensive cortical lesions 
did not usually affect the retention of most 
habits due to previous training, nor did they 
prevent the formation of new habits. The 
authors also report that in the cat and monkey 
where the frontal portion of the cortex is 
normally utilized in the formation of certain 
habits, these habits, if long practiced, are still 
carried out in the ordinary way after the abla- 
tion of the frontal cortex. This work as well 
as. its continuation by Lashley® clearly shows 
that the classical picture of the decerebrate 
animal is in large measure erroneous and must 
be carefully revised and with it the entire con- 
ception of the physiology of the central nerv- 

8 Introduction to Neurology, 2d ed., p. 336. 

4 Psychobiology, Vol. 1, p. 71, 1917. 

5 Psychobiology, Vol. 2, p. 55, 1920. 


SCIENCE 


539 


ous system. Any contribution to this promis- 
ing and important field is to be welcomed. 
Frank W. WEYMOUTH 
STANFORD UNIVERSITY, 
CALIFORNIA 


THE BITE OF LACTRODECTUS MACTANS 

In Science for January 13, F. R. Welsh 
writes on “Poisonous Spiders.” In regard to 
the “Black Widow,” Lactrodectus mactans, he 
quotes Dr. McCook as of the opinion that the 
bite of this spider is “in most instances of small 
consequence.” During the past two years the 
writer has had ealled to his attention four cases 
of attacks by this spider on human beings. 
These were all reported by practising physicians 
who sent in the spiders for identification. All 
four cases were those of men who were bitten 
on the penis while using outside closets. In 
every case the results were of a very serious 
nature. The patients suffered intense pain ac- 
companied by severe abdominal disturbances, 
convulsions and delirium. In one ease the ab- 
dominal pain was so intense and pronounced 
that the patient who had been sent to a hos- 
pital in a distant city was, upon arrival, 
promptly operated upon for appendicitis. The 
severe symptoms lasted from twenty-four 
hours in one man to over a week in the case of 
another. In a third ease the physician reported 
four days after the patient had been bitten 
that he was “not yet out of danger.” However 
all ultimately recovered. Two of these men 
were bitten the same day in the same closet 
and presumably by the same spider, indicating 
that the spider does not exhaust her venom by 
one bite. 

These experiences would indicate that the 
bite of this species, at least when administered 
in a tender, part of the body, is very serious, 
exceedingly painful, and even dangerous. 

J. R. Watson 
UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA 


WATER-IMMERSION OBJECTIVES 
I wis to eall the attention of those biologists 
who use the microscope to the value of the 
much neglected water-immersion objective. Its 
inferiority to the oil-immersion in the matter 
of numerical aperture, and consequently in 
power of resolution, has led. many microscop- 


040 


ists to lose sight of its peculiar advantages for 
certain kinds of work. The lower angular 
aperture obtainable with water contact as com- 
pared with cedar oil, is compensated for in 
several ways: first, it gives a longer working 
distance, due to the necessarily narrower angle 
of illumination,—a very important thing in 
high magnification. Second, it gives corre- 
spondingly better penetration of the object ex- 
amined. Third, there is the ease with which 
both the slide (7. e., the object) and the ob- 
jective are cleaned. <A bit of blotting-paper 
touched to the objective and the slide is all that 
is necessary and the mount is ready for further 
examination with lower magnification. But 
with an oil-immersion the oil must be first re- 
moved before a clear image can be had with 
lower powers, and this takes time and skill. In 
fact, if the mount is a temporary one and the 
cover-glass not held in place by a cement ring 
or hardened balsam, the cleaning is no job for 
a careless man. Fourth, where the mount is in 
water the water-immersion objective is free 
from the annoying habit of dragging the cover- 
glass over the specimen when the slide is 
moved,—a fault of the oil-immersion due to 
the greater viscosity of the oil connecting ob- 
jective and cover-glass over that of the water 
connecting cover-glass and slide. In freshly 
studied marine mounts this is a big item. 
Finally the lower cost of the water-immersion 
objective is a factor well worth consideration. 

It should be added, where oil contact between 
substage condenser and slide is omittted, a very 
frequent oversight with microscopists, the supe- 
viority of resolution of an oil-immersion ob- 
jective, due to its greater N. A., is lost and the 
difference between it and a water-immersion 
disappears. 

The only excuse for any immersion objective 
is that very high magnification and resolution 
are impracticable with dry objectives because 
of the working distance and the angle of illum- 
ination involved. For this reason it seems to 
me there is little excuse for immersion objec- 
tives below the one twelfth inch English scale 
or the 2 to 1.8 mm. standard scale. 


Apert MAnn 
CARNEGIE INSTITUTION, 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


QUOTATIONS 


HEALTH ORGANIZATION OF THE LEAGUE 
OF NATIONS : 

An important branch of the work of the 
League of Nations is that of its health organ- 
ization. The International Health Conference 
which was held in London in April, 1920, de- 
clared that the epidemic situation was menacing 
to all Europe, and that the task of fighting 
epidemics was beyond the strength of voluntary 
associations. The conference urged, therefore, 
that the task should be entrusted to the League 
of Nations as the only official international 
organization with sufficient authority and 
power to undertake the work. In accordance 
with this recommendation an Epidemics Com- 
mission was set up by the Council of the 
League, and since the end of 1920 this commis- 
sion has cooperated with the Polish health 
authorities in their campaign against epidemics. 
The commission, at the head of which was Dr. 
Norman White, formerly sanitary commission- 
er with the government of India, had complete 
autonomy, but was responsible to the Council 
of the League. The funds placed at its dis- 
posal by the governments which are members 
of the league were not large enough to make 
possible an anti-epidemic campaign on the scale 
originally planned, so the commission began 
its work in Poland, and delivered to the Polish 
health authorities the motor transport, soap, 
clothing, medical stores, ete., most needed at 
the outset of the campaign; it also provided 
funds for the repair and equipment of bathing 
and disinfecting establishments, quarantine sta- 
tions, and hospitals, and gave fifty complete 
fifty-bed hospital units. The work of this com- 
mission was the first experiment in interna- 
tional sanitary cooperation on a large scale, 
and it has been a success. Last autumn, how- 
ever, the epidemic situation in Russia, and the 
consequent danger to her western neighbors, 
became greatly aggravated on account of the 
famine, and more drastie measures were found 
necessary to deal with the situation. An all- 
European anti-epidemic conference was there- 
fore convened by Poland at Warsaw, with the 
approval of the Council of the League of Na- 
tions, and twenty-seven different nations took 
part. It was notable as being the first general 


May 19, 1922] 


European conference in which Soviet Russia 
and Soviet Ukraine were represented. The 
conference drew up a general report of the 
situation, and the lines were laid down for a 
series of sanitary conventions, which are now 
being negotiated between the states of central 
and eastern Eurepe as a first defence against 
epidemics. Finally, the conference prepared a 
detailed plan for an anti-epidemic campaign in 
Russia and in the border states, and recom- 
mended that the conduct of this campaign 
should be entrusted to the League of Nations 
health organization and the epidemics com- 
mission. The conference requested the Council 
of the League to transmit its recommendations 
to the Genoa conference, on the ground that 
the latter was to deal with the economic recon- 
struction of Europe, and because an epidemic 
campaign in eastern Europe was in its opinion 
the indispensable preliminary to the work of 
economic reconstruction. It is hoped that the 
Genoa conference will deeide upon the measures 
to be taken with reference to the anti-epidemie 
campaign, and whether they shall be carried 
out by the health organization of the League of 
Nations. This health organization consists of, 
first, a committee appointed by the Council of 
the League, which acts as the executive body 
of the organization; second, the Office National 
d’Hygiene Publique in Paris, a body in exis- 
tence before the war, which, though not a 
League organization, acts in close cooperation 
with the latter, and in practice serves as its 
general committee, drawing up draft conven- 
tions and laying down general lines of policy; 
third, a secretariat, which forms the health see- 
tion of the Secretariat-general of the League. 
The epidemics commission—originally, as has 
been said, an independent body—is now also 
attached to the health section, and is therefore 
really a part of the health organization. An 
epidemiological intelligence service has been 
organized to keep the health authorities of all 
nations informed as to the incidence of epi- 
demic diseases, and a monthly bulletin is being 
issued containing statistics and charts of the 
incidence all over the world of cholera, typhus, 
dysentery, small-pox, and other infectious dis- 
eases. Another branch of the work of the 
health organization was the conference held in 
London in December, 1921, on the standardiza- 


SCIENCE 


541 


tion of serums and serological tests, when, as 
reported at the time, a program of inquiry and 
research was elaborated, to be carried out by 
the various laboratories and centralized in the 
Copenhagen Institute. The results will be ex- 
amined at a forthcoming conference to be held 
at the Pasteur Institute in Paris —The British 
Medical Journal. 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 


THE DOMESTIC FOWL AS A SOURCE OF 
IMMUNE HEMOLYTIC SERA 


Durine the last three years we have ob- 
tained abundant evidence which refutes Cit- 
ron’s! claim that the chicken is one of the best 
adapted animals for the production of hemolytic 
sera. Citron gave no evidence to justify the 
inclusion of the domestic fowl among the spe- 
cies best adapted to produce hemolytic sera 
and so far as known to me, none exists. In 
point of fact, we find this animal one of the 
poorest hemolysin producers that has come 
within our experience. 

It was known to Bordet?, Sachs*, Metch- 
nikoff*, and P. Miiller® long before the 
appearance of Citron’s book, that a diffi- 
culty was involved in demonstrating the sen- 
sitizer or amboceptor content of the serum of 
this animal’, and Citron’s unsupported 
claim should have been regarded with sus- 
picion. In spite of this fact, the statement 
from Citron is still taken at its face value. 
Thus, Guyer and Smith’? have recently made 


1 Citron, J., 1912, Immunity. 
A. L. Garbat. 

2 Bordet, J., 1899, ‘‘Ageglutination et dissolu- 
tion des globules rouges,’’? Ann. de l’Inst. Pas- 
teur; 13\3 273. 

3Sachs, Hans, 1902, Berl. klin Wochen, Nos. 
9 and 10. 

4 Metchnikoff, E., 1907, Immunity in infective 
Diseases, Cambridge Press. 

5 Miller, P., 1901, Uber Anti-hamolysine Cen- 
tralbl. f. Bakt. u. Parasitenkunde, 29: 175. 

6 Hyde, R. R., 1921, ‘‘The reactivation of the 
natural hemolytic antibody in chicken serum,’’ 
Am. J. Hygiene, 1: 358-362. 

2Guyer, M. F., and Smith, E. A., 1918, ‘‘Some 
prenatal effects of lens antibodies,’’ J. Haper. 
Zool., 26: 65-82.—1920, ‘‘ Transmission of induced 
eye defects,’’ Ibid., 171-215. 


Translation by 


542 


use of it in support of their contention of 
having produced in the chicken a serum lytic 
for the eye lens of the rabbit, with which re- 
sults of great biological significance were ob- 
tained. 

The serum of chickens which had been treated 
with rabbit lens was injected into the circula- 
tion of pregnant rabbits. A few of the young 
of these rabbits had an eye defect which was 
passed on to succeeding generations. It was 
contended that the eye defect was in all prob- 
ability due to the cytolytic action of the 
chicken serum since chickens are known to be 
good cytolysin (hemolysin) producers. 

We have treated chickens with the red cor- 
puscles from a number of animal species. In 
no case was any marked increase in the lytic 
properties of the serum from the treated birds 
evident. It was found in fact that fresh 
chicken serum renders rabbit corpuscles non- 
antigenic for guinea pigs, which accounts for 
the failure to produce any marked increase 
in the sensitizer content of the chicken. 

In the light of our observation on the pro- 
duction of hemolysins in the chicken, it seems 
improbable that Guyer and Smith produced 
in this species a serum lytic for the eye lens 
of the rabbit. At least the conclusion that 
eytolysins must have been formed in the 
chickens treated with the rabbit lenses be- 
cause of the readiness with which this species 
produces cytolytic sera, is not tenable. 


Roscor R. HyprE 
DEPARTMENT OF IMMUNOLOGY, 
ScHooL or HYGIENE AND PuBLic HEALTH, 
THr JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY 


THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR 
THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 


TUCSON MEETING OF THE SOUTHWESTERN 
DIVISION 


THE second annual meeting of the Southwestern 
Division of the American Association for the Ad- 
vanecement of Science was held at the University 
of Arizona on Thursday, Friday and Saturday, 
January 26, 27 and 28, 1922.. The meeting was 
opened by President A. E. Douglass in the chair, 
who, after a welcome and announcements, pro- 
ceeded with the papers of the physical science 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


section in open meeting. These were followed 
by biological papers in the afternoon. In the 
evening the president’s address was given upon 
the subject, ‘‘Some aspects of the use of annual 
rings of trees in the study of climate.’’ This 
meeting constituted the formal opening, with ad- 
dresses of welcome from the acting mayor of 
Tueson, the president of the Chamber of Com- 
merece, and the acting president of the university. 
These were responded to by Dr. E. C. Prentiss, 
the chairman of the executive committee of the 
Southwestern Division, who was followed by Dr. 
D. T. MacDougal, introducing the speaker of the 
evening. This address was followed by the recep- 
tion to the visiting members given by the Faculty 
Club of the University of Arizona. 

On Friday morning a special reception was 
given to Senor Ing. Ignacio Salas and his secre- 
tary, Sefior H. Irigoyen, representatives of the 
minister of public works of the Mexican govern- 
ment. These guests were introduced by Dr. D. T. 
MacDougal, general secretary of the American 
They responded by speeches in 
Spanish and in English. 

The papers of Friday morning dealt with the 
social sciences, including history and archeology. 

The biological papers were continued at 1:45 
P.M., and at 2:45 Dr. Henry B. Ward, of the 
University of Illinois, gave a lecture entitled 
‘‘The struggle between man and wild life in 
North America’’ before a joint meeting of the 
Sigma Xi Club of the University of Arizona with 
the Southwestern Division, to which also a spe- 
cial invitation had been extended to the Pima 
County Teachers’ Institute then in session. This 
was followed by a trip about the campus of the 
university with visits to the observatory, engi- 
neering, physics and research exhibits, and the 
museum. In the evening Dr. Edgar L. Hewett 
of Santa Fe gave an illustrated lecture upon 
‘*Native American artists’? to a joint meeting 
of the Arizona Archeological and Historical Soci- 
ety with the Southwestern Division. This was 
followed by a reception in the museum and an 
exhibit of wireless telephone. ; 

On Saturday morning the three sections were 
in session simultaneously throughout the morning, 
except that at 11 o’clock a business meeting was 
held in which Dr. D. T. MacDougal was elected 
president of the division for the coming year, 
and Dr. A. E. Douglass was elected a member of 
the executive committee. A Yaqui Indian dance 
was presented in the Yaqui village near Tucson 
from 2 to 4 in the afternoon, followed by visits 


Association. 


May 19, 1922] 


to the Desert Laboratory of the Carnegie Institu- 
tion and to the Mission of San Xavier near 
Tucson. 

The visiting members were entertained at lunch 
by the University of Arizona on Thursday in the 
new Maricopa Hall. They were also entertained 

‘at lunch on Friday by the Tucson Chamber of 
Commerce, at which the Mexican representatives 
and Dr. Ward were introduced and made ad- 
dresses. » 

On Thursday evening a Sigma Xi banquet was 
held with Dr. Ward and the Mexican representa- 
tives as guests of honor. 

The executive committee met each morning at 
9 and held its final session on Saturday morning. 
Resolutions were passed in favor of the limita- 
tion of the use of radium in the form of radiolite. 
The next meeting was decided to be held in Santa 
Fe, New Mexico, September 11-14, 1922. 

In arranging the program of this Tucson meet- 
ing the special effort was made to give to each 
section a certain amount of exclusive time during 
which its papers of widest interest could be pre- 
sented. This was followed by simultaneous meet- 
ings of the sections at which the more technical 
papers were given, thus assuring abundant time 
for all papers. The program had been prepared 
by Dr. V. M. Slipher, chairman of the physical 
science section, Dr. C. T. Vorhies, chairman of the 
biological science section, and Dr. E. L. Hewett, 
chairman of the social science section in conjune- 
tion with the president. 

On January 29 an ecological excursion was made 
to the Tucson mountains and lunch was served 
near the petrified trees, recently discovered by 
Dr. Sarle, of the University of Arizona. 

ABSTRACTS 
Chemistry 

Flagstafite, a new Arizona mineral, and its 
identity with terpin hydrate: F. N. Guitp. Dr. 
A. E. Douglass discovered on buried logs near 
Flagstaff, Arizona, a finely crystallized substance 
whose chemical and crystallographic analysis re- 
sulted in its determination as a new organie min- 
eral with the formula C,,H,,O,. This was named 
Flagstaffite. Afterwards a communication from 
Dr. Francis Dodge of Brooklyn led to the further 
conclusion that flagstaffite is identical with terpin 
hydrate, a substance easily synthesized in the 
laboratory, but hitherto never found occurring 
naturally. The author emphasizes the importance 
in chemical research of accurate crystallographic 
measurements, pointing out that in this case, the 
identity of flagstaffite with terpin hydrate was 
established largely through crystallographic data. 


SCIENCE 


943 


Demonstration of the Goldschmidt crystal model 
machine: F. N. Guiup. 

The ionization of strong electrolytes in the 
light of recent theory: T. F. Bururer. The 
author sets forth that an explanation of the 
anomaly of strong electrolytes as evidenced by 
their failure to obey the Ostwald dilution law 
must be sought for in the arrangement of elec- 
trons within the molecule, according to the Lewis 
theory of molecular structure. It also demands 
a more rational definition of the idea of dissocia- 
tion of an electrolyte. Various tables showing 
the activity-coefficients and ionization-constants of 
potassium chloride, a typically strong electrolyte, 
and acetic acid, a typically weak one, were given 
for illustration. 

Critical solution temperatures of white phos- 
phorus: T. F. Bururer. The theory of solu- 
bility worked out by Professor Hildebrand of the 
University of California is discussed and illus- 
trated by a table, showing the varying conditions 
of solutions of white phosphorus in different sub- 
stances. e 

The development of the tungsten lamp: Pau 
CLOKE. 

Some new beryllium alloys; their preparation 
and properties: M, G. Fow rr. Beryllium is a 
rare element and ditticult to separate from Al. 
It resembles Al, but is lighter and has greater 
tensile strength. Experimenting on methods of 
preparation, it was first attempted to electrolyze 
beryllium into molten lead from fused BeF, NaF; 
and then into mereury from an aqueous solution. 
In the first case, beryllium was found to be spar- 
ingly soluble in lead; and in the second case the 
amalgam was readily decomposed by water. 
However, since a pure alloy of beryllium was 
required, electrolysis was abandoned as unsuc- 
cessful. Then oxides of copper and beryllium 
were reduced in the electric furnace and an alloy 
containing considerable carbide was obtained, and 
a similar reduction of BeF, with an excess of 
magnesium produced an alloy of Be and Mg. 
This method promises more success. The inten- 
tion is to study phase rule diagrams of alloys of 
beryllium with copper, aluminum, magnesium, cad- 
mium:’and zine. 

The potential of the gold electrode: F. 8S. 
WarTMAN. The present values of the potential 
of the gold electrode—the measure of its ten- 
deney to pass from the metallic to the ionized 
condition—are found in error, due to the effects 
of variations in the physical form of the metal, 
temperatures and solutions of very soluble salts 
used by previous investigators. The present work 


544 


undertakes to eliminate these sources of error by 
the measurement of the cells: 

(1) Au, AuCl, KCl, (XM), AgCl, Ag. 

(2) Au, AuCl, HCl (XM), H, (1 atom.) 

The direct value obtained for the second cell will 
be cheeked by an indireet method which em- 
ploys Cell (1). Cells employing Au,O in KOH 
solution are also being measured. hs 

A study of some unusual habits of wulfenite: 
F. S. Warrman. This paper briefly discussed an 
extremely flat third order pyramid found to be 
somewhat common on wulfenite crystals in the 
Southwest. It is characteristic, although its sym- 
pol varies from 1-7-75 to 1-7-98. Another unusual 
erystal having the prism faces well developed was 
also described. 

A study of the catalytic effect of metallic cop- 
per upon the evolution of hydrogen from acids 
by base metals: DororHy G. ANDREWS. 

Geology 

Sketch of the geology of the Dos Cabezas 
Mountains of southwestern Arizona: OC. J. SARLE. 
The range is described as a homoclinal fault-block 
structure, dipping southwestward, with northwest- 
southeast trend, about 25 miles long, with greatest 
width midway of nearly 10 miles and maximum 
height of approximately 8,300 feet in the cen- 
trally situated twin peaks from which it takes its 
name. Residuary piedmont gravel slopes incline 
away from the range to the broad waste-filled 
Sulphur Springs valley on the southwest, and to 
the similar San Simon valley on the northeast. 
The Dos Cabezas range forms a common orogenic 
structure with the larger Chiricahuas to the south. 
The relations and character of the formations and 
structures revenl a history extending back, pos- 
sibly to Archean time, and seem to show four 
periods of mountain making; two pre-Cambrian, 
and distinetly batholithic; one at the close of the 
Paleozoic, of marked warping, and possibly with 
faulting; and a fourth of marked voleanicity and 
profound faulting, with some batholithie intru- 
The last produced the present Dos Cabezas 
range. The first three were followed by planation 
and subsequent sedimentation. Tertiary erosion 
developed a rock pediment and piedmont gravel 
slopes, mature dissection extending to the heart 
of the range. In turn Pleistocene erosion deeply 
sculptured the piedmont area. The sedimentaries 
include a heavy, pre-Cambrian quartzite, Cam- 
brian including an upper limestone member, 
Ordovician (Beekmantonian ), 
Pennsylvanian, Comanchean (with marine leaf), 
Tertiary piedmont gravels and recent alluvials 


sion. 


Mississippian, 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1429 
(fan and stream flat deposits). (Preliminary and 
with permission of the director of the Arizona 
Bureau of Mines). 
Astronomy 

The application of spectrum analysis to studies 
of the planets: V. M. SurpHer. A discussion of 
the use of the spectroscope in studying rotation 
and motion of the plants and the constitution of 
their atmospheres. Evidence of water vapor in 
the atmosphere of Mars was presented. 

Martian polar rifts: G. H. Hammon. A dis- 
cussion of rifts in the polar cap of Mars, ob- 
served during the successive oppositions of 1916, 
1918 and 1920; and accompanied by lantern 
slides of drawings illustrating rifts. The belief 
was expressed that these rifts confirm Lowell’s 
contention that there is vegetation on Mars, since 
it is assumed that they are caused by the heat 
given off from growing vegetation. This con- 
clusion is drawn from the apparent similar con- 
dition produced on the earth by vegetation grow- 
ing under the snow. 

Methods used at the Lowell Observatory im 
studying Mars and other planets: E. C. SLIPHER. 
The technique of astronomical photography was 
explained. The necessity for enlarging the image, 
correcting for chromatism with the yellow 
filter, and using specially sensitized plates was 
pointed out. The speaker also discussed the time 
exposure necessary, which varies from one third of 
a second to 25 or 30 seconds. In closing, it was 
declared that if due allowance be made for the 
limitations of the two methods, each is useful as 
a check on the other. 

Progress in photographic observations of nebule 
with the 40 inch Lowell reflector: C. O. Lamp- 
LAND. The modern telescope has increased greatly 
the number of stars and nebule, and dark nebule 
have also been identified. Among astronomers 
considerable difference of opinion exists as to the 
depth of our stellar galaxy, some placing its 
greatest diameter at 300,000 light years; others 
at about one fifth of that. It was pointed out 
that spiral nebule may be stellar systems—island 
universes—outside our own galaxy. Various argu- 
ments for and against the ‘‘Island Universe’’ 
theory were offered, among the former being the 
discovery by V. M. Slipher in 1912 of high space 
velocity and axial rotation. Yet, despite these 
high space velocities, their proper motion is very 
small. Also, their spectrum differs from the 
spectra of the stars in our system, it resembling 
the coalesced light of many stars at such great 
distances that the light of one star can not be dis- 


May 19, 1922] 


tinguished from the others. An argument against 
the Island Universe theory was drawn from a 
series of photographs of a spiral nebula, taken 
over a space of five years and showing marked 
changes in the nebula from year to year. It was 
argued that changes in a whole universe so 
marked as to be plainly visible at such enormous 
distances, and occurring within the time space 
of five years, would be very extraordinary. A 
similar argument was found in the prominence of 
the central star in spirals. 

A recording micrometer: A. E. Douguass. A 
description and demonstration of a portable 
micrometer, which records its readings directly 
to scale on cross section paper. This instrument 
was developed in connection with researches on 
the rings of trees and their relation to climatic 
eycles, but can be used equally in telescopes. 

The spectrum of the night sky and of the 
aurora of May 14, 1921: V. M. SurpHER. In ob- 
servations made by the author, the auroral line 
is easily determined in the spectrum of the night 
sky. It shows up at Flagstaff even on cloudy 
nights. Careful observations made there deter- 
mined the wave length of the auroral line to be 
55.78 instead of 55.71, the previously accepted 
value. This new value shows a further departure 
from any known substance than does the old. 
The auroral line shows in the spectrum, no matter 
what part of the heavens the camera is pointed 
at; it is, however, weakest near the zenith. Lord 
Rayleigh, the great English scientist, is now at 
work upon this problem of the auroral line in the 
spectrum, the object of this study being to gain 
additional information concerning the upper 
limits of the earth’s atmosphere. The work of 
Dr. Stuerman, a Norwegian scientist, who has 
spent many years in the study of auroral phe- 
nomena, shows that most of the auroral streamers 
take place about 100 kilometers above the earth’s 
surface, but some are as high as 500 kilometers. 
If we can learn what the auroral line corresponds 
to, our knowledge of the upper limits of the 
earth’s atmosphere will be greatly increased. The 
author showed many photographs taken with a 
hand camera, of the remarkable auroral display 
of May 14, 1921, the most brilliant ever noted at 
the Lowell Observatory. 

Observations on the magnetic storm of May 14, 
1921: Witt1amM CuLLtom. Mr. Cullom described 
briefly the U. S. Magnetie Observatory and the ap- 
plianees used, noting especially the variometers 
which records the horizontal and vertical intensity 
of the earth’s magnetic field. He discussed quiet 


SCIENCE 


945 


days—or days of normal magnetic activity—and 
disturbed days—or days of magnetic disturbance ; 
and exhibited a typical variometer record of each. 
He described how the great magnetic storm of May 
14, 1921, was preceded by a violent preliminary 
disturbance and the storm proper was divided into 
three phases—one from 6 P. M., May 13, to 4 
A. M., May 14; another from 3 P. M., May 14, 
to 2 A. M., May 16; and the third from 3 P. M., 
May 16, to 5 A. M., May 17. The two last were 
about equal in violence; the first was less violent 
than the other two. 
. Report of a daylight meteor seen in Prescott, 
Arizona: Mitton Uppscrarr. The author men- 
tioned a report which reached him in the spring 
of 1921 of a meteor which passed over Prescott 
from the east to the west, and of such brilliancy 
that it was plainly visible about noon. He him- 
self did not see it, but was told of it by several 
reliable people. Later reports reached him which 
led him to believe that the meteor struck in the 
neighborhood of the Hareuvar Mountains, in 
Mohave County, somewhat southwest of Prescott, 
and 30 or 40 miles from the California line. He 
mentioned the advisability of having a search 
made of that region, to try to find some traces 
of the meteor on the place where it struck. 

; Biological 

The preservation of natural areas in the na- 
tional forests: G. A. PEARSON. The writer was 
requested by the chairman of the Committee of 
Preservation of Natural Areas of the Ecological 
Society to list the areas of the national forests 
of Arizona and New Mexico where plant and 
animal life and natural features in general may 
remain undisturbed by human activities. Within 
these two states are 15 natural forests. whose 
combined area is nearly 22 million acres. Under 
the existing methods of management it is inter- 
esting to consider whether the national forests 
will answer the requirements for ‘‘ natural areas.’ 
The general policy governing the handling of 
national forests is that of highest use to the 
public. The primary purpose is the production of 
timber and associated with this is the utilization 
and development of grazing, agriculture, water, 
mining, recreation and other resources. One or 
two areas, even though of large size, would prob- 
ably not represent a sufficient variety of condi- 
tions to satisfy foresters and botanists. Their 
needs could be met by selecting small supple- 
mentary areas of from 80 to 640 acres. 

The relation of research to agriculture: D. W. 
Workine. A reaffirmation of the necessity for 


546 


research in agriculture looking toward increased 
production even at the present time when there 
seems to be an overproduction along many lines; 
but also, a plea that agricultural research work- 
ers broaden the field of their endeavor, and work 
out new methods of farm management and mar- 
keting, in order to enable farmers to dispose of 
their products more readily and at a fair profit. 

A study of the grasses of Arizona: J. J. 
THORNBER. This paper includes a study of the 
260 species of grasses of Arizona with compari- 
sons of the grass floras of New Mexico and Col- 
orado. The grasses of northern and southern 
Arizona were compared in numbers, species and 
the origin of species, typical species of these two 
grass floras being noted. The grass flora of Ari- 
zona was stated to consist of 55 per cent. of 
southern and southwestern species, 25 per cent. of 
northern species and 20 per cent. of introduced 
species. The largest genera of grasses in Arizona 
in order of number of species are as follows: 
Muhlenbergia, 23; Panicum, 19; Bromus, 19; 
Bouteloua, 14; Sporobolus, 12; Aristida, 10. 

Forces concerned in the enlargement of cells 
during growth: A new artificial cell: D. T. Mac- 
DoucaLt. The protoplast in its earlier stages is a 
solid cylindrical or globoid mass of jellies. En- 
largement or growth in this stage is by the addi- 
tion of new material and its swelling by the 
imbibition of water, which constitutes growth by 
accretion. The formation of cavities or vacuoles 
in the protoplasm filled with substances which 
attract water sets up osmosis which pulls in 
additional water and causes a stretching or en- 
largement of the entire mass, which is designated 
as growth by distension. The protoplasmic mass 
was described as including all substances in the 
cell which may take the form of a reversible gel, 
that is, which liquefies or dissolves in water or 
by heat, and which sets or solidifies at low tem- 
peratures or on dehydration. 

The course of growth of potato tubers: D. T. 
MacDoucat. The growth of potato tubers has 
been followed in 22 examples measured at Carmel, 
California, by means of the auxograph. A dia- 
gram exhibited showed the course of enlargement 
of the tuber during its development which might 
cover a period of 60 to 80 days. The highest rate 
of enlargement of diameter of the tuber was in 
its earliest stages when it was less than one em. 
in diameter. The highest rate of inerease in 
volume, however, ensued at a much later stage, 
when the tuber had reached perhaps three fourths 
of its final size. 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1429 


An ecological system of plant relationships: 
EpirH CLEMENTS. This is an account of the 
application of ecological principles to the evolu- 
tion of flowering plants, as exemplified in the 
Besseyan system. The evolutionary processes are 
assumed to be insect-pollination and wind- 
pollination, and to have brought about funda- 
mentally similar results by divergent methods. 


Changes of climate and life in the Southwest: 
Frepreric E. CLEMENTS. A comprehensive attack 
upon the problems of climatic cycles in the South- 
west has disclosed a large amount of evidence 
drawn from various sources. The most direct evi- 
dence has been obtained from weather records of 
rainfall, in following up the clue afforded by 
Douglass’s studies of tree rings in this region. 
The operation of larger cycles is indicated in 
land-forms, such as_ shore-lines, bajadas and 
dunes, but is seen with especial clearness in vege- 
tation. This is particularly true of the Mohave 
Desert and the Santa Cruz valley at Tucson, in 
both of which grassland communities exhibit 
eyelic changes in harmony with those found else- 
where in the West. 

An improved form of the quadratograph: 
Gorm LorrrieLp. The Hill quadrat pantagraph 
has been greatly improved in the past year. These 
modifications are described, and the apparatus 
demonstrated. In addition, the present system 
of staking and photographing quadrats is dis- 
eussed briefly. 

Influence of texture on the limit for black 
alkali: C. N. Catnin. Wheat, barley, milo maize 
and hegari were grown in soil so compounded 
from actual field soils as to contain 0.20 per cent. 
sodium carbonate, the only variable being tex- 
ture, which ranged from heavy clay to high sand. 
A table of weights of crops shows the maximum 
growth in the finer textured soils at this ‘‘black 
alkali’’ concentration. 


The effect of intercultural practices on tem- 
peratures and humidity in citrus orchards: F. J. 
Criper. Comparative meteorological data ob- 
tained from adjoining cover-cropped and cleanly 
cultivated citrus orchards in the Salt River Valley 
of Arizona showed that the mean soil temperature 
of the ecover-cropped orchard one foot below the 
surface was two degrees higher during winter and 
eight degrees lower during summer than the 
cleanly cultivated orchard. It was further shown 
that the mean minimum atmospheric temperature 
of the cover-cropped orchard was three degrees 
lower during winter, and the mean maximum 


May 19, 1922] 


atmospheric temperature seven degrees lower in 
summer than the eleanly cultivated orchard. 
Humidity and evaporation records revealed 
equally valuable data in that the humidity of the 
cover-cropped orchard for a period of six months 
was 12.44 per cent. greater and the evaporation 
33 per cent. less than the cleanly cultivated 
orchard. These temperature, humidity and evap- 
oration relationships have a distinet economic 
bearing in suggesting the avoidance of cover 
crops in citrus orchards during winter as a means 
of preventing cold injury, and in indicating the 
value of such crops in equalizing the environ- 
mental factors of the citrus plant. 

Physical and chemical factors in the growth of 
asparagus: E. B. WorxING. Observations on the 
great asparagus plantations of the Sacramento 
islands were brought to bear on the particular 
problems being studied. Charts shown included 
growth curves illustrating particularly the rela- 
tion of temperature to growth rate. Reactions to 
chemical environment, as indicated by hydrations 
under the MacDougal precision auxograph, were 
discussed. 

Distribution of Arizona wild cotton (Thurberia 
thespesioides): H. C. Hanson. A summary of 
all information on distribution and abundance of 
the wild cotton and the wild boll weevil. Present 
knowledge shown to be inadequate. (Paper will 
be published as a bulletin of the Agricultural 
Experiment Station of the University of Arizona.) 

The native wild cotton bollworm, Thurberiphaga 
catalina Dyar, and its relation to cotton cultiva- 
tion: C. T. Voruizs. The Thurberia bollworm 
is the larva of a native noctuid moth, recently 
described, and known only in Arizona wild cotton, 
Thurberia thespesioides. In its larval stages it 
is a destructive bollworm of wild cotton. <A 
study of its life history now in progress has 
shown that it can complete its larval life in the 
bolls of cultivated cotton and it is therefore a 
potential pest of that crop. Further observations 
will be made to determine its adaptability to field 
conditions of cultivated and irrigated land. Re- 
striction of cotton cultivation to areas non- 
adjacent to wild cotton is a desirable precaution. 

Some observations of alfalfa girdle: . Frep- 
ERICK GIBSON. A disease of economic importance 
to alfalfa growers of the Southwest, which was 
first noticed and recorded in 1909, by Freeman 
and McCallum. No description of symptoms have 
been previously published. Osborn mentions a 
girdle of alfalfa, due to a Membracid (Stricto- 
cephala sp.). The complete paper with illustra- 


SCIENCE 


547 


tions has been accepted by the Phytopathology 
publishers and will soon be distributed. 

The use of cat tail (Typha latifolia) as a feed: 
L, EK. FrevpEntHaL. In a feeding experiment 
with forty Duroe-Jersey pigs the writer demon- 
strated on his own farm that cat-tail (Typha 
latifolia) is a satisfactory feed. Its feed value, 
composition and possible economic importance are 
discussed. 

Suppression of molds during the incubation of 
certain parasitic fungi: R. A. STUDHALTER. The 
suppression of molds during the incubation in a 
saturated atmosphere of certain parasitic fungi 
in vitro may be accomplished by treating with 
certain chemicals. Powdered sulphur, various 
concentrations of mercuric chloride, formaldehyde 
and copper sulphate, and the use of a dry atmos- 
phere are effective during the incubation of 
Pestalozzia sp. on the needles of Pinus radiata, 
particularly if the chemicals are applied after 
one to four days of presoaking of the infected 
needles in water. In the controls the molds ap- 
peared to the unaided eye more than five days 
before the Pestalozzia tendrils were pushed 
through the ostioles; after the treatments men- 
tioned, this advantage of the molds was reduced, 
the tendrils appearing after some of them from 
one to five days before the molds. The mycelial 
growth of the molds was also retarded to a 
greater extent than was the development of the 
Pestalozzia. No chemical or treatment was found 
which is able to suppress the molds without seri- 
ously hindering the proper development of 
Lophodermium sp. on the needles of Pinus radiata, 
in part probably because the open and more ex- 
posed fruiting body of this fungus permits the 
easy and rapid penetration of toxic agents. 

An undescribed fungus on the pepper tree: 
J. G. Brown. The pepper tree (Schinus molle) 
grown as an ornamental in the warmer parts of 
the Southwest, is attacked by a fungus which 
causes extensive rotting of the wood, eventually 
resulting in death. Symptoms are gradual death 
of the branches, or sudden death of the entire 
tree preceded by wilting. The latter symptom is 
likely to occur during the hot dry summer 
months. It is due to the growth of the mycelial 
hyphe in the trachee. In the case of gradual 
death of the branches, sporophores appear on the 
trunk or on branches during the summer rainy 
season. The sporophores are bracket-like, brown 
to almost black, azonate, annual, and they usually 
have a maximum breadth of 12 to 15 em. The 
pores are hexagonal to subcireular, occasionally 


548 


elongate. The context is brown and is continued 
into the trama unchanged. Spores are light- 
brown, oval. The name Jnonotus Schini n. sp. is 
proposed. The infection results from frost and 
wind storm injury and from improper pruning 
methods. Histological studies indicate that the 
fungus has few if any new features in connection 
with the development of the club and the basidio- 
spores. 

Some aspects of the use of the annual rings of 
trees in climatic study: A. E. Douguass. The 
ring is primarily a climatic effect. Surplus rings, 
which are rare, come from too great seasonal em- 
phasis. Missing rings come mostly from excessive 
dryness of climate. These errors are readily 
located by comparing many trees together from the 
same region. The number of trees so far used is 
about 450 and the number of rings whose date of 
growth has been identified is over 100,000. The 
sequoias of California carry an excellent record 
for more than 3,200 years. The growth of dry 
climate trees depends on the topography which 
controls their water supply. Automatic measur- 
ing instruments and an analyzing instrument have 
been constructed. In dry climates the trees show 
variations which match the rainfall with remark- 
able exactness. In certain wet climates they show 
variation that corresponds to the solar activity as 
denoted by the number of sunspots. The sunspot 
eycle of 11 years is very common, together with 
its multiples, 22 and 33 years. The rings of 
trees are now giving us important information in 
the chronology of the prehistoric ruins of the 
Southwest. 

The life history of a pine tree as read from a 
longitudinally bisected trunk: Forrest SHREVE. 
A vigorous individual of Pinus radiata 38 years 
of age was felled and the trunk cut away so as 
to expose a median longitudinal section. Trans- 
verse sections were taken at intervals of one 
meter. The annual rings were then identified 
and dated in each cross section, using the longi- 
tudinal surfaces to confirm the dating. Measure- 
ments of the individual rings were made at each 
of the transverse sections, showing a very con- 
siderable irregularity in the thickness of the layer 
of wood laid on in any one year at different 
heights on the trunk. The period of most rapid 
growth in height and diameter was between the 
ages of 7 and 14 years and between the heights of 
3 and 8 meters. There is a tendency for the 
growth in diameter to be greater toward the top 
of the tree than toward the base. There was a 
marked slackening in growth rate after the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


thirty-fourth year. Double rings of growth are 
frequently formed in a single year, due to the 
resumption of growth in the autumn, and they 
ean usually be readily distinguished from the 
growth rings of suecessive years. The autumnal 
thickening also varies with height and is some- 
times recognizable at certain heights and appar- 
ently absent at others. The results indicate that 
in Pinus radiata a true measure of the annual 
growth performances should be based on several 
cross sections at different heights and not on data 
from the stump section alone. 

Effect of tree transpiration on the ground- 
water table: G. E. P. Smiru. Some efforts made 
primarily to determine output of groundwater 
supply through transpiration seems to offer a new 
method of learning much concerning the quantity 
and character of transpiration of phreatophytes. 
Output method of measuring safe annual yield of 
groundwater useless without knowledge of trans- 
piration of forests and botanical literature silent 
on this subject. Investigations began in 1916 
but discontinued until 1921. Full year’s record 
in 1921 in mesquite forest and in cottonwood 
forest. Well pits excavated in selected locations 
and equipped with water-stage recorders of two 
types. Movements of water table in winter very 
slight, but correlate closely with daily barometrie 
eyele and with approach and departure of storms. 
Budding period shows little effect but, after leaves 
start, draught on groundwater very pronounced. 
Daily cycles in fair weather uniform, and of two 
parts—the daily transpiration curve and nocturnal 
recharge curve, with very little lag. Effects of 
cloudiness, rains, warm evenings and other con- 
ditions plainly marked. Transpiration from mes- 
quite forest almost ceased in August due to dis- 
ease of trees which caused defoliation, but be- 
came rapid again in October after growth of new 
leaves. 

Changes in the composition of Salton Sea with 
an interpretation: A. E. Vinson. The series of 
annual analyses showed that CaCO, had not con- 
centrated as rapidly as total solids. This loss 
took place as a deposition of tufa. Phosphorus 
practically disappeared from the water and an 
analysis of the tufa showed that this may have 
been deposited with the tufa. Potassium has not 
concentrated as rapidly as sodium but the potas- 
sium in the tufa would account for not over three 
per cent. of that lost. The conclusions drawn 
are that most of the potassium had been absorbed 
in the heavy mud deposits to be seen on the 
shores. 


May 19, 1922] 


Medical 


Observations on non-surgical drainage of the 
liver and gall-bladder: Evuiott C. Prentiss. The 
emptying of the liver and gall-bladder by means 
of the duodenal tube, whose tip is at, or just 
below, the papilla duodenalis, after a solution of 
MgSO, has been injected into the duodenum, is 
the subject dealt with in this paper. The Refuss 
tip is used, as it is heavy enough to drag the tube 
to the pylorus after insertion into the stomach, 
and the openings in it are large and well placed. 
It is easily swallowed and requires an average of 
one to one and one half hours to pass into the 
duodenum. Condition of patient causes some vari- 
ations in this time interval and passage in some 
eases is impossible. With tube in position run in 
15 per cent. to 30 per cent. MgSO,, using one 
ounce at a time, and allow to remain five minutes. 
Therapeutic results are satisfactory in conditions 
such as chronic cholecystitis even when gall stones 
are undoubtedly present. Valuable for treatment 
of gall-bladder infections—such infections as 
usually progress to formation of gall stones and 
other complications ultimately requiring opera- 
tions. Thus, by repeated drainage of liver, cures 
are frequently obtained and many operations pre- 
vented. 


The cause of hay fever in Arizona and the 
Southwest; Dr. SamMurL H. Warson and Dr. 
CuarLes S. Kreuer. This paper presents the re- 
sults of the first research work ever done as to 
the cause of this disease in this section of the 
country—a complete list of all the plants which 
grow here, that can possibly cause the disease, is 
given, and the relative importance of the various 
plants as a cause is indicated. 


Radium, its actions on human tissue cells: 
W. Warner Warkins. The discovery of, and 
developments in connection with, radium, repre- 
sent one of the best illustrations of cooperative 
work of different branches of science. In these 
branches the applications of radium by the med- 
ical sciences is the most interesting. To under- 
stand radioactivity, the fundamental structure of 
the atom must be borne in mind and the phe- 
nomenon of ionization. Of the different particles 
discharged by disintegration of radium atoms, 
the alpha particle, which is a positively charged 
helium atom nucleus, has limited application in 
medicine, since its penetration into the tissues is 
so slight; the beta particle, which is a negatively 
charged electron, is usually filtered out when 
radium is used biologically, because the gamma 


SCIENCE 


549 


ray, which is a very short wave light ray, is ex- 
ceedingly penetrating, and ionizes the atoms of 
the tissue molecules, producing beta rays which 
are the real therapeutic rays in radium treat- 
ments. Radium may be used either to destroy 
foreign growths in the body tissue, or, by limiting 
its application, to stimulate the normal cells of 
glands of the body. This latter effect will, eventu- 
ally, be the important field of application of 
radium. ; 

The supply of radium: ArTHUR L. Fuace. The 
principal sources of radium are from the ores of 
carnotite and pitchblende. The carnotite ores 
of the United States are the largest known de- 
posits of uranium-bearing ores. The carnotite 
occurs in sandstone as grains or incrustations, 
usually in irregular lenticular masses which are 
mined by simple methods. The sorting of the 
ores entails much waste which can be eliminated 
with proper care. The total production of ele- 
mental radium in the United States since 1913 
amounts to about 184.9 grams. Much of this has 
been exported and a too large amount used as an 
illuminant on cheap watches and other novelties 
of short useful life. Mesothorium is a valuable 
and practicable substitute for radium in making 
luminous paints and its use should be encouraged 
in order to conserve the radium for its more legiti- 
mate uses in therapeutics and in scientific re- 
search. 

Archeology and Anthropology 

Discovery of three skeletons of the Hohokam 
race in southern Arizona, a prehistoric desert 
people of the Southwest: C. J. Sarue. Three 
human skeletons were recently found near Tucson, 
buried face down, without reference to direction 
and without personal belongings, which seem from 
their associations to be referable to a prehistoric 
people designated Hohokam by Russell (1905). 
That the grounds for this reference may be 
understood the paper describes the culture of 
these ancient people, stating in substance that 
they were pueblo dwellers, agricultural, and 
weavers. The pueblos were built of clay and 
wattle and often included large community 
houses. This people cleared land and tilled the 
soil, wove, used edged stone implements, mainly 
eolithic in simplicity (little modified by secondary 
flaking), and were excellent potters, decorating 
their ware with colored designs which exhibit a 
high degree of artistic skill. They etched the 
numerous pictographs so common on rock sur- 
faces near the village sites, and seem to have ad- 
hered closely to the practice of cremation, a fact 


550 


that gives special interest to the skeletons 
described. Burial pots are seldom accompanied 
by personal effects. The published paper will 
contain a diagnosis of skeletons by some anthro- 
pologist. Dr. Hdgar L. Hewett stated that the 
skulls were of cliff dweller type, and that the 
doliochocephalic shape had been disguised by 
pressure of the cradle board. 

A prehistoric skull excavated near Tucson: 
Rosert F. Ginper. The author described objects 
found in excavating prehistoric ruins west of 
St. Mary’s Hospital, Tucson, Arizona. Special 
attention was called to a skull uncovered some 
five and a half feet beneath the surface, under a 
floor. 

Orientation of prehistoric house outlines near 
Bear Canyon, Tucson, Arizona: H. B. LEONARD 
and A. BE. Douetass. The work was done in 
1920-1921. Some five compounds were surveyed 
and plotted: notes, directions and levels taken. 
The longest walls point about a dozen degrees to 
the west of south. This work of mapping and 
surveying ruins in the southwest should be under- 
taken by more people with engineering skill. As 
the material is rapidly disappearing all possible 
notes should be made so that in the future stu- 
dents may substantiate any claims. 

Yaqui ceremonial dances: Mrs. PHEBE BoGan. 
About two miles northwest of Tucson, Arizona, 
there is a settlement of some two hundred Yaqui 
Indians who were driven from Sonora, Mexico, 
by the Indian wars following the overthrow of 
Madero in 1913. The ceremonial dances of these 
Indians, particularly those held during Easter or 
Holy week each spring since their settlement in 
this locality, furnishes the material for this 
paper. Lantern slides showing the dancers, their 
costumes, and the location of the dances were 
used to illustrate the talk. 

Native American artists: Epgar L. Hewett. 

Life forms in the pottery decoration of the 
Pueblo area: KennetH M. CHapMan. The ‘dec- 
oration of ancient pueblo pottery is geometric 
in form, and this geometric treatment is also 
found in the drawing of life forms. Later types 
of Pueblo ware were developed in various areas 
within the Pueblo region. In some of these areas 
the decoration broke away from the limitations 
of geometric art. Life forms became more real- 
istic, but were combined with a new and more 
varied symbolism. Following the Spanish inva- 
sion, there appeared a still greater diversity of 
decorative styles, until now each Pueblo com- 
munity has its own distinctive decorative art in 
which various life forms still persist. Of all the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1429 


life forms the bird predominates throughout this 
transition from ancient to modern. 

Progress report in research in Jamez region: 
WESLEY BRADFIELD. The beginning of a series of 
excavations and studies in the Jamez culture 
region in New Mexico was begun in 1921 by the 
School of American Research. The two sites 
chosen for the first more intensive study were 
Un-shagi and Guiusewa—four miles above, and at 
the site of the old Jamez Mission, near Jamez, 
Hot Springs. Work in the large burial place 
was described and tentative plans for the coming 
season’s work. These sites are under the control 
of, or are owned by the School of American Re- 
search. 

Some archeological studies in the neighborhood 
of Flagstaff: L. F. Brapy. The occurrence of 
pottery fragments and other artifacts at depths 
varying from four to nearly twenty feet in un- 
disturbed stratified alluvial at the north of Flag- 
staff, together with the presence of semi-fossilized 
stumps of yellow pine at similar depths, suggested 
a method for computing the date of the nearby 
‘“small-house’’ ruins in the neighborhood. The 
pottery fragments and other articles suggested an 
early stage in the development of the ‘‘small- 
house’ ’culture, which is perhaps one of the earli- 
est forms of the proto-pueblo culture of the South- 
west. Much field work still remains to be done. 

A half century of archeological research in the 
Southwest: Pau A. F. WALTER. 

History and Sociology 

Pueblo land tenures in New Mexico and Ari- 
zona: R. E. TwitcHELL. 

The arms conference at Washington: H. A. 
HUBBARD. 

Some sociological characteristics of the South- 
west: Frrep D. MrErritTvT. 

Beginning of representative government in 
New Mexico: Lansine B. BLoom. From Rome 
and Spain, New Mexico received the form of 
municipal government which she exercised from 
the founding of Santa Fe, about 1609, down to 
the American occupation in 1846. Under Spain 
also she elected deputies to the Cortes of 1810, 
1820 and 1822-3. With the coming of Mexican 
independence, she chose deputies to Durango, 
Chihuahua, and for twenty-five years to the Con- 
gress in Mexico City. And during the same 
period deputies of her own election served in 
successive deputations of the territory. New 
Mexico had received the form of representative 
government from the outside, but, thrown almost 
entirely upon her own resources, she made these 
forms her own by adaptation and use. 


Nrw SERIES 


Hl AY AY 2 29 SINGLE Copigs, 15 Ors. 
Vou. LV, No. 1430 Fripay, May 26, 19 


ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


TESTING INSTRUMENTS © 
REFRACTOMETERS 


The Abbe, with heating arrangement; 
for quickly determining with white light 
the refractive and dispersive powers of 
liquids, also of solids having one polished 
surface. Readings are direct, no caleula- 
tions being necessary. 


This instrument is used particularly for 
the accurate testing of oils, also, with 
" special scale, for the testing of sugars. The 
Bausch & Lomb, the Zeiss, and the Spencer 
makes all are carried in stock for immediate 
shipment. 


The Butyro refractometer is primarily 
intended for the examination of butter, but 
is also adapted for the refractometrie ex- 
amination of fats and oils, also for deter- 

Abbe Refractometer No. 5844 mining the percentage of water in concen- 
trated glycerine solutions. A special thermometer is used in the testing of lard 


The Immersion refractometer is used for the examination of liquids of 
low refractive index, as milk, serum, aqueous, alcoholic and ethereal solutions. 


Write for additional information, giving full details of 


your requirements. 


1851 
PITTSBURGH BRANCH 
4048 Jenkins Arcade 


3rd Ave., 18th—19th St. 


Washington, D. C. Display Room, Suite 601, Evening Star Building, 
Pennsylvania Avenue and 1ith Street. 


el | 


ti SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Just Issued 
KOFOID and SWEZY 


Mitosis and fission in the active and encysted 


phases of Giardia enterica (Grassi) of Man. 
30 cents. 


NEW BOOKS FOR SCIENCE LIBRARY 


RICHTER. Organic Chemistry, Vol. 2 


The Carbocyclic Series. Trans. by E. E. F. D’aze. 
Cloth, $8.00. 


PAULI. Colloid Chemistry of The 
Proteins 

Illus. By Pror, Dr. F. Pautt (Vienna). Cloth, $2.25. 
HATSCHEK. Physics And Chemistry of 
Colloids 


4th Edition. Cloth, $2.25. 


YOUNGKEN. Textbook of Pharmacognosy 
By H. W. Youncxen, Ph.D. 210 illus. Cloth, $6.00 


PITFIELD. Compend of Bacteriology 


Includes animal parasities. 4th Edition. 86 illus- 
trations. Cloth, $2.00. 


ATWOOD. Civic and Economic Biology 
By Pror. W. H. Arwoop. Illustrated. Cloth, $1.68, 


JENKINS. Interesting Neighbors 
By Pror. Oviver P. Jenkins. 81 illus. Cloth, $1.12. 


LEE. Microtomist’s Vade Mecum 
By A. B. Lee, F.R.M.S. 8th Edition. Cloth, $6.50, 


SHUTTLEWORTH and POTTS. Mentally 
Deficient Children 


Treatment and Training. 5th Edition. 
Cloth, $3.25. 


University of California Press | "OPe2S" .Mifed Meets 


P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. Philadelphia 


4 Sars i a 6 Illustrated. 
Mitosis in Endamoeba dysenteriae in the bone 


marrow in Arthritis deformans. 


Endamoeba dysenteriae in the lymph glands 
of Man in Hodgkin’s disease. 


In one cover, 25 cents. 


Mitosis in the encysted stages of Endamoeba 
coli (Lésch). (In press), 30 cents. 


Illustrated. 


Berkeley California 


THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, ENGLAND 
Announces the following NEW SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


THE NATURALISATION OF ANIMALS 


AND PLANTS IN NEW ZEALAND 
By the HON. GEO. M. THOMSON 


A unique compilation of facts regarding the first 
introduction of every species into the country and 
its subsequent success or failure in estab lishing 
itself. Illustrated, $14.00 


A TEXT-BOCK OF EUROPEAN 
ARCHAEOLOGY 


Vol. I—The Palaeolithic Period 
By k. A. S. MACALISTER 


A thorough study of early prehistory and the 
life of Palaeolithic man, designed for college stu- 
dents and beginners in Archaeology. 

Illustrated, $16.50 


MAN, PAST AND PRESENT 


By A. H. KEANE. Revised by A. H. QUIGGIN 
and A. C. HADDON 

An exceptionally valuable account of the origin, 

history, and distribution of mankind, with authori- 

tative data about contemporary races and their 

antecedants. Illustrated, $12.00 


WEATHER PREDICTION BY 


NUMERICAL PROCESS 
By LEWIS F. RICHARDSON 
Presents a scheme of weather prediction founded 
upon the differential equations, and not upon the 
partial recurrence of phenomena in their ensemble. 
With a frontispiece. $10.00 


PRINCIPLES OF GEOMETRY 


Vol. I—Foundations 
By H. F. BAKER 


Simple relations of position, for points, lines, and 
planes, set in an ordered framework of deduction 
made comprehensible enough to include all subse- 
quent theory. Illustrated, $4.00 


MODERN ELECTRICAL THEORY 


Supplementary Chapters 
Chapter XV—Series Spectra 
By NORMAN ROBERT CAMPBELL 


A monograph based on Bohr’s theory, undoubt- 
edly the most important advance in pure physics 
since 1913. Illustrated, $3.50 


Sold by THE MACMILLAN COMPANY, American Agents 


64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York 
Prairie Avenue and 25th Street, Chicago 
Huntington Chambers, Copley Sq., Boston 


609 Mission Street, San Francisco 
330 South Harwood Street, Dallas 
17 Houston Street, Atlanta 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


A LABORATORY EQUIPMENT 


FOR 


CONDUCTIVITY MEASUREMENTS 


This equipment is of unusual convenience in that it may be 
operated on an ordinary hghting circuit of 110 volts, either 
25 or 60 cycles. This has been made possible by the develop- 
ment of the alternating current galvanométer which is used 
to detect the position of balance. With this detector, noise 
cannot interfere with securing a balance. 


A very satisfactory degree of accuracy, of the order of 
3% may be secured when working with the usual labora- 
tory solutions. 


The equipment includes the following items: 


4760 -Wheatstone Bridge.............. $63.00 

2a AG On Galvamromerer. neh on 1.560 60.00 
(Specify 25 or 60 cycles) 

SOO moimole@ontach IMeye rade... ea. 3.00 

GMO 7G DT aM OE) Uh i anne ele ae at 26.00 

$152.00 


LEEDS & NORTHRUP COMPANY 


ELECTRICAL MEASURING INSTRUMENTS 
4901 Stenton Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 


~dv 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Published May 16th 


Chemical Principles 


By ARTHUR A. NoyEs 


Director of the Gates Chemical Laboratory 


of the California Institute of Technology 
AND 


MILES S. SHERRILL 


Associate Professor of Theoretical Chemistry 
in the Massachusetts Institute of Technology 


The topics considered are those usually studied in a college 
course in physical chemistry. The authors have adopted a new 
educational method in presenting the quantitative aspects of the 
laws and theories of chemistry. The course has been gradually 
developed through many years of experience, with classes for whose 
use numerous editions, repeatedly revised and extended, have been 
printed, but not previously published. The book is intended for 
juniors, seniors, or graduate students in colleges, universities, and 
engineering schools, who expect to pursue a professional career in 
chemical research, in teaching, or in industrial fields of chemistry. 
The authors are not interested in teaching principles of chemistry 
as such, but rather in teaching the student how to apply the prin- 
ciples to actual problems in later work. The problems, interspersed 
in the text itself, are not merely supplementary or incidental; they 
are the feature about which the whole presentation centers. 

In order to keep the book within the limits of an undergraduate 
course, the subjects treated have been carefully selected. The book 
comprises mainly a development of the atomic, molecular, kinetic, 
and ionic theories through a consideration of the physical properties 
directly related to them; and, with the aid of these theories, the 
mass-action law, phase diagrams and thermo-dynamics, a treat- 
ment of the principles relating to the rate and equilibrium of chemi- 
cal reactions. 


Cloth, Octavo, 310 pages, $4.00 


THE MACMILLAN COMPANY 


64-66 FIFTH AVENUE NEW YORK 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS v 


Two New 


McGRAW-HILL 
Books— 


LOEB— 


PROTEINS AND THE THEORY 
OF COLLOIDAL BEHAVOIR 


By JACQUES LOEB 
Member of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research 


INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL SERIES 
292 pages, 514 x 8, illustrated, $3.00 


A book that furnishes the proof of the stoichiometrical 
character of the reactions of proteins, and develops a mathe- 
matical and quantitative theory of colloidal behavior on 
the basis of Donnan’s theory of membrane equilibria. 


BELL— 


THE TELESCOPE 


By Louts BELL, Consulting Engineer 
285 pages, 6 x 9, illustrated, $3.00 


The first adequate book on the telescope since Sir 
William Herschel’s treatise, published a century ago. It 
deals primarily with principles and their application to large 
and small instruments. It traces the development of the 
telescope, describes modern instruments in detail, discusses 
specially such topics as eye-pieces, mountings, accessories, 
hand telescopes and binoculars, and gives accurate instruc- 
tions for the setting up, housing, testing and care of tele- 
scopes. 


Send for copies of these new books on approval 


McGRAW-HILL BOOK CO., Inc. 


Penn Terminal Building : 
370 Seventh Avenue New York 


vi SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Leading Texts on Physiological Chemistry 


Practical Physiological Chemistry 


By SYDNEY W. COLE, M.A., Trinity College, Cambridge; University Lecturer in Medical Chemistry, Cam- 

bridge; Introductions by Prof. F. G. HOPKINS, M.B.,D.Sc., F.R.C.P., F.R.S., Professor of Biochemistry, Fel- 

low and Prelector of Trinity College, etc., Cambridge. 

400 pages, 542x844, illustrated with tables, charts, and 55 line cuts. Fifth revised, enlarged edi- 
tion. Price, silk cloth binding, $4.50. 


The fifth edition has been completely revised, making practically a new book. All obsolete 
methods haye been eliminated and only tried and proven methods as outlined in the course at 
Cambridge have been given. All the modern methods in biochemistry are given in detail. The 
procedures are not copied from other works, butare the result of first-hand acquaintance with the 
subject matter. The author has prepared his text at the laboratory bench, step by step—any 
method that seems doubtful or difficult of attainment has been eliminated. While the book is 
practical, there is reference to theory and to the actual significance of results. A valuable book 
for the student, practitioner of medicine, research worker, for one who seeks for accurate and 
full descriptions of biochemical researches, and for students in agricultural laboratory work, and 


in the study of animal nutrition. 


Physiological Abstracts, August, 1919 
“This completely revised and enlarged edition of the author’s well-known textbook should receive a gen- 
eral welcome from biological chemists and physiologists. ..... It is well illustrated, and the experimental tech- 


nique is described in an unusually clear manner.” 


AN INTERMEDIATE TEXTBOOK OF 


Physiological Chemistry 


By C. J. V. PETTIBONE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiological Chemistry in the Medical School of the 
University of Minnesota. 
328 pages, 6x9, with illustrations. Price, silk cloth binding, $3.25. 


The plan of this book is to cover as completely as possible in a brief but adequate manner the 
general field of physiological chemistry, so that the student or physician may obtain a clear idea 
of the properties of the compounds which are physiologically important—carbohydrates, fats, 
proteins, inorganic material, of the processes of digestion, and the action of enzymes, the com- 
position of some common foods and important tissues, the composition and analysis of the urine, 
and lastly, a review of the present status of metabolism, including its more modern aspects. The 
average physiological chemistry at present available is so large that the student or physician is 
lost in a mass of details or conflicting evidence. The author has aimed in this volume to 
set forth the present status of physiological chemistry as clearly and concisely as possible, in the 
belief that a large number of people will find a book of this type useful and valuable for acquir- 
ing or refreshing information in this important field. The appended laboratory work is arranged 
to cover the important phases of the subject, including the quantitative analysis of the urine. 
Now the required text in leading medical schools. 


WE Send for these up-to-date books today. Correspondence in regard to same 
especially invited from teachers. 


C. V. MOSBY CO.—Publishers 
Medical—Dental—Surgical—Pharmaceutical Mest yiee: 


Please send me 
books checked: 


Cole—$4.50 
Pettibone—$3.25 


801-809 Metropolitan Building Pease am ches 


ST: LOUIS) Paris 0 ens AS FS Co 


—Nursing Books 


Ask for a copy of our complete 96-page illustrated catalogue of medi- 
cal, pharmaceutical, dental and nursing publications. 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS vii 


HIGH VACUUM PUMPS 


Whenever in lecture-room or laboratory practice, really high 
vacuum is required, we recommend the Condensation Pump devel- 
oped by Dr. Irving Langmuir of the General Electric Company—believ- 
ing it to be superior to any ather as yet obtainable. 


The Langmuir Pump operates with surprising rapidity, and there 
seems to be no practical limit to the degree of exhaustion that can be 
produced. 


Some form of auxiliary pump must be used; and for that purpose 
we offer a special G.E. two-stage oil-sealed mechanical pump, which 
is capable of producing a vacuum of. 
0.001 mm. when used alone. 


The picture shows a complete out- 
fit comprising Langmuir Condensation 
Pump, two-stage auxiliary pump and 
4% H.P. motor—all mounted together on 
one base. 


Write for descriptive bulletin S-965 


JAMES G. BIDDLE 
1211-13 Arch St., | Philadelphia 


BENOID 
GAS MACHINES 


Supply the highest quality 
gas for factories, colleges, pri- 
vate houses, villages, labora- 
tories, hospitals, etc. 


Cheapest and most reliable 
gas service available. 


Write for complete description 


Sole agents 


PALS comPANY 


APPARATUS FOR INDUSTRIAL AND LABORATORY USE 
153 West 23rd Street, New York, N. Y. 


Vili SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


A POTENTIOMETER OUTFIT 


FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF H-ION CONCENTRATIONS, AND OXIDATION, 
POLARIZATION AND CONTACT POTENTIALS 


AH.T, Co.PHILA, 


No. 4888 


A convenient outfit for work of moderate accuracy is based upon the L. & N. Simplified Potentiometer and 
the L. & N. pointer type d’Arsonval Galvanometer. The absolute accuracy of the Simplified Potentiometer is 
¥Y%-millivolt for all voltages which occur in hydrogen electrode work. Its sensitivity may be greater or smaller 
than ¥2-millivolt, depending upon the resistance of the solution containing the hydrogen electrode. For many 
purposes this accuracy and sensitivity wiil be sufficient, inasmuch as one millivolt change in potential of the 
hydrogen electrode corresponds to approximately %o of a pH unit. The Potentiometer is supplied with extension 
coils and cut-out switch and can, therefore, be used as a Kohlrausch slide wire bridge in the measurement of 
electrolytic conductivities. For the measurement of oxidation or reduction potentials, a platinum or other un- 
attackable electrode (not included in this outfit) must be substituted in place of the hydrogen electrode as shown. 

; eee components of the outfit, which are sold separately under their respective catalogue numbers, are 
as follows: 


4792. Simplified Potentiometer, L. & N. with ex- 4844. L. & N. Calomel Electrode Vessel__-------- $ 4.50 
tension coils and cut-out switch _-$90.00 4852. Hildebrand Hydrogen Electrode-__-. 5.75 
4800. d’Arsonval Galvanometer L. & N. -_ _ 18.00 48/6. Bent Glass Tube __---------------- a3) Jal 
8714. Sliding Contact Rheostat, 920 ohms_- - 8.00 2090. Burgess Super-six Dry Cells (2)-------_- ea. 1.00 
8718. oy sf se 120 Sibee - 8.00 9358. Supports, with clamps and connections 
4826. Eppley Student’s Cell __-------____- - 8.00 (eee ee CE eS ee ea. 2.85 
4044. ‘Single Contact Key __-_---____----- - 5.00 2128. Pyrex Glass Beakers, 150 ml (2)--------ea.  .21 
$372. Double Throw Switch, double pole_ - 1.00 8741. Coil, 10,000 ohm, mounted__----------------- 22.50 
9373. Single Throw Switch, single pole_---------- -65 
4388. Complete Outfit, as above listed, including a sliding contact rheostat, 120 ohms, in addition to that shown 
in illustration to more readily utilize the full sensitivity of the galvanometer___----------------- $179.65 
Goode siWior dy 2 fo ea Teal AT SE TEN a ee ee Ezkyp 


Prices subject to change without notice 


ARTHUR H. THOMAS COMPANY 


WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND EXPORT MERCHANTS 
LABORATORY APPARATUS AND REAGENTS 


WEST WASHINGTON SQUARE PHILADELPHIA, U. S. A. 
CABLE ADDRESS, “BALANCE,” PHILADELPHIA 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 


11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y. 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 


Annual Subscription, $6.00. Single Copies, 15 Cts. 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the 
Post Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Vou. LV May 26, 1922 No. 14380 
CONTENTS 

The Aims and Boundaries of Physiology: ioe 

SIR (WALTER -PLETCHER 2010202 e 551 


Tetrachromatic Vision and the Development 
Theory of Color: Dr. CHRISTINE Lapp- 


ARVRYAUNUIGIGTINGp eeres ee ee tee vere acento Sestcwenstnaenscnuas 555 
Scientific Events: ) 

Statistics of the Alaska Fisheries for 1921; 

Fellowships of the National Research Coun- 

cil; Review of Applied Mycology; The Pub- 

lication of Scientific Papers; The Grants 

for Research of the National Academy of 

ISCLENICES ia ere ee ey Ue 561 
Scientific Notes and News............--.--.---1.+----------- 563 
University and Educational Notes...........--------- 565 


Discussion and Correspondence : 
The Cytology of Vegetable Crystals: Pro- 
FESSoR E. C. JEFFREY. River Bank Move- 
ments due to the Earth’s Rotation: PrRo- 
FESSOR ELLEN Hayes. The Decomposition 
of Tungsten: Dr. GERALD L. WENDT............ 566 
Scientific Books: 
Recent Work on Soil Acidity and Plant 
Distribution: Dr. EpGar T. WHERRY............ 568 


Special Articles: 
The Hinstein Equations for the Solar Field 
from the Newtonian Point of View: Pro- 
FESSOR LUTHER PFAHLER HISENHART............ 570 
The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 
Section F—Zoological Sciences: PROFESSOR 
HERBERT W. Ranp. Section G—Botanical 
Sciences: PROFESSOR Ropert W. WYLIE. 
Section I—Psychology: PRorESsoR FRANK 
N. Freeman. Section O—Agriculture: 
IPRORESS OR} PE.) Hy BRO WINS seen nena s 572 


THE AIMS AND BOUNDARIES OF 
PHYSIOLOGY} 


PHysroLoGy, as the passing generation has 
known it, took shape and established its boun- 
daries in this country just fifty years ago, 
when, shaking off its long subordination to 
anatomy, it was brought to a new life of recog- 
nition and progress. The seventeenth century 
had seen England famous for her school of 
physiologists, leading the rest of the continent 
in experimental results and in new ideas. 
Working upon the foundations laid by Harvey, 
that brilliant group at Oxford—Boyle, Lower, 
Mayow, Willis—had brought new light to the 
study of the living body. Nor was their service 
only recognized by fellow-workers abroad or 
by those that came after. Their names and 
fame were on fashionable lips; like that of 
their predecessor Harvey himself, under 
Charles I, and of that other Cambridge phil- 
osopher Glisson, their immediate contemporary, 
their work was aided by the direct interest and 
favor of the sovereign. But, during the 
eighteenth century and the earlier part of the 
nineteenth, eclipse fell upon the light that had 
thus burned so brightly, though isolated gleams 
shone here and there. James Jurin, under 
George II, applied the Newtonian principles to 
calculating the work done by the heart and to 
other problems of the body, but his efforts to 
lay true and exact foundations for the study 
of disease were premature in the absence of ex- 
perimental data. Stephen Hales, chaplain to 
the future George III, made the first measure- 
ments of blood pressure in his garden at Ted- 
dington, and made many far-reaching observa- 
tions of the first. importance; but, as he wrote, 
there was indeed “abundant room for many 
heads and hands to be employed in the work, 


1 From the address of the president of the See- 
tion of Physiology at the Edinburgh Meeting of 
the British Association for the Advancement of 
Science. 


502 


for the wonderful and secret operations of 
Nature are so involved and intricate, so far out 
of the reach of our senses .. .”; and it was 
not then or till much later that many heads 
and hands were ready to be employed. Neither 
of these men had effective influence upon the 
thought or practical affairs of their day, either 
within the universities or outside them. 

Physiology, as we know it now in this coun- 
try, took its shape in a new revival which may 
be reckoned as beginning half a century ago. 
All our chief schools may be said to derive 
their lineage from that new home of active and 
unshackled inquiry—I mean University College, 
in Gower Street, London—and from the influ- 
ence there of an Edinburgh graduate, William 
Sharpey, who at the age of thirty-four was 
taken from the Edinburgh school to be pro- 
fessor of anatomy and physiology. Here, from 
1836 to 1874, Sharpey was inspiring a group 
of younger minds with his eager outlook. 
Already in France the new experimental study 
of the living functions was being established 
by Claude Bernard—that true “father in our 
common science,” as Foster later called him; 
already in Leipzig Ludwig, transmitting the 
impulse of Miiller’s earlier labors, had founded 
that school of physiology which moulded the 
development of the subject in Germany and 
other countries, and had very strong early 
influence upon several of those who were later 
to become leaders with us. England had lost 
the pre-eminence that Stuart kings at all events 
had valued and promoted. Learning had _ be- 
come identified in English society with the 
mimetic use of the dead languages, and prog- 
ress at the two universities—even at the Cam- 
bridge of Newton, where mathematics kept 
independence of thought alive—was still im- 
peded by the grip of ecclesiastical tradition 
and by sectarian privilege. But at University 
College learning had been unfettered. Here 
Sharpey and his colleagues were in touch with 
the best progress in France and Germany, and 
here the organized study of physiology as a 
true branch of university study may be said to 
have begun. Its formal separation from 
anatomy came later and irregularly; a separate 
chair of physiology was not created at Univer- 
sity College until 1874, nor at Cambridge or 
at Oxford until 1883. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1430 


We ought in piety to recognize that this © 
tardy reflection of continental progress in our 
own subject, like parallel movements in other 
subjects, had in its early stages received inval- 
uable aid from the Prince Consort, who, 
familiar with the progress of other countries, 
had lent his influence and sympathy to many 
men of science in their struggle against the 
insularity and apathy of the wealthy and goy- 
erning classes of the earlier Victorian days. 
The curious may take note that the first out- 
ward mark of recognition given by the official 
and influential world to the existence of physi- 
ology as such was given not, as in other and 
poorer countries much earlier, by the endow- 
ment of some chair or institute for research and 
teaching, but by an act of symbolic representa- 
tion. For, when the expensive statuary of the 
Albert Memorial was completed in 1871, it was 
found that “Physiology,”- betokened by a 
female figure with a microscope, had been given 
its place among the primary divisions of learn- 
ing and investigation acknowledged in that 
monument to the Prince. 

From Sharpey himself and his personal 
influence we may trace directly onwards the 
development of all the chief British schools of 
physiology whose achievements have in the 
past half-century restored Britain to more than 
her old pride of place in this form of service 
to mankind. We here fittingly acknowledge 
first the close link with Sharpey which we find 
here to-day in Sir Edward Sharpey Schafer, 
who, after fruitful years in his old teacher’s 
place at University College, brought that per- 
sonal tradition back to this great school of 
Edinburgh from whence it originally came. At 
University College itself the line has been con- 
tinued with undimmed lustre by Starling and 
Bayliss and their colleagues to the present day. 
From Sharpey’s school again are derived the 
great branches which have sprung from it, both 
at Oxford and at Cambridge. Burdon Sander- 
son, Sharpey’s immediate successor at Univer- 
sity College, proceeded thence to Oxford and 
founded there, against many difficulties of 
prejudice and custom, the school of physiology 
which Gotch, Haldane, and Sherrington have 
nevertheless maintained so brilliantly in suc- 
ceeding years. To Cambridge, Michael Foster, 
one of Sharpey’s demonstrators, was invited 


May 26, 1922] 


in 1870 by Trinity College to be prelector in 
physiology and fellow of the college. This en- 
lightened and then almost unprecedented act, 
no less than the personal qualities of Foster 
that so aboundingly justified it, I would, as in 
private duty bound, hold here in special re- 
membrance. Under Foster’s influence there 
came into being at Cambridge a strong and 
rapidly growing school of physiologists, from 
Langley, Gaskell, Sherrington, Hopkins, to 
numerous successors. There sprang from him, 
too, a new impetus to other subjects, through 
his: pupils Francis Balfour and Adam Sedg- 
wick to embryology and zoology, through Vines 
and Francis Darwin to botany, through Roy to 
pathology. From Foster again through Newell 
Martin, who, coming with him from London, 
had caught not only inspiration from him but 
some of his power of inspiring others, and 
who left Cambridge for a chair at Baltimore in 
1876, we may derive a large part of the growth 
and direction of physiology since that time in 
the United States and in Canada. The rapid 
progress of all these biological sciences at Cam- 
bridge within a single generation, and the vol- 
ume of original work poured forth depended, 
of course, upon two necessary conditions. The 
first is one which has never failed in this coun- 
try—the existence of men fitted by temperament 
to advance knowledge by experiment. The 
second has been the supply of living necessities 
through the ancient endowments of the colleges, 
and these in the Cambridge of the last half- 
century have been freely and increasingly used 
in catholic spirit for the increase of any of the 
borders of knowledge. 

If these have been the chief lines of descent 
along which our present heritage has come to 
us, as mind has influenced mind and the light 
has been passed from hand to hand, what has 
been the outcome as we look back over the 
half-century to those small beginnings? 

Truly we can say that the workers in this 
country have in that short space of years laid 
the whole world under a heavy debt. In what- 
ever direction we look we seem to see that in 
nearly all the great primary fields of psysi- 
ological knowledge the root ideas from which 
further growth is now springing are in great 
part British in origin, and based upon the work 


SCIENCE 553 


of British experimenters. If we consider the 
blood circulation we find that our essential 
ideas of the nature of the heart-beat were estab- 
lished by Gaskell, and that other first principles 
of its dynamics and of its regulation have been 
laid down by successors to him still with us; 
that the intricate nervous regulation of the 
arterial system has had its chief analyses here, 
and that here have been made more recently 
the first demonstrations of the part played by 
the minute capillary vessels in the regulation 


of the distribution and composition of the 


blood. Of the central nervous system the mod- 
ern conceptions of function in terms of the 
purposive integration of diverse impulses along 
determined paths have sprung direct from 
British work, while the elementary analysis of 
the structure and functions of the sympathetic 
nervous system has been almost wholly British’ 
in idea and in detail. As with the nervous 
regulation of the body, so with the chemical 
regulation of function by traveling substances 
—the so-called “hormones,” or stimulants from 
organ to organ—this, too, is a British concep- 
tion enriched by numerous examples drawn 
from experimental work in this country. In 
the study of nutrition, of the primary “food- 
stuffs,” proteins, carbohydrates, fats, salts and 
water, whose names in their supposedly secure 
sufficiency were written with his own hand by 
Foster upon the blackboard shown in his por- 
trait by Mr. John Collier, to typify, as we may 
imagine, a basal physiological truth, we have 
come to learn that these alone are not sufficient 
for growth and life in the absence of minimal 
amounts of accessory unknown and unstable 
substances, the so-called “vitamins,” which are 
derived from pre-existent living matter. This 
coneeption, undreamt of to the end of the nine- 
tenth century, has fundamental value in medi- 
cine and in agriculture, and has already begun 
to bear a harvest of practical fruit of which 
the end can not be seen or the beneficence 
measured. This discovery stands to our na- 


tional credit, and large parts of its develop- 


ment and appleation have been due to recent 
British work. If we turn to the regulation of 
respiration and its close adaptation to body 
needs, that also, as it is now known to the 
world, is known as British labors have revealed 


554 


it, just as the finer analyses of the exchanges 
of gas between the air and the blood and be- 
tween the blood and the body substance have 
been made with us. The actual modes by which 
oxygen is used by the tissues of the body, its 
special relations to muscular contraction, the 
chemical results of that contraction, the thermal 


laws which it obeys—all these fundamental 


problems of living matter have seen the most 
significant steps to their solution taken within 
the past generation in this country. 

Work of this kind brings permanent enrich- 
ment to the intellectual life of mankind by 
giving new and fuller conceptions of the nature 
of the living organism. That we may think is 
its highest function; but it does more than this. 
Just as all gains in the knowledge of Nature 
bring increase of power, so these discoveries of 
the past fifty years have their place in the 
fixed foundations upon which alone the science 
and the arts of medicine now or in the future 
can be securely based. The special study of 
disease, its cure and prevention, has had notable 
triumphs here and elsewhere in the same half- 
century, and these as they come must make as 
a rule a more spectacular appeal to the on- 
looker. Yet it is the accumulating knowledge 
of the basal laws of life and of the living or- 
ganism to which alone we can look for the sure 
establishment either of the study of disease or 
of the applied sciences of medicine. As we 
have seen, there are few indeed among the fields 
of inquiry in the whole range of physiology in 
which the British contributions to the common 
stock of ascertained knowledge or of fertile 
idea do not take a foremost place. It would be 
impiety not to honor, as it would be stupidity 
to ignore, these plain facts, which, indeed, are 
now perhaps more commonly admitted abroad 
than recognized at home. There is no occasion 
here for any spirit of national complaceney— 
rather the reverse, indeed. British workers at 
no time earlier than the war have had the 
menial assistance or other resources which their 
colleagues in other countries have commonly 
commanded, and too often the secondary and 
relatively easy developments of pioneer work 
done in this country have fallen to well- 
equipped and well-served workers elsewhere. 
If in the past half-century better support had 


SCIENCE 


‘ 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1430 


been available from public or private sources, 
or at the older universities from college endow- 
ments, it is impossible for any well-informed 
person to doubt that a more extended, if not a 
more diversified, harvest would have been won. 

We stand too near to this remarkable epoch 
of progress to appraise it fairly. In the same 
span of years Nature has yielded many fresh 
secrets in the physical world under cross- 
examination by new devices which have them- 
selves been lately won by patient waiting upon 
her. So great a revelation of physical truth 
has been lately made in this country, bringing 
conceptions of space and of matter so swiftly 
changing and extending, that our eyes are 
easily dimmed to the wonders of that other 
new world being unfolded to us in the explora- 
tion of the living organism. Only the lapse 
of time can resolve the true values of this or 
that direction of inquiry, if indeed there be 
any true caleulus of “value” here at all. We 
seem to see in the progress of physiology, not 
at few but at many points, that we stand upon 
new paths just opening before us, which must 
certainly—as it seems—lead quickly to new 
light, to fuller vision, and to other paths be- 
vond. The advances of the next half-century 
to come must far exceed and outshine those due 
to the efforts of the half-century just closing; 
that is probably the personal conviction of us 
all. Yet we may still believe that through all 
the history of mankind recognition will be given 
and honor be paid to the steps in knowledge 
which were made first and made securely in the 
period we now review. The men who have 
done this work will not take pride in it for 
themselves; they know that their strength has 
not been their own, but that of the beauty 
which attracted them, and of the discipline 
which they obeyed. They count themselves 
happy to have found their favored path. Other 
and more acute minds might have usurped their 
places and found greater happiness for them- 
selves if, under a social ordering of another 
kind, they had been turned to the increase of 
knowledge instead of to the ephemeral, barren, 
or insoluble problems of convention and com- 
petition. By how much the realized progress 


-towards truth and the power brought by truth 


might have been increased under a changed 


May 26, 1922] 


social organization we can never know, nor can 
we guess what acceleration the future may 
bring to it if more of the best minds are set 
free within the state for work of this highest 
kind, what riches may be added to intellectual 
life, or what fuller service may be given to the 
practical affairs of man and to the merciful 
work of medicine. 
Water FLETCHER 


TETRACHROMATIC VISION AND 
THE DEVELOPMENT THEORY 
OF COLOR 


Ir would seem to be time for the poor child- 
ren in the kindergarten to be taught that the 
number of different ‘colors’ in the spectrum 
(and in the whole world of natural objects 
as well) is not seven, nor six, but simply four 
—red, yellow, green and blue. We have been 
told lately by Dr. Jennings, in the American 
Journal of Physiological Optics, that the num- 
ber is seven, and by U. S. Public Health Bul- 
letin No. 92 (prepared by direction of the 
Surgeon General) that the number is six. The 
Milton Bradley Company, which furnishes 
countless delightful kindergarten objects for 
the children, follows the customary delusion 
that there are six. But every psychologist 
knows by this time, thanks to the life-long 
labors of Hering, that the number of different 
chromatic sensations (chromata) furnished by 
the spectrum, and by all of nature too, is 
four. 
that there are more than three; I am in the 
habit of saying that the physicists are all 
psychieally blind to both yellow and white, all 
save one, Professor Robert Wood, who in his 
Physical Optics explicity recognizes the ex- 
istence of a “subjective” yellow. In course of 
time, no doubt, even the physicists will recog- 
nize the fact that all the color sensations are 
“Subjective’—that there are no reds, greens, 
ete., in the extra-corporeal world, but that there 
are simply the erythrogenic, xanthogenic, 
chlorogenie and cyanogenic light rays—and 
that any ray-combination that looks white (as, 
for instance, a mixture of “yellow” and “blue” 
light) is a leucogenic combination and due to a 
“leuco-base.” 


SCIENCE 


No physicist, however, is as yet aware 


505 


The reason that led Newton to find seven 
colors in the spectrum was an esthetic one— 
the spectrum is, counted in wave-lengths, about 
an octave long; in the music octave we recognize 
seven notes, so why not assign seven tones also 
to the color octave? In this way what was 
common knowledge in regard to the number 
of colors in the world from the time of Leon- 
ardo da Vinci became vitiated for a hundred 
and fifty years by an error which it is still 
hard to recover from. Hering, in opposition 
to Helmholtz, recognized that there are four 
chromatic sensations, but he too was led astray 
by a logico-aesthetic consideration; he thought 
it would be nice if, since red and green are, 
like blue and yellow, a “disappearing” color 
pair, they were also a white-constitutive color 
pair. So he said we will assume that they are 
a white-constitutive color pair, and to make 
the situation still more pleasing we will assume 
that black and white too are at least a disap- 
pearing color pair. But I have shown that 
when you take the exact red and green (or, in 
fact, anything near them) you get, on mixing, 
not white but yellow. My contention on this 
point has been accepted by Westphal, by v. 
Kries and others; the colors which are comple- 
mentary, or white-constitutive, are, as Titchener, 
with a degree of honesty which is unusual in 
the followers of Hering, admits, not red and 
green, but crimson and verdigris,—in other 
words, white is here, as elsewhere, made out of 
red, green and blue. 

Normal, mid-retinal, vision is tetrachromatie. 
It is to be hoped that we may sometime per- 
suade the Milton Bradley people (whose red, 
green, yellow and blue papers are, as I have 
shown, very near to the exact, unitary, Red, 
Green, Yellow and Blue—I write these color- 
names with capitals when the colors are exact), 
and the United States government as well, that 
the different colors in the spectrum are four 
in number, and that if one adds to one’s papers 
two of the dual color-blends, red-blue and red- 
yellow (the so-called purple and orange), one 
should add also the remaining dual color-blends, 
green-blue and green-yellow. (The fact that 
these last two color-blends have no misleading 
unitary names is so much to the good). At- 


556 


tention should be called at the same time to the 
curious fact that though you may easily have 
the physical conditions (the proper light-ray 
mixtures) for the two other possible dual color- 
blends (the red-greens and the yellow-blues), 
these are sensations that never occur—their 
places are taken, respectively, by yellow and 
by white. 

I should like to mention that the color theory 
which I have proposed (the development color 
theory) is the only one in existence which holds 
together (the function of a theory), and makes 
reasonable, the three fundamental color-sensa- 
tion facts (and the other, subsidiary, facts as 
well). These are: 


A. The Helmholtz fact: the basis of color- 
vision is a three-receptor (chemical) process, 
—the “red,” “green” and “blue” light-rays are 
sufficient (on mixing) to reproduce the whole 
gamut of the color sensations. 


B. Nevertheless (the Hering fact) yellow 
and white are also unitary sensations and not 
any sort of sensational color blends, although 
they may be produced by physical lght-ray 
mixtures. Hering thus corrects what I have 
called the psychical color-blindness (to yellow 
and to white) of the Helmholtz school, but at 
the cost of concealing from his followers all the 
facts which are mapped out in the Helmholtz 
triangle, or what the metallographers call when 
they make a diagram of their ternary alloys— 
a less frightening word perhaps—the “tri- 
axial diagram.” The color-triangle, in other 
words, is nothing more than the representation 
of mixed color-constitution in terms of trilinear 
coordinates; what could be more natural when 
the variables which are both sufficient and in- 
dispensable are three in number? 

C. Of equal importance is the fact of the 
order of phylogenetic development of the hght- 
sensations (achromatic and chromatic). It is, 
in its three successive stages, as has -been per- 
fectly well made out, this: 


(1) A white-sense only, achromatic vision 
(furnished by the more primitive retinal ele- 
ments, the rods), which occurs (a) in the lower 
animals, such as lived, for instance, in car- 
boniferous times (when colored flowers and 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1430 


colored birds did not yet exist)?, (b) in those 
defective individuals who have achromatic 
vision only, and (c) in the far periphery of 
our own retina. 

_(2) Dichromatie vision—the spectrum is 
yellow at one end, blue at the other (but in 
place of what should be the yellow-blues ap- 
pears white). This is the vision (a) of the bees 
(v. Frisch), (b) of the partially color-blind, 
and (c) of our own mid-periphery. 

(3) Complete, tetrachromatic, color-vision, 
—the red and green sensations have been added; 
but where we have the physical conditions for 
seeing the red-greens, or the red-green-blues, 
yellow and white, respectively, take their places. 

The theory of Helmholtz is (as Professor 
Cattell has well said) both pre-psychological 
and pre-evolutionary. That of Hering (be- 
sides being otherwise impossible) is pre-evo- 
Iutionary: there is no question that red and 
green (which revert to yellow) are developed 
out of yellow. But worse than this—each of 
these theories is utterly contradictory to the 
facts which the other theory is expressly built 
up upon. This circumstance has not hitherto 
been sufficiently noticed; this Mr. Troland 
says (“The Enigma of Color Vision,” Amer- 
ican Optical Society, p. 8): “The Young- 
Helmholtz theory is preferred by physicists 
because it lays emphasis primarily upon the 
stimuli to vision, while the Hering theory re- 
ceives more attention at the hands of the 


“psychologists because its fundamental concep- 


tions are derived from introspective analysis.” 
This is true, but it is very far from being an 
adequate account of the situation. (1) The 
Young-Helmholtz school not only assumes but 
proves (not, as is often said, by means of the 
K6nig-Dieterici spectral distribution curves by 
themselves, but by the complete coincidence of 
these curves with those, respectively, of the 


1 We have no means of knowing whether our 
own background sensation, the non-light sensa- 
tion, that of blackness (which exists for the pur- 
pose of filling up our visual field), came in with 
the first, non-specific, light-sensations, or only 
later. There is some ground for thinking it arose 
later. I discuss this question in my coming arti- 
cle on ‘‘The Sensation of Blackness. ’’ 


May 26, 1922] 


: ¢c ? D 
700 600 
Fig. 1. R, G, and B, resonance curves. 


SCIENCE 


597 


Ebi: “THK 
600 400 
These are the curves of Kénig and 


Dieterici corrected to new determinations of the points of section, a, b, c, d. 
Abscisse, wave-lengths of the interference spectrum of the are light; ordi- 


nates, arbitrary scale. (FF. Exner.) 


two types of yellow-and-blue vision)? that the 
number of “primary” colors is three and not 
four. (Fig.1). This is fact. (2) The Hering 
school has only to ask for the most cursory ex- 
amination of the gamut of color-sensations to 
show that the number of its different chromatic 
constituents is four, not three. This is fact. 
But the group of facts subsumed under (1)— 
the facts of “matching by mixture” (Fig. 2)— 
is absolutely incompatible with the theory of 
Hering,? and the group of facts subsumed 
under (2) is absolutely incompatible with the 
theory of Helmholtz. It is little to the credit of 
any association of scientists (for instance, the 
Optical Society of America) that they still 
solemnly discuss the theories of Helmholtz and 
of Hering. The situation is simple: each of 
these theories is absolutely refuted by the facts 
which are the groundwork of the other. 

I have devised a simple diagram by means 
of which one can keep in mind the impossibility 
at once of the Helmholtz and of the Hering 


2 Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, Art 
Vision, II, 788. 

3 The attempt of v. Kries to supplement the 
Helmholtz theory by supposing that the three 
colors resolve themselves into four at a higher 
level of the visual nerve system is a purely ad hoe 
hypotheses, and without significance. See my arti- 
eles on ‘‘The Theory of Color Theories,’’? Comptes 
rendus du V/e Congrés intern. de Psychologie, 
Genéve, 1909, and Psychological Review, May, 
1922. 


theory. Color diagrams are immensely more 
illuminating if they are done up in color.* 
But lacking that one can make shift with ap- 
propriately striated surfaces. I eall this dia- 
gram my Quadrigeminal Color Body (a term 
suggested by the corpora quadrigemina), but it 
is at the same time triaxial. (The triangle 
should always be drawn with the YB line a 
horizontal (fundamental) line, as indicative of 
the fact that yellow and blue were developed 
first—that red and green were a later addi- 
tion. (The actual spectral line approaches 


nearer to the point W in the green region on 


G 


Fic. 2. The color triangle, which exhibits ‘‘match- 


ing by mixture.’’ 


4 Stoelting is putting on the market for me my 
complete set of colored color diagrams. 


558 


account of the fact that the three chroma’ curves 
overlap here, as is represented in Figure 1). 


Fic. 3. The quadrigeminal color area—triangular 


in shape. 


This figure illustrates the fact that while the 


color field is a function of three variables when 
you reproduce it by the mixing of specific 
lights, you no sooner look at it than you see 
that it consists of four distinct regions—the 
whitish yellow greens, the reddish bluish whites, 
ete. It suffices to upset at once the two “anti- 
quated” (as they call them at the University 
of Chicago) current theories. I make the yel- 
low circle small to indicate (a) that yellow oc- 
cupies a very narrow region in the spectrum, 
(b) that it is the result of a secondary retinal 
process, and (c) that it has been for a hundred 
years invisible to the physicists. It is this 
color curve, representing facts and not imag- 
inations (like the color-eurves of Hering), 
which should, of course, always be drawn as 
the belt-section of the color-pyramid. 

To meet the difficulties of these antiquated 
theories I have devised a theory (the develop- 
ment theory) “which takes into account both 
sets of fundamental facts which the other theo- 
ries were respectively devised to explain,” facts 
which do however in reality collectively refute 
them both. (You will not find even a picture 


5J have been constantly urging, since 1913, the 
use of the word chroma (plural, chromata) to 
obviate the shocking ambiguity in the present 
meaning of ‘‘color.’’ 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1430 


of the color triangle in any of the writings of 
the followers of Hering). It is a perfectly 
simple theory (the theory of Hering is far 
from simple—see Parsons, p. 673), and it is 
wholly in line with the most recent conceptions 
of the chemists—Harkins, Bohr, Soddy, Ru- 
therford (who are now engaged in working out 
the evolution of the atoms), Mathews, Wills- 
tiuer (chlorophyll and hemoglobin, Bayliss, 
p. 252) and many others. This theory has 
been pronounced to be unobjectionable by the 
chemists, and it is now practically accepted by 
most of the psychologists. 

The theory in brief is this: 

There is probably no other organ in the body 
in which the record of development has been 
preserved in such a remarkable fashion as in 
the organ of vision. We have, pari passu with 
the successive stages of specificity of response 
to the visual spectrum, represented in Fig. 3, 


4 ‘ 

7 ‘ 
mr: 
Hi \ ! 
Stages 1, 2 and 3 of the actual develop- 

ment of the color sense. 


Fig. 4. 


(1) an anatomical development of rods into 
cones, and (2) a chemical development of the 
rod-pigment sensitizer such that in man only 
there is an intermediate stage, the visual yel- 
low, between the “visual purple” and the final 
leuco-base (Konig, Garten). What more nat- 
ural than to suppose that there has been also a 
development of the light-sensitive receptor 
substance in the receptor organs (rods and 
cones) of the retina? This developing sub- 
stance must, however, be at the same time of 
such a nature as to account for the singular 
fact (unknown in any other region of sense) 
that the colors suecessively developed are dis- 


May 26, 1922] 


appearing color pairs—they produce a more - 


primitive white, or yellow (see above). If these 
facts are held distinctly in mind, the appro- 
priate chemical conception almost forms itself. 
I represent, purely diagrammatically, of course 
(Burdon-Sanderson® especially noted this point 
when my theory first came out) that portion of 
a molecule which is capable of being dissociated 
out of light in the way indicated in Figure 4. 


Stage I Stage II Stage IIT 
bt di 3 
Fic. 5. The cleavage products in the three stages 


of the color sense. This diagram does not rep- 
resent the entire light-sensitive molecule, but 
only the specific cleavage products which, ac- 
cording to the Ladd-Franklin theory, constitute 
the several nerve excitants for the color sensa- 
tions (From Woodworth’s Psychology). For 
other diagrams, see Psychological Review, 23: 
247, 1916; Zeitschrift f. Psychologie, Bd. 6, ete. 


The development required is that of a greater 
and greater specificity to the electro-magnetic 
vibrations of the visible spectrum. A portion 
of a molecule which at first is broken off indif- 
ferently by the whole spectrum becomes in a 
second stage more specific,—by a fresh aggre- 
gation of atoms a portion Y responds to the 
yellow end of the spectrum, a portion B to 
the blue end of the spectrum. But what 
happens when yellow and blue light fall at 
once on this chemical substance? The Y and 
the B (since they are the chemical constituents 
of W, because the assumption is that they were 
segregated out of it) will chemically unite and 
will produce W, the nerve-excitant of the sensa- 
tion white. In the same way in the third, and 
latest, stage, the newly segregated R and G, 
when torn off from the molecule by light of 
low and of high middle frequency, will revert 
to the mother substance Y ; and if light of high 
frequency, “blue,” is now added, we shall again 
have the nerve-excitant of white. That is to 
say, just as when we have in a test-tube the 


6 Presidential Address, 
Nature, Vol. 48, p. 469. 


British Association, 


SCIENCE 


599 


chemical constituents of HCl (namely, H and 
Cl) they chemically unite, under proper con- 
ditions, and produce HCl, so in a cone we have 
R+G=Y 
VYiB(={R+G+B)=W 
Observe that we have now, quite incidentally, 
explained how it happens that lights of only 
three specific, homogeneous  wave-lengths 
(‘“ved,” “green” and “blue”’) are sufficient to 
reproduce the whole gamut of color sensations, 
including yellow and white, which the psys- 
icists have never noticed the existence of.7 Yel- 
low is a secondary product, and so is white, but 
they are both perfectly good unitary sensations. 
The theory explains at the same time, of course, 
how it is that the primitive white mediated by 
the rods is the same sensation as the white 
made out of (in the highly developed cones) 
yellow and blue, or red and green and blue. 


There is no reason, of course, as Professor Carr 


has pointed out to me, why there should not be 
also some of the more primitive chemical sub- 
stances in the cones of the central retina. 
Since the interesting work of Hecht, it seems 
to be quite certain that the first effect of light 
on the retina is photo-chemical (which is, of 
course, the same thing as electrical). It is 
here, without question, that is found that 
“transformer mechanism,” as I have called it, 
by which what should look to us like 165 
different colors in the spectrum is replaced by 
a paltry four—the best that Nature could ac- 
complish with only one small cone to work in. 
Five unitary colors (ineluding white) and mix- 
tures of them—the color blends—are all that 
we can see in the 30,000 discriminable sensa- 
tions that are given us by light. It is nerve 
impulses produced by retinal chemical stimuli 
of the character which I have described (or of 
some other character) that mediate the pro- 
cesses which take part in the final ‘“neuro- 


7 Crowther, a prominent English physicist, actu- 
ally says that the white produced by mixing 
homogeneous yellow and blue light-rays is not a 
‘‘real’’ white—that, he thinks, must be a whole- 
spectrum white. Professor Titchener, on the 
other. hand, has called my attention to the fact 
that on my view white is always (aside from the 
most primitive stage) due to a union of yellow 
and blue constituents. 


560 


psychic correlation””—a term which I have pro- 
posed as much preferable to psychophysical 
parallelism—in the domain of color. 

In a recent discussion of my color theory 
(Am. J. Physiol. Optics, 1920-21) it is main- 
tained that it would be more “advanced” to 
regard as of “prime importance” the cortical 
processes: “It appears to me that the Ladd- 
Franklin theory postulates the existence in the 
retina of conditions of sensation of the sort 
required for the processes in the cerebral cor- 
tex which directly underlie the visual con- 
sciousness, but which are not required and 
probably do not exist in the case of the retina.” 
In reply to this it is only necessary to point out 
that if a “mechanism of defect’? (such as would 
result in loss of consciousness for the red- 
greens and the yellow-blues) is found to occur 
in any part of the light-sensation chain (rods 
and cones, bipolar cells, third neurons, corpora 
quadrigemina, optic thalamus, cortex) that de- 
fect cannot be recovered from in any one of 
the later stations of the nerve impulse—if R 
and G have once reverted into Y, and Y and B 
into W, anywhere in the visual cireuit, it is not 
necessary to provide for their doing it again 
in the cortex; on the other hand, if this defect 
has not happened lower down—if a separate 
“blue” and “yellow’’ have successfully reached 
the cortex—it is improbable that Nature, out 
of pure Bésartigkeit, should have introduced in 
the cortex a mechanism for their extinction.® 

y. Kries has objected that in my theory it is 
not explained how the same sensation of white- 
ness should be mediated directly in the rods 
and in the more highly developed cones out of 
a physical mixture of red, green, and blue 
lights, but, as I have pointed out above, this is 
exactly what my theory does explain. 

It has been called to my attention that several 
of the psychologists, while practically adopting 
my theory of color sensation, express the 
opinion that I have given no explanation 
of the sensation of black. But that is not 
the case; I have not, it is true, discussed black 
very frequently, and that, I believe, for two 
reasons. (1) It is very simple—it has no con- 
nections with any other of the color-sensations. 


8I discuss this point more fully in the Psycho- 
logical Review, May, 1922. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1430 


The reason that color “theory” is so important, 
and has been so contended over, is that the 
facts of color (excluding black) are so very 
mysterious: why do we fail to see the yellow- 
blues and the red-greens, and why do we get, 
respectively, white and yellow in their place? 
Blackness stands by itself—it has no such 
queer relations with any of the other colors. 
Black and white, for instance, are not a dis- 
appearing color pair; they give us the series 
of black-whites, or greys. Black, being a sen- 
sation attached to zero stimulation—not a light 
sensation but a non-light sensation—is nat- 
urally (since zero has one value only) a sensa- 
tion of only one degree of subjective intensity; 
the series of greys comes from changing the 
subjective intensity of their white constituent 
only. A blue-green of a given proportion of 
blueness and greenness we can see in dozens of 
different intensities; not so a grey. Give a 
certain grey a higher illumination and you 
change the quality as well as the brightness of 
your black-white blend. Professor G. E. 
Miiller has dwelt upon this latter fact, but he 
has given a wrong interpretation of it; Wundt 
also, although his theory of color is negligible 
(and has been neglected), puts this situation 
correctly. It is easily accounted for on my 
theory. 

A fuller account of the Development Theory 
of Color Sensation will be found in most of the 
recent books on psychology,—as Calkins, Judd, 
Angell, Breese, Watson, Warren and Wood- 
worth. I have discussed it also in the Psycho- 
logical Review, 23, 1916, and 29, 1922; in the 
Am. Cyclop. of Ophthalmology, 1913; in the 
Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology; in 
Mind, 1892, 1893, and in Science, 22, pp. 
18-19. In the last two places I have discussed 
its fundamental difference from the theory of 
Donders. My theory has been taken over by 
Sehenck without due acknowledgment, as has 
been pointed out for me by v. Briicke (Zenérlbl. 
f. Physiologie, 1905). It has suffered from not 
having been criticised enough; some criticism 
of it by v. Kries and by Troland I have dis- 
cussed very fully in Practical Logic and Color 
Theories (Psychological Review, May, 1922). 


CHRISTINE Lapp-FRANKLIN 
CoLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


May 26, 1922] 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 


STATISTICS OF THE ALASKA FISHERIES 
FOR 1921 

Sratistics of the Alaska fisheries for 1921 
have recently been completed and are summar- 
ized as follows: The total active investment in 
the fisheries was $39,001,874, a decrease of 
$31,984,347 from 1920. The industry gave em- 
ployment to 15,070 persons, or 12,412 less than 
in 1920. The products of the fisheries were 
valued at $24,086,867, a decline of $17,405,257. 
The pack of canned salmon in 1921 was 2,596,- 
826 cases, a decrease of 1,832,637 cases, or ap- 
proximately 41 per cent. Southeast Alaska 
produced 803,071 cases, a decrease of almost 65 
per cent. from the pack in 1920. In central 
Alaska the production was 643,099 cases, a de- 
crease of almost 52 per cent. In western Alaska 
the pack was 1,150,656, an increase over 1920 of 
283,652 cases, or over 32 per cent. The total 
value of canned salmon was $19,632,744. Other 
products of the salmon fisheries were mild- 
eured, pickled, fresh, frozen, and dried and 
smoked salmon, which had an aggregate value 
of $1,335,818. Salmon by-products, consisting 
of oil and fertilizer, were valued at $18,022. 
The total catch of salmon in Alaska in 1921 was 
37,905,591 fish, as compared with 65,080,539 in 
1920, a decrease of approximately 41 per cent. 

The number of salmon canneries operated in 
1921 was 83, or 63 less than in 1920. Of this 
number the southeastern district was credited 
with 30 (decrease of 52), the central district 
with 25 (decrease of 11), and western Allaska 
with 28 (the same as in 1920). Comparisons of 
figures as to gear used are as follows: 180 traps, 
of which 127 were driven and 53 floating, were 
used in 1921, a decrease of 318 driven and 155 
floating traps from 1920. Seins decreased from 
712 to 213, representing a reduction of 82,048 
fathoms of webbing. The total length of gill 
nets was 375,320 fathoms, a decrease of 85,627 
from 1920. 

Values of products of the other fisheries were 
as follows: Halibut, $1,476,450; herring, $934,- 
044; cod, $457,320; shrimps, $132,077; crabs, 
$33,180; whales, $19,950; trout, $18,925; sable- 
fish, $17,985; clams, $9,940; red rockfish, $362; 
and smelts, $50. 


SCIENCE 


561 


FELLOWSHIPS OF THE NATIONAL RE- 
SEARCH COUNCIL 

The National Research Council announces for 
the next academic year a number of fellowships 
for fundamental investigations on agricultural 
applications of sulphur. The funds for the 
fellowships have been provided by a grant from 
the Texas Gulf Sulphur Company. 

These fellowships, each carrying an annual 
stipend of approximately $1,000, will be ad- 
ministered by a special sulphur fellowship com- 
mittee of the advisory board of the American 
Society of Agronomy, in conference with the 
executive committee of the division of biology 
and agriculture of the National Research Coun- 
cil. Inquiries and appplications should be ad- 
dressed to the Sulphur Fellowship Committee, 
National Research Council, Washington, D. C. 

It is proposed that the work to be prosecuted 
under these fellowships will include investiga- 
tions on the value of sulphur in the control of 
‘potato scab, nematodes, soil insects and sweet 
potato disease; also the value of sulphur as a 
fertilizer for alfalfa and other legumes and the 
effect of sulphur on alkali soils. 

Applicants for the fellowships must be grad- 
uate students in universities and colleges or 
competent members of experiment station staffs. 
Fellows are expected to devote practically their 
entire time to the investigations, excepting only 
such course work as may be necessary to meet 
the requirements for an advanced degree. While 
no definite assurance can be given, it is expected 
that support for the fellowships will be ex- 
tended from year to year for a period as the 
results may warrant. 

In order to prevent possible confusion, it is 
pointed out that these fellowships are entirely 
distinct from the two sulphur fellowships re- 
cently announced (Scimnce, March 24) by the 
Crop Protection Institute and administered by 
it In cooperation with the National Research 
Council. 


REVIEW OF APPLIED MYCOLOGY 
Tue Imperial Bureau of Mycology has 
undertaken the publication of a monthly ab- 
stracting journal, the Review of Applied My- 
cology, for the purpose of supplying, month 
by month, a summary of the work published 


562 


in all countries on the diseases of plants and 
various other aspects of economic mycology. 
The first number was issued in January, and 
it is hoped to complete a volume of between 
four and five hundred pages annually. The 
announcement says: 


Mycologists and plant pathologists often find it 
difficult to keep themselves informed of the 
progress of work in other countries. The publica- 
tions in which an account of current work is given 
are very numerous and are scattered through a 
large number of journals, many of which only 
occasionally contain an article of interest. There 
are few, if any, libraries in which all these pub- 
lications can be found, while the working mycolo- 
gists in the overseas part of the British Empire 
often have access to only a small proportion of 
them. The committee of the Imperial Bureau of 
Mycology has accordingly felt that it is desirable 
to start the publication of a compact yet com- 
prehensive survey of current literature dealing 
with the various aspects of applied mycology, on 
the lines of the Review of Applied Entomology 
published by the Imperial Bureau of Entomology 
in London. While Botanical Abstracts remains 
the only journal that aims at giving a complete 
citation of the literature in all branches of botan- 
ical science, the present Review will be specially 
directed to supplying to workers with restricted 
library facilities, sufficiently full abstracts of 
papers on the diseases of tropical crops and other 
similar matters of interest to mycologists in the 
overseas parts of the British Empire to enable 
them to keep informed of the progress of current 
work. 

Though the chief object of the new journal is 
to give an up-to-date summary of work bearing 
on the practical application of the study of plant 
diseases to the reduction of the wastage due to 
such diseases in agriculture, the fundamental 
researches on which most progress in this direc- 
tion is based have a wider appeal. The Review 
will enable all those who are interested in the 
progress of science to follow the development of 
one of its younger branches; the student of pure 
science will, it is hoped, find many side-lights on 
the wider problems on which he is engaged; while 
the practical grower will be able to learn the 
experience in other countries with improved meth- 
ods for controlling plant diseases. 

Subscriptions, orders and all communications 
respecting the publication should be sent to the 
editor, Imperial Bureau of Mycology, Kew, Sur- 
rey, England. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1430 


THE PUBLICATION OF SCIENTIFIC PAPERS 


Ty view of its general interest to contributors 
to scientific journals, we are permitted to print 
the following letter addressed by Professor 
Ross G. Harrison, of Yale University, mana- 
ging editor of the Journal of Experimentat 
Zoology, to its contributors: 


Owing to the high cost of printing and the con- 
sequent large deficit incurred in the publication of 
its journals, the Wistar Institute has notified the 
editorial board of the Journal of Experimental 
Zoology that, unless financial support is forth- 
coming, it will not be possible to print during the 
present year more than two volumes or one thou- 
sands pages of the Journal, instead of the three 
volumes of five hundred pages each published in 
1921. Since the war material for publication has 
been coming in at a rapidly increasing rate, so 
that there is now on hand more than sufficient to 
fill the two volumes to be issued this year. This 
means that, under present conditions, manuscripts 
now received can not appear much earlier than 
eighteen months from date. It is hoped that 
before long conditions in the printing trade will 
become more favorable or that some method of 
financing the deficit may be devised. In the mean- 
time, the editorial board find it necessary to ask 
your cooperation in meeting the present difficul- 
ties. This can best be done by making papers as 
concise as possible, by using the simplest form of 
illustration—such as can be reproduced by zine 
engraving, by omitting tables as far as is con- 
sistent with clearness, and by avoiding duplica- 
tion in publication. 

The editors do not wish to set any arbitrary 
limit to the length of papers that can be accept- 
ed; for some are concise at fifty pages and others 
verbose at five. A colored plate may be a neces- 
sity in some instances and a useless expense in 
others. It is felt, however, that almost every 
paper would be improved by judicious pruning, 
and the authors, as the best qualified persons to 
do this, are asked to undertake the task. It is 
scarcely to be expected that even the utmost self 
restraint on the part of contributors will entirely 
meet the exigencies of the situation, so. that the 
editors will probably have to exercise their judg- 
ment as regards the space that can be allotted to 
each paper submitted. Nevertheless, if contribu- 
tors are willing to undertake drastic measures 
themselves, it will frequently spare the editorial 
board the necessity of declining papers which, 
under other circumstances, they would like to 


May 26, 1922] 


accept, and it will serve the greatest good to the 
greatest number by giving every one a fair share 
in the use of our present limited facilities for 
publication. 


THE GRANTS FOR RESEARCH OF THE 
NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 


ProGRess has been reported as follows on 
grants made by the National Academy of 
Sciences : 

BACHE FUND 

The researches of Carl H. Eigenmann, for 
which grants 214 and 220 were made, have been 
published in the Memoirs of the Museum of Com- 
parative Zoology, Vol.” 43, Parts 1 and 2, and in 
the Procecdings of the American Philosophical 
Society, the Journal of the Washington Academy 
of Sciences, and the Indiana ‘‘ University 
Studies.’’ The research on fishes of the upper 
Amazon basin and Lake Titicaca is still in 
progress. Hi 

A preliminary paper on the work of H. W. 
Norris on cranial nerves of amia and lepidosteus 
will be published shortly in the Proceedings of the 
Towa Academy of Science. 

Star counts have been made by H. Nort, of 
Gouda, Holland, for more charts of the southern 
hemisphere. Additional counts have been made to 
find distance correction for the Franklin Adams 
charts. Formule have been derived to compute 
the equatorial coordinates of the fields counted 
from the declination and the R.A. of the center 
of the plate and the focal length of the telescope 
used. The limiting magnitude for ten additional 
charts of the northern hemisphere has been de- 
rived. 4 

Preliminary results of the research of J. C. 
Jensen, grant No. 218, have been published in 
the Proceedings of the Nebraska Academy of 
Science for 1919. 

Results of the research of H. G. Barbour, of 
McGill University, grant No. 219, have been pub- 


lished in the Proceedings for Experimental 
Biology and Medicine, 1920; The Journal of 
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 


1921; and The American Journal of Physiology, 
1921. , 

Preliminary results of the research of T. H. 
Goodspeed, of the University of California, grant 
No. 224, have been published in the University of 
California Publications in Botany, Vol. 5. 


SMITH FUND 


There was issued in 1921 as a publication of 
the Leander McCormick Observatory of the Uni- 


SCIENCE 563 


versity ‘of the University of Virginia, ‘‘349 
parabolic orbits of meteor streams and other re- 
sults,’’ by Charles P. Olivier, a discussion of 
22,000 observations of meteors made by members 
of the American Meteor Society. It is a com- 
prehensive report of results of an investigation 
which has been aided by several grants from the 
J. Lawrence Smith Fund at various times since 
1913 to Professor S. A. Mitchell, director of the 
McCormick Observatory, under whose supervision 
the work has been done. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Dr. E. A. DE ScHwernirz, professor of 
ophthalmology at the University of Pennsyl- 
vania, gave the presidential address at the 
opening session of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation held at St. Louis on May 23. 


Dr. BE. W. Rice, JR., has been elected honor- 
ary chairman of the board of directors of the 
General Electric Company. He will devote his 
time particularly to the supervision of the sci- 
entific, engineering and technical work of the 
company in this country and abroad. 


Dr. Ross AITKEN GortNeER, professor of ag- 
ricultural biochemistry at the University of 
Minnesota, has been elected to the office of na- 
tional president of Phi Lambda Upsilon, the 
honorary chemical society. He succeeds Dr. 
Harold A. Fales, of Columbia University. 


THE annual meeting of the Iron and Steel 
Institute, under the presidency of Mr. Francis 
Samuelson, was held on May 4 and 5 at the 
house of the institution. The Bessemer Medal 
was presented to Professor Kotaro Honda. 


Dr. Murk Jansen, of Leyden, has received 
the Umberto I prize awarded every five years 
by the province of Bologna for the best work 
or discovery in orthopedics. 


At the recent annual meeting of the American 
Academy of Arts and Sciences the election of 
the following fellows and foreign honorary 
members was reported by the council: Class I. 
The Mathematical and Physical Sciences: Wal- 
ter Sydney Adams, Pasadena; Gano Dunn, New 
York; Thomas Alva Edison, Orange, N. J.; 
Edwin Crawford Kemble, Cambridge; Richard 
Chase Tolman, Washington; Arthur Stanley 
Eddington, Cambridge, England. Class II. 


564 


The Natural and Physiological Sciences: Nath- 
an Banks, Cambridge; Thorne Martin Carpen- 
ter, Boston; Stanley Cobb, Canton, Mass.; 
Joseph Lincoln Goodale, Boston; Robert Wil- 
liamson Lovett, Boston; Alfred Clarence Red- 
field, Boston; Austin Flint Rogers, Palo Alto; 
William Henry Weston, Jr., Cambridge; Sir 
Thomas Clifford Allbutt, Cambridge, England; 
Emmanuel De Margerie, Strasbourg, France. 
Class III. The Moral and Political Sciences: 
Edward Channing, George La Piana, William 
McDougall, Arthur Kingsley Porter, Paul Jo- 
seph Sachs, Charles Henry Conrad Wright, all 
of Cambridge; Henri Pirenne, Ghent, Belgium. 


Av the recent annual meeting of the members 
of the Royal Institution, London, the report of 
the board of visitors was presented and showed 
that last year 57 new members were elected 
while 38 were lost by death. The total member- 
ship in July last was 826 against 831 in the 
same month of the previous year. The result 
of the ballot for new officers was as follows: 
President, The Duke of Northumberland; treas- 
urer, Sir James Crichton-Browne; secretary, 
Colonel E. H. Grove-Hills. 


Dr. LupWIk SILBERSTEIN, mathematical phy- 
sicist at the Research Laboratory of the East- 
man Kodak Company, has been appointed an 
associate editor of the Journal of the Optical 
Society of America. 


Dr. Pauu M. Girsy, formerly with the Caleo 
Chemical Company, has become research chem- 
ist with HE. R. Squibb & Sons at their Brooklyn, 
N. Y. plant. 


A. W. Hickman retired on March 31 from 
the United States Bureau of Animal Industry 
after thirty-four years of service. For the last 
fifteen years he was chief of the Quarantine 
Division. 

Dr. Donatp D. Van StyKr, member of the 
Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, has 
accepted an appointment as visiting professor 
in biological chemistry at the Peking Union 
Medical College for four months, beginning 
with the fall term of the next academic year. 
Dr. Harry R. Slack, of the Johns Hopkins 
Medical School, will be visiting professor in 
oto-laryngology at the college for the academic 
year 1922-23. 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 14380 


Dr. Ernest Fox Nicuous, who has been in 
Honolulu, returned on May 15 to his work as 
director of pure science in the Nela Park Re- 
search Laboratory of the National Hlectriec 
Lamp Works at Cleveland. 


Dr. RutH MarsHaty, professor of zoology 
in Rockford College, will make an extended 
trip to Alaska this summer, visiting the Atlin 
Lake region, Cordova and Katchikan. She will 
collect water mites in these regions. Miss Patsy 
Hughes Lupo, associate professor of botany, 
will sail from Seattle to Nome on June 1, and 
will spend the summer in the interior, studying 
and collecting alge and fungi. 


Dr. ELOISE GERRY, microscopist in the office 
of wood technology at the Forest Products 
Laboratory, left on May 20 for a field trip 
through Georgia, Florida and Louisiana. It is 
her purpose to make experiments and investi- 
gations that will assist in developing better 
methods of obtaining turpentine and rosin from 
living pine trees. Miss Gerry will work in 
cooperation with Mr. Austin Cary, of the 
Washington Office of the Forest Service, and 
Mr. Lenthal Wyman, of the Southern Experi- 
ment Station, members of the Florida National 
Forest organization and local timber owners. 


Dr. Ross AITKEN GORTNER, professor of agri- 
cultural biochemistry at the University of Min- 
nesota and national president of the honorary 
chemical society, Phi Lambda Upsilon, recently 
lectured at the Armour Institute of Technology 
and the University of Wisconsin on “The Col- 
loid Chemistry of Wheat and Flour,” and at 
the University of Michigan, Ohio State Univer- 
sity and Purdue University on “Vital Phenom- 
ena as Colloid Processes.” Both lectures were 
given at the University of Illinois. 

Dr. C. E. K. Muss, director of the Research 
Laboratories of the Eastman Kodak Company, 
gave a lecture entitled “A photographic re- 
search laboratory” before the Northeastern 
Section of the American Chemical Society on 
May 12. 

Proressor EH. Meuuansy delivered the Oliver 
Sharpey lectures at the Royal College of Phy- 
sicians of London on May 2 and 4, on “Some 
common defects of diet and their pathological 
signficance.” 


May 26, 1922 


On May 11, Professor F. Keeble delivered 
the first of two lectures at the Royal Institute 
on “Plant sensitiveness;” and on May 13, 
Professor O. W. Richardson began a course of 
two lectures on “The disappearing gap between 
the X-ray and the ultraviolet spectra.” The 
Friday evening discourse on May 12 was de- 
livered by Dr. H. H. Dale on “The search for 
specific remedies.” 


Amone five busts unveiled in the Hall of 
Fame for Great Americans at New York Uni- 
versity on May 20 was one of Maria Mitchell, 
the gift of her nephew, William Mitchell Ken- 
dall, and the work of Emma S. Brigham. 
President Henry Noble McCracken, of Vassar 
College, where Miss Mitchell was professor of 
astronomy from 1865 to 1888, unveiled the bust. 


Henry Marion Hows, professor-emeritus of 
metallurgy in Columbia University, died on 
May 14 at his home in Bedford Hills, N. Y., in 
the seventy-fifth year of his age. 


Dr. JoHN Sanprorp SHEARER, professor of 
physies at Cornell University since 1910, died 
on May 18 at the age of sixty-six years. 


GrorGE SimMoNDS -BouLGER, the well known 
English writer on botany, died on May 4, at 
the age of fifty-nine years. 


Sir Aurrep Bray Kemps, president of the 
London Mathematical Society in 1894, for many 
years treasurer of the Royal Society, died on 
April 27, at the age of seventy-three years. 


C. L. A. Laveran, professor at the Pasteur 
Institute, Paris, died on May 18, at the age of 
seventy-seven years. Dr. Laveran, then a French 
army surgeon serving in Algeria, discovered the 
parasite of malaria in 1880. He received the 
Nobel prize for medicine in 1907. 


ATHERTON Kinsey Dunsar, of Cambridge, 
fellow for research in cryogenic engineering at 
Harvard, and William Connell of Cambridge, a 
carpenter, were instantly killed on May 20, by 
the explosion of a tank of liquid oxygen in the 
basement of the Jefferson Physical Laboratory. 


Sir Caries Parsons, F.R.S., has conveyed 
to the trustees of the British Association for 
the Advancement of Science a gift of £10,000 


SCIENCE 


565 


five per cent. war loan stock, which he has 
placed unreservedly at the disposal of the coun- 
cil. The London Times writes: “This generous 
gift comes at an opportune time, as the finances 
of the association have, like those of other in- 
stitutions, suffered depletion during the past 
seven years, and there was a danger that the 
activities of an association which has rendered 
notable services to science in the past might 
suffer restriction. The total grants in aid of 
research made by the association since its 
foundation in 1831 exceed £83,000.” 


Tue International Congress of Ophthalmol- 
ogy met in Washington on April 25 and 26. 
The congress was greeted by Vice-president 
Coolidge. During the first session, Dr. William 
H. Wilmer, of Washington, presided. Repre- 
sentatives of many foreign countries attended 
the meetings. The following officers were 
elected: President, George E. de Schweinitz, 
Philadelphia, and secretary, Luther C. Peter, 
Philadelphia. 


Tue Rockefeller Foundation has offered to 
Indian medical graduates, selected by the scien- 
tific board of the Indian Research Fund, five 
scholarships of $1,000 each, for the purpose 
of graduate public health work in America. 

THE Royal Academy of Belgium has estab- 
lished a prize of 1,000 franes, which will be 
awarded biennially, under the name of the Prix 
O. van Ertborn, for the best work on geology. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 
Unper the will of the late Mr. Henry Mus- 
grave sums amounting to £57,000 have been 
bequeathed to Queen’s University, Belfast. A 
Musgrave Research Studentship will be estab- 
lished. 


A CONFERENCE of Representatives of the 
Universities of the United Kingdom was held on 
May 13 in the Botanical Theater, University 
College, London. The subjects for discussion 
were the urgent need for the provision of en- 
larged opportunities for advanced study and 
research; the increase of residential accommo- 
dation for undergraduate and other students; 
specialization in certain subjects of study by 


566 


certain universities; and the organization of 
adult education as an integral part of the work 
of the universities. 


Dr. Davin P. Barrows, president of the Uni- 
versity of California, on May 16 presented his 
resignation as president. 


Dr. Georce P. Curren, president of Acadia 
University, Nova Scotia, has been elected presi- 
dent of Colgate University at Hamilton, N. Y. 


Dr. Atan Mara Bateman has been ap- 
pointed associate professor of economic geology 
at Yale University, with assignment to the 
Sheffield Scientific School. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 


THE CYTOLOGY OF VEGETABLE CRYSTALS 

THE title of this note involves, especially to 
those of mechanistic outlook, an apparent con- 
tradiction in terms. It is very generally assert- 
ed that erystals of calcium oxalate, the com- 
monest type found in plants, are formed by the 
ordinary processes of crystalization in the fluid 
of the cell sap, occupying the vacuolated center 
of the mature vegetable cell. It is the inten- 
tion of the present preliminary statement to 
call attention to the fact that this deseription 
of the mode of formation of vegetable erystals 
is in all respects profoundly inaccurate. The 
commonest type of erystal of calcium oxalate 
is the compound crystal or druse which pre- 
vails from the Ginkgoales to the Angiosperme. 
The most favorable object for study is Ginkgo. 
Longitudinal and transverse sections through 
the mature tissues as well as through the grow- 
ing points show the presence of druses in great 
numbers, and often of large size, particularly 
in the pith, cortex, and phloem. In spite of 
the presence of such erystals, sections as thin 
as five micromillimeters can easily be cut off 
the tissues. When these are stained and 
mounted the erystals stand out with particular 
clearness as occupying practically the entire 
lumen of the cell. 

When measures are taken to remove the 
ealcium oxalate by the use of solvents, the 
presence of an organic matrix in the erystals 
becomes obvious, as a residuum maintaining 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1430 


the form of the erystals after the lime com- 
pound itself has disappeared. If sections are 
made in proximity to the growing point, a 
very interesting situation becomes apparent. 
The cells in this region are densely filled with 
protoplasm and those which are to produce 
crystals are easily recognized from the first. 
They contain, as do other young cells, a central 
nucleus and it is obvious in demineralized sec- 
tions that the crystals are laid down about the 
nucleus, when the protoplasm of the element is 
still dense and unvacuolated. From the very 
beginning the erystals occupy practically the 
whole lumen of the cell and more or less proto- 
plasm surrounds the xnucleus which is the 
organic center of the druses. The crystals in 
fact constitute an irregular spiny casing, which 
surrounds the nucleus and protoplasm. Even 
in very large and old erystals indications of 
the presence of a nucleus can frequently be 
demonstrated by appropriate methods. 

Similar observations have been made in the 
case of crystals of oxalate of lime, so commonly 
present as a metabolic byproduct in the 
Dicotyledons. Particularly favorable objects 
for such studies are the Juglandacex, Cactacee, 
Begoniacee, Gerianiacee, etc. In  angio- 
spermous species the nucleus becomes obscured 
at a very much earlier stage of development of 
the erystal and not infrequently the latter does 
not occupy the whole lumen of the cell as in 
Ginkgo. 

Apparently the most interesting fact in the 
present connection is that compound erystals 
or druses are not formed in plants by the ordi- 
nary routine of crystallization in the watery 
fluid of the cell sap, as has been universally 
stated and supposed; but by the action of 
living protoplasm and under the influence of 
the nucleus, which is central to the crystal 
itself. Corresponding to this fact there is only 
one druse in each cell. A further surprising 
fact is that the cell-wall in many cases grows 
in size to accommodate the crystal under the 
influence of protoplasm contained within the 
crystal itself. This condition constitutes a 
yery serious problem for those mechanists who 
attempt to explain all the properties of living 
beings by the so-called artificial cell and col- 
loidal chemistry. The erystal-containing cells 


May 26, 1922] 


of the seed-plants do not appear to fit into 
this conception in even an approximately satis- 
factory manner. 
E. C. JEFFREY 
LABORATORIES OF PLANT MoRPHOLOGY, 
HarvaRD UNIVERSITY 


RIVER-BANK MOVEMENTS DUE TO THE 
EARTH’S ROTATION 

To tHE Eprror or Science: In Science, 
March 17, Mr. O. E. Jennings ealls attention 
to a difference between the east and west banks 
of one of the short streams flowing across the 
almost flat southern slope of Long Island: “An 
almost imperceptibly sloping eastern bank and 
a western bank rising quite steeply.” Mr. 
Jennings says, “This peculiar situation has long 
been accepted rather generally by geologists 
and ‘physiographers as due to the westerly 
deflection of streams by the earth’s rotation” 
(italies mine). The statement just quoted is 
doubtless an accidental slip. The fact is that 
because of the earth’s rotation longitudinal 
rivers in the northern hemisphere erode their 
right banks—whether they flow south or north. 

In offering another hypothesis for those 
Long Island banks Mr. Jennings makes the 
justifiable suggestion that the stream in ques- 
tion—as regards length and velocity—is incom- 
petent for securing through the earth’s rota- 
tion the effects observed. If it has a narrow 
channel and carries a small volume of water 
these items should be added to its other dis- 
qualifications. And finally, the latitude of 
Long Island—less than half the distance from 
‘the Equator to the North Pole—is none too 
favorable for river-bank movement due to the 
earth’s behavior as a heavenly body. 

In this connection reference may here be 
made to the unquestionable evidence of the 
earth’s rotation afforded by the Yenisei. There 
is probably nowhere else in the world any other 
stream so favorable for the study of bank 
movement on a vast scale. This for three rea- 
sons: This Siberian river is closely longi- 
tudinal; of great size; and so far north that a 
considerable section of it lies within the Arctic 
Cirele. Dr. Fridtjof Nansen, who -has sailed 
up this river from its mouth to Yeniseisk—a 
distance of more than a thousand miles— 
writes of the very pronounced contrast be- 


SCIENCE 


_ in a ship or boat.” 


567 


tween the east and west banks. “Hivery one 
going up the Yenisei must be struck with the 
remarkable difference between the east and 
west sides of the river. While the flat land on 
the east is comparatively high and falls 
abruptly with a steep bank to the river, a 
steeply sloping beach and relatively deep water 
outside, the land on the west is strikingly low. 
The steep river bank is not high, and the bare 
sandy beach slopes quite gently to the water, 
with a shelving bottom far beyond it, so that 
as a rule it is not easy to approach this shore 
And again, “Tt is striking 
how much higher and steeper the east bank is 
than the west everywhere along here.” 


Dr. Nansen’s observations! of this northern 
river and his discussion of what he saw forms 
a distinct contribution to the literature of the 
subject of such river-bank movements as are 
to be referred to the rotation of the earth. 


ELLEN Hayes 
WELLESLEY, Mass. 


THE DECOMPOSITION OF TUNGSTEN 


Sir Ernest RvuTHERFORD, in the statement 
copied from Nature in the April 21 issue of 
ScIENCE, was in the very difficult position of 
being “asked to say a few words’ in comment 
on a brief cablegram to the London Times 
which was itself based on an exaggerated Asso- 
ciated Press dispatch to American newspapers 
concerning the preliminary and oral but as yet 
unpublished report of Mr. Clarence E. Irion 
and myself on the apparent decomposition of 
tungsten at extremely high temperatures. He 
mentions the need of a complete report before 
intelligent comment is possible, but proceeds 
to make-three points which are properly con- 
servative and entirely correct but, as will be 
seen from the complete paper upon its pub- 
lication in the Journal of the American Chem- 
ical Society, which are all irrelevant. In view 
of the publicity given to Sir Ernest’s comments 
in Nature and in Sctmncz, however, a few 
words in reply are needed. 

The first point is that the appearance of 
helium has often been observed in electrical 


1 Nansen, Fridtjof: Through Siberia, the Land 
of the Future, 71, 72, 73, and 157, 158, ete. 


568 


discharge tubes during the past ten years but 
that “it has been generally assumed that this 
helium has in some way been occluded in the 
bombarded material.” True; we have a list 
of no less than 37 papers, most of them pub- 
lished in the years 1912 to 1915, engaged in 
this inconclusive argument. In spite of the 
application of the best experimental skill no 
agreement was reached and Rutherford’s con- 
clusion is the general one. Yet there are some 
of the final experiments, particularly those of 
Collie, which challenge that conclusion and: the 
problem is still one of the most attractive and 
important of recent times. Certainly it urges 
conservatism and the most rigorous criticism, 
yet not one of the papers shows that helium 
can not be produced and all call for the appli- 
cation of some entirely new method to the same 
problem. That we have now accomplished. 


The second point is that a measure of the 
energy produced by the atomic decomposition, 
as predicted by modern theories of atomic 
structure, would be “a much more definite and 
much more delicate test of disintegration of the 
heavy elements into helium than the spectro- 
scope.” This is a rare example of the prefer- 
ence for theory over fact, though saved by the 
use of the word “test” instead of “proof,” and 
the chemist will be slow to accept it. Our 
work has not gone far enough to permit the 
measurement of the energy evolved but the 
latter is certainly not as large as would be ex- 
. pected from the energy liberated in the dis- 
integration of radium. Yet lack of the the- 
oretical energy does not explain away the 
formation of a cubic centimeter of permanent 
gas from half a milligram of tungsten wire, 
though it demands careful serutiny and, if con- 
firmed, some explanation. Perhaps a lesser 
energy content accompanies the greater sta- 
bility of the permanent metals, for even among 
the radioactive elements the violence of disin- 
tegration varies inversely with the stability. 

Finally Sir Ernest points out that no helium 
has been observed in X-ray tubes operating at 
100,000 volts, where electron impacts are even 
more violent than in our experiments. But the 
quantity of energy impressed on the target is 
here minute, the tube current being measured 
in milliamperes or less, whereas it is the essence 
of our method to introduce as much as a 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1430 


coulomb of electricity into the wire within 
1/300,000th of a second, or many millions of 
times as much in terms of power. We suppose 
that it is temperature as such, 7. e., the high 
velocity collisions of the atomic nuclei with 
one another, that effects the atomic decomposi- 
tion. 

We appreciate and welcome the spirit of 
Rutherford’s criticisms. Indeed it is for the 
purpose of eliciting such eriticism and stimu- 
lating the laboratory study by other investi- 
gators that we are publishing our work in its 


* present preliminary form. The importance of 


the problem warrants it. 

The real question now raised concerns the 
broadcasting of the results of scientific re- 
searches by our publicity agencies. This is an 
important function and science has suffered 
from its neglect. Yet our experience shows 
that it can be overdone, for here is a research 
heralded as “transmutation” to millions of 
newspaper readers in at least six countries: 
it is not transmutation in any proper meaning 
of that term, it is merely a preliminary report 
by no means accepted by, or offered to, the 
scientific world as conclusive, and it must still 
wait months before it can be properly pub- 
lished in the appropriate scientific journal for 
the study of those who are competent to ap- 
praise it. Meanwhile it is the duty of scientists 
to urge prudence and conservative judgment, 
as Sir Ernest Rutherford has done. Our pub- 
licity problems are not solved when we have 
increased the effectiveness of contact with the 
press. 

GeraLp L. WENDT 

CHIcAGo, ILLINOIS 


SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE 


RECENT WORK ON SOIL ACIDITY AND 
PLANT DISTRIBUTION 

Wuen three independent investigators, liv- 
ing in different countries, and not knowing of 
one another’s activities, hit upon a similar 
method of study and reach essentially the same 
conclusions concerning a set of natural phe- 
nomena, it is not unreasonable to infer that a 
correct understanding of the relations has been 
reached. For many years it has been cus- 
tomary to regard soil acidity as having no par- 
ticular bearing on the distribution of native 


May 26, 1922] 


plants. The Danish ecologist Warming, it is 
true, distinguished a group of “oxylophytes’”— 
acid place plants—but he had few followers. 
Coville! was successful in cultivating the wild 
blueberry and other Hricacee by maintaining 
the soil in an acid state, but this was looked 
upon by most botanists as anomalous and ex- 
ceptional. Because supposed oxylophytes were 
oceasionally found growing with supposed 
“calcicoles’—lime dwellers—ecologists in gen- 
eral have been inclined to discredit the ex- 
istence of any definite relation between native 
plants and soil acidity. During the last few 
years, however, newly developed methods of 
interpreting and determining acidity have 
been applied in several widely separated 
regions—Sweden,? Denmark,? the northeastern 
United States,* (and subsequently in India and 
in England®), with the same result in all cases: 
recognition of the great significance of the 
acidity of the soil in controlling the growth and 
distribution of native plants. 

The three investigators in question have 
found independently that the active acidity of 
a soil can be definitely determined by stirring 
up a sample with pure water and testing the 
extract with indicators adapted to show by 
their color changes the hydrogen-ion concen- 
tration. Arrhenius and the writer take their 
soil samples from the roots of the plants under 
study, while Olsen takes his at a uniform 


1‘¢Eixperiments in Blueberry Culture,’’ 1910, 
United States Department of Agriculture Bureau 
of Plant Industry Bulletin No. 193. 

2 Olof Arrhenius: W@cologische Studien in den 


Stockholmer Schaeren. Stockholm, 1920.  Re- 
view in Ecology, II, 223-228, 1921. 
3 Carsten Olsen: Studier over Jordbundens 


Brintionenkoncentration og dens Betydning for 
Vegetationen, saerlig for Plantefordelingen % 
Naturen. Copenhagen, 1921. Abstract in ScreNncg, 
LIV, 539-541, 1921. English edition promised. 
4Edgar T. Wherry: A series of papers on 
ferns, orchids, Ericacee, ete. 1916 ; also: 
“*Soil Acidity and a Field Method for Its Meas- 
urement.’’ Hcology, I, 160-173, 1920; to be pub- 
lished in collected form in the Appendix to the 
Smithsonian Annual Report for 1920. (In 1922). 
5 W. R. G. Atkins: ‘‘ Relation of the Hydrogen- 
ion Concentration of the Soil to Plant Distribu- 
tion.’’ Nature, CVIII, 80-81, 1921. Also Sci. 
Proc. Royal Dublin Acad., XVI, 369-413, 1922. 


SCIENCE 


569 


depth of 10 cm. His samples are therefore 
representative only of the plants rooting at 
that depth, and not of the shallower or deeper 
rooted ones. This renders his data as to some 
plants uncertain, since most soils show a 
marked acidity gradient, which may amount 
to as much as 0.1 py unit (equivalent to a fac- 
tor of 1.25 in specific acidity) per centimeter 
in depth. 

In a recent review, Clements® has shown that 
the production of acidity in bog soils is con- 
nected with lack of aeration; but it does not 
follow that the same is true of upland soils. 
In the writer’s experience the highest acidities 
in them occur among rock fragments at the 
summits of mountains, in the dry sands of pine 
barrens, and in the most loosely packed and 
thoroughly aerated vegetable débris. This 
acidity is presumably due chiefly to the devel- 
opment in the soil of such acids as acetic, citric, 
and lactic, which, like their production for food 
purposes, is an aerobic oxidation process. In 
bogs, therefore, there is likely to be an increase 
of acidity with depth, in dry-land soils a de- 
crease. 

Before determining the acidity of a soil, 
Arrhenius and Olsen allow the water suspen- 
sion to stand for as much as 24 hours, and 
then filter. The writer feels that long standing 
of a soil in contact with excess water may 
enable reactions, with resulting acidity changes, 
to take place which would not occur when the 
soil is in its natural condition, so that fairly 
prompt testing seems preferable. Moreover, 
filtration removes fine material which may well 
contribute to the effect of the soil on a plant, 
and therefore should be allowed to affect the 
indicators also. Arrhenius and Olsen make 
their determinations of the acidity of the mod- 
ified and purified soil extracts with great pre- 
cision, using a comparator, the former recom- 
mending, however, that a method of deter- 
mination should always fit the sample. The 
writer, finding that the variation from one 
root to another of a single plant, or from one 
individual to another of the same species, often 
amounts to 0.5 py unit, or a factor of 3 in 


6 “Aeration and Air-content; the Rdle of Oxy- 
gen in Root Activity.’’? Carnegie Institution of 
Washington Publ., 315, 183 pp., 1921. 


570 


specifie acidity, developed his method so that 
it would yield just this degree of precision. 
These points are mentioned specially because 
Olsen, in the Danish paper, criticizes the 
writer’s method severely on the basis of “inac- 
curacy.” But if a soil, the acidity of which 
varies in general by a factor of 3, is sampled 
at an arbitrary depth and then altered by long 
soaking and filtration, there is certainly noth- 
ing to be gained by making highly precise 
acidity determinations on the resulting extract. 
Indeed, both Arrhenius and Olsen, upon assem- 
bling the results obtained on given species or 
associations of plants, also find that there is 
always a range of at least 0.5 in py (a factor 
of 3 in specific acidity). The fact that all 
three come to recognize the same range indi- 
cates that it is of fundamental significance. 
All three investigators find that the soils of 
native plants in general extend from a specific 
acidity of a few thousand to a specific alka- 
linity of about 10. All find that the greatest 
mumber of species as well as of individuals 
oceur in soils lying just to the acid side of the 


neutral point. And, most remarkable of all, it 


turns out that many individual species of plants 
have essentially the same soil acidity prefer- 
ences in Europe as in America, indicating that 
this is not a question of location, climate, or 
surroundings, but a physiological feature of 
the species. For illustration: the lily-of-the- 
valley, Convallaria majalis, grows in Denmark 
in soils of specifie acidity 1000 to 400. Iso- 
lated colonies of this plant ir the southern 
Appalachian Mountains have been studied by 
the writer and found to have specific acidity 
500 to 300, practically the same range. He- 
patica (Hepatica triloba or Anemone Hepatica) 
shows in Denmark preference for soils rang- 
ing from neutral (specific alkalinity 1) to spe- 
cific alkalinity 8. In America a near relative 
of the European plant thrives best in black 
leafmold with an average specific alkalinity 
of 3. 

How soil acidity affects plants is a subject 
requiring further investigation. Olsen’s data 
led him to infer that the action may be direct, 
but others have found that it is usually indi- 
rect. There is evidence both for and against 
the view that the acidity affects primarily sym- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1430 


biotic organisms, and only indirectly through 
them the higher plants. Recent American 
work has indicated that the effect of acidity is 
produced largely through the agency of alum- 
inium or iron salts, although Olsen is unable 
to find evidence of their toxicity. But in view 
of the general agreement of the results of the 
three independent investigators as above out- 
lined, it can no longer be questioned that soil 
acidity is of fundamental importance in con- 
trolling the distribution of native plants. 
Ep@ar T. WHERRY 
"U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
THE EINSTEIN EQUATIONS FOR THE SOLAR 
FIELD FROM THE NEWTONIAN POINT 
OF VIEW 

1. Asout a year ago I determined the law 
of attraction from the Newtonian point of 
view of action at a distance which gives the 
equations of planetary motion obtained in the 
Einstein theory. Two months ago Professor 
Birkhoff, of Harvard, told me that he had ob- 
tained similar results in his class this year, and 
suggested that I publish my results. In doing 
so I am not advocating the rejection of the 
Einstein point of view which seems to me the 
correct one, but I am merely indicating a mod- 
ification in the Newtonian law which will ac- 
count for the motion of the perihelion of Mer- 
cury and the deflection of hght rays. It may 
be also that by means of this formulation of 
the law it will be possible to solve, with suffi- 
cient accuracy, problems which are not readily 
handled by means of the equations of general 
relativity. 

2. The Schwarzschild form of the linear ele- 
ment of the Einstein field: of gravitation of a 
mass m at rest with respect to the space-time 
frame of reference is 
(1) ds? = 

2m 
(128) ae — 


7 2m 


dr? — r2(d92 + sin2d 92) 


a 
where r, 4 and 9 are the space coordinates as 
measured by astronomers, and ¢ is the coor- 
dinate of time. 


May 26, 1922 


If we write 
O\ir= 


2m h iP 2 ‘ 
(: ) $2 r 72.92 } 
’ r r— 2m 


where dots indicate derivatives with respect to 
s, the world-lines of particles in the gravita- 
tional field are the curves in the 4-space for 
which the integral 

(3) "Ids 

is stationary. The conditions that (3) be sta- 
tionary are four differential equations of the 
second order. From one of them it follows 
that the path is plane; the coordinates may be 
chosen so that the equation of the plane is 


sin2§g2) 


6 = 0. Two of the other equations admit as 
first integrals 
Ct Naina eA 
4 ps eal era 
(4) ds 2m’? 
sf Ses senate 
5 
: dg 
5 Boe sf 
(5) ie t, 


where A and h are constants. It is readily 
shown that J = k, a constant, is a first integral 
of the four equations. When & is not zero, s 
can be chosen so that k = 1. Then we have 


6 = 0, (4), (5), and 
@ (Z) +“(Z) - 
2m h2 


Ge hy ans 
Ts 


for the equations of a world-line of a particle 
in the gravitational field. 

When 7 = 0, the integral (3) is stationary 
and the corresponding world-lines are those of 
light in accordance with the Einstein theory. 
Their equations are (4), (5) and 


(7) (“) +2(4 i = A? 4+ 2m 


Some writers have obtained these equations by 
solving I = 0 for dt and expressing the con- 
dition that fat be stationary, in accordance 
with the Fermat principle. The above method 
was given by Professor Veblen in his lectures, 
and appears also in Laue, Die Relativitiits- 
theorie, Vol. 2, p. 225. Putting IT = 0 in (2), 
we see that the units are such that the velocity 
of light is unity for 7 = oo, and that it dimin- 
ishes as the light approaches the sun. If the 


SCIENCE 571 


unit of length is taken as a kilometer, then the 
unit of time is 1/300,000 of a second. 

3. In classical mechanics for a central force 
of attraction f(r) the equations are 


(8) oe, 


and 


(ZY +e) +2 feon=s 


where h and £ are constants. For planetary 
motion about the sun, whose mass in gravita- 
tional units is denoted by m, equation (9) as- 
sumes the form , 


0) (Z) 


where a is the semi-major axis. For the solar 
system m/a and m/r are of the order of 10-8, 
for the units previously defined. Thus if we 
identify A? — 1 in (6) with —m/a in (10), 
A — 1 =: 10-8 approximately. Then from 
a 

(4), = = 1+ 3/2 10-3 
shows the order of discrepancy so far as the 
solar system is concerned in interpreting ds and 
dt as the same in (5), (6), (8) and (9) (ef. 
Eddington, Report, p. 50). 

It is well-known that it is the term 2mh?/r? 
in (6) which accounts for the motion of the 
perihelion of Mercury. Comparing (6) and 
(9), we see that from the point of view of 
action at a distance this is accounted for if we 


take 
3h2 —). 


From the preceding remarks it follows that if 
we put 


>( dg 2 m 2m 
at raat a r 


approximately, which 


(11) 1G) =m 


dg 


12 = 
Co) es ds 


then w may be interpreted as the angular ve- 
locity of the planet about the sun. Then from 
(5), (11) and (12) we have that 

(13) The attraction = 


1 m 
n(= + 3?) ==) (Li 302) 
r2 r2 


where v is the component of the velocity per- 
pendicular to the radius vector. 

We have remarked in the preceding that the 
velocity of light at oc is equal to 1 in the units 


572 


chosen. If we denote it by ¢ in any system of 
units, we may formulate the law as follows: 

Two bodies attract one another inversely as 
the square of their distance and directly as the 
product of their masses and (1 + 3v°/c?), 
where v is the component of their relative ve- 
locity perpendicular to the line joining the 
bodies. 

The form (1) is obtained from the Einstein 
theory on the hypothesis that the planet is 
small in comparison with the sun. It may be 
that the above law applies only to this case. 
However, it may be that the law would work 
if the bodies were approximately of the same 
mass. As formulated the law enables one to 
set up the differential equations of » bodies in 
a manner analogous to the classical theory. It 
would be interesting to know whether known 
discrepancies in the motion of the moon would 
be overcome by the use of this law. 

Although the term 3v7/c? produces an ob- 
servable effect only in the ease of Mercury, it 
may produce a significant effect in molecular 
motion. 

4. When in like manner equation (7) is com- 
pared with (9) we find that for a ray of light 
the attraction is 
(14) 3mw" 
where w may be interpreted as the angular 
velocity of the light about the sun. Thus it is 
the term 3mo* in (13) which accounts for the 
deflection of light, and the term m/r? does 
not enter. Einstein and his followers have cal- 
culated the deviation of light by noting that 
the velocity changes in a manner analogous to 
that of a refracting medium, and by applying 
Huygen’s principle. Since the same term ap- 
pears in the attraction of a planet, it may 
very well be that the sun affects the medium 
through which both the light and planets pass, 
and that the difference between Newton’s law 
and (13) is due to this situation. From ‘this 
point of view one would expect that the law 


1T have just found that A. V. Backlund in the 
Arkiv for Matematik, Astronomioch Fysik, Vols. 
14 and 15 (just received) has made an extensive 
study of the relation between classical dynamics 
and the Einstein theory of gravitation. In the 
course of his three articles he obtains equation 
(11) and one similar to (13). 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1430 


would not be accurate for two or more bodies 
of relatively the same mass, but it may lead to 
a sufficiently close approximation. 


LutTHER PFAHLER HISENHART 
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY 


THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR 
THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 


SECTION F—ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES AND 
ASSOCIATED SOCIETIES 


Ar the Toronto meeting of the American 
Association for the Advancement of Science, 
December 27-31, 1921, Section F (Zoology) 
offered no separate program, but met jointly 
with the American Society of Zoologists. The 
program was arranged by the latter society. 

Six joint sessions were held, the program 
including 101 titles distributed by subject as 
follows: embryology, 4; cytology, 8; compara- 
tive anatomy, 7; evolution and genetics, 24; 
ecology and zoogeography (with the Ecological 
Society of America), 13; general zoology, 2; 
protozoology, 2; parasitology, 22; comparative 
and general physiology, 17; unclassified, 2. 

The session of Friday afternoon, December 
30, was devoted to a symposium on ortho- 
genesis. A biologists’ smoker was held Wednes- 
day evening, December 28, and the zoologists’ 
dinner Friday evening, December 30. 

The business meeting of Section F' took place 
at the morning session on December 29, with 
Vice-president Kofoid acting as chairman. 
M. M. Metealf is vice-president for Section F 
for 1922. J. A. Detlefsen was elected a mem- 
ber of the section committee for four years in 
place of the retiring member, A. M. Reese. 

F. R. Lille presented the following resolu- 
tions drawn up by a conference of representa- 
tives of the biological societies in regard to a 
proposed federation of biological societies: 

RESOLVED: 1. That it is the sense of this con- 
ference that an inter-society conference should be 
called to study and report upon the feasibility 
of federation of the biological societies and to 
develop plans for the said federation. 

2. That for the purpose of effecting such an 
organization, each society, and Sections F and G 
of the American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science, be requested to designate its 
president and secretary as members of an inter- 


May 26, 1922] 


society council which shall be authorized (1) to 
deal with all matters of common interest, such as 
pooling of programs, that are consistent with the 
existing regulations of the constituent societies, 
and (2) to draw up proposals for a constitution 
and by-laws of a federation of the societies in 
question, and to present them for action at the 
next annual meeting. 

The Section voted that the resolutions of the 
conference be adopted. 

Independent programs were arranged by the 
following societies affiliated with Section F— 
The Entomological Society of America, The 
American Association of Economie Entomolo- 
gists; and by the following societies affiliated 
with Sections F and G jointly—The American 
Society of Naturalists, The Ecological Society 
of America, The American Microscopical So- 
ciety (business meeting only), The American 
Nature-Study Society. 

Herbert W. Rann, 
Secretary, Section F 


SECTION G—BOTANICAL SCIENCES AND 
ASSOCIATED SOCIETIES 

Section G held its session on Wednesday 
afternoon, December 28, 1921, in conjunction 
with the Botanical Society of America and the 
American Phytopathological Society. There 
was a large attendance at this meeting, and the 
symposium, though involving several papers, 
was not unduly long. Professor Rodney H. 
True, retiring vice-president for Section G, 
delivered his address on “The physiological 
significance of caleium for higher green plants,” 
which has been published in Science, Vol. LV, 
p. 1, January 6, 1922. The vice-presidential 
address was followed by a symposium on “The 
Species Concept,” at which the following 
papers were read: (1) “From the viewpoint 
of the systematist,”’ Charles F. Millspaugh; 
(2) “From the viewpoint of the geneticist,” 
George H. Shull; (3) “From the viewpoint of 
the morphologist,’ R. A. Harper; (4) “From 
the viewpoint of the bacteriologist and physi- 
ologist,” Guilford B. Reed; (5) “From the 
viewpoint of the pathologist,” E. C. Stakman. 
The writers of these papers cooperated splen- 
didly, both in division of subject matter and 
in time of presentation. The results seem to 
confirm the expressed belief of many botanists 


SCIENCE 


573 


that a symposium of general interest, making 
appeal to workers in all the principal fields, 
is well worth while. 

At the business session of Section G, John 
T. Buchholz, of the University of Arkansas, 
was elected to be a member of the section com- 
mittee, his term of office to end January 1, 
1926. Professor F. E. Lloyd of MeGill Uni- 
versity, was selected as vice-president for See- 
tion G for 1922. 

Botanical Society of America.—tThis society 
held sessions beginning Wednesday morning, 
December 28, 1921, and continuing through 
Friday. On Thursday afternoon the Myco- 
logical Section held a joint session with the 
American Phytopathological Society, and on 
Thursday afternoon the Physiological Section 
met in conjunction with the American Society 
for Horticultural Science and the Ecological 
Society of America. At the sessions of the 
Botanical Society of America, eighty-seven 
scientific contributions were read. The dinner 
for all botanists was held on Friday evening. 
After the dinner Dr. Marshall Howe read “A 
Communieation from the Retiring Vice-presi- 
dent,’ Dr. N. L. Britton. 

American Phytopathological Society.—Ses- 
sions of this society were begun on Wednes- 
day morning, December 28, and continued 
until Saturday morning. At the business ses- 
sions of this society the following officers were 
elected: President, E. C. Stakman, University 
of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minn.; vice-president, 
N. J. Giddings, University of West Virginia, 
Morgantown, W. Va.; secretary and treasurer, 
G. R. Lyman, Bureau of Plant Industry, 
Washington, D. C. One hundred and seven 
scientific contributions were read during the 
sessions. The Phytopathologists’ dinner was 
held on Thursday evening, the dinner being 
followed by a diseussion of important topies, 
and a short business session. 

Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts.— 
Business meetings of the Board of Control 
were held on Tuesday, Wednesday and Thurs- 
day. During these meetings various matters 
were given attention including the election of 
editors and various considerations in connec- 
tion with the publication, financial support, 
and cireulation of Botanical Abstracts. 


574 


The Toronto meeting, from the viewpoint of 
the botanists, was a very successful gathering, 
and the attendance of plant workers was 
greater than had been anticipated. 

Rosert B. WYtts, 
Secretary 


SECTION I—PSYCHOLOGY 


THE meeting of Section I (Psychology) at 
Toronto was a very successful one. Although 
the affiliated society was meeting elsewhere, a 
considerable number of American psychologists 
attended the sessions, and to these were added 
several Canadian psychologists and a good 
many professional men and women who are 
interested in psychology from the point of 
view of its practical applications to education, 
business, criminology and related fields. The 
program was enriched by contributions from 
a number of men who represented these inter- 
ests. The discussion of the papers was lively 
and in some sessions had to be limited for lack 
of time. The attendance at the meetings aver- 
aged about 25 and reached 125 at one session. 

As is usual, there was at the Toronto meet- 
ing an intimate relation between the sessions 
of Sections I and Q (Education). Sessions 
were held conveniently in the same building, 
and two were joint sessions. The papers in 
these sessions dealt with mental tests or with 
psychological studies in education. There was 
apparent in the discussions of mental tests a 
disposition to examine somewhat more critically 
the conclusions to be drawn from the results 
of mental tests than has prevailed in the past. 
Of the other papers special mention may be 
made of one by Professor Thorndike in which 
he distinguished two types of equation—the 
equation for solution and the equation which 
expresses relationship—and advised that spe- 
cial care be taken to avoid confusion between 
the two. 

The first session was devoted to general 
papers. Professor Dale discussed the place of 
psychology in university curricula, emphasiz- 
ing the need of giving it reality by relating it 
to the practical problems of life. Professors 
Brett and Pillsbury discussed a number of the 
important issues on which modern psycholo- 


gists differ, and Professor Weiss discussed 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1430 


variability in behavior as a basis of social 
interaction. 

One morning session was devoted to applied 
psychology. The problems in this field were 
discussed from the point of view of employ- 
ment relations, of job analysis, and of dealing 
with the handicapped in occupation, by Mr. 
George W. Allen, Professor EH. K. Strong, Jr., 
and Mr. Norman L. Burnett, respectively. Dr. 
Alfred E. Lavell, chief parole officer of On- 
tario, described the beneficial effects of super- 
vised employment upon paroled prisoners. 

The last session opened with two general 
papers on mental tests and their significance. 
Professor William D. Tait argued that educa- 
tion should be highly selective and adapted to 
intellectual capacity. Dr. R. M. Yerkes em- 
phasized the need of other types of mental 
examination in addition to intelligence tests. 
The results of psychiatric and _ intellectual 
examination of Illinois prisoners were pre- 
sented by Dr. Herman M. Adler. In agree- 
ment with the results of an Ohio study, his 
examination showed that prisoners are not a 
select group intellectually. He indicated, how- 
ever, that they do exhibit anomalies of behavior. 
Psychiatry in the publie schools was discussed 
by Dr. Eric K. Clarke. <A study of the diver- 
gence between the color preferences of Indians 
and whites was reported by Professor T. R. 
Garth. 

The address of the retiring vice-president, 
Professor E. K. Strong, Jr., dealt with the 
problem of propaganda. He discussed and 
illustrated propaganda in business, politics, 
and social reform (or pseudo-reform), and 
raised the question whether it is possible to 
control it or neutralize its effects. Control he 
recognized as very difficult, but suggested that 
it might be necessary to modify the legal 
theory of refraining from interference until 
propaganda could be shown to issue in overt 
acts. The essential nature of propaganda is 
appeal to the emotions, and this makes control 
useless unless it takes effect when the general 
emotional foundation for overt action is being 
laid. The emotional character of propaganda 
also makes difficult its control through merely 
intellectual illumination. 

A joint dinner and smoker with Section Q 


May 26, 1922] 


was held on Wednesday evening at which short 
speeches were made by Dr. R. M. Yerkes and 
Dr. H. Addington Bruce. 

The vice-president of the section for next 
year’s meeting, at Boston, is Professor Ray- 
mond Dodge, and the new section committee- 
man is Dr. Yerkes. 

Frank N. FREEMAN 
Secretary, Section I 


SECTION O—AGRICULTURE AND ASSO- 
CIATED SOCIETIES 


Section O met on Wednesday afternoon, 
December 28, 1921, with six associated socie- 
ties. The program of the meeting consisted of 
a symposium on “The Cooperation of Canada 
and the United States in the Field of Agricul- 
ture.” Dr. EH. W. Allen, of Washington, de- 
livered the retiring vice-presidential address on 
“The Method of Science in Agriculture,” call- 
ing attention to the importance of the utiliza- 
tion of the most accurate scientific methods in 
agricultural investigations, pointing out ways 
in which certain lines of study now under way 
may be made more comprehensive and urging 
that attention be given constantly to the im- 
provement of methods and that the interpreta- 
ion of all results be based more directly upon 
the methods employed in the work. 

Following the vice-presidential address, the 
following papers were read: 

Marketing Conditions in Canada: 
LeircH, Ontario Agricultural College, 
Canada. i 

Organization for research in the United States: 
L. R. Jones, chairman, Division of Biology and 
Agriculture, National Research Council. 

Cooperation in research: J. H. GRISDALE, dep- 
uty minister of agriculture, Ottawa, Canada. 

Some economic aspects of the wheat situation: 
(Illustrated with lantern slides): CarLeron R. 
Ball, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, 
D.C. 

History and development of the Canadian Soci- 
ety of Technical Agronomists: F. H. GRINDLEY, 
Gardenvale, P. Q., Canada. 

The attendance at the meeting was very 
gratifying, over 50 persons being present. The 
addresses which were given were extremely 
interesting, and each was followed by consid- 
erable discussion. Particular interest was evi- 


ARCHIE 
Guelph, 


SCIENCE 


575 


denced in the suggestions regarding organized 
research and greater cooperation between the 
United States and Canada in the development 
of research activities. 

At the business session of the section, R. W. 
Thatcher, of the New York Agricultural Ex- 
periment Station, Geneva, N. Y., was elected 
vice-president, and E. W Allen, of the United 
States Department of Agriculture, Washing- 
ton, D. C., was elected a member of the section 
committee, his term of office to end January 1, 
1926. 

At the conclusion of the meeting a dinner 
was held at Queen’s Hall; a large number of 
the members of the section were in dttendance. 
This proved to be a most enjoyable occasion, 
and it is hoped that a dinner for Section O 
and all associated societies may be arranged 
at subsequent meetings of the association. 

The meeting and dinner of Section O were 
highly successful in every way, and all those 
in attendance were enthusiastically in favor of 
having similar arrangements made for later 
meetings. The associated societies all have 
their programs; it is conceded that Section O 
should give a more general, somewhat intro- 
ductory, program and one whieh will be of 
interest to all agricultural organizations. This 
feature of the program at Toronto was par- 
ticularly successful, the dinner being an inno- 
vation which everyone felt had added materially 
to the success of the meeting. 

The American Society of Agronomy.—This 
society held a meeting on Thursday, December 
29, 1921, at which a general program of agro- 
nomic interest was prepared. Ten scientific 
contributions were presented; each was fol- 
lowed by considerable discussion. About 40 
agronomists from Canada and the United 
States were in attendance, and the meeting was 
a most successful one in every way. Matters 
of general interest to both crops and soils men 
were discussed, and the exchange of ideas be- 
tween the Canadian and United States inves- 
tigators was particularly valuable. Since this 
was not the annual meeting of the society, no 
business was transacted. Resolutions were 
adopted, however, urging the continuation of 
the publication of the Hxperiment Station 
Record and the Journal of Agricultural Re- 


i 


576 


search, by the United States Department of 
Agriculture. 

The American Society for Horticultural 
Science-—This society held sessions beginning 
on Wednesday and continuing through Friday. 
The scientific contributions, of which there were 
31, were given in groups under the heading of 
“Breeding,” “Fruit Setting,” “Nutrition,” 
“Growth Studies,’ and “Extension.” 

On Thursday afternoon a joint session with 
the Botanical Society and the Ecological Soci- 
ety consisted of a symposium on “Hrost Re- 
sistance, Hardiness, and Winter Killing of 
Plants.” At the symposium the following 
papers were read: 

Geographical distribution of low temperature 
conditions: ForREST SHREVE, Tucson, Ariz. 

Observation on hardiness in Canada: W. T. 
Macoun, Ottawa, Canada. 

Relation of water retaining capacity to hardi- 
ness: J. T. Rosa, Jz., Columbia. 

Effect of low temperature storage and freezing 
on fruits and vegetables: L. E. Hawkins, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 

A colloidal chemical basis for resistance to low 
temperatures: R. NEwToN, St. Paul, Minn. 

Physiological and chemical studies of fruits m 
storage: J. R. Magness, Canton, Pa. 

Hardiness from the horticultural point of 
view: M. J. Dorsry, Morgantown, W. Va. 

There was a large attendance of horticul- 
turists, and much interest was evidenced in the 
program at all sessions. 

On Thursday the annual dinner of the society 
was held; this proved a very enjoyable occa- 
sion, the discussion following the dinner center- 
ing around the proposed horticultural journal. 

The Society of American Foresters.—A joint 
meeting of this society was held with the 
Canadian Society of Forest Engineers on 
Tuesday and Wednesday. Thirty-three seien- 
tifie papers were presented at the various ses- 
sions, being grouped under: “Fire Protection 
and Forest Administration,” “Silviculture and 
Forest Pathology,” “Utilization and Wood 
Technology,” “Regulation and Management,” 
and “Forest Botany.” 

The members of the society were entertained 
at dinner on Tuesday evening at the Hart 
House by the Canadian Society. After the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1430 


dinner, the retiring presidential address was 
given by Frederick E. Olmsted, on ‘“Profes- 
sional Ethies.’’ Other informal addresses were 
made on this oceasion. There was a large 
attendance of foresters. The program was very 
much appreciated, and the various papers 
aroused considerable discusson. 

Association of Official Seed Analysts—This 
society met on Wednesday, Thursday and 
Friday, with a general program at each session. 
Thirty scientific papers were presented; there 
was considerable discussion of the various 
papers. One of the most outstanding features 
of the meeting was the report of the president, 


Mr. George H. Clark, on the Copenhagen Con- 


ference. 

Geneticists Interested in Agriculture —This 
society met on Tuesday with a program con- 
sisting of a symposium on “The Genetics Cur- 
riculum in the College of Agriculture.” Four 
papers were presented, and each was followed 
by a general discussion among the members 
present. About forty were in attendance, and 
great interest was evidenced in the methods 
which are being followed at various institutions 
in the teaching of genetics to agricultural stu- 
dents. 

Potato Association of America—This society 
met on Friday with a program consisting of 
reports of standing committees of the society 
on ‘Varietal Nomenclature and Testing,” 
“Market Standards and Marketing,” ‘“Trans- 
portation,’ “Edueational,’ “Judging Stand- 
ards,” “Relation of Varietal Type to Yield,” 
“Investigations on Immature Seed Potatoes,” 
and “Seed Potato Certification Standards.” 

There was a large attendance at the meeting 
of the society, and keen interest was evidenced 
in the papers presented. An exhibit of seed 
potatoes proved of particular interest, many 
of the states being represented, as well as the 
Province of Ontario. At the business session 
of the society, the following officers were 
elected: President, J. G. Milward, Madison, 
Wis.; vice-president, C. A. Zavitz, Guelph, 
Ont.; secretary-treasurer, Wm. Stuart, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 

P.-E. Brown, 
Secretary, Section O, Agriculture 


SCIENCE 


NEw SERIES E aC) 29 SINGLE Copigs, 15 Crs. 
Vou. LV, No. 1431 Pripay, June 2, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


Ranson’s Anatomy 
of the Nervous System 


Dr. Ranson presents anatomy of the nervous system from the dynamic rather than the 
static point of view; that is to say, he lays emphasis jon the developmental and functional 
significance of structure. The student is thus led at the very beginning of his neurologic 
studies to think of the nervous system in its relation to the rest of the living organism. 
This method not only makes the subject interesting, but makes more easy the correlation 
of the various neurologic courses. An outline for a laboratory course in neuro-anatomy 
is included. The text is fully illustrated, there being 260 illustrations, some of them in 


colors. 

Octavo ef 395 pages, illustrated. By Srepuen W. Ranson, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of 

Anatomy in Northwestern University Medical School, Chicago. Cloth, $6.50 net. 
9 5 

Jordan’s General Bacteriology ALENT OOM 


In this work there are extensive chapters on methods of studying bacteria, including 
staining, biochemical tests, cultures, etc.; on development and composition of bacteria; 
on ehzymes and fermentation products; on the bacterial production of pigment, acid, 
and alkali; and on ptomains and toxins. 


Octavo of 744 pages, illustrated. By Epwin O. Jorpan, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology 
in the University of Chicago. Cloth, $5.00 net. 


Fred’s Soil Bacteriology 


The exercises described in this book are arranged primarily for students of soil bacteri- 
ology, soil chemistry and physics, and plant pathology. As far as possible the experi- 
ments are planned to give quantitative results. It is truly a valuable laboratory manual 
—worked out by a teacher and based on the student’s needs. 


12mo of 170 pages, illustrated. By E. B. Frep, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural 
Bacteriology, College of Agriculture, University of Wisconsin. Cloth, $1.50 net. 


Prentiss and Arey’s Embryology gyrep gpirion 


This work has been extensively revised and entirely reset. The actual descriptions have 
been recast and rearranged, a new chapter on the morphogenesis of the skeleton and 
muse¢les has been included, and thirty-nine illustrations replace or supplement certain of 
those in the former edition. The illustrations form an instructive feature. 


Large octavo of 411 pages, with 388 illustrations. By CHarirs W:)Prentiss, Ph.D., 
formerly Professor of Microscopic Anatomy, and Lrsiiz B. Arey, Ph.D:,' Professor of 
Microscopic Anatomy, Northwestern University. Cloth, $5.50 net. 


W. B. SAUNDERS COMPANY, West Washington Sq., Phila. 


il SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


New Books--WILEY--New Editions 
In the Field of Chemistry 


| NEW BOOKS | : 


LABORATORY MANUAL OF SYSTEMATIC QUALITA- FRENCH-ENGLISH 
COLLOID CHEMISTRY TIVE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS DICTIONARY For Chemists 
By By By 
Harry N. Howmes, Ph.D. Geornce W. Sears, Ph.D. Austin M. Partrerson, Ph.D. 
127 pages, 6 by 9, 31 figures, $2.00. 119) pages, © by 9, 4 figures, $1.75 384 pages, 5 by 7, flexible, $3.00 


——$_$__$_$_————$—$——$——$—_— 


THEORIES OF ORGANIC 
CHEMISTRY ea es COLLEGE MANUAL OF SELECTED 
y BICGCHEMICAL METHODS 
Dr. Frerpinanp Henricu.  Trans- By 
lated from the Fourth (1921) Witunam H. Cuarin, Ph.D. By 


Edition, by Pror. Treat B. Joun- 


son and Pror. Dororny A. Haun. Text, 311 pages, 6 by 9, 44 figures, Frank P. Unpernitt, Ph.D. 
620 pages, 6 by 9, illustrated, $6.00 $3.00. Laboratory Manual, 121 232 pages, 6 by 9, illustrated, $3.00 
* (Ready July Ist.) i pages, 6 by 9, 28 figures, $1.50 oF Y 


LABORATORY EXERCISES 
IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 


ORGANIC SYNTHESES, Vol.I 
By 


SOAPS AND PROTEINS 
By 


Rocer Apams, Editor-in-Chief, By “i f i 
Hans TuHacHer CLARKE, JAMES A. W. Davison and H. S. van sbi Martin H. Fiscuer, Ph.D. 
Bryant Conant and Oviver Kamm KLoosTER 272 pages, 6 by 9, 114 figures, 
84 pages, 6 by 9, 7 figures, $1.50 (In Press, Ready July’ 1st.) $4.00 


NEW EDITIONS 


E 


ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY, 


ELEMENTARY CHEMICAL Vol. I, Qualitative Analysis TEXTBOOK OF INORGANIC 
MICROSCOPY. Second Edition Fifth English Edition. By the late CHEMISTRY 
By F. P. Treapwett, Ph.D. Trans- Sixth English Edition. By A. F. 
% D Hotteman, Ph.D. Translated by 
Emite Monnin Cuamort, Ph.D. lated and Revised by Wittiam Hermon Cuartes Cooper. 


Te ITADE Sab 5 
597 pages, 6 by 9, 26 figures, $4.50 


479 pages, 6 by 9, 162 figures, $4.25 528 pages, 6 by 9, 80 figures, $3.50 


QUALITATIVE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS 
By 
H. Wituecrm Fresenius and C. Remicius FRESENIuS 


Translated by C. AtNswortH MITCHELL 


954 pages, 6 by 9, 57 figures, $8.00 


There are many other Wiley Books for chemists in every field. 
Ask for copies on Free Examination terms— 
or send for our Catalog. 


JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc. 


432 FOURTH AVENUE NEW YORK 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 


11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y. 


New York City: Grand Central Terminal 
Annual Subscription, $6.00. Single Copies, 15 Cts. 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the 
Post Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


JUNE 2, 1922 


Vou. LV No. 1431 


CONTENTS 


Contemporary Deterrents to the Process of 
Clinical Medicine: Dr. SypNEY R. MILLER... 
Photoperiodism, the Response of the Plant to 
Relative Length of Day and Night: Dr. 
W. W. GARNER, Dr. H. A. ALLARD.............-- 582 
Fish Parasitism in its relation to the Biolog- 
ical Problems of the Northwest: Dr. 
INGACTETAINT IRVA'S DEN eee ee cece cececsssuvses Stew ceveenncoessecee 583 
The Third Asiatic Expedition of the American 
Museum of Natural History: Dr. Roy 
CHAPMAN ANDREWG........---:--------cccccceeeeeceeeeneees 584 


577 


Scientific Events: 
The University of Halifax; Activities of 
the Rockefeller Foundation; The Annual 
Meeting of the American Ceramic Society ; 
The Illinois State Academy of Science; 
The Third International Congress of the 


History: Of Medteine...........2-.-2.-sac-cessense-ennnseeae 587 
Scientific Notes and: News............-.-----------------02- 590 
University and Educational Notes...............---- 593 


Discussion and Correspondence : 
The Writing of Popular Science: Dr. N. 
Ernest Dorsry, J. O’H. CosGrave. The 
Oniversity of Graz: Dr. L. B. BEcKINe. 
Request for Papers on Geological Diffusion: 
Dr. GEORGE OTIS SMITH............2..2220--0-2---ee- 593 
Atmospheric Pollution: Dr. 
A WopsNI a) 0) eee na ca NY 596 
Special Articles: 
The Pollen Tubes and Abortive Ovules of 
the Globe Mutant of Datura: Dr. JouHn T. 
BucHHouz and Dr. ALBERT F, BLAKESLEE.... 
The Mathematical Association of America: 
Proressor W. D. Cairns 
The Mathematical Society of America: Pro- 
FESSOR R. G. D. RICHARDSON...............1......-.-- 600 


CONTEMPORARY DETERRENTS TO 
THE PROCESS OF CLINICAL 
MEDICINE? 


_ Intropuction.—It has been said that “Meth- 
ods and view points rather than men determine 
periods in the history of medicine.” Following 
an era dominated by the study of structural 
pathology and of those physical signs expres- 
sive of structural change, there occurred a 
rather abrupt transition to a period echarac- 
terized by investigation of the function of the 
various organs of the body in health and dis- 
ease. Within the past fifty years there has 
been an increasing utilization of the sciences 
of chemistry, physics, biology, and mathe- 
matics, employed by investigators in their en- 
deavor to measure function in exact ways, to 
estimate the degree of functional impairment 
in an organ diseased, to establish diagnosis 
upon a functional basis, and to institute 
therapy along lines calculated to prevent func- 
tional deterioration. By some, the contem- 
porary period is termed “the golden age in 
medicine.” That period will have come more 
truly when there is a more appropriate corre- 
lation between functional impairment and 
structural change. Contemporary medicine has 
lost somewhat by its neglect of pathological 
anatomy. 

This “functional” period in medicine has 
been marked by numerous well recognized 
trends. It has witnessed the development of 
an enormous number of laboratory tests and 
procedures. Many mechanical devices and 
instruments of precision have been introduced, 
designed to detect the slightest deviation from 
the so-called normal. The period has been asso- 
ciated with the sub-division of medicine into a 
great number of specialties, and a marked re- 


1 Presidential address read before the American 
Congress on Internal Medicine, at Rochester, 
Minnesota, April 7, 1922 


578 


placement of the general practitioner by spe- 
cialists. Changes have been so varied and rapid 
that medical education has been unable to keep 
pace with the growth of new theories, new 
methods, and new ideas of practice: with a 
result that the medical student of the day is 
subjected to a type of education which is, in 
the words of a well known college president, 
“about half a century behind other forms of 
higher instruction.” Research and prematurely 
published articles are dominant features of the 
time. Progress during this era of “specialized 
functional-diagnosis” has unquestionably been 
great,’ yet humanity comes very far short of 
getting out of the medical profession the aid 
which it is capable of furnishing. 

An analysis of these dominant factors in con- 
temporary medicine reveals a timely and mer- 
ited attempt to reduce medicine to the realms 
of a pure science, or, as one particular enthu- 
siast states it, “Medicine should now be gen- 
erally recognized as an independent science, 
dealing with the phenomena of disease.’ This 
statement may be accepted if by science is 
meant knowledge gained by systematic observa- 
tion, experiment and reasoning. Reason, how- 
ever, must always operate within experience, 
never beyond it. Science is experience becom- 
ing rational. Rationalized science becomes an 
art through the skillful application of knowl- 
edge to practice. 

Clinieal medicine will always remain an art 
expressing itself by the practical application 
of all scientific experience toward the cure, 
alleviation or prevention of disease; in this 
pursuit it does and must enlist in its service 
all of the sciences. “A good internist will be 
a better one if he is well trained in the so- 
called medical sciences, but the sum total of all 
the sciences does not make internal medicine, 
nor is a brilliant scientific education a pre- 
requisite, for a useful clinical career.” The 
sciences give the true clinician some of his most 
useful tools, but they do not constitute his art. 
Many of the factors to which may be ascribed 
the brilliance of contemporary medicine in a 
scientific sense are, in part, at least, responsible 
for some well recognized defects in the practice 
of clinical medicine that may actually hinder 
its progress. A brief consideration of some 
of them would, therefore, seem timely. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


(A) THe Menace or Excessive LaporatorRy 
PROCEDURES 

The elaboration and perfection of a large 
number of laboratory procedures has been a 
natural development in the evolution of con- 
temporary medicine. To deny their usefulness 
would be absurd; to be forced to practice 
clinical medicine without laboratory facilities 
would be disastrous; to deny that important ad- 
vances in clinical medicine have come from lab- 
oratory studies would be untrue. Every one 
admits that the patient dare not be studied at 
the bedside alone. It is certain that laborato- 
ries in the future will continue to play a dom- 
inant réle in the advancement of medicine. It 
is equally true that medical investigation has 
gone more and more away from men engaged 
in clinical practice into the hands of laboratory 
workers, many of whom possess but a limited 
view of the problems which daily beset’ the 
practitioner. The enthusiasm for more accu- 
rate diagnosis characteristic of contemporary 
medicine, has, apparently, led many practi- 
tioners to believe that the laboratory simpli- 
fies everything; many actually seem to draw 
the inference from reading current laboratory 
advertisements, that clinical study can often 
be dispensed with in favor of containers for 
specimens, gratuitously supplied by commer- 
cialized laboratories. This excessive reliance 
upon laboratory tests has hindered the progress 
of clinical medicine in various ways as a 
result of: 

(1) A tendency prematurely to accept and 
apply new laboratory tests of promise. 

(2) The indiscriminate utilization of accept- 
ed laboratory procedures that are in reality of 
value only in a limited domain. 

(3) An improper interpretation of tests of 
known value through ignorance of their clin- 
ical significance. 

(4) An unwise reliance on positive labora- 
tory findings to establish a diagnosis to the 
exclusion of other data, that may, perhaps, be 
much more important. 

One witnesses examples of these and other 
errors almost daily. The total number of lab- 
oratory procedures or tests in themselves patho- 
gnomonically diagnostic is very small.. There 
is practically none if diagnosis is understood 
to inelude, as it should, not only: the cause of 


JUNE 2, 1922] 


the disease, but also its location, and the de- 
grees of resultant structural functional impair- 
ment. 

Confusion obviously exists, particularly 
among general practitioners, as to the correct 
use of many current laboratory procedures. 
This must in some way be overcome if the 
dangers arising from their improper utilization 
are to be eliminated, chief among which is an 
incorrect or incomplete diagnosis, and there- 
fore inefficient service to the patient. Ways 
must be found to control or to limit the wide- 
spread application of tests that should be con- 
fined to well organized medical clinics, until 
the results there obtained have been subjected 
to long and critical analysis. The same is true 
of procedures requiring a degree of special 
technical ability not possessed by the average 
practitioner or technician employed by him. 
Witness merely as one example the widespread 
and misapplied study of basal metabolism, an 
instance of the mischief that inevitably follows 
the random use of mechanical methods. As Sir 
James Mackenzie has well put it, “While it may 
be claimed that we have one hundred new meth- 
ods for investigating disease in the living, it 
must also be recognized that we have one hun- 
dred more ways for going astray. The benefit 
to the patient is often doubtful, and the em- 
ployment of many contemporary laboratory 
methods in the contemporary manner is often 
harmful.” The unintelligent use of laboratory 
tests is one etiological factor for the contem- 
porary fibrosis and atrophy of the emotion of 
wonder and its associated instinet of curiosity: 
together “they arouse the impulse to approach 
and examine more closely the object or diffi- 
culty which excites them. Demand for the 
solution of a perplexity is the steadying and 
guiding factor in the entire process of reflee- 
tion. Laboratory tests have certainly encour- 
aged the development of a certain “naiveté of 
diagnosis” which seriously threatens the culti- 
vation of a healthy curiosity. 


(B) Sprctatism anp SPECIALISTS 
Contemporary specialism has been unavoid- 
able. It has been pointed out that specialism 
is calculated to increase productivity, to facili- 
tate the acquisition of accuracy, speed and 


SCIENCE oat 


skill, to provide a better distribution of tasks, 
to economize material equipment and mental 
energy, and to accelerate discovery and inven- 
tion. Barker refers to a “virtuous circle,” “for 
on the one hand specialism increases knowl- 
edge, and on the other the growth of knowledge 
and technique creates new specialties. Human 
wants grow as knowledge and skill increase, 
and ever new types of medical men must 
emerge to supply the services that will ade- 
quately satisfy these wants.” Viewed from this 
rather broad philosophic standpoint, as well as 
from a purely practical one, it is probably 
true that the “abolition of specialism would 
compel a return to a darker age of medical 
practice.” 

But, whether specialism with its increasing 
sub-division can be applied to clinical medicine 
in the same way that it has been to commerce 
and industry is a very debatable question. Cer- 
tain dangerous aspects of specialism are 
thought by many to be responsible for ad- 
mitted deficiencies in the practice of medicine 
of to-day. These dangers doubtless represent 
not so much arguments against specialism as 
against its indiscriminate or unwise use. In 
specialism one easily recognizes the lure for 
those whose ambitions are more for material 
reward than for human uplift. To specialism 
may be attributed the existing inequality of the 
financial compensation of the specialist and of 
the general practitioner, and hence the eco- 
nomic situation that explains in part the pres- 
ent inadequate supply of physicians in rural 
communities. A contemporary anonymous 
writer sees the origin of specialism in surgery. 
The degree of specialism that has developed in 
this one branch of medicine alone has been as 
extraordinary as it has been absurd. It is 
cheerful, therefore, to read from no less a pen 
than that of William J. Mayo: “Surgery should 
be put back where it belongs—a means of me- 
chanical therapy in conjunction with medicine 
which should not continue in competition with 
the internist, as it has in the past.” Specialism 
has been responsible for the development of 
what might be termed class discrimination in 
the profession, by which the so-called general 
practitioner has seemed to lose caste. Applied 
to patients, it has also fostered a feeling of 


580 


class distinction, for many assume that the 
services of specialists are far beyond their 
means, when, as a matter of fact, such is not 
usually the case. The charge that the medical 
profession, as a whole, has rapidly become an 
organized financial institution is as untrue as 
it is unjust. Misapplied specialism is at least 
one explanation for the recourse of many mis- 
guided individuals to some one or other of the 
commercial eults, which prey like parasites 
upon their human victims. The greatest danger 
of all to clinical medicine lies in the fact that 
specialism carries with it the inherent danger 
of narrowness and monotony, potential foes of 
the faculty of concentration, the power of ob- 
servation and decisive correlation. It tends 
fundamentally to destroy those intimate rela- 
tions between physician and patient that con- 
stitute the very essence of the healing art. 
Osler, in 1919, wrote: “The extraordinary de- 
velopment of modern science may be her un- 
doing. Specialism has fragmented the special- 
ties themselves in a way that makes the outlook 
hazardous. The workers lose all sense of pro- 
portion in a maze of minutiz.”’ The profes- 
sion and public, as a whole, appreciate the 
great services rendered by specialists. They 
are certainly indispensable. Specialism can 
probably not be checked, but unless its abuses 
are restrained a dark era in clinical medicine 
will have to be faced. Sanity and extremes 
never mix. 


(C) CHances In Mepican Practice 

The development of “group clinics” is the 
most striking contemporary change in the prac- 
tice of medicine and is a direct result of mod- 
ern specialism. Group practice unquestionably 
has many definite advantages, but it is unques- 
tionably destined to failure unless it consist- 
ently deals cooperatively and unselfishly with 
the general practitioner. All arguments that 
may be advanced in favor of group practice 
are outweighed if this fundamental considera- 
tion be neglected. This is but another way of 
saying that group medicine can justify its ex- 
istence only in so far as its superior facilities 
for study and diagnosis can be directly trans- 
ferred back to the patient through the medium 
of his family physician. The difficulties and 
dangers inherent in specialism become even 


SCLENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


more real in “diagnostic groups” unless there 
is the highest type of analysis and integration 
of the work done by the several specialists 
practicing together. Such analytical power is 
not possessed by many. It can be acquired 
only through long clinical experience, active 
clinical teaching and the opportunity to keep 
in touch with the advances in those specialties 
useful in clinical practice. It is rather hard to 
believe that men who possess these qualifica- 
tions of the “diagnostic integrator”. will serve 
the public and profession best by analyzing the 
reports of specialists. Granted that the work 
skillfully done is correctly analyzed and prop- 
erly applied, failure none-the-less threatens 
“sroup medicine” if it be forgotten that im- 
personality in the practice of medicine iney- 
itably foreshadows loss to the public. 


(D) CHances In Mepican Epucation 


That there is something wrong with medical 
education almost every one will admit. Just 
where the defect lies, what the reasons are, 
and what constitutes the solution, remain some- 
what obscure. Probably the most significant 
change in contemporary medicine from an edu- 
cational standpoint has been the introduction 
of the so-called full-time system in the clinical 
departments. It is advocated by those who 
believe ‘that there exists, or can be created, 
such a thing as a science of medicine, which 
can best be fostered by giving it a place in 
which it can grow unhampered by the restric- 
tions of practice.” They claim that a close 
association between medical education and 
practice is by no means essential, and seem to 
resent the conception of clinical medicine as an 
application of the science’ to an art, or craft, 
or vocation. In these university medical schools 
with whole time clinical teaching, the number 
of students is to be limited and the selection of 
applicants would seem to favor most those of 
research tendencies and scientific trend, “The 
teachers should be carefully chosen young men 
who have shown ability not only to teach but 
also to aid in extending the boundaries of 
medical knowledge.” The plan, as outlined by 
one author, whom I quote, “will not provide. 
the student with the wide experience with dis- 
ease in its various manifestations which would 
make him an able practitioner. Modern devel- 


JUNE 2, 1922] 


opments require for medical education a scien- 
tific basis with a final polish added by a pre- 
ceptor system correctly applied.” 

There is such a thing as impractical idealism 
being carried too far. Every one admits the 
merits and advantages of full-time teachers, 
in medicine, as in any other science. Certainly 
no one could belittle the importance of re- 
search; only a traitor to the ideals of the med- 
ical profession would seek to hinder in any way 
the closest practical correlation between clinical 
teaching, research laboratories, and experi- 
mental studies. The whole basis for medical 
advance has been founded upon just this co- 
operation between the clinical practitioner, 
artisan if you will, and the research devotee, 
each serving and advancing the same science, 
but there never has been, and never can be, 
created a science of medicine apart from the 
practice of clinical medicine. If this be true, 
any educational movement designed to segre- 
gate one from the other will be disastrous to 
each. It is not implied that the advocates of 
full-time medicine actually have any such idea 
in mind, yet many believe their academic ten- 
dencies have made them lose sight of certain 
fundamental and practical issues. The so- 
called full-time movement probably is a step 
in the right direction. It is an experiment the 
results of which must be awaited with patience. 
If it is to be the best system applied to medical 
education, it is imperative that certain guiding 
principles be borne in mind as the scheme is 
worked out. To an active practitioner and 
teacher some of the most important points 
would seem to be these: 

1. The fundamental duty and moral obliga- 
tion of any medical school is to supply a needy 
public with an adequate number of alert, sane, 
and trustworthy practitioners as eager to pre- 
vent as to cure disease. This demands that 
they be well grounded in those essentials upon 
which the intelligent practice of medicine is 
based. To meet this need contemporary medi- 
cine must undertake a radical revision of both 
the pre-medical and the medical curriculum 
along lines that will better develop altruistic 
and humanitarian motives as the controllers of 
scientific ardor. The elective system should be 
encouraged in certain ways but discouraged in 
others; undergraduate specialism curtailed; 


SCIENCE 581 


and research, during student years, to the 
neglect of acceptable proficiency in the funda- 
mental sciences and their practical application 
prohibited or at least critically limited. “Ap- 
plying themselves early to research young men 
get into back waters far from the main stream. 
They quickly lose the sense of proportion, be- 
come hypercritical, and the smaller the field, 


‘the greater the tendency to megalocephaly” 


(Osler). It is believed that if medical schools 
would uniformly adopt such policies, the public 
would be the gainer, specialties would not lack 
for devotees, nor would scientific advancement 
be hindered. Wise education seeks to simplify 
and make clear—never to complicate and con- 
fuse. 

2. The teachers employed in meeting this 
moral obligation must be qualified both to 
impart knowledge and to inspire enthusiasm. 
These requirements can not be met except by 
men who have demonstrated their ability to 
advance clinical medicine. Clinical teachers of 
this type can never be replaced, at least from 
the students’ viewpoint, by younger men of 
great promise, but deficient in a most im- 
portant attribute, namely, “responsible experi- 
ence.” It must be remembered that students 
are best stimulated by contact with clinicians of 
mature development and accredited success. 
Such men can neither be created merely by 
appointment nor developed by fiat. There is 
food for serious reflection as to the correctness 
of a contemporary system that fails to give to 
medical students the best teachers available. 

3. A medical school does not completely 
fulfill its moral obligation to the community 
by the conferring of medical degrees. It is 
obligated to keep behind its graduates—and 
provide for them, as well as other practitioners, 
ready means for post-graduate instruction, for 
training in the various specialties, and for op- 
portunities for higher research work. Facili- 
ties, money and teachers alone will not meet 
the demands. Of the greatest influence in a 
medical school is a harmonious whole, and en- 
thusiastie cooperation of faculty, students, and 
alumni, in the performance of a common task, 
and a total abstinence from the slightest trace 
of intolerant cliquism. Regardless of the size 
or source of the budget, medical education is 
bound to fail in schools in which such an 


582 


atmosphere is not developed and maintained. 
4, Finally, a medical school, both by precept 
and example, must seek to inoculate a sustain- 
ing philosophy in the souls of its graduates. 
The philosophy of medicine implies a cheerful 
acquiescence to the burdens of the day. It 
inspires the unfortunate and cheers the de- 
pressed. It teaches how to encourage the hope- 
less as well as to relieve the suffering. It pro- 
vides courage and fortitude with which to meet 
sorrow and disappointment. Lived up to, it 
insures a geniality of soul and tolerance for 
the opinions of others. Dishonesty is its most 
hated foe. Such a philosophy is needed by 
every successful clinician: it. is practical even 
though idealistic. It does not develop best in 
the materialistic atmosphere of a pure science 
not learned and pursued in love. 
ConcLusion.—Brief reference has been made 
to a few of the dangers inherent in some of 
the very factors that have made contemporary 
medicine so brilliant. To infer anything short 
of an attempt to be constructively critical is to 
misconstrue. It is hoped that every clinical 
practitioner and teacher will ponder deeply on 
these and kindred topics, for clinical medicine 
is destined to come into its own in the near 
future. This will be hastened if the entire pro- 
fession takes a more active share in the direc- 
‘tion of education and the enforcement of 
needed reforms. 

Progress and optimism are the natural 
progeny of health; they wither in the face of 
disease. Preventive medicine, through dom- 
ination of the forces of nature and their util- 
ization in promoting the welfare of mankind, 
is the ultimate goal of medical science. Through 
science the facts are discovered, through clinical 
practitioners their application is effected. The 
prevention and cure of many diseases to which 
mankind is heir depends neither upon the 
acquisition of knowledge through scientific re- 
search alone, nor its proper application to 
patients in the limited domain of each prac- 
titioner. Medicine must have behind it the tre- 
mendous power of a concordant public opinion. 
To win this, scientists, teachers and practition- 
ers must miss no opportunity to become active 
agents in the proper transmission of all useful 
knowledge to the public at large. In no other 
way can humanity be freed from the pernicious 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1431 


influence of quack remedies, cults of false pre- 
tenses, and a host of kindred delusions which 
drain the physical and financial and psychic 
resources of thousands every year. When fads 
and personal whims are kept constantly sub- 
servient to the weight of judiciously proved 
opinion, and if devotion to truth characterizes 
the daily life of student and physician—a 
grateful public will generously support all 
forms of needed medical investigation. 


Sypney R. MILuer 


PHOTOPERIODISM, THE RESPONSE 
OF THE PLANT TO RELATIVE 
LENGTH OF DAY AND NIGHT? 


In an article published in 1920? data were 
presented tending to show that the length of 
day may exercise a remarkable regulatory ac- 
tion in initiating or inhibiting sexual reproduc- 
tion in plants. In a number of species studied 
it was found that ordinarily the plant can 
attain the flowering and fruiting stage only 
when the length of day falls within certain 
limits so that in such cases flowering and fruit- 
ing occur only at certain seasons of the year. 
In this respect some species and varieties 
respond to long days while others respond to 
short days. Moreover, some plants are much 
more sensitive to change in length of day than 
are others. Since the publication of this paper 
the investigations have been extended to cover 
various other features of plant activity as af- 
fected by the prevailing length of day, includ- 
ing increase in stature, aerial and subterranean 
branching, formation of tubers and bulbs, root- 
growth, leaf-fall, dormancy and rejuvenescence. 
In collaboration with C. W. Bacon of this office 
fairly extensive biochemical studies of the sub- 
ject have been carried out to ascertain the 
nature of the internal chemical changes involved 
and their relationship to the observed responses 


1 The writers are indebted to Mr. O. F. Cook, of 
the Bureau of Plant Industry, for suggestion of 
the term photoperiodism to designate the phe- 
nomena in question. ; 

2¢¢Bffect of the Relative Length of Day and 
Night and Other Factors of the Environment on 
Growth and Reproduction in Plants,’’ in Journal 
of Agricultural Research, Vol. XVIII, No. 11, 
March 1, 1920, pp. 553-606. 


JUNE 2, 1922 


of the plant. Inasmuch as publication of the 
details of these investigations has been consid- 
erably delayed it seems desirable at this time to 
briefly indicate the principal conclusions 
reached. The duration of the daily ilumina- 
tion period not only influences the quantity of 
photosynthetic material formed but also may 
determine the use which the plant can make of 
this material. In general, there is an optimal 
light period for maximum upward or apogeo- 
tropie elongation of the stem which for some 
species corresponds to the long summer days of 
higher latitudes, while for other species the 
intermediate length of day of spring and fall 
(or the equatorial day length) 
Changes in the light period to sub-optimum 
conditions for stem-elongation, resulting from 
appropriate increase or decrease in length of 
day, as the case may be, may initiate a series 
of characteristic responses which are definitely 
associated with periodicity in plant behavior. 
Reference has already been made to flowering 
and fruiting. There seems to be an optimal 
light period for sexual reproduction which 
tends to direct the energies of the plant more 
or less quantitatively toward flowering and 
fruiting. Again, departure in day length from 
the optimal for increase in stature causes loss 
of dominance of the apical bud, thus promoting 
various types of branching. lLeaf-fall and en- 
trance upon the rest period, also, result from 
exposure to a certain length of day which is 
unfavorable for stem-growth. It has been 
found that there may be an intermediate length 
of day especially favorable to dormancy or 
death while under both longer and shorter days 
activity of the plant may continue. Further 
changes of the light period by a sufficient incre- 
ment or decrement away from the optimal for 
increase in stature and beyond the optimal for 
sexual reproduction tend to induce intense 
tuberization, a feature marking the final stages 
in reduction of stem-elongation. Formation of 
bulbs is induced by excessively long days while 
formation of tubers commonly results from ex- 
cessively short days. This deposition of carbo- 
hydrate in relatively condensed or dehydrated 
forms as a result of an unfavorable light period 
indicates marked loss of power to utilize the 
products of photosynthesis in elongating the 
stem or in developing flower and fruit, a con- 


SCIENCE 


is optimal. . 


583 


dition well exemplified in the stemless or leaf- 
rosette form of foliage development. The 
opposite change toward the optimal day length 
for stem-elongation may rescue typical annual 
plants from impending death and effect more 
or less complete rejuvenescence. The evidence 
indicates that the degree of hydration of the 
living cell content is brought under delicate 
control by the ratio of the number of hours of 
sunlight to the number of hours of darkness 
in the 24-hour period. Well defined correlation 
has been established between the hydrogen-ion 
concentration of the cell sap and the observed 
responses of the plant to change in the length 
of the day. Thus, change from the purely 
vegetative to the flowering and fruiting stage 
may involve marked change in hydrogen-ion 
concentration in the apical bud and even a 
reversal of acidity relations between the apex 
and the base of the stem. Correlation also has 
been found between the content of “available” 
carbohydrate (the simpler sugars) and the 
responses of the plant to differences in length 
of day. Causal relationships, however, have 
not been definitely established. It seems prob- 
able that the annual cycle of length of day, 
affording as it does a consistently rhythmic 
feature of the external environment, is a dom- 
inant causal factor in phenomena of plant 
periodicity, subject, of course, to the modifying 
influences of temperature and other environ- 
mental factors. 
W. W. GARNER 
H. A. Atiarp 
Bureau or PLANT INDUSTRY, 
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE 


FISH PARASITISM IN ITS RELATION 
TO BIOLOGICAL PROBLEMS OF 
THE NORTHWEST?! 


' In this great Northwest of ours fish afford a 
natural resource of importance to the welfare 
of a good many citizens. Not only do the 
commercial interests utilize fish for market 
purposes, but the sportsmen derive infinite 


1 One of the papers in a Symposium on ‘‘Biol- 
ogy in Its Relation to the Development of the 
Northwest,’’ presented at the meetings of the 
Western Society of Naturalists at Corvallis. 


_ 684 


pleasure from angling them in every stream 
and lake which they can conveniently approach. 
And yet, it is no exaggeration to say that aside 
from some limited fish-hatching operations, we 
have done practically nothing to intelligently 
conserve these creatures for future generations. 

Although there are a good many sides to 
the program of fish conservation, yet this 
evening I wish to bring to your attention only 
one phase of it, namely, fish-parasitism and 
point out some of the biological problems with 
which it is intimately linked up. 

During the last few years I have been devot- 
ing a good deal of attention to fish-parasitism 
in the Northwest and can say that this is a 
field which has hardly been touched. There 
are great numbers of fish parasites in this 
region: bacteria, protozoa, cestodes, trema- 
todes and crustacea which are infecting the 
fish and killing off great numbers of them. 
These afford many fields of investigation which 
are not only thoroughly scientific, but of great 
practical value. We need good taxonomic keys 
of these parasites, their life histories and their 
effects on the various hosts. 

Furthermore, this knowledge should be sup- 
plemented by a careful study of the conditions 
within our lakes and streams which are con- 
ducive to fish-parasitism. At present we are 
working entirely in the dark, and as a result 
of it much of our good time, effort and money 
are wasted. I will cite but one instance along 
this line to make my point clear. 

It is a common practice among our game 
commissioners to stock a body of water with 
fish and then to close it down for purposes of 
allowing the fish to multiply, with the view of 
obtaining a plentiful supply of spawn for 
hatching operations. My observations along 
this line have convinced me that this is an er- 
roneous practice. In the first place, closing 
down a stream makes for a rapid multiplication 
of fish so that the available food supply soon 
becomes inadequate to maintain all of them. 
A fierce struggle for existence ensues in which 
many of the weaker, but nevertheless desirable 
fish are killed off. Even those that remain ap- 
pear to be starved for lack of food. In the 
second place, the congested conditions within 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


the stream make possible a rapid spread of 
any parasitic infection which happens to make 
its appearance among the fish. And lastly, 
when a stream is closed down for any length 
of time its shores afford an ideal, undisturbed 
habitat for many fish-destroying birds and 
other animals. These not only kill off large 
numbers of fish, but they may also be the 
means of disseminating various parasitic or- 
ganisms among them. 

It seems to me that before we can even talk 
of cure and prevention, we must know the 
parasitic organisms as well as the conditions 
which make parasitism possible. But, with- 
out these facts we are powerless to do any 
good. What is greatly needed in this North- 
west section is a number of biological sur- 
veys for the purpose of studying and mapping 
out the various ecological factors of the regions 
in which fish or game are to be planted. We 
ought to know a good deal about such factors 
as available food supply, oxygen content, tem- 
perature variations, predatory and parasitic 
organisms, ete., of a place before any kinds 
of animals or plants are introduced into it. 
Knowing these conditions we can then intel- 
ligently fit each organism into that particular 
environment where it will thrive best. While 
the initial expense involved in the establish- 
ment of such surveys will be considerable, yet 
the benefits derived in the long run will more 
than repay us for our efforts. 


f NATHAN FASTEN 
OREGON AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE 


THE THIRD ASIATIC EXPEDITION 
OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM 
OF NATURAL HISTORY 
Tue Third Asiatie Expedition of the Amer- 
ican Museum of Natural History, in coopera- 
tion with the American Asiatic Society and Asia 
Magazine, will leave Kalgan on the nineteenth 
of April for the continuation of its work in 

Mongolia. 

During the last six months field operations 
have been conducted in various parts of China 
which have been extraordinarily successful. All 
the members of the expedition’s staff have now 
arrived in Peking and the final preparations 


JUNE 2, 1922] 


are being made for the coming summer’s work. 
The personnel consists of 25 men as follows: 
Scientific Staff : 
Roy Chapman Andrews, leader and zoologist. 
Walter Granger, paleontologist. 
Charles P. Berkey, geologist. 
Frederick Morris, geologist and topographer. 
J. B. Shackelford, cinematographer. 
S. Bayard Colgate, motor transportation 
officer. 
Persender, assistant transportation officer. 
F. A. Larsen, field manager. 
Native Personnel: 
3 Chinese taxidermists. 
3 Chinese cooks. 
2 Chinese chauffeurs. : 
3 Mongol interpreters (Chinese-Mongol). 
6 camel drivers. 
AREA TO BE INVESTIGATED 

Central and Western Mongolia from a line 
between Kalgan and Urga, west to the eastern 
extension of the Altai and Tian Shan Moun- 
tains and south to the frontier of Chinese 
Turkestan. This region, part of which lies be- 
tween two old caravan trails, consists of the 
most arid section of the Gobi Desert, of rolling 
meadowlands and foothills at the bases of high 
mountains, some of which are covered with 
perpetual snow. 

The Third Asiatie Expedition will carry on 
a reconnaissance of its zoology, geology, pale- 
ontology and geography. This survey will be 
preparatory to a more detailed study if the 
future of the region proves to be of sufficient 
scientifie interest. 


PLAN OF OPERATIONS 

Due to the short summer advantage must be 
taken of the warm months when scientific 
studies can be carried on successfully. This is 
between April 15 and October 1. After these 
months snowstorms are of such frequent oecur- 
rence that effective work is difficult. 

The expedition has purchased 75 camels 
which are already on their way to a point 
known as Turin, 175 miles south of Urga, 
transporting food, gasolene, motor equipment 
and scientific apparatus sufficient for six 
months. At Turin they will await the other 
members of the expedition. 

On April 19 the remainder of the party will 
leave Kalgan in three Dodge motor cars and 


SCIENCE 


585 


two Fulton one-ton motor trucks. They will 
begin scientific work immediately after leaving 
Kalgan and proceed slowly to Turin to connect 
with the caravan. From Turin the caravan 
will be sent westward towards a region known. 
as Sain Noin Khan. The scientific staff will 


‘follow in the motor cars. After proceeding for 


perhaps a hundred miles a camp will be made 
and the smaller automobiles will be utilized by 
the scientific party to carry on their work. 
Horses and camels will be used to explore such 
regions as can not be reached by the cars. After 
working in a circle about the first camp the 
scientists will move a few hundred miles 
further and the same method repeated. The 
geologist, paleontologist and topographer will 
occupy one ear, the zoologists a second and the 
photographer a third. Each party will be a 
complete mobile unit equipped with its own 
cook, driver and assistants and can remain 
away from the base camp as long as it is de- 
sirable. 

By the use of motors for rapid transporta- 
tion over the less interesting areas, it is be- 
lieved that three seasons’ work can be done in 
six months. The camel caravan will be sent 
ahead from place to place, thus acting as a 
movable base and as a reserve if the motor 
transportation does not prove as successful as 
is expected. The use of motor vehicles in this 
remote region is an experiment which should 
have considerable importance in demonstrating 
how accessible the country can be made in the 
future. The motors are equipped with all the 
latest devices and such a complete assortment 
of spare parts is being carried that it would 
be possible almost to construct a complete car 
if one was disabled. Mr. §. Bayard Colgate, 
who has charge of the motor transportation, is 
an expert in his line and has spent several 
weeks in the Fulton and Dodge factories 
familiarizing himself with every detail of the 
construction and repair of the cars. 

Supplies of gasolene, oil, food and other 
essentials will be obtained every four or five 
days from the camel caravan which will be sent 
ahead from point to point as the field of opera- 
tions is changed. 

It is proposed to bring back a very complete 
record in motion pictures of the work of the 


586 


expedition, the life and customs of the people 
and the interesting features of the country. 
Mr. J. B. Shackelford, who is perhaps the 
foremost cinematographer of the United States, 
is equipped with three remarkable cameras 
which were invented by Mr. Carl Akeley of the 


American Museum of Natural History for nat-° 


ural history work. This camera can be leveled 
instantly without reference to the position of 
the tripod and with a turn of the wrist can be 
swung up and down, from side to side, or in 
any direction, thus obviating the clumsy pano- 
ramic device which is one of the most cumber- 
some features of the ordinary moving picture 
camera. A battery of lenses of all descriptions, 
including powerful telephoto lenses, will make 
possible the obtaining of animal photographs 
at long distances. Antelope, wild horses, wild 
asses and wild camels can be run down in the 
motor ears, and these exciting chases, which 
are a feature of hunting on the Mongolian 
plains, can be brought home in all their de- 
tails. The expedition hopes to lasso many ani- 
mals from the cars and send some of them alive 
to America. A complete record of the lives 
and customs of the Mongols, historically one 
of the most interesting peoples of the world, 
has never been attempted and this field has 
almost unlimited possibilities of the greatest 
scientific and popular interest. 

Dr. Walter Granger, paleontologist of the 
expedition, ranks high in his _ profession 
throughout the world. Possibly no man is more 
familiar with the difficult technique of discoy- 
ering and preparing fossils in the field than 
Dr. Granger. His many years of work in 
America on the evolution of the Eocene horse 
has brought to the American Museum of Nat- 
ural History the finest collection of fossil horse 
material in the world. He also conducted ex- 
tensive explorations in the Fayum Desert of 
Africa on the famous expedition under the 
direction of the distinguished president of the 
American Museum of Natural History, Pro- 
fessor Henry Fairfield Osborn. Dr. Granger 
has only recently returned from Eastern 
Szechuan, where he has been spending the 
winter investigating a fossil field not far from 
Wan hsien on the Yangtze River. This expe- 
dition has brought together an extremely inter- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


esting collection of fossils among which the 
primitive elephant Stegedon is particularly 
well represented. 

Dr. Charles P. Berkey, who is professor of 
geology in Columbia University, has beeen con- 
nected with so many important operations in 
America, and is so well-known to the geologists 
of the world that special mention of his activi- 
ties would be superfluous. Dr. Berkey, who 
has charge of all the geological work of the 
expedition will carry on a reconnaissance of 
structural geology and physiography of the 
areas to be visited in Mongolia and lay out 
general plans for further geological work. His 
attention will be particularly devoted to the 
Tertiary features of the region in relation to 
its bearing on the problem of the development 
of primitive man. 

Professor Frederick Morris is a former col- 
league of Dr. Berkey in Columbia University 
and until the first of March was professor of 
geology in Pei Yang University at Tientsin. 
Professor Morris is an expert topographer and 
will- have charge of the mapping and survey 
work of the expedition as well as assisting in 
geological investigations. Probably no man in 
America is better equipped for this work be- 
cause of his exceptional ability in sketching and 
his familiarity with map-making and all phases 
of topographical study. A wireless equipment 
has been obtained and the American Legation 
wireless station will send over the correct time 
each evening at 7 o’clock, so that the exact 
geographical position of the party will be ob- 
tained. 

Mr. F. A. Larsen, who will act as field man- 
ager in Mongolia, will bring to the expedition 
the benefit of his thorough knowledge of the 
country and its people and be of the greatest 
assistance in helping to adjust the various 
difficulties, such as will inevitably arise. 

Roy Chapman Andrews, the leader and or- 
ganizer of the expedition as well as directing 
the general operations, will conduct zoological 
investigations in mammals, birds, fishes and 
reptiles. 

The purpose of the Third Asiatic Expedi- 
tion is to carry on a coordinated investigation 
of various areas in Central Asia which have 
remained scientifically unexplored. It is the 


JUNE 2, 1922] 


consensus of scientific opinion that the Central 
Asian plateau, including ‘Thibet, Chinese 
Turkestan, and Mongolia, was not only the 
point of origin and distribution for many forms 
of animal life which exist to-day in America, 
Europe and many parts of the world, but was 
also the so-called “cradle of the human race.” 
Although its important relation to human an- 
cestry has long been recognized, no coordinated 
scientific investigation has ever been conducted 
on a large scale. Its zoology, paleontology, 
geology and botany bear the most intimate rela- 
tions to the ancestry of man and it is with 
reference to this problem, which is of world- 
wide interest, that the expedition will conduet 
its work. It will furnish material for the Great 
Hall of Asiatic Life which is now being added 
to the buildings of the American Museum of 
Natural History in New York City. The expe- 
dition also proposes to present to the Chinese 
government a duplicate series of its collections 
which it is hoped will be used as the basis of 
a National Museum of Natural History in 
Peking. 

The cordial support which all the officials of 
the Chinese government have accorded the ex- 
pedition and the facilities which have been 
given to it for prosecuting its work, indicate 
what a keen appreciation of the value of scien- 
tifie work there is in China. 

The Chinese Geological Survey for a number 
of years has been carrying on geological and 
paleontological explorations in various parts of 
China and has already become an institution 
of recognized importance throughout the world 
because of the high standard of its work. The 
survey has cooperated in the most friendly and 
scientific spirit with the Third Asiatic Expedi- 
tion and a plan of operations has been agreed 
upon which is proving of great mutual benefit. 

The expedition expects to return from Mon- 
golia about October 1, 1922. At that time 
Professor Henry Fairfield Osborn, president of 
the American Museum of Natural History, will 
arrive in Peking with his wife and daughter to 
inspect the results of the work and to plan for 
future investigations. 

Professor Osborn is one of the greatest living 
authorities on the evolution of man. His visit 
to Peking can not but be an important event 
in the scientifie life of China. 


SCIENCE 


587 


Mr. Clifford Pope, assistant in zoology, will 
not accompany the expedition to Mongolia but 
will continue his studies of the reptiles, fish 
and batrachians of China. He has already ob- 
tained more than 10,000 specimens and will 
visit all the provinces of China before his work 
is completed. 

Mr. James Wong, interpreter, will make an 
expedition to Szechuan Province while the main 
party is in Mongolia. Hiss work will be an 
examination and reconnaissance of the caves 
along the Yangtze River preparatory to pale- 
ontological studies for the winter of 1922-23. 

Mr. Harry R. Caldwell, assistant in zoology, 
will continue his zoological survey of Fukien 
Province during the summer. 

Roy CHapMan ANDREWS 

PEKING, APRIL, 1922 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
THE UNIVERSITY OF HALIFAX 
Deraits of the plan recently announced for 
amalgamating all institutions for higher edu- 
cation in the 
into a central 


maritime provinces of Canada 
university at. Halifax, with the 
assistance of the Carnegie Foundation, have 
been made public. Alumni of the various col- 
leges at present are considering the proposal. 
The plan proposes: 

1. That there should be formed in Halifax an 
overhead university connected with all the col- 
leges, but not particularly with any one, which 
should do the work of graduate and professional 
schools for the provinees; that is, the work now 
carried on by Dalhousie University in law, medi- 
cine, dentistry and pharmacy, and that carried 
on by the Nova Scotia Technical College in engi- 
neering, should be done by the university, to- 
gether with the junior and senior years and the 


scientific portion of the freshman and sophomore 


years of each college. 

2. That the various colleges situated outside of 
Halifax, namely, Acadia, Kings, Mount Allison, 
St. Francis Xavier and University of New Bruns- 
wick, should move to Halifax, erect buildings of 
their own, provide dormitory facilities, class 
rooms, dining rooms, chapel and other needed 
buildings for their own students, and in general 
conduct the work in English, French, German, 
Latin, Greek, mathematics and history for the 
first two years, caring for the housing and dis- 
cipline of their students. 


588 


3. That all examinations should be conducted 
by the overhead university and all the degrees, 
with the exception of those in theology, be con- 
ferred by the university. 

4. That financially the Carnegie Corporation 
would be willing to assist the colleges which would 
have to move, and perhaps also the overhead uni- 
versity, so that the general scheme might be well 
started, and then it was hoped the provincial 
governments would provide any money necessary 
for the overhead university; but all fees for class- 
room work should be handed over to the univer- 
sity, and that the colleges should only do such 
work as their endowments would permit. 


ACTIVITIES OF THE ROCKEFELLER 
FOUNDATION 


A REVIEW of the activities of the Rockefeller 
Foundation in 1921, written by its president, 
Dr. George E. Vincent, will be issued in a few 
days. The things done by the foundation 
directly and through its departmental agencies 
—the International Health Board, the China 
Medical Board, and the Division of Medical 
Education—are summarized as follows: 

Continued a quarter-million annual appropria- 
tion to the School ef Hygiene and Public Health 
of Johns Hopkins University; 

Pledged two millions to Harvard for a school 
of health ; 

Contributed to public health training in Czecho- 
slovakia, Brazil, and the United States; 

Aided the Pasteur Institute of Paris to recruit 
and train personnel; 

Promoted the cause of nurse training in Amer- 
ica and Europe; 

Underwrote an experimental pay clinic in the 
Cornell Medical School; 

Formally opened a complete modern medical 
school and hospital in Peking; 

Assisted twenty-five other medical centers in 
China; 

Promised a million dollars for the medical 
school of Columbia University; 

Contracted to appropriate three and one half 
millions for the rebuilding and reorganization of 
the medical school and hospital of the Free Uni- 
versity of Brussels; 

Made surveys of medical schools in Japan, 
China, the Philippines, Indo-China, Straits Settle- 
ments, Siam, India, Syria, and Turkey ; 

Supplied American and British medical journals 
to 112 medical libraries on the continent; 

Supplemented the laboratory equipment and 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


supplies of five medical schools in Central Europe; 

Defrayed the expenses of commissions from 
Great Britain, Belgium, Serbia, and Brazil; 

Provided 157 fellowships in hygiene, medicine, 
physics, and chemistry, to representatives of 
eighteen countries ; 

Continued a campaign against yellow fever in 
Mexico, Central and South America; 

Prosecuted demonstrations in the control of ma- 
laria in ten states; 

Cooperated in hookworm work in nineteen goy- 
ernmental areas; 

Participated in rural health demonstrations in 
seventy-seven American counties and in Brazil; 

Neared the goal of transferring to French 
agencies an anti-tuberculosis organization in 
France; 

Provided experts in medical education and pub- 
lic health for counsel and surveys in many parts 
of the world, and rendered sundry minor services 
to governments and voluntary societies. 


THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN 
CERAMIC SOCIETY 


THe American Ceramie Society held its 
twenty-fourth annual convention at the Hotel 
Statler, St. Louis, Mo., February 27 to March 
3. One and a half days were devoted to general 
sessions, one and a half days to divisional 
meetings, and two days to plant visits. 

An organization of 1,575 members, it has 
seven industrial divisions, all of them strong 
and independent of one another, but united in 
one body, the American Ceramic Society. 

On the program for the general sessions, 
there were nineteen papers and seven films. 
The Art Division had seventeen papers besides 
demonstrations. The Enamels Division had 
seventeen papers, four ecolloquiums, and one 
extensive report of their research committee. 
The Glass Division had fourteen papers, six 
colloquiums and two reports of their research 
committee. The Heavy Clay Products Division 
had eight papers and four colloquiums. The 
Refractories Division had twenty-five papers 
and twelve topics for discussion. The Terra 
Cotta Division had fifteen papers. The White 
Wares Division had sixteen papers and three 
colloquiums. 

The society is governed by a board of trus- 
tees consisting of\the president, vice-president, 
secretary, treasurer, and five trustees. The 


JUNE 2, 1922] 


president-elect is Frank H. Riddle, of Detroit, 
Mich. 

Mr. Riddle finished his course at the Ohio 
State University in 1904 and since that time 
has had broad experience in the manufacture 
of art pottery, terra cotta and heavy clay 
products. He is at the present time consulting 
engineer and chief chemist of the Champion 
Porcelain Company and the Jeffery-DeWitt 
Insulator Company. For two years prior to 
the war, as well as during the war, he was a 
member of the technical staff of the Bureau of 
Standards. It was he, more than any one else, 
who developed the spark plug used in the aero- 
plane during the war. The spark plugs made 
prior to that time would not stand the high ten- 
sion and were a source of disastrous break- 
down. Mr. A. V. Bleininger, then director of 
the Ceramics Division of the Bureau of Stanc- 
ards, assigned Mr. Riddle to this problem and 
with him made investigations of the composi- 
tion and methods of manufacture that resulted 
in the spark plug of exceedingly low coefficient 
of expansion and of very high dielectric 
strength. Mr. Riddle has been associated with 
the society for several years and has been a 
member of the board of trustees for two years. 
The society has enjoyed a very large growth 
in membership under his direction as chairman 
of the membership committee. 

The other members of the board of trustees 
for the coming year are: 

E. W. Tillotson, Mellon Institute, Pittsburgh, 
Pa., vice-president. 

R. K. Hursh, University of Illinois, Urbana, II1., 
Treasurer. 

R. C. Purdy, Columbus, Ohio, General Secretary. 

R. H. Minton, General Ceramics Co., Metuchen, 
N. J., Trustee. 

F. K. Pence, Knowles, Taylor & Knowles, East 
Liverpool, O., Trustee. 

R. M. Howe, Mellon Institute, Pittsburgh, Pa., 
Trustee. 


B. E. Salisbury, Onondaga Pottery Company, 


Syracuse, N. Y., Trustee. 


THE ILLINOIS STATE ACADEMY OF 
a SCIENCE: 

One of the most successful meetings ever held 
by the Academy of Science was the fifteenth 
annual meeting at Rockford on April 27, 28 and 
29. <A strong representation of members 


SCIENCE 589 


attended, and the Illinois Branch of the Mathe- 
matical Association of America held its annual 
meeting in conjunction with the academy for 
the first time. Fifty-seven new members were 
elected to the academy; the treasurer’s report 
showed a good balance on hand; members took 
part in presenting strong papers at the general 
and section meetings; and thus the academy 
affairs were shown to be in good condition. 

Committees on membership, on ecological 
survey, on high school science and clubs and on 
publications gave interesting and encouraging 
reports. 

The following resolution was adopted, and 
copies have been sent to all Illinois senators 
and representatives in Congress: 

RESOLVED: (a) That the Illinois State Academy 
of Science records its earnest hope that in the 
tariff legislation now under consideration by the 
Congress of the United States, provision may be 
made for duty-free importation of scientific ap- 
paratus for the use of educational institutions,— 
a privilege that has contributed in no small de- 
gree to the wonderful progress made in science 
and its applications in the educational institutions 
of this country during the past few decades. 

(b) That this resolution be spread on the min- 
utes of the meeting and that certified copies of it 
be sent to the Senate and House committees by 
which the new tariff bill is being shaped up, and 
to each member now representing Illinois in the 
Senate and House of Representatives. 

Another resolution was adopted urging the 
academy members to cooperate with other sei- 
entifie organizations whose purpose it is to pro- 
mote the use of the metric system of weights 
and measures, so that the public in general may 
become familiar with the advantages of this 
system, and so that proper legislation may be 
enacted. A committee on metric system was 
appointed to act on the above resolution. 

The academy members were guests of the 
Rockford University Club at dinner April 27, 
and the Rockford Chamber of Commerce acted 
as hosts on one of the field trips April 29 down 
the beautiful Rock River Valley. A second 
field trip, taking two days, was conducted by 
H. S. Pepoon to Apple River Canyon. These 
geological and biological trips were much en- 
joyed. 

The following officers were elected for 1922- 
1923: 


590 


President: W. S. Bayley, University of Illinois. 

Vice-president: W. G. Waterman, Northwestern 
University. 

Secretary: C. Frank Phipps, State Teachers 
College, DeKalb. 

Treasurer: W. F. Schulz, University of Illinois. 

Librarian: A. R. Crook, State Museum, Spring- 


field. 
C. Frank PHIpps, 


Secretary 


THE THIRD INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS 
OF THE HISTORY OF MEDICINE 

Tue International Society of the History of 
Medicine was founded in Paris on October 8, 
1921. It has for its object the study of the 
history of medicine in all its branches and the 
coordination of research work in these subjects. 
A permanent committee has been established in 
Paris consisting of delegates appointed by sec- 
tions of the society in various countries. 

The society meets in congress every’ three 
years, and it has been decided to hold the next 
meeting in London from July 17 to 22, 1922. 
Meetings will be held at the Royal Society of 
Medicine, the Royal College of Physicians, the 
Royal College of Surgeons, the Wellcome His- 
torical Medical Museum and elsewhere. There 
will be special exhibitions of objects connected 
with the history of medicine, surgery and the 
allied sciences. The loan of any objects of 
special interest from members will be greatly 
appreciated by the executive committee. 

Communications are invited from members on 
subjects connected with the history of medicine 
in all its branches. The following subjects 
have been suggested for communication and 
discussion, but are by no means intended to ex- 
clude papers on any subject of general interest 
in connection with the history of medicine: 

1. The principal seats of epidemic and en- 
demic diseases in the Occident and Orient in 
the Middle Ages, including plague, gangrenous 
ergotism, leprosy and malaria. 

2. The history of anatomy. 

3. The revival of medical knowledge during 
the sixteenth century. 

Communications should be addressed to: The 
General Secretary, Dr. J. D. Rolleston, 21, 
Alexandra Mansions, King’s Road, London, 
S: W. 3. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


The other officers are: President of honor, 
Sir Norman Moore, Bart., M.D.; vice-presi- 
dents of honor, Sir D’Arey Power, K.B.E., 
F.R.C.S., Professor Ménétrier, Professor 
Jeanselme, Dr. Tricot-Royer; president of con- 
gress, Charles Singer, M.D.; treasurer, W. G. 
Spencer, O.B.E., M.S. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


THe Croonian lecture was delivered before 
the Royal Society on June 1, by Dr. T. H. Mor- 
gan, professor of experimental zoology in 
Columbia University. His subject was “The 
mechanism of heredity.” 


Dr. Ross G. Harrison, of Yale University, 
has been elected an honorary member of the 
Royal Academy of Medicine of Turin. 


Dr. WititaAm Barsson, F-.R.S., director of 
the John Innes Horticultural Institution at 
Merton, Surrey, has been elected a trustee of 
the British Museum, to fill the vacancy caused 
by the death of Lord Harcoutt. 


Ar the quarterly meeting of the Royal Col- 
lege of Physicians at Edinburgh it was resolved 
to offer its honorary fellowship to Professor 
Albert Calmette, of the Pasteur Institute, Paris, 
on account of his distinguished services to 
medical science. 


Tue University of St. Andrews will confer 
the degree of LL.D. on July 7 on Sir P. R. 
Scott Lang, emeritus professor of mathematics 
in the university; on Dr. G. R. Marshall, pro- 
fessor of materia medica, University of Aber- 
deen; and on Sir Harold J. Stiles, regius pro- 
fessor of clinical surgery, University of Edin- 
burgh. 

Joun K. Haywoop, chairman of the Insecti- 
cide and Fungicide Board of the U. 8S. Bureau 
of Chemistry, recently completed a quarter of 
a century of service at the bureau, and was 
the recipient of a gold watch from his present 
and former colleagues. 


T. M. Barns, assistant professor of metal- 
lurgy at the Missouri School of Mines and 
Metallurgy at Rolla, Mo., has accepted the 
position of geologist with the Moctezuma Cop- 
per Company, Pilares de Macodari, Sonora, 
Mexico. 


JUNE 2, 1922] 


Dr. Epwin C. Ernst, St. Louis, was elected 
president of the American Roentgen Ray Soci- 
ety, central section, at the meeting held recently 
in Chicago. 

G. R. Mansrietp has been placed in charge 
of the section of the U. S. Geological Survey 
devoted to non-metalliferous deposits. 


Leon F. Curtiss, instructor in the depart- 
ment of physics in Cornell University, has re- 
ceived an appointment from the National Re- 
search Council as national research fellow in 
physics. He expects to pursue special investi- 
gations at the Cavendish Laboratory, Cam- 
bridge. 

THe Franklin Institute has awarded to Pro- 
fessor Eugene C. Bingham, of Lafayette Col- 
lege, its certificate of merit for his improved 
variable pressure viscometer. 

THE Committee on Scientific Research of the 
American Medical Association has awarded to 
Dr. F. W. Mulsow, a grant of $225 for work 
on a selective medium for gonococeus. 

THE new buildings of the Astrophysical Ob- 
servatory at Potsdam are to be controlled for 


the next ten years by a committee consisting of _ 


the director of the observatory, Professor Hin- 
stein, Dr. Freundlich, Professor Bosch, and 
Dr. R. Schneider. 


A TESTIMONIAL fund is being raised for Mr. 
E. Grey, field superintendent of the Rotham- 
sted Experiment Station, who has completed 
fifty years’ work at the station. 


THE retirement of Professor Ambronn, of 
the Observatory at Gottingen, has been an- 
nounced. Dr. Meyermann, formerly director 
of the Observatory of Tsingtau, and subse- 
quently a prisoner of war in the hands of the 
Japanese, has been appointed to succeed him. 


Proressor P. P. von WeiImarn has been ap- 
pointed research associate of the Imperial Re- 
search Institute of Osaka, Japan, charged 
with the creation of a laboratory for research 
in colloids. 


Mempers of the American Chemical Society 
resident in Morgantown, West Virginia, met at 
the university on May 12 to elect permanent 
officers for the North Western Virginia Sec- 


SCIENCE 


591 


tion of the society, the charter, for which sec- 
tion was just recently granted. The following 
officers were elected: President, Dr. F. EH. 
Clarke; secretary-treasurer, Dr. E. P. Deatrick; 
vice-president, Professor W. W. Hodge; couwn- 
selor, Dr. H. G. Knight. The section consists 
of thirty-four members. 

On May 9, ex-Provost Edgar F. Smith, of 
the University of Pennsylvania, closed a series 
of public lectures given at Connecticut College 
by professors from Harvard, Yale, Columbia, 
the University of Minnesota, and the University 
of Chicago. Dr. Smith’s subject was “Chemis- 
try and civilization.” 


Dr. Jonn A. Detiersen, of the University 
of Illinois, delivered Sigma Xi lectures at Pur- 
due University on April 21 and at Northwestern 
University on May 19, on the subject of “Re- 
cent experiments and observations bearing on 


the inheritance of acquired bodily modifica- 


tions.” 


Dr. RicHarp C. Touman, director of the 
Fixed Nitrogen Research Laboratory, Wash- 
ington, delivered a lecture on the “Quantum 
Theory,’ May 16, before the Scientific Society 
at Swarthmore College. 


H. C. Parmenter, editor of Chemical and 
Metallurgical Engineering, addressed on May 
10 the Chemical Society of the Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology on .“The chemist in 
public life.” 


Av a joint meeting of the Washington Acad- 
emy of Sciences with the local section of the 
American Institute of Electrical Engineers, on 
May 18, Dr. A. Van Dyck, of the General 
Hlectric Company, delivered an address on 
“The vacuum tube in present day radio.” 


Tue Miami Aquarium and Biological Lab- 
oratory, Miami Beach, Florida, on the grounds, 
building and equipment of which nearly 
$400,000 been expended from private 
sources, has had a successful winter season of 
collecting and classifying, adding many new 
specimens ‘to the exhibit in its fifty tanks. 
After careful deliberation the officers of the 
Miami Aquarium Association decided to close 
the station for the summer, in order that neces- 
sary changes in tank arrangement and water 


has 


592 


supply might be made and at the same time 
to save the heavy overhead operating expenses 
at a period of the year when daily attendance 
of visitors is very small. The station will open 
again next December. Seventy thousand per- 
sons visited the Aquarium during the recent 
winter and spring months—January to April, 
1922. If the investigators specializing in 
ichthyology decide to take advantage of the 
unusual opportunity offered by the Biological 
Laboratory, it will hereafter be kept in opera- 
tion continuously throughout the year; other- 
wise, the very heavy overhead expense makes its 
twelve-month-a-year availability prohibitive, 
and, as the station is supported by private con- 
tribution, its laboratory will not be kept open 
throughout the year unless a number of inves- 
tigators decide to apply for tables. 


Tue laying of the cornerstone of the build- 
ing to be erected in Panama by the Gorgas 
Memorial has been postponed until February 
7, 1923. It was intended to lay the stone 
during the visit to the isthmus of Dr. Richard 
Strong, of the School of Tropical Medicine of 
Harvard University and member of the govern- 
ing board of the Gorgas Memorial, but on the 
suggestion of Admiral Braisted and others the 
ceremony was deferred until next year, on the 
occasion of a visit of a group from the Amer- 
ican College of Surgeons. This group from 
the College of Surgeons, numbering several 
hundred, are planning a trip through South 
America to hold clinies in the principal cities. 
It is expected that they will hold a clinic in 
Panama. In any event the party will cross the 
Isthmus. That time is to be taken for the 
laying of the cornerstone of the Gorgas Memo- 
rial Building to be erected here. The building 
in Panama for the Gorgas Memorial is to be 
devoted to research in tropical medicine and 
sanitation, and will house laboratories as well 
as executive and record offices, ete. It will be 
built on the seafront, close by the new Santo 
Tomas Hospital, overlooking the Pacific. Its 
cost is estimated at about $500,000. 

Tue Association to Aid Scientific Research 
by Women reports that at the recent an- 
nual meeting thirteen theses were submitted in 
competition for the Ellen Richards Research 
Prize of $1,000. Of these essays six were from 
Great Britain, five from the United States, one 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


from Australia and one from a Russian woman 


doing research work in New York. Since its 
establishment the prize has been awarded five 
times, three times to American competitors and 
twice to English competitors. While the prize 
for 1922 was not awarded, as in the opinion of 
the judges none of the essays were of the same 
grade as those to which the prize has been 
awarded previously, the judges gave such high 
credit to one of the papers submitted that the 
association voted honorable mention with a 
grant of $1,000 to the author. This is the first 
time the grant has been made, and it carries 
with it the stipulation that “the grant shall be 
made only on the basis of submitted work and 
shall be used for the immediate continuation 
or completion of a definite piece of research.” 
To these conditions the writer of the paper 
entitled “An investigation of the critical elec- 
tron energies associated with the excitation of 
the spectra of helium and their significance in 
relation to certain modern views of the sta- 
tionary states of the helium atom” has agreed 
and therefore the grant has been awarded to 
Miss Ann Catherine Davies, Royal Holloway 
College, Englefield Green, Surrey, England. 
Miss Davies holds the B.Se. degree from the 
University of London, 1915, and the M.Se. 
degree from the same university, 1917. 


We learn from the British Medical Journal 
that the officers of the Section of Anestheties 
at the forthcoming annual meeting of the Brit- 
ish Medical Association in Glasgow have ar- 
ranged the following program: (1) A discus- 
sion on the broncho-pulmonary complications 
following operation under anesthesia; (2) a 
paper and demonstration by Dr. A. L. Flem- 
ming on effects produced by exposing tissues 
to various coneentrations of anesthetic vapor; 
(3) demonstration of anesthetic apparatus. 
The officers of the Section of Microbiology 
(including Bacteriology) have arranged the 
following provisional program: (1) “The bac- 
teriophage,” by Dr. F. D’Herelle (Pasteur In- 
stitute, Paris) and Dr. F. W. Twort; (2) “The 
bacteriology of influenza,” by Dr. Mervyn H. 
Gordon; (3) “Some similarities and dissimi- 
larities in the microbiology of plant and animal 
diseases,’ by Professor V. H. Blackman; (4) 
“Mutation of species,” by Dr. W. B. Brierley. 
Demonstrations will be arranged by Sir Wil- 


JUNE 2, 1922] 


liam Leishman, Professor Graham Kerr, and 
others. The officers of the Section of Anatomy 


have chosen the following preliminary list of © 


subjects for discussion: (1) “The relation of 
the urethra to the vagina,” by Professor J. C. 
Brash (Birmingham); (2) “The naked-eye 
anatomy of the bone marrow, with age 
changes,’ by Mr. Piney (Birmingham); (3) 
“The teaching of anatomy by radiology in the 
anatomy department,” by Dr. J. M. Woodburn 
Morison (Manchester); (4) “The problem of 
the structure of the vertebrate head,’ by Dr. 
W. B. Primrose (Glasgow); (5) A discussion 
on the administration of the Anatomy Act will 
be opened by Dr. Alexander Maephail. Dr. 
Adam Patrick (16, Buckingham Terrace, Glas- 
gow, W.), one of the honorary secretaries of 
the Section of Medicine, writes to say that 
he or his co-seeretaries will be glad to hear of 
any members who might wish to submit short 
papers in the section, in addition to having 
the names of any who desire to take part in 
discussions. The meetings of the sections will 
be held on Wednesday, Thursday and Friday, 
July 26, 27 and 28. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


Ir is announced that the contest of the will 
of Amos F. Eno will be settled out of court by 
the payment of about four million dollars to 
Columbia University. The 1915 -will, which 
has been twice broken by juries but both times 
upheld by courts on appeal, gave the residuary 
estate to Columbia University. The will made 
bequests of $250,000 each to the Metropolitan 
Museum of Art, the American Museum of Nat- 
ural History, the New York Association for 
Improving the Condition of the Poor, and the 
New York University. Had the will been 
broken finally, these institutions would have 
received nothing. Whether they receive the 
full $250,000 each under the settlement, or what 
proportion of the total they réceive, is not dis- 
closed. The Society of Mechanies and Trades- 
men received $1,800,000 under the 1915 will, 
and had that will been broken would have 
received $2,000,000 under an earlier will. ° This 
institution could not therefore be called upon 
to sacrifice anything in order to satisfy the 
heirs, and will receive the full $1,800,000. 


SCIENCE 


593 


Dr. SypNey Waker, Jr. has provided $200 
per annum for a scholarship for the further- 
ance of research in physiology at the University 
of Chicago in memory of his son. 


Dr. Hersert W. Mumrorp, who has been 
away for a year on leave of absence from the 
University of Illinois as director of live stock 


marketing for the Illinois Agricultural Asso- 


ciation, has been appointed dean of the College 
of Agriculture as suecessor of Dr. Eugene 
Davenport, who retires after twenty-seven 
years service at the end of the present year. 


Dr. Watrer R. Mines, research psychologist 
at the nutrition laboratory of the Carnegie In- 
stitution of Washington, Boston, has been ap- 
pointed professor of experimental psychology 
at Stanford University, to fill the vacancy ere- 
ated by the retirement of Professor Frank 
Angell at the close of the present academic 
year. Dr. Angell has been professor of psy- 
chology at Stanford almost from the time of 
the opening of the university, having joined 
the faculty in 1892. 


Dr. Harry D. Krrson, professor of psychol- 
ogy at Indiana University, will lecture at the 
summer session of New York University School 
of Commerce and Finance, giving courses on 
employment psychology and the psychology of 
advertising and selling. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 


THE WRITING OF POPULAR SCIENCE 

To tHe Eprror or Sctence: I have read 
with much interest Dr. Slosson’s letter? refer- 
ring to my recent remarks? regarding the wri- 
ting of popular science. I fear that Dr. 
Slosson has missed the main object of those 
remarks. They were not primarily intended to 
discourage the presentation of “mere informa- 
tion,” though they did aim to discourage the 
practice of calling such matter “science,” and 
of describing it as “scientific,” but they were 
especially intended to point out the need of 
driving home to the layman the fact that science 
does not consist in the accumulation and eata- 
loguing of such information, but in the estab- 
lishing of relations between observed facts. 

1 ScIENCcE, 55: 480, 1922. 

2 Science, 55: 374, 1922. 


594 


The layman has for so long been fed, under 
the guise of science, upon mere information 
that has, so far as he can see, no significant use 
or relation to anything with which he or his 
neighbors are in any way concerned, that he 
has acquired a false idea of what science really 
is. He is prone to regard scientists as vision- 


ary, unpractical freaks who spend their time_ 


in hunting up queer facts and in dreaming 
fantastic dreams, as harmless imbeciles who 
putter around at things that are of no interest 
to any one else, who from a depraved taste talk 
a jargon that others can not understand, and 
who once in a while by pure chance stumble 
upon something that some more sensible indi- 
vidual is able to put to some real use. This 
false conception should be rectified. In my 
opinion this can not be done by the simple 
process of offering the layman a larger or a 
more varied diet of mere information, even 
though this diet is guaranteed to conform to all 
the pure food laws. It must be done by dri- 
ving home the fact that the prime object of 
science is the establishing of relations between 
facts, the facts themselves being merely inci- 
dental to that, and in many cases of no other 
interest whatever; and by showing him that 
the facts that are presented for his considera- 
tion have significant relations to those he 
already knows and of which he appreciates the 
importance. 

I realize that the preparation of articles 
suited to these purposes is difficult, and I sym- 
pathize with Dr. Slosson in the diffieulty he is 
experiencing in getting them; but the presence 
of difficulties should not deter us from facing 
the issue squarely and trying to meet it. Arti- 
cles setting forth relations between facts can 
not be reeled off by the yard, their preparation 
is slow and laborious; also it is a work purely 
of love, other recompense than the joy of the 
work being insignificant. Consequently, such 
articles can be expected only from those scien- 
tists whose daily work of getting a living is 
such that they have considerable leisure. Does 
this not in part explain why Dr. Slosson finds 
more writers of good popular science in Eng- 
land than in this country? 

Be this as it may, I am convinced that the 
layman’s keen interest in science will awake 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


when, and only when, he has been brought to 
recognize that science is concerned primarily 
in the establishing of relations, and that there- 
by he will be enabled to forecast and to control 
future events with ever greater and greater 
certainty. 
N. Ernest Dorsey 
404 MaryLAND BUILDING, 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 


To THE Epiror of ScreNcE: Certain scien- 
tifie men are attacking us editors of daily and 
Sunday newspapers and charging us with fab- 
rication and exaggeration in our presentation 
of scientific matter for popular reading. As 
the editor of the Sunday magazine section of 
a metropolitan newspaper which has for many 
years been doing its best to keep the general 
public informed of the latest developments in 
science, permit me to present the other side of 
the case. 

In my earnest efforts to publish the truth, the 
whole truth and nothing but the truth about 
such matters, I have over and over again asked 
men who are eminent in their specialties to write 
articles for me. But, with a few rare excep- 
tions, the articles they have furnished me have 
been failures, because written in a style that, 
however appropriate for a purely scientific 
magazine, was utterly unsuitable for the aver- 
age reader, because filled with technicalities 
which only the highly educated -could be ex- 
pected to understand. The fault I have to find 
with our American men of science when writing 
of their specialties is that they fail to present 
their ideas in the simple language and with the 
clarity of expression which are so necessary if 
one is going to awaken the interest of the “man 
in the street.” In this respect, they are far 
behind thei British, French and Italian 
fellows. 

So far as the New York Sunday World 
Magazine, over which I have authority, is con- 
cerned, it has been our persistent policy for the 
last ten years to print nothing except that for 
which we have the very best authority obtain- 
able. We devote two pages every Sunday to 
scientific matter, the greater part of which is 
quoted literally from the scientific and medical 
magazines. Besides this, when any highly im- 


JUNE 2, 1922] 


portant scientific discovery is made, we devote 
a special article to it, generally in the form of 
an interview with either the discoverer himself 
or the greatest available authority on the sub- 
ject, and all such interviews are revised by the 
man interviewed and not printed until he has 
given them his O. K. In other cases, the facts 
are taken from a book or article written by the 
discoverer and are presented as his say-so and 
not as ours. 

Quite recently we have received from some 
of the most eminent scientists in the world let- 
ters heartily congratulating us on the way in 
which we have presented articles that had spe- 
cially interested them. I recall one from the 
late Professor Baskerville, another from Pro- 
fessor Millikan, and the most recent of all are 
from Dr. L. O. Howard of the U. S. Bureau 
of Agriculture and Professor E. L. Bouvier of 
Paris on a page review of the latter’s book 
on the “Psyehie Life of Insects,” translated by 
the former, both of whom are enthusiastic in 
their congratulations. 

I venture to ask if you can find fault with 
Mr. Arthur Benington’s article ‘The Chemists’ 
Battle with Death” on page 2 of our magazine 
section of Sunday, April 9? Is there anything 
in that which is lax, inaccurate or ‘“falsified’’? 
Is this a “hoax”? If so, the hoax is not ours, 
but that of the leading chemists of the United 
States. I might ask the same question about 
dozens of articles we have published within the 
last few years. 

That there are newspapers which publish 
fake science, I know as well as you, and that 
there are scientists who lend their names to 
such fakes—at a price—you ought to know as 
well as I. But, in condemning the few fakers, 
it is unfair and unjust to condemn also those 
which are honestly striving to interest and in- 
form the general public on scientific affairs. 

I sympathize with Mr. Slosson in his diffi- 
culty of finding men with the ability to write 
on scientific matters for the general reader. I 
have had the same difficulty, but I flatter myself 
that I have a few men on the staff of the Sun- 
day World whose knowledge of science may not 
be that of specialists, but is, what is far more 
valuable, broad, thorough and comprehensive, 


SCIENCE 


595 


and to this knowledge they unite an ability to 
convey to the man in the street a good idea of 
even the most abstruse subjects—witness, for 
example, our exposition of the Hinstein theory, 
which was the best really popular article on the 
subject that it has been my good fortune to 
read. My long experience proves to me that the 
worst writers on scientific subjects are scientific 
men, for the reason that they do not know how 
to make their writings interesting and it is 
manifestly futile to publish uninteresting arti- 
cles, for no one will read them. 
J. O'H. Cosarave, 

THE Wor Lp, Sunday Editor 

New York Ciry 


THE UNIVERSITY OF GRAZ 


To THE Kprror or Science: A letter was 
received by me some time ago, the English 
translation of which runs as follows: 
University of Graz, Austria. 

Institute for Plant Physiology. 


Graz, January 22-22. 
Dear Colleague: qraZ January 12 


Due to the collapse of our exchange, the con- 
dition of science in this country is getting worse 
every day. This fact brings back to me the 
promise you gave me last fall, at the laboratory 
of Dr. Went (Utrecht, Holland). You promised 
me to send, after your return to the United States, 
the Botanical Abstracts, possibly also reprints of 
anatomical and physiological work. 

I am forced to bring this conversation to your 
remembrance because I am unable to see any 
other way to obtain American literature. The 
value of the Austrian crown is so deeply de- 
pressed that the rate of exchange, even with Ger- 
many, is 60-70 crowns pro mark. To buy foreign 
literature is of course out of the question. The 
University of Vienna enjoys the support of many 
financially influential persons. Our small univer- 
sity in Graz, however, lacks any such support. 
It is even difficult to produce enough energy re- 
quired for scientific endeavor. 

My short stay with Dr. Went has shown to me 
clearly the hopeless position of our Austrian 
institutes. 

Nothing will describe the situation better than 
the following statement: my (recently increased) 
annual income is about twelve thousand crowns 
(about $1.40). I hope you will not feel offended 
when, under such circumstances, I bring back to 


596 


your remembrance the help you promised me last 
year. Sincerely yours, 
(Signed) K. LINSBAUER. 


L. B. BrecKING 
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, 


STANFORD UNIVERSITY, CALIFORNIA 


REQUEST FOR PAPERS ON GEOLOGIC 
DIFFUSION 

I wave received from Professor Raphael Ed. 
Liesegang, of the Institut fiir physikalische 
Grundlagen der Medizin, Schloss Str. 21, 
Frankfurt am Main, who is well known for his 
studies of diffusion and of the phenomena gen- 
erally referred to as “Liesegang rings,” a letter 
in which he requests that geologists who may 
publish, or who have recently published, papers 
dealing with the relation of ore deposition to 
colloid chemistry or diffusion will forward to 
him copies of their works. He explains that 
he desires these for abstracting for the “Kolloid 
Zeitschrift” and for use in the preparation of 
new editions of his books on Geologic Diffusion 
and on Agates. Hitherto he has obtained such 
papers by personal letters to their authors, but 
the present postage rate from Germany is so 
high as to make a continuance of this practice 
a heavy burden on his resources. 

Geo. OTIS SMITH, 

UNITED STATES Director 

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 


ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTION 


Reapers of Sctence have been in touch with 
the work of the Committee for the Investigation 
of Atmospheric Pollution. In the issue for 
April 22, 1921, a review of the Sixth Report 
is given, and in the issue for November 28, 
1919, a summary of the Fourth Report. 

The Seventh Report has now appeared* 
giving results of measurements of the deposits 
from 31 stations. During the year, automatic 
apparatus for measuring suspended impurity 
was set up at six stations. 

The tables are similar to those in previous 
reports, and cover: 

1. Monthly deposit for two selected stations, 
representative of high and low deposits such as 
central Birmingham and Rothamsted. 

1M. O. 249. Meteorological Office, Air Minis- 
try, London, 1922. Price 2s. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


2. Total solids deposited monthly at all stations. 

3. Mean monthly deposits at all stations for 
the summer half years, i. e., April to September, 
1919 and 1920. 

4, Mean monthly deposits at all stations for the 
winter half years, i. e., October to March, 1919- 
1920 and 1920-1921. 

5 and 6. Classification of the stations according 
to amounts of various elements of pollution. 

7 to 10. Totals of stations as classified for each 
element of pollution. 

There is also a discussion of the type of 
deposit gage. The metallic gage, even when 
varnished, gave traces of metallic salts; and 
the glass gage proved too fragile; and finally 
enameled stoneware was adopted. One set of 
gages has been provided with Nipher shields 
to improve the catch; and it would seem as if 
the amount so caught now agreed closely with 
the catch of the rain gage, which was not the 
case previously. 

A twin atmospheric pollution gage has been 
devised and put in operation at Rochdale by 
Dr. Ashworth and an attempt made to measure 
the. quantity of impurities brought into the 
town and the amount carried out. 

The west wind brought 14.8 tons per square 
kilometer; and 11.84 tons were carried out by 
the east wind. The data covered a period of 
five months. The amount brought in by the 
west wind, however, is not sufficient to account 
for Rochdale’s high atmospheric pollution. 

From the records of the instruments at the 
Meteorological Office it would appear that in 
London domestic fires are responsible for 
nearly two thirds of the total smoke. 

The relation between health and impurity is 
discussed by Dr. J. S. Owens. 

Curves were prepared in which the daily 
deaths of London were plotted with the data 
for maximum suspended impurity in the air. 
Temperatures were also considered. 

There is a tendency for the death rate to 
reach a maximum when the impurity is highest 
or rather a little later. 

On the whole there is no obvious relationship 
between the quantity of impurity and the num- 
ber of deaths in London. 

Dr. Owens also contributes an article on 
“London Fog in November,” describing meas- 
urements made of the black particles. These 


JUNE 2, 1922 


varied from .00013 mm to .00026 mm in diam- 
eter. The thickness of the water film was prob- 
ably .0014 mm. He compares these with the 
diameters of fog particles measured by Barus 
in his experiments on atmospheric nucleation. 
He also treats of the sources of solid particles 
in London fogs.. These come quickly, the air 
being relatively clean at 6 a.m.; and heavily 
laden with smoke fog by 9 a.m. When the air 
in London is fairly clear in winter, the amount 
of suspended matter is approximately 1 milli- 
gram per cubie meter; during a dense fog it 
rises to 5 mgs/m®. <A rough estimate of the 
weight of the impurity in a fog for an area of 
310 square kilometers (120 square miles) and 
a height of 122 meters gives 193 tons. Accord- 
ing to Dr. Owens the amount of smoke pro- 
duced between 6 a.m. and 10 a.m. from domestic 
fires and factories is sufficient to account for 
this load of suspended matter over London on 
a foggy day at 10 a.m. 

Dr. Owens touches on the amount of dust in 
expired air. It has been assumed by medical 
men that the air passage through nose and 
threat practically trapped all the solid impuri- 
ties. He doubts this and some experiments 
which he made seem to. prove that in ordinary 
breathing the expired air contained about 70 
per cent. of the suspended impurity which en- 
tered during inspiration. It seems certain that 
suspended matter is not entirely removed by 
action of the respiratory passages. In fact, 
only about 30 per cent. is removed. 

Quite a good deal of space is given to a dis- 
cussion of the relation of visibility to sus- 
pended impurity. The discussion is technical 
and no definite conclusions are reached. 

Research work on measurements of acidity 
in the suspended matter of air is in progress. 

ALEXANDER McADIE 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
STUDIES OF THE POLLEN TUBES AND 
ABORTIVE OVULES OF THE GLOBE 
MUTANT OF DATURA 
THE Globe mutant, like the twelve or more 
other (2n+1) mutants already described (1 
and 3), owes its mutant character to the pres- 
ence of a single extra chromosome, the so- 


SCIENCE 


597 


matic number being 25 instead of 24. One of 
us (2) has shown by means of breeding tests 
that the inheritance of Globes is almost ex- 
clusively through the ovules, by which it is 
transmitted to only one quarter of the off- 
spring whether the parent Globe is selfed or is 
pollinated by a normal diploid. Pollen from a 
Globe when applied to stigmas of a normal 
parent transmits the Globe complex to con- 
siderably less than 3 per cent. of the offspring. 

Our colleague, Mr. Belling, finds that half 
of the pollen grains of Globe plants receive 
the extra chromosome. The fact that some of 
the ovules transmit the character, while some 
give rise to normal plants, indicates that a 
similar segregation takes place in the forma- 
tion of the ovules. While the back-cross of 
Globes x normal pollen does not produce more 
than about one quarter Globes in the offspring, 
there are more than enough small aborted 
ovules in the seed pod to account for the miss- 
ing Globes necessary to satisfy the expected 
1:1 ratio of Globes to normals. We may 
safely infer, therefore, that half of the ma- 
ture megaspores within the ovules receive the 
extra chromosome. 

If there were no losses through bad pollen 
or abortion of ovules, the expected result of 
selfing (2n+1) Globes would be 25 per cent. 
normal diploid plants with the formula 2n, 
50 per cent. (2n+1) Globes, and 25 per cent. 
(2n+2) Globes with two extra chromosomes 
in the Globe set. Instead, we get mostly nor- 
mals, with only about 25 per cent (2n+1) 
Globes and but rarely a (2x+2) Globe. 

The problem here is to find if possible ex- 
actly where the losses are incurred, whether 
in pollen grains which fail to germinate, in 
pollen tubes which fail to grow fast enough 
to reach the ovary, or which fail to fertilize 
the ovules, or entirely in zygotes which are 
lost in the aborted ovules. 

Aborted ovules were counted in seed pods 
that were nearly ripe. These can be seen 
with a hand lens or binocular dissecting micro- 
scope on the enlarged fleshy portion of the 
placentz# among the seeds. 

Two classes of aborted ovules were recog- 
nized, the tiny apparently unenlarged ovules 
and those that were distinctly enlarged. The 


593 


enlarged ovules were doubtless fertilized while 
the tiny ovules which were probably but not 
certainly fertilized were counted as fertilized 
when they were located among the enlarged 
ovules and seeds. 

Counts of the aborted ovules in well filled 
seed capsules resulting from abundant hand 
pollinations were as follows: 


A. Normal x Normal, 6-9 per cent. (exact 
average for 5 capsules was 7.6). 

B. Normal x Globe, 10-15 per cent. (exact 
average for 5 capsules was 12.8). 

C. Globe x Normal, 22-34 per cent. (exact 
average for 5 capsules was 29.5). 

D. Globe x Globe, 35-50 per cent. (exact 
average for 4 capsules was 39.4). 
Since the Globe character is transmitted 


through the pollen parent in less than 3 per 
cent of the seeds, the discrepancy in the num- 
ber of abortive ovules between A and B as 
well as between C and D suggests that 4-10 
per cent. of the (m+1) pollen tubes enter 
the ovary. More extensive studies will be 
needed to justify this tentative conclusion but 
the data at hand seems to indicate this and 
that there is a much greater mortality of Globe 
zygotes than of normals in embryonic devel- 
opment. 

The style of Datura, as in many angiosperms, 
contains a central core of conducting tissue 
which is soft and fibrous, made up of narrow 
linear shaped cells, extending lengthwise of 
the style and terminating in the stigma where 
these cells become papillate. The pollen 
tubes, aided by a process of digestion grow 
down to the ovary through this tissue. 


700 


100 


HA (linc lll 


0 10 72 972, 20 ws 


Fie. 1. 
with 11 normals. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


For a study of the pollen tubes, receptive 
stigmas were pollinated with a single layer of 
pollen in order to insure opportunity for uni- 
form germination. This was done by applying 
the pollen in moderate quantities and blowing 
off the excess which was not immediately held 
by the stigmatic fluid. The styles were re- 
moyed after a given period of time, scalded in 
hot but not boiling water (about two min- 
utes) their cortex sht lengthwise by passing 
them through a groove in which the sharp 
corner of a fragment of a razor blade pro- 
truded slightly. This treatment facilitated 
the removal of the cortical tissue by dissec- 
tion, leaving only the central strand of con- 
ducting tissue with which the stigma is con- 
tinuous at the end. These central cores were 
stained in magenta (acid red), washed a little 
in water and mounted whole on a slide using 
concentrated lactic acid as a 
dium and 


mounting me- 
clearing agent. Balsam mounts 
were not found satisfactory but these lactie 
acid preparations have kept for more than 
six months. 

Pressure applied to the cover glass will 
spread this tissue out in a thin layer, and the 
pollen tubes may be seen even under low 
power (better after 12-24 hours) as dark red 
streaks imbedded among the elongated pink- 
stained cells of the conducting tissue. Ger- 
minated pollen grains are transparent and 
may be recognized only by their empty shells 
(the exine walls) while the ungerminated pol- 
len grains will stain a deep red. This method 
makes possible reliable counts of the number 
of ungerminated pollen grains and the num- 


SN 


30 7272. 40-2 1 


700 


Distribution of the pollen tubes in at styles of 18 Globes combined, and compared 
Stigma is at left and the pollen tubes were growing to the right. 


Values 


plotted at O distance “represent the ungerminated pollen grains. 


JUNE 25 1922 


ber of pollen tubes in various portions of the 
style at any given time after pollination. 

Though a lateral displacement of the pollen 
tubes results from the flattening of these 
strands of conducting tissue, every pollen tube 
is practically in place with reference to its 
distance from the stigma or ovary. By means 
of a microscope equipped with a mechanical 
stage it was found possible to count their 
number and measure their distance from the 
end of the stigma, down as far as they had 
penetrated, from which their curves of dis- 
tribution could be plotted and studied. 

In the adjoining diagram the pollen tube 
distribution curves were made by superposing 
the pollen tube counts of a dozen or more 
stvles whose foremost pollen tubes had pene- 
trated to about 42 mm. The counts were made 
for 2mm. intervals and this represents their 
distribution about fourteen hours after pol- 
lination under fairly uniform temperature 
conditions—approximately 20°C. ‘The  bi- 
modal eurve is for Globes selfed and repre- 
sents a total of 8,365 pollen grains applied to 
18 stigmas under similar conditions, while the 
curve of distribution for selfed normal plants 
is shown superposed on this and represents 
4,691 pollen grains applied to 11 different 
stigmas. In the normals the germination was 
95.6 per cent. while the Globe pollen selfed 
gave a germination of 94.9 per cent. The 
curves are much more jagged when the pollen 
tube populations from individual styles are 
plotted but those from Globes are quite as 
characteristically bi-modal. 

The explanation offered is that though the 
Globe pollen selfed germinates about as well 
as the normal pollen selfed, there are slower 
growing pollen tubes among the rapidly grow- 
ing ones and soon this population of game- 
tophytes becomes resolved into two groups 
which grow at slightly different rates. This 
bi-modal character increases with time, and 
the slowest pollen tubes may fail to fertilize 
because they fail to enter the ovary before 
abscission of the style, or they may fail only 
because the ovules were already fertilized by 
the more rapid pollen tubes. Since the Globe 
character is only slightly transmitted through 
the pollen, we infer that the pollen tubes with 


SCIENCE 


599 


(n+1) chromosomes are the slow ones, while 
the tubes with nm chromosomes are those in the 
lead. 

While this study is very largely still in its 
preliminary stages, it seems to show that we 
have in Datura a selection between gameto- 
phytes, one of the special forms of Develop- 
mental Selection described by one of us (4), 
thus proving that this form of selection is sub- 
ject to experimental study. The result of our 
preliminary study also shows that the Globe, 
as well as the other (2n+1) mutants of Da- 
tura, Ulustrates a condition in which the mu- 
tations tend to disappear because they are not 
favored by the processes of Developmental 
Selection. p 


LITERATURE CITED 

1. Blakeslee, A. F., 1922; Variations in Da- 
tura due to changes in chromosome number. 
American Naturalist, 56: 16-31, Jan.-Feb. 

2. ——————,, 1921; The Giobe Mutant in the 
Jimson weed (Datura Stramonium). Genetics, 
6: 241-264, May. 

.8. Blakeslee, A. F., John Belling and M. E. 
Farnham, 1920; Chromosomal duplication and 
Mendelian phenomena in Datura mutants. SCIENCE, 
N. S., 52: 388-390, Oct. 22. 

4. Buchholz, J. T., 1922; Developmental Se- 
lection in vascular plants. Bot. Gaz., 73: 249-286, 
Apr. 

JoHN T. BucHHOLZ, 
ALBERT F’, BLAKESLEE 
STATION FOR EXPERIMENTAL EVOLUTION, 
Cotp Spring Harsor, L. I. 


THE MATHEMATICAL ASSOCIA- 
TION OF AMERICA 


The sixth annual meeting of the Mathemat- 
ical Association of America was held at the 
University of Toronto on Thursday and Fri- 
day, December 29 and 30, 1921. One hundred 
and ten were in attendance at the sessions of 
the association, 88 of these being members of 
the association. The following papers were 
read at the meeting aside from the papers by 
Professors Carmichael, Curtiss and Slaught 
on the program of the joint sessions with the 
American Mathematical Society, and Section 
A of the American Association: 


600 


Outlines of Certain Fields of Research: 

(a) ‘‘Foundations of geometry,’’ by Professor 
Oswald Veblen, Princeton University. 

(b) ‘‘Caleulus of- variations,’’ by Professor 
G. A. Bliss, University of Chicago. 


(It is frequently urged that college and univer- 
sity teachers should be engaged in some form of 
productive work, but many college instructors do 
not know promising lines of investigation and do 
not know how and where to find the literature 
which will inform them what has already been 
done in various lines. A suggestion has been 
made that the Association can do a valuable 
service if on its programs and through the Amer- 
ican Mathematical Monthly university teachers 
map out for college teachers possible lines of 
research growing readily out of college courses. 
These papers afford a beginning of such sugges- 
tions.) 

“*Courses in mechanics for students majoring 
in mathematies,’’ by Professor E. V. Hunting- 
ton, Harvard University. 

““Topology of three-dimensional manifolds in 
three dimensions,’’ by Professor Norman Miller, 
Queen’s University. 

‘«Funetionality in mathematical instruction in 
schools and colleges,’’ by Professor E. R. Hed- 
rick, University. of Missouri. 

““An example in the inversion of upper limits 
and bounds,’’ by Professor Samuel Beatty, Uni- 
versity of Toronto. 

“*New mathematical periodicals,’’ by Pro- 
fessor G. A. Miller, University of Illinois. 

“Proof of the fundamental theorem regarding 
the length of a curve,’’ Professor J. L. Synge, 
University of Toronto, by invitation. 

At the business meeting the following officers 
for 1922 were elected: 

President: R. C. Archibald, Brown University. 

Vice-presidents: R. D. Carmichael, University 
of Illinois, and B. F. Finkel, Drury College. 

Trustees: L, P. Eisenhart, Princeton Univer- 
sity; E. V. Huntington, Harvard University; 
D. N. Lehmer, University of California; G. A. 
Miller, University of Illinois; E. J. Wilezynski, 
University of Chicago. 

The trustees elected to membership 58 indi- 
vidual members and 4 institutional members. 

The financial report indicated an estimated 
surplus of $240 on the year’s business. 

The full proceedings of the meeting were 
published in the Monthly for March, 1922. 


W. D. Cairns, 
Secretary-Treasurer 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


THE AMERICAN MATHEMATICAL 
SOCIETY 


THE twenty-eighth annual meeting of the 


- society and the forty-eighth regular meeting of 


the Chicago section were held at the Uni- 
versity of Toronto on Wednesday and Thurs- 
day, December 28-29, in affiliation with the 
meetings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science. The regular sessions 
of the society were held on Wednesday, Presi- 
dent Bliss occupying the chair, relieved by 
Professors P. F. Smith and C. N. Haskins. On 
Thursday morning there was held a joint 
session with Sections B and C of the American 
Association and the American Physical Society, 
and on Thursday afternoon a joint session 
with Section A and the Mathematical Associa- 
tion of America. The attendance included 84 
members. At the meeting of the council on 
Wednesday, 61 persons were elected to mem- 
bership in the society. 

At the annual election the following officers 
and other members of the Council were chosen: 
Vice-presidents, R. D. Carmichael and D. E. 
Smith; secretary, R. G. D. Richardson; treas- 
urer, W. B. Fite; librarian, R. C. Archibald; 
committee of publication, E. R. Hedrick, 
W. A. Hurwitz, J. W. Young; members of the 
Council, to serve until December, 1924, J. W. 
Alexander, Henry Blumberg, L. L. Dines, F. R. 
Sharpe. 

The total membership of the society is now 
1,005, including 85 life members. The total 
attendance of members at all meetings, includ- 
ing sectional meetings, during the past year 
was 420; the number of papers read was 175. 
At the annual election 169 votes were cast. 
The treasurer’s report shows a balance of 
$10,604.22, including the life membership fund 
of $7,528.87. Sales of the society’s publica- 
tions during the year amounted to $3,222.16. 
The library now contains 6,014 volumes, ex- 
eluding 500 unbound dissertations. 

The program of the joint session of Thurs- 
day morning was as follows: 

I. Atomic nuclei and extra-nuclear electronic 
configuration, by Professor J .¢C. McLennan, retir- 
ing vice-president of Section B. 

II. Symposium on quantum theory: for See- 
tion C, Dr. R. C. Tolman; for the American Math- 
ematical Society, Professor H. B. Phillips; for 


JUNE 2, 1922] 


the American Physical Society, Dr. Saul Dushman. 

The joint session on Thursday afternoon has 
already been reported under Section A. 

The following papers were read at the regu- 
lar sessions of the society: 

Differential geometry of an m-dimensional mani- 
fold in a euclidean space of n dimensions: C. E. 
Wilder. 

Differential geometry of an m-dimensional 
manifold in a euclidean space of n dimensions. 
Second paper: C. E. Wilder. 

A modification of Peano’s postulates for posi- 
tive integers: M. H. Ingraham. 

Riemann geometry and its generalizations: 
L. P. Eisenhart and Oswald Veblen. 

The problem of apportionment. The method of 
the weighted geometric mean: R. W. Burgess. 

Necessary and sufficient conditions in the prob- 
lem of apportionment: E. V. Huntington. 

Commutativity of contact transformations of 
mechanics: S. D. Zeldin. 

Substitutions which are commutative with every 
substitution of an intransitive group: G. A. Miller. 

Seeming contradictions in the theory of groups: 
G. A. Miller. 

Convergence-factors in Cesdro-summable series: 
W. A. Hurwitz. 

Note on the determination of the rectilinear sec- 
ular trend of an ordered series of statistical rela- 
tives: W. L. Crum. 

Provisions for depreciation based directly wpon 
appraisal: C. H. Forsyth. 

Plane algebraic curves invariant under a given 
quadratic Cremona transformation: Arnold Emch. 

Canonical systems and the general problem of 
dynamics: Joseph Lipka. 

Buler squares: H. F. MacNeish. 

The expression of general forms as determinants 
whose elements are forms. Preliminary report: 
H. S. Everett. 

The arithmetic mean of the least and greatest 
of n measurements: E. L. Dodd. 

Convex distribution of the zeros of Sturm-Liou- 
ville functions: Einar Hille. 

On Kellogg’s diophantine problem: D. R. Cur- 
tiss. 

The 
Glashan. 

On the isodyadic septimic equation: J. 8. C. 
Glashan. 

Criteria for relative root distributions: ©. F. 
Gummer. 

The algebraic theory of algebraic functions: 
Samuel Beatty. 


isodyadic quintic equation: J. 8S. C. 


SCIENCE 


601 


An algebraic proof of the eawistence of the 
branches of an algebraic function: I. R. Pounder. 

On the determinant of an hermitian matria of 
quaternionic elements: E. H. Moore. 

Some properties of the surfaces which repre- 
sent the real and imaginary components of a 
function of a complex variable: E. J. Wilezynski. 

Note on differential invariants: O. E. Glenn. 

Hesse’s associated points and the Weddle sur- 
face: Louise D. Cummings. 

Some of the principles of the operation with 
series applied to a partial fraction problem: I. J. 
Schwatt. 

Expansion of powers of infinite series: I. J. 
Schwatt. ; 

A symbolic theory of formal modular invari- 
ants: Olive C. Hazlett. 

The equivalence of expansions in orthogonal 
functions: Norbert Wiener and J. L. Walsh. 

The next meeting of the society was held in 
New York City on February 25, this being the 
only meeting held in New York during the 
spring. 

R. G. D. RicHarpson, 
Secretary 


Tue two hundred and twenty-second regular 
meeting of the American Mathematical Society, 
being the seventeenth regular Western meeting, 
and the forty-ninth regular meeting of the 
Chicago Section, was held at the University of 
Chicago on Friday and Saturday, April 14 and 
15, 1922, in honor of the twenty-fifth anniver- 
sary of the Chicago Section. The attendance 
at these meetings was approximately one hun- 
dred and fifty, and included one hundred and 
four members of the society. 

At the meeting of the council, ten persons 
were elected to membership in the society. 
Professor A. B. Coble was reelected a member 
of the editorial committee of the Transactions 
for a term of three years, beginning October 1, 
1922. 

The council accepted for the society the 
trust of the Hliakim Hastings Moore Fund, 
tendered through Professor Arnold Dresden, 
chairman of the committee that had collected 
the fund; this fund is to be used for the pub- 
lication of mathematical books and memoirs, 
and the award of prizes. In this connection 
a pleasant feature was the presentation at the 
dinner on Friday evening of a testimonial to 
Professor Moore from his former students and 


602 


fellow-members of the Chicago Section. A 
more detailed account of this testimonial and 
of the establishment and purposes of this fund 
has appeared in ScrEeNCE. 

The session on Friday afternoon was de- 
voted to a symposium lecture by Professor 
A. B. Coble, on “Cremona transformations and 
applications to algebra, geometry and modular 
functions,” followed by questions and discus- 
sion. The following papers were read at the 
other sessions of the society, those of Pro- 
fessors Dresden, Shaw and E. H. Moore being 
by request: 

Abstract definitions of the symmetric and alter- 
nating groups and certain other permutation 
groups: R. D, CARMICHAEL. 

On the zeros of successive polars of a binary 
form: D. R. Curtiss. 

Relations between kindred P and Q functions: 
D. R. Curtiss. 

On the equivalence of the Cesdro and Holder 
means for multiple limits: C. N. Moors. 

On convergence factors in triple series and the 
triple Fourier series: Bess M. EvERSULL. 

Independent sets of coaxial minors of 
minants: E. B. STOUFFER. 

On the mininizing of a class of definite inte- 
grals: P. R. Riper. 

On the approximate representation of periodic 
functions of two variables: ELIZABETH CARLSON. 

Substitution groups whose cycles of the same 
order contain a given number of letters: G. A. 
MILLER. 

Conformal transformations of linear homo- 
geneous difference equations and their invariants: 
8. D. ZELDIN. 

A new form of integral expansion: NORBERT 
WIENER. 

Note on certain 
Lennie P. COPELAND. 
Residues of figurate numbers: O. E. GLENN. 

Inter-variate correlation and the successive 
measures of dispersion in an ordered statistical 
series: W. L. Crum. 

Inter-variate partial regression equations in an 
ordered statistical series: W. L. Crum. 

Concerning relatively uniform convergence: 
R. L. Moore. 

On the cut-points of continuous curves and of 
other connected point sets in space of two dimen- 
sions: R. L. Moore. 

A solution of a spinning oblate spheroid two- 
body problem: F. E. Carr. i 


deter- 


semi-invariants of n-lines: 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1431 


The elliptic modular functions associated with 
the elliptic norm curve E*: Roscoz Woops. 

Die Zerlegung von Primzahlen in algebraischen 
Zahlkorpern: ANDREAS SPEISER. 

A boundary value problem in the calculus of 
variations: G. A. Buiss. 

Certain generalizations of osculatory interpola- 
tion: J. EF. REImuy. 

A survey of the scientific work of the Chicago 
Section, 1899-1922: ARNOLD DRESDEN. 

On functional transformations: J. B. SHaw. 

On the determinant of a hermitian matrix of 
quaternionic elements. Definition and elementary 
properties with applications: EK. H. Moore. 

Trigonometric of aperiodic func- . 
tions: T. C. Pry. 

Mathematical paradoxes involved in the new 
Bucyrus gasoline shovel: R. S. Hoar. 


expansion 


On permutable quadratic forms in infinitely 
many variables: E. W. CHITTENDEN. 

A fundamental system of invariants of a mod- 
ular group of transformations: J. S. TURNER. 

Note on a generalization 
F. H. Hover. 

“Ruled surfaces of Green-reciprocal correspond- 
ences: E. P. ANE. 

The Laplace-Poisson 
WILLIAMS. 


of the strophoid: 


mixed equation: K. P. 
A criterion from integral equations relating to 

the existence of solutions for the one-dimensional 

boundary value problem: H. T. Davis. 

A general criterion relating to the existence of 
solutions for the one-dimensional boundary value 
problem: H. T. Davis. 

A continuous curve in the réle of a space: 
R. L. WILDER. 

Continuous transformations in analysis situs: 
N. J. LENNES. . ™ 

On the foundation of the theory of sets: N. J. 
LENNES. : 

An error in the theory of differential equations 
by Lie’s method: L..E. Dickson. 

Present status of the history of the theory of 
numbers: L. E. Dickson. 

The determination of a _ seasonal 
W. L. Harr. 

Concerning compact Kiirschak 
GOKHALE. 

A second mechanism for illustrating lines of 
force: W. H. Rorver. 


variation: 


fields: V. D. 


R. G. D. RicHarpson, 
Secretary 


SCIENCE 


NEw SERIES s — 99 SINGLE Copies, 15 Crs. 
Vou. LV, No. 1432 Fripay, June 9, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


Some Blakiston Textbooks 
PATTEN. Early Embryology of the Chick 


By Braptey M. Patren, Assistant Professor of Histology and Embryology, Western Re- 
serve University. 55 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.25. 
It is a brief, uncomplicated guide to the study of early developmental processes. 


WILDER. Laboratory Manual of Anthropometry 
By Harris H. Witper, Professor of Zoology, Smith College. 43 Illustrations. Cloth, $3.00. 
It gives rules for measurements; enumeration of instruments; mathematical methods for 
tabulating and expressing results of measurements; bibliography; appendices with measure- 
ments for comparison, etc. 


ATWOOD. Civic and Economic Biology 
By Wa. H. Atwoop, Milwaukee State Normal School. 364 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.68. 
The subject is arranged in units and studies, each study of proper length for a single class 
lesson; it is inspiring and most teachable. 


CHAMBERLAIN. Textbook of Organic Chemistry 


By JosrrH Scupprr CHAMBERLAIN, Professor of Organic Chemistry, Massachusetts Agri- 
cultural College. Cloth, $4.00. 
An improved, modern textbook of organic chemistry. 


DUFF. A Textbook of Physics 


By Various Writers; Edited by A. Witmer Durr, Professor of Prysif Worcester Poly- 
technic Institute. 609 Illustrations. Cloth, $4.00. 

The authors have aimed at clearness aaa accuracy. They present ine ompidtal subject in 
attractive manner. x 


a 


TOWER, SMITH, TURTON, COPE. Physics Detar: 


By Wiis E. Tower, Englewood High School, Chicago; CuHartes H. Situ, ude Park 
High School, Chicago; Cartes M. Turton, Bowen High School, Chicago, and Tuomas’ D. 
Cope, University of Pennsylvania. 455 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.35. 


WILLIS. Plane Geometry 


By Proressor C. Appison Wittis, Girard College, Philadelphia. 473 Mlustrations. Cloth, $1.32 
“A complete unified course pulsating with life and aggressiveness.” y 


NEELY AND KILLIUS. Modern Applied Arithmetic 


By R. R. Neety, Supervisor Part Time Schools, Peoria, Illinois, and James Krirtius, Director 
Vocational Education, Johnstown, Pennsylvania. Cloth, $1.00. 

Deals with real life situations, and gives personal, social, civic, commercial, industrial, sci- 
entific applications. 


P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO., Publishers: PHILADELPHIA 


li SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Just Issued 
KOFOID and SWEZY 


Mitosis and fission in the active and encysted 


phases of Giardia enterica (Grassi) of Man. 
90 cents. 


Mitosis in Endamoeba dysenteriae in the bone 
marrow in Arthritis deformans. 


Endamoeba dysenteriae in the lymph glands 
of Man in Hodgkin’s disease. 


In one cover, 25 cents. 


Mitosis in the encysted stages of Endamoeba 
coli (Lésch). (In press), 30 cents. 


University of California Press 


Berkeley, California 


Research Prize of $1,000 


The Ellen Richards Research Prize 
is offered for award in the year 1923. 
Theses by women based on indepen- 
dent laboratory research are eligible 
for competition and must reach 


the Committee before February 25, 
1923. 


For circulars of information and 
application blank, apply to 


DR. LILIAN WELSH, 


Goucher College, Baltimore, Maryland 


For further information apply to 
the Secretary, Mrs. Samuel F. Clarke, 
Williamstown, Mass. 


Hammer’s Spinthariscope 


the spontaneous disinteg- 
Alpha 


rays expelled from radium 


ration of radium. 


ore strike a screen of 
phosphorescent zinc sulphide causing bril- 
liant flashes of light which can be observed 
through a high-powered magnifying glass. 
Price complete as shown__-~--_-_-~ $4.00 


Phosphorescent zinc sulphide screens 


Qe FACE ey ss = Seen kel SES each 2.00 


Denver, Colorado 


is a device to illustrate ° 


water, 


ods for 
the presence of ra- 


Headquarters on Radium Apparatus 
For Sale by 


The Denver Fire Clay Company 


For Demonstrating and Detecting 


Radio-Active Substances 


Hammer’s 


Radioscope 
is an instrument for 
detecting the presence 
of  radio-activity in 
ores, etc., by 
the scintillation meth- 
od, which is the most 
sensitive of all meth- 
determining 


dium. 


Price complete, $10.00 


Salt Lake City, Utah 


‘ 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 


11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y. 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 


Annual Subscription, $6.00. 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the 
Post Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Single Copies, 15 Cts. 


Vou. LV JUNE 9, 1922 No. 1432 
CONTENTS 

Surgical and Anatomic Evidence of Evolu- ; 

GOODS, Ua NWYoe Nile Gao aye eee eee aoe 603 


Cultwation and Soil Moisture: Dr. H. A. 
NOYES Suerte ethan anor eee Gili) 


The Copper Eskimos: Haroup NOICE................ 611 


Scientific Events: 
The British Institute of Physics; The Radio 
Service of the University of Wisconsin; 
Scientific Exhibit at the Meeting of the 
American Medical Association; The Rome 
Meeting of the International Geodetic and 
Geophysical VU Mto 1 ees scien sees neee 612 


Scientific Notes and News........-.-.------+---------- ape 614 
University and Educational Notes..............-..... 617 


Discussion and Correspondence: 
The Thermel: DR. WALTER P. WHITE. Solar 
Energy: The Late Francis B. DANIELS. 
Scientific Work in Russia: Dr. ALES 
HRDLICKA. Doctorates in Agriculture: 
Propessor W. H. CHANDLER. The Writing 
of Popular Science: Dr. WALDEMAR 
KArEMPFFERT, PHinip B. McDonatp, E. T. 
IBREWSTER, tire cee ee Pee et oe 617 


Notes on Meteorology and Climatology: 
The Streamflow Experiment at Wagon 
Wheel Gap: Dr. C. LeRoy MbrisINGER........ 62 


Special Articles: 
An Early Stage of the Free-martin and 
the Parallel History of the Interstitial 
Cells: PRorrssor FRANK R. Linile and 
K. F. Bascom. The Effect of Acid on 
Ciliary Action: Dr. J. M. D. OLMSTED an 
J. W. MacArruor........... .. 624 


The Society of Mammalogists 


bo 


SURGICAL AND ANATOMIC EVI- 
DENCE OF EVOLUTION 


I PROPOSE in this address to approach eyolu- 
tion, not from the controversial side or from 
general arguments, but from a plain statement 
of a series of facts, many of them drawn from 
my personal experience as a surgeon and 
anatomist—facts which, to my mind, absolutely 
demonstrate the solidarity of animal life, more 
especially in the case of the vertebrates, such 
as fish, birds, other mammals and man, the 
highest mammal. 

Many opponents of evolution admit the 
gradual development of animal life from its 
lowest form up to and including the anthropoid 
apes, but they draw the line there, basing this 
belief on the account in Genesis. Man, they 
insist, stand: as a separate direct creation by 
the Almighty, ‘out of ithe dust of the ground.” 
Such an argument is like declaring that the 
laws of mathematics reign in numbers up to, 
say, 100,000 or 1,000,000, but beyond that limit 


are no longer valid. 


* co ie * * % 


Let me now point to facts—not theories but 
facts—which demonstrate this unity of the 
animal kingdom, including man. 

1. Let me relate some operations I have done 
on the human brain. The brain in animals, 
ineluding man, consists in a general way of 
(a) the cerebrum; (b) the cerebellum; (c) the 
spinal ‘cord; and (d) certain structures which 
bind these three together. Extend the fingers 
straight forward. The fingers then resemble 
the “convolutions” on the surface of the brain; 
the furrows between them resemble the ‘‘fis- 
sures” between the convolutions of the brain. 
The principal fissures between the convolutions 
are similar in man and animals. 


1 Part of the Commencement Address at Crozer 
Theological Seminary, Chester, Pennsylvania, on 
June 6, 1922. 


' 


604 


In the convolutions on the surface of the 
brain are certain small aggregations of motor 
nerve cells in the gray matter called “motor 
centers.” On being stimulated by an electric 
current, these cells produce motion, each cen- 
ter in one definite portion of the body, and 
never in any other part. These motor centers 
are all grouped around the fissure of Rolando, 
which runs obliquely downward and forward 
above the ear. This, and another deep furrow 
called the fissure of Sylvius, are always readily 
identified in the lower animals. The motor 
centers for movements of the leg, arm, face, 
fingers, ete., in the brains of the lower animals, 
up to the anthropoid ape, have been exactly 
mapped out by experiments on animals. In 
the human brain the location of the correspond- 
ing motor centers is a duplicate of those in the 
brains of animals. Let me relate some striking 
cases to confirm this statement. 

A young woman with epilepsy, in whom the 
attacks were constantly increasing in frequency 
and violence, insisted that her attacks always 
began in her left thumb, then spread to the 
hand, then to the arm, followed by unconscious- 
ness and violent convulsions all over the body. 
Careful observation for two weeks in hospital 
confirmed her statements that the fits always 
did begin in this left thumb. If, then, I could 
prevent the fit from beginning in this thumb, 
so I reasoned, it might be that I could prevent 
the entire attack. Just as, in a row of bricks 
standing on end, if I can prevent the first one 
from falling, none of the others will fall. 

The possibility of the exact localization of 
the little eube of gray matter on the surface of 
the brain, dominating all the muscles of the 
thumb, was the key to the whole operation. 
This localization of the thumb center had been 
made absolutely by experiments on the brains 
of animals. Accordingly, I opened her skull, 
identified the spot corresponding to the thumb 
center (i. e., the great toe of the fore foot) in 
animals, and eut out a small cube less than an 
inch on each side. 

Next, note the fact’ that there are nine muscles 
moving the thumb, some in the ball of the 
thumb, some between the thumb and the fore- 
finger, some extending up the front of the fore- 
arm, and some up the back of the forearm, 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1432 


both of the latter reaching nearly to the elbow. 
Some flex and some extend the thumb, some 
separate it from the other fingers, and by one 
we can make the thumb touch each of the other 
four fingers. This is the motion which differ- 
entiates the human “hand” from the animal 
fore foot. 

When this patient awoke from the ether, 
every one of these nine muscles was paralyzed 
and in not a single additional muscle was mo- 
tion affected. The human brain center and 
the animal brain center for the thumb were 
proved to be precisely identical. My hopes 
were justified. Her epileptic attacks, which 
had oceurred almost daily, recurred only about 
once in a year. In a few months she even re- 
gained full control over this thumb. 

Two other later similar eases still further 
confirmed this wonderfully exact localization. 


In 1888, I reported 
my first three eases of modern surgery of the 
brain. Attending the meeting of the American 
Surgical Association in Washington, when I 
read this paper, was Sir David Ferrier of 
London. He had contributed very largely to 
this then wholly new mapping of the brain 
centers which control motion. In one ease, I 
described how I had stimulated a certain small, 
definite motor area in the brain of my patien: 
by the battery,? and deseribed the resulting 
movements of the arm at the shoulder. Ferrier 
afterwards said to me, “I could hardly restrain 
myself from leaping to my feet, for this was 
the very first demonstration on the human 
brain of the exact identity of my own localiza- 
tion of this very center in animals.” 

A fifth brain case: A midshipman in the 
United States Naval Academy at Annapolis, 
in 1902. I saw him three days after his acci- 
dent. All the history I obtained was that he 
had been injured in a foot-ball game, had been 
unconscious for half an hour, and since then 
had complained bitterly of headache, which he 
located in his forehead. He was almost coma- 
tose, his pulse was only 52. There was no 
fracture of the skull. Soon after the accident, 
he developed local convulsions—note this care- 


A fourth brain ease: 


2The brain tissue itself is wholly devoid of 
sensation and can feel no pain. 


JUNE 9, 1922] 


fully—first in the right leg and later and chiefly 
in the right arm, but never involving the face. 
In six and a half hours he had had twenty- 
four of these convulsions, all in the right arm. 
The only evidence of a local injury was a slight 
bruise at the outer end of the left eyebrow. 
Had I seen this case prior to 1885—when I 
first made a careful study of the motor centers 
in the brain—I should have followed, of course, 
the only visible indication of the location of 
the injury to the brain, namely, the bruise. 
Had I opened his skull near the bruise, I should 
have been confronted with a perfectly normal 
brain. I should then have been compelled to 
close the wound and have perforce done noth- 
ing more. He would have died within two or 
three days. 

But experiments on animals, after 1885, had 
shown that above the ear and a little in front 
of it lay the centers controlling the muscles of 
the face, the arm, and the leg, from below up- 
wards, the leg center being near the top of the 
head. 

As there was no fracture of the skull, and 
as the convulsions began first in the leg and 
then concentrated chiefly in the arm, but never 
extended to the face, my diagnosis was a rup- 
ture of the large artery on the surface of the 
brain over these motor centers; that the esea- 
ping blood had formed a clot, the edge of 
which first overlapped the leg center, but that 
the chief mass of the clot lay over the arm cen- 
ter. Moreover, I felt sure that it had not yet 
reached downwards over the motor center con- 
trolling the muscles of the face. Evidently, 
this clot must be immediately removed or he 
would quickly die. I opened his skull directly 
over the center for the arm muscles, and far 
away from the bruise. The opening in the 
skull at onee disclosed the clot, the thickest 
part of which did lie exactly over the arm 
center, as I had foretold. I removed nine 
tablespoons (three-quarters of a tumblerful) of 
blood, which had caused the headache, the som- 
nolence, the slow pulse and the convulsions; 
then tied the artery and closed the wound. He 
made an uninterrupted recovery. He entered 
the navy but some years later lost his noble life 
in saving his ship and the crew from destruc- 
tion by a fire near the powder magazine. 


SCIENCE 


605 


Do not such exact localizations of the brain 
centers in animals, as directly applied to man, 
in hundreds, if not thousands of operations by 
now, most closely ally man to animals? 

II. Go with me next into the Museum of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, 
and compare the skeleton of man with those of 
the lower animals. Practically, these animal 
skeletons all closely resemble the human skele- 
ton, though when elothed with flesh and skin 
they look very unlike. 

All of the ape and monkey skeletons are 
practically replicas of the human skeleton. 

Look at the many skeletons with five toes— 
the prevalent or typical number—such as those 
of the cat, tiger, bear, elephant, ete? Take, for 
instance, the front and hind legs that cor- 
respond to the arm and leg in man. Bone for 
bone, they are counterparts of the human skele- 
ton—shoulderblade, humerus, radius and ulna 
(the two bones of the forearm), and those of 
the hand; with a similar correspondence in the 
bones of the hind leg and foot. 

Nothing could be more unlike externally than 
the flipper of a whale and the arm and hand 
of a man. Yet you find in the flipper the 
shoulderblade, humerus, ‘radius, ulna, and a 
hand with the bones of four fingers masked in 
a mitten of skin. 

Observe the bones of the next chicken you 
eat. The breast bone of all birds has a great 
ridge developed to give a large surface for 
attachment of the large and powerful breast 
muscles for flight. You will find in the wing 
the counterpart of the shoulderblade, the 
humerus and the radius and ulna. The bones 
of the bird’s wing, 7. e., the hand, are three in 
number, the bones corresponding to the little 
finger and the ring finger being absent. They 
are thus modified to support the feathers. It is 
a hand altered to suit the medium in which 
birds move so gracefully. 

While undoubted evidence shows that man 
has existed for only about 500,000 years, the 
horse has a consecutive geological history of 
over 3,000,000 years. The skeleton of the 
earliest horse, which was scarcely larger than 
a cat, had four toes in front and three behind. 

3 Sometimes there are only four toes in the 
hind leg, or the fifth, if it exists, is rudimentary. 


606 


Gradually, all the toe bones except one—the 
middle toe—have been lost. But the second 
and fourth digits, though they do not show 
externally, are represented by two rudimentary 
bones, the two “splint bones.” The horse of 
to-day walks literally on tip toe, for the hoof 
is the toe- or finger-nail. 

III. The internal organs of the body have 
the same story to tell of likeness or identity. 
Let us first look at the heart. You all know 
there is a right side of the heart which sends 
the blood through the lungs to be oxygenated, 
and a left side, which sends the blood to all the 
rest of the body. Each of these sides has two 
cavities—the auricle to collect the blood, the 
other, the ventricle, with strong, muscular 
walls, to drive the blood on its long journey. 
These four cavities are all united into one 
heart, with an important groove on the surface, 
marking a partition between the two auricles 
above and the two centricles below. 

A steady, rhythmical action of the four cavi- 
ties is essential for the proper propulsion of 
the blood, and, therefore, for health and life. 
The four cavities act, not all at once, but in 
succession, like the feet of a walking horse— 
1, 2, 3, 4; 1, 2, 3, 4, each foot having its own 
number. Until 1892 we did not know exactly 
what regulated this orderly sequence. In that 
year, the younger Professor His discovered 
that in the groove between the auricles and the 
ventricles there was a small bundle of muscular 
fibers which existed as one bundle until it 
reached a certain point. There it divided into 
two smaller bundles, one going to the muscles 
of the right side of the heart, and the other to 
those of the left side. 

But the great importance of this “bundle of 
His” was not fully appreciated until twelve 
years later (1904). If, under an anesthetic, 
an animal’s chest is opened, the heart laid bare, 
and this “bundle of His’ is injured, the rhythm 
of the heart is at once disturbed. Instead of 
1, 2, 3, 4, the order in which the hoofs struck 
the ground might be 1, 4, 2, 3, or 1, 3, 2, 4, ete. 
This fluttering of the heart threatens life. If 
the bundle is destroyed, death quickly follows. 

In man, such physiological experiments, of 
course, are forbidden, but occasionally disease 
maims or destroys this bundle of His in the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV,'No. 1432 


human heart itself. A small tumor named a 
gumma, in a few cases, has formed directly in 
or near the bundle of His, and in some eases 
has destroyed it. This has deranged the action 
of the heart of -the human patient, just as the 
physiologist did in the experimental animal. 
Severe flutterings of the human heart, with 
difficulty of breathing, a pulse slowed down 
from 72 to 20, 10 or even 5 in the minute were 
observed. Not seldom sudden death occurred. 
The post-mortem in these cases disclosed the 
tumor, or other cause, which had injured or 
destroyed this. bundle of His, and was the imme- 
diate cause of death. 

Now, this bundle of His is found in all ver- 
tebrates, in man and other mammals, in birds, 
and even in frogs and fishes. Does not this 
show a solidarity of the entire animal kingdom? 
Do not so many such exact parallels between 
the human and the animal body strongly sug- 
gest a close inter-relation of the two? 

Even plants convey the same message. I 
have seen Professor Bose, of Caleutta, put. 
plants to sleep with ether and chloroform. If 
enough is given, they are killed just as a man 
is killed. If only a moderate dose is given, the 
plant passes into a state of greatly lessened 
activity, which may be well called sleep. When 
the anesthetic is withdrawn, it gradually wakens 
and returns to its normal activity, just as a 
man does. 

One can even descend still further down in 
the seale to the bacteria, that is, germs visible 
only by the microseope. As Welch, of the 
Johns Hopkins, points out, “The gentle killing 
of certain bacteria by chloroform enables us to 
detect in their bodies toxic [poisonous] sub- 
stances which are destroyed by more violent 
modes of death.” 

IV. The Liver and the Duetless Glands. 
Everybody knows that the liver secretes bile, 
or gall. The bile, which is necessary for proper 
digestion, is discharged into the intestine 
through a tube called the bile duct. The gall 
bladder is simply a reservoir for extra’ bile, 
and a sturdy means of support for us surgeons, 
especially in the late hard times—by reason of 
the dangerous gall stones which form in it and 
require removal by a surgical operation. 

Now, in 1848, Claude Bernard, of Paris, one 


JUNE: 9, 1922 


of my own teachers in the middle sixties, dis- 
covered that the liver had a second function 
totally unsuspected until then. Practically all 
the blood from the intestines goes through the 
liver on its way back to the heart. Bernard 
opened the abdomen of a fasting animal, drew 
some of the blood before it entered the liver, 
and also some of the blood after it had gone 
through the liver. He found that the blood, 
before it entered the liver, was sugar free, but 
after it emerged from the liver, it always con- 
tained sugar. This was the first step in the 
scientific study of diabetes, in which there is 
an excess of sugar which is excreted through 
the kidneys. 

But the liver has no second duct or tube for 
the discharge of this sugar into the blood cur- 
rent. Being in solution, it soaks through the 
thin walls of the blood vessels into the blood 
current as it passes through the liver. 

Following this, came later the discovery of 
the now numerous ‘“duetless glands” of which 
we have learned so much chiefly by animal 
experimentation in the last few years. Some 
of them, though only as large as a pea, are 
essential to life itself. 

V. Let me now say a few words about one 
of the most important of these ductless glands 
—the thyroid gland in the neck. When it be- 
comes enlarged it is familiar to us as a “goiter.” 

From this gland, as in the case of the liver, 
there soaks into the blood stream a secretion of 
great importance to life. If the gland is rudi- 
mentary, either in substance or in function, it 
results in that form of idiocy known as ere- 
tinism. As a remedy we have learned to ad- 
minister an extract from the thyroid glands of 
animals. The remedy is usually remarkably 
successful. 

In certain conditions, goiter is very prevalent 
in the thyroid gland of brook trout. It has 
even threatened to destroy the culture of these 
food: fishes. By the administration of iodin, 
this disease has been prevented in the trout. 
As a result of this success, the same method has 
been found efficient in preventing goiter in 
human beings. 

Here, again, you perceive the solidarity? of 


4Kimball: American Journal of the Medical 
Sciences, May, 1922, p. 634. 


SCIENCE 


607 


the animal kingdom in such identity of func- 


tion that the thyroid gland of animals, when 


given as a remedy to man, performs precisely 
the same function as the human thyroid. More- 
over, it is not the thyroid gland from the 
anthropoid apes that is used as a remedy, but 
that from the more lowly sheep. 

VI. The Sympathetic Nerve and its won- 
derful phenomena. When I was a student of 
medicine, one of our text books was Dalton’s 
Physiology. In connection with the sympa- 
thetic nerve, there was a picture of a cat, of 
which the Chessy cat of Alice in Wonderland 
reminded me, for in both only the face was 
pictured. 

The sympathetic nerve is a slender cord 
about as thick as a fairly stout needle. It runs 
vertically in the neck, alongside of the carotid 
artery and the jugular vein, and so close to 
them that a dagger, a knife or a bayonet thrust, 
or a bullet which would eut the nerve, would 
almost surely eut the great artery and the vein. 
The patient then would bleed to death in a few 
minutes and never reach a hospital. Hence, 
no one had ever had a chance to observe the 
effects following division of this nerve in man. 
Before Brown-Séquard’s experiment in ani- 
mals, in 1852, its function, therefore, was en- 
tirely unknown. By a small incision he ex- 
posed the nerve in the neck of a cat, rabbit and 
other animals, divided the nerve, and observed 
what happened. The small wound healed 
quickly. 

These results were as follows: 1. The pupil 
of the eye on the same side as the cut nerve 
diminished from the normal large sized pupil 
in the cat to almost the size of a pin hole. 
2. The corresponding ear became very red 
from a greatly increased flow of blood, i. e., 
the blood vessels were greatly dilated. 3. On 
that side there was increased sweating, that 1s, 
the sweat glands beeame very active as a result 
of the increase in the blood supply. 4. The 
temperature increased to a marked degree; in 
rabbits, by seven to over eleven degrees Fahren- 
heit. 

Dalton’s picture of the cat could not be for- 
gotten because the two pupils 
greatly in size. 

In 1863, during the Civil War, when I was 
assistant executive officer of a military hospi- 


differed so 


608 


tal, one day a new patient approached my desk 
just as I was about to sign a letter. The mo- 
ment I looked up at him I was struck with his 
appearance and instantly said to myself, 
“Surely you are Dalton’s cat.” “Where were 
you wounded?” I quickly asked. He pointed 
to his neck and I said to myself, “His sympa- 
thetie nerve must have been cut.” Further 
careful observation showed the reddened ear, 
the increased temperature, the sweating and 
the greater flow of saliva, thus confirming in 
every particular the results of Brown-Séquard’s 
experiments on animals. It is interesting to 
know that this was the very first case in sur- 
gical history in which division of the sympa- 
thetic nerve had ever been observed in man. 

Further experiments on this little nerve in 
animals revealed a wholly new world of most 
important phenomena. It was discovered that 
the sympathetic nerve sent branches to every 
artery in the body, from head to foot. Now 
the arteries are tubes, like the water pipes in a 
house, not, however, of rigid metal but soft 
and flexible, for they consist largely of mus- 
cular fibers which contract or relax automat- 
ically, making the arterial tubes of a larger or 
a smaller diameter according to the need for 
more or less blood. 

For instance, just before a meal, the stomach 
is of a yellowish color. Not a single blood 
vessel is to be seen. An hour later the stomach 
has become so red that it seems almost as if 
the wall of the stomach is made up of nothing 
but blood vessels. This greatly increased sup- 
ply of blood is needed to secrete gastrie juice 
for the digestion of our food. As the food is 
digested, less and less blood is needed, the 
caliber of the arteries is gradually diminished 
by the contraction of the muscular wall of the 
arteries until the stomach looks as bloodless as 
before breakfast. 

How fortunate that all this is automatic! 
Were it not, and after breakfast you forgot to 
order an increasing supply of blood for diges- 
tion, or if after digestion was accomplished, 
you forgot to shut off the blood, what would 
become of you? 

The iris, the colored circular curtain inside 
the eye, with a round, black hole in the center 
called the pupil, is under similar automatic 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1432 


control of this sympathetic nerve. The iris is 
like a wheel. Around the pupil there are cir- 
cular fibers which one may call the hub, while 
the rest of the iris consists of radiating fibers 
corresponding to the spokes. When you go 
out of doors, the bright light at first almost 
blinds you, but very quickly the circular fibers 
around the pupil contract so that the pupil 
becomes as small as a pin hole and protects 
the retina. On going into a dark room, at first 
you stumble over the furniture, but in a few 
moments the radiating fibers pull the pupil 
wide open and you see clearly everything in 
the room. 

When you blush from emotion, the arteries 
of your skin have dilated. When you turn 
pale with fright, the caliber of your arteries is 
lessened, and if the arteries going to your brain 
supply too little blood, you fall in a faint. 
When you cut your hand, you know how all 
around the cut the redness shows that the arte- 
ries have dilated to furnish extra blood for the 
repair of the injury, and when the wound is 
healed, your blood vessels again contract and 
the redness at last disappears. 

All these processes also are automatic. You 
do not have to remember to order blood to or 
from a cut hand, or to contract or widen the 
pupil, ete. It is all done for you; in fact, it is 
done in spite of you, for you have not the least 
control over these varying conditions. The 
automatic action of this nerve is of the utmost 
importance for many functions involving life 
itself. p 

I could go on almost indefinitely with a multi- 
tude of similar illustrations. All of our knowl- 
edge of these facts started from Brown- 
Séquard’s little experiment of cutting the 
slender sympathetic nerve in the neck of an 
animal. 

VII. Another evidence of our animal origin 
is found in organs which are well developed and 
actively functioning in some of the lower ani- 
mals, but which in man are only rudimentary. 
The best known example of this is the appen- 
dix, which, in some of the lower animals, is 
well developed and functions actively. Its fre- 
quent inflammation is also a good example of 
the fact that such imperfect vestigial organs 
are very prone to disease and often require the 


JUNE 9, 1922} 


surgeon’s skill to avert disaster. The only 
really safe place for the appendix is in the 
surgeon’s collectron of trophies. 

VIII. Let us now turn to the very signifi- 
cant evidence of our animal origin in the em- 
bryonic development of man. I have time to 
note but a single, though very enlightening 
instanee. 

During pre-natal development in man, be- 
tween the two upper jaw bones is a triangular 
bone which earries the four upper incisor or 
“front teeth.” At birth, and afterwards, there 
is normally no such bone because it has become 
fused on each side with the upper jaw bone. 
In sheep and some other animals, this always 
persists as a separate bone called the pre-max- 
illary bone. Now note a curious defective de- 
velopment in human fetal life. Sometimes this 
pre-maxillary bone, in the human embryo, fails 
to unite with the upper jaw bone on the right 
or the left side, and then we have what you all 
know as “cleft palate.” If not only the bones 
fail to fuse together, but this failure extends 
also to the lips, we have a “hare lip.” We see 
in some eases only a cleft palate, in others only 
a hare lip, in still others, both hare lip and 
cleft palate. 

When there is such a deformity, it never 
occurs in the middle line, or any indifferent 
place, here or there, but invariably to the right 
or the left side and corresponding exactly to 
the site of the failure of this pre-maxillary 
bone to unite with the upper jaw. 

Is not such an exact correspondence between 
the anatomy and development of the sheep and 
of the child most significant of the ancestry of 
the human body? 

IX. Lastly, there have been discovered sev- 
eral grades of actual prehistoric men. Their 
skeletons or skulls, their flint instruments, and 
the remains of their fires are evidences of the 
grade of their several civilizations. This chain 
of human aneestors was unknown to Darwin, 
for they have been discovered since his death. 

I have myself seen in the caverns of south- 
ern France the extraordinary and convincing 
evidences of the assured existence of our imme- 
diate ancestor, the Cro-Magnan man, who lived 
about 25,000 years ago. There are to be seen 
the work of the first painter and the earliest 


SCIENCE 


609 


sculptor, prehistoric Sargents and Rodins of 
remarkable skill. 

Before the Cro-Magnan man was the Nean- 
derthal man, “whom we know all about, 
his frame, his head-form, his industries, his 
ceremonial burial of the dead,’ as Dr. Henry 
Fairfield Osborn has pointed out. Before him 
was the Piltdown man; before him the Heidel- 
berg man; still earlier, in Java, the Trinil man; 
and still further back in geologie time was the 
Foxhall man—-all named for the localities. in 
which their remains were found. This earliest 
Foxhall man lived in England before the Great 
Ice Age, about 500,000 years ago. 

The differences between the highest anthro- 
poid apes and the lowest man gradually grow 
less and less the further we trace them back- 
wards. We must clearly understand that no 
existing species of anthropoid apes could have 
been our ancestors. They and we are collateral 
descendants from ape-like species living far, 
far back in geologic time; before, and probably 
long before the Great Ice Age. The earth is 
very big, the various excavations have covered 
only a very minute part of its surface during 
only half a century. Every discovery has but 
confirmed the wonderful story of the ascent of 
man. Bateson, himself, who has been mis- 
quoted as an opponent of evolution, says: “Let 
us proclaim in precise and unmistakable lan- 
guage that our faith in evolution is unshaken. 
Every available line of argument converges on 
this inevitable conclusion.” 

Man’s ascent from an animal of low intelli- 
gence seems to me to be absolutely proved by 
the many phenomena which reveal identical 
organs and physiological processes in the 
animal and the human body, a few of which, 
chosen out of a very great number, I have 
described. It is confirmed by the discovery of 
the remains of a number of prehistorie men, as 
is now definitely proved. This ascent of man, 
in perfectly orderly sequence, is far more prob- 
able than that evolution progressed up to the 
anthropoid apes and stopped there, and that 
God then made man by a separate, special, cre- 
ative act, yet—mirabile dictu—with all these 
minute and exact correspondences of similar 
structures and functions in animals. Micro- 
seopically, the various structures in man and 


610 


animals are practically identical. Even the tiny 
muscles moving the wings of insects, such as 
the fly and the mosquito, resemble microscop- 
ically the muscles of man. 

If man was a special creation, the Almighty 
was not limited to the lowhest form of matter— 
the “dust of the ground”’—as material for the 
human body. He could have created a nobler, 
a more subtle, a more puissant and exalted stuff 
out of which to fashion man. The plan and 
structure and function of man’s body would 
then supposedly have differed toto coelo from 
man’s present body. Probably it would have 
been free from the defects and deformities 
inherent to the animal body, and free from the 
diseases which it shares with animals. 

But, no! God deliberately made man out of 
the same stuff as the animals, and, as I have 
shown, on the same plan as animals. Body- 
wise, man 7s an animal, but, thanks be to God, 
his destiny is not the same as that of the beasts 
that perish. To develop great men, such as 
Shakespeare, Milton, Washington and Lincoln, 
and then by death to quench them in utter 
oblivion, would be unworthy of Omnipotence. 
To my mind, it is simply an impossible con- 
Man’s soul must be immortal. 


W. W. KEEN 


elusion. 


CULTIVATION AND SOIL MOISTURE 


THE question of cultivation in relation to soil 
moisture is one on which there has been differ- 
ence of opinion among agricultural workers. 
The work of Professor Call of Kansas has 
tended to show that (under his conditions) 
cultivation, as cultivation, does not conserve 
soil moisture. 

Since 1913 the writer has been engaged in 
agricultural work where the question of eculti- 
vation in relation to the conservation of soil 
moisture has been important. In the early 
years of this work the surface mulch idea, 
which is quite generally accepted by agricul- 
turalists, was believed and used to explain the 
presence of ample moisture under cultivation 
when there was a deficiency without cultiva- 


>The full address will appear in the Philadel- 
phia Public Ledger for Sunday, June 11. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1432 


tion. When other features of plant growth 
were investigated some effects of cultivation, 
other than moisture, were brought out. 

The recent controversy between Dr. Jerome 
Alexander and Mr. L. 8S. Frierson in the Sep- 
tember 2, 1921, the February 10 and March 24, 
1922, issues of Science has been interesting. 
One of these writers accepts the general view 
that cultivation of the surface of the soil con- 
serves soil moisture by preventing surface evap- 
oration, while the other does not believe that 
this is in accord with engineering experience. 
If our work had shown that, in cultivation, we 
were dealing with a moisture factor alone, the 
writer might agree with one of these two men 
without into the speecifie conditions 
under which the data were obtained. Our work 
has shown that cultivation changes the com- 
position of the soil solution and has an effect 
on the water requirements of the plants grown. 


going 


The Journal of Industrial and Engineering 
Chemistry for March, 1922, Vol. 14, No. 3, 
has-the following in an article by the writer in 
discussing a composition basis for the water 
requirements of plants: “There is a common 
saying, cultivate to conserve soil moisture and 
you will have larger crops. The author be- 
lieves that cultivation lets air down into the 
soil, thereby increasing bacterial activities 
which in turn cause the plants to get more 
food and grow larger on less moisture, would 
be nearer the truth. Experiments are reported 
where fertilization has decreased the. water 
requirements of plants over one half, when 
expressed as the amount of water necessary 
to produce one unit weight of plant. 

In the field experiments we had plants grow- 
ing well, with cultivation, when on the same 
soil without cultivation, lack of water in the 
soil was hindering plant growth. It was easy 
to say that these were the results of cultivation 
in conserving soil moisture but to find out how 
the mulch conserved the soil moisture was a 
problem for intensive study. The evident facts 
were that the well cultivated crops were not 
suffering from lack of water in the period of 
dry weather. 

It was found that the soil having the water 
reserve had a higher concentration of plant 
food and the plants growing in this soil con- 


JUNE 9, 1922] 


tained larger quantities of the plant food 
elements. Plants of the same species are 
known to vary in analysis and plants of dif- 
ferent analyses in our experiments were found 
to have different water requirements. It ap- 
pears that if the soil solution is weak the plant 
transpires more water in its attempt to make a 
normal growth. The larger number of stomata 
on the leaves of plants with high water re- 
quirements substantiate this. 


The results of cultivation are a different 
plant growing in a different soil and requiring 
less water per unit of weight. 

In the spring the soils of the humid regions 
of the United States contain plenty of water 
and it is general observation that the results 
of cultivation (higher moisture in the, soil) do 
not show up until periods of dry weather come. 
In the fall there is again plenty of water, 
under all systems of soil management. It is 
the author’s belief, based on experimental 
results, that proper cultivation throughout the 
season will allow the plants growing on good 
soils to make their growth on enough less mois- 
ture (early in the season) so that they can 
keep on growing during periods of dry 
weather on what may be called an aceumula- 
tive moisture reserve. 

The summary of the water requirement paper 
in the Industrial Journal follows: 

The results of field and greenhouse experimeuts 
recorded in the following paper indicate that fer- 
tilization of a soil which responds to direct or 
indirect fertilizer treatment allows the plants to 
make their growth on a smaller amount of water 
and to have a different composition from what 
they otherwise would. 

The same effect is produced by cultivation, 
which by opening up the soil increases bacterial 
activity, which in turn gives increased concentra- 
tion of the soil solution. 

Proper fertilization and cultivation minimize 
dangers to crops from drought injury in humid 
regions of the United States by having the plant 
go into the drought period with an accumulative 
reserve of soil moisture. 

This work opens up the study of fertilization 
_from the basis of water requirement. 

H. A. Noyes 

MELLON INSTITUTE OF 

INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH 


SCIENCE 


611 


THE COPPER ESKIMOS 


I RETURNED in the autumn of 1921 from six 
consecutive years in the arctic regions. Three 
of these were spent for purposes of geographie 
and ethnographic study among the Copper Es- 
kimos. I am now engaged upon writing up the 
results of that investigation, but, as there is no 
prospect of getting this printed before at least 
one year, I want to make a preliminary an- 
nouncement about certain results of my archeo- 
logical and ethnological work. 

Previous to 1912, the eastern known limit of 
pottery among the Eskimos was Point Barrow 
(cf. Murdock on the Point Barrow Eskimos). 
Stefansson’s work of the years 1908-12 ex- 
tended the known pottery area eastward some 
six or seven hundred miles to Cape Parry, and 
he found it there in the most ancient ruins, 
indicating that pottery has been used by the 
Eskimos for centuries and perhaps by the ear- 
liest Eskimos who occupied that country. 

Jenness has published the results of his two 
years spent among the Copper Eskimos (Re- 
port of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913- 
1918, -Vol. XII, published by the Department 
of the Naval Service, Ottawa). In this he does 
not mention pottery, which would indicate that 
he found none to the east of Cape Parry. In 
excavating various sites I have found pottery 
fragments as far east as Point Agiak, just west 
of Gray’s Bay, or about 80 miles east of the 
Coppermine. This extends the known pottery 
territory some 400 miles east beyond Stefans- 
son’s results. Like Stefansson, I found the 
pottery deep down, indicating that it had been 
in use probably several centuries ago and per- 
haps by the earliest Eskimos. The implements 
associated with the pottery were of undoubted 
Eskimo type. 

Previous to 1910 houses of earth and wood 
had not been reported from the western arctic 
coast of Canada further east than Pierce Point. 
Stefansson in his journeys along the coast the 
spring of 1910 and again the summer of 1911 
found the ruins of earth and wood houses as 
far east as one/mile east of Crocker River. 
In an appendix to Jenness’ report (cited above) 
we learn that since his return in 1916 Captain 
Joseph Bernard, who entered the Copper Es- 


612 


kimo country only a few months after Stefans- 
son in 1910 (see My Life with the Eskimo, by 
V. Stefansson, p. 258) has reported finding the 
ruins of houses made of earth and wood on 
southwestern Victoria Island. Jenness concludes 
that this is a sporadic occurrence and attributes 
it to a visit from the western Eskimos. Thus 
Jenness evidently assumes that the people from 
whom the present Copper Eskimos are de- 
scended never had wooden houses. 

In 1919 A. H. Anderson found earth and 
wood houses on Cape Krusenstern and at vari- 
ous places in Coronation Gulf. Lastly, I have 
(during the years of 1917-1921) found ruins of 
the type of earth and wood houses used in 
Alaska and the Mackenzie River at intervals 
along the shores of Coronation Gulf to the 
above-mentioned Point Agiak. I also have ac- 
eurate Hskimo information about the location 
of a village of the same type on the coast of 
Melville Sound due south of Kent Peninsula. 
Thus we find houses of wood and earth as far 
east as West Longitude 107°. For reasons 
which I cannot go into here, I consider it likely 
that future investigations will show a continua- 
tion of this chain of ancient earth and wood 
dwellings most if not all the way to Atlantic 
and Hudson Bay waters. 

As it seems to differ from that of some other 
investigators, I want to record here the opinion 
(based on my studies in Coronation Gulf) that 
the present Copper Eskimos, who have no. pot- 
tery and use no wooden houses, are in the main 
at least descendants of the earlier inhabitants 
who used pottery and wooden houses. My view 
is that the present culture (characterized in 
part by stone pots instead of pottery, and 
snowhouses instead of wooden houses) has been 
gradually evolved partly because the previous 
culture was never as well suited to the local 
conditions as the present, and partly because 
the local conditions have changed somewhat. 
One important feature of the change has been 
the lessening importance and eventual abandon- 
ment of whaling. My work shows that whaling 
was formerly practiced in certain parts at 
least of the Copper Eskimo country. 

Harotp Norce 

Tum EXPLORERS CLUB, 

New York Ciry 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1432 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 

THE BRITISH INSTITUTE OF PHYSICS 

At the annual general meeting of the British 
Institute of Physics, held on May 23 in the 
rooms of The Royal Society, the following 
officers and board were elected to serve for the 
year beginning October 1, 1922: President, 
Sir J. J. Thomson; past president, Sir R. T. 
Glazebrook; vice-presidents, Sir Charles Par- 
sons, Professor W. Eecles, Professor C. H. 
Lees, Mr. C. C. Paterson; non-official members 
of the board, Dr. R. 8. Clay, Professor C. L. 
Forteseue, Professor A. Gray, Major E. O. 
Henrici, Sir J. E. Petavel, Dr. E. H. Rayner, 
Sir Napier Shaw, Mr. R. 8. Whipple; repre- 
sentatives of participating societies—Physical 
Society, Mr. C. E. Phillips, Mr. F. E. Smith; 
Faraday Society, Mr. W. R. Cooper; Optical 
Society, Mr. John Guild; Rontgen Society, Dr. 
G. W. C. Kaye; Royal Microscopical Society, 
Mr. J. E. Barnard. 

The annual report stated that there were 408 
members of the institute at the end of the year, 
of whom 258 were fellows. 


The institute is watching the possibility of 
establishing a central library for physics, 
although the financial difficulties in the way of 
its realization are stated to be considerable. 

In the course of his presidential address Sir 
J. J. Thomson, after dealing with the project 
to establish a Journal of Scientific Instruments, 
spoke of the present depression in industry, 
but he made the reassuring statement that out 
of 67 students who graduated with distinction 
in physies and chemistry in 1921, 46 had ob- 
tained suitable positions, while 14 were doing 
research work. He hoped that the series of 
lectures on physies in industry which had been 
established would act to some extent as “re- 
fresher courses.” 

Speaking of the difficulties which the safe- 
guarding of industries act had, in many 
instances, placed in the way of research, he 
characterized research itself as a “key indus- 
try’ and he hoped that the government would 
put every facility in the way of research 
workers being able to obtain without delay the 
apparatus they required. 


JUNE $, 1922] 


THE RADIO SERVICE OF THE UNIVERSITY 
OF WISCONSIN 

EXTENSIVE new radiophone broadcasting 
services were started by Station WHA, Univer- 
sity of Wisconsin, on Monday, May 29, to be 
continued throughout the summer and until 
further notice. 

Noonday radio broadeasts, consisting of five- 
or ten-minute talks, will be sent at 1:05 p.m. 
five days each week. These talks will be by 
members of the university faculty and in many 
eases will be delivered in person. They will be 
on subjects of general interest and will enable 
the public to hear university men talking on 
subjects on which they are authorities. 

A Tuesday night university radiophone lec- 
ture course was started on May 30. At 8 
o’clock every Tuesday night a university pro- 
fessor will broadcast a twenty-minute lecture 
on a subject of general interest. The first lec- 
ture was a Memorial Day address delivered by 
Professor W. F. Lorenz, major in the Thirty- 
second Division, now actively associated with 
the rehabilitation of disabled soldiers. 

These new broadcasting services will not 
affect the present services of University Sta- 
tion WHA. It will continue the Friday night 
musical appreciation course and radiophone 
news service of the University Press Bureau, as 
well as the daily market and weather reports 
and services for amateurs. 

The schedules of each week in the new lee- 
ture courses will be sent to the newspapers in 
advance. The program of the first week was 
as follows: 

1:05 Monday, May 29—‘‘The 
Spirit,’’ by Professor E. H. Gardner. 

1:05 Tuesday, May 30—An address by Presi- 
dent E. A. Birge. 

8:00 Tuesday, May 30—Memorial Day address 
by Major Lorenz. 

1:05 Wednesday, May 31—‘‘The 
Clinie,’’ by Dr. J. S. Evans, director. 

1:05 Thursday, June 1—‘‘Spring Sports’’ by a 
member of university athletic department. 

1:05 Friday, June 2—Readings by Dean F. W. 
Roe, of the English department. 


Wisconsin 


Medical 


SCIENTIFIC EXHIBIT AT THE MEETING OF 
THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION 
THE Journal of the American Medical Asso- 

eiation states that this year the exhibit exceeded 


SCIENCE 


613 


expectations in the number of exhibitors, while 
the quality of the work shown was of a high 
order. The setting for the exhibit was much 
better than usual; the booths were of pleasing 
appearance, painted green with white trim- 
mings, and with overhanging plants. As has 
been customary, the exhibit was classified. The 
educational section included a number of ex- 
hibits of charitable or semi-public organizations. 
Probably the pathologie section was the most 
interesting. Here one found such exhibits as 
that on pelykography (Dr. Reuben Peterson, 
University of Michigan); studies on ringworm 
fungi (Mr. Robert Hodges, University of Ala- 
bama); specimens of flagellate protozoa under 
well illuminated microscopes (Dr. Kenneth 
Lynch, Dallas, Texas); work on the bile factor 
in pancreatitis (Drs. F. C. Mann and A. S. 
Giordano, Mayo Clinic); pathologie 
specimens and comparative Roentgen ray rec- 
ords (Dr. Eugene Opie, St. Louis), and the 
excellent work on renal circulation (Depart- 
ment of Urology, University of California). 
The most striking exhibit in the surgical sec- 
tion was the display of plaster casts and com- 
parative photographs dealing with facial sur- 
gery; one half of the exhibit was devoted to 
civilian work, the other half to war reconstrue- 
tion (Dr. Vilray P. Blair, St. Louis). In the 
medical section the diagnosis of syphilis from 
the laboratory point of view was well presented 
(Dr. Loyd Thompson, Hot Springs, Ark.) ; in 
another booth was an interesting exhibit of 
pigeons illustrating vestibular tremors (Dr. 
C. lL. Woolsey, Boston). In addition to the 
foregoing were a large number of electrocardio- 
graphic exhibits. The total number of ex- 
hibitions was 48, thus divided: educational, 12; 
pathologic, 10; surgical, 6; medical, 6; electro- 
cardiographic, 14. On the stage of the audi- 
torium the work of the various councils and the 
chemical laboratory of the American Medical 
Association was shown. 

The committee on awards, consisting of Drs. 
W. B. Cannon, George Dock and Louis B. 
Wilson, made the following recommendations: 

The Gold Medal to Drs. Frank Hinman, D. M. 
Morison, A. E. Belt and R. K. Lee-Brown, of the 
University of California Medical School, for a 
study of renal circulation. 

The Silver Medal to Mr. Robert A. Hodges, 


gross 


614 


University of Alabama, for a study of certain 
culture-medium characteristics of ringworm fungi. 

The Certificate of Merit to Dr. Vilray Papin 
Blair, St. Louis, for an exhibit of photographs 
and plaster casts showing various types of face 
restoration. 

The committee also desires to give honorable 
mention to the following exhibitors: : 

Dr. K. M. Lynch, Dallas, Texas, for a study of 
the cultivation and differentiation of flagellate 
protozoa. 

Drs. F. C. Mann and Alfred S. Giordano, Mayo 
Foundation, Rochester, Minn., for studies on the 
bile factor in pancreatitis. 

Dr. Eugene Opie, Washington University, St. 
Louis, for a comparison of Roentgen ray records 
and gross pathologic specimens. 

Miss Elizabeth Green, Barnes Hospital, St. 
Louis, for a demonstration of methods used in 
distributing books in hospitals. 


THE ROME MEETING OF THE INTERNA- 
TIONAL GEODETIC AND GEOPHYSICAL 
UNION 


Some 300 delegates and guests attended the 
meetings at Rome, May 2 to 10, of the Geo- 
physical’ Union and of the Astronomical Union. 
Every country belonging to the unions had sent 
one or more representatives. There were be- 
sides present representatives from other coun- 
tries (the neutrals during the late war), which 
have already joined the International Research 
Council and are making preparations to join 
one or more of the unions. The delegates from 
the United States for geodesy and geophysics 
were: Bowie, Bauer, Kimball, Littlehales 
Reid and Washington. All of the sections re- 
ported well-attended, successful and stimulating 
meetings. 

Among the special social features, abun- 
dantly provided for by the Italian National 
Committee, were the following: 

May 2, 3 p.m.—Inaugural ceremony at the 
Campidoglio, at which H.M. the King of Italy 
was present. 

May 4, 9 p.m.—Reception of the delegates at 
the Campidoglio by the municipality of Rome. 

May 8, 3 p.m.—Visit to the Palatino at the invi- 
tation of the under-secretary of antiquities and 
fine arts. 

May 10, 1 p.m.—Visit to the Vatican and audi- 
ence with the Pope. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1432 


After the meetings, various special trips 
were arranged for. Thus on May 12 visiting 
delegates were entertained by the municipality 
of Florence. 

The Sections of Seismology and Volcanology 
were definitely organized, as well as a new sec- 
tion of Scientifie Hydrology. 

Professor C. Lallemand was reelected presi- 
dent of the union for two terms. The next 
meeting of the union will be at Madrid in 1924. 


Louis A. BAvER 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Dr. W. W. Campsett, director of the Lick 
Observatory, has been elected president of the 
International Astronomical Union in succession 
to M. Baillaud, director of the Paris Observa- 
tory. The Astronomical Union held its tri- 
ennial meeting in Rome in May and will hold 
its next meeting in Cambridge, England. 


Dr. Ray Lyman Witpver, president of Stan- 
ford University, has been elected president of 
the American Medical Association for the meet- 
ing to be held next year at San Francisco. 


Dr. Loutsre Pearce, of the Rockefeller Insti- 
tute for Medical Research, has been elected a 
corresponding member of the Société belge de 
Médécine tropicale of Brussels, Belgium. 


THe John Scott Medal of the Worcester 
Polytechnic Institute was awarded at the com- 
mencement exercises to Elwood Haynes, head 
of the Haynes Automobile Company, in recog- 
nition of his discoveries in certain forms of 
high speed steels. 


Mr. Gano Dunn, president of the J. G. 
White Engineering Corporation of New York, 
has been elected a member of the board of 
trustees of Barnard College, Columbia Univer- 
sity. 

Dr. F. Rossi, of the University of Bologna, 
has been awarded the Garibaldi Franco-Italian 
prize offered by the French Surgical Society 
for his work on “War Wounds of the Thorax.” 


Dr. BE. Perroncrro has reached the age limit 
and will retire from the chair of parasitology 
in the University of Turin. A celebration in 
his honor has been planned and subseriptions 


JUNE 9, 1922] 


will be received by the Perroncito Committee, 
via Nizza 52, Turin, Italy. 

Dr. Norman MacLeop Harris, of Dalhousie 
University, has been appointed chief of the 
division of medical research of the Canadian 
Dominion Department of Health. 


Sm Tuomas Henry Hotuanp, F.R.S., for- 
merly director of the Geological Survey of 
India and later professor of geology in Man- 
chester University, has accepted the invitation 
of ‘the governing body of the Imperial College 
“of Science and Technology, London, to be 
rector from September 1 next, in succession to 
Sir Alfred Keogh, who is rétiring under the 
age limit. 

Mr. D. D. BerouzHEIMeEr, assistant technical 
editor of the Chemical Engineering Catalog and 
co-author of the Condensed Chemical Diction- 
ary, has been appointed manager of the Infor- 
mation Bureau of The Chemical Catalog Co., 
Ine., and of that of the service department of 
The Journal of Industrial and Engineering 
Chemistry. 


Expert A. WILSON has resigned as director 
of the Pyralin Research Laboratory of the 
EK. I. DuPont de Nemours and Company to 
enter private practice as a consulting chemical 
engineer. 

Mr. Harry E. Rice has severed his connec- 
tion with the R. R. Donnelley and Sons Co., 
printers, of Chicago, where he has been em- 
ployed for several years in the capacity of 
chemist. He is now in charge of research and 
development work for the American Printing 
Company, also of Chicago. 


Tue following have been appointed as the 
official delegates of the United States to the 
International Chemical Conference at Lyons: 
C. L. Parsons, chairman; E. W. Washburn, 
vice-chairman and secretary; R. B. Moore, 
H. S. Washington, Edward §. Chapin and Ed- 
ward Bartow. 


Dr. Louis A. Bauer, after attending the 
meetings of the International Geodetic and 
Geophysical Union, sailed from Marseilles on 
May 19 for Australia, where he will inspect 
the Watheroo Magnetic Observatory of the De- 
partment of Terrestrial Magnetism. He ex- 
pects to visit the magnetic observatories in 


SCIENCE 


615 


New Zealand and Samoa, returning to Wash- 
ington early in September. 

Dr. Avcust Krocu, professor of compara- 
tive physiology at the University of Copen- 
hagen, who received the Nobel prize for medi- 
cine in 1920, will visit the United States in 
the autumn. 

Dr. LeonHARD STEJNEGER, of the U. S. Na- 
tional Museum, will spend the summer in the 
Commander Islands and other points of inter- 
est in and around Bering Sea. He expects to 
return in October. 

Dr. R. D. Ranps, for the past three years en- 
gaged in rubber disease research for the Dutch 
government at Buitenzorg, Java, has recently 
returned to this country and accepted an ap- 
pointment as pathologist in the Office of Cot- 
ton, Truck and Forage Crop Disease Investiga- 
tions, Bureau of Plant Industry. Dr. Rands 
will take charge of the department’s work on 
diseases of beans, with headquarters in Wash- 
ington. 

THE Journal of Industrial Chemistry and 
Engineering reports that on May 10, the Soci- 
ety of Industrial ‘and Mierographie Photog- 
raphy was organized at the Chemists’ Club in 
New York. A further meeting to discuss and 
ratify the constitution and by-laws will be 
held on June 14. In the interim the following 
serve as an executive committee charged with 
preparing the constitution: President, James 
McDowell, Sharp and Hamilton Manufacturing 
Company, Boston; secretary and _ treasurer, 
Thomas J. Keenan, editor of Paper, New York; 
vice-presidents, J. H. Graff, Brown Company, 
Berlin, N. H., Bennett Grotta, Atlas Powder 
Company. 

Av the annual meeting of the Congress of 
Physicians and Surgeons of North America, 
Dr. Frank Billings, Chicago, was elected presi- 
dent. Presidents of societies meeting with the 
congress were elected as follows: American 
Association of Pathologists and Bacteriologists, 
Dr. Paul A. Lewis, Philadelphia; American 
Climatological and Clinical Association, Dr. 
Charles W. Richardson, Washington; American 
Laryngologieal, Rhinological and Otological 
Society, Dr. Dunbar Roy, Atlanta, Ga.; Amer- 
ican Ophthalmological Society, Dr. Wilham H. 
Wilmer, Washington, D. C.; American Bron- 


616 


choscopie Society, Dr. Samuel Iglauer, Cin- 
cinnati. 


Proressok Lewetiys F. Barker, of the 
Johns Hopkins University, will give the annual 
address at the tenth annual meeting of the 
Eugenics Research Association to be held at 
Cold Spring Harbor on June 10. His subject 
is “Heredity and the endocrine glands.” 


Dr. Witt1am H. WetcH, director of the 
School of Hygiene and Public Health, Johns 
Hopkins University, gave the commencement 
address at Bryn Mawr College on June 8. 


Dr. FrepericK V. CoviLuE lectured before 
the Gamma Sigma Delta of Kansas State Agri- 
cultural College on April 26 on “The influence 
of cold in stimulating the growth of plants.” 
At Manhattan Dr. Coville spoke before the 
staff of the experiment station on “Acid tol- 
erant plants” and related topics. 


Proressor R. B. Moorn, of the Bureau: of 
Mines, delivered a public lecture on “The man- 
ufacture of helium by the government of the 
United States of America” at University Col- 
lege, London, on May 24. The chair was taken 
by Professor J. Norman Collie. 


Dr. Jacos G. Lipman, of the New Jersey 
Agricultural Experiment Station, who is now 
traveling in Europe, delivered two lectures in 
Paris recently, the first before the Académie 
@ Agriculture on the condition of agriculture 
in the United States, the other before the 
Société de Chimie Industrielle on the fertilizer 
industry in the United States. 


Dr. Grorce BE. pe ScHwEINI?z, retiring pres- 
ident of the American Medical Association, has 
accepted the invitation to deliver the Bowman 
Lecture in London, in 1923. 


THE medical profession and allied scientific 
bodies of Philadelphia are arranging for a cele- 
bration of he centenary of Pasteur’s birth on 
December 27. 


Emerson McMitrin, a New York banker, 
who took an active interest in scientific work, 
died on May 31, at the age of seventy-six years. 

JoHN AuLEN Wyetn, founder and for forty 
years professor of surgery in the New York 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1432 


Polyclinic, died of heart disease, on May 28, at 
the age of seventy-seven years. 

Ernest Sonvay, distinguished for his process 
for the manufacture of soda, died in Brussels 
on May 26, at the age of eighty-five years. 
M. Solvay made large gifts for scientific and 
educational purposes. 

Dr. René Benorr, former director of the 
International Bureau of Weights and Measures, 
corresponding member of the Academy of Sci- 
ence and of the Bureau of Longitudes, has died 
in Dijon at the age of 78. 


A MEETING was held in Toronto on April 28, 
of which the result was a resolution to form a 
Canadian Metrie Association. A temporary 
committee was formed to draft a constitution 
and inaugurate action toward more definite 
efforts to popularize the system for the benefit 
of science and industry. 

Tue Western Psychological Association an- 
nounces the postponement of its annual meet- 
ing, originally announced to be held at Salt 
Lake City on June 22 and 23. A meeting will 
probably be arranged at Stanford University 
later in the summer. 


Tur New England Intercollegiate Geological 
Excursion will have as its leader for the com- 
ing fall Dr. Ernst Antevs, who has been earry- 
ing on the work of Baron de Geer since the 
return of the latter to Sweden. Dr. Antevs 
will demonstrate the field methods used by him 
to obtain a record of the retreat of the ice 
since the glacial epoch. The excursions will 
be held on October 6 and 7, and the geologists 
will begin their investigations at Springfield, 
Massachusetts, following the Connecticut River 
northward. 

Tur twelfth season of the Laguna Marine 
Laboratory of Pomona College will begin on 
June 21 and will last six weeks. Besides gen- 
eral classes in general biology and marine 
zoology,ethere will be opportuniy for special 
investigators. Hight private laboratories are 
provided for individual work. Dr. W. A. Hil- 
ton will be in charge. 

Tue Division of Geology and Geography of 
the National Research Council has, been 
informed by Professor Emile de Martonne, of 


JUNE 9, 1922] 


the Sorbonne, Paris, that he has undertaken to 
direct the publication of a collection of photo- 
graphic albums of the French regions. About 
sixty albums of fifteen plates each are project- 
ed, each picture to be chosen by Professor de 
Martonne, and to have about four lines of 
descriptive text. A high-grade mechanical 
reproduction is contemplated. Each picture 
will be reproduced in the form of a lantern 
slide. The publisher is Baudiniére, 23 rue du 
Caire, Paris. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


Dr. Howarp M. Raymonp has been appoint- 
ed president of the Armour Institute of Tech- 
nology, filling the office that was made vacant 
by the death of Dr. Frank W. Gunsaulus last 
year. Since the death of Dr. Gunsaulus, Dr. 
Raymond had been serving as acting president. 
He has been with the institute for twenty- 
seven years, and since 1903 he has been dean 
of engineering. 

ArtHuR J. Woop, professor of railway me- 
ehanical engineering, has been appointed to 
succeed Professor E. A. Fessenden as head of 
the department of mechanical engineering at 
the Pennsylvania State College. Professor 
Fessenden goes to the Rensselaer Polytechnic 
Institute. 


Dr. Watiace Craic, professor of philosophy 
and psychology in the University of Maine, has 
resigned. He will spend a half year in Great 
Britain and Germany. Dr. H. M. Halverson, 
of Clark University, has been appointed pro- 
fessor of psychology in the University of 
Maine. 

Dr. CarRott C. Prart, instructor in experi- 
mental psychology at Clark University, has 
been appointed instructor in psychology at 
Harvard University, where he will be asso- 
ciated in the laboratory with Dr. Langfeld and 
Dr. Boring. Dr. Floyd H. Allport, instructor 
in psychology at Harvard has been called to 
an associate professorship at the University of 
North Carolina. 

Associate Proressor Jacop O. Jones, of 
the department of mechanics at the University 
of Kansas, has been appointed associate pro- 
fessor of hydraulics in the College of Engineer- 


SCIENCE 


617 


ing and Architecture at the University of Min- 
nesota. 


Dr. E. P. CuurcHiut has been promoted 
from the position of assistant professor of 
zoology in the University of South Dakota to 
the professorship of zoology. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 


THE THERMEL 


In the early literature thermoelectric gener- 
ators were classified, regardless of use or char- 
acter, according to the number of their parts, 
into thermocouples and thermopiles. Some 
years ago, when it became clear that thermoelec- 
trie thermometers of widely differing complex- 
ity were going to be frequently used inter- 
changeably or in combination, it seemed desir- 
able to have a single not too lengthy name for 
them. The word ‘“thermoelement,”’ though not 
fully satisfactory, seemed to be the only word 
in use which would answer, and was accordingly 
proposed, in a paper from this laboratory, as 
a shorter synonym for thermoelectric thermom- 
eter. Its rather wide adoption indicates that 
the idea of a single short name for all ther- 
moelectric thermometers is generally welcome, 
but the somewhat equivocal term, thermoele- 
ment, has been the means of some confusion. 
Leading writers, even, have spoken of such 
things as “multiple thermo-couples,” “ihermo- 
couple elements,” “a multiple thermo-couple of 
four elements.” 


It therefore has seemed better to use the 
modified form “thermel.” Logically, this may 
be taken as an abbreviation either of “thermo- 
element,” or of “thermoelectric thermometer,” 
both now in use. It is a handier word, even, 
than “thermometer” itself, and has received 
considerable approval. Since there appears to 
be, unfortunately, no authoritative body to 
which new terms can be referred for acceptance 
or rejection, we in this laboratory are taking 
the responsibility of using thermel in our pub- 
lieations, and recommend its general use. A 
thermel, then, may be a single thermocouple, or 
a multiple thermel or thermopile, containing 
more than one couple. Its distinguishing 
characteristic lies in being used for temperature 


618 


measurement. The term “thermocouple” may, 
unmolested, preserve its original application to 
a single couple only. The term “multiple 
thermel” seems rather better than “thermopile” 
since it classes its object with other thermels 
or thermoelectric thermometers, whereas “ther- 
mopile” is more commonly associated with eur- 
rent generators, or with the special thermom- 
etry of radiation measurement. 


Water P. WHITE 
GEOPHYSICAL LABORATORY, 
CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON, 


SOLAR ENERGY 


“Creative Chemistry,” by Edwin E. Slosson, 
M.S., Ph.D. (The Century Company), is a 
most interesting account of the astonishing 
number of important practical uses, in industry 
and war, of applied chemical science. For the 
benefit, apparently, of readers who are not edu- 
cated chemists, or physicists, it makes occa- 
sional statements of pure science. One of 
these has the effect to revive the inquiry 
whether such statements ought not to refer to 
the observations or experiments on which they 
are based, unless readily available elsewhere. 
It reads: “Solidified Sunshine. All life and all 
that life accomplishes depend upon the supply 
of solar energy stored in the food.’’ This is, 
in substance, but a repetition from prior pub- 
licists, many of them distinguished. 

For example, Dr. Schuchert says: “Plants 
convert the kinetic energy of sunlight into the 
potential chemical energy of foodstuffs. Ani- 
mals convert the potential chemical energy of 
foodstuffs into the kinetic energy of locomo- 
tion.” And Dr. Soddy says: “Energy may 
sleep indefinitely .... In the potential form 
in coal, it has persisted for untold ages. Once 
released, heat is the sole ultimate product.” 

A quite extensive search has failed to find, 
in any literature, the account of an observation 
or experiment as leading to such conclusion. 
An elementary item of chemical teaching is that 
the sun’s rays convert (approximately) 44 
weight units of the comparatively inactive gas, 
carbon dioxide, into 32 like units of the uni- 
versally active gas, oxygen, and 12 lke units 
of carbon, ultimately a solid possessing no 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1432 


readily perceptible activity and incapable even 
of combination without the application of ex- 
ternal heat. It is not easy for a non-specialist 
to believe, without evidence, that the energy of 
the sun’s rays which decomposed the 44 units 
of the dioxide, adhered to the 12 units of ear- 
bon, and perhaps fell asleep there, while no 
noticeable amount went into the activity of the 
32 units of oxygen. 
Francis B. Danies 


SCIENTIFIC WORK IN RUSSIA 


ScreNTIFIC men may be interested in the 
following letter that I have received from Dr. 
Th. Fjeldstrup, of the Russian Museum at 
Petrograd: 

The effect the arrival of this letter will have 
produced on you is probably that of something 
dropping into your hands out of space. 

It is of no use speculating on the possible ideas 
you had as regards my fate, no more than on the 
picture you Americans have imagined to your- 
selves of the state of Russia’s home life to-day, 
since they are based on scraps of news, often 
defective, given in papers or obtained otherwise— 
our two worlds have been separated too long and 
too completely in their intellectual life to know 
much of each other. 

Often and often did I feel tempted to recom- 
mence correspondence with- you, but the prospect 
of being read a year or so after having written, if 
at all, cut short all attempts of the kind. I have 
better hopes now and therefore I permit myself 
to remind you of my existence and send you my 
best greetings. 

After -an absence of almost full four years 
(since end of February, 1918) I returned to 
Petrograd two months ago. Throughout this long 
period I have had various occupations, not always 
agreeable to my inclinations, but this was un- 
avoidable, nor could one expect to be allowed to 
The scene les beyond the Ural Mts. 

I do not intend to waste your time by giving a 
detailed description of my doings in the run of 
these years. I shall only dwell for a moment on 
some facts that might interest you. 

The summer of 1920 I spent as a member of a 
scientific research party sent out by the Univer- 
sity of Tomsk in the region that you paid a short 
visit to before joining me in Verchni-Udinsk, viz., 
the Minusinsk region. The city of Minusinsk and 
its museum I visited twice. The curator of the 
museum is a new man since you saw it, but the 


choose. 


JUNE 9, 1922] 


state in which the archeologic collections are is 
exactly the same, I suppose—no worse. Mr. 
Kozevnikoff (the curator) is a zoologist. 

Part of my time was dedicated to work among 
the natives (folklore and collections) and part to 
excavation of the Bronze age mounds (kurgans) 
under the directions of Professor 8S. Rudenko— 
Professor Volkov’s pupil and his successor at the 
University of Petrograd now. (By the way, I 
suppose you have heard that Volkov, Radloff, 
Princes Oukhtomsky—son and his father quite re- 
eently—are no more). 

Last summer we spent a couple of months with 
the Kirghiz of the Turgai region, ‘‘ taking stock,’’ 
so to say, of possibilities for work on a larger 
scale, if circumstances permit. Anthropometric 
measurements (800 individuals) and 2-3 Neolithic 
stations were among the results. 

Next spring and summer I may return to the 
Kirghiz—they are in my department at the Rus- 
sian Museum with which I am now scientifically 
connected. 

In spite of unfavorable conditions and difficul- 
ties scientific work in Russia has not ceased to 
progress, and scientists of all classes continue 
their field and home studies with all the energy 
they are capable of. There is one great privation 
of which we are acutely sensible, and that is— 
book famine. We are so thoroughly isolated that 
scarcely any literary news comes filtering through 
the frontier. The appearance of a copy of some 
comparatively fresh publication from the outside 
world becomes known immediately to the circles 
interested in its subject, is weleomed with joy 
and every one tries to get at the book and have 
it lent to him for a time; individual book, peri- 
odicals, pamphlets, all one. 

Without knowing what goes on elsewhere in 
science one feels like going about with plugs of 
cotton wool in one’s ears. 

Now, Professor Rudenko, with whom I am on 
very friendly terms, begs me to put a businesslike 
question to you in a quite unofficial way. 

During your stay in Petrograd in 1912, you 
spoke to Professor Volkov and Pr. Oukhtomsky of 
the desirability of establishing here a bureau for 
the exploration of the northeastern portions of 
Siberia by Russians with American cooperation. 
Having this idea of yours in mind, Rudenko, who is 
now the curator of the Siberian Department and is 
proposed to the post of director of the Russ Mu- 
seum,! would like to know whether you still think 
this project practicable, and if so would your or any 


1 Formerly the Museum of Alexander III. 


SCIENCE. 


619 


other institution wish to participate in the realiza- 
tion of a series of expeditions to the Far East 
(Mongolia, the Amur region, Central Siberia) 
which would make it possessor of scientific re- 
sults and collections. The Russ Museum has a suffi- 
cient number of well qualified explorers. The 
question of fitting them out for the field may 
prove difficult in some respects; but such diffi- 
culties would be easily allayed if the work were 
planned on the principles of cooperation. 
Ars HrpuicKa 
U. 8. Nationa Muszum 


DOCTORATES IN AGRICULTURE 

In Science, Vol. LV, page 271, appears an 
article by Callie Hull and Clarence J. West 
on “Doctorates conferred in the sciences by 
American universities in 1921.” Three theses 
are listed for the subject of agriculture. There 
are in universities, generally, no departments 
of agriculture, but colleges of agriculture con- 
sisting of departments using methods of their 
own development and methods of the different 
sciences in studying agricultural problems. 

Students being trained for work in such de- 
partments are listed in the article mentioned as 
having done their work primarily in bacteri- 
ology, botany, chemistry and zoology, perhaps 
because the titles indicate that the methods of 
these sciences were used. The fact remains, 
however, that they were preparing to study 
agricultural problems. Thus, at Cornell Uni- 
versity alone, at least fifteen of the persons 
named under these four sciences were working 
in the College of Agriculture, preparing to 
study agricultural problems. And from the 
titles, I can be certain of at least four such 
men for other universities. 

If no names had been listed under the sub- 
ject of agriculture, no harm could have been 
done, but to list a subject of agriculture with 
only three names, it seems to me, might leave 
the impression that, with the great develop- 
ment of the agricultural colleges, there is very 
little tendeney for workers to secure the train- 
ing necessary to attack problems in an effective 
way. I believe that every one acquainted with 
the conditions in the colleges is convinced that 
there is a very hopeful development of gradu- 
ate work and that the number of young men 
who are securing sound training for effective 


620 


work in agricultural subjects gives promise of 
very sound and rapid growth in agricultural 
research. 
W. H. CHANDLER 
New York State 
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 


THE WRITING OF POPULAR SCIENCE 


To tue Eprror or Science: The letters of 
Dr. Dorsey and Dr. Slosson, which have ap- 
peared in Science, raise questions that have 
perplexed both scientists and editors of popular 
scientific magazines. Neither Dr. Dorsey nor 
Dr. Slosson, in my opinion, has struck at the 
root of the matter. 

So long as the standards of American jour- 
nalism are what they are, it will be difficult to 
enlist the whole-hearted cooperation of scien- 
tifie men in popularizing the results of their 
researches. A distinguished biologist put the 
matter thus to me a few years ago: “We do not 
mind being popularized, but we do mind being 
made ridiculous!” 

And there we have the whole truth in a 
nut-shell. Consider these facts which have come 
under my notice: 

In the basement of the Bureau of Standards 
is an electric furnace used for conducting ex- 
periments at high temperatures. A Washing- 
ton reporter, in quest of good red journalistic 
meat, was permitted to see that furnace in 
operation. On the following day there ap- 
peared an article from his pen in a Washington 
newspaper under the title, “Bureau of Stand- 
ards Has Little Hell in Basement.” Is it any 
wonder that the men in the Bureau of Stand- 
ards look at him askance now? 

During the days when Halley’s comet was 
the subject of almost daily newspaper articles, 
about twenty Chicago reporters camped on the 
grounds of the Yerkes Observatory. Fearing 
complete misrepresentation of the work that 
they were doing, the members of the observa- 
tory staff granted no interviews. Finally, one 
ingenious reporter suggested that he be per- 
mitted to photograph the entire staff on the 
steps of the observatory. Inasmuch as all the 
reporters had been treated rather haughtily, it 
seemed as if this harmless request might be 
granted. Accordingly, the staff posed. Two 
days later, there appeared in a Chicago news- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1432 


paper a photograph of one of the astronomers. 
—a distinguished telescopic observer—seated at 
the eye piece of the huge Yerkes refractor, but 
in a position outrageously absurd. His photo- 
graph had been cut out of that made on the 
observatory steps, pasted upon a lifeless pic- 
ture of the refractor, and the whole reproduced, 
with results that astonished every astronomical 
observer who saw the newspaper. The observa- 
tory staff was kept busy explaining to its col- 
leagues all over the country how this absurdity 
was perpetrated. 

Washington scientists surely have not for- 
gotten the great injustice done to Samuel P. 
Langley at the time when his historically im- 
portant experiments with his man-carrying air- 
plane were conducted. If ever a scientist’s life 
was embittered and shortened by gross news- 
paper misrepresentation, it was Langley’s. 

Our newspapers and magazines are right in 
demanding what they. call “human interest.” It 
is what science does for mankind that is inter- 
esting. The best popularizers of science have 
always been humanly interesting—particularly 
the men who have had theories to propound 
which were not readily accepted by their col- 
leagues. 

The campaign waged by Darwin and his col- 
leagues was a conspicuous example of sound 
popularization. But our newspapers and mag- 
azines ride human interest too hard. The one 
thing that seemed to strike our reporters about 
Einstein was the fact that he smoked a pipe 
and that his hair was disheveled. At the mo- 
ment, I do not recall more than two articles on 
Einstein in the newspapers that pointed out 
the tremendous practical significance of his 
theory of relativity—the fact that chemists, 
physicists, engineers and astronomers must 
henceforth reckon with time, space and motion 
in a new way. What Edison eats for breakfast 
seems to be of more importance than what 
Edison has actually achieved. So long as our 
newspapers publish simply gossip and the news 
of death and destruction, we have little to hope 
from them. If anyone were to write a history 
of the United States one hundred years hence, 
with no other information before him than that 
contained in current newspapers, he would 
inevitably draw the conclusion that Americans 
of our day led scandalous private lives and 


JUNE 9, 1922] 


were savagely addicted to killing one another. 
Curiously enough, only the advertisements 
would save him from presenting an utterly 
distorted picture of present day life and 
manners. 

Since these are the editorial standards of the 
day, is it any wonder that scientists hold aloof 
from the reporter? Is it any wonder that they 
do not wish to be made ridiculous? 

In Europe it is otherwise. I have never had 
any difficulty in securing whole-hearted co- 
operation from English, French and German 
scientists. They send their portraits on re- 
quest—something that American scientists hesi- 
tate to do. They write delightful scientific 
feuilletons, many of them models of simplicity 
and clarity. They recognize their journalistic 
obligation to the public at large. But when 
they come to this country, they soon learn the 
wisdom of withdrawing into their shells. 

The newspaper and magazine editor con- 
stantly uses the stock argument that he “gives 
the public what it wants.” But does he really 
know what the public wants? Would any 
magazine or newspaper editor have predicted 
that Wells’ Outlines of History or Van Loon’s 
Story of Mankind would have sold in editions 
of one hundred thousand and more? 

The Saturday Evening Post, with a cireula- 
tion of over two million, publishes articles on 
economies and industry which are, in the main, 
excellent examples of what the popularization 
of technical subjects should be. It has its 
standards of human interest, but it does not 
forget that the facts, simply, humanly, and 
interestingly presented are “what the public 
wants.” 

It is possible that the schools of journalism 
which have been established in various parts of 
the country may bring about a reformation of 
editorial standards through their graduates. Not 
much is hoped for from the publishers them- 
selves. 

WALDEMAR KAEMPFFERT 


Mr. Stosson’s indictment of American scien- 
tists, in your issue of May 5, for their failure 
to write interestingly and attractively about 
their work is all too true. As a teacher of 
English, I have observed the same failure 
throughout our universities. Among both fac- 


SCIENCE 


621 


- ulty and students an opinion prevails that 


there are but two general ways of writing: 
a so-called literary and polished style fit only 
for esthetes and poets; and a crude, inchoate 
style that marks the profound researcher and 
busy technician. The scientific man generally 
thinks that he hasn’t time to “polish” and 
“adorn” his sentences; therefore he slips into 
the slovenly jargon that he sees is customary 
among his colleagues. He fails to notice that 
there is a middle ground of simple, clear 
English that can be made interesting and 
attractive without his becoming a poet or an 
esthete. Mr. Slosson’s English is an example. 
Another example of a scientific man who taught 
himself to write excellent English was Pro- 
fessor John W. Draper, of New York Univer- 
sity. His volume of “Scientific Memoirs” is a 
model of clear, incisive prose. 

Professor Draper won the Rumford medals 
and was the first president of the American 
Chemical Society. But look at the accounts of. 
chemical research as published to-day, and see 
what they have become from the point of view 
of English or readableness. Look at the tire- 
some, too-modest statements, phrased in pas- 
sives and circumlocutions to avoid saying “I” 
or “me.” Pick a sentence at random and try 
to tell what it means without reading it several 
times. Such a style is supposed to indicate 
the scientific, objective researcher. The awk- 
ward sentences and confused transitions are 
supposed to connote the profound scholar 
intent on his specialty. The curious thing is 
that many chemists can write well if they 
choose. But when they begin to explain their 
work, they drop into professional jargon, which 
disguises their real ability. Such jargon is the 
custom. It makes all the articles alike, looks 
technical, dulls the interest, eliminates the per- 
sonal element, and discourages discussion. 

Mr. Slosson hints that he would like to see 
the great events in the history of science 
described in their proper dramatic significance. 
So should I, and if such descriptions could be 
included in a text-book on the history of science 
for use in colleges, it would be a great benefit 
to teachers. 


Pune B. McDonatp 
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, 


New York UNIVERSITY 


622 


To tHe Eprror or Scrmmnce: There is one 
point in Dr. Allen’s letter of April 28 that I 
think will bear further emphasis. As he points 
out, most editors will print sound scientific 
“stuff? which they ean get for nothing. But 
they won't pay a living wage to the man who 
writes it. 

I have been doing this sort of work, off and 
on, for a quarter century. In fact, for some 
years I actually supported myself—at about 
the clerical level. Those were the days when 
“the Old Man” edited McClure’s and cared 
more for the permanent repute of his magazine 
than for selling out any single issue. News- 
paper work paid decently. One could oceasion- 
ally make a short story of a scientific item. 
Even the women’s publications used to buy 
semi-scientific articles on diet and child train- 
ing. 

Now all this is past; I haven’t tried to sell 
anything since the war. It takes about as long 
to verify all the statements in one article as it 
does to write another. The verification is a 
labor of love, for which no editor will pay. 
The writer with an unhampered imagination 
can turn out stuff that the public prefers; and 
he can do twice as much of it ina day. My old 
market is absolutely dead. In the present day 
market, I can compete neither with the men who 
are selling their product, nor with those who 
are giving it away. 

Dr. Allen’s solution, I heartily agree, is for 
the moment the only practical one—though I 
doubt whether, in the long run, the public will 
get much good out of anything that it isn’t 
willing to pay for. Nevertheless, I cannot help 
thinking that the condition which Drs. Allen 
and Slosson:are trying to cure is only a symp- 
tom, not the real disease. For the fact is that 
the world just now is being simply drowned in 
a vast wave of superstition, that is bringing in 
every sort of pre-scientific opinion that the 
nineteenth century thought disposed of for 
good and all. My own town, for example, 
makes education its leading industry. But our 
public library has to buy books, just off the 
press, on palmistry, handwriting, character 
reading and fifty-seven other varieties of non- 
sense; while, significantly, it owns no old vol- 


umes on any such topies. Te current number 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1432 


of the Atlantic Monthly carries the advertise- 
ment of a professional astrologer! 

Here then lies the real trouble: The reading 
public does not know good science from bad; 
but if it did, it would certainly choose the bad. 
EK. T. BREWSTER 
ANDOVER, Mass. 


NOTES ON METEOROLOGY AND 
CLIMATOLOGY 

THE STREAMFLOW EXPERIMENT AT 

WAGON WHEEL GAP, COLORADO 

Stupents of hydrology have always had a 
keen interest in the relation of run-off to the 
forestation of watersheds, and there has been 
much theorizing as to the probable relation. 
But there are so many factors involved—evap- 
oration, transpiration, interception, ete., these, 
in turn, being influenced by the geological, 
phenological, and meteorological character of 
the watershed,—that it is difficult, if not im- 
possible, to estimate correctly the degree of 
influence of each. It has been the purpose of 
the Forest Service and the Weather Bureau to 
conduet an actual experiment in order to obtain 
quantitative measures of these influences and, 
in general, the response of streamflow to a 
forested and denuded watershed. The site 
selected for this large-scale experiment is near 
the railroad station of Wagon Wheel Gap, 
Colorado, the station having an elevation of 
8,437 feet above sea-level. The plan was to 
select two contiguous watersheds of similar 
character, make extensive meteorological and 
hydrological observations on each, and, after 
the lapse of a certain number of years, denude 
one watershed of its trees and continue ob- 
servations for a sufficient number of years to 
determine in what manner the streamflow is 
influenced. 

On June 30, 1919, an eight-year continuous 
series of stream-flow observations and a nine- 
year meteorological record had been obtained, 
and, after a general survey of the results, it 
was decided that the trees could properly be 
removed from one watershed. The denudation 
was completed in the autumn of 1920. - This, 
therefore, marked the completion of the first 
stage of the experiment. Observations are 
being -continued, and will continue for several 


JUNE 9, 1922] 


years, but the report on the first stage has just 
been published.t. The Forest Service is repre- 
sented by Carlos G. Bates, silviculturist, and 
the Weather Bureau by Professor A. J. Henry, 
meteorologist, the reports representing joint 
authorship. 

While an effort was made to select water- 
sheds of similar character, it is obvious that, 
no matter how good the general agreement of 
the main features, exact duplication was im- 
possible. Watersheds A and B at Wagon 
Wheel Gap, therefore, have certain character- 
istics in which they are quite different. Through 
these two small valleys flow tiny streams which 
descend toward the Rio Grande. The streams 
are approximately parallel in their lower por- 
tions and flow, in a general direction, from 
west to east. The area of the south watershed, 
A, is 222.5 aeres and that of the north water- 
shed, B, is 200.4 acres. The lower point of A 
is 9,373 feet and the upper point 11,355 feet 
above sea-level. Corresponding elevations for 
B are 9,245 feet and 10,952 feet above sea- 
level. These facts are not as significant, so 
far as this study is concerned, as the fact that 
watershed A is relatively long and narrow, 
while B is short and fan-shaped. These char- 
acteristics exert considerable influence upon 
the rate of runoff, for, owing to the short, 
steep, slopes of A, the flood crest arrives more 
quickly than in B, but falls sooner, then comes 
to a secondary maximum of longer duration, 
because of the greater length of the watershed. 
The flood at B exhibits no secondary maximum 
because the water reaches the dam from all 


1 Bates, Carlos G., and Henry, Alfred J.: 
““Streamflow Experiment at Wagon Wheel Gap, 
Colo.’’ Mo. Weather Rev. Supplement No. 17, 
pp. 55, figs. 41. A very complete paper repre- 
senting a summary and extracts from the Supple- 
ment was published in the Mo. Weather Rev. for 
December, 1921, under the same title, pp. 637-650. 
Believing that separates of this shorter paper 
will satisfy those who have an academic, rather 
than a professional, interest in the subject, a lim- 
ited number of reprints are now available. 
Application should be made to the Chief of the 
Weather Bureau, Washington, D. C. Copies of 
the complete report, Supplement 17, may be ob- 
tained at 50 cents each from the Superintendent 
of Documents, Government Printing Office, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 


SCIENCE 


623 


parts of the watershed at approximately the 
same time. Moreover, 4 and B lying in dif- 
ferent directions, as explained above, involves 
a difference in the rate of snow melting owing 
to the different exposure of the slopes to the 
sun; this has an effect upon the streamflow. 
The geological character of the two watersheds 
has been found to be the same. The trees con- 
sist largely of Douglass fir, although there is a 
considerable sprinkling of bristle-cone pine and 
Englemann spruce, the distribution depending 
upon the altitude, the exposure of the slope, 
and the amount of rock in the soil. : 

The observing equipment is of two kinds, 
meteorological and hydrological. Six primary 
meteorological stations were established at the 
beginning of the experiment, one at the base 
and one in the upper reaches of the streams, 
and two in each of the valleys. The equipment 
of these stations varies according to the topo- 
graphic features in the vicinity; but, among 
them are to be found maximum and minimum 
thermometers, psychrometers, thermographs, 
soil thermoscopes, hygrographs, anemometers, 
raingages, and snow bins. ‘The headquarters 
station is the most completely equipped, having 
two standard barometers, and a triple register 
for recording automatically wind direction and 
speed, precipitation and sunshine. On A there 
are 18 snowscales—graduated stakes 12 feet 
high—and on B, 14 scales, the location of each 
having been carefully selected so as to be rep- 
resentative of the snowfall on a given acreage. 

The hydrological equipment consists of a 
dam in each stream so constructed as to make 
the surface and subflow of the streams avail- 
able for measurement. Back of the dams are 
concrete basins in which continuous automatic 
record of the waterstages is kept by a Friez 
recorder. The instrumental record is checked 
daily by a reading with the hook gage, the 
latter being so accurate that several observers 
do not differ more than 0.001 foot on a given 
reading. . The dams at first had rectangular 
weirs, but for these triangular weirs were later 
substituted. 

The following facts are shown by the nine 
years of meteorological observations: (1) The 
mean minima for identical periods and times 
are slightly higher for slopes facing south than 
for those facing north, but the greatest differ- 


624 


ence for any month does not exceed 1° F. 
Comparing corresponding slopes of the two 
watersheds, the mean temperature is substan- 
tially the same. (2) Precipitation occurring 
as rain is practically equal on both watersheds. 
If the soil is saturated, as small a rain as 0.01 
inch may cause the streamflow to respond; but 
ordinarily rains of 0.10 inch or less in summer 
merely replenish losses due to evaporation or 
transpiration, and do not affect streamflow ap- 
preciably. Most of the summer rains are not 
in excess of 0.25 inch, hence it is seen that 
summer rains are not, in general, of great 
importance. (3) A little less than 50 per 
cent. of the precipitation is snow, but it yields 
more than half the runoff. The average depth 
of snow per season is 113.3 inches. The maxi- 
mum observed was 149.7 inches and the mini- 
mum 80.7 inches. 

Interesting features of the streamflow records 
are: (1) Stream 4 rises more rapidly than B 
and reaches a maximum sooner than B, but 
before the flood has subsided a secondary max- 
imum with a steadier flow may occur at A. 
This feature, as mentioned above, is easily ex- 
plained by topography. (2) Winter. and 
autumn show very little diurnal variation of 
streamflow; summer is more marked, with a 
maximum in the early morning hours and a 
minimum between 1 and 2 o’clock in the after- 
noon; spring, however, with the great amount 
of melting snow, has a pronounced diurnal 
period owing to alternate freezing and thawing. 
The amplitude of variation is greater at A than 
at B, and the 4A maximum and minimum are 
more pronounced. (3) An estimated disposi- 
tion of 21.00 inches of precipitation, the aver- 
age annual amount for eight years observations, 
is shown for A as follows: 


BIW ON ALL OM aaeee ee eee rela 7.39 inches 
Transpiration) p22 se ee 3.91 inches 
Imtexcep tio nea sees 3.62 inches 
Runoff - 6.08 inches 

SDOLAN ieee eea epee ante eee 21.00 inches 


It is clear that the. objective of all these 
studies is an accurate estimate of the relations 
between the various factors on A and B in 
order that, in the years following: denudation, 
the conditions on A can be used as an index 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1432 


to what would have occurred on B had denuda- 
tion not been effected. It is only in this way 
that the effect of the presence or absence of 
trees can be ascertained. Much of the paper, 
therefore, is devoted to these relations in too 
great detail for abstracting. Thirteen “rules’’ 
are developed as statements of these relations 
to be used in the later discussions. These con- 
cern ratios of discharges in different periods 
and at different times, time intervals between’ 
crests, probable height of crests, and the depo- 
sition of silt. 4 

This experiment is of great practical im- 
portance with respect to hydrological prob- 
lems—floods, irrigation, ete., and its outcome 
will doubtless be watched with the greatest 
interest by those who are concerned with these 
problems. 


C. LeRoy MrrIsincER 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
AN EARLY STAGE OF THE FREE-MARTIN 
AND THE PARALLEL HISTORY OF 
THE INTERSTITIAL CELLS 

THe theory that the intersexual condition 
of the free-martin depends upon hormones 
secreted by interstitial cells of the testis of the 
male twin and distributed by its blood to the 
female :depends primarily upon the demon- 
strated connection between fetal vascular 
anastomosis and the intersexual condition of 
the female twinned with a male calf, and see- 
ondarily on comparative data. The time of 
effective action of the male hormone has been 
presumed to be very shortly after the beginning 
of sex-differentiation in the embryo (Lillie, 
17) owing to the known normal condition of 
the embryonic membranes in such stages, which 
renders vascular connection possible, and the 
very profound nature of the effect. The earli- 
est stage of the free-martin hitherto deseribed 
s 7.5 em greatest length (Lille, 717; Chapin, 
17). Sex-differentiation begins at approxi- 
mately 2.5 em. The gap thus indicated in our 
knowledge of this phenomenon is now largely 
filled up by study of a free-martin of 3.75 em 
greatest length, and of the complete history of 
the interstitial cells of the testis and ovary 
from 2.5 em throughout life. 


me 


JUNE 9, 1922] 


In the 3.75 em free-martin the gonad is much 
less than half the bulk of those of normal 
males and females of corresponding age. The 
germinal epithelium (cortex of ovary) is only 
about one fifth the thickness of that of the 
normal female of corresponding age and less 
developed than a female of 3 cm _ greatest 
length. The blood of the male has already 
operated to inhibit growth of the entire gonad 
and to stop the differentiation of the cortex. 
The specific male sex-hormone is thus demon- 
strably present in the blood at this stage. 

Interstitial cells appear in the testis of the 
normal calf embryo between the stages of 2.7 
and 3 em greatest length. At the latter stage 
they are identical in size and histological strue- 
ture with those of later stages and the adult; 
they have a continuous history up to adult age. 
In the female, on the other hand, comparable 
cells do not appear in the ovary until about the 
time of birth. 

The following conclusions may be drawn: 


1. The appearance of interstitial cells in the 
testis at the very time that a male hormone may 
be demonstrated by its physiological effects 
(free-martin) is strong evidence that these cells 
secrete the sex-hormone. 

2. The absence of such cells in the female 
and the corresponding lack of effect of the 
female blood on the male twin argue in the 
same sense. 

3. In the female of cattle sex-differentiation 
before birth is apparently due to genetic factors 
exclusively; in the male the genetic factors are 
intensified by the production of a hormone. 

The detailed data will be published shortly 
by the authors separately, Mr. Bascom dealing 
with the interstitial cells. 

Frank R. LILuiE 


K. F. Bascom 
HULL ZooLocGicaL LABORATORY, 
Tue UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO 
May 18, 1922 


THE EFFECT OF ACID ON CILIARY ACTION 
AS A CLASS EXERCISE IN pH 

Tue effects of changes in hydrogen-ion con- 

centration have received so much attention in 

the recent literature that it has become desir- 

able to incorporate some exercise into labora- 


SCIENCE 


625 


tory courses in physiology which will illustrate 
the principles by which the py, of a solution 
is determined. For the majority of college 
laboratories “gas chain” apparatus, potentio- 
meters, ete., are out of the question for student 
work. The colorimetric method, however, which 
is very simple and sufficiently accurate for 
general laboratory problems, can be used to 
good effect at very little expense. 

For our class in general physiology consist- 
ing of some twenty students in their second 
and third college years, we have outlined an 
experiment on the stopping of ciliary move- 
ment in the epithelium of the frog’s esophagus 
by acid which has proved most successful. The 
experiment is in the form of a problem, and 
is stated thus: “Find the concentration of acid 
which will stop ciliary action within approxi- 
mately three minutes.” The students work in 
pairs. A small bit of ciliated epithelium is 
placed on a slide, and while one student ob- 
serves this under the low power of the micro- 
scope, the other places upon the tissue a few 
drops of acid, and records the time. When the 
concentration has been found which stops the 
movement of cilia in three minutes, an indica- 
tor is added in the correct proportion (Clark, 
20, p. 40) and the py determined by matching 
the resulting color with the appropriate color 
in the color chart. 

When acetic acid diluted with distilled water 
was used with brom phenol blue as indicator, 
the following answers were handed in by the 
class : 


Motion stopped in less than 2 
2 groups of students. 

Motion stopped in 3 min., p,, = 3.5, 6 groups of 
students. 

Motion stopped in 34% min., p,, = 3.6, 1 group of 
students. 

Motion stopped in 9 min., p,, = 3.8, 1 group of 
students. 


min., pj; = 3.4, 


The agreement between these results is, we 
think, very good for an ordinary class exercise. 

It should be noted that ordinary distilled 
water is decidedly acid, py = +£6.3, and that 
cilia cease to beat in it within approximately 
half an hour. In 0.7% NaCl, the beating con- 
tinues for a day, and in Ringer’s solution for 
three or four days at room temperature. For 


626 


_ purposes of strict accuracy, therefore, the acid 
should be added to normal saline or Ringer’s 
solution, but for class purposes the distilled 
water will serve. 

The experiment has been designed not only 
to show the stopping of ciliary action at a 
definite hydrogen-ion concentration, but also to 
bring out the difference in effect between an 
organic acid, such as acetic, and a mineral acid, 
such as hydrochloric. In the latter case even 
a concentration, py, — 2, thymol blue as indi- 
eator, will not stop the beating of the cilia in 
less than 15 minutes. The greater concentra- 
tion of hydrogen-ion required for the mineral 
acid than for the organic acid is of course cor- 
related with the difference in rate of penetra- 
tion of these acids into tissues. 

Furthermore, in order to obtain comparable 
results the pieces of epithelium must be from 
corresponding regions of the frog. If the 
tissue is taken from the more posterior levels, 
i. e., from within the esophagus itself, where 
the cilia are very long, it is found that the 
beating continues for a longer time in a given 
concentration of acid than in the pieces from 
more anterior levels, 7. e., the back of the 
mouth, where the cilia are very short. The ex- 
periment therefore brings out the fact that sus- 
ceptibility to acid decreases in passing from 
anterior to posterior levels of the alimentary 


tract. 
ie J. M. D. OtmsTED 


J. W. MacArruur 
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO 


Reference: W. M. Clark, 1920, The Determina- 
tion of Hydrogen-Ions. 


THE SOCIETY OF MAMMALOGISTS 


Tue fourth annual meeting of the Society of 
Mammalogists was held in New York City on 
May 16 to 18, 1922, where the society was 
invited to hold its meetings at the American 
Museum of Natural History. Besides the reg- 
ular business sessions and the election of new 
officers, papers were presented, and the pro- 
gram is given as follows: 

TUESDAY, May 16 
Afternoon Session, 2:00 P.M. 
The present status of the elk: E. A. GOLDMAN. 
Mammals of the mountain tops: Wiuu1amM L. 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1432 


FINLEY. (Presented by John Treadwell Nichols). 

The water supply of desert mammals: VERNON 
BAILEY. 

A quantitative determination of damage to 
forage by the prairie-dog, cynomys gunnisoni 
zuniensis Hollister: WALTER P. TAYLOR. 

Studies of the Yellowstone wild life by the 
Roosevelt Station: Cuartes ©. ADAMS. 

The part played by mammals in the World War: 
ERNEST HAROLD BAYNES. 


Evening Session, 8:00 P.M. 

The members of the society were invited to the 
new home of the Explorers’ Club, 47 West 76th 
Street. The board of directors of the club ex- 
tended the courtesy of the club to the members of 
the society during their session. 


WEDNESDAY, May 17 
Morning Session, 10:00 A.M. 


The frequency and significance of bregmatie 


fontanelle bones in mammals: ADOLPH H. 
SCHULTZ. 
A fossil dugong from Florida: GuoveR M. 
ALLEN. 
Certain glands in the dog tribe: ERNEST 


THOMPSON SETON. 

The elephant in captwity: W. H. SHEAK. 

The burrowing rodents of California as agents 
in soil formation: J. GRINNELL. 

Afternoon Session, 2:00 P.M. 

Symposium on the Anatomy and Relatsonships 
of the Gorilla: 

How near is the relationship of the gorilla- 
chimpanzee stock to man? W. K. GREcory. 

Notes on the comparative anatomy of the 
gorilla: G. S. HuntTiIneton. 

Was the human foot derived from a gorilloid 
type? D. J. Morton. 

Reichenow’s observations on gorilla behavior: 
J. H. McGrecor. 

On the sequence of eruption of permanent 
teeth in gorilla and man: Mito HELLMAN. 

Phylogenetic relations of the gorilla: evidence 
from brain structure: FREDERICK TILNEY. 


Evening Session, 8:00 P.M. 

The motion picture as a medium for intimate 
animal studies: ARTHUR H. FISHER. 

Motion pictures, some showing slow motion, of 
anthropoidea, sea lion, Barbary sheep, kangaroo 
and yak, and the habits of the beaver: RAYMOND 
L. DrrMars. 

Motion pictures of sea-elephants: CHARLES H. 
TOWNSEND. 


JUNE 9, 1922] 


TuHuRSDAY, May 18 
Morning Session, 10:00 A.M. 
Close of the age of mammals: HEnry Fatr- 
FIELD OSBORN and H. E. ANTHONY. 

Food-storing by the meadow-mouse: GLOVER M. 
ALLEN. 

An evolutionary force of a wide range: ERNEST 
THOMPSON SETON. 

The meetings were well attended, and among 
the members present were mammalogists who 
represented the leading institutions of the coun- 
try, such as the United States National Mu- 
seum,, the Bureau of the Biological Survey, 
the Field Museum of Natural History, the 
Museum of Comparative Zoology, the Academy 
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the 
American Museum of Natural History and the 
New York Zoological Society. 

Among the many interesting papers that 
were given before the mammalogists was the 
“Symposium on the Anatomy and Relation- 
ships of the Gorilla.” At this session the at- 
tendance was probably greater than at any of 
the others, and representatives of the press 
were present to make the most of a subject in 
which the publie is at present so keenly inter- 
ested. The consensus of opinion as expressed 
by the speakers in this symposium was that 
the gorilla stands very high among the anthro- 
poids in its relationship to man, and the evi- 
_ dence presented, together with the detailed 
descriptions of the man-like characters of the 
anthropoids, set forth data for an argument 
which the anti-evolutionists would have great 
diffieulty to refute. 

At the last of the meetings for the presenta- 
tion of papers, the “Close of the Age of Mam- 
mals” was given by Professor Henry Fairfield 
Osborn and Mr. H. E. Anthony. Professor 
Osborn took as his thesis the very rapid dis- 
appearance of our mammalia, which leads to 
the conclusion that the age of mammals will 
come to a close at no very distant date. After 
outlining the inception and the development of 
the age of mammals, illustrating his points by 
distributional maps, Professor Osborn stated 
that this age had reached its greatest develop- 
ment in the late Pliocene and early Pleistocene, 
at which time the glacial periods began the 
destruction which is receiving its final accelera- 
tion to-day at the hands of man. Having 


SCIENCE 


627 


brought this outline of the history of the age of 


mammals down to the present day, Professor 
Osborn was followed by Mr. Anthony, who 
showed a chart of statistics and gave figures 
on the great destruction of mammal life which 
may be laid at the door of the fur trade. A 
discussion of the papers followed, during 
which Dr. W. T. Hornaday, the noted advocate 
of wild life conservation, spoke at some length 
upon the disappearance of present day mam- 
mals and urged the great necessity of untiring 
efforts to stave off complete extermination. 

Further discussion was given by Dr. W. D. 
Matthew, Dr. Wilfred H. Osgood, Dr. Charles 
C. Adams and Dr. E. W. Nelson, all of whom 
were inclined to believe that it was no exag- 
geration to consider that the “Age of Mam- 
mals” was rapidly coming to a close, and that 
stringent measures are necessary to protect the 
surviving members. Dr. Adams, who is direc- 
tor of the Roosevelt Wild Life Forestry Exter- 
mination Station at Syracuse, N. Y., main- 
tained that the only hope lies in education, not 
so much of the adult, as of the younger genera- 
tion, and pointed out the advisability of estab- 
lishing numbers of wild life preserves, so that 
people might come to know the wild life of 
their own region by visiting the local pre- 
serves. 

The mammalogists were the guests of the 
American Museum at a luncheon on Tuesday, 
May 16, and were guests of the New York 
Zoological Society at luncheon on Thursday, 
May 18. 

The annual dinner was held the evening of 
Wednesday, May 17, at the Hotel San Remo. 

At the annual election of officers, all of those 
holding office were re-elected. 

At the close of the morning session of Thurs- 
day, the members adjourned to the North 
American Hall of the American Museum where, 
by short exercises, the museum dedicated this 
hall to the memory of the late Dr. J. A. Allen, 
who was the society’s only honorary member. 
The hall hereafter will be known as the J. A. 
Allen Hall of North American Mammals. 

President Henry Fairfield Osborn presided 
and, on behalf of the trustees, made the dedica- 
tion of the hall, which was accepted on behalf 
of the Division of Zoology and Zoogeography 
of the museum by Dr. F. M. Chapman. An 


628 


appreciation of Dr. Allen’s services to natural 
history was given by Dr. E. W. Nelson, presi- 
dent of the Society of Mammalogists. 

At the close of the luncheon given by the 
New York Zoological Society, the mammalo- 
gists were taken for a private view of the new 
halls of the National Collection of Heads and 
Horns and a tour through the park under the 
guidance of the officers of the Zoological So- 
ciety. 


PROGRESS IN ANIMAL PHOTOGRAPHY 


The American Museum had planned for a 
prize exhibition of photographs of mammals 
to be held at the time of the meeting of the 
American Society of Mammalogists. This ex- 
hibition was opened to the public on May 15, 
and judges for the exhibition were appointed 
by President Nelson of the American Society 
of Mammalogists at the first business meeting 
of the society. The board of judges appointed 
by Dr. Nelson was as follows: Dr. Wilfred H. 
Osgood, chairman, Dr. Witmer Stone, Mr. 
Charles R. Knight, Mr. James L. Clark and 
Mr. H. E. Anthony. 

The photographs were exhibited in the Hall 
of Forestry on the first floor of the museum, 
where they will remain on exhibition for a 
month. Some 1,654 photographs were received 
for this exhibition and there were 139 con- 
tributers. Requests for photographs and con- 
ditions of the contest had been drawn up and 
submitted by an American Museum Committee 
as follows: Mr. H. E. Anthony, chairman, Mr. 
Herbert Lang, Dr. Robert Cushman Murphy 
and Dr. G. Clyde Fischer, but the credit for the 
very unusual and splendid display of photo- 
graphs which was brought together must be 
given to Mr. Herbert Lang, who worked day 
and night to make the exhibition a success. 
The unanimous opinion of the many who have 
seen this exhibition has been that it is easily 
the finest exhibition of mammal photographs 
ever displayed in this country. So many un- 
usual photographs were submitted that the 
judges found it a difficult task to award the 
prizes, but finally made the following selection: 
1. PHOTOGRAPHS OF MAMMALS IN THE WILD STATE 

First prize: John M. Phillips, Mountain Goat. 

Second prize: Norman McClintock, White-tailed 
Deer. 

Third prize: Edmund Heller, Mountain Sheep. 


SCIENCE 


( 


[Vou. LV, No. 1432 


First honorable mention: 
Hartebeest. 

Second honorable mention: Donald R. Dickey, 
Deer. 

Third honorable 
African Elephant. 

Fourth honorable mention: 
rodt, Brown Beav. 

Fifth honorable mention: Donald B. MacMillan, 
Polar Bear. 


Carl KE. Akeley, 


mention: Kermit Roosevelt, 


Edward Mallinck- 


II. PHoToGRAPHS OF MAMMALS IN CAPTIVITY 


First prize: Elwin R. Sanborn, New York 
Zoological Park, Chimpanzee. 

Second prize: J. E. Haynes, Bison Stampede. 

Third prize: W. Lyman Underwood, Bay Lynx. 

First honorable mention: Mr. and Mrs. Ernest 
Harold Baynes, Wolf. 

Second honorable mention: J. B. Pardoe, Fly- 
ing Squirrel. 

Third honorable mention: Joseph Dixon, Cougar 
Kittens. 

Fourth honorable mention: Leland Griggs, Fox 
Head. 

Fifth 
Lioness. 


honorable mention: Arthur H. Fisher, 


JOEL A. ALLEN MEMORIAL 


One of the most important measures taken 
up by this meeting of the American Society of 
Mammalogists was the formulation of plans 
and the appointment of a committee for estab- 
lishing a publication fund to be known as the 
J. A. Allen Memorial Fund. This fund has 
been set at $10,000, and the interest from this — 
sum, when it has been properly invested, will 
be used by the American Society of Mammalo- 
gists for the publication of papers to consti- 
tute a series of continually appearing memo- 
vials to the late Drv. J. A. Allen. The com- 
mittee appointed to raise this fund, and given 
full powers for this purpose by the society is 
as follows: Mr. Madison Grant, chairman, 
President Henry Fairfield Osborn, Mr. Childs 
Frick, Dr. George Bird Grinnell and Mr. H. E. 
Anthony. 

It is expected that friends of Dr. J. A. Allen, 
mammalogists and of wild’ life 
throughout the country will give their support 
toward the raising of this fund, since natural 
science has never had a more devoted student 
than Dr. J. A. Allen, and the purposes for 
which the fund will be devoted are outlined to 
give the greatest possible encouragement to 


students 


research in mammalogy. 


New SERIES ec SiycLe Copies, 15 Crs. 
Vou. LV, No. 1433 Pripay, JuNE 16, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


The Balopticon at 
the Summer School 


hz 


will be found a great aid in intensifying interest, ’so 
necessary in covering the amount/of work scheduled 
for so short a term. 


Bausch & Lomb 
BALOPTICON 


The Perfect Stereopticon 


will project any opaque subject that 
the large object holder will accom- 
modate. Snap shots, maps, speci- 
mens and colored pictures, as well 
as lantern slides, can be projected 
by this efficient machine. Well built 
and free from operating difficulties 
the Balopticon with its Mazda lamp, 
is a worthwhile investment. 


WRITE LOR DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULAR. 


Bausch ¢9 Jomb Optical ©. 


552 St. Paul Street Rochester, .N. Y. 
New York Washington Chicago San Francisco London 


—a1 Leading American Makers of Microscopes, Projection Apparatus (Balopticons), Photo- 

HW] sraphic Lenses, Ophthalmic Lenses and Instruments, Photo-Micrographic Apparatus, 

Range Finders and Gun Sights for Army and Navy, Searchlight Reflectors, Telescopes, 
Stereo-Prism Binoculars, Magnifiers and Other High Grade Optical Products. 


= = that that 95 may see. 
eter and are 


i SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Complete Dynamo Electric Machinery Apparatus 


For Demonstrating 


Direct Current Motors and Generators The Synchronous Motor 


Alternating Current Rotating Field and ine Qluseeins (Cran) Congas 


The Transformer and Its Principles 
Induction Motor 


Two or Three Phase Alternating Current 
The Rotary Converter Phenomena 


._ This apparatus consists essentially of two fields which may be fitted with poles on which are wound 
coils and these fields may have 2, 4, or 6 poles for direct current work or 3 or 6 poles for three phase 
alternating current work. 


A simple direct current armature is supplied for mounting in this field and with this armature may be 
demonstrated a series or shunt wound motor or dynamo and all characteristics of direct current dynamo 
electric machinery of either 2, 4, or 6 poles. This furnishes much valuable informaton regarding the con- 
nections of the different poles, the direction of rotation, etc. 


The aluminum cup for use in this magnetic field illustrates the principles of the closed circuit rotor 
for induction motors. The reversal of one of the field coils shows reversal of direction of rotation and 
other similar important principles may be shown. 


The converter may be demonstrated by placing the armature which has slip rings on one side in the 
field shown on the right and arranging the poles and connecting a battery so as to run it as a direct 
current motor. The brushes underneath will collect alternating current and this may be used for ringing 
bells and may be shown to be alternating by the use of meters. 


The Synchronous motor may be shown by carefully increasing the frequency of the alternating cur- 
rent generated by increasing the speed of the central handle and at the same time have the armature 
connected to this alternating current and the field coils in the proper order connected to direct current. 


The alternating current generator may be demonstrated by energizing the fields by direct current 
and using the armature that has the slip rings on it. 


One of these fields has two slots in it for holding a yoke on which are two concentric, removable 
coils and with this may be shown all the principles of the transformer, as transformation ratio, etc. 


When used for alternating current work, that part of the apparatus which is mounted on the center 
of the base converts direct current into alternating current and there can be obtained either single phase, 
two phase or three phase current. 


By the use of the polyphase current, a rotating field may be produced, and by the use of the 
mounted magnetic needle it may be shown how this needle is whirled around as the field rotates. 


This set contains a minimum of parts but enables teaching practically every application’ of either 
alternating or direct current, dynamo-electric power apparatus. 


This outfit is complete with the two fields and the A. C. Generator mounted on a base and the follow- 
ing parts: 6 field coils, 1 direct current armature, 1 direct current armature’ with slip rings, 1 mounted 
magnetic needle, 1 aluminum cup rotor, 1 transformer yoke with both primary and secondary coils. 


QUALITY, 


A SIGN OF QUALITY ILC A MARK OF SERVICE 


SERVICE 


W. M. WELCH SCIENTIFIC COMPANY 


Manufacturers, Importers and Exporters of 
Scientific Apparatus and School Supplies 


1516, Orleans Street CHICAGO, ILL., U. S. A. 


SCIE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 
Il Liberty Si., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y. 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 


Annual Subscription, $6.60. 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the 
Post Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Single Copies, 15 Cts. 


Vou. LV JUNE 16, 1922 No. 1433 
CONTENTS 
The Maintenance of Scientific Research: Sir 
CHARLES SHERRINGTON .....-0-------yec--ceccseeeeeeoeeees 629 


BELL 
The American Association for the Advance- 

ment of Science: 

The Salt Lake City Meeting: PRorressor 

BURTON BH. WiVINGSTON. 22 ...-02-.-eecec-cceceeeeeeoeee 633 
Scientific Events: 

The Spencer Fullerton Baird Memorial; 

International Congress of the History of 

Medicine; Research Fellowships adminis- 

tered through the Division of Biology and 

Agriculture of the National Research 

Council; American Meteorological Society ; 

Chairmen of the Divisions of the National 

Research Council; The U. S. Commissioner 

of Fisheries 
Scientific Notes and News 
University and Educational Notes............-..--. 642 
Discussion and Correspondence: 

The Origin of Species: Dr. Davin STarr 

JorDAN. The Kaicteur Falls: ArtuuR OC. 

Harpy. Museum Pests feeding on Glycerine 

Jelly Slides: W. C. Kraarz. Nectarina in 

Decas: MRANK @) PELLEDT. 12 642 
Scientific Books: 

Bowie on Geodetic Operations in the United 

States: Dr. JOHN F. HAYFORD.......00.0..0220-20.2.. 645 
Special Articles: 

A Haploid Mutant in the Jimson Weed: 

Dr. A. F. BLAKESLEE, Dr. JoHN BELLING, 

M. E. Farnuam and A. DororHy BERGNER. 

The Mass of the Electron at Slow Velocity: 

Proressor L. T. Jones and H. O. Hours. 

The Hydrogen-ion Concentration of Soils 

as affected by Drying: Dr. Pau 8S. Bur- 

GESS 
The American Philosophical Society: Pro- 

FESSOR ARTHUR W. GOODSPHEED.....-.-2-----:.000--- 649 


634 


THE MAINTENANCE OF SCIENTIFIC 
RESEARCH! 


Broapty taken, the apparatus of prosecution 
of research in this country is made up as fol- 
lows: (1) Scientific and professional societies 
and some institutions entirely privately sup- 
ported; (2) universities and colleges, with their 
scientific departments; (3) institutions, using 
that term in the widest sense, directly subven- 
tioned by the state, such for instance as the 
Medical Research Council, the Development 
Commission, and the Department of Scientific 
and Industrial Research. Of these three ecate- 
gories, the first named, the scientific societies 
group, works without financial aid from the 
state, apart from the small though extremely 
useful two government grants distributed, 
mainly to individual workers, through the 
Royal Society. At the present time many of 
the societies sorely need financial help to carry 
on their labors, and some are absolutely at a 
loss to know how to publish the scientific re- 
sults that are brought to them. The second 
category, the universities and colleges, depends 
in part upon government aid. In the aggre- 
gate of twenty-one institutions of university 
yank, following Vice-Chancellor Adami’s fig- 
ures, students’ fees and endowment provide 
about 63.5 per cent. of the total income; for 
the rest they are dependent on government 
grant. The third category, as said, draws state- 
support direct. 

This triple system may seem a somewhat 
haphazard and incoordinate assembly. Yet in 
reality it is an organization with much solid- 
arity,- and its coordination is becoming more 
assumed. Its parts dovetail together. The first 
group, the scientific and professional societies, 
is provided with a medium of intercommuni¢a- 


1 From the presidential address delivered at the 
anniversary meeting of the Royal Society and 
printed in Nature. 


630 


tion and ¢o-action, the Conjoint Board of Sci- 
entific Societies. As to the separate categories 
composing the triple system itself, they also 
are in wide touch one with another. Between 
the scientific and professional societies on one 
hand and the universities on the other, contact 
and inter-relation are secured by some degree 
of free and rightful overlap, both as regards 
general subject-matter of research and of their 
personnel. Tinally, there is excellent contact 
between both these categories and the third, the 
state subventioned institutions. A special fea- 
ture of the policy and administration of these 
state organizations secures this, a feature which 
makes the whole of this subject the more 
cognate to the purview of our own society. To 
exemplify I may turn, for instance, to the 
Development Commission. Its program of 
fishery research, avoiding the terms “pure” re- 
search and “applied” research in view of the 
possible implication that pure research does 
not lead to practical result, directs research not 
alone to the solving of particular economic 
problems. It supports more especially what it 
terms “free” research, investigation in this case 
of the fundamental science of the sea and of 
marine life. 

Again, with the Advisory Council of Scien- 
tific and Industrial Research, its program, 
gradually defined during the past six years, is 
laid down as having four main points: (1) the 
encouragement of the individual research work- 
er, particularly in pure science; (2) the organ- 
ization of national industries into cooperative 
research associations; (3) the direction and co- 
ordination of research for national purposes, 
and (4) the aiding of suitable researches under- 
taken by scientific and professional societies 
and organizations. It recruits researchers by 
giving financial opportunity to promising stu- 
dents to be trained in research, attaching them 
to experienced researchers. In short, it ap- 
prentices to research a number of selected 
younger workers in universities, colleges and 
other seattered throughout the 
eountry. 

So, similarly, the Medical Research Council. 
Its seeretary, Sir Walter Fletcher, in an illum- 
inating presidential address to Section I of the 
British Association meeting this summer, said, 


institutions 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1433 


speaking of the nexus between scientific re- 
search and the progress of medicine, “It is the 
accumulating knowledge of the basal laws of 
life and of the living organism to which alone 
we can look for the sure establishment either of 
the study of disease or of the applied sciences 
of medicine.” 

It is evident, therefore, that, with a poliev 
based on such principles as these, the third 
category in the triple system constituting the 
organization for scientific research in this 
country is one which has common aim and solid 
touch with both the others, the universities and 
the scientific and professional societies. One 
sees in short that the organization which has 
come into existence and is maintaining scien- 
tific research in this country is a real organiza- 
tion. It did not spring fully equipped from 
the head of Zeus. It has grown up rather 
than been planned. In that respect it is an 
organization essentially British, and it seems 
qualified to do its work for the country well. 
We hear of adventures, political and other, the 
offspring of the day. But these were no adven- 
tures, these, to my mind, welcome, long-overdue 
steps forward by the state toward the succor 
of science and its welfare, steps that help to 
strengthen and consolidate the organization 
for research by such adjuncts as the Medical 
Research Council and the Department of Scien- 
tific and Industrial Research. One of the 
strengths of this organization that has arisen 
is, In my view, that it interlocks with the edu- 
cational system of the country. It is an organ- 
ization which proceeds on the wise premise 
that, in the case of science, the best way to get 
the fruit is to cultivate the tree. It is an or- 
ganization which is proving successful and 
economical. Its output has proved a more than 
liberal return on the funds at its disposal. 

But essential to its continuance is continu- 
ance of adequate financial support from the 
government. <A tripod ean not stand upon two 
legs. The state-contribution in this country is 
relatively not large, but it is most important. 
Important as it has been in the past, it has 
now an importance most especially great. The 
cost of investigation is now higher, much high- 
er than it has been. Endowment funds carry 
less far than they did carry. Private benefac- 


June 16, 1922 


tions and voluntary generosity, although will- 
ing, are less able to be found and less capable 
at this time; already gauged as inadequate of 
themselves alone before the war, they obvi- 
ously can not alone cope with the necessary 
undertakings now. The present is a time when 
a large-scale withdrawal of the government’s 
financial support must prove most formidably 
crippling. Such erippling will be greater than 
the actual measure of the sum withdrawn would 
entail in ordinary times. 

To pull down under emergency what has been 
built up through years of careful experience 
and is proving efficient ean scarcely be ultimate 
economy. It is to unlearn a useful lesson 
learnt. Curtailment of the state aid—relatively 
small in this country—given to scientific re- 
search must harm the scientific production of 
the country. Some curtailment, however, at 
this time seems unavoidable. Though extension 
of buildings and equipment and personnel is 
wanted, it may be necessary to withhold that 
extension at this time, maintaining broadly the 

_status quo ready for expansion when that is 
ence more feasible. But if research be an 
indispensable factor in the rebuilding of the 
national life, sacrifices should not be required 
from it disproportionately greater than from 
other services of a similarly essential kind. 
Reduction of the state’s support on a seale to 
entail ruin to the existent organization would 
be a wastage rather than an economy. Calmly 
viewed, what more reminiscent of the wastage 
of the war itself than for machinery actually 
constructed, assembled, and producing what is 
needful for a nation’s strength as a pillar in 
the industrial and intellectual temple of the 
world, to be now under temporary change aban- 
doned or broken up; and at a time when indus- 
try as a whole stands convinced of scientific 
research as a necessity for its recovery and 
well-being. 

My hope would be that scientific research on 
its present maintenance will be considered part 
of the intellectual bread of the community, part 
of the bed-rock on which rests the efficiency, 
not to speak of the industrial equipment, of 
the nation; that it will be treated as such in 
the measure of state-support continued to it; 
that the state will remember that that support 
has to embrace at least both the universities on 


SCIENCE 


631 


one hand, and, on the other, the research insti- 
tutions administered by the state, for this rea- 
son, namely, that the country’s organization for 
research, complex in origin, yet economical and 
effective, stands as an integral system to the 
entire existence of which is essential an ade- 
quate state provision for both these constituent 
elements, indispensable, since they are, to the 
whole structure of the system. 


C. S. SHERRINGTON 


HENRY MARION HOWE 


In the death of Professor Howe the world 
lost both a great scientist and a great teacher. 
There has been recorded in various places the 
account of his life and life work, of his honors 
and of his publications. When in 1917 he was 
presented with the John Fritz medal of the 
United Engineering Societies a complete record 
of his work as a metallurgist, as a teacher and 
as a writer was given, together with a list of 
his professional papers, of which there are 
over 300 titles (Monthly Bulletin A. I. M. E., 
July, 1917, p. 30). 

Henry Marion Howe died on May 14, 1922, 
at his residence in Bedford Hills, N. Y., after 
an illness of over a year. He was born at 
Boston, Mass., in March, 1848, the son of Dr. 
Samuel G. and Julia Ward Howe. His father 
was noted for his philanthropy and distin- 
guished services in the Greek war for inde- 
pendence, while his mother, the author of the 
“Battle Hymn of the Republic,” was a leader 
of many reforms, from the abolition of slavery 
to woman’s suffrage. As Dr. Raymond at the 
presentation of the John Fritz medal said, “It 
was a good stock on both sides, making him 
heir to intellectual keenness and refinement, 
the capacity for both enthusiasm and perse- 
verance, a passion for the pursuit of knowledge 
and a gift of clear and felicitous statement.” 
For he was imbued with the spirit of scientific 
research, the love of investigation, a striking 
power of observation and of interpretation, to 
which was added his wonderful clearness in 
expressing his thoughts not alone in. his 
writings but more especially in his lectures 
and in the presentation of his papers at scien- 
tifie meetings. 

Graduating from the Boston Latin School in 


632 


1865, he received the degree of A.B. from Har- 
vard in 1869 and the B.S. in mining and metal- 
lurgy from the Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology in 1871. The following year he 
received the degree of A.M. from Harvard, 
followed by the LL.D. in 1905. 

The practical side of his life began in iron 
and steel. He was superintendent of the Bes- 
semer Steel Works, Joliet, in 1872, and of the 
Blair Iron and Steel Company, 1873-74. For 
some five years he devoted himself to the metal- 
lurgy of copper and improved copper smelting 
in Chile for the heirs of Augustus Hemenway, 
and then designed and built the works of the 
Orford Copper Company at Capelton and 
Hustis in the Province of Quebec and at Ber- 
gen Point, N. J., 1879-1882. This latter year 
he was manager of the Pima Copper-mining 
and Smelting Company of Arizona. 

From 1883-97 he was a consulting metallur- 
gist in Boston and at the same time lectured 
in metallurgy at the Institute of Technology. 
In 1897 he was called to the chair of metal- 
Iurgy at Columbia University and became pro- 
fessor emeritus in 1913. 

His notable books were “The Metallurgy of 
Steel,” 1888 (translated into French) and 
“The Metallography of Steel and Cast Iron,” 
1916. They were both epoch making. In the 
first he accumulated all the notable interest- 
worthy material in the metallurgy of steel and 
with amazing insight arranged it so logically 
and so clearly as to bring out the significant 
similarities rather than the striking differences. 
In his last book we have a record of his own 
creative work and his interpretations of the 
newer results in metallography, striking out 
into a path far remote from the ordinary text- 
book and leading to a new country of thought 
and investigation. 

His honors were many and varied and 
showed that his work and life were appreciated 
not only at home but abroad. He was Knight 
of the Order of St. Stanislas of Russia and 
Chevalier of the Legion of Honor, France. 
He had honorary membership in many of the 
societies, from the Royal Swedish Academy of 
Scientists to the Société d’Encouragement pour 
L’Industrie Nationale of France. He held fel- 
lowships in many of the academies and was 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1433 


president of the American Society Testing 
Materials, the American Institute Mining En- 
gineers, the International Association for Test- 
ing Materials and honorary vice-president of 
the Iron and Steel Institute of Great Britain. 

He received the Bessemer medal of the Iron 
and Steel Institute of Great Britain, Eliot 
Cresson medal, Franklin Institute of Phila- 
delphia, gold medal of the Verein zur Befoer- 
derung des Gewerbfleisses, Berlin, gold medal 
of Société d’Encouragement pour l’Industrie 
Nationale of France, 1916, and John Fritz 
medal, United Hnginecring Societies, 1917. He 
received honorary doctor’s degrees from Har- 
vard, Lafayette and the University of Pitts- 
burgh. 

But it is as a teacher and as one who has 
followed the paths of research that Professor 
Howe should be honored above all. As a lec- 
turer his diction was most simple and his ideas 
and logical development of thought so clear 
that the dullest could not help but understand 
it. In fact, his courses seemed very easy com- 
pared with collateral reading from text-books 
and the like, and to those of us who had the 
privilege of working with him in the laboratory 
his inspiration was immeasurable. Possessed 
of a kindly personality, he took a fatherly 
interest in us all and spared no pains in our 
training. His methods were new, too new for 
many of his associates to understand or appre- 
ciate, for he believed that science must be fol- 
lowed in an orderly and well-thought-out man- 
ner, that the problem should first of all be 
stated, our knowledge of the subject be re- 
viewed and then a complete plan of campaign 
laid out before any experimental work was 
started, for he had no use and less respect for 
the old cook book methods of metallurgy, 
which unfortunately are not yet quite a thing 
of the past. Another marked characteristic 
was his tolerance and patience. While the 
systematic planning of work came naturally to 
him, yet he realized the difficulties in the paths 
of others and was never intolerant or unkindly 
critical when things went wrong, even when his 
advice had been neglected. Each of us was 
made to feel that he was a co-worker and not 
merely an assistant, and in that way the best 
of each of us was brought out and developed. 


JUNE 16, 1922 


His thoughtfulness of others was always 
uppermost in his mind, and many a man had 
cause to thank him for pecuniary help, which 
was always made available in such a way that 
the most sensitive could not feel any hurt to 
his pride. “Outside jobs” were frequent; very 
often they were doubtless thought up by Pro- 
fessor Howe himself, and they were always paid 
for most generously. 

In 1874 he married Fannie Gay, of Troy, 
who survives him. She was deeply interested 
in his work and always accompanied him on 
his travels and in his attendance at all scien- 
tifie conventions. She so looked after him that 
she helped him to conserve his energy for the 
main purpose; in fact, without her aid he could 
never have accomplished all that he did. She 
was as much interested in his students as he 
was himself, and the little luncheons and 
dinners at their home were affairs to be sought 
after and remembered, for she knew us all by 
name and also knew all our old instructors— 
often from an angle new to us. 

An enthusiastic advocate of the cause of the 
Allies, he served during the war and later as 
chairman of the engineering division of the 
National Research Council. He worked inces- 
santly, and with his wonderful and extraor- 
dinary energy and activity he accomplished a 
great deal in the study of improved methods 
of the open hearth process and the methods of 
production of new alloy steels and their phys- 
ical properties. 

Im short, we can say of him that he was a 
kindly gentleman, thoughtful of others; a great 
scientist, greatly honored and yet most modest; 
a remarkably clear writer with a gift of sim- 
plicity of thought and diction; and, lastly, he 
was undoubtedly the greatest of all the steel 
metallurgists. 

Wma. CAMPBELL 

CoLuMBIA UNIVERSITY 


THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR 
THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 


THE SALT LAKE CITY MEETING 
THE summer meeting of the American Asso- 
ciation for the Advancement of Science, to be 
held at Salt Lake City, June 22 to 24, will be 
a joint meeting of the American Association 


SCIENCE 


633 


with the Pacifie Division of the association. 
This will be the seventy-fifth meeting of the 
association and the sixth annual meeting of the 
Pacifie Division and its affiliated societies. The 
illustrated preliminary announcement of the 
meeting has recently been published and mailed 
to all members of the association. 

The meeting will be held under the auspices 
of the Pacifie Division. Dr. Barton Warren 
Evermann, president of the division, will pre- 
side at the general sessions and will deliver 
the presidential address at the opening session 
on Thursday evening, June 22. The general 
secretary of the association, Dr. D. T. Mac- 
Dougal, will represent the larger organization. 
The hosts for this meeting are the University 
of Utah, the Utah Academy of Sciences, the 
Utah Agricultural College and the Brigham 
Young University. Much valuable help is 
being rendered by the City of Salt Lake, the 
Union Pacifie System, the Hotel Utah and the 
Commercial Club of Salt Lake City. 

A glance at the preliminary announcement 
shows that the Salt Lake City meeting will be 
successful in every way, an interesting and 
valuable meeting for all who attend. The city 
itself is unusually interesting from many 
view-points—scientifie, educational, religious, 
commercial, social and artistic. The vicinity is 
famous for its agriculture and for its mining 
activities. The summer climate is very enjoy- 
able, with sunny days and cool nights. Oppor- 
tunities for the pleasures of outdoor life are 
furnished by the broad streets with their stately 
shade-trees, the beautiful parks and boulevards, 
the many eanyons in the vicinity, and the 
famous bathing beach on Great Salt Lake. 

The Hotel Utah is to be the official head- 
quarters. No special railway rates will be 
available for those who attend this summer 
meeting, but advantage may be taken of the 
extraordinarily reduced summer exctrsion tar- 
iffs. The following examples give round-trip 
rates to Salt Lake City from the places named: 
From San Francisco, Sacramento, Oakland, 
Berkeley, Fresno, San Jose and Los Angeles, 
$48.82; from Denver, $36.10; from Omaha, 
$50.25; from Kansas City, $50.25; from St. 
Paul, $62.30; from Chicago, $60.00; from St. 
Louis, $56.00; from Memphis, $73.60; from 
New Orleans, $85.15; from Fort Worth, $64.15. 


634 


Liberal round-trip summer rates will be avail- 
able for those wishing to proceed beyond Salt 
Jake City, with stop-over privileges at that 
point and elsewhere. Local railway agents 
should be consulted for exact information. 

Some of the features of the varied program 
of the meeting are the following: A conference 
on “Research Problems of the Great Basin” 
will be held at noon on Thursday, June 22. 
Dr. John A. Widtsoe, past president of the 
University of Utah, will lead the discussion, 
and delegates from Pacifie Coast institutions 
will take part. President Evermann’s address 
Thursday evening will be on “The Conserva- 
tion and Proper Utilization of our Natural 
Resources.” Following this address there will 
be a general reception. 

The afternoon of Friday will be devoted to 
a symposium on “The Problems of the Colorado 
River,” with the following titles, several of 
which represent changes made in the program 
since the publication of the preliminary an- 
nouncement: (1) “Description and physiog- 
raphy of the Colorado River Basin,” Dr. Fred- 
erick J. Pack, Deseret professor, department 
of geology, University of Utah; (2) “Geology 
of the Colorado River Basin with reference to 
the engineering problem,” Professor Bailey 
Willis, professor of geology, Leland Stanford, 
Jr., University; (3) “The vegetation of the 
Colorado River Drainage Basin,” Dr. Frederic 
E. Clements, Carnegie Institution of Washing- 
ton; (4) “The Algerian Sahara,” Professor 
E. V. Gautier, Faculty of Letters, University 
of Algiers, and exchange professor, Harvard 
University; (5) “The conservation of the 
waters of the Colorado River from the stand- 
point of the reclamation service,’ Mr. Frank 
E. Weymouth, chief engineer, United States 
Reclamation Service; (6) “The interstate and 
international aspects of the Colorado River 
problem,” Dr. C. E. Grunsky, vice-president of 
the Pacific Division, American Association for 
the Advancement of Science, San Francisco, 
California. 

All members of the association and of the 
affiliated societies should attend the banquet 
Friday evening, at which an address will be 
given by the distinguished writer and student 
of human evolution, Professor James Harvey 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1433 


Robinson, of the New School of Social Science, 
New York City. 

Saturday will be devoted to excursions and 
entertainment. A free organ recital will be 
given in the Tabernacle, and there will be a 
trip to the famous Saltair bathing beach. In 
the evening Dr. J. E. Broaddus will give an 
illustrated lecture entitled “From the Grand 
Canyon to the Yellowstone.” 

The distinguished Duteh evolutionist, Dr. 
J. P. Lotsy, of the Holland Society of Science 
in Haarlem, is expected to give a talk on evolu- 
tion, probably on Thursday. 

The regular section organizations of the 
association will not hold sessions at the Salt 
Lake City meeting, but many scientific societies 
and groups of workers will present programs. 
Among these are the American Physical Soci- 
ety, the American Meteorological Society, the 
Pacifie Division of the American Phytopatho- 
logical Society, the Cooper Ornithological Club, 
the Ecological Society of America, the Pacific 
Coast Entomological Society, the Pacifie Slope 
Branch of the American Association of Eco- 
nomic Hntomologists, the Plant Physiologists, 
the Society of American Foresters, the Western 
Psychological Association, the Western Society 
of Naturalists, the Agronomists and Soil Ex- 
perts. 

Correspondence regarding the preparations 
for the summer meeting should be addressed to 
Mr. W. W. Sargeant, secretary of the Pacific 
Division, A. A. A. §., Golden Gate Park, San 
Francisco. 

Burton EH. Livinesron, 
Permanent Secretary 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 
THE SPENCER FULLERTON BAIRD 
MEMORIAL 
A NATIONAL movement has been inaugurated 
in Washington to commemorate on February 3, 
1923, the one hundredth anniversary of the 
birth of Spencer Fullerton Baird. Through a 
loeal organizing committee of twenty-six mem- 
bers, of which Dr. Hugh M. Smith is chairman 
and Dr. Paul Bartsch is secretary, a permanent 
national organization has been effected with the 
following officers: Honorary president, Dr. 
Wilham H. Dall, Washington, D. C.; presz- 


JUNE 16, 1922 


dent, Dr. Charles D. Walcott, Washington, 
D. C.; vice-presidents, Mr. G. R. Agassiz, Bos- 
ton, Mass., Dr. Alexander Graham Bell, Wash- 
ington, D. C., Professor F. W. Clarke, Wash- 
ington, D. C., Professor Stephen A. Forbes, 
Urbana, Ill., Dr. David Starr Jordan, Stanford 
University, Cal., Professor Edwin Linton, Co- 
lumbia, Mo., Professor Edward S. Morse, 
Salem, Mass., Professor Henry Fairfield Os- 
born, New York, N. Y., Professor Addison E. 
Verrill, New Haven, Conn., and Professor 
Robert S. Woodward, Washington, D. C. 

Steps are now in progress for the formation 
of a national committee, and Dr. Walcott has 
addressed letters to various persons inviting 
them to become members of the committee, and 
to scientifie bodies inviting them to name repre- 
sentatives to serve on the committee, and indi- 
viduals and organizations have been asked to 
submit suggestions in regard to the general 
subject of the memorial. 

While Spencer Fullerton Baird’s scientific 
attammments and publie services are well and 
widely known, the letter which Dr. Walcott has 
sent out recalls that Baird was the secretary 
of the Smithsonian Institution, the virtual 
founder of the United States National Mu- 
seum, the creator and head of the United States 
Fish Commission, and a prime mover in the 
establishment of the United States: Geological 
Survey and the Bureau of American Ethnology. 

His personal contributions to knowledge in 
the domain of biology were numerous and pro- 
found. His ability and achievements, his fidel- 
ity to the publie weal, his unselfish devotion to 
duty, the encouragement and aid he extended to 
other workers, and the beauty and simplicity 
of his character combined to produce one of 
the most noteworthy figures in our national 
history and one whom America will undoubt- 
edly delight to honor on this appropriate ocea- 
sion. 

Up to the present time the matters that have 
been decided upon are a public meeting in 
Washington on February 3, 1923, at which ad- 
dresses will be delivered and announcements 
made of the memorial or memorials that have 
been determined on, and the placing of wreaths 
on the grave of Baird in Oak Hill Cemetery, 
the bust of Baird in the American Museum of 


SCIENCE 


635 


Natural History, the Baird memorial boulder 
at Woods Hole, and the Baird memorial tablet 
at the Bureau of Fisheries building in Wash- 
ington. 

Among the suggestions that have been made 
for a permanent national memorial are (1) a 
bust, statue, mural or open-air fountain, or 
bronze mural tablet to be provided by voluntary 
subscriptions and erected in the grounds of the 
Smithsonian Institution or the National Zoolog- 
ical Park, and (2) a fishery museum or exhibit, 
with public aquarium, embracing both the 
scientific and applied features of fishery prob- 
lems, to be established by Congress under the 
auspices of the Smithsonian Institution. 

It has been suggested also that there be estab- 
lished a Baird memorial medal to be awarded 
periodically to persons performing noteworthy 
original or meritorious work in science, and 
that there be published during 1923, preferably 
under the auspices of the National Museum or 
the Smithsonian Institution, a memorial volume 
to be made up of original papers on scientifie 
subjects contributed by Baird’s associates, col- 
leagues and immediate followers. 

Huey M. Suire 

Cosmos CLuB, 

WASHINGTON, D. C. 


INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF THE 
HISTORY OF MEDICINE 

AccorpInG to the program as abstracted in 
the British Medical Journal, as already an- 
nounced, the Third International Congress of 
the History of Medicine will be held in London 
this summer from July 17 to 22. The congress 
will be opened by the minister of health at the 
house of the Royal Society of Medicine, on 
Monday, July 17, at 10:30 am., after which 
the delegates from foreign countries will be re- 
ceived, and the president, Dr. Singer, will give 
his address. In the afternoon the president of 
honor, Sir Norman Moore, will give a reception 
and address at the Royal College of Physicians; 
in the evening there will be a reception and 
conversazione by Dr. and Mrs. Singer at the 
Royal Society of Medicine, and an address by 
Professor Elliot Smith. Morning sessions for 
papers and discussions will be held on Tuesday, 
Wednesday, Thursday and Friday, and after- 


636 


noon sessions on Tuesday, Thursday and Fri- 
day. Receptions will be given on Tuesday aft- 
ernoon by the Lord Mayor and Lady Mayoress, 
at the Mansion House; on Tuesday evening by 
Sir James Purves Stewart and Lady Stewart; 
on Wednesday afternoon by the president of 
the Royal College of Surgeons of England, at 
the college; and on Thursday evening by Mr. 
and Mrs. H. J. Waring. On Wednesday after- 
noon visits to Barbers’ Hall and Apothecaries’ 
Hall have been arranged, and in the evening 
there will be a conversazione at the Wellcome 
Historical Medical Museum, where a special 
loan exhibition will be on view. On Friday 
afternoon Sir D’Arey Power will give a his- 
torical address at St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, 
and in the evening a banquet will be held at the 
Hotel Cecil. On Saturday Hampton Court 
Palace will be visited. Those wishing to be- 
come members of the congress are asked to com- 
municate as early as possible with the general 
secretary, Dr. J. D. Rolleston, 21, Alexandra 
Mansions, King’s Road, 8.W.3, London. 


RESEARCH FELLOWSHIPS ADMINISTERED 
THROUGH THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGY 
AND AGRICULTURE OF THE NA- 
TIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL 
InasmucH as the announcement of medical 
fellowships to be administered by the National 
Research Council has called forth many inqui- 
ries regarding fellowships in biology and agri- 
culture, it seems desirable to set forth briefly 
the situation in this division. Notwithstanding 
the many worthy applications which have 
reached it, the Division of Biology and Agri- 
culture has not yet been successful in securing 
a series of general fellowships comparable to 
those provided by the Rockefeller Foundation 
through the Divisions of Physics and Chemis- 
try, or those financed by the Rockefeller Foun- 
dation and the General Education Board for 
the Division of Medicine. The Division of 
Biology and Agriculture does have administered 
through it directly or indirectly, however, a 

series of special fellowships, as follows: 

The Rosenwald fellowship with a stipend of 
$2,000 a year for three years, donated through 
the General Education Board to Dr. E. E. Just 
for his studies on the physiology of develop- 
ment. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1433 


Two Sigma Xi fellowships at $1,600 each, 
supported by the membership of the Sigma Xi 
Society. The present policy is to award these 
in subjects other than physics and chemistry 
and the medical sciences. The chairman of 
this division acts ez officio with the fellowship 
committee of Sigma Xi in their administra- 
tion. 

Two Crop Protection Institute Sulphur fel- 
lowships (beginning in 1922) at not to exceed 
$2,500 each, donated by three sulphur com- 
panies; an additional $2,500 is to be used in 
organization work. One of these fellowships 
is to be assigned to a phytopathologist, the 
other to an entomologist. 

Eight sulphur fellowships (beginning in 
1922) at approximately $1,000 each for one 
year, with assurance of further support, do- 
nated by the Texas Gulf Sulphur Company 
(see SctencE, May 26). Two thousand dollars 
additional is provided for the traveling ex- 
penses of those concerned with the research. 

- M. F. Guyer, Chairman 

COMMITTEE ON FELLOWSHIPS, 

DIvIsIoNn oF BioLOGY AND AGRICULTURE 


AMERICAN METEOROLOGICAL SOCIETY 

THe American Meteorological Society will 
hold its first western meeting at Salt Lake City 
on June 22. Western members have arranged 
a program of varied interest, which will prob- 
ably occupy all of June 22 and the morning of 
the 23d. Of particular interest will be the 
several papers on climatology in relation to 
agriculture and forestry to be presented on the 
morning of the 22d, and the symposium on 
“Worecasting Irrigation and Flood Waters,” 
led by Dr. J. E. Chureh, Jr., director, Nevada 
Cooperative Snow Surveys, on the afternoon of 
the 22d. It seems probable that at this meeting 
a Pacifie division of the society will be organ- 
ized in affiliation with the Pacifie Division of 
the American Association for the Advancement 
of Science. 

The society held a highly successful meeting 
in Washington on April 26, the proceedings of 
which are being published in the Bulletin of 
the American Meteorological Society. 

Caries F. Brooks, Secretary 

CLARK UNIVERSITY, 

WorcESTER, Mass. 


JUNE 16, 1922] 


CHAIRMEN OF THE DIVISIONS OF THE 
NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL 


Tue National Research Council has elected 
the following chairmen of its divisions for the 
year 1922-23: 

Division of Foreign Relations: Robert A. Mil- 
likan, foreign secretary of the National Academy 
of Sciences, and director of the Norman Bridge 
Laboratory of Physics, California Institute of 
Technology, Pasadena, California. 

Division of States Relations: H. 8. Graves, 
dean-eleet, School of Forestry, Yale University. 

Division of Educational Relations: Vernon 
Kellogg, permanent secretary, National Research 
Council. 

Division of Research Extension: W. M. Corse, 
formerly general manager of the Monel Metal 
Products Corporation, Bayonne, New Jersey. 

Research Information Service: Robert M. 
Yerkes, National Research Council, Washington, 
D. C. 

Division of Physical Sciences: William Duane, 
professor of bio-physies, Harvard University Med- 
ical School. 

Division of Engineering: Alfred D. Flinn, sec- 
yetary, Engineering Foundation, 29 West Thirty- 
ninth Street, New York, N. Y. 

Division of Chemistry and Chemical Technol- 
ogy: Edward W. Washburn, professor of ceramic 
chemistry and head of the department of ceramic 
engineering, University of Illinois. 

Division of Geology and Geography: Nevin M. 
Fenneman, professor of geology and geography, 
University of Cincinnati. 

Division of Medical Sciences: Frederick P. Gay, 
professor of pathology, University of California. 

Division of Biology and Agriculture: V. R. 
Lillie, professor of embryology, University of 
Chicago. 

Division of Anthropology Psychology: 
Raymond Dodge, professor of psychology, Wes- 
leyan University. 


and 


THE U. S. COMMISSIONER OF FISHERIES 


THE president, acting upon the recommenda- 
tion of Herbert Hoover, secretary of com- 
merce, has nominated Henry O’Malley to be 
commissioner of fisheries, effective on May 13, 
1922, and this nomination has been confirmed 
by the Senate. Mr. O’Malley, like his prede- 
cessor, Dr. Hugh M. Smith, has had long expe- 
yience in the bureau’s service, having entered 


SCIENCE 


637 


in December, 1897, as an apprentice fish-cul- 
turist at St. Johnsbury, Vermont, in which 
place he was born in 1876. From St. Johns- 
bury he was transferred to the bureau’s station 
at Leadville, Colorado, thence to Baker Lake, 
Washington. In July, 1903, he was appointed 
superintendent of the Washington stations; in 
1907, of the bureau’s work in the Columbia 
River watershed; in 1913, he was placed in 
charge of all fish-cultural work on the Pacific 
coast, with headquarters at Seattle; in 1916, 
he was made chief of the Division of Fish Cul- 
ture in Washington and in 1918 placed in 
charge of all the bureau’s activities on the 
Pacific coast. 

The commissioner is responsible for a aum- 
ber of innovations in fish-cultural practices, 
such as the discovery of the salt-solution 
process for separating dead fish eggs from the 
live ones, eliminating the necessity of removing 
dead eggs by hand, and the practice of holding 
young salmon beyond the period when the yolk- 
sa¢ is absorbed, the wisdom of which has been 
indicated by the improved run of salmon in 
such streams. 

For the past three years he has spent the 
entire fishing season in Alaska engaged in com- 
prehensive investigations of the fisheries of 
this region in conjunction with Dr. Charles H. 
Gilbert, of Stanford University, the results of 
which have been published in bureau reports 
for 1919 and 1920. 

In 1916 he was elected president of the 
Pacific Coast Fisheries Society and in 1918 
president of the American Fisheries Society. 
Mr. O’Malley enters the commissionership with 
a full acquaintance of the needs of the service 
and its possibilities for rendering fruitful 
service in its various phases. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


THE degree of doctor of science was con- 
ferred at the one hundred and _ sixty-eighth 
commencement of Columbia University on Dr. 
Stephen Smith, the university’s oldest living 
graduate, and on Frank Julian Sprague, the 
electrical engineer. 


Dr. Jonn J. Carty, president of the Amer- 
ican Telegraph and Telephone Company, re- 


638 


ceived the degree of doctor of laws at the com- 
mencement exercises of New York University. 


Tur State University of Iowa conferred at 
the recent commencement exercises the doc- 
torate of laws on Mr. Vilhjalmur Stefansson 
and on Dr. Franklin H. Giddings, professor 
of sociology in Columbia University, who de- 
livered the commencement address. 


THe degree of doctor of science was con- 
ferred by the Kansas State Agricultural Col- 
lege on C. V. Piper, in charge of forage crop 
investigation, United States Department of 
Agriculture, and on Walter T. Swingle, in 
charge of the office of crops physiology, United 
States Department of Agriculture. 


Ar the commencement exercises of the Uni- 
versity of Maine the doctorate of science was 
conferred on Leon S. Merrill, dean of the Col- 
lege of Agriculture; Professor Jeremiah 5. 
Ferguson, of Cornell University; John Belling, 
of the Carnegie Institution, and Josiah W. 
Votey, dean of the College of Engineering, 
University of Vermont, and the doctorate of 
engineering on Harold 8. Boardman, dean ot 
the Maine College of Technology. 


TrisuTe to the services of Dr. John Deaver 
and Dr. John Marshall, who retire at the end 
of the present academic year as professor of 
surgery and professor of chemistry and toxi- 
cology, respectively, was paid at the last meet- 
ing of the Board of Trustees of the University 
of Pennsylvania, by the passage of the follow- 
ing resolutions : 

RESOLVED, That the trustees receive with very 
great regret the resignation of Dr. John B. 
Deaver as John Rhea Barton professor of sur- 
gery in the School of Medicine, taking effect 
June 30, 1922, and the secretary be instructed to 
convey to Dr. Deaver the regret of the trustees 
at the ending of his distinguished term of service. 

ReEsotvep, That the trustees are gratified to 
learn that Dr. Deaver will remain on the univer- 
sity instructional staff, retaining his position of 
professor of surgery in the Graduate School of 
Medicine. 

RESOLVED, That the trustees receive with very 
great regret the resignation of Dr. John Marshall 
as professor of chemistry and toxicology, in the 
School of Medicine, taking effect June 30, 1922, 
and the secretary be instructed to convey to Dr. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1433 


Marshall the gratitude of the university for his 
long and faithful service as a teacher and officer 
of the university, and their regret at the severing 
of his connection with the institution. 


Havine reached the age limit of seventy 
years on May 1, Professor Ramon y Cajal was 
retired from his connection with the chair of 
histology and pathologic anatomy at the Uni- 
versity of Madrid. Spain and Latin America 
are taking the lead in organizing a tribute to 
him. Among the early features of this is the 
Cajal number of the Archivos de Medicina of 
Madrid. 


A DINNER in honor of Professor Edwin G. 
Boring, professor of psychology, was given 
by the faculty of Clark University on May 31, 
with Professor Arthur G. Webster, of the de- 
partment of physics, as toastmaster. Professor 
Boring is leaving Clark University to go to 
Harvard University. 

THe annual Walker prizes of the Boston 
Society of Natural History were this year 
awarded as follows: A first prize of $100 to 
James W. Mavor, of Union College, Schenec- 
tady, N. Y., for his essay “On a modification 
of the mechanism of inheritance produced by 
X-rays’; and a second prize of $50 to Frank J. 
Wright, of Bridgewater College, Bridgewater, 
Virginia, for an essay on “The physiography 
of the upper James River basin in Virginia.” 
At the annual meeting of the council of the 
society it was voted to elect Professor William 
Bateson, director of the John Innes Horticul- 
tural Institute, London, England, an honorary 
member. 


Tue Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- 
delphia has appointed Dr. R. A. F. Penrose, 
Jr., a delegate to the Thirteenth International 
Geological Congress in Brussels and Dr. Wm. 
P. Wilson a delegate to the Twentieth Interna- 
tional Congress of Americanists at Rio de 
Janeiro. 


TEi,eveN of the twelve members of the com- 
mittee of the League of Nations on Interna- 
tional Cooperation in Intellectual work have: 
been selected. These include in the sciences 
Madame Curie; Professor Albert Einstein; 
Miss Bonnevie, professor of zoology at Chris- 
tiania; Dr. A. De Castro, of the medical faculty 


JUNE 16, 1922] 


of the University of Rio de Janeiro; and Dr. 
L. De Torres Quevedo, director of the electro- 
medical laboratory of Madrid. The commission 
will inelude a consideration of the three follow- 
ing topics: (1) possibilities of encouraging 
and improving the organization of scientific 
research by means of congresses, commissions 
and institutes; (2) the international relations 
between universities and means for the organ- 
ization of an international bureau of universi- 
ties, and possibly an international university ; 
(3) international organization of scientific 
bibliography, and exchange of scientific pub- 
lieations. 


Tue officers elected in Section III of the 
Royal Society of Canada at the annual meeting 
in May were: President, Professor J. Watson 
Bain, of the department of chemistry of the 
University of Toronto; vice-president, Dr. J. S. 
Plaskett, director of the Astro-physical Observa- 
tory, Victoria, B. C.; secretary, J. Patterson, 
Meteorological Service, Toronto. 


Dr. NaTHANIEL W. Faxon, assistant director 
of the Massachusetts General Hospital of 
Boston, has accepted the position of director 
of the Strong Memorial Teaching Hospital, 
which will be built in connection with the 
School of Medicine and Dentistry at Rochester 
University. 

Dr. J. C. Wirt has been appointed a con- 
sulting chemist in the Bureau of Mines, and 
from time to time will cooperate with that 
bureau in the study of some phases of portland 
cement manufacture. 


Dr. A. G. JoHNsoN, associate professor of 
plant pathology at the University of Wiscon- 
sin and pathologist of the Office of Cereal In- 
vestigations, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. 
Department of Agriculture, formerly stationed 
at Madison, Wisconsin, has transferred head- 
quarters to Washington, D. C., where he will 
continue his work in the Office of Cereal Inves- 
tigations. He has resigned his university ap- 
pointment. 


Mr. R. L. Howarp, who has been associate 
professor of chemistry in the Medical College 
of Virginia, has been awarded the research 
fellowship in pharmacology at Western Re- 
serve University. 


SCIENCE 


639 


Victor KX. LaMegr, instructor in chemistry 
at Columbia University, has been granted a 
leave of absence for the coming year to accept 
the Cutting traveling fellowship for study 
abroad. 


Proressor L. Micuaruis has received leave 
of absence from the University of Berlin to 
lecture on physiologic chemistry at the Japan- 
ese University of Nagoya. 


Mr. Ernest EK. Hupert, assistant pathologist 
in the Office of Forest Pathology, cooperating 
with the Forest Service at the Forest Products 
Laboratory, left on June 7 for a field trip 
through Illinois, Missouri, Tennessee, Missis- 
sippi, Louisiana and Georgia. The purpose of 
the trip is a general survey of the problem of 
sap stains and molds on lumber. The methods 
of controlling the enormous losses due to these 
organisms will be studied in detail, and special 
attention will be given to the steaming and sea- 
soning of sap gum and other lumber and to the 
treatment of southern yellow pine to prevent 
blue stain. 


Netz M. Jupp, curator of American arche- 
ology in the U. 8. National Museum, left for 
New Mexico on May 1 to resume direction of 
the National Geographic Society’s Pueblo 
Bonito Expedition. During Mr. Judd’s ab- 
sence John L. Baer will again serve as acting 
curator of American archeology. 


Dr. T. 8S. Paumer addressed the Biological 
Society of Washington on May 13 on “Twenty 
years of federal protection of the bison.” A 
historical sketch of attempts to prevent the ex- 
tinction of the bison was given; in 1922, there 
were over 10,000 bison in existence. 


THE annual Jones’ Lectures of the University 
of Oregon Medical School were given this year 
by Sir Thomas Lewis. The subjects were as 
follows: “The nature of auricular flutter and 
fibrillation as these occur in man,” “The action 
of cinchona alkaloids,” and “Digitalis.” 


THE annual meeting of the Canadian Medical 
Association will be held at Winnipeg from June 
20 to 23, inclusive. Dr. Lewellys F. Barker, 
of Baltimore, is to give the address in medicine, 
and Dr. J. M. T. Finney, also of Baltimore, 
has been asked to give the address in surgery. 
The scientific work of the meeting will be car- 


640 


ried on in a surgical section, a medical section, 
an eye, ear, nose and throat section, and a gen- 
eral section; and, instead of a formal patho- 
logical section, a series of pathological demon- 
strations will be given. The Canadian Society 
of Anesthetists and the Canadian Radiological 
Society will also hold their annual meetings in 
Winnipeg at the same time. 


Tue Metals Committee of the Federal Speci- 
fications Board has been organized with Dr. 
G. K. Burgess, of the Bureau of Standards, as 
chairman, and Mr. Freeman, also of the bureau, 
as technical secretary. Several subcommittees 
have been appointed, and progress has been 
made in the formulation of metal specifications. 
The metals are being taken up in the following 
order: Ingots, castings and wrought metal. 
The subject of chains is also being considered 
by this committee. The American Society for 
Testing Materials methods of chemical analysis 
have been recommended for government check 
analyses. 


Tue National Committee on Exhibits Show- 
ing Advances in Sanitary Science has recently 
been formed in Washington, for the purpose 
of collecting and preparing material for a 
public health exhibit in the capitol. The mem- 
bers of the committee include: Surgeon General 
Hugh §. Cumming, U. 8. Public Health 
Service, chairman; Dr. D. B. Armstrong, Na- 
tional Health Council; Surgeon General M. W. 
Ireland, M. C., U. S. Army; Dr. Victor C. 
Vaughan, National Research Council; Dr. C. D. 
Walcott, Smithsonian Institution, and James 
A. Tobey, National Health Council, secretary. 
Space for the proposed exhibit has been placed 
at the disposal of the committee by the Smith- 
sonian Institution. Plans are under way to 
install exhibit material secured from official 
and voluntary health agencies. The secretary’s 
office is in the national headquarters of the 
American Red Cross at Washington. 


Mr. Marconi left Southampton on May 27 
on board his yacht Hlectra on a voyage of wire- 
less experiment to America. According to a 
report in the London Times, two technical 
assistants accompany him. He proposed to 
carry out experiments on the Atlantic with 
direction finders on short wave and long wave 
transmission. At New York he will conduct a 


SCIENCE 


[Vout. LV, No. 1433 


number of tests in cooperation with some of 
the modern American stations, and demonstrate 
to the Americans what can be accomplished in 
the high speed dispatch and reception of mes- 
sages. Over long distances, such as from 
America to England, messages are now received 
at a rate of eighty to ninety words a minute, and 
Mr. Marconi will use improved instruments by 
means of which speed can be increased up to 
one hundred words a minute and over. On 
June 20, Mr. Marconi, who has received from 
the Institute of Radio Engineers, New York, 
the medal of the institute, will deliver a lecture 
at a joint meeting of the Radio Institute and 
the American Institute of Electrical Engineers. 
His subject will be “Radio Telegraphy,” but 
the question of wireless telephony will also be 
dealt with. Besides his other experiments, Mr. 
Marconi will carry out tests for the Meteoro- 
logical Office in London during his voyage. 
These will have special reference to the collec- 
tion of reports of the weather in the areas of 
the Azores and the Bermudas. He expects to 
be absent from England until the middle of 
July. On his return journey, he hopes to visit 
Canada and Newfoundland. The Electra, a 
steam yacht of 700 tons, will make the Azores 
her first objective, and thence will proceed to 
America, or, if the weather proves bad, to Ber- 
muda. 


Tuer United States National Museum has re- 
cently secured by purchase, through the co- 
operation of the United States Department of 
Agriculture, the large private herbarium of Dr. 
Otto Buchtien, formerly director of the Museo 
Nacional, La Paz, Bolivia, built up by him 
through many years of botanical exploration in 
South America and through exchanges with 
institutions in many parts of the world. The 
herbarium consists of approximately 45,000 
specimens, and is notable for its large propor- 
tion of tropical American species, particularly 
of the floras of Bolivia, Chile, Argentina and 
Paraguay. 


Yate University has acquired a collection of 
566 mounted game heads and skulls with horns, 
and miscellaneous zoological specimens and 
implements used by native hunters. This is 
the gift of Mr. Thomas D. M. Cardeza, 
sportsman and naturalist of wide reputa- 


JUNE 16, 1922] 


tion, who has hunted big game animals in 
most parts of the world. For the time being 
the collection will be set up in the Osborn 
Zoological Laboratory. Eventually it will oc- 
cupy a prominent place in the new Peabody 
Museum, which has not yet been erected. It 
contains 179 fully mounted heads of large game 
animals with the front parts of their bodies in 
many cases. These heads range in size from 
that of an African elephant measuring eight 
feet six inches betwen the tips of the ears, to 
the diminutive dik-dik antelope, which approx- 
imates the size of a cat and which is the small- 
est of the ruminants. Among the African 
fauna are species of antelopes, including gnus, 
hartebeests, bushbuecks, waterbucks, reedbucks 
and gazelles. One of the most striking exhibits 
is that of a great hippopotamus, the open 
mouth of which measures twenty-three inches 
between the lips. There are also included sev- 
eral rhinoceroses, zebras, buffaloes and wart 
hogs. 


Tur Prudential Insurance Company has 
made an unconditional gift of the public health, 
medical and scientific sections of its library to 
the Surgeon General’s Library of the United 
States of America at Washington, D. C. This 
collection of books, documents and data is esti- 
mated to represent about ninety per cent. of 
the entire public health material for the civ- 
ilized world, representing between fifty and 
one hundred thousand volumes and_publica- 
tions. The books will be transferred gradually 
to Washington, for re-installation on the main 
floor of the Surgeon General’s Library, where 
a large section is being cleared for the pur- 
pose, to be hereafter known as the statistical 
division. The library includes countless re- 
prints, articles and clippings on medical and 
related subjects, brought together during the 
last thirty years by Dr. Frederick L. Hoffman, 
the Prudential statistician. The books are 
down to date, and, as far as practicable, the 
series of official reports is historically complete. 
The library is arranged on the subject-index 
plan, readily accessible, while all possible facili- 
ties will be extended by the Surgeon General’s 
Library to students in search of information 
generally out of reach. It is hoped to complete 
the installation by the first of next year. The 


SCIENCE 


641 


gift has been approved by the surgeon general 
of the army, Major General M. W. Ireland, 
and the secretary of war, John W. Weeks. 


Iw line with the purpose of the Department 
of Commerce to make the textile section of the 
Bureau of Standards more available and of 
better service to the textile industry, a confer- 
ence was called on May 20 of representatives of 
the various branches of the textile trade. The 
best means for bringing about the desired re- 
sults and the formulation of a general plan for 
carrying on research work throughout the tex- 
tile industry were discussed. Those present 
were much pleased with such a plan, and it was 
arranged that the various delegates should take 
up with their individual branches of the trade 
the question of the formation of committees, 
consisting of twelve to fifteen men each, for 
the purpose of working up the necessary plans 
and of holding meetings whenever desirable. 
A general meeting will be held in Washington 
in the autumn. This is the first opportunity 
of the kind given to the textile industry for 
carrying on collective research work. 


Consotipation of the Bureau of Markets 
and Crop Estimates and Office of Farm Man- 
agement and Farm Eeonomies of the Depart- 
ment of Agriculture in order to bring the gath- 
ering of all data on the economies of produc- 
tion and marketing under one bureau, in ac- 
cordance with recent legislative provision, will 
be completed by July 1. It is stated that the 
adjustment is being made in response to the 
demand from farmers for a closer correlation 
of economic data on production and marketing, 
to enable them to adjust production to meet 
changing marketing conditions in this country 
and abroad. 


An expedition from the department of med- 
ieal zoology of the School of Hygiene and 
Public Health of the Johns Hopkins Univer- 
sity, will go to Porto Rico this summer to 
investigate hookworm disease. The expenses 
of this expedition will be paid by the Inter- 
national Health Board of the Rockefeller 
Foundation. The party will include Mr. D. L. 
Augustine, Mr. N. R. Stoll and Dr. W. W. Cort, 
from Johns Hopkins University, Dr. W. A. 
Riley, of the University of Minnesota, and Dr. 


642 


and Mrs. G. C. Payne, of the International 
Health Board. The expedition will be under 
the direction of Dr. W. W. Cort. The party 
will leave the United States early in June and 
will return about the first of October. The 
headquarters in Porto Rico will be Utuado, 
where a small hospital has been furnished by 
the Porto Rican Department of Sanitation for 
laboratory and living quarters. The expedition 
will work in cooperation with Dr. R. B. Hill, 
director for Porto Rico of the International 
Health Board, and Dr. W. F. Lippitt, commis- 
sioner of health of Porto Rico. The work of 
the expedition will include a continuation of 
the researches on the life of hookworm eggs 
and larve in the soil which were begun in 
Trinidad during the summer of 1921. Field 
studies will also be made of the sources of 
human infestation under the conditions in 
Porto Rico. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 

By the will of Seymour Coman, of Chicago, 
the University of Chicago is made trustee of 
his residuary estate estimated to be approxi- 
mately $145,000, the net income from which is 
to be used for scientific research with special 
reference to preventive medicine and the cause, 
prevention and cure of diseases. This bequest 
is to be known as the Seymour Coman Re- 
search Fund. By the will of Alexander D. 
Thomson, of Duluth, Minn., the sum of $50,000 
is bequeathed to the university for use in the 
medical department, to be expended under the 
direction of Dr. Wilber E. Post, a graduate 
and trustee of the university, and Dr. Herman 
L. Kretschmer. 

Ir is reported that Wake Forest College 
School of Medicine is entitled to receive the 
principal of a trust fund, amounting to 
$1,375,000, which was created in 1892 by Jabez 
A. Bostwick, a director of the Standard Oil 
Company. 

Dr. D. Wricut Witson, of the Johns Hop- 
kins University, will sueceed Dr. John Mar- 
shall in the chair of chemistry in the Medical 
School of the University of Pennsylvania. 

G. F. ReppisH, Ph.D. (Yale ’22) has been 
elected associate professor of bacteriology, and 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1433 


Paul A. Warren, Ph.D (Michigan ’22) has 
been elected professor of botany in the Medical 
College of Virginia. 


Dr. Catvin P. Sronz, of the University of 
Minnesota, has been appointed assistant pro- 
fessor of psychology at Stanford University. 

W. L. Erxenperry has resigned as associate 
professor in the School of Edueation of the 
University of Kansas, to take the position of 
professor and head of the science department 
in the Pennsylvania Normal School at Hast 
Stroudsburg, Pa. y 


Dr. Coutn G. Fink has been appointed lec- 
turer in electrochemistry and will have charge 
of that division of the department of chemical 
engineering of Columbia University, beginning 
on July 1. He will continue his services as 
secretary of the American Electrochemical 
Society, office facilities having been arranged 
at Columbia for this. 


PROFESSOR Mayer, who has recently held the 
chair of physiology in the Strasbourg Faculty 
of Medicine, has been appointed successor to 
the late Francois Franck at the Collége de 
France. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
THE ORIGIN OF SPECIES 

Tue recent address by Professor Bateson, at 
Toronto, has been variously interpreted. Among 
other things he is quoted as saying that ‘as to 
the origin of species we have no clear answer to 
give. Faith has given place to agnosticism .. . 
Although our faith in evolution remains un- 
shaken, we have no acceptable account of the 
origin of species.” 

This statement must mean one of two things. 
Tt may be a large and generous gesture dis- 
claiming for science any approach to omni- 
science, for the most that science can do is to 
record the “observed sequence of events.” Or 


‘we may interpret it as a revelation of the 


speaker’s ignorance of the researches of field 
investigators and of students of geographical 
distribution generally. It is evident that 
Bateson fails to distinguish between these and 
the taxonomists who, mostly in museums, have 
as he says “built up a vast edifice of knowledge 


JUNE 16, 1922] 


which they are willing to share with us and 
which we greatly need ... The separation 
between the laboratory man and the systemat- 
‘ists already imperils the work, I may say the 
sanity of either.” 

It is true that the accumulation of facts 
in regard to each one of hundreds of thou- 
sands of individual species shows endless vari- 
ety in the details of modified divergence. It is 
therefore impossible to condense in a single 
phrase all that we know of its phases, unless 
with Darwin we use the term “Natural Selec- 
tion” as the antithesis to supernatural creation 
and adjustment, thus including in one word 
not only the results of the Survival of the Fit, 
but also all other natural processes which may 
be coincident with it. 

As a matter of fact, no phenomenon of 
nature is better understood than that of the 
origin of species, taking the word species in 
its original and natural definition as a definable 
form of animal or plant life as now existing 
on the globe. In the study of any one of these, 
we find the inherent factors of heredity and 
variation, the survival of individuals adapted 
to their environment, thereby perpetuating in 
a general way their particular traits. The 
groups thus formed lose their unity through 
“biological friction,” “mating by propinquity,” 
isolation, segregation or by whatever term we 
choose to indicate the effects of barriers. There 
is no better term than the one used by Moritz 
Wagner, “rdéumliche Sonderung.’” Thus taking 
the inherent life forces into consideration, 
adaptation is the result of sifting, species- 
moulding the result of bars to free movement 
within the species. Independent of the matter 
of adaptation, sundering separates groups 
with some differences in parentage and subjects 
them to new ineidence of selection, so that in 
a longer or shorter time specific differences, 
usually non-adaptive, appear and become per- 
manent. Whether the special variations are 
great or small in degree, mutations or fluctua- 
tions, is a secondary question, the latter most 
usually, but neither can become permanent 
except through rdéumliche Sonderung. 

The origin of individual species of animal 
or plant runs closely parallel with that of indi- 
vidual words in a language. Each one of these 
springs from a “root”; through ancient docu- 


SCIENCE 


643 


ments (fossil reeords) the roots of words can 
be traced more perfectly than the roots of ani- 
mal or plant species. Yet one may know the 
derivation of thousands of words while yet 
“expressing agnosticism’ as to the origin of 
language. 

The laws of distribution as to words or spe- 
cies alike may be summed up in simple propo- 
sitions. Every word and every species is 
found in every part of the globe, unless (@) it 
has never found its way there, (b) it has failed 
to maintain itself, or (c) maintaining itself, it 
has been, through environment sifting or ob- 
struction (selection or segregation), trans- 
formed into something tangibly different. 

The Origin of Species for the most part is 
defined by proposition (c). The origin of any 
given species of the British fauna or flora, for 
example, can be traced from England to the 
Continent of Europe just as surely though not 
as accurately as a given word in the English 
language. The biological relations of words 
differ from those of animals or plants, but 
rdumliche Sonderung produces corresponding 
results in both eases. 

Davin Starr JORDAN 


THE KAIETEUR FALLS 


To THE Eprror or Science: I read with 
mueh interest in a recent issue of Sctence the 
account of the expedition of the New York 
Zoological Society to the Tropical Research 
Station at British Guiana. In this account was 
included a description of a visit to Kaieteur 
Falls, which were claimed to be the highest in 
the world. It seems a little unfortunate that 
the writer overlooked the fact that he has in 
his own country a magnificent waterfall which 
is several times as high as the one he described. 

Quoting directly from the article, we find, 
“The Kaieteur Falls are the highest in the 
world, eight hundred and ten feet in all, about 
five times as high as Niagara.” The statistics 
published by the Department of the Interior 
of the U. S. government give the height of the 
Yosemite Falls in the Yosemite Valley in Cali- 
fornia as more than twenty-five hundred feet 
in all, while the first sheer drop is fourteen 
hundred and thirty feet. I do not want to go 
on record as discouraging any one from visit- 
ing the Kaieteur Falls if the opportunity pre- 


644 


sents itself but I do agree with the advertising 
slogan of our railroads that we should ‘See 
America First.” 
ArTHUR C. Harpy 
RocuHesteEr, N. Y. 


MUSEUM PESTS FEEDING ON GLYCERINE 
JELLY SLIDES 

Recentiy I accidently found, in an ordinary 
box of 100 microscopic slides, two Dermestid 
beetle larve, exhibiting what is an apparently 
new. feeding habit for these museum pests, as 
far as I can ascertain from entomologists here. 

The two larve I saw at different times actu- 
ally feeding on the black rim of asphaltum 
encircling the cover glass of a few slides, two 
in one part and five in another part of the 
box. From these was removed from one fourth 
inch to fully one half of the periphery, ex- 
posing the mounting medium at the edge. Ex- 
cess asphaltum on the upper surface was not 
touched, which shows, as well as do other points 
given below, that the asphaltum was not the 
chief attractive food substance in the case. 

Glycerine jelly was the mounting medium 
in all these slides. All slides touched were 
fairly thick mounts, all practically thick 
enough for at least a small larva to get in be- 
neath the cover glass. Two slides show rather 
large, broad, irregular tunnels in the jelly. I 
did not actually see larve at work in the jelly, 
but sufficient evidence was there. Besides these 
spaces in the jelly, which could not have been 
due to any flow of material, or made by any 
other agent, a great many larval hairs were 
stuck around the cover glass, and in decreas- 
ing numbers, on other parts of the slide, and 
a east skin was stuck to one. 

One of these larve was inadvertently 
erushed, and the other one later died. A couple 
of big Dermestid larve were secured and 
offered fresh glycerine jelly. They ate of it 
readily, but I also noticed that they became 
badly stuck up in a rather short time, and 
soon died. Such result would be rather fortu- 
nate for the slide owner, thanks to the con- 
sistency of the glycerine jelly. If there are 
few larve there probably will not be much 
damage then. Still some good specimens may 
be exposed to injury, and this happen long 
before the injury is noted. It is a feeding 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1433 


habit which the writer believes should be taken 


into account. W. C. Kraatz 
OHIo SrateE UNIVERSITY 


NECTARINA IN TEXAS 


My attention was first called to the presence 
of Nectarina lecheguana within the limits of 
the United States by a letter from a beekeeper 
living in the lower Rio Grande Valley, stating 
that there were insects there which made nests 
like the hornets and yellow jackets but stored 
honey like bees. He also stated that they 
swarmed hke bees. An investigation of avail- 
able literature failed to mention anything fit- 
ting the description given. A few months later, 
on visiting the region, several beekeepers con- 
firmed the account and I was shown a number 
of abandoned nests but could find none which 
were occupied. My interest continued and I 
endeavored to secure specimens from friends 
living there. A few live insects were sent me 
in an ordinary queen cage. These were for- 
warded to the National Museum for identifica- 
tion and were identified by S. A. Rohwer as 
N. lecheguana. ‘This species is recorded com- 
monly from Mexico to Brazil, but so far as can 
be ascertained there is no previous record of 
its appearance north of the Rio Grande River. 
I have been unable to find any indication of its 
occurrence farther north than about twenty 
miles of Brownsville, Texas. 

In the early summer of 1920 I secured a large 
colony which was shipped in its original nest 
to Hamilton, Illinois, in a cage by express. A 
few days after the nest was placed in the open, 
the insects absconded and were not located 
again for some time. They built a new nest as 
large as the old and at least one division estab- 
lished itself, but the third nest was much 
smaller. Since the insects can stand but little 
frost they could not survive an Illinois winter 
in the open. 

These insects are remarkable in possessing 
so many characteristics of both bees and wasps. 
As already stated they make large paper nests 
like the wasps but they store up honey like 
the bees. When they sting, they lose their 
stings as do the honeybees. They show little 
resentment when one approaches the nest and 
I found no difficulty in observing their actions 
at close range. When a forager returned from 


JENE 16, 1922] 


the field it would pass from one to another of 
those remaining on the outside of the nest and 
offer the new nectar which was eagerly ac- 
cepted. From five to a dozen individuals 
would thus be fed before passing inside the 
nest where it was lost to sight. 

This and other species of Nectarina are dis- 
cussed at length by R. du Buysson in Annales 
de la société entomologique de France, Vol. 74 
pp. 537-566. 

Frank C. PELLETT 

Hamitton, Int. 


SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 


Geodetic Operations in the United States, Jan- 
uary 1, 1912, to December 31, 1921. By 
Wim Bowiz. Pp. 26, _ illustrated. 
(Washington, Government Printing Office, 
1922, 20 cents). 

This is a report which was presented in Rome 
in May, 1922, at the meeting of the section of 
Geodesy of the International Geodetic and 
Geophysical Union. It is reviewed from the 
point of view of a scientist. Otherwise the 
reviewer might call attention more directly to 
certain points in the report which are of inter- 
est to any one who would like to see all of the 
United States mapped well and soon. 

The perusal of this publication, showing the 
contributions to geodesy by the Coast and 
Geodetic Survey in the past ten years, arouses 
admiration for the rapid progress which has 
been made in spite of the delays and disturb- 
ances due to war. The rate of accumulation of 
new observations for use in geodesy has been 
greater in the United States in this decade than 
in any previous decade. Along with this 
progress in observing there have also been 
notable improvements in instruments and 
methods. 

One hundred and twenty-four determinations 
of the intensity of gravity, corrected for topog- 
raphy and isostatic compensation, were avail- 
able in the United States before 1912. In the 
past ten years 162 such determinations have 
been added, making the total now available 286. 
This is a very substantial addition to the data 
of geodesy. 

There are two lines of attack on the problem 
of determining the figure and size of the earth 


SCIENCE 


645 


and on all associated matters such as isostasy. 
These two lines together are substantially the 
whole of geodesy. The primary data for one 
line of attack are observed values of the inten- 
sity of gravity as given by pendulum observa- 
tions. The primary data for the other line of 
attack are observations of the relative diree- 
tions of gravity at various places as given by 
astronomic determinations of the latitude, 
longitude and azimuth of points connected with 
continuous triangulation. The preceding para- 
graph shows that the available data for the 
first mentioned line of attack has been more 
than doubled in the United States in the past 
ten years. The paragraphs which follow give 
some of the points from the report which show 
that the strength available for the second line 
of attack mentioned has also been greatly 
increased on this continent in the past decade. 

During 1912-1921 102 determinations of 
astronomic azimuth seattered widely over the 
United States have been made. The total num- 
ber of such azimuth determinations before 1912 
was 285. Similarly in this decade more than 
one fourth has been added to the number of 
determinations of astronomic longitude in the 
United States and 124 determinations of astro- 
nomic latitude have been made. To the net- 
work of primary triangulation in the United 
States which existed before 1912 there has been 
added in the last decade ares of an aggregate 
length of 4,659 miles, or more than 66 degrees 
of a great circle on the earth’s surface. Clarke’s 
classical computation of the figure of the earth 
in 1880 depended on ares measured by various 
nations of an aggregate length of only 89 de- 
grees. In connection with the new triangula- 
tion of the past decade 20 new base lines have 
been measured with probable errors of one part 
in a million as a rule. 

The accuracy with which the figure and size 
of the earth may be derived from a given con- 
tinuous network of triangulation and the con- 
nected astronomic determinations increases 
very rapidly as the extreme dimensions of the 
network are increased. Within the decade 
under consideration, by cooperation on the part 
of Canada and Mexico, the continuous trian- 
gulation has been extended from the United 
States far into each of these countries and the 
computations are made on one standard datum. 


646 


This renders it possible to deal with the trian- 
gulation of all three of these countries in one 
grand computation,—a possibility not equalled 
anywhere else in the world at present. 

More than 15,000 miles of precise leveling 
has been done in the United States in the past 
decade, all of the highest standard of accu- 
racy. The total for the United States previous 
to 1912 was 30,000 miles, of which a part was 
of a lower grade of accuracy than the recent 
work. This leveling is primarily for engineer- 
ing purposes for the control of surveys upon 
which good maps depend. But in due time the 
reviewer believes it will be found of much 
value to science as a means of measurement of 
the slow geological changes in the relative ele- 
vation of different parts of the earth’s surface. 
Such changes may be detected at the coasts by 
direct reference to the mean surface of the sea. 
In the interior of a continent the precise level- 
ing, repeated for this purpose, will furnish the 
only means for determining changes in relative 
elevation comparable in accuracy with the shore 
studies just referred to. 

Among the more important improvements in 
apparatus made in the past ten years may be 
mentioned: (1) improvements in the precise 
leveling instrument, which many years of use 
had already shown to be the best instrument for 
its purpose in the world; (2) improvements in 
the precise level rods; and (3) improvements 
in the half-second pendulum apparatus and its 
auxiliaries intended to enable one to make the 
observations more rapidly and economically 
without any reduction of accuracy. 

The brief statements which have been made 
show the character of the information given 
in the report, and some of the reasons why all 
who are interested in geodesy should have a 
copy. The report contains numerous especially 
well prepared maps showing the places at 
which each of the various classes of observa- 
tions—astronomic observations, triangulation, 
gravity determinations, precise leveling—have 
been made. It also contains the best available 
summary, in several separate topical lists, of 
the bibliography of geodesy and closely related 
subjects in the United States in the past decade. 


Joun F. Hayrorp 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1433 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 


A HAPLOID MUTANT IN THE JIMSON WEED, 
“DATURA STRAMONIUM”™ 

THE normal Jimson Weed is diploid (2n) 
with a total of 24 chromosomes in somatie cells. 
In previous papers! the finding of tetraploids 
(4n) with 48 chromosomes and triploids (3n) 
with 36 was reported, as well as unbalanced 
mutants with 25 chromosomes represented by 
the formula (2n + 1). The finding of two 
haploid or In plants, which we are now able to 
report, adds a new chromosomal type to the 
balanced series of mutants in Datura. This 
series now stands: In, 2n, 3n, 4n. Since a 
series of unbalanced mutants has been obtained 
from each of the other balanced types by the 
addition or subtraction of one or more chromo- 
somes, it is possible that a similar series of 
unbalanced mutants may be obtainable from 
our new haploid plants, despite the great un- 
balance which would thereby result. 
~ The haploid individuals were two from a 
number of plants of abnormal appearance 
secured in an attempt to induce chromosomal 
irregularities by thé application of cold as a 
stimulus. The large amount of bad pollen con- 
sistently found in its flowers—80 per cent. and 
more empty grains have been ecounted—indi- 
cated, even before chromosome counts were 
made, that we were not dealing with a mutant 
of a previously known type. A detailed study 
of the assortment of chromosomes and of the 
possible breeding behavior is being undertaken. 
The cytological data so far as obtained, how- 
ever, may be briefly summarized. 

The late prophase, or metaphase, of the first 
division in pollen-mother-cells shows 12 un- 
paired chromosomes only. The cortex of the 
lateral roots also shows 12 chromosomes. 

The 12 chromosomes in the pollen-mother- 
cell undergo a “reduction” into 3+ 9, 44+ 8, 
ete. These reduced groups divide in the second 
division forming usually 4 nuclei and subse- 
quently 4 cells. The resulting young pollen 
grains with less than 12 chromosomes appar- 
ently all abort. 


1 SCIENCE, 1920, N. S. 52: 388-390; Amer. Nat., 
1921, 55; 254-267; Amer. Nat., 1922, 56: 16-31. 


JUNE 16, 1922] 


Non-reduction takes place in some cells, as 
already described in triploid plants?, resulting 
in 2 giant cells from each pollen-mother-cell 
instead of the 4 pollen grains expected after 
reduction. The pollen-mother-cells are about 
half the volume of the pollen-mother-cells of 
diploid Daturas. Apparently the giant cells 
form the surviving pollen grains of the haploid. 
Since they are half the size of mother-cells 
from which they arise (or one quarter the size 
of the mother-cells of diploids) they are equal 
in size to normal pollen grains of diploids and 
may be expected to function in the same 
manner. 

Haploidy is the normal condition in gameto- 
phytes of all plants and is a regular oceur- 
rence in the males of such insects as honey 
bees, which, however, fail to undergo reduction 
at the formation of gametes. It has been re- 
ported as an occasional phenomenon in sporo- 
phytes of ferns. 

A haploid plant in Datura is a_ genetic 
novelty among flowering plants for two rea- 
sons: first, it is a sporophyte and yet has the 
somatie chromosome number characteristic of 
the gametophyte of the species; and second, 
the chromosomes while in monosomes, or sets 
of one each, still undergo a process of reduc- 
tion though without synaptic mates. 


A. F. BLAKESLER 
JOHN BELLING 
M. EK. Farnyam 


A. DorotHy BERGNER 
CARNEGIE STATION FOR 
EXPERIMENTAL EVOLUTION 


THE MASS OF THE ELECTRON AT SLOW 
VELOCITY 


ALL assumptions regarding the form of the 
electron in motion, with the possible exception 
of the Parsons magneton, lead to expressions 
for the longitudinal and transverse masses such 
that the mass of the electron at slow velocity 
is a constant, m,, independent of the direction 
in which the inertia test is applied. 

An experimental confirmation is being ecar- 
ried out with an apparatus similar to that pre- 


2 Belling, John, and A. F. Blakeslee: ‘‘The 
assortment of chromosomes in triploid Daturas.’’ 
In press for Amer. Nat. 


- SCIENCE 


647 


viously used by one of the authors! except that 
the cold cathode is replaced by an incandescent 
filament to assure the presence of all possible 
velocities at the same time. 

If an electron beam accelerated by a given 
discharge voltage emerges from a tube in the 
anode into the region between two horizontal 
metal plates forming an electrostatic field and 
if the electrostatic field be produced by the 
same voltage as the discharge, or a constant 
fractional part of it, then the point where the 
beam will strike the lower (positive) plate is 
independent of the discharge voltage and hence 
independent of the velocity of the electrons 
provided the transverse and_ longitudinal 
masses be equal. This will be the case for 
velocities below 10,000 volts. 

Visual results show the position of the spot 
on the phosphorescent screen deposited on the 
lower metal plate to be independent of the 
exciting voltage, thus confirming the equality 
of the masses at slow velocity. The photo- 
graphic record of spot position and a more 
complete description will be given later. 

The method is equally applicable to electrons 
of high velocity. The experimental work of 
verifying the expressions for the transverse 
and longitudinal masses at high velocity is 
being continued. aoe nieees 


H. O. Hote 


THE HYDROGEN-ION CONCENTRATION OF 
SOILS AS AFFECTED BY DRYING! 


Muc# interest has been manifested of late 
in the determination of the concentration of 
hydrogen-ions in agricultural soils and in the 
study and possible correlation of data thus 
secured. It was my privilege to attend the 
meetings of the American Chemical Society in 
New York last fall and, in one of the sections, 
to listen to a somewhat lengthy discussion of 
the probable effect of drying and heating soils 
on their Py values. The discussion was of 
necessity largely a matter of opinion due to 
the paucity of experimental data bearing 
directly upon this phase of the subject. 

During the past few months, in connection 
with research projects relating to the subjects 
of acidity and aluminum toxicity in soils, the 


1L. T. Jones: Phys. Rev., 8, p. 52, 1916. 
1 Contribution 286 of the Station. 


648 


writer has had occasion to make large numbers 
of H-ion determinations, the gas-chain-electro- 
metric method originally proposed by Hilde- 
brand? and later modified for soil work by 
Sharp and Hoagland,? being employed.* 

As is widely known, the Rhode Island Sta- 
tion has conducted several series of field plot 
experiments representing different rotations 
and various methods of fertilization, with but 
slight change over a period of more than thirty 
years. It is thus possible, by a proper choice 
of plots, to secure field samples of surface 
soils varying in P,, from 4.4 to 7.8 with a 
difference of but a few tenths of a Py, unit 
between successive samples. The following 
table presents data from such a series of sam- 
ples, which are thought to be representative of 
the plots sampled.° The moist composite soil 
samples in tight Mason jars were brought to 
the laboratory immediately, rubbed through a 
Yinch sieve, and the H-ion determinations 
made the same day as collected. Column 2 in 
the subjoined table presents the H-ion concen- 
trations of these fresh soil samples. Portions 
of these same samples were then air-dried in 
the shade, and other portions oven-dried at 
103° C. for a period of six hours. The last 
two columns give the P,, data secured from 
these dried soils. 

The following conclusions may be drawn 
from the accompanying figures. Drying acid 


2 Hildebrand, J. H., 1913, ‘‘Some Applications 
of the Hydrogen Electrode in Analysis, Research 
and Teaching.’? Jour. Am. Chem. Soc., 35, p. 
847-871. 

3Sharp, L. T., and Hoagland, D. R., 1916, 
“« Acidity and Adsorption in Soils as Measured 
by the Hydrogen Electrode.’’ Jour. Agr. Res., 
VII, p. 123-145. 

4The hydrogen electrode vessel was constantly 
shaken during saturation by a device operated 
by a small motor. This vessel carried two plat- 
inized electrodes, thus permitting duplicate 
voltage readings on the same solutions. This has 
been found by the writer to be a necessary precau- 
tion, as occasionally an electrode will ‘‘go bad’’ 
in slight degree only, and if no check is available, 
wrong results are unwittingly reported. Both 
electrodes in all of the above-listed results gave 
identical readings. 

5 The soil of all the plots is classified by the 
United States Bureau of Soils as Miami silt loam. 


SCIENCE fi 


[Vou. LV, No. 1433 


H-ION CONCENTRATIONS OF FRESH 
AND DRIED SOILS 

: Pu Py Py 
Soil Fresh, Air- Oven- 
No. moist dried dried 
soil soil soil 

1 4.36 4.38 4.3 
2 4.77 4.73 4.63 
3 4.67 4.67 4.46 
4 5.20 5.00 4.82 
5 5.47 5.41 0.17 
6 6.05 5.82 5.97 
7 6.15 6.07 6.15 
8 6.30 6.32 6.41 
9 6.56 6.50 6.49 
10 7.00 6.98 7.00 
alat 6.86 6.47 6.54 
12 7.55 7.32 7.20 
13 7.42 7.19 7.00 
14 7.78 7.57 7.39 


soils, either at room temperatures or at 103° C., 
has but little effect on their H-ion concentrations 
as subsequently determined, although there ap- 
pears to be a tendency toward slightly increased 
acidity at the higher temperature in practically 
every case. Drying alkaline soils, however, 
renders them decidedly less alkaline (decreases 
the OH-ion concentrations). This is especially 
noticeable where a temperature of 103° C. is 
used. In the ease of soil 13, a decrease of 0.42 
of a P,,; unit is recorded, while soil 14 shows a 
decrease of 0.39 of a P,, unit. In the case of 
an exactly neutral soil (No. 10), drying has 
practically no effect. The reasons for these 
differences are somewhat obscure, although 
drying is doubtless accompanied by oxidation 
which is in itself an acidic process. It should 
be recalled that the soils in question are 
granitic soils of high potential acidity. Dry- 
ing, heating, or otherwise profoundly changing 
them might conceivably present newly exposed 
surfaces to the solvent, possibly by removing 
certain enveloping colloidal materials of more 
or less alkaline nature; the definite fracture of 
certain of the mineral particles, thus directly 
exposing freshly abraded surfaces to the 
solvent is also by no means impossible. Fur- 
ther work will be necessary to establish a 
definite explanation. It is hoped that similar 
data from soils of widely different genesis may 
be forthcoming. 
PauL 8. Burcss 
RHODE ISLAND AGRICULTURAL 
EXPERIMENT STATION 


JUNE 16, 1922] 


THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL 
SOCIETY 


THE general meeting of the American Philo- 
sophical Society was held in Philadelphia on 
April 20, 21 and 22. The following papers 
were presented: 

Our contradictory economic policy: BE. M. Pat- 
TERSON. 

The distribution of human ability in Europe: 
ELLSwortH Huntineton. The ability of a coun- 
try depends not only on training and social en- 
vironment, as has long been recognized, but also on 
inheritance, as is now rapidly becoming apparent, 
and on health or energy, a factor which has been 
much neglected. Europe affords one of the best 
fields in which to differentiate the influence of 
these three factors. Four lines of evidence are 
here used for this purpose: (1) the kind of con- 
tribution to human progress made by about 8,600 
eminent Huropeans who were born since 1600 and 
who are mentioned in the Encyclopedia Britan- 
nica; (2) the distribution of progress and of 
civilization according to the opinion of fifty ex- 
perts in North America, Europe and Asia; (3) 
the distribution of health and energy as measured 
by the death rate; and (4) the distribution of 
climatic conditions that are favorable or unfavor- 
able to health. 

The eminent men mentioned in Britannica have 
been classified as follows: (1) religion and phil- 
anthropy; (2) philosophy and education; (3) 
natural sciences; (4) mathematical and chemical 
sciences and inventions; (5) history and eco- 
nomics; (6) literature; (7) art; (8) polities, 
and (9) war and adventure. This classification 
shows striking differences from country to coun- 
try. For example: in proportion to the number 
of its people Switzerland, with its 107 represen- 
tatives in Britannica, is very strong in religion, 
philosophy and the two branches of science, but 
falls low in all other lines; Scotland and Ger- 
many resemble Switzerland, except that the con- 
trast between the extent to which their great men 
have devoted themselves to religion, philosophy 
and science on the one hand and to other lines of 
effort on the other is relatively not quite so great 
as in Switzerland; France, on the contrary, tends 
in the opposite direction, for religion and philoso- 
phy are comparatively neglected, while literature, 
art, pelitics and war are the lines toward which 
the French type of mind turns most strongly; 
Ireland follows the French type except that reli- 
gion also receives emphasis, while the relative im- 


SCIENCE 


649 


portance of war and especially politics rises very 
high. 

Such contrasts and many others are presumably 
due in part to social environment but probably 
they also depend partly on racial inheritance. 
There seems to be no sociological reason why 
among the 1,737 eminent Frenchmen and 1,185 
eminent Germans who appear in the encyclopedia 
the adjusted index numbers showing the extent to 
which the two countries have excelled in the vari- 
ous lines of human effort should be as follows: 
war, Prance 125, Germany 70; politics, France 
105, Germany 49; history, 101 and 171; and phil- 
osophy, 83 and 214. Or take the following con- 
trasts between the relative numbers for the 604 
Scotch and 292 Irish: polities, Scotland 83, Ire- 
land 164; mathematical sciences, 139 against 72, 
and natural sciences, 140 against 65. It seems as 
if these figures might be a rough index of cer- 
tain deep-seated racial tendencies which manifest 
themselves in the whole social organization and 
history of the various countries. 

When an attempt is made to show the geograph- 
ical distribution of mental tendencies among the 
eminent men of Hurope, the result is a series of 
erratically spotted maps which in many cases 
indicate little or no connection with environmental 
factors. Nor do they correspond at all closely to 
the fairly gradual and progressive character of 
the changes in social and sociological conditions 
from one part of Europe to another. 

A map of the progressiveness or civilization of 
the countries of Europe as judged by fifty ex- 
perts before the war, shows an aspect wholly 
different from that of the maps of special types 
of achievement. It displays an almost perfect 
gradation from higher to lower levels as one pro- 
ceeds away from the regions bordering the North 
Sea. There are no sudden breaks from country 
to country. The distribution seems to be gov- 
erned by factors which vary gradually and regu- 
larly from region to region instead of spasmod- 
ically and irregularly as in the previous cases. 

A map of health based on the death rate before 
the war is almost identical with the map of civili- 
zation. The figures for all countries have been 
reduced to a standard population. Children under 
one year of age and old people of seventy-five or 
more have been omitted because an analysis of 
the statistics shows that in many countries the 
records of deaths at these two extremes of age 
are peculiarly unreliable. The way in which the 
map of health shows a decline in human strength 
and ability as one procee(s away from the North 


650 


Sea suggests a controlling factor akin to that 
which determines the distribution of civilization. 
Among the physieal factors most likely to be re- 
lated to human ability, climate holds high rank. 
A map of climatie energy based on a comparison 
between climatic factors on the one hand, and 
millions of deaths, thousands of cases of disease, 
and the work of thousands of factory operatives 
on the other, is almost identical with the maps of 
civilization and of health, but wholly different 
from any of the maps showing the distribution 
of particular types of achievement. 

The resemblance of the maps of civilization, 
health and climatic energy is so great that it 
seems almost certain that there must be some 
common cause. Civilization undoubtedly has an 
influence on the distribution of health, but it 
cannot possibly affect the distribution of. climate. 
Health likewise influences civilization, but cannot 
influence climate. Climate, on the other hand, 
may have some direct bearing on civilization, and 
it certainly produces indirect effects through 
agriculture, food and otherwise. It also has a 
great influence upon health, and its action upon 

- giyilization in this way is probably greater than 
its direct effect or perhaps than the indirect re- 
sults arising through agriculture and food. The 
most reasonable explanation of the similarity of 
the three maps seems to be that climate influences 
health and health influences civilization. 

The similarity of climate, health and civiliza- 
tion in their distribution in space appears to be 
supplemented by an equally strong similarity in 
their distribution in time. This matter has not 
yet been investigated in Europe, but in the 
United States variations in the weather from 
season to season and year to year are reflected 
with great fidelity in variations in the death 
rate and in the amount and character of work 
done by factory operatives on the one hand and 
students on the other. In other words, the quality 
and rapidity of people’s work, that is, their abili- 
ty, varies in harmony with the general health of 
the community and both vary in harmony with 
the weather. The order of the relationship can 
seareely be other than weather, health, ability. 
Thus, whether we consider space or time, climate 
seems to be one of the determinants of the degree 
of ability of a race. On the other hand not only 
is racial inheritance presumably an important 
factor in determining the energy of a race, but 
in Europe, at least, it seems to be of great weight 
in determining the direction in which human 
energy shall direct its activities. Thus sociological 


SCIENCE 


[ Vou. LV, No. 1433 


environment seems to be largely the result of the 
interaction of human energy whose general dis- 
tribution is greatly influenced by climate, and of 
racial inheritance which determines the lines along 
which nations shall express themselves in ideas 
and institutions. 

George Hammond and Robert Liston—British 
ministers in Philadelphia, 1791-1800: J. F. JAME- 
SON. 

The Three Trinities: E. WASHBURN HOPKINS. 
Trinities must be sharply differentiated from 
triads; every trinity is a triad, but few triads are 
trinities. Examples from Greece and Persia. In 
India the first triadic union was that of the 
three fires, of earth, atmosphere, sky; but this 
was rather one god in three places than three 
forms of a god. The popular trinity of Brahman, 
Vishnu and Shiva was a theological compromise 
and has never had philosophic support. But the 
later trinity of the Ramanuja sect implies a 
Father God, an Absolute Brahma, and an in- 
carnate human form of the godhead. A similar 
development is to be traced in the theistic 
Buddhism which has always been more potent 
than the doctrine of the Madhyamikas. The 
Christian or Greek trinity combines in the same 
way the ideas of godhead, personal God and in- 
carnate divinity. At the base, all three are at- 
tempts to express the same religious-philosophical 
conception of a spiritual source of the world 
manifested as personal spirit in heaven and in 
human form on earth. Possibility of subsuming 
these three trinities under one head, a new trinity 
that might unite the three great religions. 

The use of devices for indicating vowel length 
in Latin: JoHN C. Rotre. In the pronunciation 
of Latin of the classical period great importance 
was attached to the quantity of vowels. From 
the time of Sulla until about 300 A. D. the 
Romans employed various devices for indicating 
vowel length, especially the apex, which usually 
had the form of an acute accent, and a tall I, to 
indicate the long form of that vowel. These marks 
are found in inscriptions, but all the long quanti- 
ties are almost never indicated in any one in- 
scription. The paper attempts to discover some 
of the principles according to which the marks are 
used. The examination of the ‘‘Monumentum 
Ancyranum,’’ a copy of the inscription in which 
the Emperor Augustus recorded the deeds of his 
reign, of the-speech of Claudius at Lyons in 48 
A. D., and cf several thousand shorter inscrip- 
tions indicates that the marks are frequently used 
with personal names, with titles of honor and for 


JuNE 16, 1922 


emphasizing some other words, with words denot- 
ing family relationships, with suffixes, prefixes and 
case-endings, and sometimes, apparently, to in- 
dicate punctuation. Although Quintilian says that 
their proper use was to distinguish words and 
case-endings which are alike in spelling but dif- 
ferent in quantity, that rule is comparatively 
seldom followed in the extant inscriptions. 


A sketch of the modern faeroe dialect: J. 
DYNELEY PRINCE. 

The nove or ‘‘new stars’’: E. E. BarNarb. 
This paper dealt with the peculiarities of the 
nove or ‘‘new stars.’? These are not new stars 
in the ordinary sense of the word. They are stars 
whose original condition was very faint or even 
beyond the reach of any telescope, that suddenly, 
from some unknown cause, become very bright 
even to the naked eye—in some cases increasing 
their light as much as a hundred thousand fold. 
They then fade away, perhaps never to become 
bright again. All of this great increase of bright- 
ness occurs within a few hours’ time, or a few 
days at most. The outburst of light is very sud- 
den; the decline is at first rather rapid, then slow- 
er, and with many halts and minor outbursts they 
finally in a few years’ time, say from eight to 
ten or fifteen years, return to their original 
brightness. This interval seems to vary with dif- 
ferent stars. Some of these wonderful objects, 
such as the great nova of 1572, have become 
visible to the naked eye at midday. Two of them 
in recent years became brighter than the first 
magnitude. One of these, Nova Aquilae of 1918, 
for one day outranked every star in the entire 
heavens except Sirius and possibly Canopus. 
At first we did not know anything of the previ- 
ous history of these strange stars. They suddenly 
appeared as if a new star had just been created. 
But in recent years photography has added much 
to our knowledge of them. Now when a nova 
appears we search for it on our photographie 
plates made before the star’s outburst. Some- 
times we find that previous to this outburst the 
star was beyond the reach of even the photo- 
graphic plate, while in other cases they are shown 
to have formerly existed as very small stars with 
nothing to distinguish them from the millions of 
other small stars that dot the sky. In several 
instances we have found that previous to its out- 
burst the nova had existed as a faint variable 
star, rhythmically changing in brightness by a 
small amount. The great star of 1901, Nova 
Persei, is one of these that had probably existed 
for ages as a small variable before it became 


SCIENCE 


651 


a nova. Watched carefully now, this star fit- 
fully varies through a couple of magnitudes, as 
it probably did in its original condition. What 
causes the tremendous outburst of light in these 
wonderful stars is not known. 

The message of a_ meteorite: 
SNYDER. 

The effect of diurnal variation of clock rates 
upon longitude work: R. H. Tucker. From ob- 
servations with the meridian circle, pendulum 
clocks appear to run faster at night than the 
average rate during a period of one day. The 
excess each hour is small, but the daily rate at 
midnight appears to be from two to three tenths 
of a second larger than the daily rate at noon. 
The largest error that would occur in predicting 
the correction to an astronomical clock would be 
between two and three one-hundredths of a see- 
ond. The observed variation may be due to a 
diurnal variation in the meridian plane. Such a 
variation, with a period of fourteen months, does 
oceur, owing to the deviation of the axis of rota- 
tion of the earth from the axis of figure of the 
earth. There is a small diurnal term in the ob- 
served latitude at the Lick Observatory, the full 
amplitude of which is about three tenths of a 
second of are. Small corrections to the adopted 
astronomical constants of aberration, or nutation, 
may be indicated by these anomalies of observa- 
tion. An exchange of longitude siguals between 
two stations, ninety degrees apart, might give a 
resulting difference of longitude from two to three 
one-hundredths of a second in error. Between two 
stations on opposite sides of the earth the error 
might be double that amount. Exchange of wire- 
less signals, sent automatically by clocks across 
the Atlantic, may give us a test of a variation 
in clock rates. 


Monroe B. 


Discussion of a kinetic theory of gravitation, 
II; and some new experiments in gravitation: 
CHarLes F. BrusH. 

Are spectra and ionization potentials in dis- 
sociated gases: K. T. Compton, with O. 8. Dur- 
FENDACK and P. S. OumstTEAD. The great com- 
plexity of spectra of gases is due, in part, to the 
fact that the molecules of the gas may exist in 
various states of dissociation, association and 
ionization, each type of molecule or atom giving 
rise to its own characteristic spectrum. A dis- 
covery of the exact state of the atoms or molecules 
giving rise to each part of the spectrum of a sub- 
stance is of great importance as regards both the 
theory of spectral emission and the theory of 
atomic and molecular structure. At the Palmer 


652 


Physical Laboratory this problem is being at- 
tacked from three different angles. This paper 
presents some discoveries relating to the excita- 
tion of radiation and ionization in hydrogen and 
nitrogen. 

Hydrogen: Two methods of investigation have 
been employed. In the first, an arc was produced 
in hydrogen by the electronic discharge from an 
incandescent tungsten wire to a surrounding co- 
axial tungsten tube, which could be electrically 
heated. The voltages at which discontinuities 
appeared in the current between the electrodes and 
especially the voltage at which the are struck 
indicated the critical potentials for the setting 
in of radiation or ionization. With the outer 
tube cold the hydrogen was in the ordinary 
molecular state. With the outer tube at a 
temperature near the melting point of tung- 
sten, the hydrogen was completely dissociated 
into atomic hydrogen. Thus the effects due to the 
molecule and those due to the atom could be 
definitely distinguished from each other. This 
is the first experiment ever performed in an at- 
mosphere of pure atomic hydrogen. The follow- 
ing results were obtained: (1) An are ean not 
be produced or maintained in molecular hydrogen 
at voltages less than 16 volts, which is the 
ionizing potential of the molecule. (2) In atomic 
hydrogen the are struck easily at 13.5 volts and, 
with very large electronic currents, at 10.1 volts. 
These are, respectively, the ionizing and radiating 
potentials of the hydrogen atom as given by 
Bohr’s theory. (3) The hydrogen line spectrum 
was observed whenever the are struck. It was not 
observed below 16 volts in molecular hydrogen, 
but was observed as down to 10 volts in atomic 
hydrogen. (4+) The hydrogen secondary spectrum 
was not observed below 16 volts and the only 
lines found in this spectrum were those of the 
group which shows no Zeeman effect. (5) The 
Balmer series lines were reversed in the hot tube, 
provided the gas was ionized. The second method 
was that of Franek and Hertz, modified to per- 
mit a variation in the relative proportions of 
atomic and molecular hydrogen by use of a grid 
of hot tungsten wires, and to enable effects of 
radiation to be distinguished from those of ioniza- 
tion. These results corroborated those of the 
above method and showed, further, that the hydro- 
gen molecule can be ionized without dissociation 
and that the lines of the Lyman series can proba- 
bly be separately excited at successively higher 
voltages. 

Nitrogen: In the hot tungsten tube, there was 
no certain evidence of dissociation into atomic 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1433 — 


nitrogen by heat alone, but there was evidence 
that nitrogen was more easily dissociated by 
electron impacts in the hot than in the cold tube. 
The atomic nitrogen was chemically active, com- 
bining with the tungsten of the tube furnace, and 
it greatly increased the conductivity of the gas 
between the electrodes. The presence of atomic 
nitrogen was indicated by this increased conduc- 
tivity of the gas or by the emission of lines of the 
nitrogen line spectrum. The following conclusions 
have been reached with regard to the nitrogen 
spectrum: (1) The three groups of positive 
bands are all due to the neutral nitrogen mole- 
cules. (2) The negative bands are due to the 
ionized nitrogen molecules. (3) The bands of 
the third positive group are excited at about 
7 volts, those of the second positive group are 
excited below the ionizing potential and decrease 
in intensity as the voltage is raised above the 
ionizing potential, those of the first positive group 
were not observed below the ionizing potential and 
increased in intensity with increasing voltage, and 
the negative bands were first observed at one or 
two volts above the ionizing potential and in- 
creased greatly in intensity with increasing volt- 
age. (4) Several new components of bands in the 
first group of negative bands were discovered, 
and their wave lengths agreed accurately with 
those predicted by Deslandre’s formula. (5) 
The line spectrum was not observed below 70 
volts, which is also the voltage at which evidence 
of atomic nitrogen is obtained. The minimum 
arcing voltage, about 16.5 volts, is due to ioniza- 
tion without dissociation of nitrogen molecules. 
The relation of these results to observations made 
in other connections is briefly considered. 

Recent developments in vacuum tubes and 
their use: J. H. Morecrort. 

A primary standard of light: Hersert EH. 
Ives. The standard investigated is one developed 
after the suggestion of Wardner and Burgess, 
namely, the black body or complete radiator at 
the melting point of platinum. In order to 
realize this practically, hollow cylinders of plati- 
num are raised to the melting point by the pas- 
sage of a heavy electric current. The light 
emitted from a small opening is observed by a 
photometer upon whose field an image of the 
cylinder is thrown by a lens. It is found that 
with highly purified platinum the value obtained 
for the brightness of the black body is 55% 
candles per square centimeter. This standard 
appears to be more reproducible than any now 
available, and can be directly correlated with 
other physical constants. 


JuNE 16, 1922] 


Surface equilibrium of certain colloid solutions: 
P. LecomTe pu Nowy. 

Notes on the ecology of the clovers (trifolium) : 
JoHN W. HARSHBERGER. 

The cytoplasm in development and heredity: 
E. G. Conxuin. It is generally recognized that 
the chromosomes of the germ cells are the seat 
of the inheritance factors or genes, while the 
cytoplasm of those cells is the chief if not the 
exclusive seat of embryonic differentiation. 
Nevertheless it is generally recognized that there 
is a mutual interaction between the chromosomes 
and the cytoplasm, and that each may be said 
to be environment to the other. It is extremely 
probable that in the course of development the 
chromosomes and genes undergo little if any dif- 
ferentiation. On the other hand, it is perfectly 
evident that the cytoplasm does undergo such 
differentiation. The mechanism of differentia- 
tion consists in the reaction of identical chromo- 
somes upon different kinds of cytoplasm. It is 
therefore impossible to assume that all factors 
for heredity and differentiation are located in the 
chromosomes. 


The supposed serial arrangement of the genes 
and its relation to theories of crossing-over in 
inheritance: H. S. JENNINGS. This paper was 
a mathematical investigation of the laws accord- 
ing to which hereditary characteristics are dis- 
tributed to organisms. It was shown that these 
laws agree in great detail and in many diverse 
ways with what is mathematically required if 
the substances on which the hereditary character- 
isties depend are arranged in the germ eells in 
serial order, as held by the so-called linear theory. 


The relation of the retinal image to animal re- 


actions: G. H. PARKER. 
Parallel mutations in oenothera: Guorce H. 
SHULL. 


Some climatic and topographic characters in 
the rings of the yellow pines and sequoias of the 
Southwest: A. HE. Doucuass. The average 
growth of the giant sequoia in the General Grant 
National Park region was found to be 7.6 cm. 
per century in the last five hundred years. It 
varies from half of this to double this amount 
in locations with respectively unfavorable and 
favorable water supply. Evidence of the climatic 
origin of eyeles in tree growth is found in the 
extensive areas over which such eyeles prevail, 
and in the historical agreement between varia- 
tions in tree growth and solar activity. The 
eleven-year sun-spot cycle appears both in the 
Arizona pines and in the California sequoias. 


SCIENCE 


653 


This cycle has been operating since before 1400, 
but largely disappeared from about 1640 to 1715, 
at which time there was a prolonged sun-spot 
minimum. 

The probable action of lipoids in growth: 
D. T. MacDoucan. Renewed interest in the 
fundamental composition of protoplasm, especially 
with respect to the importance of the lipoids, or 
fatty substances, has been aroused by the in- 
vestigations of the last two years. Czapek in 
Prague has made additional demonstration of the 
universal presence and abundance of such material 
in plant cells, especially in the growing stage. 
Hansteen-Cranner in Norway claimed to have 
demonstrated a peripheral deposit of lipoids in 
the cell with meshworks extending into the wall 
and into the mass of the protoplasm where it 
constitutes the fundamental structure. Kahho 
at Dorpat finds that the contraction and expan- 
sion of lupine roots in solutions of neutral salts 
is in accordance with a condition of permeability 
which might be due to the presence of such a 
lipoid layer. Boas at Weihestephan saw that when 
solutions such as those of saponin, which displace 
or liquefy lipoids, are applied to plant cells, their 
permeability is notably increased. Other workers 
hold to the theory of the primary importance of 
proteins in the plasma, and as forming the outer 
or plasmatic membrane. The results of my own 
work justify the conclusion that all substances 
which form watery emulsions or set as reversible 
gels, principally albuminous compounds, mucilages, 
soaps and lipoids, are to be ineluded in the hydra- 
tion or growth mechanism. The present paper 
treats of the results of two series of experiments 
bearing upon the action of the lipoids. The 
effects of lecithin were tested by the use of the 
artificial cell designed in 1921. This lipoid was 
found to exert but little effect on absorption when 
incorporated in the ‘‘plasma,’’ but to influence 
absorption in a very marked manner when used’ 
as a peripheral layer or ‘‘plasmatic’’ membrane. 
The solutions which affect the living cell, sup- 
posedly by dissolving the lipoidal layer, have a 
similar effect on the artificial cell. The reactions 
of living and of dead cell-masses to soponin and 
hydroxides include variations in swelling and in 
permeability, which are of a character suggesting 
the liquefaction of a lipoidal layer. These ex- 
periments do not offer decisive evidence of the 
actuality of such a layer, yet it is notable that 
nothing was found which could be interpreted 
adversely to such an arrangement of material in 
the cell: Material which is abundantly present 
and which would tend to assume a_ peripheral 


604 


position in a colloidal mass of this character. 
Furthermore, it is to be noted that the argument 
against the possibility of a lipoidal membrane 
on the ground that it would not permit the pas- 
sage of both fat-soluble and water-soluble ma- 
terial, is voided by the fact that the lipoids may 
occur in a system in which a disperse phase swel- 
ling in water but not soluble, is held in a medium 
consisting of water-soluble lipoid. Organic sub- 
stances, fats and salts, would readily pass through 
such a system. 

Possible explanation of eocene climates: Ep- 
warp W. Berry. This paper discusses the con- 
trast in the floras of the upper Eocene with lati- 
tude, and their probable climatie significance. 
After analysing the fossil floras of the far North 
in the light of paleogeographic conditions, the 
speaker suggests that the indicated mild climate 
in high latitudes during the upper Eocene was 
the result of the widespread submergence of 
lands during middle Eocene times, with expanded 
seas in the equatorial regions and free access of 
warm ocean currents to Artic seas. 

The power and impotence of man: 
KELLOGG. 

Hydracodons from the Big Badlands of South 
Dakota. The small entelodonts of the White 
River Oligocene: W. J. Sincuair. These papers 
present the results of evolutionary studies on two 
unrelated animal groups, the swift running (cur- 
sorial) rhinoceroses and the entelodonts or so- 
called ‘‘giant pigs,’’ both extinet, but formerly 
inhabiting South Dakota and adjacent areas. In 
the case of the hydracodons, a progressive evolu- 
tion is indicated, an increasing complexity of the 
structure of the upper premolar teeth, with a 
series of size variants under each of the four 
structural types recognized. Among the entelo- 
donts, while the extremes of the series studied are 
far enough apart to appear specifically distinct, 
there are so many intermediate stages and the 
grouping of characters is so irregular that almost 
every specimen would have to be made a separate 
species or else the lot referred to one species, ap- 
parently made up of several inter-breeding strains 
which differ by various small unit characters or 
combinations thereof, transmitted to the individ- 
ual from the various pure lines which enter into 
its ancestry. 

Lithology of White River sediments: 
WANLESS. 


‘VERNON 


H.R: 
The White River sediments of the Big 
Badlands are composed of the following types of 
sediments: (1) channel sandstone; (2) fresh- 
water limestone; (3) nodular layers; (4) volcanic 
ash beds; and (5) clay beds. A petrographic 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1433 


study of these sediments has shown that most of 
them are derived from erosion of the rising dome 
of the Black Hills during the Oligocene period. 
In the channel sandstones many fragments of 
garnet, tourmaline and other schist and pegmatite 
minerals point to direet derivation from the Pre- 
cambrian core of the hills. Traces of volcanic 
glass and pumice are present throughout the 
series, but form the majority of the Leptauchenia 
beds (the upper division of the White River), 
which is about two hundred feet thick. Holian 
action, as evidenced in rounded sand grains, is 
only locally present, and forms a negligible part 
of the whole. Ground water circulation is indi- 
cated by chalcedony veins, mineral fillings of eavi- 
ties in the ash beds, and deposition of oxides of 
iron at the bottom of the series in and on the 
impervious Pierre shales. The series as a whole 
is formed as a flood plain deposit, with shallow 
shifting channels, local ponds and local sand 
dunes. 

Lava domes and their composition in the Malay 
Archipelago: H. A. Brouwer. 

The application of bio-physical researches te 
physiglogical problems: GEORGE W. CRILE and 
Huco Fricker. Following researches on the electric 
conductivity of animal tissues already presented, a 
further attempt to apply bio-physical methods te 
the interpretation of physiological problems has 
been made by making measurements of tempera- 
ture variations of various tissues in living animals 
under varying conditions by means of specially 
constructed | copper-constantan thermocouples. 
These were used in connection with a specially 
designed potentiometer and mirror-galvanometer, 
one division on the galvanometer scale correspond- 
ing to 0.01° C. In most of the experiments 
simultaneous measurements of the temperature 
variations in two different organs have been made. 
The principal tissues thus far studied have been 
the brain, the liver, the thyroid, the adrenals, the 
voluntary muscles, the spleen, the pancreas, the 
intestines, the kidneys and the blood stream. The 
effects produced on the temperature of one or 
more of these organs by emotion, by adrenalin, 
by ether, by nitrous oxid, by calcium, by mag- 
nesium, by cyanides, by the excision of certain 
organs, etc., have been noted. The results show 
that this method of bio-physical measurement 
offers new criteria for the interpretation of cer- 
tain operations of the animal mechanism, and 
emphasizes the value of the application of bio- 
physical methods of the study of this operation 
of the animal mechanism. 

Experiments in epidemiology: SIMON FLEXNER. 


JUNE 16, 1922] 


The experiments in epidemiology, carried out 
with Doctor H. L. Amoss, have been made with 
an infectious disease arising among mice to which 
the name of ‘‘mouse typhoid’’ has been given. 
The bacilli inciting the disease are readily grown 
outside the body and reproduce the natural dis- 
ease when fed to healthy mice. The purpose of 
the experiments, which have extended over three 
years, is the elucidation of the factors responsi- 
ble for the epidemic spread of disease among man 
and animals. Hitherto these factors have been 
sought chiefly by the analysis of records of dis- 
ease and death in man; this study represents an 
effort to obtain more accurate data through di- 
rect observation of an epidemic disease purposely 
induced in small laboratory animals. 

Fishes used in Guayaquil for mosquito control 
against yellow fever: Cari H. EIGENMANN. 

The carbonic acid of the blood in health and 
disease: LAWRENCE J. HENDERSON. 

Some recent experiments concerning the nature 
of the function of the kidney: A. N. Ricuarps. 

The Biblical manna: Paun Haupt. The 
biblical manna was manna-lichen mixed with 
tamarisk-manna and alhagi-manna. The manna- 
lichen (Lecanora esculenta) was ground in 
querns, or pounded in mortars, and mixed with 
the honey-like drops exuding from the soft twigs 
of tamarisks or with the exudation of camel’s 
thorns. After this mixture had been baked it 
tasted like honey-cake (Exod. xvi. 31) or like 
pastry baked in sweet-oil (Numb. xi. 8). In the 
early morning the tamarisk-manna is like wax, 
but it melts in the heat of the sun (Exod. xvi. 21), 
The accounts in Exod. xvi. 14-36 and Numb. xi. 
7-9 are inaccurate and embroidered. The an- 
eestors of the Jews were at that time, not on the 
Sinaitic peninsula, but in northwestern Arabia. 

The earth inductor compass: PauLt R. Hryu 
and Lyman J. Brices. A model of the U. S. 
Air Service earth inductor compass, as developed 
at the Bureau of Standards, and to which the 
society awarded its magellanic medal, was 
shown and demonstrated. This instrument is de- 
signed for use in aireraft, where the ordinary 
magnetie compass is unreliable. The fundamental 
principle of its action is not new, but no previous 
attempts at the construction of a compass on this 
principle have given satisfactory results. In the 
Air Service model a revolving coil of wire is 
installed in the rear part of the airplane, where 
the magnetic disturbance from the engine is 
negligible. Current from this coil is led by wires 
to the instrument board, where, by an entirely 


SCIENCE: 


655 


new device called a dial switchboard, the pilot 
can so arrange the electrical connections that an 
indicating galvanometer ‘before him will read zero 
only when the vessel lies in the desired course. 
An effective compensation for rolling and pitch- 
ing is provided, and by the judicious use of iron 
in the core of the coil the size of the instrument 
is kept down sufficiently to permit of its installa- 
tion in the limited space available in an airplane. 


The age of the earth from the geological view- 
point: T. C. CHAMBERLIN. 

Age of the earth from the paleontological view- 
point: Joun M. Cuarke. The age of the earth 
from the point of view of the student of the life . 
upon it, can be expressed only in comparative 
terms. The paleontologist has been accustomed to 
accept without much debate the allotments of time 
that astronomers and students of celestial mechan- 
ics have been disposed to assign for its age as a 
planetary body. Life could not have begun until 
long after the earth had started on its individual 
planetary existence. No one knows how long it 
takes a species of animal or plant to acquire its 
specific characters or to attain changes in char- 
acters that would show the passage of one species 
into another. Animal and plant life have grown 
under all possible differences of physical sur- 
roundings, and the rate of growth and change is 
in direct relation to the environment. Some 
animals have endured through geological ages 
without change while others have developed 
changes explosively. It is improbable that there 
will ever be a basis for estimating how long it 
takes or has taken for one species to pass into 
another, or to estimate concretely the endurance 
of the life of any single species. The beautifully 
preserved fossils of the ancient life of the Cam- 
brian Period which lies almost at the base of the 
record of life as registered in the rocks, show 
such perfection of anatomical detail and such an 
advanced degree of specialization in organs and 
functions, that though they stand near the very 
threshold of the recorded panorama of life, 
their structure demonstrates that it has taken 
uncountable ages for them to arrive at such a 
high degree of specialization. In other words, 
inasmuch as starts are slow and as the starting 
point was the nuclear cell, the length of time 
required in rising from the undifferentiated cell 
by evolutionary processes to the extraordinary 
animals of the very ancient Cambrian period 
must have been vastly greater than all the time 
that has passed since the Cambrian period to the 
age of man. The same fact has been made very 


656 


evident in the history of plant life. Life came 
from the sea; it emerged from the surface of the 
salt waters, but the plant life of the sea which 
first migrated from the waters to the earliest 
continents of the earth was of a high order of 
seaweed or algal growth, that is to say they were 
algae which had developed strong permanent tissue 
and special organs. In the view of modern stud- 
ents of paleobotany these so-called ‘‘algae of 
transmigration’’ were of a higher specialization 
than any algae now existing in the sea. The 
time when they got their footing on the land is 
indicated by the fact that in the ancient Precam- 
brian rocks which make the basement or founda- 
tion upon which all later rocks have been laid 
down, there is positive evidence that at different 
periods in their own history these rocks were ex- 
posed to the air and suffered weathering and so 
produced a soil, the evidence of which could not 
have been preserved to this day except through 
the agency of a contemporary vegetal covering, 
so that the time of the emergence of plant life 
of a high order from the sea to the land is far 
back in the dawn of the time records of the rocks; 
and the duration of time required for their de- 
velopment longer even than is indicated for the 
animals. As all estimates of concrete expressions 
of time for the age of the earth based on bio- 
logical data are bound to fail, the comparative 
expressions given herewith must serve to intimate 
a time duration for the organic history of the 
earth so vast as to be beyond the possibility of 
human expression. 

Age of the earth from the astronomical view- 
point: ERNEST W. Brown. 

The age of the earth: WituiamM Duane. In 
estimating the age of the earth one should choose 
as a clock to measure the time that has elapsed 
some process in nature that takes place in one 
direction only, and that does not change its rate 
when conditions (temperature, pressure, etc.) 
alter. In most of the estimates of geological 
periods of time that have been made the clocks 
employed do not fulfill these conditions. Esti- 
mates based on the temperature of the earth or 
sun, for instance, cannot be reliable, for the 
temperature of a body may rise or it may fall, 
and, further, the rate of its change depends upon 
a variety of conditions, such as the amount of 
radiation, the supply of energy to it, ete. In 
the study of radioactivity during the last twenty- 
five years a large number of transformations of 
one chemical element into another have been 
found. Students of the subject agree that these 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1433 


transformations take place in one direction only, 
i. e., from an element of higher atomie weight to 
an element of lower atomic weight. Further, no- 
body has been able to alter the rate of a radioac- 
tive transformation by any process whatsoever, al- 
though numerous attempts have been made to de 
so. These radioactive changes, therefore, seem 
to offer a reliable means of estimating certain 
periods of time. Among the radioactive changes 
appears one in which the metal uranium trans- 
forms itself into the metal lead and into the gas 
helium. The rate of transformation is such that 
five per cent. of a quantity of uranium would 
change into lead and helium in about three 
hundred and seventy millions of years. If, there- 
fore, we determine the amount of uranium, lead 
and helium in a mineral we can form an idea as 
to how long these elements have been in contact 
with each other. Estimates that have been made 
from the quantities of helium in uranium ores 
vary between eight and seven hundred million 
of years, according to locality. Since some of 
the helium (it being a gas) may have leaked out 
of the ores, these intervals of time must be re- 
garded as minimum estimates only. Calculations 
based on the quantity of lead in uranium ores 
vary from three hundred and forty to one thous- 
and seven hundred millions of years according to 
locality. Here another complication appears. 
All the different kinds of lead do not come from 
uranium. Only lead of atomie weight, about two 
hundred and six, may be regarded as produced 
from uranium. Until, therefore, it has been de- 
termined exactly what the atomic weights of the 
lead in the various ores really are we must. con- 
sider the estimates as maximum estimates only. 
The atomic weight of the lead in a few ores has 
been found to be very close to two hundred and 
six. In one of these the age of the mineral has 
been estimated at a little over nine hundred mil- 
lions of years. The calculation of the age of the 
uranium deposits rests upon the laws of nature as 
we now believe them to be. It would be a waste 
of time to speculate on future discoveries or upon 
a possible evolution of natural law. The caleu- 
lated ages are the lengths of time during which 
we may suppose the chemical elements to have 
been in more or less close mechanical contact with 
each other. They do not represent the time that 
has elapsed since the earth may have reached a 
state capable of supporting organic life as we 
now know it. 
ARTHUR W. GOODSPEED, 
Secretary 


New SERIES a SINGLE Copies, 15 Crs. 
Vou. LV, No. 1434 Fripay, JUNE 23, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


Wenzies & Wright Ebullioscopic Apparatus 


For molecular weight determination by the boiling point method. According 
to Dr. Alan W. C. Menzies and S. L. Wright, Jr. See Journal of the American 
Chemvical Society, Vol. XVIII, p. 2309, Nov. 1921, ; 


The apparatus consists of the boiling vessel for con- 
taining the solvent, the differential water thermometer, 
and a pump on the Cottrell principle for delivering the 
liquid on the lower bulb of the thermometer. The 
capillary and the bulb of the thermometer are grad- 
uated in mm. The difference in height of the two 
columns of the thermometer, and therefore the rise of 
the boiling point, is seen at a glance. 


ADVANTAGES 


. “limination of error due to barometric change. 

Xa, Elimination of hysteresis—sticking, irregular bore— 
and other errors of the Leckmann thermometer. 
Elimination of the error due to superheating; and to 

change of superheating with bubble size. 
Elimination of error due to change of head of liquid 
above the thermometer bulb. 
Elimination of errors caused by fractionation of the 
solvent and by slow removal of somewhat volatile 


solutes. 
Minimizes the error in regard to the effective con- 
centration of the solution. The boiling tube is 


constricted immediate] above its bulb, and c.c. 
graduations are marked on the cylindrical neck 
thus developed; so thai the volume of the solvent 
may be read off to one »,art in 300, and this volume 
does not include the .olvent present on the walls 
or in the vapor. 

No corks, ground joints nor stoppers. 

Less fragile and less ex, -nsive than the regular Beck- 
mann apparatus, and very much less sensitive to 
draughts. 

.Price of glass parts complete including boiling vessel, pump and 


re Terry Tel et e Ty taee ee ea ek gL Lm ya ne ELS ne HR oto $17.50 
Boilingavesseluoniya(hyrexvelass) Ieee = a eee eee 10.25 
\Pipyeeve) Gaabhiz | (UPAvinepe red eves) 0 oe a 2.65 
‘Thermometer only (Pyrex glass) a pe 7.25 
SLPS POE pee eat ee IN ALUMI aR SRT MAM See tS pei ea eed oda 1.65 
Burneniwithi chimney, ees ee ae ie 2.00 


\ Write for additional information 


Instit, > 
We, 


NEW YORK CITY a 
ae Ave., 18th—19th St. 


li SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Just Issued 
KOFOID and SWEZY 


Mitosis and fission in the active and encysted 


phases of Giardia enterica (Grassi) of Man. 
00 cents. 


Mitosis in Endamoeba dysenteriae in the bone 
marrow in Arthritis deformans. 


Endamoeba dysenteriae in the lymph glands 
of Man in Hodgkin’s disease. 
In one cover, 25 cents. 


Mitosis in the encysted stages of Endamoeba 
coli (Lésch). (In press), 30 cents. 


University of California Press 


Berkeley, California 


NEW BOOKS FOR SCIENCE LIBRARY 


RICHTER. Organic Chemistry, Vol. 2 
The Carbocyclic Series. Trans. by E. E. F. D’atse. 
Cloth, $8.00. 


PAULI. Colloid Chemistry of The 


Proteins 
Illus. By Progr. Dr. F. Pauti (Vienna). Cloth, $2.25. 


HATSCHEK. Physics And Chemistry of 
Colloids 
4th Edition. Illustrated. Cloth, $2.25. 


YOUNGKEN. Textbook of Pharmacognosy 
By H. W. Youncken, Ph.D. 210 illus. Cloth, $6.00 


PITFIELD. Compend of Bacteriology 
Includes animal parasities. 4th Edition. 86 illus- 
trations. Cloth, $2.00. 


ATWOOD. Civic and Economic Biology 
By Pror. W. H. Arwoop. Illustrated. Cloth, $1.68, 


JENKINS. 
By Pror. Ouiver P. Jenkins. 
LEE. Microtomist’s Vade Mecum 
By A. B. Lee, F.R.M.S. 8th Edition. Cloth, $6.50, 
SHUTTLEWORTH and POTTS. Mentally 
Deficient Children 


Treatment and Training. 
Cloth, §3.25. 


STODDART. Mind And Its Disorders 


4th Edition. 85 illustrations. Cloth, $7.50. 


P. BLAKISTON’S SON & CO. Philadelphia 


Interesting Neighbors 
81 illus. Cloth, $1.12. 


Sth Edition. Illustrated. 


Hammer’s Spinthariscope 
is a device to illustrate 
the spontaneous disinteg- 
ration of radium. Alpha 


rays expelled from radium 


ore strike a screen of 
phosphorescent zinc sulphide causing bril- 
liant flashes of light which can be observed 


through a high-powered magnifying glass. 


Price complete as shown_________- $4.00 
Phosphorescent zinc sulphide screens 
Ao) 4S SS eee each 2.00 


Headquarters on Radium Apparatus 


For Demonstrating and Detecting 


Radio-Active Substances 


Hammer’s Radioscope 
is an instrument for 
detecting the presence 
of radio-activity in 
water, ores, etc., by 
the scintillation meth- 
od, which is the most 
sensitive of all meth- 
ods for determining 


the presence of ra- 


dium. 


Price complete, $10.00 


For Sale by 


The Denver Fire Clay Company 


Denver, Colorado 


SCIENCE 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
of Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 


11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y. 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 


Annual Subscription, $6.00. Single Copies, 15 Cts. 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the 
Post Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


Vou. LV JUNE 23, 1922 No. 1434 
CONTENTS 
Research Institutes and their Value: Dr. 
IRAN CIS) (CARTER: \WiOOD testes sce - note neee te cere 657 


The Lijfect of the Nature of the Diet on the 
Digestibility of Butter: Dr. ArtHuR D. 
TEV OUMBS |) ee ee Ses SU eee 659 


Are Scientists encouraging Popular Ignor- 
ance: PROFESSOR EUGENE C. BINGHAM........ 664 


American Committee to aid Russian Scientists 
with Scientific Literature: Dr. VERNOW 
GEE OGG Darlene ON nL ron Cea ty! 667 


Scientific Events: 
The Agitation against the Teaching of 
Evolution; The Proposed Bombay School 
of Tropical Medicine; The Royal Academy 
of Belgium; The Royal Geographical Soci- 
ety; Sigma Xi at the University of Ken- 


tucky; Dean of the Sheffield Scientific 

School. 669 
Scientific: Notes and Neétws 2.220. 672 
University and Educational Notes.........-----..---- 675 


Discussion and Correspondence: 
Observations of Falling Meteorites: Dr. 
Grorce P. Merritt. Origin of Soil Col- 
loids: Dr. Nem E. Gorpon. A Crayfish 
Lin ap raise Os) O)URO Kei aaeerarar bya, se vue eens AE Yo 675 
Special Articles: 
The Relation between Photie Stimulus and 
the Rate of Locomotion of Dresophila: 
Dr. Wint1aM H. Coe. « The Structure of 
Benzene: Mauricr L. HuGGIns....2....22.020... 678 


The American Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science: 
Meeting of the Executive Committee of the 
Council: Prorgssor Burron E. Livine- 
ston. Permanent Secretary’s Report. Sec- 
tion M—Engineering and Associated Socie- 
ties: DR: PETER: GILLESPIE 680 


‘from the general current of existence. 


RESEARCH INSTITUTES AND THEIR 
VALUE! 

In this restless, drifting world in which we 
now live, even intelligent people are not always 
appreciative of the fact that many if not most 
of the great intellectual achievements in various 
fields have been accomplished only when the 
thinker has been protected from the interrup- 
tion and annoyance of passing events and per- 
mitted to work out his ideas somewhat apart 
In the 
Middle Ages, the alchemist, the philosopher or 
the mathematician retired to a garret or cellar 
and there achieved his purpose, and even to 
this day the idea that starvation and a garret 
are successful stimulants to scientifie investiga- 
tion clings persistently to the popular mind, 
together with so many of those superstitions by 
which humanity is still largely guided. Truth 
is that the thinking man in the middle ages 
was driven into a garret and often compelled 
to accept poverty because his thoughts or dis- 
coveries had no commercial value or popular 
interest, and, if published, sometimes led to 
controversies settled once for all by that unan- 
swerable argument of authority, the fagot and 
the stake. The example of Servetus must 
surely have been a severe blow to hasty pub- 
lication. One of the early masters of medi- 
cine, he died a martyr to his printed opinions 
at the early age of 42, his old friend, John 
Calvin, seeing to it, it is said, that the fire was 
well started. 

But the time when important extensions of 
the boundaries of knowledge, especially in sci- 
ence, can be accomplished in garret or cellar 
with no material except brains, a little sealing 
wax, some wire and a few pieces of glass, 


1An address delivered at the opening of the 
new laboratory building of the Collis P. Hunting- 
ton Memorial Hospital, Harvard University, May 
15,1922. 


658 


which was about the equipment with which 
Faraday made some of his most valuable dis- 
coveries in electricity, has long since passed. 
Brains are still the chief essential, but modern 
science has gone in most of its phases beyond 
the stage of easy discovery of important prin- 
ciples. No clearer demonstration of the fallacy 
of the popular belief in the capacity of the 
man in the street to solve complex problems 
exists than the report of the Naval Consulta- 
tion Board in which it is shown that of one 
hundred and ten thousand suggestions received 
only one in a thousand were even worth con- 
sidering, and of this one hundred and ten only 
one was put into production. A few highly 
trained scientific men, on the other hand, made 
most of the useful discoveries. To-day scien- 
tific advance in most fields depends upon the 
use of equipment of great delicacy and pre- 
cision, and unfortunately only too often of 
very high cost. The time calls, therefore, for 
the organization and classification of research 
problems and a higher degree of collaboration 
between scientists than has ever been had be- 
fore, and it is characteristic of that vision 
which has so often been a quality of Harvard 
thought and action that we are gathered to- 
gether to celebrate the opening of a laboratory 
devoted to investigation in a field of science 
but newly set aside, that of biophysics. The 
name is new, though the science itself is not. 
When the professor of anatomy in the Univer- 
sity of Bologna first used frogs’ legs as a gal- 
vanometer to reveal the presence of electric 
currents, he was studying biophysics, even if 
in a somewhat elementary form. In our own 
times this new field for research has been 
sequestered from the disciplines of biology and 
physies as a special region, possibly because 
the knowledge of the chemistry and the physics 
of the human body has reached a point in its 
advance at which there is a httle slowing-up 
in the rate of important discovery. In such a 
dilemma a shrewd scientist does not keep up a 
frontal attack, but quickly shifts to a shghtly 
different approach to the problem. Thus, by 
the combination of the technical methods of 
physies and of chemistry in the study of living 
matter there is promise of an ample yield of 
valuable knowledge within the next few years 
and of a material advance which may possibly 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


again illuminate the purely physical and chem- 
ical methods of attack on the secrets of life 
and in consequence lead to still further achieve- 
ments in those fundamental sciences. Illustra- 
tions of the fertilizing value of this method of 
shifting the line of approach can be culled 
from the lives of many successful investigators. 
Pasteur is said to have started early in his life 
on the study of tuberculosis, but to have 
dropped it quickly when he found that he could 
make no headway with the technique then in 
use. If he had persisted, his name would not 
be known to-day. Paul Ehrlich spent several 
years investigating the problem of cancer, but 
as soon as he found that progress was slow 
and far-reaching results were doubtful, he 
quickly shifted to the more profitable field of 
an attack on parasitic diseases by means of 
chemical compounds, and there achieved a great 
and deserved success. 

As it is one of the marks of genius to over- 
come obstacles with the least possible waste of 
energy, so the fact that this special field of 
biophysies has been selected for a concentrated 
attack affords an admirable criterion for the 
intelligence of those controlling the funds for 
cancer research in Boston. The world will 
profit by the investigations which in the future 
will be made in this laboratory, for in contrast 
to the worker of the older days, who so often 
concealed the results of his studies in order 
that he might reap some benefit from them, the 
modern scientist gives freely and at once to 
the public everything he achieves. He does not 
conceal or patent a valuable discovery which 
would in any way relieve human suffering. 

The true investigator’s chief stimulus is the 
love for his science and ambition for his insti- 
tute; and the responsibility imposed by the 
great opportunities at his disposal will be, if 
he is the right sort, one of the strongest forces 
in sustaining the arduous labor of research. 
This concentration of responsibility and the 
development of intellectual power and leader- 
ship as problem after problem is solved is an 
important factor in the success of a truly scien- 
tific institute, a factor the psychology of which 
has often been overlooked by those administra- 
tors who wish to impose the regulations of the 
machine shop in order to obtain quantity pro- 
duction in science. 


JUNE 23, 1922] 


Besides the direct way in which an institu- 
tion like this, devoted to research in some phase 
of pure or applied science, benefits humanity, 
there is also an indirect influence, not so fully 
appreciated. This is the reflex effect upon the 
university as a whole, for only by the posses- 
sion of sueh centers of intellectual concentra- 
tion does the university become a university in 
fact rather than in name. Every great teach- 
- ing institution should be surrounded by a con- 
stellation of independent institutes such as this, 
devoted to the amassing of pure knowledge, 
without a view necessarily to its future use or 
practicality and without the encumbrances to 
effective thought which go with administrative 
work of the teaching of large numbers of im- 
mature students. Our men of genius in the 
universities still do too much undergraduate 
instruction and teach the teachers too little. 
This is one of the great defects of the present 
scheme of education, in that it accentuates 
routine and overlooks the spirit. When a uni- 
versity possesses a genius he should be tenderly 
protected and cherished. The ragweed will 
outgrow the orchid, as has been proved a thou- 
sand times. Why saerifice another orchid to 
the test? But in research institutions lies true 
freedom of thought in the university. While 
to the undergraduates we must temper some- 
what the boldness of our theories, in the re- 
search laboratory everything must be free. No 
one can foresee in what direction investigation 
must proceed. No hampering politicians, as in 
some state institutions, should be allowed to 
control the direction and type of investigation 
to be done, their equipment for this function 
as regards the natural sciences being usually 
somewhat less than that possessed by our 
Great Commoner, who is making so brave and 
useless a fight against the dangerous theories 
of evolution. 

Who in his wildest moments could have 
imagined that the classification and anatomical 
study of the fleas which infest lower animals 
could ever have been of use in the saving of 
human lives? Yet when the Oriental plague 
threatened this country, in the results of such 
studies was found the means of combatting 
the disease, the uncontrolled ravages of which 
can best be learned by a reading of that old 


SCIENCE. 


659 


classic of Daniel Defoe’s, “A Journal of the 
Plague Year.” When we realize that because 
of our knowledge of public health obtained by 
research on apparently unimportant matters 
the repetition of such a plague is now impossi- 
ble, we must be grateful to some of those who 
have made heavy sacrifices in the cause of 
science. 

A few institutions like this will answer most 
effectively the statement recently made in the 
daily press that the foot-ball coaches had done 
more for Harvard than all the professors would 
ever accomplish—and this of a university which 
can claim Agassiz, Lowell, Norton, Child, Gibbs, 
Shaler, Royce and William James as only a 
few among those who have passed on. To 
enumerate the names of the living who are still 
doing for Harvard what these men did would 
be an insult to the intelligence of my audience. 

The new building which we are gathered to 
inspect shows in its very architecture the 
thoughtfulness of those who planned it—simple 
as every workshop should be, for that is all a 
laboratory is, a place for labor. It shows that 
the money which has been given has gone on 
the inside rather than on decoration. I look 
forward to a day when architects will sacrifice 
all their art for the practical in laboratory 
building, and reserve the demonstration of 
their skill for libraries, museums and other 
structures which may properly give room for 
the display of artistic qualities. 

But the building is not important. An insti- 
tution of this type is always, it has been well 
said, the lengthened shadow of a great man. 
Those who are to work in it are far more im- 
portant than any physical structure. The name 
in itself gives promise of long and useful 
service, bearing as it will the title of a line of 
famous surgeons. The annual reports of the 
Harvard Cancer Commission show how much 
has already been achieved. There are few 
groups of investigators in any country who 
have produced with relatively small means so 
much of sane, cautious, solid research work 
in cancer, biology and physies as have those 
who in the past have worked in the Huntington, 
and who are now. to enjoy greater facilities, 
and so may properly be expected to do more 
and more as the laboratory expands. For 


660 * 


expand it inevitably will. It is said that oppor- 
tunity knocks but once at the door, but this is 
the opportunity of receivers, not of givers. 
To the latter there is no limit. If this building 
had been built and equipped five years ago, 
we might not have had to share with our great 
scientific rival on the continent the discovery 
of many capital facts concerning the X-ray, 
for it was only the lack of equipment which 
kept the brilliant group of physicists who, 
under the leadership of Professor Duane, have 
made so many important advances in the the- 
oretical study of X-rays, from covering many 
of the practical phases developed instead by 
our continental colleagues. The verification of 
the quantum relationship between the fre- 
quency of the X-ray and the voltage applied 
to the tube, as demonstrated by Duane, Hull 
and Webster, is a shining achievement which 
might easily satisfy any university for a long 
period of time. The work of Tyzzer on animal 
tumors especially laid the foundation for much 
recent research, while the demonstration by 
Bovie of the relationship between certain light 
rays and the coagulation of protein and the 
killing of cells is also a most important con- 
tribution to the newer aspects of biophysics. 
Whether the problem of cancer—that last great 
and as yet unanswered question in medicine— 
will be solved here, no one can say. But I am 
sure that the attack will be a brave one and 
that the results will be characterized by the 
same scientific caution and freedom from at- 
tempt at dramatic effect that have marked the 
work of the Harvard Cancer Commission in 
the past. We all look to this laboratory as the 
souree of the highest type of scientific investi- 
gation combined with an unusual amount of 
common sense on the human side, due obviously 
to the influence of the director, Dr. Greenough. 
There is no reason to think that with the pass- 
ing of time there will be any change in this 
high standard. 8 

Let us all hope then that this building and 
its equipment and staff represent merely a 
beginning from which research will go forward 
on a broader and broader scale, until at some 
future time we may have a better insight than 
at present into what has hitherto successfully 
evaded human inquiry—the nature of life and 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


growth. When that goal is achieved the solu- 
tion of the cancer problem will be in sight. 
Francis CARTER Woop 
INSTITUTE OF CANCER RESEARCH, 
CoLuMBIA UNIVERSITY 


' THE EFFECT OF THE NATURE OF 


THE DIET ON THE DIGESTI- 
BILITY OF BUTTER 

Ir is estimated that in the United States 
about 18 pounds of dairy butter are consumed 
per capita yearly and of this amount the 
larger portion is used for table purposes. 
This indicates quite conclusively that in spite 
of the inereasing variety of fats available for 
table and culinary purposes, dairy butter still 
remains one of the most popular and widely 
used edible fats. Formerly it was very gen- 
erally believed that the principal if not the 
entire food value of butter was due to the 
energy which it supplied to the diet. The 
recent discovery that dairy butter contains a 
relatively large amount of vitamin A, which 
has been shown to be essential for an adequate 
diet, has served to further increase the popu- 
larity of this extensively used fat. 

The very general use of butter for food pur- 
poses is no doubt responsible for the early and 
continued attention that has been given to a 
study of its nutritive value by physiological 
chemists and nutrition experts. Many diges- 
tion experiments have been carried on both in 
this country and in Europe to determine its 
digestibility, but since the experimental pro- 
cedures of the different investigators were not 
uniform the results obtained do not permit of 
direct comparison. The lack of uniformity in 
experimental conditions is perhaps most notice- 
able in the wide variation of the nature of the 
basal ration used by the different investigators. 
However, this variation in the nature of the 
foods comprising the experimental diets per- 
mits to some extent a comparison of the effect 

Notre: Since dairy butter is a common con- 
stituent of nearly all diets the following résumé 
of digestion experiments, conducted by the au- 
thor while employed as nutrition expert at the 
U. S. Dept. of Agri., is given to supply informa- 
tion concerning the effect of other food materials 
on the digestibility of butter. 


JUNE 23, 1922] 


of the nature of the diet on the digestibility of 
butter. Rubner, in a lengthy series of experi- 
ments, reports three different values for the 
digestibility of butter—for a simple diet of 
butter and potatoes! 96.3 per cent., for a diet 
of green beans and butter? 91.5 per cent., and 
for the latter diet with a larger portion of 
butter? 97.3 per cent. 

Malfatti studied a diet of polenta (a por- 
ridge of Indian corn meal) and butier and 
found that butter was 97.7 per cent. digested.* 
Mayer determined the digestibility of butter? 
eaten as a part of a simple diet and reports 
98 per cent. and 97 per cent. respectively as an 
average of three periods of three days each 
with a mature subject and a nine year old boy. 
Atwater conducted digestion experiments on a 
diet of fish and butter and found the butter® 
to be 91 per cent. digested. Huldgren and 
Landergren, who served as their own subjects, 
found the digestibility of butter,’ eaten in con- 
junetion with hard rye bread, was 95.4 per 
cent. Luhrig studied the digestibility of butter’ 
served with a basal ration of meal, bread and 
vegetables and reports a digestibility of 96 
per cent. for butter. Von Gerlach determined 
the digestibility of butter? when it was eaten 
with a basal ration of rice, zweiback and oat- 
meal and found it to be 97 per cent. digested. 
Since in the metabolism experiments noted 
above that are not uniform there are many 
factors, such as food, habits, oceupations, and 
races of people employed as subjects, it is un- 
wise to attempt to generalize to any extent on 
the effect of the nature of the diet on the 
digestibility of butter. 

However, in view of the very general and 
wide spread use of dairy butter in conjunce- 


1 Zischr. Biol., 15 (1879), No. 1, pp. 136-147. 

2 Idem., 16 (1880), No. 1, p. 127. 

3 Idem., 15 (1879), No. 1, pp. 174-176. 

4Sitzber, K., Akad. Wiss. (Vienna) Math. 
Naturw. Kl., 90 (1884), III, No. 5, pp. 328-335. 

5 Landw. Vers. Stat. 29 (1883), pp. 215-232. 

6 Ztschr. Biol., 24 (1887), No. 1, p. 16. 

7 Skand. Arch. Physiol., 2 (1890), No. 4-5, pp. 
373-393. 

8 Ztschr. Untersuch. Nahr. u. 
(1899), No. 6, pp. 484-506. 

9Ztschr, Phys. u. Didtet: Ther. 12 (1908.9), 
No. 2, pp. 102-110. 


Genussmtt., 2 


SCIENCE 


661 


tion with many kinds of food materials, it 
appears of interest to summarize briefly a 
number of digestion experiments in which 
butter has been included as a part of the 
experimental ration and which have been con- 
ducted under identical experimental conditions, 
as regards the type of subjects, the length of 
experimental period, and methods of chemical 
analysis. In many of the digestion experi- 
ments conducted by the writer to determine the 
digestibility of cereals, legumes, meats, vegeta- 
bles and flours, butter has been employed as a 
source of fat for the experimental diet. The 
butter included in the experimental rations was 
uniform in that it was always obtained from 
the same source. Since the digestion experi- 
ments considered here were made during a 
period of four or five years, no attempt was 
made to use a single lot of butter for the entire 
series of experiments, but it is believed that 
this butter obtained from a single creamery and 
presumably from a constant source of milk 
supply was typical of the ordinary commercial 
butter purchased by the average consumer. 
The table on p. 662 contains the data essen- 
tial for the consideration of these experiments 
and the text which follows includes a discussion 
of the details of the different types of diets. 
The first group of experiments referred to in 
the table, eight in which dairy butter was 
the food material studied, are discussed in 
detail in the initial paper? of a series which 
has appeared from time to time reporting the 
results of digestion experiments conducted to 
determine the digestibility of a large number 
of edible fats and oils. To secure data con- 
cerning the relative digestibility of edible fats 
and oils several digestion experiments with 
each of the fats studied were conducted under 
uniform conditions. The experimental ration 
consisted of commercial wheat biscuit, fruit, 
sugar, tea or coffee and a special cornstarch 
pudding or blanemange in which was incor- 
porated the fat under consideration. In order 
to mask any noticeable flavor or odor of the 
fats studied, the blanemange was heavily fla- 
vored with caramel which gave a uniform char- 
acteristic caramel flavor and odor to all the 


10 ¢“Digestibility of Some Animal Fats,’’ U. 8S. 
Dept. Agri. Bul., 310 (1915), pp. 22. 


662 SCIENCE [Vou. LV, No. 1434 
SUMMARY OF DiGESTION EXPERIMENTS IN WHICH Dairy BUTTER HAS BEEN 
INCLUDED IN A VARIETY OF EXPERIMENTAL Dinrs 
Neebee emountiomtatiiePer cent. of Digestibility of entire ration 
of experi- Nature of food mate-| eaten per sub- butter in (Chae 
renite rial studied ject daily, total fat Protein Fat hydrate 
yrenatts consumed per cent. | per cent. per cent. 
8 Butterie= sae 100 98 70.5 97.0 96.4 
10 Daisheen ig ees anae 127 99 80.8 96.1 97.6 
of Soy-bean press-cake.... 92 62 86.6 94.2 96.3 
4 Peanut press-cake ...... 117 46 90.4 96.5 97.2 
3 Kafinwesnes aM, 67 99 49.5 91.6 97.0 
4 Feterita as 59 94 49.9 92.3 98.2 
4 IMG LO jee see eee ene ante 72 88 36.3 92.1 97.5 
5 Kaolians aan 76 89 13.3 90.2 97.0 
5 Fine wheat bran 134 67 52.6 94.6 82.7 
6 Unground wheat bran 107 65 39.9 93.7 84.4 
ue Hard Palates ....22-..-. 127 78 87.3 94.6 97.6 


experimental diets which included edible fats 
and oils. Hight tests were made with this type 
of diet to determine the digestibility of butter 
and it was found that on an average butter 
was 97 per cent. absorbed by the body. 

The studies of the food value and eulinary 
possibilities of the dasheen, a variety of the 
taro (Colocasia esculenta), which is a staple 
constituent of the diet in large areas of the 
tropical countries, included a number of diges- 
tion experiments.11 Since the advisability 
of the introduction of the dasheen into the sub- 
tropical regions of the country where the white 
potato can not be successfully grown or stored 
was under consideration, it was of considerable 
importance to have data concerning its digesti- 
bility. The basal diet for the digestion experi- 
ments with dasheen consisted of milk, which 
supplied the larger portion of the protein of 
the diet, fruit, and butter, which, with the fat 
from the milk, supplied the fat of the diet. 
The carbohydrate portion of the diet was 
largely derived from the dasheen. The results 
of these experiments show butter to be 96 per 
cent. digested when eaten as a part of a diet 
in which the carbohydrates were largely starch, 
derived from a starchy vegetable. 

During the World War when it became neces- 
sary to conserve all resources to the utmost, the 
writer became intensely interested in promoting 
the use of the soy-bean and peanut press- 
cakes for human food. The expression of oil, 
under sanitary conditions, by the “cold 


11‘‘The Digestibility of the Dasheen,’’ U. S. 
Dept. Agri. Bul., 612 (1917), pp. 11. 


process” from sound, clean soy-beans or pea- 
nuts produces a virgin oil and a high grade 
press-cake rich in protein. These legume pro- 
teins glycinin (soy-bean) and arachin (peanut) 
yield on hydrolysis a large amount of lysine, 
the amino acid essential for growth. The re- 
ported results of the chemical and biological 
examination of soy-bean and peanut proteins 
demonstrate beyond a doubt their high nutri- 
tional value. In order to supplement this data 
with information concerning the digestibility 
of these proteins, digestion experiments!” were 
conducted in which the soy-bean and peanut 
press-cake flour combined with wheat flours 
was served in the form of biscuits. The 
experimental diet consisted of biscuits, fruit, 
butter, sugar and tea or coffee. Butter was 
served as a spread for the biseuits and lard 
was used as “shortening” in their preparation, 
accordingly the values reported for digesti- 
bility apply to the total fat of the diet rather 
than to either individual fat, but as both 
butter?’ and lard?® have been reported as being 
97 per cent. digested, it is of interest to note 
the effect of the soy-bean and peanut flour 
diets on their digestibility. Since butter con- 


_stituted a half or more of the total fat of the 


experimental diets and since the reported 
digestibility for the total fat of the diets was 
for the soy-bean experiments 94 per cent., and 


12‘ Digestibility of Protein Supplied by Soy- 
bean and Peanut Press-cake Flours,’’? U. S. Dept. 
Agri. Bul., 717 (1918), pp. 28. 

13 “* Digestibility of Some Animal Fats,’’ U. S. 
Dept. Agri. Bul., 310 (1915), pp. 22. 


JUNE 23, 1922] 


for the peanut experiments 97 per cent., it is 
evident that the digestibility of butter was low- 
ered little if any by the other constituents of 
this type of diet. 

From the results of the many attempts that 
have been made to find cereals suited for eulti- 
vation in the semiarid regions of this country 
it appears that the so-called non-saccharine 
grain sorghums are best adapted for the pur- 
pose. While these cereals are extensively 
included in the dietary of India, China, 
Abyssinia and South Africa, there is little re- 
corded data relative to their digestibility. Ac- 
cordingly digestion experiments were made to 
secure information concerning their value for 
human nutrition. Of the many non-saccharine 
grain sorghums which may be grown in the 
semiarid regions four, Dwarf Kafir, Feterita, 
Milo and Kaoliang, were chosen as typical. 
To determine the effect of cooking, ete., upon 
digestibility, experiments with the non-saccha- 
rine sorghums prepared in a variety of forms 
have been made by the writer but for the dis- 
cussion here only those in which the sorghums 
were cooked and served as a mush will be con- 
sidered since in these diets butter constituted 
practically the entire fat content of the diet. 
In this type of digestion experiments!* with 
the grain sorghums the diet consisted of the 
cereal cooked as mush, apple sauce, butter, 
sirup, sugar and tea or coffee if desired. As 
may be noted from the above table the results 
of the digestion experiments with the non- 
saccharine sorghums show that their proteins 
are very incompletely absorbed by the body, 
due probably to the proteins being inclosed 
in the very tough cellular structure of the 
cereal. This coarse, rough, cellulose also may 
increase peristalsis to such an extent that the 
diet passes more rapidly than normal through 
the alimentary tract. If this theory is tenable 
it may also explain the lowered digestibility of 
butter, which was for the kafir experiments 92 
per cent., for those with feterita 92 per cent., 
for those with milo 92 per cent., and for those 
with kaoliang 90 per cent. 

For a long time considerable attention has 


14 “Studies on the Digestibility of the Grain 
Sorghums,’’ U. 8S. Dept. Agri. Bul., 470 (1916), 


pp. 30. 


SCIENCE 


663 


been given to the desirability of including or 
excluding wheat bran in milling wheat flours. 
Inasmuch as the annual per capita consump- 
tion of wheat?® is approximately five bushels 
this question assumes considerable importance, 
and among the factors to be considered in ar- 
riving at an intelligent solution of the problem 
is the extent to which the bran is digested by 
the human body. To obtain data in this con- 
nection a number of digestion experiments 
were made with coarse unground wheat bran 
and bran which had been ground to resemble 
flour in fineness. In these experiments!® the 
bran was incorporated in a_ gingerbread 
and served in conjunction with potato, fruit, 
butter, sugar, and tea or coffee. As in 
the soy-bean and peanut flour experiments, lard 
was used as “shortening” in preparing the 
gingerbread and butter was served as a spread 
for the bread. Hence the values reported for 
the digestibility of fat refer to total fat of the 
diet. However, since a large portion of the 
total fat consumed was butter and since in the 
fine wheat bran experiments the total fat was 
95 per cent. digested and in the unground bran 
experiments it was 94 per cent. digested, it is 
evident that for practical dietetics this type of 
diet did not lower the digestibility of butter. 
According to reports’ the large packing 
houses use the “hard palates” of cattle, which 
are taken from the roof of the mouth of beef 
animals, in the manufacture of potted meats 
and sausage in amounts varying from 2,500 
Ibs. to 6,000 lbs. monthly. Since chemical 
analysis showed that hard palates contain ap- 
proximately 20 per cent. of protein it was de- 
cided to determine to what extent this protein 
was digested by the human body and seven 
digestion experiments'’ were made in which 
the ration consisted of potato, crackers, butter, 


15 U. S. Dept. Agri. Bur. Crop Estimates Rept., 
3 (1917), No. 10, pp. 99. 

16 ‘‘Hixperiments on the Digestibility of Wheat 
Bran in a Diet without Wheat Flour,’’ U. S. 
Dept. Agri. Bul., 751 (1919), pp. 20. 

17‘ Digestibility of Certain Miscellaneous Ani- 
mal Fats,’’ U. 8. Dept. Agri. Bul., 613 (1919), 
p. 8. 

18 ‘¢Digestibility of Hard Palates of Cattle,’’ 
Jour, Agri. Research, 6 (1916), No. 17, pp. 641- 
648. 


664 


sugar, tea or coffee and the hard palates served 
in the form of meat loaf. Butter was used in 
the preparation of the meat loaf and it was 
also served as a spread for the potatoes and 
crackers. From the results of the digestion 
experiments with the hard palate it was found 
that the total fat of the diet was 94.6 per cent. 
digested. Since the greater portion of the fat 
consumed was butter this figure is virtually 
that for the butter included in a protein rich 
diet—an average of 131 grams of protein 
was ingested daily by men employed at seden- 
tary occupations. This should be sufficient 
indication that butter is very completely ab- 
sorbed when eaten in conjunction with a high 
protein diet of this character. 


SUMMARY 

From the foregoing results of numerous 
digestion experiments it is evident that dairy 
butter is very completely utilized by the human 
body. In those diets in which the accessory 
foods were very nearly if not entirely absorbed 
by the human body, butter was found to be 
practically completed digested. When coarser 
materials, particularly those which provided 
considerable refuse, were included in the diet 
it was found that butter was somewhat less 
completely absorbed by the body. The general 
conclusion to be drawn from the results of the 
digestion experiments cited above is that butter 
eaten in conjunction with ordinary food mate- 
rials is very completely digested and that for 
the diets studied, the nature of the diet does 
not produce a marked difference in the amount 
of butter absorbed by the human body. 

ArtTHurR D. HoLMEs 
RESEARCH LABORATORIES, 
THE E. L. Patou Co., 
Boston, Mass. 


ARE SCIENTISTS ENCOURAGING 
POPULAR IGNORANCE? 


I HEARTILY agree with the view of Mr. 
Halsey that readers of Science should become 
familiar with the anti-metrie case as presented 
in the recent report of the National Industrial 
Conference Board, The Century Company, 
$2.00. This report gives the pro-metric argu- 
ment as well as the anti-metric argument and 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


is, therefore, signed by the metrie members of 
the committee, but not as Mr. Halsey states, 
“because they could not do otherwise.” Scien- 
tists do not need to be told the pro-metric 
argument, but they should know the character 
of the arguments advanced by the so-called 
American Institute of Weights and Measures 
against the metrie system, Mr. Halsey being 
their paid commissioner. Beyond quoting 
them at length no comment of mine is neces- 
sary. 

For years.... the minds of children have 
been trained to believe in it (the metric system) 
as the only scientific system certain to become 
universal. Children leave school imbued with the 
metric fallacy. . . . Editors of newspapers know- 
ing practically nothing about the subject have 
aped the schools and colleges, taught the fallacy 
and increased the ignorance. In the encourage- 
ment of the popular ignorance lies the chief 
danger to our established standards. p. 193. 

Advocates of the English system deny most 
emphatically that there is amy demand worth 
serious consideration in favor of a change to the 
metric system in the United States. The deduc- 
tions drawn from lists of names presented by the 
metric advocates ... are wholly fallacious and 
misleading. . . . If this is the best the pro-metrics 
ean show, only 60,000 to 80,000 people in the 
United States out of a population of one hundred 
millions—less than one tenth of one per cent. of 
the whole—favor a change. Such a demand... 
could be accounted for by the scientific group in 
this country, which comprises about this propor- 
tion of the population and is known to advocate 
the metric system. . . . The propaganda in favor 
of the metric system has emanated from one or 
two propaganda organizations working for the 
purpose, which have spread broadeast throughout 
the United States literature of an essentially 
misleading character. ... The prominent indi- 
viduals most frequently quoted as favoring the 
metric cause are not industrialists and business 
men, but such professional men as teachers, doc- 
tors, inventors and others who are interested 
chiefly in the scientifie aspects of the question and 
have nothing of material value at stake or have 
espoused the cause as fallaciously represented by 
metric propagandists without having given due 
consideration to the practical side of the issue. 
p. 192. 


We note that the American Association for 
the Advancement of Science, the American 


JUNE 23, 1922] 


Chemical Society, ete., have repeatedly passed 
strong resolutions in favor of the metric system 
and if we have been duped it is time to know it, 
because scientific men and teachers do have 
something at stake in the prosperity of 
America. We should be informed as to who 
these propagandists are who are spreading 
ignorance, what their motive is, and convincing 
evidence should be given and not merely dog- 
matic affirmations. 

Practically all the real sentiment in favor of 
a change... comes from teachers, scientists, 
some engineers and from a few manufacturers 
making refined instruments or other articles re- 
quiring a minuteness of measurement. p. 194. 
Science stands in a unique position. Its methods 
are ever changing and are easily changed. . . The 
number of persons and interests involved in the 
field of scientific activity are small compared with 
those involved in other fields. For these rea- 
. .. the usefulness of parts of the metric 
system in scientific work and in fine instrument 
making can not be taken as an indication of the 
advisability of adopting it gradually in the United 
States. p. 145. In fact, it is the so-called ‘abso- 
lute’ or centimeter-gram-second (C. G. 8S.) system 
rather than the metric system which is actually 
employed in scientific work. p. 145. In engi- 
neering practice it is, as in scientifie work, a mix- 
ture of other units that is used and has been 
found of advantage in some connections rather 
than the metrie system exclusively. This is dem- 
onstrated in electrical engineering ... where a 
‘mongrel system’ comprising the C. G. S. or abso- 
lute system, the metric system with the centimeter 
instead of the millimeter as a unit, and English 
feet, inches and square inches, is used. The units 
of electrical measurement, the ohm, ampere, volt 
and others ... are not intrinsically more metric 
than English. p. 147. 

Whether the absolute system bears the stigma 
of a “mongrel” system because of the use of 
the centimeter instead of the millimeter or 
because of the character of the gravitation con- 
stant or because there are 60 seconds in the 
minute is not clear, but it is hardly an argu- 
ment against the adoption of the metric system 
in any ease. 

English measures and weights are no _hap- 
hazard modern invention, but have come down to 
us from prehistoric times. p. 4. 


This will be news to many who have been led 


sons, 


SCIENCE 


665 


to suppose? that the English yard has been 
recently established on the basis of the standard 
meter, replicas of which are kept by the U. S. 
Bureau of Standards. But the report says: 

In fact, the Anglo-Saxon measures of length 
down to the present have remained on the same 
basis as is given in the statute of Edward II 
(1824) where a statement in statutory form of 
what has since become the well-known rule that 
‘three barley corns round and dry make an inch, 
Eten) “pslo: 

“‘The .organic growth and selection of the 
fittest units in the English system make it infinite- 
ly better adapted to different uses than the metric 
system. p. 138. In short, from every angle, 
the metrie system is devoid of the English sys- 
tem’s handiness and convenience; its units are 
either too large or too small for general every- 
day requirements. ... The character and names 
of its units are so tied in with every-day experi- 
ence that they are readily learned and retained; 
and the features just mentioned make the English 
system, as compared with the rigid and inflexible 
metric system, much more comprehendible to the 
average mind, and more convenient, adaptable, 
and comprehensive in filling the needs a system of 
weights and measures is called upon to fill. p. 140. 

The current extensive use of decimals in con- 
nection with English units in modern ealeulations 
has made the work of computations in that system 
as easy as in the metric system. The rapid devel- 
opment and extensive use ot calculating machines, 
slide-rules, ete., has . . . enabled computations of 
whatever kind to be made with equal ease in any 
system, so that the metric and English systems 
have in present practice been put on the same 
footing in this regard. ... Supporters of the 
English system deny that there would be any 
saving of time through the more general use of 
the metric system in the schools. p. 143. 


1U. S. Bureau of Standards Bulletin 1, 380 
(1905). 

‘*History of Standard Weights and Measures 
of the United States,’’ by L. A. Fischer. 

The United States yard and the British imperial 
yard were found to differ in length by one ten- 
thousandth of an inch, but the imperial yard 
differs in length from its authentic copies by 
amounts which are at least as great as this. Con- 
sequently, it was hopeless to obtain the exact 
length of the yard and on April 5, 1893, the meter 
was taken as the standard unit of length for the 
English system in the United States and contain- 
ing exactly 39.37 inches. 


666 


The same argument in England is made in re- - 


gard to Wnglish money. 

The English system... has been found ac- 
ceptable to the great majority of the Latin- 
American importers and the imports into these 
countries consist in preponderant degree of manu- 
factured products into which the English system 
of weights and measures is definitely incor- 
porated,’’ in spite of those countries being metric. 
p- 158. ‘‘Of the millions of dollars worth of ma- 
chine tools which . . . have (been) sold to France 
and Germany, the great majority have been sold 
without request or suggestion that any of the 
dimensions be made in accordance with the metrie 
system. p. 159. 

It would be impossible gradually to substi- 
tute new metric standards and equipment for the 
old as the latter wore out without catastrophic 
confusion to industrial processes through a pro- 
tracted period. Even if the change were made 


suddenly, ...a long transition period fraught 
with confusion and disorder would inevitably 
follow. p. 175. 


The proposal actually made by scientists that 
as far as possible metric designations be used 
for our existing English standards the report 
dismisses briefly by saying that it 
is impractical and in any event would be quite 
pointless because it could hardly be considered an 
adoption of the metric system. p. 175. 


Of the well-known case of the Baldwin Loco- 
motive Works building locomotives for Russia 
purely on metric specifications without chang- 
ing their equipment, or working force or suf- 
fering any inconvenience or delay, the report 
says: 

If we continue to make equipment to existing 
standards and merely apply metrie designations 
as was done in the case of the ‘metric’ locomo- 
tives built by the Baldwin Locomotive Works, 
this would be neither the adoption nor the use 
of the metric system. It would merely be ex- 
pressing in terms of the metric system, with which 
the English is incommensurable, an existing stand- 
ard dimension which is integral and exact in the 
English system. Such a change, it is held, besides 
being quite meaningless, would, if feasible, simply 
introduce confusion and error through calling 
things by wrong names. p. 176. 

So the report proceeds to tell all of the dire 
calamities that will certainly befall us when 
the befuddled teachers and scientists have their 
way over the practical every-day business man. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


No possible advantages could result from a 
change to the metrie system, but on the contrary, 
through such a change Great Britain and the 
United States would lose the vast trade they now 
possess with non-metric countries and with respect 
to metric trade they would surrender their ad- 
vantages to such metric countries as France and 
Germany. p. 160. 


In spite of Mr. Halsey’s statement given 
above that products incorporating the English 
system can be used in countries which have 
adopted the metric system, it appears that if 
we adopted the metric system we could not do 
the same. 


Some conceptions of the difficulties which would 
be involved in such a destruction of standards is 
given in the following: ... All rules, tables, 
formule, used in calculations involving measures 
of length. All drawings of manufactured articles. 
All measuring scales and measuring tools, calipers, 
verniers, ete.... All machine tools, leading 
screws of lathes, . . . locomotives, cars, railroads, 
and their appurtenances, all marine and station- 
ary engines, all ships. p. 177. We can not regard 
the use of both systems on the same machine as 
a thing to be tolerated, much less deliberately en- 
couraged. p. 179. 

The man who can estimate or indicate in 
words the value of mechanical standards to this 
country does not live. The cost of attempting to 
change air-brake hose couplings is not represented 
by the value of the tools for making the couplings 
in the Westinghouse Works, but by the infinite 
confusion of the railroads in getting from one 
standard to another. p. 187. 


Finally the report attempts to show that 
whereas every civilized country except Great 
Britain and the United States is metric, this is 
only nominally the ease. 

The statement that the countries named 
(France, Germany, Norway, Sweden, Belgium, 
Switzerland, Italy, Japan, the Central and South 
American countries, ete., and the Latin acquisi- 
tions of the United States) customarily employ 
the metric system is a pure assumption. No eyvi- 
dence of this is submitted, while, on the contrary, 
all available evidence shows that in some of these 
countries the system is used but little, and in 
none of them is it universal. p. 168. 


Hence the report suggests 

that a conference of Great Britain, the United 
States and other countries be called to study care- 
fully all natural systems of weights and measures 


JUNE 23, 1922] 


with a view to a more complete standardization 
of the inch and the foot the world over and to 
draft legislation ... legalizing it in various 
countries as a world standard along with, if not 
superseding the metric system. p. 211. 

The reader is referred to the report to see that 
the true spirit of the argument of the report 
has been preserved and also to get tke pro- 
metric side. 

Such a tissue of deliberate misrepresentation 
needs merely to be presented to scientific men 
for its refutation line upon line. Were it true 
that American scientists and teachers are 
spreading ignorance, this report would deserve 
to be a “best seller.” But the challenge which 
it contains should not go unmet. The Council 
of the American Chemical Society at its recent 
meeting voted to ask the various scientific, edu- 
cational, engineering, medical and pharma- 
ceutical societies to send representatives to the 
Pittsburgh meeting of the society in September 
to consider what further steps can be taken 
toward the gradual introduction of the metric 
system. Here is an opportunity to answer the 
challenge. 

The best answer to Mr. Halsey’s contention 
that it can not be done is that 7t 7s being done. 
There has just come to hand the current schedule 
of chemicals of the national government, which 
is class 4, which has practically all pure chem- 
icals listed in metric units only. Henceforth 
all pure chemicals appearing on the general 
schedule of supplies will be listed and pur- 
chased entirely in the metrie system for the six- 
teen bureaus of the government. 

In a volume which has just come from the 
press entitled Metric System for Engineers, 
written by Charles B. Clapham, a London engi- 
neer, the author gives an unbiased answer to 
many of the anti-metrie arguments. For ex- 
ample, he says: 

All the metric serews likely to be required 
can. be cut on the usual English and American 
lathes, well within the accuracy required for manu- 
facturing purposes, if one additional change wheel 
is provided. p. 33. 


He says significantly, p. 148: 
In considering the cost and inconvenience 


aspect, it is to be feared that many false objec- 
tions have been put forward; ete. 


SCIENCE 


667 


He notes that a hundredweight contains 112 
pounds, that a “stone” if used in weighing 
potatoes consists of 14 pounds, but when 
weighing butcher’s meat contains~ only 8 
pounds! This is far surpassed, however, by 
the complexity of the United States bushel. 
The use of the metric system is steadily grow- 
ing, every school-boy talking of wave-lengths 
in hundreds of meters. Much further informa- 
tion on metrie progress is given in an excellent 
work on World Metric Standardization pub- 
lished by the World Metric Standardization 
Council of San Francisco. 

The Valve World for May, 1922, states: 

More than 215 member organizations of the 
Chamber of Commerce of the United States have 
gone on record in favor of gradual metric stand- 
ardization. More than 15,000 manufacturers and 
engineers have petitioned Congress to enact 
metric standards legislation, and these represent 
concerns capitalized at several billions of dollars. 
The states of Maine, Connecticut, New Hampshire, 
Utah, Illinois, California, North Dakota and 
Tennessee have officially memorialized Congress 
to adopt the metric system as the sole system of 
weighing and measuring for the benefit of all the 
people of the United States. 

One is reminded of an old couple up in Ver- 
mont who went to town; and, passing a shop 
window, Lucy remarked, “George, why don’t 
you buy a new hat in place of that disgraceful 
old thing?” To which George replied without 
going inside to inquire the price of the hat he 
saw, “I can’t afford it. Id have to get used 
to a new one. Besides I like the old one and I 
couldn’t wear two.” 

Kucense C. BrncHam 


AMERICAN COMMITTEE TO AID 
RUSSIAN SCIENTISTS WITH 
SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE 


Russian scientists have been almost com- 
pletely cut off from access to western Huropean 
and American literature since 1914. This iso- 
lation, coupled with great physical hardships, 
is naturally interfering with the progress of 
their work, although it has by no means en- 
tirely put a stop to it. 

Through many sources appeals are coming 
from Russian botanists, zoologists, chemists, 


668 


physicists, geologists, engineers and others for 
the recent literature in their respective fields. 
The craving of these men for contact with the 
rest of the scientific world is very great. At 
various times scientific groups in this country 
have suggested the desirability of sending lit- 
erature from this country to Russian scientists. 

These suggestions have now resulted in the 
formation of an American Committee to Aid 
Russian Scientists with scientific literature. 
The committee has arranged with the American 
Relief Administration, of which Mr. Herbert 
Hoover is chairman, to receive the literature 
collected by the committee and assume the 
entire care and cost of its overseas transporta- 
tion and delivery to the distributing agency in 
Moscow. 

The literature will be distributed in Russia 
among the universities, scientific societies and 
individual scientific investigators by a special 
committee representing the Academy of Sci- 
ences and other recognized Russian scientific 
organizations in cooperation with the American 
Relief Administration which has representa- 
tives in Moscow, Petrograd, Kiev, Kharkov, 
Kazan and other university and academie 
centers. 

The American Committee to Aid Russian 
Scientists is a voluntary and temporary organ- 
ization of scientific men. Its activities will 
continue only until the regular channels for 
the shipment of scientific literature to Russia 
are reopened. It has no funds for the pur- 
chase of scientific books or scientific periodicals. 
It must appeal, therefore, to the generosity of 
the scientific societies of America, government 
and state scientific bureaus, individual scien- 
tists and publishers of scientific books. 

The committee desires chiefly to obtain scien- 
tifie books, scientifie periodicals, authors’ re- 
prints, publications of government and state 
scientific bureaus, scientific institutions and uni- 
versity presses which are of an original scien- 
tific character or contain technical information, 
and which have appeared since 1914. 

There is in Russia a fairly large number of 
scientific institutions. It is out of the question 
at the present time to undertake to supply ade- 
quately all those institutions with literature, 
but the committee hopes to provide at least 
s1x copies of each publication, since it feels that 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


this number may meet at least the more urgent 
needs of the Russian centers of scientific en- 
deavor at Moscow, Petrograd, Kazan, Kiev, 
Odessa and a few other principal university 
cities. If more than six copies can be spared, 
so much the better. On the other hand, if this 
number should be burdensome, a smaller num- 
ber of ‘copies will be of service. 

The committee has at its disposal only a 
limited fund to cover the necessary clerical 
work. It will, therefore, appreciate it if the 
contributors of literature will cover the cost of 
its transportation to New York, from which 
point all cost of handling and shipment will 
be borne by the American Relief Administra- 
tion. 

The committee hopes that the response to this 
request will be whole-hearted and universal. 
The assistance that American scientists can give 
to the Russian scientists who are in distress, 
besides being a good Samaritan act, will be a 
real contribution to the progress of science. It 
may also be the means of re-establishing the 
normal exchange of scientific results between 
the Russian and American scientists, and will 
be a fine manifestation of the cooperation of 
men in science throughout the world. 

Contributors should send, in triplicate, with 
each consignment a list of the publications for- 
warded by them. These lists, together with all 
letters containing advices of shipments, express 
and shipping receipts, should be addressed to 
the American Relief Administration, Russian 
Scientific Aid, 42 Broadway, New York, N. Y. 

The publications themselves should be sent 
by express, or, if very heavy, by freight, to 
the American Relief Administration, care of 
Gertzen Company, 138 Jane Street, New 
York, N. Y. 

Requests for further information should be 
sent to the American Committee to Aid Russian 
Scientists, 1701 Massachusetts Avenue, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 

Vernon KxLoae, 
Chairman 
L. O. Howarp, 
Davin WHITE, 
RaPHAEL ZON, 


American Committee to Aid Russian 
Scientists with Scientific Literature 


JUNE 23, 1922] 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 


THE AGITATION AGAINST THE TEACHING 
OF EVOLUTION 


Proressor J. V. DeNNEy, president of the 
American Association of University Professors, 
addressed on June 14 the following letter to 
the moderator of the conference of the North- 
ern Baptist churches meeting in Indianapolis: 

As president of the American Association of 
University Professors, I desire to call attention to 
the peril confronting our higher institutions of 
learning at the present time because of the ‘‘ Fun- 
damentalist’’ or ‘‘anti-evolution’’ movement 
which has appeared in two state legislatures and 
in the constituencies of several colleges controlled 
by or affiliated with the religious denominations. 

Letters from presidents and professors indicate 
widespread anxiety lest the cause of higher edu- 
cation suffer serious injury through attempts at 
coercive measures, interfering with the professor’s 
duty to teach the truth of his subject as deter- 
mined by the body of past and present laborers in 
his own field and as confirmed by his own con- 
scientious studies and researches. The chief 
injury is not merely to the professor who loses 
his position or to the particular institution that 
sacrifices a permanent aim to a passing fear. It 
is in the degradation of the office of teacher; in 
the establishment of distrust and suspicion in the 
publie mind towards all colleges and universities ; 
and in the immediate loss to both church and 
state of strong forees for good through the slack- 
ening of devotion and enthusiasm and the encour- 
agement of casuistry, subtlety and insincerity 
among those who are ealled to teach with an eye 
single to truth. 

The colleges controlled by or affiliated with 
religious bodies are public institutions in the 
sense that they solicit and receive students on 
terms common to all good colleges. They impose 
on applicants no political or religious tests. They 
forewarn the public of no doctrine in history, 
economics, literature and the sciences that is 
essentially at variance with the body of free and 
aecepted teaching in these departments of learn- 
ing throughout the country. Their professors co- 
operate in the work of all of the learned societies, 
and are bound by the code of honor in scientific 
research and by the obligation of scrupulous hon- 
esty of statement in teaching. Any invasion of 
this high obligation is an attack on manhood in 
teaching and destructive to real education. 

Any college or university, whatever its founda- 


SCIENCE 


669 


tion, that openly or secretly imposes unusual re- 
strictions upon the dissemination of verified 
knowledge in any subject that it professes to 
teach at all, or that discourages free discussion 
and the research for the truth among its pro- 
fessors and students will find itself shunned by 
professors who are competent and by students 
who are serious. It will lose the best of its own 
rightful constituency and will cease to fulfill its 
high ministry. The same results, disastrous to 
true edueation, will follow whether the restric- 
tions are adopted voluntarily by the college itself, 
or are forced upon its administrative officers by 
the state legislature, an ecclesiastical body or by 
powerful influence operating through trustees. 
The question of legality and of good motive is 
also irrelevant so far as moral and educational 
results are concerned. 

The five thousand members of the American 
Association of University Professors in active 
service in some two hundred colleges and univer- 
sities of the United States are of one mind on 
the fundamental necessity of preserving the 
integrity of the teaching profession. They realize 
that their work is a sacred trust that can be ful- 
filled only in freedom of conscience, loyalty to the 
truth, and a profound sense of duty and of per- 
sonal responsibility. They claim the support of 
all good Americans whatever their creed in re- 
sisting measures that will prove ruinous to our 
institutions of higher learning. 


THE PROPOSED BOMBAY SCHOOL OF 
TROPICAL MEDICINE! 

We learn from India that the government of 
Bombay has declined to proceed with the 
project for establishing a School of Tropical 
Medicine at Bombay. The news is not a little 
surprising, for the government of Bombay had 
very definitely expressed its intention to estab- 
lish the school, and Sir Dorab Tata had prom- 
ised to contribute a lakh of rupees a year 
towards the expenditure which was to be in- 
curred. The Bombay School of Tropical Med- 
icine was to have been opened on April 1 last, 
and all arrangements were made for this pur- 
pose. It was only at the last moment that the 
Bombay government determined to eut out of 
the budget the whole sum allotted to the school, 
and issued orders that the scheme should not 
be proceeded with. In consequence Sir Dorab 


1From the British Medical Journal. 


670 


Tata has withdrawn his offer, which was con- 
tingent on the government founding a school 
of tropical medicine at Bombay. As will be 
seen, matters had gone very far before the 
government of Bombay repudiated the under- 
taking it had given. They had gone even 
further than we have so far indicated, for 
rather more than a year ago the Royal Society 
was asked to select professors for the chairs of 
clinical medicine and therapy and of proto- 
zoology in the school. The Royal Society, act- 
ing through its Tropical Diseases Committee, 
issued advertisements widely—in this country, 
in the dominions and in America. From among 
the applicants it selected two, one for each 
chair. The protozoologist selected was an 
American, but he, we understand, subsequently, 
on private grounds, withdrew his acceptance. 
The successful applicant for the other chair, 
an Australian (Professor N. Hamilton Fair- 
ley), resigned his appointment in Australia to 
become Tata professor of clinical medicine in 
the Bombay School. The government of Bom- 
bay has now given him notice that it will dis- 
pense with his services on Oetober 31. The 
situation thus brought about is obviously most 
unsatisfactory, and the matter can not be 
allowed to rest where it is. When the Royal 
Society acts for the Indian government and 
invites applications for positions on definite 
terms, the candidates selected assume that a 
written contract is superfiuous. Clearly the 
Royal Society has been placed in a very false 
position. At the request of the government of 
India it undertook to select suitable persons to 
occupy the two chairs. With the authority of 
the government of Bombay the Royal Society, 
through its committee, issued advertisements 
inviting candidates to come forward and stating 
the terms and conditions of the appointment, 
which was to be in each case for a term of five 
years in the first instance, “but may be ex- 
tended by the government.” It is now left in 
the lurch by the government of Bombay, which 
professes to find that it has miscalculated its 
resources and is not in a financial position to 
carry out its bargain. The Royal Society will, 
we feel sure, have the support of public opin- ) 
ion in any action it may take, and the medicaY 
profession in particular will be anxious to see 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


that justive is done to Professor Fairley, if not 
by the government of Bombay, then by the 
government of India, which can not absolve 
itself from xesponsibility for the acts of the 
provincial government. We understand that a 
new central research institute for India may 
shortly be established, probably at Delhi; this 
may afford the government of India a way out 
of the false position in which it has been placed 
by the government of Bombay. 


THE ROYAL ACADEMY OF BELGIUM1 


THE Royal Academy of Belgium celebrated 
the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of its 
foundation on May 23 and 24 in the presence 
of a large number of its members and of dele- 
gates from other academies and learned insti- 
tutions. On the Wednesday afternoon, May 
24, numerous congratulatory addresses were 
presented at the Palais des Académies, and the 
members and visitors were afterwards received 
at the Hotel de Ville by the Mayor of Brussels, 
M: Adolf Max, and his aldermen, MM. Steens, 
Vande Meulebrouck and Coelst; a reception 
was held at the Palais des Académies in the 
evening, where an exhibition of medals and 
portraits connected with the history of the 
academy had been arranged. The anniversary 
celebration itself was held in the large hall of 
the academy on the afternoon of May 25 in the 
presence of the king, the minister of arts and 
science, M. Hubert, formerly rector of the 
University of Liége, Cardinal Mercier, and the 
English, French, Dutch, Spanish and Japanese 
ambassadors. The president, M. Vauthier, in 
an address of welcome, briefly sketched the 
history of the academy and its influence on the 
intellectual development of Belgium. The min- 
ister of justice, M. Masson, tendered the con- 
gratulations of the Belgian government, and 
Monseigneur Baudrillart spoke in the name of 
the Institut de France. Sir William B. Leish- 
man, as vice-president of the Royal Society, 
represented the British universities and learned 
societies; he referred to the activities of Belgian 
bacteriologists and paid a high tribute to the 
work of M. Jules Bordet. MM. Lameere, 
Pirenne and Verlant, representing respectively 


1From Nature. 


JUNE 23, 1922] 


the classes of science, of letters, and moral and 
political sciences and of fine arts, contributed 
summaries of the activities of their several sec- 
tions of the academy. Later the visitors were 
received by the king and the queen at the 
Palace of Laeken, and in the evening a banquet 
was held at the Hotel Astoria. 


THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY 


Av the annual meeting of the Royal Geo- 
graphical Society on May 29 Lord Ronaldshay 
was elected president of the society in succes- 
sion to Sir Francis Younghusband, and the 
following were elected vice-presidents: Sir 
Francis Younghusband, Colonel Sir Charles 
Close, Mr. D. W. Freshfield, Lord Edward 
Gleichen, Sir T. H. Holdich, and Sir J. Scott 
Keltie. 

The royal medals were presented, the found- 
er’s medal being awarded to Lieutenant Colonel 
C. K. Howard-Bury for his distinguished 
services in command of the Mount Everest Ex- 
pedition, 1921, and the patrons’ medal to Mr. 
Hrnest de K. Leffingwell, Los Angeles, Califor- 
nia, for his surveys and investigations on the 
coast of northern Alaska. Mr. Oliver B. Har- 
rian, first secretary at the American embassy, 
on behalf of Myr. Leffingwell, who could not 
attend, accepted the patrons’ medal. 

The other awards of the council were made 
as follows: The Victoria medal to Mr. J. F. 
Baddeley, for work on the historical geography 
of Central Asia; the Murchison grant to Mr. 
Charles Camsell, deputy minister of mines, 
Canada, for explorations and surveys in north- 
ern Canada (accepted, on Mr. Camsell’s behalf, 
by Mr. Peter Larkin, high commissioner for 
Canada); the Back grant to Khan Bahadur 
Sher Jang, for surveys on the Indian frontier 
and in adjacent countries; the Cuthbert Peek 
grant to Mr. F. H. Melland, for explorations 
in Northern Rhodesia; and the Gill Memorial 
to Mr. A. R. R. Boyce, of the Sudan Survey, 
for triangulations in the Sudan. 

The address of the retiring president was 
chiefly concerned with the Mount Everest Hx- 
pedition. 


SIGMA XI AT UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY 
Tue thirty-seventh chapter of Sigma Xi to 
be known as the Kentucky Chapter was 


SCIENCE 


671 


installed at the University of Kentucky on 
May 5. The petitioning group numbered 
seventeen. These were already active members 
of the society, having been elected to such while 
connected with other educational institutions. 

The installation exercises were conducted by 
Dr. Henry B. Ward and Dr. Edward Ellery, 
president and secretary of the national organ- 
ization. The charge to the chapter was deliy- 
ered by Dr. Ellery and the symposium was — 
conducted by Dr. Ward. 

The following officers were elected: 

President: Dr. Paul P. Boyd 

Vice-president: Dr. W. D. Funkhouser. 

Secretary: Professor E. S. Good. 

Treasurer: Professor E. N. Fergus. 

A banquet was held in the evening at the 
Phoenix Hotel, Lexington. The chapter had 
as its guests Dr. Ward, Dr. Ellery, Judge R. C. 
Stoll, chairman of the executive committee, 
University of Kentucky, Dr. Glanville Terrell, 
chairman of the Graduate School, Professor 
W. S. Anderson, president of the Research 
Club, Dr. Thomas B. McCartney, acting-presi- 
dent of Transylvania College, Dr. Robert C. 
Hinton, of Georgetown College, and Dr. Frank 
L. Rainey, of Center College. 

Besides those of the Kentucky Chapter pres- 
ent at the banquet were the following members 
of the society resident in Lexington: Dr. A. F. 
Hemmingway, Dr. J. A. Gunton, Professor 
Mary Brown, Dr. J. A. Herring and Dr. Philip 
P. Blumenthal. 

Dean P. P. Boyd acted as toastmaster and 
toasts were responded to by Judge Stoll, Dr. 
Ward, Dr. Ellery and Dr. McCartney. 


DEAN OF THE SHEFFIELD SCIENTIFIC 
SCHOOL 

Tue Yale Corporation has elected as dean 
of the Sheffield Scientific School in succession 
to Director Russell H. Chittenden, Professor 
Charles Hyde Warren, since 1900 a member of 
the faculty of the Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology, where he has been professor of 
mineralogy since 1915. 

The dean-elect of the Sheffield Scientific 
School served as an assistant in chemistry and 
mineralogy in that school from 1896 to 1900, 
studying in the Graduate School during this 
period and receiving the degree of doctor of 


672 


philosophy in 1899. In addition to his teach- 
ing at the Massachusetts Institute of Tech- 
nology he has been extensively occupied with 
expert work for various mining and manufac- 
turing chemical concerns. He also carried out 
a large quantity of research work of a purely 
selentifie character. 

Professor Warren is a member of the Amer- 
ican Academy of Arts and Sciences and of the 
Geological Society of America. He is also a 
member of the Yale Chapter of the honorary 
society of Sigma Xi. His published works 
inelude “A Manual of Determinative Miner- 
alogy” (1910), and contributions to American 
and German technical journals. 

Dr. Russell H. Chittenden has been a mem- 
ber of the Yale faculty since his graduation 
from the Sheffield Scientifie School forty-seven 
years ago. He has been head of the Sheffield 
. Seientifie School since 1898, when he succeeded 
Professor George Jarvis Brush, first director 
of the school. Dr. Chittenden offered his resig- 
nation to be effective a year ago, but conceded 
to a wish that he spend another year in office 
until a suitable successor might be found. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


THE joint meeting of the American Associa- 
tion for the Advancement of Science and its 
Pacific Division is being held this week at Salt 
Lake City. The address of the president of 
the Pacific Division, Dr. Barton W. Evermann, 
given on Thursday evening, is on “The con- 
servation and proper use of our natural re- 
sources.” At the dinner on Friday evening, 
Professor James Harvey Robinson gives an 
address on “The humanizing of knowledge.” 


THE gold medal of the Linnean Society of 
London, which is given in alternative years to 
a botanist and a zoologist, was this year award- 
ed to Professor E. B. Poulton at the anniver- 
sary meeting on May 24. In making the pre- 
sentation, the president, Dr. A. Smith Wood- 
ward, referred to Professor Poulton’s long 
labors in entomology, and his keepership of 
the Hope Collection at Oxford. 

Tue Charles P. Daly medal of the American 
Geographical Society for 1922 has been award- 
ed to Lieutenant Colonel Sir Francis Young- 
husband, president of the Royal Geographical 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


Society. It has been forwarded through the 
Department of State for presentation at Lon- 
don by the American ambassador. The medal 
bears the inscription: “Lieutenant Colonel Sir 
Francis Younghusband for explorations in 
northern India and Tibet and for geographical 
publications on Asiatic and African borders of 
the Empire.” 


Rurcrers Couuece has conferred the degree 
of doctor of science on Mr. Thomas A. Edison. 


At its annual commencement held on June 6, 
the University of Utah conferred the honorary 
degree of doctor of laws on James HE. Talmage, 
who was formerly president of, and professor 
of geology in, the institution. On the same 
occasion the honorary degree of doctor of 
science was conferred on Dorsey Alfred Lyon, 
of the U. S. Bureau of Mines. 


THe University of Maryland at its com- 
mencement on June 10 conferred the honorary 
degree of doctor of science upon- Eugene 
Amandus Schwarz, honorary custodian of 
coleoptera in the U. 8. National Museum. Mr. 
Schwarz began official work as a specialist in 
beetles for the Division of Entomology under 
the U. S. Commissioner of Agriculture in 1878. 


At the commencement of the University of 
Pittsburgh on June 14, the honorary degree of 
doctor of laws was conferred upon Mr. Alfred 
Cotton Bedford, chairman of the board of 
directors of the Standard Oil Company of New 
Jersey. This honor was bestowed upon Mr. 
Bedford in recognition of his activities in the 
development of the American petroleum indus- 
try and for his foresight in the encouragement 
of the application of scientific research. 


Proressor H. O. Horman, professor of 
mining and metallurgy at the Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology, and Professor A. E. 
Burton, dean and professor of topographical 
engineering, have retired from active service. 

Proressor Oakes Ames has resigned as 
director of the Harvard Botanie Garden. It is 
expected that he will continue as assistant pro- 
fessor of botany at the Bussey Institution. 


Proressor H. Krarpeuin has asked to be re- 
leved from delivering the course on psychiatry 
at the University of Munich, as he wishes to 
devote all his energies to research on psychiatry 


JUNE 23, 1922] 


at the special institution for this purpose, 
which is practically his creation. 


RECENT appointments to industrial fellow- 
ships in the Mellon Institute of Industrial Re- 
search of the University of Pittsburgh include 
the following: E. R. Clark, B.A. (Yale); H. E. 
Dierich, A.B. (Kansas); Mare Darrin, B.S. 
and M.S. (Washington); O. B. J. Fraser, B.S. 
(Queen’s); A. W. Harvey, B.S. (Syracuse), 
M.S. and Ph.D (Pittsburgh); C. R. Texter, 
B.S. (Pennsylvania State); and B. B. Wescott, 
B.S. and M.S. (Pittsburgh). 


ALEXANDER WEINSTEIN, Ph.D., now holding 
the Sigma Xi fellowship and working in the 
laboratory of Professor T. H. Morgan at 
Columbia University, has been appointed to a 
Johnston scholarship in the Johns Hopkins 
University. 

Dr. Aues HrpuiéKa, curator of the Division 
of Anthropology of the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion, has consented to serve the Children’s 
Bureau of the United States Department of 
Labor in an advisory capacity on matters re- 
lated to the field of anthropology. 


Proressor Wituiam TRELEASE, of the de- 
partment of botany in the University of Illi- 
nois, sailed for Europe on June 3, to complete 
an intensive study of certain plant groups. 
Professor Trelease will visit herbaria at Kew, 
Paris, Geneva, Berlin, Stockholm and Copen- 
hagen. 

Dr. ALBERT JOHANNSEN, professor of petrol- 
ogy in the University of Chicago, will spend 
the summer in Europe, doing geological work 
and visiting various universities. He sailed 
from New York on June 21. 


Proressor Ouar P. JENKINS, of the State 
College of Washington, is to take charge of 
geological investigations of the coal of What- 
com and Skagit counties, Washington, for the 
State Division of Geology, Department of 
Conservation and Development. 


Haruan I. Smity, archeologist of the Vic- 
toria Memorial Museum of Ottawa, is at Bella 
Coola, British Columbia, continuing his inves- 
tigations into the material culture of the Bella- 
ceola Indians. 


Dr. VERNON KELLOGG, permanent secretary 


SCIENCE 


673 


of the National Research Council, gave the 
annual Phi Beta Kappa address at the Uni- 
versity of Virginia on June 13. 

On June 7, Dr. D. S. Jordan delivered the 
commencement address to the University of 
Denver, Colorado, his subject being “The melt- 
ing pot.” 

On June 11, Dr. H. P. Nichols, rector of 
Holy Trinity Church, New York, delivered the 
baccalaureate address at the University of Col- 
orado. He took as his subject “Evolution, and 
its highest product, man.” 


Proressor Ernst Fucus, of Vienna, gave a 
Mayo Foundation lecture at the Mayo Clinic 
June 9. His subject was “Syphilis and its 
relation to diseases of the eye.” On June 1 
Dr. H. Berglung, of the department of bio- 
chemistry, Harvard Medical School, lectured on 
“The chemistry of the nonprotein nitrogen of 
the blood.” 


On June 16, Mr. Edward R. Weidlin, direc- 
tor of the Mellon Institute of Industrial Re- 
search of the University of Pittsburgh, ad- 
dressed the fourth annual convention of the 
National Lime Association on “The value of 
research to industrial associations.” This con- 
vention was held in Cleveland, Ohio. 


A puBLIC meeting of the British National 
Union of Scientifie Workers was held at Uni- 
versity College, London, on June 15, when an 
address was given by Mr. F. W. Sanderson, 
headmaster of Oundle, on “The duty and 
service of science in the new era.’”’ The chair 
was taken by Mr. H. G. Wells. 


Tue Yale Corporation has voted that the 
Botanical Garden shall be known as the Marsh 
Botanical Garden, in order that the memory of 
Othniel C. Marsh and of his generosity to the 
university may be more effectively perpetuated. 
Othniel C. Marsh was a graduate of Yale Col- 
lege in the class of 1860 who became the first 
professor of paleontology in the university. 
Professor Marsh died in 1899, bequeathing to 
the university his former residence, which has 
since been used as the School of Forestry. The 
Botanical Garden is connected with this school. 

James McManon, emeritus professor of 
mathematics at Cornell University, died on 
June 1 at the age of sixty-six years. 


674 


Dr. Epwarp Hauu Nicuous, professor of 
clinical surgery in the Harvard Medical School, 
died on June 12, aged fifty-nine years. 


Dr. W. H. R. Rivers, of the University of 
Cambridge, known for his work in anthropol- 
ogy and psychology, died on June 4, at fifty- 
eight years of age. 


Nature notes that the first meeting of the 
“Institut International de Chimie Solvay” was 
held in Brussels on April 20-27, under the 
presidency of Sir William Pope. It will be 
remembered that before the war the late M. 
Ernest Solvay set aside a capital sum to be ex- 
pended in the course of thirty years by the 
International Institute of Physies, and that 
meetings under the auspices of this institute 
have been held in Brussels both before and since 
the war. More recently M. Solvay set aside a 
further capital sum of one million franes, also 
to be expended in thirty years, for the promo- 
tion of the science of chemistry. The meetings 
of the institute are attended by delegates from 
different countries, the number being limited to 
about thirty, so that the discussions may be as 
free and as informal as possible. The recent 
meeting was devoted to the consideration of a 
number of those questions which affect the 
foundations of modern chemistry, and its pro- 
gram included the presentation of papers on 
isotopes, by Soddy, by Aston, and by Perrin 
and Urbain; on X-ray analysis and molecular 
structure, by W. H. Bragg; on the electronic 
theory of valency, by Mauguin; on optical 
activity, by Pope and by Lowry; and on chem- 
ical mobility, by Job. 


Tux Journal of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation, quoting from the Preusa Medica, 
describes the centennial of the foundation of 
the Aeademia Nacional de Medicinia at Buenos 
Aires, April 18. The rector of the university, 
Dr. José Arce, presided. The historical ad- 
dress was delivered by the president of the 
academy, Dr. Eliseo Canton. Among the an- 
nouncements made was that of the institute of 
experimental medicine, the first of its kind to 
be founded in South America. A prize of a 
gold medal and $5,000 was awarded to Dr. P. 
Belou for his “Stereosecopie Atlas of the Anat- 
omy of the Ear’’; a silver medal and $3,000 to 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


Dr. C. Lagos Garcia for his work, “Human 
Sexual Malformations,” and a copper medal 
and $2,000 to Dr. F. Garzén Maceda for his 
“Manual of Zoopharmaecy.” A work by Dr. 
P. P. Rojas on the structure of the myocardium 
received honorable mention. Three days were 
devoted to the centennial ceremonies. 


Dr. R. S. McBripg, seretary of the Gas and 
Fuel Section of the American Chemical Society, 
announces that the new section will meet with 
other sections of the society at the fall meeting 
to be held in Pittsburgh September 4 to 9. 
Among the topies to be discussed will be the 
general subject, “Combustion,” in the form of 
a special symposium to be conducted under 
the chairmanship of Professor R. T. Haslem, 
of Massachusetts Institute of Technology. It 
will include a program of papers on chemical 
methods underlying fuel utilization. Officers 
of the section are: Dr. A. C. Fieldner, Bureau 
of Mines, Pittsburgh, chairman, and R. S. 
McBride, Colorado Building, Washington, 
D. C., secretary. Dr. McBride has requested 
that any members of the society having papers 
to present at the meeting of this section should 
forward them in full or in abstract form to the 
chairman or secretary or should notify these 
officers regarding their intention to prepare 
the papers. 

Tue following resolution was passed by the 
faculty meeting of Kenyon College, on May 
29: “Voted that the faculty deplores agitation 
against the explanation of natural phenomena 
known as the theory of evolution, and regards 
such propaganda as dangerous to scholarship, 
education and the progress of civilization.” 


A airr of £10,000 has been made to aid 
cancer research by Mr. and Mrs. G. F. Todman, 
of Sydney, N. S. W., in memory of their 
daughter. At the request of the donors Sir 
Joseph Hood, M.P., has allocated the sum as 
follows: £4,000 to the Imperial Cancer Re- 
search Fund, Queens Square, Bloomsbury; 
£1,000 each to the Middlesex Hospital, the 
Cancer Hospital, Fulham Road, London, the 
Christie Hospital, Manchester, the MacRobert 
Endowment, Aberdeen University, and the 
Cancer Hospital, Glasgow; and £500 each to 
the Radium Institutes of London and of Man- 
chester. 


JUNE 23, 1922] 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 


ANNOUNCEMENT is made that the residue of 
the estate of the late Hamilton B. Tompkins, 
of New York City, left in his will to Hamilton 
College, amounts to $650,000. 


TuE salary endowment fund of Vassar Col- 
lege has reached the sum of $3,030,000. 


A researcH fellowship of $1,000 for the 
study of orthopedics in relation to hygiene and 
physical education will be offered by Wellesley 


College, beginning in September and continu- . 


ing for one year. 


Dr. Frank I. Kern, professor of botany, 
has been appointed dean of the newly estab- 
lished Graduate School of the Pennsylvania 
State College. 


M. D. Hersey, associate professor of phys- 
ics, R. P. Bigelow, R. R. Lawrence and H. W. 
Shimer have been promoted to full professor- 
ships at the Massachusetts Institute of Teech- 
nology. Dr. Bigelow will be professor of 
zoology and parasitology; Professor Lawrence 
is a member of the electrical engineering de- 
partment; Dr. Shimer will be professor of 
paleontology. 


Dr. R. E. Coxer, M.S. (North Carolina), 
Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins), head of the division 
of scientific inquiry of the U. S. Bureau of 
Fisheries, has been elected to a professorship 
of zoology in the University of North Carolina. 


GEOGRAPHERS who received their doctorates 
at Chicago have recently been promoted as 
follows: To a professorship, Carl O. Sauer, at 
the University of Michigan. 
fessorships, Stephen §S. Visher, at Indiana 
University; Wellington D. Jones and Charles 
C. Colby, at the University of Chicago. To as- 
sistant professorships, Robert S. Platt and 
Derwent S. Whittlesey, also at Chicago. 


At the University of Kansas, assistant pro- 
fessor Curt Rosenow has been promoted to an 
associate professorship in psychology and Dr. 
Hulsey Cason (Columbia, ’22) has been ap- 
pointed assistant professor of psychology. 


Dr. Etwoop §. Moors, dean of the School 
of Mines of the Pennsylvania State College, 


SCIENCE 


To associate pro- | 


675 


has resigned, to take charge of the work in 
economie geology at the University of Toronto. 


Dr. Joun Macpuerson, lately retired from 
the post of commissioner of the Board of Con- 
trol for Scotland, has accepted for three years 
the professorship of psychiatry at the Univer- 
sity of Sydney. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
OBSERVATIONS OF FALLING METEORITES 


To tHe Eprror or Science: The numerous 
recently reported occurrences of falling mete- 
orites are so contradictory and so at variance 
with what reason would lead one to expeet as 
to make one quite cynical concerning the value 
of human testimony. 

Few natural phenomena, it may be stated by 
way of introduction, are more likely to unduly 
excite the imagination than those attendant 
upon a fall of meteorites. The suddenness, the 
unexpected nature of the oceurrence, the light 
and noise, and perhaps above all the sensation 
of fear aroused when a solid body is suddenly 
projected from seemingly empty space, all have 
effect, and it is not surprising that accounts 
are widely variable—dependent upon the flex- 
ibility of the imagination, more perhaps than 
upon powers of observation. Few persons, 
however well trained, can look calmly and crit- 
ically upon the phenomena. Fewer yet can, in 
the brief space of time, estimate the height of 
the body when first seen, or note such facts as 
may be of service in calculating its direction 
and rate of progress. 

A peculiar feature of the case is the lack of 
ability on the part of an observer to locate the 
place of fail unless, indeed, he happens to actu- 
ally see it strike the ground. This is due to 
several causes, and, in part at least, to the low 
angle at which the stones sometimes enter our 
atmosphere, which permits a continuation of 
flight for some distance, even miles, beyond 
the point at which they seemingly must strike 
the earth, and in part to the fact that one is 
unable to correctly estimate the distance, which 
may be much greater than supposed. No less 
an experienced student and collector than the 
late H. A. Ward once told the writer of his 


676 


experience in such matters. He was sitting in 
front of a house oceupying a somewhat ele- 
vated position with reference to the rest of 
the town. Suddenly a meteorite appeared 
descending from the sky, and fell, he was sure, 
within a certain square on the lower level. He 
at once proceeded to the spot, only to find that 
he was mistaken but that it had fallen a “few 
blocks away.” At this second point the same 
experience was repeated, and the stone finally 
located some twenty miles beyond the point 
where he was “certain” he had seen it strike. 

An equally good illustration was offered in 
the flight of a meteorite over the city of Wash- 
ington on Sunday, January 12, 1919. This 
was first called to my attention by a man some 
eighty miles south of Washington who saw it, 
as he assured me, strike the ground within one 
half a mile of where he was standing. Inas- 
much as the meteorite had been observed pass- 
ing over Washington in a northeasterly direc- 
tion his statement was not accepted. Further 
reports of the fall in the immediate vicinity of 
the city and a few miles away were also re- 
ceived. Taking the direction along which the 
meteorite was traveling, I followed it up by 
correspondence for a distance of over 300 miles 
into northeast Pennsylvania where it became 
lost. The last reports received indicate that it 
was going in two directions at once (!) and it 
is very probable that it actually fell somewhere 
in that vicinity, nearly 400 miles from where 
first seen to fall. 

Experiences similar to the above are com- 
mon. In many other instances stones which 
were “seen to fall” have proved to be of strictly 
terrestrial origin. There comes a sudden flash 
and report, the observer goes quickly to the 
spot and there finding an object which had not 
previously attracted attention, assumes it to be 
a meteorite and in perfectly good faith writes 
some museum announcing his discovery and 
willingness to dispose of the same. There is 
probably not a museum of importance in the 
world that dees not annually receive from one 
to many announcements of this kind. The re- 
ceipt even of glacial boulders which were 
“varm when picked up” or “which set fire to 
the grass at the point where they fell” is not 
unusual. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


This leads to the second point to which 
attention need be directed—that relating to the 
reported temperature of the fallen body, which 
is often to the effect that “it was too hot to 
touch,” or has been the cause of fires. As in 
a great majority of cases it is impossible to 
investigate the actual temperature after the 
first report has been made it may be well for 
the moment to consider the probabilities. 

While the original source from which mete- 
orites are derived is problematical it yet 
seems certain that they have been wandering 
for an indefinite period in space and at a tem- 
perature of “absolute zero.” At the time of 
entering our atmosphere it is fair to assume 
they are cold throughout to a degree of which 
we can have no conception. During the few 
seconds in which they are passing through our 
atmosphere, they become intensely heated on 
the immediate surface, but these portions are 
immediately stripped off, and, as we have abso- 
lute proof, the heat never extends to a distance 
of more than two or three millimeters. Before 
striking the ground the speed of the body is 
so far checked that it ceases to glow and the 
thin film of molten material quickly congeals. 
Cooling of the surface, owing to the intense cold 
of the interior, must follow rapidly and it is 
questionable in the writer’s mind if a large ma- 
jority of the reports of the heated condition of 
the meteorite when found are not based upon 
expectation rather than fact. He even goes so 
far as to suggest that when it shall become real- 
ized by the public at large that the chances are 
in favor of a meteoric stone being cold rather 
than hot when found, it will be so reported. 

GEORGE P. MERRILL 

U.S. Nationa, Museum, 

Wasuineton, D. C. 


ORIGIN OF SOIL COLLOIDS 

Dr. Wuitney! has advanced an interesting 
theory as regards the origin of .soil colloids. 
He says, in part: 

My present view is that particles of matter 
derived from silicate rocks and other soil-forming 
minerals when they approach a diameter of .0001 
mm. contain relatively so few molecules that the 


1 Science, 54: 656, 1921. 


JuNE 23, 1922] 


bombardment of the water molecules in which the 
particle is immersed shatters the particle beyond 
the ability of the molecules in the solid to hold 
together as a solid mass. The atoms of calcium, 
magnesium, potassium and sodium in the molecule 
of the silicate would go for the most part into 
true solution, while the atoms of silicon, aluminum, 
and iron would go chiefly into colloidal solution 
forming the basis of the colloidal matter or the 
ultra clay of the soil. It should be possible for 
the mathematical physical chemist, from physical 
constants now known, to determine empirically the 
relative size of the particle of matter which could 
withstand such bombardment without complete 
disintegration. This is a problem which has not 
yet been worked out. 

This is one way of looking at their origin, 
but the results of our experimental work on soil 
colloids force us to adopt quite a different view. 
One that is not based on bombardment of water 
molecules, but one based largely on chemical 
reactions. 

Many soil particles are hydrated silicates 
which contain varying amounts of aluminium, 
iron, silcon, sodium, potassium, calcium, mag- 
nesium and other elements in smaller quanti- 
ties. Soil chemists claim that these particles 
are surrounded with a water-film, and that this 
film is held tenaciously. In the light of this 
the salts in the outer layer of these soil parti- 
cles are subjected to constant hydrolysis. The 
hydrolytic products of the soluble compounds 
of sodium, potassium, ete., are partly taken up 
by this water film by way of solution, and part 
of them are adsorbed by the hydrolytic insoluble 
products of the iron and alumina salts which 
form a gel casing for the soil particle, that is, 
there is an equilibrium of the soluble salt be- 
tween the water film and the insoluble gel which 
now surrounds the soil particle. 

When the soil becomes flooded as after a 
rain, and the water moves down through the 
soil, the soluble salt of the water film is partly 
removed by diffusing into the moving water. 
This destroys the salt equilibrium between the 
water film and the incasing gel, and, hence, 
some of the soluble adsorbed salt is released to 
the water film. This continues until most of 
the soluble material is leached from the outer 
layer of the soil particle. This leaching may 
be continued until the incasing hydrolytic gel 


SCIENCE 677 


products of alumina and silica, and ferric¢ 
oxide may pass into colloidal solution. Not 
only will the freedom of electrolytes tend to 
bring the ineasing gel into colloidal solution 
but some of the soluble salts themselves or some 
salts that are moving through the soil under 
the proper hydrogen ion concentration will 
very much hasten their pepitization. 

The pepitization of the hydrolytic insoluble 
compounds removes the encasing gel and the 
soil particle is again exposed to hydrolytie 
action, and in this way the weathering of the 
silicate particles proceeds. The pepitized gel 
or hydrosol moves through the soil, provided 
the pepitization is great enough, until it en- 
counters a coagulating electrolyte or different 
hydrogen ion concentration, when it comes back 
as the gel and may be deposited on a soil par- 
ticle, or come down as a precipitate where it 
remains as an adsorbent and reservoir for plant 
food until the conditions are sufficiently 
changed for it to pass back into the hydrosol ; 
that is, the process is reversible 

hydrogel = hydrosol 
and whether it is a hydrosol or a hydrogel de- 
pends on the soil environment. 

Certain soil salts in our work have brought 
about a very beautiful pepitization, while other 
salts have brought about an equally definite 
coagulation. Then there are salts that lie in 
between these extremes. Again the same salts 
and same concentration have brought about 
both coagulation and pepitization by changing 
the hydrogen ion concentration. 


Neit E. Gorpon 
CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT, 
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 


A CRAYFISH TRAP 


In ponds and streams where crayfish are 
abundant they can be readily taken by means 
of a trap constructed as follows: A rectangular 
box of any convenient size, sixteen by twenty- 
four inches for instance, is built of one-fourth 
inch mesh galvanized screen wire. Into one 
end of this box a removable funnel of like 
material is fitted. This funnel should project 
about eight inches into the box and have a 
flattened opening about four inches wide and 
an inch and a half deep. In setting the trap 


678 


it should be placed in shallow water on a slop- 
ing bank and partially embedded in the mud 
or sand so that the bottom of the funnel is 
even with the bottom of the pond. The rest 
of the trap extends out toward the deeper 
water. A dead fish wired securely to the bot- 
tom of the trap makes an excellent bait. 
Attracted by this bait, the crayfish crawl into 
the trap and seem to be unable to find their 
way back out. A single night-set with such a 
trap will reward the trapper with at least a 
water bucket full of crayfish for laboratory 
use, or for the more immediate purpose of 
supplying the camp with an exceedingly de- 
lectable breakfast. 
H. C. O’RoKE 

SoutH Daxota State CoLLecez, 

Brooxines, SournH Daxora 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 
NOTE ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE 
PHOTIC STIMULUS AND THE RATE OF 
LOCOMOTION IN DROSOPHILA 

Ir is a fact demonstrated by many investi- 
gators that Drosophila melanogaster (ampelo- 
phila) is negatively geotropic and positively 
phototropic. In addition it is also known that 
light acts as a kinetic stimulus as well as a 
directive one. When the individual is illum- 
inated, therefore, its movement is determined 
by the three factors operating simultaneously. 
If light acts in opposition to gravity the rate 
of upward crawling of the fly is lowered; and 
if light acts with gravity the rate is increased. 
Since the stimulus of gravity is always con- 
stant, and the photokinetic stimulus constant 
within wide limits, the rate of upward crawling 
is a measure of the effect of the phototropice 
stimulus. 

Definite quantitative results have been ob- 
tained by measuring with a stop-watch the time 
necessary for wild flies to crawl to the top of a 
glass cylinder under three different intensities 
of light. Illuminated from above with a light 
of 1,500 candle meters the time taken for 50 
per cent. of the experimental flies to reach the 
top (a distance of 172 mm) was found to be 
6.17 seconds. With an intensity of 750 ¢.m., 
7.6 seconds; and with an intensity of 75 ¢.m., 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


10.89 seconds. Each of these determinations 
is the average of 50 trials with 87 animals 
selected from five different cultures. The age 
of the flies varied between six and nine days. 
Under the illumination of a ruby lamp giving 
only enough light to enable observation, the 
time consumed in reaching the top was 11.3 
seconds. There is then a definite relationship 
between the intensity of illumination and the 
rate of movement, which may be expressed by 
the Weber-Fechner law, as was done in the 
case of the Japanese beetle.1 Figure 1 ex- 


“RLIGMALN dO MLTUVBOT 


TIME IN SECONDS. 


Fic. 1. Two graphs indicating the relation be- 
tween light intensity and the phototropic orien- 
tation of Drosophila. The circles are points, at 


100 
which Rate = lotted 
Reaction time in seconds’ # 


against the log of the intensity. The solid dots 
show the reaction time plotted against the 
intensity. 


presses this relationship. The broken line is 
obtained by plotting the logarithm of the inten- 
sity against the rate of locomotion, where rate 
equals 100 divided by the reaction time in sec- 
onds. From.this graph it may be concluded 
that the sensation is proportional to the log- 
arithm of the intensity of the stimulus. The 
continuous line is obtained by plotting the reae- 
tion time in seconds against the intensity of 
light and leads to the same conclusion. 

It was found by McEwen? that the mutants 


1 Moore, A. R., and Cole, W. H.: ‘‘The response 
of Popillia japonica to light and the Weber- 
Fechner law,’’ Jour. Gen. Physiol., 3: 331, Jan- 
uary, 1921. 

2 McEwen, R. 8.: ‘‘The reactions to light and 
to gravity in Drosophila and its mutants,’’ Jour. 
Ezp. Zool., 25: 49, February, 1918. 


JUNE 23, 1922] 


of Drosophila known as white and vestigial 
show variations from the reactions of wild 
flies to light. He decided that the vestigial flies 
are not oriented by light, a conclusion appar- 
ently verified by experiments in which wild 
flies, whose wings had been removed, were used. 
The white race oriented positively to light, but 
with less regularity and precision. In my ex- 
periments it was also found that white flies are 
less precise in their photic orientation, it being 
many times impossible to secure satisfactory 
readings on 50 per cent. of the individuals, 
since after reaching the top of the cylinder 
some would crawl back to the bottom, even 
under an intensity of 1,500 em. No results, 
therefore, are presented for the whites. In the 
ease of vestigial flies it was found that a me- 
chanical factor retarded orientation. When the 
glass cylinder was used for these flies it was 
discovered that the reason they did not reach 
the top was because they continually lost their 
foothold, when part way up, and fell back to 
the bottom. This also happens with wild flies 
whose wings are normal, but immediately the 
wings are spread and the animal secures a new 
foothold very near where he was before. The 
upward movement is then continued, very little 
time having been lost. This difficulty with 
vestigials was removed by lining the cylinder 
with very thin Japanese rice paper. This may 
easily be done by moistening the paper, press- 
ing it against the glass and allowing it to dry. 
With paper-lined cylinders the vestigial flies 
are strongiy phototropie and reach the top in 
almost the same time as wild ones. The results 
are as follows: with illumination of 1,500 
candle meters the time was 6.81 seconds; with 
750 e.m., 7.92 seconds; and with 75 ¢m., 11.1 
seconds. In darkness the time for vestigials 
was 12.2 seconds. From this data it is evident 
that vestigial Drosophila is positively photo- 
tropic, the degree being only shghtly less than 
in wild flies, as measured by the rate of locomo- 
tion. Some of this difference is undoubtedly 
due to the aid rendered by the flying of the 
wild individuals, although, as far as possible, 
all cases of extended flight were omitted from 
the averages! 

Tt may be stated, therefore, that the effect of 
light on the locomotion ot Drosopiila me- 


SCIENCE 


679 


lanogaster is related to the intensity of the 
photic stimulus according to the Weber- 
Fechner law, and secondly that the race of 
flies known as vestigial is positively photo- 
tropic, and may be demonstrated as such if 
the animals are given a rough surface on which 
to crawl. 
Wiuuiam H. Cote 
Biology LABORATORY, 
Lake Forest CoLurce, 
Lake Forest, IL. 


THE STRUCTURE OF BENZENE 

THe writer has shown, in his thesis for the 
master’s degree? and in an article soon to be 
published, that the benzene model first pro- 
posed by Korner,? and later advocated by 
Marsh,? Vaubel,t and others, interpreted in 
the light of the Lewis theory of the atom,° has 
a sound theoretical basis. By applying a theory 
of conjugation resembling in many respects 
that presented by Erlenmeyer, Jr., in 1901,° 
all objections to this benzene structure but 
one—that ortho and meta di-substitution 
products should, according to the theory, give 
stereoisomers which have not yet been re- 
solved—have been removed. 

In this model the six carbon tetrahedra have 
their bases all in the same plane, the hydro- 
gen atoms and the points of the tetrahedra 
to which they are bonded being  alier- 
nately above and below this plane. There 
are six electrons grouped around the center of 
each hexagon, and two at each of the hexagon 
corners and en the centerlines between each 
hydrogen and the carbon to which it is-bonded. 

In a paper written in October, 1920,’ the 


1 Written in April, 1920; on file in the Library 
of the University of California. 

2Gaz. chim., 4: 444 (1874). 

3 Phil. Mag., 26: 426 (1888). 

4J. prakt. Chem., [2] 44: 137 (1891); 49: 308 
(1894); 50: 58 (1894. ‘‘Lehrbuch der theoret- 
ischen Chemie [J. Springer, Berlin, 1903],I, 468. 

5 J. Am. Chem. Soc., 38: 762 (1916). 

6 Ann., 316: 48, 71, 75 (1901). 

7 This paper was revised and submitted for pub- 
lication in April, 1921. It is expected that it will 
soon be published. 


680 


author has shown that the structure of graphite, 
as determined by X-ray analysis,® is exactly 
what would be obtained if it were built of 
layers of benzene hexagons of the type just 
described, the carbon-hydrogen bonds of the 
benzene molecules being replaced by carbon- 
carbon bonds between the layers. Such an 
arrangement not only accounts for the sym- 
metry of the substance and for the observed 
spectra, but also for its known chemical and 
physical properties. 

There are quite a number of aromatic com- 
pounds, ineluding benzene itself, in erystals of 
which, according to the author’s conjugation 
theory, we might expect the molecules to be in 
layers of much the same type as the layers in 
graphite. Assuming this to be the case, if the 
densities, axial ratios and axial angles are 
known, the dimensions of the hexagon in these 
erystals can be caleulated. This has been done 
for a considerable number of substances, and 
in every case in which large distortions would 
not be expected, due to substituted groups, the 
dimensions of the hexagon are very close to the 
corresponding dimensions in graphite. If this 
result were obtained for one or two erystals, it 
might be considered merely a coincidence, but 
it is found to be general; the dimensions are 
found to correspond best where least distortion 
would be expected; and the axial ratios and 
angles, and the erystal form, symmetry and 
cleavage, as well as the actual distances, are 
found to conform to the structures assumed. 
Hence this structure for the benzene nucleus 
must be considered proved. 

This method of proof was reported on by 
the author in a paper presented at the twenty- 
fourth special meeting of the California Sec- 
tion of the American Chemical Society, held in 
conjunction with the annual meeting of the 
Pacific Division of the American Association 
for the Advancement of Science, at Berkeley, 
California, on August 5, 1921, at which time 
the structures of quinol, pyroeatechin and 


8 Debye and Scherrer, Phys. Zeit., 17: 277 
(1916); 18: 291 (1917); Hull, Phys. Rev., 10: 
661 (1917). 

The author’s interpretation of the experimental 
results is a compromise between that of Hull and 
that of Debye and Scherrer. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


triphenyl carbinol were used as examples. The 
density of solid benzene was not then to be 
found in the literature. This is now obtainable, 
and from it and the axial ratios, by assuming 
close packing of the molecules in each layer, 
the hexagon dimensions can be computed. They 
again check with those in graphite. 

A paper is now being prepared in which the 
method of proof and its application to a large 
number of aromatic compounds will be given 
in detail. 

Mavrics L. Hvecisrs 

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, 

BERKELEY, CALIF., 


THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR 
THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 
MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 
OF THE COUNCIL 

THE spring meeting of the executive com- 
mittee was held in the board room of the 
Cosmos Club, Washington, D. C., on April 23. 
It was ealled to order at 4:10, with Dr. Simon 
Flexner in the chair and with all members 
present, and it adjourned at 11:30, a recess of 
an hour and a half having been taken for 
dinner. The main items considered are shown 
below. 

(1) Minutes of the last meeting (December 
31, 1922), and of two actions taken by mail 
ballot in the interim were approved. These 
interim actions were (1) the formal vote to 
authorize the summer meeting with the Pacific 
Division, which is to occur on June 22-24, at 
Salt Lake City, and (2) the election of Dr. 
J. Mek. Cattell to sueceed himself as a member 
of the Board of Science Service. 


(2) The permanent secretary presented a 
report on the affairs of the association for the 
half-year ending March 31. A summary of 
that report is appended to the report of this 
meeting. 

(3) It was voted that all members of the 
American Medical Association who are not 
already members of the American Association 
for the Advancement of Science may become 
members of this association without the pay- 
ment of the usual entrance fee ($5). The 
A. A. A. §. is unable each year to invite all 


June 23, 1922 


new members of the A. M. A. to join the more 
general association, as they have the privilege 
of doing according to the rules for affiliated 
societies of the A. A. A. §., and the special 
privilege is now made general to all members 
of the A. M. A., without reference to when 
they joined. 

(4) It was voted that the permanent secre- 
tary should prepare an invitation letter to be 
sent (about October 1) to each member of the 
American Medical Association resident in New 
England, Iowa and Oregon, asking him to be- 
come a member of the American Association for 
the Advancement of Science if he is not already 
a member; these special invitations are to be 
signed by the president of the American Asso- 
ciation for the Advancement of Science (Dr. 
J. Playfair MeMurrich), the chairman of the 
Bxecutive Committee of the Council (Dr. 
Simon Flexner), the permanent secretary and 
several others. It is planned that a special 
invitation of this kind shall be sent to other 
American Medical Association members resi- 
dent in other regions next year, ete., the entire 
list of the Medical Association being cared for 
in perhaps four or five years. 

(5) The budget for the current year was 
increased by the following items: Salaries, 
$180; printing, $520; summer meeting, $500. 

(6) The permanent secretary was asked to 
secure good, readable reports of the meetings of 
all sections and of their related societies at the 
fourth Boston meeting, to have these published 
in Science about the last week of January, 
1923, and to have this special issue of the jour- 
nal sent to all members who do not receive 
Science regularly. The retiring president’s 
address is to be published in the first issue of 
Science after the meeting, and reprints of this 
are to be made available, on request, to mem- 
bers who do not regularly receive the journal. 
It is planned that members in good standing 
who do not attend the annual meeting may 
recelve copies of the general program, if they 
request them from the permanent secretary’s 
office before the meeting. 

(7) The making of arrangements for a speak- 
er for one of the evening sessions of the sum- 
mer meeting at Salt Lake City was referred to 
the general secretary with power. 

(8) Dr. D. T. MacDougal reported that the 


SCIENCE 


681 


committee on Cooperation with Mexican Men 
of Science recommends that Dr. E. L. Hewett, 
of the School of American Research, Santa Fé, 
N. M., be appointed special commissioner to 
consult with officials of the Mexican govern- 
ment regarding the organization of Mexican 
men of science. Dr. Hewett was appointed and 
was requested to serve the association in this 
capacity on his forthcoming trip to the City 
of Mexico. A committee consisting of Drs. 
Howard and MacDougal was instructed to pre- 
pare a suitable letter of credentials for the use 
of Dr. Hewett, this to be addressed to the 
Secretario de Agricultura y Fomento, to be 
engrossed, and to bear the seal of the associa- 
tion. 

(9) It was voted that the expenses of the 
Committee on Grants be paid from the funds 
in charge of the permanent secretary. 

(10) Dr. T. Wingate Todd, Western Reserve 
University, Cleveland, Ohio, was elected vice- 
president for Section H (Anthropology). 

(11) Dr. Bird T. Baldwin, Iowa Child Wel- 
fare Research Station, State University of 
Iowa, Iowa City, was elected vice-president for 
Section Q (Edueation). 

(12) The election of Dr. S. C. Prescott as 
chairman of the local committee for the fourth 
Boston meeting was ratified. 

(13) Thirty-three members were elected to 
fellowship, on proper nominations. 

(14) The resignation of Mr. Herbert A. Gill, 
auditor of the association, was accepted with 
regret, and with great appreciation of the very 
valuable services he has given the association 
in past years, and the permanent secretary was 
instructed to secure an auditor, preferably a 
well-known scientist, the clerical expense to be 
met by the permanent secretary’s office. 

(15) The Committee on Convocation Week 
was completed so that it is constituted as fol- 
lows: Dr. J. McK. Cattell, Garrison-on-Hudson, 
N. Y., chairman; Dr. E. H. Moore, University 
of Chieago, Ill.; Dr. J. P. MeMurrich, Univer- 
sity of Toronto, Toronto, Canada; Dr. H. S. 
Jennings, Johns Hopkins University, Balti- 
more, Md.; and Dr. Edwin B. Wilson, Massa- 
chusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, 
Mass. 

(16) The Canadian Society of Technical 
Agriculturists was constituted an affiliated soci- 


682 


ety of the association. Its officers are: Pres?- 
dent, Mr. L. S. Klinck, University of British 
Columbia, Vancouver, Canada; secretary, Mr. 
Fred H. Grindley, Gardenvale, P. Q., Canada. 

(17) The Executive Committee reaffirmed 
the desirability of holding the 1925 meeting in 
Kansas City, and expressed its appreciative 
thanks to the persons and organizations from 
whom invitations to meet in that city have been 
received. 

(18) The policy of Section N (Medical Sci- 
ences) was approved, by which it is planned 
that the program of this section, at the annual 
meeting, shall deal with such fields of work as 
parasitology, medical entomology, public health 
service, and others, where many medical scien- 
tists have common interests with those working 
in other fields of biology. 

(19) A committee was appointed, consisting 
of the president, the general secretary and the 
permanent secretary, to arrange for the send- 
ing of delegates to the Hull meeting of the 
British Association for the Advancement of 
Science. 

(20) The proposed federation of biological 
societies was considered at length, and the com- 
mittee expressed itself as in sympathy with 
the general aims of the societies involved. The 
hope was expressed that the organization of 
the association may be of service to the new 
federation. 

(21) The controversy aroused by recent pop- 
ular publications regarding the theory of evolu- 
tion was considered, and a committee of three 
was appointed to deal with this matter and 
make recommendations at the meeting of the 
executive committee. The committee on the 
evolution controversy consists of Dr. Edwin G. 
Conklin, Princeton University; Dr. C. B. 
Davenport, Station for Experimental Evolu- 
tion; and Dr. Henry Fairfield Osborn, Amer- 
ican Museum of Natural History, New York 
City. 

(22) The permanent secretary was asked to 
secure manuscripts for the general program 
for the fourth Boston meeting as early as may 
be, to the end that the difficulties of publica- 
tion may be obviated as far as possible. 

(23) The section committee of Section Q 
(Education) was authorized to publish a sep- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


arate section program for the fourth Boston 
‘meeting—the expense, not to exceed $25, to be 
met by the permanent secretary from current 
funds. 

(24) The permanent secretary was authorized 
to provide suitable messenger service for the 
sessions of the biological societies meeting at 
Boston. 

(25) It was voted that it is desirable for the 
association to secure a distinguished European 
scientist for an evening lecture at the fourth 
Boston meeting. 

(26) The committee adjourned to meet in 
New York City (in the offices of the Science 
Press, by invitation of Dr. Cattell) on Satur- 
day, October 21, 1922. 

Burton E. Livineston, 
Permanent Secretary 


PERMANENT SECRETARY’S REPORT FOR 
THE HALF-YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 19221 


Tue last volume of the Summarized Pro- 
ceedings, published in October, 1921, is now 
nearly out of print. The total cost of publica- 
tion was $6,744.16 and sales have amounted to 
$2,587.00, making the net cost, at the present 
accounting, $4,157.16. The volume is being 
sold to members for $2.00 and to others for 
$2.50. Fifty copies remain to be sold, besides 
twenty copies reserved for complete sets.— 
A booklet of information for prospective new 
members, which contains a statement of the 
organization and work of the association, was 
published in January. Copies may be secured 
from the permanent secretary’s office—The 
resolution regarding the United States Forest 
Service, adopted at the recent Toronto meeting, 
was printed as a leaflet and sent to all members 
of Congress and to other officials. 

Invitations to join the association have been 
sent to 28,303 persons, of whom 830, or 3.4 
per cent., have already joined. From Septem- 
ber 30, 1921, to March 31, 1922, 1,111 new 
annual members and 9 new life members have 
been enrolled, and 22 members have been rein- 
stated; the total gain was 1,142. During the 
same period 67 deaths were recorded, and 265 


1 Presented to the Executive Committee of the 
Council on April 23, 1922. 


JUNE 23, 1922] 


resignations, and 705 names were dropped 
(October 1) because of over two years of ar- 
rearage); the total loss was 1,037. Four mem- 
bers were transferred from annual to life mem- 
bership. The net gain in total membership, 
for the half-year, is 105. The membership data 
for the last year and a half are tabulated 
below: 


Sept. March Sept. March 
30, 31, 80, 31, 
1920 8 1921 1921 1922 
No. of members in 
good standing. 10,002 9,637 10,160 9,911 


Total enrollment.. 11,442 11,524 11,547 11,652 


t is elear that the membership is gradually 
increasing, but there still remajn many persons 
in the United States and Canada who are vitally 
interested in scientific and educational progress 
but who are not yet enrolled in the association. 
Members of the association should do all in 
their power to increase the membership and 
thus strengthen the organization. 

A local branch of the association was organ- 
ized in the fall of 1921 and is in successful 
operation. This is the State College (Pennsyl- 
vania) Local Branch. Its officers are: chair- 
man, A. J. Wood; secretary, J. Ben Hill. It 
has an enrollment of 53 members of the asso- 
ciation. Fifteen new members have been 
secured through its activities. The State College 
Branch holds occasional meetings throughout 
the year. 

Plans for the summer meeting of the asso- 
elation, jointly with the Pacific Division, which 
is to oceur at Salt Lake City, June 22-24, 
1922, are progressing satisfactorily. Details 
of these plans are in charge of Mr. W. W. 
Sargeant, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, 
secretary of the Pacific Division, and the gen- 
eral secretary of the association, Dr. D. T. 
MaeDougal, Carmel, California. The chairman 
of the local committee for the Salt Lake City 
meeting is Professor H. G. Titus, 215 S. Third 
Kast, Salt Lake City, Utah. 

Card lists of all the members enrolled in each 
section of the association have been prepared 
and will soon be in the hands of the secretaries 
of the respective sections, together with a steel 
cabinet for each set of cards. These section 
lists will be Eept continually corrected, by 


SCIENCE 


683 


means of cards sent out from the permanent 
secretary’s office. Hach member’s addressograph 
plate now shows, besides his name and address 
and the formula of his membership status, one, 
two, or three letters denoting the section or sec- 
tions in which he is enrolléd. Thus, ABD indi- 
cates that the member on whose plate this letter 
combination appears is enrolled in Sections A, 
B and D, and a corresponding card is found in 
each of the three section lists. When a member 
has indicated more than three sections as his 
preferences, the first three on his list have been 
indicated on the plate. In cases where no sec- 
tion has been named by a member, it has been 
impossible to enroll him in any particular sec- 
tion, and he is regarded as a member of the 
association in general. When members receive 
cards, ete. from the permanent secretary’s 
office, they are requested to serutinize the ad- 
dressograph impression and inform the office 
if any corrections are needed with respect to 
their section enrollment. 

Financially, the association is more than 
holding its own. The permanent secretary’s 
reserve or emergency fund amounted (on 
March 31) to $5,855.09, $1,500 having been 
transferred to this fund on March 25. Of this, 
$1,000 is specially reserved from the eurrent 
funds of 1922 for meeting the extra expense 
of publishing the next volume of Summarized 
Proceedings, which is to appear in the spring 
of 1925, following the next four-yearly (Wash- 
ington) meeting. After all liabilities are cared 
for, over $2,000 is available (March 31, 1922) 
for appropriation from the current funds of 
the present fiscal year, which ends October 1 
1922. 


i) 


SECTION M—ENGINEERING AND ASSO- 
CIATED SOCIETIES 

THE resuscitation of Section M at the recent 
Toronto meeting of the American Association 
for the Advancement of Science resulted in a 
program of considerable length and much 
diversity. The attendance was good, and the 
interest was sustained to the end. Sir Clifford 
Sifton, formerly chairman of the Commission 
of Conservation, Canada, gave the opening ad- 
dress on Tuesday afternoon, his subject being 
“Some Views on the Development of the Nat- 


684 


ural Resources of Canada.” He dealt, among 
other things, with the fuel problems of Canada 
in their relation to the development of hydro- 
electric power, and with the general conditions 
obtaining at the present time in the rural dis- 
tricts. 

Papers by Paul Heymans, now of the Mas- 
sachusetts Institute of Technology, and Profes- 
sor Charles Mannebeck, of the University of 
Louvain, Belgium, on “Optical Determination 
of Stress in Engineering Structures” and “Re- 
turn Current along Submarine Cables,” re- 
spectively, were read by the authors. 

At the morning session on December 28, Mr. 
John Murphy, electrical engineer for the De- 
partment of Railways and Canals, Ottawa, gave 
an address on “Ice Formation and Prevention 
with Special Reference to Frazil and Anchor 
Ice.” Mr. Murphy advocated keeping certain 
metal parts of hydro-electric installations a 
small fraction of a degree above 32°F. with 
the aid of artificial heat. This can be and is 
being done at certain plants on the Ottawa 
River to which Mr. Murphy made reference. 
“Wneineering Standardization” was discussed 
by Ma. R. J. Durley, secretary of the Canadian 
Engineering Standards Association. Other 
papers were “Fifty Years of Progress in Min- 
ing in Canada” by Mr. John HE. Hardman, 
“Metal Mining in Canada,’ by Thomas W. 
Gibson, deputy minister of mines, Ontario; 
“Gold Mining in Canada” by Mr. A. F. Brig- 
ham and “Nickel Mining and Smelting” by 
W. L. Dethloff, chief engineer of the Mond 
Nickel Company. 

The morning session on Thursday, December 
29, was given over to an illustrated address on 
“Toronto Harbor Development” by Mr. George 
Clark, chief designing engineer of the Toronto 
Harbor Commission, and to a discussion on 
Scientifie and Industrial Research by Dr. R. A. 
Ross, chairman of the Honorary Advisory 
Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, 
Canada, who emphasized the economic import- 
ance of obtaining a satisfactory method of car- 
bonizing the lignites of Western Canada. Mr. 
H. K. Wicksteed read a paper on “Railway 
Development in Canada” treating his subject 
chiefly from an economic standpoint. In the 
afternoon Messrs. A. M. McQueen and James 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1434 


McEvoy read papers on “Exploration for Oil in 
Western Canada” and “Coal Mining in Al- 
berta” respectively. Sir Adam Beck, chairman 
of the Hydro-Electrie Power Commission of 
Ontario, gave in Convocation Hall an address 
to all sections of the American Association for 
the Advancement of Science in the afternoon 
at 4 o’clock. This address was well attended 
and was illustrated by motion pictures. Sir 
Adam drew a comparison between the cost of 
Niagara generated hydro-electric energy in 
Windsor, Ont., and steam generated electric 
energy in Detroit, Mich., the prices being 314 
and 8 cents per kilowatt hour, respectively. 

The Friday sessions, with the exception of 
Mr. D. B. Dowling’s address on the Mackenzie 
oil fields, were given over to the discussion of 
problems pertaining to Engineering Education. 
Works Commissioner Harris, City of Toronto, - 
gave the employer’s viewpoint with respect to 
the qualifications of the young engineer. 
Professor Charles F. Scott, president of the 
Sogiety for the Promotion of Engineering 
Education, contributed a paper on “Pro- 
fessional Engineering Education for the 
Industries.” Dr. F. W. Merchant, director of 
industrial and technical education, Ontario, ad- 
dressed the section on the, function of the sec- 
ondary technical school. Professor Dugald C. 
Jackson’s paper on the same subject was read 
by Professor C. R. Young in the absence of 
the author. Discussion following all of these 
papers was very general. 

Regarding the sessions of the Society for the 
Promotion of Engineering Education, held at 
Toronto on December 30, 1921, the reader is 
referred to the Canadian Engineer, Vol. 42, No. 
1, p. 109, Jan. 3, 1922, and Vol. 12, No. 2, p. 
133, Jan. 10, 1922. 

The closing function was a dinner in Hart 
House on Friday evening at which one hundred 
were present. Mr. J. B. Tyrrell, chairman of 
the section, presided at all sessions. The com- 
mittee in charge of arrangements consisted of 
the chairman, Mr. Tyrrell, and Professors R. 


“ W. Angus, Peter Gillespie and C. R. Young, 


all three of the University of Toronto. 


Prtrer GILLESPIE, 
Acting Secretary, Seciion M 
TORONTO, CANADA 


New SERIES : Sy; SINGLE Copigs, 15 Crs. 
» Vou. LV, No. 1435 Fray, June 30, 1922 ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $6.00 


Saunders’ Books 


° FOURTH 
Wells’ Chemical Pathology EDITION 
This work considers pathology from the standpoint of the chemical processes involved. It 
deals with the chemical changes that take place in pathologic conditions. It treats of the 


causes. of disease and so provides the first step in their treatment. 
Octavo of 695 pages. By H. GIDEON WELLS, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Pathology, Unie reey Gry aoe 
oth, .00 net. 


9 ° SEVENTH 
Jordan’s General Bacteriology EDITION 
In this work there are extensive chapters on methods of studying bacteria, including stain- 
ing, biochemical tests, cultures, etc; on development and composition of bacteria; on enzymes 
and fermentation products; on the bacterial production of pigment, acid, and alkali; and on 


ptomains and toxins. 
Octavo of 744 pages, illustrated. By EDWIN O. JORDAN, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology in the Uni- 
versity of Chicago. Cloth, $5.00 net. 


Smith’s Bacterial Diseases of Plants 


This book is the result of thirty-five years of reading and diligent laboratory and field in- 
vestigation. It is largely the product of a single laboratory, eight of the organisms here 


selected for special study having been named by the author. 
By ERWIN F. SMITH, in charge of Laboratory of Plant Pathology, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washing- 
ton, D. C. Octavo of 688 pages, illustrated. Cloth, $10.00 net. 


Whetzel’s History of Phytopathology 


Professor Whetzel divides his subject into Five Eras, and these in turn into Periods. He 
gives a general survey of each Era and each Period, crystallizes the evolutionary movement 
of each, gives interesting biographic sketches of the predominant figures, frequently includ- 
ing portraits. 

12mo of 130 pages. By HERBERT RICE WHETZEL, Professor of Plant Pathology at Cornell University, 
Ithaca, New York. Cloth, $2.00 net. 


O a 
Heineman on Milk 

This work discusses milk from the viewpoint of the sanitarian, producer, and physician. 
There are chapters on the physiology of lactation, chemical, physical, and bacteriologic ex- 
aminations, contamination, fermented milks, pasteurization, certified milk, economic aspect 


of production and distribution, etc. 
By PAUL G. HEINEMAN, M. D., Wisconsin. Octavo of 684 pages, illustrated. Cloth, $7.00 net. 


W. B. SAUNDERS COMPANY, West Washington Sq., Phila. 


Please send me the books checked (V) and charge to my account :— 


Wells’ Chemical Pathology=-2-_-___-2=--__ $7.00 net. Smith’s Bacterial Diseases of Plants_.__-$10.00 net. 

per i . Whetzel’s History of Phytopathology____$2.00 net. 
Jordan’s General Bacteriology_---------___ $5.00 net. isitiomente WEE ee eee $7.00 net. 
INCAS SS a ee Se ae, AD DRIES Soe eee a ee eh Ree as as 


il SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


The Trend of the Race 
By Samuel J. Holmes 


A study of the present tendencies in the 
biological development of civilized mankind, 
which makes available the latest results of 
scientific investigation. 


396 pages, $4.00. 


Questions and Prob- 
lems in Chemistry 


By Floyd L. Darrow 


A systematic development 
of elementary chemistry to 
be used with any text 
book. 


80 Cents 


Standard Works of 
G. Bell and Sons, London, 


Harcourt, Brace and Co. 


X Rays and Crystal 


2 by Freud’s 
Rest and Pain disciple. 


John Hilton, F.R.S. 
Twelfth edition, 


344 pages, 


$3.50 


Electrons: The Nature and Properties 
of Negative Electricity 
By Sir Oliver Lodge 
Fifth Edition. $3.50 
Radium, X Rays and the Living Cell 
Hector C. Colwell 


With many plates; some in colors, $4.50 


The Physiology cf Blindness: With 
Special Reference to Color Blindness 
W. Eldridge Green, M. D. $4.50 


Human Af- 


Science and 
fairs From the View 
Point of Biology 


By W. C. Curtis 


Prof. Zoology, University of 
Missouri 


A scientist’s answer to the 
evolution controversy. 


$3.50 


Fundamental Conceptions 
of Psychoanalysis 


authoritative and inter- 


Structure 
By Sir W. H. Bragg and By A. A. Brill, M. D. 
W. L. Brage Aa 
Illustrated, $3.75 || csting exposition of the theory 


and practice of psychoanalysis 
chief 


Harcourt, Brace and Company°" Spec Newyok 


The Haunts of Life 
By J. Arthur Thompson 


The latest book of Prof Thompson, biologist 
and scientist, containing his popular lectures to 
young people before the Royal Institution of 
reat Britain. It discusses the evolution of the 
different types of animal life and how they 
live and rear their young, and is intended for 
adults as well as children. Illustrated, $2.50 


Fundamental Principles 
of Organic Chemistry 


By Charles Moureu, Col- 
lege de France - 


Introductions by 
Sir William Pope 


For advanced classes in 
Organic Chemistry. 


309 pages, $2.75 


Practical Biological 
Chemistry 


By MM. Bertrand and 
Thomas of the Insti- 
tute Pasteur 


Translated by H. A. 
Colwell 


A standard work on the 
chemical process manifested 
by living beings upon en- 
zymes and upon the com- 
moner forms of fermenta- 
tion. 


American 


$2.50 


348 pages, $3.75. 
(Ready in September) 


Letters of a Radio Engineer to His Son 


By John Mills (Research Laboratories, 
Western Electric Company) 


Letters to a real boy who wants to know 
every why and how of radio from the per- 
sonal habits of electrons to buying and in- 
stalling the outfit. Infcrmal but authorita- 
tive. $1.50 


C 


A Weekly Journal devoted to the Advancement 
af Science, publishing the official notices and 
proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, edited by J. McKeen 
Cattell and published every Friday by 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 


11 Liberty St., Utica, N. Y. Garrison, N. Y. 
New York City: Grand Central Terminal 


Annual Subscription, $6.00. Single Copies, 15 Cts. 


Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1922, at the 
Post Office at Utica, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


JUNE 30, 1922 


Vou. LV No. 1485 


CONTENTS 


The Relation of the Endocrine Glands to 
Heredity and Development: Dr. LEWELLYS 
TN) LBVAIIND oe acerca ee eS ea er 685 


An Analysis of Student Grades at Washing- 


ton University School of Medicine: Dr. 
TTA AY rp eat NGS inn fa bart ee ee eee 690 
CHARLES BASKERVILLE: W. A. HAmon,............ 693 


Scientific Events: 
The Pension and Insurance Plan of Prince- 
ton University; Gifts to the American Mu- 
seum of Natural History; The International 
Astronomical Union at Rome; Honorary 
Degrees conferred by Yale University on 
Scientific Men 

Scientific Notes and News.............. 


694 
EOI 
sO 


University and Educational Notes 
Discussion and Correspondence : 
The New Catastrophism and its Defender: 
Dr. ARTHUR M. Miturr. Keys in Sys- 
tematic Work: KE. B. Wiuu1amMson. The 


Y-centrosome Type of Seax-linked Inheri- 
tance in Man: PrRoressor W. BH. Caste. 
Tre Vocabulary of Metabolism: Dr. Max 
Kaun. Salaries of Professors in Poland: 
PROFESSOR VERNON KELLOGG....0.2222.020022-.-0. 701 


Special Articles: 


The Spiral Trend of Intestinal Muscle 

Fibers: Dz. Freperic T. Lewis. WNeartic 

Proturans: H. HE. Ewine. Stem End Rot 

of Apples: Dr. Cuypr C. BaRNUM............... 704 
The American Physiological Society: Pnro- 

FESSOR CHAS. W. GREENE... 708 


THE RELATION OF THE ENDOCRINE 
GLANDS TO HEREDITY AND 
DEVELOPMENT! 


Since the object of the Eugenics Research 
Association is the advancement of knowledge 
that will contribute to the improvement of the 
human race by inheritance, its members can 
searcely fail to be interested in the discussions 
that are now going on regarding the glands of 
internal secretion and their relations to hered- 
ity. As a medical man, deeply interested in 
the problems of constitution and of condition 
and profoundly impressed with the recognizable 
influences of internal secretions upon form and 
function in both normal and pathological states, 
I welcomed the suggestion of Dr. Davenport 
that I deal in my presidential address with the 
topie announced. The progress of research in 
endocrine domains and in heredity has of late 
been so rapid that no single person can keep 
pace with its strides. My remarks, therefore, 
will make no pretence to completeness of dis- 
cussion of the reciprocal relations of heredity 
and endocrinology. They are intended rather 
to direct the attention of the members of the 
association to some of the more important facts 
that have been established and to stimulate 
interest in some of the newer problems that are 
emerging and clamoring for solution. 


THE ENDOCRINE ORGANS AND THEIR PRODUCTS 

It is only comparatively recently that the 
significance of the so-called ductless glands and 
of the substances they manufacture has become 
recognized, but, in a very short time, a consid- 
erable body of knowledge concerning their 
structure, their functions and their inter-rela- 
tions has been accumulated. At the moment, 
studies of the internal secretions, or, as many 
now call them, the “inecretions,” are, on ac- 


1 Presidential address at the tenth annual meet- 
ing of the Eugenies Research Association, held at 
Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, June 10, 1929. 


686 


count of their astonishing and novel revela- 
tions, attracting the attention not only of 
scientifie workers in biology and medicine but, 
and perhaps to too great an extent, also of the 
laity. Important as a knowledge of these 
incretions is for an understanding of bodily 
and mental states, there is some danger, I think, 
of over-emphasis and of disproportionate 
prominence. Popular articles and treatises on 
endocrine subjects too often assume what is 
mere conjecture, or wild speculation, to be 
established as fact and reveal a tendency to 
exploitation that must sooner or later be fol- 
lowed by disappointment and disillusionment. 
There is, I fear, some danger that even seien- 
tifie endocrinology may, temporarily at least, 
be brought into undeserved discredit. It would 
seem especially desirable, therefore, that those 
who write or speak upon the subject should 
discriminate carefully between fact and fancy. 
Hyery effort should be made rigidly to control 
hypotheses by accurate observation and careful 
experiment, for only thus can an orderly ad- 
vance in knowledge be assured. 

Though an ineretory function has been 
ascribed to many organs of the body, the prin- 
cipal ineretory organs, those whose function is 
best understood, are seven in number: (1) the 
thyroid gland, (2) the parathyroid glands, 
(3) the hypophysis cerebri, or pituitary gland, 
(4) the epiphysis cerebri, or pineal gland, 
(5) the suprarenals (consisting of two parts of 
entirely different functions, (a) the medulla or 
chromaffine portion and (b) the cortex or inter- 
renal portion), (6) the islands of Langerhans 
of the pancreas, and (7) the interstitial tissue 
of the gonads (ovaries and testicles) or so- 
called “puberty gland.” 

There is evidence that each of these organs 
yields an internal secretion that, distributed 
through the blood, exerts important chemical 
influences upon other, more or less distant, 
organs and tissues. Some of these influences 
have been definitely determined, but it will 
doubtless be a long time before all of them will 
be well understood. The knowledge that has 
been gained concerning the thyroid, the pitu- 
itary, and the suprarenals gives promise, how- 
ever, that steady research will gradually en- 
large our information regarding the influences 
exerted by each of the incretory glands. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1435 


The chemical substances contained in the 
incretions have been ealled “hormones” and the 
determination of the precise chemical constitu- 
tion of these hormones sets fascinating tasks 
for the biochemist. That the chemical consti- 
tution of some endocrine products may be 
closely approached, if not definitely estab- 
lished, has been shown by researches upon 
epinephrin (from the medulla of the supra- 
renal gland) and upon iodothyrin and thyroxin 
(from the thyroid gland). Studies of concen- 
trated functionally potent extracts from other 
glands may before long reveal the chemical 
nature of other hormones; I have in mind, 
especially, studies of so-called “pituitrin” 
(hypophyseal extract) and of so-called insulin 
(extract of the islands of Langerhans of the 
pancreas). Clues as to the chemical nature of 
the hormones of the parathyroids, the pineal 
body, the interrenals and the gonads will prob- 
ably be more difficult to obtain. Biochemical 
researches to establish the precise nature of the 
single hormones are extraordinarily important 
and should be vigorously prosecuted in order 
that experimental studies of hormone influ- 
ences may be more systematically, exactly and 
intelligently pursued. 


THE BETTER-KNOWN ENDOCRINOPATHIES 


Our knowledge of endocrine functions has 
been variously derived, partly through 
keen clinical-pathological observations, partly 
through experimental work upon animals (sur- 
gical removal of single organs; organ trans- 
plantations; injections of organ extracts or of 
isolated hormones). Before discussing the 
relations of the endocrine organs to heredity 
and development, it may be helpful briefly to 
refer to a few of the classical clinical syn- 
dromes that are now justifiably believed to be 
endocrinopathic in origin. Time will not per- 
mit me to refer to more than a few of these, 
but those chosen will serve as illustrative 
paradigyas. 

I may cite first two characteristic clinical 
syndromes met with in association with disease 
of the thyroid gland, namely, exophthalmic 
goitre and myxedema. 

In the former, known also as Graves’ disease 
or Basedow’s disease, we observe, in typical 
instances, a markedly enlarged pulsating thy- 


JUNE 30, 1922] 


roid gland (goitre) in the neck, a persistently 
accelerated pulse rate (say 150 or more to the 
minute instead of the normal rate of 72), 
marked nervous symptoms including fine tremor 
of the fingers, outspoken protrusion of the eye- 
balls (exophthalmos), a tendency to profuse 
sweats and to watery diarrhcea, sensitiveness to 
heat, a peculiar psychic over-alertness and 
apprehensiveness, and a tendency to rapid ema- 
ciation (despite an abundant food intake) 
associated with demonstrable acceleration of 
the rate of the basal metabolism. Since simi- 
lar symptoms can be produced by feeding 
thyroid gland extract, it is believed that there 
is a hyperfunction of the thyroid gland (hyper- 
thyroidism) in exophthalmie goitre. 

In the idiopathic form of myxedema (or 


Gull’s disease) the clinical conditions are dia- . 


metrically opposite to those in exophthalmic 
goitre. The thyroid gland is small, the puise- 
rate is usually slow, the eyes look sunken 
(enophthalmos), the lid-slits are narrow, the 
bodily movements are slow and clumsy, the 
patient is mentally dull, forgetful and apa- 
thetic, there is sensitiveness to cold and a ten- 
deney to constipation, the hairs fall out, the 
skin is dry, thick and wrinkled and there is a 
tendency to obesity (despite a restricted food 
intake) associated with demonstrable retarda- 
tion of the rate of the basal metabolism. Since 
patients with idiopathic myxedema rapidly 
improve if they are fed the thyroid giand of 
the sheep, and since a condition precisely sim- 
ilar to it oceurs if the thyroid gland be sur- 
gically removed (cachexia thyreopriva), it is 
believed that myxedema is due to a hypofune- 
tion of the thyroid gland (hypothyroidism). 

Two sumilarly contrasting clinical syndromes 
due to disorders of the hypophysis cerebri or 
pituitary gland may next be mentioned, namely, 
(1) gigantism and acromegaly, due to over- 
function, and (2) Froehlich’s syndrome of 
obesity with genital dystrophy, due to under- 
function. 

When there is overfunction of. the pituitary 
gland in early life before the epiphyses of the 
long bones have united with the shafts of those 
bones there is over-stimulation of bony growth 
and the patient becomes excessively tail (gigan- 
tism). When the overfunction of the pituitary 


SCIENCE 


687 


gland occurs in later life (after epiphyseal 
union), bony overgrowth is still stimulated but 
manifests itself in enlargement of certain parts 


of the skull and of the hands and feet 
(acromegaly). There is also enlargement of 


the tongue and of the internal organs (splanch- 
nomegaly). The vietim presents a very char- 
acteristic appearance. The face is hexagonal, 
the nose is broad, the chin is prominent and 
curved so as to bend sharply upward, the cheek 
bones are outstanding and the arches above the 
eyes are prominent. Looked at from the side, 
the face resembles that of Punch (nut-cracker 
profile). The hands are spade-like, the fingers 
are sausage-shaped, and the feet are huge. 

On the other hand, when there is under- 
function of the pituitary gland during develop- 
ment a condition (Froehlich’s syndrome) in 
marked contrast to gigantism and acromegaly 
results. The skeletal development is defective, 
the growth of bone being less than normal. 
The patient is short in stature, the face re- 
mains child-like and the hands and feet are 
small (acromikria). The subcutaneous fat is 
markedly increased (obesity), and is distributed 
in an uneven way over the body, being most 
abundant on the abdomen, over the buttocks, 
and in the proximal portions of the extremi- 
ties. The secondary sex characters either fail 
to develop or develop in a faulty way. The 
pubic and axillary hairs do not appear or are 
seanty. The external genitals remain in an 
infantile state. In young men the voice is high 
pitched and there is a lack of normal virility. 
In young women, the menstrual flow is scanty 
or absent. 

Next, let us contrast two clinical pictures 
believed to depend upon disorders of the supra- 
renal capsules, (1) Addison’s disease, met with 
in destruetion of the suprarenals (hyposupra- 
renalism), and (2) pseudo-hermaphrodism, 
premature puberty, and hirsutism, met with in 
association with hyperplasias of the supra- 
renals (hypersuprarenalism). 

In Addison’s disease there is great weakness 
and prostration, associated with low blood 
pressure, diarrhea and other digestive dis- 
turbances, chronic anemia and often a peculiar 
bronzing of the skin (melanoderma). 

On the other hand, in cases in which there is 


688 


believed to be overfunction of the suprarenals, 
the clinical picture is markedly different though 
it varies somewhat with the time of onset of the 
assumed hyperfunction. Should this occur 
during fetal life, a pseudo-hermaphrodite ap- 
pears, the person presenting the external gen- 
ital appearances of one sex while possessing 
the internal sex organs of the other sex. When 
the overactivity exists soon after birth rather 
than before birth, puberty appears premature- 
ly, a little girl of three or four menstruating 
regularly and exhibiting the bodily and mental 
attributes (sexually) of an adolescent, or a 
boy of seven presenting the external genitals 
and the secondary sex characters of an adult. 
Should the overactivity of the suprarenals not 
occur until adult life, it may reveal itself in a 
woman of middle age by the rapid develop- 
ment of hairiness over the body (hirsutism) 
and by the exhibition of masculine character- 
istics (virilism). 

Other examples of clinical pictures might be 
mentioned but these few will suffice to illus- 
trate the extraordinary mental and physical 
changes that may become manifest when there 
are disturbances of function of the endocrine 
organs. 


CONSTITUTION AND THE ENDOCRINE ORGANS 


Biologically considered, a developed human 
being, like all developed higher organisms, 
must be looked upon as the resultant of a long 
series of reactions between the zygote (fer- 
tized ovum) and its environment. The ger- 
minal type or genotype, reacting with the sur- 
roundings, becomes the developed type or 
phenotype, in the case of human beings, the 
“realized person.” The germ plasm provides 
the determining factors, the environment the 
realizing factors. Everything in the phenotype 
attributable to inheritance may be spoken of 
as “constitution,” everything attributable to 
environment as “condition.” Medical men as 
well as biologists must, then, when studying a 
person or a single organism, be interested in 
differentiating, when they can, what is “consti- 
tutional” from what is “conditional” in origin. 
In experiments upon animals and plants such a 
differentiation may be relatively easy; in 
studies of human beings it is always extremely 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No, 1435 


difficult and, as regards many features, as yet 
wholly impossible. 

The importance of constitution will need no 
emphasis among biologists who are predom- 
inantly students of heredity. Among medical 
men, too, throughout the centuries, especially 
among practitioners, there have always been 
those who have been fully aware of the sig-~ 
nificance of constitution and of its relation to 
disease-disposition. During the past fifty 
years, however, under the spell of bacterial 
and protozoan etiology, medical men have been 
so absorbed by studies of influences arising in 
the environment that they have, too often, for- 
gotten to continue their investigation of influ- 
ences of endogenous origin. For a time, it was 
almost taboo to speak of “constitution,” or of 
“disposition,” owing to a justifiable reaction, 
perhaps, against the earlier prevalent tendency 
to use these words as a mask for ignorance. 
Recently, however, there has been a welcome 
revival of studies of constitution. Now that 
facts that supply a scientific basis for a general 
pathology of constitution have been aceumu- 
lated, we may look forward to a greatly 
increased interest among physicians in the part 
played by inheritance in disease.. Indeed, 
during the past five years, several treatises 
upon this and allied subjects have been pub- 
lished; and we may expect, I think, during the 
period just ahead of us, many attempts to 
present, more systematically than hitherto, the 
role played by constitutional disposition in 
the pathogenesis of a whole series of diseases. 

The chemical consideration of endocrine dis- 
orders, has in my opinion, given a strong im- 
petus to this movement toward a revival of 
studies of the physiology and the pathology of 
constitution. For though the endocrine organs 
are, in some instances, accessible to trauma and 
to poisons and parasites that reach them 
through the blood-stream, diseases of these 
organs, especially those “idiopathic” chronic 
diseases that develop insidiously and give rise 
to the classical endocrine syndromes, appear 
to be, usually, of endogenous rather than of 
exogenous origin, that is to say, they develop 
as the results of special anomalies of constitu- 
tion. This accounts for the fact that endo- 
crinopathies tend to run in families, and the 


JUNE 30, 1922] 


interrelationships that exist among the different 
endocrine organs may explain why a disease 
of the thyroid (exophthalmie goitre) may ap- 
pear in one member of a family, a disease of 
the pancreas (diabetes mellitus) in another, a 
disease of the hypophysis (dystrophia adi- 
posogenitalis) in a third, or a pluriglandular 
disorder in a fourth member of the same fam- 
ily. The experienced clinician can now often 
recognize phenotypes in which there are 
anomalies of constitution that predispose to 
- endocrine disorders; and as a result of this 
recognition he may, sometimes, be able to insti- 
tute a rational prophylaxis. The thyreotoxie 
constitution, the hypothyreotice constitution, the 
hypoparathyreotic constitution, the hyper- 
pituitary constitution, the hypopituitary con- 
stitution, the hypergenital constitution and the 
hypogenital constitution are instances in point. 
Unfortunately we have not learned as yet how 
effectually to intervene in a prophylactic way 
in all of these anomalies of constitution, but 
rewarding experiences with the hypothyreotie 
and with the hypoparathyreotie constitution 
give us hope that, with widening knowledge, 
suitable preventive measures will be discovered. 

Studies of the symptoms of endocrine dis- 
orders and studies of partial anomalies of con- 
stitution affecting the endocrine organs are thus 
throwing much light not only upon (1) the 
mode of action of the ineretions, but also wpon 
(2) inheritance as a determining cause of endo- 
erinopathic phenotypes. The incretions may 
affect distant parts directly, being carried to 
them by the blood; or they may affect those 
parts indirectly through the intermediation of 
the autonomic nervous system, which they sen- 
sitize. When they act directly, they may influ- 
ence the substances and processes in the locali- 
ties that they reach (chemical correlation; reg- 
ulation of metabolism) or they may supply 
materials for incorporation by the cells (nutri- 
tive and formative influences). When they 
act indirectly through the vegetative nervous 
system they may exert profound effects 
through the secretory activity of glands, 
through the contraction of smooth muscle, or 
through modifications of those neural mechan- 
isms that have to do with the emotions and 
the will. During the developmental period, it 
is clear that the incretions are in part responsi- 


SCIENCE 


689 


ble for the dimensions and proportions of the 
skeletal apparatus and the soft parts. A 
normal functioning of the ineretory organs is 
essential for the shaping of parts and for the 
maturing of functions in the right place and 
at the right time. Through correlative differ- 
entiation (due in part at least to the action of 
the ineretions), the developing organism gradu- 
ally comes to exhibit the characteristics of its 
species, its age and its sex. Even the anthro- 
pologists now maintain that the solution of 
the problem of how mankind has been demar- 
cated into types so diverse as the Negro, the 
Mongol and the Caucasian will involve the 
study of hormonie mechanisms! 


CAN HORMONES MODIFY UNFERTILIZED GERM- 
CELLS SO AS TO INFLUENCE INHERITANCE 


Thus far in our discussion of the relation of 
the endocrine glands to heredity and develop- 
ment we have confined our attention to (1) 
the genotypic determination of endocrine func- 
tions in developing organisms, (2) the réle 
played by the incretions in normal and patho- 
logical ontogeny, and (3) the fact that there 
exist heredo-familial anomalies of body make- 
up that predispose to endocrine disorders. But 
we must, for a few moments at least, consider 
the possibility that hormones, reaching unfer- 
tilized germ-ceils, may modify the germ plasm 
in such a way as to give rise to new inheritance 
factors that will be transmitted from genera- 
tion to generation. 

Experiments upon the influence of ineretory 
substances upon the development of cold-blood- 
ed animals have yielded such striking results 
upon cells of the soma that many have won- 
dered whether ineretions circulating in the 
blood might not also permanently alter the 
germ-cells so as to account in animals for the 
origin of mutations and new biotypes. You 
will recall the experiments to which I refer 
(1) the acceleration of tadpole metamorphosis 
by feeding thyroid substance and (2) the re- 
tardation of the same process by feeding thy- 
mus substance. 

In endocrine diseases of either endogenous 
or exogenous origin, the cells of the soma are 
also markedly altered; and the question has 
naturally been asked, May not the germ-cells 
be simultaneously profoundly changed? 


690 


Since 1895, a number of investigators have 
suggested that the influence of specific internal 
secretions might easily be used for the explana- 
tion of the inheritance of acquired characters. 
Last year, an English evolutionist published a 
volume on “Hormones and Heredity” and sug- 
gested that environmental influences infiuencing 
an organ, or part, of the mother may set free 
chemical substances (hormones) that, carried 
through the blood to the ovaries, may affect 
the ova in such a way as to lead to similar 
changes in the same organ, or part, of the off- 
spring. By such a mechanism he would attempt 
to account for a progressive evolution in the 
animal series. His theory would seem prac- 
tically to be a modfiication of the pangenesis 
theory of Darwin with the substitution of 
“hormones” for Darwin’s “gemmules.” 

Many physicians, too, have leaned toward 
Lamarckian or neo-Lamarckian theories that 
assume the inheritance of acquired characters 
and some of these have suggested that in such 
inheritance the ineretions must be concerned. 
Those who have been trained in the methods of 
modern biology, however, usually reject La- 
marckism, and attempt to explain the apparent 
inheritance of “acquired characters” for a gen- 
eration or two by assuming either a “germinal 
injury” (in the sense of Forel’s ‘“blastoph- 
thoria”) or a “parallel induction.” 

The consensus of biological opinion in this 
country is strongly opposed to the inheritance 
of acquired characters. Mendelian studies lend 
no support to the view that conditional influ- 
ences can affect inheritance factors. Mendelism 
is, however, difficult if not impossible to apply 
to man. As some one has put it, “the propa- 
gation of man consists of a continual crossing 
of polyhybrid heterozygote bastards,” not 
susceptible to analysis by Mendelian methods 
such as ean be applied to the study of the 
propagation of plants and experimental ani- 
mals. But if inheritance of acquired characters 
really occurred, why should there not be, as 
Conklin emphasizes, an abundance of positive 
evidence to prove it? When one plant or 
animal is grafted on another, there is no evi- 
dence that the influence of the stock changes 
the constitution of the graft. When an ovary 
is transplanted, the foster mother does not 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1435 


affect the hereditary potencies of the ova. 
Until more proof has been brought than has 
hitherto been advanced, we shall not be justi- 
fied, so far as I can see, in accepting the 
theory that conditional influences change 
hereditary factors. There are, moreover, aside 
from the problem of the inheritance of acquired 
characters, enough relationships of the endo- 
crine organs to heredity and development to 
long keep us rewardingly occupied. 


CONCLUSION 


Let me summarize in a few words the situa- 
tion as I see it. The endocrine organs are of 
the greatest importance in normal development, 
their ineretions exerting profound formative 
and correlative influences. In pathological de- 
velopment, the abnormal plenotypes that ap- 
pear often point decisively to partial anomalies 
of constitution involving especially the duct- 
less glands and their functions. Whether or 
not under normal or pathological conditions, 
hormones arising in the soma can so change 
the germ plasm of ova or sperm-cells as to ac- 
count for certain mutations or for germ-cell 
injury is a question that deserves considera- 
tion and merits experimental test. Finally, the 
conjecture that conditional influences upon the 
soma can through hormonal production and 
transportation to parental gametes so modify 
the germ-plasm as to result in the inheritance 
of the conditioned modification seems, as yet, 
to have but little, if any, evidence to support it. 

Lewe.iys F. Barker 

Bautimore, Mp. 


AN ANALYSIS OF STUDENT 
GRADES AT WASHINGTON 
UNIVERSITY SCHOOL 
OF MEDICINE 


THis work was undertaken with the idea of 
obtaining some definite data upon which to 
base opinions of students’ grades during their 
medical course. As the data obtained were of 
great interest to the staff of this school it was 
thought advisable to publish them in order that 
they might be used for comparison with those 
of other schools. 

The records of those students in the classes 
of 1914, ’15, 717, 719, ’20 and ’21 who spent all 


June 30, 1922] 


four years of their course in Washington 
University Medical School were studied. The 
class records before 1914 were not complete 
enough to average with the later records. The 
class of 1916 had only two members who spent 
all four years in this school, these records not 
being complete, and the class of 1918 finished 
its course in France, so these two classes were 
not considered in the analysis. In the six 
classes studied there were available the records 
of 89 students. From these records were copied 
the average for each year, the graduation age, 
degree at matriculation, and the school in 
which premedical training was taken. 

In considering the graduation age of the 
students it was found that there was little 
variation from one year to another. 
average graduation ages for the classes studied 
beginning with that of 1914 were 25, 26, 2514, 
26, 26, and 24 years, respectively. Thus the 
average graduation age of the 89 students was 
approximately 2514 years. The variation be- 
tween individuals was so slight that no rela- 
tion between age and grade was worked out. 

The number of students possessing bachelor’s 
degrees upon matriculation was 14, or 15.73 
per cent. of those studied. Eleven were A.B. 
degrees and three B.S. degrees. One might 
have expected a larger percentage of bachelor 
of science degrees from students interested 


SCIENCE 


The- 


691 


primarily in the sciences. The average gradua- 
tion age of these students was 26.64 years, or 
1.35 years older than that of those without de- 
grees. The average grade of the group with 
degrees was 82.21 per cent. as contrasted with 
80.89 per cent. for that without degrees. Thus 
we see that the average man with a degree 
upon matriculation was 1.35 years older than 
the man without one, but that his grade was 
1.52 per cent. higher than that of the under- 
graduate student. Is an increase of grade of 
1.32 per cent. worth a time loss of 1.35 years 
in a medical student’s career? 

The grade averages by years for each class 
are given in Table I. Here we see that there 
is not much variation between the classes of 
the years studied. This fact would indicate 
that a uniform system of grading had been 
used for all classes, providing the class of stu- 


TABLE I 
j TX Av. Av. Av. 
Class Year I | Year IL| YearIII| YearIv 
1914 | 77.87% | 80.31% | 79.95% | 82.11% 
1915 79.21% | 79.76% | 84.51% 83.60% 
1917 78.28% | 78.81% | 81.75% 84.02% 
1919 76.67% | 79.84% | 81.45% 85.52% 
1920 77.62% | 81.48% | 82.18% 83.68% 
1921 79.80% | 81.33% | 81.96% 84.73% 
Total Av. | 78.24% | 80.26% | 81.97% 83.93% 


General average for all classes for four years 
= 81.10%. 


TABLE II 
Per Cent. of Students 
Amount 
of Year I-IT Year IT-IIT Year III-IV Year I-IV 

Variation 
~ ~ 3 + = o = 
0-1% 3.41 12.50 6.82 5.68 8.99 7.78 4.50 
1-2% 10.02 6.82 10.02 6.82 16.85 3.37 2.25 
2-3% 3.41 5.68 9.09 11.36 10.11 5.62 2.25 
3-4% 5.68 11.36 9.09 6.82 8.99 5.62 1.12 
4-5% GES 2 ruil ia yesen ee 7.95 2.27 8.99 7.78 4.50 
5-6% 9.09 2.27 7.95 1.14 10.11 BPO Tali peeteda 
6-7% 4.55 1.14 BSL ae 4.50 SHY Nh) tas 
7-8% PAPAL alles ea 3.41 1.14 4.50 AEOO HMA Bp uae ten 
8-9% stay aM A een, 2.27 1.14 1.12 10.11 112 
9-10% AND Diy | einseseices B ba Ue A oe I AAO OM ali teecen 
10-11% me Oi ie iba eeeeee PVA) 1.12 LIB O ru iie leans 
11-12% eRe el GaN pe eens Ee aa so Re AD Nig eco 1G ae MTD bel ea iit wa 
12-13% DSTA liye ty Home OOTP AN Wien ER TG CIEE AARC TN ones HEA SES Ute Baie pecan 
Nes N  AL ers SRC AL SS Ui eS). a a Lae QS aac ees 
TN, MPR Tae] SR OE it HE poe aaa Ta PRPAS VD oda a RS 
OSG Zora ia era eeceeeatt longue eeeee ey TAN (Mt PL caaN Os mmc ek ies cy aT NOLIN cata Nee Le 
TUG AY ZN Sigh FH) Megara SY a7 ee A EB TD Ti eerie 
Teed 8 Oye iN | Wate estan a initecemeniee mT) UC URN a) MRE ROE ESL VLD Ret eke 
S199 alan ete SPH Ua RU SM Neen ONT Plies) None sy eee Manos eal ey ere 2:25 by ieee! 
DDO aie suite au een Ul peeeerteet IY Mis SREP Memes ate ce eNCrd tenetecetan we [LL ueeeine na Dn Na ee 


692 


dent remained the same for each year. There 
is a gradual increase in the general average 
from the first to the fourth year of 4.69 per 
cent. As the same students are present 
throughout all four years, this either shows an 
improvement in the student’s ability or, more 
likely, severe grading during the first years or 
lax grading during the last years of the course. 
The general average of the entire group for all 
four years is 81.10 per cent., which is a low B 
grade in our letter system. This gives us a 
numerical figure for our average students in 
the future. 

There was a great tendency toward variation 
in the grades of an individual from one year 
to the next. This is well shown in Table IT 
in which the per cent. of students varying a 
given percentage in grade, either up or down, 
between the different years of the course is 
shown. There is always a larger proportion of 
the class showing an increase in grade as would 
be expected from the increase in general aver- 
age. To show how inconstant the grades are 
from year to year we note that more than 36 
per cent. of the students have a difference of 
over 8 per cent. between first and fourth year 
averages, and indeed, 3.62 per cent. show a 
difference of over 18 per cent. 

In Table III the rank of the student in his 
class is considered. The men of each class 
were arranged according to rank, based on their 
first year averages, and the class then split into 
thirds, an upper, middle, and lower third. Each 
third was now considered 100 per cent. and 
the upper represented by left diagonal lining, 
the middle by cross hatching, and the lower by 
right diagonal lining. The proportion of the 
men of the upper third during the first year 
who fell into the middle third the second year 
is represented by the area of left diagonal 
lining in the middle division under year II. 
Similar changes in other groups may be fol- 
lowed in the same manner. It is obvious that 
aman might go from group 1 to group 2, then 
back to group 1 the third year, so that the left 
diagonal lining in group 1 for the third and 
fourth years does not represent the percentage 
of men who remained there constantly for four 
years, but that portion of the men who started 
in group 1 the first year who are there in the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1435 


year observed. Therefore the interrupted line 
was inserted in order to indicate the percentage 
of men in each division who remained there 
constantly for every one of the four years. 
This table shows that the upper and lower 
thirds of the class are the most constant in 
their rank, for 36 per cent. remained in the 
upper third constantly and 27 per cent. in the 
lower, while only 10 per cent. of the middle 
third remained there for four years. Those 
students who drop from the upper to lower 
third in the third year may be the ones pri- 
marily interested in the fundamental sciences, 
and not in clinical work. There are usually 
one or two such individuals in each class. We 
do get a surprising revelation of the incon- 
staney of a large proportion of the class. 
Only 24.7 per cent. of the group studied 
remained constantly in one division for four 
years, 57.3 per cent. went up or down one 
division, and 18 per cent. up or down two 


TABLE Mf 


Ko 
SY 
x 


x 


Sa SS 


< 
2, 


JUNE 30, 1922] 


divisions during the course. This shows that 
no class could have been even approximately 
grouped for the entire course on the basis of 
the first year’s averages. 

Finally those men in the group who had 
first year averages of less than 72 per cent. 
were picked out. It was thought that these 
were the borderline men, students who might 
have been dismissed from school had their 
grades been only one or two per cent. lower. 
The object was to observe the further progress 
of this group with regard to the other students. 
There were 15, or 16.8 per cent., of the stu- 
dents with a first year average under 72 per 
cent. Forty per cent. of them had their pre- 
medical training at Washington University, 40 
per cent. at the smaller colleges, and 20 per 
cent. at state universities. 

At the end of the fourth year 40 per cent. 
of these men had grades above the average 
for the senior year, 20 per cent. ranked in the 
upper third of the senior class, 27 per cent. in 
the middle third, and only 53 per cent. in the 
lower third. Of the 20 per cent. in the upper 
third of the senior class, one third had pre- 
medical training at Washington University, one 
third at a small college, and one third at a 
state university. The middle and lower thirds 
were equally divided between the small colleges 
and the universities. So it would seem that if 
poor preliminary training were the cause for 
the low first year average of these students we 
must blame the universities equally with the 
smaller colleges, for the percentage of advance 
in grade was equally divided between students 
from Washington University and such colleges 
as Central, Missouri Valley, Southwestern, 
and Christian Brothers’. 

As almost 50 per cent. of these men who 
might easily have been dismissed from school 
on their first year’s record made mediocre and 
even excellent students during their senior year, 
the question arises as to how many of the men 
with first year grades just below 70 per cent. 
who are now dismissed from school might 
reach the upper third of their class were they 
allowed to remain. Can we say it would be 
less than 20 per cent.? Yes, because many 
questions are considered in giving a student a 
grade just under or just over 70 per cent., 


SCIENCE 


693 


amongst them being just this possibility of im- 
provement. However, these figures should 
make us in the future think even more carefully 
before declaring a student unfit for the study 
of medicine on the basis of his first year’s 
record. 


M. F. WreymMann 
WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY 


ScHooL or MEDICINE 


CHARLES BASKERVILLE 


THe death of Charles Baskerville, last Jan- 
uary, was a great calamity to the chemical pro- 
fession. His end was premature—he was near- 
ing 52 years of age—and it brought a poignant 
sense of bereavement to his numerous friends. 
He did not live to see his life’s work done, but 
he departed from a world which will evermore 
be the richer for having once had him. 

Deeply and peculiarly American, an aristocrat 
by birth, Charles Baskerville was nevertheless 
broad and cosmopolitan in all his educational 
work, and honored by his students, pedagogic 
associates and professional colleagues. A man 
of high quality whose poise and personality 
early established leadership, his cheerfulness, 
sympathetic helpfulness and constant produc- 
tivity brought the admiration and respect of all 
who had the privilege of being near him. 

For thirty years Charles Baskerville occupied 
a prominently successful position in chemical 
education (University of North Carolina, his 
alma mater, 1891-1904; College of the City of 
New York since 1904); but, in addition, he 
found time for the conduct of original re- 
searches of value (first on the rare earths and 
later on the chemistry of anesthetics), while his 
inventions in the refining and hydrogenation of 
vegetable oils, plastic compositions and rein- 
forced metals are of recognized industrial im- 
portance. 

In addition to 190 educational, scientific and 
technologie papers, Charles Baskerville was the 
author of the following books: “School Chem- 
istry,’ 1898; “Key to School Chemistry,” 
1898; “Radium and Its Applications in Medi- 
cine,” 1906; “General Inorganic Chemistry,” 
1909; “Laboratory Exercises” (with R. W. 
Curtis), 1909; “Progressive Problems in Chem- 
istry” (with W. L. Estabrooke), 1910; “Quali- 


694 


tative Analysis” (with L. J. Curtman), 1910; 
“Municipal Chemistry” (with other experts), 
1911; and “Anesthesia” (with J. T. Gwath- 
mey), 1914. 

Charles Baskerville became a member of the 
American Chemical Society in 1894 and later, 
as councilor and chairman of important com- 
mittees, rendered much valuable service. His 
activities on the society’s committee on occu- 
pational diseases in the chemical industries 
were especially prominent. He was one of the 
most constant attendants upon the annual 
meetings, effectively laboring for the best inter- 
ests of the society. He was also a fellow of 
the London Chemical Society, a member of the 
Society of Chemical Industry, of the American 
Institute of Chemical Engineers, of the Amer- 
ican Electrochemical Society, of the Washing- 
ton and New York Academies of Science, of 
the Franklin Institute, and of the American 
Association for the Advancement of Science. 

Charles Baskerville’s great forte was in 
making practical suggestions for the better 
conduct of affairs. At North Carolina and 
later at the College of the City of New York, 
he was respected as an able teacher who kept 
in close and sympathetie touch with his stu- 
dents; but he did not confine himself to the 
teaching side of education. Upon the comple- 
tion of the chemical laboratory of the College 
of the City of New York, which he designed, 
he took rank among the foremost laboratory 
directors of the United States. He was indeed 
an organizer and administrator of the highest 
order. Indomitably energetic in his executive 
duties, and aided by an active staff of carefully 
selected chemical specialists, he succeeded in 
establishing and operating a strong department, 
and in consequence his influence extended 
throughout the institution. Constantly alert to 
help and keenly interested in bettering condi- 
tions, his accomplishments for his associates 
were numerous. His most attractive personal 
characteristics led to friendships of weight, 
which, in turn, benefited his colleagues and 
students. 

An intellect more powerful from its happy 
union of scientific ability with broad culture 
has probably not been seen in the American 
chemical profession. He was inferior to none 
in extent of literary acquirement, in penetra- 


SCIENCE 


[Von. LV, No. 1435 


ting and fertile executive ingenuity, and in 
general equipoise of mind. And withal he 
tried to be his “own man,” generous, kindly 
and sympathetic. The spirit of goodness is 
ever the same; but the modes of its manifesta- 
tion are numberless, and every sterling man is 
original. The vigor and sincerity of this 
sterling man made his friendship a treasure. 


W. A. Hamor 


SCIENTIFIC EVENTS 


THE PENSION AND INSURANCE PLAN OF 
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY 

A PENSION and insurance plan for the Prinee- 
ton University teaching staff was adopted on 
June 19 by the board of trustees at their an- 
nual meeting, held in connection with the uni- 
versity’s one hundred and seventy-fifth com- 
mencement exercises. It provides for the 
raising of a special fund of $1,000,000 not later 
than 1925, to provide the money that will be 
required under the trustees’ action. 

The plan, which was placed before the trus- 
tees by a special pension committee of which 
John O. H. Pittney is chairman, supplements 
the provisions of the Carnegie Foundation, of 
which about 90 per cent. of the faculty are at 
present beneficiaries. 

Any member of the university teaching staff 
may, under the plan approved, retire at 
the age of 65, and every member must retire at 
68, provided, however, that in special cases by 
a vote of the board of trustees an individual 
may be continued in active service beyond the 
retiring age period not exceeding three years. 

The general provisions of the plan are as 
follows: 

Every member so retiring shall be entitled to 
receive during the remainder of his life an annual 
retiring allowance equal to one half of his annual 
salary as teacher at retirement: 

Provided that the obligation of the university 
shall be reduced by the amount of any Carnegie 
or similar allowance to which any such member 
may be entitled. Any member so retiring, not 
immediately entitled to a Carnegie allowance, 
shall receive from the university his half salary 
as before defined (with such additions thereto as 
may be necessary to qualify him for the maximum 
Carnegie allowance) until he is entitled to maxi- 
mum allowance under the Carnegie rules. Any 


JUNE 30, 1922] 


member of the teaching staff who is entitled to a 
Carnegie retiring allowance and who forfeits such 
retiring allowance because of any voluntary act by 
which the same is forfeited under the Carnegie 
rules, may be deprived of his retiring allowance 
from the university. 

The university will provide life insurance that 
shall assure to each member of the teaching staff 
the payment of $5,000 on his death before his 
retirement, payable to his wife if he leaves one, 
otherwise to his children, or, if he leaves none, 
then to such person as he may, with the approval 
of the president, designate. 

“An alternative” plan” submitted by the com- 
mittee on pensions and also approved covers 
the cases of members of the faculty who hold 
deferred annuity policies issued by the Teach- 
ers’ Insurance and Annuity Association of 
America or other companies approved by the 
university finance committee. The university 
will, on the request of a member of the faculty 
and his relinquishment of all benefits under 
the insurance and pension plan, contribute to- 
ward the payment of the premiums on such 
annuity policies a sum not exceeding five per 
cent. of his annual salary, nor a maximum of 


$300. 


GIFTS TO THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF 
NATURAL HISTORY 


Girts of $1,000,000 by Mr. John D. Rocke- 
feller, Jr., and $250,000 by Mr. George F. 
Baker to the American Museum of Natural 
History were announced by President Henry 
Fairfield Osborn at a meeting of the executive 
committee of the board of trustees last week, 
when the following resolutions were passed: 

Resolved, That the trustees accept with grateful 
thanks the splendid gift of $1,000,000 presented 
to the museum by Mr. John D. Rockefeller, Jr., 
for its corporate purposes and hereby take 
pleasure in applying it to the permanent endow- 
ment fund, the principal to be kept invested and 
the income only to be expended for the work of 
the institution. 

This munificent gift, valued at more than a 
million dollars, is the more appreciated because it 
is received at a time when the increase of the 
permanent endowment by at least $2,000,000 
stands as the paramount need of the museum, in 
order that its scientific exploration and research 
may not be curtailed and in order that it may 
continue to render to public education, especially 


SCIENCE 


695 


through the school system of the city and country, 
a service which is increasing in importance and 
is receiving universal approval of educators. 

Mr. Rockefeller’s attitude in his generous terms 
of gift and in his liberal-mindedness with respect 
to the use of this fund is a further source of deep 
satisfaction and encouragement to the trustees be- 
cause it indicates his hearty endorsement of the 
aims and purposes of the museum and of the trus- 
tees’ policy in its development and expresses his 
belief in the present and future service which it 
can render to science and education for all the 
people. 

In recognition of Mr. Rockefeller’s interest in 
the museum, the trustees take pleasure in hereby 
electing him a benefactor. 

Resolved, That the trustees desire to record 
their deep sense of gratitude to Mr. Baker for 
his generous gift of $250,000, which constitutes 
the initial contribution to the much needed en- 
larged endowment for the growth and develop- 
ment of the museum. The trustees deeply appre- 
ciate not only the intrinsic value of the gift, but 
especially the generous attitude of the donor in 
permitting the unrestricted use of the income of 
this fund—an action which is indicative of his 
confidence in the administration of the museum 
and the aims and purposes of the institution. In 
recognition of Mr. Baker’s earlier contributions, 
the trustees had previously elected him a_bene- 
factor, and can therefore merely express their 
gratitude to him by extending their heartfelt 
thanks and best wishes for continued good health 
and happiness. 


THE INTERNATIONAL ASTRONOMICAL 
UNION AT ROME 

Atv the meeting of the International Astro- 
nomical Union at Rome from May 2 to 10, ac- 
cording to a report in The Observatory, the 
adherent countries represented were Australia, 
Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Czecho-Slovakia, 
Denmark, France, Great Britain, Holland, 
Italy, Japan, Mexico, Norway, Poland and the 
United States. Greece and South Africa, 
though adhering to the union, were not repre- 
sented, while Roumania and Spain were rep- 
resented, although the formalities connected 
with adhesion to the union had not been com- 
pleted. 

The list of committees for the coming three 
years drawn up by the executive committee 
was adopted. They were as follows, the name 
of the chairman being given in each case: 


696 


Relativity, Levi-Civita (Italy); Notations, 
Stroobant (Belgium); Ephemerides, Hichelberger 
(U. S. A.); Bibliography, B. Baillaud (France) ; 
Telegrams, Strémgren (Denmark); Dynamical 
Astronomy, Andoyer (France); Instruments, 
Hamy (France); Solar Physics, Hale( U.S. A.); 
Waye-lengths, St. John (U. 8. A.); Solar Rota- 
tion, Newall (Great Britain); Physical Observa- 
tions of Planets, Comets and Satellites, Phillips 
(Great Britain); Lunar Nomenclature, Turner 
(Great Britain); Wireless Determination of 
Longitude, Ferrié (France); Variation of Lati- 
tude, Kimura (Japan); Positions of Planets, 
Comets and Satellites, Leuschner (U. 8S. A.); 
Shooting Stars, Denning (Great Britain); Carte 
du Ciel, Turner (Great Britain); Stellar Paral- 
laxes, Schlesinger (U. 8S. A.); Photometry, Seares 
(U. S. A.); Double Stars, Aitken (U. S. A.); 
Variable Stars, Shapley (U. 8S. A.); Nebule and 
Clusters, V. M. Slipher (U. 8S. A.); Spectral 
Classification, Adams (U. S. A.); Radial Veloci- 
ties, Campbell (U. S. A.); Time, Sampson (Great 
Britain). 

Sir Frank Dyson gave, on behalf of the dele- 
gates of Great Britain and, more particularly, 
on behalf of Professor Newall, an invitation to 
the union to meet in Cambridge in 1925, and 
also to be present at the celebration of the two 
hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the founda- 
tion of the Royal Observatory, Greenwich. 
This invitation was seconded by Mr. Stratton, 
and was accepted after invitations from Poland 
and eastern center in the United States had 
been noted for 1928. The following were elect- 
ed to act as officers and executive of the union 
for the coming three years: 


President: Professor W. W. Campbell 
(U.S: A:): 

Vice-presidents: Professor Cerulli (Italy), M. 
Deslandres (France), Professor Hirayama 


(Japan), Mr. Hough (Great Britain), Professor 
de Sitter (Holland). 
Secretary: Professor Fowler (Great Britain). 


HONORARY DEGREES CONFERRED BY 
YALE UNIVERSITY ON SCIENTIFIC 
MEN 

At the commencement exercises of Yale Uni- 
versity on June 21, President James Rowland 
Angell conferred the honorary doctorate of 
science upon Dr. John C. Merriam and Mr. J. J. 
Carty and the doctorate of laws on Dr. Russell 
H. Chittenden. In presenting the candidates 


SCIENCE 


” science. 


[Vou. LV, No. 1435 


for the degrees Professor William Lyon Phelps 
spoke as follows: 

JOHN CAMPBELL MeERRIAM: President of the 
Carnegie Jnstitution, paleontologist and educator. 
Born in Iowa, where he took his first degree at 
Lenox College in 1887. Doctor of philosophy of 
the University of Munich. He began his profes- 
sional career as an instructor in paleontology and 
historical geology at the University of California 
in 1894, and since that date he has become a 
leading authority in fossil reptiles and fossil 
mammals of western North America, and of gen- 
eral historical geology of the Pacific coast region. 
He is a member of many learned societies and his 
publications are numerous and important. He 
was for years professor of geology and dean of 
the faculties at the University of California. He 
was largely instrumental in establishing the 
Pacific exploration project which has taken on 
large dimensions, involved wide ranges of science 
and large numbers of scientists. During the late 
stages of the war, he acted as chairman of the 
National Research Council. He is a member of 
the National Academy of Sciences and widely 
tegarded by scientific men as one of the half 
dozen conspicuous representatives of American 
He combines to an extraordinary degree 
ability as an investigator with ability as a teacher. 

JOHN JOSEPH Carty: Vice-president of the 
American Telephone and Telegraph Company, 
A pioneer in the development of telephone science 
since 1879. He designed and constructed the first 
metallic cireuit multiple telephone switchboard. 
A high authority states that his original re- 
searches published in 1889 demonstrate the pre- 
ponderating effect of electrostaic induction in 
producing cross-talk on adjacent telephone cir- 
cuits. Cross-talk is presumably used only in a 
technical sense. He invented the method of com- 
mon battery work now in general use throughout 
the world. The bridging telephone was designed 
by him; this forms the basis of all farmers’ party- 
lines, thus adding social knowledge and delight 
to the existence of wives. He is a 
leader in the movement to encourage research in 
pure science at the universities. During the war 
he was chairman of the executive board of the 
National Research Council. He rendered invalu- 
able service in preventing the interruption by the 
enemy of our trans-Atlantic cable communications. 
He designed the telephone and telegraph system 
for the American Army in France. He served as 
colonel in the United States Army as a staff offi- 
cer, and is now brigadier-general of the Officers’ 
Reserve Corps. For his services in establishing 


farmers’ 


JUNE 30, 1922] 


the telephone system in Japan, he received there 
the Order of the Rising Sun and of the Sacred 
Treasure. For his war services, he was given the 
formal thanks of the French Army, the cross of 
Officer of the Legion of Honor and the Distin- 
guished Service Medal from the United States 
government. 

RusseLL Henry CHITTENDEN: Dr. Chittenden 
was born in New Haven, and his active career has 
been identified with the Sheffield Scientific School, 
a fortunate thing for that institution. He took 
his bachelor of philosophy degree there in 1875. 
After taking his doctorate in the Graduate School, 
he studied at Heidelberg, and has received hon- 
orary degrees from the University of Toronto, 
University of Pennsylvania, Washington Univer- 
sity, and the University of Birmingham in Eng- 
land. His researches and publications in the field 
of physiological chemistry have made him one of 
the world’s foremost authorities; and during the 
war he represented America on the Inter-Allied 
Scientific Food Commission, which held sessions 
in London, Paris and Rome. In 1898 he was 
appointed director of the Sheffield Scientific 
School, where he immediately showed executive 
ability as remarkable as his powers of research. 
Under his leadership the Sheffield Scientific 
School became a liberal college, one of the best 
in America, where the study of the humanities 
had no stronger friend than the great scientist 
who directed the institution. Its growth in num- 
bers and in buildings and in resources was phe- 
nomenal; leading authorities were numerous on 
the faculty, Dr. Chittenden’s devotion to the 
avocation of fishing enabling him to be a good 
fisher of men. He retires from office this year 
in the plenitude ot his powers, with the respect 
of the best scholars in Europe and America, with 
the admiration of his colleagues, and with the 

- devoted affection of thousands of students who 
have been graduated under his administration. 


SCIENTIFIC NOTES AND NEWS 


Proressor T. H. Morean, of Columbia Uni- 
versity, was on June 1 formally received into 
the Royal Society and delivered the Croonian 
lecture. On the following day he and Dr. 
Sturtevant addressed the Genetical Society at 
its annual meeting, held at the John Innes 
Horticultural Institution. On June 8, Pro- 
fessor Morgan lectured at the University of 
Edinburgh and its degree of doctor of laws 
was presented to him. 


SCIENCE 


697 


Dr. Grorce ELLery Hause, director of the 
Mount Wilson Observatory and _ honorary 
chairman of the National Research Council, 
has been elected the American representative 


‘on the international committee which, under 


the auspices of the League of Nations, is to 
study and suggest methods of intellectual co- 
operation throughout the world. 

At the commencement exercises of Princeton 
University, the doctorate of science was con- 
ferred on Dr. Arthur Gordon Webster, pro- 
fessor of physics at Clark University; Dr. 
Henry Crew, professor of physics at North- 
western University, and Dr. John Campbell 
Merriam, of the Carnegie Institution of Wash- 
ington. The doctorate of laws was conferred 
on Dr. Livingston Farrand, president of Cor- 
nell University. 


Dr. Vernon Kewuoae, of the National Re- 
search Council, was given the honorary degree 
of doctor of science by Oberlin College on 
June 21. 


THE honorary degree of doctor of laws was 
conferred on the secretary of agriculture, 
Henry C. Wallace, by the Iowa State College 
of Agriculture and Mechanics Arts at the com- 
mencement this month. Secretary Wallace is 
an alumnus of the institution and gave the 
commencement address. 


Dr. Harotp L. Amoss, associate member of 
the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, 
New York, on June 7 received the degree of 
doctor of science from George Washington 
University, Washington, D. C. The scientific 
staff of the Rockefeller Institute on June 12 
gave a dinner in honor of Dr. Amoss, who has 
accepted the appointment of associate professor 
of medicine at the Johns Hopkins Medical 
Sehool, Baltimore. 


Amone those knighted on the occasion of 
King George’s birthday were Protessor William 
Maddock Bayliss, professor of general physi- 
ology in University College, London; Professor 
Frederick William Keeble, Sherardian pro- 
fessor of botany at Oxford University, and 
Dr. Edward John Russell, director of the 
Rothamsted Experiment Station. 


A COMPLIMENTARY dinner was given to Dr. 


698 


Henry Head, F.R.S., on May 26 in recognition 
of his eminent services to neurology as editor 
of Brain for seventeen years. Sir Charles 


Sherrington, president of the Royal Society, 


was in the chair and addresses were made by 
Sir David Ferrier and Dr. Head. Dr. Gordon 
Holmes has been made editor of the journal. 


Dr. Leon C. Havens, associate in immunol- 
ogy in the Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene 
and Public Health, has been appointed director 
of laboratories of the State Board of Health 
at Montgomery, Alabama. 


H. A. Noyss has severed his connection with 
the Mellon Institute of Industrial Research of 
the University of Pittsburgh to accept the posi- 
tion of research chemist for the Michigan De- 
partment of Agriculture. 


J. A. McCuintock, plant physiologist at the 
Georgia Experiment Station, has resigned, 
effective July 1, to accept the position of asso- 
ciate plant pathologist at the University of 
Tennessee Agricultural Experiment Station. 


Dr. Cuartes D. Watcort, secretary of the 
Smithsonian Institution, has left for the Cana- 
dian Rockies to continue geological explora- 
tions. 


Proressor J. G. NeepHaM, head of the de- 
partment of biology and entomology in Cornell 
University, is to exchange for the college year 
1922-3 with Dr. William A. Hilton, of the de- 
partment of zoology, Pomona College, Clare- 
mont, California. 


Dr. G. Canpy Ropinson, acting professor of 
medicine at the Johns Hopkins University 
during the current year, will spend the summer 
in study at the University of Copenhagen be- 
fore assuming his duties as professor of medi- 
cine at Vanderbilt University. 


Dr. JouNn Rick Miner, associate in the de- 
partment of biometry and vital statistics of 
the School of Hygiene, the Johns Hopkins 
University, has been granted leave of absence 
for the next academic year and will spend the 
time in study and travel abroad. During Dr. 
Miner’s absence, his position in the department 
will be filled by Dr. Flora D. Sutton, who has 
the degree of doctor of philosophy in mathe- 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1435 


matics from Johns Hopkins University, and 
has for some time been connected with the 
department of biometry and vital statistics. 


Dr. J. W. TURRENTINE, formerly director of 
the Experimental Kelp-Potash Plant of the 
U. 8. Department of Agriculture at Summer- 
land, California, has obtained furlough from 
the department for a period of six months to 
act as consulting chemist for the U. S. Kelp 
Products Corporation, the newly organized 
concern which has purchased the government’s 
plant and is now proceeding with the manu- 
facture of kelp products. 


Proressor FRANK Tututy, professor of 
philosophy at Cornell University left on June 
8 for Houston, Texas, to give the commence- 
ment address at the Rice Institute. From 
Houston he plans to go to Los Angeles to give 
a course of lectures before the Summer School 
of the Southern Division of the University of 
California. 


On June 6, at the Denver Public Library, 
Dr. C. P. Gillette, director of the Colorado 
Agricultural Experiment Station, delivered a 
lecture on ‘Heredity and the improvement of 
man,” under the auspices of the Genetic Foun- 
dation of Colorado. 


Proressor EveGene C. BINGHAM gave an 
illustrated lecture in Philadelphia on the even- 
ing of June 15 before the Philadelphia Section 
of the American Chemical Society on the sub- 
ject of “Fluidity and plasticity.” 


A Menvet festival was organized at Vienna 
by the Zoologic-Botanical Society to commem- 
orate the hundredth anniversary of the birth of © 
Gregor Johan Mendel on June 7. 


Dr. WiuLi1am CaRRUTHERS, from 1859 to 1895 
assistant and keeper of botany in the British 
Museum, known for his work in paleobotany, 
died on June 2, at the age of ninety-two years. 


PROFESSOR WILLIAM GOWLAND, emeritus pro- 
fessor of metallurgy in the Royal School of 
Mines, London, has died at the age of seventy- 
nine years! 


THE deaths are also announced of Professor 
C. V. Zanetti, director of the Institute of Phar- 
macological Chemistry of the University of 


June 30, 1922] 


Parma, and of Professor Jené Holzwarth, who 
held the chair of radiology in the University 
of Budapesth. 


A cABLEGRAM from Prague announces that 
Professor Edmund Weil has died from typhus 
contracted by infection in his laboratory at 
Lemberg, where he was working at the invita- 
tion of the Polish government. 


PrepaRATIONS for the fourth Boston meeting 
of the American Association for the Advence- 
ment of Science, to be held from December 26 
to 30, by invitation of the Massachusetts Insti- 
tute of Techonology and Harvard University, 
are progressing in a very satisfactory way. The 
privilege of reduced railway rates for those 
attending the meeting has already been granted 
by the New England Passenger Association, 
the Trunk Line Association, the Central Pas- 
senger Association, the Southeastern Passenger 
Association, and the Eastern Canadian Passen- 
ger Association. This privilege is based on the 
certificate plan, and the cost of the round trip 
to Boston will be one and one half times the 
regular one-way tariff. The region thus far 
included extends about to the Mississippi River. 


Stema Deuta Epsinon, graduate women’s 
scientific fraternity, founded at Cornell Uni- 
versity, May, 1921, recently became incor- 
porated and installed Beta Chapter at the Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin on April 25. The national 
officers, who serve until the convention in Bos- 
ton in December at the time of the meetings of 
the American Association for the Advancement 
of Science are: Christianna Smith, Cornell, 
president; Hlizabeth Smith, Wisconsin, first 
vice-president; Helen M. Johanns, Wisconsin, 
second vice-president ; Evelyn Fernald, Cornell, 
secretary; Helen Brewster Owens, Cornell, 
treasurer. 


Dr. Vernon Ketioae writes: “The industry 
and commerce committee of the Polish parlia- 
ment has drafted a bill providing for the adop- 
tion of the metric system of weights and 
measures for the whole of reunited Poland. The 
bill provides that beginning January 1, 1923, 
all retail trade in Poland will be conducted on 
this basis, and that on and after January 1, 
1924, all trade, whether retail or wholesale. At 
present the metric system is in use in the parts 
of Poland which were formerly under German 


SCIENCE 


699 


and Austrian rule, but the Russian system, with 
its versts and poods, is still being used in 
former Russian Poland. 


Following an unconditional gift of its large 
collection of books and documents on public 
health, medical and related subjects to the Sur- 
geon General’s Library of Washington, the 
Prudential Life Insurance Company of America 
has made a similar, though less extensive, pre- 
sentation of its books and documents on fores- 
try and agriculture to the library of Yale 
University. 


Proressor ARNOLD Pick, the well-known 
neurologist at Prague, is about to retire from 
teaching and wants to sell his library. It con- 
tains some 3,000 works on psychiatry, neu- 
rology and psychology, besides 7,000 reprints 
and theses. 

THe British Medical Journal states that 
strong protests have been made by the medical 
profession in France, and especially by the 
Syndicat général des médecins frangais 
électro-radiologistes, against the appointment 
by the prefect of the department of the Seine 
of a radiographer who is not a qualified medi- 
cal practitioner to be director of the radio- 
logical laboratory of the Salpétriére Hospital 
in suecession to the late Dr. Charles Infroit. 


Mr. F. H. Rippts, president of the Amer- 
ican Ceramic Society, writes: “Allow me to 
submit a correction to the item relating to the 
annual meeting of the American Ceramic Soei- 
ety which appeared in Sciznce on June 2. As 
it stands, it is made to appear that in the inves- 
tigation on special porcelains adapted for 
spark plugs, ete., conducted by the Bureau of 
Standards, the work of Mr. A. V. Bleininger 
was of a secondary and minor character. Per- 
mit me to say that his contribution was vital 
and important and that the final conclusions 
reached were the result of close cooperation.” 


A REFLECTING telescope with a 61-inch mir- 
ror is to be made for Ohio Wesleyan University. 
It will be housed in the Perkins Observatory, 
of which Professor Clifford Crump is director. 
There are only two reflecting telescopes in the 
world which will exceed this new instrument 
in size, according to officials of the Warner 
and Swasey Company, which has contracted 
to make the installation. These are the 100- 


700 


inch reflector at the Mount Wilson Observatory 
in California and the 72-inch one at Victoria, 
British Columbia. The $250,000 for its con- 
struction was given by Professor M. H. Per- 
kins, for twenty-five years an instructor in 
mathematics at Ohio Wesleyan, who has made 
many other contributions for the upkeep and 
maintenance of the observatory. A feature of 
the telescope is that it will be devoted pri- 
marily for the use of the students in the uni- 
versity and only secondarily for research. This 
is the first of the large instruments to be so 
used. Three years will be required to complete 
the installation. 


A Bera Cuaprer of Sigma Delta Epsilon, a 
women’s honorary scientific society, was re- 
cently installed at the University of Wisconsin. 
The society has a membership of 33 women 
who are doing advanced work in science in the 
University of Wisconsin, the federal govern- 
ment and the state scientific institutions in 
Madison. The officers are Dr. Eloise Gerry, 
U. S. Forest Products Laboratory, president; 
Miss Marion E. Phelps, department of physies, 
vice-president and chairman of the membership 
committee; Miss Helen Johann, cereal investi- 
gations U. 8. Department of Agriculture, sec- 
retary; Dr. Elizabeth A. Smith, department of 
zoology, treasurer; and Miss Nevada Evans, 
department of plant pathology, chairman of 
the program committee. The meetings are held 
twice a month and give opportunities for pre- 
sentation and informal discussion of the results 
of research as well as social intercourse. The 
society is non-seeret. Its name means united 
in friendship through science. The officers- 
elect for the coming year are Professor Eliza- 
beth A. Smith, zoology, president; Professor 
Helen Parsons, food chemistry, vice-president; 
Miss Helen Johann, cereal investigations, secre- 
tary; Miss Ruth Chase, zoology, treasurer; and 
Miss Emma Fiske, botany, chairman of the pro- 
gram committee. 


THE Biological Station of the University of 
North Dakota at Devil’s Lake is planning to 
‘continue this season the work which it has been 
conducting for a number of years past, which 
includes experiments on the influence of solu- 
tions of different salts of varying concentra- 
tions upon fishes, in the attempt to ascertain 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1435 


the cause of death of fish in such solutions. It 
is also continuing the biological survey of the 
state, upon which considerable progress has 
already been made. The work this year will be 
centered, chiefly on the fishes, reptiles and 
Amphibia. Reports have already been pub- 
lished, or are in press, dealing with a number 
of groups, including the birds, mollusks, Pro- 
tozoa, locusts, and bugs (Hemiptera). This 
latter work is in charge of Miss Crystal Thomp- 
son, of the Amherst College Museum, and is in 
cooperation with the Museum of Zoology at 
Ann Arbor. The environment of Devil’s Lake, 
with numerous ponds differing markedly in 
their physical and chemical characteristics, 
marshes, woodland, and cultivated land, con- 
tains a rich fauna for ecological studies, espe- 
cially on aquatic life. 


WE learn from Nature that the Strangers’ 
Hall, Norwich, an old city merchant’s house, 
with groined undereroft, fifteenth century ban- 
queting hall, and other paneled rooms of later 
date, has been offered by its owner, Mr. Leon- 
ard G. Bolingbroke, to the corporation of Nor- 
wich for the purpose of an English Folk and 
Historical Museum, in conjunction with the 
Norwich Castle Museum. Mr. Bolingbroke has 
also offered his collection of old domestic appli- 
ances and other “bygones” illustrative of the 
various phases of a middle-class Englishman’s 
home during the last four or five centuries, 
which will find a fitting environment in the 
various rooms of the house. While the aim of 
the museum will be historical rather than scien- 
tific, there will be found many exhibits of 
interest to students of early history and devel- 
opment of such subjects as the production of 
light and fire, domestic cookery, and other 
kindred objects. 

THE Royal Geographical Journal reports 
that an expedition lately left Copenhagen for 
the Dutch East Indies with the object of taking 
preliminary steps towards the establishment of 
a Tropical Station for Biological Research 
in that region. It is headed by Dr. T. Morten- 
sen, of the Copenhagen Zoological Museum, 
and the botanist is Hjalmar Jensen. The pro- 
ject was set on foot some years ago and has 
been brought to a head through the labors of 
a Scandinavian Society formed for the pur- 


JUNE 30, 1922] 


pose. The present expedition has been ren- 
dered possible by a grant from the “Rask- 
orsted Fund.” The probable site of the station 
will be in the Ké islands, previous research 
having shown that there is an unusual abun- 
dance of animal life in the waters to the west 
of the group. What is really a deep-water 
fauna is here found at comparatively small 
depths—200-300 meters—making it easy to col- 
lect rare deep-water species. It is possible 
that Dutch cooperation may be secured, and 
in any ease the intention is to give an inter- 
national character to the station. 


UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL 
NOTES 
Mrs. DororHy WHITNEY SrraicHt will give 
to Corneil University a million-dollar building 
to be used as a center for the social and recre- 
ational lite of the students. 


At the commencement of Princeton Univer- 
sity a gift of $100,000 was announced from 
James H. Lockhart, of Pittsburgh, for the en- 
dowment of scholarships in memory of his 
father, Charles Lockhart. 


Hearst Haut and Hearst Hall Annex weve 
destroyed and the Pathology Building of the 
University of California was damaged on June 
21 in a fire with estimated loss of $100,000. 
Hearst Hall, a large frame structure, was the 
gift to the university women of Mrs. Phoebe 
Apperson Hearst. Mr. William Randoiph 
Hearst has undertaken to rebuild Hearst Hall 
and its accessory buildings in fireproof material. 

Dr. Haven Emerson has been appointed 
professor of public health and administration 
in the College of Physicians and Surgeons, 
Columbia University, and given the task of 
working out a plan for the organization of the 
Institute of Public Health established by the 
bequest of the late Joseph A. DeLamar. 

Mr. Sicrrep Haves and Mr. Robert Evans 
have been appointed instructors in the division 
of agricultural biochemistry of the University 
of Minnesota. Dr. Paul F. Sharp, instructor 
in the division, has been appointed assistant 
chemist of the Montana Agricultural Experi- 
ment Station. 


Proressor §. I. Kornuausrr, of Denison 


SCIENCE 


701 


University, has been appointed head of the de- 
partment of anatomy of the School of Medi- 
cine of the University of Louisville, in the place 
left vacant by Dr. Chas. Brookover. During 
the summer Dr. Kornhauser will be biological 
assistant to Colonel William G. Atwood, direc- 
tor for the committee on marine piling investi- 
gations of the National Research Council. 


Dr. AuFrep PovaH, formerly associate pro- 
fessor of plant pathology and associate plant 
pathologist at Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 
has been appointed assistant professor of bot- 
any at Northwestern University. 

Dr. A. O. WeeEsE, professor of biology at 
the University of New Mexico for the past ten 
years, has accepted the professorship of biology 
at James Millikin University, Decatur, Illinois, 
recently made vacant by the death of Dr. A. A. 
Tyler. Professor Weese has spent the past 
year at the University of Illinois. 


DISCUSSION AND CORRESPOND- 
ENCE 
THE NEW CATASTROPHISM AND ITS 
DEFENDER 

REFERENCE was made in my contribution to 
Science for February 17 to Professor Price, 
alleged geologist, upon whose scientific vagaries 
a reactionary theology relies much in its recent 
attack on evolution—the result of a reeru- 
descence of the old conflict which such a the- 
ology has ever waged against the progress of 
selence. 

George McCready Price, who since 1906 has 
held positions as professor of geology, College 
of Medical Evangelists, Loma Linda, Califor- 
nia, professor of English literature, Fernanda 
Academy, California, and professor of chem- 
istry and physics, Lodi Academy, California, 
is evidently in the religious denomination 
(Seventh Day Adventist) to which he belongs 
held to be a man of considerable versatility. 

The writings by which he is best known are 
two books, “Fundamentals of Geology” (1913), 
and “Q. H. D., or New Lights on the Doctrine 
of Creation” (1917), and numerous articles in 
the religious press—chiefly the Philadelphia 
Sunday School Times. 

The distinctive ideas for which he stands in 


702 


geology (the only ones to be reviewed in this 
article) are: 

First: What he terms the “New Catastro- 
phism,” which turns out to be nothing more 
than the Old Catastrophism embodied in the 
Noachian Deluge. 

Second: A literal creation of material things 
(the sidereal universe with its parts appar- 
ently in different stages of development—its 
nebule, hydrogen stars, metallic stars, carbon 
stars and dark stars); and all animate things 
(trilobites, nummulites, graptolites, ammonites, 
sigillaria, the fishes of the Old Red Sandstone, 
the large reptiles of the Mesozoic, the mam- 
moth and the mastodon, the one-toed horse and 
the three-toed horse, and man) all at one and 
the same time just as set forth in the first 
chapter of Genesis. 

While not committing himself to any esti- 
mate of the time back of the present when all 
this took place, it is evident that he leans to a 
“short chronology’; for in Chapter IX of his 
Fundamentals of Geology he argues for a 
catastrophic instead of a uniformitarian rate 
for the deposition of strata. In Chapter I of 
his “Q. E. D.” he refers to the study of the 
phenomena of radioactivity as having “thrown 
a good deal of doubt upon the older estimates 
of the age of the earth,’ but he fails to inform 
his reader that such study has revealed the 
necessity of postulating a long succession of 
atomic transformations, and has enormously 
extended the length of geologic time. 

Realizing that if there has been a geological 
succession of life on the earth 
“‘then some form of genetic connection between 
these successive types is the intuitive conclusion 
of every thinking mind, even though the recovery 
of these connecting links may prove impossible,’’ 
and his Genesis account, which he is out to 
defend at all hazards, goes by the board, he 
flatly denies that there has been any geological 
succession, and sets himself to the task of en- 
deavoring to prove the astounding thesis “that 
all fossils are of the same age and none of 
them older than man.” In doing this he shows 
wide familiarity with geological literature, 
quoting largely from the most eminent authori- 
ties in this country and in Europe. Any one 
reading these writings of Price, which possess 
a certain charm of literary style, and indicate 
on the part of the author a gift of popular 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1435 


presentation which makes one regret that it 
had not been devoted to more laudable purpose, 
must constantly marvel at the character of 
mind of the man who can so go into the litera- 
ture of the subject and still continue to hold 
such preposterous opinions. 

The position of superiority he arrogates to 
himself is amazing: With his solicitude for har- 
monizing his views with those of the Bible so 
palpable, one of his eyes, at least, being always 
“kept on Genesis,’ he still has the face to 
accuse all “other geologists” of being biased, 
charging that they hold to a belief in geological 
succession “solely on the strength of the infalli- 
bility of a theory” (elsewhere referred to as 
the onion-coat theory of Werner) “invented a 
hundred years ago in a little corner of western 
Europe.” 

So much under the spell of this old Wer- 
nerian hypothesis are geologists still (excepting 
himself), that, according to Price they “invent” 
unconformities and faults to explain breaks 
and repetitions in the life succession. 

Price especially endeavors to find “mare’s 
nests” in the “alleged” great thrust faults of 
the earth, impugning the competency or integ- 
rity, or both, of the distinguished geologists 
who vouch for their existence: as that of Heim 
and Rothpletz for the great Glarus overthrust 
in the Alps, that of Geikie for the great over- 
thrust in Scotland, that of McConnell, Camp- 
bell and Willis for the great overthrust along 
the eastern front of the Rockies in Canada and 
northwestern United States, and finally that of 
Hayes for the numerous overthrusts in the 
southern Appalachians. 

Professor Price also thinks he has found an- 
other geological “mare’s nest,” one that ought 
to confound these believers in a geological sue- 
cession, in the fact: 

‘«That the rivers of the world in cutting across 
the country, completely ignore the varying ages 
of the rocks in the different parts of their courses, 
and act precisely as if they began sawing at them 
all at the same time.’’ 

Evidently the conception of a superimposed 
river, disclosing old buried structures as it 
deepens its channel, so easily understood by any 
high school student of physiography, is beyond 
the mental grasp of the author of “Funda- 
mentals of Geology.” 

This then is the man who, while a member 


JUNE 30, 1922] 


of no scientific body and absolutely unknown 
in scientific circles, has in at least one of his 
contributions to the religious press (the one in 
which he tried to make much of the so-called 
anti-evolution admissions of Bateson) had the 
effrontery to style himself “geologist,” in the 
expression he there used “we geologists’; and 
this is the man who in his support of a literal 
Genesis is hailed by the “Fundamentalists” as 
their great champion—one who has “demon- 
strated the absurdity of the evolutionist’s 
geological theories” and has brought into prom- 
inence the “heretofore mute evidence of a 
mighty upheaval and a flood.” 
ArtHuR M. MILLER 
UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY 


KEYS IN SYSTEMATIC WORK 

To tHe Hprror or Science: It seems more 
mechanical uniformity is possible in the keys 
which systematists find of so much value in 
descriptive work. The number of forms used 
now is limited apparently only by the num- 
ber of authors publishing such keys, and among 
this large number of forms are many which 
are wasteful of space and many which are 
confusing to the student. 

Some of the mechanical requirements of a 
good key may be briefly summarized: 

1. The key should oceupy a minimum 
amount of space, and should present the mini- 
mum difficulty to the printer. 

2. The key should be capable of indefinite 
expansion, that is, provide for any number of 
groups, and no headings of groups or sections 
should be duplicated. 

3. Any desired space under each heading 
should be available. 

4. Coordinate groups in the key should be 
recognizable as such at a glance and such co- 
ordinate groups should be in juxtaposition. 

5. The key should be as readily “run back- 
ward” as “run forward.” 

Ample reasons for all these requirements 
could be given but need not be detailed here. 
The following skeleton key shows a form which 
I believe meets all these requirements, and it 
is presented for criticism in the hope that after 
discussion some form of key may be found 
which will meet with general approval. Sec- 


SCIENCE 


703 


tions 3 and 3/ show length of printed lines 
when several lines are required for a section. 
Key To Species a-h oF THE GENUS X 


1 Parsi spurned sci eeouwen nimnacntale unl 2. 
i, Parsijmote spurred lee ene an uses 5. 
Pie (3G) eeu LJ PUA SARE CE VAL Re a. 
PL aS aE aI ee RA age a EMILY 3. 
Ba (oe ee cttece rater te Sate eee Metre ret 2 Dy al 

Ferree eterna tot en ese nen Wee tee LL 4, 
3’. 

Sn Re e Eeape ay  Heni NE NTL db. 
SNCS) sia iese cea ee ee no ARON UT NEEL nes Ba OE a c. 
CoA | FON Verge eR UE AP eae a ru AN, EEE EAE! a) d. 
BYU) ets Ea eee aren e. 
5’. 3 
CU GSA) Hy Scene Ss ena alan Bei 
Ges theses cate neat aU Nee UL TANNED INWAlt Net g. 
6e 


EK. B. Winuiamson 
Buurrton, INDIANA 


THE Y-CHROMOSOME TYPE OF _ SEX- 
LINKED INHERITANCE IN MAN 

In a short article which appeared in the 
Journal of Heredity for November, 1921, 
Richard Schofield describes a case of human 
inheritance whieh has very great theoretical 
interest. It involves the transmission through 
four generations of a condition called webbed 
toes. The condition is found only in male 
members of the family and is transmitted from 
father to son, never to a daughter nor through 
a daughter to her sons. 

It thus has the distribution in heredity of a 
Y-chromosome, a structure found only in the 
male-determining spermatozoa of certain ani- 
mals and never in their eggs. The Y-chromo- 
some accordingly is a structure possessed by 
male individuals only and thus forms an ap- 
propriate vehicle for the transmission of char- 
acters from father to son, quite independently 
of the female line of descent. All this was 
pointed out by Schmidt in a contribution from 
the Carlsberg Laboratory, which I reviewed in 
Science for April 8, 1921, under the title 
“A New Type of Inheritance.” Schmidt 
deseribed in a fish the first known case of 
inheritance of this type. This has since been 
confirmed in the case of another species of fish 
by a Japanese observer, so that it may now be 
regarded as well established. Schofield’s article 


704 


furnishes evidence that the Y-chromosome type 
of inheritance occurs in man as well as in 
fishes. 
W. Hy CastLe 
Bussty INSTITUTION, 
JUNE 3, 1922 


THE VOCABULARY OF METABOLISM 


I wish to suggest in the columns of SclENCE 
the following new terms in the vocabulary of 
metabolism: (1) Eubolism, a condition of 
normal bodily metabolism; (2) Pathobolism, a 
condition of perverted metabolism of a diseased 
nature, as, for example, diabetes; (3) Dysbol- 
ism, a condition of disturbed metabolism not 
necessarily of a diseased nature, as, for ex- 
ample, alkaptonuria. I believe that these terms 
will supply a want in the terminology of meta- 
bolism. 

Max Kaun 

Beto IsRAEL HOSPITAL, 

New YorK 


SALARIES OF PROFESSORS IN POLAND 


I rake the following item from the weekly 
news release of June 7 of the Polish Bureau of 
Information: 

Because of the importance attached to their 
role in the life of the nation, the university pro- 
fessors of Poland have been granted salaries 
greater than those to which their official rank 
would entitle them. [The official rank of full 
professors in Polish considered 
equivalent to that of major generals. | 

If they have been in service fifteen years and 
are supporting families, they are to receive 
monthly salaries of 139,000 marks. This approxi- 
mates the salaries of cabinet ministers, who re- 
ceive about 160,000 marks monthly, and is slightly 
in excess of those of vice-ministers, who receive, 
including representation funds, about 137,000 
marks. 

These salaries for professors have been made 
possible by a special provision in the state budget, 
appropriating 357,906,966 marks for professors’ 
salaries and 87,625,761 marks for the salaries of 
assistants, a total of nearly half a billion marks. 
[For the value of a Polish mark in American 
money to-day, consult the morning newspaper. ] 


universities is 


VERNON KELLOGG 
WasuHineton, D. C. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1435 


SPECIAL ARTICLES 


THE SPIRAL TREND OF INTESTINAL 
MUSCLE FIBERS 
In the Anatomical Record for May, 1921 
(Vol. 21, pp. 189-215), Professor Carey pub- 
lished his “Studies on the Structure and Fune- 
tion of the Small Intestine.” These were re- 
printed, in part, with the title, “Studies on the 
Anatomy and Muscular Action of the Small 
Intestine,’ as the opening article of volume 1 
of the Journal of Gastro-Enterology (July, 
1921). ‘The first conclusion, and the only one 
on which comment is here to be made, is this: 
The inner muscle coat of the small intestine is 
not composed of circular or annular rings contigu- 
ously placed, but is a continuous muscular sheet 
wound into a close helix. One complete turn is 
made in every 0.5 to 1 mm. or less (Anat. Rec., 
p. 193; Journ. Gastro-Ent., p. 9). 


Professor Carey characterizes the conception 
that the inner muscular coat is composed of 
discrete muscular rings with a certain degree 
of connection, as “a faulty anatomical heir- 
loom’’—an “erroneous idea which arose with 
the inception of the microscope and has since 
been accepted unchallenged.” There is, how- 
ever, a neglected anatomical heirloom, with 
which perhaps the author was unfamiliar, in 
the form of “A Discourse concerning the 
Spiral, instead of the supposed Annular, struc- 
ture of the Fibres of the Intestins; discover’d 
and shewn by the Learn’d and Inquisitive Dr. 
William Cole to the Royal Society” (Phil. 
Trans., 1676, Vol. xi, pp. 603-609). This dis- 
course, not now readily accessible, is so admir- 
ably confirmed by Professor Carey’s repetition 
of the work as to repay examination. 

At the time of Dr. Cole’s studies, Willis, in 
his Pharmaceutice rationalis, published two 
years previously, had described the interior 
fibers of the muscular coat as “annular, every- 
where girdling in close-set ranks the cavity of 
the intestines, and inserted into the edge of the 
mesentery as in a tendon.” Overlying these, 
and “crossing them at right angles,” he found 
straight or longitudinal fibers, and believed 
that the sinewy outer layer wrapped around 
them served them in place of tendons. (Earnest 
efforts were made by the early anatomists to 


JunE 30, 1922] 


find tendons for smooth muscle!) From the 
mesentery and from the fibers of the outer 
coat, the cireular and longitudinal muscles, 
respectively, received the animal spirits or 
nervous energy whereby they were at first 
inflated and distended, thereafter becoming 
shorter and more contracted. As to the action 
of the two sets of muscle fibers, he wrote: 

Indeed the circular fibers, having contracted 
successively and seriatim, constrict the diameter 
of the intestine; and at the same time the longi- 
tudinals, inflated and distended, narrow it still 
more and produce a downward movement, so that 
the contents of the intestines, thus compressed 
from behind, must constantly be driven forward. 

With such a description current, Dr. Cole 
begins his paper as follows: 

Discoursing (near two years since) with a very 
ingenious Person, concerning the Mechanical rea- 
son of the Peristaltick motion of the Intestines, 
which is by Anatomists deduced principally from 
Annular fibres, constituting, according to the re- 
ceived doctrine (with the right fibres immediately 
investing them, though, by the by; I take these 
to make a distinct coat) one of the coats of them; 
his sence was (which he told me was that likewise 
of some others of his acquaintance) that they 
might be rather numerous, though small, Sphine- 
ter-muscles, than single fibres, to which that mo- 
tion is to be attributed. 

For four theoretical considerations Dr. Cole 
dissented, namely (1) that on the supposition 
of circular sphineters there would be no con- 
tinuous lengthwise channel for the propaga- 
tion of motion, and (2) lateral transmission 
seems not to be agreeable to nature’s methods. 
Moreover, (3) lateral exits would tend to pre- 
vent distension of the fibers by the influent 
matter; and (4) circular muscles lack two ten- 
dons by the approximation of which all mus- 
cular work is accomplished. He therefore 
offered the following solution: 

Viz. That those fibres which have been esteemed 
annular, might perhaps be spiral, and so be con- 
tinued down in one tract to the lowest extremity 
of the intestines; . . . their declination being not 
easily discernible... But ... I consider’d ’twas 
too unphilosophical to acquiesce in bare specula- 
tion, when autopsy might be consulted; and there- 
fore I set upon the experiment, first in the upper 
intestines of an Ox, afterwards in those of Sheep 
and Calves... . 


SCIENCE 


705 


To effect a due disjunction of the membranes 
and fibres (which I found ’twas hard, if not 
impossible, for me to make while ’twas raw), I 
was fain to cause the intestine of Oxen to be 
boiled 5 or 6 hours, of Sheep 4; whereby the com- 
pages of the parts was so loosned, that the two 
outward coats were easily separated from that to 
which my search was destined, and left those 
reputed annular fibres naked. 

The results of attempting to follow, through 
separation, the course of the bundles of these 
muscle fibers—single fibers being found too 
small to isolate—Dr. Cole records in numbered 
paragraphs, from first through “eighthly.” 
The following are selected statements, abbre- 
viated (as were previous citations) : 

When, beginning at the top, I attempted the 
separation of one of these clusters of fibres 
towards my right hand (on that side of the intes- 
tine, I mean, which was turned towards me) a 
whole ring would come off together ...; but 
endeavouring it towards my left, I found, for the 
most part, I could easily enough unravel that 
cluster to a considerable length, viz., that of some- 
times more than two or three spans, before rup- 
tion, which yet at last ’twould be subject to. 

If I began at the lower part of the intestine, 
and try’d to unravel upwards, there was not much 
more difficulty in so doing . . . [But] the opera- 
tion, I observ’d would not succeed, unless I at- 
tempted it on the contrary order, viz., towards 
my right hand. 

When before boiling I caused the inside of the 
intestines to be turned outward, as I did in two 
tryals,...and endeavoured to unravel the 
fibres, I found they would come off in the con- 
trary order ... the intestine being inverted, the 
order of separation must be so too. 

Other observations are that the obliquity of 
the spiral may vary; that the spiral is less 
well-defined in the cecum; and that everywhere 
some fibers deviate from the main trend, being 
in the opposite order, or forming intercom- 
munications between the turns of the spiral. 
But the general conclusion reached is that the 
fibers altogether form “one concave helical 
muscle.” 

Where the tendons of it are fixed is not evident; 
but if I may have the liberty of conjecture, I 
should think the upper of them to be radicated 
at the pylorus (if not as high as the sphincter, 
gule); and the other at the anus. 

Whether the supposed annual fibres of the veins 


706 


and arteries may not have the same fabrick as 
those of the Intestines . . . I propose to be con- 
sidered and examined by persons of more acute 
hands and judgment; as I do all what I have 
here delivered, nor daring too much to trust even 
the informations of my own hands and eyes, till 
I find them confirmed by those of others, more 
judicious as well as more dextrous in making ex- 
periments. 

After two centuries Professor Carey has sup- 
plied the needed confirmation except im one 
particular; he finds that the spiral winds in 
the opposite direction! Carey describes a 
“left-handed helix,’—a spiral which reverses 
the direction of the rotation of the embryonic 
stomach and goes counter to the twisting of 
the cwsophagus. But Dr. Cole recorded the 
type familiar in dextral gastropod shells, which 
aceords with the rotation of the stomach. 
Although it often happens in nature, as noted 
by Thompson, that two opposite systems of 
geodetic spirals exist together, and interfere 
with one another, forming a criss-cross pat- 
tern! (and indeed such a condition has been 
recorded for the w@sophageaf muscles of rum- 
inants?), it can not be invoked to reconcile the 
conflicting statements regarding the direction 
of the intestinal spiral, since both Cole and 
Carey agree that there is but one well-defined 
cleavage. Under these circumstances, the ques- 
tion has been referred to Professor Sykes, who, 
during the past season, while studying in the 
Harvard Laboratory, has frequently unwound 
the circular muscle of the intestine. Although 
his results are to be published elsewhere, I am 
permitted to report that he has verified the 
early work of Dr. Cole in regard to the direc- 
tion assumed by the spiral; it is dextral. If 
this is so, Dr. Carey’s explanation of that pri- 
mary torsion of the embryonic intestine which 
determines the disposition of small and large 
bowels in the adult, though very ingenious, must 
be considered illusory, for it depends on sinis- 
tral coiling and tension.® 

The origin of the spiral trend of the muscles 
is ascribed by Dr. Carey to “the rotating spiral 


1Growth and Form, 1917, p. 489. 

2Owen: Comp. Anat. of Vert., 1868, Vol. 3, 
p. 470. 

3 Journ. Gen. Physiol., 1920, Vol. 3, p. 76 et seq. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1435 


growth of the epithelial cells,’* but this 
is a phase of the problem which invites further 


tudy. 
ines Freperic T. Lewis 


Harvard MEDICAL ScHOOL 


NEARCTIC PROTURANS 

THe Protura—the most primitive of all the 
insects, if indeed they are insects—were first 
reported from the Nearctie Region in 1909. In 
that year the eminent Italian zoologist and 
entomologist, F. Silvestri, collected and de- 
seribed under the name of Hosentomon wheeleri, 
a single species from New York. For the 
next twelve years no record was added from 
the vast area of the Nearctic. 

The second record from this region was ob- 
tained in 1921 from the vicinity of Washing- 
ton, D. C., the first specimen being found by 
H. S. Barber, who accidentally came across it 
in some leaf mold in which he was rearing 
beetle larve. Other specimens of the same 
species, which proved to be new, were soon 
taken, and the species described by the writer 
as Acerentulus barberi. 

Following the initial discovery at Wash- 
ington the writer has been fortunate enough to 
encounter Proturans in large numbers and in 
considerable diversity at Takoma Park, Mary- 
land. Here during the spring of 1921 no less 
than twelve species, representing six genera, 
were found, ten of them proving to be new. 
These have been described in a paper presented 
at a meeting of the Entomological Society of 
Washington.? 

To these records obtained in the vicinity of 
Washington are now added several more from 
widely separated localities, and in some 
instances from different life zones of the 
Nearctie Region. These localities are as fol- 
lows: Chesapeake Beach, Md.; top of Blue 
Ridge Mountains, near Bluemont, Va. (eleva- 
tion 1,200 feet); near Prospect Hill, Va.; 


* Anat. Rec., 1920, Vol. 19, p. 220. 


1“*A Second Nearctie Species of Protura, 
Acerentulus barberi, new species.’’ Ent. News, 
Vol. XXXII, pp. 239-241. 

2“*New Genera and fyecies of Protura,’? 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. XXIII, No. 9, pp- 
193-202, Pl. XVI. 


JUNE 30, 1922] 


Great Falls, Va.; Tallulah, La.; Houston, Tex. ; 
Chesterville, Ill.; near Decatur, Ill. 

Proturans have been searched for but not 
found in the following localities: Vicksburg, 
Miss.; Dallas, Tex.; Ames, Ia.; Toronto, Can. 
In addition, also, Professor Silvestri has 
looked for them at Ithaca, N. Y., without find- 
ing any. 

The known distribution up to date of Pro- 
turans in the Nearetic is shown by the accom- 
panying figure, each positive record being 
indicated by a large dot and each negative 
record by a question mark. 

It would be premature at this time to attempt 
any generalizations in regard to the Nearetic 
distribution of these most primitive hexapods, 
yet by way of summary it may be noted that 
up to the present Proturans have been found 
in 9 localities in the Upper Austral Life Zone, 
these records coming from 4 different states; 
from 2 localities in the Lower Austral Life 
Zone, the records being from different states; 
from 1 locality in the Transition Life Zone. 
Of the negative records, 1 is from the Upper 
Austral, 2 from the Lower Austral and 2 from 
the Transition. 

The only life zone in which these hexapods 
have been found in either abundance or 
diversity is the Upper Austral. In the Lower 
Austral only two minute under-bark species 


The known distribution of Nearctic Proturans. 


SCIENCE 


707 


were taken—two specimens of .Hosentomon 
pallidum Wwing from Tallulah, La., and two 
specimens of Eosentomon minimum Ewing 
from Houston, Tex. In the Transition, three 
specimens of Eosentomon wheeleri Silvestri 
and one specimen of Eosentomon pallidum 
Ewing were taken from decaying leaves and 
twigs near Bluemont, Va., at the top of the 
Blue Ridge Mountains (elevation 1,200 feet). 

H. E. Ewine 

U. S. Nationa Museum 


STEM END ROT OF APPLES 


During the late spring of 1921 a large 
number of apples were found which developed 
a decay at and around the base of the stems. 
These apples were in a lot that had been re- 
moved from a cold storage, temperature of 32° 
and held for a few days at 45° Fahr. When 
placed in moist chambers such apples very 
soon decayed without wrinkling, becoming soft 
and watery. The decay was of a sharply de- 
fined nature, such that the affected parts could 
be easily removed. Normally these decayed 
apples were soon covered with green mold. On 
examining the stems of apples in storage it 
was found that many stems were green with 
spores. Cultures of this mold were made by 
the poured plate method. The fungus was be- 
lieved to be Penicillium expansum Link., and 
was later identified as such by Mr. Charles 
Thom of the U. 8. D. A., Bureau of Chemistry. 

A search of the literature on apple decay 
was made, but no mention of the entrance of a 
decay-producing organism through the stem 
was noted. The decay of apples ordinarily 
caused by P. expansum is invariably mentioned 
in connection with abrasions of the skin, such 
as insect punctures, wounds or injuries of a 
mechanical nature. Some writers mentioned 
the infection as entering through the calyx or 
blossom end but no one noted stem end infec- 
tion. 

The matter was taken up with Mr. H. A. 
Siegler, assistant pathologist of the U. S. D. A., 
Bureau of Plant Industry; Mr. Charles Brooks, 
pathologist, and Dr. Charles Thom, mycologist, 
U. 8. D. A., Bureau of Chemistry, none of 
whom had noted such a decay gaining access 
to the apple by way of the stem. In fact they 


708 


doubted the possibility of any fungus travers- 
ing the dry stem of an apple. It is well proven 
that stem end rots oceur in other fruits, for 
example, the stem-end rot of citrus caused by 
Phomopsis sp. and the stem-end rot of both 
citrus and watermelon caused by two species 
of Diplodia. 

In the fall of 1921, large, mature Yellow 
Bellefleur apples were secured from trees in a 
Berkeley garden. These apples were picked 
with the fruit spurs attached, carefully washed 
in wood alcohol, mercuric chloride solution 
1-1000 and distilled water consecutively. The 
leaves were clipped from the spurs to facilitate 
the work but the spurs were not removed. 
Moist chambers were sterilized, lined with filter 
paper, washed out with mercuric chloride solu- 
tion, rinsed with distilled water, glass covers 
were prepared in the same manner. The spurs 
were then removed from each apple in turn 
and spores of P. expansum from sub-cultures 
made from the original isolation were planted 
on the freshly exposed surface at the ends of 
the apple stems, and the apples placed in the 
moist chambers. Control apples similarly 
treated but not inoculated were placed in jars 
prepared in the same manner and all were 
kept under the same conditions in the labora- 
tory. Of the six apples treated in this manner, 
four developed the characteristic stem end rot 
and were soon completely decayed. The check 
apples kept in good condition for three months. 

Yellow Newtown apples were picked in the 
same manner at Watsonville, California, and 
brought to Berkeley. On October 17, 1921, 
three of the ripest of these apples were treated 
and inoculated in the same manner as the 
Bellefleurs. On November 18 the decay of all 
three apples was identical with the decay ob- 
served on the fruits naturally infected. Six 
Yellow Newtown apples were treated in the 
same manner and inoculated with the same 
organism several days later than the previous 
group and they all developed the typical decay. 
In all eases the checks remained in good con- 
dition. At the end of six weeks, all the apples 


so inoculated were entirely decayed and covered’ 


with green spores. 
Cultures of the spores appearing on the sur- 
face of the inoculated apples were made and 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1435 


appeared identical in every way with the 
original culture. Stab inoculations were made 
with these re-isolated cultures on apples also 
carefully sterilized. At the same time other 
apples were inoculated with the original cul- 
ture. The results were identical, the typical 
Penicillium decay of apples resulting at every 
puncture. A penicillium isolated during the 
fall of 1921 from decaying prunes was found 
to cause typical decay of apples when inocu- 
lated into the flesh. This prune penicillium 
was planted on three Yellow Newtown apple 
stems and within three weeks it caused typical 
stem end decay of all three apples. This organ- 
ism was later found to be identical in all of its 
reactions with the original penicillium isolated 
from apples. 

Washings made from the attached leaves on 
some of the apples used in the experiments 
were plated and typical colonies of P. expan- 
sum appeared on all the plates so made. About 
15 per cent. of the colonies which grew were 
identified as some species of Penicillium, a con- 
siderable number of which caused typical P. 
expansum decay when inoculated into mature 
apples. This would indicate the prevalence of 
the organism in the trees at the time of harvest. 

These results prove that stem end infection 
of apples is a possibility. Observations by 
the writer indicate that this mode of infection 
is quite common among the apples of this state, 
especially in Yellow Newtowns. Though re- 
tarded in cold storage, the rot makes some 
progress at a temperature of 45° Fahr. and at 
room temperature the decay is rapid. 


CrypE C. Barnum 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, 


AMERICAN PHYSIOLOGICAL 
SOCIETY 
’ THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL MEETING 


Tue thirty-fourth annual meeting of the 
American Physiological Society was held during 
the Christmas holidays under the patronage of 
Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Two 
scientific sessions daily were held December 28, 
29 and 30. The meetings opened at 9:30, De- 
cember 28, with a joint session of the societies 
of the Federation of American Societies for 


Junez 30, 1922] 


Experimental Biology, under the chairmanship 
of J. J. R. Macleod of the physiologists. A 
vigorous program of reports on the scientific 
subjects announced below was carried out in 
the six half-day sessions. 

The afternoon of December 29 a joint dem- 
onstration was held in the halls of the Osborne 
Zoological Laboratory. The demonstrations of 
the American Association of Anatomists oc- 
curred at the same time. This brought the two 
great groups of scientists of the pre-medical 
sciences together in what proved to be a very 
pleasing and outstanding demonstration of 
scientific progress for the year. 

Three business sessions were carried forward 
at which the more important steps and deci- 
sions made were as follows: 


1. The report of the treasurer, Dr. Joseph 
Erlanger, of Washington University School of 
Medicine, showed a net balance of $467.07. 

2. The. annual assessment was placed at one 
dollar per member. 

3. An appropriation of $125 was made in 
aid of the English journal, Physiological Ab- 
stracts. 

4, The council announced the appointment of 
J. Hepburn of the University of Toronto to 
the fellowship established at the last annual 
meeting under the grant of Dr. W. T. Porter. 
Dr. Hepburn is pursuing his research in the 
subject of ‘The Reactions of the Respiration 
Center to Lack of Oxygen.” This investigation 
is being carried out in the Laboratory of 
Physiology, University of Toronto, under the 
direction of Professor J. J. R. Macleod. 

5. The society voted approval of the prin- 
ciples stated in the Cannon-Henderson resolu- 
tion, instructing its officers of the executive 
committee of the federaiton to support the 
same. 

6. The council announced the appointment of 
Donald R. Hooker of Baltimore as managing 
editor of the American Journal of Physiology 
for the year 1922. 

7. The council recommended and the society 
voted the following changes in the rules gov- 
erning the publication of Physiological Re- 
views. These changes affect the general man- 
agement of the journal by reserving to the 


SCIENCE 


709 


council the appointment of the chairman of the 
editorial board, and by transferring the ap- 
pointment of the managing editor to the edi- 
torial board. 

8. The report of the managing editor of the 
American Journal of Physiology to the council 
which was transmitted to the society showed a 
progressive recovery from the war time deficit 
in the issue of the successive volumes of the 
journal. At the present time the cost of pub- 
lication per volume is only slightly greater 
than the income for the same. The net balance 
in the journal fund is $9,659.62. 

The council announced that in order to over- 
come the delay in publication a free volume of 
the journal would be issued immediately, and 
beginning with the next current volume the size 
of the journal would be restored to the stand- 
ard of 600 pages. 

9. The first issue of the first volume of Phys- 
iological Reviews was announced together with 
the encouraging report that subseriptions had | 
so far exceeded anticipation that reprinting of 
the first number had already been accomplished. 

The following board of editors for Physio- 
logical Reviews for the year 1922 was reported 
by the council: 

William H. Howell, Baltimore, chairman; 
J. J. R. Macleod, Toronto; D. R. Hooker, Balti- 
more; Reid Hunt, Boston; Frederic 8S. Lee, New 
York; L. B. Mendel, New Haven; H. Gideon 
Wells, Chicago. 

10. The following officers of the society were 
elected at the business meeting on December 29: 

J. J. R. Macleod, University of Toronto, presi- 
dent; C. W. Greene, University of Missouri, sec- 
retary; Joseph Erlanger, Washington University, 
treasurer; J. A. E. Hyster, University of Wis- 
consin, member of the council for the years 


1922-25 


22-25. 

11. The following scientists were elected to 
membership during the session: 

Edward Frederick Adolph, A.B., PhD., instrue- 
tor in general physiology, University of Pitts- 
burgh. 

James Perey Baumberger, B.S., M.S., Se.D., 
instructor in physiology, Leland Stanford Junior 
University. 

Henry Cuthbert Bazett, M.A., M.D., F.R.C.S. 
(Eng.), professor of physiology, University of 
Pennsylvania. 


710 


G. E. Burget, B.S., Ph.D., professor of physi- 
ology, University of Oregon. 

Mary Elizabeth Collett, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., 
instructor in physiology, University of Buffalo. 

Helen Copeland Coombs, A.B., Ph.D., instructor 
in physiology, Columbia University. 

D. J. Edwards, Ph.D., assistant professor of 
physiology, Cornell Medical College. 

Carl Hartley Greene, A.B., Ph.D., M.D., as- 
sistant in medicine, Mayo Foundation. 

Carl G. Hartman, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., professor 
of zoology, University of Texas. 

Henry F. Helmholz, A.B., M.D., professor of 
pediatrics, Mayo Foundation. 

Paul Dudley Lamson, A.B., M.D., associate pro- 
fessor of pharmacology, Johns Hopkins Univer- 
sity. 

Carl H. Lenhart, Ph.B., M.D., associate in sur- 
gery, Western Reserve University. 

Clarence A. Mills, A.B., Ph.D., instructor in 
bio-chemistry, University of Cincinnati. 

Stuart Mudd, B.S., A.M., M.D., fellow in med- 
ical research, Harvard Medical School. 

Harry Sidney Newcomer, A.B., A.M., M.D., 
research assistant, Henry Phipps Institute. 

Leonard B. Nice, Ph.D., professor of 
ology, University of Oklahoma. 

Stanley P. Reimann, M.D., assistant in experi- 
mental pathology, University of Pennsylvania. 

Mrs. Mary Davis Schwartz Rose, A.B., Ph.D., 
associate professor of nutrition, Teachers College, 
Columbia University. 

Clarence A. Smith, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., associate 
in physiological chemistry, Jefferson Medical 
College. 

Joseph Treloar Wearn, B.S., M.D., instructor in 
pharmacology, University of Pennsylvania. 

Russell M. Wilder, B.S., Ph.D., M.D., assistant 
professor of medicine, Mayo Foundation. 

At the close of the last general session the 
appreciation of the society for the material 
facilities and social arrangements of the local 
committee was expressed in the following reso- 
lution: 

The American Physiological Society wishes to 
express its sincere thanks to the Yale University 
and to the loeal committee for the splendid facili- 
ties offered for the scientific meetings, and for 
the cordial hospitality extended to members 
attending the meetings. 


physi- 


SCIENTIFIC SESSIONS 


The scientific sessions of the annual meeting 
were of high merit throughout. Perhaps the 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1435 


most profitable feature of the meeting was the 
vigorous discussion which characterized a large 
majority of the subjects presented. Too many 
themes were introduced for the time available, 
thus crowding the program. It was evident 
that more restriction would have to be used if 
representative reports of the activities of Amer- 
ican physiologists are to be discussed within 
the limit of a three days session. The entire list 
of titles reported at the meeting or announced 
in the printed program is as follows: 

The effect of thyroidectomy on heat production 
following injury to the suprarenal cortex in rab- 
bits: David Marine and Emil J. Baumann. 


Metabolism studies with enemata of dextrose 
and levulose: Thorne M. Carpenter. 

Reasons for believing that respiratory X is not 
Ch: Yandell Henderson. i 

Does the partial pressure of oxygen in arterial 
blood during progresswe anozemia support the 
secretary theory? C. W. Green and Carl H. Greene. 

Determination of the acid base balance of the 
blood: Donald D. VanSlyke. 

The acid base equilibrium in the blood after 
parathyroidectomy: D. Dwight Wilson and ©. L. 
Krantz. 

Carbon dioxide as an inhibitent of cell growth: 
G. H. A. Clowes and Homer W. Smith. 

Injury, recovery and death. Lantern: W. J. V. 
Osterhout. 

Blective localization of bacteria following vari- 
ous methods of inoculation and the production of 
nephritis by devitalization and infection of teeth 
in dogs: HB. C. Rosenow and J. G. Meisser. 

A new factor in drug analgesia: H. G. Barbour 
and D. 8S. Lewis. 

On the physiological cause of evolution: Albert 
P. Mathews. 

Integumentary changes in the sheep following 
thyroidectomy and administration of thyroxzin: 
Sutherland Simpson. 

The blood-jlow and oxygen metabolism of the 
thyroid gland: F. P. Knowlton, M. 8. Dooley and 
A. N. Curtiss. 


Results on an enlarged thyroid gland nine years 
after obstructing the veins: C. C. Guthrie. 

The after effects of prolonged fasting on the 
basal metabolic rate (man, dog): Margaret M. 
Kunde. 

Studies on the relation between nutrition and 
ovulation: an invariable and characteristic dis- 
turbance of the estrous cycle of the rat as a result 


JUNE 30, 1922] 


of fat vitamine. A deficiency which may never- 
theless give normal growth: Herbert N. Evans 
and Katherine Scott Bishop. 

The oxygen capacity of bird’s blood: Theodore 
Kruse. 

The reflex control of the lower esophagus and 
cardia: A. J. Carlson, J. F. Pearey and H. T. 
Boyd. 

A comparison of the respiratory and circulatory 
effects of anoxemia and carbon dioxide: E. C. 
Schneider. i 

Effects of carbon dioxide on protoplasmic vis- 
cosity: M. H. Jacobs. 

Water intoxication: L. G. Rowntree. 

Blood volume changes in dogs following water 
deprivation: N. M. Keith. 

Some factors modifying the ejection and filling 
curves of the ventricles under different circulatory 
conditions: C. J. Wiggers and L. N. Katz. 

Physiological aspects of experiments on mitral 
regurgitation: H. Feil and C. J. Wiggers. 

The thermocardiogram, and the relation of its 
waves to the events of muscle contractions: C. D. 
Snyder. 

The specificity of gastrin and secretin: A. B. 
Luckhardt, S. C. Heine and W. L. Palmer. 

The penetration of dyes into living cells: 
Marian Irwin and W. J. V. Osterhaut. 

Electrical conductivity of animal tissues wnder 
normal and pathological conditions: George W. 
Crile, Helen H. Hosmer and Amy F. Rowland. 

The relation of the ammonia content of the 
blood in Eck’s-fistula dogs to meat poisoning: 
S. A. Matthews. 

The hepatic factor in choloroform and phos- 
phorus poisoning: C. 8. Williamson. 

The excretion of water, chlorides and urea by 
the human kidneys: E. F. Adolph. 

The Glomerular circulation in the frog’s kidney: 
A. N. Richards and Carl F. Schmidt. 

Observations on the composition of glomerular 
urine: Joseph T. Wearn. 

The inhibition of erection by decerebration: 
EH. G. Martin and M. L. Tainter. 

Changes in osmotic pressure in crabs during the 
moli-cycle: J. M. D. Olmsted and J. P. Baum- 
berger. 

The relative stimulating effect of light of dif- 
ferent wave-lengths in an equal energy spectrum: 
Henry Laurens. 

An experimental criticism of the pignet formula 
for physical efficiency: E. G. Martin, H. S. Wells 
and A. H. Beede. 

The relation of the adrenals to fatigue: F. A. 
Hartman, 


SCIENCE 


71 


The calorigenic action of adrenalin in dogs: 
W. M. Boothby and I. Sandiford. 

Hibernation: John Tait. 

The effect of cocaine on growth of lwpinus alba: 
a contribution to comparative pharmacology of 
animal and plant tissues: David I. Macht and 
Marguerite Livingston. 

The production of co, by the smooth muscle of 
sea-anemones: G. H. Parker. 

The role of the sodium ions in the contraction 
of the isolated duodenal segment of the albino rat 
by sodium carbonate: F. S. Hammett and J. E. 
Nowrey, Jr. 

The central heat regulating mechanism: H. G. 
Barbour and E. Tolstoi. 

Physical fatigue and susceptibility—an experi- 
mental study: Reynold A. Spaeth and Ella Hut- 
zler Oppenheimer. 

The effect of some salts on the growth and ex- 
perimental amebocyte tissue near the iso-electric 
point and after addition of acid and alkali: Leo 
Loeb and K. ©. Blanchard. 

On the increased weight of spermatazoa in egg- 
secretion: O. C. Glaser. 

The effects of Roentgen rays upon glandular 
activity. I. The submazillary gland: A. C. Ivy, 
B. H. Orndoff and A. Jacoby. 

The applicability of the gasometer method for 
the determination of the heat production in dogs 
with and without urethane: W. M. Boothby and 
F. C. Mann. 

Relation between number of hours of sleep and 
muscular efficiency: Lillian M. Moore, Lu Marie 
Jenkins and J. Lucile Barker. 

Variations in muscular efficiency in women: 
Lillian M. Moore and J. Lucile Barker. 

The regulation of respiration: F. H. Scott, 
C. C. Gault and R. Kennedy. 

The effect of pulmonary congestion in lung 
ventilation: Cecil K. Drinker, Francis W. Pea- 
body and Hermann L. Blumgart. 

Voluntary stimulation of the thoracic auto- 
nomic nervous system: N. B. Taylor. 

Some relations of vagus and spinal afferent 
nerves im respiratory control: F. H. Pike and 
Helen C. Coombs. 

Observations on cerebellar stimulations: F. R. 
Miller. 

The possibility of the application to physiology 
of an inertialess method of observing currents of 
short duration: H. 8. Gasser and J. Erlanger. 

The electrical resistance and reactance of sus- 
pended unicellular organisms: S. C. Brooks. 

Pseudo-paradoxical pupil-dilatation following 
afferent path lesions: Joseph Byrne. 


712 


The catalase content of normal and atrophied 
muscles: A. E. Guenther and S. Morgulis. 

The mode of action of physical work, cold 
weather and cold baths in increasing the oxidative 
processes: W. E. Burge. 

An experimental study on the significance of 
fertilization in spathidium spathula: L. L. Wood- 
ruff and Hope Spencer. 

The relative alcohol, content of blood and 
urine: W. R. Miles. 

What are viscera? C. Judson Herrick. 

A further study of the effect of total removal 
of the liver: F. C. Mann and T. B. Magath. 

The beneficial influence of certain pancreatic 
eatracts on pancreatic diabetes: J. J. R. Macleod, 
F. C. Banting and C. H. Best. 

A comparison of normal cats and cats deprived 
of the greater part of the adrenals, with special 
reference to their reactions to morphine (hyper- 
thermia, hyperglcemia) and to muscular exercise: 
G. N. Stewart and J. M. Rogoff. 

The cardio-accelerator agent produced by he- 
patic stimulation: W. B. Cannon and F. R. Grif- 
fith. 

Latent period in reciprocal innervation: J. M. D. 
Olmsted and W. P. Warner. 

Physiological entities in inheritance and evo- 
lution: Ernest L. Scott. 


DEMONSTRATIONS 

A radial transmission sphygmograph with rigid 
support: C. J. Wiggers and W. R. Baker. 

A model demonstrating the dynamics of mitral 
regurgitation: C. J. Wiggers and H. Feil. 

The distribution of the vagus nerves to the sino- 
auricular junction of the mammalian heart, pho- 
tographs and tracings: G. Bachman. 

The glomerular circulation in the frog’s kidney: 
A. N. Richards and Carl F. Schmidt. 

NH, production in the nerve during passage of 
the nerve impulse: Shiro Tashiro. 

A simple method of demonstrating glomerular 
and tubule secreting functions: EH. G. Martin and 
G. D. Shafer. 

A new type of recording spirometer: R. Burton- 
Opitz. 

Liver, spleen and bone-marrow of rats treated 
with germanius dioxide: F. S. Hammett and J. E. 
Nowrey, Jr. 

A two-wedge colorimeter for the comparison of 
solutions containing two colors, as in the colori- 
metric determination of the hydrion concentration: 
Victor C. Myers. 

Some new apparatus: D. E. Jackson and J. V. 
Lawrence. 


SCIENCE 


[Vou. LV, No. 1435 


The effects of parathyroidectomy on the incisors 
of the albino rat: F. S. Hammett. 


PAPERS READ BY TITLE 

Vascular reaction to epinephrin in perfusates of 
various Ch. II. The portal systems of the terra- 
pin: C. D. Snyder and Louis E. Martin. 

Source of the water of hemodilution evoked by 
hot environments: H. G. Barbour, W. J. Craig 
and EH. C. Wakeman. 

A study of blood platelets: Theo. Kruse. 

A study of alimentary glycemia curves in rab- 
bits: Ernest L. Scott and T. H. Ford. 

The contour of the pressure variations in the 
portal vein: D. D. Forward and H. Feil. 

A study of fibrinogen following removal of the 
the liver: C. S. Williamson, F. J. Heck and F. C. 
Mann. 

A comparison of the different methods of abla- 
tion of the liver: F. C. Mann and T. B. Magath. 

The production of chronic liver insufficiency: 
F. C. Mann and T. B. Magath. 

The effect of total removal of the liver in some 
lower vertebrates: T. B. Magath and F. C. Mann. 

Smooth muscle responses when subjected to 


‘alcohols: F. M. Baldwin and B. M. Harrison. 


Pulse rate and blood pressure responses of men 
to passive postural changes. II. Under low oxy- 
gen: Max M. Ellis. 

The effect of prostatectomy on integration of 
muscular movements in the white rat: D. I. 
Macht and J. L. Ulrich. 

The relation of parathyroid tetany to the intes- 
tinal flora: Lester R. Dragstedt. 

The influence of a beri-beri diet upon the met- 
abolic rate of the white rat: Addison Gulick. 

The réle of the vagi on gastric tonus and mo- 
tility in the necturus: T. L. Patterson. 

The hormone of the posterior lobe of the pit- 
witary gland; its probable nature and its great 
physiological activity as compared with that of 
B-iminazolylethylamine: John J. Abel, Charles A. 
Rouiller and J, S. Vander Lingen. 

NH, production during muscular contraction: 
Shiro Tashiro and Olive Pearl Lee. 

Observations on the relation of endocrine dis- 
order to early embryonic death in birds: Oscar 
Riddle and E. R. Rose. 

The réle of the change in hydrogen-ion concen- 
tration in the motor activitics of the small intes- 
tine: Frederick S. Hammett. 

Phato reaction currents of the optic nerve: 
W. T. Bovie. 

Cuas. W. GREENE, 
Secretary 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


BOOKS ON OIL 


Published by Wiley 


Just Out! 
Day’s HANDBOOK OF THE PETROLEUM INDUSTRY 


By Davin T. Day, Ph. D., Editor-in-Chief, and a Staff of Sixteen of the Country’s Foremost 
Experts in the Field of Petroleum. 


This book is, without a doubt, the most comprehensive treatise on Petroleum 


ever written, covering every phase of the subject. 


The scattered facts have been 


ably collated into a series of chapters presenting modern practice only—both for 


reference purposes and textbook use. 
practical, and authoritative. 


Everything is right up to the minute, 


In 2 volumes—2070 pages, 6 by 9, profusely illustrated, flexibly bound, 
$15.00 postpaid. 


ECONOMICS OF PETROLEUM 
By Josrrn E. Pocur, Consulting Engineer 

A book of live interest to everyone in any- 
way connected with oil. A vast number of 
helpful facts are presented, and many charts 
are included, giving at a glance accurate 
figures and facts dealing with production, 
costs, etc. 

375 pages, 6 by 9, 151 figures, cloth, $6.00. 


PROSPECTING For OIL AND 
GAS 


By L. S. Panyrty, Oil and Gas Geologist 
Describes the various tools and methods 
of the present-day scientific oil and gas pros- 
pector. 
249 pages, 6 by 9, 128 figures, cloth, $3.25 
postpaid. 


PRINCIPLES OF OIL AND GAS 
PRODUCTION 
By Roswett H. Jounson and L. G: HuntLey 


A general treatise with reference to Ameri- 
can conditions. 


371 pages, 6 by 9, 148 figures, cloth, $4.50. 


BUSINESS OF O1L PRODUCTION 


By Roswett H. Jounson, L. G. Hunt ey, 
and R. E. Somers, all of the University 
of Pittsburgh 


This book describes the principles of com- 
pany organization, as regards scope, person- 
nel and methods. Chapters on Federal taxa- 
tion, and the legal questions involved in leas- 
ing public and Indian lands in this country, 
and also the acquiring of oil rights in foreign 
countries, are included. 


(In Press. Ready August.) 
FreELD MAPPING For THE OIL 


GEOLOGIST 
By C. A. Warner, Field Geologist 


A handbook of field methods of value to 
those geologists who have had little experi- 
ence with the methods commonly used in 
examining a territory not yet drilled. 


143 pages, 4% by 7, 38 figures, flexible, 
$2.50. 


POPULAR OIL GEOLOGY 
By Victor Zrecier, Consulting Geologist 


Presents the fundamentals of oil geology 
in simple language. 

I7I pages, 5 by 7%, 62 figures, flexible, 
$3.00. 


Ask us to send you copies of these books on Free Examination 


JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc. 


432 Fourth Avenue 


New York 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


An Outstanding New Publication 


PETERS’ 


Applied Chemistry 


By Fredus N. Peters, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry in Central High School, Kansas 
City, Mo., for twenty-three years; more recently Vice-Principal; Author 
of “‘Chemistry for Nurses,” etc. 


461 pages, 514 x 714, with 72 illustrations. Price, cloth, $3.50. 


This is an elementary text book for secondary schools and for those who 
desire an up-to-date work that will meet their everyday needs. Just from 
the press. 


In his preface the author says: “Permit me to say that to me it has never 
seemed necessary for a high school chemistry to present a mere skeleton of 
the most interesting of sciences when that skeleton may just as easily be 
clothed with wonderful symmetry and charming beauty. On the contrary, it 
has always seemed that a text for secondary schools may and ought to be a 
readable book just as well as one merely surfeited with facts. . . . Such is 
the attempt of this text, to present the chemical facts of everyday life in a 
readable form and by so doing make them interesting.” 


The author's extensive experience as a writer and lecturer on chemistry 


eminently fits him to prepare a book especially suited to the needs of ele- 
mentary colleges. Teachers are requested to write us. 


Table of Contents: 


1. A Study of Matter. 21. Sulphur and Compounds. 
2. Water and Hydrogen Peroxide. 22. Periodic Classification of Elements. 
3. Oxygen and Ozone. 23. The Nitrogen Family. 
4. Hydrogen. 24. Compounds of Silicon. 
5. The Atmosphere. 25. The Alkali Metals. 
6. Gases and Some Gas Laws. 26. Some Leavening Agents. 
7. Symbols and Formulas. 27. The Calcium Family. 
8. Some Chemical Problems. 28. Hard Waters—Methods of Soften- 
9. The Halogens. ing. 
10. Acids and Bases. 29. Cleaning and Polishing. 
11. Nitrogen and Compounds. 30. The Copper Group. 
12. Carbon. 31. The Magnesium Family. 
13. Valence. 32. The Aluminum Family. 
14. Illuminating and Fuel Gases. 33. The Lead Family. 
15. Flame. 34. The Chromium Family. 
16. Methods of Lighting. 35. Manganese and Compounds. 
17. Some Organic Compounds. 36. The Iron Group. 
18. Ethereal Salts, Oils, Fats, Sugars. 37. The Platinum and Palladium Groups. 
19. Foods and Their Body Values. 38. Reference Tables and Glossary. 
20. Solution and Jonization. 
C. V. Mosby Co., St. Louis, Mo. (Science) C. V. MOSBY COMPANY, Publishers 


Publishers of Medical, Dental. Pharmaceuti- 
cal, Nursing, and Scientific Books. 


Please send. me a copy of PETERS’ APPLIED 
CHEMISTRY, for which I -enclose $3.50. | 


NAME) @2 22. 2 oe tae ee " 


ORE eso ASE Rete TS | 508 N. Grand Blvd. St. Louis 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


Some New Scientific Books From 


THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, ENGLAND 


BASIC SLAGS 
AND ROCK PHOSPHATES 
By Gerorce Scotr Roprnson 
Results of field experiments with rock 
phosphates and open hearth basic slags con- 
ducted in Essex, 1915-1920. Ill. $4.50 


WEATHER PREDICTIONS 


By Numerical Precess 
By Lewis F. RicHarpson 
Presents a scheme of weather prediction 
founded upon the different equations and 
not upon partial recurrence of phenomena 
in their ensemble. With aan 
$10.00 


THE DYNAMICAL THEORY OF GASES 
By H. H. Jeans Third Edition 

A surpassingly clear and _ accurate 

volume of this branch of physics with an 


extremely valuable chapter on the Quan- 
tum Theory. $10.00 


TIDES AND TIDAL STREAMS 
By H. D. Warsurc 
A manual compiled for seamen explain- 
ing how the height of the tide may be ac- 


curately calculated at any port in the world 
at any moment. Ill. $2.75 


PRINCIPLES OF GEOMETRY 
By H. F. Baxer 


Simple relations of position, for points, 
lines and planes, set in an ordered frame- 
work of deduction comprehensible enough 
to include subsequent theory. $4.00 


SPACE, TIME AND GRAVITATION 


An outline of the General Relativity 
Theory (Second Impression) 
By A. S. Eppincton 


A non-mathematical interpretation of 
Einstein’s Theory of Relativity. $5.00 


Sold By 
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY, American Agents 


64-66 Fifth Avenue, New York 
Prairie Avenue and 25th St., Chicago 
Huntington Chambers, Copley Sq., Boston 


609 Mission Street, San Francisco 
330 South Harwood Street, Dallas 
Hurt Building, Atlanta 


| 
_—————$———————"! 


International Review devoted to the 
History of Science and Civiligation 


Edited by GEORGE SARTON, D.Sc. 


Associate of the Carnegie Institution 


Harvard Library 183, Cambridge, Mass. 


The chief feature of Isis is a Critical Bib- 
liography of the History and Philosophy of 
Science and of the History of Civilization. 
The three first volumes (1882 pages) con- 
tain about 5,620 bibliographic notes, 312 re- 
views and 43 longer papers. Isis is the main 
center of information on the History and 
Philosophy of Science, and the organ of the 
New Humanism. 2 or 3 parts complete a 
volume within 12 to 18 months. 


The Ist part (220 p.) of Vol. IV has ap- 
peared. Each volume costs 50 Belgian 
francs (about $3) (ed. de luxe, from vol. II 
on, 100 francs). 


Publisher: WEISSENBRUCH 


Bruxelles, Belgium 


49 rue du Poincon 


“TURTOX” CATALOGS include 
Aquaria Microscope slides, 
Bird glasses (special for High 
Charts Schools) 
Chemicals Microtomes 
Dissecting outfits Models 
Earthworms (spe- Museum Prepara- 

cial) tions 
Entomological sup- Preserved Material 

plies for Botany, Em- 
Glassware bryology and 
Lantern Slides Zoology 
Life Histories Insect Mounts 
Microscopes Skeletons 
Microscope slides, Syringes, Injecting 

(General) Vascula 


and many other items. 
Items in black type are our own special products. 
We are Manufacturers and Preparators of 
Biological Supplies. 


Catalogues to Cover any or all of the above items 
will be sent on request. 


GENERAL BICLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 
1177 EAST 55TH STREET, CHICAGO, ILL. 
Lr 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS | 


SHARPLES SUPER-CENTRIFUGE 
MEDICAL LABORATORY MODEL 


THE TEST 


IN OUR STOCK FOR IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT 


OF SERVICE 


The Sharples Laboratory Super-Centrifuge is an instru- 
ment for the application of very high centrifugal force to 
liquids. The machine does not resemble the tube or bottle 
centrifuge but is continuous in its operation—liquid is passed 
continuously through the rotating member where it is sub- 
jected to a force of 41,250 times the force of gravity, and the 
liquid is then continuously discharged. In this way the volume 

’ of liquid that can be handled per hour is limited only by the 
rate at which a proper centrifugal treatment can be effected. 


In the M. L. (Medical Laboratory) Model, for Bac- 
tertological and Serolegical Work, the bowl is provided 
with one outlet and with one collecting cover and delivery 
spout. The M. L. Model has been widely used in U. S. Army 
and other laboratories in the preparation of pneumococcus 
vaccine and by the large manufacturers of other biological 
preparations in the separation of various immunitive sera and 
the collection of bacterial matters, as well as for the clarifica- 
tion of agar, of gelatine, of broth, and other components of 
culture media. 


3181 


3181. Super-Centrifuge, Sharples Medical Laboratory Model, with bowl provided 
with one outlet and with one collecting cover and delivery spout. With 
steam or compressed air turbine drive for continuous operation at a maxi- 
mum speed of 40,000 r.p.m., requiring a steam pressure of 22 lbs. and con- 
suming 100 lbs. of steam per hour. When operated by compressed air 
ihe same pressure is required and the consumption is 16 cu. ft. of air per 


$160.00 


NOTE—Where neither steam nor compressed air is available, the centrifuges can be operated with crank for 
hand drive, by which method an approximate maximum ed of 25,090 r.p.m. is obtainable; or with electric 
d by which method an approximate maximum speed of 36,000 r.p.m. is available. A motor of 4 h.p., with 
1 ed of 1750 r.p.m., and a three-inch pulley is require As the great advantage of the super-centrifuge re- 
sults from the high speeds obtainable with the turbine drive, we furnish the hand drive and electric motor drive 


on special order only. 


POULT A UE eee G Ly eth a I ETL tS al Sg 


Prices subject to change without notice. 


ARTHUR H. THOMAS COMPANY 


WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND EXPORT MERCHANTS 
LABORATORY APPARATUS AND REAGENTS 


WEST WASHINGTON SQUARE PHILADELPHIA, U. S. A. 


CABLE ADDRESS, “BALANCE,” PHILADELPHIA 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


CORNELL UNIVERSITY 
MEDICAL COLLEGE 


First Avenue and Twenty-eighth Street 
NEW YORK CITY 


For Information Address 


THE SECRETARY 


477 First Avenue 


NEW YORK, N. Y. 


‘Tulane University of 
Louisiana 


SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 
(Established in 1834) 
ADMISSION: All students entering the Freshman 


Class will be required to present credits for 
two years of college work, which must include 
Chemistry (General and Organic), Physics 
and Biology, with their laboratories, and at 
least one year in English and one year in a 
modern foreign language. 


COMBINED COURSES: Premedical course of 
two years is offered in the College of Arts and 
Sciences, which provides for systematic work 
leading to the B.S. degree at the end of the 
second year in the medical course. 


School of Pharmacy, School of Dentistry and 
Graduate School of Medicine also. 


WOMEN ADMITTED TO ALL SCHOOLS OF 
THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE 


For bulletins and all other information, address 


Tulane College of Medicine 


1551 Canal Street New Orleans, La. 


vii 


Johns Hopkins University 


Medical School 


The Medical School is an Integral Part of the University 
and is in the Closest Affiliation with the Johns Hopkins 


Hospital. 

ADMISSION 

Candidates for admission must be graduates of approved 
colleges or scientific schools with at least two years’ in- 
struction, including laboratory work in chemistry, and one 
year each in physics and biology, together with evidence 
of a reading knowledge of French and German. 

Each class is limited to 75 students, men and women be- 
ing admitted on the same terms. Except in unusual cir- 
cumstances, applications for admission will not be consid- 
ered after July Ist. 

If vacancies occur, students from other institutions desir- 
ing advanced standing may be admitted to the second or 
third year provided they fulfill all of our requirements and 
present exceptional qualifications. 

INSTRUCTION 

The academic year begins the Tuesday nearest October 1 
and closes the second Tuesday in June. The course of in- 
struction occupies four years and especial emphasis is laid 
upon practical work in the laboratories, in the wards of 
the Hospital and in the Dispensary. 

TUITION 

The charge for tuition is $300 per annum, payable in 
three installments. There are no extra fees except for 
rental of microscope, certain expensive supplies, and 
laboratory breakage. 

The annual announcement and application blanks may 
be obtained by addressing the 


Dean of the Johns Hopkins Medical School 
Washington and Monument Sts., Baltimore, Md. 


SUMMER WORK FOR GRADUATES IN MEDICINE 

Beginning Tuesday, June 6th, and ending Thursday, 
July 16th, a course in medical diagnosis, including labora- 
tory exercises in clinical pathology and demonstrations in 
pathological anatomy, will be offered. The course will be 
limited to thirty students, fee $100. 
be made to the Dean’s Office. 


Applications should 


YALE UNIVERSITY 
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 


Affiliated with the New Haven Hospital 
and New Haven Dispensary 


110TH SESSION 


Reorganized on a full-time basis 


Entrance Requirements: A minimum of 
three years (or its equivalent) of col- 
lege including general biology, physics, 
general and organic chemistry, physical 
chemistry or laboratory physics, and 
either French or German. 


ALL THE GENERAL FACILITIES 
CF THE UNIVERSITY ARE AVAIL- 
ABLE TO MEDICAL STUDENTS 


As the number admitted to each class is 
limited, applications must be made before 


July 1. 
Bean, Yale University School of 
Medicine 
NEW HAVEN, CONN. 


Vill SCLENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


University of Michigan 
MEDICAL SCHOOL 


Tue University of Michigan Medical School 
requires a minimum of two years of col- 
lege work for admission, the same to in- 
clude English, chemistry (general, qualita- 
tive analysis and organic), physics, biology 
and either French or German. In addition 
to the above requirements the application 
must be accompanied by a statement from 
the proper authority in the school from 
which the applicant comes recommending 
him for admission to the Medical School. 


Applications for admission must be filed 
on or before July 15, 1922. 


The next regular session begins 


September 26, 1922. 


For announcement and further 
information, address 


The Secretary, Medical School 


Ann Arbor, Michigan 


Marine Biological Laboratory 
Woods Hole, Mass. 
INVESTIGATION Facilities for research in Zoology, 


Embryology, Physiology, and 
Botany. Eighty-four private lab- 
oratories $100 each for not over 
three months. Thirty tables are 
4 available for beginners in re- 
search who desire to work under the direction of mem- 

bers of the staff. The fee for such a table is $50.00. 
INSTRUCTION Courses of laboratory instruction 
with lectures are offered in In- 


vertebrate Zoology, Protozoology 

June 28 to August Embryology, Physiology and 

8, 1922 Morphology and Taxonomy of 

the Algae. Each course re- 
quires the full time of the stu- 

dent. Fee, $75. A lecture course on the Philosophical 
Aspects of Biology and Allied Sciences is also offered. 


SUPPLY 
BEPARTMENT 


Cpen the Entire 


Entire Year 


Animals and plants, preserved, 
living, and in embryonic stages. 
Preserved material of all types 
of animals and of Algae, Fungi, 
Liverworts and Mosses furnished 


Year for classwork, or for the mu- 
seum. Living material furnish- 

st OFy ed in season as ordered. Micro- 
os <4 scopic slides in Zoology, Botany, 


SY Histology, Bacteriology. _ Cata- 
logues of Zoological and Botani- 
cal material and Microscopic 
Slides sent on application. State 
which is desired. For cata- 
logues and all information re- 
garding material, address: 


GEG. M. GRAY, 
Curator, Woods Hole, Mass. 


The annual announcement will 
be sent on application to The 
Director, Marine Biological La- 
boratory, Woods Hole, Mass. 


THE REGISTRAR, 


Boston, 


SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 


Western Reserve University 
of 


Cleveland, Ohio 


@ High Standard of Admission® 
@ Restricted Classes 


q Thorough Instruction 


@ Large Clinical Facilities 
@ High Standard of Scholarship 


*Admission confined to students having aca- 


demic degrees and to Seniors in Absentia. 


For information, address: 
1353 East 9th Street 


CLEVELAND 


BOSTON UNIVERSITY 


SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 
Founded 1873 


Students Limited to Two Hundred 


ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS. 


Two pre-medical college years, includ- 
ing Chemistry, Physics, Biology, English 
and one other modern language. 


CURRICULUM. Broad, liberal, meets all 


requirements. 


LABORATORY AND CLINICAL FACILI- 


TIES. Ample. 


MEN AND WOMEN ADMITTED ON 


EQUAL TERMS. 
Fifth optional year, leading to Master's 


degree. 


For information and catalogue, write to 


EDWARD E. ALLEN, M. D., Registrar, 


80 East Concord Street 
Massachusetts 


SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS ix 


Freas Constant Temperature Electric Ovens 


FREAS OVEN NO. 100 


A general purpose drying Oven. It has satis- 


factorily aided many scientists in their work. It 
For sale by all dealers. 


Manufactured by 
THE THERMO ELECTRIC INSTRUMENT CO., 
No. 8 Johnson St., Newark, N. J. 


may help you. 


ELECTRICAL MEASURING 
INSTRUMENTS 


FOR PHYSICISTS AND 
PHYSICAL CHEMISTS 


EQUIPMENTS SUITABLE FOR RESEARCH 
AND INDUSTRIAL LABORATORIES 


We Solicit Inquiries 


NORTHRUP CO. 


PHILADELPHIA 


LEEDS & 


4901 STENTON AVENUE 


REACTIONS OF SOILS 


May be quickly and accurately determined 
through use of the 


“LAMOTTE” 
INDICATOR FIELD SET i 
Complete with instructions. $4.25 (delivered) 
H-Ion concentration of water and solutions 
quickly and easily determined by the 
“LAMOTTE” 
H-ION COMPARATOR SET 
Complete and ready for use. $9.10 (delivered) 
SEND FOR LITERATURE 


LaMotte Chemical Products ne 
Baltimore, Md., S. A. 


land, Ohio. 


WM. GAERTNER & CO., 


Made in wide range of frequency up to 5000 vibrations. 
have placed us in position to guarantee absolutely accurate rating. 
use a standard supplied by Dr. D. C. Miller, of the Case School of Applied Science, Cleve- 
Our electrically maintained Forks are well known for their convenient mount- 
‘ings permitting of great range of adaptability. 


5345-49 Lake Park Ave., Chicago, Ill. 


PRECISION 


Tuning Forks 


Twenty-five years of experience 
In rating our Forks we 


INSTRUCTOR IN ZOOLOGY 
Aman with M.A. or Ph.D. degree want- 


ed as instructor in Zoology in West Vir- 
Address, Zoology De- 


partment, Morgantown, West Virginia. 


ginia University. 


The Microscope 
By SIMON H. GAGE of Cornell University 
13th Edition, Published December, 1920 


In this edition, special emphasis is put upon the Dark-Field 
Microscope. POSTPAID $3.00. 


COMSTOCK PUBLISHING CO., Ithaca, N. Y. 


Advertiser, forming Library, wishes to purchase 
second-hand books on Botany, Biology, Mycol- 
ogy, Agriculture, Tech- 
nology and General Science. State edition and 


Chemistry, Physics, 


lowest prices to: 


Mycologist, Mundakayam, Travancore, India 


Chemist, M. S. 


general analytical, organic and nutritional chem- 


Wide experience in teaching 
istry desires position. Prefer research or teach- 
ing. 
nutrition. 


Good knowledge of animal and plant 
Address: ““W,’’ clo Science, 2619 
New York City. 


Grand Central Terminal, 


x SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


= 


MN 


swe purchased Kewanee Fur. LABORATORY FURNITURE 
niture for our Chemistry and : ts BEG | 
Physics Laboratory ten years ago, and it is still in very good condition. The tables seem to be of well 


seasoned lumber and the workmanship is of good order. All of the pieces have stood up well.’ 


This extract is from a letter from C. C. Schmidt, Superintendent of the University High School of the 
University of North Dakota. 
An interesting new Book tells the Kewaunee story. It is free. Address the home office at Kewaunee. 


CANADIAN SALES DIVISION, 
SKewwsiiees NEW YORK OFFICE, 
615 Yonge Street, fe 
FURNITURE EXPERTS 


TORONTO, CANADA ~ LABORATORY _ ERT 70 Fifth Avenue 
BRANCH OFFICES:— 115 Lincoln St., Kewaunee, Wis. 


Chicago, Kansas City, San Francisco, Houston, Denver, Minneapolis, Baton Rouge, Columbus, Little Rock, 
Spokane, Oklahoma City, Jackson, Miss.; Phoneix, Omaha, Albuquerque, Salt Lake City, Greensboro, N. C. 


LALA A CAT TMT 


Third Edition 
AMERICAN MEN OF SCIENCE 


A BIOGRAPHICAL DIRECTORY 
EDITED BY J. MCKEEN CATTELL AND DEAN R. BRIMHALL 


The third edition of the Directory contains about 9,600 sketches as compared with 
4,000 in the first edition and 5,500 in the second edition. The work should be in the 
hands of all those who are directly or indirectly interested in scientific work. 

(1) Men of science will find it indispensable. It gives not only the names, ad- 
dresses, scientific records and the like of their fellow workers, but also an invaluable 
summary of the research work of the country, completed and in progress. 

(2) Those interested in science, even though they may not be professionally en- 
gaged in research work, will find much of interest and value to them in the book. 

(3) Executives in institutions of learning and others brought into relations with 
scientific men will use the book constantly. 

(4) Editors of newspapers and periodicals will find it to be one of the works of 


reference that they will need most frequently. 
(5) Libraries will find the book to be a necessary addition to their reference 


shelves. 


il 


Price, Ten Dollars, Net, Postage Paid 


THE SCIENCE PRESS 


Grand Central Terminal, New York, N. Y. 


oi SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS xi 


Serological Water Bath of Precision 


Electrically heated and temperature controlled serological water baths capable of 
operating at 37.5 degrees Centigrade or 56 degrees Centigrade, either temperature may 
be obtained by a simple turn of the indicative snap switch. The Wassermann test and 
inactivating work may be accomplished in the same bath. An Immersion electric heater 
which is entirely surrounded by water and extends the full length of the bath is used. 
The thermostats are the multiple contact type, capable of repeated heating and cooling 
without changing the adjustment. Should other working temperatures be desired the 
adjustment screw on the thermostat permits the temperature to be readily changed. Baths 
may be had from stock in the following sizes: 


PORCELAIN BATHS 
12'4 in. x 6 in. x 5 in. Double temperature, Price____________ $55.00 
[2iZyains x67ins)xi>) in.) Singles temperature, |Prices—-——__—_=_2__— 50.00 


BRAUN-KNECHT-HEIMANN- CO. 


Founded 1852 
584 Mission Street San Francisco, Calif. 
LABORATORY SUPPLIES 
Apparatus Chemicals 
Scientific Instruments 
“We know how to pack for export’ 


Inventors—Manufacturers—Exporters—Distributors 
Cable Address, ‘‘BRAUNDRUG” Los Angeles House 
All Codes used. The Braun Corporation 


xii SCIENCE—ADVERTISEMENTS 


““BECBRO” 


RHEOSTATS FOR EVERY CIRCUIT 


Tubular, Stone and Carbon Compression Types 


Send for Bulletin C-10 which shows many types of rheostats 


made by us. | 
BECK BROS. 
3640-42 N. Second Street Philadelphia, Pa., U.S. A. 


HIGH VACUUM PUMPS 


Whenever in lecture-room or laboratory practice, really high 
vacuum is required, we recommend the Condensation Pump devel- 
oped by Dr. Irving Langmuir of the General Electric Company—believ- _ 
ing it to be superior to any other as yet obtainable. 


The Langmuir Pump operates with surprising rapidity, and there 
seems to be no practical limit to the degree of exhaustion that can be | 
produced. 


Some form of auxiliary pump must be used; and for that purpose 
we offer a special G.E. two-stage oil-sealed mechanical pump, which | 
is capable of producing a vacuum of 
0.001 mm. when used alone. 


The picture shows a complete out- 
fit comprising Langmuir Condensation | 
Pump, two-stage auxiliary pump and 
% H.P. motor—all mounted together on | 
one base. 


Write for descriptive bulletin S-965° 


JAMES G. BIDDLE 
1211-13 Arch St., Philadelphia 


"1683 ec 


eee ooo 


ll 


| 


MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 


s 


Croewsaena bctrete peopaete tenet pere tears ortewcearen 
vasnes) trkek Sueno rata Ro